quick index guide

A
Absorption Adapters, Adhesives Anemometers, Arsenic Aquaria Aspirator bottles Auto-Analyser consumables Autoclaves and accessories 5 6-9 10 11 12-13 14 15-22

Educational equipment Electrical Electrophoresis Evaporators, Extraction

222 223-224 225-228 229-231

Bags Balances Balance accessories Balance weights Barometers Basins Baskets Baths Batteries Beakers Bell jars, Bellows, Boats Bottles and accessories Bowls, Boxes Brushes Buckets Bulbs Burettes Burners

23-24 25-50 51 52-53 54 55-56 57 57-83 84 85-88 89 90-110 111 112-113 113 114 115-119 120-122

Filtration Flame photometers Flame test, Flash point Flasks Flow Fluorimeter Freeze drying Funnels Furnaces Furniture

232-257 258-259 260 261-269 270 271 272 273-278 279-281 282-287

Petri dishes Petroleum pH meters Pipettes Pipette fillers, accessories Pipettors Pipette tips Polarimeters Presses Projectors, Pulleys Pumps

387-388 389-396 397-412 413-423 424-426 427-439 440-441 442-443 444-446 447 448-463

Q R

Quickfit

464-508

Gas analysis Gas collection Gas cylinder/generators Gas meters Gauzes, Gauges, Glass cutting

288-289 290 291-292 293 294

Radiation monitoring Radiation shielding Recorders Refractometers Refrigeration Rods, rules

509 510, 511 512-513 514-519 520-523 524-525

Cells Centrifuges Centrifuge tubes Chloride meters Chromatography Circulators Cleaners Clinical Clips Colony counters Colorimeters Conductivity Cork products, Cotton wool Counters Crucibles Cryogenic storage Cryoware Cylinders

123-124 125-133 134-137 138 139-143 144-149 150-156 157-162 163-164 165 166-175 176-182 183 184 185-187 188-189 190 191-196

Heating Histology Hotplates Hydrometers Hygiene monitoring Hygrometers

295-301 302 303-304 305-306 307 308-311

Ice production/storage Incubators

312-314 315-323

J K L

Jars/jugs

324

Safety products Sampling/preparation Scintillation, Sealants Shakers Sieves, Sieving Soil testing, Spatulas Spectrophotometers Stands and racks Stirrers Stirrer followers Stopcocks Stoppers Storage, Surface tension Syringes

526-550 551-554 555-556 557-561 562-565 566-568 569-577 578-587 588-597 598-599 600-604 605-607 608-610 611-613

T
325 326

Karl Fischer Kjeldahl

Labels, Labelling Lamps, Lighting Lubricants

327-330 331-334 335

M
197 198-202 202 203-204 204-206 206 207 208-212 213-216 217-219 220 221

Dairy testing Deionisers Density Desiccators Dewar flasks Dialysis Diluters, Discs, Dishes Dispensers Dissecting Dissolved oxygen Distillation Draining, Drying

Magnifiers, Mats Measures Medical sundries Melting point Microscopes, Microscopy Microtitration Mills, Mixers Moisture analysis Molecular biology Mortars and pestles

336-338 339-340 341-342 343-345 346-359 360-363 364-369 370, 371 372-379 380

Tachometers, Tanks Test papers Test tubes Thermometers Tiles Timers Tissue culture Tongs Tools Trays, Triangles Trolleys Tubes Tubing

614 615 616-618 619-635 635 636-638 639-648 649 650-652 653 654 655 656-660

U-V W

Ultrasonic cleaners Viscosity

661-662 663-667

Ovens

381-386

Washing Waste, Watch glasses Water stills Water testing

668-672 673-674 675-678 679-699

some useful information

Properties of Plastics
Abbreviation Key: ABS E-CTFE FEP FPM HDPE LDPE PA PC PFA Acrylonitrile butadiene styrene Ethylene chlorotrifluoroethylene Fluorinated ethylene-propylene Fluoroelastomer High-density polyethylene Low-density polyethylene Polyamide Polycarbonate Perfluoro alkoxyl alkane PMP PP PS PSU PTFE PVC PVDF SAN SI Polymethyl pentene Polypropylene Polystyrene Polysulphone Polytetrafluoroethylene Polyvinyl chloride Polyvinylidene fluoride Styrene acrylonitrile Silicone rubber

Plastics Abbreviation E-CTFE FEP FPM HDPE LDPE PA PC PFA PMP PP PS PSU PTFE PVC PVDF SAN SI 1) 2) 3) 4)

Temperature max.1 min.2 C C +150 +205 +200 +110 +95 +90 +135 +250 +175 +135 +70 +165 +270 +70 +150 +95 +180 100 255 20 50 50 0 135 270 150 0 20 100 270 30 4 40 60

steam3 121C yes yes no no no no yes yes yes yes no yes yes no4 yes yes yes

Sterilisation5 gas radiation ethylene oxide 2.5 kGy yes yes no yes yes yes yes yes yes yes no yes yes yes yes yes yes no no no yes yes yes yes no yes no yes yes no no yes no no

Flexibility chemical formalin, ethanol yes yes yes yes yes yes yes yes yes yes yes yes yes yes yes yes yes moderate very good good semi-rigid excellent semi-rigid rigid excellent semi-rigid semi-rigid semi-rigid semi-rigid excellent semi-rigid semi-rigid semi-rigid excellent

Density g/cm3 1.70 2.15 1.90 0.95 0.92 1.13 1.20 2.15 0.83 0.90 1.05 1.24 2.25 1.35 1.78 1.03 1.10

Water absorption % <0.10 <0.01 <0.5 0.01 0.01 1.30 0.35 0.03 0.01 0.02 0.05 0.30 <0.01 0.06 0.04 0.05 1.00

Even higher for short periods Brittle temperature Frequent steam sterilisation reduces mechanical stability Except PVC tubing, which can be sterilised at a temperature of 121C

5) Clean apparatus with distilled water first (to avoid stress cracking corrosion). In the case of closed vessels, remove or slightly open lid, do not close lid tight again until the vessel has cooled down

Chemical Resistance of Common Plastics

Chemical type (at 20C) Acids, oxidising Acids, strong/concentrated Acids, weak/dilute Alcohols, alipathic Aldehydes Alkalis, bases Carbohydrates aliphatic aromatic halogenated Esters Ethers Ketones ABS # * # E-CTFE # * * * * * * * * * * # HDPE # * * * * * * * # # # # LDPE # * * * * * # # # # PA # # # # * * # * * * PC # # # PMP # * * * # * # # # PP # * * * * * * # # # # PS # # * * PTFE/FEP/PFA * * * * * * * * * * * * PVC * * * * * SAN # * * SI # * # * #

*Excellent chemical resistance The substance does not result in any damage to the plastics after 30 days of permanent contact. The plastic may remain resistant for years. #Good/limited chemical resistance Within 7 to 30 days of permanent contact, the substance causes minor damage which may be reversible (softening, swelling, reduction of mechanical strength, discolouration). Low chemical resistance Not suitable for permanent contact with this substance. Damage to the plastic may occur immediately (reduction of mechanical strength, deformation, discolouration, splits, dissolution, risk of breakage).

some useful information

Separated Thermometer Columns
The most common source of error in thermometer readings is an undetected separation in the mercury column due to prior mechanical or thermal shock. Thermometers should always be inspected for this fault before use, especially after shipment, or when removed from storage. In most instances such separations can be corrected by applying one of the following methods. 1. The mercury column can be retracted into the bulb by cooling the bulb in a suitable freezing mixture of ice, water and salt, or a dry-ice and acetone bath. Once the mercury has been drawn into the bulb, the separated portions usually can be reunited by light vertical tapping of the bulb on a paper pad, or by swinging the thermometer in an arc with the bulb outward. When using dry ice the following precautions should be observed. Mercury freezes at approximately 40C, but will not cause breakage of the bulb since mercury does not expand on freezing. However, subsequent melting of the mercury should be made to commence slowly from the top of the bulb to prevent excessive pressure on the bottom due to expanding mercury, which may shatter the bulb. 2. In thermometers with expansion chambers above the scale, or contraction chambers below, the mercury can sometimes be united by warming the thermometer bulb until both the column and separated portion are contained in one of these enlargements of the bore. Tapping the thermometers laterally against the hand will disperse the portions into droplets, after which the reunion is readily accomplished. Care must be taken to prevent mercury from entirely filling the upper expansion bulb. 3. For thermometers in which no expansion chamber is supplied, and in which separation has occurred in the capillary portion, the cooling method should be applied first. If the mercury remains separated, an attempt may be made to free the gas bubbles between the two portions by dispersing the upper portion into small globules, by applying gentle heat to the upper section only. The small droplets of mercury on the walls of the capillary can then be collected by a rising mercury column produced by warming the bulb.
Pressure

Measurement conversions
(Approximate equivalents) Length 1cm 1 metre 1in 1ft 1yd Weight 1mg 1g 1kg 1 carat 1oz* 1lb *avoirdupois = 0.394in = 3.281ft = 1.094yd = 2.54cm = 0.305m = 0.91m = 0.001g = 0.0353oz* = 2.205lb = 200mg = 28.35g = 0.454kg

Volume

1 microlitre (l) = 0.001ml 1ml = 0.001 litre 1 litre = 1dm3 = 1.76 pints = 0.22 gall = 0.035 cu ft 1 cu ft (ft3) = 28.3 litres 1m3 = 1000 litres 1 gallon = 4.55 litres 1 fl oz = 28.41 ml 1atm = 760mm Hg = 101.325N/m2 = 14.696lbf/in2 = 750.062mm Hg = 14.504 lbf/in2 = 1/760atm = 1mm Hg

1 bar

1 torr

Temperature conversion
C = F 32 1.8 C 0 5 10 15 20 30 32 F 32 41 50 59 68 86 89.6 C 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 F = 1.8 x C + 32 F 95 104 113 122 131 140 149 C 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 F 158 167 176 185 194 203 212

ASTM Wire Mesh Sieves:Alternative aperture size designations

Standard 5.6mm 4.75mm 4.00mm 3.35mm 2.80mm 2.36mm 2.00mm 1.70mm 1.40mm 1.18mm 1.00mm 850 microns 710 microns 600 microns 500 microns 425 microns 355 microns Alternative No. 31/2 No. 4 No. 5 No. 6 No. 7 No. 8 No. 10 No. 12 No. 14 No. 16 No. 18 No. 20 No. 25 No. 30 No. 35 No. 40 No. 45 Standard 300 microns 250 microns 212 microns 180 microns 150 microns 125 microns 106 microns 90 microns 75 microns 63 microns 53 microns 45 microns 38 microns 32 microns 25 microns 20 microns Alternative No. 50 No. 60 No. 70 No. 80 No. 100 No. 120 No. 140 No. 170 No. 200 No. 230 No. 270 No. 325 No. 400 No. 450 No. 500 No. 635

Glove Sizing
N Hold hand flat with fingers touching and thumb raised N Measure hand width (without thumb) in inches at the widest point N Multiply measurement by two to give approximate glove size required Sizes Equivalent glove size Small 61/2 - 7 Medium 71/2 - 8 Large 81/2 - 9 Extra Large 91/2 - 10

some useful information

Pipettes Colour Coding
One Mark Cap ml 0.5 1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 10.0 15.0 20.0 25.0 50.0 100.0 Colour code 2 Black Blue Orange Black 2 Red White Red Green Yellow Blue Red Yellow Graduated Cap ml 0.1 0.1 0.2 0.2 0.5 0.5 1.0 1.0 2.0 5.0 5.0 10.0 25.0 25.0 Subdivis ml 0.01 0.001 0.01 0.002 0.05 0.005 0.01 0.1 0.02 0.05 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.2 Colour code White 2 Green Black 2 White 2 Black Green Yellow Red Black Red Blue Orange White Green

pH/Ref. Electrodes
Preparation for use All sensors are shipped with the measuring end covered with a soaker teat filled with storage solution. Remove the soaker teat from the electrode and keep in a safe place for future long term storage. There may also be dried crystals of the storage solution present following leakage from the teat during transport. This is normal and they should be rinsed away using deionised water. After rinsing the measuring end with deionised water, the electrode is ready for use. During shipment it is possible for air bubbles to move into the glass bulb. To remove the air, shake down the electrode in the same manner as a clinical thermometer until the glass bulb is filled with solution. Electrode Storage pH glass electrodes should be stored in a pH4.0 Buffer for both overnight and long term storage. Reference and Glass/Plastic combination electrodes should be stored in a 3.0 Molar KCl solution (pH adjusted to 4.0) if they are single junction types. Use a 3.0 Molar solution of the appropriate salt if double junction types. Electrode Care and Cleaning Slow response and non-reproducible measurements are signs that the electrodes have become coated or clogged. If the glass becomes coated or clogged the time taken to make a measurement will increase (normally 95% of final reading should be achieved in less than 10 seconds). Rinsing with methyl alcohol should remove the coating and restore the speed of response. If the methyl alcohol rinse does not restore the response, soak in 0.1M HCl for five minutes. Remove and rinse with water and place in 0.1M NaOH for five minutes. Remove, rinse again, and soak in pH4.0 buffer for 10 minutes before use.

Ingress Protection (IP) Ratings

The two figure IP rating number comprises the following combined elements.

First number
Protection level against solid objects. IP0 Not protected IP1 Protected against objects over 50mm (hand) IP2 Protected against objects over 12mm (finger) IP3 Protected against objects over 2.5mm (tools) IP4 Protected against objects over 1mm (wires) IP5 Protected against dust, limited ingress (no harmful deposit) IP6 Totally protected against dust

Second number
Protection level against liquids. IP0 Not protected IP1 Protected against vertically falling droplets of water (condensation) IP2 Protected against sprays of water up to 15 from vertical IP3 Protected against sprays of water up to 60 from vertical IP4 Protected against sprays of water from all directions, limited ingress IP5 Protected against low pressure jets of water from all directions, limited ingress IP6 Protected against strong jets of water from all directions IP7 Protected against effects of immersion between 0.15 and 1m deep for up to 1/2 hour IP8 Protected against long periods of immersion under pressure

Common Solvents
(Approximate data) Boiling point C Acetone Benzene Butan-1-ol (n-butyl alcohol) Carbon tetrachloride Chloroform Diethyl ether Ethyl acetate Ethanol Butanone (methyl ethyl ketone) Propan-1-ol (n-propyl alcohol) Propan-2-ol (iso-propyl alcohol) Toluene Xylene 56.5 80 117 77 61 34.5 77 78 80 97 82 110 140 Flash point C 20 11 +29 40 4 +13 1 +15 +12 +7 +25 Wt/ml g 0.790 0.877 0.809 1.593 1.476 0.714 0.900 0.790 0.805 0.804 0.785 0.865 0.863

adapters
Tower
All dimensions for Tower and Tubes are nominal. Tower Glass, with ground 24/29 socket neck and 19/26 socket base tubulure. Overall height 310mm, diameter 45mm. AB050-10 Tower 0.00 ea XX

A
0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX

Tubes
Straight Form Glass, with one bulb and tube for bending. Dimensions are length excluding narrow tube x external diameter. Dimensions AB090-10 AB090-15 AB090-20 100 x 12mm 150 x 20mm 200 x 25mm ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (10+) 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX

U-Form with Side Arms and two ground-in stopper-stopcocks Glass, dimensions are overall length x diameter of the U, side arms approx. 6mm diameter. Dimensions AB150-10 AB150-15 AB150-20 100 x 12mm 125 x 15mm 150 x 20mm ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (10+)

Plain U-Form Glass, dimensions are overall length x diameter of the U. Dimensions AB110-10 AB110-15 AB110-20 100 x 12mm 125 x 15mm 150 x 20mm ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (10+) 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX

Arnold Borosilicate glass, two bulbs, overall height 125mm, diameter 26mm, side arms 6mm diameter. AB180-10 Arnold 0.00 ea XX Midvale Borosilicate glass with ground-in stopper. Overall height to upper side arm 125mm, nominal body diameter 34mm, side arms 6mm diameter. AB190-10 Midvale 0.00 ea XX

U-Form with Side Arms Glass, dimensions are overall length x diameter of the U, side arms approx. 6mm diameter. Dimensions AB130-10 AB130-15 AB130-20 100 x 12mm 125 x 15mm 150 x 20mm ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (10+) 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX

Absorption Tubes, U, angled, straight see Quickfit section. Gas Washbottles see Gas Collection and Quickfit sections.

AB110

AB130

AB150

AB050

AB090

AB180

AB190

adapters
Y-pattern With rigid, tapered arms except the 4mm size which has smooth straight arms. Autoclavable polypropylene. Supplied in packs of 10. Straight pattern With tapered stepped arms. Autoclavable polypropylene. Dimensions stated are the minimum and maximum for each end of the adapter. Supplied in packs of 10. Ref. CWHAD110-10 AD110-12 AD110-14 AD110-18 AD110-20 AD110-24 600 602 606 604 608 610 o.d. mm 4/6 & 4/6 4/6 & 7/11 4/6 & 10/14 7/11 & 7/11 7/11 & 10/14 10/14 & 10/14 pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX

Plastic

All dimensions are nominal. These adapters are for low pressure applications. T-pattern With rigid, tapered arms except the 4mm size which has smooth straight arms. Autoclavable polypropylene. Supplied in packs of 10. Ref. CWHAD100-10 AD100-15 AD100-20 AD100-25 204 206 208 210 o.d. mm 4/5 6/8 9/11 11/13 pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX

Ref. CWHAD105-10 AD105-15 AD105-20 AD105-25 304 306 308 310

o.d. mm 4/5 6/8 9/11 11/13

pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

XX XX XX XX

Y-pattern equal angle With rigid, tapered arms set at an equal angle. Autoclavable polypropylene. Ref. CWHAD107-15 506 AD107-20 508 o.d. mm 6.5/9.5 8/10 ea 0.00 0.00 ea (10+) 0.00 XX 0.00 XX

Standard Joint Adapters see Quickfit section.

AD100

AD107

AD105 6, 8, 10mm

AD110

adapters
Plastic
Y-pattern, Luer With plain arms terminating in Luer slip connections. Autoclavable polypropylene. AD177-10 Male 0.00 ea XX AD177-12 Female 0.00 ea XX Straight-pattern, Luer Non-sterile. Nylon. With connections as indicated. Supplied singly. Fitting AD180-06 Luer female/luer male AD180-09 6mm o.d. ferrule /luer male AD180-12 6mm o.d. ferrule/luer female 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea
XX XX XX

All dimensions are nominal. These adapters are for low pressure applications. T-pattern With rigid and slightly tapered arms. Autoclavable polypropylene. Dimensions given are in mm. AD170-14 7 o.d. 0.00 ea XX AD170-16 9 o.d. 0.00 ea XX AD170-20 11 o.d. 0.00 ea XX Y-pattern With rigid arms. Dimensions given are the external diameters of the upper and lower arms. Autoclavable polypropylene. Dimensions given are in mm. AD175-14 7/7 0.00 ea XX AD175-18 11.5/11.5 0.00 ea XX AD175-22 13/13 0.00 ea XX AD175-34 9/16 0.00 ea XX

Straight-pattern, no taper With ribbed arms but without taper. Autoclavable polypropylene. Dimensions given are in mm. AD192-12 6 o.d. 0.00 ea XX AD192-14 8 o.d. 0.00 ea XX AD192-16 10 o.d. 0.00 ea XX AD192-18 12 o.d. 0.00 ea XX Straight, smooth, tapered bore pattern Tapered with a ribbed termination either end. Autoclavable polypropylene. Dimensions given are in mm. AD195-12 5/9.5 o.d. 0.00 ea XX AD195-14 6/11 o.d. 0.00 ea XX AD195-16 6/15 o.d. 0.00 ea XX AD195-18 7/13 o.d. 0.00 ea XX

Straight-pattern, tapered With tapered and stepped ribbed arms. Dimensions given are the minimum external diameters for each arm, in mm. Autoclavable. Polypropylene AD190-10 4/4 AD190-17 6/6 AD190-22 10.5/10.5 AD190-30 14.5/14.5 AD190-36 19/19 Nylon AD190-12 AD190-14 AD190-19 AD190-24 AD190-26 AD190-33 4/6.5 4/10.5 6/10.5 10.5/15 10.5/19 15/19 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea
XX XX XX XX XX

XX XX XX XX XX XX

AD180-06 to AD180-12

AD170

AD192

AD190-10 to 36 series

AD175 and AD177

AD190-12 to 33 series

AD195

adapters

Plastic

Tubing Connectors High quality polypropylene. Can be autoclaved. Supplied in packs of 10. For tubing bore mm Straight AD220-10 AD220-13 AD220-16 T-shape AD220-40 AD220-43 AD220-46 Y-shape AD220-70 AD220-73 AD220-76 AD220-79 3 to 5 5 to 7 7 to 9 3 to 5 5 to 7 7 to 9 3 to 5 5 to 7 6 to 8 7 to 9 pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX

For tubing bore mm AD220-19 AD220-22 AD220-25 AD220-49 AD220-52 AD220-55 AD220-82 AD220-85 AD220-88 9 to 11 11 to 13 13 to 15 9 to 11 11 to 13 13 to 15 9 to 11 11 to 13 13 to 15

pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

XX XX XX

Screwthread Connectors For use with 13mm GL13 screwthread outlets. Designed to reduce breakage and increase safety when fitting flexible tubing to side arms of suitably converted condensers etc. For 9mm bore flexible tubing. Polypropylene for use up to 140C maximum or PTFE for enhanced chemical resistance and use up to 200C maximum, as indicated. AD255-10 Ref 4510/02, polypropylene 0.00 ea 0.00 ea (10+) XX AD255-15 Ref 4510/04, PTFE 0.00 ea 0.00 ea (10+) XX Spare silicone rubber sleeve for AD255 connectors AD256-06 Ref 4511/02 0.00 ea 0.00 ea (10+)
XX

XX XX XX

XX XX XX

Screwthread holder for AD255 connectors Facilitates connection and removal of AD255 adapters to, or from, tubing. AD256-09 Ref 4512/02 0.0042 ea 0.00 ea (5+) Standard Joint Adapters see Quickfit section.

XX

XX XX XX XX

XX XX XX

AD220-10

AD220-70

AD220-40

AD255-10, AD255-15 is similar

adhesives, aluminium, anaerobic jar

Adhesives
The following adhesives can be exported by sea freight, deck cargo only. Araldite Rapid Epoxy resin and hardener in pack containing tube of resin, tube of hardener and instructions. AD700-10 0.00 ea XX Evo-Stick Impact adhesive Neoprene/resin solution in an ester/hydrocarbon solvent. 40g tube. AD710-10 0.00 ea XX Adhesive Labels, Plain see Labels section. Adhesive film for microplates see Microtitration section.

Aluminium
Aluminium Foil Suitable for a wide variety of laboratory applications including sealing of tubes, wrapping of columns, shaping into weighing boats, etc. In roll, dimensions are roll length x foil width. AL200-12 75 metres x 150mm 0.00 ea XX AL200-14 75 metres x 450mm 0.00 ea XX Aluminium Foil Dishes see DH798. Aluminium Basins see BF550. Aluminium Beakers see BN170. Aluminium Racks and Trays see SM450/SM470. Aluminium in Water Test Kits see WT300/WT530.

Anaerobic System
Anaerobic Jar Polycarbonate jar, 3.5 litre capacity which accepts 12 x 90mm plastic petri dishes. The yoke lid clamp has centre wheel tightening with pressure gauge, automatic safety valve, Schrader inlet and outlet valves, low temperature catalyst, and dish carrier. AN200-10 For 12 x 90mm dishes 0.00 ea XX Accessories and Spares Schrader valve kit. Spare. Supplied in pack of 2. AN204-10 0.00 pk XX Cores for Schrader valve. Spare. Supplied in pack of 10. AN204-14 0.00 pk XX O-ring seal for jar. Spare. Supplied in pack of 5. AN204-20 0.00 pk
XX

Schrader valve chucks and clips, accessory. Required for connecting to a vacuum pump and gas cylinder. Supplied in pack of 2. AN204-24 Chucks/clips 0.00 pk XX Catalyst sachet, Oxoid BR042A low temperature, Supplied in pack of 5. AN124-30 0.00 pk XX Gas Generating Kits. Supplied in packs of 10. Must be stored between 2C and 25C. AN204-30 Anaerobic, BR038B 0.00 pk XX AN204-35 Campylobacter, 0.00 pk XX BR056A AN204-40 Carbon dioxide, 0.00 pk XX BR039A

AL200

AN200-10 in use

SAFETY NOTE Explosions can occur with anaerobic jars if they are misused. Care must be taken at all times and the jars must not be pressurised. It is recommended that only the low temperature catalyst be used plus the special gas mixture 10%H2, 10%CO2, 80%N2 available from the British Oxygen Company (BOC special gases division).

anemometers, arsenic

Anemometers
For measuring wind speeds and air flows in ducts and tunnels. Anemometer, cup A portable hand-held instrument providing a direct reading of wind speed in four different units. With plastic outer case and cups and engraved scales. Ranges 0 to 120 km/h, 0 to 35 m/s, 0 to 12 Beaufort, 0 to 60 kt. AN450-10 Cup model 0.00 ea XX Anemometer, vane Portable, hand-held vane-type anemometer and thermometer for outdoor applications. Ranges:Wind speed: 0.2 to 30m/s (alternative ranges: Beaufort scale, knots, km/h) Temperature: -30 to +60C (alternative range: -22 to 140F) Other functions include maximum and average wind speed, and Windchill temperature calculation. Overall 98 x 39 x 17mm L x W x D. Weight 110g. In splash-resistant case and supplied with soft carrying case, lanyard and batteries. AN450-40 Vane anemometer 0.00 ea XX BL590-25 Spare battery, 3V 0.00 ea XX Anemometer, Testo 435 A battery operated, portable digital instrument suitable for use with hotwire or vane type air velocity probes, or NTC temperature probes. Ranges:0 to 40m/s, 20 to +70C Resolution:- 0.01m/s (up to 10m/s), 0.1m/s (rest of range) and 0.1C Features include:N Hold/max./min. N Timed and multipoint averaging N Twin line display for ease of recording N Infra-red print communication for use with accessory printer N Auto-off function activates after 10 minutes without use Overall 190 x 57 x 42mm (L x W x D). Supplied with 60mm diameter vane probe on a 1.5m flexible lead (0.2 to 20m/s range, operating temperature 0 to +60C), 9V battery and instructions. AN465-20 Anemometer, 0.00 ea XX Testo 435 NTC temperature probe - see TJ802-13. Flow indicators for gases and liquids - see FR200 in the Flow section. Accessories for AN465-20 Telescopic hotwire air velocity/temperature probe, maximum extended length 675mm (ranges 0 to 20m/s, 20 to +70C). AN465-48 Probe 0.00 ea XX Telescopic vane air velocity probe, diameter 16mm, maximum extended length 720mm (range 0 to 40m/s, temperature 0 to +60C). AN465-50 Probe 0.00 ea XX Rechargeable battery 9V, for AN465-20. AN465-54 Battery 0.00 ea
XX

Battery charger for AN465-54 only, 220-240V 50Hz single phase. AN465-56 Battery charger 0.00 ea XX Thermal paper printer with infra-red cordless data communication. Supplied with 4 x AA batteries and 1 roll of paper. AN465-75 Printer 0.00 ea XX Battery charger, with batteries for AN465-75 only, 220-240V 50Hz single phase supplies. AN465-77 Battery charger 0.00 ea XX Spare thermal paper for AN465-75, pack of 6 rolls. AN465-79 Paper 0.00 pk XX

Arsenic Test
Arsenic Test Apparatus Gutzeit, to BP specification, fitted into a 120ml capacity test bottle. Without mercuric chloride test paper. AR200-10 Gutzeit 0.00 ea XX Further apparatus for the determination of Arsenic can be found in the Quickfit section see Q1AD/1.

AN450-10

AN450-40

AN465-20

AR200-10

10

aquaria
Aquaria
Suitable for fresh or salt water. Dimensions and capacities are nominal. Aquarium Transparent plastic, 12 litres. 305 x 200 x 200mm H x W x D. AQ100-10 Plastic tank 0.00 ea XX Aquaria Glass sided in plastic frame. All are 300 x 380mm width x height. AQ115-10 65 litres, 600mm long 0.00 ea XX AQ115-15 100 litres, 900mm long 0.00 ea XX Covers Hinged for AQ115 series. AQ117-06 600 x 300mm AQ117-10 900 x 300mm Stands Metal for AQ115 series. AQ117-26 600 x 300mm AQ117-30 900 x 300mm

Aquarium Accessories & Pump

Heaters With thermostat and suction disc. For 200-250V a.c. single phase supplies. AQ130-01 100W 0.00 ea XX AQ130-03 200W 0.00 ea XX Thermometer 0 to 40C, with suction disc. AQ135-10 Diffuser Stone With inlet tube. AQ140-10 25 x 25 x 25mm Aquarium Polynets On wire frame with handle. AQ150-10 75 x 100mm AQ150-14 125 x 150mm Aeration Pump, diaphragm Output approximately 1.5litres/minute free air. With 5mm o.d. air delivery tubes. Suitable for continuous operation. Overall 90 x 50 x 65mm. For 200-240V a.c. single phase supplies, 3W. AQ180-02 1.5litres/minute 0.00 ea XX Diaphragm air pumps for continuous use see PX330/PX332. Liquid pumps see PX700/PX890. Siphons for draining aquaria see PX100. 0.00 ea
XX

0.00 ea

XX

0.00 ea 0.00 ea

XX XX

0.00 ea 0.00 ea

XX XX

0.00 ea 0.00 ea

XX XX

Clear Glass Tanks for use as aquaria, capacities up to 9 litres see Tanks section.

AQ150-series

AQ115-15 with AQ117-30

AQ100-10

AQ180-02

Siphon

11

aspirator bottles
Pyrex 1565 series With curved sides, glass top cover and a glass filled polyamide Torion screw assembly bottom outlet. Without stopcock.

Pyrex Glass

Dimensions given are nominal and maxima, including stopper if supplied. Pyrex 1531 series With unground neck and bottom side arm for connecting 10mm bore flexible tubing. Without stopper. Neck Capacity i.d. ml mm 250 500 1000 2000 18 23 28 28 Bottle dia. x h mm 73 x 131 89 x 163 111 x 200 138 x 248 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (qty+) 0.00 (10+) 0.00 (10+) 0.00 (10+) 0.00 (5+)
XX XX XX XX

Ref. AS130-26 AS130-32 1565/26 1565/32

Capacity ml 25000 50000

Neck o.d. mm 138 150

Bottle dia. x h mm 323 x 508 405 x 628

ea 0.00 0.00
XX XX

Ref. AS100-06 AS100-08 AS100-10 AS100-12 1531/06 1531/08 1531/10 1531/12

Accessories Stopcock 1571/02, cone 29/32, bore 4mm. For 1541 and 1569 aspirators. AS135-06 1571/02 0.00 ea

XX

Stopcock, Rotaflo 1568/04, cone 29/32, bore 3mm. With PTFE key. For 1541 and 1569 aspirators. AS135-10 1568/04 0.00 ea 0.00 ea (2+) XX Stopcock, Rotaflo GP6/10W, bore 10mm. With PTFE key for use with Torion outlet of 1565 aspirators only. AS135-12 GP6/10W 0.00 ea XX Connector 1548/02, spare for Torion outlet of 1565 series. AS135-20 1548/02 0.00 ea 0.00 ea
XX

Pyrex 1541 series With unground neck and 29/32 bottom side socket. Without stopper or stopcock. Neck Capacity i.d. ml mm 2000 5000 10000 15000 20000 28 44 59 59 59 Bottle dia. x h mm 138 x 248 181 x 318 227 x 398 258 x 460 288 x 492 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (qty+) 0.00 (5+)
XX XX XX XX XX

Ref. AS110-12 AS110-16 AS110-18 AS110-20 AS110-22 1541/12 1541/16 1541/18 1541/20 1541/22

Silicone rubber seal 1547/02, spare for Torion outlet. AS135-22 1547/02

XX

Rubber bung stoppers for 1531 and 1541 series aspirator see Stoppers section. Flexible tubing, 10mm bore for 1531 outlets see Tubing section. Glass tubing, 14mm o.d. which would fit Torion outlet of 1565 series see Tubing section. Joint clips for securing 1571/02 and 1568/04 stopcocks into aspirators see QKC29 in the Quickfit section.

Pyrex 1569 series With glass stopper and 29/32 bottom side socket. Without stopcock. Neck Capacity i.d. ml mm 2000 5000 10000 20000 29/32 45/40 60/46 60/46 Bottle dia. x h mm 138 x 262 181 x 333 227 x 414 288 x 508 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (qty+) 0.00 (2+)
XX XX XX XX

Ref. AS120-12 AS120-16 AS120-18 AS120-22 1569/12 1569/16 1569/18 1569/22

AS100

AS110

AS120

AS130 with AS135-12

AS135-06

AS135-10

AS135-12

12

aspirator bottles
Plastic Plastic Plastic

Aspirator bottles, Azlon wide neck Polyethylene HDPE, with screw cap, two handles and removable stopcock. Neck i.d. 240mm. AS320-25 30 litre, BGH 068 0.00 ea XX AS320-30 50 litre, BGH 070 0.00 ea XX AS320-35 100 litre, BWX 072 0.00 ea XX Aspirator bottles, Azlon autoclavable, heavy wall, medium neck Polypropylene, octagonal shape, with offset screw cap for easy pouring, integral handle and removable, boss-fitting stopcock. Ref. BNPAS340-15 AS340-20 AS340-25 AS340-75 05A 10A 20A Capacity litres 5 10 20 Neck i.d. mm 45 90 90 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea
XX XX XX XX

Aspirator bottles, narrow neck Polyethylene HDPE, with screw cap and 12mm bore stopcock. Hexagonal shape, neck i.d. 49mm. AS300-15 5 litre 0.00 ea XX AS300-20 10 litre 0.00 ea XX Aspirator bottles, narrow neck Polyethylene. With screw cap, hinged handle at neck and 8mm bore stopcock. AS390-10 2.5 litre 0.00 ea XX AS390-15 5 litre 0.00 ea XX AS390-20 10 litre 0.00 ea XX AS390-50 Spare stopcock for AS390-series 0.00 ea XX Aspirator bottles, narrow neck Polyethylene. With screw cap, neck bore 50mm, side lifting handles and 12mm air-vented stopcock. AS400-20 20 litre 0.00 ea XX AS400-25 25 litre 0.00 ea XX AS400-40 50 litre 0.00 ea XX AS400-75 Spare stopcock 0.00 ea XX for AS400 series Large Capacity Plastic Bottles see Bottles section.

Aspirator Bottles, Nalgene Lowboys, Polyethylene (HDPE). Low profile, with integral handgrip for safe, easy transport. Same size can be stacked three high. With polypropylene spigot tap and leakproof screw cap. Can be used with strong acids, bases, alcohols and ketones but not suitable for use with other organic solvents. AS500-15 Ref 2323-008. Capacity 0.00 ea XX 8 litres. Overall 368 x 305 x165mm W x D x H AS500-20 Ref 2323-015. Capacity 0.00 ea XX 15 litres. Overall x 368 x 368 x 203mm W x D x H

Spare stopcock for AS340 series

Aspirator bottle, Brkle Flachmann Polypropylene. Space saving design which is only 65mm wide. Stable, rigid structure with integral carrying handle and tamper-evident closure, neck i.d. 41mm. A 3/4 threaded connector at the base accepts an accessory stopcock which is rotatable about 180 to avoid dripping. Overall 65 x 335 x 335mm W x D x H. Accessory graduated scale and support stands are also available. AS530-15 Flachmann, 5 litre 0.00 ea XX AS532-09 Stopcock for AS530-15 0.00 ea XX AS532-11 Litre graduation scale 0.00 ea XX tape for AS530-15 AS532-13 Support stand for 0.00 ea XX 2 x AS530-15 AS532-17 Support stand for 0.00 ea XX 3 x AS530-15

AS300

AS320

AS340

AS390

AS400

AS500

AS530/AS532 in use

13

auto-analyser consumables
Tubing

Sample Cups
Elkay Polystyrene. Supplied in packs of 1000. AT150-15 0.5ml conical 0.00 pk AT150-20 2ml conical 0.00 pk AT150-30 4ml conical 0.00 pk Sample cups Polystyrene. Supplied in packs as indicated. AT160-14 0.5ml conical, pack 0.00 pk of 4000 AT160-17 1.5ml conical, pack 0.00 pk of 5000 AT160-19 2ml flat, pack 0.00 pk of 5000

XX XX XX

XX XX XX

Manifold Pump Tubing Specially formulated PVC tubing which is heat treated for increased operating life, and resistant to a broad range of inorganic chemicals. For use with continuous flow analyser peristaltic pumps. Identified by the colour of the bridges which corresponds to the colour and location of the original equipment manufacturer. Distance between bridges is 152mm. Supplied in packs of 12 tubes each 406mm long. For routine use i.d. mm AT170-19 AT170-22 AT170-25 AT170-28 AT170-31 AT170-34 AT170-37 AT170-40 AT170-43 AT170-49 AT170-52 AT170-55 AT170-58 AT170-61 AT170-64 AT170-67 0.381 0.508 0.635 0.762 0.889 1.016 1.143 1.295 1.422 1.651 1.854 2.057 2.286 2.540 2.794 3.175 Bridge colours orange/green orange/yellow orange/white black orange white red grey yellow blue green purple purple/black purple/orange purple/white black/white pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

ACCU-rated for use where flow consistency and accuracy are critical. Flow rate ml/min AT175-17 AT175-23 AT175-26 AT175-29 AT175-32 AT175-35 AT175-38 AT175-41 AT175-44 AT175-47 AT175-50 AT175-53 AT175-56 AT175-59 AT175-62 AT175-65 AT175-68 0.05 0.10 0.16 0.23 0.32 0.42 0.60 0.80 1.00 1.20 1.40 1.60 2.00 2.50 2.90 3.40 3.90 Bridge colours orange/blue orange/green orange/yellow orange/white black orange white red grey yellow blue/yellow blue green purple purple/black purple/orange purple/white pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Autosampler vials see Chromatography section.

Sample cups

Manifold pump tubing

14

autoclaves
Portable Top Loading Autoclaves
N Suitable for sterilising both instruments and glassware N Aluminium or stainless steel construction N All models, except Vario series, operate at 121C N Capacities 14 or 30 litres N All models include: adjustable pressure relief safety valve pressure and temperature dial gauges air release cock and drain syphon resettable thermal cut-out (electric models only) The drain tube removes steam and water and the partial vacuum created after sterilisation is used to dry the contents of the chamber. Gas models require an external heat source which is not supplied. Temperature control is manual by adjustment of a pressure release valve. Electric models have built-in electric heaters (ST19 models have one each 0.7kW and 1.3kW elements, ST3028 models a single 2kW element). ST19T and ST3028 models feature electronic temperature control. Alternative Vario automatic cycle control models are available with a choice of three pre-set and one operator programmable cycles including adjustable temperature (maximum 121C ST19V, 140C ST3028V), and time from 1 to 99 minutes. Additionally a free-steaming facility with self-sealing aircock allows unattended operation. All electric models are supplied for use on 230-250V a.c. single phase supplies. Lid closures. Aluminium models have a full width lid with gasket held by rim bolts. Stainless steel models have a quick access twist locking lid mechanism with nylon handled wingnuts and separate nylon lid handle. Aluminium, 14 litres Chamber 280mm diameter x 230mm deep. With fittings as described and aluminium liner. Accepts, but not supplied with, either two small or one large accessory drums, or one basket. AU100-02 Electrically heated, 0.00 ea XX ST19T AU100-05 For gas heating, 0.00 ea XX ST18 AU100-07 Vario controller, 0.00 ea XX ST19V Stainless steel, 30 litres Chamber 280mm diameter x 490mm deep. All other features as AU112 series. Accepts, but not supplied with, either four small or two large accessory drums, or two baskets. AU116-02 Electrically heated, 0.00 ea XX ST3028 AU116-05 For gas heating, 0.00 ea XX ST3028G AU116-07 Vario controller, 0.00 ea XX ST3028V Autoclave Consumables Deodorising Capsules see AU600. Disposal Bags see BA030/064. Indicator Tape see AU630. Sterilising Bags/Pouches see AU660/695. Accessories and Spare Parts Drum, small, stainless steel. AU117-06 Drum Drum, large, stainless steel. AU117-08 Drum

A
0.00 ea 0.00 ea
XX XX

Stainless steel wire mesh basket, with single lifting handle, 240mm diameter x 220mm deep. AU117-10 Basket 0.00 ea XX Bottle carrier, holds 4 x 1 litre media bottles. For 30 litre autoclaves, AU116 models only. AU117-12 Bottle carrier 0.00 ea XX Lid gasket, spare for AU100 models. AU117-22 Gasket Lid gasket, spare for AU116 models. AU117-24 Gasket 0.00 ea 0.00 ea
XX

XX

Heating elements. Supplied as 1 each 0.7kW and 1.3kW for 230-250V a.c. single phase supplies. Spare for electrically heated AU100 models only. AU117-26 Heaters for 0.00 set XX AU100 models Heating element. 2kW. For 230-250V a.c. single phase supplies. Spare for electrically heated AU116 models only. AU117-27 Heater for AU116 0.00 ea XX models Safety valve, spare, for all models. AU117-30 Safety valve 0.00 ea
XX

Accessory gas rings and stands details on request.

AU100-05

AU116

Vario controller in use

15

autoclaves
As described. supplied with digital controller, analogue pressure gauge, fan assisted cooling, media stay warm and load temperature sensing functions. Chamber accepts four small or two large dressing drums, or two baskets or bottle carriers. For 230-250V 50Hz single phase 13A supply, 2kW. AU118-10 Nexus autoclave, 30 litres, top loading 0.00 ea XX Accessories and Spare Parts AU118-25 24-column printer, recording time, temperature and pressure, serial number, date and cycle ref. FACTORY FITTED AND MUST BE ORDERED AT THE SAME TIME AS THE AUTOCLAVE AU117-06 Drum, small, stainless steel AU117-08 Drum, large, stainless steel AU117-10 Basket, stainless steel AU117-12 Bottle carrier, holds 4 x 1 litre media bottles AU117-24 Lid gasket AU117-27 Heating element, 2kW. for 230-250V a.c. supplies 0.00 ea

Mobile Top Loading Autoclave, Nexus

N Top loading, 30 litre capacity, stainless steel chamber, loading height 840mm N Constructed to BS2646 pt. 1:1993 and BS5500:1994 cat.3, also complies with HSE PM73 N Fully automatic, once filled with water N Digital cycle control with alphanumeric display and indicator LEDs, 12 programme memory and pressure and temperature interlocks N User adjustable temperature up to 140C and time up to 99 hours by 1 second intervals N Accessory built-in data printer provides a permanent cycle record of time, temperature and pressure, with date, time and cycle reference N Fan assisted cooling media stay warm and load temperature sensing functions included N Quick-release lid mechanism N Thermally activated lid interlock N RS232 data output N Easily manoeuvred on locking castors Capacity Range Chamber diameter x depth Overall W x D x H Weight litres C mm mm kg 30 100 to 140 280 x 490 450 x 710 x 1020 80

XX

0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

XX XX XX XX XX XX

AU118-10 with printer

16

autoclaves
Automatic Electronic Autoclaves, Series 2100 Standard Models, 9 litres
Simple to use, reliable, autoclaves for sterilisation at 126C (1.6 bar) to ensure inactivation of all bacteria including the most resistant bacilli such as the spore form of clostridium tetric and HIV (AIDS). N Top loading capacity approximately 9 litres (standard models), 12 litres (extended body models) N Automatic electronic time and temperature control with end of cycle cut-off N Sterilisation cycle time 11 minutes N Total cycle time less than 22 minutes N Utilises distilled/deionised water added directly into the chamber base N Safety features include Lid locked onto body while under pressure Offset gasket device ensures correct location of lid Pressure relief valve which operates at 2.2 bar Lid plug which releases if pressure exceeds 2.6 bar Safety melt fuse to prevent over-heating Water level control which prevents sterilisation if water too low These autoclaves meet Health Authority and MRC guidelines on sterilisation and provide satisfactory sterilisation of dental and surgical instruments including syringes and needles when placed in the instrument containers provided. In addition, all vessels comply with BS3970 part 4 and DIN58946 part 8. Prestige Medical Autoclave, Model 2100-01 As specified. Cover and body material is aluminium alloy with powder coat paint finish. Carry handle, side handles and all mouldings are glass filled polyester. Indicator lights show power on, heating, sterilisation and cycle completion. Internal chamber 210mm diameter x 236mm high. Maximum instrument length 228mm. Overall 335H x 340W x 270D mm. Weight empty 4.5kg. Sterilising temperature 126C (1.6bar). Supplied with instrument container, small instrument tray and lifter, vee-support, certificate of vessel compliance to BS3970 Part 4, performance test certificate, spare gasket, UK and European electrical supply cord sets, 2 x 10amp fuses and instructions. For 230V, 50/60Hz single phase supplies 1.5kW. AU125-15 Autoclave, 2100-01 0.00 ea XX Prestige Medical Autoclave, Model 2100-03 As AU125-15 but fitted with temperature and pressure gauges, thermal jacket as required by BS3970 and a thermocouple entry port mounted in the lid. For 230V, 50/60Hz single phase supplies 1.5kW. AU125-30 Autoclave, 2100-03 0.00 ea XX Autoclave Consumables Deodorising Capsules see AU600/AU604. Disposal Bags see BA030/BA064. Indicator Tape see AU630. Sterilising Bags/Pouches see AU660/AU695.

Extended Models, 12 litres

Prestige Medical Autoclave, Model 2100-02 As AU125-15 but with extended body, internal chamber 210mm diameter x 328mm high. Maximum instrument length 290mm. Overall 420H x 340W x 270D mm. Weight empty 4.5kg. For 230V, 50/60Hz single phase supplies, 1.5kW. AU125-45 Autoclave, extended 0.00 ea XX body 2100-02 Prestige Medical Autoclave, Model 2100-04 As AU125-30 but with extended body and fitted with temperature and pressure gauges, thermal jacket as required by BS3970 and a thermocouple entry port mounted in the lid. For 230V, 50/60Hz single phase supplies, 1.5kW. AU125-55 Autoclave, extended 0.00 ea XX body with gauges 2100-04 Prestige Medical Autoclave, Model 2100-24 As AU125-55 but designed to operate within 2C of 121C for 22 minutes. For 230V 50/60Hz single phase supplies,1.5kW. AU125-65 Autoclave, long cycle, 0.00 ea XX extended body with gauges 2100-24 Spare parts and Accessories Lid Sealing Gasket. Suitable for use with all 2100 series units. AU127-09 Lid sealing gasket, 0.00 ea 219500

XX

Sterilisation Indicator Strips TST Colour changes yellow to purple/blue on completing a successful sterilisation cycle. For use only in autoclaves providing an air-free saturate steam environment. AU127-25 TST indicator strips 0.00 ea XX 126C/10 minutes Box 50, 219277 Tray for Small Instruments Polypropylene, can be mounted on AU127-44 or AU127-48 for multiple stacking when used in conjunction with AU127-35. Autoclaves AU125-15 and -30 accommodate 6 trays, autoclaves AU125-45 to AU125-65 accommodate 8 trays. AU127-32 Tray, 219293 0.00 ea XX Vee-support Stainless steel, for raising trays and containers off the chamber floor. AU127-35 Vee-support, 219295 0.00 ea XX Standard Body Instrument Container Polypropylene, with carrying handle and removable dividers. Requires vee-support AU127-35. AU127-44 Standard body 0.00 ea XX container, 219292 Extended Body Instrument Container Polypropylene, with carrying handle and removable dividers. Requires vee-support AU127-35. AU127-48 Extended body 0.00 ea XX container, 219296

17

autoclaves

Omega Electronic Autoclaves, 10 litres

Portable, fully automatic, electronic autoclaves which include visual operating sequence and control panel guides providing simplicity of operation. The autoclaves are designed to comply in part or full with current major international standards, including IEC 1010 part 1, BS3970 part 4, ESCHLE, EMC and DIN 58946 part 8. Choice of Models Media option at 121C General Medical option at 134C N 10 litre capacity N Automatic electronic time and temperature control N Electro-mechanical lid interlock N Push-button operation with LED cycle sequence indicators N Two independent pressure release safety valves N Thermocouple entry port N Operating sequence guide N Distilled/deionised water added directly to the chamber N Wipe-clean flame-retardant external plastic mouldings N Cycle counter N Integral temperature and pressure gauges AU130-40 AU130-46 Media Medical 121 134 22 3.5 34 <20 1.05 2.05 10 10 219 x 290 dia. x depth 290 290 4 4 9.2 9.2

Construction The unit comprises a drawn aluminium body with stamped-in heating element to form a permanent mechanical heat transfer joint. The lid is die-cast in aluminium and hard anodised. Both body and lid have been clad in glassreinforced polyester mouldings which offer protection for the control module and gauges, along with greatly reduced surface temperatures. The lid is fitted with an air bleed valve which seals the chamber at 102-105C keeping the air volumes to a minimum and thereby enhancing performance. An electro-mechanical interlock ensures the lid is correctly fitted before a cycle can commence and also prevents removal of the lid until it is safe to do so. Two independent safety pressure release valves relieve excess steam pressure in the event of a fault occurring. A boil-dry detector will shut off power in the case of insufficient water being present in the vessel and a resettable thermal cut-out operates if excess body temperatures are achieved. The control module comprises separate on/off switch, cycle status indicators and fault indicator. A separate mechanical cycle counter is situated at the rear of the chamber moulding.

Sterilising temperature minimum C Sterilising time minutes Total cycle time minutes Operating pressure minimum bar Capacity litres Chamber dimensions mm Maximum instrument length mm Maximum load weight kg Autoclave weight empty kg

Automatic Electronic Autoclave, Omega Media As specified. Designed to operate at 2C of 121C for a 22 minute sterilising period. The electro-mechanical lid interlock is set to unlock the lid at 80C. Supplied with a vee-support, power supply lead, 2 x 7.5amp fuses and instructions. A performance test certificate and certificate of vessel compliance to BS3970 part 4 are included also. For 230V 50/60Hz single phase supplies, 1500W. AU130-40 Omega Media 121C/22minutes 0.00 ea XX Automatic Electronic Autoclave, Omega 2 General Medical As specified. Designed to operate at 134C minimum for a 3.5 minute sterilising period. Supplied with instrument container, vee-support, certificate of vessel compliance to BS3970 Part 4, performance test certificate, power supply lead, 2 x 7.5amp fuses and instructions. For 230V 50/60Hz single phase supplies,1500W. AU130-46 Omega 2 General Medical 134C/3.5 minutes 0.00 ea XX Spares and Accessories AU130-65 Gasket for all Omega models AU130-67 As AU130-65 but pack of 12 AU127-32 Instrument tray for AU130-46 only AU127-35 Vee-support, 219295 AU127-44 Standard body container, 219292, requires vee-support AU127-35 AU127-48 Extended body container, 219296, requires vee-support AU127-35 AU127-25 TST indicator strip 126C/10 minutes, box of 50 AU130-77 TST indicator strips, dual range 121C/15 minutes and 134C/3 minutes, box of 25 0.00 ea 0.00 pk 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 box 0.00 box

XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

AU130-46

18

autoclaves
Front Loading Benchtop Autoclaves, Century 3

Easy to operate, self contained, bench mounting autoclaves for sterilising solid and hollow instruments, glassware and linen loads (using vacuum model only); unsuitable for sealed fluids. Comply with MDD 93/42/EEC, HTM2031, pr EN13060 and BS EN61010 parts 1 and 2. Pressure vessel complies with ASME section VIII. N Choice of models with: 16 or 22 litre capacities non-vacuum or vacuum N 134C sterilising temperature N Single shot water system N Graphical cycle status display Specifications Capacity Chamber dia. x length Maximum instrument length Operating pressure Sterilising period Trays, number x maximum length Supply requirements Overall H x W x D Weight mm non-vacuum models, kg vacuum model, kg litres mm mm Bar (psi) non-vacuum models vacuum model non-vacuum models vacuum model 16 250 x 330 300 2.05 (29) 3 minutes 3 or 18 minutes 6 x 282mm 6 x 282mm 230V 50Hz, 2.2kW both models 410 x 480 x 440 37 42 Accessories and spares Spare instrument trays AU135-85 Instrument tray 282mm long AU135-87 Instrument tray 430mm long AU135-94 Built-in printer option (user fittable) AU135-97 Spare printer roll for AU135-85 AU135-98 Spare printer ribbon for AU135-85 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea
XX XX XX XX XX

N Stainless steel cylindrical chamber N Triple-pulse fractionated vacuum system N Six automatic cycles including automatic drying N Digital cycle counter and pressure readout N Accessory on-board printer option

22 250 x 430 450 2.05 (29) 3 minutes 4 x 282, 2 x 430mm 410 x 480 x 560 37

As described. Choice of non-vacuum or vacuum models as indicated, all with drying option. Supplied with trays as indicated in table. Non-vacuum models AU135-22 16 litres AU135-33 22 litres Vacuum model AU135-71 16 litres 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea
XX XX

XX

TST indicator strips AU130-77 Dual range 121C/15min. and 134C/3min. Box 25 0.00 box

XX

AU135

19

autoclaves

Swiftlock Automatic Autoclaves

N A choice of models: Front or top loading chamber Automatic or manual filling N Variable temperature range, 100 to 138C (0.2 to 2.4bar) N Fully automatic once filled with water Construction Chamber: Grade 316L stainless steel to BS5500 cat. 3, with thermocouple entry port and chamber cleaning drain. Outer case: Epoxy-coated, zinc-primed steel panels on corrosion resistant, light alloy internal frame. Door closure: Patented Swiftlock single action closure mechanism. Only when the door/lid is fully closed will the programmer commence the cycle and a safety locking bolt is automatically engaged. Controls and fittings: Secure microcomputer controlled programmer and cycle monitor with four pre-set programmes providing ideal sterilisation conditions for typical loads, liquids, instruments, glassware and discard. A membrane control keypad and clear alphanumeric display allow easy adjustment of time and temperature and provide stage-by-stage reporting of cycle progress and warnings in easily understood text. Additional selectable parameters include timed freesteaming, and controlled drying for instrument and glassware cycles (Autofill models only). A PIN-protected programme lock enables re-programming of pre-set parameters by authorised personnel. A separate analogue pressure gauge is also provided. Condensate drainage: Autofill models feature an automatic water fill/recirculation system with reservoir that provides sufficient water for up to 20 cycles. Condensate and residue chamber water is returned to the reservoir after each cycle for re-use, providing a self-contained system. Classic models have a removable, integral condensate drain bottle. Alternatively when using liquid or discard cycles waste water can be fed to an external vent rather than the drain bottle, useful where blockage or contamination is anticipated. Note: the autoclave must be refilled after every cycle in this mode. Safety features: Pressure activated door lock Two thermal cooling locks in compliance with HSE.PM73 Audio-visual end of cycle, cycle fault, cycle interruption Sterilisation failure, water low and door unlocked alarms Overheat protection

Capacity litres Loading type Chamber dia. x depth mm Overall W x D x H mm Weight kg

23 Front 250 x 430 540 x 670 x 415 60

40 Front 350 x 400 670 x 720 x 570 95

60 Front 350 x 600 670 x 950 x 570 125

60 Top 350 x 545 530 x 700 x1200 100

Automatic Autoclaves, Swiftlock As described. With Secure 4-programmer/controller, Swiftlock door closure and automatic or manual filling as indicated. Front loading models are supplied with base shelf, the top loading model with two half-depth stainless steel baskets. For 230V 50/60Hz single phase 13A supply. AU170-12 Swiftlock Autofill, 23 litres, front loading 0.00 ea XX AU170-15 Swiftlock Autofill, 40 litres, front loading 0.00 ea XX AU170-22 Swiftlock Autofill, 60 litres, front loading 0.00 ea XX AU170-40 Swiftlock Autofill, 60 litres, top loading 0.00 ea XX AU170-48 AU170-55 AU170-64 AU170-70 Swiftlock Classic, 23 litres, front loading Swiftlock Classic, 40 litres, front loading Swiftlock Classic, 60 litres, front loading Swiftlock Classic, 60 litres, top loading 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea
XX XX XX XX

Options for both models FACTORY FITTED and MUST BE ORDERED AT THE SAME TIME AS THE AUTOCLAVE. Integral Data Printer. Provides a permanent record of temperature, pressure, cycle date and time and identification. AU174-02 Data printer 0.00 ea XX AU174-05 Load sensed process timing module, with 0.00 ea XX wandering probe AU174-08 Fan assisted cooling 0.00 ea XX Accessories Shelf racks for front loading chambers AU177-10 3-position, with 2 shelves for AU170-12 AU177-14 5-position, with 3 shelves for AU170-15 AU177-18 5-position, with 3 shelves for AU170-22 Discard containers AU177-30 For AU170-12 AU177-34 For AU170-15 (accepts 2) and AU170-22 (accepts 3) AU177-39 Half-depth stainless steel basket, for AU170-40 AU177-44 Half-depth Morrison discard container, for AU170-40 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea
XX XX XX

XX XX XX XX

AU170-12 to AU170-22, AU170-48 to AU170-64 are similar

AU170-40, AU170-70 is similar

20

autoclaves
Swiftlock Automatic Autoclaves continued
N Choice of front or top loading chamber models N Variable temperature range 100 to 138C (0.2 to 2.4bar) N Fully automatic once filled with water N Grade 316L stainless steel chamber vessel N Swiftlock single action door closure mechanism Capacity litres Loading type Chamber diameter x depth mm Overall width mm depth mm height mm Weight kg 90 Top 456 x 453 660 840 1055 185 120 Front 450 x 635 685 1070 1460 230 110 Top 456 x 588 660 840 1190 200

Automatic Autoclaves, Swiftlock 90, 110 and 120 litre, Astell As described. With secure programmer/controller and Swiftlock door closure. The front loading model is supplied with one base shelf. Top loading models are supplied with baskets (90 litre: 1, 110 litre: 2). For 230V 50/60Hz single phase 15A supplies. AU180-45 Swiftlock 90 litres, top loading 0.00 ea XX AU180-58 Swiftlock 120 litres, front loading 0.00 ea XX AU180-65 Swiftlock 110 litres, top loading 0.00 ea XX Options FACTORY FITTED and MUST BE ORDERED AT THE SAME TIME AS THE AUTOCLAVE. AU183-04 8-programme controller. With programme 0.00 ea XX memory and additional digital pressure display AU183-07 Fan assisted cooling 0.00 ea XX Accessories AU186-17 Morrison discard container, 390 x 355mm diameter x height for AU180-45 and AU180-65 AU186-19 Wire basket stainless steel, 400 x 400mm diameter x height for AU180-45 and AU180-65 AU186-30 2-position shelf kit for AU180-58 only. With 2 shelves and frame 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

XX

Controls and fittings: Secure microcomputer controlled programmer and cycle monitor with single programme memory, membrane control keypad panel with alphanumeric display, digital sterilisation time and temperature setting, status and error warnings and simple programme set-up procedure. Additional selectable parameters include delayed start, timed freesteaming, Holdwarm media heating which maintains media at a convenient pouring temperature for up to 18 hours, safety valve test cycle and cooling lock release temperature. A PIN-protected programme lock enables amendment of pre-set parameters by authorised personnel. A separate analogue pressure gauge is also provided. Condensate drainage: All models have a drain port requiring plumbing into a low level drain able to withstand free flowing steam. Safety features: Pressure activated door lock Two thermal cooling locks in compliance with HSE.PM73 Audio end of cycle alarm Over-pressurisation safety valve Low water sensor Insulated lid cover

XX

XX

Larger units up to 330 litres and rectangular chambered models up to 490 litres are available details on request.

AU180- top loading

AU180- front loading

21

autoclave accessories
Sterilising Bags, paper For autoclave sterilising. To BS6257 and using medical grade white sterilisation paper to BS6256. Available with alternative closures:Heat seal (AU690 series) supplied with an adhesive band on the inside of the bag for sealing using a suitable heat seal machine. A pink indicator on each bag changes to brown under normal autoclaving conditions. Plain closure (AU695 series) are folded and secured using the accessory indicating autoclave tape. All bags are gussetted and strongly constructed with a double turn at the bottom for extra safety. The opening is on the shortest side. WxL mm 90 x 125 125 x 150 125 x 250 140 x 250 140 x 330 180 x 380 180 x 530 190 x 330 250 x 380 300 x 591 Gusset mm 50 25 50 75 50 95 75 65 100 125 Pack qty 2000 1000 1000 1000 1000 500 500 500 500 250 Heat seal closure AU690-16 AU690-44 AU690-52 AU690-56 AU690-64 AU690-74 pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Plain top closure AU695-16 AU695-25 AU695-44 AU695-52 AU695-56 AU695-64 AU695-68 AU695-80 AU695-88 pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Autoclave Accessories
Autoclave Deodoriser Capsules, Decon Neutralise the pungent odours emitted by many organic residues after autoclaving. Each 1ml capsule is sufficient for an average load in a 200 litre capacity autoclave. Pine scented. AU600-10 Pack of 100 capsules 0.00 pk XX AU600-12 Pack of 500 capsules 0.00 pk XX Autoclave Deodoriser Capsules, Odormycin Eliminate offensive odours generated from autoclaving organic waste. Available in a choice of fragrances as indicated. A single capsule is sufficient to deodorise one load. Supplied in packs of 100 capsules. AU604-15 Apple fragrance 0.00 pk XX AU604-25 Lemon fragrance 0.00 pk XX AU604-30 Mixed fragrance (50 each apple and lemon) 0.00 pk XX Autoclave Tape Self adhesive paper with indicating stripes which change colour after being autoclaved. Conforms to European Standard EN867. Dimension stated is tape width. Supplied in roll of 55 metres. AU630-10 19mm 0.00 ea XX AU630-12 25mm 0.00 ea XX Sterilising Pouches, self-seal/transparent Equally suitable for autoclave or ethylene oxide gas sterilisation. The pouch has a two-ply polyester/ polypropylene laminated transparent front bonded to a medical grade white sterilisation paper. The paper used conforms to BS6256 and the complete pouch meets the requirements of DHSS specification TSS/S/ 330.010. Dual arrows are printed on each pouch; pink changes to brown under normal autoclaving conditions and blue changes to yellow when gas sterilised. A self-seal adhesive band, which is on the shortest side, is used to seal the pouch. Heat sealing is not required. Pouch size mm AU660-17 AU660-22 AU660-32 AU660-37 AU660-42 AU660-47 90 x 203 90 x 230 133 x 254 133 x 360 190 x 330 305 x 381 Pack qty 200 200 200 200 200 200 pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX

Autoclave tape for securing the plain top closure bags see AU630. Heat resistant gloves see SA704 in the Safety section. Sealing film see SE162.

Biohazard bags suitable for autoclaving see Bags section.

SA704

AU604

AU600

AU630

AU660

AU690, AU695

22

bags
Disposal Bags
All dimensions are nominal. Sterilin Non-sterile. Ref. Size mm Pack pk Elkay Polyethylene. Non-sterile. Can be autoclaved at 121C. Printed with biohazard symbol. Ref. BA045-10 BA045-20 BA045-30 1220 1826 2430 Size mm 305 x 510 460 x 660 610 x 760 Pack 100 100 100 pk 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX

B
pk 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX

Azlon Polypropylene. Transparent and autoclavable up to 135C. Supplied in packs of approximately 100. Ref. BA070-10 BA070-15 BA070-20 BWY010 BWY012 BWY014 Size mm 200 x 250 260 x 300 300 x 600

Polyethylene. Can withstand up to 121C. BA030-10 509 305 x 660 200 0.00 BA030-17 510 305 x 660 500 0.00 BA030-20 509L 406 x 610 200 0.00 BA030-27 BA030-30 510L 511 406 x 610 610 x 810 500 200 0.00 0.00

XX XX XX XX XX

Polypropylene. Can withstand up to 134C. BA030-40 509HT 307 x 660 200 0.00 BA030-44 510HT 307 x 660 500 0.00 BA030-50 509LHT 406 x 610 200 0.00 BA030-54 BA030-60 510LHT 406 x 610 511HT 610 x 810 500 200 0.00 0.00

Portex Nylon. Suitable for autoclaving and storing surgical equipment, instruments, dressings, etc. Dimension is length x width mm. Supplied in packs of 100. Thickness 0.05mm. Size mm BA064-20 BA064-30 BA064-40 BA064-60 300 x 100 300 x 150 460 x 200 460 x 300 pk 0.00 XX 0.00 XX 0.00 XX 0.00 XX

Azlon, high temperature Polypropylene. For safe disposal of hazardous laboratory waste. Printed in blue with safety instructions and biohazard warning symbol. Can be autoclaved up to 135C. Supplied in packs of 100. Ref. BA090-22 BA090-27 BA090-32 BWY250 BWY252 BWY254 Size mm 305 x 660 420 x 630 620 x 840 pk 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX

XX XX XX XX XX

Holders For Sterilin bags Wire type BA032-06 For 509/510 bags BA032-08 For 511 bags 0.00 ea 0.00 ea
XX XX

Box type Cardboard. Self assembly. Supplied in pack of 10. BA032-15 For 511 bags 0.00 pk XX

BA030 with BA032-15

BA070

BA045

BA030 with BA032-08 in use

BA090 in use

23

bags
Sample, reseal Polyethylene. With rim-channel closure, which can be opened and resealed repeatedly. Supplied in packs of 100. Size mm Plain BA100-15 BA100-20 BA100-30 BA100-40 BA100-50 75 x 85 90 x 115 100 x 140 125 x 190 200 x 280 pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX

Sample bags
All dimensions are nominal. Azlon, plain Polyethylene, lightweight. Supplied in packs of approximately 100. Ref. BA050-10 BA050-15 BA050-20 BWY002 BWY004 BWY006 Size mm 200 x 250 250 x 300 380 x 500 pk 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX

Whirl-Pak Polyethylene with tab and wire frame at top which allows bag to be opened wide. The bag is sealed by pulling the tabs and whirling the bag around the wire. Can be opened and closed as required. Suitable for solids and liquids. Available with or without writing panel. Supplied in packs of 500. Size mm Plain BA104-13 BA104-15 BA104-17 BA104-19 125 x 75 185 x 75 230 x 115 230 x 150 Capacity ml 60 120 540 720 30 60 120 540 720 pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX

Sample, plain Polyethylene, lightweight. Supplied in packs of approximately 100. Size mm BA055-20 BA055-36 BA055-44 BA055-52 100 x 150 175 x 225 200 x 250 250 x 375 pk 0.00 XX 0.00 XX 0.00 XX 0.00 XX

With writing panel BA102-17 75 x 85 BA102-22 90 x 115 BA102-32 100 x 140 BA102-42 125 x 190 BA102-52 200 x 280

XX XX XX XX XX

With writing panel BA105-11 125 x 65 BA105-13 125 x 75 BA105-15 185 x 75 BA105-17 230 x 115 BA105-19 230 x 150

XX XX XX XX XX

Bag Ties Plastic covered wire 150mm long for closing bags. Supplied in packs of 100. BA095-10 Bag ties 0.00 pk XX Heat Sealer for polyethylene film see TS400 in the Tools Section.

BA050/BA055 with BA095

BA100 in use

BA102 in use

BA105 in use, BA104 are similar

24

balances
Spring
Spring, flat form With large easy to read 77mm scale, zero adjuster, overload protection and hook. In metal case with plastic end pieces and suspension ring. BA300-25 1000g x 10g 0.00 ea XX BA302-25 10N x 0.1N 0.00 ea XX Spring, tubular form With long easy to read 120mm scale, protected when not in use, low friction movement, zero adjuster, overload protection and hook. In tough glass-filled nylon case. With suspension hook. BA305-25 1kg x 5g 0.00 ea XX BA305-30 2kg x 10g 0.00 ea XX BA305-35 5kg x 25g 0.00 ea XX BA305-40 10kg x 50g 0.00 ea XX BA307-35 50N x 0.5N 0.00 ea XX Spring, dial, extension With 156mm diameter dial. Case is robust ABS plastic with polycarbonate dial cover. Zero adjustment is provided. With suspension hook. BA315-40 25kg x 100g 0.00 ea XX BA315-55 50kg x 200g 0.00 ea XX BA315-65 100kg x 500g 0.00 ea XX Spring, dial, compression With 110mm diameter dial, flat pan 135 x 95mm L x W and zero adjustment. Overall 135 x 95 x 160mm L x W x H. Weight 0.24kg. BA319-25 1kg x 10g 0.00 ea XX

Heavy Duty, General Purpose

Weighing scales, heavy duty Sliding weight. Bench mounting with flat steel platform 430 x 380mm. Overall 585 x 510 x 530mm W x D x H. Weight 18kg. BA510-45 25kg x 5g 0.00 ea XX BA510-50 55kg x 20g 0.00 ea XX BA510-60 160kg x 50g 0.00 ea XX Weighing scales, digital Digital reading. With touch key controls including ON/OFF/MODE to select weighing in kg or lb and ZERO to tare the container. The digital display will indicate over or under weight. Supplied with flat pan 230 x 165mm (except 30kg model pan which is 270 x 220mm). Battery operated and supplied with long life rechargeable battery and charging adapter. A 220-240V 50Hz single phase supply is required for the charging adapter. Overall 200 x 220 x 190mm W x D x H. Weight 3kg. Capacity BA512-10 BA512-14 BA512-16 BA512-18 BA512-20 BA512-42 BA512-46 3kg/6lb 6kg/13lb 10kg/22lb 20kg/44lb Sub divisions 1g/0.002lb 2g/0.005lb 10g/1oz 20g/0.05lb ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Weighing scales, digital, washdown With washable stainless steel body and pan, 232 x 192mm W x D, dust and waterproof to IP65, and large 25mm high LCD readout with net weight and stability indicators. Battery operated using 6 x 1.5V D batteries (not supplied). Overall 226 x 280 x 156mm W x D x H. Weight 2.9kg. Model SKCapacity, Read ea kg ability, g 0.5 1 2 1 5 10 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX

BA514-30 1000WP 1 BA514-40 2000WP 2 BA514-50 5000WP 5 BA514-60 5001WP 5 BA514-70 10KWP 10 BA514-80 20KWP 20 BL610-20

1.5V battery (6 required) 0.00 ea

XX

30kg/66lb 20g/0.05lb 1.1kg 0.1g 11kg 1g

Weighing scales, mechanical With large, easily read dial and dual scale 10kg/22lb x 50g/2oz. Robust all-steel construction, available with either a 220mm square flat platter or 406 x 280mm dished pan, both in stainless steel. BA515-25 Flat platter 0.00 ea XX BA515-35 Dished pan 0.00 ea XX Heavy duty electronic balances see BB860-series. Torsion Balances for measuring the surface tension and interfacial tension of liquids up to 0.12 newtons/metre see Surface Tension section.

Accessory for BA512 scales Pan, stainless steel, approximately 410 x 280 x 40mm deep. Capacity approximately 2500ml. BA512-52 Pan 0.00 ea XX

BA300

BA305

BA319-25

BA512-14 with BA512-52 in use

BA514

BA315

BA510-45

BA512-14 in use

BA515-25

25

balances
Triple Beam Series 700 Top loading, with magnetically damped beams and zero adjustment. Weighing range 610g. Balance range can be extended to 2610g using accessory weight set BB150-10. Readability on all models is 0.1g. Tare where specified is 225g. BB120-10 BB120-30 BB125-10 Model 750-S0 760-00 710-00 Capacity 2610g 2610g 2610g Tare No Yes No Pan Flat stainless steel 150mm diameter Stainless steel removable pan 150 x 20mm deep ea 0.00 0.00 0.00

Mechanical Beam Single Pan Models

Sliding mass With single suspended pan, diameter 90mm, height of stirrup 175mm. The beam movement is magnetically damped and zero adjustment is provided. A platform recessed in the case can be positioned for specific gravity measurements. No additional masses are required. Readability 0.01g. BB100-10 has 4 beams. BB100-50 has 2-beams plus vernier dial reading 10g x 0.01g. BB100-10 Cent-O-Gram 311. 0.00 ea XX Capacity 311g BB100-50 Dial-O-Gram 310. 0.00 ea XX Capacity 310g Accessories BB102-06 Dust cover 110, vinyl 0.00 ea

XX XX XX

Dial-O-Gram Model 1650-00 Top loading, with magnetically damped beams and zero adjustment. Weighing range 610g. Weighing range can be extended to 2610g using accessory weight set BB150-10. Readability is 0.1g. BB145-12 Model 1650-00 Capacity 2610g Pan Stainless steel plate 150mm dia. ea 0.00 0.00 ea 0.00 set 0.00 ea

XX

XX

BB155-05 BB155-10 BB155-25 BB155-30 BB155-40

Stainless steel Stainless steel Polypropylene Polypropylene Polypropylene

1078-03 703-S0 1101-20 703-00 704-00

Accessory Scoop 126, 530 x 300 x 160mm, stainless steel, with foot and counterweight. BB202-06 Scoop 0.00 ea XX

BB100-50

BB100-10

BB120

BB200

BB145 with weight set BB150-10

26

Model 1119D Capacity 20kg. Sensitivity 1g with top loading stainless steel pan 280mm diameter, magnetic damping, graduated beam with sliding poise, 2270g tare and auxiliary weights. A very robust balance for heavy duty laboratory and industrial weighing. Overall dimensions 800 x 250 x 250mm. Weight 20kg. BB200-10 1119D 0.00 ea XX

Accessories BB150-06 Dust cover 706, vinyl BB150-10 Weight set, 2 x 1000g and 1 x 500g, to extend weighing range to 2610g BA714-06 Rod and clamp assembly for specific gravity measurements Accessory Scoops Material Ref. Approx. capacity & dimensions 600ml (300 x 150 x 70mm) 800ml (300 x 150 x 70mm)

XX XX XX

Counterweight No Yes No Yes

ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

XX XX XX XX XX

1750ml (300 x 250 x 70mm) Yes

balances
Mechanical Beam Double Pan Models

B
0.00 set
XX

Harvard Trip Series 1400/1500 Top loading, with magnetically damped beams and two 150mm diameter, stainless steel plate pans. Model 1450 has a single beam. Other models have two beams. Accessory weights are necessary for weighing above the weighing range specified. Tare where specified is 225g. Readability is 0.1g. Model BB250-10 1450-SD BB250-30 1550-SD BB250-50 1560-SD Weighing range 10g 210g 210g Capacity 2000g 2000g 2000g Tare No No Yes ea 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX

Accessory for 1400 and 1500 series balances BB272-10 Weight set 201, 2kg in plastic block Scoops for 1400 and 1500 series balances Material BB155-05 Stainless steel Ref. Approx. capacity and dimensions

Counterweight ea 0.00 0.00

XX XX

1078-03 600ml No (300 x 150 x 70mm) BB155-25 Polypropylene 1101-20 800ml No (300 x 150 x 70mm)

BB250

27

balance selector
Cap. g Make Model Cat. No Cap. g Make Model Cat. No Readability 0.1/1mg 81/220 100/210 100/210 100/210 Mettler Ohaus Ohaus Ohaus XS204 Delta EP214D EP214DC VP214DC BC152-20 BB605-42 BB605-87 BB609-45 Readability 0.01g continued 610 610 610 610 620 810 810 1100 1500 1510 2100 2100 2200 3100 3100 3100 3200 4100 4100 4100 4100 4200 6100 Ohaus Ohaus Ohaus Acculab Sartorius Mettler Ohaus Acculab Ohaus Mettler Acculab Mettler Sartorius Acculab Mettler Ohaus Sartorius Mettler Ohaus Ohaus Ohaus Sartorius Mettler EP612 EP612C VP612C VIC-612 CP622 XS802-S AV812 ALC-1100.2 ARA520 PB1502-S ALC-2100.2 XS2002-S CP2202S ALC-3100.2 PB3002-S ARC120 CP3202S XS4002-S EP4102 EP4102C VP4102C CP4202S XS6002-S BB622-29 BB628-29 BB638-65 BD108-40 BD164-30 BC350-30 BB583-60 BD126-40 BB580-45 BC045-32 BD126-45 BC360-30 BD164-34 BD126-55 BC045-35 BB580-55 BD164-38 BC368-30 BB622-42 BB628-42 BB638-70 BD164-46 BC385-30

Readability 0.001g 51 120 150 150 151 210 210 210 210 300 310 310 310 320 410 410 410 420 610 610 610 1010 Ohaus Acculab Ohaus Sartorius Mettler Mettler Ohaus Ohaus Ohaus Acculab Acculab Mettler Ohaus Sartorius Ohaus Ohaus Ohaus Sartorius Mettler Ohaus Ohaus Mettler AV53 VIC-123 AR1530 CP153 PB153-S XS203-S EP213 EP213C VP213C VIC-303 ALC-310.3 PB303-S AR3130 CP323S EP413 EP413C VP413C CP423S XS603-S EP613 EP613C XS1003-S BB583-10 BD108-05 BB580-15 BD164-08 BC045-11 BC310-30 BB622-12 BB628-12 BB638-50 BD108-20 BD126-18 BC045-14 BB580-25 BD164-12 BB622-17 BB628-17 BB638-54 BD164-20 BC344-30 BB622-27 BB628-27 BC352-30

Cap. g

Make

Model

Cat. No

Readability 0.01/0.1mg 41/120 61/220 81/220 Mettler Mettler Mettler XS105 DU AB265-S DU XS205 DU BC092-20 BC035-19 BC114-20

Readability 0.01/0.02/0.05g 800/1600/3200 Sartorius CP3202P Readability 0.01/0.1g 600/3100 800/4100 1000/4100 1200/6100 Mettler Mettler Ohaus Mettler PB3002-S Delta XS4002-S Delta ARRW60 XS6002-S Delta BC045-38 BC373-30 BB580-70 BC387-30 BD164-42

Readability 0.1mg 51 61 62 62 62 64 120 110 110 110 110 110 120 210 220 210 210 210 220 220 320 330 Mettler Mettler Ohaus Ohaus Ohaus Sartorius Mettler Acculab Mettler Ohaus Ohaus Ohaus Sartorius Acculab Mettler Ohaus Ohaus Ohaus Mettler Sartorius Mettler Sartorius AB54-S XS64 EP64 EP64C VP64C CP64 XS104 ALC-110.4 AB104-S EP114 EP114C VP14C CP124S ALC-210.4 XS204 EP214 EP214C VP214C AB204-S CP224S AB304-S CP324S BC035-11 BC112-20 BB605-12 BB605-57 BB609-15 BD160-10 BC120-20 BD126-10 BC035-16 BB605-22 BB605-67 BB609-25 BD160-15 BD126-14 BC140-20 BB605-32 BB605-77 BB609-35 BC035-21 BD160-20 BC035-26 BD160-25

Readability 0.001/0.002/0.005g 80/160/320 Sartorius CP323P Readability 0.001/0.01g 60/310 100/410 100/410 100/410 100/410 Mettler Ohaus Ohaus Ohaus Ohaus PB303-S Delta ARRV70 EP413D EP413DC VP413DC BC045-17 BB580-30 BB622-22 BB628-22 BB638-60 BD164-16

Readability 0.005g 200 400 Acculab Acculab VIC-2mg VIC-4mg BD108-10 BD108-25

Readability 0.01g 60 200 210 210 210 400 410 410 410 510 610 Acculab Ohaus Acculab Ohaus Ohaus Ohaus Acculab Ohaus Ohaus Ohaus Mettler PP-62 SPU202 VIC-212 AV212 N32120 SPU402 VIC-412 AV412 N34120 AR5120 PB602-S BD050-18 BB540-65 BD108-15 BB583-20 BB380-60 BB540-69 BD108-30 BB583-30 BB380-65 BB580-35 BC045-29

28

balance selector
Cap. g Make Model Cat. No Cap. g Make Model Cat. No Readability 0.1g 200 200 200 400 400 510 600 710 810 810 1200 1500 1510 2100 2100 2100 2200 3100 3100 4000 4100 4100 4100 4100 4100 4100 4100 4100 4100 4200 5100 5100 6100 6100 6100 6100 6100 6200 Acculab Acculab Ohaus Acculab Ohaus Acculab Ohaus Acculab Ohaus Ohaus Ohaus Acculab Mettler Acculab Ohaus Ohaus Sartorius Acculab Mettler Ohaus Acculab Acculab Mettler Ohaus Ohaus Ohaus Ohaus Ohaus Ohaus Sartorius Acculab Mettler Acculab Mettler Ohaus Ohaus Ohaus Sartorius PP-201 GSI-200 CS200 PP-401 SPU401 VIC-511 SPU601 VIC-711 N38110 AV811 SPU2001 VIC-1511 PB1501-S ALC-2100.1 AV2101 N3B110 CP2201 VIC-3101 PB3001-S SPU4001 VIC-4kg ALC-4100.1 XS4001-S ARD110 AV4101 EP4101 EP4101C N3D110 VP4101C CP4201 VIC-5101 PB5001-S ALC-6100.1 XS6001-S EP6101 EP6101C VP6101C CP6201 BD050-27 BD090-19 BB550-65 BD050-40 BB540-73 BD108-35 BB540-77 BD108-45 BB380-70 BB583-67 BB540-85 BD108-50 BC045-53 BD126-50 BB583-70 BB380-80 BD164-60 BD108-55 BC045-56 BB540-88 BD108-60 BD126-60 BC376-30 BB580-65 BB583-80 BB622-57 BB628-57 BB380-85 BB638-75 BD164-68 BD108-65 BC045-59 BD126-66 BC391-30 BB622-65 BB628-65 BB638-80 BD164-72 Readability 0.1g continued 8100 8100 8100 8100 8100 8100 8100 10100 12000 12000 812000 12100 16100 22000 22000 32000 32000 Mettler Mettler Mettler Ohaus Ohaus Ohaus Ohaus Mettler Ohaus Ohaus Sartorius Mettler Mettler Ohaus Ohaus Ohaus Ohaus PB8001-S XS8001-S SB8001 AV8101 EP8101 EP8101C VP8101C XS10001M EP12001 EP12001C CP12001S SB12001 SB16001 EP22001 EP22001C EP32001 EP32001C BC045-62 BC395-30 BC070-10 BB583-90 BB622-77 BB628-77 BB638-85 BC414-30 BB623-27 BB629-27 BD164-82 BC070-14 BC070-18 BB623-37 BB629-37 BB623-47 BB629-47

Readability 0.1/1g 3200/16100 Mettler 4800/24100 Mettler 6400/32100 Mettler Readability 0.5g 8100 Ohaus N3H110 BB380-90 SB16001 Delta BC070-22 SB24001 Delta BC070-26 SB32001 Delta BC070-30 Cap. g Make Model Cat. No

Readability 5g 30000 50000 60000 60000 60000 60000 Ohaus Acculab Ohaus Ohaus Ohaus Ohaus CH30R11 SVI-50C CH60L31 CH60L33 CH60R31 CH60R33 BB860-15 BD095-23 BB862-26 BB864-28 BB862-21 BB864-23

Readability 1g 2000 2000 6100 6000 8000 8100 8100 10000 10100 10100 15000 15000 16100 32100 Acculab Ohaus Acculab Ohaus Mettler Mettler Ohaus Acculab Acculab Mettler Ohaus Ohaus Mettler Mettler GSI-2001 CS2000 VIC-6kg SPU6000 PB8000-S SB8000 AV8100 SVI-10A VIC-10kg XS10000M CH15R31 CH15R33 SB16000 SB32000 BD090-40 BB550-70 BD108-60 BB540-93 BC045-60 BC070-34 BB583-92 BD095-05 BD108-90 BC418-30 BB862-12 BB864-14 BC070-38 BC070-42

Readability 10g 30000 60000 60000 100000 100000 150000 150000 Ohaus Ohaus Ohaus Ohaus Ohaus Ohaus Ohaus ES30R CH60L11 CH60R11 CH100R31 CH100R33 CH150R31 CH150R33 BB560-22 BB860-25 BB860-20 BB862-31 BB864-33 BB862-36 BB864-38

Readability 20g 50000 50000 100000 100000 150000 300000 300000 Ohaus Ohaus Acculab Ohaus Ohaus Ohaus Ohaus ES50L ES50R SVI-100E CH100R11 CH150R11 CH300R31 CH300R33 BB560-38 BB560-28 BD095-36 BB860-30 BB860-35 BB862-41 BB864-43

Readability 2g 5000 6000 15000 20000 30000 30000 Ohaus Ohaus Ohaus Acculab Ohaus Ohaus CS5000 ES6R CH15R11 SVI-20B CH30R31 CH30R33 BB550-75 BB560-17 BB860-10 BD095-12 BB862-17 BB864-19

Readability 50/100g 100000 200000 300000 Ohaus Acculab Ohaus ES100L SVI-200F CH300R11 BB560-47 BD095-45 BB860-40

Readability 100g 200000 Ohaus ES200L BB560-57

29

balances
Portable Electronic Balances Scout Pro Series

Portable Electronic Balances Navigator Series

N Battery or mains operation N User selectable units g, mg, kg, oz, lb, GN, N, ozt, tl, dwt, ct, ti, m and custom N Parts counting, % weighing, animal weighing and checkweighing facilities N Built-in internal autocalibration (when mains operated only) N Keypad operation with 4 cursor keys to navigate menus and functions N Stainless steel weighing pan N GLP/GMP protocol capabilities, including date/time stamp, serial number, project/user ID and results output N Weigh-below facility N Auto shut-off prolongs battery life N Bi-directional RS232 interface Supplied with bi-directional RS232 interface and a.c. mains adapter. Without batteries (8 x 1.5V AA required). Overall 184 x 270 x 57mm W x D x H. Weight 1.85kg. A 240V 50/60Hz a.c. single phase supply is required for the adapter. Model BB380-60 BB380-65 BB380-70 BB380-80 BB380-85 BB380-90 N32120 N34120 N38110 N3B110 N3D110 N3H110 Capacity g 210 410 810 2100 4100 8100 Readability Pan size g mm 0.01 0.01 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.5 120 diameter 120 diameter 140 x 150 140 x 150 140 x 150 140 x 150 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX

N Battery or mains operation N Capacities up to 6kg maximum

N Full range tare N Weigh-below facility

N User selectable units g, kg, lb, oz, ozt, lb:oz, ozt and dwt N High contrast LCD display and two-key operation for ease of use N Application modes: parts counting, % weighing, totalisation, display hold N Choice of accessory USB or RS232 interfaces N Lockswitch permanently maintains set configuration N Auto shut-off prolongs battery life N Digital calibration from the keypad N Impact resistant plastic case with stainless steel pan Supplied with weigh-below hook and a.c. mains adapter (Models up to 600g are also supplied with calibration weight). Without batteries (4 x 1.5V AA required). Overall 192 x 210 x 54mm W x D x H. Weight 0.8kg. A 240V 50/60Hz a.c. single phase supply is required for the adapter. Model BB540-65 BB540-69 BB540-73 BB540-77 BB540-85 BB540-88 BB540-93 SPU202 SPU402 SPU401 SPU601 SPU2001 SPU4001 SPU6000 Capacity g 200 400 400 600 2000 4000 6000 Readability Pan size g mm 0.01 0.01 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 1.0 120 diameter 120 diameter 120 diameter 165 x 142 165 x 142 165 x 142 165 x 142 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Accessories BB586-43 Impact printer, with connecting cable, paper rolls, ribbon and mains adapter for 220-240V 50/60Hz BB586-46 Paper rolls for impact printer, BB586-43, pack of 5 BB586-49 Ink ribbon for impact printer, BB586-43, supplied singly BL610-15 Battery 1.5V, AA (8 required)

0.00 ea 0.00 pk 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

XX XX XX XX

Accessories BB541-06 USB interface with cable 0.00 ea BB541-08 RS232 interface with cable 0.00 ea BB586-43 Impact printer, with connecting cable, paper rolls, 0.00 ea ribbon and mains adapter for 220-240V 50/60Hz BB586-46 Paper rolls for impact printer, BB586-43, pack of 5 0.00 pk BB586-49 Ink ribbon for impact printer, BB586-43, supplied singly 0.00 ea BL610-15 Battery 1.5V, AA (4 required) 0.00 ea BD100-90 Calibration weight, OIML class M2, 1kg 0.00 ea for BB540-85 BD100-93 Calibration weight, OIML class M2, 2kg 0.00 ea for BB540-88 BB542-10 Spare mains adapter. For 240V 50/60Hz a.c. 12.00 ea single phase supplies

XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX AB

BB380-70

BB540

30

balances
Portable Electronic Balances CS Series Heavy Duty Electronic Balances ES Series

N Low priced with capacities up to 5kg N Mains or battery operation N Easy to read 11mm high LCD N Digital calibration from the keypad using accessory weight N Choice of g or oz weighing modes N Manual fixed calibration N Full subtractive tare Overall 193 x 135 x 39mm W x D x H. Weight 0.47kg. With oval plastic pan 146 x 133mm L x W, battery and auto shut-off after 5 minutes without use. Supplied without batteries (3 x 1.5V AA required) or mains adapter. Model BB550-65 BB550-70 BB550-75 CS200 CS2000 CS5000 Capacity g 200 2000 5000 Readability g 0.1 1.0 2.0 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX

N Low-profile, heavy duty, rugged balances for weighing up to 200kg N User selectable units kg, lb, oz (and lb:oz, models up to 100kg) N Easy to read 20mm high LCD N 3-way mounting bracket allows the indicator to be mounted on or above the platform base, or on a wall N Two button operation N Mains or battery operation N Battery saver facility switches off balance after 5 minutes of inactivity Supplied with indicator mounting bracket, stainless steel platform and a.c. mains adapter. Without batteries (6 x 1.5V AA required). A 240V 50/60Hz a.c. single phase supply is required for the adapter. Model BB560-17 BB560-22 BB560-28 BB560-38 BB560-47 BB560-57 ES6R ES30R ES50R ES50L ES100L ES200L Capacity kg 6 30 50 50 100 200 Readability Platform g size, mm 2 10 20 20 50 100 310 x 270 310 x 270 310 x 270 520 x 400 520 x 400 520 x 400 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX

Accessories BB542-10 Mains adapter. For 240V 50/60Hz a.c. single phase supplies BB552-26 Container, plastic, capacity approx. 1050ml BB552-28 Pan cover, stainless steel BL610-15 Battery 1.5V, AA (3 required) Calibration weights to OIML class M2. BD720-22 100g for BB550-65 BD100-90 1kg for BB550-70 BD100-93 2kg for BB550-75

0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

XX XX XX XX

Accessories BL610-15 Battery 1.5V, AA (6 required)

0.00 ea

XX

XX XX XX

BB560-17/BB560-28

BB550

BB560-38/BB560-57

31

balances

Adventurer Series Electronic Balances

Advanced, easy-to-use, general purpose balances ideal for use in laboratory, industrial and educational applications. N Large 30mm high LCD readout N Simple three button operation N User selectable units: g, kg, mg, ct, N, lb, oz, ozt, dwt, gn, mo, m, ti, parts counting N Stainless steel pan N Bi-directional RS232 interface N Full capacity tare by subtraction N Autocalibration using external accessory calibration weight Adventurer Electronic Balances As described. With three button operation, weigh below facility, RS232 interface, stability and error indicators, and a.c. adapter for 100/120/220/240V 50/60Hz single phase supplies. BB580-15 Model AR1530 0.00 ea XX BB580-25 Model AR3130 0.00 ea XX BB580-30 Model ARRV70 0.00 ea XX BB580-35 Model AR5120 0.00 ea XX BB580-45 BB580-55 BB580-65 BB580-70 Model ARA520 Model ARC120 Model ARD110 Model ARRW60 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea
XX XX XX XX

Model Capacity Readability Weighing modes Pan diameter Overall W D H Net weight

g g mm mm mm mm kg

AR1530* 150 0.001 g, kg, mg, ct, N, 100 217 343 210* 4.5

AR3130* ARRV70* AR5120 310 100/410 510 0.001 0.001/0.01 0.01 lb, GN, oz, ozt, dwt,mo,m,ti, parts counting 100 100 100 217 217 217 343 343 343 210 210* 110 4.5 4.5 4.5

*Models AR1530, AR3130 and ARRV70 are additionally supplied with a draught shield. Model Capacity Readability Weighing modes Pan diameter Overall W D H Net weight ARA520* 1500 0.1 g, kg, mg, ct, N, 180 217 343 110 8.5 ARC120 ARD110 ARRW60 3100 4100 1000/4100 0.01 0.1 0.01/0.1 lb, GN, oz, ozt, dwt,mo,m,ti, parts counting 180 180 180 217 217 217 343 343 343 110 110 110 8.5 8.5 8.5

g g mm mm mm mm kg

Accessories BB586-43 Impact printer, with connecting cable, paper rolls, ribbon and mains adapter for 220-240V 50/60Hz BB586-46 Paper rolls for impact printer, BB586-43, pack of 5 BB586-49 Ink ribbon for impact printer, BB586-43, supplied singly Calibration Weights, stainless steel OIML F1, ASTM CLASS 1. Weight BD912-58 BD912-62 BD912-68 BD912-72 100g 200g 1000g 2000g For

0.00 ea 0.00 pk 0.00 ea

XX XX XX

ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

XX XX XX XX

BB580-15 BB580-25, BB580-30, BB580-35 BB580-45 BB580-55, BB580-65 (2 required), BB580-70 (2 required)

BB580

32

balances
Adventurer Pro Series Electronic Balances

Advanced, easy-to-use, general purpose balances ideal for use in laboratory, industrial and educational applications. N Two-line, high contrast backlit display N Four button operation with user prompts and rapid switching between modes/units N User selectable units: mg (AV53 only), g, kg, lb, oz, custom, ct, ozt, N, tl, gn, ti, dwt, mo, m N Applications include parts counting, dynamic weighing, check weighing, % weighing, totalisation, display hold, below-balance weighing N RS232 interface N GLP/GMP protocol capabilities, including date/time stamp, serial number, project/user ID and results output N Weigh-below facility N Removable stainless steel pan N Battery or mains operation N Digital calibration from the keypad using external accessory weight N Full range tare

Model Capacity Readability Pan size Pan diameter Overall W x D x H Net weight

g g mm mm mm kg

AV53* 51 0.001 100 100 193 x 254 x 144* 1.4

AV212 210 0.01 120 100 193 x 254 x 72 1.2

AV412 410 0.01 149 x 162 100 193 x 254 x 72 1.5

AV812 810 0.01 149 x 162 100 193 x 254 x 72 1.5

*Model AV53 is supplied additionally with a draught shield. Model Capacity Readability Pan size Overall W x D x H Net weight AV811 AV2101 810 2100 0.1 0.1 149 x 162 all models 193 x 254 x 72 all models 1.6 all models Accessories BB586-43 Impact printer, with connecting cable, paper rolls, ribbon and mains adapter for 220-240V 50/60Hz BB586-46 Paper rolls for impact printer, BB586-43, pack of 5 BB586-49 Ink ribbon for impact printer, BB586-43, supplied singly BL610-15 Battery 1.5V, AA (4 required) Calibration weights - see BD912-series. AV4101 4100 0.1 AV8101 8100 0.1 AV8100 8100 1

g g mm mm kg

Adventurer Pro Electronic Balances As described. With four button operation, weigh below facility, RS232 interface, stability and error indicators, and a.c. adapter for 240V 50/60Hz single phase supplies. Without batteries (4 x 1.5V AA required). BB583-10 Model AV53 0.00 ea XX BB583-20 Model AV212 0.00 ea XX BB583-30 Model AV412 0.00 ea XX BB583-60 BB583-67 BB583-70 BB583-80 BB583-90 BB583-92 Model AV812 Model AV811 Model AV2101 Model AV4101 Model AV8101 Model AV8100 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea
XX XX XX XX XX XX

0.00 ea

XX

0.00 pk 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

XX

XX

XX

BB583-10

BB583-60

33

balances

Explorer Pro Series Analytical Balances

N Brilliant, backlit, high resolution dot matrix display N Menu text prompts for rapid set-up N 2-key menu navigation and operation N Application modes: Parts counting Check weighing Filling Model Capacity Readability Weighing modes Pan size Height above pan Dimensions, W x D x H g mg mm mm mm Dynamic weighing Percentage weighing Gross-Net-Tare

N Autocalibration, with optional models incorporating internal motorised weight with temperature sensitive initialisation N 5 language display text options: English, Spanish, French, German and Italian N Bi-directional RS232 interface N GLP compliant outputs (user selectable) N Auxiliary display port for use with accessory remote display or tower mount kits EP214D* EP214DC 100/210 0.1/1

EP64* EP114* EP214* EP64C EP114C EP214C 62 110 210 0.1 0.01 0.01 g, mg, oz, ozt, ct, dwt, taels, mo, gn, ti, N, custom all models 90 diameter all models 220mm all models 215 x 330 x 381 all models

*EP-models require accessory external calibration weights. EP-C models have internal motorised calibration. Explorer Pro Analytical Balances As described. With high resolution, back-lit dot matrix display with protective in-use cover, bi-directional RS232 interface, remote/auxiliary port, below balance weighing facility and a.c. adapter for 100-120, 220-240V 50/60Hz single phase supplies. Without internal calibration BB605-12 Model EP64 BB605-22 Model EP114 BB605-32 Model EP214 BB605-42 Model EP214D With internal calibration BB605-57 Model EP64C BB605-67 Model EP114C BB605-77 Model EP214C BB605-87 Model EP214DC 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea
XX XX XX XX

Accessories BB586-43 Impact printer, for all models, with connecting cable, paper rolls, ribbon and mains adapter for 220-240V 50/60Hz BB586-46 Paper rolls for impact printer, BB586-43, pack of 5 BB586-49 Ink ribbon for impact printer, BB586-43, supplied singly Calibration weights see BD912-series. EC Type Approved versions are available details on request.

0.00 ea 0.00 pk 0.00 ea

XX

XX XX

XX XX XX XX

BB605

34

balances
Explorer Pro Series Top Loading Balances

N Brilliant, backlit, high resolution dot matrix display with menu text prompts N 2-key menu navigation and operation N GLP compliant outputs (user selectable)

N Bi-directional RS232 interface N Application modes: Parts counting Check weighing Filling Dynamic weighing Percentage weighing Gross-Net-Tare

N Autocalibration, with optional models incorporating internal motorised weight with temperature sensitive initialisation N 5 display text language options: English, Spanish, French, German and Italian

Model Capacity Readability Weighing modes Pan size Dimensions, W x D x H g g mm mm

EP213* EP413* EP413D* EP613* EP612* EP213C EP413C EP413DC EP613C EP612C 210 410 100/410 610 610 0.001 0.001 0.001/0.01 0.001 0.01 g, mg, kg, lb,, oz, ozt, ct, dwt, taels, mo, gn, ti, N, custom all models 121 dia. 121 dia. 121 dia. 121 dia. 172 x 172 215 x 330 x 381 all models 215 x 330 x 101 all models

EP4102* EP4102C 4100 0.01 172 x 172

*EP-models require accessory external calibration weights. Model Capacity Readability Weighing modes Pan size Dimensions, W x D x H g g

EP-C models have internal motorised calibration. EP12001* EP22001* EP32001* EP12001C EP22001C EP32001C 12000 22000 32000 0.1 0.1 0.1 g, kg, lb, oz, ozt, ct, dwt, taels, mo, gn, ti, N, custom all models 280 x 356 all models 355 x 406 x 133 all models

EP4101* EP6101* EP8101* EP4101C EP6101C EP8101C 4100 6100 8100 0.1 0.1 0.1 g, mg, kg, lb, oz, ozt, ct, dwt, taels, mo, gn, ti, N, custom all models 203 x 203 all models 215 x 330 x 101 all models

mm mm

*EP- models require accessory external calibration weights.

EP-C models have internal motorised calibration. Accessories Impact printer, for all models, with connecting cable, paper rolls, ribbon and mains adapter for 220-240V 50/60Hz. BB586-43 Printer 0.00 ea XX BB586-46 Paper rolls for impact 0.00 pk XX printer, pack of 5 BB586-49 Ink ribbon for impact 0.00 ea XX printer, supplied singly Calibration weights - see BD912-series. EC Type Approved versions are available - details on request.

Explorer Pro Top Loading Balances As described. With high resolution, back-lit dot matrix display with protective in-use cover, bi-directional RS232 interface, below balance weighing facility and a.c. adapter for 100-120, 220-240V 50/60Hz single phase supplies. Without internal calibration BB622-12 Model EP213 BB622-17 Model EP413 BB622-22 Model EP413D BB622-27 Model EP613 BB622-29 BB622-42 BB622-57 BB622-65 BB622-77 BB623-27 BB623-37 BB623-47 Model EP612 Model EP4102 Model EP4101 Model EP6101 Model EP8101 Model EP12001 Model EP22001 Model EP32001 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

With internal calibration BB628-12 Model EP213C BB628-17 Model EP413C BB628-22 Model EP413DC BB628-27 Model EP613C BB628-29 BB628-42 BB628-57 BB628-65 BB628-77 BB629-27 BB629-37 BB629-47 Model EP612C Model EP4102C Model EP4101C Model EP6101C Model EP8101C Model EP12001C Model EP22001C Model EP32001C

0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

BB622/BB628

BB623/BB629

35

balances

Voyager Pro Series Analytical Balances

N High resolution, back-lit graphics LCD with adjustable intensity N Cursor selection keys for ease of use N Bi-directional RS232 interface and remote/auxiliary port for use with accessory remote display or tower mount kits N Parts counting, statistics, differential weighing, formulation, check weighing, animal weighing, pipette calibration and density functions N Full range tare N Selectable stability levels and filters N Weigh-below facility Model Capacity Readability Weighing modes Pan size Housing W x D x H Height above pan Weight

N AutoCal automatic internal calibration prompted by ambient temperature fluctuation outside the range allowing accuracy to be maintained N Applications library used to store and rapidly recall past procedures with up to five hundred steps memorised N GLP protocol functions N Five display text language options: English, Spanish, French, German and Italian N Ergonomic levelling system

g mg mm mm mm kg

VP64C VP114C VP214C 62 110 210 0.1 0.1 0.1 g, mg, lbs, oz, ozt, ct, dwt, taels, mo, gn, ti, N, custom all models 90 diameter all models 210 x 350 x 350 all models 287 all models 6 all models

VP214DC* 100/210 0.1/1

*With moveable fine range allowing higher readability to be accessed at any point in the overall capacity. Voyager Pro Analytical Balances As described. With high resolution back-lit graphics LCD, bi-directional RS232 interface, protective in-use cover, security bracket and a.c. adapter for 100/120/230/240V 50/60Hz single phase supplies. BB609-15 Model VP64C 0.00 ea XX BB609-25 Model VP114C 0.00 ea XX BB609-35 Model VP214C 0.00 ea XX BB609-45 Model VP214DC 0.00 ea XX Accessories BB586-43 Impact printer, for all models, with connecting cable, paper rolls, ribbon and mains adapter for 220-240V 50/60Hz BB586-46 Paper rolls for impact, printer BB586-43, pack of 5 BB586-49 Ink ribbon for impact printer, BB586-43, supplied singly

0.00 ea 0.00 pk 0.00 ea

XX

XX XX

BB609

36

balances
Voyager Pro Series Precision Top Loading Balances

N High resolution, back-lit graphics LCD with adjustable intensity N Cursor selection keys for ease of use N Bi-directional RS232 interface and remote/auxiliary port for use with accessory remote display or tower mount kits N Parts counting, statistics, differential weighing, formulation, check weighing, animal weighing, pipette calibration and density functions N Full range tare N Selectable stability levels and filters N Weigh-below facility Model Capacity Readability Weighing modes Pan size Dimensions W x L x H Weight

N AutoCal automatic internal calibration prompted by ambient temperature fluctuation outside the range allowing accuracy to be maintained N Applications library used to store and rapidly recall past procedures with up to five hundred steps memorised N GLP protocol functions N Five display text language options: English, Spanish, French, German and Italian N Ergonomic levelling system

g g mm mm kg

VP213C VP413C VP413DC* 210 410 100/410 0.001 0.001 0.001/0.01 g, mg, kg, lbs, oz, ozt, ct, dwt, taels, mo, gn, ti, N, custom all models 120 dia. 120 dia. 120 dia. 210 x 350 x 103 210 x 350 x 103 210 x 350 x 103 6 6 6

VP612C 610 0.01 172 x 172 210 x 350 x 103 5

*With moveable fine range allowing higher readability to be accessed at any point in the overall capacity. Model Capacity Readability Weighing modes Pan size Dimensions W x L x H Weight VP4102C VP4101C VP6100C 4100 4100 6100 0.1 0.1 0.1 g ,mg ,kg, lbs, oz, ozt, ct, dwt, taels, mo, gn, ti, N, custom all models 172 x 172 172 x 172 172 x 172 215 x 350 x 103 215 x 350 x 103 215 x 350 x 103 5 5 5 VP8101C 8100 0.1 172 x 172 215 x 350 x 103 5

g g mm mm kg

Voyager Pro Top Loading Balances As described. With high resolution back-lit graphics LCD, bi-directional RS232 interface and a.c. adapter for 100-120, 220-240V 50/60Hz single phase supplies. BB638-50 Model VP213C 0.00 ea XX BB638-54 Model VP413C 0.00 ea XX BB638-60 Model VP413DC 0.00 ea XX BB638-65 Model VP612C 0.00 ea XX BB638-70 BB638-75 BB638-80 BB638-85 Model VP4102C Model VP4101C Model VP6101C Model VP8101C 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea
XX XX XX XX

Accessories BB586-43 Impact printer, for all models, with connecting cable, paper rolls, ribbon and mains adapter for 220-240V 50/60Hz BB586-46 Paper rolls for impact , printer BB586-43, pack of 5 BB586-49 Ink ribbon for impact printer BB586-43, supplied singly EC Type Approved versions are available details on request.

0.00 ea 0.00 pk 0.00 ea

XX

XX XX

BB638

37

balances
CH-11 series As described. With CD11 indicator and tower mount. 9V d.c. mains adapter and provision for battery operation via 6 x 1.5V C batteries (not supplied). A 240V 50/60Hz a.c. single phase supply is required for the adapter. With CD-11 indicator BB860-10 Model CH15R11 BB860-15 Model CH30R11 BB860-20 Model CH60R11 BB860-25 Model CH60L11 BB860-30 BB860-35 BB860-40 Model CH100R11 Model CH150R11 Model CH300R11

Champ II Series Heavy Duty Electronic Balances

N Ruggedly constructed balances for weighing up to 300kg N Choice of 3 indicator/controllers with scope of features to satisfy most requirements: CD-11: With four function membrane switches and 2.5cm high LCD display, tower mount and battery or 9V d.c. adapter operation. Weighing modes include weighing (g, kg, lb), parts counting and net/gross/tare function. Splash protection to IP44 CD-31: With twelve function membrane switches, twin-line LCD with prompts, battery or 9V d.c. adapter operation. Weighing modes include weighing (g, kg, lb), parts counting, animal weighing, % weighing and check weighing. Adjustable readability, averaging and stability levels and GMP protocol date/time functions are also provided. Splash protection to IP44 CD-33: Generally as CD31 but with additional numerical keypad for easier data entry N Span calibration 10 to 100% N Fitted with bi-directional RS232C interface N Stainless steel platform and polyurethane painted steel frame with loadcell protected to IP65, levelling feet and bubble Model CD11 indicator CD31 indicator CD33 indicator Capacity kg Readability kg CD11 CD31/33 CH15R11 CH15R31 CH15R33 15 0.002 0.001 CH30R11 CH30R31 CH30R33 30 0.005 0.002 CH60R11 CH60R31 CH60R33 60 0.01 0.005 305 x 355 35 11 CH60L11 CH60L31 CH60L33 60 0.01 0.005 400 x 500 70 26 CH100R11 CH100R31 CH100R33 100 0.02 0.01 400 x 500 70 26 CH150R11 CH150R31 CH150R33 150 0.02 0.01 420 x 550 70 25 CH300R11 CH300R31 CH300R33 300 0.05 0.02 420 x 550 70 25

0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

EC Type Approved CH-11 models are available details on request. CH-31 and CH-33 series As described. With CD31 or CD33 indicator as specified, 9V d.c. mains adapter and provision for battery operation via 6 x 1.5V C batteries (not supplied). A 240V 50/60Hz a.c. single phase supply is required for the adapter. With CD-31 indicator BB862-12 Model CH15R31 BB862-17 Model CH30R31 BB862-21 Model CH60R31 BB862-26 Model CH60L31 BB862-31 BB862-36 BB862-41 Model CH100R31 Model CH150R31 Model CH300R31

Platform size mm 305 x 355 305 x 355 Tower mount height (BB860- models only) cm 35 35 Weight kg 11 11

0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

With CD-33 indicator BB864-14 Model CH15R33 BB864-19 Model CH30R33 BB864-23 Model CH60R33 BB864-28 Model CH60L33 BB864-33 BB864-38 BB864-43 BL610-20 Model CH100R33 Model CH150R33 Model CH300R33

XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Accessory 1.5V C battery 0.00 ea (6 required)

BB860 in use

BB864, BB862 are similar

38

balances
AB-S/PB-S/SB Classic Series Balances
N Analytical and Precision models N Protected weighing cell gives improved reliability, consistency, and ruggedness N All metal, chemically resistant coated housing N Touch key operation, with large function pads N DeltaRange (DR) and dual range (DU) on some models N Full range tare N One touch external calibration (AB-series additionally have built-in autocalibration) N Selectable weight units: g, oz, ozt, lb, GN, dwt, ct, mo, m, tl and additional piece counting, % and dynamic weighing functions N RS232C interface Analytical AB-S Series Supplied with in-use cover and mains adapter requiring a 115-230V 50/60Hz a.c. single phase supply. BC035-11 Model AB54-S 0.00 ea XX BC035-16 Model AB104-S 0.00 ea XX BC035-19 Model AB265-S DU 0.00 ea XX BC035-21 Model AB204-S 0.00 ea XX BC035-26 Model AB304-S 0.00 ea XX Precision PB-S Series Supplied with in-use cover and mains adapter requiring a 115-230V 50/60Hz a.c. single phase supply. Without calibration weight. BC045-11 Model PB153-S 0.00 ea XX BC045-14 Model PB303-S 0.00 ea XX BC045-17 Model PB303-S DR 0.00 ea XX BC045-29 Model PB602-S 0.00 ea XX BC045-32 BC045-35 BC045-38 BC045-53 BC045-56 BC045-59 BC045-60 BC045-62 Model PB1502-S Model PB3002-S Model PB3002-S DR Model PB1501-S Model PB3001-S Model PB5001-S Model PB8000-S Model PB8001-S 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

B
BC035-26 AB304-S 0.1 320 0.1 0.2 80

Analytical AB-S Series Catalogue No. Model Readability Weighing capacity Repeatability (s) Linearity Pan diameter Housing W x D x H Height above pan BC035-11 BC035-16 AB54-S AB104-S 0.1 0.1 51 110 0.1 0.1 0.2 0.2 80 80 245 x 321 x 344 all models 237 all models BC035-19 AB265-S DU 0.01/0.1 61/220 0.5/0.1 0.2 80 BC035-21 AB204-S 0.1 220 0.1 0.2 80

mg g mg mg mm mm mm

Precision PB-S Series Catalogue No. Model Readability Weighing capacity Repeatability (s) Linearity Pan diameter Housing W x D x H Catalogue No. Model Readability Weighing capacity Repeatability (s) Linearity Pan diameter Housing W x D x H Catalogue No. Model Readability Weighing capacity Repeatability (s) Linearity Pan diameter Housing W x D x H BC045-11 PB153-S 1 151 1 2 100 245 x 321 x 236 BC045-14 PB303-S 1 310 1 2 100 all models BC045-17 PB303-S DR 1/10 60/310 1/5 2/10 100 BC045-29 PB602-S 10 610 10 20 180 245 x 321 x 89 BC045-53 PB1501-S 100 1510 0.05 0.1 180

mg g mg mg mm mm

mg g g g mm mm

BC045-32 BC045-35 PB1502-S PB3002-S 10 10 1510 3100 0.01 0.01 0.02 0.03 180 180 245 x 321 x 89 all models BC045-56 BC045-59 PB3001-S PB5001-S 0.1 0.1 3100 5100 0.05 0.05 0.1 0.1 180 180 245 x 321 x 89 all models

BC045-38 PB3002-S DR 10/100 600/3100 0.01/0.05 0.02/0.1 180

Precision SB series and accessories see next page

g g g g mm mm

BC045-60 PB8000-S 1 8000 0.1 0.1 180

BC045-62 PB8001-S 0.1 8100 0.1 0.1 180

BC035

BC045

39

balances
AB-S/PB-S/SB Classic Series Balances continued
Precision SB series Supplied with mains adapter requiring a 115-230V 50/60Hz a.c. single phase supply. Without calibration weight. BC070-10 Model SB8001 0.00 ea XX BC070-14 Model SB12001 0.00 ea XX BC070-18 Model SB16001 0.00 ea XX BC070-22 BC070-26 BC070-30 BC070-34 BC070-38 BC070-42 Model SB16001 DR Model SB24001 DR Model SB32001 DR Model SB8000 Model SB16000 Model SB32000 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea
XX XX XX XX XX XX

Precision SB Series Catalogue No. Model Readability Weighing capacity Repeatability (s) Linearity Housing W x D x H Catalogue No. Model Readability Weighing capacity Repeatability (s) Linearity Housing W x D x H BC070-10 BC070-14 SB8001 SB12001 0.1 0.1 8100 12100 0.1 0.1 0.2 0.3 381 x 321 x 92 all models BC070-18 SB16001 0.1 16100 0.1 0.3 BC070-22 SB16001 DR 0.1/1 3200/16100 0.1/0.5 0.3/0.5 BC070-26 SB24001 DR 0.1/1 4800/24100 0.1/0.5 0.3/0.5

g g g g mm

g g g g mm

BC070-30 BC070-34 SB32001 DR SB8000 0.1/1 1 6400/32100 8100 0.1/1 0.5 0.3/0.5 0.5 381 x 321 x 92 all models

BC070-38 SB16000 1 16100 0.5 0.5

BC070-42 SB32000 1 32100 0.5 0.5

Calibration weights see BD912 series. EC Type Approved versions of all Basic level models are available details on request.

Accessories BC076-30 LocalCAN universal interface, LC-B BC076-34 Cable, LC-RS25. For connecting interface BC076-30 to instruments with 25 pole RS232C such as IBM-XT and compatibles BC076-36 Cable, LC-RS9. For connecting interface BC076-30 to instruments with 9 pole RS232C such as IBM-AT and compatibles BC076-43 Connecting cable, 1m, RS9 to RS9 for connecting AB-S, PB-S or SB balances to BC540-10 printer BC076-50 AccuPac rechargeable battery pack for AB-S, PB-S models only BC076-52 AccuPac rechargeable battery pack for SB models only

0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

XX XX

XX

XX XX XX

Printer LC-P45 Dot matrix. 24ch/line at 1 line/second. Prints results of statistical data and weighing results plus a record of regular calibration and adjustment. Supplied with LocalCAN and RS232 interfaces, connecting cables, two paper rolls and batteries. Overall 150 x 190 x 80mm. Weight 2kg. For 115/230V 50/60Hz a.c. single phase supplies. Suitable for use with AB-S, PB-S and SB series balances and the HB43 moisture analyser. BC540-10 Printer LC-P45 0.00 ea XX BC540-35 Spare plain paper rolls 72456 for BC540-10, 0.00 pk XXpack of 5

BC540-10

BC070-18

BC070-26

40

balances
XS Series Analytical Balances
N Stainless steel weighing grid platform, supported at the rear of the weighing chamber, offers reduced air resistance, stabilisation time, easier cleaning and sample vessel flexibility using accessory ErgoClips supports N User-friendly touch-screen, menu navigation via high resolution, backlit graphics LCD and separate function keys N FACT, fully automatic, temperature controlled, calibration adjustment with two, built-in, calibration weights providing fine adjustment N Easily dismantlable glass weighing chamber with side doors opened using handles on opposite side and incorporating dishwasher-safe materials N Bidirectional RS232 interface N Built-in weigh-below facility N GLP/GMP compliance when used with accessory printer or personal computer N Applications include density, formula, totalisation, coefficient calculation, statistics, full range tare, alphanumeric sample ID and environmental filters for dynamic weighing Models XS105 DU and XS205 DU are dual range balances with semi-micro and macro ranges. Model XS204 DR provides a ten times more accurate fine range to be activated anywhere within the weighing range. Small amounts can therefore be added with high accuracy into heavy containers. Catalogue No. Model BC092-20 XS105 DU Semi-micro Macro 41g 120g mg g g mg mg s BC112-20 XS64

XS Series Analytical Balances Supplied with bidirectional RS232 interface, protective cover for the control panel and display, weigh-below hook, a.c. adapter and instructions. BC092-20 Model XS105 DU 0.00 ea XX BC112-20 Model XS64 0.00 ea XX BC114-20 Model XS205 DU 0.00 ea XX BC120-20 BC140-20 BC152-20 Model XS104 Model XS204 Model XS204 DR 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea
XX XX XX

Accessories BC154-05 XS weighing kit comprising various ErgoClips attachments for holding round bottom flasks, test tubes and weighing boats on the grid platform BC154-10 XS density determination kit for liquids and solids BC540-20 Printer, RS-P42. Dot matrix. Prints statistical data, weighing results, instrument ID and record header. With connection cable, two paper rolls and ribbon cartridge. Requires a 220-240V 50/60Hz a.c. supply BC540-35 Spare plain paper rolls for BC540-20, pack of 5 BC540-37 Adhesive paper rolls for BC540-20, pack of 3 BC114-20 XS205 DU Semi-micro Macro 81g 220g 0.1 0 to 220 0 to 220 0.1 0.2 BC120-20 XS104 BC140-20 XS204

XX

XX XX

0.00 pk 0.00 pk

XX XX

BC152-20 XS204 DR DeltaRange 0.1/1 0 to 81/0 to 220 0 to 220 0.1/0.7 0.2/1 1.5

Readability Weighing range Taring range Repeatability (s) Linearity Settling time Weighing modes Calibration Weighing platform Height above weighing pan Balance housing W x D x H Net weight Power supply

mm mm mm kg

0.01 0.1 0.1 0.01 0 to 41 0 to 120 0 to 61 0 to 81 0 to 41 0 to 120 0 to 61 0 to 81 0.02 0.1 0.1 0.02 0.03 0.2 0.2 0.03 3 1.5 3 g, mg, oz, ozt, GN, dwt, ct, mo, m, custom unit Automatic internal (FACT) all models 78 x 73 all models 240 all models 263 x 453 x 322 all models 11 all models 100-240V 50/60Hz single phase all models

0.1 0 to 101 0 to 101 0.1 0.2 1.5

0.1 0 to 120 0 to 120 0.1 0.2 1.5

BC092/BC152 in use

BC114-20 in use with ErgoClip attachment

41

balances
XS Series Precision Balances
XS Series Precision Balances As described. Supplied with bidirectional RS232 interface, protective cover for the control panel and display, weigh-below hook, a.c. adapter and instructions. For 100-240V 50/60Hz single phase supplies. Catalogue No. BC310-30 BC344-30 BC350-30 BC352-30 BC360-30 BC368-30 BC373-30 BC376-30 BC385-30 BC387-30 BC391-30 BC395-30 BC414-30 BC418-30 Model No. XS203-S XS603-S XS802-S XS1003-S XS2002-S XS4002-S XS4002-S DR XS4001-S XS6002-S XS6002-S DR XS6001-S XS8001-S XS10001M XS10000M Capacity g 210 610 810 1010 2100 4100 800/4100 4100 6100 1200/6100 6100 8100 10100 10100 Readability g 0.001 0.001 0.01 0.001 0.01 0.01 0.01/0.1 0.1 0.01 0.01/0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 1 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

High performance, precision balances with rapid response times and ergonomic operating features. N User friendly, touch-screen, menu navigation via high resolution, backlit graphics LCD and separate function keys N FACT, fully automatic, temperature controlled, calibration adjustment with two, built-in calibration weights, providing fine adjustment N Rapid response: settling time between 1 and 3 seconds N IP54-protected, robust metal housing for extended working life N Bi-directional RS232 interface N Built-in weigh-below facility N GLP/GMP compliance when used with accessory printer or personal computer N Applications include density, formula, percent weighing, piece counting, statistics, full range tare, alphanumeric sample ID and environmental filters for dynamic weighing N 0.001g readability models have Magic Cube, all-purpose, glass draught shield with easy access from top or sides Dimensions Weighing platform mm Overall WxDxH mm 190 x 385 x 239 190 x 385 x 95 190 x 385 x 100 240 x 385 x 100 Net Weight, kg 7 6 7 7

XS203-S, XS603-S, XS1003-S 127 x 127 XS802-S, XS2002-S, XS4002-S, 170 x 205 XS4002-S DR, XS6002-S, XS6002-S DR XS4001-S, XS6001-S, XS8001-S 190 x 223 XS10001M, XS10000M 240 x 240

Accessories BC154-10 XS density determination kit for liquids and solids BC540-20 Printer, RS-P42. Dot matrix. Prints statistical data, weighing results, instrument ID and record header. With connection cable, two paper rolls and ribbon cartridge. Requires a 220-240V 50/60 Hz a.c. single supply BC540-35 Spare plain paper rolls for BC540-20, pack of 5 BC540-37 Adhesive paper rolls for BC540-20, pack of 5 Calibration weights see BD900 series. EC Type Approved versions are available details on request.

0.00 ea 0.00 ea

XX XX

0.00 pk 0.00 pk

XX XX

BC352-30

BC395-30

42

balances
Portable Electronic Balances

High precision, inexpensive, top loading, digital display balances available in five series. N Pocket PP- Series Slimline Capacities from 60g up to 400g N GSI- Series Low profile Capacities 200g and 2000g Large digital display with Hold function N SVI- Series Heavy duty bench scales Remote display Capacities from 10kg up to 200kg N VIC- Series Low profile Capacities from 120g up to 10100g Alternative weighing modes including parts counting Memory function allows cumulative sample weighing N ALC- Series Analytical and Top-loading models Capacities from 110g up to 6100g Alternative weighing modes including percentage weighing and parts counting Bi-directional RS232 interface

43

balances
Portable Electronic Balances

Pocket PP- Series

N Liquid crystal digital display (back-lit in blue) N Unique pull out pan design which protects the balance during transportation and storage N Full range tare by subtraction N Maximum overload 150% of capacity N Overload and underload indications Cat. No. BD050-18 Model PP-62 Cap. 60g Readability 0.01g Accuracy 0.02g Weighing Modes g, oz Power 1.5V battery N Low battery indication N Auto-calibration from key-pad N Supplied with calibration weight N Battery operation N Auto switch-off after 4 minutes of no weighing Pan mm 75 x 70 plastic 75 x 70 plastic 75 x 70 plastic Overall H x W x D mm 20 x 75 x 110 Weight kg 0.5 Included Accessories 50g calibration weight, battery and weighing tray 100g calibration weight, battery and weighing tray 200g calibration weight, battery and weighing tray ea 0.00
XX

BD050-27

PP-201

200g

0.1g

0.2g

g, oz

1.5V battery

20 x 75 x 110

0.5

0.00

XX

BD050-40

PP-401

400g

0.1g

0.2g

g, oz,

1.5V battery

20 x 75 x 110

0.5

0.00

XX

BL610-15

Spare/accessory battery for BD050-18 to BD050-40, 1.5V 0.00 ea

XX

Inset: BD050-40 in use

BD050-18 to BD050-40 with accessories

44

balances
Portable Electronic Balances GSI- Series
N Simple, 2-key operation with large, 38mm wide x 14mm high liquid crystal digital display N Four weighing modes: g, oz, ozt, dwt N Factory preset calibration N Full range tare by subtraction Cat. No. BD090-19 BD090-40 BD070-90 BD100-93 Model GSI-200 GSI-2001 Cap. 200g 2000g Readability 0.1g 1g Linearity 0.2g 2g Weighing Modes g, oz g, oz Power 9V alkaline battery or a.c. adapter 9V alkaline battery or a.c. adapter 0.00 ea 0.00 ea
XX XX

N Hold function maintains current weight on the display N Overload and low battery indications N Battery or mains operation N Auto switch-off after 90 seconds of no weighing (under battery operation) Pan mm 135 x 135 plastic 135 x 135 plastic Overall H x W x D mm 50 x 140 x 197 50 x 140 x 197 Weight kg 0.9 0.9 Included Accessories Battery Battery ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea 0.00 ea
XX

XX

Accessory a.c. mains adapter 220-240V 50Hz Calibration weight, 2kg for BD090-40

BD720-24 BL610-25

Calibration weight, 200g for BD090-19 Spare battery, 9V

XX XX

SVI- Series
High capacity, bench mounting, heavy duty models for industrial and laboratory use. N Choice of capacities from 10kg to 200kg N Separate weighing platform and key-pad/display modules N Backlit LCD readout with adjustable viewing angle N Key-pad/display module can be bench or wall mounted N Auto calibration from the key-pad Cat No BD095-05 BD095-12 BD095-23 BD095-36 BD095-45 Model SVI-10A SVI-20B SVI-50C SVI-100E* SVI-200F* Capacity kg 10 20 50 100 200 Readability g 1 2 5 20 50 Weighing modes g*, kg, lb, oz, ozt, parts counting all models Power 220-240V using a.c. adapter, or accessory battery all models N Parts counting facility N Wrap-around stainless steel platform N Accessory RS232 interface option N Overload and underload indications N Maximum overload 200% of capacity Overall H x W x D, mm 85 x 315 x 315 (platform) 32 x 230 x 135 (display module) all models Weight kg 5.5 all models Included accessories a.c. adapter, display module wall bracket all models ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX

* Grams weighing not included on models SVI-100E and SVI-200F Accessories BD070-90 Spare a.c. mains adapter 220-240V 50Hz BD095-90 Accessory RS232 interface SVI-123R

0.00 ea 0.00 ea

XX XX

BL610-25

Accessory battery, 9V

0.00 ea

XX

BD090-40, BD090-19 is similar

BD095 in use

45

balances
Portable Electronic Balances

VIC- Series
N Conveniently angled, high resolution, red backlit LCD readout N Flip-up, clear plastic protective cover for the weighing pan/load cell when being moved, or for draught protection N Autocalibration from the keypad using external weights N Memory function allows cumulative sample weighing N Additional applications include parts counting, percent weighing, display hold, specific gravity, formulation, calculation and mass unit conversion Model Capacity Readability Linearity Weighing modes Pan, stainless steel Calibration weight Power Overall H x W x D Weight N Maximum overload 200% of capacity N Overload and underload indications N Low battery indication N Full range tare by subtraction N Models up to 710g capacity supplied with calibration weight (accessory calibration weights available for higher capacity models) N Models with 1 or 5mg readability supplied with levelling feet and bubble N Accessory RS232 or USB interfaces available VIC-4mg 400 0.005* 0.01 VIC-412 410 0.01 0.02 VIC-511 510 0.1 0.1

g g g mm g

VIC-123 VIC-2mg VIC-212 VIC-303 120 200 210 300 0.001* 0.005* 0.01 0.001* 0.003 0.01 0.02 0.003 g, oz, lbs, lbs:oz, ozt, ct, dwt, tl, N, gn, custom all models 100 dia. all models 100 200 200 200 a.c. adapter only 9V battery a.c. adapter only both models or a.c. adapter both models 95 x 173 x 250 all models 1.8 all models

200

140 x 130 200 200 9V battery or a.c. adapter both models

mm kg

* 1mg and 5mg readability models are additionally supplied with a ring draught shield for the pan. Model Capacity Readability Linearity Weighing modes Pan, stainless steel Calibration weight Power Overall H x W x D Weight VIC-612 VIC-711 VIC-1511 VIC-3101 610 710 1500 3100 0.01 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.02 0.1 0.1 0.1 g, oz, lbs, lbs:oz, ozt, ct, dwt, tl, N, gn, custom all models 100 dia. 140 x 130 all models 200 200 9V battery or a.c. adapter all models 80 x 173 x 250 all models 1.8 all models VIC-4kg 4100 1 1 VIC-5101 5100 0.1 0.1 VIC-6kg 6100 1 1 VIC-10kg 10100 1 1

g g g mm g mm kg

46

balances
Portable Electronic Balances VIC- Series continued
Portable Electronic Balances, VIC- series As described. Supplied with 9V battery and/or a.c. adapter, calibration weight (VIC-123 to VIC-711 only), both as indicated in the table on page 46, locking facility, built-in calibration weight storage drawer and flip-up cover. Models with 1 or 5mg readability additionally have a pan draught shield, levelling feet and bubble. A 220-240V 50Hz single phase supply is required for the adapter. Model BD108-05 BD108-10 BD108-15 BD108-20 BD108-25 BD108-30 BD108-35 BD108-40 BD108-45 BD108-50 BD108-55 BD108-60 BD108-65 BD108-80 BD108-90 VIC-123 VIC-2mg VIC-212 VIC-303 VIC-4mg VIC-412 VIC-511 VIC-612 VIC-711 VIC-1511 VIC-3101 VIC-4kg VIC-5101 VIC-6kg VIC-10kg Capacity x readability, g 120 x 0.001 200 x 0.005 210 x 0.01 300 x 0.001 400 x 0.005 410 x 0.01 510 x 0.1 610 x 0.01 710 x 0.1 1500 x 0.1 3100 x 0.1 4100 x 1 5100 x 0.1 6100 x 1 10100 x 1 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Accessories and Spares Calibration weights To OIML class M2 BD100-90 1kg for BD108-50 BD100-93 2kg for BD108-55, BD108-60 BD112-24 5kg for BD108-65, BD108-80, BD108-90 BD070-90 BL610-25 BD108-97 BD108-99 Spare a.c. mains adapter, 220-240V 50Hz Spare battery, 9V RS232 interface VIC-123R USB interface VIC-123U

0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 28.00 ea 28.00 ea

XX XX XX XX XX RR RR

BD108-10 in use with cover closed

BD108-35 in use

47

balances
Electronic Balances

ALC- Series
N Analytical and top-loading versions N Available with capacities up to 6.1kg N Three weighing units, plus piece counting and percentage weighing Model Readability g Capacity g Weighing modes Calibration Weighing pan mm Housing, W x D x H mm Net weight kg N Active stabilisation with vibration and draught filters N Easy operation N Optional RS232 interface ALC-2100.1 0.1 2100 ALC-3100.2 0.01 3100 ALC-4100.1 0.1 4100 ALC-6100.1 0.1 6100 N Ultra-fast response times

ALC-110.4 ALC-210.4 ALC-310.3 ALC-1100.2 ALC-2100.2 0.0001 0.0001 0.001 0.01 0.01 110 210 310 1100 2100 g, kg*, ct, parts counting, percentage weighing all models External using accessory weights all models 80 80 100 150 150 220 x 320 x 325 all models 220 x 320 x 76 all models 3 3 3 1.4 2

150 1.4

150 2

150 1.4

150 1.4

*0.1g readability models only. ALC- Series Analytical and Semi-analytical Balances As described. With glass weighing chamber and a.c. adapter for 240V 50Hz a.c. single phase supplies. BD126-10 Model ALC-110.4 0.00 ea XX BD126-14 Model ALC-210.4 0.00 ea XX ALC- Series Top-loading Balances As described. With a.c. adapter for 240V 50Hz a.c. single phase supplies. BD126-18 Model ALC-310.3 0.00 ea BD126-40 Model ALC-1100.2 0.00 ea BD126-45 Model ALC-2100.2 0.00 ea BD126-50 Model ALC-2100.1 0.00 ea BD126-55 BD126-60 BD126-66 Model ALC-3100.2 Model ALC-4100.1 Model ALC-6100.1 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea Accessories BD126-80 RS232 interface Calibration weights, stainless steel. Weight g BD127-08 BD127-14 BD127-20 BD127-24 BD112-24 100 200 500 2000 5000 Tolerance ASTM mg class 0.15 1.0 2.5 10 25 1 2 3 2 3 OIML For class balance E2 E2 F1 F1 F1 ea
XX XX RS

0.00 ea

XX

XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

BD126-10 0.00 BD126-14, -18 0.00 BD126-40 98.00 (2 required) BD126-45, -50, 0.00 -55, -60 (2 required) BD126-66 0.00

XX XX

Data transfer software, YSWC01L Enables data downloading to Windows based spreadsheet programmes run on IBM-compatible machines. BD166-10 YSC01L 0.00 ea XX Printer YDP03-0CE Provides print of data output from the balance with date/time and statistic functions. Powered via the balance connection cord. BD166-44 Printer 0.00 ea XX BD166-48 Paper rolls, pack of 5 0.00 pk XX

BD126 analytical

BD126 top-loading

48

balances
Competence Series Analytical and Precision Balances
Analytical - Readability 0.0001g Catalogue No. N 4 - key operation, with % weighing, net-total formulation, animal weighing, parts counting and mass unit conversion functions N Large digit, high contrast, backlit display N RS232 interface and ISO/GLP data output capability Competence, CP Series Balances As described. Digital reading. Full range tare. With a.c. adapter for 115, 230V 50/60Hz supplies. BD160-10 Model CP64 0.00 ea XX BD160-15 Model CP124S 0.00 ea XX BD160-20 Model CP224S 0.00 ea XX BD160-25 Model CP324S 0.00 ea XX BD164-08 BD164-12 BD164-16 BD164-20 Model CP153 Model CP323S Model CP323P Model CP423S 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea
XX XX XX XX

BD160-10

BD160-15

BD160-20

BD160-25

Model Readability g Capacity g Repeatability mg Linearity mg Response time (average) secs. Weighing pan mm Available height above pan mm Overall W x D x H mm Weight kg Standard features/equipment

CP64 CP124S CP224S CP324S 0.0001 0.0001 0.0001 0.0001 64 120 220 320 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.3 2 2 2 3 80 diameter* all models 232 all models 213 x 342 x 340 all models 6.5 all models a.c. adapter, analytical draught shield, level indicator, RS232 interface, below-balance weighing facility, built-in motorised calibration weight

*Diameter of inner circle of triangular pan which can accommodate larger vessels up to 95mm diameter. Analytical/General Purpose - Readability 0.001g Catalogue No. Model Readability g Capacity g Repeatability g Linearity g Response time (average) secs. Weighing pan mm Available height above pan mm Overall W x D x H mm Weight kg Standard features/equipment BD164-08 BD164-12 BD164-16 BD164-20 CP153 CP323S CP323P CP423S 0.001 0.001 0.001/0.002/0.005 0.001 150 320 80/160/320 420 0.001 0.001 0.001/0.001/0.003 0.001 0.001 0.002 0.002/0.002/0.005 0.002 1.5 all models 110 diameter* all models 51 all models 213 x 342 x 153 all models 3.7 all models a.c. adapter, 3-piece low profile draught shield, level indicator, RS232 interface, below-balance weighing facility, digital calibration using accessory calibration weight

Accessories Rechargeable battery pack, YRB05Z, for BD160/ BD164 balances with capacity less than 10kg. Enables mains supply - independent operation. Recharged using adapter supplied with balance. BD166-02 YRB05Z 0.00 ea XX Printer, YDP03-0CE. Prints out data output from the balance with date/time and statistical functions. Powered via the balance connection cord. BD166-44 YDP03-0CE 0.00 ea XX BD166-48 Paper rolls, pack of 5 0.00 pk XX Data transfer software, YSWC01L. Windows based spreadsheet programmes run on IBMcompatible machines. BD166-10 YSC01L 0.00 ea XX Antistatic pan, YWP01CP. Replaces the standard pan in analytical balances BD160-series. BD166-20 YWP01CP 0.00 ea XX

*Diameter of inner circle of triangular pan which can accommodate larger vessels up to 130mm diameter.

continued on next page

BD160

BD164-08 to BD164-20

49

balances
Competence, CP Series Balances As described. Digital reading. Full range tare. With a.c. adapter for 115, 230V 50/60Hz supplies. BD164-30 Model CP622 0.00 ea XX BD164-34 Model CP2202S 0.00 ea XX BD164-38 Model CP3202S 0.00 ea XX BD164-42 BD164-46 BD164-60 BD164-68 BD164-72 BD164-82 Model CP3202P Model CP4202S Model CP2201 Model CP4201 Model CP6201 Model CP12001S 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea
XX XX XX XX XX XX

Competence Series Analytical and Precision Balances continued

General Purpose - Readability 0.01g Catalogue No. Model Readability g Capacity g Repeatability g Linearity g Response time (average) secs. Weighing pan mm Overall W x D x H mm Weight kg Standard features/equipment BD164-30 BD164-34 BD164-38 BD164-42 BD164-46 CP622 CP2202S CP3202S CP3202P CP4202S 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01/0.02/0.05 0.01 620 2200 3200 800/1600/3200 4200 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01/0.01/0.03 0.01 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02/0.02/0.05 0.02 1 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 154 dia.* 190 x 204 190 x 204 190 x 204 190 x 204 213 x 342 x 90 all models 2.8 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 a.c. adapter, level indicator, RS232 interface, below-balance weighing facility, digital calibration using accessory calibration weight

*Diameter of inner circle of triangular pan which can accommodate larger vessels up to 176mm diameter. General Purpose - Readability 0.1g Catalogue No. Model Readability g Capacity g Repeatability g Linearity g Response time (average) secs. Weighing pan mm Overall W x D x H mm Weight kg Standard features/equipment BD164-60 BD164-68 BD164-72 BD164-82 CP2201 CP4201 CP6201 CP12001S 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 2200 4200 6200 12000 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 1 1 1 1.5 190 x 204 190 x 204 190 x 204 400 x 300 213 x 342 x 90 213 x 342 x 90 213 x 342 x 90 313 x 547 x 120 3.6 3.6 3.6 16 a.c. adapter, level indicator, RS232 interface, below-balance weighing facility, digital calibration using accessory calibration weight

Accessories Rechargeable battery pack, YRB05Z, for BD160/ BD164 balances with capacity less than 10kg. Enables mains supply - independent operation. Recharged using adapter supplied with balance. BD166-02 YRB05Z 0.00 ea XX Rechargeable battery pack, YRB06Z, for BD160/ BD164 balances with capacity more than 10kg. Enables mains supply - independent operation. Recharged using adapter supplied with balance. BD166-05 YRB06Z 0.00 ea XX Printer, YDP03-0CE. Prints out data output from the balance with date/time and statistical functions. Powered via the balance connection cord. BD166-44 YDP03-0CE 0.00 ea XX BD166-48 Paper rolls, pack of 5 0.00 pk XX Data transfer software, YSWC01L. Enables data downloading to Windows based spreadsheet programmes run on IBM-compatible machines. BD166-10 YSC01L 0.00 ea XX Calibration weights - see BD912 series.

BD164-34 to BD164-72

BD164-82

BD164-30

50

balance accessories
Weighing Boats, Bottles, Scoops, Dishes
Weighing Boats Polystyrene, disposable, can be shaped to form a pouring funnel. Available in white or black. Supplied in packs as specified. White BD750-01 BD750-02 BD750-04 Black BD750-61 BD750-62 BD750-64 5ml, pack of 1000 30ml, pack of 500 100ml, pack of 250 5ml, pack of 1000 30ml, pack of 500 100ml, pack of 250 0.00 pk 0.00 pk 0.00 pk 0.00 pk 0.00 pk 0.00 pk
XX XX XX

B
XX XX

Weighing Bottles Glass with ground-in hollow stopper. Dimensions stated are height x diameter. Squat form BD770-04 45ml, 25 x 50mm BD770-06 80ml, 30 x 60mm Tall form BD772-02 BD772-04 BD772-06 BD772-08 BD772-10 12ml, 40 x 20mm 25ml, 50 x 25mm 40ml, 60 x 30mm 95ml, 80 x 40mm 190ml, 100 x 50mm 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea ea ea ea ea 0.00 ea (4+) 0.00 ea (4+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea ea ea ea ea (4+) (4+) (4+) (4+) (4+)

XX XX XX XX XX

XX XX XX

Weighing Boats Antistatic, diamond shape. Generally as BD750 series but manufactured to eliminate the problems caused by static when weighing fine powders. Supplied in packs as specified. White BD753-01 BD753-02 BD753-04 Black BD753-61 BD753-62 BD753-64 5ml, pack of 1000 30ml, pack of 500 100ml, pack of 250 5ml, pack of 1000 30ml, pack of 500 100ml, pack of 250 0.00 pk 0.00 pk 0.00 pk 0.00 pk 0.00 pk 0.00 pk
XX XX XX

Weighing Scoops Pyrex glass, designed primarily for use where small quantities of powder are to be weighed. Powder can be introduced into the receiving vessel via the tubular stem. Ref. BD780-02 BD780-04 BD780-06 2115/02 2115/04 2115/06 Capacity 3ml 6ml 10ml ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (10+) 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX

XX XX XX

Weighing Scoops Azlon polypropylene, for use as BD780 series. Ref. BD785-02 BD785-05 BD785-07 FWC320 FWC322 FWC324 Capacity 2ml 10ml 35ml ea 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX

Quickfit Lunge-Rey Weighing Pipette see Quickfit section. Weighing Boats Polystyrene, disposable, square shape with flat bottom, can be shaped to form a pouring funnel. Supplied in packs of 1000. White. BD755-05 7ml, 44 x 44mm 0.00 pk XX BD755-10 100ml, 80 x 80mm 0.00 pk XX BD755-15 250ml, 140 x 140mm 0.00 pk XX Weighing Boats Antistatic, square shape. Generally as BD755 series but manufactured to eliminate the problems caused by static when weighing fine powders. Supplied in packs of 1000. White. BD757-05 7ml, 44 x 44mm 0.00 pk XX BD757-10 100ml, 80 x 80mm 0.00 pk XX BD757-15 250ml, 140 x 140mm 0.00 pk XX

Dishes, aluminium foil Disposable, lightweight. With rim. All pack quantities are approximate. Top dia. x Depth mm BD790-06 BD790-10 BD790-15 90 x 8 95 x 8 118 x 10 Pack qty. 80 80 100 pk 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX

Alternative aluminium foil dishes see DH798.

BD750/BD753

BD755/BD757

BD770/BD772

BD780

BD785

BD790. DH798 are similar

51

balance accessories
Calibration Weights, UKAS
OIML Class F1 Certified N Supplied with certificate traceable to United Kingdom Accreditation Service (UKAS) N Calibration carried out in accordance with the requirements of ISO9002 N Shape conforms with OIML standard Individual Weights OIML Class F1. Complete with UKAS traceable certificate. Weights 1mg to 5mg are aluminium. Weights 10mg to 20kg are highly polished stainless steel supplied in a plastic box with handling glove or tweezers as appropriate. BD900-10 1mg 0.00 ea XX BD900-49 10g 0.00 ea XX BD900-12 2mg 0.00 ea XX BD900-52 20g 0.00 ea XX BD900-16 5mg 0.00 ea XX BD900-55 50g 0.00 ea XX BD900-19 10mg 0.00 ea XX BD900-58 100g 0.00 ea XX BD900-22 BD900-25 BD900-28 BD900-32 BD900-35 BD900-40 BD900-43 BD900-46 0.00 ea
XX

Weights
Weight Sets General purpose, brass with aluminium and nickel silver fractions. In case with forceps. BD700-15 1mg to 50g 0.00 set XX BD700-20 1mg to 100g 0.00 set XX BD700-25 1mg to 200g 0.00 set XX BD700-30 BD700-35 BD700-40 10mg to 500g 10mg to 1000g 10mg to 2000g 0.00 set 0.00 set 0.00 set
XX XX XX

Weights, OIML M2, Ohaus Brass. Weight BD720-10 BD720-12 BD720-14 BD720-16 BD720-18 BD720-20 1g 2g 5g 10g 20g 50g ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX

Weight BD720-22 BD720-24 BD720-26 BD720-28 BD720-30 100g 200g 500g 1kg 2kg

ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

XX XX XX XX XX

20mg 50mg 100mg 200mg 500mg 1g 2g 5g

0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

BD900-62 BD900-65 BD900-68 BD900-72 BD900-75 BD900-78 BD900-82

200g 500g 1kg 2kg 5kg 10kg 20kg

0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Forceps Nickel plated brass with curved ends. BD725-10 Weights Iron hexagonal shape, with ring. BD735-02 50g 0.00 ea BD735-04 100g 0.00 ea BD735-06 200g 0.00 ea BD735-08 500g 0.00 ea

XX XX XX XX

BD735-10 BD735-12 BD735-14 BD735-16 BD735-18

1kg 2kg 5kg 10kg 20kg

0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

XX XX XX XX XX

Weight Sets OIML Class F1. Complete with UKAS traceable certificate. Sets are highly polished stainless steel (weights 1mg to 5mg are aluminium). Supplied in a box with handling glove or tweezers as appropriate. BD903-12 1mg to 500mg 0.00 set XX BD903-15 1mg to 100g 0.00 set XX BD903-24 1g to 1kg 0.00 set XX BD903-27 BD903-30 BD903-33 1g to 2kg 1g to 5kg 1g to 10kg 0.00 set 0.00 set 0.00 set
XX XX XX

OIML - International Organisation for Legal Metrology. UKAS - United Kingdom Accreditation Service (formerly NAMAS). COFRAC - Comit Francais dAccreditation. Further balance accessories can be found in other sections: Spatulas and scoops see SH200 to SH305. Vibrasorb anti-vibration platform see FZ990.

BD700

BD720

BD725

BD735

BD900

52

balance accessories
Calibration Weights, UKAS continued
Calibration weights, OIML Class E2 Certified Recommended for the re-calibration of micro, semi-micro and analytical balances where high accuracy is required. N Supplied with certificate traceable to United Kingdom Accreditation Service (UKAS) N Calibration carried out in accordance with the requirements of ISO9002 N Shape conforms with OIML standard Individual weights OIML class E2. Complete with UKAS traceable certificate. Weights 1mg to 5mg are aluminium. Weights 10mg to 20kg are highly polished, stainless steel. Supplied in a plastic box with handling glove or tweezers as appropriate. BD905-10 1mg 0.00 ea XX BD905-40 1g 0.00 ea XX BD905-12 2mg 0.00 ea XX BD905-43 2g 0.00 ea XX BD905-16 5mg 0.00 ea XX BD905-46 5g 0.00 ea XX BD905-19 BD905-22 BD905-25 BD905-28 BD905-32 BD905-35 10mg 20mg 50mg 100mg 200mg 500mg 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea
XX XX XX XX XX XX

Calibration Weights, COFRAC

A competitively priced range of precision weights and weight sets conforming and certified to OIML Class F1. N Supplied with certificate issued under the supervision of COFRAC , the French national calibration authority and is accepted as having full authority by UKAS under the European co-operation for Accreditation of Laboratories (EAL). Individual Weights OIML Class F1. Complete with COFRAC traceable certificate. Weights 1mg to 50mg are aluminium, weights 100mg to 500mg are nickel-silver. Weights 1g to 20kg are highly polished, non-magnetic stainless steel and supplied in a plastic box. BD912-10 1mg 0.00 ea XX BD912-49 10g 0.00 ea XX BD912-12 2mg 0.00 ea XX BD912-52 20g 0.00 ea XX BD912-16 5mg 0.00 ea XX BD912-55 50g 0.00 ea XX BD912-19 10mg 0.00 ea XX BD912-58 100g 0.00 ea XX BD912-22 BD912-25 BD912-28 BD912-32 BD912-35 BD912-40 BD912-43 BD912-46 20mg 50mg 100mg 200mg 500mg 1g 2g 5g 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

BD905-49 BD905-52 BD905-55 BD905-58 BD905-62

10g 20g 50g 100g 200g

0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

XX XX XX XX XX

BD912-62 BD912-65 BD912-68 BD912-72 BD912-75 BD912-78 BD912-82

200g 500g 1kg 2kg 5kg 10kg 20kg

0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Weight sets OIML class E2. Complete with UKAS traceable certificate. Sets are highly polished stainless steel (weights 1mg to 5mg are aluminium). Supplied in a box with handling glove or tweezers as appropriate. BD907-14 1mg to 500mg 0.00 set XX BD907-16 1mg to 100g 0.00 set XX BD907-26 1g to 1kg 0.00 set XX

Weight Sets OIML Class F1. Complete with COFRAC traceable certificate. Weights up to 50mg are aluminium, weights 100mg to 500mg are nickel-silver. Weights 1g to 10kg are highly polished, non-magnetic stainless steel. Supplied in a wooden box. BD918-10 1mg to 500mg 0.00 set XX BD918-13 1mg to 100g 0.00 set XX BD918-18 1g to 1kg 0.00 set XX BD918-22 BD918-26 BD918-30 1g to 2kg 1g to 5kg 1g to 10kg 0.00 set 0.00 set 0.00 set
XX XX XX

53

barometers
Aneroid
Aneroid Barometer Dual scaled 940 to 1060hPa x 1hPa and 71 to 80cm x 0.1cm. Brass finish case 100mm diameter. With manually adjustable pointer, to aid pressure trend indication, and hanging ring. BF108-15 960 to 1060hPa 0.00 ea XX Cup Anemometer A portable hand-held instrument providing a direct reading of wind speed in four different units. With plastic outer case and cups and engraved scales. Ranges 0 to 120km/h, 0 to 35 m/s, 0 to 12 Beaufort, 0 to 60 kt. AN450-10 Anemometer 0.00 ea XX Anemometer, vane Portable, hand-held vane-type anemometer and thermometer for outdoor applications. Ranges:Wind speed: 0.2 to 30m/s (alternative ranges: Beaufort scale, knots, km/h) Temperature: -30 to +60C (alternative range: -22 to 140F) Other functions include maximum and average wind speed, and Windchill temperature calculation. Overall 98 x 39 x 17mm L x W x D. Weight 110g. In splash-resistant case and supplied with soft carrying case, lanyard and batteries. AN450-40 Vane anemometer 0.00 ea XX BL590-25 Spare battery, 3V 0.00 ea XX

Analogue
Analogue Barometer/Weather station Wall-mounting, with two, 90mm diameter, blackfaced dials. The first dial indicates atmospheric pressure, scaled 980 to 1040hPa x 1hPa. The second dial is dual scale, indicating temperature from 0 to 50C and humidity from 20 to 100%RH. Overall 230 x 40 x 115mm W x D x H. Weight 390g. BF105-30 Analogue barometer/ 0.00 ea XX weather station Hygrometers see HY160 to HY650-series. Rainfall gauge see WR400.

Digital
Digital Barometer/Weather station With 5 line LCD display indicating temperature (indoor, and outdoor using radio communication sensor supplied) with Max/Min facility, indoor humidity, barometric pressure with graphic icon indication of next 24 hours weather, pressure development profile for the previous 48 hours shown in a bar chart format, storm warning indicator, clock with time zone adjustment, date, month and year calendar. Wall or desk mounting. Overall 180 x 100x 24mm H x W x D (display unit), 134 x 40 x 24mm (remote sensor). Supplied with batteries. N Ranges 970 to 1030hPa x 0.1hPa 30 to +70C (-22 to +157F) outdoor 0 to 50C (+32 to +122F) indoor 22 to 95%RH BF107-40 Digital Barometer/ Weather station 0.00 ea
XX

NOTE Atmospheric pressure is now commonly measured in the metric unit of hPa (hectoPascals). 1hPa = 1mb.

Accessories BL610-08 Battery, AAA, 1.5V 0.00 ea (2 required for sensor) BL610-15 Battery, AA, 1.5V 0.00 ea (3 required for display module)

XX XX

BF105-30

BF107-40

BF108-15

AN450-10

AN450-40

54

basins
Glass
All dimensions and capacities are nominal. Evaporating Pyrex 1450 series, flat bottom, curved sides, with spout. Ref. Cap. Dia. x Ht. 1450 ml mm BF500-10 /01 BF500-15 /03 BF500-20 /04 BF500-25 /06 BF500-30 /10 BF500-35 /14 15 45 90 170 320 600 50 x 25 60 x 30 80 x 45 95 x 55 115 x 65 140 x 80 ea ea (10+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX

B
0.00 0.00
XX XX

Metal
All dimensions and capacities are nominal. Aluminium Round bottom, with spout. Cap. ml BF550-15 130 Dia. x Ht. mm 80 x 40 ea 0.00
XX

Dressing Containers, with lids Cap. ml MF325-26 MF325-42 700 2500 Dia. x depth, mm ea 100 x 100 150 x 150

Instrument Boxes, with lid L x W x D, mm Cap., ml ea 1000 1400 3000 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX

Nickel Flat bottom, with drop-on cover with knob. Cap. ml BF570-10 BF570-15 40 95 Dia. x Ht. mm 60 x 16 90 x 16 ea 0.00 0.00
XX XX

MF430-15 MF430-25 MF430-35 Glass Dishes

200 x 100 x 50 220 x 150 x 50 280 x 180 x 60

Instrument see Boxes section. Evaporating Pyrex 1470 series, flat bottom, cylindrical, without spout. Ref. Cap. Dia. x Ht. 1470 ml mm BF505-10 /02 BF505-15 /04 BF505-20 /08 BF505-25 /10 BF505-30 /12 BF505-35 /16 100 150 300 70 x 40 80 x 45 95 x 55 ea ea (10+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX

Platinum Flat bottom. Approximate weights are 50ml, 22g and 100ml, 37g. Cap. ml BF585-10 BF585-20 50 100 Dia. x Ht. mm 60 x 28 70 x 35 ea 0.00 0.00
XX XX

Metal Dishes Foil see Dishes section. Instrument see Medical section. Kidney see Medical section. Trays see Trays section. Plastic Dishes Petri see Petri dish section. Photographic see Dishes section.

500 115 x 65 900 140 x 75 2000 190 x 90

BF500

BF550/570

MF325

BF505

BF585

MF430

55

basins
Silica Basins
Evaporating Flat bottom, shallow form, with spout. Cap. ml BF678-12 BF678-18 BF678-24 BF678-32 BF678-36 20 45 100 260 520 Dia. x Ht. mm 63 x 13 80 x 16 100 x 20 125 x 25 160 x 40 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX

Porcelain Basins
All dimensions and capacities are nominal. Maximum operating temperature 1050C. Evaporating Round bottom, shallow form, with spout. Cap. ml BF662-12 BF662-14 BF662-18 BF662-22 BF662-28 BF662-33 BF662-37 BF662-46 BF662-52 35 50 75 95 170 285 420 1000 1225 Dia. x Ht. mm 63 x 25 70 x 28 80 x 32 85 x 35 105 x 42 125 x 50 150 x 55 200 x 80 210 x 85 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

All dimensions and capacities are nominal. Maximum operating temperature 1050C (1300C for short periods). Shallow form Translucent, glazed with spout. Cap. ml BF802-10 BF802-15 BF802-20 BF802-25 BF802-30 20 45 70 100 200 Dia. x Ht. mm 55 x 23 75 x 27 87 x 33 100 x 38 113 x 47 ea ea (10+)

Ignition Capsule Flat bottom, deep form, without spout. Capacity 20ml. Diameter 40mm. Height 20mm. BF685-25 Capsule 0.00 ea XX Casserole With handle and spout. Capacity 140ml. Diameter 80mm. Height 45mm. BF690-30 Casserole 0.00 ea XX

0.00150.0025XX 0.00170.0073XX 0.00180.005 XX 0.00240.0013XX 0.00270.0082XX

Note: BF662-12 to BF662-33 are glazed except rim. BF662-37 to BF662-52 are glazed except outside base. Evaporating Round bottom, deep form, with spout. Cap. ml BF667-12 BF667-17 BF667-19 50 150 250 Dia. x Ht. mm 70 x 34 97 x 50 110 x 52 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX

Deep form Translucent, glazed, with spout. Capacity 90ml. Dia 80mm x Ht 45mm. BF807-20 Deep 0.00 ea 0.00 ea (10+) XX Flat form Translucent, glazed, with spout. Cap. ml BF812-10 BF812-20 BF812-25 25 75 125 Dia. x Ht. mm 79 x 15 101 x 20 131 x 21 ea ea (10+)

0.00180.005 XX 0.00210.0043XX 0.0030.0040 XX

Silica trays see Trays section.

BF662

BF690

BF667

BF802

BF678

BF807

BF685

BF812

56

baskets, baths
Baskets
For holding a wide variety of small glassware and plasticware. Cylindrical with handle Dia. x Ht. Nylon coated wire BG200-20 180 x 160mm Rectangular LxWxH Nylon coated wire BG225-10 100mm cube BG225-15 125mm cube BG225-20 150mm cube BG225-30 200mm cube Stainless steel wire BG230-10 100mm cube BG230-15 125mm cube BG230-20 150mm cube BG230-30 200mm cube Polypropylene tapered for stacking BG235-10 143 x 120 x 109mm BG235-20 162 x 162 x 155mm BG235-30 225 x 225 x 230mm BG236-08 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX

B
ea 0.00 0.00
XX XX

Boiling Water Baths

With concentric rings to support a wide range of flasks. Baths, Circular With integral 1kW heating element, connector with cable, constant level and set of concentric rings. For 220-240V a.c. single phase supplies.
XX

Sand Baths
Baths, Circular, sand For mounting on electric hotplate or a tripod with gas burner. Tinned iron, flat bottom with sloping sides. Max. dia. x depth BH130-10 BH130-20 150 x 38mm 200 x 48mm

ea 0.00

Dia. x depth Aluminium BH105-12 BH105-14 178 x 127mm 203 x 127mm

ea 0.00 0.00 0.00

XX XX

Heaters For BH130 series. Electric see Hotplates section. Gas see Burners section.
XX

Stainless steel 203 x 127mm BH108-14

Tripods see Stands section. Baths, Rectangular Stainless steel, with integral heating element, connector with cable, constant level and set of concentric rings. All baths are 90mm deep. Maximum hole diameter 76mm except BH120-12 which is 108mm. For 220-240V a.c. single phase supplies; rating 1kW. Places LxW 321 x 216mm 425 x 321mm 425 x 321mm ea 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX

XX XX XX XX

Power Controllers For use with electrically heated baths to control energy input. Bimetal and solid state models. With fitting for retort rod mounting see EE500 series in the Electrical section. Fluidised Baths, for high temperature applications see BK502/512 series. Block Thermostats, for dry heating of Eppendorf and test tubes see BK200/340 series.

XX XX XX XX

BH120-08 BH120-12 BH120-16 BH125-15 BH125-40

6 6 12

Hinged lid for BG235-20 0.00 ea

Test tube rack baskets see SM845.

Spare element, 1kW, 0.00 ea for BH105, 108, 120 series Energy regulator for 0.00 ea BH105, 108, 120 series. For 220-240V single phase supplies

BG200

BH105, BH108

BH120 series

BG225

BG230

BG235

BH130 in use

57

baths
Shaking Water Bath

Unstirred Thermostatic Water Baths

A range of general purpose, unstirred waterbaths for routine applications. N Stainless steel tanks N Controls recessed into exterior case N Choice of temperature control dial set electronic thermostat press-set and read electronic thermostat with digital display and hydraulic safety thermostat N Temperature range ambient +5 to 100C N 6, 15 or 24 litre capacities Dimensions Cap. litres 6 15 24 Internal L x W x D mm 300 x 150 x 200 300 x 325 x 200 300 x 500 x 200 Overall L x W x D mm 335 x 190 x 270 335 x 370 x 270 335 x 540 x 270 Weight kg 6.1 8.7 12.3

Water Baths, Unstirred With stainless steel tanks. Maximum temperature 100C. For 230V 50Hz single phase supplies. With press-set and read electronic thermostat and digital display Temperature stability 0.5C. Include safety thermostat. Ref. BH165-12 BH165-22 BH165-32 Accessories Gabled lids Stainless steel for unstirred water baths BH168-14 For 6 litre baths 0.00 ea BH168-17 For 15 litre baths 0.00 ea BH168-20 For 24 litre baths 0.00 ea Litres Power, W 750 1000 1500 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX

N Capacity 24 litres N Stainless steel tank N Temperature range ambient +5to 100C N Temperature stability 0.25C N Press-set and read electronic thermostat with digital display N Hydraulic safety thermostat N Orbital or linear movement dictated by accessory trays N Variable speed, electronic feedback control 30 to 150rpm N Stroke: 16mm (orbital or linear) N Controls recessed into exterior case

SWB1D 6 SWB2D 15 SWB3D 24

XX XX XX

Water Baths, Unstirred With stainless steel tanks. Maximum temperature 100C. For 230V 50Hz single phase supplies. With dial set electronic thermostat Temperature stability 0.5C. Ref. BH160-10 BH160-20 BH160-30 SWB1 SWB2 SWB3 Litres Power, W 6 15 24 750 1000 1500 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX

Polypropylene spheres For providing a floating lid on water baths. Spheres 20mm diameter. Supplied in pack of 300. Packs required to provide a single layer. 1 6 litre bath /2 pack 15 litre bath 1 pack 24 litre bath 2 packs BJ177-03 Spheres 0.00 pk XX

Shaking Water Bath Capacity 24 litres, stainless steel tank. Maximum temperature 100C. With digital electronic thermostat and safety thermostat. Variable shaker speed 30 to 150rpm. Internal 300 x 500 x 200mm (L x W x D). External 335 x 540 x 320 (L x W x D). Weight 20.9kg. For 230V 50Hz single phase supplies, 1900W. Requires accessory tray (not included). BH180-15 Shaking bath SBS30 0.00 ea XX Accessories for BH180-15 Trays Stainless steel, with network of cross-springs allowing different sizes and shapes of vessel to be shaken at the same time. Typically hold 8 x 250ml, 6 x 500ml or 4 x 1litre conical flasks. Tray type dictates shaking action. BH180-40 Orbital motion tray 0.00 ea XX BH180-70 Linear motion tray 0.00 ea XX BH168-20 Gabled lid, 0.00 ea XX stainless steel

BH180 trays in use

BH165, BH160 are similar

BH180 in use

58

baths
NE4 Series Stirred Thermostatic Water Baths

B
ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX

N Choice of models: -D: Stirred water baths featuring bridge-mounted thermoregulator with digital setting and display, 0-999 minute timer, with powerful heater and stirrer, stainless steel tank and sturdy, powdercoated, chemically-resistant outer cases. -P: Generally as -D models but with pump for external circulation of temperature controlled liquids, providing a flow rate (using water) of 10 litres/minute in closed circuits. Dimensions Model NE4-8D/-8P NE4-14D/-14P NE4-22D/-22P NE4-28D/-28P Capacity litres 8 14 22 28

N Operating range: ambient +5C to +99C* (-20C achievable with accessory cooling) N Sensitivity 0.1C N Uniformity 0.01C N Safety features include user-resettable low liquid level safety cut-out and audible overtemperature alarm N Removable, perforated false base aids circulation and improves temperature uniformity

Accessories Stainless steel racks Holes SM390-12 SM390-16 SM390-19 SM390-25 36 x 13mm 26 x 17mm 18 x 19mm 16 x 26mm

Max number of racks per bath Bath Capacity 8 litres 14 litres 22/28 litres Gabled lids, stainless steel For bath BH208-77 BH208-79 BH208-82 8 litre 14 litre 22/28 litre ea 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX

Working space W x D x H mm 129 x 298 x 150 219 x 298 x 150 395 x 298 x 150 395 x 298 x 200

Overall W x D x H mm 271 x 332 x 170 361 x 332 x 170 537 x 332 x 170 537 x 332 x 240

Racks 1 2 5

Stirred water baths, NE4-D series Maximum temperature 99C*. With user resettable safety cut-out device and bridge-mounted thermoregulator. For 230V 50Hz single phase supplies, 1250W. Ref. BH206-12 BH206-19 BH206-24 BH206-28 NE4-8D NE4-14D NE4-22D NE4-28D Litres 8 14 22 28 ea 520.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
BO XX XX XX

Thermoregulators Thermostatic control units only, without tank or bridge mounting plate. Can be used on any tank with a maximum wall thickness of 30mm in conjunction with mounting bracket BH208-09. BH208-04 NE4-D, digital 0.00 ea XX BH208-06 NE4-P, digital 0.00 ea XX with pump BH208-09 Mounting bracket for 0.00 ea XX above thermoregulators *At temperatures above 60C a lid should be fitted or a layer of polypropylene spheres

Flat lids, stainless steel For bath BH208-86 BH208-89 BH208-93 Raised shelves For bath BH208-95 BH208-96 14 litre 22/28 litre ea 0.00 45.00
XX BO

ea 0.00 0.00 0.00

XX XX XX

8 litre 14 litre 22/28 litre

Stirred water baths, NE4-P series Maximum temperature 99C*. With user resettable safety cut-out device and bridge-mounted thermoregulator. For 230V 50Hz single phase supplies, 1250W. Ref. BH207-10 BH207-15 BH207-18 BH207-26 NE4-8P NE4-14P NE4-22P NE4-28P Litres 8 14 22 28 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX

Thermometer Clip Fits flush with the bath top without obstructing the lid. With spirit-filled, right angle thermometer, range 0 to 100C x 2C. BH208-99 Thermometer clip 0.00 ea XX Polypropylene spheres - see BJ177-03

BH206-12

BH207-18 with SM390 and BH208-96 in use

59

baths

Unstirred Thermostatic Water Baths

PB and JB units have heaters and a temperature sensor in the base of the tank, covered by a perforated tray leaving the working space unobstructed. Heater and temperature sensors for the SUB units are mounted underneath the base of the tank, leaving the total internal space available for use. SBB units are similar, but the heater is inside the stainless steel tank and covered by a perforated shelf. PB1 Bath, ambient to 60C A transparent polycarbonate tank and a removable control unit at one end. The thermostat dial is graduated in 5C divisions from 20 to 60C. Stability at 37C (DIN 58966) 0.3C. JB Baths, ambient to 90C Polypropylene tanks in outer cases of PVC-coated zinc-treated steel. The thermostat dial is graduated in 5C divisions from 20 to 90C. A lid, or a layer of polypropylene spheres, is required for use over 60C. Stability at 37C (DIN 58966) 0.3C. Baths JB4 and JB5 have radiused inner corners. SUB Baths, ambient +5C to 99C Stainless steel tanks in outer cases which have plastic ends and painted metal sides. Electronic temperature control with digital setting and display over the range 15C to 99C. With adjustable overtemperature cut-out to protect against control failure or low liquid level. An alarm light illuminates if the cut-out operates. All controls are mounted on a recessed panel. SBB Baths for Boiling As SUB baths but with an analogue energy regulator in place of the thermostat. Boiling can be maintained without violent agitation or excessive steam. Two fixed overtemperature cut-outs are fitted for safety. A constant level device is fitted. These baths must be used with a lid or a layer of polypropylene spheres.

Specifications Model PB1 JB1 SUB6 SBB6 JB2 SUB14 SBB14 JB4 JB5 SUB28 SBB28 SUB36 litres 3.5 3.5 6 6 10 14 14 16 24 28 28 36 Working space L x W x D mm 225 x 120 x 80 290 x 120 x 80 150 x 300 x 140 150 x 300 x 110 410 x 240 x 80 325 x 300 x 140 325 x 300 x 110 305 x 280 x 140 480 x 280 x 140 505 x 300 x 190 505 x 300 x 160 635 x 300 x 190 Rack series accepted 3 x P1 1 x J2 1 x J2 1 x J2 4 x J2 2 x J2 2 x J2 3 x J2 4 x J2 4 x J2 4 x J2 6 x J2 Lid accepted LP1 LJ1 LU6 or LF6 LU6 or LF6 LJ2 or LF2 LU14 or LF14 LU14 or LF14 LJ4 LJ5 LU28 or LF28 LU28 or LF28 LU36 or LF36

Water Baths, Grant, unstirred As specified. For 220-240V 50Hz single phase supplies. Ambient to 60C BJ150-10 PB1, 0.3kW Ambient to 90C BJ155-10 JB1, 0.3kW BJ156-10 JB2, 0.75kW BJ157-10 JB4, 0.75kW BJ158-10 JB5, 1.5kW Ambient +5C to 99C BJ160-10 SUB6, 0.35kW BJ160-12 SUB14, 0.70kW BJ160-14 SUB28, 1.5kW BJ160-16 SUB36, 2.0kW For Boiling BJ162-13 SBB6, 1.5kW BJ162-15 SBB14, 1.5kW BJ162-17 SBB28, 2.0kW 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea
XX

XX XX XX XX

XX XX XX XX

XX XX XX

BJ150 with racks

BJ160 series in use

BJ155 to BJ158 in use

BJ162-17 with BJ176-24 in use

60

baths
Unstirred Thermostatic Water Baths

Accessories Lids, sloping BJ175-03 LP1 BJ175-06 LJ1 BJ175-09 LJ2 BJ175-12 LJ4 BJ175-15 LJ5 BJ175-40 BJ175-42 BJ175-44 BJ175-46 LU6 LU14 LU28 LU36 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Spheres Polypropylene, 20mm diameter. Supplied in pack of 300. Packs required to provide a single layer. 3.5 litre baths 12 pack 6 litre baths 12 pack 10 litre baths 1 pack 14 litre baths 1 pack 16 litre baths 1 pack 24 litre baths 2 packs 28 litre baths 2 packs 36 litre baths 3 packs BJ177-03 Spheres 0.00 pk XX Raised Shelves Stainless steel with perforated mesh shelf. Used to alter the effective depth of the bath. Each occupies half the area of the bath specified and so allows both deep and shallow vessels to be accommodated. Ref. BJ177-25 BJ177-30 BJ177-35 RS14H RS28H RS36H For bath SUB14/SBB14 SUB28/SBB28 SUB36 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX

Racks, Stainless Steel P1 racks for the PB1 bath only hang from the tank rim, and have a single row of holes so that the contents can be examined through the transparent sides of the tank. J2 racks for the JB and SBB baths, stand on the perforated shelf of the bath, or on the floor of the tanks of SUB baths. Ref. BJ178-04 BJ178-08 BJ178-12 BJ178-16 BJ178-20 BJ178-24 BJ178-28 BJ178-32 BJ178-36 P1-13 P1-16 P1-19 J2-10 J2-13 J2-16 J2-19 J2-25 J2-30 Holes 12 x 13mm 10 x 16mm 9 x 19mm 84 x 10mm 55 x 13mm 36 x 16mm 32 x 19mm 18 x 25mm 12 x 30mm ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Lids, flat with ring sets Giving apertures of 31, 43, 59, 78, or 105mm diameter. Ref. BJ176-03 BJ176-20 BJ176-22 BJ176-24 BJ176-26 LF2 LF6 LF14 LF28 LF36 Holes For bath 6 2 4 6 8 JB2 SUB6/SBB6 SUB14/SBB14 SUB28/SBB28 SUB36 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX

For microcentrifuge tubes BJ178-80 J2-SE 105 x 0.5ml BJ178-82 J2-LE 65 x 1.5ml

XX XX

Base trays for SUB-baths only Allow flat-bottomed flasks to be placed directly on the base of SUB-baths without forming hot-spots which might otherwise damage the bath or cause the flasks to break. Ref. BJ176-63 BJ176-67 BJ176-71 BJ176-75 SBT6 SBT14 SBT28 SBT36 For bath SUB6 SUB14 SUB28 SUB36 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX

Bains Marie see BH 105/108 series. Fluidised baths, for high temperature applications see BK502/512 series.

BJ178 in use

BJ175 in use

BJ176/BJ178 in use

61

baths

Optima Series

A comprehensive, modular family of thermostatic controllers, bath tanks and accessories providing a wide range of specifications to meet the majority of laboratory requirements. Sophisticated electronics and the latest materials combine to ensure optimum performance, accuracy and stability. N Choice of five thermostatic controller levels from simple analogue setting to digital programming N Choice of plastic (P) or stainless steel (S) tanks N Temperature scope of range -15 to +200C depending on controller, bath and accessory cooling chosen (GR 150 and GP200 controllers can operate down to -50C if required) N Stirred circulation provides good temperature stability and uniformity N Accessory Labwise control software allows remote programming, datalogging and real-time graphing of programmable models N Digital and programmable controllers feature a novel, soft-touch navigator rotor and push-buttons for menu selection and operation Safety feature include: N Low liquid protection by float switch N Visual alarm (and audible - digital and programmable controllers) N User adjustable overtemperature cut-out (GD120, GR150, GP200 models only)

Thermostatic controllers have an injection moulded case, with heater, stirrer, pump (if provided) and Pt1000 temperature sensor projecting down into the liquid. Lids are available as accessories. At temperatures below ambient or above +60C to 100C a lid should be fitted, or a layer of polypropylene spheres used. Above 100C only a lid must be used. Labwise control software, available as an accessory for GR150 and GP200 controllers, can be used to set all parameters, including programmes, via the users IBM-compatible PC (minimum Pentium II) running Windows 95 or higher and in English, French, German, Spanish or Italian languages. It also features real-time status windows, a graphical display of the controllers performance during a run, and allows data to be logged for future recall and analysis.

62

baths
Optima Series Thermostatic Controllers

Each controller is available with, or without, clamp. The clamp allows the controller to be used with almost any type of vessel where it can be attached to the vessel wall. When the controller is to be used with Optima bath tanks the clamp is unnecessary and therefore the version without clamp should be selected. Model Temperature ranges without tank using S tanks using P tanks Stability, S tanks (DIN 58966) Uniformity, S tanks Setting resolution Displays @ 37C @ 37C C C C C C C GA100 0 to 100* 0 to 100* GD100 0 to 100* 0 to 100* GD120 -20 to 120* 0 to 120*(5/12/18L) -15 to 120* (26/38L) 0.02 0.05 0.1 4 digit LED none 0.1 4 yes no no no none none 1.4 310 17 GR150 -50 to 150* 0 to 150* (5/12/18L) -15 to 150* (26/38L) 0.005 0.02 0.1 (0.01 using Labwise) 4 digit LED 2 line LCD 0.01 (LCD) 4 yes yes yes yes via PC 1 x 30 segment 1 2 310 17 6, 11 GP200 -50 to 200* 0 to 200* (5/12/18L) -50 to 200* (26/38L) 0.005 0.02 0.1 (0.01 using Labwise) 4 digit LED 2 line LCD 0.01 (LCD) 4 yes yes yes yes via PC/direct 5 x 30 segment 2 2 530 21 adj. flow rate 6, 11

ambient +5 to 99 all models 0.1 0.1 better than 1 (20 to 80C) none none n/a 1 n/a no no no none none 1.4 no pump no pump 0.02 0.05 0.1 4 digit LED none 0.1 4 yes no no no none none 1.4 no pump no pump

Primary Secondary

Display resolution C No. of stored temperature values Two point re-calibration Offset adjustment RS232 interface Programmable No. of stored programmes Relays Heater power, 220-240V kW Pump max. pressure mbar (water) max. flow L/min Inlet/outlet pipe bores Overall dimensions, excluding clamp Height above tank rim Depth below tank rim

mm mm mm mm

n/a n/a 6, 11 115 x 145 x 315 W x D x H all models 180 all models 135 all models

A lid or layer of polypropylene spheres must be used when operating between 60C and 100C, and is recommended for use below room temperature. Above 100C, a lid must always be used. *Minimum operating temperature without accessory cooling is ambient plus 5C, except in the 5L tanks, in which it is ambient plus 15C. Minimum and maximum temperatures achievable are dependent upon the tank insulation and the minimum operating temperature depends on the accessory immersion cooler selected. continued on next page

BJ180-04/BJ180-06

BJ180-15/BJ180-17

BJ180-17 in use on tank

63

baths

Optima Series Thermostatic Controllers continued

Analogue Thermostatic controllers, GA100K/GA100 Operating range to 100C. Simple, efficient, low cost controller with analogue scale setting. A reference thermometer (not supplied) is recommended for accurate temperature setting. For 220-240V 50/60Hz single phase supplies. BJ180-04 GA100K with clamp* 0.00 ea XX BJ180-06 GA100 without clamp 0.00 ea XX Digital models, GD100K/GD100 Operating range 0 to +100C. With PID control, soft-touch rotary selector and push-button setting, LED display and simple user interface with fault indication and visual alarm. For 220-240V 50/60Hz single phase supplies. BJ180-15 GD100K with clamp* 0.00 ea XX BJ180-17 GD100 without clamp 0.00 ea XX Digital models, GD120K/GD120 Operating range -20 to +120C. Generally as GD100-series but with powerful external circulation pump, timer function for reaction timing from 0 to 9999 minutes, and variable high temperature alarm setting. Supplied with two pump connector plates with outlets for 6mm or 11mm tubing bores. For 220-240V 50Hz single phase supplies. BJ180-22 GD120K with clamp* 0.00 ea XX BJ180-27 GD120 without clamp 0.00 ea XX

Programmable models, GR150K/GR150 Operating range -50 to +150C. Dual display with LED temperature readout and separate 2-line 16 character LCD for programming with choice of operating language (English, French, German, Spanish and Italian). With 99 hours 59 minute timer function and heater control fault indicator, audible and visual alarms, RS232 interface allowing remote control via an external PC and accessory Labwise software, programmable relay for ancillary equipment switching during a procedure (external cooling or remote alarm for example), high/low temperature alarm setting and temperature limiting for selected liquid type. Also includes memory storage of one programme of up to 30 segments. A built-in, powerful external circulation pump is provided with two pump connection plates with outlets for 6mm or 11mm tubing bores, and a socket for an accessory external Pt1000 temperature probe. For 220-240V 50Hz single phase supplies. BJ180-33 GR150K with clamp* 0.00 ea XX BJ180-36 GR150 without clamp 0.00 ea XX Programmable models, GP200K/GP200 Operating range -50 to +200C. Generally as GR150-series but with variable flow rate, external circulation pump, on-board programming facility via the control panel, including temperature ramping rate to target temperature, storage of 5 programmes, each of up to 30 segments, and additional programmable relay for ancillary equipment switching during a procedure. For 220-240V 50Hz single phase supplies. BJ180-44 GP200K with clamp* 0.00 ea XX BJ180-48 GP200 without clamp 0.00 ea XX * For controllers with clamps the maximum vessel wall thickness is 35mm for rectangular and 30mm for circular (300mm diameter) tanks. Maximum vessel volume is 50 litres. Accessory Pt1000 probes for GR150- and GP200-series - see CL105-17 and CL105-19.

BJ180-22 showing clamp

BJ180-48 in use on tank with lid

BJ180-22 in use on tank

BJ180-33/BJ180-36

64

baths
Optima Series Bath Tanks

P series tanks Cost effective, robust plastic tanks for applications in the range ambient +5C to +99C. Supplied with bridge mounting plate for Optima controllers without clamps and carrying handles recessed into the ends of the case. Ref. Tank capacity Top opening Liquid depth Inner tank dimensions Outer case dimensions Overall dimensions (including controller) BJ182-05 BJ182-10 BJ182-15 Tank only, P5 Tank only, P12 Tank only, P18 P5 5 120 x 150 80/140 240 x 160 x 150 330 x 240 x 180 390 x 200 x 360
XX XX XX

LxW min/max LxWxH LxWxH LxWxH

litres mm mm mm mm mm

P12 12 210 x 280 80/140 325 x 280 x 150 415 x 350 x 870 415 x 350 x 360

P18 18 280 x 325 80/140 510 x 290 x 150 600 x 365 x 180 600 x 350 x 360

0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

S series tanks Stainless steel tanks with outer cases of glass-reinforced plastic which has excellent insulating properties and is resistant to acids and laboratory solvents. Operating temperature ranges are as indicated. Supplied with bridge mounting plate for Optima controllers without clamps and configured to allow dualpositioning, either facing along the length or away from the width of the bath, for convenient access. Carrying handles are recessed into the ends of the case. Ref. Operating range C Suitable immersion cooler Tank capacity litres Top opening LxW mm Liquid depth min/max mm Inner tank dimensions LxWxH mm Outer case dimensions LxWxH mm Overall dimensions (including controller) LxWxH mm *Using C2G immersion cooler, BJ240-52. BJ182-35 BJ182-40 BJ182-45 BJ182-50 BJ182-55 Tank only, S5 Tank only, S12 Tank only, S18 Tank only, S26 Tank only, S38 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea
XX XX XX XX XX

S5 0 to 200 C1G 5 150 x 150 80/140 300 x 150 x 150 325 x 175 x 175 325 x 175 x 355

S12 0 to 200 C1G 12 210 x 300 80/140 325 x 300 x 150 350 x 325 x 175 350 x 325 x 355

S18 0 to 200 C1G 18 390 x 300 70/130 505 x 300 x 150 530 x 325 x 225 530 x 325 x 405

S26 -15* to 200 C1G, C2G 26 390 x 300 120/180 505 x 300 x 200 530 x 325 x 225 530 x 325 x 405

S38 -15* to 200 C1G, C2G 38 580 x 300 120/180 690 x 300 x 200 720 x 395 x 225 720 x 395 x 405

BJ182-10

BJ182-50

65

baths

Optima Series Thermostatic Baths

Complete units including plastic or stainless steel tank, bridge mounting plate and controller. Please refer to controller specifications for supply requirements. Accessory cooling as appropriate is required at low temperature. Accessory polypropylene spheres or a lid should be used at temperatures between +60 and +100C. Above 100C only a lid must be used. Ref. Tank cap. litres 5 12 18 5 12 18 26 38 5 12 18 5 12 18 26 38 5 12 18 5 12 18 26 38 Tank material* P P P S S S S S P P P S S S S S P P P S S S S S Temp. range C ea Ref. Tank cap. litres 5 12 18 5 12 18 26 38 5 12 18 5 12 18 26 38 Tank material* P P P S S S S S P P P S S S S S Temp. range C ea

BJ184-03 BJ184-06 BJ184-09 BJ184-22 BJ184-25 BJ184-28 BJ184-31 BJ184-34 BJ185-49 BJ185-52 BJ185-54 BJ185-56 BJ185-58 BJ185-61 BJ185-64 BJ185-65 BJ185-68 BJ185-69 BJ185-71 BJ185-74 BJ185-75 BJ185-77 BJ185-79 BJ185-81

GA100-P5 GA100-P12 GA100-P18 GA100-S5 GA100-S12 GA100-S18 GA100-S26 GA100-S38 GD100-P5 GD100-P12 GD100-P18 GD100-S5 GD100-S12 GD100-S18 GD100-S26 GD100-S38 GD120-P5 GD120-P12 GD120-P18 GD120-S5 GD120-S12 GD120-S18 GD120-S26 GD120-S38

ambient +5 to +99 ambient +5 to +99 ambient +5 to +99 0 to 100 0 to 100 0 to 100 0 to 100 0 to 100 ambient +5 to +99 ambient +5 to +99 ambient +5 to +99 0 to +100 0 to +100 0 to +100 0 to +100 0 to +100 ambient +5 to +99 ambient +5 to +99 ambient +5 to +99 0 to +120 0 to +120 0 to +120 -15 to +120 -15 to +120

0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

BJ186-05 BJ186-10 BJ186-15 BJ186-20 BJ186-25 BJ186-30 BJ186-35 BJ186-40 BJ186-45 BJ186-50 BJ186-55 BJ186-60 BJ186-67 BJ186-70 BJ186-75 BJ186-80

GR150-P5 GR150-P12 GR150-P18 GR150-S5 GR150-S12 GR150-S18 GR150-S26 GR150-S38 GP200-P5 GP200-P12 GP200-P18 GP200-S5 GP200-S12 GP200-S18 GP200-S26 GP200-S38

ambient +5 to +99 ambient +5 to +99 ambient +5 to +99 0 to +150 0 to +150 0 to +150 -15 to +150 -15 to +150 ambient +5 to +99 ambient +5 to +99 ambient +5 to +99 0 to +200 0 to +200 0 to +200 -15 to +200 -15 to +200

0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

* P = plastic, S = stainless steel.

* P = plastic, S = stainless steel.

BJ185/BJ186 baths in use showing dual positioning

BJ184-06 with lid BJ187-64

BJ185-79 in use

66

baths
Optima Series - Accessories

Lids Available in moulded plastic or stainless steel, either curved, flat, or gabled with hinge as indicated. Ref. BJ187-62 BJ187-64 BJ187-66 BJ187-68 BJ187-70 BJ187-74 BJ187-76 PL5 PL12 PL18 FG5 LG12 LG26 LG38 For baths P5 P12 P18 S5 S12 S18/S26 S38 Material* S P P S S S S Type Flat Curved Curved Flat Gabled Gabled Gabled ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Tube Racks Stainless steel, with lifting handles, available for 10 to 13mm, 16 to 19mm or 24mm o.d. test tubes, 0.5ml or 1.5ml microcentrifuge tubes. QR racks can only be used with 5 litre baths. VR racks can be used with 12, 18, 22, 26 and 38 litre baths. Maximum number of racks per bath: 5 litre: 1 x QR 18 litre: 4 x VR 12 litre: 2 x VR 26 litre: 4 x VR Maximum number of tubes per rack Tube dia. mm 10 - 13 16 - 19 VR 65 36 QR 30 16 Tube dia. mm 24 30 VR 23 14 QR 10 5

38 litre:

6 x VR

*S= stainless steel

P = moulded plastic.

QR-series for 5 litre Baths only Ref. BJ188-10 BJ188-13 BJ188-16 BJ188-18 BJ188-20 BJ188-23 QR-13 QR-19 QR-24 QR-30 QR-SE QR-LE Holes 30 x 10/13mm 16 x 16/19mm 10 x 24mm 5 x 30mm 44 x 0.5ml microtubes 35 x 1.5ml microtubes ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX

Spheres provide an alternative to a lid at temperatures between +60C and +100C. Packs required to provide a single layer. 5 litre tank: 1 pack 18 litre tank: 2 packs 38 litre tank: 3 packs 12 litre tank: 1 pack 26 litre tank: 2 packs Polypropylene spheres - see BJ177-03. Raised shelves These reduce the effective liquid depth to allow shallow vessels to be placed in the baths. The effective liquid depth can be between 0 and 90mm only in 12 and 18 litre baths, and between 0 and 50mm or 85 and 135mm in 26 and 38 litre baths, achieved by inverting the shelf as required. BJ226-14 RS14 for 12 litre baths 0.00 ea XX BJ226-22 RS22 for 18 litre baths 0.00 ea XX BJ226-28 RS28 for 26 litre baths 0.00 ea XX BJ226-38 RS38 for 38 litre baths 0.00 ea XX Draining Syphon Enables bath to be emptied quickly. BJ242-12 Ref. SY1

VR-series for 12, 18, 26 and 38 litre baths only Ref. BJ188-30 BJ188-33 BJ188-36 BJ188-38 BJ188-40 BJ188-43 VR-13 VR-19 VR-24 VR-30 VR-SE VR-LE Holes 65 x 10/13mm 36 x 16/19mm 23 x 24mm 14 x 30mm 102 x 0.5ml microtubes 75 x 1.5ml microtubes ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX

0.00 ea

XX

Remote Temperature Probes Pt1000 external temperature probes for use with GR150 and GP200 thermostat controllers in remote heating/cooling applications. With 2 metres of cable. CL105-17 FF17, fast response, nylon. 0.00 ea XX 100mm x 4.5mm length x dia. CL105-19 LL17, robust, stainless steel, 0.00 ea XX 125mm x 5mm length x dia.

Labwise software Allows remote set-up and programming of the GR150 and GP200 thermostat controllers from the users PC, real-time temperature/time profiles and graphical representation of process to be displayed, logging of profiles and programme storage to disk. Requires an IBM-compatible PC with Pentium II processor and Windows 95 software or higher. Supplied with connection cable. BJ189-75 Labwise software 0.00 ea XX continued on next page

BJ187-70 in use with bath

BJ188 and BJ226 in use

BJ189-75 in use with bath and computer

67

baths
Refrigeration Units
N Choice of model ranges: Minimum operating temperatures: -20C, -30C, -47C Tank volumes: 5 litres, 12 litres, 20 litres N Rapid cool down N All units supplied with bridge plate for Optima controller, removable tank lid, and removable front grille for easy compressor cleaning N Liquid drain valve supplied (except Model R1) N Low temperature thermostat protects against freezing when used with water BJ240-32 C1G 0 to +40 350 110 300 460 x 305 x 225 77 x 55 925 BJ240-52 C2G -20 to +40 400 320 170 500 460 x 305 x 225 77 x 105 925 N R4 and R5 models include high pressure refrigeration switch N Refrigeration on all models (except R1), can be switched on and off by programmed GR150 and GP200 thermostats, or by ancillary equipment N Overtemperature cut-out at 100C N Models R1 to R3 have a rear-mounted power supply output for use by Optima controllers Refrigeration units, R series As described. With stainless steel internal tank with flat lid and bridge plate for mounting an accessory Optima thermostatic controller. Without controller. For 220-240V 50Hz single phase supplies. CL120-30 R1 0.00 ea XX CL120-40 R2 0.00 ea XX CL120-60 R3 0.00 ea XX CL120-65 R4 0.00 ea XX CL120-75 R5 0.00 ea XX Full details of this range are given on page 146 in the Circulators section.

Optima Series Bath Cooling Systems

Water-cooled and refrigerated systems are available. Both systems have a coil which can be placed under the heater/stirrer unit in 12, 18, 26 and 38-litre baths, so that the working space is not reduced. Water Coil CW5 For use with mains tap water, suitable for all applications where the required temperature is 2C or more above that of the tap water used. BJ240-10 Ref. CW5 0.00 ea XX Refrigerated Coolers, C1G and C2G N R134a CFC-free refrigerant Catalogue No. Model Liquid temp. range* Extraction rate at 20C at 0C at -10C Power consumption Case L x W x H Coil diameter x length Flexible pipe length

C W W W W mm mm mm

*Note: C1G and C2G will achieve the lowest specified temperatures provided they are used with a well insulated bath. Please refer to the tank specification table for information on the lowest operating temperature for Optima baths. Refrigerated Cooler, C1G For use with all Optima baths over the range 0 to +40C. For 220-240V 50Hz single phase supplies. BJ240-32 Model C1G 0.00 ea XX Refrigerated Cooler, C2G For use with all Optima baths over the range 20 to +40C*. A bath lid must be used below 0C in order to achieve optimum performance. For 220-240V 50Hz single phase supplies. BJ240-52 Model C2G 0.00 ea XX

BJ240-10

BJ240-32, BJ240-52 is similar

CL120-30 with BJ180-17

68

baths
OLS200 Shaking Water Bath

N Orbital or linear shaking action selectable N Quiet running, magnetically coupled shaking trolley for use with accessory trays N 0 to 99C operation using accessories N Adjustable shaking speed, 20 to 200rpm (orbital), 40-360 strokes per minute (linear) with variable stroke length (3 settings) N Temperature stability (DIN 58966) and uniformity to 0.1C N Precise electronic control of temperature and shaking speed with digital setting and LED display N Recessed control panel N Large capacity stainless steel tank N Can be converted to an unstirred water bath using accessory tray Linear motion A choice of three stroke length settings are available by simple adjustment within the tank. Setting A B C Stroke length mm 18 28 36 Maximum speed* strokes/minute 340 240 180

Accessories Universal flask tray, UT200 Versatile stainless steel tray, designed to accommodate a variety of vessels including sandwich boxes for hybridisation and conical flasks up to 1litre. An adjustable network of cross-springs secures the vessels firmly whilst allowing easy insertion and removal. BJ410-50 Universal flask tray, UT200 0.00 ea OA Plain tray, UTP Accommodates containers, bags and miscellaneous vessels. BJ410-52 Plain tray, UTP Test tube tray, TT200 For holding up to five H1 series test tube racks. BJ410-54 Test tube tray, TT200

0.00 ea

XX

0.00 ea

OA

Racks H1 series Stainless steel, 200 x 75mm, for test tubes as indicated and BJ410-54. BJ412-04 48 x 10mm 0.00 ea XX BJ412-20 12 x 25mm 0.00 ea BJ412-08 44 x 13mm 0.00 ea XX BJ412-24 10 x 30mm 0.00 ea BJ412-12 24 x 16mm 0.00 ea XX BJ412-35 48 x 1.5ml 0.00 ea BJ412-16 21 x 19mm 0.00 ea XX microtubes Sloping lid, LS200 Stainless steel. For use at temperatures above 60C. BJ418-10 Sloping lid, LS200

XX XX XX

0.00 ea

XX

*With representative load and conditions. Orbital motion Adjustable from 20 to 200rpm with a 9mm fixed radius. Shaking Water Bath, Grant OLS200 As described. Tank dimensions 505 x 300 x 200mm deep. Overall 555 x 325 x 300mm deep. Maximum flask immersion 30mm at fastest speed setting. Weight 15kg. For 220-240V 50/60Hz single phase supplies,1.5kW. Requires, but is not supplied with, accessory trays for operation. BJ404-25 OLS200 0.00 ea XX Perforated tray, PF200 Stainless steel. Can be used to replace the shaking trolley and convert the tank to an unstirred bath. Provides a platform over the heater on which vessels and racks can be placed. BJ420-08 Perforated tray, PF200 0.00 ea XX Water coil, CW200 For use with mains tap water or refrigerated circulator. Suitable where the required temperature is 2C or more above that of the coolant used. Fits underneath the shaking trolley. BJ422-25 Water coil, CW200 0.00 ea XX Immersion cooler, CS200G Refrigerated cooler adjustable from 0 to 35C with coil designed to fit under the shaking trolley of the OLS200. Overall dimensions (cooler only) 410 x 285 x 225mm L x W x H. For 220-240V 50Hz single phase supplies. BJ422-30 Immersion cooler, CS200G 0.00 ea XX

BJ410-54 in use

BJ410-50 in use

BJ404-25 in use

69

baths

EcoTemp Water Baths

N Unstirred with temperature stability 0.2C N Stainless steel tank with galvanised steel casing finished in powder coating with carrying handles and drain screw N Overtemperature alarm/shutdown at 130C protects from dry running N 1 minute to 99 hours 59 minutes timer with audible alarm Model No. Nominal tank volume Working temperature range* Stability Display, resolution Timer Bath opening x depth Accessory racks accepted Overall W x D x H Weight Heater

N Built-in PID temperature controller with large LED display and splashproof membrane keypad operation N High and low temperature level setting with audible alarm to protect sensitive samples N Accessory RS232 interface TW20 20 20 to 100 0.2 0.1 500 x 300 x 180 4 560 x 350 x 330 18 2

litres C C C mm mm kg kW

TW8 TW12 8 12 20 to 100 20 to 100 0.2 0.2 0.1 0.1 1 minute to 9 hours 59 minutes all models 230 x 270 x 140 350 x 270 x 140 2 3 290 x 320 x 290 400 x 320 x 290 10 11 2 2

*Can be operated down to 20C using accessory liquid level/cooling set. EcoTemp Water Baths, Julabo As described. Unstirred. For 230V phase supplies. BJ430-10 TW8 BJ430-15 TW12 BJ430-20 TW20 Accessories 50Hz single 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea
XX XX XX

Fitting the accessory lid increases the height by 160mm. Test tube racks Plastic, with stainless steel lifting frame for tubes as indicated. Supplied singly. Please refer to table for individual bath requirements. BJ435-18 For 60 tubes 0.00 ea XX 16/17mm diameter BJ435-22 For 90 tubes 0.00 ea XX 12/13mm diameter BJ435-26 For 90 microtubes 0.00 ea XX 60mm high x 11/12mm diameter BJ435-30 For 21 tubes 30mm 0.00 ea XX diameter Liquid level/cooling set Fits into the drain screw opening. Provides countercooling for low temperature applications and constant liquid level, when continuously fed with mains water. BJ435-40 Liquid level/cooling set 0.00 ea XX RS232 Interface Allows the baths to be monitored and controlled from the users PC using accessory software BJ435-75. Supplied with interface cable. BJ435-60 RS232 interface 0.00 ea XX Control Software, Easytemp, Julabo For remote control of any single Julabo instrument with built-in RS232 interface via the users PC running Windows 95/98/NT operating systems. Allows control and reviewing of all functions plus memory programming and recording. Note: This software is a free-of-charge accessory and can also be downloaded from the Julabo website www.julabo.de. BJ435-75 Easytemp software Free of charge

Lift up lids One-piece moulded transparent Makrolon lid with handle and hinges. The lid is shaped to direct condensation back into the bath tank via the sides. BJ435-04 Lid for TW8 bath 0.00 ea XX BJ435-08 Lid for TW12 bath 0.00 ea XX BJ435-12 Lid for TW20 bath 0.00 ea XX

BJ430-10

70

baths
Shaking Water Bath SW22

N Temperature range 25 to 90C (20 to 90C using accessory liquid level/ cooling set) and shaking frequency 20 to 200rpm N Temperature stability 0.2C N Linear motion with 15mm stroke length N Stainless steel tank with galvanised steel casing finished in powder coating with carrying handles and drain screw N Removable shaking carriage for use with accessory carrier trays and racks N PID controller with large LED display and splashproof membrane keypad operation N Overtemperature alarm/shutdown at 130C protects from dry running N 1 minute to 9 hours 59 minutes timer with audible alarm N RS232 interface Shaking Water Bath SW22, Julabo As described. Supplied with removable shaking carriage and RS232 interface. Overall 700 x 350 x 260mm. Weight 22kg. For 230V 50Hz single phase supplies. BJ440-25 SW22 0.00 ea XX

Accessories Lift up lid One-piece moulded transparent Makrolon lid with handle and hinges. The lid is shaped to direct condensation back into the bath tank via the sides. BJ435-12 Lid for SW22 0.00 ea XX Carrier trays for erlenmeyer flasks Stainless steel with spring clips. Fit directly onto shaking carriage. BJ444-14 For 45 x 25ml flasks 0.00 ea BJ444-18 For 32 x 50ml flasks 0.00 ea BJ444-22 For 18 x 100ml flasks 0.00 ea BJ444-26 For 15 x 200ml flasks 0.00 ea BJ444-30 BJ444-34 BJ444-38 For 11 x 250/300ml flasks For 8 x 500ml flasks For 5 x 1000ml flasks 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Carrier trays for test tube racks Stainless steel. Fit directly onto shaking carriage. Supplied fitted with racks as indicated. BJ444-53 For 240 tubes 16/17mm 0.00 ea XX BJ444-56 For 360 tubes 12/13mm 0.00 ea XX BJ444-59 For 360 tubes 11/12mm 0.00 ea XX BJ444-61 For 84 tubes 30/31mm 0.00 ea XX Liquid level/cooling set Fits into the drain screw opening. Provides counter-cooling for low temperature applications and constant liquid level, when continuously fed with mains water. BJ435-40 Liquid level/cooling set 0.00 ea XX Control Software, Easytemp, Julabo For remote control of any single Julabo instrument with built-in RS232 interface via the users PC running Windows 95/98/NT. Allows control and reviewing of all functions plus memory programming and recording. Note: This software is a free-of-charge accessory and can also be downloaded from the Julabo website www.julabo.de. BJ435-75 Easytemp software Free of charge

BJ440-25 in use

71

baths
Circulators Circulator Baths
Comprising stainless steel tanks with galvanised steel casing finished in powder coating with carrying handles and bridge mounted immersion circulator. N Three controller levels: ED Digital setting PID with membrane keypad control and LED display, maximum working temperature 100C, stability 0.03C MB Digital setting PID, with membrane keypad control, memory storage of three temperature setpoints, RS232 interface, maximum working temperature 100C, stability 0.02C MC Digital setting PID, with membrane keypad control, memory storage of three temperature setpoints, adjustable pump pressure control and RS232 interface, maximum working temperature 150C, stability 0.01C N Built-in circulating pump N Adjustable overtemperature cut-out Model No. Nominal tank volume litres Working temperature range* C Stability C Pump capacity litres/minute mbar Bath opening mm depth mm Accessory racks accepted Overall W D H Weight mm mm mm kg ED-13 13 20 to 100 0.03 15 340 180 x 300 150 2 390 330 370 8 ED-19 19 20 to 100 0.03 15 340 360 x 300 150 4 570 330 370 11 MB-13 13 20 to 100 0.02 10 120 180 x 300 150 2 390 330 370 8 MB-19 19 20 to 100 0.02 10 120 360 x 300 150 1 570 330 370 11 MC-27 27 20 to 150 0.01 15 340 360 x 300 200 4 570 330 420 13

Combined heater/circulators for controlling vessels up to 50 litres. All models feature on/off switch, LED display with 0.1C resolution, coiled immersion heater, pressure circulating pump, adjustable overtemperature cut-out and bath attachment clamp for wall thicknesses up to 26mm. Minimum immersion 80mm (except Model ED-145mm), maximum immersion 165mm. Model ED, digital Simple PID controller with splashproof membrane keypad setting, compact and reliable. Range: -30 to +100C* Stability: 0.03C Pump capacity: 15 litres/minute (350mbar) pressure Overall L x W x H: 130 x 150 x 330mm For 230V 50Hz single phase supplies, 2kW. BJ450-15 Model ED digital 0.00 ea XX Model MB, digital Precision PID controller with splashproof membrane keypad control, 3 temperature set-point memory, bi-directional RS232 interface and high and low level alarm setting. Range: -30 to +100C* Stability: 0.02C Pump capacity: 10 litres/minute (120mbar) pressure Overall L x W x H: 130 x 150 x 330mm For 230V 50Hz single phase supplies, 2kW. BJ453-15 Model MB digital 0.00 ea XX Model MC, digital Generally as the MB controller but additionally with adjustable pump pressure control. Range: -5 to +200C* Stability: 0.01C Pump capacity: 11 to 16 litres/minute (450mbar) pressure Overall L x W x H: 130 x 150 x 330mm For 230V 50Hz single phase supplies, 2kW. BJ456-15 Model MC digital 0.00 ea XX *Note:- Accessory cooling is required for operation near or below ambient temperature.

*Note: Accessory cooling is required for operation near or below ambient temperature. A lid is recommended for operation above 70C. Circulator Baths, Julabo As described. Supplied with controller as indicated. For 230V 50Hz single phase supplies. With ED-controller BJ460-25 ED-13 BJ460-35 ED-19 With MB-controller BJ460-65 MB-13 BJ460-75 MB-19 With MC-controller BJ460-90 MC-27 0.00 ea XX 0.00 ea XX 0.00 ea XX 0.00 ea XX 0.00 ea XX

BJ450-15

BJ453-15, BJ456-15 is similar

BJ460-65 in use

72

baths
Circulator Baths continued
Accessories for Circulator Baths Lids Stainless steel. Available as drop-on flat covers for closed system applications or gabled lids with lift-up hinge and handle for use when extra working headroom is required. Model MP-5 is already supplied with a flat cover only. Flat cover For 13 litre baths BJ463-02 For 19 or 27 litre baths BJ463-10 ea 0.00 0.00 Lift-up lid BJ463-06 BJ463-14 ea 0.00 0.00
XX

Dip Cooler
Dip Cooler FT401, Julabo For use with circulator baths in counter-cooling requirements or rapidly cooling liquids down to low temperatures. N Analogue setting N Pt100 external sensor allows precise control of temperature Model No. Working temperature Temperature stability Cooling capacity at +20C +10C -40C FT401 -40 to +30* 0.5 450 360 30 150 x 50 1200 200 x 300 x 430 24

XX

Cooling coil. Stainless steel. Requires a supply of cold water. BJ463-35 Cooling coil 0.00 ea

C C W W W

XX

Test tube racks Stainless steel carrier platform with removable polypropylene test tube rack, to hold tubes as indicated within 13, 19 or 27 litre bath tanks. Maximum number of racks per bath tank: 13 litre: 1 19/27 litre: 3 BJ463-27 For 60 tubes 16/17mm dia. BJ463-30 For 90 tubes 12/13mm dia. BJ463-39 Pump set (inlet/outlet ferrules, pump supply tube and fixing clamp) for external circulation Spare/accessory polypropylene racks - see SM805-10/SM805-12.

Immersion probe length x diameter mm Connection tube length mm Overall W x D x H mm Weight kg

0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

XX XX XX

*FT401 has no heater and can only control above ambient where the temperature of the process or exothermic reaction is above the set temperature. Dip Cooler FT401, Julabo As described. Supplied with mains on/off switch, power indicator lamp, cooling on lamp and Pt100 external sensor with cable and plug to fit DIN socket provided. For 230V 50Hz single phase supplies. BJ465-10 Dip cooler FT401 0.00 ea XX

BJ460-35 in use

BJ465-10

73

baths

Heating Circulators, MC-, HE- and HL- Series

Heating Circulators, MC-series, Julabo Compact, powerful high temperature circulators for internal or external temperature control applications. N Working temperature range up to 200C N Temperature stability 0.01C N Bi-directional RS232 interface N Stainless steel tank with galvanised steel casing finished in powder coating with carrying handles and drain screw N PID controller with drift compensation, membrane keypad operation, LED display with 0.1C resolution, memory of three temperature setpoints and upper/lower warning levels with audible alarm N Adjustable overtemperature cut-out N Electronically adjustable pump pressure Model No. Nominal tank volume litres Working temperature range* C Stability C Pump capacity, pressure litres/minute mbar Bath opening x depth Overall W x D x H Weight mm mm kg MC-4 4 20 to 200 0.01 11 to 16 450 130 x 150 x 150 210 x 420 x 380 9.6 MC-12 12 20 to 200 0.01 11 to 16 450 220 x 150 x 200 300 x 430 x 450 13 N Built-in cooling coil Heating Circulators, HE-, HL-series, Julabo Similar to MC-series but with enhanced features: N Working temperature range up to 250C N Temperature stability 0.01C N PID controller with drift compensation and vacuum fluorescent multiple display ( set and actual temperature) to 0.01C N Programming and storage facilities (Model HE-4 up to 10 individual programme steps, Model HL-4 to 6 protocols x 60-programme steps each) N HL-4 model additionally features: secondary LED status/menu operation display, RS485 interface, Pt100 external sensor input, analogue recorder and external alarm output, analogue set point/programmer input Model No. Nominal tank volume litres Working temperature range* C Stability C Pump capacity, pressure litres/minute mbar Bath opening x depth Overall W x D x H Weight mm mm kg HE-4 4.5 20 to 250 0.01 22 to 26 400 130 x 150 x 150 210 x 420 x 400 11 HL-4 4.5 20 to 250 0.01 22 to 26 400 130 x 150 x 150 210 x 420 x 400 11

*Accessory cooling is required for operation near or below ambient temperature. Heating Circulators, MC- Series Julabo As described. Supplied with flat lid and tubing ferrules. For 230V 50Hz single phase supplies. BJ480-20 MC-4 0.00 ea XX BJ480-40 MC-12 0.00 ea XX Accessories Bath liquids For use at the temperature ranges indicated. Supplied in packs of 5 litres. BJ485-05 Thermal HY*, -60 to +55C 0.00 pk BJ485-09 Thermal H5S*, -40 to +120C 0.00 pk BJ485-13 Thermal H20S*, +10 to +200C 0.00 pk BJ485-17 Thermal M, +50 to +170C 0.00 pk BJ485-21 Thermal H, +50 to +250C 0.00 pk *Note: HY, H5S and H20S liquids must not be used with silicone tubing.

*Accessory cooling is required for operation near or below ambient temperature. Heating Circulators, HE, HL- Series Julabo As described. Supplied with flat lid and tubing ferrules. For 230V 50Hz single phase supplies BJ480-50 HE-4 0.00 ea XX BJ480-70 HL-4 0.00 ea XX Pt100 external sensors for HL- model only Supplied with connection cable and plug. 200mm long x 6mm diameter. BJ485-40 Stainless steel 0.00 ea BJ485-42 Glass coated 0.00 ea

XX XX

XX XX XX XX XX

Control Software, Easytemp For remote control of any single Julabo instrument with built-in RS232 interface via the users PC running Windows 95/98/NT. Allows control and reviewing of all functions plus memory programming and recording. Note: This software is a free-of-charge accessory and can also be downloaded from the Julabo website, www.julabo.de. BJ435-75 Easytemp software Free of charge

BJ485-21

BJ480-20

BJ480-50

74

baths
Thermostatic Baths
Tanks Nominal dimensions and weights. A revised range of circulation baths comprising any combination of five tank sizes and four thermoregulator controllers. N Analogue and digital models N Five tank sizes 8 to 48 litres N TU20D and TU20C digital models are programmable via a built-in bi-directional RS232 interface N Built-in circulating pump with external connections N Wide temperature range 40 to +250C N Control stability up to 0.005C N Adjustable overtemperature cut-out Construction All models comprise an immersion heating element, temperature sensor, solid-state control circuit and circulating pump, built into a rugged, splash-proof case. All submerged parts are made either of stainless steel or high temperature self-extinguishing plastic. The tank interior is stainless steel. Controllers Temperature control is by one of either of the various Tempette or Tempunit controllers described on the following pages. Circulation A powerful pressure circulation pump with external connection is fitted as standard to each model except that the TU-20C has dual suction and pressure pumps for positive liquid return when circulating into an open vessel. Safety Techne thermoregulators are designed and manufactured under BS-EN ISO 9001:1994. They conform with all important international RF interference and electrical safety regulations, including the EMC and Low Voltage Directives, and carry the CE-mark. Model Tank capacity litres Overall dimensions length/width mm height (bath) mm Internal dimensions working length/width mm depth max./min. mm Working capacity max./min. litres Weight, net kg B-8 8 265/325 172 115/300 130/100 8.0/6.0 3.6 B-12 12 354/325 172 205/300 130/100 11.6/8.4 4.2 B-18 18 530/325 172 380/300 130/100 18.0/13.2 5.4 B-26 26 530/325 222 380/300 180/150 26.0/20.5 6.6

B
B-48 48 594/365 298 430/330 255/224 48.5/42.5 11.6

8, 12, 18 and 26 litre tanks taper slightly towards the base. Dimensions given are those at the top of the bath. Thermoregulators Specifications to DIN 58966. Model Operating temp. range* C Temperature selection Stability using water at 40C C Method of control Temperature sensor Pump capacity, pressure, litres/min. suction, litres/min. mbar RS232 Interface Cooling coil Dimensions (W x D x H) mm Weight, net kg TE-10A TE10D 20 to +95 40 to +120 Analogue Digital 0.01 0.01 Proportional PID Thermistor PRT 10 10 145 145 Accessory Accessory 237 x 124 x 260 all models 3.7 3.9 TU20D 40 to +200 Digital 0.005 PID PRT 10 145 Standard Accessory 4.0 TU20C -40 to +250 Digital 0.005 PID PRT 20 15 450 Standard Standard 4.2

* Cooling water or refrigeration as appropriate is required at low temperatures. continued on next page

75

baths

Portable Thermoregulators
Clip on temperature controllers with mounting clamp suitable for vessels with wall thickness up to 25mm. All models incorporate a splash-proof case, coiled immersion heater and pressure circulating pump (TU20C has dual pressure/suction pumps). In addition they are fitted with an adjustable overtemperature cut-out and conform to international standards for radio frequency interference. TE10D, TU20D and TU20C models have a low liquid level cut-out. TU-20D and TU-20C models have a built-in RS232 interface which allows them to communicate with the users personal computer if required. TU20C additionally is supplied with software and cable to allow remote programming. Tempette and Tempunit are registered trade marks of Techne (Cambridge) Ltd. Tempette Model TE-10A Analogue Basic, low cost controller, compact, robust and reliable. Range 20 to +95C* Stability (DIN 58966) 0.01C Pump capacity 10 litres/minute Overall L x W x H 237 x 124 x 260mm For 230V 50/60Hz single phase supplies. BJ750-25 TE-10A Analogue 0.00 ea XX Tempunit Model TE-10D Digital Versatile controller for accurate repeatability of temperature settings. Range 40 to +120C* Stability (DIN 58966) 0.01C Pump capacity 10 litres/minute Overall L x W x H 237 x 124 x 260mm For 230V 50/60Hz single phase supplies. BJ765-25 TE-10D Digital 0.00 ea XX Tempunit Model TU-20D Digital High precision, digital controller with wide temperature range and fine temperature adjustment. Fitted with bi-directional RS232 interface for programming by a personal computer. Range 40 to +200C* Stability (DIN 58966) 0.005C Pump capacity 10 litres/minute Overall L x W x H 237 x 124 x 260mm For 230V 50/60Hz single phase supplies. BJ770-25 TU-20D Digital 0.00 ea XX * Accessory cooling is required for operation near or below ambient temperature. Tempunit Model TU-20C Digital Sophisticated, ultra-wide ranging, high accuracy digital controller with adjustable over-temperature cut-out and alarm, dual pressure/suction pumps, bi-directional RS232 interface, software for programming by a personal computer, and fitted cooling coil. Range 40 to +250C* Stability (DIN 58966) 0.005C Pump capacity pressure: 20 litres/minute suction: 15 litres/minute Overall L x W x H 237 x 124 x 260mm For 230V 50/60Hz single phase supplies. BJ775-25 TU-20C Digital 0.00 ea XX Accessories Cooling coil for all models except TU20C. Requires a supply of cold water. BJ778-06 Cooling coil 0.00 ea XX Dip coolers see BJ925 series. Polypropylene spheres to minimise evaporation see BJ177-03. Tanks and bridge mounting plates for use with controller see BJ816/BJ818. Thermostatic baths complete with tank and controller see BJ834/BJ849. Refrigerated Circulator Baths see CL160/CL162.

BJ750-25

BJ770-25, BJ765-25 and BJ775-25 are similar

76

baths
Bath Tanks
Stainless steel tanks with stoved enamel steel outer cases incorporating carrying handles (except B-48). Require but do not include an accessory bridge mounting plate if to be used with a portable thermoregulator control unit. Model Tank capacity litres Overall length mm width mm height mm Internal length mm width mm depth max. mm min. mm Weight, net

Thermostatic Baths
Thermostatic Baths, Techne Complete units including stainless steel tank, bridge mounting plate and controller. For 230V 50/60Hz single phase supplies. Cooling water or refrigeration as appropriate is required at low temperature. Ref. BJ834-08 BJ834-12 BJ834-18 BJ834-26 BJ834-48 BJ837-08 BJ837-12 BJ837-18 BJ837-26 BJ837-48 BJ845-08 BJ845-12 BJ845-18 BJ845-26 BJ845-48 BJ849-08 BJ849-12 BJ849-18 BJ849-26 BJ849-48 8/TE10A 12/TE10A 18/TE10A 26/TE10A 48/TE10A 8/TE10D 12/TE10D 18/TE10D 26/TE10D 48/TE10D 8/TU20D 12/TU20D 18/TU20D 26/TU20D 48/TU20D 8/TU20C 12/TU20C 18/TU20C 26/TU20C 48/TU20C Tank capacity Litres 8 12 18 26 48 8 12 18 26 48 8 12 18 26 48 8 12 18 26 48 Temperature range C 20 to +95 20 to +95 20 to +95 20 to +95 20 to +95 40 to +120 40 to +120 40 to +120 40 to +120 40 to +120 40 to +200 40 to +200 40 to +200 40 to +200 40 to +200 40 to +250 40 to +250 40 to +250 40 to +250 40 to +250 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

B-8 8 265 325 172 115 300 130 100 3.6

B-12 12 354 325 172 205 300 130 100 4.2

B-18 18 530 325 172 380 300 130 100 5.4

B-26 26 530 325 222 380 300 180 150 6.6

B-48 48 594 365 296 430 330 255 224 11.6

kg

8, 12, 18 and 26 litre tanks taper slightly towards the base and have radiused internal corners. The 48 litre tank is of welded construction, with square corners. Dimensions given are those at the top of the bath. BJ816-08 Tank only Model B-8 0.00 ea XX BJ816-12 Tank only Model B-12 0.00 ea XX BJ816-18 Tank only Model B-18 0.00 ea XX BJ816-26 Tank only Model B-26 0.00 ea XX BJ816-48 Tank only Model B-48 0.00 ea XX Accessories BJ818-15 Bridge mounting plate for B8 to B26 tanks only BJ818-20 Bridge mounting plate for B48 tanks only Cooling coil see BJ778-06. Polypropylene spheres see BJ177-03. Controllers see BJ750/BJ775. 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

XX XX

Accessories for BJ834/BJ849 baths are listed on the next page.

BJ834

BJ849

77

B
Flat lids BJ853-08 BJ853-12 BJ853-18 BJ853-48

baths
Dip Coolers

Accessories for Thermostatic Baths

A range of flat and gabled stainless steel lids are offered to suit all sizes of constant temperature baths. They provide complete coverage of the open bath surface for additional safety, reducing heat loss and evaporation, and containing steam or fumes.

For use with thermostatic baths and controllers to provide controlled temperatures near or below ambient. Catalogue No. Model Minimum temperature Cooling capacity at 20C 0C 10C Coil L x D Hose length Overall Weight, net BJ925-10 RU-200 20 145 145 110 85 x 75 1250 235 x 420 x 300 17.7 BJ925-40 RU-500 35 240 240 230 85 x 75 1250 370 x 430 x 325 31

for 8 litre baths for 12 litre baths for 18 and 26 litre baths for 48 litre baths

0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

XX XX XX XX

Gabled lids The gabled lids offer extra working headroom within the bath, and the angled top directs condensate to the side of the bath. BJ856-08 BJ856-12 BJ856-18 BJ856-48 for 8 litre baths for 12 litre baths for 18 and 26 litre baths for 48 litre baths 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea
XX XX XX XX

C W W W mm mm mm kg

Adjustable Trays Stainless steel trays adjustable so that the effective depth of the bath can be varied. The tray is suspended in the bath at each corner by a ball chain and clip supplied with each tray. BJ864-08 BJ864-12 BJ864-18 BJ864-26 BJ864-48 Tray for 8 litre baths Tray for 12 litre baths Tray for 18 litre baths Tray for 26 litre baths Tray for 48 litre baths 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea
XX XX XX XX XX

Dip Coolers, Techne As detailed. With mains on/off switch, power indicator lamp and compressor on lamp. For 220-240V 50/60Hz single phase supplies. BJ925-10 RU-200 0.00 ea XX BJ925-40 RU-500 0.00 ea XX Refrigerated Circulator Baths see CL160/CL162.

BJ849-26 with BJ853-18

BJ925

78

baths
SB-16-10A Shaking Water Bath
Tank capacity - maximum - minimum Operating temperature range* Minimum working temperatures: - without cooling water - with cooling water at 22C litres litres C C C 16 10.5 20 to 95 5 above ambient 25

Provides a precisely controlled and reproducible system for shaking a variety of different sample containers at a constant temperature. It is ideal for tissue cultures, bacterial incubations, enzyme reactions, fermentations, tissue section processing, dialysis, extractions and diffusions. N Temperature range 20C to 95C N Temperature stability 0.01C (DIN 58966 specification) N Variable stroke length of 20, 30 or 40mm N Variable shaking speed from 15 to 200 strokes/minute N Electronic speed control N Conforms to DHSS and international electrical safety standards N Patented stainless steel flask holders accommodate a wide range of containers without the need for individual trays for different sizes N PTFE sliding bearings N Can be used as an ordinary thermostatic water bath by removing the shaking tray N Electronic temperature control with zero voltage switching to minimise radio interference The stainless steel shaking tray runs on PTFE sliding bearings. The immersion depth is adjusted by positioning a removable sliding shelf at different heights in the shaking tray. The sample containers are held in place by two sets of stainless steel springs at right angles to each other so that they are retained firmly but can be easily removed. Shaking Water Bath, Techne As described. With shaking mechanism, shaking tray, speed and amplitude control, and analogue temperature control thermoregulator. For 230V 50/60Hz single phase supplies. BJ875-20 Shaking water bath SB-16-10A 0.00 ea XX

Temperature stability C Temperature sensor Nominal heater power at 240V kW Heat up time with lid 20 to 37C minutes 20 to 56C minutes 20 to 85C minutes Shaking speed strokes/minute Stroke amplitude mm Overall L x W x H mm Shaking tray area mm Maximum vessel immersion mm Weight, net kg

0.01 (DIN58966) High sensitivity thermistor 1 17 37 90 15 to 200 20, 30, 40 720 x 270 x 296 290 x 190 100 17.3

*Cooling water or refrigeration as appropriate is required at low temperatures. Accessories BJ877-14 Gabled lid BJ877-20 Gassing hood. Fits over the flask tray to form a gas tight seal Flask trays Stainless steel. For conical flasks number x capacity as listed. BJ877-30 30 x 25ml flasks BJ877-34 20 x 50ml flasks BJ877-38 12 x 100ml flasks BJ877-42 6 x 250ml flasks BJ877-50 Test tube rack holder Dip coolers for use with BJ875-20 see page 78. 0.00 ea 0.00 ea
XX XX

0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

XX XX XX XX XX

BJ875

79

baths

Block Thermostats

For controlled, dry heating of test tubes, microplates and Eppendorf tubes in aluminium blocks. N Choice of models: QBA; range ambient +5C to +100C, with analogue dial setting to 1C and thermal fuse overtemperature protection QBD; range ambient +5C to +130C, with a novel interactive control interface using a dial rotor and two keys with a bright LED display, reaction timer from 1 to 4320 minutes, delayed start-up or switch-off function, offset adjustment to optimise accuracy, adjustable high temperature alarm, fault indication and alarm, socket for an accessory external Pt1000 temperature probe and thermal fuse overtemperature protection QBH; range ambient +5C to +200C, with all the features of the QBD series and two-point calibration of internal (or accessory external) temperature probes, front panel programming interface allowing set-up of up to three temperature/time segments plus an end-of-programme segment for control of audible alert and rest temperature, and additional overtemperature protection by adjustable thermal cut-out Model Control Range (resolution) QBA1 QBA2 Analogue Analogue Ambient +5 to 100 (1) both models 1.0 1.0 1 230 200 100 1.0 1.0 2 280 200 100 QBD1 QBD2 QBD4 Digital Digital Digital Ambient +5 to 130 (0.1) all models 0.1 0.1 0.2 1 230 200 100 0.1 0.1 0.2 2 280 200 100 0.1 0.1 0.2 4 380 200 100 QBH2 Digital Ambient +5 to 200 (0.1) 0.1 0.1 0.2 2 280 200 100 300

Blocks, QB-series Interchangeable. Machined aluminium, 140 x 50 x 62.5mm (L x W x H). Holes drilled as indicated. Ref. No. Dia. x depth, mm ea

BK217-03 BK217-06 BK217-07 BK217-09 BK217-12 BK217-15 BK217-16 BK217-18 BK217-21 BK217-23 BK217-24 BK217-40

QB-10 24 QB-12 24 QB-13 12 QB-16 12 QB-18 12 QB-24 5 QB-H

10 x 50 650.00 OA 12 x 50 650.00 OA 12 x 50 650.00 OA 16 x 50 650.00 OA 18 x 50 650.00 OA 24 x 50 650.00 OA

56 x 0.2ml 650.00 OA centrifuge tubes QB-E0 24 x 0.5ml 650.00 OA Eppendorf tubes QB-E1 24 x 1.5ml 650.00 OA Eppendorf tubes QB-E2 24 x 2.0ml 650.00 OA Eppendorf tubes QB-0 Solid for user 500.00 OA to drill QB-50 4 x 50ml non-skirted650.00
OA

Stability (at 37C) C Uniformity (at 37C) C within block across similar blocks Blocks accepted Overall L W H Power Supply mm mm mm W

centrifuge tubes

150 300 150 300 600 100-230V 50/60Hz single phase supply all models

As described. Supplied with block extraction tool. Requires,but do not include, interchangeable QB-series blocks. BK205-05 QBA1 0.00 ea OA BK205-15 QBA2 290.00 ea OA BK205-20 QBD1 425.00 ea OA BK205-30 BK205-40 BK205-70 QBD2 QBD4 QBH2 465.00 ea 550.00 ea 525.00 ea
OA OA OA

Accessory covers Clear polycarbonate. Protect the operator against accidentally touching blocks whilst hot. BK206-60 QDLS, for QBA1, 55.00 ea OA QBA2, QBD1, QBD2 and QBH2 BK206-64 QDLL, for QBD4 62.00 ea OA External Pt1000 Probe UBEP Allows in-block temperature of QBD/QBH series to be monitored and controlled directly. BK206-97 UBEP probe 40.00 ea OA

BK205-05/BK205-15 with block

BK205-70 with blocks, BK205-20 to BK205-40 are similar

80

baths
Block Thermostats

Digital Block Thermostats, BT5D series, 400C N Precise digital setting and display with high clarity LED and recessed controls N Integral fixed aluminium block N 0 to 9999 minute timer or continuous operation N Adjustable overtemperature cut-out with indicator Maximum temperature 400C, with stability 0.5C. Digital setting and display to 1C resolution. With 0 to 9999 minute timer, adjustable in 1 minute increments or for continuous operation, one fixed anodised aluminium block, drilled with holes as indicated. Overall 410 x 205 x 150mm. For 220-240V 50/60Hz single phase supplies, 750W. Model BK230-15 BK232-15 BT5D-16 BT5D-26 No. Dia. x depth mm 38 22 16.5 x 60 26.5 x 60 ea 0.00 OA 0.00 OA

Analogue Block Thermostat, BTA, 100C A low cost, analogue control,fixed block, dry heater for precision heating of microtubes, particularly in life sciences. N Unique circular block which accommodates up to 49 samples in microtubes: 24 x 1.5/2ml 15 x 0.5ml 10 x 0.2ml N Range: ambient +5 to +100C, stability 0.2C N Block uniformity: 0.2C N Separate coarse and fine range temperature setting dials N Small footprint and compact design As described. With circular fixed block. Overall 245 x 175 x 105mm (L x W x H). For 110V, 220-240V 50/60Hz single phase supplies, 200W. BK240-20 BTA 318.00 ea OA Microplate heater, QBDM see MN660.

Digital Block Thermostat, BTD, 100C Similar specification to BK240-20 but with rapid heat up and digital control. N Unique circular block which accommodates up to 49 samples in microtubes: 24 x 1.5/2ml 15 x 0.5ml 10 x 0.2ml N Range: ambient +5 to +100C, stability 0.1C N Block uniformity: 0.2C N Heat up from +25C to +100C in 16 minutes, +25 to +37C in 2 minutes N Dual display of set and actual temperature N Built-in timer from 1 minute to 96 hours with audible alarm at end of timed period N Small footprint and compact design As described. With circular fixed block. Overall 230 x 210 x 110mm (L x W x H). For 110V, 220-240V 50/60Hz single phase supplies, 200W. BK245-20 BTD 361.00 ea OA

BK230/BK232 in use

BK240-20 in use

BK245-20 in use

81

baths

Block Heaters

For uniform and stable heating of test tubes, Eppendorf tubes and cuvettes. N Choice of maximum temperature 130C or 200C analogue dial or digital control with bright LED display N Dual control model SBH130DC provides individual heating/control to two blocks Model Range Stability (at 37C) Uniformity @ 37C @130C SBH130 SBH130D ambient +8 to +130 all models 0.1 all models 0.1 all models 1.0 all models Dial 2 235 x 280 x 115 2.1 N Hot warning light illuminates whenever block temperature exceeds 70C even when unit is switched off (but remains connected to the mains supply socket) N Heat to 100C in less than twelve minutes

SBH130DC*

C C C C

SBH200D SBH200/D3 ambient +8 to +200 both models

Control Blocks accepted Overall, W x D x H Weight

mm kg

Digital 2 235 x 280 x 115 2.3

Digital (x 2)* 2 310 x 280 x 115 2.9

Digital 2 235 x 310 x 115 2.3

Digital 3 235 x 310 x 115 3.2

*Dual control model with separate block heating. Block Heaters, Stuart As described. With power on and hot warning lamps and block extraction tool. For 230V 50Hz single phase supplies, 400 W. Without blocks. BK280-40 SBH130 0.00 ea XX BK280-45 SBH130D 0.00 ea XX BK280-50 SBH130DC 0.00 ea XX BK280-55 SBH200D 0.00 ea XX BK280-60 SBH200D/3 0.00 ea XX Accessories Aluminium blocks Supplied singly. BK282-04 for 20 x 10.5mm diameter tubes BK282-08 for 20 x 12.6mm diameter tubes BK282-12 for 12 x 16.5mm diameter tubes BK282-16 for 8 x 19.5mm diameter tubes BK282-19 for 6 x 25.5mm diameter tubes BK282-21 BK282-25 BK282-26 BK282-27 BK282-28 BK282-30 BK282-35 BK282-40 BK282-42 for 6 x 28mm diameter tubes solid for user to drill as required for 48 x 0.2ml centrifuge tubes for 30 x 0.5ml tubes for 20 x 1.5ml Eppendorf tubes for 20 x 2.0ml Eppendorf tubes for 15 x 10mm cuvettes. Separations can be removed to take larger cells for 1 x 96-well microplate for 1 x 384-well microplate

0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Safety covers Perspex covers protect the operator from spitting tubes and against accidentally touching the blocks whilst hot. BK282-85 SBH/2, for 2-block models except dual control 0.00 ea XX BK282-95 SBH/3, for 3-block and dual control models 0.00 ea XX Thermometers - see TG150. BK280-40 in use

BK280-45 in use

BK280-50 in use

82

baths
Dri-Blocks
Economical, compact, constant temperature heaters with choice of temperatures up to 450C, suitable for test tubes, cuvettes and other small containers in a variety of applications. N Temperature stability 0.2C at 40C (except model DB-4 which is 2C at 250C) N Models available with adjustable temperature presets and digital display N Wide variety of accessory blocks available Without blocks. For 220-240V 50/60Hz single phase supplies. BK340-10 DB1-M 0.00 ea XX BK340-25 DB-2P 0.00 ea XX BK340-30 DB-2A 0.00 ea XX BK340-35 DB-2D 0.00 ea XX BK340-40 BK340-45 BK340-50 BK356-10 DB-3 DB-3A DB-3D DB-4 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea BK340-10 DB-1M 25 to 105 3 Adjustable Presets 30 1** 202 260 135
XX XX XX XX

B
0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea
XX XX XX XX XX XX

Accessory Aluminium Blocks For tubes as indicated. Dimension given is tube diameter. Overall 95 x 76 x 51mm except where stated. BK360-04 30 x 6mm 0.00 ea XX BK360-08 20 x 10mm 0.00 ea XX BK360-12 20 x 12mm 0.00 ea XX BK360-16 20 x 13mm 0.00 ea XX BK360-20 12 x 15mm 0.00 ea XX BK360-24 BK360-28 BK360-32 BK360-36 BK360-40 BK360-50 BK362-04 BK364-04 BK364-06 12 x 16mm 8 x 19mm 6 x 24mm 6 x 25mm 6 x 26mm 10 x 9mm/20 x 7mm 2 x 10mm cuvettes 20 x 1.5ml Eppendorf 30 x 0.5ml Eppendorf 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

BK364-20 BK364-40 BK364-50 BK366-04 BK366-10 BK368-04

Techne Hi-Template* Falcon round bottom plate* Falcon flat bottom plate* Solid user to drill Solid plastic spacer, size 95 x 37 x 51mm Solid but with thermometer hole

*These blocks are for use with model DB-1M only and are size 95 x 151 x 61mm.

Catalogue No. Model Temp. range Temp. setting Temp. display Heating time to maximum Blocks accepted Overall Length Width Height

BK340-25 DB-2P 25 to 105 3 Adjustable Presets 15 2 202 260 105

BK340-30 DB-2A 25 to 100 Rotary Knob 12 2 202 260 105

BK340-35 DB-2D 25 to 100 Rotary Knob and Button Red LED 12 2 202 260 105

BK340-40 DB-3 25 to 100 Rotary Knob 18 3 279 260 105

BK340-45 DB-3A 25 to 200 Rotary Knob 30 3 279 260 105

BK340-50 DB-3D 25 to 200 Rotary Knob and Button Red LED 25 3 279 260 105

BK356-10 DB-4 30 to 450 Thumb Wheel 90 3 525 295 205

minutes

mm mm mm

**Model DB-1M accepts one microplate block only.

Programmable block heaters see Molecular Biology section.

BK340-25 with blocks, BK340-10 is similar

BK340-50 with blocks, BK340-45 is similar

BK340-30 in use, BK340-35 is similar

BK356 with blocks

83

baths, batteries
Batteries/Battery Hydrometer
Dimensions are Height x Diameter or H x W x D in mm. Lithium Manganese Coin-type. Supplied singly. Type Capacity mAh 50 60 130 180 260 Volts 3 3 3 3 3 Dimensions 2 x 16 1.6 x 20 2.5 x 20 3.2 x 20 3 x 24.5 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX

Fluidised Baths

High temperature dry baths which are pollution free and safer replacements for traditional oil and salt baths. Fluidised principle A fluidised bath consists of a loosely packed mass of solid particles through which an upward flow of gas is passed. In this fluidised state the particles become mobile, and the bath as a whole displays many of the properties of a liquid. However, since the bath is composed of tiny inert aluminium oxide particles, freezing, boiling and evaporation are totally eliminated. The dry, inert particles do not adhere to immersed objects, neither do they cause corrosion. The particles have a gentle motion that is non-abrasive. The mobility of the bath ensures rapid heat transfer and excellent temperature uniformity. These baths require a clean air supply at a pressure of 21KN/m2 (3psi) and maximum flow of 57 litres/minute. Catalogue No. Model Range Stability Internal* depth diameter Rating BK502-10 SBL-1 50 to 350 1 all models 120 228 2 BK512-10 SBL-2 50 to 600

BL590-10 BL590-15 BL590-20 BL590-25 BL590-30

CR1620 CR2016 CR2025 CR2032 CR2430

Dry-alkaline Manganese All have cap and can contact, except BL610-04 which is a button cell. Type BL610-04 BL610-08 BL610-15 BL610-20 BL610-22 BL610-25 Equivalent Volts Dimensions 1.4 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 9 5.4 x 11.6 45 x 11 51 x 15 50 x 26 62 x 34 49 x 27 x 18 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX

LR44 MN2400 (size AAA) HP6 MN1500 (size AA) HP7 MN1400 (size C) MN1300 (size D) MN1604 HP11 HP2 PP3

C C mm mm kW

182 228 3

*To the top of the fluidised medium. Fluidised Baths, Techne As described. For 220-240V 50/60Hz single phase supplies. Without air supply. BK502-10 SBL-1 350C 0.00 ea XX BK512-10 SBL-2 600C 0.00 ea XX

Battery Hydrometer For lead-acid accumulators. Pipette type; range 1 to 100 to 1 to 200 x 0.050. Coloured zones indicate charged, partly charged, and uncharged conditions. With plastic float, suction bulb and rubber and plastic body. BL710-06 Hydrometer 0.00 ea XX Voltmeters and Ammeters see Electrical section.

BK502

BL710-06

84

beakers
Pyrex Borosilicate Glass
Pyrex 1000 series, low form With approximate graduations (except 10 litre size), marking spot and spout. To ISO 3819. Ref. BN100-10 BN100-15 BN100-20 BN100-25 BN100-30 BN100-35 BN100-40 BN100-45 BN100-50 BN100-55 BN100-60 BN100-65 BN100-70 BN100-75 BN100-80 1000/03 1000/05 1000/11 1000/02 1000/04 1000/06 1000/10 1000/14 1000/18 1000/20 1000/22 1000/28 1000/30 1000/34 1000/38* Capacity ml 5 10 25 50 100 150 250 400 600 800 1000 2000 3000 5000 10000 Dia. x Ht. mm 22 x 30 26 x 35 34 x 50 42 x 60 50 x 70 60 x 80 70 x 95 80 x 110 90 x 125 100 x 135 105 x 145 130 x 185 150 x 210 170 x 270 217 x 350 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (qty+) 0.00 (10+) 0.00 (10+) 0.00 (10+) 0.00 (10+) 0.00 (10+) 0.00 (10+) 0.00 (10+) 0.00 (10+) 0.00 (10+) 0.00 (10+) 0.00 (10+) 0.00 (10+) 0.00 (4+)
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

B
ea (10+) 0.00 0.00
XX XX

Pyrex 1020 series, conical With spout. Top diameter is approximately 16mm less than the base diameter. Ref. BN130-40 BN130-47 1020/06 1020/16 Capacity ml 250 500 Base Diameter x height mm 68 x 105 86 x 142 ea 0.00 0.00

Pyrex 1003 series, heavy duty, low form Designed to provide high mechanical strength and increase the working life when used under harsh conditions. Have a reinforced rim plus a thicker wall and heavier base than the normal glass beaker. All capacities have a spout, marking spot and approximate graduations. Ref. BN135-35 BN135-40 BN135-45 BN135-50 BN135-60 BN135-65 BN135-75 1003-150 1003-250 1003-400 1003-600 1003-1L 1003-2L 1003-4L Capacity ml 150 250 400 600 1000 2000 4000 Diameter x height mm 57 x 89 68 x 90 77 x 110 90 x 124 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (qty+) 0.00 (12+) 0.00 (12+) 0.00 (12+) 0.00 (6+) 0.00 (6+) 0.00 (4+)
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

*Supplementary to ISO range. Pyrex 1015 series, tall form With approximate graduations, marking spot and spout. To ISO 3819. Ref. BN120-25 BN120-30 BN120-35 BN120-40 BN120-45 BN120-50 BN120-60 1015/02 1015/04 1015/06 1015/10 1015/14 1015/18 1015/22 Capacity ml 50 100 150 250 400 600 1000 Dia. x Ht. mm 38 x 70 48 x 80 54 x 95 60 x 120 70 x 130 80 x 150 95 x 180 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (10+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

108 x 156 0.00 131 x 179 0.00 160 x 250 760.0024

Pyrex 1025 series, jacketed For maintaining samples at a constant temperature, cooling or warming. With external jacket, through which a thermostatically controlled medium can be circulated via the inlet/outlet side-arms, and approximate graduations. Ref. BN140-40 BN140-50 BN140-60 BN140-65 1025/10SC 1025/18SC 1025/22SC 1025/28SC Capacity ml 250 600 1000 2000 Overall dia. x height mm 70 x 138 95 x 180 110 x 235 130 x 280 Side-arm o.d. mm 11 11 14 14 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX

All dimensions and capacities are nominal.

BN100

BN130

BN140

BN120

BN135

85

B
BN160-10 BN160-15 BN160-20 BN160-25 BN160-30 BN160-35 BN160-40 BN160-45 BN160-50 BN160-55 BN160-60 BN160-65 BN160-70 BN160-75 BN160-80

beakers
Metal
Aluminium squat form With spout. Capacity ml BN170-40 BN170-47 BN170-60 Stainless steel With spout. Capacity ml BN180-38 BN180-43 BN180-48 BN180-53 BN180-60 BN180-63 BN180-65 BN180-68 BN180-75 200 350 550 700 1000 1250 2000 2500 5000 Dia. x Ht. mm 60 x 75 65 x 115 75 x 125 75 x 165 110 x 125 100 x 165 125 x 180 150 x 160 185 x 220 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Duran Borosilicate Glass

Duran 21 106 series, low form With approximate graduations (except 10 litre size) marking spot and spout. To ISO 3819. Ref. 21 106/07 21 106/08 21 106/14 21 106/17 21 106/24 21 106/29 21 106/36 21 106/41 21 106/48 21 106/53 21 106/54 21 106/63 21 106/68 21 106/73 21 106/86 Capacity ml 5 10 25 50 100 150 250 400 600 800 1000 2000 3000 5000 10000 Dia. x Ht. mm 22 x 30 26 x 35 32 x 48 42 x 60 50 x 70 55 x 81 69 x 95 82 x 100 90 x 125 98 x 136 105 x 145 132 x 185 153 x 210 170 x 270 217 x 350 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (10+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Dia. x Ht. mm 69 x 76 84 x 103 102 x 124

ea 0.00 0.00 0.00

XX XX XX

250 500 1000

Duran 21 116 series, tall form With approximate graduations marking spot and spout. To ISO 3819. Ref. BN163-25 BN163-30 BN163-35 BN163-40 BN163-45 BN163-50 BN163-55 BN163-60 BN163-65 BN163-70 21 116/17 21 116/24 21 116/29 21 116/36 21 116/41 21 116/48 21 116/53 21 116/54 21 116/63 21 116/68 Capacity ml 50 100 150 250 400 600 800 1000 2000 3000 Dia. x Ht. mm 38 x 70 47 x 80 53 x 96 60 x 120 70 x 130 80 x 150 89 x 175 95 x 180 118 x 240 135 x 280 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (qty+) 0.00 (10+) 0.00 (10+) 0.00 (10+) 0.00 (10+) 0.00 (10+) 0.00 (10+) 0.00 (10+) 0.00 (10+) 0.00 (10+) 0.00 (10+)
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Stainless Steel Storage Containers see Storage section. Graduated Measuring Jugs, Plastic and Metal, capacities up to 5000ml see Measures section.

All dimensions and capacities are nominal.

BN160

BN163

BN180, BN170 is similar

86

beakers
Plastic
Polystyrene, disposable, opaque With tapering hexagonal body and wide lip to aid pouring. Supplied in packs as indicated. BN240-04 5ml, pack of 1000 0.0047 pk XX BN240-08 10ml, pack of 1000 0.0013 pk XX BN240-12 20ml, pack of 500 0.0000 pk XX BN240-16 50ml, pack of 500 0.0069 pk XX Polystyrene, disposable, opaque Without spout but with pouring lip. Supplied in packs as indicated. BN250-07 115ml, 54mm high, pack of 1300 0.00 pk BN250-15 200ml, 87mm high, pack of 1000 0.00 pk BN252-10 Lid, polystyrene, pack of 2184 0.00 pk

Polypropylene, low form, Kartell Translucent (almost clear) with approx. moulded-in graduations and spout. Can be autoclaved to 121C. To ISO 7056. Supplied in packs as indicated. BN270-20 25ml, pack of 10 0.00 pk XX BN270-25 50ml, pack of 10 0.00 pk XX BN270-30 100ml, pack of 10 0.00 pk XX BN270-40 BN270-50 BN270-60 BN270-65 BN270-70 BN270-75 250ml, pack of 10 500ml, pack of 5 1000ml, pack of 1 2000ml, pack of 1 3000ml, pack of 1 5000ml, pack of 1 0.00 pk 0.00 pk 0.00 pk 0.00 pk 0.00 pk 0.00 pk
XX XX XX XX XX XX

XX XX XX

Tri-pour, polypropylene With tri-cornered rim for ease of pouring. Can be autoclaved and used at temperatures up to 120C. With approximate graduations. Supplied in packs of 25. BN260-25 50ml 0.00 pk XX BN260-30 100ml 0.00 pk XX BN260-40 250ml 0.00 pk XX BN260-45 BN260-55 BN260-60 400ml 800ml 1000ml 0.00 pk 0.00 pk 0.00 pk
XX XX XX

Polypropylene, low form, Azlon Translucent, with spout and approximate printed graduations. Can be autoclaved to 135C. To BS5404 Pt1 1976. Supplied singly. BN280-15 BDA208P 10ml 0.00 ea 0.00 ea (10+) XX BN280-20 BDA212P 25ml 0.00 ea 0.00 ea (10+) XX BN280-25 BDA218P 50ml 0.00 ea 0.00 ea (10+) XX BN280-30 BN280-40 BN280-45 BN280-47 BN280-50 BN280-60 BN280-65 BDA224P BDA230P BDA234P BDA236P BDA238P BDA240P BDA242P 100ml 250ml 400ml 500ml 600ml 1000ml 2000ml 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea ea ea ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (10+) ea (10+) ea (10+) ea (10+)
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Polypropylene, low form A budget range of translucent polypropylene, low form beakers with spout and approximate graduations printed in blue. Can be autoclaved and used up to 121C. To ISO 7056. Supplied singly. BN265-20 25ml 0.00 ea XX BN265-25 50ml 0.00 ea XX BN265-30 100ml 0.00 ea XX BN265-35 BN265-40 BN265-45 BN265-50 BN265-60 BN265-65 150ml 250ml 400ml 600ml 1000ml 2000ml 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea
XX XX XX XX XX XX

0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

0.00 ea (5+) 0.00 ea (5+)

Polypropylene, low form, sets, Azlon Generally as individual BN280- series beakers but supplied in convenient sets of different sizes as indicated. Ref. BN280-90 BN280-92 BN280-94 BN280-96 BN280-98 BDA218MES BDA1198 BDA1199 BDA1200 BDA300P Sizes, ml 50, 100, 250 500, 1000, 2000 10, 25, 50, 100, 250 10, 25, 50, 100, 250, 500, 1000, 2000 10, 25, 50, 100, 250, 400, 500, 600, 1000, 2000 set 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX

BN240

BN250/BN252

BN270

BN260

BN265

BN280

87

beakers
PMP (TPX), Azlon Transparent PMP with spout and approximate moulded-in graduations. Suitable for constant use up to 135C and intermittently up to 170C. To ISO7056. Supplied singly. BN355-20 BTM0025P 25ml 0.00 ea 0.00 ea (10+) XX BN355-25 BTM0050P 50ml 0.00 ea 0.00 ea (10+) XX BN355-30 BTM0100P 100ml 0.00 ea 0.00 ea (10+) XX BN355-40 BTM0250P 250ml 0.00 ea 0.00 ea (5+) XX BN355-45 BN355-47 BN355-50 BN355-60 BN355-65 BN355-70 BN355-75 BTM0400P BTM0500P BTM0600P BTM1000P BTM2000P BTM3000P BTM5000P 400ml 500ml 600ml 1000ml 2000ml 3000ml 5000ml 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea ea ea ea 0.00 ea (5+) 0.00 ea (5+) 0.00 ea (5+)
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Plastic continued
Polypropylene, Azlon High clarity polypropylene beakers with spout and approximate moulded-in graduations, tapered sides and vertical ribs to allow easy stacking without gripping, and non-slide, anti-suction bases. Can be autoclaved and used up to 121C. To ISO7056. Supplied singly. BN285-20 BPM0025P 25ml 0.00 ea 0.00 ea (10+) XX BN285-25 BPM0050P 50ml 0.00 ea 0.00 ea (10+) XX BN285-30 BPM0100P 100ml 0.00 ea 0.00 ea (10+) XX BN285-40 BPM0250P 250ml 0.00 ea 0.00 ea (10+) XX BN285-45 BN285-47 BN285-50 BN285-60 BN285-65 BN285-70 BN285-75 BPM0400P BPM0500P BPM0600P BPM1000P BPM2000P BPM3000P BPM5000P 400ml 500ml 600ml 1000ml 2000ml 3000ml 5000ml 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea ea ea ea 0.00 ea (10+) 0.00 ea (10+) 0.00 ea (5+) 0.00 ea (5+)
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Polypropylene, low form, Azlon Translucent, with spout, approximate printed graduations and drop-on lid which fits inside the top rim. The lid is not watertight. The 1 and 2 litre sizes have a polystyrene lid without knob. Supplied singly. BN290-40 BDA730P 250ml 0.00 ea 0.00 ea (5+) XX BN290-50 BDA738P 600ml 0.00 ea 0.00 ea (5+) XX XX BN290-60 BDA740P 1000ml 0.00 ea XX BN290-65 BDA742P 2000ml 0.00 ea PMP (TPX), low form, Azlon Transparent with spout and approximate printed graduations. Suitable for use up to 180C. Supplied singly. BN350-20 BDB312P 25ml 0.00 ea 0.00 ea (10+) XX BN350-25 BDB318P 50ml 0.00 ea 0.00 ea (10+) XX BN350-30 BDB324P 100ml 0.00 ea 0.00 ea (10+) XX BN350-40 BN350-45 BN350-47 BN350-50 BN350-60 BN350-65 BDB330P BDB334P BDB336P BDB338P BDB340P BDB342P 250ml 400ml 500ml 600ml 1000ml 2000ml 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea (5+) 0.00 ea (5+) 0.00 ea (5+) 0.00 ea (5+)
XX XX XX XX XX XX

Polypropylene, with screw lid Translucent, with spout, moulded-in graduations and colour-coded, tight fitting polypropylene screw lid. The lid can be loosened to enable pouring rather than unscrewed completely. Supplied singly. BN372-30 100ml, red lid 0.00 ea XX BN372-35 150ml, blue lid 0.00 ea XX BN372-40 400ml, green lid 0.00 ea XX BN372-45 BN372-50 BN372-60 400ml, red lid 600ml, blue lid 1000ml, green lid 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea ea ea
XX XX XX

PTFE Opaque with spout. Rigid and non-porous with smooth surfaces. Suitable for use up to 260C or 300C for short periods. With flat base. BN400-15 10ml 0.00 ea XX BN400-35 150ml 0.00 ea XX BN400-20 25ml 0.00 ea XX BN400-40 250ml 0.00 ea XX BN400-25 50ml 0.00 ea XX BN400-47 500ml 0.00 ea XX BN400-30 100ml 0.00 ea XX BN400-60 1000ml 0.00 ea XX

SAFETY WARNING It is not advisable to use PTFE beakers on a hotplate as fluorine gas can be emitted at high temperatures.

BN285

BN290

BN350

BN355

BN372

BN400

88

beakers, bell jars, bellows, boats

Beaker Accessories
Covers, PMP (TPX) Transparent with ribs. Suitable for use up to 180C. Can be used as watch glasses where the rib feet provide stability. Dia. mm BN450-10 BN450-20 BN450-30 60 80 100 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (10+) 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX

B
0.00 ea 0.00 ea
XX XX

Bell Jars
Bell Jars, 29/32 socket top Glass. Without stopper or stopcock. Dimensions stated are approximate height to shoulder x inside flange diameter in mm. BP100-10 200 x 150 0.00 ea XX BP100-20 300 x 200 0.00 ea XX For suitable stopper SB29 or stopcock MF11/4 see Quickfit section. Bell Jars, knob top Glass. Dimensions stated are approximate height to shoulder x inside flange diameter in mm. BP102-12 200 x 150 0.00 ea XX BP102-22 300 x 200 0.00 ea XX Note: Bell jars are not intended to be pressurised or evacuated.

Boats, Combustion
For use in furnace combustion tubes. Dimensions stated are the length x width x height in mm. Boats, combustion Glazed porcelain with handle. BP300-58 85 x 12 x 8 BP300-66 102 x 19 x 12 Boats, glazed silica, with handle Size mm BP327-20 BP327-25 BP327-40 50 x 15 x 9 78 x 17 x 11 103 x 20 x 12 ea ea (10+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 13.53 16.00 20.10
XX XX XX

Watch Glasses Clear glass with ground edges. Diameters are nominal. Dia. mm WG100-10 WG100-15 WG100-20 WG100-25 WG100-30 WG100-35 WG100-40 WG100-45 WG100-50 WG100-55 WG100-60 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 130 150 200 ea ea (100+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Boats, Weighing
Weighing Boats Polystyrene, disposable, can be shaped to form a pouring funnel. Available in white or black. Cap. ml White BD750-01 BD750-02 BD750-04 Black BD750-61 BD750-62 BD750-64 5 30 100 5 30 100 Pack qty. 1000 500 250 1000 500 250 pk

Bellows
Bellows, hand With non-return valve and outlet tubing. Approximate capacity given is for the bulb. Capacity Single spray BP200-15 65ml BP200-20 100ml BP200-25 130ml Double spray BP205-10 30ml BP205-15 65ml BP205-20 100ml BP205-25 130ml ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (10+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX

0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

XX XX XX

Watch Glasses, Pyrex Borosilicate glass. Diameters are nominal. Ref. WG130-13 WG130-18 WG130-23 WG130-38 WG130-48 WG130-52 WG130-58 WG130-63 WG130-70 1060/04 1060/06 1060/09 1060/10 1060/14 1060/18 1060/20 1060/21 1060/24 Dia. mm 40 50 60 80 100 125 150 200 250 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (10+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

XX XX XX

XX XX XX XX

Bellows With non-return valve and connectors for 6mm bore tubing. Suitable for use with the Orsat apparatus. BP210-10 Bellows 0.00 ea 0.00 ea (10+) XX Bench Taps see Furniture section.

Weighing Boats Polystyrene, disposable, square shape with flat bottom. Supplied in packs of 1000. White. BD755-05 7ml, 44 x 44mm 0.00 pk XX BD755-10 100ml, 80 x 80mm 0.00 pk XX BD755-15 250ml, 140 x 140mm 0.00 pk XX See page 51 for full listing.

BP300

BN450

BP100

BP102

BP327

WG100

WG130

BP200

BP205

BP210

BD750

BD755

89

B
Flat
Clear glass BR100-30 BR100-35 BR100-40 BR100-45

bottles, glass, uncapped

Winchester
Bottles, Winchester pattern Narrow mouth, without cap. Pack qty. 80 48 48 39 48 36 pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX

Medical
Bottles, DIN for sterile fluids Clear flint sulphated lightweight type II glass. Without stopper or cap. Cap. Pack ml qty.
RC XX XX XX XX

Bottles, flat Sloping shoulder, without cap. Cap. ml 100 150 200 300 Neck

Cap. ml Clear glass BR120-10 BR120-17 BR120-30 BR120-50 BR120-80 Amber glass BR122-08 BR122-10 BR122-17 BR122-21 BR122-30 BR122-34 BR122-42 BR122-45 BR122-50 BR122-80 BR122-90 BR122-95 15 30 100 500 1000 10 15 30 50 100 150 250 300 500 1000 2000 2500

Neck

Pack qty. 138 127 86 24 12 168 135 119 108 86 68 49 39 24 12 12 12 12 12

pk 21.45 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

pk 0.00 0.00

pk (qty+) 0.00 (30+) 0.00 (80+) 0.00 pk

XX XX

R3/24 R3/24 R3/28 R3/28 R3/24 R3/28

Amber glass BR102-35 150 BR102-50 500

R3/20 R3/20 R3/24 R6/31 R6/31 R3/20 R3/20 R3/20 R3/24 R3/24 R3/24 R3/28 R3/28 R6/31 R6/31 R6/31 R6/31

BR140-30 100 BR140-50 500

99 35

Stopper with pull ring, pk 1500. BR142-06 Stopper

XX

XX XX

XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Stopper 31mm, infusion, rubber, pk 100. BR142-08 Stopper 0.00 pk 0.00 pk (12+)

XX

Safety Coating The tough PVC safety coating can be applied to many bottles. If you need a particular type of bottle coated, please let us have details.

Snap cap 31mm, aluminium/polypropylene, pk 100. BR142-12 Cap 0.00 pk 0.00 pk (35+) XX Aluminium foil cap crimper Hand operated. For use with BR142-12. BR190-20 For 31mm diameter 545.00 ea RO Bottles, medical dispensing Narrow mouth, without cap. Cap. ml Amber glass BR150-20 50 BR150-30 100 BR150-34 150 BR150-40 BR150-45 BR150-50 200 300 500 Neck Pack qty. 126 72 49 42 36 25 pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX

Important Warning Sterilising Bottles Some bottles where indicated can be sterilised by autoclaving. However BEFORE AUTOCLAVING (or sterilising by gas or dry heat) the cap or closure must either be removed or just set on top of the container WITHOUT ENGAGING THE THREAD.

Amber glass, ribbed BR124-90 2000 R6/31 BR124-95 2500 R6/31

XX XX

R3/22 R3/22 R3/22 R3/28 R3/28 R3/28

BR100

BR102

BR120

BR122

BR190

BR124

BR140 with BR142-06 and BR142-12

BR150

90

bottles, glass, uncapped

Powder
Bottles, powder Wide mouth, without cap. Cap. ml Clear glass BR160-10 BR160-17 BR160-23 BR160-30 BR160-34 BR160-36 BR160-38 BR160-50 Amber glass BR162-10 BR162-17 BR162-23 BR162-30 BR162-34 BR162-37 BR162-38 BR162-44 BR162-50 BR162-80 15 30 60 100 4oz 175 8oz 500 15 30 60 100 4oz 175 8oz 300 500 1000 Neck Pack qty. 104 104 60 53 60 53 46 24 140 127 72 60 68 53 42 42 28 12 pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

B
pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX

Ointment and Tablet

Bottles (Jars) ointment Extra wide mouth without cap. Cap. ml Clear glass BR165-10 BR165-17 BR165-23 BR165-32 BR165-42 BR165-50 15 30 60 120 250 500 Neck Pack qty. 74 74 60 72 48 24

R3/28 R3/33 R3/38 R3/38 R3/38 R3/48 R3/48 R3/58 R3/28 R3/33 R3/38 R3/38 R3/38 R3/48 R3/48 R3/51 R3/58 R3/63

R3/38 R3/38 R3/51 R3/58 R3/83 R3/100

Bottles tablet Wide mouth, cylindrical shape without cap. Cap. Amber glass BR174-13 BR174-30 BR174-17 BR174-24 Neck Pack qty. 119 64 pk 0.00 0.00
XX XX

XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

4 oz/20ml 3 oz/100ml

R3/24 R3/33

CANCELLED CANCELLED

Caps see BR220 etc. Plastic tablet bottles see BR670.

BR160

BR165

BR162

BR174

91

bottles, glass, capped

Glass Bottles with Caps
For neck pk (10+) Enamelled Metal, Black, pulp liner BR240-15 R3/28 BR240-18 R3/33 BR240-21 R3/38 BR240-27 R3/48 BR240-30 BR240-33 BR240-36 BR240-39 R3/51 R3/58 R3/63 R3/83 pk pk (10+) with waxed wood 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Accessory Caps for Glass Bottles

All caps are supplied in packs of 100. For neck pk

Cap. ml

Neck/cap Pack qty.

pk

Black Plastic with woodpulp faced PVDC liner BR220-06 R3/20 0.00 0.00 XX BR220-09 R3/22 0.00 0.00 XX BR220-12 R3/24 0.00 0.00 XX BR220-15 R3/28 0.00 0.00 XX BR220-18 R3/33 0.00 0.00 XX BR220-21 BR220-27 BR220-30 BR220-33 BR220-36 BR220-39 BR220-42 BR220-51 R3/38 R3/48 R3/51 R3/58 R3/63 R3/83 R3/100 R6/31 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Clear, sloping shoulder with aluminium cap and rubber liner BR350-35 150 R3/24 48 0.00 XX BR350-40 200 R3/28 48 0.00 XX BR350-45 300 R3/28 39 0.00 XX Clear sloping shoulder with black plastic cap and PVDC liner BR352-35 150 R3/24 48 0.00 XX BR352-40 200 R3/28 48 0.00 XX BR352-45 300 R3/28 39 0.00 XX Clear winchester pattern with aluminium cap and rubber liner BR360-50 500 R6/31 24 0.00 XX Clear winchester pattern with black plastic cap and PVDC liner BR362-50 500 R6/31 24 0.00 XX Amber winchester pattern with black plastic cap and PVDC liner BR370-50 500 R6/31 24 0.00 XX BR370-80 1000 R6/31 12 0.00 XX BR370-90 2000 R6/31 12 0.00 XX

Aluminium with waxed wood pulp liner BR245-21 R3/38 0.00 0.00 BR245-30 R3/51 0.00 0.00 BR245-33 R3/58 0.00 0.00 BR245-39 R3/83 0.00 0.00 Aluminium with rubber liner BR247-03 R3/18 0.00 BR247-06 R3/20 0.00 BR247-09 R3/22 0.00 BR247-12 BR247-15 BR247-51 R3/24 R3/28 R6/31 0.00 0.00 0.00

XX XX XX XX

Black Plastic with polyethylene cone liner BR222-06 R3/20 0.00 0.00 BR222-09 R3/22 0.00 0.00 BR222-12 R3/24 0.00 0.00 BR222-15 R3/28 0.00 0.00 BR222-51 R6/31 0.00 0.00 White Polypropylene, Wadless Can be autoclaved to 121C. BR230-06 R3/20 0.00 BR230-09 R3/22 0.00 BR230-12 R3/24 0.00 BR230-15 BR230-18 BR230-21 BR230-24 BR230-32 BR230-51 R3/28 R3/33 R3/38 R3/48 R3/58 R6/31 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

XX XX XX XX XX

XX XX XX XX XX XX

0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Security Caps, Clic-Loc Must be pressed down and turned to remove. Polyethylene with polypropylene inner. For neck BR255-06 BR255-09 BR255-12 BR255-15 BR255-18 BR255-21 R3/20 R3/22 R3/24 R3/28 R3/33 R3/38 pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX

Aluminium caps For Bijou, McCartney and Universal Bottles see BS160. Plug stoppers see SW500 series.

BR350

BR360

BR370

BR352

BR362

92

bottles, glass, capped

Glass Bottles with Caps continued
Amber winchester pattern With black polyethylene cap and cone liner. Cap. ml Plain BR372-50 BR372-80 BR372-90 Ribbed BR374-95 500 1000 2000 2500 Neck/cap Pack qty. R6/31 R6/31 R6/31 R6/31 24 12 12 12 pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX

B
pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX

Wide mouth honey jar pattern Clear glass with gold coloured lacquered metal cap and sealed in PVC ring liner. Supplied in packs of 144. BR385-40 0.5lb 0.00 pk 0.00 pk (20+) XX BR385-50 1.0lb 0.00 pk 0.00 pk (20+) XX Wide mouth powder With black plastic cap and PVDC liner. Cap. ml Clear glass BR400-10 BR400-17 BR400-23 BR400-30 BR400-34 BR400-36 BR400-38 BR400-50 15ml 30ml 60ml 100ml 4oz 175ml 8oz 500ml Neck/cap Pack qty. R3/28 R3/33 R3/38 R3/38 R3/38 R3/48 R3/48 R3/58 R3/33 R3/38 R3/38 104 104 60 53 60 53 46 24 127 72 68 42 28 12 pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Wide mouth powder With white polypropylene wadless cap. Cap. ml Clear glass BR404-34 4oz BR404-38 8oz BR404-50 500ml Amber glass BR406-34 4oz BR406-38 8oz BR406-50 500ml Neck/cap Pack qty. R3/38 R3/48 R3/58 R3/38 R3/48 R3/58 60 46 24 68 42 28

XX

XX XX XX

Important Warning Sterilising Bottles Some bottles where indicated can be sterilised by autoclaving. However BEFORE AUTOCLAVING (or sterilising by gas or dry heat) the cap or closure must either be removed or just set on top of the container WITHOUT ENGAGING THE THREAD.

Ointment jar Extra wide mouth with black plastic cap. Cap. ml Clear glass BR410-23 BR410-32 BR410-42 BR410-50 60 120 250 500 Neck/cap Pack qty. R3/51 R3/58 R3/83 R3/100 60 72 48 24 pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX

Amber glass BR402-17 30ml BR402-23 60ml BR402-34 4oz BR402-38 BR402-50 BR402-80

XX XX XX XX XX XX

8oz R3/48 500ml R3/58 1000ml R3/63

Alternative bottle/cap combinations are available details on request.

BR372

BR400

BR402

BR404

BR374

BR385

BR406

BR410

93

bottles, plastic
Bottles Azlon HDPE Narrow mouth, high density polyethylene. With polypropylene leakproof cap. Has a chemical resistance superior to ordinary low density polyethylene. Ref. BNHBR615-18 BR615-24 BR615-30 BR615-31 BR615-36 BR615-43 BR615-52 BR615-82 BR615-92 0030PN 0060PN 0100PN 0125PN 0150PN 0250P 0500P 1000P 2000P Cap. ml 30 60 100 125 150 250 500 1000 2000 Pack qty. 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 5 5 pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Plastic, Narrow Mouth with Screwcap

Bottles, polyethylene Narrow mouth with polypropylene cap. BR600-30 100ml 0.00 ea BR600-42 250ml 0.00 ea BR600-50 500ml 0.00 ea BR600-80 1000ml 0.00 ea Bottles Nalgene polycarbonate Narrow mouth. Transparent square shape with approximate permanent graduations. Can be autoclaved. With leakproof cap. The 2000ml size has moulded-in handgrips for easier pouring. Ref. 2015BR626-17 BR626-23 BR626-30 BR626-35 BR626-50 BR626-80 BR626-85 0030 0060 0125 0250 0500 1000 2000 Cap. ml 30 60 125 250 500 1000 2000 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (qty+) 0.00 (12+) 0.00 (12+) 0.00 (6+) 0.00 (6+) 0.00 (4+) 0.00 (4+)
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

XX XX XX XX

Bottles, polyethylene, leakproof High quality translucent bottles of sturdy construction designed for laboratory use at an economical price. Narrow mouth with sloping shoulders and leakproof cap. Cap. ml BR604-22 BR604-28 BR604-34 BR604-40 BR604-50 BR604-60 50 100 250 500 1000 2000 Pack qty. 100 100 50 50 25 10 pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX

Bottles Nalgene HDPE Narrow mouth, high density polyethylene. With polypropylene cap designed to be leakproof. Ref. 2002BR618-06 BR618-08 BR618-10 BR618-17 BR618-23 BR618-30 BR618-36 BR618-42 BR618-50 BR618-53 BR618-80 9125 9025 9050 0001 0002 0004 0006 0008 0016 9016 0032 Cap. ml 4 8 15 30 60 125 175 250 500 500* 1000* ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (qty+) 0.00 (12+) 0.00 (12+) 0.00 (12+) 0.00 (12+) 0.00 (12+) 0.00 (12+) 0.00 (12+) 0.00 (12+) 0.00 (12+) 0.00 (12+) 0.00 (6+)
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Bottles, Azlon LDPE Narrow mouth low density polyethylene with polypropylene leakproof cap. Ref. BNLBR610-18 BR610-24 BR610-30 BR610-32 BR610-36 BR610-43 BR610-52 BR610-82 BR610-92 0030PN 0060PN 0100PN 0125PN 0150PN 0250P 0500P 1000P 2000P Cap. ml 30 60 100 125 150 250 500 1000 2000 Pack qty. 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 5 5 pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Bottles, Nalgene PET, Sterile Square shape, transparent, narrow neck with high density, polyethylene leakproof screw closure. Inexpensive alternative to glass for storage of media. Bottles and closures are non-pyrogenic and supplied radiation sterilised. The 2000ml size has moulded-in handgrips for easier pouring. Packed in shrink-wrapped trays within an outer pack. Supplied in the pack quantity only. Ref. 2019BR632-17 BR632-20 BR632-23 BR632-28 0030 0060 0125 0250 Cap. Neck ml mm 30 60 125 250 20 24 38 38 Pack qty. 96 96 48 48 24 24 12 pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

BR632-34 0500 BR632-37 1000 BR632-40 2000

500 38 1000 38 2000 53

PET = Polyethylene terephthalate copolyester.

*Bottles BR618-53 and BR618-80 have a longer neck and wider mouth to fit Eppendorf and Oxford bottle dispensers.

BR600

BR610, BR615 is similar

BR626, 30 to 1000ml

BR626, 2000ml

BR604

BR618

BR632, 30 to 1000ml

94

bottles, plastic
Plastic with Screwcap continued
Bottle, concertina, Azlon HDPE Amber. Collapsible/extensible 1 litre capacity bottles with bellows action which can adjust volume to preclude air or allow gas/fume expansion. Ideal for solutions that oxidise readily such as photographic chemicals, or fuming liquids like hydrogen peroxide. Supplied singly. BR635-80 BGE440 0.00 ea XX Bottle, UN-certified, Azlon HDPE White. 1000ml capacity, 228 x 90mm H x dia. With 38mm wide neck. UN-certified to carry packing group 1 hazardous chemicals with a specific gravity of up to, and including, 1.9 s.g. without additional packing. Supplied in pack of 5 with cap. BR638-35 BGL1000UNP 0.00 pk
XX

B
pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Plastic, Tablet/Vials
Bottles, tablet. Without Cap. Amber polystyrene. Supplied in packs as indicated. Cap. ml BR670-12 BR670-15 BR670-18 BR670-19 BR670-24 BR670-29 BR670-31 BR670-32 16 25 32 48 66 90 112 125 Neck R3/20 R3/22 R3/22 R3/24 R3/28 R3/28 R3/28 R3/28 Pack qty. 200 200 200 200 100 100 100 100

Bottles, polypropylene, leakproof High quality, sturdy, translucent bottles designed for laboratory use at an economical price. Narrow mouth with sloping shoulders and leakproof cap. Can be autoclaved to 132C. Supplied in packs as indicated. Cap. ml BR644-08 BR644-12 BR644-17 BR644-22 BR644-28 BR644-34 BR644-40 BR644-50 BR644-60 10 20 30 50 100 250 500 1000 2000 Pack qty. 100 100 100 100 100 50 50 25 10 pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Caps see BR220 etc. Vials Amber polystyrene with polyethylene push-on closure. Supplied in packs as indicated. Cap. ml BR680-10 BR680-17 BR680-18 BR680-23 BR680-32 15 30 45 60 120 Pack qty. 200 200 200 100 100 pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX

Bottle, winchester pattern High density polyethylene. Part ribbed. Narrow mouth with polyethylene cap. Capacity 2500ml. Supplied singly. BR640-95 2500ml 0.00 ea XX Bottles, polyethylene White HDPE. With sloping shoulder and leakproof tamper-evident PP cap with PTFE cap seal. The 2500ml size has a carrying handle. Supplied in packs of 4. Cap. ml BR642-41 BR642-51 BR642-95 500 1000 2500 Neck i.d. mm 29 29 29 pk 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX

Bottles, Azlon polypropylene Narrow mouth with leakproof cap. Translucent and can be autoclaved to 132C. Supplied in packs as indicated. Ref. BNPBR650-18 BR650-24 BR650-30 BR650-32 BR650-36 BR650-44 BR650-52 BR650-82 BR650-92 0030PN 0060PN 0100PN 0125PN 0150PN 0250P 0500P 1000P 2000P Cap. ml 30 60 100 125 150 250 500 1000 2000 Pack qty. 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 5 5 pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Important Warning Sterilising Bottles Some bottles where indicated can be sterilised by autoclaving. However BEFORE AUTOCLAVING (or sterilising by gas or dry heat) the cap or closure must either be removed or just set on top of the container WITHOUT ENGAGING THE THREAD.

PTFE bottles are available details on request.

BR635

BR640

BR644

BR670

BR638

BR642

BR650

BR680

95

bottles, plastic
Bottles, polyethylene Wide mouth with polyethylene cap and sealing ring. BR760-10 300ml 0.00 ea XX BR760-20 700ml 0.00 ea XX BR760-30 1250ml 0.00 ea XX Bottles, Azlon amber polypropylene Wide mouth with polypropylene leakproof cap. Autoclavable to 121C. Ref. BWPBR764-24 BR764-36 BR764-44 BR764-52 BR764-82 BR764-92 0060AP 0150AP 0250AP 0500AP 1000AP 2000AP Cap. ml 60 150 250 500 1000 2000 Pack qty. 10 10 10 10 5 5 pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX

Plastic, Wide Mouth

Bottles, Powder, Azlon HDPE High density polyethylene. Wide mouth with black plastic cap. Ideal for containing powders or granules. Ref. BGCBR750-35 BR750-42 BR750-45 BR750-50 BR750-80 428P 430P 432P 436P 440P Cap. ml 150 250 300 500 1000 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (10+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX

Bottles, Azlon polypropylene Wide mouth with polypropylene leakproof cap. Autoclavable to 121C. Ref. BR770-18 BR770-24 BR770-30 BR770-32 BR770-36 BR770-44 BR770-52 BR770-82 BR770-92 BWP0030PN BWP0060PN BLP0100P BLP0125P BLP0150P BWP0250PN BWP0500PN BWP1000PN BWP2000P Cap. ml 30 60 100 125 150 250 500 1000 2000 Pack qty. 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 5 5 pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Bottles, Azlon HDPE High density polyethylene. Wide mouth with polypropylene leakproof cap. Ref. BR752-18 BR752-24 BR752-30 BR752-31 BR752-36 BR752-44 BR752-52 BR752-82 BR752-92 BWH0030PN BWH0060PN BLH0100P BWH0125P BLH0150P BWH0250PN BWH0500PN BWH1000PN BWH2000PN Cap. ml 30 60 100 125 150 250 500 1000 2000 Pack qty. 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 5 5 pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Bottles, Nalgene HDPE Wide mouth with leakproof polypropylene screw cap. Suitable for dry materials or liquids. Ref. 2104BR775-17 BR775-23 BR775-32 BR775-42 BR775-50 BR775-80 0001 0002 0004 0008 0016 0032 Cap. ml 30 60 125 250 500 1000 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (qty) 0.00 (12+) 0.00 (12+) 0.00 (12+) 0.00 (12+) 0.00 (12+) 0.00 (6+)
XX XX XX XX XX XX

Bottles, polypropylene, leakproof High quality, sturdy translucent bottles designed for laboratory use at an economical price. Wide mouth with square shoulders and leakproof cap. Can be autoclaved to 132C. Cap. ml BR767-22 BR767-28 BR767-34 BR767-40 BR767-50 BR767-60 50 100 250 500 1000 2000 Pack qty. 100 50 25 25 10 5 pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX

Bottles, polyethylene, leakproof High quality, sturdy translucent bottles, designed for laboratory use at an economical price. Wide mouth with square shoulders and leakproof cap. Cap. ml BR756-22 BR756-28 BR756-34 BR756-40 BR756-50 BR756-60 50 100 250 500 1000 2000 Pack qty. 100 50 25 25 10 5 pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX

Jars, polyethylene Extra wide mouth. Square shape, with polyethylene cap. BR785-50 500ml 0.00 ea XX BR785-80 1000ml 0.00 ea XX BR785-90 1500ml 0.00 ea XX Labelled plastic reagent bottles see BS600.

BR750

BR752

BR756

BR760

BR764

BR767

BR770

BR775

BR785

96

bottles, plastic
Plastic, Wide Mouth continued
Bottles, Kartell HDPE Wide mouth high density polyethylene with polyethylene cap, insert plug and tagging points. Square shape. Supplied singly. Cap. ml BR790-15 BR790-20 BR790-30 BR790-42 BR790-50 BR790-80 BR790-90 25 50 100 250 500 1000 2000 ea ea (qty+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 (10+) 0.00 (10+) 0.00 (10+) 0.00 (10+) 0.00 (10+)
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

B
ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX

Bottles, HDPE Wide mouth, square shaped, in natural or white high density polyethylene, with blue polypropylene tamper-evident cap with conical internal seal. UN-approved for the transport of solids. Supplied in packs as indicated. Cap. ml Natural BR815-20 BR815-30 BR815-42 BR815-50 BR815-80 BR815-85 BR815-97 White BR817-20 BR817-30 BR817-42 BR817-50 BR817-80 BR817-85 BR817-97 50 100 250 125 500 1500 2500 50 100 250 125 500 1500 2500 Pack qty. 10 10 10 10 5 5 5 10 10 10 10 5 5 5 pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Bottles, PVC Transparent or amber PVC, extra-wide neck with leakproof black PP cap with PE-foam liner. Ideal for viewing contents, and easy to fill and clean. The amber versions are suitable for storing lightsensitive products. Supplied singly. Cap. ml Transparent BR865-20 50 BR865-30 100 BR865-45 300 BR865-50 BR865-80 BR865-92 Amber BR867-20 BR867-30 BR867-45 BR867-50 BR867-80 BR867-92 500 1000 2000 50 100 300 500 1000 2000 Neck i.d. mm 23 31 41 54 69 69 23 31 41 54 69 69

Bottles, HDPE Wide mouth, square shape high density polyethylene bottles with polyethylene cap and push-in seal. Supplied singly. Cap. ml BR792-50 BR792-80 BR792-90 500 1000 2000 ea ea (qty+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 (10+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (5+)
XX XX XX

XX XX XX XX XX XX

XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Bottles, HDPE Wide mouth with leakproof closures in HDPE having LDPE foam inlay wads. Designed for the storage of powders. Square shape. Supplied singly. Ref. BGEBR800-17 BR800-23 BR800-30 BR800-32 BR800-42 BR800-50 BR800-80 BR800-85 436P 439P 441P Cap. ml 30 60 100 125 250 500 1000 1500 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (qty+) 0.00 (10+) 0.00 (10+) 0.00 (10+) 0.00 (10+) 0.00 (10+) 0.00 (10+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (5+)
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Important Warning Sterilising Bottles Some bottles where indicated can be sterilised by autoclaving. However BEFORE AUTOCLAVING (or sterilising by gas or dry heat) the cap or closure must either be removed or just set on top of the container WITHOUT ENGAGING THE THREAD.

BR790

BR792

BR800

BR815, BR817 are similar

BR865

BR867

97

bottles, plastic
Drums and Kegs
Drums, LDPE Natural LDPE. Lightweight, strong with screw closure, separate venting pouring closure and carrying handles. Outside diameter 397mm, neck i.d. 50mm (filling), 31mm (vent). Supplied singly. Cap. litres
XX XX

Plastic, Large Capacity, Cylindrical

Bottles, polyethylene Robust medium wall with screw cap. All have one handle except the 50 litre which has two. The 5 and 10 litre are hexagonal. Supplied singly. Cap. litres BR900-10 BR900-20 BR900-30 BR900-40 5 10 25 50 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (qty+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (5+)
XX XX XX XX

Bottles, Nalgene Clearboys polycarbonate Transparent. With leakproof polypropylene screw cap and approximate graduations. Can be autoclaved. Not recommended for use with hazardous materials. Supplied singly. Ref. 2251BR917-22 BR917-32 0020 0050 Cap. litres 10 20 ea 0.00 0.00

Height mm 375 550

ea 0.00 0.00
XX XX

BR924-10 BR924-20

30 50

Bottles Polypropylene (PP) or high density polyethylene (HDPE) as indicated. Robust with handles and screw cap. Supplied singly. BR910-10 PP, 5 litre 0.00 ea XX BR910-20 PP, 10 litre 0.00 ea XX BR910-32 HDPE, 25 litre 0.00 ea XX Bottles, Nalgene polypropylene With integral carrying handles, leakproof polypropylene screw cap and approximate graduations. Can be autoclaved. Not recommended for use with hazardous materials. Supplied singly. Ref. 2250BR914-20 BR914-30 BR914-40 0020 0050 0130 Cap. litres 10 20 50 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX

Bottles, Azlon polyethylene Robust with wide mouth closed by a tight fitting screw cap. Neck diameter 240mm. With handles. Supplied singly. Ref. BR920-10 BR920-20 BR920-30 BGH062 BGH064 BWX066 Cap. litres 30 50 100 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX

Drums, Kartell HDPE Strong, lightweight with central filling/vent cap, side cap for easy pouring and handles. BR927-10 30 litre 0.00 ea XX BR927-20 50 litre 0.00 ea XX Kegs, HDPE White. With extra-wide mouth for easy filling. Ideal for waste disposal or storage of liquids, powders or granules. With red, leakproof PE cap, suitable for tag sealing. UN-approved to schedule X cat. I, II and III. Supplied singly. Cap. litres BR928-30 BR928-35 BR928-43 BR928-50 10 26 33 Dia. x ht. mm 270 x 240 316 x 424 338 x 450 Neck i.d. mm ea 200 204 295 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX QO

Important Warning Sterilising Bottles Some bottles where indicated can be sterilised by autoclaving. However BEFORE AUTOCLAVING (or sterilising by gas or dry heat) the cap or closure must either be removed or just set on top of the container WITHOUT ENGAGING THE THREAD.

Security tags for kegs, 0.0070 pk pack of 10

BR900

BR914

BR920

BR927

BR910

BR917-22/BR917-32

BR924

BR928 in use

98

bottles, plastic & culture/specimen

Plastic, Large Capacity, Square, Octagonal and Rectangular
Bottle, HDPE, square Natural HDPE. Ideal for storage and transport of solid materials. Space saving square design with moulded-in handgrip for safe convenient carrying. Wide neck for easy filling and supplied with blue PP cap with internal conical seal and tamper-evident ring. Overall 135 x 135 x 195mm high, neck i.d. 69mm. Supplied singly. BR931-05 2300ml 4.26 ea AK Bottles, Azlon polypropylene, octagonal Heavy duty rigid construction with offset neck, leakproof screwcap, approximate graduations and integral carrying handle. Can be autoclaved. Ref. BR932-30 BR932-40 BR932-50 BNP05B BNP10B BNP20B Capacity litres 5 10 20 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX

B
pk (qty+)

Glass, Culture and Specimen

Bottles, culture Clear glass. All caps where specified have a rubber liner. Capacity With aluminium screw cap, plain BS150-10 Bijou 7ml (14 oz) BS150-15 Bijou 14ml (12 oz) BS150-20 McCartney 28ml (1oz) BS150-25 Universal 28ml (1oz) Without cap BS152-10 Bijou BS152-15 Bijou BS152-20 McCartney BS152-25 Universal 7ml (14oz) 14ml (12 oz) 28ml (1oz) 28ml (1oz) Pack qty. 288 288 144 144 288 288 144 144 pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 (10+)

(5+) (5+) (10+) (10+)

XX XX XX XX

XX XX XX XX

Jerrycans, Azlon rigid polyethylene, rectangular Robust, lightweight with screw cap and integral handle. BR935-30 5 litre BR935-40 10 litre BR935-50 25 litre Hazard Warning Labels see Safety section. Carboy Pumps and Siphons see Pumps section.

With aluminium cap having 4mm centre hole BS154-10 McCartney 28ml (1oz) 144 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea
XX XX XX

XX

Caps for BS150/152/154 Aluminium with rubber liner. Plain except BS160-15. Supplied in packs of 100. BS160-06 For 7ml and 14ml Bijou size R3/20 0.00 pk XX BS160-08 For 28ml McCartney size R3/22 0.00 pk XX BS160-10 For 28ml Universal size R3/28 0.00 pk XX BS160-15 With 4.8mm hole. For 28ml McCartney size R3/22 0.00 pk XX Caps, Sterilin, polypropylene Wadless, non-sterile. Type BS165-06 BS165-08 BS165-10 R320 for 7ml and 14ml Bijou R322 for 28ml McCartney R328 for 28ml Universal Pack qty. 5600 5000 2850 pk 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX

Important Warning Sterilising Bottles Some bottles where indicated can be sterilised by autoclaving. However BEFORE AUTOCLAVING (or sterilising by gas or dry heat) the cap or closure must either be removed or just set on top of the container WITHOUT ENGAGING THE THREAD.

BR931-05

BR932

BR935

BS150

BS152

BS154

99

bottles, culture/specimen
Disposable Specimen Containers

N CE-marked in accordance with the in-vitro diagnostic (I.V.D.) medical devices directive (98/79/EC). The table below is coded as follows: G = Glass Ir = Pe = Polyethylene Pp = Ref. BS200-05 BS200-10 BS200-15 BS200-20 BS200-30 BS200-35 BS200-40 BS200-45 BS204-05 BS204-10 BS204-15 BS208-05 BS208-10 BS208-15 BS208-20 BS208-25 BS208-30 BS212-05 BS212-10 BS212-15 BS212-17 BS212-19 BS212-22 BS212-25 BS212-30 BS212-35 BS216-05 BS216-07 BS216-10 BS216-12 BS216-15 BS216-20 BS216-35 BS216-37 BS216-40 BS240-60 BS240-65 BS240-70 BS240-75 128A 128B 128C* UC30 128SA 128SB 128SC 128B-BAC 129B-BAC 129A 129B* 125AM 125BM* 125CM 125AP 125BP 125CP 185AM 185BM* 185CM 185AP 185BP 185CP 165A 165B* 165C 190A 190A/1 190B* 190B/1 190C 193A 191 194I/W 192 Z5PS Z5PSNL Z10PS Z10PSNL S S S NS S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S Ir Ir Ir NS NS NS NS Gamma Irradiation Polypropylene -L = Ps = Leak proof cap Polystyrene Me = S = Metal NS = Sterile aseptic production Cap Ps/Pp-L Ps/Pp-L Ps/Pp-L G/Pp Ps/Pe Ps/Pe Ps/Pe Ps/Pe-L Ps/Pe Ps/Pe Ps/Pe Ps/Me-L Ps/Me-L Ps/Me-L Ps/Pe Ps/Pe Ps/Pe Ps/Me-L Ps/Me-L Ps/Me-L Ps/Pe Ps/Pe Ps/Pe Ps/Me-L Ps/Me-L Ps/Me-L Ps/Me-L Ps/Me-L Ps/Me-L Ps/Me-L Ps/Me-L Pp/Me-L Ps/Pp-L Ps/Me-L Ps/Me-L Ps/Pp Ps/Pp Ps/Pp Ps/Pp Non Sterile

Container/Description 30ml Universal, no label 30ml Universal, printed label 30ml Universal, plain label 30ml Universal, no label 30ml Universal, Spoon, no label 30ml Universal, Spoon, printed label 30ml Universal, Spoon, plain label 30ml Universal, Boric Acid, labelled 7ml Bijou, Boric Acid, labelled 7ml Bijou, no label 7ml Bijou, plain label 60ml, no label, 60ml, printed label 60ml, plain label 60ml, no label 60ml, printed label 60ml, plain label 100ml, no label 100ml, printed label 100ml, plain label 100ml, no label 100ml, printed label 100ml, plain label 150ml, no label 150ml, printed label 150ml, plain label 250ml, unlabelled 250ml, unlabelled, tray packed, shrink wrapped 250ml, printed label 250ml, printed label, tray packed, shrink wrapped 250ml, plain label 250ml, polypropylene, no label 30ml Dippa sampler with integral handle 100ml Dippa sampler with integral handle 250ml Dippa sampler with integral handle 5ml, blood specimen, printed label 5ml, blood specimen, no label 10ml, blood specimen, printed label 10ml, blood specimen, no label

Pack qty. 400 400 400 500 400 400 400 400 700 700 700 300 300 300 300 300 300 200 200 200 200 200 200 120 120 120 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 100 50 1000 1000 500 500

pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

*Non-pyrogenic versions of these containers are available - details on request. Double-bagged containers for sterile sampling of tissue and fluids - see Clinical section.

100

bottles, culture/specimen
Colour Coded Specimen Containers Labplex
Designed primarily for use in the food and beverage industries. Disposable, aseptically produced, containers with coloured screw caps and/or bodies. With polypropylene bodies and polyethylene caps. Ref. LXPBS224-10 BS224-13 BS224-22 BS224-25 BS224-28 BS224-31 BS225-11 BS225-14 BS225-20 BS225-23 BS225-29 BS225-32 BS225-39 BS230-11 BS230-15 BS230-21 BS230-24 BS230-31 BS230-36 BS230-40 BS235-12 BS235-16 BS235-22 BS235-33 BS235-37 BS235-42 BS235-46 BS235-48 30L 30LB 40 40L 40LB B40 60 60L 60R 60LR B60 B60L R60L 125 125L 125R 125B 125LB R125 B125L 180 180L 180R 180LR 180LB B180 B180L R180L Cap. ml 30 30 40 40 40 40 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 Colour* Body Cap C C C C C B C C C C B B R C C C C C R B C C C C C B B R W B W W B B W W R R B B R W W R B B R B W W R R B B B R Plain Label                Pack qty. 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 700 700 700 700 700 700 700 380 380 380 380 380 380 380 264 264 264 264 264 264 264 264 pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

B
pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX

Disposable Blood Specimen Containers

Polystyrene or polypropylene specimen containers with wadless, leakproof polypropylene screw caps and printed label. Prefilled with anticoagulant as indicated. Non sterile. Description Polystyrene containers BS242-05 2.5ml EDTA BS242-15 5ml EDTA BS242-40 5ml Lithium Heparin BS242-50 BS242-55 BS242-80 10ml Lithium Heparin 10ml Lithium Heparin with granules 2.5ml Fluoride Oxalate Pack qty. 1000 1000 1000 500 500 1000 1000 1000 1000 500 500 1000

Polypropylene containers BS248-05 2.5ml EDTA BS248-15 5ml EDTA BS248-40 5ml Lithium Heparin BS248-50 BS248-55 BS248-80 10ml Lithium Heparin 10ml Lithium Heparin with granules 2.5ml Fluoride Oxalate

XX XX XX XX XX XX

Tissue Culture Roller Bottles - see Tissue Culture section. Azlon Specimen Containers - see Tubes section.

*Colour code:- B = blue, C = clear, R = red, W = white. BS224-13 has a printed label.

BS224/BS235

BS242/BS248

101

bottles, glass reagent

Narrow Mouth, Pyrex
Bottles, reagent, Pyrex 1526 series, unstoppered Narrow mouth with unground neck and without stopper. Comply with ISO4796. Stopper size ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (qty+) (10+) (10+) (10+) (10+) (2+) (2+) (10+) (10+) (10+) (10+) (2+) (2+) (10+) (10+) (10+) (2+) (2+) (10+) (10+) (10+) (2+) (2+)
XX XX XX XX XX XX

Glass Reagent, Plain Neck Narrow Mouth

Bottles, reagent Narrow mouth with stopper. Cap. ml

Ref. BS415-30 BS415-42 BS415-50 BS415-80 BS415-90 BS415-93 BS415-95 BS415-96 BS415-97 1526/04 1526/06 1526/08 1526/10 1526/12 1526/16 1526/18 1526/20 1526/22

Cap. ml 100 250 500 1000 2000 5000 10000 15000 20000

ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

ea (10+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Clear glass, polypropylene stopper BS400-17 30 16/16 BS400-20 50 16/16 BS400-30 100 16/16 BS400-42 250 24/20 BS400-50 500 24/20 BS400-80 1000 29/32 Clear glass, amber glass stopper BS402-17 30 16/16 BS402-20 50 16/16 BS402-30 100 16/16 BS402-42 250 24/20 BS402-50 500 24/20 BS402-80 1000 29/32 Amber glass, polypropylene stopper BS404-23 50 16/16 BS404-30 100 16/16 BS404-42 250 24/20 BS404-50 500 24/20 BS404-80 1000 29/32 Amber glass, amber glass stopper BS406-23 50 16/16 BS406-30 100 16/16 BS406-42 250 24/20 BS406-50 500 24/20 BS406-80 1000 29/32

XX XX XX XX XX XX

Bottles, reagent, Pyrex 1521 series, glass stoppered Narrow mouth with ground neck and glass stopper. Comply with ISO4796. Ref. BS420-30 BS420-42 BS420-50 BS420-80 BS420-90 BS420-93 BS420-95 BS420-97 1521/04 1521/06 1521/08 1521/10 1521/12 1521/16 1521/18 1521/22 Cap. ml 100 250 500 1000 2000 5000 10000 20000 Stopper size 14/15 19/26 24/29 29/32 29/32 45/40 60/46 60/46 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (10+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

XX XX XX XX XX

XX XX XX XX XX

Spare glass stoppers For 1521 series. Ref. BS422-04 BS422-08 BS422-12 BS422-16 BS422-20 BS422-24 BS422-28 1522/02 1522/04 1522/05 1522/06 1522/08 1522/10 1522/12 Stopper size 14/15 19/26 24/29 29/32 34/35 45/40 60/46 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (10+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

BS400

BS402

BS404

BS406

BS415

BS420

102

bottles, glass reagent

Glass Reagent, Screw Neck, Pyrex
Pyrex 1515 series, narrow mouth, round shape With SVL black phenolic screw cap and PTFE faced sealing disc. Can be dry heat or steam sterilised at 121C. With approximate graduations. Ref. BS430-15 BS430-20 BS430-30 BS430-42 BS430-50 BS430-80 BS430-90 BS430-93 BS430-95 BS430-96 BS430-97 1515/01 1515/02 1515/04 1515/06 1515/08 1515/10 1515/12 1515/16 1515/18 1515/20 1515/22 Capacity ml 25 50 100 250 500 1000 2000 5000 10000 15000 20000 Cap size mm 20 25 25 30 30 42 60 60 60 60 60 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (10+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Glass Reagent, Screw Neck, Wide Mouth, Square Shape, Pyrex

Pyrex 1520 series, wide mouth, square shape With polypropylene screw cap and clear pouring ring which ensure smooth transfer of contents without drips. Square shape allows closer fitting in water baths or on shelves and offers up to 20% saving of space in comparison to similar round bottles. Can be used up to140C. With approximate graduations. Ref. BS432-30 BS432-42 BS432-50 BS432-80 1520/04 1520/06 1520/08 1520/10 Capacity ml 100 250 500 1000 Cap size mm 32 45 45 45 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (10+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX

Culture Bottles see Tissue Culture section. Dropper Bottles, Eye Dropper Bottles see Medical section. Reagent bottles, plastic see BR756. Safety Signs and Tapes see Safety section.

Spare SVL Screwcaps SW460-20 Size 20 SW460-25 Size 25 SW460-30 Size 30 SW460-42 Size 42 SW460-60 Size 60

0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

ea ea ea ea ea

0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

ea (100+) ea (100+) ea (100+) ea (10+) ea (5+)

XX XX XX XX XX

Specimen Tubes see Tubes section. Spill mats and bench protection see Safety section. Trays see TT210. Washbottles see Washing section.

Important Warning Sterilising Bottles Some bottles where indicated can be sterilised by autoclaving. However BEFORE AUTOCLAVING (or sterilising by gas or dry heat) the cap or closure must either be removed or just set on top of the container WITHOUT ENGAGING THE THREAD.

BS430

BS432

103

bottles, glass reagent

Glass Reagent, Screw Neck, Wide Mouth, Round Shape, Pyrex

Pyrex 1516 series, capped. To ISO4796 Supplied with polypropylene screw cap and clear pouring ring (except 25ml size) which ensures smooth transfer of contents without drips. Can be used up to 140C. With approximate graduations. Pyrex 1517 series, uncapped As 1516 series but supplied without cap and pouring ring. Pyrex 1518 series, safety coated, uncapped As 1517 series but with plastic coating to protect against mechanical damage. The coating remains transparent after repeated autoclaving up to 135C and is UV absorbent to 380nm. This allows use in a similar way to amber bottles. Supplied without cap or pouring ring. Pyrex 1519 series, amber, uncapped As 1517 series but manufactured from amber borosilicate glass. UV absorbent to 500nm. Without cap and pouring ring. Cap. ml 25 50 100 250 500 1000 2000 5000 10000 15000 20000 Cap size mm 25 32 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 Size Ref. Series Code (Series Code-) 1516 /01 /02 /04 /06 /08 /10 /12 /16 /18 /20 /22 BS435-15 BS435-20 BS435-30 BS435-42 BS435-50 BS435-80 BS435-90 BS435-93 BS435-95 BS435-97 BS435-99 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (10+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Series Code 1517 BS440-15 BS440-20 BS440-30 BS440-42 BS440-50 BS440-80 BS440-93 BS440-95 BS440-97 BS440-98 BS440-99 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (10+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Series Code 1518 BS443-32 BS443-44 BS443-52 BS443-65 BS443-70 BS443-77 BS443-90 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (10+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Series Code 1519 BS444-15 BS444-20 BS444-30 BS444-42 BS444-50 BS444-80 BS444-93 BS444-95 BS444-97 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (10+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Standard Spares and Accessories All items are polypropylene. BS437-04 Screw cap size 25, blue BS437-06 Screw cap size 32, blue BS437-09 Screw cap size 45, blue BS437-12 Pouring ring size 32 BS437-15 Pouring ring size 45

0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

ea ea ea ea ea

0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

ea (10+) ea (10+) ea (10+) ea (10+) ea (10+)

XX XX XX XX XX

High Temperature Accessories Enable bottles to be used up to 200C. BS437-17 PBTP screw cap size 25, red BS437-18 PBTP screw cap size 32, red BS437-21 PBTP screw cap size 45, red BS437-24 ETFE pouring ring size 32 BS437-27 ETFE pouring ring size 45 PBTP - Polybutylene terephthalate ETFE - Ethylenetetrafluoroethylene copolymer

0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

ea ea ea ea ea

0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

ea (10+) ea (10+) ea (10+) ea (10+) ea (10+)

XX XX XX XX XX

Important Warning Sterilising Bottles Some bottles where indicated can be sterilised by autoclaving. However BEFORE AUTOCLAVING (or sterilising by gas or dry heat) the cap or closure must either be removed or just set on top of the container WITHOUT ENGAGING THE THREAD.

BS435

BS440

BS443

BS444

104

bottles, glass reagent

Glass Reagent, Screw Neck, Wide Mouth, Round shape, Duran

Duran 21801 series, capped Supplied with polypropylene screw cap and pouring ring (except 25ml size) for drip free pouring. Bottle, cap and pouring ring can be autoclaved up to 140C. With approximate graduations. Duran 21805 series, safety coated, uncapped Similar to 21801 series but with plastic coating to protect against mechanical damage. The coating remains transparent after repeated autoclaving up to 135C and is UV absorbent to 380nm. This allows use in a similar way to amber bottles. Without cap or pouring ring. Cap. ml 25 50 100 250 500 1000 2000 5000 10000 Cap size mm 25 32 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 Plain BS445-15 BS445-18 BS445-20 BS445-23 BS445-26 BS445-30 BS445-33 BS445-36 BS445-40 Ref. 21801-145 21801-175 21801-245 21801-365 21801-445 21801-545 21801-635 21801-735 21801-865 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (10+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Safety coated BS445-60 BS445-63 BS445-66 BS445-70 BS445-73 BS445-76 Ref. 21805-24 21805-36 21805-44 21805-54 21805-63 21805-73 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (10+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Standard Spares and Accessories All items are polypropylene. BS447-55 Screw cap size 25, blue BS447-57 Screw cap size 32, blue BS447-60 Screw cap size 45, blue BS447-62 Pouring ring size 32 BS447-63 Pouring ring size 45

0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

ea ea ea ea ea

0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

ea (10+) ea (10+) ea (10+) ea (10+) ea (10+)

XX XX XX XX XX

High Temperature Accessories Enable bottles to be used up to 200C. BS447-65 PBTP screw cap size 25, red BS447-67 PBTP screw cap size 32, red BS447-70 PBTP screw cap size 45, red BS447-72 ETFE pouring ring size 32 BS447-73 ETFE pouring ring size 45 PBTP - Polybutylene terephthalate ETFE - Ethylenetetrafluoroethylene copolymer

0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

ea ea ea ea ea

0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

ea (10+) ea (10+) ea (10+) ea (10+) ea (10+)

XX XX XX XX XX

Important Warning Sterilising Bottles Some bottles where indicated can be sterilised by autoclaving. However BEFORE AUTOCLAVING (or sterilising by gas or dry heat) the cap or closure must either be removed or just set on top of the container WITHOUT ENGAGING THE THREAD.

BS445-23

BS445-63

Standard cap

High temperature cap

BS445-26

BS445-66 with high temperature cap

105

B
BS450-20 BS450-25 BS450-42 BS450-50 BS450-80

bottles, glass reagent

Glass Reagent, Labelled
With PVC safety coating which covers both bottle and label for added protection. Bottles, Volac labelled reagent Clear PVC safety coated glass with interchangeable polypropylene stopper except where otherwise stated. Title
XX XX XX XX XX

Glass Reagent Plain Neck, Wide Mouth

Bottles, reagent, wide mouth Clear glass with glass dustproof stopper. Capacity ml 50 100 250 500 1000 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (qty+) (36+) (36+) (36+) (36+) (12+)

Capacity 250ml BS500-03 BS500-06 BS500-09 BS500-12 (A), (G) BS500-15 BS500-18 BS500-21 BS500-24 BS500-27 BS500-30 BS500-33 BS500-36 BS500-39 BS500-42 BS500-45 BS500-48 BS500-51 BS500-54 BS500-57 BS500-60 (A) BS500-63 BS500-66 BS500-69 BS500-72 BS500-75 BS500-78 BS500-81

ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

ea (2+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

Capacity 500ml BS505-03 BS505-06 BS505-09 BS505-12 BS505-15 BS505-18 BS505-21 BS505-24 BS505-27 BS505-30 BS505-33 BS505-36 BS505-39 BS505-42 BS505-45 BS505-48 BS505-51 BS505-54 BS505-57 BS505-60 BS505-63 BS505-66 BS505-69 BS505-72 BS505-75 BS505-78 BS505-81

ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

ea (2+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Acetic Acid Dil. Acetic Acid, Glacial Ammonia Soln. Dil. Ammonia Conc. Barium Chloride Bromine Water Copper (II) Sulphate Ethanol Fehlings Soln. No. 1 Fehlings Soln. No. 2 Hydrochloric Acid Dil. Hydrochloric Acid Conc. Lead (II) Acetate Lime Water Nitric Acid Dil. Nitric Acid Conc. Potassium Dichromate (VI) Potassium Hydroxide Potassium Iodide Potassium Manganate (VII) Propanone (Acetone) Silver Nitrate Sodium Carbonate Sodium Hydroxide Dil. Sodium Hydroxide Conc. Sulphuric Acid Dil. Sulphuric Acid Conc.

Culture Bottles see Tissue Culture section. Dropper Bottles, Eye Dropper Bottles see Medical section. Reagent bottles, plastic see BR756. Safety Signs and Tapes see Safety section. Specimen Tubes see Tubes section. Washbottles see Washing section.

(G)

(A), (G)

Important Warning Sterilising Bottles Some bottles where indicated can be sterilised by autoclaving. However BEFORE AUTOCLAVING (or sterilising by gas or dry heat) the cap or closure must either be removed or just set on top of the container WITHOUT ENGAGING THE THREAD.

(G)

(A) Indicates Amber Glass Bottle. (G) Indicates Glass Stopper.

BS450

BS500/BS505

106

bottles, glass and plastic reagent

Glass Reagent, Sandblast Labelled
With sandblasted letters within a border. BS520 series have a plain sandblast area, easily marked by the user with most types of pen or pencil. Bottles, reagent, sandblast labelled Clear glass with interchangeable polypropylene stopper except where otherwise stated. Title Plain sandblast area for marking Acetic Acid Dil. Acetic Acid, Glacial Acetone Alcohol Ammonia Sol. Conc. Ammonia Sol. Dil. Ammonium Carbonate Ammonium Chloride Ammonium Hydroxide Conc. Ammonium Hydroxide Dil. Ammonium Sulphate Barium Chloride Calcium Hydroxide Carbon Tetrachloride Chloroform Copper Sulphate Ether Ethyl Acetate Fehlings Sol. No. 1 Fehlings Sol. No. 2 Ferric Chloride Hydrochloric Acid Conc. Hydrochloric Acid Dil. Hydrogen Peroxide Lead Acetate Lime Water Nitric Acid Conc. Nitric Acid Dil. Potassium Hydroxide Potassium Iodide Potassium Permanganate Silver Nitrate Sodium Carbonate Sodium Chloride Sodium Hydroxide Sodium Hydroxide Dil. Sulphuric Acid Conc. Sulphuric Acid Dil. (A) (A),(G) Capacity 250ml BS520-03 BS522-03 BS522-05 BS522-08 BS522-12 BS522-15 BS522-17 BS522-22 BS522-25 BS522-28 BS522-30 BS522-36 BS522-45 BS522-59 BS522-65 BS522-68 BS522-72 BS522-80 BS522-83 BS522-88 BS522-90 BS523-04 BS523-15 BS523-17 BS523-20 BS523-25 BS523-32 BS523-36 BS523-38 BS523-52 BS523-55 BS523-58 BS523-65 BS523-68 BS523-72 BS523-75 BS523-77 BS523-83 BS523-85 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Capacity 500ml BS520-05 BS526-03 BS526-05 BS526-08 BS526-12 BS526-15 BS526-17 BS526-22 BS526-25 BS526-28 BS526-30 BS526-36 BS526-45 BS526-59 BS526-65 BS526-68 BS526-72 BS526-80 BS526-83 BS526-88 BS526-90 BS527-04 BS527-15 BS527-17 BS527-20 BS527-25 BS527-32 BS527-36 BS527-38 BS527-52 BS527-55 BS527-58 BS527-65 BS527-68 BS527-72 BS527-75 BS527-77 BS527-83 BS527-85 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Plastic Reagent, Labelled

N Graduated in ml and fl.oz N Leakproof wide mouth N Autoclavable to 121C N Transparent easy to view contents N Large, white, plain writing area Bottles, reagent, plastic, labelled Transparent polypropylene. With dual graduations (ml and fl.oz), plain writing area and cap. Supplied in packs as indicated. Ref. BS600-24 BS600-31 BS600-43 BS600-52 BS600-82 BS600-99 BS601-04 Cap. ml Pk. qty. pk 10 0.00 10 0.00 10 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX

BWP0060PGRAD 60 BLP0125PGRAD 125 BWP0250PGRAD 250

(A),(G) (A),(G)

BWP0500PGRAD 500 10 0.00 BWP1000PGRAD 1000 5 0.00 BWPMIXGRAD pack 1 ea. 0.00 all sizes WGWPEN01, indelible marker pens, black, pack of 2 0.00 pk

XX

(A),(G)

(A) Indicates amber glass bottles. (G) Indicates glass stopper.

BS522/BS523

BS526/BS527

BS600/BS601

107

B
BS700-05 BS700-13

bottles, glass, dropping/dispensing

Bottles, dropping Clear glass with stopper, vinyl teat and glass pipette. Cap. ml
XX XX

Glass, Dropping and Dispensing

Bottles, dropper Amber soda-lime glass. Hexagonal ribbed shape with plastic cap, rubber teat and glass pipette. Cap. ml 10 20 Pack qty. 25 25 pk 0.00 0.00 pk (40+) 0.00 0.00 Glass stopper BS720-17 BS720-24 BS720-30 Plastic stopper BS722-17 BS722-24 BS722-30 Bottles, dispensing Clear glass with plastic stopper, vinyl teat and graduated pipette. Cap. Pipette ml ml
XX XX XX

ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

ea (10+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 BS750-30 BS750-42 BS750-50

ea 0.00 0.00 0.00

ea (qty+) 0.00 (10+) 0.00 (2+) 0.00 (2+)

XX XX XX

Bottles, dropper Amber glass, round shape with plastic cap, rubber teat and glass pipette. Cap. ml Pack qty. pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 pk (qty+) 0.00 (10+) 0.00 (10+) 0.00 (40+) 0.00 (10+)
XX XX

30ml 50ml 100ml 30ml 50ml 100ml

100 250 500

1 x 0.5 8 x 0.2 10 x 0.2

XX XX XX

Bottle mounting Dispensers see Dispensers section. Dispensing Measures see Measures section. Pipettors see Pipettes section.

Neutral amber glass BS705-03 5 100 BS705-05 10 100 Soda-lime amber glass BS707-14 15 25 BS707-17 30 119

Bottles, dropping TK Pattern With ground-in slotted flat-head stopper. Clear glass BS740-20 50ml BS740-30 100ml Amber glass BS742-20 50ml BS742-30 100ml 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea
XX XX

XX XX

XX XX

BS700

BS705

BS740

BS742

BS705 in use

BS707

BS720

BS722

BS750

108

bottles, plastic, dispensing, special

Plastic, Dropping and Dispensing
Bottles, Azlon dropper Polyethylene with detachable cap, 15ml capacity. Ref. BS800-10 BS800-20 BGE510P EGR336P Colour Natural Amber ea 0.00 0.00 ea (10+) 0.00 0.00
XX XX

B
ea (10+) 0.00 0.00
XX XX

Special Purpose
Bottles, B.O.D. Clear glass with hollow glass peg stopper with cone point. Used for the Biological Oxygen Demand test on water samples.
XX XX XX XX XX

Bottles, Azlon dispensing LDPE with dropper nozzle and captive cap. Ref. BS820-17 BS820-24 BS820-32 BS820-42 BS820-50 BGE814PNC BGE820PNC BGE828PNC BGE830PNC BGE836PNC Cap. ml 30 60 150 250 500 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (10+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

Capacity BS900-42 BS900-50 250ml 500ml

ea 0.00 0.00

Bottles, Azlon dropping Polyethylene with bellows dropping pipette. Capacities are bottle volume/dispensed volume. Ref. BS805-17 BS805-24 BS805-35 BS805-42 BGE614P BGE620P BGE628P BGE630P Cap. ml 30/2.5 60/2.5 150/4 250/4 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (10+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX

B.O.D testing see Dissolved oxygen section. Bottles, Azlon pump dispensing Polyethylene bottle with polypropylene closure and pump. Capacities are bottle volume/dispensed volume. Ref. BS825-32 BS825-42 BS825-50 BGE462P BGE466P BGE468P Cap. ml 125/0.5 250/4 500/4 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (10+) 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX

Cooled Incubators for B.O.D. testing see Incubator section. Bottles, Kilner type Clear glass with a lacquered metal plate with flowed-in plastic seal on the underside and separate metal screw collar. BS910-40 500ml 0.00 ea XX BS910-75 1000ml 0.00 ea XX Bottles, Kilner type Clear glass with flat glass top and rubber sealing ring. The flat top is held in place by a wire clamp. BS910-85 1500ml 0.00 ea XX Bottles, oil sample Clear glass. Neck sealed by a cork. BS920-10 225ml BS920-20 450ml Eye-Wash Bottles see Safety section. Washbottles see Washing section. Safety signs and tapes see Safety section.

Bottles, Azlon dispensing Polyethylene with pivoting nozzle which can be raised to give a directable jet of liquid as the bottle is squeezed. Ref. Natural polyethylene BS815-17 BGE514P BS815-24 BGE520P BS815-35 BGE528P BS815-42 BGE530P BS815-50 BGE536P Amber polyethylene BS817-17 BGE014P BS817-24 BGE020P BS817-35 BGE028P BS817-42 BGE030P BS817-50 BGE036P Cap. ml 30 60 150 250 500 30 60 150 250 500 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (10+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX

Bottles, Azlon spray atomising Polyethylene. Produces fine spray when top is pumped. Ref. BS830-17 BS830-24 BS830-32 BS830-42 BS830-50 BGE480P BGE482P BGE484P BGE486P BGE488P Cap. ml 30 60 125 250 500 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (10+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX

0.00 ea 0.00 ea

XX XX

XX XX XX XX XX

BS800-10 and -20

BS805

BS815 and BS817

BS910-40 and -75

BS910-85

BS820

BS825

BS830

BS900

BS920

109

B
N Seamless

bottles, bottle accessories

Bottle Carriers
Bottle carriers, wire, Azlon Epoxy coated steel wire for carrying up to six bottles or washbottles. Ref. BT512-10 BT512-20 BGS040 BGS042 For bottles max. diameter 60mm 74mm ea 0.00 0.00
XX XX

Aluminium bottles
N Pure aluminium (Al 99.5) N Lightweight Ideal for transportation or storage of sensitive materials or reference samples that must remain contamination-free. Odourless, impermeable to light and corrosion resistant. Comply with the PCB regulations. With polypropylene, tamper-evident screw cap with internal aluminium sealing wad. Supplied singly. Cap. ml BS980-15 BS980-25 BS980-35 BS980-45 BS980-55 BS980-65 38 60 120 300 600 1200 Dia. x H, mm 35 x 70 40 x 88 57 x 97 57 x 160 74 x 192 88 x 256 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX

Drip Trays
Bottle drip trays, Azlon Rectangular, white PVC. Not suitable for carrying bottles. Ref. BT595-10 BT595-20 BT595-30 TWR040 TWR042 TWR044 L x W, mm 400 x 150 600 x 150 860 x 300 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX

Bottle carrier, wire Nylon coated steel. Accepts 2 x 2.5 litre Winchester type bottles. With handle. BT520-10 Wire carrier 0.00 ea XX Bottle store Stove painted, heavy gauge steel with hinged lid, toggle catch and swivel castors for mobility. Contains a removable stainless steel spillage tray accommodating 8 x 2.5L winchester or 'Euro'-type bottles. Internal dimensions 620 x 320 x 360mm high. BT550-37 Bottle store 0.00 ea XX Spill Containment We offer a wide range of products for containing spillage safety. Absorbent Papers for protecting benches Highly Absorbent Powders and Pads for containing and binding spillage rapidly For full details of these products - see SA200 to SA235 in the Safety Section. Safety Stores for storing small quantities of acids and flammable liquids see SB840 to SB875 in the Safety Section.

Spill Trays Tough deep trays in white polypropylene. Resistant to most common acids, alkalis and solvents. With polished surface which is easy to clean. Cap. litres TT210-12 TT210-15 TT210-18 TT210-24 TT210-28 TT210-32 0.5 1.5 3 10 21 39 External L x W x D, mm 180 x 230 x 42 250 x 310 x 65 310 x 370 x 75 420 x 520 x 120 534 x 634 x 140 648 x 846 x 160 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX

Aluminium foil - see AL200. Aluminium basins - see BF550.

Hazard Warning Tapes Covering a wide range of titles including: CORROSIVE HARMFUL TOXIC HIGHLY FLAMMABLE RADIOACTIVE

For full details see SC250 et seq. in the Safety Section.

BS980

BT520 in use

BT595

BT512

BT550 in use

TT210

110

bowls, boxes
Bowls
Bowls, polypropylene Can be autoclaved and withstand up to 140C. The first three sizes can be used as lotion bowls. Dimensions given are top diameter x height in mm. Ref. Dimensions ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX

B
GO XX XX

Boxes
All dimensions are nominal and are length x width x height in mm. Boxes, glass, rectangular Without lid. Dimensions BU100-30 BU100-40 BU100-45 BU100-50 200 x 150 x 50 250 x 150 x 125 250 x 200 x 50 300 x 200 x 50 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (10+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX

Without flange (lotion bowls) BT850-10 105 x 70 BT850-20 180 x 115 BT850-30 220 x 125 With flange BT852-10 BWY026 305 x 135

Boxes, polystyrene, rectangular Transparent, straight sided with lift-off lid. BU110-25 140 x 140 x 187 5.38 ea BU110-35 228 x 121 x 86 0.00 ea BU110-50 279 x 159 x 102 0.00 ea Boxes, Azlon, polyethylene With snap-on tight fitting lids. Ref. Dimensions 100 x 100 x 65 100 x 100 x 125 210 x 100 x 65 210 x 100 x 90 210 x 210 x 65 210 x 210 x 90 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 BU120-10 BU120-15 BU120-20 BU120-25 BU120-30 BU120-35 BWY030 BWY032 BWY034 BWY036 BWY038 BWY039

XX

Lids Stainless steel for BU100 series boxes. For box LxW BU102-10 BU102-12 BU102-14 BU102-16 200 x 150 250 x 150 250 x 200 300 x 200 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (10+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX

XX XX XX XX XX XX

Glass troughs - see GE310. Stainless steel lotion bowl see Medical section.

Instrument Boxes see Medical section. Microscope Slide Boxes see Microscopy section. Petri Dish Boxes see Petri Dish section. Pipette Boxes see Pipette section. Storage Containers 0.2 to 30 litres see Storage section. Tool roll see Tools section.

Box, styrene acrylonitrile, rectangular Transparent, with straight sides and lift-off lid. The lid and base have indents to allow stacking. BU105-60 330 x 220 x 90 0.00 ea XX

BT850/BT852

BU105-60

BU110 in use

BU100 with BU102 in use

BU120

111

brushes
Brushes, Flask Curved bristle head 50mm diameter x 100mm long. With hinged centre joint and rubber covered stem on a wooden handle. Overall length 380mm. Supplied in pack of 5. BU435-12 Flask brush 0.00 pk XX Brushes, Test tube Bristle or nylon fan shaped head on wire handle. Supplied in packs of 10. Head dia. mm Bristle BU450-12 BU450-22
XX XX XX XX

Brushes
All dimensions are nominal. Brushes, Beaker Bristle head 70mm diameter x 150mm long, on wood handle. Overall length 400mm. Supplied in pack of 10. BU400-12 Beaker brushes 0.00 pk XX Brushes, Bottle Bristle or nylon head on wire handle. Supplied in packs of 10. Head dia. x length mm Bristle BU410-12 BU410-22 BU410-32 BU410-42 Nylon BU410-17 BU410-27 BU410-37 BU410-47 45 x 65 50 x 75 65 x 100 75 x 150 45 x 65 50 x 75 65 x 100 75 x 150 Overall length mm 300 350 400 460 300 350 400 460 For bottle ml 125 250 500 1000 125 250 500 1000 pk

For tubes dia. mm 10 to 12 16 to 25 10 to 12 16 to 25

pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

XX XX

10 30 10 30

0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

Nylon BU450-17 BU450-27

XX XX

XX XX XX XX

Brushes, Test tube Bristle or nylon with cotton tip head on wire handle. Supplied in packs of 10. Head dia. mm Bristle BU455-12 BU455-22 16 30 25 16 For tubes dia. mm 12 to 16 19 to 25 12 to 16 19 to 25 pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX

Brushes, Burette Bristle head on wire handle. Supplied in packs of 10. Head diameter mm BU425-12 BU425-17 BU425-22 BU425-27 13 16 19 25 Overall length mm 500 600 750 900 For burette ml 10 25 50 100 pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX

Nylon BU455-17 BU455-27

XX XX

Brushes, Tube Nylon brush 70mm long set in the centre of wire handle. Supplied in packs of 10. Brush dia. mm Overall length, mm 400 400 600 pk 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX

Brushes, Cylinder Nylon fan shaped end on wire handle. Supplied in packs of 5. Head dia. x length mm BU430-12 BU430-17 65 x 120 75 x 140 Overall length mm 650 650 pk 0.00 0.00
XX XX

BU465-12 BU465-17 BU465-22

3 6 12

Cleaning materials see Cleaning section.

BU400

BU410

BU425

BU430

BU435

BU450

BU455

BU465

112

brushes, buckets
Brushes continued
Brushes, Tube (pipe cleaner), small Flexible cord approximately 3mm diameter for cleaning capillaries, stopcocks, etc. 15 metre length. BU470-10 Pipe cleaner 0.00 ea XX Brushes, Tube (pipe cleaner), large Flexible fluffy cord stem, 300mm long. Approximate diameter as stated. Supplied in packs of 50 lengths. BU470-15 Pipe cleaner, 9mm 0.00 pk XX BU470-25 Pipe cleaner, 12mm 0.00 pk XX Brush, Tube (pipe cleaner), heavy duty Cord/nylon filament stem, approximately 3mm diameter. 10 metre length. BU470-65 Pipe cleaner, cord/nylon 0.00 ea

B
ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX

Buckets
Buckets, Plastic With handle and approximate graduations as indicated. With spout (except BU700-10 which is supplied complete with loose-fitting lid). Capacity BU700-10 9 litres BU700-12 10 litres BU700-16 12 litres BU700-18 15 litres BU700-20 17 litres Material White polypropylene White polyethylene, heavy duty with plastic coated steel handle Natural polypropylene Natural polypropylene Black polyethylene Graduations 1 litre 1 litre 1 litre 0.5 litre

XX XX XX

XX

Brush, Tube (pipe cleaner), double action As BU470-10 but 150mm length divided half cord, half cord/nylon filament. Supplied in pack of 100 lengths. BU470-85 Pipe cleaner, double action 0.00 pk XX Brush, Flat form For general dusting. Hair bristles 25mm wide in metal mount on wood handle. BU480-10 Flat brush 0.00 ea XX Brushes, Round form For general dusting. Soft hair bristles in quill mount. Head dia. mm BU485-10 BU485-20 4 8 Overall length, mm 60 80 ea 0.00 0.00
XX XX

Buckets, stainless steel With handle and approximate graduations at 1 litre intervals from the 5 litre mark. BU715-10 10 litre 0.00 ea XX BU715-15 12.5 litre 0.00 ea XX BU715-20 15 litre 0.00 ea XX Lids Stainless steel, for BU715 buckets. BU717-10 10 litre BU717-15 12.5 litre BU717-20 15 litre Kegs and drums see BR924, BR928. Large capacity jugs see MD758, MD770. Stirrers see SR550 to SR875. Storage/Mixing containers see SX300, SX310.

0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

XX XX XX

Brushes, Pencil form Soft hair bristles approximately 7mm long in metal mount on wood handle. BU490-10 Pencil brush 0.00 ea XX Brushes, Dabber/Mop form Soft hair bristles in metal mount on wood handle. Head dia. mm BU495-10 BU495-15 BU495-20 9 11 14 Head length, mm 30 34 38 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX

BU470-10 in use

BU700-10

BU700-12

BU470-25

BU470-65 BU470-85

BU480

BU485 BU490 BU495

BU700-16

BU700-20

BU715

113

B
Bulbs
BU800-10 BU800-15 BU800-20 BU800-25 BU800-30

bulbs
Pipette Bulbs
Size 0 1 2 3 4 Bulb dia. mm 34 43 58 68 80 Capacity ml 15 30 60 100 150 Neck bore mm 5 5 5 11 16 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (10+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX

Bulbs, PVC, pear shape

Pipette Bulbs Small capacity, chemically resistant rubber bulbs for rapid and easy pipetting. Colour-coding aids identification. Capacity ml PP845-05 PP845-09 PP845-13 PP845-17 PP845-21 1 2 5 10 15 Colour Green Grey Yellow Blue Red ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (10+) 0.52 0.52 0.80 1.52 1.52
XX XX XX XX XX

Bulbs (teats) rubber For dropper pipettes. Size BU810-10 BU810-15 BU810-20 BU810-25 0 1 3 5 Capacity ml 1.5 2 2.75 5 Neck bore mm 4 5 6 6 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (1000+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX

Pipette Bulbs Chemically resistant rubber with valves for suction, emptying and air release controlled by thumb and finger pressure. PP850-10 Standard model. For bulb and graduated 0.00 ea XX pipettes up to 10ml PP852-10 Universal model. With extended cone 0.00 ea XX which accommodates all sizes of bulb and graduated pipettes PIpette Bulb, automatic venting For bulb and graduated pipettes up to 100ml capacity. Reservoir bulb incorporates one-way valve which allows it to vent when squeezed and reseal when released. The valve is removable, allowing easy internal cleaning should accidental contamination occur. PP854-12 Pipette bulb, automatic venting 0.00 ea XX Safety Bulb Pipette Filler Fits common sizes of pipettes and is particularly suitable as an aspirator for Westergren and Wintrobe sedimentation pipettes. The tapered silicone rubber seal prevents loss of suction. Easily cleaned and can be autoclaved. PP860-25 Pipette filler 0.00 ea XX

Bellows see BP200 to BP210. Bulb condensers, Allihn see Quickfit section. Bulb pipettes see PM100 to PM230. Graduated pipettes see PM400 to PM856. Droppers and teats see ME770. Latex tube policemen see RS260. Pipette controllers see PP865 to PP895.

PP845

BU800 bottom

BU810 top

PP850/852

PP854

PP860

114

burettes
Burettes, Glass, Single Bore MBL
Glass Burettes Unless otherwise stated single and double bore burettes: N Conform to BS846 Works Certified Burettes N Each burette is supplied with a certificate stating the actual volume delivered at five points on the scale Burettes, MBL, Class B With funnel top for easier and safer filling, pinchclip and jet. Soda-lime. Blue enamel graduations. Ref. BRBCapacity x grads. ml ea ea (qty+)
XX XX XX

B
ea (10+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX

Burettes, MBL, Class B With funnel top for easier and safer filling, PTFE stopcock connected to burette tube and jet, with self-locking nuts. Soda-lime burette tube and jet. Blue enamel graduations. Ref. BRBBW112-12 BW112-22 BW112-26 BW112-30 262P 264P 266P 268P Capacity x grads. ml 10 x 0.10 25 x 0.10 50 x 0.10 100 x 0.20 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (10+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX

Burettes, MBL, Class B With interchangeable glass stopcock. Soda-lime. (BW120-10 is borosilicate). Blue enamel graduations. Ref. BRBBW120-10 BW120-22 BW120-26 BW120-30 050P 056P 058P 060P Capacity x grads. ml 10 x 0.02 25 x 0.10 50 x 0.10 100 x 0.20 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

BW100-36 038P 50 x 0.10 0.00 0.00 (10+) BW102-04 Spare pinchclip, 0.00 0.00 (5+) rubber and jet BW102-06 Spare jet 0.00 0.00 (5+)

Burettes, MBL, Class A With PTFE stopcock connected to burette tube and jet, with self-locking nuts. Borosilicate burette tube and jet. Blue enamel graduations. Ref. BRBBW114-14 BW114-22 BW114-26 BW114-30 302P 304P 306P 308P Capacity x grads. ml 10 x 0.02 25 x 0.10 50 x 0.10 100 x 0.20 ea

Burettes, MBL, Class A With interchangeable glass stopcock. Borosilicate. Blue enamel graduations. Ref. BRBBW125-10 BW125-22 BW125-26 BW125-30 100P 106P 108P 110P Capacity x grads. ml 10 x 0.02 25 x 0.10 50 x 0.10 100 x 0.20 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (2+) 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX

Burettes, MBL, Class B With PTFE key stopcock. Soda-lime (BW105-10 is borosilicate). Blue enamel graduations. Ref. BRBBW105-10 BW105-22 BW105-23 BW105-26 BW105-27 070P 074P 075P 076P 077P Capacity x grads. ml 10 x 0.02 25 x 0.10 25 x 0.10* 50 x 0.10 50 x 0.10* ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (10+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX

0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

XX XX XX XX

continued on next page

Spare jets for BW112 and BW114 series burettes For 10, 25 and 50ml capacities, soda-lime. BW116-09 0.00 ea 0.00 ea (5+) For 100ml capacity, soda-lime. BW116-11 0.00 ea 0.00 ea (5+)

XX

XX

* With funnel top.

Polypropylene, for all burettes. Run-out times using this jet will not be to BS846 requirements. BW116-15 0.00 ea 0.00 ea (5+) XX

BW100

BW105

BW114, BW112 are similar

BW120, BW125

115

B
BW140-10 BW140-22 BW140-26 BW140-30

burettes
Burettes, E-MIL, Class A With glass stopcock. Borosilicate. Graduations in black enamel. Ref. GXX XX XX XX

Burettes, Glass, Single Bore E-Mil

Burettes, E-MIL, Class B With glass stopcock. Soda-lime. (BW140-10 is borosilicate). Graduations in amber stain. Ref. G2082P 1898P 1897P 1896P Capacity x grads. ml 10 x 0.02 25 x 0.10 50 x 0.10 100 x 0.20 ea ea (10+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 BW150-10 BW150-22 BW150-26 BW150-30 Burettes, E-MIL, Class A With PTFE key stopcock. Borosilicate glass. Graduations in white enamel. Ref. GXX XX XX XX

Capacity x grads. ml 10 x 0.20 25 x 0.10 50 x 0.10 100 x 0.20 10 x 0.02 25 x 0.10 50 x 0.10 100 x 0.20

ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

ea (2+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 BW156-40 BW156-52 BW156-56 BW156-60

Capacity x grads. ml 10 x 0.02 25 x 0.10 50 x 0.10 100 x 0.20 10 x 0.02 25 x 0.10 50 x 0.10 100 x 0.20

ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

ea (2+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

XX XX XX XX

2082AP 1898AP 1897AP 1896AP

1990AP 1991AP 1992AP 1993AP

Burettes, E-MIL, Class B With GP Rotaflo PTFE key. Soda-lime. Graduations in amber stain. Ref. GBW145-14 BW145-22 BW145-26 BW145-30 1905GPP 1904GPP 1903GPP 1902GPP Capacity x grads. ml 10 x 0.10 25 x 0.10 50 x 0.10 100 x 0.20 ea ea (10+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX

Works certified BW153-10 2082WCP BW153-22 1898WCP BW153-26 1897WCP BW153-30 1896WCP

XX XX XX XX

Works Certified BW157-40 1990WCP BW157-52 1991WCP BW157-56 1992WCP BW157-60 1993WCP

XX XX XX XX

Spare key SV505-12 see Stopcock section. Burettes, E-MIL, Class B With PTFE key stopcock. Borosilicate glass. Graduations in white enamel. Ref. GBW154-10 BW154-22 BW154-26 BW154-30 1990P 1991P 1992P 1993P Capacity x grads. ml 10 x 0.02 25 x 0.10 50 x 0.10 100 x 0.20 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (10+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX

Burettes, E-MIL Micro, Class B With glass stopcock and enlarged cup top for ease of filling. Borosilicate glass. Graduations in black enamel. With fine subdivisions for maximum accuracy. Ref. GBW170-02 2087P BW170-04 2086P Capacity x grads. ml 2 x 0.01 5 x 0.01 ea ea (10+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX

Spare PTFE key GP3K see Quickfit section.

BW140, BW150/BW153 are similar

BW145

BW154, BW156/BW157 are similar

BW170

116

burettes
Burettes, Glass, Double Bore Burettes, Plastic, Single Bore

E-MIL
Burettes, E-MIL, Class B With glass stopcock. Soda-lime (BW300-10 is borosilicate). Graduations in amber stain. Ref. GBW300-10 BW300-22 BW300-26 2142P 1958P 1957P Capacity x grads. ml 10 x 0.02 25 x 0.10 50 x 0.10 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (2+) 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX

Robust general purpose burettes suitable for use with most aqueous solutions. Advice must be requested if required to be used with organic materials. Burettes, Azlon, Class B Transparent acrylic with PTFE key single bore stopcock which requires no lubrication. Graduations are screen printed in black to BS846 Class B accuracy. Not suitable for use with NH3 and HF aqueous solutions or organic alcohols and solvents. Ref. BDHBW510-14 BW510-22 BW510-26 BW510-30 108T 112T 118T 124T Capacity x grads. ml 10 x 0.10 25 x 0.10 50 x 0.10 100 x 0.20 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX

Burettes, E-MIL, Class A With glass stopcock. Borosilicate. Graduations in black enamel. Ref. GBW305-10 BW305-22 BW305-26 Works certified BW308-10 BW308-22 BW308-26 2142AP 1958AP 1957AP 2142WCP 1958WCP 1957WCP Capacity x grads. ml 10 x 0.02 25 x 0.10 50 x 0.10 10 x 0.02 25 x 0.10 50 x 0.10 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (2+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX

XX XX XX

BW300/BW305/BW308

BW510

117

burettes
Automatic Zero Burettes, E-MIL Sofnol pattern. Class B. Borosilicate With internal filling tube, automatic zero and single bore GP Rotaflo stopcock. Graduations in white enamel. Ref. GCapacity x grads. ml ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (5+) 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX

Automatic Zero Burettes

Automatic Zero Burettes, MBL Sofnol pattern. For water testing. Class B. Sodalime. Graduations in blue enamel. With pinchclip, rubber tube, jet and polyethylene reservoir bottle. The burette is filled by squeezing the bottle. Once the bottle is released, excess liquid can drain back into the bottle until the burette is set to zero. The 10ml has a 500ml bottle and the 20ml a 1000ml bottle. Ref. BRBBW590-14 BW590-16 004 006 Capacity x grads. ml 10 x 0.10 20 x 0.10 ea 0.00 0.00
XX XX

Automatic Zero Burettes, E-MIL For low pressure filling. Class B. Borosilicate. With filling tube and side arm, single bore GP Rotaflo stopcock and 24/29 cone. The filling tube is for use with the 2000ml reservoir bottle BW637-36. It must be trimmed if used with the 500ml or 1000ml bottle. Graduations in white enamel. Without reservoir. Ref. GBW625-07 BW625-19 BW625-24 BW625-28 1920 1921 1922 1923 Capacity x grads. ml 5 x 0.02 10 x 0.05 25 x 0.10 50 x 0.10 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX

BW600-14 7113GP 10 x 0.10 BW600-16 7114GP 20 x 0.10 BW600-22 7115GP 25 x 0.10

Burette tubes, MBL Spare burette tubes only for BW590-14 and BW590-16. Not supplied with pinchclip, rubber tube or jet. Ref. BRBBW592-14 BW592-16 010 012 Capacity x grads. ml 10 x 0.10 20 x 0.10 ea 0.00 0.00
XX XX

Reservoir bottles for BW592/BW600 series Polyethylene with holed screw cap which accepts and seals to the burette extension tube. The burette is filled by squeezing the bottle. Ref. BW602-32 PBM500 BW602-34 PBM1000 Capacity ml 500 1000 ea 0.00 0.00 ea (6+) 0.00 0.00
XX XX

Reservoir bottles for BW625 series Pyrex glass, 24/29 socket. BW637-32 2480/08, 500ml 0.00 ea BW637-34 2480/10, 1000ml 0.00 ea BW637-36 2480/12, 2000ml 0.00 ea

XX XX XX

Spare pinchclip tube and jet see BW102-04. Spare jet only see BW102-06.

Automatic Zero Burettes, E-MIL For suction or low pressure filling. Class B. Borosilicate. With glass stopcock and cone joint to fit BW617-series reservoirs. Graduations in white enamel. Without reservoir. Ref. GBW615-05 1911 BW615-07 1912 BW615-10 1913 Capacity x grads. ml 10 x 0.05 25 x 0.10 50 x 0.10 Joint size 24/29 29/32 29/32 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX

Automatic Zero Burettes Dr Schilling pattern. Class B. Burette tube with Schellbach stripe mounted on a low density polyethylene flexible bottle. With PVC discharge tube and HDPE support base. Screw adjustment and push button provide fine to delivery of liquid. The burette fills rapidly by squeezing the reservoir bottle. Available in soda glass or PVC as indicated. Burette Capacity x grads. ml Soda glass BW660-10 10 x 0.05 BW660-14 25 x 0.10 BW660-18 50 x 0.10 PVC BW660-30 10 x 0.10 BW660-34 25 x 0.10 Reservoir Capacity ml 500 1000 1000 500 1000 ea

Reservoir bottles, for BW615 series BW617-04 500ml, 24/29 neck 0.00 ea BW617-06 2000ml, 29/32 neck 0.00 ea

XX XX

0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

XX XX XX

XX XX

Dispensers bottle mounted see DK100 to DK282 in the Dispensers section.

BW590

BW600

BW615 on BW617

BW625

BW660

118

burettes
Digital Burettes Digital Burettes, DBIII Series

N Capacities 30ml and 50ml N Large LCD readout N Positive displacement of liquid means no waiting period between titrations N Zero reset facility N Values can be accumulated up to 99.99ml N User calibration and adjustment features allow incorporation into GLP and ISO 9000 protocols Digital Burettes, Bibby As specified. Resolution 0.01ml. Precision better than or equal to 0.1% on rated volume for both models. 30mm standard neck thread and supplied with 33, 38 and 45mm adapters for use with most standard reagent bottles. Powered by long-life batteries with auto-shut off after 3 minutes without use and recall memory of the last reading displayed. With batteries but without reservoir. BW800-27 Model BT30, 30ml 0.00 ea XX BW800-52 Model BT50, 50ml 0.00 ea XX Accessories Reservoirs, amber glass. With side entry filler neck for refilling without removing the burette. BW802-12 Capacity 1400ml 0.00 ea XX BW802-16 Capacity 2500ml 0.00 ea XX

N Capacities 25ml and 50ml N Large LCD readout N Positive displacement of liquid means no waiting period between titrations N Zero reset facility N Values can be accumulated up to 99.99ml N Powered by built-in long-life lithium battery lasting over 60000 titrations Digital Burettes, DBIII Series As specified. Conformity certified. Resolution 0.01ml, with GL45 standard neck thread and valve block which allows the burette to rotate through 360. Supplied with polypropylene GL45/32 and GL45/40 screwthread and GL32/NS29/32 ground neck adapters, to enable burettes to be used with the majority of standard reagent bottles, discharge tube with valve and PTFE seals, and telescopic filling tube 195-350mm. With battery. Without reservoir. BW900-36 DBIII, 25ml 0.00 ea XX BW900-38 DBIII, 25ml, 0.00 ea XX SafetyPrime valve BW900-62 DBIII, 50ml BW900-64 DBIII, 50ml, SafetyPrime valve 0.00 ea 0.00 ea
XX XX

N User calibration and adjustment features allow incorporation into GLP and ISO 9000 protocols N Optional SafetyPrime valve on discharge tube allows reagent to be channelled back into the reservoir during priming to avoid spitting N Telescopic, FEP filling tube self-adjusts to the depth of the reservoir bottle N Valves easily removed for cleaning Spares and Accessories for DBIII series BW902-16 Spare discharge tube, 0.00 ea FEP, 165mm long. With fine drawn out tip BW902-19 Accessory discharge 0.00 ea tube, FEP, 125mm long. With micro valve allowing dropless high precision titration DK114-75 SafetyPrime venting 0.00 ea valve

XX

XX

XX

Reservoir Bottles Amber, soda-lime glass, square pattern (except DK114-32 which is cylindrical) with ethyleneacrylate plastic coating to reduce breakage hazards. With PP screw cap and pouring ring with GL screwthread as indicated. Maximum operating temperature +80C. Capacity ml DK114-22 500 DK114-27 1000 DK114-32 2500* *2500ml size is cylindrical Screw neck outside dia. mm GL32 GL45 GL45 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX

BW800 in use with reservoir

BW900 with SafetyPrime valve on reservoir

DK114 in use

119

burners
Bunsen Burners, AMAL Graduate Overall height 143mm. Burner tube No. 42, fitted with jet No. 90 for natural gas and No. 35 for LPG. o.d. mm With air regulator BY120-10 16 BY120-20 16 For gas type Natural LPG ea 0.00 0.00
XX XX

Bunsen Burners
All burners have a heavy, pressure diecast base with integral inlet tube for 8mm bore flexible gas tubing. Bases are finished in chemically resistant, blue acrylic paint. For operation with gas types as indicated. Bunsen Burners Overall height approximately 124mm. Dimension given is the outside diameter of the burner tube. o.d. mm With air regulator BY100-10 11 BY100-12 13 BY100-20 11 BY100-22 13 For gas type Natural Natural LPG LPG ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (10+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX

With control stopcock and pilot flame BY100-30 13 Natural BY100-32 13 LPG Accessories o.d. mm Flame Spreader. 50mm wide at top BY102-06 11 BY102-08 13

Bunsen Burner, Universal Can be used with coal and natural gases, LPG and mixtures of these. With air regulator, needle valve and an adjustable baffle in the 13mm o.d. burner tube. Overall height 160mm. BY160-10 Universal 0.00 ea 0.00 ea (10+) XX Tubing, for gas burners Neoprene rubber with reinforced ends. Supplied singly. Length, mm ea 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX

XX XX

ea 0.00 0.00

ea (10+) 0.00 0.00

XX XX

TY280-15 TY280-20 TY280-25

450 600 900

Gauzes see Gauzes section. Tripod Stands see Stands section. Tubing see Tubing section.

BY100-10

BY102-06

BY120

BY160

BY100-30

TY280 in use

120

burners
Micro Burners
Bunsen Burners, Micro With air regulator. Overall height approximately 90mm. Burner tube 10mm o.d. For gas type BY170-10 BY170-12 Natural LPG ea 0.00 0.00 ea (10+) 0.00 0.00
XX XX

B
ea 0.00 0.00
XX XX

Meker Burners
Meker pattern With metal grid to ensure an evenly distributed flame. Overall height approximately 140mm. Dimension is the grid diameter. o.d. mm BY280-12 BY280-16 BY280-22 BY280-38 30 43 20 43 For gas type Natural Natural* LPG LPG* ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (10+) 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX

Meker Burners, AMAL Graduate With ceramic grid 25mm diameter. Overall height 143mm. Burner tube No. 41, with jet No. 55 for natural gas and No. 30 for LPG. For gas type BY290-10 BY290-12 Natural LPG

Teclu Burners
Teclu Burners With air regulator and gas control needle valve. Overall height approximately 127mm. Burner tube 13mm o.d. For gas type BY250-10 BY250-12 Natural LPG ea 0.00 0.00 ea (10+) 0.00 0.00
XX XX

*BY280-16 and -38 are 180mm high. Cartridge Burner, Meker pattern Portable burner for use with accessory Primus 220g LPG gas cartridges. Constructed in brass with 17mm diameter plated steel grid at the nozzle, gas control valve and air regulator. Each 220g gas cartridge provides a continuous burning time of approximately 2.75 hours. Overall height when mounted on cartridge, 190mm. Without gas cartridge. BY284-10 Cartridge burner, 0.00 ea XX 17mm LPG BY286-08 Accessory Primus LPG 0.00 ea XX gas cartridge, 220g Note: Gas cartridges BY286-08 can be exported only as seafreight deck cargo. Local purchase is recommended.

Meker Burners, AMAL Major With ceramic grid 43mm diameter, alternative jets and insulated handle. Overall height 180mm. Natural gas jets Nos. 160/150/170/180. LPG jets Nos. 40/30/50/60. For gas type BY300-10 BY300-12 Natural LPG ea 0.00 0.00
XX XX

BY170

BY280-12

BY280-22

BY284-10 with BY286-08

BY300

BY250

BY280-16

BY290

121

burners
Lighters
Gas Lighter, Flint Comprising spring holder, adjustable shielded flint and striking plate. BY380-40 Gas lighter, flint 0.00 ea BY382-10 Spare flints, pack of 10 0.00 pk

Laboratory Burners, Gasprofi

For occasional or intermittent use, or repetitive flame sterilisation operations. N Automatic gas ignition N Easily cleaned stainless steel casing

XX XX

N Gas and air regulators for fine control of flame size and intensity N Visual alarm indication of burner head contamination N Can be tilted to avoid nozzle contamination N Nozzles provided for Natural, LPG and Town gas Burner, Gasprofi 1SCS With push-button ignition. The flame is maintained as long as the button is pressed and extinguishes immediately on release. A foot pedal allows handsfree switch operation if required. An overheat protection facility cuts off the gas supply if overheating occurs or the electrical supply is interrupted and a visual alarm lamp illuminates should the burner head become soiled and require cleaning. Supplied with foot pedal, tilt mechanism, nozzles for Natural, LPG and Town gas, tubing connector and nozzle spanner. Overall 98 x 110 x 60mm L x W x H. Weight 1.5kg. Requires a 230V 50/60Hz single phase supply for the ignition circuit. Without gas supply. BY340-15 Gasprofi 1SCS 0.00 ea XX Burner, Gasprofi 2SCS Generally as BY340-15 but with additional Infra-red sensor with range 5 to 50mm which senses movement of the hand and automatically switches on the flame. The flame is then maintained for a timed period adjustable within two ranges, 1 to 25 seconds or 5 to 60 minutes. The burner can also be set for continuous use, operation only after two activations of the sensor or by the optional foot pedal. Supplied with tilt mechanism, nozzles for Natural, LPG and Town gas, tubing connector and nozzle spanner. Overall 98 x 110 x 60mm L x W x H. Weight 1.5kg. Requires a 230V 50/60Hz single phase supply for the ignition circuit. Without gas supply. BY340-25 Gasprofi 2SCS 0.00 ea XX Accessories BY344-06 Foot pedal. Accessory for BY340-25 only BY344-12 Glass safety shield. For added safety when handling pathogenic material BY344-20 Gas cartridge adapter, with pressure regulator. Allows operation independent of a mains gas supply. For use with gas cartridges BY344-22 BY344-22 Gas cartridges, LPG, VE-type, 52g, pack of 6. Require adapter BY344-20 for use with Gasprofi burners 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 pk

Gas Lighter, Piezo Suitable for igniting the common fuel gases. Sparks produced by squeezing the handle. No battery required. BY385-10 Gas lighter, piezo 0.00 ea XX Liquid Fuel Burners For use with methylated spirit. Glass reservoir. With wick and screw on bakelite cap. BY400-10 50ml 0.00 ea 0.00 ea (10+) XX BY400-12 100ml 0.00 ea 0.00 ea (10+) XX BY402-06 BY402-08 Spare wick. 10 metre length Spare wick cut to 150mm length, pack of 10 0.00 ea 0.00 pk
XX XX

Butane Blowlamp For butane gas. With needle valve control and mounting for fitting to a butane cylinder. BY620-10 Blowlamp 0.00 ea XX BY622-06 Accessory butane cylinder 0.00 ea 0.00 ea (6+) XX Note: Blowlamp cylinders BY622-06 can be exported only as sea freight deck cargo. Local purchase is recommended. Electric Heaters for test tubes, crucibles, instruments, etc. see HE760 in the Heating section. Wood splints see GE350-10.

XX XX XX

XX

Note: Gas cartridges BY344-22 can be exported only as sea freight deck cargo. Local purchase is recommended.

BY385-10

BY400

BY340-25, BY340-15 is similar

BY620 with BY622

BY380-40

122

cells
Disposable
Disposable cells N Optical path length 10mm Disposable cells, UltraVette micro N Allow analysis from 220nm, suitable for DNA/RNA determination at 260 and 280nm N 70l minimum capacity, ideal for low volume sampling N Optical path length 10mm N Choice of centre height, 8.5mm or 15mm Chemical resistance comparison Polystyrene      Cell material Acrylic      UltraVette Pipettors see PR060/PR670 series.              Plastic test tubes see TE600/TE738 series. N Polystyrene N Photometric accuracy: 0.007A (220-260nm), 0.002A (270-900nm) N Accessory, colour-coded, sealing caps available N Suitable for sample freezing down to -20C N Sorted into pack by mould cavity to maximise performance consistency CA400-20 CA406-10 CA406-20 N Bulk packed Type Pack qty.

C
pk 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX

Macro square, 4ml 1000 2-clear sides Micro square, 2ml 500 1000

XX XX

Colorimeters see CS100/CT600 series.

Substance Acetic acid 100% Acetone Ammonia Benzaldehyde Butanol Chloroform Dioxane Dimethylsulphoxide Ethyl acetate Hexane Hydrochloric acid 36% Hydrofluoric acid 10% Isopropanol Nitric acid 65% Sodium hydroxide

Spectrophotometers see SJ130/SJ415 series. Spectrophotometer calibration cells see SJ700.

As described. UV-transparent, chemically resistant plastic. Supplied in packs as indicated. CA300-10 8.5mm centre height, 0.00 pk XX pack of 100 CA300-15 8.5mm centre height, 0.00 pk XX pack of 500 CA300-30 15mm centre height, 0.00 pk XX pack of 100 CA300-35 15mm centre height, 0.00 pk XX pack of 500 Accessory caps for above In colours as indicated. Supplied in packs of 100. CA302-04 Blue 0.00 pk XX CA302-08 Yellow 0.00 pk XX CA302-12 Green 0.00 pk XX CA302-16 Orange 0.00 pk XX

Disposable cells, UltraVette macro and semi-micro Similar to the Ultravette micro cells but in standard 4ml macro and 2ml semi-micro square formats with 10mm path length. CA305-20 Macro, 2 clear sides, 0.00 pk XX pack of 100 CA305-40 Semi-micro, pack of 100 0.00 pk XX

continued on next page

CA300

CA305

CA400, CA406 are similar

123

C
CA420-15 CA420-32

cells
Precision
Transmissions: Optical glass Special optical glass Silica UV 360 to 2500nm 320 to 2500nm 200 to 2500nm Material Ref. code yellow (y) code green (g) code blue (b) ea 0.00
XX XX

Routine
N Optical path length 10mm Routine Cells, Hellma Silica cells without lid. Transmission: 240 to 2500nm. Type Semi micro Macro Material silica silica Ref. 6040-uv 6030-uv ea 0.00 0.00
XX XX

Path Type length mm CA425-14 CA427-14 10 10 Micro with lid Micro with lid. Self masking with black frames Micro with stopper Semi micro with lid Semi micro with lid Semi micro with lid. Self masking with black frames

silica (b) silica (b)

104-002-QG

Routine cells for Lovibond comparator. Moulded glass see CS210

104-002B-QG 0.00

Precision
N Optical path length 10mm (except where otherwise stated) Transmission Optical glass Special optical glass Quartz UV Quartz IR Type 365nm (75%) 320nm (75%) 200nm (80%) 2730nm (85%) Material Ref. W360 W260 W100 W110 code OG code SG code UV code IR ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

CA429-12 CA429-14 CA430-12 CA430-14 CA430-16 CA430-42 CA430-44 CA430-46 CA432-14 CA432-44 CA436-14 CA436-44 CA450-14 CA450-16 CA450-18 CA450-44 CA450-46 CA450-48 CA452-14 CA452-44 CA454-14 CA454-44 CA458-44
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

5 10 5 10 20 5 10 20 10 10 10 10 10 20 40 10 20 40 10 10 10 10 10

silica (b) glass (y)

115-QG 104-TG

0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

silica (b)

104-QG

Spectrophotometer cells CA600-15 Micro with lid. Internal SG CA600-20 width 2mm UV CA606-10 CA606-20 CA620-10 CA624-15 CA624-20 CA624-25 Semi-micro with lid. Internal width 4mm Macro without lid Macro with lid SG UV OG SG UV IR

glass (g) silica (b)

104B-OS 104B-QG 114B-OS 114B-QS 100-TG

Semi micro with glass (g) stopper. Self masking silica (b) with black frames Macro with lid glass (y)

XX XX

XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Macro with lid

silica (b)

100-QG

Comparator cells W680 Optical glass CS215-14 5mm CS215-18 10mm CS215-22 13.5mm CS215-28 25mm CS215-36 40mm Tintometer cells W600 Optical glass CS780-14 10mm CS780-18 20mm CS780-20 25mm CS780-24 33mm CS780-26 40mm CS780-32 CS780-48 CS780-58 50mm 1in 51/4in

XX XX XX XX XX

Macro with stopper Macro fluorescence with lid Macro fluorescence with stopper

glass (y) silica (b) glass (g) silica (b) silica (b)

110-TG 110-QG 101-OS 101-QG 111-QG

Matched pairs. Supplied as a matched pair of precision cells. Path Type length mm CA470-44 CA490-44 CA492-44 CA494-44 CA499-10 CA499-20 CA499-40 10 10 10 10 Semi micro with lid Macro with lid Macro with stopper Macro fluorescence with lid Material Ref. pr 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea
XX XX XX XX

Tintometer cells W600/B Borosilicate glass CS782-48 1in CS782-58 51/4in

XX XX

silica (b) silica (b) silica (b) silica (b)

104-QG/M 100-QG/M 110-QG/M 101-QG/M

Spare lid, PTFE, for 10mm cells Spare lid, PTFE, for 20mm cells Spare lid, PTFE, for 40mm cells

XX XX XX

CA420-32

CA420-15 CA425

CA429

CA427 CA432

CA436

CA450 CA490

CA452 CA458 CA492

CA454 CA494

CA430 CA470 CA600 CA606

CA620

CA624

124

centrifuges
Personal Microcentrifuge
Fixed speed, personal microcentrifuge, ideal for rapid spin downs from microtube walls and caps, HPLC preparations, cell separations and microfiltration tubes. N Choice of interchangeable fixed angle rotors: 2 x (8 x 0.2ml) tube strips, 6300rpm/2200xg rcf 6 x 0.5/1.5ml microtubes (0.5ml with adapters supplied), 6600rpm/ 2000xg rcf max. N Minimal bench space required N Transparent lid allows easy sample viewing N Lid latch microswitch allows operation only when the lid is closed N Independent on/off switch allows switch-off without opening lid latch N Portable, lightweight, but sturdy housing N Soft polymer footpad gives stability and quiet operation Speed max. Force max. Overall H x W x D Weight Supply requirement rpm rcf mm g 6600 2200xg 100 x 132 x 137 494 230V 50/60Hz single phase supplies

Centrifuge-Vortexers, PCV- Series

Benchtop, combined microcentrifuge/vortex mixers for spin-mix-spin applications involving 0.2, 0.5, 1.5/2ml microtubes (or 8-well microtube strips using an accessory rotor). Can be used as a separate centrifuge, mixer (or concurrently - PCV2400 only). Ambient operating temperature range: +4 to +45C. N Combi-spin PCV-2400 Fixed speed 2400rpm. Tubes are spun simultaneously, then removed for individual mixing in the vortex cup which protrudes from an opening in the closed lid (safety interlock will not allow operation when the lid is open). Further tubes can be spun whilst individual tubes are vortexed. Suitable for continuous use up to 60 minutes or short spin. For 220-240V 50/60Hz single phase supplies. N Multi-spin PCV-3000 Tubes are held in the rotor for spinning or mixing. Spin and/or mix phases can be pre-programmed by the user via the twin-line LCD readout and setting keys. Speed is adjustable from 1000 to 3500rpm in 100rpm steps, overall time from 1 second to 99 minutes, mixing period from 1 to 20 seconds and mix-spin cycles can be preset to repeat up to 999 times. Mixing intensity is also adjustable over three levels: low, medium or high. Multi-spin operates via a 12V d.c. power adapter requiring a 220-240V 50/60Hz single phase supply.
XX

As described. For 230V 50/60Hz single phase supplies. CD115-25 Microcentrifuge 0.2ml tube strips - see MW730, MW760. Microcentrifuge tubes - see CF300/CF308.

0.00 ea

As described. both models are supplied with interchangeable rotors for 12 x 1.5/2ml microtubes or 12 x 0.2ml and 12 x 0.5ml microtubes. Overall 225 x 180 x 115mm W x D x H. CD125-20 PCV-2400 0.00 ea XX CD125-40 PCV-3000 0.00 ea XX Accessory rotors for both models CD129-10 PR2-05, 8 x 1.5/2ml and 8 x 0.5ml microtubes CD129-15 PR2-05-02, 6 x 1.5/2ml, 6 x 0.2ml and 6 x 0.5ml microtubes CD129-20 PSR-16-5, 2 x 8-well 0.2ml microtube strips 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

XX XX XX

CD115-25

CD125-40

CD125-20

125

centrifuges
Centurion 1000 Series
Centrifuge Model 1020D Digital setting and display of speed and time. Brush motor drive. With continuously variable speed range 1000-6000rpm and time 0 to 30 minutes. Pulse mode setting from 1 to 90 seconds. Maximum 3850rcf and maximum tube size 50ml. Without rotor or accessories. Overall 245 x 285 x 350mm H x W x D. Weight 17kg. For 230V 50/60Hz single phase supplies. CD265-13 Model 1020D 0.00 ea XX Accessories for CD265-13 CD266-11 Rotor, fixed angle for 12 x 15ml (115 x 17mm) tubes CD266-15 Rotor, fixed angle for 8 x 15ml (115 x 17mm) tubes CD266-40 Angle rotor 4 x 50ml (120 x 30mm) tubes Maximum rpm/rcf 6000/4800 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

Centurion Centrifuges
A range of high quality, UK manufactured, bench top centrifuges including general purpose and refrigerated models. The instruments are thoroughly examined and tested before they leave the factory. All models have a unique self-calibrating system which tests all working components of the unit. All centrifuges conform to the latest safety directives and requirements. Each instrument incorporates electronic lid locks, imbalance detectors, steel guard bowls/barriers and sealed rotors. Large centrifuges have revolving barrier rings as well as revolving bowls. Features on all models N Low maintenance induction drive motor (except 1000-series which have brushed motors) N Mild steel outer case N Removable safety bowl N Rotor imbalance detector N Easily visible,bright LED display N Automatic braking N Digital controls and display with keypad setting by rcf or speed and time N Polypropylene rotors which can be autoclaved N Lid lock which prevents the lid opening while the rotor is spinning N Overspeed and stop sensor using separate optical decoders N Last run memory N Pulse control Additional features, K200 series N Pre-set memory with programmable speed and time (and temperature on some models) N Soft start acceleration N Adjustable brake in 9 stages with off position N 1 to 90 second pulse N Fan assisted cooling N Refrigeration on some models Specialist centrifuge N 2010H Haematocrit for Haematology (see page 133)

XX XX XX

Centrifuge Model 1010D As CD265-13 but speed range of 1000-12000rpm and for centrifuging haematocrit capillaries and 2ml tubes. Pulse mode setting from 1 to 90 seconds. Maximum 13500rcf. Without rotor or accessories. For 230V 50/60Hz single phase supplies. CD265-23 Model 1010D 0.00 ea XX Accessories for CD265-23 CD268-08 Rotor, combination for 16 x 75mm haematocrit capillaries and 16 x 1.5/2ml micro tubes. With lid CD268-13 Rotor fixed angle for 24 x 1.5/2ml tubes. With lid CD382-20 Adapter for 0.4ml (6mm dia.) tubes, set of 24 CD382-23 Adapter for 0.5ml (8mm dia.) tubes, set of 24 Spares CD268-36 CD268-40 Service/Technical Manual for all models Spares kit including lid seal and fuses. For CD265- and CD270- series 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 set 0.00 set 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

XX XX XX XX

XX XX

Heparin and plain capillaries see CE806-08 to CE806-14. Sealing material see CE806-18.

CD266-15

CD266-11

CD265-13, CD265-23 is similar

126

centrifuges
Centurion 2000 Series
Centrifuge Model 2020 Low maintenance induction drive with digital setting and display of speed or rcf and time, brake, pulse control, last run memory, imbalance, overspeed and stop sensors. With continuously variable speed range 1000-6000rpm and time 0 to 60 minutes. Pulse mode setting from 1 to 90 seconds. Maximum 3430rcf and maximum tube size 15ml. Without rotor or accessories. Overall 245 x 300 x 350mm H x W x D. Weight 17kg. For 230V 50/60Hz single phase supplies. CD265-14 Model 2020 0.00 ea XX Accessories for CD265-14 CD266-11 Rotor, fixed angle for 12 x 15ml (115 x 17mm) tubes CD266-15 Rotor, fixed angle for 8 x 15ml (115 x 17mm) tubes CD266-19 Adapters for 5ml/10ml tubes, set of 4 for use with CD266-11 and CD266-15 only 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 set

Centrifuge Model 2040 High Capacity Low maintenance induction drive with digital setting and display of speed or rcf and time, brake, pulse control, last run memory, imbalance, overspeed and stop sensors. With rotor recognition, variable speed range 1000-3800rpm and time 0 to 30 minutes. Pulse mode setting from 1 to 90 seconds. Maximum 2100rcf and maximum tube size 100ml. Without rotor or accessories. Overall 285 x 400 x 455mm H x W x D. Weight 24kg. For 230V 50/60Hz single phase supplies. CD270-14 Model 2040 0.00 ea XX Accessories for CD270-14 CD322-35 Rotor, swing-out 4 x 100ml without adapters Maximum rpm/rcf 3800/2500 CD322-40 Rotor, swing-out 4-place for microtitre plates. Maximum rpm/rcf 2000/1500 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

XX XX XX

XX XX

Insert adapters for rotor CD322-35 only, supplied in sets of 4 Centrifuge Model 2010 As CD265-14 but speed range of 1000-13300rpm, 0 to 30 minute timer and for centrifuging 2ml tubes. Maximum 17000rcf. Without rotor or accessories. Overall 235 x 235 x 380mm H x W x D. Weight 17kg. For 230V 50/60Hz single phase supplies. CD265-24 Model 2010 0.00 ea XX Accessories for CD265-24 CD268-13 Angle rotor, 24 x 2ml. Maximum rpm/rcf 12000/13730 CD382-20 Adapters for 0.4ml (6mm dia.) tubes, set of 24 CD382-23 Adapters for 0.5ml (8mm dia.) tubes, set of 24 0.00 ea 0.00 set 0.00 set Capacity CD275-12 CD275-18 CD275-22 CD275-28 CD275-32 CD275-35 CD275-38 CD275-42 CD275-45 6 x 1.5ml 12 x 5ml 9 x 5/6ml 5 x 10ml 3 x 12ml 7 x 15ml 3 x 20ml 1 x 50ml 1 x 100ml Max. tube 100 x 11.5mm 100 x 12.8mm 100 x 14.0mm 108 x 16.5mm 100 x 17.5mm 100 x 17.0mm 100 x 23.0mm 105 x 33.0mm 105 x 45.2mm set 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

XX XX XX

Centrifuge Model 2041 Basic specification as CD270-14 but speed range 1000-6000rpm. Maximum 4800rcf, for use with fixed angle rotors. Without rotor or accessories. For 230V 50/60Hz single phase supplies. CD270-24 Model 2041 0.00 ea XX Accessories for CD270-24 CD322-47 Angle rotor 24 x 15ml (125 x 17mm) tubes Maximum rpm/rcf 6000/4800 CD322-49 Angle rotor 8 x 50ml (120 x 30mm) tubes Maximum rpm/rcf 6000/4800 CD266-05 Adapter for 25ml tubes, pack of 4, for use with CD322-49 CD266-07 Adapter for 15ml tubes, pack of 4, for use with CD322-49 CD266-19 Adapter for 5/10ml tubes, for use with CD322-47 Spares CD268-36 CD268-40 Service/Technical Manual for all models Spares kit including lid seal and fuses. For CD265- and CD270- series 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 pk 0.00 pk 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

XX XX XX XX XX

XX XX

CD265-14, CD265-24 is similar

CD266-15

CD266-11

CD322-47

CD270-14

127

centrifuges
Centurion K280R
Centrifuge Model K280R refrigerated Induction drive centrifuge with digital setting of rcf or speed, time, pulse control and soft start. With continuously variable speed range 1000-15000rpm in 10rpm increments. Maximum 21300rcf. Temperature range -9 to +40C. Fitted with 0-90 minute timer, adjustable brake, pre-set memory and 10 programmes for speed, temperature and time. Pulse mode setting from 1 to 90 seconds. Without rotor or accessories. Overall 310 x 400 x 600mm H x W x D, weight 30kg. For 230V 50/60Hz single phase supplies. CD380-42 Model K280R Refrigerated 0.00 ea XX Accessory rotor and adapters CD268-13 Angle rotor, for 24 x 2ml tubes. Maximum rpm/rcf 12000/13730 CD382-20 Adapters for 0.4ml (6mm dia.) tubes, set of 24 CD382-23 Adapters for 0.5ml (8mm dia.) tubes, set of 24 Spares CD322-80 CD268-40 Service/Technical Manual for CD380-42 Spares kit including lid seal and fuses. For CD380-42 0.00 ea 0.00 set 0.00 set 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

Centurion Models K240/K240R

Centrifuge Model K240 Induction drive with digital setting of rcf or speed and time. With continuously variable speed range 1000-15000rpm in 10rpm increments. Maximum 21300rcf. Fitted with 0-90 minute timer, rotor recognition, adjustable brake, pre-set memory and 10 programmes for speed and time. Pulse mode setting from 1 to 90 seconds. Overall 288 x 400 x 450mm H x W x D. Weight 22kg. Without rotor or accessories. For 230V 50/60Hz single phase supplies. CD320-19 Model K240 0.00 ea XX Centrifuge Model K240R refrigerated Generally as CD320-19 but additionally with bowl refrigeration, range -9 to +40C. The 10 programme memory also includes temperature setting. Overall 310 x 400 x 600mm H x W x D. Weight 37kg. Without rotor or accessories. For 230V 50/60Hz single phase supplies. CD320-37 Model K240R Refrigerated 0.00 ea XX Accessory rotors and buckets CD322-35 Swing-out rotor, 4 x 100ml, without insert adapters. Maximum rpm/rcf 3800/2500 CD322-40 Swing-out rotor, 4-place for microtitre plates. Maximum rpm/rcf 2000/1500 CD322-44 Angle rotor 24 x 75mm haematocrit capillaries. With lid CD268-13 Angle rotor 24 x 2ml. Maximum rpm/rcf 12000/13730 CD322-47 Angle rotor 24 x 15ml. Maximum rpm/rcf 6000/4800 CD322-49 Angle rotor 8 x 50ml. Maximum rpm/rcf 6000/4800 Adapters for rotor CD322-35, supplied in sets of 4 Capacity CD275-12 CD275-18 CD275-22 CD275-28 CD275-32 CD275-35 CD275-38 CD275-42 CD275-45 Spares CD322-80 CD268-40 6 x 1.5ml 12 x 5ml 9 x 5/6ml 5 x 10ml 3 x 12ml 7 x 15ml 3 x 20ml 1 x 50ml 1 x 100ml Maximum tube 100 x 11.5mm 100 x 12.8mm 100 x 14.0mm 108 x 16.5mm 100 x 17.5mm 100 x 17.0mm 100 x 23.0mm 105 x 33.0mm 105 x 45.2mm set 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

XX XX XX

XX XX

0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

XX XX XX XX XX XX

CD322-35 with accessories

Service/Technical Manual for CD320-19 and CD320-37 Spares kit including lid seal and fuses. For CD320-19 and CD320-37

0.00 ea 0.00 ea

XX XX

CD322-40

CD320-19

CD380-42

128

centrifuges
Student Models
Hand Centrifuge Reinforced tough polyamide housing with the gear support structure and bench clamp of steel. The gear is self lubricating and runs easily. Maximum speed 3000rpm and maximum 1300rcf. Without rotor. PLEASE SEE NOTE BELOW REGARDING THE SUPPLY OF THIS CENTRIFUGE. CD505-10 Hand centrifuge, 0.00 ea XX without rotor Accessory Rotors (Load must be balanced), supplied with buckets CD505-30 For 2 x 15ml tubes. 0.00 ea CD505-33 For 4 x 15ml tubes. 0.00 ea Centrifuge, general purpose Manufactured to ESCHLE standards. With 4-place stainless steel head and aluminium buckets for 15ml tubes (105 x 16mm). Enamelled steel outer case. Maximum speed 2800rpm. With double safety opening catch and indicator light. Centrifuge can be operated only if the lid is closed and locked and finger pressure is maintained on the push-button switch or the timer is activated (CD540-20 only). A safety interlock prevents the lid being opened until the rotor stops. Overall 361 x 400 x 320mm W x D x H (lid closed). Weight 11kg. For 230V 50Hz single phase supplies. CD540-10 4-place rotor 0.00 ea XX CD540-20 4-place rotor plus 0.00 ea XX 30 minute timer Accessory CD540-60 Adapters for 75 x 10mm 0.00 pk tubes, pack of 4

Mikro 120

A low-cost, compact, micro-centrifuge with a 12-place microlitre angle rotor. N Maximum speed 14000rpm N 0 to 99 minute timer N Pulse control N Maintenance free induction drive for smooth and quiet operation Mikro 120 As described. Maximum speed 14000rpm, with digital control, 0 to 99 minute timer and induction drive. Supplied with 12 x 1.5/2ml angle rotor, maximum rcf 15558xg for use with smaller tubes using accessory adapters. Overall 199 x 231 x 292mm H x W x D. Weight 6kg. For 230V 50/60Hz single phase supplies. Without adapters or tubes. CD590-15 Mikro 120 895.00 ea FO Accessory Adapters Supplied singly. CD594-05 1 x 0.2/0.4ml 5.00 ea FO (6 x 45mm o.d. x L, max.) CD594-07 1 x 0.5/0.8ml 5.00 ea FO (8 x 45mm o.d. x L, max.) CD594-09 1 x 1.5ml* 5.00 ea FO (11 x 38mm o.d. x L, max.) *Recommended when centrifuging 1.5ml tubes at high speeds.

XX XX

Centrifuge, micro, adjustable speed Compact, personal microcentrifuge with 6-place, polypropylene, fixed angle rotor for 0.5ml and 1.5ml microtubes (or 8 x 0.2ml PCR tube strips using accessory rotor). Speed range 2000-8000rpm, max. rcf 4000xg. With safety lid interlock, dynamic braking and analogue dial setting of speed with rotor activation on speed selection (with lid closed). For 230V 50Hz single phase supplies. CD530-40 6-place microtube rotor 0.00 ea XX Accessory rotors CD533-06 12 x 1.5ml microtube CD533-09 2 x (8 x 0.2ml) PCR tube strips 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

XX

A triple-volt version of this centrifuge is available which can operate on 110V, 230V a.c. or 12V d.c. supplies details on request. Centrifuge, adjustable speed General purpose, variable speed centrifuge with 6-place, fixed angle head and aluminium buckets for 15ml tubes (120 x 17mm). Speed range 500-3500rpm, max. rcf 1300xg. With 0 to 30 minute electronic timer, safety lid interlock, analogue dial setting of speed and time and feedback speed control. Enamelled steel outer case. Overall 340 x 290 x 225mm W x D x H. Weight 14kg. For 230V 50Hz single phase supplies. CD545-25 4-place rotor 0.00 ea XX

XX XX

SUPPLY OF HAND CENTRIFUGES We cannot supply these centrifuges for use in the UK. Please check before ordering that the use of this type of centrifuge is permitted in the country where it is to be operated.

CD505-10 with CD505-30

CD530-40

CD545-25

CD505-10 with CD505-33

CD540-10, CD540-20 is similar

CD590-15 in use

129

centrifuges
Mikro 22/22R Universal Models 32/32R
N Standard and refrigerated models N Maximum capacity 6 x 85ml N Digital control and display of rpm/rcf, time period (and temperature Universal 32R only) Universal 32 As described. Maximum speed 5000rpm swing-out, 18000rpm angle, maximum rcf 23970xg, according to rotor/accessories selected. 1 to 99 minute timer. Overall 300 x 420 x 490mm H x W x D. Weight 24kg. For 230V 50/60Hz single phase supplies. Without rotor, accessories or tubes. CD625-20 Universal 32 0.00 ea XX No of tubes x capacity Tube dia. x length, mm Rotor N Safety features include imbalance detector and overspeed protection N Maintenance free induction drive for smooth and quiet operation Universal 32R, refrigerated As CD625-20 but with integral hermetically sealed cooling unit. Chamber temperature can be set between 20C and +40C. Overall 300 x 420 x 660mm H x W x D. Weight 46kg. For 230V 50/60Hz single phase supplies. Without rotor, accessories or tubes. CD625-35 Universal 32R 0.00 ea XX Carrier/ Bucket/Adapter Maximum rpm/rcfxg

N Standard and refrigerated models N Maximum capacity 24 x 1.5/2.2ml (6 x 50ml-Mikro 22R only) N Digital setting rpm/rcf, time period (and temperature Mikro 22R only) N Pulse control N Maintenance free induction drive for smooth and quiet operation Mikro 22 As described. Maximum speed 18000rpm, rcf 31876xg according to rotor selected. 1 to 99 minute timer with continuous running mode. Overall 276 x 332 x 389mm H x W x D. Weight 16kg. For 230V 50/60Hz single phase supplies. Without rotor. CD600-72 Mikro 22 0.00 ea XX Mikro 22R, refrigerated As CD600-72 but with integral hermetically sealed cooling unit. Chamber temperature can be set between 10C and +40C. Overall 276 x 332 x 619mm H x W x D. Weight 36kg. For 230V 50/60Hz single phase supplies. Without rotor. CD600-77 Mikro 22R 0.00 ea XX Accessory Swing-Out Rotor Maximum rpm/rcf 13000/18516xg. CD600-82 For 24 x 1.5/2.2ml tubes 0.00 ea

Swing-Out Rotors 4 x 100ml 16 x 15ml 4 x 25ml* 4 x 50ml* 4 x 15ml* 8 x 50ml* 4 x microplates 44 x 100 17 x 107 24 x 100 29 x 116 17 x 120 29 x 116 CD625-50 CD625-50 CD625-50 CD625-50 CD625-50 CD625-54 CD625-60 CD627-15 CD627-15/CD652-26 CD627-15/CD652-22 CD627-15/CD652-19 CD627-15/CD652-30 4000/1920 4000/1990 4000/2647 4400/2647 4400/2647 5000/3857 4000/2093

Fixed Angle Rotors

XX

Accessory Fixed Angle Rotors Angle rotor with standard lid. Maximum rpm/rcf 18000 /23907xg. CD600-84 For 12 x 1.5/2.2ml tubes 0.00 ea XX Angle rotor with sealed lid. Maximum rpm/rcf 18000/31876xg. CD600-87 For 24 x 1.5/2.2ml tubes 0.00 ea XX Angle rotor. Maximum rpm/rcf 6000/4025xg. For use with CD600-77 only. CD600-92 For 12 x 15ml 0.00 ea XX (17 x 120mm) tubes Angle rotor for conical tubes. Maximum rpm/rcf 6000/3904xg. For use with CD600-77 only. CD600-94 For 6 x 50ml 0.00 ea XX (29 x 116mm) tubes

6 x 85ml 30 x 1.5/2.2ml 12 x 1.5/2.2ml

38 x 101

CD625-68 CD625-79 CD625-82

9000/9327 14000/20600 18000/23970

*Primarily for use with Falcon-type, conical base tubes. Accessory Rotors CD625-50 4-place swing-out x 100ml. Without buckets or carriers CD625-54 8-place swing-out x 50ml. With buckets CD625-60 2-place swing-out x 2 microplate carriers. With carriers CD625-68 6-place fixed angle x 85ml CD625-79 30-place fixed angle x 1.5/2.2ml CD625-82 12-place fixed angle x 1.5/2.2ml 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea
XX

For use with disposable universal bottles.

XX XX

XX XX XX

Accessory Buckets/Carriers/Adapters The number of buckets, carriers and adapters must equal the number of rotor places. Supplied singly. CD627-15 1 x 100ml bucket for 0.00 ea XX rotor CD625-50 CD652-14 1 x hermetic sealing lid 0.00 ea XX for bucket CD627-15 CD652-19 1 x 50ml conical adapter 0.00 ea XX for bucket CD627-15 CD652-22 1 x 25ml conical adapter 0.00 ea XX for bucket CD627-15 CD652-26 4 x 15ml adapter for 0.00 ea XX bucket CD627-15 CD652-30 1 x 15ml conical adapter 0.00 ea XX for bucket CD627-15

Note: There are no accessories for fixed angle rotors CD625-68, CD625-79 or CD625-82.

CD600-77

CD600-72

CD625-35

CD625-20

130

centrifuges
Benchtop Centrifuges Rotina 35/35R
N Standard and refrigerated models N Maximum capacity 6 x 85ml N Digital control and display of rpm/rcf, time period (and temperature Rotina 35R only) N Simple touch key operation N Choice of swing-out and angle rotors N Safety features include: rotor recognition imbalance detector overspeed protection N Stainless steel lined chamber and lid N Maintenance free induction drive for smooth and quiet operation Catalogue No. Model Maximum speed Swing-out rotor Fixed angle rotor Maximum rcf Swing-out rotor Fixed angle rotor Maximum volume Swing-out rotor Fixed angle rotor Timer CD650-30 Rotina 35 rpm rpm xg xg ml ml minutes 5000 15000 4560 23650 4x100 6 x 85 CD650-40 Rotina 35R 5000 15000 4560 23650 4x100 6 x 85

C
XX XX XX

Accessory Swing-Out Rotors CD650-65 4-place x 100ml. Without buckets. 0.00 ea Maximum rpm/rcf 5000/4528xg CD650-67 10-place x 50ml (29 x 116mm) Falcon-type conical 0.00 ea tubes. With buckets. Maximum rpm/rcf 5000/4560xg CD650-70 4-place microtitre plate rotor. Without carriers. 0.00 ea Maximum rpm/rcf 4000/2147xg Accessory Fixed Angle rotors CD650-73 6-place x 85ml (38 x 101mm) tubes. Maximum 0.00 ea rpm/rcf 10000/11515xg (14000/16323xg refrigerated) CD650-77 30-place x 1.5/2.2ml tubes. Maximum rpm/rcf 0.00 ea 15000/23650xg

XX XX

Accessory Buckets/Carriers/Adapters The number of buckets, carriers and adapters must equal the number of rotor places. Supplied singly. For 4-place Swing-Out Rotor, CD650-65 CD652-12 1 x 100ml bucket CD652-14 1 x hermetic sealing lid for bucket CD652-12 CD652-18 1 x 50ml (34 x 100mm tube) adapter for bucket CD652-12. Max rcf 4137xg CD652-22 1 x 25ml (24 x 100mm tube/universal) adapter for bucket CD652-12. Max rcf 4165xg CD652-26 4 x 15ml (17 x 100mm tube) adapter for bucket CD652-12. Max rcf 4332xg CD652-30 1 x 15ml* (17 x 120mm conical tube) conical adapter for bucket CD652-12. Max rcf 4528xg CD652-34 5 x 7ml (11.5 x 92mm tube) adapter for bucket CD652-12. Max rcf 4388xg CD652-38 5 x 1.5/2.2ml reaction tube adapter for bucket CD652-12. Max rcf 4193xg CD652-56 CD652-58 CD652-67 CD652-70 1 x rectangular bucket 1 x cap for bucket CD652-56 1 x 50ml* (29 x 116mm conical tube) adapter for bucket CD652-56. Max rcf 4360xg 6 x 15ml* (15.5 x 105mm conical tube) adapter for bucket CD652-56. Max rcf 4276xg 12 x 7ml (11.5 x 92mm tube) adapter for bucket CD652-56. Max rcf 4276xg 12 x 6ml (11.5 x 66mm tube) adapter for bucket CD652-56. Max rcf 4360xg 12 x 1.5/2.2ml reaction tube adapter for bucket CD652-56. Max rcf 4332xg

0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 47.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

1 to 99 and continuous, with pulse key

Benchtop Centrifuge Rotina 35 As described. Overall 380 x 468 x 540mm H x W x D. Weight 42kg. For 230V 50/60Hz single phase supplies. 670W. Without rotors, accessories or tubes. CD650-30 Rotina 35 0.00 ea XX Benchtop Centrifuge Rotina 35R, refrigerated As CD650-30 but with integral hermetically sealed cooling unit. Chamber temperature can be set between 20C and +40C and a pre-cooling programme can be used to ensure that samples maintain their required temperature when placed into the centrifuge. Overall 380 x 468 x 695mm H x W x D. Weight 70kg. For 230V 50Hz single phase supplies. 1050W. Without rotor, accessories or tubes. CD650-40 Rotina 35R 0.00 ea XX

XX XX FO XX XX XX XX

CD652-74 CD652-78 CD652-82

For 10-place Swing-Out Rotor, CD650-67 CD652-95 1 x 15ml* (17 x 120mm conical tube) adapter. Max rcf 4556xg

0.00 ea

XX

*These adapters are primarily for use with Falcon-type conical base tubes. For 4-place Microtitre Plate Rotor, CD650-70 CD654-17 1 x carrier which accepts 1 x microtitre plate 0.00 ea
XX

CD650-40

CD650-30

131

centrifuges
Benchtop Centrifuges Rotanta 460/460R
Accessory Swing-out rotor CD728-60 4-place x 750ml. Without buckets or adapters. Maximum rpm/rcf 4600/4779xg Accessory Fixed-angle rotors CD728-72 30-place x 0.4/1.5ml tubes. With lid. Maximum rpm/rcf 15000/24400xg CD728-79 6-place x 94ml (38 x 106mm) tubes. With lid. Maximum rpm/rcf 11500/18038xg

High capacity, standard and refrigerated models for routine clinical chemistry, pharmaceutical development, research and pharmacology. N Maximum capacity 4 x 750ml N Microprocessor controlled with easy to use touch keypad N Digital setting and display of speed or rcf and time (CD725-30 also has temperature setting and display) N Adjustable acceleration and brake rates N Maintenance free induction drive for smooth and quiet operation N Safety features include: rotor recognition imbalance detector N Stainless steel lined chamber and lid N Fully automatic lid locking mechanism Catalogue No. Model Maximum speed Swing-out rotor Fixed angle rotor Maximum rcf Swing-out rotor Fixed angle rotor Maximum volume Swing-out rotor Fixed angle rotor Timer CD725-10 Rotanta 460 rpm rpm xg xg ml ml minutes 4500 15000 4460 24400 4 x 750 6 x 94 CD725-30 Rotanta 460R 4500 15000 4460 24400 4 x 750 6 x 94 overspeed protection motor overheat protection

0.00 ea

XX

0.00 ea 0.00 ea

XX XX

Accessory Buckets/Adapters/Carriers/Lids The number of buckets, carriers and adapters must equal the number of rotor places. Supplied singly. For 4-place Swing-out rotor, CD728-60 CD729-04 1 x 250ml (65 x 115mm tube) rectangular bucket. Maximum rcf 4392xg CD729-06 1 x Aerosol-tight lid for bucket CD729-04 CD729-09 24 x 15ml (17 x 100mm tube) adapter for bucket CD729-04 CD729-11 4 x 15ml* (17 x 120mm conical tube) adapter for bucket CD729-04 CD729-12 6 x 50ml (34 x 100mm tube) adapter for bucket CD729-04 CD729-14 4 x 50ml* (29 x 115mm tube) adapter for bucket CD729-04 CD729-15 2 x 100ml (40 x 115mm conical tube) adapter for bucket CD729-04 CD729-17 1 x 250ml (65 x 115mm tube) adapter for bucket CD729-04 CD729-20 1 x 750ml (97 x 136mm bottle) bucket. Maximum rcf 4779xg CD729-22 1 x Aerosol-tight lid for bucket CD729-20 CD729-40 4 x Microtitre plate carrier with lid. Max rcf 4235xg CD729-42 4 x Microtitre plate insert for CD729-40 For 30-place Fixed-angle rotor, CD728-72 CD729-50 1 x 0.4ml tube insert adapter CD729-52 1 x 0.5/0.8ml tube insert adapter For 6-place Fixed-angle rotor, CD728-79 CD729-65 1 x 7ml (12 x 100mm tube) adapter CD729-68 1 x 15ml* (17 x 120mm conical tube) adapter CD729-70 1 x 25ml (24 x 100mm tube) adapter CD729-74 1 x 50ml (29 x 107mm tube) adapter 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

1 to 99 and continuous, with pulse key

Benchtop Centrifuge Rotanta 460 As described. Overall 450 x 550 x 707mm H x W x D. Weight 95kg. For 230V 50/60Hz single phase supplies. 1400W. Without rotor, accessories or tubes. CD725-10 Rotanta 460 0.00 ea XX Benchtop Centrifuge Rotanta 460R, refrigerated As CD725-10 but with integral hermetically sealed cooling unit. Chamber temperature can be set between 20C and +40C and a pre-cooling programme can be used to ensure that samples maintain their required temperature when placed into the centrifuge. Overall 450 x 765 x 707mm H x W x D. Weight 135kg. For 230V 50Hz single phase supplies. 1800W. Without rotor, accessories or tubes. CD725-30 Rotanta 460R 0.00 ea XX

XX XX

XX XX XX XX

*These adapters are primarily for use with Falcon-type conical base tubes.

CD725-10

CD725-30 in use

132

centrifuges
Micro-Haematocrit Centrifuge Centurion 2010H
Compact micro-haematocrit centrifuge with low maintenance induction drive motor and digital setting of speed or rcf and time. Continuously variable speed range 1000-12000rpm adjustable in 10rpm increments. Maximum 13500rcf. With programmable pre-set, 1 to 90 second pulse, 0 to 30 minute timer, automatic and adjustable brake, imbalance detector, electronic lid lock/interlock, overspeed and rotor stop sensors. Overall 235 x 235 x 380mm H x W x D. Weight 17kg. Micro-Haematocrit centrifuge 2010H, Centurion As described. For 230V 50/60Hz single phase supplies. Without rotor. CE780-16 Micro-Haematocrit centrifuge, 2010H 0.00 ea Accessories Micro-Haematocrit rotor for CE780-16 With sealing lid. Maximum capacity 24 capillary tubes, 75mm long. CD322-44 Micro-Haematocrit rotor 0.00 ea

Micro-Haematocrit Centrifuge Hawksley Model MHC

A totally dedicated compact centrifuge for the determination of red cell packed volume by the micro-haematocrit method. Accepts up to 24 capillary tubes which are spun at 11800rpm (13000xg rcf). Cycle time from 5 seconds to 30 minutes controlled by a programmable timer which digitally displays time remaining as it is counted down. An automatic brake operates at the end of the cycle and a STOP message is displayed. This changes to an OPEN message when the rotor has halted and the safety lid lock, which operates whilst the rotor is running, has released. Other safety features include a mild steel guard barrier around the centrifuge bowl, steel plate in the lid to protect against rotor or sample failure, and imbalance detector. The outer case is constructed in epoxy coated sheet steel and includes a sealed switch panel with touch sensitive controls combining to produce an easily cleaned surface. Overall 245 x 230 x 280mm H x W x D, lid closed. Micro-Haematocrit centrifuge, Hawksley With rotor for 24 capillary tubes. For 220-240V 50Hz single phase supplies. CE800-10 Model MHC 0.00 ea Accessories Micro-Haematocrit reader Provides quick, accurate readings of packed cell volume on samples with total fluid column heights between 40 and 70mm high. CE805-10 Haematocrit reader 0.00 ea XX Rotoreader Fits the centrifuge rotor. All 24 micro-haematocrits are read directly while still on the rotor. CE805-55 Rotoreader 0.00 ea XX CE806-08 Heparinised tubes, capacity 59l, length 75mm, 0.00 pk XX pack of 1000 CE806-14 Plain tubes, pack of 1000 0.00 pk XX CE806-18 Cristaseal sealing material in tray marked to show 0.00 pk XX the correct filling volume and labelled for sample identification, pack of 10 trays CM115-10 Disposable blood lancets, 0.00 pk 0.00 pk (10+) XX pack of 200

XX

XX

XX

Micro-Haematocrit reader Provides quick, accurate readings of packed cell volume on samples with total fluid column heights between 40 and 70mm. CE782-10 Haematocrit reader, hand-held 0.00 ea XX CE806-08 Heparinised tubes, capacity 59l, length 75mm, 0.00 pk XX pack of 1000 CE806-14 Plain tubes, pack of 1000 0.00 pk XX CE806-18 Cristaseal sealing material in tray marked to show 0.00 pk XX the correct filling volume and labelled for sample identification, pack of 10 trays CM115-10 Disposable blood lancets, 0.00 pk 0.00 pk (10+) XX pack of 200 Spares CD268-36 CD268-40 Service/Technical Manual. For CE780-16 Spares kit including lid seal and fuses. For CE780-16 0.00 pk 0.00 pk

XX XX

CE780

CE800

133

centrifuge tubes
Materials Code: Pp = Polypropylene

Microcentrifuge Tubes up to 2ml Capacity

Reference Code: C = Corning E = Elkay St = Sterilin

All tubes have rim and are natural colour unless otherwise stated. Catalogue No CF300-34 CF304-15 CF306-10 CF306-16 CF306-17 CF306-20 CF306-21 CF306-22 CF306-23 CF306-24 CF306-25 CF306-40 CF308-45 CF308-49 Capacity 500l 1.5ml 1.5ml 1.5ml 1.5ml 1.5ml 1.5ml 1.5ml 1.5ml 1.5ml 1.5ml 1.9ml 2.0ml 2.0ml Material Pp Pp Pp Pp Pp* Pp Pp (yellow) Pp (blue) Pp (orange) Pp (green) Pp (amber) Pp Pp Pp* RCF (xg) 20000 13000 16000 16000 25000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 16000 13000 25000 Cap type Captive plug Captive screw Captive plug Captive plug Captive plug Captive plug Captive plug Captive plug Captive plug Captive plug Captive plug Captive plug Screw Captive plug Self standing  Sterile    Ref. E (M050) C (430909) E (M150) E (MSTR) E (M159) St (2150N) St (2150Y) St (2150B) St (2150O) St (2150G) St (2150A) E (M190) C (430917) E (M209) Qty 1000 500 1000 500 250 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 500 250 pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX SS XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

*Low-adhesion resin which is DNase- and RNase- free. Microcentrifuge tube filters see FC395.

CF300-34

CF306-10 to CF306-17

CF306-40, CF308-49

CF304-15

CF306-20 to CF306-25 in use with SM575

CF308-45

134

centrifuge tubes
10 to 15ml Capacities
Reference Code: B = Bibby C = Corning E = Elkay St = Sterilin Materials Code: Bs = Pyrex borosilicate glass MPs = Modified polystyrene PET = Polyethylene terephthalate Pp = Polypropylene Ps = Polystyrene Sl = Soda-lime glass

Caps Code: F = Flat top rim seal type P = Push-on plug seal type S = Screw type W = Write-on panel

All tubes have rim unless otherwise specified. Graduations are moulded-in, unless otherwise specified. Cat. No. CF320-24 CF320-26 TE604-65 TE604-70 CF326-14 CF326-15 CF326-17 CF326-18 CF326-19 CF326-20 CF326-22 CF326-26 CF326-30 CF326-38 CF327-10 CF327-12 CF327-16 CF327-18 CF330-10 CF330-22 CF330-26 CF330-40 Capacity 10ml 12ml 13.5ml 13.5ml 15ml 15ml 15ml 15ml 15ml 15ml 15ml 15ml 15ml 15ml 15ml 15ml 15ml 15ml 15ml 15ml 15ml 15ml Material Bs Bs Ps Ps PET PET PET Ps Pp Pp Pp Ps Pp Pp MPs Pp MPs Pp Sl Sl Sl Bs Shape Straight rimless Conical Straight Conical Conical Conical Conical Conical Conical Conical Conical Conical Conical Conical Conical Conical Conical Conical Straight Conical Conical Conical RCF (xg) 3000 3000 8000 8000 3600 3600 3600 1800 8400 8400 6250 1800 6250 6250 2000 10000 2000 10000 1300 1300 1300 3000 Grad.                 L x dia. (mm) 90 x 16 110 x 17 100 x 16 100 x 16 122 x 23 122 x 23 122 x 23 120 x 18 122 x 23 117 x 35 118 x 17 118 x 17 118 x 17 118 x 17 120 x 17 120 x 17 120 x 17 120 x 17 111 x 17 111 x 17 111 x 17 110 x 17 Cap S S P P FW FW P S S S S S S S Sterile             Ref. B (1660/02) B (1680/02) St (142AS) St (144AS) C (430055) C (430053) C (430788) E (150) C (430790) C (430052) E (151) E (2087) E (2088) E (2098) St (15PSB) St (15PPB) St (15PSR) St (15PPR) B (3460/02) Qty. Each Each 450 450 500* 500 500 1000 500* 500* 1000 1000 1000 500* 800 800 450 450 Each Each Each Each ea/pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea/pk (qty+) 0.00 (40+) 0.00 (40+) 0.00 (40+)
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

*Supplied in racks of 50 within the outer pack quantity. SAFETY NOTE Relative centrifugal force (RCF) figures stated are maxima in ideal environmental conditions. The mechanical strength of tube materials can vary with exposure to certain reagents or with temperature changes. Care should be taken when using tubes at or near their operating limit.

TE604-65

CF326-14 CF326-15 CF326-20

CF326-17 CF326-19 CF326-26 to CF326-38 CF327-10 to CF327-18

CF320-26 CF330-22

CF320-24

TE604-70

CF326-18 CF326-22

CF330-10

CF330-26 CF330-40

135

C
Cat. No.

centrifuge tubes

25 to 500ml Capacities, for Nalgene Plastic Tubes - see next page

All tubes have rim unless otherwise specified. Graduations are moulded-in, unless otherwise stated. Capacity Material Shape RCF (xg) 3000 3000 6000 6000 3600 3000 9400 9400 3000 9400 9400 6000 6000 1500 2500 1700 6000 6000 Grad. L x dia. (mm) 90 x 24 90 x 30 115 x 31 115 x 31 116 x 29 116 x 29 116 x 29 116 x 29 116 x 29 116 x 29 116 x 29 116 x 29 115 x 28 ASTM D96 ASTM D96 ASTM D96 172 x 60 147 x 96 Cap Sterile Ref. Qty. ea/pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea/pk (qty+) 0.00 (40+) 0.00 (40+) 0.00 (2+) 0.00 (2+)
XX XX

25, 30 and 45ml capacity CF340-10 25ml Bs CF360-40 45ml Bs 50 and 100ml capacity CF365-10 50ml Pp CF365-15 50ml Pp CF370-08 50ml PET CF370-20 50ml Pp CF370-22 50ml Pp CF370-23 50ml Pp CF370-26 CF370-27 CF370-28 CF370-32 CF370-38 CF380-10 CF380-14 PE814-24 50ml 50ml 50ml 50ml 50ml 100ml 100ml 100ml Pp Pp Pp Pp Pp Bs Bs Bs

Straight Straight Conical Conical self-standing Conical Conical self-standing Conical Conical Conical self-standing Conical Conical Conical Conical Pear Conical (200mm) Conical (167mm)

 (printed)  (printed)   (printed)  (printed)   (printed)  (printed)  (printed)       

S S P P P P FW FW FW S S P P

          

B (1660/06) B (1660/08) St (36050CPG) St (36050NPG) C (430304) C (430897) C (430290) C (430291) C (430921) C (430829) C (430828) E (2092) E (2090) B (3440/02) B (3450/02) C (430776) C (430236) C (431123) C (431124)

Each Each 250* 250 500* 500 500* 500 500 500 500* 500 500 Each Each 6 102 6 36 6

XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

250 and 500ml capacity CF400-20 250ml Pp Conical CF400-26 PEI (polyetherimide) cushion for CF400-20 CF400-40 500ml Pp Conical CF400-46 PEI (polyetherimide) cushion for CF400-40 *Supplied in racks of 25 within the outer pack quantity.

XX XX XX XX

SAFETY NOTE Relative centrifugal force (RCF) figures stated are maxima in ideal environmental conditions. The mechanical strength of tube materials can vary with exposure to certain reagents or with temperature changes. Care should be taken when using tubes at or near their operating limit.

CF400-20 CF365-10 CF370-08 CF370-22 CF370-23 CF370-27 CF370-28

CF370-32 CF370-38

CF380-14 PE814-24

CF400-40 CF340-10 CF360-40 CF365-15 CF370-20 CF370-26

CF380-10

136

centrifuge tubes
Nalgene Tubes and Bottles
All dimensions and capacities are nominal. Conical, polypropylene, graduated, rimless Autoclavable. For non-refrigerated low speeds up to 6000xg. Supplied in packs of 10. Ref. 3103CF604-22 CF604-32 0015 0050 Cap. L x dia. ml mm 15 50 119 x 17 134 x 28.5 pk 0.00 0.00
XX XX

Nalgene Oak Ridge Tubes

All dimensions and capacities are nominal. All tubes are autoclavable and can be used in refrigerated and non-refrigerated centrifuges up to 50000xg. Supplied with non-contaminating screw cap without liner which is leakproof during ordinary use outside the centrifuge. Length x diameter: 10ml 30ml 50ml 81 x 16mm 95 x 26mm 107 x 29mm

Straight, polycarbonate, rimless Transparent, autoclavable. For use at speeds up to 50000xg. Supplied in packs of 10. Ref. 3117CF655-16 CF655-18 CF655-20 CF655-34 0120 0150 0160 0500 Cap. L x dia. ml mm 12 15 16 50 104 x 16 114.5 x 16 101 x 18 104 x 29.5 pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX

Conical, polycarbonate, graduated, rimless Transparent, autoclavable. For low speeds up to 6000xg. Supplied in packs of 10. Ref. 3105CF608-18 CF608-28 0015 0050 Cap. L x dia. ml mm 15 50 120.2 x 17 135 x 29 pk 0.00 0.00
XX XX

Bottles, polycarbonate Transparent, autoclavable. With polypropylene narrow mouth screw cap. Supplied in packs of 4. Maximum speed ratings: 250ml 27500xg 500ml 13700xg 1000ml 7100xg Ref. 3122CF830-20 CF830-30 CF830-40 0250 0500 1000 Cap. L x dia. ml mm 250 128 x 62 500 170 x 69.5 1000 188.4 x 97.6 pk 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX

Polycarbonate, transparent, with polypropylene screw cap Ref. 3118CF900-10 CF900-30 CF900-45 0010 0030 0050 Cap. ml 10 30 50 Pack qty. 10 10 10 pk 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX

Straight, polypropylene, rimless Autoclavable. For non-refrigerated speeds up to 50000xg. Supplied in packs of 10. Ref. 3110CF640-16 CF640-18 CF640-20 CF640-34 0120 0150 0160 0500 Cap. L x dia. ml mm 12 15 16 50 103 x 16 114 x 16 100 x 18 103 x 28.7 pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX

Polyallomer, transparent, with polypropylene screw cap Ref. 3119CF915-10 CF915-30 CF915-45 0010 0030 0050 Cap. ml 10 30 50 Pack qty. 10 10 10 pk 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX

Important Warning Sterilising Centrifuge Ware Some tubes and bottles where indicated can be sterilised by autoclaving. However BEFORE AUTOCLAVING (or sterilising by gas or dry heat) the cap or closure must either be removed or just set on top of the container WITHOUT ENGAGING THE THREAD.

PTFE/FEP, with ETFE screw cap Ref. 3114CF935-10 CF935-18 CF935-25 0010 0030 0050 Cap. ml 10 30 50 Pack qty. 2 2 2 pk 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX

CF604

CF640

CF655

CF900

CF608

CF830

CF915, CF935 is similar

137

chloride meters
Industrial applications: Chloride in food manufacture, processing and quality control. Particularly suitable for the analysis of dairy, cheese, meat, fish, seasoning and snackfood products. Many other applications in the paper, fabric, cement and plating industries.

Jenway PCLM3 and Sherwood Scientific 926

For the rapid determination of chlorides in solution. Clinical applications: Chloride in biological samples such as serum, plasma, urine, sweat and CSF.

N Large LED display N Simple controls N Magnetic stirring of sample N Automatic indication of reagent renewal Jenway PCLM3 Alternative models for either clinical or industrial applications. Clinical model Range Reproducibility 10 to 299mmol/litre Cl Industrial model 10 to 999mg/litre Cl

N mg/litre and mg% salt ranges N Microprocessor controlled

N Status and Error Code prompts N RS232 built-in output

N Simple operation 3 push button controls N Captive magnetic stirrer no stirrer bars to lose Sherwood Scientific 926 For industrial applications. Range Reproducibility Linearity Sample Volume Overall dimensions Weight 10 to 999mg/litre Cl 2 to 165mg% salt Within 3mg/litre 3mg/litre or 1% whichever is the greater 0.5ml 200 x 250 x 315mm high 3.8kg

1% for 100l sample at 3mg/litre 100mmol/litre. 1.5% for 20l sample at 100mmol/litre Better than 1mmol/litre 1% of concentration value (whichever is greater) over 10 to 299mmol/litre 20l or 100l 3.1kg both models 3mg/litre or 1% (whichever is greater) over the total range 0.5ml

Linearity

Sample Volume Overall dimensions Weight

240 x 215 x 160mm high both models

Supplied complete with accessories including electrodes, electrode polish, acid buffer solution, gelatine and appropriate chloride standard. For 110-120V and 220-240V 50/60Hz single phase supplies. CH400-10 PCLM3/M Clinical 0.00 ea XX CH400-20 PCLM3/I Industrial 0.00 ea XX CH402-06 CH402-08 CH402-12 CH402-14 CH402-16 CH402-19 CH402-20 CH402-30 Silver anodes, pack of 3 Silver electrodes (one cathode plus two detectors) Electrode polish Acid buffer solution, 500ml Gelatine 30ml Glass sample beaker, graduated Clinical standard. 100mmol/litre. 180ml Industrial standard 200mg/litre. 180ml 0.00 pk 0.00set 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

With built-in RS232 output to allow results and sample number to be printed or downloaded to a computer. Supplied complete with electrodes and reagent pack. For 110, 115, 200, 230, 240V 50/60Hz supplies. CH450-25 926 Mk 2 Industrial* 0.00 ea XX CH452-06 Silver anodes, pack of 3 0.00 pk XX CH452-08 Silver electrodes (one cathode plus two detectors) 0.00set XX CH452-12 Electrode polish 0.00 ea XX Combined acid buffer reagent. Supplied in UN-approved bottles. CH452-15 Acid buffer reagent, pack 500ml 0.00 pk CH452-18 Sample beaker, graduated 0.00 ea CH452-30 Industrial standard 200mg/litre, 0.00 pk pack of 6 x 100ml bottles
XX XX XX

Impact printer for use with CH450-25, allowing print-out sample number and result. With connecting cable, rechargeable NiCd batteries, adapter and print roll. Requires a 110, 240V single phase supply for the adapter CH452-45 Impact printer for use with CH450-25 0.00 ea XX * A biomedical version of this analyser is also available - details on request. Colorimetric Chloride determinations - see Colorimeter section.

CH400

CH450

138

chromatography
Chromatography Papers
Sheets Plain Grade 1Chr 3Chr 3MMChr 4Chr 17Chr DE81 P81 SG81 Reels Grade 1Chr Length Widths available 10mm ea 100m CJ500-12 0.00 20mm CJ500-14 ea 0.00 30mm CJ500-16 ea 0.00 40mm CJ500-18 ea 0.00 50mm CJ500-22 ea 0.00 Box qty. 100 100 100 100 25 25 25 25 100 x 300mm CJ300-10 box 0.00 200 x 200mm CJ300-20 CJ312-20 box 0.00 0.00 250 x 250mm CJ300-30 box 0.00 315 x 355mm CJ312-34 box 0.00 460 x 570mm CJ300-40 CJ308-40 CJ312-40 CJ316-40 CJ320-40 CJ336-40 CJ340-40 CJ348-40 box 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 580 x 680mm CJ312-50

C
box 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

XX

Reels continued Grade 1Chr 3MMChr Discs Grade DE81 Pack qty. 400 Diameter 23mm CJ515-10 pk 0.00
XX

Length Widths available 100mm ea 100m 100m CJ500-28 CJ504-28 0.00 0.00

150mm CJ500-34 CJ504-34

ea 0.00 0.00

190mm CJ504-36

ea 0.00

230mm CJ504-42

ea 0.00

270mm CJ504-44

ea 0.00
XX XX

Grade Comparison Flow rates given are linear per 30 minutes. Grade 1Chr 3Chr 3MMChr 4Chr 17Chr DE81 P81 SG81 Flow mm/30minutes 130 130 130 180 190 95 125 110 Thickness mm 0.18 0.36 0.34 0.21 0.92 0.20 0.23 0.27 Material Pure cellulose Pure cellulose Pure cellulose Ion-exchange cellulose Silica gel loaded Cellulose

139

chromatography
Glass TLC Plates
Reverse Phase Plates Layer 200m. Ref. CJ650-10 CJ654-60
XX XX

Flexible TLC Plates

Silica Gel Plates Layer 250m. All plates are 20cm x 20cm and can be cut with scissors. Ref. Polyester backed CJ600-10 PE Sil G CJ600-25 PE Sil G/UV 254* Aluminium backed CJ602-10 AL Sil G CJ602-25 AL Sil G/UV 254* * With fluorescent indicator. U.V. Viewing Cabinet for TLC plates see LM400-10 in the Lamps section. Pack qty. 25 25 25 25 pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

HPLC Columns
Partisil

Size cm 1 x 3in 20 x 20 5 x 20 20 x 20 20 x 20 5 x 20 20 x 20

Pack qty. 100 25 75 25 25 75 25

pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

MKC18F KC18 KC18F LKC18 LKC18F

N Media: ODS: 10m C18 polymeric, carbon load 5% ODS3: 5m, C18 polymeric, carbon load 10.5% SAX: 5m, strong anion exchanger SCX: 5m, strong cation exchanger As described. Supplied with compression screw HPLC fittings (and integral void sealing mechanism - Partisil 10 columns only). Supplied singly. Standard Analytical Columns 4.6 x 250mm o.d. x length. Supplied singly. Media Partisil 5 CK315-05 Partisil 10 CK315-10 CK315-20 CK315-30 ODS3 ODS SAX SCX ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX

CJ658-30 CJ658-60 CJ662-60 CJ666-30 CJ666-60

XX XX

Adsorption Plates K6 60 Layer 250m except CJ700-60 which is 1000m. Ref. CJ680-10 CJ684-30 CJ684-50 CJ684-60 CJ688-20 CJ688-30 CJ688-50 CJ688-60 CJ700-60 CJ710-30 CJ710-60 CJ714-30 CJ714-60 MK6F K6 Size cm 1 x 3in 5 x 20 10 x 20 20 x 20 5 x 10 5 x 20 10 x 20 20 x 20 20 x 20 5 x 20 20 x 20 5 x 20 20 x 20 Pack qty. 500 75 50 25 150 75 50 25 20 75 25 75 25 pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

XX XX XX

K6F

Rapid Analysis Column 4.6 x 100mm o.d. x length. Supplied singly. Media Partisil 5 CK317-05 SAX ea 0.00
XX

PK6F LK6D LK6DF

Adsorption Plates K5 150 Layer 250m except CJ749-60 which is 1000m. Ref. CJ718-60 CJ738-60 CJ749-60 K5 LK5DF PLK5F Size cm 20 x 20 20 x 20 20 x 20 Pack qty. 25 25 20 pk 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX

140

chromatography
HPLC Columns
PartiSphere Interchangeable, pre-packed stainless steel columns, with hand-tightened end-fittings and variable porosity frit to ensure even sample distribution. Unique void sealing mechanism maintains frit contact with packing medium, and highly polished internal wall face enhances peak symmetry. Media: C18: Reversed phase C18, monomeric, 5m spherical media with 11% carbon load SAX: Strong anion exchanger, 5m, spherical media Reversed phase C8, monomeric, 5m spherical media with 6% C8: carbon load Media o.d. x length, mm ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX

C
XX

TLC Separating Chambers

N Heavy, moulded glass construction N Ground flange top and lid for tight seal Standard Separating Chamber For TLC plates 20 x 20cm. With broad grooved flange edge and lid. CK610-10 Standard TLC Chamber 0.00 ea

Batch Separating Chamber As CK610-10 but with vertical moulded grooves to accommodate up to 5 TLC plates 20 x 20cm. With broad grooved flange edge and lid. CK610-20 Batch TLC Chamber 0.00 ea XX HPTLC Separating Chamber For HPTLC and TLC plates 10 x 10cm. With broad grooved flange edge and lid. CK610-30 HPTLC Chamber 0.00 ea XX

Complete systems. Comprising cartridge and two end fittings. 4.6 x 125 CK402-10 C18 CK402-14 C8 4.6 x 125 CK402-26 SAX 4.6 x 125 CK402-65 C18 4.6 x 250 CK402-85 SAX 4.6 x 250

Chromatography Column
Chromatography Column, Pyrex For general chromatographic separations. Working column 10mm bore x 355mm long with sintered glass support disc porosity 1. Nominal column capacity 30ml. Stem 45mm long x 8mm diameter. CK700-10 Ref. 3775/02 0.00 ea 0.00 ea (5+) XX Chromatography Columns with standard joint end fittings see Quickfit section.

Ion Exchange Media

Description CK500-12 CK500-14 CK510-12 CK527-12 CK542-10 CK542-12 DE52 pre-swollen microgranular DEAE-cellulose DE52 pre-swollen microgranular DEAE-cellulose CM52 pre-swollen microgranular CM-cellulose CF11 fibrous cellulose powder for column work P11 dry bi-functional cation exchange cellulose P11 dry bi-functional cation exchange cellulose

Quantity 500g 2kg 500g 500g 100g 500g

ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

XX XX XX XX XX XX

Micropipettes - see PP420 in the Pipettes section.

CK402

CK500/CK542

CK700-10

141

chromatography

Autosampler Vials
High quality glass vials for use with autosamplers as indicated. All capacities quoted are based on water at ambient temperature. Glass vials with standard screw thread neck Glass vials with standard crimp neck Suitable for Beckman 501, 507, Gilson 232/231-401, Agilent, Kontron, Perkin- Suitable for Antek, Beckman, Gilson, Agilent, Perkin-Elmer, Philips, Spark, Elmer Autosystem, ISS-series, 420/B and 4900 models, Philips LC-XP, Spark Spectra Physics, Tosoh, Varian and many others. 2.0ml capacity, 12 x 32mm dia. Marathon and Provis models, Spectra Physics, Tosoh, Varian and many others. x height, for use with accessory limited volume inserts, 11mm diameter crimp 2.0ml capacity, 12 x 32mm dia. x height, for use with accessory limited volume closures and septa as indicated. Supplied in packs of 100. inserts, 8mm/425 closures and septa as indicated. Supplied in packs of 100. CK755-10 Clear glass 0.00 pk XX CK740-10 Clear glass 0.00 pk XX CK755-15 Amber glass 0.00 pk XX CK740-15 Amber glass 0.00 pk XX CK755-20 Clear glass with marking spot 0.00 pk XX CK740-20 Clear glass with marking spot 9.50 pk EO CK755-25 Amber glass with marking spot 0.00 pk XX CK740-25 Amber glass with marking spot 0.00 pk XX Limited volume inserts for CK755-series vials Limited volume inserts for CK740-series vials Supplied in packs of 100. Supplied in packs of 100. CK757-03 50l glass insert with bottom spring 0.00 pk XX CK744-03 50l glass insert with bottom spring 0.00 pk XX CK757-06 100l glass insert with top spring 0.00 pk XX CK744-06 100l glass insert with plastic flange 0.00 pk XX CK757-09 250l glass insert with bottom spring 0.00 pk XX CK744-09 100l glass insert with bottom spring 0.00 pk XX CK757-12 350l glass insert, flat bottom 0.00 pk XX CK744-12 250l glass insert, flat bottom 0.00 pk XX CK757-15 250l polypropylene insert with bottom spring 0.00 pk XX CK744-15 100l polypropylene insert with bottom spring 0.00 pk XX Crimp closures, for CK755-series vials 8mm/425 screw closures, for CK740-series vials Colour-coded aluminium, with septa. In materials and pack sizes as indicated. Polypropylene. Supplied in packs of 1000. CK759-02 Silver, PTFE septa, 0.1mm thick. Pack of 1000 0.00 pk XX CK746-02 Black, open-hole 0.00 pk XX CK759-04 Silver, PP septa, 0.1mm thick. Pack of 1000 0.00 pk XX CK746-04 Black, large open-hole 0.00 pk XX CK759-06 Silver, clear PTFE/natural rubber seal. Pack of 1000 0.00 pk XX CK746-06 Red, open-hole 0.00 pk XX CK759-16 Silver, PTFE/silicone seal. Pack of 1000 0.00 pk XX CK746-08 Blue, open-hole 0.00 pk XX CK759-36 Silver, black viton seal. Pack of 100 0.00 pk XX CK746-10 Green, open-hole 0.00 pk XX Headspace vials CK746-12 Yellow, open-hole 0.00 pk XX Clear glass, with capacities and sizes (diameter x height) as indicated. Supplied CK746-14 White, open-hole 0.00 pk XX in packs of 100. CK746-16 Black, solid top, unlined 0.00 pk XX Cap. ml Size., mm pk CK746-20 Top seal, clear, 0.25mm thick 0.00 pk XX CK774-09 10 23 x 46 0.00 XX Septa for CK746-series 8mm/425 closures CK774-12 20 23 x 75 0.00 XX In materials, thicknesses and pack sizes as indicated. CK774-15 27 30 x 60 0.00 XX CK748-05 White PTFE, 0.25mm thick. Pack of 1000 0.00 pk XX CK748-09 White PTFE with slit, 0.25mm thick. Pack of 1000 0.00 pk XX Crimp seals, for CK774-series vials CK748-13 PTFE/Butyl rubber, 1.20mm thick. Pack of 1000 0.00 pk XX CK748-17 Red PTFE/Silicone with slit, 1.50mm thick. 0.00 pk XX Aluminium, 20mm diameter. Supplied in packs as indicated. Pack of 1000 Type Septum Pack qty pk CK748-21 Red PTFE/Silicone, 1.20mm thick. Pack of 1000 0.00 pk XX CK776-05 Plain PTFE/Grey butyl rubber 100 0.00 XX CK748-25 Red PTFE/Silicone, 1.65mm thick. Pack of 1000 0.00 pk XX PTFE/Silicone 100 0.00 XX CK748-29 Blue PTFE/Silicone, 1.65mm thick. Pack of 1000 0.00 pk XX CK776-10 Plain PTFE 100 0.00 XX CK748-33 Tan PTFE/Silicone, 1.65mm thick. Pack of 1000 0.00 pk XX CK776-15 Plain CK748-37 CK748-41 CK748-45 CK748-49 CK748-53 Red PTFE/Silicone, 1.90mm thick. Pack of 1000 PTFE/Silicone, 2.50mm thick. Pack of 1000 Red PTFE/Silicone, 1.00mm thick. Pack of 100 Red PTFE/Silicone/Red PTFE with slit, 1.00mm thick. Pack of 100 Black Viton, 0.7mm thick. Pack of 100 0.00 pk 0.00 pk 0.00 pk 0.00 pk 0.00 pk
XX XX XX XX XX

CK740-10, CK740-20

CK744-09/CK757-09

CK746

CK748

CK755-10, CK755-20

142

chromatography
Adept HPLC Systems

High performance modular systems for quality assurance, quality control, pharmaceutical testing and analytical separations. Major System Modules Pump module CE4100 Dual piston, pulse-free, fully compensated solvent delivery pump with flowrates from 0.001 to 10ml/min. With keypad pump setting and digital control with display and memory storage of up to 30 methods. Detectors, CE4200, CE4201 Dual (CE4200) or single (CE4201) wavelength UV-VIS detectors with range 190 to 700nm. CE4200 provides dual wavelength ratio, and scanning at up to 400nm/sec. with full programming using up to 6 wavelengths. Keypad operation and 4-line LCD readout with menu guidance, prompts and data display. PowerStream System Manager Software CE4900 Windows-based system control, including programmable wavelength scanning and data processing software operated via the users PC (MS-Windows 98 or later required). PowerStream is easy to use with a fully interactive graphical interface and display providing full method development. A data processing only version is also available (CE4901 - CK857-84). All systems are supplied with relevant connecting cables, power supply leads, fuses and operating manual. Isocratic Systems System 1 Analytical Comprises CE4100, CE4201 and 8l x 10mm flowcell, column panel, Rheodyne sample injection valve with 20l loop, solvent reservoir, pipe organiser for 3 solvents and installation kit. CK855-10 Adept system 1 - Analytical 0.00 ea XX System 3 Automatic analytical As above, but with CE4200 detector, auto-injector, CE4900 software and interface. CK855-30 Adept system 3 - Automatic analytical 0.00 ea XX Gradient Systems System 4 Binary analytical Comprises 2 x CE4100, CE4200 with 8l x 10mm flowcell, stainless steel dynamic mixer, CE4900 software and interface, column panel, solvent reservoir and pipe organiser for 3 solvents, and installation kit. CK855-35 Adept system 4 - Binary analytical 0.00 ea XX System 6 Automatic/Binary analytical Generally as above, but with auto-injector with Rheodyne valve and 20l loop. CK855-45 Adept system 6 - Automatic/Binary analytical 0.00 ea XX System 7 Low cost Binary Gradient Generally as System 4 above, but with CE4201 detector instead of CE4200, and without dynamic mixer or software. CK855-55 Adept system 7 - Low cost Binary gradient 0.00 ea XX Accessories and spares CK857-30 Column oven, heated and chilled, 230V 50Hz CK857-40 Column oven, heated only, 230V 50Hz CK857-60 Solvent degasser, 2-channel, 115V, 230V 50/60Hz CK857-70 Solvent degasser, 4-channel, 115V, 230V 50/60Hz CK857-75 CK857-82 CK857-84 CK857-90 CK859-04 CK859-12 CK859-14 SJ383-16 Dynamic mixer, Binary, stainless steel PowerStream control/data processing software PowerStream data processing only software Flowcell, 4l, 5mm path length Flowcell, 8l, 10mm path length Column mounting panel and cover with Rheodyne injection valve fitted with 20l loop Auto-injector with Rheodyne valve and 20l loop Deuterium lamp for CE4200, CE4201 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea Flowrate ml/minute Flow reproducibility % Max pressure MPa (bar) Overpressure cut-out MPa Low pressure cut-out MPa Eluent contact materials Dimensions W x D x H mm Weight kg Power requirements 0.001 to 10 better than 0.1 40 (400) Adjustable between 3 and 40 Adjustable between 0 and 40 Biocompatible ceramic, ruby and sapphire 365 x 290 x 140 7.5 115, 230V 50/60Hz single phase

Wavelength range Wavelength accuracy Wavelength precision Bandwidth Optical band width Straylight, at 220nm Absorbance ranges: Noise Drift Dimensions W x D x H Weight Power requirements

nm nm nm nm nm % A A mm kg

190 to 700 1 0.1 8 10 <0.02 0 .001 to 2 in 11 ranges 0.35 x 105 peak to peak at 220mm, 2 second constant 3 x 105 peak hour at constant temperature 365 x 129 x 140 17 115, 230V 50/60Hz single phase

XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

CK855-10 in use

143

circulators
Flow Monitors

Flow Heater FH16-D

Compact closed circulator designed for applications where an open tank is unsuitable or inconvenient. Flow Heater FH16-D Range ambient to +5 to 80C (with accessory cooling), stability 0.004C (DIN58966). Maximum pump flow 19 litres/minute, pump head 2.2 metres. With digital temperature display. Once set the required temperature cannot be altered accidentally. Overall 340 x 205 x 140mm L x W x H. For 220-240V 50Hz single phase supplies, 900W. CL100-22 FH16-D 0.00 ea XX Accessories Filler/Deaerator BS15 With removable lid and 6mm tubing connections. CL103-08 BS15 Pipe Insulation PF Polyurethane foam 16mm i.d. x 9mm wall, length of 2 metres. CL103-12 PF Remote Probes For use with FH16-D only. With 2 metres of cable. CL105-17 FF17, fast response, nylon CL105-19 LL17, robust stainless steel

Flow Monitors For protecting electrically operated equipment that requires a flow of aqueous liquid for safe use. If the aqueous flow reduces significantly for a period of approximately 10 seconds a red LED indicator will light and an audible alarm will sound. At the same time the electrical power to the equipment under control will be disconnected. N Senses low-flow N Visual and audible alarms and equipment switched off if low-flow for 10 seconds N Choice of models for flow rates from 0.1 to 15 litres/minute N Liquid contacts only PVDF, sapphire, ceramic, Viton

0.00 ea

XX

N Sensor fits 8mm bore pipe N Solid state switching; 10 amps N Socket for switching an accessory remote audible alarm

0.00 ea

XX

Housed in a cast aluminium box which can be free standing, wall mounted or clamped to a 12.7mm diameter support rod. Overall 80 x 120 x 100mm H x W x D. For 220-240V 50/60Hz single phase supplies. Model FR300-08 FR300-10 FM110/2 FM110 Flow rate 0.1 to 5 litres/minute 0.5 to 15 litres/minute ea 0.00 0.00
XX XX

0.00 ea 0.00 ea

XX XX

CL100-22 with CL105-19

FR300 in use

144

circulators
Recirculating Chillers

Stand-alone closed circulators providing powerful, accurately controlled cooling for analytical techniques and instruments where an optimum operating temperature is required. In addition, RC350G, RC400G and RC1400G can be used as heated circulators. N Precise temperature control N Low coolant consumption* N Settable high and low alarm levels with lamp and buzzer N Over/under temperature cut-outs N Flow fail device cuts power if no liquid in system N Digital temperature display *Use: Water for range +5 to +60C Water/glycol mixture for 10 to +5C Recirculating Chillers As specified. Mounted on lockable wheels. For 220240V 50Hz single phase supplies CL110-05 Model RC350G 0.00 ea XX CL110-15 Model RC400G 0.00 ea XX CL110-25 Model RC1400G 0.00 ea XX CL110-30 Model RC3000G 0.00 ea XX

Catalogue No Model Temperature range Typical cooling power at 20C Heater power Stability at 20C (DIN58966) (using water)

C W kW C

CL110-05 RC350G 5 to +60 350 0.75 0.25* 15 1.60 600 370 510

CL110-15 RC400G 10 to +60 400 0.75 0.25 12 0.62 600 370 510

CL110-25 RC1400G 10 to +60 1300 1.50 0.25 15 0.62 630 380 590 53 2.5

CL110-30 RC3000G 10 to +60 3000 - 0.5** 15 1.60 840 490 640 88 1.1

Maximum liquid flowrate litres/minute Pump head pressure at 1 litre/minute bar Dimensions D W H Weight Inlet/outlet connections Reservoir capacity Operational ambient temperature range EMC emissions Supply requirements mm mm mm kg mm litres C class

42 42 9.5 diameter all models 1.7 1.7 +5 to +35 all models

B B A B 220-240V 50Hz single phase supplies all models

Note: The RC3000G has no heater and therefore is designed for cooling applications only. It can control to +60C where the temperature of the exothermic reaction or process is above +60C; this is achieved by switching the cooling on and off. *With 10 litres of water in the system. **With 25 litres of water in the system.

Accessories Bypass RC BYP Ensures that the flow through the chiller is always at least 1 litre/minute so that the chillers flow-fail device does not engage. This maintains temperature control and system integrity if narrow tubing or small cooling cells are used in an external circuit. CL110-85 RC BYP 0.00 ea XX Pressure gauge RC PR Indicates output pressure from the chiller. CL110-89 RC PR CL110-93 PRES Priming reservoir

0.00 ea 125.00 ea

XX OA

CL110-05, CL110-15 to CL110-30 are similar

145

circulators

Refrigeration Units

Benchtop refrigeration units only, for use with Grant Optima series controllers, together providing a source of temperature controlled, refrigerated liquid for cooling applications, or as low temperature baths. N Choice of model ranges: Minimum operating temperatures: -20C, -30C, -47C Tank volumes: 5 litres, 12 litres, 20 litres N Rapid cool down N All units supplied with bridge plate for Optima controller, removable tank lid, and removable front grille for easy compressor cleaning N Liquid drain valve supplied (except Model R1) Catalogue No. Model Range* Cooling power* at +20C at 0C at -20C at -30C at -47C Refrigerant Tank CL120-30 R1 -20 to +100 250 140 35 R134a 5 110 x 145 80/140 334 410 x 230 x 410 19.2 CL120-40 R2 -20 to +100 250 140 35 R134a 5 110 x 145 80/140 334 410 x 230 x 410 19.2 N Low temperature thermostat protects against freezing when used with water N R4 and R5 models include high pressure refrigeration switch N Refrigeration on all models (except R1), can be switched on and off by programmed GR150 and GP200 thermostats, or by ancillary equipment N Overtemperature cut-out at 100C N Models R1 to R3 have a rear-mounted power supply output for use by Optima controllers CL120-60 R3 -30 to +100 160 156 50 5 R134a 5 110 x 145 80/140 354 410 x 230 x 410 19.2 CL120-65 R4 -30 to +100 900 500 180 40 R134a 20 230 x 205 80/140 684 490 x 390 x 530 37.8 CL120-75 R5 -47 to +100 1100 1050 580 390 25 R404a 12 260 x 115 120/180 1305 575 x 415 x 585 47

C W W W W W

Capacity litres Top opening mm mm W mm kg

Liquid depth, min./max. Power rating, (50Hz) Overall L x W x H Weight *At an ambient of +20C.

Refrigeration unit only, thermostatic controller requirement additional. Refrigeration units, R series As described. With stainless steel internal tank with flat lid and bridge plate for mounting an accessory Optima thermostatic controller. Without controller. For 220-240V 50Hz single phase supplies. CL120-30 R1 0.00 ea XX CL120-40 R2 0.00 ea XX CL120-60 R3 0.00 ea XX CL120-65 R4 0.00 ea XX CL120-75 R5 0.00 ea XX Accessory pumps Vertical turbine pumps which provide higher circuit pressure with low heat output to the circulating fluid. Mount directly into the bath tank using an adapted lid, and supplied with inlet/outlet ferrules for 12.5mm i.d. tubing. For 220-240V 50Hz single phase supplies. CL120-94 VTP1, 0.00 ea XX 1000mbar CL120-96 VTP2, 0.00 ea XX 1650mbar

Thermostatic controllers, Optima series Full details of these controllers are available on pages 63 and 64. For 220-240V 50Hz single phase supplies. Model BJ180-06 BJ180-17 BJ180-27 BJ180-36 BJ180-48 GA100 GD100 GD120 GR150 GP200 Range*, C amb. +5 to +99 0 to +100 -20 to +120* -50 to +150* 50 to +200* Control Analogue Digital Digital Programmable Programmable Pump x x   

*If used with R-series units controllers can only be operated up to +100C. Accessory racks If used as conventional low temperature baths the refrigeration unit tanks will accept the following test tube racks: R1, R2, R3: 1 x QR series racks see BJ188-10 to BJ188-23. R4, R5: 1 x VR series racks see BJ188-30 to BJ188-43.

CL120-65 in use with controller and BJ188

146

circulators
Recirculating Coolers

Integrated, closed circuit coolers providing rapid, powerful continuous chilling. N Compact design fits on or under the bench N High/Low temperature alarm limits with audible signal N Microprocessor control and system monitoring ensure peak performance N Digital temperature display with 0.1C resolution N Integral coolant freezing and dry-running protection N Pump motor and compressor overload protection N Coolant level sight gauge (FE1100 also has a flow pressure gauge) N Removable venting grid to allow convenient condenser grille cleaning Catalogue No. Model No. Temperature range Temperature stability Cooling capacity at 20C (using water) 10C 5C -10C Pressure pump capacity CL125-08 FE500 -20 to +40 0.5 500 480 450 120 Fixed, 0.5 14 CL125-12 FE1100 +5 to +40 0.5 1100 950 650 Adjustable, 0.5 to 2.5 18

Recirculating Coolers As described. Supplied with ferrule adapters for 8mm and 12mm i.d. inlet/ outlet tubing. For 230V 50Hz single phase supplies. CL125-08 FE500 0.00 ea XX CL125-12 FE1100 0.00 ea XX Accessories Inlet/Outlet tubing Textile-reinforced rubber, with i.d. as indicated. Supplied in lengths of 2 metres. CL127-05 8mm i.d. 0.00 ea XX CL127-08 12mm i.d. 0.00 ea XX Tubing insulation For use with inlet/outlet tubing when cooler is operating between -20 and +10C. For tubing with i.d. as indicated. Supplied in lengths of 2 metres. CL127-34 For tubing 8mm i.d. 0.00 ea XX CL127-39 For tubing 12mm i.d. 0.00 ea XX Coolant liquid Supplied in pack of 5 litres. BJ485-09 Coolant liquid, Thermal H5S*, -40 to 120C *Note: H5S liquid must not be used with Silicone tubing.

C C W W W W bar

0.00 pk

XX

Maximum liquid flow rate litres/minute (12mm i.d. tubing) Inlet/outlet connections

M16 x 1 with ferrule adapters for 8mm and 12mm i.d. tubing both models litres W mm kg 7 450 350 x 450 x 570 38 2.5 1050 410 x 650 x 560 65

Reservoir capacity Total power consumption Overall W x D x H Weight

CL125-08

CL125-12

147

circulators
Refrigerated Circulators F-, FP-series
N Adjustable overtemperature cut-out

N Wide range of working temperatures from -50 to +200C

N Four controller levels: EC Simple keypad PID control with 0.1C resolution and temperature stability to 0.03C MB Digital control and readout, memory storage of up to three setpoints, upper and lower warning levels with audible alarm and temperature stability to 0.02C MC Similar to MB controller, but with pump pressure control and temperature stability to 0.01C HL Fully functional programmer with 0.01C resolution, vacuum fluorescent multiple display, secondary LED display with user prompts/menu, parameter and alarms storage of up to 6 temperature programmes each of 60 steps, pump pressure control. Pt100 sensor input for external temperature control and monitoring, analogue inputs and outputs and RS485 interface N FP -models have proportional cooling capacity control which self-adjusts the cooling to the most energy-efficient level without compromising performance Catalogue No. Model Range Stability Controller Capacity Opening, CL130-08 F12-ED -20 to 100 0.03 Digital 4.5 150 x 160 150 15 340/ 100 200 360 550 22 CL130-18 F12-MC -20 to 200 0.01 Digital 4.5 150 x 160 150 11 to 16 450/ RS232 100 200 360 560 23 CL130-30 F25-MB -28 to 100 0.02 Digital 4.5 120 x 140 150 10 120/ RS232 200 230 420 610 30 CL130-38 F25-HL -28 to 200 0.01 Programmer 4.5 120 x 140 150 22 to 26 700/400 RS232 200 230 420 640 32 CL130-48 F32-MC -35 to 200 0.01 Digital 8 180 x 120 150 11 to 16 450 RS232 390 310 420 640 37 CL130-58 FP-40HL -40 to 200 0.01 Programmer 16 230 x 140 200 20 1100/220 RS232/485 500 370 420 710 49 CL130-68 FP-50HL -50 to 200 0.01 Programmer 8 180 x 120 150 15 1100/220 RS232/485 800 420 490 720 57 CL130-78 F83-HL -83 to 50 0.02 Programmer 8 130 x 150 160 15 1100/220 RS232/485 600* 550 600 920 118

C C litres mm mm

WxL depth

Pump capacity, pressure, litres/minute pressure/suction, mbar Data interface Extraction rate at 0C* Overall W D H Weight net W mm mm mm kg

*Cooling extraction rate for F83-HL only is quoted at -40C. Electronically adjustable pump which adapts to the viscosity characteristics of the bath fluid. Refrigerated Circulators F-, FP-series, Julabo As described. Supplied with M16 inlet/outlet adapters and tubing ferrules. For 230V 50Hz single phase supplies. CL130-08 F12-ED 0.00 ea XX CL130-18 F12-MC 0.00 ea XX CL130-30 F25-MB 0.00 ea XX CL130-38 F25-HL 0.00 ea XX CL130-48 CL130-58 CL130-68 CL130-78 F32-MC FP40-HL FP50-HL F83-HL 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea
XX XX XX XX

Accessories Inlet/Outlet Tubing, Viton Working temperature range -50 to +200C. With i.d. to fit tubing ferrules as indicated. Supplied in lengths of 1 metre. CL133-08 8mm i.d. 0.00 ea XX CL133-12 12mm i.d. 0.00 ea XX Tubing insulation Working temperature range -50 to +100C. For use on inlet/outlet tubing with i.d. as indicated. Supplied in lengths of 2 metres. CL127-34 For 8mm i.d. tubing 0.00 ea XX CL127-39 For 12mm i.d. tubing 0.00 ea XX Inlet /Outlet Tubing, flexible metal Triple insulated. Working temperature range -100 to +350C. With M16 adapters to fit circulator inlet/outlets directly. In lengths as indicated. CL133-34 0.5 metre 0.00 ea XX CL133-36 1.0 metre 0.00 ea XX CL133-38 1.5 metres 0.00 ea XX

Bath liquids For use at the temperature ranges indicated. Supplied in packs of 5 litres. BJ485-05 Thermal HY*, 0.00 pk XX -60 to +55C BJ485-09 Thermal H5S*, 0.00 pk XX -40 to +120C BJ485-13 Thermal H20S*, 0.00 pk XX +10 to +200C BJ485-17 Thermal M, 0.00 pk XX -50 to +170C BJ485-21 Thermal H, 0.00 pk XX +50 to +250C *Note: HY and H5S liquids must not be used with silicone tubing. Pt100 external sensors for HL- models only Supplied with connection cable and plug. 200mm long x 6mm deep. BJ485-40 Stainless steel 0.00 ea XX BJ485-42 Glass coated 0.00 ea XX Control Software Easytemp For remote control of any single Julabo instrument with built-in RS232 interface via the users PC running Windows 95/98/NT operating systems. Allows control and reviewing of all functions plus memory programming and recording. Note: This software is a free-of-charge accessory and can also be downloaded from the Julabo website, www.julabo.de. BJ435-75 Easytemp software Free of charge

CL130-68

148

circulators
Circulators Refrigerated Circulator Baths

Catalogue No. Model *Range C Stability at 37C C Display Tank capacity litres Pump, max head metres flow (zero head) litres/minutes pipe bore mm Overall W x D x H mm

CL150-20 CL150-25 C85-A C85-D 20 to +85 20 to +85 0.05 0.01 analogue digital 2 2 2 2 10 10 adapters for 5 to 20 both models 225 x 255 x 210 both models

Catalogue No. Model Range Stability Thermoregulator

C C

CL160-04 RB5A/TE10A 20 to +95 0.01 TE10A analogue 7 10 145 145 1 420 x 235 x 566 34

CL160-07 RB5A/TE10D 20 to +100 0.01 TE10D digital 7 10 145 145 1 420 x 235 x 566 34

CL162-07 RB12A/TU20C 40 to +100 0.005 TU20C digital 11.6 20 450 240 1.8 430 x 370 x 665 58

Tank capacity litres Pump capacity (zero head) litres/minute mBar Extraction rate at 0C W Power rating kW Overall L x W x H mm Weight, net kg

* Requires accessory cooling for use below ambient temperature. Circulators, C85 series As specified. With proportional temperature control, insulated stainless steel tank, adjustable over-temperature cut-out, low liquid level cut-out, fill/drain point, inlet and outlet adapters for tubing 5 to 20mm bore and water cooling coil for operation near ambient temperature. For 220-240V 50/60Hz single phase supplies, 1kW. CL150-20 C85-A analogue 0.00 ea XX CL150-25 C85-D digital 0.00 ea XX Accessory Flow Coolers Enable the Techne C85 circulators to be used below ambient temperature. Minimum achievable temperature is dependent on the liquid flow rate within the system. For efficient operation the flow through the system should exceed 10 litres/minute. If the system does not permit this then the accessory by-pass must be used. Flow Cooler, FC200 Minimum temperature 20C. Cooling rate at 0C is 140W. Overall 235 x 420 x 300mm H x W x D. Weight 18kg. For 220-240V 50/60Hz single phase supplies. CL154-05 FC200 0.00 ea XX Flow Cooler, FC500 Minimum temperature 35C. Cooling rate at 0C is 210W. Overall 370 x 430 x 325mm H x W x D. Weight 31kg. For 220-240V 50/60Hz single phase supplies. CL154-10 FC500 0.00 ea XX By-pass to maintain an adequate flow through the cooler. CL154-40 By-pass 0.00 ea
XX

Refrigerated Circulator Baths, RB series As specified. With integral thermoregulator which includes an overtemperature cut-out. For 230V 50/60Hz single phase supplies. CL160-04 RB5A/TE10A analogue 0.00 ea XX CL160-07 RB5A/TE10D digital 0.00 ea XX CL162-07 RB12A/TU20C digital 0.00 ea XX

CL150-25 and CL150-20

CL162-07

149

cleaning

Quality Cleaning Concentrates for Soaking or Machine Washing

A comprehensive range of ecologically safe and fully biologically degradable concentrates prepared under strict quality control conditions for the widest spectrum of applications. Borer products have been scientifically investigated in depth in order to meet the stringent requirement for high performance trace-free cleansing. Detailed reports are available upon request. N The safe alternative to using chlorinated Fluorocarbons (CFCs) for cleaning. Scientifically proven trace-free cleansing and radioactive decontamination of N laboratory glassware N quartz, porcelain and plastics products and most metals.

The higher technologies demand maximum precision and reliability. These stringent requirements can only be fulfiled when all imaginable sources of error are avoided throughout. The results of elaborate research projects should never be endangered by unclean laboratory equipment. Technological progress in the analytical field has led to increasingly sensitive measurement. Consequently the need for trace-free cleansing of laboratory equipment is also steadily increasing. Borer products have been developed for this purpose and have become a synonym for immaculate cleansing. Usage is comprehensive and covers all aspects of optics, electronics, physics, medicine, chemistry, biology as well as radioactive decontamination and the impeccable cleansing of delicate mechanical parts.

150

cleaning
Borer Concentrates for Cleaning by Soaking

Widely used for the spontaneous cleansing and decontamination of laboratory glassware and apparatus, made of glass, quartz, porcelain, plastics, rubber, as well as optical and electronic components, semi-conductors and most metals. They will remove stubborn contamination such as burnt-on grease, oil, wax, dried-on blood, proteins, residues of cell cultures, paints, pigments, organic or inorganic traces and even silicones. These Borer concentrates considerably reduce the surface tension of the cleansing solution and ensure thorough removal of any contaminating substances through good wetting properties. The excellent emulsifying and dispersing capabilities inhibit removed particles being redeposited. Special tension-active surfactants ensure trace-free rinsing after the cleansing phase. The cleansing procedure can be accelerated by raising the temperature of the solution. The time necessary is roughly halved for each increase of 10C. Borer 11 Universal Dose: 2 to 10% in demineralised water. pH 11.6 at 5% concentration A moderately alkaline liquid concentrate which fully replaces the use of chromosulphuric acid. The solution has a disinfectant property since it contains an oxidizing free chlorine agent. Not recommended for cleaning aluminium or zinc. CL400-10 1kg 0.00 ea 0.00 ea (10+) XX CL400-12 5kg 0.00 ea XX CL400-14 10kg 0.00 ea XX Borer 15 PF Dose: 0.5 to 5% in tap water. pH 11.7 at 2% concentration A phosphate free moderately alkaline liquid particularly suited to the removal of stubborn residues. It is recommended particularly for phosphate critical applications. The active washing agents are biodegradable. Not recommended for cleaning aluminium or zinc. CL400-30 1kg 0.00 ea 0.00 ea (10+) XX CL400-32 5kg 0.00 ea XX CL400-34 10kg 0.00 ea XX

HEALTH AND SAFETY All cleaning materials are likely to irritate the eyes and skin. Avoid contact with the eyes and skin and wear rubber gloves and goggles when handling.

151

cleaning

Concentrates for Machine Washing

Developed for use in laboratory washing machines for the efficient and trace-free cleansing of laboratory apparatus and utensils. The washing time is typically 2 to 5 minutes at 60 to 85C. Raising the temperature by 10C halves the washing time while lowering the temperature leads to correspondingly longer times. After each main washing cycle, dislodged alkaline contaminant particles should be neutralised with an acidic rinse such as Borer 25 Organacid. Recommended by most leading manufacturers of laboratory washing machines. Borer Ref. 21 Solid 21 LIQ 22 PF 22 LIQ 24 Forte 24 LIQ 25 Organacid 26 Mineralacid Form Powder Liquid Powder Liquid Powder Liquid Liquid Liquid pH value (normal concentration) 10.5 10.9 10.9 11.5 12.0 12.0 3.0 3.0 Phosphate Non foaming       Free   Disinfectant Remarks Kind to materials including tin and aluminium. General purpose. Surfactant free. For phosphate sensitive cleaning and heavy metal ion soilants. Kind to materials. Surfactant free. Highly alkaline. Exceptional sequestration/ emulsifying properties for wax, grease and protein. Highly alkaline for stubborn residues. Surfactant free. Neutralising agent. No wetting agents. Neutralising agent. No wetting agents.

Free Free

Borer 21 Solid Dose: 2 to 5g/litre of water. pH 10.5 A mildly alkaline cleaner in powder form which is kind to the materials being cleaned. It has good emulsifying and wetting properties and contains foam-inhibiting emulsifiers to regulate the formation of foam which would otherwise occur through the removal of traces of blood, serum, tissue, etc. Can be used to clean sensitive materials such as aluminium and zinc. CL450-10 1kg 0.00 ea 0.00 ea (10+) XX CL450-12 10kg 0.00 ea XX Borer 21 LIQ Dose: 5 to 10ml/litre of water. pH 10.9 A mildly alkaline non-foaming liquid concentrate free from tension-active surfactants, which has good disinfectant properties due to the presence of active chlorine (100ppm in a 1% solution). It is particularly suitable for the removal of culture media, cell-cultures, dye and pigment residues as well as for radioactive decontamination and animal cage cleaning. Contains corrosion inhibitors to protect the items being cleaned and the washing machine. CL450-32 12kg 0.00 ea XX Borer 22 PF Dose: 2 to 5g/litre of water. pH 10.9 A phosphate free moderately alkaline non-foaming concentrate in powder form. It has good emulsifying and dispersing properties and is particularly suited to the removal of greases, oils, pigments, proteins and severe heavy metal ion contamination. Contains foam-inhibiting emulsifiers to regulate the formation of foam which would otherwise occur through the removal of grease or proteins. Not recommended for cleaning aluminium, zinc and alloys. CL450-40 1kg 0.00 ea 0.00 ea (10+) XX CL450-42 10kg 0.00 ea XX Borer 22 LIQ Dose: 5 to 10ml/litre of water. pH 11.5 A phosphate free, moderately alkaline non-foaming liquid concentrate. It has good emulsifying and dispersing properties and is particularly suited to the removal of greases, oils, pigments and proteins. Contains foam-inhibiting emulsifiers to regulate the formation of foam which would otherwise occur through the removal of grease or proteins. Not recommended for cleaning aluminium, zinc and alloys. CL450-50 1kg 0.00 ea 0.00 ea (10+) XX CL450-52 12kg 0.00 ea XX Borer 24 Forte Dose: 2 to 5g/litre of water. pH 12.0 A highly alkaline cleansing agent with outstanding sequestration and emulsifying properties for grease, resin, protein and wax. Contains defoaming emulgators. Is suitable for cleaning glass, ceramics, porcelain, plastics and stainless steel but unsuitable for aluminium, zinc and alloys. CL454-10 1kg 0.00 ea 0.00 ea (10+) XX CL454-12 10kg 0.00 ea XX

Borer 24 LIQ Dose: 5 to 10ml/litre tap water. pH 12.0 A highly alkaline, non-foaming and surfactant-free cleansing agent for specially stubborn residues. Disinfects through active chlorine. Suitable for cleaning materials as Borer 24 Forte. CL454-32 14kg 0.00 ea XX Borer 25 Organacid Rinsing Agent Dose: 1 to 3ml/litre of rinsing water. pH 3.0 A phosphate free mild citric acid based pre-wash and neutralising agent. It contains no wetting agents. CL455-25 1kg 0.00 ea 0.00 ea (10+) XX CL455-27 5kg 0.00 ea XX CL455-29 10kg 0.00 ea XX Borer 26 Mineralacid Dose: 1 to 3ml/litre of rinsing water. pH 3.0 A phosphate acid based pre-wash and neutralising agent for use with borer 24 Forte or Borer 24 LIQ cleaners. It contains no wetting agents. CL457-24 1kg 0.00 ea 0.00 ea (10+) XX CL457-26 5kg 0.00 ea XX CL457-28 10kg 0.00 ea XX

152

cleaning
Decon Cleaning Materials
Cleaner, Decon 90 A phosphate-free, biodegradable, water rinsable surfactant formulated specifically for laboratory and medical cleaning applications. A 2% aqueous solution has a pH of 10.7. Recommended for use in ultrasonic cleaners and for cleaning glass, ceramics, plastics, glass fibre, rubber, stainless steel and ferrous metals and is used widely as a radioactive decontaminant. Being alkaline an aqueous solution will etch certain metals such as aluminium and zinc. In plastic container. CL550-10 1 litre 0.00 ea XX CL550-15 5 litres 0.00 ea XX CL550-20 20 litres 0.00 ea XX Cleaner, Dri-Decon powder A non-foaming, totally rinsable, powder surfactant formulated specifically for use in automatic glassware washing machines. It is alkaline and is therefore unsuitable for cleaning non-ferrous metals such as aluminium, zinc and silver. In plastic container. CL565-15 5kg 0.00 ea XX Cleaner, Decomatic A phosphate free, liquid surfactant which is free rinsing and foam-free, specially formulated for use in laboratory glassware washing machines. It is alkaline and is therefore unsuitable for cleaning non-ferrous metals such as aluminium, zinc and silver. In plastic container. CL575-15 5 litres 0.00 ea XX CL575-20 10 litres 0.00 ea XX Cleaner, Neutracon A phosphate free, biodegradable, totally rinsable surfactant producing a near neutral solution in water. Is non-corrosive and has no adverse effect on aluminium, copper, brass, silver and silica glass. In plastic container. CL590-10 1 litre 0.00 ea XX CL590-15 5 litres 0.00 ea XX Cleaner, Decon 75 A low foaming, non-corrosive and biodegradable phosphate surfactant with a pH of 10 in 2% aqueous solution. It is alkaline and is therefore unsuitable for cleaning non-ferrous metals such as aluminium, zinc and silver. In plastic container. CL610-10 1 litre 0.00 ea XX CL610-15 5 litres 0.00 ea XX CL610-20 20 litres 0.00 ea XX Acid Rinse, Decon A non-foaming, free rinsing, biodegradable formulation for use in automatic washing machines either as a pre-wash where soiling is acid soluble, or final rinse where it neutralises the alkaline carry-over traces of the main wash, and inhibits deposition of salts from hard water supplies. It is acidic and therefore unsuitable for use on non-ferrous metals, notably aluminium and zinc. In plastic container. CL615-08 5 litres 0.00 ea XX HEALTH AND SAFETY All cleaning materials are likely to irritate the eyes and skin. Avoid contact with the eyes and skin and wear rubber gloves and goggles when handling.

Mucasol
Cleaner, Mucasol A mildly alkaline, biodegradable concentrate with low phosphate content and which is free of chlorine and caustic alkali. Will remove rapidly stubborn residues such as oils, fats, waxes, stopcock greases, silicones, blood and proteins. It has a bacteriostatic action and can be used to decontaminate bench surfaces, shelves, tiles and floors. Can be used to clean glass, porcelain, plastics, rubber and most metals and has no corrosive effect. For normal cleaning a concentration of 0.7% aqueous solution (pH 11.5) is usually sufficient. In plastic container. CL635-12 2 litres 0.00 ea XX CL635-16 5 litres 0.00 ea XX

Teepol
Cleaner, Teepol A concentrated neutral biodegradable liquid detergent for general cleaning applications. In 5 litre container. CL640-15 2 litres 0.00 ea XX Cleaning brushes see Brushes section. Glassware washing machine see Washing section. Glassware draining and drying see Drying and Ovens sections. Ultrasonic cleaning baths see Ultrasonics section.

153

cleaning
Duster, yellow Soft with close texture. Dimensions 500 x 450mm. Supplied in pack of 10. CL742-10 Dusters 0.00 pk

Tissues, Wipes, Towels and Cloths

All dimensions and quantities are nominal. Tissues (Medical Wipes) Kleenex Soft absorbent 2-ply white tissues 220 x 120mm for those delicate wiping needs. Specially packed for the health care environment in dispensing cartons containing 76 tissues. CL700-15 Wipes, medical 0.00 ea 0.00 ea (144+) XX Tissues, Kleenex Professional Strong 2-ply white wipes 220 x 210mm with low lint level. In dispensing carton containing 100 wipes. CL710-15 Tissues 0.00 ea 0.00 ea (36+) XX Wipes, Kimwipes blue Heavy duty 2-ply blue wipes with high wet strength and absorbency. In roll containing 120 wipes. Dimensions given are width x length of each wipe. CL720-15 250 x 460mm 0.00 ea 0.00 ea (24+) XX CL720-20 510 x 460mm 0.00 ea 0.00 ea (8+) XX Dispensers White plastic, wall mounting for CL720 series. CL722-15 For 250mm roll CL722-20 For 510mm roll

XX

Polishing Cloths, Selvyt The original soft texture polishing cloth which can be washed repeatedly. Supplied in packs of 12. CL744-10 250 x 250mm 0.00 pk XX CL744-13 350 x 350mm 0.00 pk XX Wiping Cloths, J-type Bonded cellulose fibre. Can be used for wet or dry cleaning. Dimensions 330 x 500mm. Supplied in pack of 50. CL745-40 Wiping cloths 0.00 pk XX Glass Cloth, Linen For drying of glassware and general equipment. Dimensions 700 x 470mm. Supplied in pack of 10. CL745-60 Glass cloths 0.00 pk XX Wipes, bactericidal For disinfection of surfaces in clinical environments. Perforated roll of nonwoven material impregnated with 70% V/V denatured Ethanol B and Chlorhexidine Digluconate -1.25% W/V solution. Wipe dimensions 200 x 220mm. Supplied in dispenser tub of 160. CL745-80 Wipes, bactericidal 0.00 ea 0.00 ea (12+) XX

0.00 ea 0.00 ea

XX XX

Wipes, Kimwipes white 2-ply white barrel roll, containing 500 wipes each 230 x 400mm. CL725-15 Barrel roll 0.00 ea 0.00 ea (6+) CL725-60 Dispenser, plastic, wall mounting 0.00 ea

XX XX

Wipes, low lint Coated polyester/rayon wipes with high absorbency, very good wet strength, low lint and are resistant to most common solvents. Dimensions 355 x 305mm. Supplied in pack of 275. CL728-10 Wipes, low lint 0.00 pk 0.00 pk (10+) XX Towels, Kleenex Soft absorbent 2-ply white towel. Supplied in a perforated roll containing 130 towels each 250 x 460mm width x length. CL730-15 Towel roll 0.00 ea 0.00 ea (24+) XX CL722-15 Dispenser for CL730-15 0.00 ea XX

Lens Tissues
Tissues, Whatman 105 For lens cleaning. Dimensions, mm CL760-10 CL760-15 CL760-20 100 x 150 200 x 300 460 x 570 Pack qty. 625 100 500 pk 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX

Kleenex, and Kimwipes, are Registered Trademarks of the Kimberly-Clark Corporation.

CL745-60 CL742

CL700-15

CL710-15 CL744 CL745-40

CL728

CL725-15, CL725-60

CL730-15 with CL722-15 CL720 are similar

CL745-80

CL760

154

cleaning
Disinfectants
Microbicidal Surface Disinfectant, Terralin High-performance, broad spectrum disinfectant and cleaner, effective against bacteria (including Tb bacilli), fungi, MRSA, Hepatitis B viruses, rota viruses, HIV and adeno viruses. For use on large surfaces, fittings and equipment that can be wet-wiped. N Non-toxic, low-odour formulation N Economical low concentration required for effective use (0.25% to 2% in water depending on application/exposure required) N Good cleaning and soil-loosening properties As described. Supplied in pack as indicated. CL850-10 Terralin, 2 litres 0.00 pk
XX

Microbicidal Hand Disinfectant, Desderman Rapid acting, alcohol based, hand rub, applied undiluted, for hygienic and surgical hand disinfection ideally after washing, but highly effective in field applications where water may be scarce. Effective against Tb bacilli, MRSA and VRE bacteria, fungi, Polio, rota, adeno, vaccinia and Herpes simplex viruses, HAV, HCV and HIV. N Suitable for frequent use N Contains emollients for skin protection N Ideal alternative to 4% chlorhexidine As described. Supplied in gel form, within packs as indicated. CL865-20 Desderman gel, pack of 450ml CL865-40 Desderman gel, pack of 1litre CL867-06 3ml hand pump for CL865-20 CL867-07 3ml hand pump for CL865-40 CL867-09 3ml elbow dispenser for CL865-40 0.00 pk 0.00 pk 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea
XX XX XX XX XX

Microbicidal Equipment Disinfectant, Mikrozid AF Alcohol-based, rapid cleaner and disinfectant for medical devices and equipment in clinical areas. Effective against Bacteria (including Tb bacilli), fungi, hepatitis B viruses, HIV, HCV, adeno viruses, MRSA and Polio. N Easy-to-use N Aldehyde-free N Leaves no residue A single application and thorough wiping with a disposable tissue will ensure effective cleaning. Secondary application and leaving the surface to dry will provide disinfection. Note: Mikrozid should not be applied to alcohol-sensitive surfaces such as Perspex (acrylic). Supplied in packs as indicated. CL860-15 Mikrozid AF, pack of 1 litre 0.00 pk XX CL860-25 Mikrozid AF, pack of 10 litres 0.00 pk XX CL862-04 Spray nozzle, for use with CL860-15 only 0.00 ea XX

Disinfectant/Descaler, Dialox Powerful cleaner, disinfectant and descaler developed specifically for use with haemodialysis machines and water treatment facilities including RO membranes. Its composition acts upon each biofilm component: microorganisms, bicarbonate precipitates and organic matter, both destroying them and preventing their reappearance. Dialox is effective against bacteria (including Tb bacilli), fungi, viruses (including HIV, HBV and HCV) and spores including Bacillus cereus and Bacillus subtilis. N Broad spectrum of activity against viruses, bacteria, fungi and spores N Easily rinsed and 100% biodegradable N Biocompatible at trace levels N CE-marked as a class 11a medical device As described. Supplied in pack as indicated. CL869-30 Dialox, pack of 5kg 0.00 pk
XX

CL850

CL860-15 with CL862-04

CL865

CL869

155

cleaning
Anti-Microbial Hand Soap Barrier Hand Cream

Virucidal Disinfectant

Wide spectrum disinfectant effective against all 18 virus families affecting man and animals, including HIV and Hepatitis B. Supplied in powder form. N Bactericide and fungicide N Odourless, non-irritant to skin and eyes N No maximum exposure limit required under COSHH N Dissolves easily N Non-corrosive, non-bleaching, bio-degradable N Supplied in packs as indicated Any viral disease which is transmitted via surfaces or instruments contaminated with infected blood, body fluids, faeces or saliva can be controlled by the correct application of Virkon. Virkon may be applied directly onto blood or body fluid spillages. Diluted to 1% in water, Virkon can be used to clean and disinfect equipment and surfaces. Supplied in packs as indicated. CL900-05 50 x 50g sachets 0.00 pk XX CL900-10 6 x 500g squeeze 0.00 pk XX puff packs CL900-15 1 x 5kg drum 0.00 ea XX

A concentrated, coconut-based hand soap, formulated for repeated use without drying the skin. N Contains 2% Nonoxynol 9 which is effective in inactivating the AIDS virus (HIV1) and Hepatitis Types 1 and 2 N Contains 0.5% p-Chloro-m-xylenol (PCMX) an anti-bacterial and anti-fungal agent that is effective in destroying a broad spectrum of organisms N Contains a blend of natural moisturisers and conditioners which act gently but effectively on the skin, to combat the effects of water, harsh solutions and other irritants found in the laboratory. Can be used as a shower soap Supplied in packs as indicated. CL910-08 12 x 125ml pivot nozzle dispensers CL910-13 6 x 1 litre pump-top dispensers CL910-18 2 x 5 litre easy-pour containers 0.00 pk 0.00 pk 0.00 pk
XX XX XX

An extra strength non greasy hand cream specially formulated to provide maximum protection from hazardous work environments in the laboratory which cause dry cracked hands and skin irritation. N Contains Nonoxynol-9 which is effective in inactivating the AIDS virus (HIV1) and Hepatitis Types 1 and 2 N Contains lanolin to moisturise the skin and a silicone to seal in the moisture and seal out the environment N Particularly effective at relieving the irritation caused by frequent wearing of rubber gloves N Economical in use, only a small amount of cream is required at each application Supplied in packs as indicated. CL910-70 12 x 85g tubes CL910-75 4 x 450g pump-top dispensers 0.00 pk 0.00 pk
XX XX

156

clinical
Clinical Sundries
Lancets, disposable Stainless steel. Individually wrapped and autoclaved. Supplied in pack of 200. CM115-10 Lancets 0.00 pk 0.00 pk (10+) XX Haemacytometer Sets, BS748 For blood cell counting. With counting chamber, cover glasses and one each red and white cell pipettes with mouthpieces in fitted case. The metallized versions reduce glare and provide greater contact for easier and more accurate counting. Improved Neubauer ruling Cell depth 0.1mm. CM175-10 Single CM175-12 Single metallized CM175-20 Double CM175-22 Double metallized Modified Fuchs-Rosenthal ruling Cell depth 0.2mm. CM180-20 Double metallized Thoma ruling Cell depth 0.1mm. CM183-19 Double metallized Counting chambers Spare for haemacytometer sets. Improved Neubauer, 0.1mm. CM187-05 Single CM187-07 Single metallized CM187-12 Double CM187-14 Double metallized 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

XX XX XX XX

Modified Fuchs-Rosenthal, 0.2mm CM187-22 Double metallized 0.00 ea Thoma, 0.1mm CM187-30 Double metallized 0.00 ea

XX

Dilu-Vial, Elkay Polystyrene. For cell and particle counting. Capacity 32ml. Designed to eliminate hemolysis in cell counting. Is deionized and de-staticized following manufacture so that it is particle free and chemically clean prior to use. With optically clear, parallel sides for optimum light transmission and graduations at 10ml and 20ml to ensure correct sample dilution. A frosted write-on area provides convenient sample identification. The cap is polyethylene. Supplied in pack of 1000. CM200-15 Dilu-Vial 0.00 pk XX Wintrobe Tube, E-MIL Soda-lime glass. For use in blood sedimentation rate tests, volume index tests and solid sedimentation in industrial waste measurements. Graduated 0 to 100mm in 1mm divisions. Description CM230-10 Wintrobe tube, ref. G1310 ea ea (36+) 0.00 0.00
XX

XX

0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

XX XX XX XX

0.00 ea

Pipettes, Haemacytometer For blood diluting. Red cell type enables 1 in 100 dilution, white cell type 1 in 10 dilution. White enamel back glass. Amber markings. Length 225mm complete with rubber tubing and glass mouthpiece. CM190-10 Red cell 0.0005 ea 0.00 ea (10+) XX CM190-12 White cell0.0005ea 0.00 ea (10+) XX Bacteria counting chamber, Helber 0.02mm deep circular cell, Thoma ruling. Slide thickness 1mm. With 2 cover glasses. CM195-10 Helber chamber 0.00 ea XX

XX

Clinical, pathological and serological pipettes see Pipettes Section.

0.00 ea

XX

Cover glass Spare for single or double chamber haemacytometer sets. 22 x 25mm L x W. Supplied in pack of 10. CM185-08 Cover glasses 0.00 pk XX

CM115

CM175, CM180

CM190

CM230

CM175 ruling

CM180 ruling

CM183

CM195 ruling

CM200

157

clinical
Blood Warming Bath Tube Rotators

Clinical Sundries continued

Sphygmomanometer Measuring to 300mm Hg with velcro fixing cuff. CM360-10 Aneroid in zip case 0.00 ea XX Stethoscopes, clinical CM365-10 Single head CM365-15 Dual head 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

XX XX

Tongue Depressors, wood 140 x 15mm. With rounded ends. Supplied in pack of 100. CM380-10 Depressors 0.00 pk XX 0.00 pk (100+) XX Specimen carrier, Carrisafe Foam insulated, polystyrene specimen carrier with handle for the safe, upright transportation of dangerous specimens. Internal 210 x 320 x 360mm L x W x H. Accommodates tube sizes from 12mm square up to the full internal capacity in increments of 12mm using two removable inserts with adjustable slotted partitions. CM390-15 Carrisafe 0.00 ea XX Clinical colorimeters see Colorimeters section. Micro-haematocrit centrifuges see Centrifuges section.

Blood Warming Bath, BW1 For use with proprietary blood warming coils. Comprises polypropylene tank with plastic-coated steel outer case with a clamp for attachment to drip stand rods from 12 to 30mm diameter, heater and control thermostats, dial thermometer and flat stainless steel lid. A pre-set temperature control maintains water temperature at 37C, and separate safety cut-out ensures that in the event of control system failure the transfused blood never reaches haemolysis temperature, by switching off the heater until manually reset. An audible alarm also sounds. Overall 340 x 180 x 200mm W x D x H. For 220-240V 50/60Hz single phase supplies. CM420-30 BW1 0.00 ea XX Blood specimen tubes see BS242/BS248. Blood tube roller mixers see Mixers section Refrigerated sample carriers see Ice Production, Storage section. Spiramix tube rollers see Mixers section.

Tube Rotator, fixed speed, SB2 Fixed speed 20rpm. With on/off switch and adjustable tilt angle. Overall 200 x 270 x 240mm W x D x H. Weight 3.2kg. For 230V 50Hz single phase supplies. Requires, but is not supplied with, tube carrier for operation. CM470-20 SB2, fixed speed 0.00 ea XX Tube Rotator, variable speed, SB3 Variable speed 2 to 40rpm. With digital speed control to 1rpm resolution and display, 0 to 999 minute timer with audible alarm at the end of the timed period. Overall 200 x 270 x 240mm W x D x H. Weight 3.2kg. For 230V 50Hz single phase supplies. Requires, but is not supplied with, tube carrier for operation. CM470-35 SB3, variable speed 0.00 ea XX Accessory tube carriers for CM470 rotators Tube holders With radial sprung clips which secure tubes firmly but allow rapid loading and unloading. Hold maximum tubes as indicated. CM473-03 40 x 1.5ml micro0.00 ea XX centrifuge tubes CM473-06 20 x 9 to 20mm 0.00 ea XX diameter tubes CM473-09 12 x 50ml centrifuge 0.00 ea XX tubes Tube racks Axially perforated circular racks for gentler mixing of culture tubes. Hold maximum tube number x diameter as indicated. CM473-12 63 x 12mm tubes 0.00 ea XX CM473-15 63 x 16mm tubes 0.00 ea XX CM473-19 30 x 26mm tubes 0.00 ea XX

CM360-10

CM390-15

CM470-20 with tube holder CM473-06

CM365-10

CM380

CM420

CM470-35 with tube holder CM473-03

158

clinical
Applicators and Swabs
Applicators, wood Approximately 150 x 2mm length x diameter. Supplied in pack of 864. Description CM600-10 Applicators pk 0.00 pk (100+) 0.00
XX

C
pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX

Culture Swabs, Sterilin Cotton wool tipped and wooden stick except where indicated: Ref. Bulk pack. Non-sterile CM625-04 A109 Individual wrap. Sterile CM625-08 165KS01 Type Plain Plain Plain Cap colour Red White Orange Yellow Black Pack qty. 20,000 1000 2500 100 100 100 100 100

Applicator Swabs Cotton wool tipped. Overall length 150mm. CM610-10 Non-sterile, pack of 0.00 pk 5000 CM610-15 Sterile, individually 0.00 pk wrapped, pack of 1250

XX

XX XX

Bulk pack (100s). Sterile CM625-09 165KS100

XX

Culture Swabs, sterile Cotton wool tipped. Overall length 150mm. In individual plastic container. Supplied in pack of 100. CM625-50 Entuswab 0.00 pk XX (ENT/URETHRAL) on fine aluminium wire. Transwabs Swabs, sterile For collecting, preserving and transporting microbiological specimens. Comprising cotton wool tipped swab and separate tube of transport medium. Supplied in packs of 125. CM640-10 Amies clear medium 0.00 pk XX CM640-15 Amies charcoal 0.00 pk XX medium Note: Amies Swabs have a limited shelf life. Expiry date shown on product.

Individual tube. Sterile. Colour coded cap. CM625-17 F150CA Plain CM625-19 F155CA* Plain CM625-24 F160CA Plain CM625-32 F151CA Albu CM625-42 F152CA Charcoal * Rayon tip, plastic stick. Rayon tip, wire stick.

XX XX XX XX XX

Transport Swabs, Sterilin Individual tubes. Gamma irradiated. With rayon tip and shaft as indicated. CE-marked as class IIa medical devices. Ref. CM650-07 CM650-11 CM650-14 CM650-16 CM650-19 CM650-22 CM650-25 CM650-29 CM650-32 CM650-35 18116CST* 18108CST* 18114CST* 408CST 414CST 144C 145C 146C 147C 148C Type Amies charcoal Amies clear Amies charcoal Amies clear Amies charcoal Chlamydia Chlamydia Chlamydia Virus Virus Shaft Aluminium Plastic Plastic Plastic Plastic Plastic Aluminium Wire Plastic Aluminium Cap colour Orange Blue Black Red Black Yellow Yellow Yellow Pink Pink Pack qty. 500 500 500 500 500 25 25 25 25 25 pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

CM610, CM625-04 to -09 are similar

*Packed under a nitrogen atmosphere in sealed aluminium foil sleeves of 50 to enhance shelf life. Comply with NCCLS M40-A and DIN 58942-4 standards.

CM600

CM625-17 to -42

CM650

159

clinical
Microloops, disposable Accurately calibrated. 29swg 80/20 nickel chromium wire. Volume indicated can vary depending on vertical or horizontal immersion and the liquid or broth viscosity. Supplied in transparent packs of 25, except the holder which is supplied singly. Volume l CM680-10 CM680-15 CM680-20 CM680-25 10 5 3.3 2.5 Loop i.d. approx. mm 5.05 3.57 2.91 2.52 pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Loops, Streakers and Scrapers

Inoculation loops, Sterilin disposable Available in hard or soft versions manufactured in rigid or flexible polymers respectively. Gamma irradiated. Supplied in packs of 800. CM670-08 1l, hard, SL1H 0.00 pk XX CM670-16 1l, soft, SL1S 0.00 pk XX CM670-18 10l, hard, SL10H 0.00 pk XX CM670-26 10l, soft, SL10S 0.00 pk XX Quadloops, Sterilin disposable Polystyrene gamma irradiated. With sphere. Supplied in packs of 1000. CM670-25 1l, QL1 0.00 pk XX CM670-30 10l, QL10 0.00 pk XX Culture Media Inoculators Disposable, single-ended, sterile polystyrene loops, needles and L-shaped spreaders for culture media inoculation. Gamma irradiated for sterility. Choice of inner sleeve quantity. Supplied in outer packs of 1000. Description Inner sleeve qty. 20 50 20 5 25 pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX

Bioloops and Needles, Elkay Biologically inert copolymer, gamma irradiated for sterility. Do not require flaming. Provide a convenient and safe way for inoculating culture media and particularly for field work. Double ended and colour coded for easy identification. Supplied 10 loops per peel-apart sleeve in packs of 500. CM730-30 1l loop/needle, blue 0.00 pk XX CM730-35 10l loop/needle, yellow 0.00 pk XX CM730-38 10l/1l loops, natural 0.00 pk XX

CM680-30 2 2.26 CM680-35 1 1.59 CM680-65 Holder 200mm

Whatman AA Discs
AA Discs, Whatman For antibiotic assay. Supplied in packs of 1000. CM760-10 6mm 0.00 pk CM760-15 13mm 0.00 pk
XX XX

Microloops, disposable Polystyrene, gamma irradiated. Supplied in inner sleeves of 20 within outer packs of 1000. CM684-12 1l 0.00 pk XX CM684-15 10l 0.00 pk XX Microstreakers, for inoculation Loop of nickel chromium wire not more than 60mm in length conforming to Howie code recommendations. Supplied in packs of 5. Volumes stated are approximate. Volume l CM700-10 CM700-15 CM700-20 CM700-60 10 3.3 2 Straightwire Size Large Medium Small plain pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX

Intravenous Cannula

CM675-12 10l loop CM675-15 10l loop CM675-24 1l loop CM675-42 spreader CM675-45 spreader Cell rake/scrapers see TP535.

General Purpose, Cut-down type Strong, but flexible, nylon cannula may be threaded easily along the vessel, enabling IV infusions, venous pressure readings and cardiac catheterisation to be carried out safely. Length 300mm. Colour coded for size. Luer fitting. Supplied sterile in double peel sleeves, within outer packs of 10. Size FG* CM800-10 2 CM800-12 2.5 CM800-14 3 CM800-16 4 *French Gauge. O.d. mm 0.63 0.75 1.02 1.34 I. d. mm 0.38 0.46 0.61 0.97 Colour Code Green Blue Pink White pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX

Liquid fuel burner see BY400. Wire loop sterilisers see BY340.

CM675

CM670-08 CM670-16

CM670-18 CM670-26

CM670-25 CM670-30 CM680-10

CM684

CM700

CM730 CM800

160

clinical
Clinical Sundries
Albuminometer, Esbach Comprising graduated glass tube with plastic base and cover. Description ea ea (10+) 0.00
XX

CM820-10 Albuminometer 0.00 Urine Test Glasses, Conical CM825-10 100ml 0.00 ea CM825-15 150ml 0.00 ea CM825-17 175ml 0.00 ea CM825-25 250ml 0.00 ea

Double-bagged containers, Sterilin Designed for use where complete sterility must be ensured, i.e. hospital theatres. Polystyrene, plain labelled, with cap as indicated. Each container is double-wrapped within two easy-tear bags. CE-marked in compliance with the in-vitro diagnostic (IVD) directive, and gamma-irradiated with irradiation dot to indicate sterility. Capacity ml CM870-10 30 CM870-20 100 CM870-30 250 Cap Pk material* qty. PP Me Me 150 80 40 pk 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX

Specimen Cups, Stactite, Elkay Polypropylene with polyethylene screw cap (except CM900-16 which has no cap). Capacity 120ml. Specimen volume can be checked visually using the moulded graduations. Frosted write-on areas on container and cap provide for convenient sample identification. The sterile cups are individually wrapped. Supplied in packs as indicated. Bulk packed CM900-12 Non-sterile, with cap, pack of 500 CM900-16 Non-sterile, without cap, pack of 500 CM900-22 Sterile, with cap, pack of 100 CM900-27 Sterile, with cap, pack of 250 Individually wrapped CM900-33 Sterile, with cap, pack of 100 CM900-37 Sterile, with cap, pack of 200 CM902-04 Caps only for CM900cups, non-sterile, pack of 500

0.00 ea (100+) 0.00 ea (10+) 0.00 ea (100+) 0.00 ea (10+)

XX XX XX XX

0.00 pk 0.00 pk 0.00 pk 0.00 pk

XX XX XX XX

Cylindrical With conical inner base for sediment. CM825-40 100ml 0.00 ea 0.00 ea (144+) CM825-45 150ml 0.00 ea 0.00 ea (100+)

*PP = polypropylene. Me = metal.

XX XX

Other specimen and sample containers can be found in the Bottles section - see BS200/BS248. Sterilisable disposal bags - see BA030/BA090. Sterile spatulas - see TP493.

Urinometer set, glass For measuring the specific gravity of urine. Range 1.000 to 1.060 calibrated at 60F (15.5C). Supplied complete in pack with glass test jar, capacity approximately 60ml. Description CM848-10 Urinometer /test jar ea ea (50+) 0.00 0.00
XX

0.00 pk 0.00 pk 0.00 pk

XX XX

XX

Spare parts Urinometer only, glass. Range 1.000 to 1.060. Description CM850-10 Urinometer ea ea (50+) 0.00 0.00
XX

Test jar glass, capacity approximately 60ml. CM852-06 Test jar 0.00 ea 0.00 ea (100+)

XX

CM820

CM825-10

CM825-40

CM848-10

CM870 in use

CM900

161

clinical
Sharps Bins, to BS7320:1990 A comprehensive range of puncture resistant, rigid polypropylene bins with snap-tight lids for the safe containment and disposal of sharp objects and infectious waste. Manufactured to BS7320:1990 and designed to be incinerated with the minimum environmental impact. N Simple, two-stage sliding shutter in lid allows temporary or permanent closure as required N Brightly coloured case, clearly marked with relevant warnings, assembly and closure instructions, and highly visible fill line
XX XX

Clinical Sundries continued

Sharps Collectors For safe, efficient containment and disposal of sharp objects and infectious waste. Leak and puncture-resistant, all polypropylene construction with tapered neck and one-way, splined valve entry (except CM905-36). Brightly coloured, with biohazard labelling and leakproof, snap-tight lid. Small capacity units are manufactured in one piece, larger units are nestable. Supplied in pack quantities as indicated. Capacity litres Sharps collectors, 1-piece CM905-12 1.4 CM905-18 3.1 Sharps collectors, nestable CM905-24 7.6 CM905-36 22.7 Pack qty. 36 24 24 12 pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

Supplied in pack quantities as indicated. Capacity litres CM915-20 CM915-25 CM915-30 CM915-35 CM915-45 *Rectangular shape Safety Pouches For sharps and biohazard wastes. Thick paper board which opens to an oval shape and is printed with the biohazard symbol. Overall dimensions when flat 140 x 330mm. Supplied in pack of 5. CM920-10 Safety pouches 0.00 pk XX Glass/Aerosol Boxes For safe disposal of glass, aerosols and other non-combustible waste material. Made from liquid proofed material and features large character warning. Packed flat in 25s for convenient storage. Easy assembly. Assembled size 510 x 295 x 295mm. Supplied in pack of 25. CM926-10 Glass/aerosol boxes 0.00 pk XX 0.6 1.0* 2.5 5.0 22.0 Pack qty. 24 30 48 48 10 pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX

XX XX

Sharps Containers, to BS7320 For safe storage and incineration of contaminated sharps, syringes and needles. A composite board container which is double coated for additional protection against moisture and puncture. With metal base and top, carrying handle and attached lid. Designed to be completely incinerated. Conforms to the requirements of BS7320: 1990. Supplied in pack quantities as indicated. Capacity gallons CM910-30 CM910-40 CM910-50 CM910-60 CM910-70 Minibin 2 0.5 1 2 3 litres 1 2.5 5 10 13 Height x o.d. mm 204 x 78 155 x 155 280 x 157 290 x 208 432 x 208 Pack qty. 15 12 12 12 6 pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX

CM905

CM910

CM915-25

CM915-45

CM920-10

CM926

162

clips
Apparatus/Tubing Clips and Clamps
Clips/Clamps Providing shut-off or flow control for flexible tubing. Type CP100-11 Mohr CP100-15 CP100-19 CP103-10 Ratchet Max. tubing Material dia. mm 8 10 12 10 Nickel plated alloy ea ea (qty+)
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

C
ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

Clips For securing flexible tubing on nozzles and pipes. Type Outside dia. of tubing accepted, mm 11 to 16 13 to 20 18 to 25 22 to 30 8 to 10 9 to 12 10 to 14 13 to 17 15 to 19 18 to 22 21 to 25 23 to 27 26 to 30 29 to 33 31 to 35 34 to 38 37 to 41 Material

0.00 0.00 (10+) 0.00 0.00 (10+) 0.00 0.00 (10+)

Polypropylene 0.00 0.00 (100+) Stainless steel 0.00 0.00 (100+) and acetal 0.00 0.00 (100+) PVDF and zinc plated steel Nickel plated brass Nickel plated brass Nickel plated brass Zinc plated alloy Acetal PBT*. Sterilisable up to 134C 0.00 0.00 0.00

CP106-08 Centre hinged, 8 CP106-10 spring 10 CP109-10 Stop-it, 10 CP109-15 bottom hinged 15 CP109-20 20 CP110-12 Open sided 12

CP130-16 CP130-20 CP130-25 CP130-30 CP135-10 CP135-12 CP135-14 CP135-17 CP135-19 CP135-22 CP135-25 CP135-27 CP135-30 CP135-33 CP135-35 CP135-38 CP135-41

Worm drive

Zinc plated steel

XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Unex hose hexagon head

Stainless steel and brass

0.00 0.00 (10+) 0.00 0.00 (10+) 0.00 0.00 (10+) 0.00 0.00 (10+) 0.00 0.00 (10+) 0.00 0.00 (10+) 0.00 0.00 (10+) 0.00 0.00 (10+) 0.00 0.00 (100+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 (5+) (5+) (5+) (5+)

CP114-25 Hoffman, 25 CP114-30 bottom hinged, 30 CP114-40 light 40 CP115-40 Hoffman, 40 bottom hinged CP118-20 Hoffman, CP118-25 side hinged CP118-30 CP120-14 Hoffman side hinged TY900-20 Non slip, TY900-25 serrated TY900-30 wheel TY900-40 20 25 30 14 4.5 6 10 14

XX XX XX XX

XX XX XX XX

XX XX XX XX

*Polybutylene terephthalate.

continued on next page

CP100 CP110 CP115 CP135

CP103

CP106

CP114

CP118

CP120

CP109

CP130

TY900

163

clips

Apparatus/Tubing Clips and Clamps continued

Clips, Azlon For holding glassware, rigid tubing, tools, etc. With screw fixing hole. Type Diameter to be held mm 6 9 12 19 25 32 38 Open spring polyethylene 9 12 25 32 Ref. ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (10+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Clips, Bibby For securing conical and spherical glass joints. QGC and QGS clips have PTFEencapsulated steel springs, are highly resistant to chemical attack and can be used up to 250C. QKC and QKS clips are Delrin polyacetal, suitable for use up to 80C and with most chemicals except halogen gases and acids. Joint Size Colour Code PTFE ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (5+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Delrin ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (5+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

CP145-06 CP145-09 CP145-12 CP145-19 CP145-25 CP145-32 CP145-38 CP147-09 CP147-12 CP147-25 CP147-32

Closed spring polyethylene coated metal

CWH006 CWH009 CWH012 CWH019 CWH025 CWH032 CWH038 CWH109 CWH112 CWH125 CWH132

For conical glass joints 10/19 Mint QGC10 12/21 Violet QGC12 14/23 Yellow QGC14 19/26 Blue QGC19 24/29 Green QGC24 29/32 34/35 40/38 45/40 Red Orange Ochre Brown QGC29 QGC34 QGC40 QGC45

QKC10 QKC12 QKC14 QKC19 QKC24 QKC29 QKC34 QKC40 QKC45 QKS13 QKS19 QKS29 QKS35

For spherical glass joints S13 Violet QGS13 S19 Blue QGS19 S29 Red QGS29 S35 S41 S51

XX XX XX XX XX XX

Orange QGS35 Ochre QGS41 Brown QGS51

Delrin is a registered trademark of DuPont Ltd.

CP145

QGC in use

QGS in use

CP147

QKC, QKS series

164

colony counters
Portable
Colony Counter, portable Hand-held, battery operated counter with fourdigit liquid crystal display of cumulative count. A selector switch allows counting up or down. The high visibility felt tip will mark glass or plastic dishes and is oil and water resistant. An electronic bleep confirms each recorded mark. Supplied with one each red and black tip and 3V battery. CR270-10 Colony counter, 0.00 ea XX portable CR272-05 Spare black tip 0.00 ea XX CR272-07 Spare red tip 0.00 ea XX BL590-25 Spare battery 3V 0.00 ea XX Tally and Totalising Counters Easy to use, manually operated tally counters in single or multiple bank format, hand-held or bench mounting. 4 digit counters up to 9999 with push button action and manual reset. Totalising counters are available in 6-unit or 9-unit formats (one unit on each being a totaliser). Counting units have colour coded keys, three digit displays and provision for labelling. The counter locks at a total count of 100 to allow percentage values to be read. For counting beyond 100 a press button releases the lock. Side knobs are provided to reset to zero. Tally counters see CW608, CW610 and CW620 series. Totalising counters see CW650 series. Eyepiece Graticules For use in light microscopes to assist counting see ML200 to ML220 in the Microscope section. Incubators Including cooled and CO2 models for growing cultures see Incubators section. Media inoculators Including: Loops, Needles, Spreaders, Swabs see Clinical section.

Digital Countplus
High specification model for reliable and efficient counting of bacterial colonies growing on nutrient agar in 90mm diameter petri dishes. N Glare-free, evenly distributed, peripheral illumination with adjustable dimming for comfortable operation N Adjustable count register pressure sensitivity N LED count display 0 to 999 with reset button and adjustable volume, audible count signal N Ergonomic design gives comfortable viewing position N Any form of probe or felt-tipped marker can be used for marking N Includes Wolffhuegel grid counting plate and black background disc for counting light-coloured colonies N Accessory 3X magnifier Colony Counter, digital, Countplus As described. With pressure pad, adjustable peripheral illumination, count register pressure sensitivity and audible count signal. Holds 90mm diameter petri dishes. With LED count display, reset button, mains switch, dimming, sensitivity and count signal adjustment controls. Without magnifier. Overall 260 x 195 x 130mm W x D x H (without magnifier), weight 3.3 kg. For 230V 50/60Hz a.c. single phase supplies. CR303-25 Colony counter, 0.00 ea XX Countplus Accessories CR303-60 Magnifier, 3X, 100mm 0.00 ea diameter with adjustable clamp CR303-70 Adapter for centring 0.00 ea 60mm diameter petri dishes Anaerobic system see AN200 to AN204. Magnifiers see MB100/MB245.

Digital SC6
N LED digital readout to 999 counts N Pressure sensitive count system (adjustable by the user) N Can be used with probe or felt-tipped pen N Audible confirmation of each count N Built-in average count facility allows multiple plates to be counted and average colony count calculated N Glare-free peripheral illumination N Choice of light or dark background N Accepts up to 90mm diameter petri dishes N Accessory 1.7X magnifier allows smaller colonies to be counted Colony Counter, digital, Stuart SC6 As described. With peripheral illumination and sloping front to reduce operator fatigue, zero/reset/average keys, mains switch and count pressure sensitivity control. Supplied complete with one Wolffhuegel graticule and dish centring adapters for 50 to 90mm diameter, dishes. Without magnifier. Overall 310 x 300 x 140mm H x W x D (without magnifier). Weight 1.5kg. For 230V 50Hz single phase supplies. CR315-60 Colony counter SC6 0.00 ea XX Accessories CR315-85 Magnifier, 1.7X, CR315-90 Wolffhuegel graticules, pack of 10 0.00 ea 0.00 pk

XX XX

XX

XX

Hazard Warning Labels see Safety section. Including: G Sterile G Pathological Specimen G Biohazard G Danger of infection Media sterilisers see Autoclaves section. Petri dishes and accessories see Petri Dish and Tissue Culture sections.

CR270 in use

CR303-25 with accessories

CR315-60 with accessories

CW610-10

CW620-40

CW650-10

165

colorimeters
Comparator, Lovibond 2000+ A prism unit and integrated large cell attachment (for cells up to 40mm path length) are incorporated in the instrument. Although robust, it is pocket sized and lightweight, made of solvent and acid resistant material. The discs are simply inserted from the side in cassette fashion, making it a simple operation to change discs when required. CS100-20 2000+ Comparator 0.00 ea XX

The Lovibond 2000+ Comparator System

A unique colorimetric chemical analysis system which is portable, accurate, and equally suited to laboratory or field use. The system comprises N Lovibond 2000+ Comparator N Glass colour standards discs N Tablet or liquid reagents

Glass Colour Standards, Lovibond Comprise flat, chemically produced, coloured glass standards mounted in plastic discs and guaranteed fade-free. The range available is very extensive and we show below a selection only of the most popular. Please contact us should you require other discs or ranges not listed here. Disc code Ammonia CS125-12 CS125-16 3/113 3/125 Range 0 to 1.0mg/l N 0 to 10mg/l N 0.1 to 1.0mg/l 1.0 to 4.0mg/l 0.2 to 4.0mg/l 0.02 to 0.3mg/l 0.5 to 6.0mg/l 2 to 10mg/l 0.01 to 0.1mg/l 0.02 to 0.2mg/l 0.05 to 0.5mg/l 0.1 to 1.0mg/l 5 to 50mg/l 5 to 250mg/l 2 to 16% w/w 10 to 90mg Pt/l sample 70 to 250mg Pt/l 4.4 to 6.0 4.8 to 6.4 5.2 to 6.8 6.0 to 7.6 6.8 to 8.4 0 to 100mg/l Method Ammonia No.1 tablets Ammonia No.2 tablets DPD Accessories required 13.5mm cells 2.5mm cell 13.5mm cells Applications and remarks ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Water mains. Food processing 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Sugar in boiler or drain waters within refineries 0.00
XX XX

Effluent discharges

Chlorine (in water) CS127-10 3/40A CS127-12 3/40S CS127-14 3/40B CS127-20 CS127-32 CS127-33 CS127-60 CS127-62 CS127-66 CS127-68 CS128-17 CS128-19 CS128-21 3/40E 3/40K 3/40HN NDPB NDPC NDP NDPD 3/2ARP 3/2Iod 3/2Hypo

XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

DPD DPD DPD

40mm cell 13.5mm cells 5mm cell Nessleriser 2150 Pair Nessler tubes AF306

Potassium iodide

13.5mm cells

Hazen Scale CS130-08 NSH CS130-12 pH CS132-12 CS132-14 CS132-16 CS132-18 CS132-20 Sugar CS136-20 NSB 2/1E 2/1F 2/1G 2/1H 2/1J 3/29A

Direct comparison against Pair Nessler tubes AF306

Nessleriser 2150 American Public Health Association, ASTM, and British Daylight 2000 Standards 13.5mm cells

XX XX

Methyl red Chlorophenol red Bromocresol purple Bromothymol blue Phenol red alpha-Napthol*

XX XX XX XX XX

5mm cells

XX

*Details on request. Accessories for the 2000+ comparator are listed on the next two pages.

CS100-20

166

colorimeters
The Lovibond 2000+ Comparator System, continued
Reagents Tablets and liquid reagents for use with the Lovibond discs. Description Tablets CS180-10 CS180-12 CS181-10 CS181-12 CS181-14 CS181-16 CS181-30 CS181-32 CS181-34 CS181-36 CS181-50 CS181-60 CS184-22 CS184-26 Test For Disc Pack qty. 100 100 100 pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Cells For use with the Lovibond 2000+ comparator. Supplied singly unless otherwise stated. Description Path length mm 13.5 13.5

Ammonia No.1 Ammonia No.2 DPD No. 1 (3/40) DPD No. 2 (3/40) DPD No. 3 (3/40) DPD No. 4 (3/40) DPD No. 1 (NDP) DPD No. 2 (NDP) DPD No. 3 (NDP) DPD No. 4 (NDP) Potassium Iodide 0.3g Acidifying General Purpose Phenol Red Bromo Thymol Blue

Ammonia 3/113, 3/125 Chlorine 3/40 series

Moulded, optically clear, plastic CS210-15 Square section, 10ml, supplied with plug stopper, pack of 5 CS210-19 Square section, 10ml, supplied with plug stopper, pack of 100 CS210-35 Stand for holding 10 x 10ml cells Fused optical glass, W680 series CS215-14 Rectangular CS215-18 Rectangular CS215-22 Rectangular CS215-28 Rectangular CS215-36 Rectangular

0.00 pk 0.00 pk 0.00 ea

XX XX XX

Chlorine

NDP series

100

Chlorine

3/2 ARP, 3/2 Iod 100 3/2 Hypo 100 100 100

5 10 13.5 25 40

0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

XX XX XX XX XX

pH

2/1J 2/1H

Tablets and cells for all Lovibond comparator tests are available please contact us with your requirements. Hach portable water laboratories see WR840. Potalab water laboratory see WS520-25.

Description

Test

For Disc

Cap. ml. 100 100 100

ea 0.00 0.00 0.00

XX XX XX

Water testing strips see WS550/WS560.

Solutions CS192-12 Methyl Red pH CS192-14 Chlorophenol Red CS192-16 Bromocresol purple

2/1E 2/1F 2/1G

Typical discs

CS210-15/CS210-19

CS215

Tablets

CS210-35

167

colorimeters
Nesslerisers 2150, 2250 Complete Nessleriser systems comprising Daylight 2000 artificial light source, Nessleriser modules for 113mm path length cylinders or 250mm path length cylinders, daylight stand with reflective plate for use with natural light, and two cylinders with anti-meniscus plungers. For 220-240V a.c. single phase supplies. CS270-15 2150, Nessleriser 0.00 ea XX complete, for 113mm cylinders CS270-20 2250, Nessleriser 0.00 ea XX complete, for 250mm cylinders Nesslerisers, Natural Daylight, 2150D, 2250D Comprise Nessler modules for 113mm path length cylinders or 250mm path length cylinders and daylight stand with reflective plate for natural daylight use. Supplied without cylinders or plungers. CS270-40 2150D, Daylight 0.00 ea XX Nessleriser for 113mm cylinders CS270-45 2250D, Daylight 0.00 ea XX Nessleriser for 250mm cylinders Nessler Modules 2150U, 2250U For use only with Daylight 2000 light source and 113mm path length cylinders or 250mm path length cylinders. Supplied with two cylinders and anti-meniscus plungers. CS272-14 2150U, Nessler Module 0.00 ea XX for 113mm cylinders CS272-19 2250U, Nessler Module 0.00 ea XX for 250mm cylinders Discs for use with above see CS125 et seq. Spare nessler cylinders see next page. Lovibond 3-Field Comparators For colour grading to: Gardner scale for drying oils, F.A.C. scale for fats, E.B.C. scale for beers details on application. Lovibond Kits for water testing see Water Testing section. Lovibond Minikits for water testing see Water Testing section. Turbidimeters for water testing see Water Testing section.

The Lovibond 2000+ Comparator System, accessories

Daylight Unit Fits into the back of the comparator and provides simulated illuminant C artificial daylight for precise colour comparisons. Powered by rechargeable batteries with a battery low indicator. The unit cuts out on release of the switch button to preserve battery and bulb life. Three batteries included. For use with CS100-20 only. CS255-14 Daylight unit 0.00 ea XX Recharger for CS255-14. For 240V 50Hz supplies. CS257-10 Recharger 0.00 ea XX Daylight 2000 A bench mounting, artificial light source providing a constant and stable light corrected to CIE standard illuminant C, essential for precise colour comparisons. The cabinet features an adjustable base which allows it to be used in several orientations with the Lovibond 2000+ Comparator and Nessler modules. Supplied with 6V output power supply adapter. A 220-240V a.c. single phase supply is required for the adapter. CS265-15 Daylight 2000 0.00 ea XX

CS265 with CS100, CS210, discs and tablets

CS272-19

CS270-40 with discs and tablets

CS270-15 with discs and tablets

Minikits

168

colorimeters
Nessler Cylinders
Nessler Cylinders Glass. With anti-meniscus plungers (except CS275-10). Supplied in matched pairs. Ref. CS275-10 CS275-12 CS275-20 AF306 AF306/P DB420 Path length mm 113 113 250 pr 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX

Manual Tintometers
Manual Tintometers, AF900F As described. Overall 330 x 410 x 230mm W x D x H. Weight 8.3kg. A 110V or 220V single phase supply is required for the external power supply. CS700-20 AF900F 0.00 ea XX CS700-40 AF900F(BS684) 0.00 ea XX Cells, W600 Series For use with AF900F series Tintometers. Path length Optical glass, W600 CS780-14 10mm CS780-18 20mm CS780-20 25mm CS780-24 CS780-26 CS780-32 CS780-38 CS780-42 CS780-44 CS780-46 CS780-48 CS780-58 33mm 40mm 50mm
1 1

Stand AF306/S. Holds 12 Nessler cylinders. AF306 and DB420 series. CS275-40 AF306/S 0.00 ea XX Nessler Cylinders Soda-lime glass. Ref. Cap. Grad. ml at, ml ea ea (qty+)
XX XX

For examining the colour of liquid and solid samples by either reflected or transmitted light. With comfortable viewing position and operation via the prismatic optical system with angled viewing tube, diffused tungsten-halogen light source for standardised illumination and external low voltage power supply giving cool running over prolonged periods of use. With full range of Lovibond glass filters:0.1 to 70 red 0.1 to 70 yellow 0.1 to 40 blue 0 to 3 neutral Supplied in two formats: Model F for applications requiring examination of fats and fatty oils, bleached lac, liquid chemicals and pharmaceuticals Model F (BS684) is a dedicated version for grading animal or vegetable fats and oils according to BS684: Section 1.14, ISO15305 and AOCS Method Cc13e-92 Both models are supplied with a set of colour standard racks, sample chamber liner with a standard white reference, spare white reference, colour analysis book, 2 spare lamps and instructions. Model F only is also supplied with 1 each 1 (25mm) and 51/4 (133mm) path length rectangular fused glass cells. Model F (BS684) only is supplied with one each 1 /16,1/8, 1/4,1/2, 1 and 51/4 cells.

ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

E-MIL CS400-35 G1216 50 50 0.00 0.00 (12+) CS400-40 G1220 100 50 & 0.00 0.00 (12+) 100

Stands, 6 place For Nessler cylinders. Hardwood with opal glass base plate. CS405-15 For 50ml 0.00 ea XX CS405-20 For 100ml 0.00 ea XX Flocculator see WR230 series. Turbidimeters see WT095.

/16 /8 1 /4
1

/2 1 51/4

Borosilicate glass W600/B For hot materials. CS782-48 1 CS782-58 51/4

0.00 0.00

XX XX

Lovibond Tintometers for petroleum products testing see Petroleum section.

CS275-10

CS400 with CS405

CS700 with cells

169

colorimeters
CIE Colour Scales All instruments allow the operator to select measurement of samples to CIE specifications of xy chromaticity co-ordinates, luminance factor, L*a*b* colour space (CIE LAB),Delta E, optical density, % transmission and % absorption. Technical Specification Spectral response nm Band width nm Repeatability: Chromaticity (x,y): Transmittance: Calibration Light source Illuminant Sample chamber Outputs Data storage Power requirement Overall W x D x H Weight 420 to 710 20 0.0004 0.5% Single key press 5V, 10W tungsten halogen lamp CIE illuminant A, C, D65 (B for PFX195/4) 0.1 to 50 path length cells RS232, Centronics ports Up to 32 sets 120, 240V 50/60Hz single phase supplies 435 x 195 x 170 6.8

Electronic Tintometers PFX 195 Series

Low cost spectrophotometric colorimeters for consistent, reliable, automatic, electronic measurement of colour for specific dedicated applications involving liquids or transparent solids. Ideal for routine analysis and quality control. N Choice of instrument versions with international colour scales: Pt-Co/Hazen/APHA, Gardner, Iodine Saybolt, ASTM colour, Pt-Co/Hazen/APHA FAC, Gardner EBC (CIE and 430nm), ASBC (CIE and 430nm) Series 52 (Brown) Ph. Eu., USP, Pt-Co/Hazen/APHA Klett colour (KS-42 blue filter), Honey colour (Pfund equivalents), Series 52 (Brown) ADMI (spectral and tristimulus filter methods), Pt-Co/Hazen/APHA CIE values (stand selection), L*C*h colour space, Hunter lab colour space, Judd rgb N 9 built-in interference filters with automatic selection N Operator prompting in choice of 7 languages - English, French, German, Spanish, Italian, Portuguese and Dutch N RS232 and Centronics printer outputs N Supplied with Windows-based control/downloading/analysis software which also enables the generation of spectral and CIE programmes Tintometer PFX195/1 For liquid chemicals and industrial oils analysis. Scales: Pt-Co/Hazen/APHA, Gardner, Iodine Cells supplied: 2 x 10mm, 1 x 50mm path length. CS725-10 PFX195/1 0.00 ea XX Tintometer PFX195/2 For liquid chemicals and industrial oils analysis. Scales: Saybolt, ASTM colour, Pt-Co/Hazen/APHA Cells supplied: 1 x 33mm, 1 x 50mm path length. CS725-20 PFX195/2 0.00 ea XX Tintometer PFX195/3 For liquid chemicals and industrial oils analysis. Scales: FAC, Gardner Cells supplied: 3 x 10mm path length. CS725-30 PFX195/3 0.00 ea

mm

mm kg

All colorimeters are supplied with Windows control/downloading/analysis software, optical glass cells for the colour scales as indicated, certified glass filter for regular conformance testing, spare lamp and instructions. Tintometer PFX195/6 For industrial oils and surfactants analysis. Scales: Klett colour (KS-42 blue filter), Pt-Co/Hazen/APHA, Hess-Ives colour units Cells supplied: 1 x 10mm, 1 x 20mm, 1 x 40mm, 1 x 50mm path length. CS725-60 PFX195/6 0.00 ea

Tintometer PFX195/4 For liquid chemicals and industrial oils analysis. Scales: EBC (CIE and 430nm), ASBC (CIE and 430nm). Series 52 (Brown) Cells supplied: 1 x 10mm, 2 x 25mm path length. CS725-40 PFX195/4 0.00 ea XX Tintometer PFX195/5 For liquid chemicals and industrial oils analysis. Scales: Ph. Eu, USP, Pt-Co/Hazen/APHA Cells supplied: 1 x 40mm, 1 x 50mm path length. CS725-50 PFX195/5 0.00 ea XX

XX

Tintometer PFX195/7 For sugar solutions, syrups and honey. Scales: ICUMSA (420, 560, 710nm), Honey colour (Pfund equivalents), Series 52 (Brown) Cells supplied: 1 x 10mm, 1 x 25mm 1 x 50mm path length. CS725-70 PFX195/7 0.00 ea XX Tintometer AquaTint For water and waste water analysis. Scales: ADMI (spectral and tristimulus filter methods), Pt-Co/Hazen/APHA Cells supplied: 2 x 50mm path length. CS725-80 AquaTint 0.00 ea XX Tintometer PFX195/C For transparent liquids. Scales: CIE values (standard selection), L*C*h colour space, Hunter lab colour space, Judd rgb. Cells supplied: 2 x 10mm, 1 x 20mm path length. CS725-90 PFX195/C 0.00 ea XX Spare cells. Optical glass, W600 Path length mm CS780-14 CS780-18 CS780-20 CS780-24 CS780-26 CS780-32 10 22 25 33 40 50 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX

XX

CS725

170

colorimeters
Model 6030 Colorimeter Model 6035 Turbidity Meter

Wavelength Wavelength Selection Bandpass Ranges Resolution Readout Cuvettes Output Light Source Power Overall Weight

400 to 710nm 8 gelatine filters 430, 470, 490 520, 540, 580, 600 and 710nm Typically 40nm 0 to 100%T 0 to 1.50Abs 0.1 to 1000 Conc 1%T 0.01Abs 312 digit LCD 10mm square, 22mm diameter round RS232 (Model CT060-15 only) 5V 40mA tungsten bulb 6 x AA rechargeable batteries 210 x 205 x 110mm high 2kg

Ranges Resolution Accuracy Readout Sample system Output Light source Photodetector Power Overall Weight

0.00 to 19.99 N.T.U. 0.0 to 199.9 N.T.U. 0.01 N.T.U. 0.1 N.T.U. 0.5% or 0.05 whichever is greater 312 digit LCD Turbidity cell (capped) RS232 (Model CT070-17 only) 5V 230mA tungsten lamp Silicon photodiode with enhanced blue response 6 x AA rechargeable batteries 210 x 205 x 110mm high 2kg

Portable Colorimeter Model 6030 With set of eight hermetically sealed, gelatine filters, cuvette adapter, 10mm cuvettes, rechargeable batteries, charger and instructions. Requires 220-240V single phase supply for the recharger. CT060-10 Model 6030 0.00 ea XX Model 6030/RS232 datalogging. Enables up to 240 results to be stored for subsequent downloading via the RS232 link for printing or analysis, or recall onto the unit display. CT060-15 Model 6030/RS232 datalogging 0.00 ea XX Accessories for Model 6030 CT102-10 10 x 10mm plastic cuvettes, pack 500 CT063-17 22mm diameter glass cuvette CT063-40 Carrying case Spare Gelatine Filters for Model 6030 Wavelength CT062-12 CT062-14 CT062-16 CT062-18 CT062-20 CT062-22 CT062-24 CT062-26 CT062-35 430nm 470nm 490nm 520nm 540nm 580nm 600nm 710nm Set of 8 filters (1 each of above) ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Portable Turbidimeter Model 6035 With sample cells, a standardisation pack, rechargeable batteries, charger and instructions. Requires 220-240V single phase supply for the recharger. CT070-12 Model 6035 0.00 ea XX Model 6035/RS232 datalogging.Enables up to 240 results to be stored for subsequent downloading via the RS232 link for printing or analysis, or recall onto the unit display. CT070-17 Model 6035/RS232 datalogging 0.00 ea XX Accessories Colour correction filters for model 6035 CT072-13 Red CT072-15 Blue CT072-17 Green CT072-23 Set of 1 each above CT072-30 CT072-34 Turbidity cells, capped, pack of 12 Carrying case

0.00 pk 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

XX XX XX

0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 set 0.00 pk 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 pk

XX XX XX XX XX XX

Spares for Models 6030 and 6035 CT063-25 Battery charger 220-240V single phase supplies CT063-29 Rechargeable batteries, pack of 6 Other Turbidimeters see the Water Testing Section.

XX XX

CT060

CT070

171

colorimeters

Digital Colorimeter

For routine colorimeter determinations over the visible spectrum. N Eight in-built filters with thumb wheel selection N Transmittance, absorbance and concentration modes N Excellent sampling flexibility N Mains or battery operated The concentration ranges are electronically linearised and give fine and coarse control over absorbance readings. In this mode and using most methodologies, concentration becomes direct reading. Eight in-built filters are provided enabling use in commonly encountered determinations over the range 400 to 710nm. The filters are selected by a thumb wheel. Fitted with a recorder output. Digital Colorimeter As specified. Supplied with pack of 100 10mm, 3ml cuvettes, eight in-built filters, a cell holder for one 10mm x 10mm cuvette, mains lead and instructions. Power requirements as specified in table. With recorder output. CT100-15 Model 6051 0.00 ea XX Cuvettes CT102-10 CT102-12 CT102-20 CT102-22 CT102-35 CT102-38 CT102-40 CT102-44 CT102-46 10mm 3ml plastic, pack of 500 10mm 1ml micro, plastic, pack of 100 Pour-in, suck-out Flow-through 4-place carriage for 10mm cuvettes Cell holder for 10mm x 20mm cell Cell holder for 10mm x 40mm cell Glass cell 10mm x 20mm Glass cell 10mm x 40mm 0.00 pk 0.00 pk 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

Catalogue No. Model Wavelength nm Wavelength selection

CT100-15 6051 400 to 710 standard. Extendable from 400 to 800* 8 gelatine filters on a switched wheel. Peak wave lengths 430, 470, 490, 520, 540, 580, 600, 710nm. With optional drop in interference filters to extend range* Typical 40nm. Interference filters typically 10nm 0 to 100% T 0 to 1.50 abs 0.1 to 1000 conc. 1% T 0.01 abs 0.1 to 1 conc. 2%/hr after 15 mins 1%T 212 digit, 17mm high LCD 10mV/digit analogue Tungsten filament 115/230V 15% 50/60Hz a.c., 12V d.c. external 300 x 355 x 120 3

Bandpass Ranges

Resolution

XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Blank Drift Photometric linearity Readout Output Light Source Power Overall mm Weight kg

*Filter wavelengths above 710nm are only available to special order details on request.

Interference filters CT102-58 405nm CT102-60 540nm CT102-64 620nm

XX XX XX

CT100-15

172

colorimeters
Chroma Colorimeters

Incorporating highly stable solid state electronics and utilising drop-in gelatin and interference filters for wavelength selection. Model 252 Analogue display in absorbance and transmission modes Model 254 Digital display in absorbance and transmission modes. With recorder output Model 257 Digital display in absorbance, transmission and concentration models. Microprocessor control. With recorder and RS232 output Specifications Catalogue No. CT500-10 CT500-20 CT500-30 Model 252 254 257 Display Analogue 212 digit LCD 312 digit LCD Wavelength Range nm 400 to 720 400-720 400-720 Wavelength Selection Drop-in Filters (see accessories) Bandpass Gelatin Filters 40nm. Interference Filters 10 nm (Average) Modes Mode Selection Absorbance Range Absorbance Resolution Transmission Range Transmission Resolution Concentration Absorbance, Transmission A A T T Absorbance, Abs., Transn., Transmission Concentration Touch Panel 0.000 to 1.999 0.001 0.1% By Factor or Known Standard

Colorimeters, Sherwood Scientific Chroma As described. With sample holder, mains adapter, 100 disposable cuvettes, spare fuse and lamp and instructions. For 220-250V 50Hz single phase supplies. Requires accessory battery leads for 12V d.c. operation. Without gelatin or interference filters. CT500-10 Chroma 252 0.00 ea XX CT500-20 Chroma 254 0.00 ea XX CT500-30 Chroma 257 0.00 ea XX CT504-06 Spare plastic cuvettes, pack of 100 0.00 pk XX Accessories Wavelength filters Peak Wavelength nm Gelatin sealed in glass CT505-05 410 CT505-10 430 CT505-15 470 CT505-20 490 CT505-25 520 CT505-30 CT505-35 CT505-40 CT505-45 CT505-70 Interference CT506-07 CT506-12 CT506-17 CT506-22 CT506-27 CT506-32 540 580 600 710 Set of eight (one each filters 430 to 710nm) 405* 510 546 660 680 720 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Dual Scale Meter Switch 0.0 to 1.0 0.00 to 1.99 0.01 0.01 0 to100% all models 1% 1%

XX XX XX XX XX XX

Stability Warm Up Photometric Reproducibility Light Source Detector Recorder Output RS232 Output Power Requirements Overall L x W x H mm Weight kg

Less than 0.005A in any 15 minute period 15 minutes 1% T using same cuvette or test tube Pre-focused tungsten lamp Silicon Photodiode Yes Yes Yes 90 to 127V or 198 to 264V or 12V d.c. battery 218 x 230 x 188 all models 2.2 all models

* The 405nm filter is for use with model 257 (CT500-30) only. Sample Holders For test tubes and cuvettes. Test tubes CT507-12 CT507-14 CT507-16 small medium large Cuvettes 2.5mm 5mm 10mm ea 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX

Test Tubes and Cuvettes, Glass Size Path length mm Minimum sample vol. ml 1 2 4 0.8 1.5 2.8 ea/set

Test Tubes. Supplied as a matched set of 12. CT508-10 small 6.5 CT508-15 medium 10 CT508-20 large 14 Cuvettes. Supplied singly. CT508-50 CT508-55 CT508-60 2.5 5 10

0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

XX XX XX

XX XX XX

Pour In/Suck Out Cell and Holder 10mm path length. Carry over less than 1% of difference in reading between consecutive samples. CT510-10 Pour/Suck cell 0.00 ea XX Battery Leads For using colorimeter on a 12V d.c. supply. CT512-10 Leads

0.00 ea

XX

173

colorimeters
CO7500 Series Colorimeters

CO7000 Medical Colorimeter

Designed for use by doctors and medical technologists in small to medium sized clinics and in the field. N Open system accommodates both wet reagents and kits N Easy operation via three buttons; reference, test and on/off N Wavelength selection via 10 gelatine colour filters using a thumb wheel N Accepts 10mm square or 16mm diameter round cells (also 10 and 12mm diameter tubes using accessory adapter set) N Mains or rechargeable battery operation N Tropicalised for field use in humid and hot environments Catalogue No. Model Wavelength Wavelength selection CT520-60 CO7000 400 to 700 10 gelatine filters in a filter wheel 400, 440, 470, 490, 520, 550, 580, 590, 680 and 700 <0.05A at 1A 0.02A at 1A -0.3 to 1.99 NiMH rechargeable battery or adapter requiring a 220-240V 50/60Hz supply 0 to +45C up to 70% R.H. 180 x 150 x 60 0.6

Compact, robust, low-cost colorimeters for educational or quality control use. N Straightforward operation using five push-button controls, colour filter wheel with 8 wavelength filters, and large, clear digital display N Accept 10mm square or 16mm diameter round cells (also 10 and 12mm dia. tubes using accessory adapter set) N Choice of mains or rechargeable battery powered models Catalogue No. Model Wavelength nm Wavelength selection nm Bandwidth nm Repeatability Ranges Absorbance A Transmission T Kinetics Outputs Analogue Digital Power CT525-10 CT525-20 CO7500 CO7500B 440 to 680 both models 8 gelatine filters in a filter wheel 440, 470, 490, 520, 550, 580, 590 and 680 both models 40 both models 0.2A at 1A both models -0.3 to 1.99 both models 0 to 199% both models Yes Yes 0 to 2V for 0 to 2A and 0 to 1.99V for 0 to 199%T via 2 x 4mm sockets both models RS232 both models Adapter requiring a 220-240V 50/60Hz supply mm kg NiMH rechargeable battery or adapter requiring 220-240V 50/60Hz supply

nm nm

Precision Repeatability Range Absorbance A Power Operating range Overall L x W x H Weight

mm kg

Overall L x W x H Weight

180 x 150 x 60 both models 0.5 0.6

Medical Colorimeter CO7000 As described. Supplied with rechargeable battery, mains adapter for 220-240V 50/60Hz supplies, spare lamp and instructions. CT520-60 CO7000 0.00 ea XX Accessories and Spares CT504-06 10mm plastic cuvettes, pack of 100 0.00 pk TE154-32 16mm o.d. glass test tubes, 0.00 pk 0.00 pk (10+) pack of 150 CT522-40 Spare lamp for CO7000 0.00 ea CT527-14 10mm and 12mm dia. tube cell adapters set 0.00 set Disposable micro and semi-micro cuvettes see CA305.

XX XX XX XX

Laboratory Colorimeters CO7500 series As described. Supplied with pack of 10 x 10mm plastic cuvettes, RS232 and 2 x 4mm analogue outputs, mains adapter and instructions. CO7500B additionally has a built in rechargeable battery, charged via the mains adapter. For 220240V 50/60Hz single phase supplies. CT525-10 CO7500 mains 0.00 ea XX CT525-20 CO7500 rechargeable battery 0.00 ea XX Accessories and Spares CT504-06 10mm plastic cuvettes, pack of 100 0.00 pk TE154-32 16mm o.d. glass test tubes, 0.00 pk 0.00 pk (10+) pack of 150 CT527-06 Spare lamp for CO7500 series 0.00 ea CT527-14 10mm and 12mm dia. tube cell adapters set 0.00 ea

XX XX XX XX

CT520 in use

CT525

174

colorimeters, colour
Long Cell Absorptiometers
N Choice of analogue and digital reading N Robust, reliable design and construction Filter colorimeters capable of accepting cells from 2.5 to 100mm optical path length. Particularly suitable for determinations using weak solutions and low turbidities. With nine Spectrum filters and a neutral filter (for turbidity) housed on a filter disc. For 220-240V 50Hz supplies, (CT600-10 additionally operates on 12V d.c.). Require, but do not include, a minimum of one pair of glass cells as listed. CT600-10 Absorptiometer, 0.00 ea XX analogue CT600-20 Absorptiometer, 0.00 ea XX digital microprocessor controlled Glass Cells Optical path length CT602-14 CT602-16 CT602-18 CT602-20 10mm 20mm 40mm 100mm ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX

Colour Matching Cabinet

Designed for visual colour matching and appraisal in the laboratory. Meets the requirements of BS950 Part 1 Artificial Daylight for the assessment of colour and provides alternative lighting conditions. N Suitable for all industries and applications where there is a need to maintain colour consistency and quality N Membrane switching of lighting conditions N Electronic ballast control of illuminants Code interpretation Code D65 Lighting Condition The Artificial Daylight fluorescent lamp. Conforms to the International standard illuminant D6500, within the tolerances of BS950Pt.1. (Illuminant for colour matching and colour appraisal). Required for some point of sale lighting. Tungsten Filament lighting as required by BS950 as a test for metamerism and appraisal under domestic lighting. CIE illuminant A. An Ultra Violet Black lamp to reveal the presence of fluorescent dyes and bleaches. Colour Matching Cabinet As specified. Fitted with 1 each lamps of each type. Viewing cavity 360 x 680 x 380mm H x W x D. Overall 570 x 710 x 420mm H x W x D. For 220-240V 50/60Hz earthed supplies. CT615-10 CAC60-D65TL84 F UV 0.00 ea XX Spare lamps Supplied singly. CT617-03 Artificial Daylight D65 20W, 600mm CT617-06 Point of sale TL84 20W, 600mm CT617-09 Tungsten filament F, 40W, globe CT617-12 Ultra Violet black lamp UV, 20W, 600mm

0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

XX XX XX XX

TL84 F

Turbidimeters for water testing see Water Testing section.

UV

Lamps should be changed every 2000 hours as indicated on the time elapsed meter which will zero after 10,000 hours.

Cabinet Location For best results, glare, extraneous lights and anything which will maladapt the visual response must be avoided. Any windows near the cabinet should be fitted with grey blinds. No direct light should be in the field of view and the general lighting in the vicinity should also be "Artificial Daylight" to a level of 200300 lux. The wall area behind the cabinet should be finished in light grey emulsion BS 00A01. These measures will ensure comfortable and accurate colour appraisal.

Lightboxes see LM630.

CT600-10

CT600-20

CT615 in use

175

conductivity
Chekmite Testers
Advanced, easy to use, low cost testers for conductivity or conductivity/ph measurements. N Durable waterproof casing which protects the electronics and also allows the tester to float if dropped into water N Auto shut-off after 8 minutes unless a key is pressed Catalogue No. Model Ranges x resolution, Conductivity Temperature Accuracy, Conductivity Temperature Calibration No. of points Temp. compensation Measurement Power Overall L x W x H Weight C N Replaceable sensors extend operational life of the testers N One handed operation, with push-button calibration N Battery life >200 hours (approx.) CU592-06 DUO-60 0 to 1999 x 1 0 to 14.00 x 0.01 0 to 50.0 x 0.1 2% 0.04 0.1 Automatic 2 of 3

Conductivity/TDS meters DIST

Simple dip sensors for water testing applications. N Waterproof casing, float in water N Replaceable probe N Simultaneous display of conductivity or TDS and temperature N Battery life, reading stability and ATC indicators N Adjustable temperature compensation factor and TDS ratios N Battery life approximately 100 hours continuous use Catalogue No. Model Ranges Conductivity TDS Temperature Conductivity TDS Temperature CU570-20 DIST 5 CU570-25 DIST 6

CU592-05 CD-30 S mS pH C S mS pH C 0 to 1999 x 1 0 to 19.99 x 0.01 2% 5% Automatic Zero plus 1 of 2

0 to 3999S/cm 0.00 to 20.00mS/cm 0 to 2000ppm 0.00 to 10.00ppt 0 to 60C (32 to 140F) both models 1S/cm 0.01mS/cm 1ppm 0.01ppt 0.1C or 0.1F both models 2% full scale both models 5%C or 1F both models Single point, automatic with adjustable conversion factor from cond. to TDS both models

Resolution

Accuracy, (at 20C) Cond./TDS Temperature Calibration

Temp. compensation Power

Automatic with adjustable coefficient 0 to 2.4%/C both models 4 x 1.4V cells (Duracell MP675H or equivalent) with auto shut-off after 8 minutes both models

Automatic, 0 to 50 at 2%/C both models Auto end-point both models 2 x 3V batteries (CR2032 or equivalent) both models 236 x 45 x 33 both models 140 both models

Overall L x W x H Weight

mm g

163 x 40 x 26 both models 85 both models

mm g

DIST Conductivity Meters As described. With probe and cap, 4 x 1.4V batteries, electrode removal tool and instructions. CU570-20 DIST5 0.00 ea XX CU570-25 DIST6 0.00 ea XX Spares and accessories CU572-02 Spare probe for CU570-20 and CU570-25 BL610-04 Battery, 1.4V (4 required) 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

Chekmite Testers As described. With probe (DUO-60 has separate conductivity and pH probes), probe cap and 2 x 3V batteries. CU592-05 Model CD-30 0.00 ea XX CU592-06 Model DUO-60 0.00 ea XX CU592-08 PH282-09 BL590-25 Spare conductivity sensor for CU592-05 and -06 Spare pH/C sensor for CU592-06 only Battery, 3V (2 required) 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea
XX XX XX

XX XX

Calibration solutions. Supplied in packets of 10 sachets. Conductivity CU596-04 12.88mS CU596-08 1413S 0.00 pk 0.00 pk
XX XX

pH PH397-83 PH397-85

pH7.00 pH10.01

0.00 pk 0.00 pk

XX XX

CU570

CU592-05

CU592-06

176

conductivity
Conductivity/pH Meter Model 430

Conductivity/TDS Meter Model 470

N Simultaneous display of conductivity or TDS, pH and temperature N Battery life approximately 100 hours N Automatic temperature compensation N Backlit LCD readout N Stored value recall function N Combined pH and conductivity probe with integral ATC Ranges 0 to 19.99S 0 to 199.9S 0 to 1999S 0 to 19.99mS 0 to 199.9mS 0 to 19.99mg/l 0 to 199.9mg/l 0 to 1999mg/l 0 to 19.99g/l 0 to 199.9g/l 9.9 to +99.9C 14 to 212F Resolution 0.01S 0.1S 1S 0.01mS 0.1mS 0.01mg/l 0.1mg/l 1mg/l 0.01g/l 0.1g/l 0.1C 1F Accuracy 5% 2 digits all ranges N Autoranging

N Size selectable conductivity or TDS ranges N Backlit LCD readout N Autoranging to optimise resolution N Battery life approximately 500 hours N Direct calibration on standard solutions or by cell constant entry Ranges 0 to 19.99S 0 to 199.9S 0 to 1999S 0 to 19.99mS 0 to 199.9mS 0 to1999mS 0 to 19.99mg/l 0 to 199.9mg/l 0 to 1999mg/l 0 to 19.99g/l 0 to 199.9g/l 0 to 1999g/l 10 to +105C 14 to 212F Resolution Accuracy 0.01S 5% 0.1S 2 digits 1S all ranges 0.01mS 0.1mS 1mS (using K=1 cell) 0.01mg/l 5% 0.1mg/l 2 digits 1mg/l all ranges 0.01g/l 0.1g/l 1g/l (using K=1 cell) 0.1C 1F 0.5C 1F N Reading hold function N Stored value recall function

Conductivity

Conductivity

TDS

5% 2 digits all ranges

TDS

Temperature

0.5C 1F Temperature Temp. compensation Calibration Cell constant Input connector Overall dimensions Weight

pH 0 to 14 0.01 0.02 Temp. compensation Automatic or manual over 0 to +99.9C (32 to 182F) Calibration conductivity Direct calibration on standard solutions 10S, 84S, 1413S, 12.88mS recognised or by direct cell constant entry pH Auto buffer recognition pH4.00, 7.00, 9.22 and 10.05 recognised Cell constant Input connector Overall dimensions Weight Adjustable, 0.01 to 19.99 Mini-DIN 175 x 75 x 35mm L x W x D 250g

Automatic or manual over 0 to +99.9C (32 to 212F) Automatic standard recognition with manual override, 10S, 84S, 1413S, 12.88mS recognised Adjustable, 0.01 to 19.99 Mini-DIN 175 x 75 x 35mm L x W x D 370g

As described. Supplied with combined conductivity/pH/ATC probe, pH4.00, 7.00 and 10.05 buffer sachets, instruction manual and 2 x 1.5V AA batteries. Available with, or without rigid carrying case. CU610-30 Model 430 without case 0.00 ea XX CU610-40 Model 430 with case 0.00 ea XX Accessories and Spares CU611-25 Spare conductivity/pH probe, mini-DIN connector PJ364-55 Rigid carrying case for CU610-series BL610-25 Battery 1.5V AA (2 required) 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

As described. Supplied with 2 x 1.5V AA batteries and epoxy conductivity cell, K=1 with built-in ATC. CU612-20 Model 470 0.00 ea XX Accessories and Spares CU614-06 Spare conductivity cell K=1 with ATC CU614-09 Spare conductivity cell K=0.1 with ATC CU614-12 Spare conductivity cell K=10 with ATC BL610-25 CU614-50 Battery, 1.5V AA (2 required) Hard carrying case for CU612-20 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

XX XX XX XX XX

XX XX XX

CU610

CU612

177

conductivity
Model 316 Model 4200
An advanced robust, high specification multi-range meter with sensitive fourplate probe system for field or laboratory use. N Waterproof casing complies with IP67 resistance standard N Five selectable conductivity or TDS ranges N Selectable temperature and resistivity displays N Datalogging facility stores readings for recall or downloading N Built-in, infra-red transmitter/receiver allows RS232 interfacing Ranges 0 to 19.9S 0 to 199.9S 0 to 1.999mS 0 to 19.99mS 0 to 199.9mS 0 to 20mg/l 0 to 200mg/l 0 to 2000mg/l 0 to 20g/l 0 to 200g/l Resolution 0.01S 0.1S 0.001mS 0.01mS 0.1mS 0.01mg/l 0.1mg/l 1mg/l 0.01g/l 0.1g/l Accuracy 0.5% 2 digits all ranges

Hand-held, Waterproof Multi-range Meters

Ruggedly protected, multi-range conductivity meter able to withstand harsh environmental conditions in the field. N Waterproof casing and probe system to IP67 standard N Simultaneous display of conductivity or TDS and temperature with sealed LCD N Automatic temperature compensation N Data logging facility with 10 measurement memory and serial output port Conductivity 0 to 19.99S (0.01S) 20 to 199.9S (0.1S) 200 to 1999mS (1S) 2 to 19.99mS (0.01mS) 20 to 199.9mS (0.1mS) TDS 0 to 19.99mg/l (0.01mg/l) 20 to 199.9mg/l (0.1mg/l) 200 to 1999mg/l (1mg/l) 2 to 19.99g/l (0.01g/l) 20 to 199.9g/l (0.1g/l)

Ranges (resolution)

Conductivity

ATC range C Power supply Overall L x W x H mm Weight g

0 to 50 (at 0 to 10% per C) 4 x 1.5V AA alkaline batteries 200 x 85 x 45 (meter only) 450

TDS

0.5% 2 digits all ranges

Portable Waterproof Meter Model 316 As described. Supplied with IP67* rated probe and 2m cable, sealing kit for probe-to-meter connector, 1413S standard sachet, wrist strap, batteries, instructions and sturdy carrying case. CU608-20 Model 316 0.00 ea XX Accessories and Spares CU609-08 Spare probe, IP67 rated*, with 2m cable and sealing kit CU609-12 Accessory probe, IP67 rated*, with 10m cable and sealing kit CU609-16 Rubber carry holster and neck strap for field use *Only if used in conjunction with CU608-20. 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

XX XX XX

Resistivity Temperature C Cell Constant Reference temp. C Temp. coefficient Power Overall L x W x H mm Weight g

0 to 20M 0.01M 0.5% 2 digits 10 to 105 0.1 0.5 0.015 to 19.99 digitally settable 18, 20 or 25 0.00 to 4.00%/C linear 3 x 1.5V AA Alkaline batteries 280 x 80 x 60 370

Hand-held Waterproof Meter Model 4200 As described, with probe and 3 x 1.5V AA batteries. CU620-10 Model 4200 Accessories CU622-18 Carrying case for CU620-10 only CU622-45 RS232 Receiver cradle with Infra-red RS232 interface CU622-75 Replacement probe with waterproof connector BL610-15 Battery 1.5V (3 required)

0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

XX

RS232 Interface Kit Comprises data acquisition software and interface cable for use with IBM compatible computers with 9 pin D serial port connector. CU609-30 RS232 Interface kit 0.00 ea XX BL610-15 Battery, 1.5V (4 required) 0.00 ea XX Calibration solutions see CU596.

XX XX XX XX

CU608-20

CU620-10

178

conductivity
Bench Meters Series 4500

N Model 4510: General purpose conductivity/TDS/temperature meter for routine laboratory analysis. Custom back-lit LCD with simultaneous conductivity or TDS and temperature readout 32 reading memory N Model 4520: Extensively specified conductivity/resistivity/TDS/salinity/temperature meter with GLP support, 1, 2 or 3 point calibration and datalogging Back-lit graphics dual parameter display 500 reading memory N Automatic temperature compensation N Bi-directional RS232 link to printer or PC (Model 4520 additionally incorporates an infra-red data link output) N Simultaneous conductivity and temperature display Catalogue No. Model Ranges (resolution) Conductivity TDS Resistivity Salinity Temperature ATC range (manual also) Accuracy Conductivity TDS Resistivity Salinity Temperature Calibration CU645-30 4510 0 to 199.9mS (0.01S to 0.1mS) 0 to 1999mS (1mS*) 0 to 199.9g/l (0.01mg/l to 0.1g/l) 0 to 1999g/l (1g/l*) 10 to 105C (+14 to 221F ) 0 to 100C (+32 to +212F) 0.5% 2 digits 0.5% 2 digits 0.5C (1F) On standard solutions 10S, 1413S,12.88mS or via cell constant adjustment 32 readings Analogue recorder Bi-directional RS232 LCD 55 x 210 x 250 0.85 CU650-30 4520 0 to 1999mS (0.001S to 1mS*) 0 to 19.99S (0.01S) 0 to 1999g/l (0.001mg/l to 1g/l*) 0 to 20MOhm (0.01) 0 to 99.9g/l (0.1) 10 to 105C (0.1C) (+14 to 221F ) 0 to 100C (+32 to +212F) 0.5% 2 digits 0.5% 2 digits 2% 2 digits 1g/l (0 to 35) 3g/l (rest of range) 0.5C (1F) 1, 2 or 3 point on standard solutions or via cell constant adjustment Adjustable calibration reminder settable from 1 to 999 hour intervals 500 readings Analogue recorder Bi-directional RS232 Infra-red data link (IrDA) 0 to 19.99S LCD graphics 55 x 210 x 250 0.85

Conductivity Meter Model 4510 As described. Supplied with swing-arm electrode holder and glass conductivity cell (K=1) with automatic temperature compensation, instruction manual and mains adapter. A 230V 50Hz supply is required for the adapter. CU645-30 Model 4510 0.00 ea XX Conductivity Meter Model 4520 As described. Supplied with swing-arm electrode holder and glass conductivity cell (K=1) with automatic temperature compensation, instruction manual and mains adapter. A 230V 50Hz supply is required for the adapter. CU650-30 Model 4520 0.00 ea XX Spares and Accessories CU652-06 Spare cell (K=1), glass 0.00 ea CU654-10 Accessory cell (K=0.1), 0.00 ea glass CU654-13 Accessory cell (K=10), 0.00 ea epoxy CU654-16 Accessory cell (K=1), 0.00 ea epoxy CU654-19 Accessory cell (K=0.1), 0.00 ea epoxy CU656-25 IrDA or serial 0.00 ea connection printer. Supplied with one roll of thermal paper, serial connection lead, power supply and power connection lead CU656-27 Thermal paper roll, pack 0.00 pk of 1 CU656-50 Serial interface 0.00 ea connection kit for connecting meters to the users PC CU656-52 Serial communication 0.00 ea software for downloading data from meters onto the users PC. Requires CU656-50 Calibration Standards Supplied in 500ml bottles CU658-05 10S standard CU658-08 1413S standard CU658-11 12.88mS standard

XX XX XX XX XX XX

XX XX

XX

Memory Outputs

Alarm points Display Dimensions H x W x D mm Weight kg *Only with cell constants >5.

0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

XX XX XX

CU645-30 in use

CU650-30 in use

179

conductivity
Pocket Salt Meter, Cardy SALT Horiba

Conductivity/pH meter Model 4330

N Simultaneous display of conductivity, pH and temperature N Enhanced LCD graphics display with 3-place pH resolution and 0.1mV resolution N Automatic temperature compensation N Analogue and RS232 outputs Ranges 0 to 1.999S 0 to 19.99S* 0 to 1999g/l 0 to 20Mohms 2 to 19.999 1999.9 to 1999.9mV 10 to 105C +14 to 220F 0 to 99.9ppm Resolution 0.001S 0.01S 0.001mg/l to 1g/l 0.01Mohms 0.1/0.01/0.001 1/0.lmV 0.1C 1F 0.1ppm

Ultra-slim, pocket meter for convenient salt testing with applications in the food, industrial and healthcare sectors. N Flat sensor requires minimal maintenance and is replaceable, only a drop of sample is required for measurement N Clear LCD readout gives direct NaCl reading N Does not require pH adjustment or manual conversion from sodium ion measurement N Excellent correlation with flame photometric method Catalogue No. Model Range Resolution PJ285-40 Cardy SALT 0.1 to 25 0.01 (0.1 to 0.99) 0.1 (1.0 to 9.9) 1.0 (10 to 25) 2-point using standard calibration solutions (0.5% and 5% NaCl) and STD/SLOPE adjustment trimmers +5 to +35 2 x 3V CR2025 batteries 95 x 55 x 9 40

Conductivity

pH mV Temperature Salinity (NaCl) Input impedance ATC range Outputs

%NaCl (w/w) %NaCl (w/w)

>1013ohms 0 to 100C (2 inputs) Bi-directional RS232C, Analogue output, Hi/Lo alarm outputs, open collector 0.5A 50V d.c. max, Electrode platinising socket applying 10V a.c. 0.05Hz 0 to 19.99S, 0 to 1999g/l, 2 to 19.999pH, 1999.9 to 1999.9mV 275 x 240 x 150 1.2

Calibration

Alarm points Dimensions L x W x D mm Weight kg

Sample temperature range Power Overall L x W x D Weight

C mm g

*Using accessory K=10 cell CU654-13. Conductivity/pH meter Jenway 4330 As described. Supplied with swing-arm electrode holder, glass conductivity cell (K=1) with ATC, glass pH electrode, pH4 and pH7 buffer capsules, instructions and mains adapter. A 230V 50Hz supply is required for the adapter. CU660-10 Model 4330 0.00 ea XX Spares and Accessories CU652-06 Spare cell (K=1), glass CU654-13 Accessory cell (K=10), epoxy PJ554-08 Spare pH electrode, glass CU656-20 Impact Printer, with charger. Requires a 110, 230V 50/60Hz supply CU656-22 Paper roll for CU656-20, supplied singly 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

Pocket Salt Meter, Cardy SALT, Horiba As described. Supplied with calibration solutions (0.5% and 5% NaCl), sample dropper, deionised water and sampling soak tape, instructions and batteries. PJ285-40 Cardy SALT 0.00 ea XX Spares PJ284-03 BL590-20 Spare sensor for PJ285-40 Spare battery, 3V (two required) 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

XX XX

XX XX XX XX XX

CU660-10

PJ285

180

conductivity
Conductivity Meter Model 541 Conductivity/pH Meter Model 542

N Simultaneous display of conductivity or TDS and temperature N Automatic temperature compensation with adjustable coefficient N Automatic two point calibration at zero and choice of 84S, 1413S, 12.88mS, 80mS N Data logging facility with 10 measurement memory and RS232 output port Conductivity 0 to 19.99S (0.01S) 20 to 199.9S (0.1S) 200 to 1999S (1S) 2 to 19.99mS (0.01mS) 20 to 199.9mS (0.1mS) TDS 0 to 19.99mg/l (0.01mg/l) 20 to 199.9mg/l (0.01mg/l) 200 to 1999mg/l (1mg/l) 2 to 19.99mg/l (0.01g/l) 20 to 199.9mg/l (0.1g/l)

High accuracy bench meter with dual display. The primary display indicates conductivity or TDS and temperature, the secondary indicates pH or mV and temperature. Ranges S 0 to 10/100/1000 mS 0 to 10/100/1000 g/l 0 to 100/1000 0.00 to 14.00 1999 to 1999 C 5 to 105.0 Resolution 0.01/0.1/1 0.01/0.1/1 0.01/0.1 0.01 1.00 0.1 Accuracy* 0.5% of full scale 0.01 1 0.4

Ranges (resolution)

Conductivity (autoranging) TDS (autoranging) pH mV Temperature ATC ranges

C 5 to 105.0 pH 0 to 80.0 at 0 to 10% per C coefficient conductivity

ATC range C Auto. cal. points Power Overall W x D x H mm Weight kg

0 to 80.0 at 10% per C coefficient 0 and either 84S, 1413S, 12.88mS, 80mS Accessory 9V d.c. mains adapter 265 x 190 x 65 0.8

Auto. cal. Conductivity 2 of 5 points selectable points pH 3 of 12 points selectable Datalogger memories Output Display Overall W x D x H mm Weight kg 20 RS232 with 2400 bits/second baud rate Dual LCD with graphic icon error codes 265 x 190 x 65 0.8

Conductivity meter Model M541 As described. Supplied with combined conductivity/ATC probe, 1 metre cable, electrode stand with arm, calibration standards and instruction manual. Without power adapter which is required for operation. CU675-20 Model M541 0.00 ea XX Spares and Accessories CU677-04 Spare conductivity/ATC probe CU677-90 Power adapter with UK plug for CU675-20. Requires a 230V 50Hz supply CU677-92 Power adapter with European plug for CU675-20. Requires a 230V 50Hz supply 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

*1 x last significant digit. Conductivity/pH Meter Model M542, Corning As described. Supplied with combined conductivity/ATC probe, 3-in-1 pH/reference/temperature probe both with 1 metre cables, two electrode arms, calibration sachets, RS232 output and instruction manual. Without power adapter which is required for operation. CU675-60 Model M542 0.00 ea XX Spares and accessories CU677-04 Spare conductivity/ATC carbon probe (0 to 1000mS) CU677-08 Accessory conductivity/ATC glass probe for extremely low range (0 to 500S) measurements CU677-12 Accessory conductivity/ATC glass probe for high range (0 to 500mS) measurements. Greater resistance to aggressive solvents than standard carbon probe CU677-90 Power adapter with UK plug for CU675-60. Requires a 230V 50Hz supply CU677-92 Power adapter with European plug for CU675-60. Requires a 230V 50Hz supply PH452-15 Spare 3-in-1 pH/ref./temp. probe, plastic bodied Calibration solutions Conductivity see CU596. pH see PH397. 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

XX XX XX

XX XX XX

RS232 Interface kit Comprises data acquisition software and interface cable for use with IBM compatible computers with 9 pin D serial port connector. CU609-30 RS232 Interface kit 0.00 ea XX Calibration solutions Supplied in packs of 10 sachets. CU596-04 12.88mS CU596-08 1413S CU596-12 84S CU596-16 80mS

0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

XX XX XX

0.00 pk 0.00 pk 0.00 pk 0.00 pk

XX XX XX XX

CU675-20

CU675-60

181

conductivity
Meter Module, Checkmate II As specified. Complete with RS232 interface, wrist strap, test plug, 2 x 1.5V AA batteries and soft carrying case. Without sensor. PH300-20 Meter module 475646 0.00 ea XX Conductivity/TDS sensor, Checkmate II As specified. 0 to 199.9mS (0 to 199.9g/l TDS) in five ranges. CU725-12 Conductivity/TDS Sensor 473019

Checkmate II Modular Meter System

A highly flexible and convenient hand-held instrument comprising meter module and separate plug-in sensors allowing the user to measure up to 8 parameters including pH, mV, ORP, ion, conductivity, TDS, temperature and dissolved oxygen. N Waterproof casing to IP67 standard protects the units electronics and allows the instrument to float in water N Datalogging facility with RS232 output stores up to 199 measurements for each parameter for subsequent downloading to a personal computer The conductivity measuring system uses a four-ring technology carbon probe and has automatic calibration and endpoint. Ranges 0 to 19.99 20 to 99.9 100 to 1999 2 to 9.99 10 to 199.9 0 to 9.99 10 to 99.9 100 to 999 1 to 9.99 10 to 99.9 0 to 50 145 x 59 x 49 186 x 59 x 49 400 Resolution 0.01 0.1 1 0.01 0.1 0.01 0.1 1 0.01 0.1 0.1 Accuracy 0.5%*

0.00 ea

XX

Conductivity/TDS Set, Checkmate II Comprising meter module PH300-20, sensor CU725-12, shorting plug, calibration solution sachets, 2 x 1.5V AA batteries, soft carrying case, wrist strap and instructions. CU725-50 Conductivity set 475634 0.00 ea XX CU725-62 Conductivity/pH Duo 473025 0.00 ea XX BL610-15 Spare 1.5V AA battery (2 required) 0.00 ea XX Conductivity/TDS and pH Duo sensor For simultaneous measurement of pH, conductivity and temperature, or mV, TDS and temperature in 5 ranges, 0 to 199.9mS (0 to 99.9g/l TDS) pH 0 to 14 and 0 to 1999.9mV. CU725-62 Cond./TDS and pH Duo sensor 473025 0.00 ea XX Conductivity/TDS and pH Duo set Comprising meter module PH300-20, sensor CU725-62, shorting plug, calibration and filling solutions, 2 x 1.5V AA batteries, soft carrying case, wrist strap and instructions. CU725-68 Cond./TDS and pH Duo set 475642 0.00 ea XX Calibration solutions Supplied in packs of 10 sachets. CU596-04 12.88mS CU596-08 1413S CU596-12 84S CU596-16 80mS Other Checkmate sensor modules can be found in the Dissolved and Water Testing sections:DT245-12 Dissolved Oxygen sensor PH305-12 pH Sensor WR650-14 Field system comprising Checkmate II meter module and three sensors in a carrying case WR650-25 6-parameter probe which measure temperature, pH/mV, conductivity/TDS and dissolved oxygen simultaneously

Conductivity

S S S mS mS mg/l mg/l mg/l g/l g/l

TDS (autoranging)

0.5%*

Temperature compensation C Overall W x D x H, meter module, mm sensor mm Weight g

0.5

*Accuracy stated is % of maximum range value, applying within each range.

0.00 pk 0.00 pk 0.00 pk 0.00 pk

XX XX XX XX

Oxygen, pH 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

XX XX XX XX

182

cork products, cotton wool

Cork
Corks, tapered Dimension given is the small end diameter. Pack quantities are approximate. Dia. mm CW300-06 CW300-08 CW300-10 CW300-12 CW300-14 CW300-16 CW300-18 CW300-19 CW300-22 CW300-25 CW300-29 CW300-32 CW300-35 CW300-38 CW300-42 CW300-45 CW300-48 CW300-50 CW300-70 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 19 22 25 29 32 35 38 42 45 48 50 Assorted Pack qty. 250 250 225 150 150 110 80 60 50 30 30 25 20 18 13 12 10 10 150 pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 pk (10+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

C
0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea
XX XX XX XX XX XX

Cotton Wool
Cork Rings, compressed For supporting flasks. Thickness 45mm. Supplied singly. o.d. x i.d. mm CW310-10 CW310-15 CW310-20 CW310-25 CW310-30 75 x 45 115 x 85 150 x 120 195 x 160 240 x 200 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX

For cleaning and plugging. Non Absorbent In rolls of 500g. CW500-10 White CW500-20 Green CW500-30 Blue CW500-40 Pink CW500-50 Red CW500-70 Yellow Absorbent Hospital Quality in rolls of 500g. CW505-10 White

Cork Borer Sets Nickel plated brass. Each set complete with push rod for cleaning. Sets of CW320-06 CW320-12 CW320-18 6 12 18 i.d. mm 4.1 to 10.3 4.1 to 17.8 4.1 to 25.3 set 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX

0.00 ea

XX

Alternative Cleaning and Sealing Materials see Cleaning and Sealing sections. Rubber Stoppers To BS2775. In Natural, Neoprene and Silicone Rubbers. Each stopper has a moulded-in number, corresponding to the measurement of the bottom diameter in millimetres. Sizes from 3 to 105mm. 1- and 2-hole versions available in natural rubber. see SW600/SW684 series in the Stopper section. Stoppers, Steristoppers Preformed cellulose plugs for sealing culture tubes and flasks. They are permeable to air and can be hot air sterilised up to 200C. All stoppers are tapered and the cellulose material will depress slightly to ensure a tight fit into the tube or neck. Length varies from approximately 30 to 60mm according to size. see SW536 series in the Stopper section.

Cork Boring Machine Heavy cast iron base with 90mm rubber pad to support stopper. The rotating shaft has a central hole which accommodates a push rod for clearing borers. Supplied complete with set of 15 interchangeable borers from 3mm to 25mm i.d. Spare sets are also available. CW322-40 Cork boring machine 0.00 ea XX CW322-42 Spare borers, set 0.00 set XX Cork Borer Sharpener Suitable for all borers CW320/CW322 series. CW325-10 Sharpener 0.00 ea

XX

CW300

CW320

CW325

CW310

CW322

CW500 in use

183

C
Tally

counters
Totalising
Totalising Counters, multiple bank Bench mounting. In anodised aluminium case with coloured keys. Each counter window shows three digits and above each window is provision for labelling. When any key is pressed its corresponding count increases by one and the overall total count increases by one. The counter locks at a total count of 100 so that each window displays percentage values. For counting beyond 100 a press button is provided to release the lock. Side knobs are provided to reset to zero. 6-unit counter (5 counting plus totaliser). Overall 225 x 70 x 30mm. CW650-10 6-unit 0.00 ea XX 9-unit counter (8 counting plus totaliser). Overall 300 x 70 x 30mm. CW650-20 9-unit 0.00 ea XX

Colony, Revolution
Colony Counters For counting bacterial colonies. Hand-held or bench mounting models see CR270/CR315 series in Colony Counter section. Blood cell counting chambers see CM175/CM180 in Clinical section. Counting slides for use with light microscopes see ML200/ML250 in Microscopy section. Parts counting balances and scales see balance section. Revolution Counters for measuring speed of rotating equipment, digital reading, hand-held see TA870 in Tachometer section.

Simple to use manually operated counters with a wide range of applications including: N Bacteria colony counting N Particle counting N Biology population studies N Gemstone counting N Parts counting Tally Counter, lever action Hand held 4-digit counter up to 9999, push lever and manual reset in chromed metal case. CW608-10 Tally Counter 0.00 ea XX Tally Counters, push button action 4-digit counter up to 9999, thumb push button and manual reset. Available as either hand held with retaining cord or with bracket and clip for bench mounting. CW610-10 Hand held 0.00 ea XX CW610-20 Bench mounting 0.00 ea XX Tally Counters, multiple bank All counters register to 4-digits and have individual push buttons. The lever resets all counters to zero simultaneously. CW620-20 2-bank 0.00 ea XX CW620-30 3-bank 0.00 ea XX CW620-40 4-bank 0.00 ea XX

CW608-10

CW620-40

CW610-10

CW650-10, CW650-20 is similar

184

crucibles
Glass
All dimensions and capacities for crucibles are nominal. Pyrex Glass Gooch pattern with sintered disc for analytical work where precipitates have to be dried to constant mass at 110C. The crucibles can be placed directly into an oven up to 150C and then left to cool in a desiccator. Ref. Porosity ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (5+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX

C
ea (10+) 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX

Adapter Funnels, Pyrex For Gooch crucibles. Stem o.d. 9mm, length 75mm. Dimensions given are open end i.d. x height excluding stem. Require rubber adapter to mount the crucible. Ref. CX120-20 CX120-30 CX120-40 3690/02M 3690/04M 3690/08M For disc dia. mm 20 30 40 Dia. x ht. mm 31 x 60 40 x 68 47 x 78 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00

20mm disc; height 45mm, capacity 10ml CX100-10 3650/02M 1 CX100-20 3650/04M 2 CX100-30 3650/06M 3 CX100-40 3650/08M 4 30mm disc; height 53mm, capacity 30ml CX102-10 3660/02M 1 CX102-20 3660/04M 2 CX102-30 3660/06M 3 CX102-40 3660/08M 4 CX102-50 3660/10M 5 40mm disc; height 65mm, capacity 60ml CX104-10 3680/02M 1 CX104-20 3680/04M 2 CX104-30 3680/06M 3 CX104-40 3680/08M 4 CX104-50 3680/10M 5

Rubber Cones For filter crucibles. Dimensions given are large end x small end i.d. Dimensions mm CX125-14 CX125-18 CX125-24 CX125-27 20 x 14 27 x 18 33 x 24 42 x 27 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (10+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX

XX XX XX XX XX

Drying ovens - see Ovens section.

XX XX XX XX XX

Quickfit filtration funnels - see Quickfit section. Sintered discs - see Filtration section.

CX104 with CX120 and CX125 in use

185

C
Metal
Nickel Without lid. CX200-25 CX200-30 CX200-35 CX200-40 CX200-50 CX200-60

crucibles
Porcelain
Zirconium Without lid. Dia. x ht. mm 25 x 25 30 x 30 35 x 35 40 x 40 50 x 50 60 x 60 Cap. ml 10 15 25 30 70 130 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (10+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX

Dia. x ht. mm CX250-10 CX250-13 CX250-16 CX250-19 CX250-22 CX250-25 CX250-28 CX250-31 CX250-38 25 x 25 30 x 25 35 x 30 38 x 38 40 x 40 45 x 38 45 x 39 45 x 40 48 x 45

Cap. ml 10 15 25 30 35 40 45 50 70

ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Porcelain Crucibles All dimensions and capacities are nominal. Diameter given is at the rim. Maximum operating temperature 1100C. Dia. x ht. mm Low Form without lid CX348-12 30 x 19 CX348-16 35 x 22 CX348-22 40 x 25 CX348-27 CX348-33 CX348-36 45 x 28 60 x 38 70 x 44 Cap. ml 6 11 15 25 50 85 5 10 15 20 49 100 10 25 35 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX

Accessory lids for CX200- crucibles Nickel, peak form. For crucible CX202-25 CX202-30 CX202-35 CX202-40 CX202-50 CX202-60 CX200-25 CX200-30 CX200-35 CX200-40 CX200-50 CX200-60 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (10+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX

Accessory lids for CX250- crucibles Zirconium. For crucible CX252-11 CX252-15 CX252-19 CX252-23 CX252-27 CX252-33 CX252-42 CX250-10 CX250-13 CX250-16 CX250-19 CX250-22 CX250-25, -28, -31 CX250-38 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Medium Form without lid CX357-12 25 x 20 CX357-16 30 x 25 CX357-22 35 x 28 CX357-26 CX357-36 CX357-48 40 x 32 50 x 40 63 x 55

XX XX XX XX XX XX

Platinum with plain rim Without lid. Weight given is approximate. Dia. x ht. mm CX240-25 CX240-35 CX240-40 34 x 38 38 x 43 46 x 37 Cap. ml 25 35 40 Weight g 20 28 32 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX

Gooch Form without lid CX400-40 27 x 30 CX400-48 35 x 40 CX400-60 41 x 43 Crucible Lids CX348 CX415-22 CX415-28 CX415-34 CX415-37 CX415-40 CX415-43 CX415-52 CX415-58 CX415-64 -12 -16 -22 -27 -33 -36

XX XX XX

For crucibles CX357 CX400 -12 -16 -22 -26 -36 -48 -40 -48 -60

ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

CX200 with CX202

CX250 with CX252

CX240 in use

186

crucibles
Silica
Silica Crucibles and Capsules 99.8% SiO2. Can be used up to 1050C continuously and 1300C for short periods. Inert to most substances except alkalies and some metallic oxides. All products are glazed and translucent. All dimensions and capacities are nominal. Low Form Crucibles without lid Dia. x ht. mm CX505-10 CX505-14 CX505-18 CX505-22 CX505-26 CX505-30 CX505-34 29 x 19 38 x 19 41 x 25 47 x 28 57 x 37 67 x 45 82 x 51 Cap. ml 5 10 15 25 50 80 150 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.0000 0.00 ea (10+) 10.0065 110.0019 110.0065 120.0031 130.0017 180.0005 220.0008
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

C
ea (10+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX

Dia. x ht. mm Broad Base Crucibles without lid CX522-18 41 x 24 CX522-22 48 x 27 CX522-26 57 x 37 Circular Capsules without lid CX532-10 40 x 15 CX532-14 48 x 15 CX532-16 53 x 13 CX532-18 CX532-22 CX532-26 CX532-30 CX532-34 CX532-36 54 x 15 69 x 15 56 x 28 78 x 18 75 x 28 87 x 28

Cap. ml 15 25 40 10 20 20 25 35 45 50 80 100 20 35

ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Lids for Low Form Crucibles CX505 only. For crucibles CX507-10 CX507-14 CX507-22 CX507-26 CX507-30 CX507-34 CX505-10 CX505-14, -18 CX505-22 CX505-26 CX505-30 CX505-34 ea 0.00 0.000 0.00 0.00 0.000 0.00 ea (10+) 10.0066 110.0012 110.0065 120.0027 130.0049 150.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX

Circular Capsules with lid CX542-14 54 x 12 CX542-22 75 x 12 Rectangular Capsules, without lid LxWxH mm CX552-10 CX552-14 CX552-18 60 x 28 x 12 68 x 39 x 12 52 x 42 x 18

XX XX

Cap. ml 10 20 25

ea 0.00 0.00 0.00

ea (10+) 0.00 0.00 0.00

XX XX XX

Tall Form Crucibles without lid Dia. x ht. mm CX515-10 CX515-14 CX515-18 CX515-22 CX515-26 27 x 32 35 x 38 43 x 39 51 x 51 76 x 81 Cap. ml 10 20 30 50 200 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (10+) 140.0084 160.0064 160.0064 20.006 290.0041
XX XX XX XX XX

Crucibles, coking CX582-10 25 x 38mm with projections CX582-15 25 x 38mm plain CX582-50 Lid for above CX582-55 Plunger for above Silica basins see BF802/BF812. Silica furnace trays see TT402/TT405.

0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

ea ea ea ea

0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

ea (10+) ea (10+) ea (10+) ea (10+)

XX XX XX XX

Lids for Tall Form Crucibles CX515 only. For crucibles CX517-10 CX517-14 CX517-18 CX517-22 CX517-26 CX515-10 CX515-14 CX515-18 CX515-22 CX515-26 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (10+) 10.0066 10.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX

187

cryogenic storage

Portable Liquid Nitrogen Refrigerators

Statebourne Bio series Designed for the storage of biological specimens in straws or ampoules, when charged with liquid nitrogen. N Lightweight, toughened aluminium construction N High efficiency insulated vacuum system ensures dependable performance N N Choice of longer holding time or larger capacity models available Accessory Cryoguard alarm gives low liquid nitrogen level warning

N Inner canisters provided to hold 0.25ml straws, or 1.2ml/2ml ampoules in canes Specifications:Model Capacity litres 0.25ml straws 1.2/2ml ampoules mm litres days mm mm kg Bio 2 2 360 3 120 x 25 0.08 25 32 390 x 185 3 Bio 3 3 1200 6 120 x 38 0.11 27 51 464 x 216 4.3 Bio 8 8 1200 6 120 x 38 0.10 80 51 475 x 407 8.6 Bio 10 10 2400* 180* 6 120 x 38 0.10 100 51 640 x 305 7.9

Inner canisters supplied Canister, height x diameter Static evaporation rate, per day Static holding time Neck diameter Overall height x diameter Weight, empty Specifications:Model Capacity

litres 0.25ml straws 1.2/2ml ampoules mm litres days mm mm kg

Bio 20 20 2400* 180* 6 275 x 38 0.10 200 51 640 x 407 11.1

Bio 34 34 9840 684 6 275 x 69 0.19 189 89 710 x 480 17.8

Bio 35 35 2400* 180* 6 275 x 38 0.10 350 51 730 x 480 18.6

Bio 36 36 16400 1020 10 275 x 73 0.32 120 120 710 x 480 19.1

Inner canisters supplied Canister, height x diameter Static evaporation rate, per day Static holding time Neck diameter Overall height x diameter Weight, empty * Using accessory 280mm high canisters.

Portable Liquid Nitrogen Refrigerators As described. Supplied with inner canisters as indicated. Without liquid nitrogen charge, straws, ampoules or canes. CX800-10 Refrigerator Bio 2 0.00 ea XX CX800-30 Refrigerator Bio 20 0.00 ea XX CX800-15 Refrigerator Bio 3 0.00 ea XX CX800-35 Refrigerator Bio 34 0.00 ea XX CX800-20 Refrigerator Bio 8 0.00 ea XX CX800-40 Refrigerator Bio 35 0.00 ea XX CX800-25 Refrigerator Bio 10 0.00 ea XX CX800-45 Refrigerator Bio 36 0.00 ea XX

Spares and accessories Canisters With lifting handle. Canister height, mm CX805-10 CX805-15 CX805-20 CX805-25 CX805-27 CX805-30 CX805-32 CX805-35 CX805-40 CX805-42 CX805-45 125 125 125 125 280 125 280 280 125 280 280 For refrigerator Bio 2 Bio 3 Bio 8 Bio 10 Bio 10 Bio 20 Bio 20 Bio 34 Bio 35 Bio 35 Bio 36 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Cryoguard Low Level Alarm Battery operated. With adjustable depth probe. An audible alarm sounds when the liquid nitrogen level falls below the point set by the user. Supplied with battery. CX807-10 Cryoguard alarm 0.00 ea XX Vials see TP445, TP453. Canes see TP453-60.

188

cryogenic storage
Bulk Storage Liquid Nitrogen Refrigerators
Statebourne Biostor series For high capacity storage of biological specimens in straws or ampoules, when charged with liquid nitrogen. N Stainless steel construction N Capacity 55 to 336 litres N Full width access lid N Accessory straw and ampoule storage systems maximise capacity N Biostor 10 and Biostor 20 conveniently mounted on castors for easy mobility Model Capacity Static evaporation rate, per day BST5 55 2.9 19 513 x 406 777 x 460 28 BST10 138 4 35 677 x 510 993 x 605 74 BST20 336 8 42 788 x 690 1026 x 883 140

C
BST20 17 13 11 100 22200 18700 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea
XX XX XX XX XX XX

Vial Storage Systems for 1.2ml/2ml Cryogenic ampoules Aluminium rack and drawer system with dividers. Choice of version allowing use with either liquid or vapour phase nitrogen. For Model No. of segments Drawers per segment, liquid phase vapour phase Vials per drawer Total vial capacity CX816-15 CX816-17 CX816-25 CX816-27 CX816-35 CX816-37 liquid phase vapour phase BST5 6 9 7 98 5292 4116 BST10 8 13 11 104 10816 9152

litres litres

For BST5 with liquid phase LN2 For BST5 with vapour phase LN2 For BST10 with liquid phase LN2 For BST10 with vapour phase LN2 For BST20 with liquid phase LN2 For BST20 with vapour phase LN2

Static holding time days Internal depth x diameter mm Overall depth x diameter mm Weight kg

Vials see TP445, TP453.

Bulk Storage Liquid Nitrogen Refrigerators As described. Supplied empty without liquid nitrogen charge, straws or ampoules. CX810-15 Refrigerator BST5 0.00 ea XX CX810-25 Refrigerator BST10 0.00 ea XX CX810-35 Refrigerator BST20 0.00 ea XX Storage Systems for 0.25ml/0.5ml straws Thermoplastic goblets and canisters with goblet lifters. For Model No. of canisters Goblets per canister Max. straw capacity BST10 40 4 131200 58400 BST20 98 5 401800 178850 0.00 ea 0.00 ea
XX XX

Dry Shipper, Biotrek 3

Dry Shipper, Biotrek 3 For transportation of biological samples and specimens at cryogenic temperatures when charged with liquid nitrogen. Lightweight, toughened aluminium casing and liner with sealed vacuum and multilayer insulation. An internal absorbent layer at the base of the liner prevents accidental spillage of liquid nitrogen during movement. Capacity 3 litres. Neck diameter 51mm. Static evaporation rate 0.15 litres per day. Supplied with carrying handle, canister 275 x 38mm height x diameter, low loss neck plug and lock hasp. CX820-40 Dry Shipper, Biotrek 3 0.00 ea XX CX820-75 Tote bag for Biotrek 3 0.00 ea XX

0.25ml 0.50ml

CX813-25 CX813-35

Straw storage system for BST10 Straw storage system for BST20

CX810-series, with accessories

CX820-40

189

cryoware
CryoBoxes Polycarbonate. For ultra-low temperature storage of vials. Identification numbers on box and lid are keyed so that grid numbers match. Ref. Array ea ea (qty+) 0.00 (8+) 0.00 (4+) 0.00 (4+)
XX XX XX

CryoVials/CryoCanes/CryoBoxes and Racks

CryoBox Racks Stainless steel. For CryoBox TP453-40 Cat. No. Shelves TP455-50 TP455-53 TP455-50 4 Ref. 5035-0004 Ref. 5035-0009 TP455-53 9 0.00 ea 0.00 ea
XX XX

Cryovials Polypropylene with polyethylene closure. Skirted and self-standing. With marking area and fill line. Sterilised by irradiation. Ref. 5000TP453-10 TP453-13 TP453-15 0012 0020 0050 Cap. Pack ml qty. 1.2 2 5 500 500 250 pk 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX

TP453-40 5025-0505 5 x 5 0.00 TP453-45 5026-0909 9 x 9 0.00 TP453-47 5027-0909 9 x 9 0.00

For CryoBox TP453-45 Full details of these products and a wide range of associated accessories will be found in the Tissue Culture Section of this catalogue. Cat. No. Shelves TP455-60 TP455-63 TP455-60 4 Ref. 5036-0004 Ref. 5036-0009 TP455-63 9 0.00 ea 0.00 ea
XX XX

CryoCane Aluminium. Holds five cryovials for storage in Dewar-type liquid nitrogen freezers. Ref. TP453-60 5015-0001 ea ea (qty+) 0.00 0.00 (12+)
XX

Ice and dry ice carriers, Igloo see Ice section. Ultra-low freezers see RG400.

For CryoBox TP453-47 Cat. No. Shelves TP455-70 TP455-73 TP455-76 TP455-70 2 Ref. 5037-0002 Ref. 5037-0004 Ref. 5037-0007 -73 4 -76 7 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea
XX XX XX

CryoSleeve Transparent PVC. For enclosing cane. Ref. TP453-65 5016-0001 ea ea (qty+) 0.00 0.00 (100+)
XX

190

cylinders
Glass with Spout, Class B
All cylinders comply with BS604, ISO4788 (and DIN 12680 where indicated). Capacity ml 5 10 25 50 100 250 500 1000 2000 Subdivisions, ml 0.1 0.2 0.5 1 1 2 5 10 20 CY140-14 CY140-18 CY140-22 CY140-26 CY140-30 Cylinders, Pyrex borosilicate With detachable plastic foot. White enamel graduations and inscriptions. Class B. Ref. 3205/04 3205/06 3205/08 3205/10 3205/12 Cap. ml 10 25 50 100 250 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (2+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX

C
ea (2+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX

Cylinders, Heavy Duty, Pyrex borosilicate To DIN 12680. Heavy duty, with spout, reinforced rim, thick wall and robust hexagonal foot. Blue enamel graduations and inscriptions. Class B. Ref. CY164-22 CY164-26 CY164-30 CY164-34 CY164-38 CY164-42 3280-50 3280-100 3280-250 3280-500 3280-1L 3280-2L Cap. ml 50 100 250 500 1000 2000 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

Spare bodies for CY140-series Ref. CY142-14 CY142-18 CY142-22 CY142-26 CY142-30 3205/05 3205/07 3205/09 3205/11 3205/13 For cylinder ml ea 10 25 50 100 250 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (2+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX

Cylinders, MBL soda-lime* To DIN 12680. With spout and glass foot. Blue enamel graduations and inscriptions. Class B. Ref. CY100-10 CY100-14 CY100-18 CY100-22 CY100-26 CY100-30 CY100-34 CY100-38 CY100-42 CRC000P CRC002P CRC004P CRC006P CRC008P CRC010P CRC012P CRC014P CRC016P Cap. ml 5 10 25 50 100 250 500 1000* 2000* ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (2+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Cylinders, E-MIL soda-lime* To DIN 12680. With spout and glass foot. Amber stain graduations and inscriptions. Class B. Ref. CY170-10 CY170-14 CY170-18 CY170-22 CY170-26 CY170-30 CY170-34 CY170-38 CY170-42 G160P G175P G158P G161P G156P G154P G153P G152P G151P Cap. ml 5 10 25 50 100 250 500 1000* 2000* ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (2+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Spare feet for CY140-series Ref. CY144-14 CY144-18 CY144-22 CY144-26 CY144-30 4500/00 4500/01 4500/02 4500/04 4500/06 For cylinder ml ea 10 25 50 100 250 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (10+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX

*Borosilicate glass.

Cylinders, Pyrex borosilicate To DIN 12680. With spout and hexagonal glass foot. White enamel graduations and inscriptions. Class B. Ref. CY160-10 CY160-14 CY160-18 CY160-22 CY160-26 CY160-30 CY160-34 CY160-38 CY160-42 3200/02 3200/04 3200/06 3200/08 3200/10 3200/12 3200/14 3200/16 3200/18 Cap. ml 5 10 25 50 100 250 500 1000 2000 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (2+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

*Borosilicate glass. Class A cylinders with spout see next page.

CY100

CY140

CY160

CY164

CY170

191

cylinders
Cylinders, E-MIL soda-lime* To DIN 12680. With spout and glass foot. Amber stain graduations and inscriptions. Class A Conformity Certified. Ref. CY177-10 CY177-14 CY177-18 CY177-22 CY177-26 CY177-30 CY177-34 CY177-38 CY177-42 G160A G175A G158A G161A G156A G154A G153A G152A G151A Cap. ml 5 10 25 50 100 250 500 1000* 2000* ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (2+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Glass with Spout, Class A

All cylinders comply with BS604, ISO4788 (and DIN 12680 where indicated). Cylinders, Pyrex borosilicate To DIN 12680. With spout and hexagonal glass foot. White enamel graduations and inscriptions. Class A Conformity Certified. Ref. CY165-10 CY165-14 CY165-18 CY165-22 CY165-26 CY165-30 CY165-34 CY165-38 CY165-42 3201/02 3201/04 3201/06 3201/08 3201/10 3201/12 3201/14 3201/16 3201/18 Cap. ml 5 10 25 50 100 250 500 1000 2000 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (2+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Cylinders, Blaubrand To DIN 12680. With spout and hexagonal foot. Graduations and inscriptions in highly contrasting blue enamel. Ring marked at the main points. Class A Conformity Certified. Cap. ml Duran borosilicate glass CY235-10 5 CY235-14 10 CY235-18 25 CY235-22 CY235-26 CY235-30 CY235-34 CY235-38 CY235-42 * With circular foot. 50 100 250 500 1000 2000* ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (2+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

*Borosilicate glass. Cylinders, works certified, E-MIL soda-lime* Generally as CY177-series but individually engraved with a serial number and supplied with works certificate. Ref. Cap. ml 5 10 25 50 100 250 500 1000* 2000* ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (2+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Conformity Certified Indicated by the symbol H shows that the product has been manufactured under quality control procedures according to Eichordnung the German Federal Weights and Measures Regulations. Provided the instrument is used with the recommended accessories and in accordance with the supplied instructions the manufacturer certifies conformity with annex 12 of the Eichordnung.

CY180-10 CY180-14 CY180-18 CY180-22 CY180-26 CY180-30 CY180-34 CY180-38 CY180-42

G160WC G175WC G158WC G161WC G156WC G154WC G153WC G152WC G151WC

*Borosilicate glass.

CY165

CY177, CY180 are similar

CY235

192

cylinders
Glass with Stopper, Class B
All cylinders comply with BS604, ISO4788 (and DIN 12685 where indicated). Cylinders, MBL soda-lime* To DIN 12685. With interchangeable polyethylene stopper and glass foot. Blue enamel graduations and inscriptions. Class B. Ref. CY250-10 CY250-14 CY250-18 CY250-22 CY250-26 CY250-30 CY250-34 CY250-38 CY250-42 CRC018P CRC020P CRC022P CRC024P CRC026P CRC028P CRC030P CRC032P CRC034P Cap. ml 5 10 25 50 100 250 500 1000* 2000* Stopper 10/19 10/19 14/23 19/26 24/29 29/32 34/35 45/40 45/40 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (2+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

C
ea (2+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX

Cylinders, Pyrex borosilicate With interchangeable polyethylene stopper and detachable plastic foot. White enamel graduations and inscriptions. Class B. Ref. CY260-18 CY260-22 CY260-26 CY260-30 3215/06 3215/08 3215/10 3215/12 Cap. ml 25 50 100 250 Stopper 14/23 19/26 24/29 29/32 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

Spare bodies for CY260-series Ref. CY262-18 CY262-22 CY262-26 CY262-30 3215/07 3215/09 3215/11 3215/13 For cylinder ml 25 50 100 250 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (2+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX

*Borosilicate glass. Cylinders, MBL borosilicate To DIN 12685. With interchangeable polyethylene stopper and hexagonal glass foot. Blue enamel graduations and inscriptions. Class B. Ref. CY257-14 CY257-18 CY257-22 CY257-26 CY257-30 CY257-34 CY257-38 CY257-42 CRC302 CRC304 CRC306 CRC308 CRC310 CRC312 CRC314 CRC316 Cap. ml 10 25 50 100 250 500 1000 2000 Stopper 10/19 14/23 19/26 24/29 29/32 34/35 45/40 45/40 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (2+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX

Spare feet for CY260-series Ref. CY144-18 CY144-22 CY144-26 CY144-30 4500/01 4500/02 4500/04 4500/06 For cylinder ml 25 50 100 250 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (10+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX

continued on next page

XX XX XX XX

CY250

CY257

CY260

193

cylinders
Cylinders, Blaubrand To DIN12685 part 2. With hexagonal base and square grip polypropylene stopper. Duran glass. Graduations and inscriptions in highly contrasting blue enamel. Ring marked at the main points. Class A Conformity Certified. Cap. ml Duran borosilicate glass CY334-14 10 CY334-18 25 CY334-22 50 CY334-26 100 CY334-30 CY334-34 CY334-38 250 500* 1000* Stopper ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Glass with Stopper, Class B continued Glass with Stopper, Class A

All cylinders comply with BS604, ISO4788 (and DIN 12680 or 12685 where indicated). Cylinders, E-MIL soda-lime* To DIN 12685. With interchangeable polyethylene stopper and glass foot. Amber stain graduations and inscriptions. Class B. Ref. CY270-10 CY270-14 CY270-18 CY270-22 CY270-26 CY270-30 CY270-34 CY270-38 CY270-42 G10P G25P G8P G11P G6P G4P G3P G2P G1P Cap. ml 5 10 25 50 100 250 500 1000* 2000* Stopper 10/19 10/19 14/23 19/26 24/29 29/32 34/35 45/40 45/40 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (2+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

10/19 14/23 19/26 24/29 29/32 34/35 45/40

* Have octagonal stopper. Spare stoppers see Stoppers section.

*Borosilicate glass. Cylinders, Pyrex borosilicate To DIN 12680. With interchangeable hollow glass stopper and glass foot. White enamel graduations and inscriptions. Class B. Ref. CY280-14 CY280-18 CY280-22 CY280-24 CY280-30 CY280-34 CY280-38 CY280-42 3211/04 3211/06 3211/08 3211/10 3211/12 3211/14 3211/16 3211/18 Cap. ml 10 25 50 100 250 500 1000 2000 Stopper 10/19 14/23 19/26 24/29 29/32 34/35 45/40 45/40 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (2+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Conformity Certified Indicated by the symbol H shows that the product has been manufactured under quality control procedures according to Eichordnung the German Federal Weights and Measures Regulations. Provided the instrument is used with the recommended accessories and in accordance with the supplied instructions the manufacturer certifies conformity with annex 12 of the Eichordnung.

CY270

CY280

CY334

194

cylinders
Plastic with Spout, Class B

Cylinders, P.M.P. (TPX) To ISO6706:1981. Class B. Transparent, strong and lightweight. Can be used up to 121C. Date stamped for traceability. With spout, hexagonal fixed base and a choice of moulded or blue printed graduations. Ref. Moulded graduations CY600-14 CT0010P CY600-18 CT0025P CY600-22 CT0050P CY600-26 CT0100P CY600-30 CY600-34 CY600-38 CY600-42 CT0250P CT0500P CT1000P CT2000P Cap. ml 10 25 50 100 250 500 1000 2000 10 25 50 100 250 500 1000 2000 Subdiv. ml 0.2 0.5 1 1 2 5 10 20 0.2 0.5 1 1 2 5 10 20 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (qty+) 0.00 (10+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (10+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (5+)
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Cylinders, polypropylene To ISO6706:1981. Class B. Clear polypropylene, autoclavable to 121C repeatedly, without loss of tolerance. Date stamped for traceability. With spout, hexagonal fixed base and a choice of moulded or blue printed graduations. Ref. Moulded graduations CY614-14 CP0010P CY614-18 CP0025P CY614-22 CP0050P CY614-26 CP0100P CY614-30 CY614-34 CY614-38 CY614-42 CP0250P CP0500P CP1000P CP2000P Cap. ml 10 25 50 100 250 500 1000 2000 10 25 50 100 250 500 1000 2000 Subdiv. ml 0.2 0.5 1 1 2 5 10 20 0.2 0.5 1 1 2 5 10 20 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (qty+) 0.00 (10+) 0.00 (10+) 0.00 (10+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (10+) 0.00 (10+) 0.00 (10+) 0.00 (5+)
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Printed graduations CY605-14 CTB0010P CY605-18 CTB0025P CY605-22 CTB0050P CY605-26 CTB0100P CY605-30 CY605-34 CY605-38 CY605-42 CTB0250P CTB0500P CTB1000P CTB2000P

XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Printed graduations CY618-14 CPB0010P CY618-18 CPB0025P CY618-22 CPB0050P CY618-26 CPB0100P CY618-30 CY618-34 CY618-38 CY618-42 CPB0250P CPB0500P CPB1000P CPB2000P

XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Plastic measuring cylinders with spout, Class A see next page.

CY600,CY614 are similar

CY618, CY605 are similar

195

cylinders
Glass Distillation Receiver BS658
Glass Distillation Receiver Type 1 Crow pattern. Pyrex glass. Class B. 100ml capacity. To BS658. Ref. ea 0.00 ea (2+) 0.00
XX

Plastic with Spout, Class A

N To DIN 12681 Class A tolerances N Transparent PMP (TPX) with printed blue graduations N Supplied with batch conformity certificate and individually serial numbered N Remain in tolerance after repeated wash and autoclave (121C) cycles N Stable, hexagonal, fixed base with anti-suction feature As described. With spout, hexagonal base and blue printed graduations. Supplied with batch conformity certificate in packs as indicated. Ref. CY625-14 CY625-18 CY625-22 CY625-26 CY625-30 CY625-34 CY625-38 CY625-42 CTA0010P CTA0025P CTA0050P CTA0100P CTA0250P CTA0500P CTA1000P CTA2000P Cap. ml 10 25 50 100 250 500 1000 2000 Subdiv. ml 0.02 0.05 1 1 2 5 10 20 Pack qty. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

CY750-10

3400/04

Condensers, Pyrex With 13mm screwthread olives for hose connection. Type DT980-10 DT980-15 DT980-20 DT980-25 DT980-30 Liebig Allihn Graham Thorpe Davies Effective length, mm 400 400 250 200 200 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (2+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX

Full details of these condensers are given in the Distillation section. Flasks, Pyrex 1280/1290 series Distillation. Side arm set at 75 to vertical axis and positioned to suit a 76mm partial immersion thermometer. Ref. General purpose FK525-26 1280/08 FK525-30 1280/10 FK525-35 1280/14 Cap. ml 150 250 500 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (5+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX

To ASTM E133 FK527-24 1290/02 100 FK527-26 1290/04 125* FK527-30 1290/06 250 *The 125ml capacity complies with IP123. Distillation Assembly see Petroleum section.

XX XX XX

CY625

CY750

196

dairy testing
Dairy Testing
Butyrometers, BS696 Glass with plain neck. Sample DA150-10 DA150-15 DA150-20 DA150-25 DA150-38 DA150-42 10.94ml milk, 8% 10.94ml skim milk, 4% 5g cream, 70% 3g cheese, 40% Lock stopper Lock stopper key ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (10+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX

Gerber Centrifuges
Gerber Centrifuge, Universal Highly flexible, easy to use, dairy testing centrifuge with push-button operation and LCD display. N Speed range 200 to 1100rpm N Four, pre-selectable, precisely monitored speeds for specific tests: Gerber fat test using butyrometers (350xg) Solubility index test in milk powders (164xg) Fat extraction according to Mojonnier (80xg) N 0 to 255 minute timer with automatic brake at end of timed period N Safety features include lid interlock and imbalance detector N Accessory chamber heating available with precise control up to +65C and preheating facility
XX

Hydrometer, Lactometer BS734. Range 1.025 to 1.035g/ml. Overall length approximately 230mm. DA210-10 Lactometer 0.00 ea Reductase Tubes Soda-lime. 150 x 16mm. Graduations at, ml DA220-10 DA220-14 DA220-18 DA220-22 10 2.5 and 10 5 and 10 7 and 10 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (100+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

As described. With robust steel outer casing, lid with interlock and LCD display of speed, time (and temperature when option fitted). Overall 640 x 640 x 450mm W x D x H. Weight 47kg. For 230V 50/60Hz single phase supplies. Without rotor, buckets or heating module. DA450-30 Universal centrifuge 0.00 ea XX Accessories DA454-10 Heating module. For precise heating up to 65C. For 230V supplies. FACTORY FITTED. MUST BE ORDERED WITH THE CENTRIFUGE DA454-15 Universal rotor, swing-out, 12 place, without buckets Buckets for rotor DA454-15 Stainless steel. Supplied singly. DA454-25 Butyrometer bucket, 26mm i.d. DA454-27 Solubility Index tube bucket, 31mm i.d. DA454-29 Mojonnier bucket with holder 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

XX XX XX XX

XX

XX

Sampling Dippers see BS216-35/BS216-40 in the Bottles section and SD100 series in the Sampling section.

0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

XX XX XX

Gerber Centrifuge, Micro II For small-scale determination of fat levels in milk and dairy products. Fixed speed, providing 350xg r.c.f. with automatic brake. Microprocessor controlled, with digital setting and readout of time (0 to 60 minutes) and chamber temperature (ambient +5 to +65C) with selectable preheating. Supplied with rotor to hold 8 x butyrometer tubes, steel outer casing and lid interlock which prevents opening whilst the rotor is spinning. Overall 430 x 460 x 280mm W x D x H. Weight 20kg. For 230V 50Hz single phase supplies. DA460-10 Micro II centrifuge 0.00 ea XX Solubility Index and Mojonnier tubes are available details on request.

DA150-10

DA210

DA220-10

DA450-30

DA460-10

197

deionisers

Laboratory Deionisers

ELGA
Cope-Elga Vision Deionisers N High quality water instantly available N Simple to install wall mounting N Colour change resin N Supplied with dispensing spout N Hand held dispensing gun accessory on flexible lead Cope-Elga Vision Deionisers provide quality water as and when it is required. The need for elaborate and costly storage is eliminated. Just turn on the mains water tap and take off the water instantly either through the top dispensing spout or the accessory hand held dispensing gun. The resin changes colour when the cartridge is exhausted. Model Max. Flow rate l/h Max. Input pressure psi Mains water connection Typical water quality S/cm Typical output, water areas Hard (400-500ppm) litres Mid (100-300ppm) litres Soft (40-80ppm) litres Overall dimensions H x W x D mm Weight kg Vision 125 Vision 250 60 60 90 (6 bar) 90 (6 bar) 0.5" BSP hosetail both models 0.1 to 10 both models 80 to 100 150 to 400 500 to 900 385 x 92 x 100 2.5 170 to 200 300 to 800 1100 to 1900 660 x 92 x 100 4.2

Vision Deionisers, Cope-Elga With colour change cartridge and dispensing spout. DB030-10 Vision 125 DB030-20 Vision 250 Spare Cartridges DB030-60 For Vision 125 DB030-65 For Vision 250 Accessory for both models DB030-80 Hand held dispensing gun on flexible lead

0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

XX XX

XX XX

XX

Water Purity Ultra-pure water, as produced by the Cope-Elga Vision, is almost entirely free of dissolved mineral salts, including silica, and will have a neutral pH since the dissolved CO2 will have been removed. From an inorganic standpoint, ultrapure water will conform to International Pharmacopoeia and laboratory grade specifications for purified water. For less critical applications the Cope-Elga Vision is capable of producing pure water at the end of each cartridge run, extending its life by approximately 25%. Pure water is similar to ultra-pure water although CO2 and silica will be present. Water analysis Conductivity Resistivity Silica Carbon Dioxide Trace Dissolved Metals Residual Solids Average pH Ultra-Pure Water 1 to 0.1S/cm 1 to 10M -cm <0.05 ppm (mg/l) <0.5 ppm (mg/l) <0.001 ppm (mg/l) <0.5 ppm (mg/l) Neutral Pure Water 10 to 1S/cm 0.1 to 1M-cm not removed not removed <0.005 ppm (mg/l) <5 ppm (mg/l) 4 to 7

DB030-10

DB030-20 with DB030-80

198

deionisers
Laboratory Deionisers
Model Output min./max. litres* Water purity S/cm Flow rate litres/hour Mounting Cartridge Meter Voltage V Max. input pressure bar Overall H x W x D mm Weight kg DB105-10 B114 20/250 1 to 0.1 30 Wall Disposable  9 0.63 380 x 180 x 152 2.2 DB120-10 micromeg 100/15000 1 to 0.1 90 Wall Disposable  9 3.5 550 x 200 x 230 6.5 DB200-10 B118 200/50000 1 to 0.1 240 Floor Regenerated 

The ultra-pure water, as produced by these Elga deionisers is almost entirely free of dissolved mineral salts, including silica, and will have a neutral pH since the dissolved CO2 will have been removed. From an inorganic standpoint, Ultra-pure water will conform to International Pharmacopoeia and laboratory grade specifications for purified water. The B114 and Micromeg are compact wall-mounted units ideal for users who require low volumes of ultra-pure water. Both feature 9V battery operated colour coded conductivity meters operated by depressing the 'water test' switch allowing instant monitoring of the treated water quality. When exhaustion of the ion exchange resins is indicated, cartridge replacement is a simple, rapid operation. The B118 is a high output, floor standing pressurised deioniser which can be incorporated into a piped distribution system or used for direct connection to equipment requiring a pressurised treated water supply. It features an analogue scale conductivity meter which can be powered by either 9V battery or from a 220-240V 50Hz mains supply if available. This monitors treated water quality and indicates when the resins are exhausted. A replacement cylinder can be fitted in minutes.

9 or 220-240 4.6 880 x 220 x 210 18

*The output capacity will vary depending on the local water conditions. Elga B114 With four C114 disposable cartridges. Without battery. DB105-10 B114 0.00 ea XX DB109-06 Spare C114 disposable 0.00 pk XX cartridges, pack of 4 Elga micromeg With two MS:DS/4 disposable cartridges. Without battery. DB120-10 micromeg 0.00 ea XX DB124-06 Spare MS:DS/4 0.00 pk XX disposable cartridges, pack of 4 Elga B118 pressurised With spare C118 cylinder and conductivity meter requiring 9V battery (not supplied) or 220-240V 50Hz supplies. DB200-10 B118 0.00 ea XX BL610-25 Accessory battery, 9V 0.00 ea XX for deionisers DB105, DB120, and DB200

DB105

DB120

DB200

199

deionisers
Model Tank capacity Cycle time Feed Water Quality Potable water free from turbidity and organics 1.0 litre/minute Pre-purified water of <20S/cm and filtered to at least 0.2 microns up to 1.5 litres/minute (depending on inlet pressure) UHQ II 4 litres (nominal) 30 minutes (typically) UHQ PS 4 litres (nominal) 30 minutes (typically)

Ultrapure Water Systems, Purelab UHQ ll and UHQ PS

Compact bench mounting systems designed to produce the ultra high quality water essential to laboratory applications such as Atomic Absorption, HPLC, Ion Chromatography, Fluorescence Analysis, TOC and Microbiological Analysis. N UHQ II is designed to operate automatically on raw, potable feed water, or alternatively, the reservoir can be manually filled with a pre-purified supply N UHQ PS system is designed to operate automatically on a pre-purified supply such as deionised or distilled water The system incorporates: N Reverse osmosis: in the form of a prefilter cartridge containing a highly efficient, low pressure thin film membrane to deionise the feed water and remove colloidal and microbiological impurities N Adsorption: a cartridge of high quality adsorption media for removal of low molecular weight organic compounds N Deionisation: a cartridge of specially prepared and highly regenerated ion exchange resins for absolute ionic purity N Microfiltration: a sub-micron membrane cartridge to provide absolute security from any trace colloidal organics, micro-organisms or particles N Photoxidation: a short wavelength ultra-violet photochemical reactor cell for destruction of micro-organisms and cleavage of trace organic compounds, to assist in the reduction of Total Organic Carbon (TOC) N Continuous recirculation: eliminates static water zones. Maintains water quality at all times and inhibits microbial growth N Unique dispensing pen: designed for sensitive fingertip control and single handed operation. When not in use the tip is irradiated to minimise airborne microbial contamination

Flowrate

Temperature Pressure Max./Min. Drain requirements Treated Water Dispense rate Output Purity inorganics organics TOC Micro-organisms Particles Specification Conformity

4 to 35C 4 to 35C 90/30 psi 90 psi/Positive head 1.0 litre/minute gravity fall (for cleaning)

Up to 0.75 litres/minute 15 litres/8h > 18M - cm @ 25C < 0.0001 AU @ 254nm (10cm cell)

Up to 0.75 litres/minute 50 litres/8h < 18M - cm @ 25C < 0.0001 AU @ 254nm (10cm cell)

<20 ppb <20 ppb 1 cfu/ml 1 cfu/ml 0.05 filtration 0.05 filtration BS3978 (1987) Grade 1 water for laboratory use. ASTM, CAP and NCCLS Type 1 standard. ICMC IDEAL specification.

Specification (common to both models). Overall H x W x D Weight Power requirements Status displays 400 x 232 x 400mm 10kg empty, 14kg full 220-240V, 50Hz LED Display of POWER ON, Refill, Process and Ready. Tank level indicator LCD %full Water quality indicator LCD 1 to 18 M -cm (temperature compensated) High Level Cut-out Low Level Cut-out Process inhibit during refill Designed to conform to the relevant requirements of IEC 348 and BS 4743

Safety features

Electrical safety

Ultrapure Water System Purelab UHQ II For use with raw, potable feed water. For 220-240V 50Hz single phase supplies. DB300-15 UHQ II 0.00 ea XX Ultrapure Water System Purelab UHQ PS For use with pre-purified feed water. For 220-240V 50Hz single phase supplies. DB300-30 UHQ PS 0.00 ea XX Spare parts for UHQ II and UHQ PS DB304-05 Cartridge Pack A comprising two each organic adsorption cartridge and ion exchange cartridges DB304-10 Microfilter cartridge, UHQ7 DB304-16 Composite vent filter, UHQ4 DB304-20 Reverse osmosis cartridge, UHQ5 DB304-30 UV Lamp, UHQ6 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

XX XX XX XX XX

DB300

200

deionisers
Permutit CD Wall/Bench Deioniser Models
Require a water feed which is clean, colourless and free from organic matter. Water purity is dependent upon the quality of the inlet water. Catalogue No. Model Output min./max. Water purity Flow rate, max Mounting Cartridge Meter Voltage Max. input pressure Overall H x W x D Weight DB685-12 CD100 40/160 2 to 30 120 Bench Disposable 4 330 x 130 diameter 2.5 DB700-10 CD250 100/500 0.055 to 30 120 Wall/Bench Disposable  9 4 421 x 270 x 170 6 DB710-10 CD500 200/1000 0.055 to 30 120 Wall/Bench Resin pack  9 4 641 x 270 x 300 11 DB720-10 CD Plus 25000* see separate table 120 Wall/Bench Disposable  9 4 421 x 270 x 125 5.75

litres S/cm litres/hour

V bar mm kg

* When fed with water pre-deionised to 1S/cm. Typical CD Plus water quality when used with pre-deionised water. Conductivity Resistivity TDS pH Heavy Metals Silica Dissolved CO2 Total Organic Carbon 0.06 to 1.0S/cm 1 to 18M -cm 0.5ppm Neutral < 0.0001ppm < 0.02ppm < 0.2ppm < 0.2ppm Permutit CD100 Supplied with one colour change disposable cartridge. DB685-12 CD100 0.00 ea XX Spare disposable colour change cartridges. Supplied in pack of 2. DB685-50 0.00 pk XX Permutit CD250 With disposable cartridge and battery. DB700-10 CD250 0.00 ea Permutit CD500 With disposable resin charge and battery. DB710-10 CD500 0.00 ea

XX

Spare disposable resin for CD500. Box of 4 x 4 litre refills. DB712-08 0.00 box XX Permutit CD Plus Provides ultrapure water simply and conveniently when fed from any of the Vivendi Water Systems Permutit CD series deionisers or a suitable deionised supply. Comprises a polishing mixed bed deioniser, 0.2m filter and conductivity meter. DB720-10 CD Plus 0.00 ea XX Spare cartridges for CD Plus. Supplied in pack of 2. DB720-50 0.00 pk XX Accessory for DB700/710/720 BL610-25 Battery 9V 0.00 ea

XX

Spare disposable cartridge for CD250. Supplied in pack of 2. DB702-06 0.00 pk XX

XX

DB710

DB720 DB700

DB685

201

deionisers, density
Density
Density Bottles Borosilicate glass. With capillary stopper. Adjusted bottles only are to BS733, IP190 Type 1(b) and STPTC Schedule VII. Capacity, ml Unadjusted DC300-10 DC300-13 DC300-16 DC300-19 Adjusted DC305-15 DC305-18 DC305-21 DC305-24 ea ea (10+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX

Deioniser Permutit Model 24R

For regeneration by the user. Requires a raw water feed which is clean, colourless and free from organic matter. Catalogue No. Model Max./min. flow litres/h Optimum flow* litres/h Water purity S/cm Maximum working temperature C Minimum ambient temperature C (to prevent freezing of chemicals) Max./min. working pressure bar Capacity based on 100 ppm total anions (as CaCO3) m3 * For maximum capacity between regenerations. Dimensions Overall H x W x D mm Weight, filled kg Regeneration drain (with 4m tubing) mm, o.d. Raw water inlet tube (with 1.5m tubing)* mm, o.d. Treated water outlet tube (with 1.5m tubing)* mm, o.d. 1050 x 430 x 360 60 12.7 9.5 9.5 DB805-10 24R 400/60 200 15 to 30 35 15 7/1.5 5.0

10 25 50 100 10 25 50 100*

0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

XX XX XX XX

*Supplementary to BS733 range. Density meter, hand-held, Densito 30PX, Mettler-Toledo Direct reading, density meter applying the oscillating tube principle. Range (resolution) g/ml Accuracy g/ml Selectable units 0 to 2 (0.0001) 0.001 Density, s.g. (with/without temperature compensation), Brix %, alcohol w/w %, US proof, UK proof, Baum. Plato, API (A B and D tables), % sulphuric acid, user defined 0 to 40 (0.1) Automatic, or by up to 10 x user-defined coefficients held in memory Dry air or pure water 1100 data points (result, sample I.D., temperature compensation coefficient, date, time) Backlit dot matrix LCD RS232 2 x 1.5V AAA batteries 70 x 110 x 260 360 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea
XX XX XX

* Two connectors supplied (9.5mm o.d. tube to 34 inch BSP male). Note: Local water authority requirements often necessitate units to be fitted with non-return valves and break tanks these are available as optional extras. Regeneration requirements 30% w/w caustic soda 32% w/w hydrochloric acid Effluent volume per regeneration Max. flow per regeneration (at max.working pressure) Regeneration time litres litres litres litres/hour minutes 2.7 3.5 400 700 90 Temperature range (resolution) Temp. compensation Calibration Memory Display Output Power Overall, W x D x H mm Weight g DC380-20 DC382-05 BL610-08 C

Permutit 24R With cation/anion resin charges and battery for conductivity meter. DB805-10 24R 0.00 ea BL610-25 Accessory battery 9V 0.00 ea

XX XX

Densito 30PX Syringe adapter to enable injection of viscous substances into the sample chamber Spare 1.5V AAA battery (2 required)

Hydrometers see Hydrometry section.

DB805-10

DC300, DC305

DC380

202

desiccators
Duran Glass
Dimension given is the top internal diameter. Knob lid Ground flange. Without disc. DE200-12 100mm DE200-17 150mm DE200-22 200mm DE200-27 250mm Vacuum To DIN12491. With 24/29 stopcock flange. Without disc. DE202-12 100mm DE202-17 150mm DE202-22 200mm DE202-27 250mm DE202-38 Spare stopcock 24/29 Silicone free lubricant, Glisseal For desiccator flanges. In 60g tube. LT160-12 Glisseal

Pyrex Glass
Dimension given is the top internal diameter. Knob cover Ground flange. Without disc. DE260-15 170mm, 1590/02 DE260-20 220mm, 1591/02 DE262-15 Spare cover 170mm DE262-20 Spare cover 220mm

Plastic
Desiccators, Bel-Art, Vacuum Tough transparent polycarbonate top with O-ring seal, polypropylene base desiccant tray and perforated plate. With stopcock which accepts 6mm bore flexible vacuum tubing and PTFE plug in the top which turns to allow controlled admission of air. Dimension given is the top internal diameter. DE400-15 149mm 0.00 ea XX DE400-20 197mm 0.00 ea XX DE400-25 240mm 0.00 ea XX DE402-10 Spare stopcock 0.00 ea XX Desiccant Colour change silica gel beads in a cartridge designed to fit DE400 series desiccators but can be used also in other desiccators of suitable diameter. The silica gel can be regenerated repeatedly without degradation at 150C. Supplied in moisture proof pouch. DE404-10 114mm diameter 0.00 ea XX DE404-13 197mm diameter 0.00 ea XX DE404-16 238mm diameter 0.00 ea XX Desiccators, Kartell, Vacuum Tough transparent polycarbonate top with O-ring seal, polycarbonate vacuum connection valve and polyethylene plug which allows controlled admission of air. The base is polypropylene and has a removable pan to hold desiccant. Dimension given is the top internal diameter. DE408-15 150mm 0.00 ea XX DE408-20 200mm 0.00 ea XX DE408-25 250mm 0.00 ea XX

0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

XX XX XX XX

0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

XX XX XX XX

and ground 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

XX XX XX XX XX

Vacuum, 24/29 socket Ground flange without stopcock or disc. DE265-15 170mm, 1593/02 0.00 ea DE265-20 220mm, 1594/02 0.00 ea DE267-15 Spare cover 170mm 0.00 ea DE267-20 Spare cover 220mm 0.00 ea

XX XX XX XX

Rotaflo stopcock assembly 1612/03, 24/29 for above. DE268-10 24/29 Rotaflo 0.00 ea XX Desiccator Discs Perforated metal. DE220-10 100mm DE220-15 150mm DE220-20 200mm DE220-24 250mm Desiccator Discs Perforated porcelain. To DIN 12911. DE225-10 100mm DE225-15 150mm DE225-20 200mm DE225-24 250mm

0.00 ea

XX

Silica Gel Self indicating. Supplied in pack of 500g. GG150-95 Silica gel 0.00 pk

XX

0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

XX XX XX XX

0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

XX XX XX XX

DE200, DE260 are similar

DE400 with DE404

DE202

DE260 with DE268-10

DE408

203

desiccators, dewar flasks

Dewar Flasks
All dimensions and capacities are nominal. Dewar Flasks Silvered glass cylindrical inner vessel with plastic outer container, screw stopper and cap. DE700-10 500ml 0.00 ea XX DE700-15 1000ml 0.00 ea XX Dilvac Flasks, Tall Form Borosilicate glass in stainless steel outer container. With swivel handle and insulated vented lid secured by toggle clamps. Int. dia. x depth, mm DE710-10 DE710-15 DE710-20 DE710-25 85 x 185 106 x 205 150 x 280 200 x 285 Cap. litres 1 2 4.5 7 1 2 4.5 7 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX

Desiccator Cabinets
Desiccator Cabinet Transparent polystyrene construction with foam rubber door seal and stacking flanges. The door opens downwards and slides into a compartment under the chamber floor. Supplied with a sachet of desiccant silica gel and convenient jar with perforated lid to hold desiccant in use. Internal dimensions 190 x 180 x 110mm W x D x H. Overall 225 x 200 x 170mm W x D x H. DE425-12 Desiccator cabinet 0.00 ea XX Desiccator Cabinet Rigid aluminium frame with acrylic panels, hinged door with magnetic latches and mounted hygrometer, desiccant and tray, with four removable shelves which are adjustable for height. Up to 22 additional accessory shelves can be added if required. Internal dimensions (useable) 260 x 320 x 480mm W x D x H. Overall 304 x 375 x 520mm W x D x H. DE425-20 Desiccator cabinet 0.00 ea XX DE425-22 Spare/accessory shelf 0.00 ea XX

Dilvac Flasks, Shallow Form Borosilicate glass in stainless steel outer container. Open top. Without handle or lid. Int. dia. x depth mm DE725-12 DE725-17 DE725-22 DE725-27 DE725-32 77 x 50 100 x 65 115 x 70 138 x 80 155 x 120 Cap. litres 0.2 0.5 0.7 1 2 0.2 0.5 0.7 1 2 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX

Refills for DE725-series DE727-12 77 x 50 DE727-17 100 x 65 DE727-22 115 x 70 DE727-27 138 x 80 DE727-32 155 x 120

XX XX XX XX XX

Refills for DE710-series DE712-10 85 x 185 DE712-15 106 x 205 DE712-20 150 x 280 DE712-25 200 x 285

XX XX XX XX

Dilvac Flasks All stainless steel open top Can be used for ultra-low or high temperatures from 196C to +300C. Suitable for the storage and transportation of liquid oxygen and liquid nitrogen. With steel detachable swivel handle but without lid. Int. dia. x depth mm DE735-12 DE735-15 DE735-18 85 x 206 100 x 157 100 x 285 Cap. litres 1 1 2 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX

DE425-12

DE700

DE725 and DE727

DE425-20

DE710 & DE712

DE735

204

dewar flasks
Dewar Flasks continued
Dilvac Flask Borosilicate glass in tough polypropylene outer container With swivel handle and push-fit, insulated, vented lid. Int. dia. x depth mm DE738-10 DE712-10 Flask Refill 85 x 185 85 x 185 Cap. litres 1 1 ea 0.00 0.00
XX XX

D
CL50 50 0.28 63 810 407 15.5 55.9

Liquid Nitrogen Storage

Liquid Nitrogen Dewar Vessels, Statebourne Cryolab series Lightweight aluminium construction (except Duralab DL25 which is constructed in stainless steel for more rigorous industrial applications) with high efficiency insulation and vacuum retention. With carrying handle. Cryolab and Duralab 25 are the classic onion shape with trunnion type lugs for use with an accessory trolley. Model Capacity litres Static evaporation rate, per day litres Neck dia. Overall height diameter Weight, empty Weight, full* mm mm mm kg kg CL5 5 0.18 51 495 216 4.1 8.1 CL10 10 0.2 51 550 305 5.6 13.7 CL25 25 0.25 51 585 395 7.4 27.6 DL25 25 0.6 49.5 600 400 12.2 32.4 CL35 35 0.27 63 650 407 12.2 40.5

Dewar Flasks, Nalgene Double-walled HDPE flasks with urethane foam insulation, moulded-in ribs for added safety when held, and loose fitting insulated cover. The 1, 2 and 4 litre sizes additionally have a polyethylene coated swivel carrying handle. Suitable for use over the range 196C to +100C. Dimensions given are neck internal diameter x internal depth. Int. dia. x depth mm DE750-40 DE750-43 DE750-46 DE750-49 95 x 194 121 x 225 146 x 287 197 x 394 Cap. litres 1 2 4 10 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX

* When filled with liquid nitrogen. Liquid Nitrogen Dewar Vessels As described. Supplied empty. DE760-05 Dewar, CL5 DE760-10 Dewar, CL10 DE760-25 Dewar, CL25 DE760-27 DE760-35 DE760-50 Dewar, DL25 Dewar, CL35 Dewar, CL50 Pouring Trolley For use with DE760-25 and DE760-27 only. Without dewar. DE760-95 Pouring trolley 0.00 ea XX Ice and dry ice carriers, Igloo see Ice Production/ Storage section.

0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

XX XX XX XX XX XX

DE738

DE750-40 to -46

DE760-series

205

dewar flasks, dialysis

Dialysis Tubing, Visking
N Colour coded liquid and gas valves ensure easy identification N Analogue contents indicator N Permanently mounted on trolley bases with rubber tyred castors CS90 90 1.4 CS120 120 1.2 CS180 180 0.9 CS240 240 0.7 Dialysis Tubing, Visking A transparent seamless viscose cellulose containing glycerine water and approximately 0.1% sulphur. Permeable to water and with an average pore radius of 24. Will permit diffusion of low molecular weight compounds in aqueous solution through the walls but retain high molecular weight compounds such as bacteria and proteins. Supplied as a flat roll in an airtight container. Dimensions given are inflated diameter x flat width and are approximate. Supplied in rolls of 30 metres. DG100-10 6 x 10mm 0.00 ea XX DG100-12 14 x 25mm 0.00 ea XX DG100-18 19 x 32mm 0.00 ea XX DG100-26 29 x 44mm 0.00 ea XX Clips, for dialysis tubing Plastic. For closing the end of tubing up to 29mm inflated diameter. Supplied in pack of 10. DG110-10 Clips 0.00 pk XX

Liquid Nitrogen Storage

Mobile Low Pressure Cryogenic Tanks, Statebourne Cryostor series N Compatible with liquid or gaseous phase nitrogen and argon N Rugged construction in stainless steel N Comply with Design Code ASME VIII Division 1

Model Capacity litres Static evaporation rate, % per day Connections, Valve Burst disc pipeaway Relief valve pipeaway Operating pressures, Overall height width depth Weight, empty Weight, full* bar G mm mm mm kg kg

CS30 30 3.5
1

CS60 60 2.0

/2in. BSPP female all models 1 /4in. NPTP female all models 3 /8in. NPTP female all models 1.5 normal, 3.0 maximum all models 777 992 1105 1066 491 567 567 690 491 567 567 690 36 61 56 113 66 138 95 192 1362 690 690 115 261 1629 690 690 135 329

* When filled with liquid nitrogen. Safety Features. Fully welded safety head incorporates trycock, gas and liquid delivery valves, pressure build circuit with regulator, pressure gauge, relief valve and safety bursting disc. A stainless steel safety guard ring is provided to aid protection of the head assembly. Mobile Low Pressure Cryogenic Tanks As described. Supplied empty. DE765-15 Cryogenic Tank, CS30 DE765-25 Cryogenic Tank, CS60 DE765-35 Cryogenic Tank, CS90 DE765-45 DE765-55 DE765-65 Cryogenic Tank, CS120 Cryogenic Tank, CS180 Cryogenic Tank, CS240

0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

XX XX XX XX XX XX

Accessories DE767-10 Dispensing hose, 1.5m with 1/2in. BSP connector DE767-20 Phase separator with 1/2in. BSP connector

XX XX

DG100 with DG110

DE765

DG110

206

diluters, discs, dishes

Compudil 3 Diluter
Easy to use, digitally controlled diluter for routine dilution and dispensing. N Ranges 1l to 5ml sample 50l to 25ml diluent using accessory syringes and valve blocks N Simple keypad programming for all mainstream liquid handling procedures. Standard protocols include: 4 types of conventional diluting 6 types of conventional dispensing liquid transfer and wash serial dilution mode N Precise, C.V. better than 0.1% of full syringe volume N 45 programme memory N RS232 interface allows bi-directional programme and procedural information exchange with the users PC for GLP accreditation requirements and remote programming N Inert liquid pathway N Easily manipulated handset to minimise fatigue N Low dead volume (1ml: 95% recoverable) N Operating speeds 2 to 15 seconds for full syringe stroke depending on syringe and tubing size used N Optional footswitch allows hands-free operation

D
pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX

Discs, Dishes
Discs, aluminium foil Disposable, interleaved with tissue paper. Thickness 0.03mm. Diameters as indicated. Supplied in packs of 1000. Diameter, mm DH640-10 DH640-20 DH640-30 DH640-40 DH640-50 80 100 120 130 150

Dishes, aluminium foil Disposable, circular and slightly tapered, with smooth, 0.2mm thick walls and flanged rims for easy handling. Supplied in packs as indicated. Top dia. x depth mm DH798-40 DH798-50 42 x 5 57 x 10 Pack qty. 500 250 pk 0.00 0.00
XX XX

Syringes A total of 10 different sizes of syringe fit the Compudil 3 allowing one diluter to be used for sample volumes between 1l and 5ml, and diluent volumes up to 25ml (using relevant valve blocks). Threaded connectors allow quick and easy exchange of syringes and once the relevant syringe volumes are keyed in the details are retained on the diluters memory. Digital control allows a full syringe to be dispensed in up to 5000 steps with the volumes dispensed or retained available to be displayed if required. Valve Blocks Accessory valve blocks allow the use of alternative tubing bores and sample/diluent syringes as indicated. Compudil 3 Diluter As specified. With tubing kit, handset and valve block. The valve block supplied depends on the sample and diluent syringes ordered separately with the instrument. Materials in contact with liquids are glass and PTFE based. Overall 300 x 200 x 215mm. Weight 9.5kg. For 100-120V and 210-240V 50/60Hz single phase supplies. Requires, but is not supplied with, accessory syringes for operation. DH210-25 Compudil 3 0.00 ea XX Accessory and spare syringes for DH210-25 Type DH214-24 DH214-27 DH214-30 DH214-32 DH214-33 DH214-34 DH214-37 DH214-40 DH214-43 DH214-46 Sample Sample Sample Sample Sample Diluent Diluent Diluent Diluent Diluent Cap. 50l 100l 250l 500l 1000l 1ml 2.5ml 5ml 10ml 25ml ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Dishes, white PVC, Azlon For general purpose and photographic use. With pouring lip. Dimensions as indicated. LxWxD mm DH800-10 DH800-15 DH800-20 DH800-22 DH800-25 DH800-30 DH800-35 185 x 127 x 50 230 x 170 x 65 260 x 200 x 65 300 x 250 x 62 420 x 320 x 75 510 x 425 x 75 650 x 520 x 90 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Accessory Valve Blocks For syringes sample diluent DH215-70 1ml DH215-72 1ml DH215-75 1ml 5ml 10 to 25ml all ea 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX

Trays, multipurpose White polypropylene, deep, tough trays which resist flexing see TT210 series.

DH214-55 Footswitch DH215-60 Handset for 2.5ml and 5ml sample syringes

DH640

DH798

DH210-25

DH800

207

dispensers

Bottle Top Dispensers, Dispensette III

Conformity certified, with performance certificate N Choice of Fixed volume: Variable volume: Variable digital: Organic: HF: Built-in features N Calibration adjustment on all models to comply with ISO9000 and GLP requirements N Reagents in contact with chemically inert materials only N TPX protective sleeve around the glass cylinder (HF model has a ceramic cylinder) to reduce breakage hazards N Safety discharge valve restricts reagent flow when the discharge tube is not secured properly N Optional SafetyPrime valve on the discharge tube allows reagent to be channelled back into the reservoir during priming to avoid spitting N Multi-layered PFA plunger coating for smoother operation and better chemical resistance N Locking sleeve supports full length of discharge tube for stability during dispensing and screwthread safety cap reduces risk of reagent splashing N Telescopic, FEP filling tube self-adjusts to the depth of the reservoir bottle N Valve block rotatable 360 to allow the reservoir label to be viewed comfortably by facing the user and dispenser fascia and discharge tube can be independently rotated on the reservoir neck for maximum convenience in use N All models can be steam sterilised at 121C (2 bar for 20 minutes) 2 sizes 5ml or 10ml 7 sizes from 0.05ml to 100ml. Continuous volume adjustment by pointer 5 sizes from 0.2 to 50ml. Easy to read digital volume display and calibration adjustment 4 sizes of adjustable volume from 0.5 to 50ml. Ideal for organic solvents including chlorinated and fluorinated hydrocarbons, concentrated acids, TFA (trifluoroacetic acid), THF (tetrahydrofuran) and peroxides Adjustable volume 1ml to 10ml. Ceramic piston cylinder and ball valves for dispensing hydrofluoric acid

DK102 on a bottle

DK105 on a bottle

DK110 on a bottle

208

dispensers
Bottle Top Dispensers Dispensette III continued
The figures given for accuracy and reproducibility are final test values referred to maximum volume and distilled water at 20C. Dispensette III, Fixed Volume Accuracy (A) < 0.5%, reproducibility (V) < 0.1%. Adjustable calibration. A45 standard neck thread. Supplied with FEP discharge tube and valve as indicated, performance certificate, operating manual, mounting tool, FEP telescopic filling tube and PP bottle adapters as specified in the separate table. Without reservoir bottle. Volume ml 5 10 With standard valve DK100-33 DK100-39 ea 0.00 0.00 With SafetyPrime valve DK102-33 DK102-39 ea 0.00 0.00
XX XX

Dispensette III, HF Dispenser, Variable Volume Accuracy (A) < 0.5% reproducibility (V) < 0.1%. Continuous pointer adjustment of volume. Adjustable calibration. A45 standard neck thread. Supplied with FEP discharge tube and valve as indicated, performance certificate, operating manual, mounting tool, FEP telescopic filling tube and PP bottle adapters as specified in the separate table. Without reservoir bottle. Volume ml 1 to 10 Subdiv. With ml standard valve 0.2 DK112-26 ea 0.00 With SafetyPrime valve DK113-26 ea 0.00
XX

Dispensette III, Variable Volume Accuracy (A) < 0.5% (for 0.05 to 0.5ml < 1%) reproducibility (V) < 0.1% (for 0.05 to 0.5ml < 0.2%). Continuous pointer adjustment of volume. Adjustable calibration. A45 standard neck thread. Supplied with FEP discharge tube and valve as indicated, performance certificate, operating manual, mounting tool, FEP telescopic filling tube and PP bottle adapters as specified in the separate table. Without reservoir bottle. Volume ml 0.05 to 0.5 0.2 to 2 0.5 to 5 1 to 10 2.5 to 25 5 to 50 10 to 100 Subdiv. With ml standard valve 0.01 0.05 0.1 0.2 0.5 1.0 1.0 DK105-12 DK105-17 DK105-22 DK105-27 DK105-32 DK105-37 DK105-42 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 With SafetyPrime valve DK107-12 DK107-17 DK107-22 DK107-27 DK107-32 DK107-37 DK107-42 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Dispensette max. volume, ml 0.5 2, 5, 10 25, 50 100

Bottle adapters supplied A22, A25, A28, A32 A25, A28, A32, A38, S40 A32, A38, S40 A32, A38, S40

Telescopic filling tube supplied, mm 67 to 140 67 to 140 171 to 330 171 to 330

Accessory Reservoir Bottles Amber, soda-lime glass, square pattern (except DK114-32 which is cylindrical) with plastic coating to reduce breakage hazards, PP screw cap and pouring ring. Maximum operating temperature +80C. Not suitable for HF dispenser. Capacity ml DK114-14 DK114-17 DK114-22 DK114-27 DK114-32 100 250 500 1000 2500 Screw neck mm GL32 GL32 GL32 GL45 GL45 Bottle width x height, mm 50 x 125 65 x 160 80 x 195 95 x 230 140 x 300 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX

Accessory reservoir bottle for HF dispenser see BR770-52. Standard SafetyPrime valve, for DK100 to DK111-series Can be used to convert standard discharge tubes to recycle reagent and disperse air bubbles during priming or as a spare part (except for HF dispensers). DK114-75 Standard SafetyPrime valve 0.00 ea XX HF SafetyPrime valve, for DK112 to DK113-series Generally as DK114-75 but constructed from HF resistant materials. DK114-77 HF SafetyPrime valve 0.00 ea

Dispensette III, Digital Variable Volume, Easy Calibration Accuracy (A) < 0.5% reproducibility (V) < 0.1%. Digital display of volume setting. Easily adjustable calibration with display flag indicating user re-calibration from factory setting. A45 standard neck thread. Supplied with FEP discharge tube and valve as indicated,performance certificate,operating manual, mounting tool, FEP telescopic filling tube and PP bottle adapters as specified in the separate table. Without reservoir bottle. Volume ml 0.2 to 2 0.5 to 5 1 to 10 2.5 to 25 5 to 50 Subdiv. With ml standard valve 0.01 0.02 0.05 0.1 0.2 DK108-13 DK108-19 DK108-25 DK108-31 DK108-37 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 With SafetyPrime valve DK110-13 DK110-19 DK110-25 DK110-31 DK110-37 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX

XX

Note: Dispensette III spares and accessories are not compatible with previous models and vice versa, except reservoir bottles.

Dispensette III, Organic Dispenser, Variable Volume Accuracy (A) < 0.5% reproducibility (V) < 0.1%. Continuous pointer adjustment of volume. Adjustable calibration. A45 standard neck thread. Supplied with FEP discharge tube and valve as indicated,performance certificate, operating manual, mounting tool, FEP telescopic filling tube and PP bottle adapters as specified in the separate table. Without reservoir bottle. Volume ml 0.5 to 5 1 to 10 2.5 to 25 5 to 50 Subdiv. With ml standard valve 0.1 0.2 0.5 1.0 DK111-40 DK111-43 DK111-46 DK111-49 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 With SafetyPrime valve DK111-62 DK111-65 DK111-67 DK111-71 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX

DK107-12, DK111-65, DK113-26 on bottles

209

dispensers
Bottle Top Dispensers, Pressmatic PP series

Bottle Top Dispensers, Pressmatic PD series

N Ceramic piston ensures no surface abrasion no thermal expansion no sticking with alkalis N Recirculation valve allows safe priming without wasting reagent

N Self-locking volume selection N Accuracy within 0.7% N Can be autoclaved at 121C N Works calibrated volume certificate N Valves easily removed for cleaning

Low cost dispensers for operation in less demanding applications. N Borosilicate glass piston N Polypropylene valve block N Accuracy within 0.7% N Can be autoclaved at 121C N Valves easily removed for cleaning N Works calibrated volume certificate Suitable for use with most aqueous solutions, dilute acids, alkalis and polar solvents. Not suitable for Halogenated solvents, oxidising or concentrated acids. Pressmatic PP Dispensers As described. Suitable for mounting directly on a bottle with a 32mm screw neck and supplied with one each A28, A45 and S40 adapters to fit most types of reagent bottle. Without reservoir bottle. Ref. DK157-25 DK157-55 PP10P PP60P Range ml 2 to 10 10 to 60 ea 0.00 0.00
XX XX

Variable setting with precision borosilicate glass cylinder and tough ceramic piston. The outer sleeve is a tough, chemically resistant plastic. The liquid pathway is PTFE, glass and ceramic. The unit can be rotated 360 on the bottle for easy positioning. Inlet and outlet valves are both easily removed for cleaning or replacement using the spanner provided. A fully supported delivery jet prevents side fling of reagent and ensures accurate dispensing into small vials. Suitable for mounting on a bottle with a 45mm screw neck and supplied with one each A32, A38 and S40 adapters to fit most types of reagent bottle. Without reservoir bottle. Pressmatic Dispensers As described. With valve spanner and adapters but without reservoir bottle. Ref. DK152-10 DK152-15 DK152-20 DK152-25 DK152-45 DK152-55 PD1R PD2R PD5R PD10R PD30R PD60R Range ml 0.2 to 1 0.4 to 2 1 to 5 2 to 10 5 to 30 10 to 60 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX

Spares DK155-19 PTFE delivery tube with support and cap, PDN5 DK155-25 Inlet suction tube for use with DK154 bottles, 750mm, PDN4/2 DK155-28 Outlet valve, PDV3 DK155-29 Recirculation valve PDR1 DK155-32 Inlet valve, PDS3 DK155-34 Valve spanner, PSS1

0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

XX XX

XX XX XX XX

Accessory Bottles DK154-10 Amber 500ml, A32 DK154-15 Amber 1000ml, GL45 DK154-20 Clear 500ml, A32 DK154-25 Clear 1000ml, GL45

0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

XX XX XX XX

Accessory Bottles DK154-10 Amber 500ml, A32 DK154-15 Amber 1000ml, GL45 DK154-20 Clear 500ml, A32 DK154-25 Clear 1000ml, GL45

0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

XX XX XX XX

DK152

DK157

210

dispensers
Bottle Top Dispensers Ultra series Bottle Top Dispensers Safety Zippette

N Precision glass syringes with PTFE pistons N Accuracy within 1% N Works calibrated volume certificate N Supplied with 80ml reservoir and adapters for 45mm dia. neck screwthread bottles and to fit 32mm dia. hole drilled in almost any cap N Quick release lower body can be autoclaved at 121C N Colour coded All components in contact with the liquid have been selected to ensure reliable performance with the most aggressive solutions. The glass filled polypropylene body, generous ventilated air space and expansion compensator combine to virtually eliminate inaccuracies caused by warm-up during use. All glass parts are fully protected within the tough body moulding, to minimise breakage problems. Supplied complete with one amber glass reservoir fitted with a PTFE lined cap and graduated to 80ml in 10ml divisions, adapter for 45mm diameter neck screwthread bottles, multipurpose adapter to fit 32mm diameter hole drilled in almost any cap, inlet tubes, calibration tool, works certified volume certificate and instructions. Ultra Digital Dispensers As specified. Supplied with adapters and 80ml reservoir. Colour coding as indicated. DK220-13 50 to 500l, aqua 0.00 ea XX DK220-17 100 to 1000l, orange 0.00 ea XX DK220-23 0.5 to 5ml, purple 0.00 ea XX DK220-27 1 to 10ml, lime 0.00 ea XX Dispensing Pipetters, fixed and variable volume see Pipettes section.

N Borosilicate syringe body N Smooth-action PTFE piston which is easily removed for cleaning N Precision 0.1%CV N Accuracy <0.3%, DIN 12650 and DIN 8655-3 compliant N Slide and indicator volume adjustment with twist lock and dual scales for left or right-handed use N Fully autoclavable to 121C at 2 bar A range of six, variable volume dispensers with PTFE pistons within a borosilicate syringe body. The body is encased in a polypropylene housing incorporating a volume adjustment mechanism with twist-locking slide and dual scale volume indicator. The pedestal houses a precision valve mechanism which ensures easy priming and minimum waste with no leakage back into the reservoir. It also features a right-angle delivery tube protection sleeve for easy dispensing into narrow-neck containers with anti-drip safety valve to stop drips when the dispenser is not in use. The highly stable accessory amber glass reservoirs are sterilisable and have a separate PVDF filler neck. All Zippettes fit directly onto 30mm diameter neck screwthread bottles and are supplied with screw thread adapters for 38mm, 40mm and 45mm diameter necks. Without reservoir bottle. Catalogue No. DK230-11 DK230-15 DK230-19 DK230-23 DK230-27 Accessories Reservoir bottles Amber borosilicate glass, squat form with PVDF side filling neck. DK235-17 1.4 litre DK235-27 2.5 litre Filling funnel With off-set stem for filling of the reservoir. DK235-85 Funnel Capacity ml 2.5 5 10 30 50 Subdivisions ml 0.05 0.10 0.20 1.00 1.00 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX

0.00 ea 0.00 ea

XX XX

0.00 ea

XX

DK220 in use

DK230 in use with reservoir

211

dispensers
Programmable Dispenser Perimatic Premier
For applications requiring accurate, precisely controlled, repeatable deliveries. Microprocessor controlled, programmable peristaltic pump with autoclavable silicone or accessory Viton tubing assemblies allowing use with a wide range of liquids. N Automatic dose count 1 to 9999 N Variable slow start/finish sequential delivery N Memory facility allows storage of calibration values, volumes and tubing set-up parameters for downloading via an RS232 interface N Menu driven with selectable information displayed when dispensing N Reiterative calibration procedure for improved accuracy N Safety cut-out on pump panel N Automatic or manual operation by hand or footswitch N Variable interval timing

Bottle Top Dispensers

N Rapid, precise volume setting by twist-setting collar with large display window and easy-to-read scale N Autoclavable at 121C maximum, fully assembled N Solid cam provides factory calibrated step for each volume increment N Dispensing tube rotates 360 giving comfortable working position N Borosilicate plunger with PFA coating N Accuracy <0.7%. (DK282-25 <0.2%) N Precision <0.1% CV Dispensers, Socorex With calibrated stop volume selector. Suitable for mounting on bottles with 32/33mm screw necks and supplied with one each polypropylene adapters for screw neck diameters as indicated. Without reservoir bottle. Range ml DK282-11 DK282-14 DK282-17 DK282-25 Reservoirs Capacity ml Glass, amber DK154-10 DK154-15 Glass, clear DK154-20 DK154-25 500 1000 500 1000 Screw thread mm 32 45 45 45 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX

Adapters supplied mm diameter 28, 40, 45 28, 40, 45 28, 40, 45 38, 40, 45

ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

XX XX XX XX

0.25 to 2.00 1.00 to 5.00 1.00 to 10.00 10 to 100.00

Dose volume ml 0.5 to 10000 Accuracy (at volumes) % 1.2 (5ml), 0.8 (100ml), 0.5 (25ml) Coeff. of variation (at volumes) % 0.3 (5ml, 10ml), 0.2 (25ml) Tube bore mm 3 minimum 8 maximum Tube wall thickness mm 2 maximum Pumping rate (water at +21C)* ml/second 2.1 to 33.3 Overall dimensions L x W x H mm 310 x 360 x 320 Net weight kg 16 Supply requirements 110-120/220-240V 50/60Hz single phase, 150W *Dependent on tube bore and speed selected. Programmable Dispenser, Perimatic Premier As described. Supplied with 3 silicone tubing assemblies 3 x 7mm, 5 x 9mm, 8 x 12mm (bore x o.d.) footswitch and RS232 interface. For 220-240V 50Hz single phase supplies. DK310-10 Perimatic Premier Dispenser 0.00 ea XX Tubing Assemblies and Tubing, Silicone Bore x o.d. mm Tubing Assemblies 3x7 DK310-40 5x9 DK310-50 8 x 12 DK310-60 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 pk Tubing, pack of 5 metres DK315-12 0.00 DK315-16 0.00 DK315-20 0.00
XX XX XX

XX XX

Liquid dispensing pumps see PX700/PX705. Syringe pumps see PX890.

DK282 on reservoirs

DK310-10 in use

212

dissecting
Dissecting Boards
Dissecting Boards Dimensions are length x width. Dimensions, mm Wood DS100-15 560 x 380 ea 0.00 0.00 ea (10+) 0.00
XX

D
XX

Scalpels and Razors

Post-Mortem Blade, Swann-Morton Heavy duty carbon steel. Fixes to accessory handle with screw fitting. Individually wrapped in pack of 10. DS250-15 PM Blade 0.00 pk XX Handle, metal with screw fixing DS252-08 PM Handle 0.00 ea Section Razor Stainless steel blade housed in a black handle. DS350-10 Razor 0.00 ea

Polypropylene DS110-10 300 x 210

XX

XX

Dissecting Dishes Stainless steel, shallow and deep form, sizes up to 650 x 275mm see Instrument Trays in the Medical section. Awl Stainless steel spike in aluminium handle. Spike length 28mm. DS115-10 Awl 0.00 ea 0.00 ea (10+) XX Embedding Mould Brass. For casting wax blocks up to 44 x 37 x 20mm. DS125-10 Mould 0.00 ea 0.00 ea (10+) XX

Scalpel/Tool Set, Swann-Morton Comprising slotted plastic handle with clamping screw and one each No. 1 straight edge and No. 2 convex curved edge blades. DS260-10 Tool Set 0.00 ea XX Blades. Supplied in packs of 50. DS262-12 No. 1 straight DS262-14 No. 2 convex curved DS262-16 No. 3 concave curved 0.00 pk 0.00 pk 0.00 pk

Razor Blades, single edge Light duty. Single edge carbon steel, aluminium backed with no notches. For industrial and laboratory use only. Overall dimensions 39 x 19mm. Supplied in pack of 100. DS360-10 Single edge 0.00 pk XX Razor Blades, double edge Light duty. Double edge stainless steel. For industrial and laboratory use only. Overall dimensions 39 x 19mm. Supplied in pack of 200. DS360-25 Double edge 0.00 pk XX Swann-Morton scalpel blades and handles see following page.

XX XX XX

Scalpels Solid forged with handle and polished blade as indicated. Dimension given is the blade length. Blade, mm Carbon steel DS325-30 DS325-35 DS325-45 DS325-50 30 35 45 50 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (10+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX

Stainless steel DS330-30 30 DS330-35 35 DS330-45 45 DS330-50 50

XX XX XX XX

DS250/DS252 DS260

DS325/DS330 DS100 DS115

DS110

DS125

DS350

DS360-10 DS360-25

213

dissecting

Swann Morton Scalpels, Blades and Handles

Sterile and non-sterile carbon steel and stainless steel disposable blades with permanently fitted plastic handle or for use with a choice of reuseable metal handles. Sterilisation is by gamma irradiation. Blade illustration (not to scale) Blade No. Disposable Scalpels Stainless steel blade, with plastic handle. Non-sterile Sterile Length 80mm. Length 135mm. ea ea pk Supplied singly. Individually wrapped. (10+) Packs of 10. DS150-10 DS150-20 DS150-30 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 DS160-10 DS160-15 DS160-20 DS160-25 DS160-30 DS160-40 DS160-45 DS160-50 DS160-55 DS160-60 DS160-65 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Disposable Blades Carbon steel. To BS2982, EN27740. Without handle. Non-sterile Sterile 5 blades in Individually pk pk a foil wrap. foil wrapped. Packs of 100. Packs of 100. DS180-06 DS180-08 DS180-10 DS180-15 DS180-20 DS180-25 DS180-27 DS180-30 DS180-32 DS180-34 DS180-40 DS180-45 DS180-50 DS180-55 DS180-60 DS180-65 DS180-70 DS180-75 DS180-80 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 DS185-06 DS185-08 DS185-10 DS185-15 DS185-20 DS185-25 DS185-27 DS185-30 DS185-32 DS185-34 DS185-40 DS185-45 DS185-50 DS185-55 DS185-60 DS185-65 DS185-70 DS185-75 DS185-80 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

6 9 10 10a 11 12 14 15 15a 16 20 21 22 22a 23 24 25 26 27

Note: Blade Nos 6 to 16 require handle 3, 3L, 7 or 9. Blade Nos 20 to 27 require handle 4 or 4L. Handles For use with DS180 and DS185 blades as specified. Choice of nickel or stainless steel. Supplied singly. Handle Nickel DS195-10 DS195-15 DS195-20 DS195-25 DS195-30 DS195-35 DS195-50 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (10+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

No. 3 No. 3L No. 4 No. 4L No. 7 No. 9 Folding with No. 4 fixing. In carrying wallet

DS195-50

Stainless steel DS197-10 No. 3 DS197-20 No. 4 DS197-30 No. 7 DS197-35 No. 9

0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

XX XX XX XX

Surgical Blade Removers For the safe removal and disposal of blades from handles. Accommodates all Swann Morton blades and handle fitments. Available in sterile or nonsterile packs as indicated. DS205-10 Non sterile, pack of 100 0.00 pk XX DS205-20 Sterile, pack of 50 0.00 pk XX DS205 DS150 DS160 DS195, DS197 are similar Swann-Morton Post-Mortem blades and handle see previous page.

214

dissecting
Scissors
Scissors, Fine point Stainless steel. Supplied singly. Overall length, mm Straight open shanks DS450-15 112 DS450-20 125 DS450-25 150 Straight closed shanks DS455-10 105 Curved open shanks DS460-15 112 DS460-20 125 DS460-25 150 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (10+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX

D
XX

Chains and Needles

Bone Cutter Carbon steel. Sprung. Blade length 20mm. Overall 120mm. Description DS520-10 Bone cutter ea 0.00 ea (10+) 0.00
XX

Chains and Hooks Three on one ring. Nickel plated. DS580-10 Chains 0.00 ea 0.00 ea (10+) & hooks Section Lifter Stainless steel. Blade length 55mm. DS590-20 Lifter 0.00 ea 0.00 ea (10+)

XX

Oilstone Fine grade. For honing scalpels and razors. Approximately 200 x 50 x 25mm thick. DS525-10 Oilstone 0.00 ea XX Scissors, heavy duty Side bent with polished steel blades. Blade length 125mm. Overall 225mm. TS285-12 Scissors 0.00 ea XX

XX

Seekers Stainless steel bent, blunt probe in handle. Supplied singly. Handle type DS605-10 DS605-20 Wood Stainless steel ea 0.00 0.00 ea (10+) 0.00 0.00
XX XX

XX XX XX

Scissors, blunt Stainless steel. Straight, closed shanks. DS480-20 125 0.00 Scissors, general purpose Stainless steel. Straight, closed shanks. DS500-20 125 0.00 DS500-25 150 0.00 DS500-30 175 0.00

XX

Needles Stainless steel, straight in handle. Supplied singly. Handle type ea ea (qty+) 0.00 0.00(100+) 0.00 0.00 (10+)
XX XX

XX XX XX

DS620-10 DS620-20

Wood Stainless steel

Needle, Borradaile Stainless steel single edge blade in aluminium handle. Blade length 30mm. DS625-15 Borradaile 0.00 ea 0.00 ea (10+) XX

DS450

DS455

DS460

DS480

DS525-10 with DS325 and DS350

DS500

DS520

DS580

DS590

TS285

DS605

DS620

DS625

215

dissecting
Dissecting Sets
Forceps, Polypropylene, Nalgene Autoclavable to 121C. With double hinge for extra leverage, blunt tips with interlocking teeth and ratchet handles to lock tips shut. Overall 120mm. Supplied in packs of 12. 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea
XX XX XX

Forceps
Dimension given is overall length. Forceps, Azlon PMP With fine tooth grips Sharp ends DS700-10 115mm, TWY260 DS700-20 145mm, TWY262 DS702-25 180mm, TWY264 Blunt ends DS702-30 250mm, TWY266

Ref. 6320DS727-15 -0010

pk 0.00
XX

XX

Forceps, fine point Stainless steel sprung flutes with guide pin. Straight DS710-10 DS710-15 DS710-20 Curved DS712-10 DS712-15 115mm 125mm 150mm 115mm 125mm 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea
XX XX XX

Forceps, entomological Stainless steel sprung curved flutes with broad ends and guide pin. DS730-15 120mm 0.00 ea XX Forceps, watchmakers Very fine points. Stainless steel sprung flutes, length 110mm. DS740-10 No. 3 0.00 ea XX DS740-15 No. 4 0.00 ea XX DS740-20 No. 5 0.00 ea XX DS740-25 No. 7 0.00 ea XX Forceps with spatulate ends for handling microscope slides see Microscopy section. Folding Magnifiers for specimen examining see Magnifiers section.

Dissecting Set Comprising items as below in a canvas roll wallet with tape ties. All instruments stainless steel unless otherwise stated. 2 only solid scalpels 1 only needle (wood handle) 1 only seeker (wood handle) 1 pair forceps, blunt, 125mm 1 pair forceps, sharp, 115mm 1 pair scissors, fine, 115mm 1 pair scissors, blunt, 125mm 1 only section lifter (aluminium) 1 only section razor (carbon steel) 1 only fine brush DS840-15 Set 0.00 set XX Dissecting Set As DS840-15 but with one each scalpel handles Nos. 3 and 4 and 20 blades to fit in place of the solid scalpels. DS840-30 Set 0.00 set XX DS840-75 Spare canvas roll wallet 0.00 ea XX Specimen Examination Other items of interest can be found in other sections of this catalogue see:Mixers section for Homogenisers. Microscope section for high magnification examination. Histology, Microscopy sections for staining, section mounting and wax embedding facilities.

XX XX

Forceps, blunt Stainless steel sprung, straight flutes. No guide pin. DS725-10 115mm 0.00 ea XX DS725-15 125mm 0.00 ea XX DS725-20 150mm 0.00 ea XX

DS700

DS702

DS710

DS712

DS725

DS730

DS840-15, DS840-30 is similar

DS740-10

DS740-15

DS740-20

DS740-25

DS727-15

216

dissolved oxygen
Checkmate II Modular Meter System Hand Held Waterproof Model 970

A highly flexible and convenient, hand-held instrument comprising meter unit and separate plug-in sensor modules allowing the user to measure up to 8 parameters including pH, mV, ORP, ion, conductivity, TDS, temperature and dissolved oxygen. N Waterproof casing to IP67 standard protects the instruments electronics and allows it to float in water N Data logging facility with RS232 output stores up to 199 measurements of each parameter for subsequent downloading to a personal computer N Barometric pressure (altitude) and salinity compensation facilities Specification Ranges 0 to 200 0 to 20.0 Resolution 0.1 0.01 Accuracy 1% 0.1% 0.5

N Waterproof casing complies with IP67 resistance standard N Selectable % dissolved oxygen or oxygen concentration (mg/l) ranges N Stored value recall function N Backlit LCD with simultaneous parameter and temperature readout N Automatic temperature compensation, pressure and salinity correction factors can be entered manually N Battery life approximately 500 hours Catalogue No. Model Ranges (Resolution) DT250-20 970 -5 to 199% (1%) -5 to 25.0% (0.1%) -5 to 19.99mg/l (0.01mg/l) -10 to +105C/+14 to +221F (0.1C/1F) 2% within 10C of calibration temperature 0.5 0 to 60 (32 to 140F) Mini-DIN 175 x 75 x 35 250

DO2

%O2 mg/l O2 Temperature compensation C Overall Meter Module mm Sensor mm

0 to 40 0.1 145 x 59 x 49 186 x 59 x 49

O2 Conc. temperature Accuracy ATC range Input Overall Weight DO2, O2 Conc. temperature C C mm g

Meter module, Checkmate II As described. Complete with RS232 interface, wrist strap, test plug, 2 x 1.5V AA batteries and soft carrying case. Without sensor. PH300-20 Meter module 475646 0.00 ea XX Dissolved Oxygen Sensor As specified. Range 0 to 200%O2 (0 to 20mg/l O2). DT245-12 Sensor 473020 BL610-15 Spare 1.5V AA battery (2 required)

0.00 ea 0.00 ea

XX XX

DO2 Meter 970, Jenway As described. With DO2/ATC probe on lead, 2 x 1.5V AA batteries, spare membranes, KCl solution and zero powder. DT250-20 Model 970 0.00 ea XX Accessories & Spares DT252-08 DO2/ATC probe DT202-08 Membrane set DT202-15 DT202-17 DT202-19 BL610-15 DT252-40 BOD attachments 2.5 BOD attachments 3.0 BOD attachments 6.0 Battery 1.5V AA (2 required) Hard carrying case for DT250-20 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

Dissolved Oxygen Set, Checkmate II Comprising meter module PH300-20 and Sensor DT245-12, shorting plug, calibration solution sachets, 2 x 1.5V AA batteries, soft carrying case, wrist strap and instructions. DT245-50 Dissolved oxygen set 475635 0.00 ea XX Other Checkmate sensor modules can be found in the Conductivity, pH and Water Testing sections. DT244-24 Zero oxygen standard, 473625, 500ml 0.00 ea XX DT309-14 Zero oxygen standard sachets, pack of 10 0.00 ea XX

XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

PH300-20 with DT245-12

DT250-20

217

dissolved oxygen
Bench Model 9500

Hand Held Waterproof Model 9200

N Waterproof casing and probe connection complies with IP67 N Selectable readout in %O2 or mg/l O2 and temperature N BOD accessory probe N Multilingual menu-driven operation for ease of use N Datalogging facility stores readings for recall or downloading to a personal computer N Built-in infra-red transmitter/receiver allows RS232 interfacing Catalogue No. Model Dissolved oxygen Temperature Power Overall L x W x H Weight mm g %O2 mg/l C DT280-10 9200 Range 0 to 199 0 to 25.0 0 to 19.99 10 to + 60 Resolution 1 0.1 0.01 0.1 Accuracy 2% within 10C of calibration temperature 0.5

N Back-lit LCD graphics display N Atmospheric pressure and salinity compensation values can be entered for correction of results N BOD capability N Multi-language operation N Real-time clock with time stamping of results and calibration reminder ensure compliance with GLP (Good Laboratory Practice) N 500 reading memory which can store manually, at timed intervals or alarm events plus 25 BOD results (in batches of 10 samples) N Infra-red data link and separate bi-directional RS232 port Catalogue No. Model Dissolved oxygen Temperature %O2 mg/l C F DT290-20 9500 Ranges 0 to 199 0 to 25.0 0 to 19.99 10 to +60 +14 to +140

3 x 1.5V AA batteries (Duracell MN1500 or equivalent) 200 x 80 x 60 370

Resolution 1 0.1 0.01 0.1 1

Accuracy 2% within 10C of calibration temperature 0.5 1

DO2 Meter, Jenway As described. With probe incorporating temperature sensor and 1m cable, spare membranes, 30ml KCl solution, zero powder and 3 x 1.5V AA batteries. DT280-10 Model 9200 0.00 ea XX Accessories and Spares DT285-15 Carrying case for DT280-10 only CU622-45 Receiver cradle with Infra-red RS232 interface DT285-30 BOD probe with 1m cable DT285-45 DO2 probe DT285-60 DT285-80 BL610-15 Spare membrane set for standard probe Spare membrane set for BOD probe 1.5V battery 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

Temp. comp. ranges C (F) Alarm points Overall H x W x D mm Weight kg

0 to +60 (+32 to +140), manual and automatic 0 to 19.99mg/l 55 x 210 x 250 0.85

XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Dissolved Oxygen Meter, Model 9500, Jenway As described. Supplied with probe with built-in ATC, spare membranes, KCL filling solution, zero powder, swing-arm electrode holder, instruction manual and mains adapter. A 230V 50Hz supply is required for the adapter. DT290-20 Model 9500 0.00 ea XX Spares and Accessories DT202-08 Membrane set DT202-10 Zero powder DT292-09 DO2 electrode with ATC CU656-25 IrDA or serial connection printer. Supplied with one roll of thermal paper, serial connection lead, power supply and power connection lead CU656-27 Thermal paper roll, pack of 1 CU656-50 Serial interface connection kit for connecting meters to the users PC CU656-52 Serial communication software for downloading data from meters onto the users PC. Requires CU656-50 DT292-12 CANCELLED 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 pk 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

XX XX XX XX

XX XX XX

DT280-10

DT290-20 in use with SS320-40

218

dissolved oxygen
Models HI9142 and HI9145 Model HI93732N Colorimeter

Waterproof, microprocessor controlled dissolved oxygen meters designed for on-site applications, especially waste water treatment monitoring and fish farming N Auto-calibration by saturated air recognition N Direct readout in ppmO2 (HI9145 additionally has an alternative % saturation readout which can be selected, and simultaneous temperature readout) N Polarographic dissolved oxygen probe with built-in temperature sensor N Automatic temperature compensation N Battery operated, with auto shut-off after 4 hours Catalogue No. Model Range x resolution DT310-05 HI9142 0 to 19.9 x 0.1 DT330-10 HI9145 0 to 45 x 0.01 0 to 300 x 0.1 0 to +50 x 0.1

Portable colorimetric dissolved oxygen meter which takes measurements using a modified Winkler method. In operation the sample is placed in a cuvette provided. The cuvette with sample is inserted into the meter and the zero key selected to calibrate the meter. Then accessory reagents are added drop-wise to the sample to generate the colour for reading. The intensity of the colour is dependent on the dissolved oxygen level. Readings are unaffected by the temperature change, salinity or probe health factors normally affecting polarographic measurement systems. N Easy to operate N Low cost per test N Maintenance free system N Long life LED light source operating at 430nm N Battery operated, with auto shut-off after 10 minutes Catalogue No. Model Range x resolution Accuracy (at 20C) Power Dimensions Weight DT365-10 HI93732N 0 to 10.0 x 0.1 0.2 3% of reading 1 x 9V, PP3 battery 180 x 83 x 46 290

ppmO2 %O2 temperature C ppm%O2 temperature C

Accuracy Calibration Power Dimensions Weight

1.5% of full scale both models 0.5 Automatic in saturated air both models 4 x 1.5V, AA batteries both models 196 x 80 x 60 both models 425 both models

mg/l mg/l mm g

mm g

DO2 meters, Hanna As described. With rugged carrying case, dissolved oxygen probe with 4m cable, batteries, spare membrane kit and 25ml electrolyte solution. DT310-05 HI9142 0.00 ea XX DT330-10 HI9145 0.00 ea XX Spares DT335-15 DT335-20 DT335-24 BL610-15 DO2 probe with 4m cable Replacement membranes, pack of 5 Electrolyte solution, pack of 30ml 1.5V battery (4 required) 0.00 ea 0.00 pk 0.00 pk 0.00 ea

Portable DO2 Colorimeter, HI93732N, Hanna As described. With 60ml capacity BOD sample bottle, two cuvettes, 9V PP3 battery and instructions. Without reagents. DT365-10 HI93732N 0.00 ea XX Accessories and Spares DT369-06 Reagent kit for dissolved oxygen, 100 tests DT369-12 Spare measurement cuvettes, pack of 4 BL610-25 Spare battery, 9V PP3 0.00 ea 0.00 pk 0.00 ea

XX XX XX

XX XX XX XX

DT310-05, DT330-10 is similar

DT365-10, with accessories

219

distillation
Glass Distillation Receivers BS658
Glass Distillation Receivers Pyrex Glass. Class B. To BS658. Type 1 Crow pattern Ref. CY750-10 Pyrex 3400/04 Cap. ml 100 ea 0.00 ea (qty+) 0.00 (2+)
XX

Pyrex Condensers
Bibby Pyrex Condensers With 13mm screwthread olives for hose connection. An improved design which allows the flexible tubing to be connected onto a plastic hose connector which is then screwed to the screw thread olive of the connector. Breakage of condenser side arms is considerably reduced. Each condenser is supplied with two screwthread plastic connectors for 9mm bore flexible tubing. The top cup outside diameter of all condensers is 22mm. Type Effective length x stem o.d. mm 400 x 13 400 x 13 250 x 13 200 x 8 200 x 15 ea ea (2+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX

Glass Distillation Flasks

Flasks, Pyrex 1280/1290 series Distillation. Side arm set at 75 to vertical axis and positioned to suit a 76mm partial immersion thermometer. Ref. General purpose FK525-26 1280/08 FK525-30 1280/10 FK525-35 1280/14 To ASTM E133 FK527-24 1290/02 FK527-26 1290/04 FK527-30 1290/06 Cap. ml 150 250 500 100 125 250 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (5+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX

DT980-10 DT980-15 DT980-20 DT980-25 DT980-30

Liebig 8-bulb Allihn 18-spiral Graham 8-spiral Thorpe Double surface Davies

0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

Anti-bumping granules/Boiling stones PTFE. Prevent chemical splashes and bumping when boiling solutions. Supplied in resealable packs of 500g. Granule sizes stated are approximate. DT985-10 4mm granules 0.00 pk XX DT985-20 6mm granules 0.00 pk XX All-glass water stills see Water Stills section. Distillation Assemblies for petroleum products see Petroleum section. Distillation Thermometers to IP and ASTM see Thermometers section. Flexible tubing 9mm bore for condensers see Tubing section. L4 Diamond water still see WL600. Quickfit Condensers with standard joints see Quickfit section. Spare screwthread connectors for condensers see AD255-10 in Adapters section.

XX XX XX

DT985

DT980-10

DT980-15 DT980-20

DT980-25

DT980-30

CY750

FK525, FK527

220

draining and drying

Draining Racks
Draining Rack, Azlon Wall mounting. Epoxy coated steel with 8 pegs 110mm long and 24 pegs 80mm long for holding flasks, cylinders, etc. The backboard, which is polystyrene, is drilled for wall mounting and for attaching the trough. The trough has a drainage nozzle which accepts 5mm bore flexible tubing. Overall 410 x 300mm. DY110-10 Rack only 0.00 ea XX DY110-12 Backboard 0.00 ea XX DY110-14 Backboard and trough 0.00 ea XX DY110-20 Rack, backboard and trough 0.00 ea XX DY110-27 Rack with integral free standing support 0.00 ea XX Flexible tubing, 5mm bore see Tubing section. Draining Racks, Brkle Wall mounting. Rigid PVC backboard drilled with holes to take interchangeable clip-in pegs in a variety of lengths as indicated. Available in a choice of sizes with, or without, draining trough with nozzle for attaching 4mm i.d. tubing. Supplied with pegs, screws and dowels for fitting. Rack W x H, mm With draining trough DY116-40 400 x 400 DY116-50 500 x 500 DY116-60 600 x 600 Without draining trough DY119-40 400 x 400 DY119-50 500 x 500 DY119-60 600 x 600 Pegs supplied 60mm 10mm 150mm 5 10 15 5 10 15 26 39 56 26 39 56 2 4 6 2 4 6 ea

Dryer, Drying Cabinets

Dryer, Nelldorn Bench, or wall mounting. For drying flasks, cylinders etc. Compact metal frame with base mounted heater and fan which blows hot filtered air through 60 stepped plastic nozzles of varying length. With heat controls, 120 minute timer and overheat cut-out. Overall including tubes 490 x 190 x 430mm W x D x H. For 220-240V 50Hz single phase supplies; 2.1kW. DY150-20 Nelldorn Dryer 0.00 ea XX DY152-06 Spare air filters, pack of 5 0.00 pk XX DY152-12 Spare 75mm plastic nozzles, pack of 30 0.00 pk XX Drying Cabinets For general warming and drying purposes, including drying of drained glassware. N Maximum temperature is approximately ambient +50C Catalogue No. Model capacity Internal H x W x D Overall H x W x D Shelves Power rating Voltage OV100-14 OV100-25 125 250 535 x 730 x 340 595 x 980 x 390 600 x 750 x 360 660 x 1000 x 400 3 supplied with both units 500 1000 For 220-240V 50Hz single phase supplies. 0.00 ea 0.00 ea
XX XX

litres mm mm W

0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

XX XX XX

XX XX XX

OV100-14 125 litres, sliding door OV100-25 250 litres, sliding door Glassware Washing Automatic washers see Washing section. Detergents etc see Cleaning and Brushes sections. Ultrasonic baths see Ultrasonics section.

Spare pegs are available separately details on request.

DY110-20

DY150 in use

DY116 in use

OV100

221

educational equipment
Macro-Science Kits
Comprise components, worksheets and teachers notes to enable small groups to investigate physical phenomena. Supplied in stackable trays with contents checklist. Sound Kit Pupils can attain a comprehensive understanding of the properties of sound. Experiments include making a telephone, stethoscope and guitar. ED130-10 Sound kit 0.00 ea XX Light Kit Pupils make a periscope, pinhole camera and a rainbow. They also learn about shadows, colours and how light travels. ED130-20 Light kit 103.95 ea FO Forces Kit Pupils will learn about gravity, friction and inertia, using pulleys, forcemeters and weights. ED130-30 Forces kit 94.50 ea FO Heat, Air and Water Kit A good introduction to helping pupils understand the world around them, and to grasp abstract concepts. The kit includes everything necessary to make a rocket powered balloon, a submarine and solar panel. ED130-40 Heat/air/water kit 135.45 ea FO Magnetism Kit Enables pupils to discover how magnetism works and its uses. ED130-50 Magnetism kit 135.45 ea FO Electricity Kit 24 suggested experiments using components such as buzzers, motors, LEDs and batteries enable pupils to understand what electricity is and where it comes from, its uses and its dangers. ED130-60 Electricity kit 126.00 ea FO

Primary Science Kits

A wide range of Primary and Intermediate Science educational equipment is available from which only a small selection is listed here. Please contact us with your requirement or for details of our full range. QCA Primary Science Kits Developed from the UK Quality and Curriculum Authority (QCA)s Primary Science Guidelines. Featuring well-researched, easy to use, modern laboratory techniques these are complete kits with all equipment necessary for individual or small group work and photocopiable worksheets. Solids and Liquids Activities performed: comparison of solids and liquids; how some solids behave like liquids; separating solid mixtures; effect of heat on solids; effect on sand, sugar and other solids when mixed with water; contrasting substance melting and dissolving; determining the best filter material. ED100-05 Solids/liquids kit 0.00 ea XX Characteristics of Materials Activities performed: characteristics of hard wearing materials; fabric strength; clothing materials; what is hard? What affects how high a ball bounces? Paper absorbancy; flammable materials. ED100-10 Materials kit 0.00 ea XX Rocks and Soils Activities performed: comparing rocks; are all rocks hard? Can water pass through rock? Effect of acid rain; what is soil? Soil types and determination of local soil; which soil will let water through most easily? ED100-15 Rocks and soils kit 0.00 ea XX Teeth and Eating Activities performed: Why do we eat? What do cats eat? Examining human/animal teeth; teeth care; tooth decay. ED100-20 Teeth and eating kit 0.00 ea XX Seeds and Green Plants Activities performed: Where and how do plant leaves get water; growth effects of water, light and temperature; what does a seed look like? Observing/sorting seed collections; germination factors; flower observation-plant pollination and fertilisation. ED100-25 Seeds/green plants kit 0.00 ea XX Changing Sounds Activities performed: making sounds-visible vibrations; watching sound travel; measuring vibrations; which material can sound travel through? Best material for muffling sound; investigating pitch. ED100-30 Changing sounds kit 0.00 ea XX Forces and Friction Activities performed: forcemeters; which surfaces allow objects to slide? Shapes moving in water; fall of a parachute; weighing with forcemeters in air; floating objects; falling objects (gravity). ED100-35 Forces and friction kit 0.00 ea XX Magnets and Springs Activities performed: investigating magnets; magnetic materials; magnetic strength; do magnets work through other materials? Magnetic field; making springs; spring strength comparison; making a catapult for compulsion. ED100-40 Magnets/springs kit 0.00 ea XX Light and Shadows Investigations performed: QCA 3F/6F modules; how are shadows formed? How do they change during the day? Does the sun shine from the same direction at the same time each day? How do we know the earth spins on its axis? Do all materials let light through? What can you see in a mirror? Which surfaces reflect light best? How can shadows change? ED100-45 Light and shadows kit 0.00 ea XX Electricity Investigations performed: QCA 4F circuits and conductors,QCA 6G changing circuits modules. Understanding circuits; which materials conduct electricity best? What is a switch? How is the brightness of a bulb changed? Changing circuits; drawing a circuit diagram; how are the wires changed to affect the brightness of the bulb? ED100-50 Electricity kit 0.00 ea XX Teaching Resource guide Teaching guide for all Primary Science experiments listed. ED100-95 Primary Science 70.50 ea FO Experiments teaching guide

ED100-10

ED100-35

ED130-50

222

electrical
Electrical Sundries
Crocodile Clips For low voltage use. Spring loaded serrated jaws. With screw lead connection. Length approximately 40mm. Supplied singly. EE100-15 Clips 0.00 ea XX Wire, bare For low voltage use. In reels. All data below is nominal. s.w.g. Copper EE140-20 EE140-22 Diameter mm 0.90 0.71 0.90 0.71 0.90 0.71 0.56 0.45 0.37 Reel weight, g 250 250 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX

E
XX

Multiple Socket Outlet 4-position, UK 13A sockets to BS1363. With indicator lamp and 13A fuse. EE330-10 Multi-socket 0.00 ea

20 22

Educational Ammeters and Voltmeters Ruggedly constructed compact d.c. meters with high electrical and mechanical stability. Accuracy 4%. With uniform scales, clear plastic cases and captive 4mm socket terminals. Overall 80 x 100 x 48mm. Weight 200g. EE370-10 Ammeter 0 to 1A d.c. 0.00 ea XX EE370-20 Ammeter 0 to 2A d.c. 0.00 ea XX EE370-30 Ammeter 0 to 5A d.c. 0.00 ea XX EE370-60 EE370-80 Voltmeter 0 to 6V d.c. Voltmeter 0 to 15V d.c. 0.00 ea 0.00 ea
XX XX

Constantan (Eureka) EE147-20 20 EE147-22 22 Nickel Chromium (80%/20%) EE151-20 20 EE151-22 22 EE151-24 24 EE151-26 26 EE151-28 28

XX XX

XX XX XX XX XX

Digital Multi Meter DM15XL Pocket sized multi meter with large, 18mm LCD, positive action rotary range selection switch, fuse protection and safe a.c. and d.c. voltage testing LED indication, independent of battery condition. A continuity test buzzer is also provided for short circuit testing. Model Ranges DM15XL 200mV,2V,20V,200V,1000V 200mV,2V,20V,200V,750V 200A,2mA,20mA,200mA,10A 200,2k,20k,200k,2M,20M,2000M <75 10 (a.c. or d.c.) 155 x 71 x 33

Plug, UK 13A Moulded plastic body with 3-pins, cable restrainer and 13A fuse. To BS1363. EE300-10 Plug 0.00 ea XX Adapter plugs Enable instruments with UK 13A 3-pin plugs to be operated from international supply sockets as indicated*. Maximum current 7.5A. Supplied singly. EE305-06 2 round pin Schuko, for use in most continental 0.00 ea XX European countries EE305-08 2 flat pin with angle adjustment, for use in USA*, 0.00 ea XX Canada*, Japan*, Australia and New Zealand * The instrument itself must have built-in voltage adjustment to enable operation on the local supply.

Voltage Voltage Current Resistance

d.c. a.c. a.c. M mm

Continuity threshold Input impedance Overall H x W x D

As described. Supplied with shrouded test leads and 9V PP3 battery. EE390-40 DM15XL 0.00 ea BL610-25 Spare battery 9V 0.00 ea Other Electrical Sundries Batteries see BL590/BL610. Hot air blower see HE775. Pliers see TS200.

XX XX

Screwdrivers see TS350. Soldering kit see TS480. Warning labels see SC300/SC304.

EE330

EE100

EE140/151

EE300

EE305-06

EE305-08

EE370 series

EE390

223

electrical
Digital Temperature Controller For accurate temperature control. Membrane switch setting with 3 digit LED display. Range 10 to +800C x 1C resolution. In addition an hysteresis range can be set to govern temperature variation. Memory retains control parameters even if power disconnected. Supplied with PTFE covered platinum resistance thermometer for measurement and control up to +270C. Accessory probes extend range up to +800C. Input connection by IEC socket and 2m cable. Output by fixed IEC socket. Overall dimensions L x W x H 120 x 100 x 80mm. The case has a wing screw fitting for mounting the controller on a 12.7mm diameter retort/ scaffolding rod. For 200-240V 50/60 Hz single phase supplies. EE500-75 MC810 0.00 ea XX Accessories and spares EE502-10 270C probe AZ6705, spare EE502-15 400C probe AZ6706 EE502-20 800C probe AZ6741 Time Switches see TM850. 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

Power Controllers
For controlling heating equipment. EE500-20 MC227 Bimetallic Non-linear 5 40-1200 200-250 a.c. 240 x 140 x 90

Model Control Maximum current Load Supply Overall

A W V mm

Supplied with flying leads for input and output connection. The case has a wing screw fitting for mounting the controller on a 12.7mm diameter retort/scaffolding rod. EE500-20 MC227 0.00 ea XX Controller, MC223 For controlling up to 2000W on each of up to 3 separate circuits. With arbitrary scaled controls and an amber neon on the output of each circuit. Input and output connection is through an internal connecting block. For 200-250V a.c. 50/60Hz single phase supplies. EE500-35 MC223 0.00 ea XX Controller, MC242 A single circuit percentage on/off controller for circuit loads up to 2000W. With arbitrary scaled control, power on and power output indicator lamps. For 230V 50/60Hz a.c. single phase supplies. EE500-60 MC242 0.00 ea XX

XX XX XX

EE500-60 in use

EE500-20

EE500-75

224

electrophoresis
Horizontal Gel Electrophoresis Units
Compact Horizontal Gel Unit H1-SET Designed for routine electrophoresis using minimum volumes of buffer. Ideal for a wide range of samples including those from plasmid preparations and PCR reactions. The complete unit can easily be placed on a transilluminator for visualisation. N Gel size 10 x 8cm N Robust UV transparent plastic construction N Built-in gel casting tray with removable gates N Safety lid provides complete user protection N Corrosion-free, gold-plated connectors and terminals N User-replaceable platinum wire electrodes N All power connectors recessed and shrouded Model Gel size Buffer volume Overall W x D x H H1-SET 10 x 8 50 135 x 150 x 30 Model Gel size Buffer volume Overall W x D x H cm ml mm HU13 12.8 x 15 900 200 x 320 x 70 HU20 20 x 20 2200 270 x 475 x 80 Horizontal Gel Units, HU13, HU20 For both analytical and preparative studies of nucleic acids. N Choice of models offering gel sizes: 12.8 x 15cm or 20 x 20cm N Robust acrylic construction N Platinum wire electrodes N Four comb positions

N Corrosion-free, gold-plated connectors and terminals N Safety lid provides complete user protection N All power connectors recessed and shrouded N Removable, UV transparent gel casting tray

cm ml mm

Horizontal Gel Unit, HU13 As described. Supplied with removable gel casting tray, two 16-well, 1mm thick combs, coloured strips, recirculation ports and shrouded power supply leads. Gels may be cast in-tank or externally using accessory gel casting gates. Requires power supply for operation. EL250-20 HU13 0.00 ea XX EL252-08 Accessory gel casting gates for HU13, pk of 2 0.00 ea XX EL252-15 Spare gel casting tray for HU13 0.00 ea XX Accessory combs for HU13 only, supplied singly Thickness mm 1 1.5 2 10 EL254-12 EL256-12 EL258-12 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 Number of Wells 16 EL254-17 EL256-17 EL258-17 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 24 EL254-22 EL256-22 EL258-22 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX

Compact Horizontal Gel Unit, H1-SET As described. Supplied with 2 eight-well, 1.5mm thick combs, two removable gel casting gates and shrouded power supply leads. Requires power supply for operation. EL230-15 H1-SET 0.00 ea XX Spare and accessory combs for EL230-15 EL237-04 1 well x 1.5mm thick 0.00 ea EL237-08 4 wells x 1.5mm thick 0.00 ea EL237-12 8 wells x 1.5mm thick 0.00 ea EL237-16 EL237-20 EL237-24

XX XX XX XX XX XX

12 wells x 1.5mm thick 0.00 ea 16 wells x 1.5mm thick 0.00 ea 20 wells x 1.5mm thick* 0.00 ea

Horizontal Gel Unit, HU20 As described. Supplied with removable gel casting tray, two 16-well, 1mm thick combs, two casting gates, coloured strips and shrouded power supply leads. Requires power supply for operation. EL260-40 HU20 0.00 ea XX EL261-04 Spare gel casting tray for HU20 0.00 ea XX Accessory combs for HU20 only, supplied singly Thickness mm 1 1.5 2 16 EL263-14 EL267-14 EL269-14 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 20 Number of Wells ea 28 0.00 0.00 0.00 EL263-24 EL267-24 EL269-24 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 40* EL263-29 EL267-29 EL269-29 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX

With additional dye track. *Suitable for use with multichannel pipettors. Power supplies see EL340. Transilluminators see LM420.

EL263-19 EL267-19 EL269-19

*Suitable for use with multichannel pipettors. Alternative comb configurations are available details on request.

EL230-15

EL250-20, EL260-40 is similar

225

electrophoresis
Vertical Gel Units, TV100Y/TV100YK As described. For two 10 x 10cm gels. Supplied with two each 2mm thick notched and two each plain float glass plates (plain have 1mm thick bonded spacers), one dummy plate, two 12-well, 1mm thick combs, casting base with silicone seals and shrouded power supply leads. TK100YK additionally incorporates the super-cooling tank, requiring accessory cooling. Require power supply for operation. EL275-30 TV100Y 0.00 ea XX EL275-35 TV100YK super-cooling 0.00 ea XX EL275-39 Accessory electroblotting module for TV100 units 0.00 ea XX Accessory combs for TV100 series, supplied singly Thickness mm 0.75 1 1.5 2 1 EL277-07 EL279-07 EL282-07 EL285-07 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 8* Number of Wells ea 12 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 EL277-16 EL279-16 EL282-16 EL285-16 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 20 EL277-21 EL279-21 EL282-21 EL285-21 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX

Vertical Gel Electrophoresis Units

For the separation of nucleic acids or proteins, Mini SDS-PAGE, Preparative, Peptide and Gradient pore separations. N Choice of compact, dual plate models for 2 each 10 x 10cm or 20 x 20cm polyacrylamide gels N Large choice of accessory combs and spacers available N Robust acrylic construction N Float glass plates provide uniform gel thickness and straight sample migration N Parallel clamping mechanism ensures even pressure onto gel cassettes or glass plates, preventing lane distortion N Platinum wire electrodes N Safety lid with integral recessed power connectors rated to 1000 volts and shrouded power leads N Corrosion-free, gold-plated connectors and terminals N Glass plates with bonded spacers are included removing the need for manual spacer alignment N Optional super-cooled tank versions can be connected to an accessory chiller to enhance resolution and/or reduce run times N Gels are fully submerged in running buffer, evenly distributing the heat generated and limiting band distortion Model Gel size cm Active gel dims cm Buffer volume min. ml max. ml TV100 10 x 10 8 x 8.5 400 1200 TV400 20 x 20 16.5 x 17.5 950 4600

EL277-12 EL279-12 EL282-12 EL285-12

With additional dye track.

*Suitable for use with multichannel pipettors.

Accessory plain glass plates for TV100 series only With fixed spacers as indicated. Supplied in packs of 2. EL288-24 0.75mm thick 0.00 pk XX EL288-33 EL288-29 1mm thick 0.00 pk XX EL288-37

1.5mm thick 2mm thick

0.00 pk 0.00 pk

XX XX

Vertical Gel Units, TV400Y/TV400YK As described. For two 20 x 20cm gels. Supplied with two each 4mm thick notched and two each plain float glass plates (plain have 1mm thick bonded spacers), one dummy plate, two 24-well, 1mm thick combs, casting base with silicone seals and shrouded power supply leads. TY400YK additionally incorporates the super-cooling tank, requiring accessory cooling. Require power supply for operation. EL290-20 TK400Y 0.00 ea XX EL290-25 TV400YK super-cooling 0.00 ea XX EL290-29 Accessory electroblotting module for TV400 units 471.53 ea FO Accessory combs for TV400 series, supplied singly Thickness mm 1 0.75 1 1.5 2 EL292-09 EL294-09 EL296-09 EL298-09 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 10 EL292-13 EL294-13 EL296-13 EL298-13 Number of Wells ea 24 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 EL292-18 EL294-18 EL296-18 EL298-18 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 36* EL292-21 EL294-21 EL296-21 EL298-21 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 48 EL292-24 EL294-24 EL296-24 EL298-24 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX

With additional dye track.

*Suitable for use with multichannel pipettors.

Accessory plain glass plates for TV400 series only With fixed spacers as indicated. Supplied in packs of 2. EL299-25 0.75mm thick 0.00 pk XX EL299-35 EL299-32 1mm thick 0.00 pk XX EL299-40

1.5mm thick 2mm thick

0.00 pk 0.00 pk

XX XX

Alternative comb configurations and spacer sets are available details on request. Power supplies see EL340. Recirculating chillers see CL110.

EL275-35 with EL275-39

226

electrophoresis
Large Vertical gel Electrophoresis/DNA Sequencing Units
Designed for manual DNA sequencing or large format vertical gel applications. N Choice of models offering gel sizes: 20 x 50cm 33 x 41cm N Robust acrylic construction N Ultra-soft seals ensure that an even, parallel pressure is applied to the gel plate, eliminating breakage, bowing or lane distortion N Integral aluminium backing plate provides uniform heat distribution and straight sample migration through the gel N Accessory thermostatically controlled fan and sensor kit enables gels to be run at high speeds and with enhanced resolution N Lightweight, safety lid with integral recessed power connectors and shrouded power leads N Corrosion-free, gold-plated connectors and terminals N Platinum wire electrodes with assymetric offset fitting to prevent accidental polarity reversal Model Gel size cm Reservoir buffer volume upper ml lower ml TVS1000 20 x 50 1200 2400 TVS1400 33 x 41 1600 3200 Accessory combs for TVS1000 only, supplied singly Thickness mm Plain 0.75 1 Sharks tooth 0.25 0.35 24 EL292-18 EL294-18 EL312-05 EL315-05 ea 21.38 21.46 27.95 27.95 Number of Wells 36 ea EL292-21 EL294-21 EL312-08 EL315-08 21.38 21.46 27.95 27.95 48 EL292-24 EL294-24 EL312-12 EL315-12

E
ea 21.38 21.46 27.95 27.95
FO FO

FO FO

Spacer sets for TVS1000 only, 20mm wide x 500mm long EL318-03 0.25mm thick 13.45 ea FO EL318-09 EL318-07 0.35mm thick 13.45 ea FO EL318-12 Accessory plain combs for TVS1400 only, supplied singly Thickness mm 0.25 0.35 40 EL322-07 EL324-07 ea 27.45 27.45

0.75mm thick 1mm thick

13.45 ea 13.45 ea

FO FO

Number of Wells 60* ea EL322-10 EL324-10 27.45 27.45

80 EL322-14 EL324-14

ea 27.45 27.45
FO FO

*Suitable for use with multichannel pipettors. Accessory sharks tooth combs for TVS1400 only, supplied singly Thickness mm 0.25 0.35 48 EL326-04 EL328-04 ea 35.71 35.71 Number of Wells 60* ea EL326-07 EL328-07 35.71 35.71 96 EL326-09 EL328-09 ea 35.71 35.71
FO FO

*Suitable for use with multichannel pipettors. Spacer sets for TVS1400 only, 20mm wide x 410mm long EL329-09 0.25mm thick 13.29 ea FO EL329-12 Cooling kit, with fan and heat sensor control EL330-10 Cooling kit for TVS1000 and TVS1400 Alternative comb configurations and spacer sets are available details on request. Power supplies see EL340.

Large Vertical/DNA Sequencing Units As described. Supplied with integral aluminium heat sink plate, gel casting module, two each notched and plain float glass plates, one set of 0.35mm thick spacers and one 48-well 0.35mm thick sharks tooth comb. Require power supply for operation. EL300-16 TVS1000 774.42 ea FO EL300-36 TVS1400 815.84 ea FO

0.35mm thick

13.29 ea 0.00 ea

FO

FO

EL300

227

electrophoresis
Electrophoresis Power Supplies E800 Microcomputer series
Easy-to-use power supplies for routine electrophoresis applications. N Fully programmable, up to 9 programmes each with 9 parameter sets can be stored N Integral timer with alarm at end of run and volthour integration N Large 4-digit LED displays N Non-volatile memory N Dual outputs allow simultaneous run of two experiments Safety features N Automatic disconnection of supply from the transformer if a ground leakage of greater than 500A is detected N Fully protected against any overload condition including accidental short circuit of the output N All terminals are floating (not directly wired to earth) and have deeply recessed connectors N Arc detection facility stops the run should arcing occur Model Timer Programs Outputs No load detection W Minimum load resistance Control Overall W x D x H mm Weight kg E862/E833 E865/E863 0 to 99 hours 59 minutes, 0 to 99.9 KVh all models 9 sets of 9 parameters all models Four in parallel Four in parallel 2mm sockets 4mm sockets <0.2 <0.1 >1200/>300 >30/>70 Automatic crossover all models 300 x 280 x 120 300 x 180 x 120 10 5

Gel Dryers GD4534/GD5040

Versatile gel dryer systems with built-in 800W heating membrane and provision for accessory vacuum pump connection. N Choice of models for gel sizes up to: 33 x 44cm L x W - Model GD4534 50 x 40cm L x W - Model GD5040 N Drying temperature range ambient to +90C, 2C N Digital set and read temperature controller N Separate timers for heating and vacuum pump from 1 minute to 5 hours N PTFE coated, cast aluminium base assists even heat distribution N Clear silicone rubber overlay sheet gives good visibility of gel drying N Dries multiple format gels very quickly Gel Dryers As described. Supplied with stainless steel screen, mylar sheet, porous polyethylene sheet and clear silicone rubber overlay sheet. Overall 45 x 34 x 11cm W x D x H - Model GD4534, 50 x 40 x 11cm W x D x H - Model GD5040. For 230V 50Hz single phase supplies. Require, but do not include, vacuum pump for operation. EL335-20 GD4534 0.00 ea XX EL335-40 GD5040 0.00 ea XX

Gelmaster, Welch
A compact, low-maintenance vacuum pump for use with EL335 gel dryers. N Self-contained unit comprising patented room temperature vapour trap and high efficiency diaphragm pump N Powerful, non-fluctuating vacuum for fast, smooth drying N No dry-ice or refrigeration required for cold trap or fume hood for vapour venting N Condensed vapour reservoir capacity 1.5 litres with level sight gauge and drain tap N Trapping medium can be re-used over and over again since it does not mix with the condensate Gel Dryer Vacuum System, Gelmaster As described, with 9.5mm diameter inlet nozzle. Supplied with 1.5 metres of PVC vacuum tubing, in-line stopcock, hose clamps, mains lead and 1 litre bottle of vapour trapping medium. Overall 362 x 394 x 356mm. W x D x H. Weight 15.2kg. For 220V 50Hz single phase supplies. EL338-10 Gelmaster 0.00 ea XX Spares and Accessories EL338-40 Vapour trapping medium, 1 litre EL338-45 Maintenance kit, with 3.5 litres of vapour trapping medium, and flushing fluid 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

Power Supplies, E800 Series Digital readout. Constant voltage, current and power. Fully programmable with 9 non-volatile memories and automatic crossover protection. Integral run-timer and volthour integration. For 210-250V 50/60Hz single phase supplies. Supplied with manual, mains lead and 4 pairs of 2mm/4mm adapters. Model EL340-50 EL340-60 EL340-70 EL340-80 E862 E833 E865 E863 V 0 to 6000 0 to 3000 0 to 600 0 to 600 mA 0 to 150 0 to 300 0 to 500 0 to 250 W 0 to 300 0 to 300 0 to 150 0 to 150 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX

XX XX

EL340-60

EL335-20, EL335-40 is similar

EL338-10

228

evaporators
Rotary Evaporators RE-300 series

E
0.00 ea 0.00 ea
XX XX

N Choice of versions: Standard diagonal condenser Vertical condenser for use where space is at a premium Cold finger condenser for use with dry ice or ice-salt mixtures Uncoated or polymer safety-coated glassware for additional safety during vacuum use N Suitable for: Concentration of solutions at atmospheric or reduced pressure Reclamation of solvents Degassing of liquids Vacuum drying wet solids N Sparkless induction motor N Counterbalanced manual lift allows almost effortless operation With solid-state control maintaining constant torque at all speed settings. In use, the material distilled only contacts glass or PTFE, avoiding contamination and corrosion problems. The vacuum seal is protected by a PTFE defence system. A feed tube adapter permits continuous addition of material to the rotating flask. All connections for water and vacuum are fitted with PTFE screwthread connectors for chemical and temperature resistance with quick, safe assembly. Speed range 20 to 190rpm. Achievable ultimate vacuum levels <1mm Hg. For 220-240V 50Hz single phase supplies. Rotary Evaporator, Stuart, RE-300 With manual lift and diagonal condenser. EV072-10 Evaporator RE-300 EV072-12 Evaporator RE-300P, plastic coated glassware Rotary Evaporator, Stuart RE-301 With manual lift and vertical condenser. EV072-25 Evaporator RE-301 EV072-27 Evaporator RE-301P, plastic coated glassware

Spares EV074-11 EV074-13

Vapour tube, RE100/VT for angled condenser Vapour tube, RE100/VT/CF for vertical and cold trap condensers

Standard glassware EV074-15 Receiving flask, 1000ml, RE100/RF1L QFD1L/4RE Rotating flask, Florentine shape, 1000ml EV074-18 Angled condenser, RE100/CO EV074-19 Vertical condenser, RE200/VC EV074-20 Cold finger condenser, RE200/CF* Plastic coated glassware EV075-15 Receiving flask, 1000ml, RE100/RF1LP QFD1L/4REP Rotating flask, Florentine shape, 1000ml EV075-18 Angled condenser, RE100/COP EV075-19 Vertical condenser, RE200/VCP EV075-20 Cold finger condenser, RE200/CFP* EV074-22 EV074-25 EV074-27 Feed tube/aeration stopcock, RE100/VR Vacuum seal, RE100/VS Drain tap for cold finger condensers, RE200/CFD

0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

XX XX XX XX XX

XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

*Supplied without drain tap see EV074-27. Accessories Description ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 (2+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX

0.00 ea 0.00 ea

XX XX

Receiving flasks, standard glassware EV074-50 50ml, RE100/RF50 EV074-54 100ml, RE100/RF100 EV074-58 250ml, RE100/RF250 EV074-62 500ml, RE100/RF500 Receiving flask, plastic coated glassware EV075-62 500ml, RE100/RF500P Rotating flasks, Florentine shape, standard glassware QFD50/4RE 50ml QFD100/4RE 100ml QFD250/4RE 250ml QFD500/4RE 500ml EV074-70 Extension adapter, RE100/EA. For use with 50ml, 100ml and 250ml rotating flasks

0.00 ea 0.00 ea

XX XX

XX

Rotary Evaporator, Stuart RE-302 With manual lift and cold finger condenser incorporating drain tap. EV072-36 Evaporator RE-302 0.00 ea EV072-39 Evaporator RE-302P, plastic coated glassware 0.00 ea

XX XX XX XX XX

XX XX

Water Bath, Stuart RE-300B With thermostatic control from ambient to 95C and safety cut-out. Approximate capacity 3.5 litres. For 220-240V 50/60Hz single phase supplies, 1250W. EV078-50 Bath RE-300B 0.00 ea XX

EV072-10 with EV078-50

EV072-36 with EV078-50

229

evaporators
Self-Cleaning Vacuum Pumps

Rotary Evaporators Laborota 4000 series Heidolph

N Angled distillation condenser N Electronic speed control N Supplied with high efficiency water bath N Choice of ultra-smooth manual or electrical lift N Single-handed adjustment of the evaporating flask immersion Speed range Water bath Lifting mechanism Evaporator flasks 20 to 270rpm 20 to 100C, 1300W 140mm maximum 50 to 3000ml accepted

Portable, integrated, self-cleaning dry vacuum systems for solvents and volatiles with boiling points less than 100C. Applications include distillation and evaporation, gel drying, vacuum concentration and sample drying. N Oil-free vacuum to 12mbar and free air displacement of 34 litres/minute N Two-stage diaphragm pump with PTFE pump heads and Kalrez valves N Glass inlet separator helps protect the pump from ingesting liquids or particulates N Choice of digital or analogue gauge models N Gas ballast switch minimises vapour condensation when pumping heavy vapour loads N Adjustable vacuum regulator allows easy setting of pressure to avoid sample bumping or foaming N Self-cleaning purge automatically operates for 2 minutes after turning off pump. This dries the diaphragm and expels liquid or particulates in the pump head into an exhaust separator, increasing the operational life of the diaphragm by as much as 100% As described. Supplied in a case with clearly indicated controls and carrying handle, analogue or digital vacuum gauge as indicated, inlet and exhaust separators, adjustable vacuum regulator, gas ballast switch, inlet/outlet nozzles for 7mm i.d. tubing and mains lead. Overall 292 x 203 x 298mm H x W x D. Weight 12.7kg. For 220V 50Hz single phase supplies. PX260-20 Model 2023-03, analogue gauge 0.00 ea XX PX260-40 Model 2027-03, digital gauge 0.00 ea XX

Each glassware set includes: 1 each 1000ml evaporating and receiving flasks, angled condenser and feed tube. For 230V 50Hz single phase supplies. EV330-40 Model 4000 Angled distillation, manual lift 0.00 ea XX EV330-60 Model 4001 Angled distillation, electrical lift 0.00 ea XX EV332-06 EV332-26 Spare evaporating flask, 1000ml Spare receiving flask, 1000ml 0.00 ea 0.00 ea
XX XX

Cold-trap and vertical glassware versions of these evaporators are available details on request.

EV330-40

PX260-40

230

extraction
Thimbles
Extraction Thimbles, Whatman Cellulose. Supplied in boxes of 25. Dimensions given are nominal internal diameter x external length. I.d. x length mm Single thickness EX100-10 10 x 50 EX100-13 18 x 55 EX100-16 19 x 90 EX100-22 22 x 80 EX100-25 25 x 80 EX100-28 EX100-31 EX100-36 EX100-37 EX100-40 25 x 100 26 x 60 28 x 80 28 x 100 28 x 120 box I.d. x length mm EX100-43 EX100-46 EX100-49 EX100-52 EX100-55 EX100-58 EX100-60 EX100-61 EX100-64 EX100-67 EX105-49 30 x 80 30 x 100 33 x 80 33 x 94 33 x 100 33 x 118 37 x 130 41 x 123 43 x 123 60 x 180 33 x 80 box

Soxhlet Mantles, Electrothermal

N Solid state electronic heat control on each recess spark free in normal operation N Heater cartridge includes a safety earth (ground) screen for additional operator safety N PTFE coated external surfaces N Choice of 3 or 6 recesses 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

N Choice of stirred or unstirred positions Electrothermal Soxhlet Heating Mantles With brackets and 12.7mm diameter support rods. For 220-240V 50/60Hz single phase supplies. With the stirred models a single control changes the stirring speed of 3 recesses. The 6 bank units therefore have two controls. Speed is continuously variable from 50 to 1000rpm. Recesses x capacity ml 3 x 100 3 x 250 3 x 500 3 x 1000 6 x 100 6 x 250 6 x 500 6 x 1000 Rating W 180 450 600 900 360 900 1200 1800 Unstirred models EME series EX300-10 EX300-15 EX300-20 EX300-25 EX305-10 EX305-15 EX305-20 EX305-25 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Stirred models EMEA series EX300-50 EX300-55 EX300-60 EX300-65 EX305-50 EX305-55 EX305-60 EX305-65 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Double thickness EX105-22 22 x 80

XX

Extraction Thimbles, Whatman Glass microfibre, high purity grade HP-GF. Can be used up to 550C. Supplied in boxes of 25. I.d. x length mm EX110-16 19 x 90 box 0.00 EX110-25 I.d. x length mm 43 x 123 box 0.00
XX

Extraction Thimbles, Pyrex With sintered glass disc. Overall length 95mm. Ref. Disc diameter 20mm EX130-10 3840/02 EX130-15 3840/04 EX130-20 3840/06 Disc diameter 30mm EX135-10 3845/02 EX135-15 3845/04 EX135-20 3845/06 Porosity O.d. mm 26 26 26 36 36 36 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (5+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX

Replacement elements One element is required for each recess. For 220-240V 50/60Hz single phase supplies. EX308-10 60W for 100ml mantles 0.00 ea XX EX308-15 150W for 250ml mantles 0.00 ea EB EX308-20 200W for 500ml mantles 0.00 ea XX EX308-25 300W for 1000ml mantles 0.00 ea XX Accessory Flow monitor for protecting Soxhlet system against loss of water flow through condensers. For full details see entry in the Flow Section. FR300-10 Flow monitor 0.00 ea XX

1 2 3 1 2 3

XX XX XX

Soxhlet Extraction Glassware. Capacities up to 2000ml see Quickfit section. EX300-10 in use

EX100 with glassware

EX130, EX135

EX305-20

231

F
Grade No. Student* 91* 1 2 2V 3 3MM 4 5 6 113 113V 114 114V

filtration
Flowrate General purpose schools grade, smooth General purpose schools grade, creped The most widely used general purpose paper Slightly thicker and more retentive than No. 1 As No. 2 but supplied prepleated Double the thickness of No. 1 Filtration grade of chromatography paper 3MM Chr Excellent retention of coarse and gelatinous precipitates Will retain fine precipitates, grained surface Faster than No. 5 but almost as high retention Excellent retention of coarse and gelatinous precipitates, creped As No. 113 but supplied prepleated Similar to No. 113 but thinner and very strong. Smooth surface As No. 114 but supplied prepleated M/F M/F M/F M/F M/F M M F S S F F F F Retention microns 11 - 25 10 11 8 8 6 11 20 - 25 2.5 3 30 30 25 25 Wet strength H H L L L M M L L L H H H H Thickness mm 0.15 0.23 0.18 0.19 0.19 0.39 0.34 0.21 0.20 0.18 0.42 0.42 0.19 0.19 Ash % 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.20 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.06

Filter Papers, Qualitative Grades

*These schools grade papers are manufacturered and packed to less critical standards than other Whatrman filters. Approximate values only.

Filter Papers, Quantitative Grades

Very high quality papers for use in critical gravimetric analysis. Grade No. Ashless 40 41 42 43 44 Hardened 50 52 54 For retention of finest crystalline precipitates. Highly glazed surface General purpose hardened grade For filtration of coarse and gelatinous precipitates S M F 2.7 7 20 - 25 H H H 0.12 0.17 0.18 0.025 0.025 0.025 General purpose gravimetric paper For filtration of coarse and gelatinous precipitates Highly retentive for fine precipitates Intermediate retention and flow rate between Nos. 40 and 41 Thin version of No. 42 M F S M/F S 8 20 - 25 2.5 16 3 L L L L L 0.20 0.21 0.20 0.21 0.17 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 Flowrate Retention microns Wet strength Thickness mm Ash %

Hardened ashless 540 541 542 Flowrate M Medium F Fast S Slow General purpose hardened ashless paper For filtration of coarse and gelatinous precipitates Highly retentive for fine precipitates M F S 8 20 - 25 2.7 H H H 0.15 0.16 0.15 0.008 0.008 0.008

Wet Strength L Suitable for gravity or low suction filtration. Care must be taken to prevent rupture of the paper. M Will withstand all normal use on Buchner funnels or other devices under suction or moderate pressure. H High wet strength and high chemical resistance.

232

filtration
Filter Paper, Circles and Sheets, Qualitative Grades
Grade No. 2 Qualitative. Supplied in boxes of circles or sheets as indicated. Student Grade General purpose, supplied in outer packs as indicated, containing inner bags of 100 circles. Dia., cm FB100-33 FB100-35 12.5 15 Pack qty. 4000 1000 pk 0.00 0.00
XX XX

F
box 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 box 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Dia., cm Circles FB110-22 FB110-24 FB110-26 FB110-28 FB110-30 FB110-32 FB110-34 FB110-36 FB110-38 FB110-42 4.25 5.5 7 9 11 12.5 15 18.5 24 32 W x L, cm Sheets FB110-75 46 x 57

Box qty. 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 Box qty. 100

Grade 91 General purpose, creped. Supplied in outer packs as indicated containing inner bags of 100 circles. Dia., cm. FB102-32 FB102-36 12.5 18.5 Pack qty. 4000 1000 pk 0.00 0.00
XX XX

Grade No. 1 Qualitative general purpose. Supplied in boxes of circles or sheets as indicated. Dia., cm Circles FB105-12 FB105-16 FB105-18 FB105-22 FB105-24 FB105-26 FB105-27 FB105-28 FB105-30 FB105-32 FB105-34 FB105-36 FB105-38 FB105-40 FB105-42 FB105-44 FB105-46 2 2.5 3 4.25 5.5 7 8.5 9 11 12.5 15 18.5 24 27 32 40 50 W x L, cm Sheets FB105-65 FB105-75 FB105-77 FB105-80 2.6 x 3.1 46 x 57 46 x 57 58 x 68 Box qty. 400 400 400 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 Box qty. 1000 100 500 100 box 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 box 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Grade No. 2V Qualitative. Prepleated. Supplied in boxes of circles as indicated. Dia., cm FB115-32 FB115-34 FB115-36 FB115-38 FB115-40 FB115-42 12.5 15 18.5 24 27 32 Box qty. 100 100 100 100 100 100 box 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX

Grade No. 3 Qualitative. Thick. Supplied in boxes of circles or sheets as indicated. Dia., cm Circles FB120-24 FB120-26 FB120-28 FB120-30 FB120-32 FB120-34 FB120-36 FB120-38 5.5 7 9 11 12.5 15 18.5 24 W x L, cm Sheets FB120-75 46 x 57 Box qty. 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 Box qty. 100 box 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 box 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

continued on next page

233

filtration
Dia., cm Box qty. box

Filter Paper, Circles, Qualitative Grades continued

Grade No. 113 Circles Qualitative. Fast flow. FB150-28 9 FB150-32 12.5 FB150-34 15 FB150-36 18.5 FB150-38 24 Grade No. 113V Circles Qualitative. Prepleated. FB155-32 12.5 FB155-34 15 FB155-36 18.5 FB155-38 24 FB155-40 FB155-42 FB155-46 27 32 50

All grades supplied in boxes of circles as indicated. Dia., cm Grade 3MM Circles Qualitative. FB125-18 2.5 Grade No. 4 Circles Qualitative. Fast flow. FB130-22 4.25 FB130-24 5.5 FB130-26 7 FB130-28 9 FB130-30 11 FB130-32 FB130-34 FB130-36 FB130-38 FB130-42 12.5 15 18.5 24 32 Box qty. box

100

0.00

XX

100 100 100 100 100

0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

XX XX XX XX XX

100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100

0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

100 100 100 100 100 100 100

0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Grade No. 5 Circles Qualitative. Slow flow. FB135-24 5.5 FB135-26 7 FB135-28 9 FB135-30 11 FB135-32 FB135-34 FB135-36 FB135-38 Grade No. 6 Circles Qualitative. Slow. FB140-26 FB140-28 FB140-30 FB140-32 FB140-34 FB140-36 FB140-38 12.5 15 18.5 24

Grade No. 114 Circles Qualitative. FB160-34 15 FB160-40 27 Grade No. 114V Circles Qualitative. Prepleated. FB165-32 12.5 FB165-34 15 FB165-38 24

100 100

0.00 0.00

XX XX

100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100

0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

100 100 100

0.00 0.00 0.00

XX XX XX

7 9 11 12.5 15 18.5 24

100 100 100 100 100 100 100

0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

234

filtration
Filter Paper Circles, Quantitative Grades
Dia., cm All grades supplied in boxes of circles as indicated. Dia., cm Grade No. 40 Circles Quantitative ashless. FB200-18 3.2 FB200-24 5.5 FB200-26 7 FB200-28 9 FB200-30 11 FB200-32 FB200-34 FB200-36 FB200-38 12.5 15 18.5 24 Box qty. box Grade No. 50 Circles Quantitative hardened. FB250-24 5.5 FB250-28 9 FB250-30 11 FB250-32 FB250-34 FB250-36 FB250-38 12.5 15 18.5 24 Box qty. box Dia., cm Box qty.

F
box 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX

100 100 100 100 100 100 100

0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100

0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Grade No. 540 Circles Quantitative hardened ashless. FB300-28 9 100 FB300-30 11 100 FB300-32 12.5 100 FB300-34 15 100 FB300-36 18.5 100 Grade No. 541 Circles Quantitative hardened ashless. FB305-24 5.5 100 FB305-26 7 100 FB305-28 9 100 FB305-30 11 100 FB305-32 FB305-34 FB305-36 FB305-38 12.5 15 18.5 24 100 100 100 100

Grade No. 52 Circles Quantitative hardened. FB255-34 15 Grade No. 54 Circles Quantitative hardened. FB260-24 5.5 FB260-26 7 FB260-28 9 FB260-30 11 FB260-32 12.5 FB260-34 FB260-36 FB260-38 FB260-42 15 18.5 24 32

100

0.00

XX

0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Grade No. 41 Circles Quantitative ashless. FB205-24 5.5 FB205-25 6 FB205-26 7 FB205-28 9 FB205-30 11 FB205-32 FB205-34 FB205-36 FB205-38 12.5 15 18.5 24

100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100

0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100

0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Grade No. 542 Circles Quantitative hardened ashless. FB310-24 5.5 100 FB310-26 7 100 FB310-28 9 100 FB310-30 11 100 FB310-32 FB310-34 FB310-36 FB310-38 12.5 15 18.5 24 100 100 100 100

0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Grade No. 42 Circles Quantitative ashless. FB210-22 4.25 FB210-24 5.5 FB210-26 7 FB210-28 9 FB210-30 11 FB210-32 FB210-34 FB210-36 FB210-38 12.5 15 18.5 24

100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100

0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Grade No. 43 Circles Quantitative ashless. FB215-30 11 FB215-32 12.5 FB215-34 15 FB215-36 18.5 Grade No. 44 Circles Quantitative ashless. FB220-30 11 FB220-32 12.5 FB220-34 15 FB220-36 18.5

100 100 100 100

0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

XX XX XX XX

100 100 100 100

0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

XX XX XX XX

235

filtration
Filter Aids Cellulose materials used to coagulate precipitates and as a prefilter layer in funnels. Quantitative grade is used for Filter Aids except for Ordinary clippings. Ashless. Box qty. FB405-25 FB405-30 FB405-40 Powder Floc Clippings 250g 100g 500g box 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX

Special Papers

Phase Separators, 1PS A silicone impregnated, water repellent paper which can be used to separate aqueous solutions from immiscible solvents. The aqueous phase is retained and the organic phase passes through. Will retain solid particles. Can be used either flat under suction not exceeding 70mm Hg or quadrant folded in a conical glass funnel. Supplied in boxes of 100 circles. Note: This paper contains a small quantity of a tin complex catalyst. It is therefore not recommended for use when this complex may cause interference, e.g. with the use of dithizone (diphenylthiocarbazone) reagent. Dia., cm FB380-26 FB380-28 FB380-30 FB380-32 FB380-34 7 9 11 12.5 15 Box qty. 100 100 100 100 100 box 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX

Seed Test Papers For use in most commonly applied seed germination methods. Supplied in boxes of 100 circles. FB420-10 No. 181, 9cm diameter 0.00 box XX Lens Tissues, Whatman 105 For lens cleaning. Dimensions, mm CL760-10 CL760-15 CL760-20 100 x 150 200 x 300 460 x 570 Pack qty. 625 100 500 pk 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX

Special Glass Microfibre Products for air pollution sampling see FB800 and FB820 series.

FB405

FB380

CL760

236

filtration
Glass Microfibre Filters
Grades All Whatman Glass Microfibre filters have a fast filtration and a high loading capacity and particle retention rate. N Manufactured without chemical binder from high grade borosilicate glass N They are suitable for gravity or low suction filtration N Filtration speeds generally very much higher than conventional cellulose papers N Efficient retention of micron size particles N Must be used flat. Ideal for use in flat perforated plate Buchner type funnels (not sintered glass models) N Can be used up to 550C N Wide range of applications including: retention of fine analytical precipitates retention of biochemical gelatinous precipitates water/air pollution analyses as prefilters for membranes scintillation counting radioimmunoassay GF/A The general purpose high efficiency glass micro-fibre filter. Particle retention to 1.6m. GF/B Three times thicker and with greater wet strength than GF/A. Particle retention to 1m. GF/C Extremely efficient filter made to retain fine particles and micro-organisms. Particle retention to 1.2m. GF/D Thick filter made from less fine fibres and retaining 2.7m size particles with a very high loading capacity. Extremely high speed. GF/F This ultra-fine filter has a 98% retention efficiency for particles down to 0.7m in liquids. 934-AH High retention at high flow rates. Widely used in water pollution monitoring techniques for suspended solids, and is specified in US Method 934-AH. Particle retention to 1.5m. EPM2000 Specially manufactured for use in air samplers with a high throughput of air. QM-A Quartz Manufactured from quartz microfibre to withstand high temperatures.

F
box 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 box 0.00 0.00 box 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 box 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

All grades supplied in boxes of circles or sheets as indicated. Dia., cm Grade GF/A Circles FB600-10 2.1 FB600-13 2.4 FB600-16 2.5 FB600-22 3.7 FB600-25 4.25 FB600-28 FB600-33 FB600-36 FB600-39 FB600-42 FB600-45 FB600-48 FB600-52 FB600-55 4.7 5.0 5.5 6.0 7.0 9.0 11.0 12.5 15.0 W x L, cm Grade GF/A Sheets FB602-25 20.3 x 25.4 FB602-35 46 x 57 Dia., cm Grade GF/B Circles FB610-13 2.4 FB610-16 2.5 FB610-22 3.7 FB610-25 4.25 FB610-28 FB610-36 FB610-42 FB610-45 FB610-48 FB610-52 FB610-55 FB610-57 4.7 5.5 7.0 9.0 11.0 12.5 15.0 18.5 W x L, cm Grade GF/B Sheets FB612-35 46 x 57 Box qty. 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 Box qty. 100 25 Box qty. 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 25 25 25 25 25 Box qty. 25

continued on next page

237

filtration
Special Grades FilterCup

Glass Microfibre Filters continued

All grades supplied in boxes of circles or sheets as indicated. Dia., cm Grade GF/C Circles FB620-10 2.1 FB620-13 2.4 FB620-16 2.5 FB620-25 4.25 FB620-28 FB620-33 FB620-36 FB620-42 FB620-45 FB620-48 FB620-52 FB620-55 4.7 5.0 5.5 7.0 9.0 11.0 12.5 15.0 W x L, cm Grade GF/C Sheets FB622-20 10.2 x 25.4 FB622-30 46 x 57 Dia, cm. Grade GF/D Circles FB630-16 2.5 FB630-28 4.7 FB630-42 7.0 FB630-45 9.0 FB630-48 FB630-52 FB630-55 FB630-60 11.0 12.5 15.0 25.7 Box qty. 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 Box qty. 50 25 Box qty. 100 100 100 25 25 25 25 25 100 100 100 100 100 100 25 25 25 25 25 Box qty. 25 box 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 box 0.00 0.00 box 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 box 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Dia., cm Grade 934-AH Circles FB655-14 2.4 FB655-28 4.7 FB655-36 5.5 FB655-42 7.0 FB655-45 FB655-48 FB655-52 9.0 11.0 12.5

Box qty. 100 100 100 100 100 100 100

box 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Disposable filter funnel for the rapid and easy filtration of aqueous solutions under gravity or by vacuum. Comprises 250ml capacity polypropylene reservoir with a heat-bonded, grade 3, 31cm2 filter, retaining particles down to 6m. The filter reservoir inserts into an accessory re-usable stem fitted with a stopper suitable for flasks with a neck diameter of 25 to 48mm i.d. Supplied in pack of 25. FB840-93 FilterCup, grade 3 0.00 pk XX Accessory stem for FilterCup Polypropylene, re-usable, with stopper. Supplied singly. FB840-99 FilterCup, stem 0.00 ea XX

Grade EPM2000 For use in high volume air samplers. Sheet size 8 x 10in. Supplied in a box of 100 sheets. FB800-10 EPM2000 0.00 box XX Dia., cm Box qty. box

Grade QM-A Circles Quartz microfibre. Will operate to 500C. FB820-16 2.5 100 0.00 FB820-22 3.7 100 0.00 FB820-28 4.7 100 0.00 WxL inches Grade QM-A Sheets FB822-25 8 x 10 Box qty. box

XX XX XX

25

0.00

XX

Grade GF/F Circles FB640-14 2.4 FB640-16 2.5 FB640-25 4.25 FB640-28 4.7 FB640-36 FB640-42 FB640-45 FB640-48 FB640-52 FB640-55 FB640-60 5.5 7.0 9.0 11.0 12.5 15.0 25.7 W x L, cm Grade GF/F Sheets FB642-35 46 x 57

XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

238

filtration
Membrane Filters

Cellulose Nitrate Membrane Circles, WCN Supplied in box quantities as indicated. Plain White. Pore size, m FC150-12 FC150-19 FC152-08 FC152-12 FC152-19 FC152-32 FC152-40 FC156-08 FC156-12 FC156-16 FC156-19 FC156-21 FC156-25 FC156-32 FC156-40 FC156-50 FC158-12 FC158-19 FC160-12 FC160-16 FC160-19 FC162-12 FC162-19 FC163-21 FC163-40 FC165-12 FC165-19 FC168-12 FC168-19 FC168-32 0.1 0.1 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.65 0.65 0.8 0.8 0.8 1.0 1.0 1.2 1.2 3.0 3.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 Dia. mm 25 47 13 25 47 90 142 13 25 37 47 50 82 90 142 293 25 47 25 37 47 25 47 50 142 25 47 25 47 90 Box qty. 100 100 100 100 100 25 25 100 100 100 100 100 25 25 25 25 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 25 100 100 100 100 25 box 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Cellulose Mixed Ester WME Membrane Circles Supplied in box quantities as indicated. Pore size, m Gridded white FC182-19 0.45 FC188-12 0.8 Gridded black FC184-19 0.45 Dia. mm 47 25 47 Box qty. 100 100 100 box 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX

Inorganic Membrane Circles, Anodisc Bonded to polypropylene support ring (except 13mm). Supplied in box quantities as indicated. Plain white. Pore size, m FC250-06 FC250-08 FC250-12 FC252-06 FC252-12 FC254-06 FC254-08 FC254-12 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.1 0.1 0.2 0.2 0.2 Dia. mm 13 25 47 13 47 13 25 47 Box qty. 100 50 50 100 50 100 50 50 box 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

XX

Cellulose Mixed Ester WME Membrane Circles Sterilised by ethylene oxide Individually packed with absorbent pad in sealed polyester envelope (except FC200-60). All pore size 0.45m (except FC198-60 which is 0.2m) and diameter 47mm. Supplied in boxes of 100. FC198-60 White gridded 0.00 box XX FC200-15 White plain 0.00 box XX FC200-25 White gridded 0.00 box XX FC200-30 FC200-60 Black gridded White gridded (without pad) 0.00 box 0.00 box
XX XX

Nylon Membrane Circles Naturally hydrophilic, durable and compatible with a wide range of aqueous solutions, organic solvents and for filtration of biological preparations and media. Autoclavable at 121C. Supplied in box quantities as indicated. Pore size, m FC270-08 FC270-19 FC270-32 FC273-08 FC273-12 FC273-19 FC273-32 FC276-19 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.8 Dia. mm 13 47 90 13 25 47 90 47 Box qty. 100 100 50 100 100 100 50 100 box 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Autoclave Pack Ready for autoclaving. In pack of ten membranes and ten absorbent pads in a resealable envelope. With indicator which changes colour when autoclaved. Pore size 0.45m, diameter 47mm. Box quantity 100 membranes with pads. FC204-25 White gridded 0.00 box XX PTFE Membrane Circles, WTP With polypropylene backing. Supplied in box quantities as indicated. Plain White. Pore size, m FC240-12 FC240-19 FC242-19 FC244-16 FC244-19 0.2 0.2 0.5 1.0 1.0 Dia. mm 25 47 47 37 47 Box qty. 100 100 100 100 100 box 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX

Polycarbonate Membrane Circles, Cyclopore Naturally hydrophilic, with a smooth, flat surface and geometrically perfect cylindrical pores, made using a patented process. Supplied in box quantities as indicated. Pore size, m FC280-10 FC280-16 FC280-22 FC280-30 0.2 1 5 12 Dia. mm 47 47 47 47 Box qty. 100 100 100 100 box 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX

Prefilter for use with membrane filters see FB610 series (Grade GF/B fine), FB630 series (Grade GF/D coarse).

239

F
N Vacuum N Syringe

filtration
Filter Holders, Vacuum, Afora Comprising separate funnel, base and clip components. The funnel and base are borosilicate glass, the base having a sintered glass membrane support disc for use with membranes of diameter as indicated. Funnel and base are clamped together using the metal retaining clip. Ref. Description Funnel capacity ml 15 300 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX

Membrane Filter Holders and Filtration Systems

Choice of models:

Filter Holders, Vacuum, Whatman Borosilicate glass with metal clamp. Choice of sintered glass or stainless steel membrane support. Can be mounted on an accessory filter flask or manifold using the appropriate size rubber stopper. Without stopper or prefilter. Supplied singly. Support 25mm diameter FC300-10 Sintered glass FC300-15 Sintered glass FC300-25 Stainless steel screen 47mm diameter FC302-30 Sintered glass FC302-40 Stainless steel screen Reservoir ml 25 50 25 300 300 Pre-filter mm 16 13 16 35 35 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX

For membranes, 25mm diameter FC350-20 5808/2 Funnel FC350-30 5808/3 Base FC350-40 9830/29M Clip For membranes, 47mm diameter FC355-15 5809/2 Funnel FC355-25 5809/3 Base FC355-35 5810/5 Clip

XX XX XX

XX XX

Manifolds For use with vacuum holders. Stainless steel with PTFE stopcocks. Supplied singly. FC315-13 3 position 0.00 ea XX Filter Flasks, Buchner type see Flasks section. Stoppers see SW602-36. Filter Holders, Syringe, Whatman Stainless steel with PTFE gasket and O-ring. With female luer lock inlet and male luer nozzle outlet. Supplied singly. FC330-13 13mm diameter 0.00 ea XX FC330-25 25mm diameter 0.00 ea XX

Filtration System, Afora Borosilicate glass filtration system for use with 47mm diameter membranes. Four separate components make up the complete system, a 300ml capacity funnel, support base with sintered disc membrane support and vacuum connection, metal retaining clip and heavy wall 1 litre conical flask with ground glass connection for vacuum seal. Ref. FC355-15 FC355-35 FC357-06 FC357-09 5809/2 5810/5 5810/3 5810/4 Description Funnel Clip Base Flask ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX

FC300 with FC315

FC355-15 to FC355-35

FC350-20 to FC350-40

Filtration System

240

filtration
Inorganic Membrane Syringe Filters Anotop
Supplied in packs as indicated. Anotop 10 Disposable syringe filters designed for use in a wide range of sample filtration applications. Incorporates Anopore inorganic membranes with a precise nondeformable, even honeycomb pore structure. The membrane is sealed within a hexagonal shaped polypropylene body with luer lock fittings. These filters are compatible with most organic solvents and aqueous solutions. All versions are available in a gamma-irradiated sterile form and with glass microfibre prefilter enabling larger volumes of difficult solutions to be filtered. Anotop 10 Anotop 10 Anotop 25 Anotop 25 Plus Plus Membrane diameter Membrane type Prefilter type Housing material Construction process: Extractable materials Operating pressure maximum (psi) Average membrane thickness m Device width mm length mm Inlet connection Outlet connection Hold-up volume l mm 10 10 25 25 Glass Microfibre FC365-39 FC365-47 Anotop 25 Pore size m Low 100 60 32 25 FC367-15 FC367-20 FC367-25 FC367-30 FC367-40 FC367-45 0.02 0.1 0.2 0.2 0.1 0.2 Ref. 6809 2002 6809 2012 6809 2022 6809 2024 6809 2112 6809 2122 Pack qty. 50 50 50 200 50 sterile 50 sterile Pore size m FC365-10 FC365-14 FC365-18 FC365-26 FC365-32 0.02 0.1 0.2 0.1 0.2 Ref. 6809 1002 6809 1012 6809 1022 6809 1112 6809 1122 Pack qty. 50 50 50 50 sterile 50 sterile

F
pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX

Anotop 10 Plus with prefilter Pore size m 0.02 0.2 Ref. 6809 3002 6809 3022 Pack qty. 50 50 pk 0.00 0.00
XX XX

Anopore all models Glass Microfibre Polypropylene all models Thermal weld all models Low Low Low 100 60 14 18 100 60 14 18 100 60 31 25

pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

XX XX XX XX XX XX

Female luer lock all models Male luer Male luer slip <20 <30 <150 <200

Anotop 25 Plus with prefilter Pore size m FC367-52 FC367-54 FC367-60 FC367-65 0.02 0.1 0.2 0.2 Ref. 6809 4002 6809 4012 6809 4022 6809 4024 Pack qty. 50 50 50 200 pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX

Anotop LC Syringe Filters Designed for simple and effective sample preparation prior to HPLC, removing particulates which may damage and reduce the operating life of chromatography columns. An Anopore inorganic membrane is housed within a hexagonal shaped, pigment-free polypropylene body. Membrane pore sizes and filter pack sizes are as indicated. With luer slip female inlet and male outlet fittings. Pore size m FC369-12 FC369-15 0.2 0.2 Dia. mm 10 10 Ref. 2001 0100 2001 0200 Pack qty. 100 200 pk 0.00 0.00
XX XX

241

filtration

Puradisc Syringe Disc Filters, 4mm, 13mm and 25mm

N For sample preparation and small volume filtration N Full range of membrane and glass microfibre media N Special outlet designed for use with microvials Media/Description PVDF w/t Pore size m 0.2 0.2 0.45 0.2 0.45 0.45 0.2 0.2 0.45 0.2 0.45 0.2 0.45 0.1 0.2 0.45 1.0 0.2 0.2 0.45 Cat. No. FC370-12 FC370-18 FC370-32 FC370-40 FC370-54 FC370-56 FC370-80 FC370-86 FC372-15 FC372-19 FC372-34 FC372-38 Ref. 4mm Disc

N Ideal for HPLC sample preparation N Very low hold-up volumes, <7.5l

Pack qty. 50 50 100 100 50 sterile 100 100 100 100 100 100 100

pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

Cat. No. FC376-11 FC376-13 FC376-19 FC376-33 FC376-39 FC376-41 FC376-55 FC376-57 FC376-65 FC376-81 FC376-86 FC378-06 FC378-08 FC378-14 FC378-16 FC378-20 FC378-25 FC378-33 FC378-35 FC378-39 FC378-85 FC378-89 FC378-91 FC378-93

Ref.

13mm Disc Pack qty. 50 sterile 50 50 100 50 sterile 100 50 sterile 100 100 100 100 50 50 100 100 100 100 50 sterile 100 100 100 100 100 100

pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

6777 0402 6777 0404 6779 0402 6779 0404 6780 0402 6782 0402 6788 0402 6788 0404 6784 0402 6784 0404 6789 0402 6789 0404

6778 1302 6777 1302 6777 1304 6779 1302 6791 1304 6779 1304 6780 1302 6782 1302 6782 1304 6788 1302 6788 1304 6775 1302 6775 1304 6784 1301 6784 1302 6784 1304 6784 1310 6786 1302 6789 1302 6789 1304 6820 1316 6822 1312 6823 1327 6825 1307

PVDF

Polysulphone

Polypropylene PTFE w/t PTFE

Nylon 66

Glass Microfibre Media GF/A 1.6 GF/C 1.2 GF/D 2.7 GF/F 0.7

XX XX XX XX

w/t: with tube tip for direct filtration into microvials..

Media/Description Polysulphone

Pore size m 0.2 0.2 0.45 0.45 0.2 0.2 0.45 0.45 0.2 0.2 0.45 0.45 1.0 0.2 0.2 0.45 0.45

Cat. No. FC388-15 FC388-18 FC388-23 FC388-26 FC388-43 FC388-46 FC388-49 FC388-52 FC388-66 FC388-68 FC388-75 FC388-77 FC388-84 FC390-14 FC390-17 FC390-22 FC390-25

Ref.

25mm Disc Pack qty. 50 sterile 200 50 sterile 200 50 200 50 200 50 200 50 200 50 50 200 50 200

pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

6780 2502 6780 2504 6781 2502 6781 2504 6750 2502 6751 2502 6750 2504 6751 2504 6784 2502 6785 2502 6784 2504 6785 2504 6784 2510 6786 2502 6788 2502 6786 2504 6788 2504

Nylon

PTFE

Polypropylene

242

filtration
VectaSpin Centrifuge Tube Filters

F
pk 0.00
XX

Microcentrifuge tube filters, VectaSpin Micro A pigment free, polypropylene, 2ml capacity (42 x 10.6mm) microcentrifuge tube with 400l capacity filter insert. The insert is available in a choice of material. Particularly suitable for applications requiring extraction of material from small volume aqueous solutions and solvent treated samples. Maximum rcf 10000xg. Typical applications include: N Cell harvesting from culture media N Particle removal from solvents N Bacteria removal N Liquid Chromatography sample preparation N Fractionation/purification of proteins Microfiltration units Filter membrane material Anopore inorganic material PVDF Polysulphone Polypropylene Pore size m 0.02 0.2 0.2 0.45 0.2 0.45 Catalogue number FC395-14 FC395-22 FC395-31 FC395-37 FC395-42 FC395-67 Ref. Pack qty. 100 100 100 sterile 100 100 100 pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX

Centrifuge Tube Filters, VectaSpin 3 Generally as FC395 series but with 10ml (87 x 16.4mm) centrifuge tube and 3ml insert, allowing larger samples to be prepared. Maximum rcf 5000xg. Microfiltration units Filter membrane material Polypropylene Pore size m 0.45 Catalogue number FC397-69 Ref. Pack qty. 25

6832 0405

Ultrafiltration units Filter membrane material Polysulphone Pore Catalogue size number MWCO* 10K FC397-80 Ref. Pack qty. 25 pk 0.00
XX

6835 1005

*MWCO: Molecular weight cut-off (limit). Centrifuge Tube Filters, VectaSpin 20 Generally as FC397 series but with 50ml (104 x 31mm) centrifuge tube with screw cap and 20ml insert. Maximum rcf 5000xg. Coarse filtration units Filter membrane material Polypropylene mesh Pore size m 10 10 Catalogue number FC398-20 FC398-25 Ref. Pack qty. 10 100 pk 0.00 0.00
XX XX

6830 0021 6830 0201 6830 0203 6831 0401 6833 0201 6832 0401

6838 0008 6838 0009

Microfiltration units Polypropylene 0.45 FC399-65 6832 0408 10 0.00

XX

Ultrafiltration units Filter membrane material Cellulose triacetate Pore Catalogue size number MWCO* 12K FC395-77 Ref. Pack qty. 100 pk 0.00
XX

6834 1001

*MWCO: Molecular weight cut-off (limit).

FC395

FC397, FC398 and FC399 are similar

243

filtration

Filter microplates, Unifilter

Convenient, ready to use filtration devices in 96-well microplate format. Available in a choice of well capacities, 350l, 800l and 2000l. Each well has a filter individually sealed into the base, below which runs a unique drip director to accurately deliver the filtrate into the receiving well of an accessory microplate positioned underneath, with no splashing or cross contamination. A wide range of filter media are offered to allow compatibility with a variety of sample types. Plates are manufactured in polystyrene (PS) for general use with biological samples or glass-filled polypropylene (GPP) for long term organic solvent exposure. The 350l plates are mainly used for high throughput biological assay screening applications, protein kinase assays, receptor binding assays and cell immobilisation. 800l and 2000l filtration plates are used for high throughput screening sample preparation and clean up. Typical applications include cell-based immunoassay, nucleic acid isolation, sterile filtration of biological samples and compound library generation using parallel synthesis procedures. Supplied in pack quantities as indicated. Cat. No. Ref. 7700Plate material* -colour Media* Drip director type Mesh Mesh Mesh Short Short Short Short Long Long Long Long Long Long Long Long Long Long Long Long PP: PS: Pack qty pk Accessories Vacuum Assist Frame Ensures an even vacuum across all wells, enabling the contents of the Unifilter plate to evacuate completely into the corresponding collection microplate. Fits on top of the Unifilter plate and is suitable for use with UniVac 1 and UniVac 3 manifolds (UniVac 3 is supplied with one frame). FC412-99 Vacuum Assist Frame 0.00 ea XX Vacuum manifolds, UniVac Specially designed for use with Whatman Unifilter microplates providing a uniform pressure drop in each well, enabling the removal of all the liquid from the filter plate. Univac 1 Single station unit for use where the filtrate is not required for further analysis and can be drained to waste. With stopcock to control vacuum from an accessory vacuum pump. Univac 3 Designed for transferring liquid from the filter microplate to the corresponding well of an accessory collection late for further analysis. Constructed in PTFE-coated aluminium for resistance to most aggressive solutions (an all-PTFE version is also available allowing cleaning/ sterilisation by common laboratory methods. With stopcock and gauge for precise and repeatable control of vacuum from an accessory vacuum pump (not supplied) and Vacuum Assist Frame ensuring complete and homogeneous evacuation of all wells. FC414-10 UniVac 1 Polyurethane 0.00 ea XX FC414-60 UniVac 3 Aluminium 0.00 ea XX FC414-70 UniVac 3 PTFE 0.00 ea BO

Unifilter 350, well volume: 350l FC410-04 4303 PS-white FC410-12 4301 PS-white FC410-20 4312 PS-white FC410-36 3303 PS-white FC410-44 FC410-52 FC410-56 3301 3312 3306 PS-white PS-white PS-white

GF/B GF/C (hydrophobic) P81 GF/B GF/C (hydrophobic) P81 PVDF 0.45m (hydrophilic) GF/B GF/C GF/F CA 0.45m GF/B GF/C (hydrophobic) GF/D PKP PP mesh 10m CA 0.45m GF/F PP 0.45m P81: Phosphate loaded cellulose PKP: Polykryptonite

50 50 50 50 50 50 50 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 10 25 25 25 25

0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Unifilter 800, well volume: 800l FC411-03 2803 PS-clear FC411-06 2801 PS-clear FC411-15 2810 PS-clear FC411-19 2808 PS-clear Unifilter 2000, well volume: 2000l FC412-05 7203 GPP FC412-15 7202 GPP FC412-20 7211 GPP FC412-25 7228 GPP FC412-30 FC412-35 FC412-40 FC412-45 7217 7208 7210 7205 GPP GPP GPP GPP

XX XX XX XX

XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

*Material/media key: CA: Cellulose acetate GF/-: Glass microfibre GPP: Glass filled polypropylene

Polypropylene Polystyrene

FC411 with FC414-10

FC412-99

FC410

FC414-60 in use

244

filtration
Syringeless Filters

Provide a single disposable, manual pressure filtration system which is fast and easy to use in sample preparation. N Built-in pre-filter for difficult samples N Minimal waste N Ideal for hazardous samples Syringeless Filters, Autovial Comprise a graduated, medical grade polypropylene barrel, maximum capacity 12ml, with 3cm2 filter at the base, luer slip outlet and plunger. Filter membrane material as specified. Non-sterile. Supplied in packs of 50. Filter membrane Pore material size, m PVDF Nylon PTFE Glass microfibre 0.2 0.45 0.45 0.2 0.45 0.45 Catalogue number FC415-08 FC415-12 FC415-16 FC415-24 FC415-27 FC415-33 Ref. pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX

Syringeless Filters, Mini-UniPrep A small-scale version (up to 500l sample volume) of the UniPrep filter designed to fit into any HPLC autosampler which accommodates 12 x 32mm vials. Alternatively the lid septum can be pierced with a needle and the filtered sample drawn off for manual injection into an analyser. Overall height x diameter 33.2 x 11.7mm. Medical grade polypropylene chamber and plunger with aluminium cap and pierceable PTFE-faced silicone seal to the plunger. Filtration area 0.3cm2. Non-sterile, but autoclavable. Supplied in packs as indicated. Filter membrane Pore material size, Polypropylene 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45 Catalogue number m FC420-10 FC420-12 FC420-14 FC420-18 FC420-20 FC420-22 FC420-26 FC420-28 FC420-30 FC420-34 FC420-36 FC420-38 FC420-42 FC420-44 FC420-46 FC420-50 FC420-52 FC420-54 Ref. Pack qty. 100 1000 100 pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

UN203NPUPP UN503NPUPP UN203APUPP*

PTFE

AV125EAQU AV125UAQU AV125UNAO AV125EORG AV125UORG AV125UGMF

UN203NPUORG 100 UN503NPUORG 1000 UN203APUORG* 100 UN203NPUAQU 100 UN503NPUAQU 1000 UN203APUAQU* 100 UN203NPUGMF 100 UN503NPUGMF 1000 UN203APUGMF* 100 UN203NPUNYL UN503NPUNYL UN203APUNYL* UN203NPUPES UN503NPUPES UN203APUPES* 100 1000 100 100 1000 100

PVDF

Glass microfibre

Syringeless Filters, UniPrep Comprise a 5ml capacity medical grade polypropylene test tube which initially holds the sample, and hollow plunger incorporating a filter at the tip. In use the sample is manually pressure filtered into the plunger which then acts as a storage vial for the filtered sample. The plunger has a removable cap. Nonsterile. Supplied in packs of 50. Filter membrane Pore material size, m Glass microfibre Nylon PTFE 0.45 0.45 0.2 0.45 Catalogue number FC417-09 FC417-16 FC417-24 FC417-27 Ref. pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX

Nylon

Polyethersulphone

* With amber polypropylene body for use with light-sensitive samples. Accessory compressors for FC420-series Choice of single or multi-sample (up to 6) compressors to reduce sample processing time and hand fatigue. FC422-02 Single sample compressor 0.00 ea XX FC422-06 6-sample compressor 0.00 ea XX

UN113UGMF UN113UNYL UN113EORG UN113UORG

FC420 with FC422-02 in use

FC415

FC417

FC420 with FC422-06 in use

245

filtration
Disposable Filter Discs

Encapsulated Filters

A wide range of encapsulated disc and capsule filters, incorporating a variety of high performance glass microfibre and membrane media for the filtration and sterilisation of both liquids and gases. Product Summary Product Porosity m Media Type Filter area cm2 16 16 16 16 16 16 4 16 16 16 560 1300 260 260 260 260 650 650 650 650 260 260 650 650 300 300 650 650 Typical uses

Mounted in a rugged polypropylene housing. All have a low hold-up volume. Dimensions: 53 x 46mm diameter x length. Connections: For 6 to 10mm bore tubing. Also accept male luer slip. Polydisc TF N Hydrophobic PTFE membrane N Pore sizes 0.2, 0.45 and 1m N 1m pore size device has polypropylene pre-filter N Autoclavable at 131C for 20 minutes N Max. operating pressure 4.1 bar

Disposable membrane filter discs POLYDISC TF 0.2 PTFE POLYDISC TF 0.45 PTFE POLYDISC TF 1.0 PP/PTFE POLYDISC HD 5.0 PP POLYDISC HD 10.0 PP POLYDISC AS POLYVENT POLYVENT VACUGUARD HEPA-VENT 0.2 0.2 0.2 AMEC PTFE PTFE PTFE GMF

Rapid filtration of aggressive solutions

Rapid filtration of aqueous solutions Environmental protection, venting Vacuum pump exhaust Filtration air/gases Sterilising air Prefiltering up to 60C. Can be used in either direction

Ideal for the rapid filtration of chemically aggressive solutions as the PTFE membrane and polypropylene housing are resistant to a wide variety of solvents. Manufactured in clean room conditions, the filter is very low in extractables and is biosafe. Accordingly the discs may be used for the filtration of aqueous buffers of cell culture media, if pre-wetted with methanol. Non sterile. Porosity, m FC430-15 FC430-20 FC430-30 Polydisc AS N 0.2m asymmetric cellulose mixed ester membrane N Maximum operating pressure 4.1 bar N Glass microfibre prefilter with all pore sizes N Supplied radiation sterilised with cap on outlet 0.2 0.45 1.0 Pack qty. 10 10 10 pk 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX

Disposable Filtration capsules HEPA-CAP 36 GMF HEPA-CAP 75 GMF POLYCAP 36 HD POLYCAP 36 HD POLYCAP 36 HD POLYCAP 36 HD POLYCAP 75 HD POLYCAP 75 HD POLYCAP 75 HD POLYCAP 75 HD POLYCAP 36 TF POLYCAP 36 TF POLYCAP 75 TF POLYCAP 75 TF POLYCAP 36 AS POLYCAP 36 AS POLYCAP 75 AS POLYCAP 75 AS CARBON CAP 75 1.0 5.0 10.0 20.0 1.0 5.0 10.0 20.0 0.2 1.0 0.2 1.0 0.2 1.0 0.2 0.45 MAPP MAPP MAPP MAPP MAPP MAPP MAPP MAPP PTFE PP/PTFE PTFE PP/PTFE Nylon Nylon Nylon Nylon Activated carbon Activated carbon

Aggressive chemical filtration

N Can be autoclaved once at 131C for 20 minutes Designed principally for the filtration of aqueous solutions. Typical applications include the filtration of tissue culture media, reagent preparation, pharmaceutical preparations, enzymes, biologicals and particle counting solutions. Porosity, m Pack qty. 10 pk 0.00
XX

Filtering aqueous solutions

CARBON CAP 150 VACUGUARD 150 AMEC GMF MAPP PP PTFE

22,000m2 Removing organics from gases/water 70,000m2 Vacuum pump protection

FC435-17

0.2

PTFE and Chemical trap

Asymmetric Mixed Ester of Cellulose Glass Microfibre Filter Mono filament Anisotropic Polypropylene Polypropylene Polytetrafluoroethylene

FC430, FC435

246

filtration
Disposable Filter Discs continued

Mounted in a rugged polypropylene housing. All have a low hold-up volume. Dimensions 53 x 46mm diameter x length and with connections for 6 to 10mm bore tubing unless otherwise stated. Polydisc HD N Polypropylene housing and membrane N Pore sizes 5m or 10m N Filtration area 16cm2, able to filter up to 5 litres fluid before replacement N Autoclavable at 131C for 20 minutes N Hold-up volume less than 0.1ml N Maximum operating pressure 4.1 bar Extremely versatile filter for aqueous samples and solvents. A high loading capacity and flowrate enable effective filtration for large volume sample preparation up to the 10m level. Supplied in packs of 10. FC436-35 Polydisc HD, 5m 0.00 pk XX FC436-38 Polydisc HD, 10m 0.00 pk XX PolyVENT Encapsulated filters for in-line gas/air filtration or venting/isolation applications where a vessel contents require protecting from airborne contaminants, the environment requires protecting from the vessel contents, or sterility of the contents must be maintained during venting. Supplied in packs as indicated. PolyVENT 4 25 dia. 0.2m PTFE 10 28 dia. x 23 Female luer lok tubing barb Male luer slip tubing barb PolyVENT 16 50 dia. 0.2m PTFE 50 58 x 49 6-10mm i.d. tubing barb 6-10mm i.d. tubing barb

VacuGuard N Hydrophobic PTFE membrane N Maximum operating pressure 0.9 bar N 99.97% of particles of 0.3 microns or larger are retained N Reduces risk of cross contamination and aqueous aerosol contamination of vacuum pumps and aspiration systems N Eliminates harmful bacterial exhaust fumes A protection device for vacuum pumps and personnel. Harmful bacterial exhaust fumes are removed because of the particle size retention, and aqueous aerosols removed because of the hydrophobic membrane. Supplied in pack of 10. FC440-10 VacuGuard 0.00 pk XX Hepa-Vent N Laminated hydrophobic glass microfibre filter N Wide range of chemical compatibility N High loading capacity and high throughput filtration media N Particle retention 0.3 micron N Autoclavable up to 132C N Maximum operating pressure 4.1 bar Ideal for rapid filtration of air or gases for sterile applications. The device is small and compact and yet able to filter large volumes of air at low pressures up to 4.1 bar, and has a high loading capacity. Non sterile. Supplied in pack of 10. FC445-10 Hepa-Vent 0.00 pk XX

Membrane size mm Material Air flow rates litres/minute Device W x L mm Inlet connection Outlet connection

As described. Supplied in packs as indicated. FC437-15 PolyVENT 4, pack of 50 FC437-18 PolyVENT 16, pack of 10

0.00 pk 0.00 pk

XX XX

FC437, FC436 are similar

FC440

FC445

247

filtration
Hepa-Cap N Laminated hydrophobic glass microfibre filter

Disposable Filtration Capsules

Mounted in a rugged polypropylene housing. Technical Data Filtration area cm2 Hepa-Cap 36 Hepa-Cap 75 Polycap 36 HD Polycap 75 HD Polycap 36 TF Polycap 75 TF Polycap 36 AS Polycap 75 AS PolyVent 500 PolyVent 1000 Carbon Cap 75 Carbon Cap 150 VacuGuard 150 560 1300 260 650 260 650 300 650 500 1000 22,000m2 70,000m2 82,000m2 Housing volume ml 70 125 70 125 70 125 70 125 Tubing connections mm 6-10 12 6-10 12 6-10 12 6-10 6-10* 9-13 9-13 12 12 12 Dimensions dia. x length mm 66 x 48 66 x 96 66 x 48 66 x 96 66 x 48 66 x 96 66 x 48 66 x 96 66 x 48 66 x 96 66 x 96 66 x 183 66 x 183

N Choice of filtration areas N Maximum operating pressure 4.1 bar N Wide range of chemical compatibility N High loading capacity and high throughput filtration media N 99.97% of particles of 0.3 microns or larger are retained N Autoclavable at up to 132C Ideal for the sterilisation of large volumes of air at low pressure, and is autoclavable. It is available in two sizes, depending upon the volume of air or gas to be filtered. Non sterile. Supplied singly. FC445-50 Hepa-Cap 36 0.00 ea XX FC445-60 Hepa-Cap 75 0.00 ea XX Polycap HD N Polypropylene monofilament depth filter N Choice of filtration areas and porosities N Maximum operating pressures 4.1 bar forward, 3.0 bar reverse N Capsules may be used in either direction N Low hold-up volume with air purge N Operating temperature 60C maximum Ideal for use as prefilters. The capsule and filtration media are both polypropylene and are thus resistant to chemical attack. Supplied singly. Porosity m ea Porosity m ea
XX XX XX XX

*The Polycap 75 AS 1m porosity has connections for 12mm bore tubing. Activated carbon version only.

Polycap 36 HD Non Sterile FC450-20 1 0.00 FC450-25 5 0.00 FC450-30 10 0.00 FC450-35 20 0.00

Polycap 75 HD Non Sterile FC450-60 1 0.00 FC450-65 5 0.00 FC450-70 10 0.00 FC450-75 20 0.00

FC445-50

FC450-20 to FC450-35 and FC473-10

FC445-60

FC450-60 to FC450-75 and FC473-20

248

filtration
Disposable Filtration Capsules continued
PolyVENT N Hydrophobic PTFE membrane Polycap TF N Hydrophobic PTFE membrane N Choice of filtration areas and porosities N 1m capsules incorporate a polypropylene prefilter N Maximum operating pressure 4.1 bar N Autoclavable up to 132C Provide the means of rapid filtration using a membrane of large filtration area. This capsule is ideal for filtering a wide range of chemicals through a well defined pore size membrane that is low in extractables and is totally non-fibre releasing. Supplied singly. Porosity m ea Porosity m ea
XX XX

N Choice of filtration areas N Rugged polypropylene capsule housing N Low hold-up volume with air purge N Autoclavable up to 132C Dedicated filter capsules for venting of vessels. Maximum pressure 1bar. With end connectors for 9 to 13mm bore tubing. Supplied singly. Type FC473-10 FC473-20 Carbon Cap N Activated carbon filtration media N Maximum operating pressure 4.1 bar N Large surface area of carbon N Autoclavable at 131C for 20 minutes The activated carbon filtration media is ideal for removing organic vapours from air or gases, or organics from water. With end connectors for 12mm bore tubing. Supplied singly. FC480-10 Carbon Cap 75. Overall 96 x 66mm 0.00 ea XX FC480-20 Carbon Cap 150. Overall 183 x 66mm 0.00 ea XX VacuGuard 150 N Hydrophobic PTFE membrane and choice of chemical trap: Activated carbon with 82000m2 filter area removes organic vapours and radioactive particles Desiccant removes water from acidic air streams N 99.99% of particulates, 0.1m or larger are retained 0.00 0.00
XX XX

Porosity, m 0.2 0.2

Filtration area, cm2 500 1000

ea 0.00 0.00
XX XX

PolyVENT 500 PolyVENT 1000

Polycap 36 TF Non sterile FC455-12 0.2 0.00 FC455-17 1.0 0.00 Polycap AS

Polycap 75 TF Non sterile FC455-35 0.2 0.00 FC455-45 1.0 0.00

N Nylon membrane with glass microfibre prefilter N Choice of filtration areas and porosities N Maximum operating pressure 4.1 bar N Non pyrogenic and radiation sterilised The nylon membrane is low in extractables and offers high flow rates. Typical applications include the filtration of water for laboratory use, salt solutions, cleaning/rinsing solutions, immunologicals, virus suspensions, buffers and nutrients. Supplied singly. Porosity m Polycap 36 AS FC470-15 0.2 FC470-25 1.0 ea 0.00 0.00 Porosity m Polycap 75 AS FC470-40 0.2 FC470-45 0.45 ea

N Maximum operating pressures 1 bar (wet gas), 4.2 bar (dry gas) For vacuum pump protection from corrosive vapours and contaminants. With end connectors for 12mm bore tubing. Supplied singly. FC485-14 VacuGuard 150, Activated carbon 0.00 ea XX FC485-18 VacuGuard 150, Desiccant 0.00 ea XX

FC455-12 and FC455-17 FC470-15 and FC470-25

FC470 in use

FC473

FC480-20 FC485-14 and FC485-18 FC455-35 and FC455-45 FC470-40 and FC470-45 FC480-10 FC480 FC485-14 FC485-18

249

filtration
PTFE Membrane Circles For filtration of air, gases and aggressive chemicals. Filter Holders, Vacuum Transparent polycarbonate. Can be autoclaved to 121C. 47mm diameter, reservoir 250ml. FC660-30 Holder only 0.00 ea XX FC660-34 Holder with 250ml 0.00 ea XX polycarbonate receiver flask Filter Holders, Vacuum Stainless steel with membrane support and vacuum control tap in base. May be sterilised by dry heat (180C), autoclaving (121C, 134C) or by flaming. Dia. mm FC670-30 FC670-40 47/50 47/50 Reservoir ml 100 500 ea 0.00 0.00
XX XX

Membrane Filters and Holders

Cellulose Acetate Membrane Circles Low protein binding membranes for filtration of aqueous solutions. Pore size Dia. m mm Plain white FC500-12 0.2 FC500-19 0.2 FC500-40 0.2 FC506-12 FC506-19 FC506-40 FC513-12 FC513-19 FC513-40 0.45 0.45 0.45 1.2 1.2 1.2 25 47 142 25 47 142 25 47 142 Box qty. 100 100 25 100 100 25 100 100 25 box 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Pore size Dia. m mm FC575-10 FC575-15 FC575-20 FC575-30 FC575-35 FC575-40 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.45 0.45 0.45 25 47 142 25 47 142

Box qty. 100 100 25 100 100 25

box 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

XX XX XX XX XX XX

Forceps Stainless steel with smooth flat tips. For handling membranes. FC590-10 Forceps 0.00 ea XX Filter Holders, Vacuum Borosilicate glass with metal clamp. Sintered glass membrane support and PTFE gasket. Can be autoclaved with membrane in position. Dia. mm FC650-10 FC650-30 FC652-25 25 47/50 *47/50 Reservoir ml 30 250 250 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX

Cellulose Nitrate Membrane Circles For sample analysis, particle testing and removal. Pore size Dia. m mm Plain white FC532-12 0.45 FC532-19 0.45 FC532-25 0.45 FC532-40 0.45 FC540-12 FC540-19 FC540-40 1.2 1.2 1.2 25 47 85 142 25 47 142 Box qty. 100 100 100 25 100 100 25 100 100 100 box 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Manifold Holders, Vacuum Stainless steel. Comprising funnels as FC670 mounted permanently onto a 3 or 6 place manifold. This allows multiple filtrations to be run simultaneously. FC674-10 3 x 100ml funnels 0.00 ea XX FC674-14 3 x 500ml funnels 0.00 ea XX FC674-20 6 x 100ml funnels 0.00 ea XX FC674-24 6 x 500ml funnels 0.00 ea XX Filter Holders, Syringe Transparent polycarbonate. Can be autoclaved. Filters in either direction. Luer lock end fittings. Supplied in packs of 12. FC690-10 Filter dia. 13mm 0.00 pk XX FC690-15 Filter dia. 25mm 0.00 pk XX Filter Holder, In-Line Transparent polycarbonate. Can be autoclaved. With end fittings for 9 to 13mm flexible tubing. Filter diameter 47mm. Supplied in pack of 5. FC700-30 47mm 0.00 pk XX

* Supplied complete with 1 litre capacity filter flask and polypropylene side-arm for safe connection to flexible vacuum tubing.

White with black grid FC542-19 0.45 47 FC542-50 0.8 25 White with green grid FC542-70 0.45 47

XX XX

XX

FC652

FC700-30

250

filtration
Disposable Filters

Syringe Filter, Minisart With membrane sealed into a low adsorption plastic housing. With luer lock fittings on inlet and outlet. Will filter in either direction. Large filter area 5.3cm2. High burst pressure (6 bar) for safe filtration. Supplied individually sterile. Supplied in packs of 50, except FC800-17 which is supplied in a pack of 500. Cellulose acetate Low protein binding FC800-15 0.2m pore size FC800-17 0.2m pore size FC800-30 0.45m pore size FC800-40 0.8m pore size FC800-45 1.2m pore size

In-line filter, Midisart 2000 Supported PTFE membrane encased in a polypropylene housing. 20cm2 surface area, 3 bar maximum pressure. Filters in either direction. Individually sterile packed, but can be repeatedly autoclaved. Supplied in packs of 12. FC808-13 0.2m pore size 0.00 pk XX FC808-17 0.45m pore size 0.00 pk XX Syringe filter, Minisart RC For ultracleaning of aqueous or organic solvents. Hydrophilic cellulose membrane sealed into a polypropylene housing with female luer lock inlet and luer slip outlet. Autoclavable. Supplied in packs of 50. 4mm diameter filter FC840-10 0.2m pore size FC840-20 0.45m pore size 15mm diameter filter FC840-35 0.2m pore size FC840-45 0.45m pore size 25mm diameter filter FC840-65 0.2m pore size FC840-75 0.45m pore size 0.00 pk 0.00 pk 0.00 pk 0.00 pk 0.00 pk 0.00 pk
XX XX

Syringe filter, Minisart SRP Generally as FC840 but for use with aggressive liquids. Hydrophobic, polypropylene reinforced PTFE membrane sealed into a polypropylene housing with female luer lock inlet and luer slip outlet. Autoclavable. Supplied in packs of 50. 4mm diameter filter FC842-15 0.45m pore size 15mm diameter filter FC842-25 0.2m pore size FC842-30 0.45m pore size 25mm diameter filter FC842-42 0.2m pore size FC842-48 0.45m pore size 0.00 pk 0.00 pk 0.00 pk 0.00 pk 0.00 pk
XX

0.00 pk 0.00 pk 0.00 pk 0.00 pk 0.00 pk

XX XX

XX XX XX XX XX

XX XX

Low protein binding. With additional glassfibre prefilter FC800-52 0.2m pore size 0.00 pk XX Syringe Filter, Minisart High-Flow With asymmetric, single-layer, high flow polyethersulfone (PESU) membrane giving exceptional chemical stability. Large filter area, 5.3cm2 and low hold-up volume, 0.1ml. Luer lock fittings on inlet and outlet. Supplied individually sterile. Supplied in pack of 50. FC800-74 0.2m pore size 0.00 pk XX Prefilter, Minisart Glassfibre filter sealed into plastic housing with luer lock inlet and outlet. For prefiltration of highly loaded solutions. Supplied in pack of 50. FC802-95 Prefilter 0.00 pk XX

XX XX

XX XX

Pressure Filters, Sartolab P20+ Cellulose acetate membrane filter with glass-fibre prefilter sealed into a polycarbonate housing. Filtration area 20cm2, porosity 0.2m. With PTFE membrane protected air vent ports ensuring use of the whole filter surface during operation. Maximum inlet pressure 3 bar. With 6 to 12mm stepped hose outlet and filling bell. Inlet as indicated. Supplied in packs of 10. FC849-10 Hose inlet 0.00 pk XX FC849-15 Female luer-lock inlet 0.00 pk XX

FC800/FC802

FC840/FC842

FC808 in use

FC849-10 in use

251

filtration
Vivaspin Concentrators As described. Supplied in packs of 25 (packs of 100 are also available details on request).

Centrifugal Concentrators, Vivaspin

Provide a single-step procedure for sample preparation, providing rapid sample filtration and concentration. Comprise centrifuge tube filtrate container with insert containing patented vertical membrane and thin channel filtration chamber. A wide choice of membrane materials is available for compatibility with most sample solutions, and low hold-up and dead-stop volumes ensure recoveries from small samples. Specifications Type Capacity Rotor cavity dia. required ml m Vivaspin 500 0.1 to 0.6 11 15000 <5 5 0.5 Polypropylene Polycarbonate 50 x 12.5 Vivaspin 2 0.4 to 2* 17 8000 <10 8 1.2 Polycarbonate Polycarbonate 126 x 17 Vivaspin 6 2 to 6 17 10000 <10 30 2.5 Polycarbonate Polycarbonate 122 x 16

Membrane material# Vivaspin 500 FC860-05 FC860-10 FC860-30 FC860-50 FC860-70 Vivaspin 2 FC869-05 FC869-10 FC869-30 FC869-50 FC869-70 FC872-10 FC872-30 FC872-70 FC874-05 FC874-10 FC874-20 Vivaspin 6 FC877-05 FC877-10 FC877-30 FC877-50 FC877-70 FC877-90
#

Pore size MWCO x 1000 5 10 30 50 100 5 10 30 50 100 10 30 100 5 10 20 5 10 30 50 100 0.2m

pk

PES PES PES PES PES PES PES PES PES PES RC RC RC CA CA CA PES PES PES PES PES PES

0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

XX XX XX XX XX

XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Max. rcf xg Hold-up volume l Dead-stop volume l Membrane area cm2 Material filtrate container insert Overall L x dia. mm

*Using fixed angle rotor, maximum 3ml with swing-out rotor. With polypropylene cap. Additional features of Vivaspin 2 Unique to the Vivaspin 2, is the choice of directly pipetting the concentrate from the dead stop pocket built into the bottom of the concentrator, or alternatively reverse spinning into the concentrate recovery cap which can be sealed for storage. Both methods result in near total concentrate recoveries.

XX XX XX XX XX XX

Material key: CA Cellulose triacetate PES Polyethersulphone RC Regenerated cellulose

FC860 in use, FC869 to FC874 are similar

FC877 in use

252

filtration
Disposable Filters

F
pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Corning Tube Top filtration system Low-volume media filtration unit, comprising sterile filter funnel with integral 47mm diameter membrane filter coupled to 50ml graduated sterile centrifuge tube receiver, separate reuseable stand (2 supplied per pack) and plug seal cap. Individually wrapped, sterile and non-pyrogenic. Supplied in packs as indicated. Receiver capacity ml FD190-10 FD190-15 5-50 5-50 Pore size m 0.22 0.45 Membrane Material* CA CA Pack qty. 12 12 pk 0.00 0.00
XX XX

Corning Disposable Membrane Vacuum Filter/Storage Systems Manufactured in sterile T.C. grade polystyrene. Units comprise filter funnel with integral heat-sealed membrane filter and push-over cap, screw fitted to a receiver bottle. With side arm and tubing adapter for connecting flexible tubing and spare receiver bottle plug seal cap. Individually wrapped, sterile and non-pyrogenic. Supplied in packs as indicated. Receiver capacity ml FD198-10 FD198-20 FD200-10 FD200-12 FD200-14 FD200-16 FD200-20 FD200-40 FD200-42 FD200-44 FD200-46 FD200-50 FD200-70 FD200-72 FD200-74 FD200-76 FD200-80 115 115 250 250 250 250 250 500 500 500 500 500 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 Pore size m 0.22 0.45 0.22 0.20 0.20 0.22 0.45 0.22 0.20 0.20 0.22 0.45 0.22 0.20 0.20 0.22 0.45 Membrane Material*, dia. mm CA, 60 CA, 60 CA, 50 NYL, 50 CN, 50 PES, 50 CA, 50 CA, 70 NYL, 70 CN, 70 PES, 70 CA, 70 CA, 90 NYL, 90 CN, 90 PES, 90 CA, 90 Pack qty. 24 24 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12

*CA=Cellulose Acetate. Corning Bottle Top Filters Disposable T.C. grade polystyrene filter funnel with heat-sealed membrane filter, mounted on screwthread bottle cap and vacuum connection. Supplied in packs as indicated. Receiver Capacity ml Neck Diameter 33mm FD210-10 150 FD210-12 150 FD210-16 FD210-17 FD210-18 500 500 500 Pore Size m 0.22 0.45 0.22 0.22 0.45 0.22 0.45 0.22 0.22 0.45 Membrane Material*, dia. mm CA, 50 CA, 50 CA, 70 PES, 70 CA, 70 CA, 50 CA, 50 CA, 70 PES, 70 CA, 70 Pack qty. pk

48 48 12 12 12 48 48 12 12 12

0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

XX XX XX XX XX

*CA=Cellulose Acetate. *PES=Polyethersulphone.

*NYL=Nylon.

*CN=Cellulose Nitrate.

Neck Diameter 45mm FD210-40 150 FD210-42 150 FD210-46 FD210-47 FD210-48 500 500 500

XX XX XX XX XX

Spares Disposable, T.C. grade polystyrene, sterile receiver bottles with 45mm neck, hand grips and plug seal cap. Supplied in packs of 24. FD204-15 250ml 0.00 pk XX FD204-20 500ml 0.00 pk XX FD204-25 1000ml 0.00 pk XX

*CA=Cellulose Acetate. *PES=Polyethersulphone. Suitable bottles see Bottles section BS435-series.

FD190

FD198/FD200/FD210 series

253

filtration
Tissue Culture Units

Sterilising Filter Units

Sterilising Filter Units Pre-sterilised disposable single use units for laboratory use in cold sterilisation, clarification and ultra-cleaning of buffers, aqueous solutions and microbiological media. N Transparent polystyrene upper and lower chambers with approximate graduations N Colour coded green collar N White cellulose nitrate 50mm diameter membrane 0.2m ungridded 0.45m gridded green 0.8m gridded black Pore size m FD240-10 FD240-13 FD240-16 FD240-24 FD240-27 FD240-30 FD240-37 FD240-40 FD240-43 FD240-50 FD240-53 FD240-56 FD240-64 FD240-67 FD240-70 0.2 0.45 0.8 0.2 0.45 0.8 0.2 0.45 0.8 0.2 0.45 0.8 0.2 0.45 0.8 Receiver ml 115 115 115 150 150 150 250 250 250 500 500 500 1000* 1000* 1000* Pack qty. 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Tissue Culture Units Pre-sterilised disposable single use units designed to satisfy the exacting requirements of cell and tissue culture procedures using clean, non-toxic materials. Ideal for filtering proteinaceous solutions. N Colour coded yellow collar N Tissue culture grade white ungridded cellulose acetate membranes with low protein binding and minimal clogging N Transparent polystyrene upper and lower chambers with approximate graduations N Padless membrane support plate on the 50mm membranes minimises foaming of proteinaceous solutions Pore size m FD244-20 FD244-23 FD244-28 FD244-32 FD244-36 FD244-39 FD244-44 FD244-47 0.2 0.45 0.2 0.45 0.2 0.45 0.2 0.45 Membrane dia. mm 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 Receiver ml 150 150 250 250 500 500 1000* 1000* Pack qty. 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

* Upper chamber is 500ml.

* Upper chamber is 500ml.

FD240

FD244

254

filtration
Analytical Filter Units Syringe Filters

Reusable Filter Holders

Pre-sterilised disposable single-use units with integral membrane. Ideal for microbial analysis, sterility testing, water quality or environmental analysis applications. N Membrane easily removed for culturing or analysis N 47mm diameter cellulose nitrate (CN) membrane which provides superior recovery and growth of micro-organisms N Transparent polystyrene 150ml receiver with vacuum connection and approximate graduation at 100ml Pore m FD250-10 FD250-13 0.2 0.45 Pack qty. 12 12 pk 0.00 0.00
XX XX

Disposable Syringe Filters For laboratory use. Accepts standard slip-fit and luer lock syringes. Acrylic housing and 25mm cellulose acetate membrane. 0.2 and 0.45 micron sizes are certified pyrogen free. Must not be autoclaved. Pore size m Sterile FD260-14 FD260-17 Non-Sterile FD260-32 FD260-35 0.2 0.45 0.2 0.45 Pack qty. 50 50 50 50 pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX

N For use with 47mm membrane (not supplied) N Alternatives with either integral receiver or funnel N Major components are transparent polysulphone N Can be autoclaved N Supplied with both sterilisation and analytical membrane support plates Capacities, ml Upper Receiver FD270-10 FD270-13 FD272-10 FD272-13 250 500 250 500 250 500 Funnel Funnel ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX

XX XX

Disposable Syringe Filters Generally as FD260 but with glass reinforced polypropylene housing and nylon membrane. The membrane is inherently hydrophilic, contains no plasticisers or wetting agents and has a low level of extractables. Can be autoclaved. Pore size m Sterile FD262-15 FD262-18 Non-Sterile FD262-33 FD262-36 0.2 0.45 0.2 0.45 Pack qty. 50 50 50 50 pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX

Vacuum pumps see PX240 to PX443. Vacuum tubing see TY230-22.

XX XX

FD250

FD260/FD262

FD270/FD272

255

F
FD300-05 FD300-08 FD300-12 FD300-15 FD300-19 FD300-22 FD300-26 FD301-05 FD301-08 FD301-12 FD301-15 FD301-19 FD301-22 FD301-26 FD301-30 FD302-05 FD302-08 FD302-12 FD302-15 FD302-19 FD302-22 FD302-26 FD302-30

filtration

Filter Discs
Sintered Discs, Pyrex Comply with ISO 4793. Discs are flat except 90 and 120mm diameters which are domed for added strength. Ref. 3010/10M 3020/10M 3030/10M 3040/10M 3050/10M 3065/10M 3090/10M 3010/11M 3020/11M 3030/11M 3040/11M 3050/11M 3065/11M 3090/11M 3120/11M 3010/12M 3020/12M 3030/12M 3040/12M 3050/12M 3065/12M 3090/12M 3120/12M Porosity grade 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Disc dia. mm 10 20 30 40 50 65 90 10 20 30 40 50 65 90 120 10 20 30 40 50 65 90 120 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (10+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Ref. FD303-05 FD303-08 FD303-12 FD303-15 FD303-19 FD303-22 FD303-26 FD303-30 FD304-05 FD304-08 FD304-12 FD304-15 FD304-19 FD304-22 FD304-26 FD304-30 FD305-05 FD305-08 FD305-12 FD305-15 FD305-19 FD305-22 FD305-26 FD305-30 3010/13M 3020/13M 3030/13M 3040/13M 3050/13M 3065/13M 3090/13M 3120/13M 3010/14M 3020/14M 3030/14M 3040/14M 3050/14M 3065/14M 3090/14M 3120/14M 3010/15M 3020/15M 3030/15M 3040/15M 3050/15M 3065/15M 3090/15M 3120/15M

Porosity grade 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5

Disc dia. mm 10 20 30 40 50 65 90 120 10 20 30 40 50 65 90 120 10 20 30 40 50 65 90 120

ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

ea (10+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

FD300 to FD305

256

filtration
Filter Sticks
Filter Sticks, Pyrex With 20mm diameter sintered disc at end of stem. Useful for removing supernatant liquid from a precipitate. Overall length 150mm. Stem o.d. 8mm. Ref. FD315-10 FD315-12 FD315-14 FD315-16 4110/01M 4110/03M 4110/05M 4110/07M Porosity grade 1 2 3 4 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (2+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX

F
ea (5+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Filter Tubes, Pyrex With sintered disc sealed in centre waist. Overall length 150mm. Diameter of disc, mm 10 20 30 40 Tube o.d. mm 13 26 36 46 Ref. FD320-05 FD320-08 FD320-12 FD320-15 FD321-05 FD321-08 FD321-12 FD321-15 FD322-05 FD322-08 FD322-12 FD322-15 FD323-05 FD323-08 FD323-12 FD323-15 FD324-05 FD324-08 FD324-12 FD324-15 3790/12M 3790/14M 3790/16M 3790/18M 3790/02M 3790/04M 3790/06M 3790/08M 3790/22M 3790/24M 3790/26M 3790/28M 3790/42M 3790/44M 3790/46M 3790/48M 3790/62M 3790/64M 3790/66M 3790/68M Porosity grade 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 Disc dia. mm 10 20 30 40 10 20 30 40 10 20 30 40 10 20 30 40 10 20 30 40 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

Porosity Gradings for Sintered Glassware Grade 0 1 2 3 4 5 ISO4793 Designation P250 P160 P100 P40 P16 P10 Pore size index m 160 to 250 100 to 160 40 to 100 16 to 40 10 to 16 4 to 10

Pyrex Sintered Glassware For other products see Chromatography, Crucibles, Extraction, Funnels and Gas Distribution sections.

FD315

FD320 to FD324

257

flame photometers
Model PFP7 Flame Photometer
Accessories It is recommended that accessory filters, air compressor and gas regulator are ordered with the flame photometer. FH205-15 Calcium filter 0.00 ea XX FH205-20 Lithium filter 0.00 ea XX FH205-25 Barium filter 0.00 ea XX Air compressor, providing moisture and oil-free air. For 220-240V 50Hz supplies. FH207-10 Air compressor 0.00 ea XX FH214-10 Natural gas regulator 0.00 ea XX FH214-12 Propane regulator 0.00 ea XX FH214-14 Butane regulator 0.00 ea XX FH218-10 Minor spares kit 0.00 ea XX FH218-12 Major spares kit 0.00 ea XX Water separator PFP253. For use in locations of high humidity to overcome problem of water condensation in the air line to the flame photometer. FH220-10 Water separator 0.00 ea XX Automatic dilutor with variable dilution. For clinical applications. FH220-25 Automatic dilutor 0.00 ea XX Calibration Standards mmol per litre Clinical Standards FH216-10 100Na/K FH216-15 1.00Li FH216-20 140Na/5K FH216-24 120Na/2K FH216-28 160Na/8K FH216-32 160Na/80K ppm Industrial Standards FH216-60 1000Na FH216-64 1000K FH216-68 1000Li FH216-72 3000Ba FH216-76 1000Ca Pack qty. ml 500 500 500 500 500 500 Pack qty. ml 500 500 500 500 500 pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Single channel emission flame photometer for routine determination of Na, K, Ca, Li and Ba. Wide range of clinical, industrial and teaching applications including examination of:pharmaceutical and biochemical samples plant and animal tissues minerals, cements and ceramics oils and greases biological and clinical fluids N Digital readout N Switchable decimal point N Narrow band filters on rotating discs N Electronic ignition of flame N Electronic flame failure protection N Automatic regulation of air supply N Simple maintenance and cleaning N Recorder output Model Ranges PFP7 0 - 199.9 0.2 0.2 0.25 15 30 PFP7/C 0 - 199.9 120-160Na (linearised), 0-10.0K 0.25 15 30

ppm mmol/l

Detection limits ppm Na K Li Ca Ba Reproducibility Linearity Specificity Recorder output Dimensions mm Weight kg Services required Electrical Air Gas

1% CV for 20 consecutive samples using 10ppm Na, set to read 50.0 Better than 2% when concentration of 3ppm, Na and K and 5ppm Li are set to read 100. Interference from Na, K, Li equal in concentration to test element will be less than 0.5%. Nominal 1V for a reading of 100.0 420 x 360 x 300 8

190-250V 50/60Hz single phase Moisture and oil free 6 litres/minute at 1Kg/cm2 Propane, butane or natural gas (specify correct regulator when ordering)

Flame Photometer, Jenway PFP7 Supplied with filters for Na and K only, fuel and air connectors, instructions and service manual. Requires but does not include a gas regulator and an air compressor of the correct type. For 190-250V 50/60Hz single phase supplies. FH200-10 Jenway PFP7 0.00 ea XX FH200-30 Jenway PFP7/C. Fitted with lineariser for clinical applications 0.00 ea XX

FH207

FH200

258

flame photometers
Sherwood Models 410, 420 and 425 Flame Photometers

For use in applications examining pharmaceutical and biochemical samples, clinical and biological fluids, industrial processes and environmental testing. N Choice of models: Model 410 Single channel emission flame photometer for routine determination of Na, K and Ca (Li and Ba also, using accessory filters). Model 420 Dual channel emission flame photometer with features as above but with Li filter instead of the Ca filter and additionally offering simultaneous Na and K results, built-in lineariser for clinical samples, Li internal standard referencing for enhanced accuracy, microprocessor control and monitoring of measurements, continuous or peak mode operation, and built-in RS232 port for result output. Model 425 As Model 420 but offering simultaneous Ca with K, or Na, results and without lineariser. Features common to all models N Digital readout with moveable decimal point N Auto-ignition of flame N Integral fail-safe flame monitoring General Specifications Model Sensitivity 410 420 425 Minimum concentrations producing a display reading of 100 scale units: Na: 0.5ppm, K: 0.5ppm, Li: 2ppm all models Ba: 1000ppm (optional filter)) 410 only Ca: 5ppm 410 and 425 only Na, K <0.02ppm at 2 x standard deviation <0.5% to reading from interferent of Na, K, Li equal to the concentration of element under test % % 2 <1 <1 1 <0.5 (Peak ref. mode) <0.5 (Peak ref. mode) 1 (LED) 2 (LED) 2 (LED) Manual estimation Auto peak Auto peak No Yes Yes Fixed analogue Adjustable analogue and RS232 both models 390 x 345 x 510 all models 9.5 10 10 N Automatic air regulation N Gas cut-off safety feature N Recorder output Flame Photometer, Model 410 With Na, K and Ca filters, fuel and air connection, 1000ppm standard solutions for Na, K and Ca and instructions. Requires but does not include an air compressor of the correct type and gas regulator. For 198-264V 50/60Hz single phase supplies. FH300-10 Model 410 0.00 ea XX Flame Photometer, Model 420 With Na, K and Li filters, fuel and air connection, 1000ppm standard solutions for Na, K and Li and instructions. Requires but does not include an air compressor of the correct type and gas regulator. For 198-264V 50/60Hz single phase supplies. FH305-20 Model 420 0.00 ea XX Flame Photometer, Model 425 With Na, K, Ca and Li filters, fuel and air connection, 1000ppm standard solutions for Na, K, Ca and Li and instructions. Requires, but does not include, an air compressor of the correct type and gas regulator. For 198-264V 50/60Hz single phase supplies. Note: cannot be operated using natural gas. FH305-30 Model 425 0.00 ea XX Accessories for Model 410 only FH317-10 Calcium filter* 0.00 ea XX FH317-12 Barium filter 0.00 ea XX FH317-14 Lithium filter 0.00 ea XX FH324-10 Natural gas 0.00 ea XX regulator kit *Accessory for instruments built before December 2003. Accessories for all models Air compressor for temperate conditions 220-240V 50/60Hz single phase. FH319-12 Air compressor 0.00 ea XX Air compressor for conditions of high temperature and humidity. 184-264V 50/60Hz single phase. FH319-18 Air compressor 0.00 ea XX high-temp FH324-12 Propane regulator 0.00 ea XX FH324-14 Butane regulator 0.00 ea XX

Detection limits Specificity Drift Reproducibility Display channels Result display Result storage Outputs Dimensions Weight Services required Electrical Air Gas

mm kg

198-264V 50/60Hz single phase Moisture and oil free 6 litres/minute at 1kg/cm2 High grade propane, butane or propane/butane mixture. Fuel should be free from heavy hydrocarbon deposits and regulated to approx. 30 p.s.i. at the cylinder. Model 410 only is also suitable for use with natural gas at 3 10 W.G. (Specify correct regulator when ordering). Model 425 requires propane/air mixture only for Ca tests.

FH300-10

FH305-20, FH305-30 is similar

259

flame test, flash point

Setaflash Series 3 Flash Point Testers
Closed Cup Flash Point Tester For ASTM D3278; ASTM D3828-IP303; ISO3679; EN456; ISO3680; BS3900 Part A13; UN Class 3 non-viscous flammable liquids. For closed cup testing. Portable, low cost instrument providing rapid test results over the range ambient to 300C (sub-ambient using accessory coolant module. Features digital setting of test parameters, automatic flash detection and digital readout of temperature and time. A 2ml sample is required for flash points up to 100C and 4ml sample for flash points between 100C and 300C. Test time is adjustable from 1 to 99 minutes. The test flame is fuelled via a rechargeable gas tank with on/off switch and fine adjustment. Fuelling is by accessory LPG (cigarette lighter) cartridges. Available fitted with standard aluminium or corrosion resistant stainless steel cup and supplied with 2ml sample syringe and ignitor. Without gas charge. For 115-220V 50/60Hz single phase supplies or 12V d.c. using optional power adapter. Overall 280 x 256 x 256mm W x D x H. Weight 4kg. PE380-20 Setaflash 3, closed aluminium cup 0.00 ea XX PE380-27 Setaflash 3, closed stainless steel cup 0.00 ea XX Open Cup Flash Point Tester For ASTM D4206; BS3900 Part A11; ISO DIS (TR) 9038; UN Class 3 Test L.3; CFR 49-173-120; IATA Dangerous Goods Regs. section 3.3.5; H.S.C. Carriage of Dangerous Goods by Road & Rail App B. For open cup testing. Similar construction and specification to PE380-20 but with an open cup in aluminium for flash/no flash, finite determinations or sustained combustion tests. A manually operated sweeping arm is fitted to the cup. The flash or sustained combustion characteristics of the sample are observed visually by passing the test flame over the sample. Supplied with 2ml sample syringe. For 115-220V 50/60Hz single phase supplies or 12V d.c. using optional power adapter. Overall 280 x 256 x 256mm W x D x H. Weight 4kg. PE390-20 Setaflash 3, open aluminium cup 0.00 ea XX Accessories for PE380-20, PE380-27 and PE390-20 Power adapter for operation from 12V d.c. vehicle Carrying case for PE380-20, PE380-27 and PE390-20. systems, with vehicle cigar lighter plug. 0.00 ea XX PE394-10 Power adapter 0.00 ea XX PE394-19 Carrying case PE394-14 LPG containers, 0.00 pk XX Metal cooling block to reduce block temperature pack of 10 after test. Note: Gas containers PE394-14 can be exported PE394-24 Cooling block 0.00 ea XX only as seafreight deck cargo. Local purchase Coolant module for performing sub ambient tests. is recommended. Requires, but does not include a supply of dry-ice. PE394-28 0.00 ea XX Verification and Certified Reference Materials for flash point testers are available details on request.

Flame Test
Blowpipes Nickel plated copper, length 200mm. Length mm Without mouthpiece FH600-10 200 With mouthpiece FH600-15 200 ea 0.00 0.00 ea (10+) 0.00 0.00
XX

XX

Flame Test Glass Cobalt blue, 75 x 50mm. FH610-10 Cobalt glass

0.00 ea

XX

Wire Holder Nickel plated brass with screw chuck which accepts wire or needles up to 0.56mm diameter (24 swg). FH625-10 Wire holder 0.00 ea XX

FH610

FH600-10

FH600-15

FH625

PE380, PE390 is similar

260

flasks, glass
Boiling/Extraction
Flasks, Pyrex 1070 series Flat bottom. Narrow neck. Comply with ISO 1773 (BS 2734). Ref. FK100-22 FK100-24 FK100-30 FK100-35 FK100-40 FK100-45 FK100-50 FK100-55 FK100-60 FK100-62 FK100-70 1070/02 1070/04 1070/12 1070/18 1070/24 1070/28 1070/32 1070/36 Cap. ml 50 100 250 500 1000 2000 4000 6000 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (10+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Supports
Flasks, Pyrex 1100 series Round bottom. Narrow neck. Comply with ISO 1773 (BS 2734). Ref. FK120-22 FK120-24 FK120-30 FK120-35 FK120-40 FK120-45 FK120-50 FK120-55 FK120-60 FK120-70 1100/02 1100/04 1100/12 1100/18 1100/24 Cap. ml 50 100 250 500 1000 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (qty+) 0.00 (10+) 0.00 (10+) 0.00 (10+) 0.00 (10+) 0.00 (10+) 0.00 (20+)
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Flask Support Stand, Azlon Polypropylene. For round bottom flasks. Top diameter 145mm. FK180-15 TWR038 0.00 ea XX Flask Support Rings Rubber. Double sided. Sit firmly on the bench and with bowl either side to hold different size flasks. Hold flask firmly but gently irrespective of the angle. Size 1 2 3 Bowl diameters Wide 76mm 121mm 165mm Narrow 44mm 80mm 118mm

1070/38 10000 1070/40* 12000 1070/42* 20000

1100/28 2000 1100/32 4000 1100/35 6000 1100/36 10000 1100/38* 20000

*Supplementary to ISO range. Flasks, Pyrex 1120 series Round bottom. Wide neck. Capacities 1000 to 6000ml have a tooled rim neck. Ref. FK125-24 FK125-30 FK125-35 FK125-40 1120/04 1120/08 1120/14 1120/18 Cap. ml 100 250 500 1000 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (qty+) 0.00 (10+) 0.00 (10+) 0.00 (10+) 0.00 (10+) 0.00 (20+)
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

*Supplementary to ISO range. Flasks, Pyrex 1080 series Flat bottom. Wide neck. For extraction applications. Ref. FK105-22 FK105-24 FK105-30 FK105-35 FK105-40 FK105-45 1080/02 1080/04 1080/08 1080/10 1080/12 1080/14 Cap. ml 50 100 250 500 1000 2000 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (10+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX

Supplied as a set of 3 (one of each size) FK180-60 Support rings set 0.00 set Spare support rings for FK180-60 Supplied singly. FK180-62 Support ring 76/44mm 0.00 ea FK180-64 Support ring 121/80mm 0.00 ea FK180-66 Support ring 165/118mm 0.00 ea

XX

XX XX XX

Cork Rings, compressed For supporting flasks. Thickness 45mm. Supplied singly. O.d. x i.d. mm CW310-10 CW310-15 CW310-20 CW310-25 CW310-30 75 x 45 115 x 85 150 x 120 195 x 160 240 x 200 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX

FK125-45 1120/22 2000 FK125-50 1120/26 4000 FK125-55 1120/29 6000 Corks see CW300.

Flask clamps see SL710/SL726. Stoppers see SW600/SW684.

FK100

FK105

FK180-15

FK180-60 in use

FK120

FK125

CW310

261

F
FK200-14 FK200-16 FK200-20 FK200-22 FK200-24 FK200-26 FK200-30 FK200-32 FK200-35

flasks, glass
Flasks, Pyrex 1137 series Erlenmeyer (conical). SVL phenolic screwcap PTFE faced with rubber disc. With approximate graduations. Can be dry heat or steam sterilised to 121C. Suitable for storage of culture specimens and media. Ref.
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Conical, Narrow Neck

Flasks, Pyrex 1130 series Erlenmeyer (conical). Narrow neck. With approximate graduations. Comply with ISO 1773 and DIN12380. Ref. 1130/03* 1130/05* 1130/11 1130/02 1130/06 1130/12* 1130/14 1130/16* 1130/20 Capacity ml 5 10 25 50 100 200 250 300 500 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (qty+) (10+) (10+) (10+) (10+) (10+) (10+) (10+) (10+) (10+)

Capacity ml 5 10 25 50 100 250 500 1000 2000 3000

Stopper size 15 15 22 22 30 42 42 42 42 42

ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

ea (qty+) (10+) (10+) (10+) (10+) (10+)

XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

FK205-14 FK205-16 FK205-20 FK205-22 FK205-24 FK205-30 FK205-35 FK205-40 FK205-45 FK205-47

1137/11 1137/12 1137/13 1137/02 1137/03 1137/06 1137/08 1137/10 1137/14 1137/18

FK200-40 1130/26 1000 0.00 0.00 (10+) FK200-45 1130/30 2000 0.00 0.00 (10+) FK200-47 1130/32 3000 0.00 0.00 (2+) FK200-52 1130/36 5000 0.00 *Supplementary to ISO and DIN ranges. Supplementary to DIN range.

0.00 (10+) 0.00 (10+) 0.00 (2+)

Spare SVL screwcaps see Stoppers section. Flasks, Duran Erlenmeyer (conical). Narrow neck. With approximate graduations. Comply with ISO 1773. Ref. FK215-14 FK215-17 FK215-24 FK215-32 FK215-36 FK215-39 FK215-44 FK215-54 FK215-63 FK215-68 FK215-73 21216-14 21216-17 21216-24 21216-32 21216-36 21216-39 21216-44 21216-54 21216-63 21216-68 21216-73 Capacity ml 25 50 100 200 250 300 500 1000 2000 3000 5000 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (qty+) (10+) (10+) (10+) (10+)
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Flasks, Pyrex 4980 series. Heavy duty Erlenmeyer (conical). Narrow neck with reinforced rims to protect from accidental impact damage. With approximate graduations. Neck accepts a rubber stopper, size as specified. Ref. FK203-16 FK203-20 FK203-22 FK203-26 FK203-30 FK203-35 FK203-40 FK203-45 FK203-50 FK203-55 4980-10 4980-25 4980-50 4980-125 4980-250 4980-500 4980-1L 4980-2L 4980-4L 4980-6L Capacity ml 10 25 50 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 6000 Stopper size 10 13 14 23 27 31 37 43 43 43 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (qty+) (12+) (12+) (12+) (12+) (12+)
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

0.00 (10+) 0.00 (10+) 0.00 (10+) 0.00 (10+) 0.00 (10+) 0.00 (2+)

0.00 (6+) 0.00 (6+)

FK203, reinforced rim

FK200

FK203

FK205

FK215

262

flasks, glass
Conical, Wide Neck
Flasks, Pyrex 1140 series Erlenmeyer (conical). Wide neck. With approximate graduations. Comply with DIN12385. Ref. FK220-22 FK220-24 FK220-30 FK220-35 FK220-40 FK220-45 1140/02 1140/04 1140/08 1140/10 1140/14 1140/18* Capacity ml 50 100 250 500 1000 2000 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (10+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX

F
ea (qty+)
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Filter
Flasks, Pyrex 1170 series Buchner. Heavy wall. With studded base to minimise surface abrasion. Comply with ISO 6556. Ref. Capacity ml ea

Integral side arm for 9mm bore flexible vacuum tubing FK350-24 1170/02 100 0.00 0.00 (10+) FK350-30 1170/04 250 0.00 0.00 (10+) FK350-35 1170/06 500 0.00 0.00 (10+) FK350-40 FK350-45 FK350-48 FK350-52 1170/08 1170/10 1170/12 1170/14 1000 2000 3000 5000 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 (5+) (5+) (5+) (5+)

*Supplementary to DIN range. Flasks, Pyrex 5100 series. Heavy duty Erlenmeyer (conical). Wide neck with reinforced rims to protect from accidental impact damage. With approximate graduations. Neck accepts rubber stopper size as specified. Ref. FK223-26 FK223-30 FK223-35 FK223-40 FK223-45 5100-125 5100-250 5100-500 5100-1L 5100-2L Capacity ml 125 250 500 1000 2000 Stopper size 27 33 43 48 58 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (qty+) (12+) (12+) (6+) (6+)
XX XX XX XX XX

Screwthread side arm and removable polypropylene tubing adapter for 9mm bore flexible tubing FK352-24 1170/02SC 100 0.00 0.00 (10+) XX FK352-30 1170/04SC 250 0.00 0.00 (10+) XX FK352-35 1170/06SC 500 0.00 0.00 (10+) XX FK352-40 FK352-45 FK352-52 1170/08SC 1170/10SC 1170/14SC 1000 2000 5000 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (5+)
XX XX XX

Flasks, Filter, Duran Heavy wall. Supplied with interchangeable, polypropylene push-in and riffled hose connection assemblies. Ref. Capacity ml 100 250 500 1000 2000 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (10+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX

Flasks, Duran Erlenmeyer (conical). Wide neck. With approximate graduations. Ref. FK227-14 FK227-17 FK227-24 FK227-32 FK227-36 FK227-39 FK227-44 FK227-54 FK227-63 21226-14 21226-17 21226-24 21226-32 21226-36 21226-39 21226-44 21226-54 21226-63 Capacity ml 25 50 100 200 250 300 500 1000 2000 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (10+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Conical shape FK360-24 FK360-30 FK360-35 FK360-40 FK360-45 Bottle shape FK360-65 FK360-70 FK360-75 FK360-90 FK363-08

21204-245 21204-365 21204-445 21204-545 21204-635

21194-685 3000 21194-735 5000 21194-865 10000 21194-915 20000 Spare hose connection assembly set for FK360 flasks

XX XX XX XX XX

Vacuum Ring Seal A neoprene rubber disc with a tapered raised boss and central hole which accepts the stem of a Buchner or similar filter funnel. The disc seals when placed over the neck of a filter flask and vacuum is applied. Ring disc diameter 75mm. FK364-10 Vacuum ring seal 0.00 ea XX

FK220

FK223

FK227

FK350

FK352

FK360-24 to -45

FK360-65 to -90

FK364 in use

263

F
FK500-40 FK502-37 FK502-42

flasks, glass
Flasks, Pyrex 1200 series Kjeldahl. Long neck. ea (qty+) 0.00 (2+) 0.00 (10+) 0.00 (10+)
XX XX XX

Roux, Distillation, Kjeldahl

Flasks, Pyrex 1340/1350 series Roux culture. Central neck is tooled, offset necks are fire polished. Ref. 1340/02 1350/04 1350/06 Capacity ml 1200 600 1200 Neck Central Offset Offset ea 0.00 0.00 0.00

Ref. FK540-24 FK540-32 FK540-35 FK540-38 1200/04 1200/10 1200/12 1200/16

Capacity ml 100 300 500 800

ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

ea (10+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

XX XX XX XX

Tissue Culture Flasks and Roller Culture Flasks see Tissue Culture section. Culture Vessels, flat flange see Quickfit section. Flasks, Pyrex 1280/1290 series Distillation. Side arm set at 75 to vertical axis and positioned to suit a 76mm partial immersion thermometer. Ref. General purpose FK525-26 1280/08 FK525-30 1280/10 FK525-35 1280/14 To ASTM E133 FK527-24 FK527-26 FK527-30 1290/02 1290/04 1290/06 Capacity ml 150 250 500 100 125 250 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (5+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX

Pyrex Condensers
Bibby Pyrex Condensers With 13mm screwthread olives for hose connection. An improved design which allows the flexible tubing to be connected onto a plastic hose connector which is then screwed to the screw thread olive of the connector. Breakage of condenser side arms is considerably reduced. Each condenser is supplied with two screwthread plastic connectors for 9mm bore flexible tubing. The top cup outside diameter of all condensers is 22mm. Type DT980-10 DT980-15 DT980-20 DT980-25 DT980-30 Liebig 8-bulb Allihn 18-spiral Graham 8-spiral Thorpe Double surface Davies Effective length x stem o.d., mm 400 x 13 400 x 13 250 x 13 200 x 8 200 x 15 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (2+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX

XX XX XX

The 125ml capacity complies with IP 123. Distillation Assemblies for petroleum products see Petroleum section. Distillation Thermometers to IP and ASTM see Thermometers section.

Anti-bumping granules/Boiling stones PTFE. Prevent chemical splashes and bumping when boiling solutions. Supplied in resealable packs of 500g. Granule sizes stated are approximate. DT985-10 4mm granules 0.00 pk XX DT985-20 6mm granules 0.00 pk XX

FK500

FK525, FK527

DT980-10

DT980-15

DT980-20

DT980-25

DT980-30

FK502

FK540

DT985

264

flasks, plastic
Conical
All capacities are nominal. Flasks, Azlon Conical. Narrow neck. Translucent polypropylene. Can be autoclaved. Ref. FK750-30 FK750-35 FK750-40 FDE330 FDE336 FDE340 Capacity ml 250 500 1000 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX

F
ea 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX

Buchner Filter
Flasks, Azlon Buchner. Narrow neck. Polypropylene with side arm. Ref. FK830-30 FK830-35 FK830-40 FWB730 FWB736 FWB740 Capacity ml 250 500 1000 Neck 29/32 34/35 34/35

Flasks, Azlon, stoppered Conical. Narrow neck with polypropylene stopper and approximate graduations. Ref. Polypropylene, translucent FK760-22 FDE518 FK760-25 FDE526 FK760-30 FDE530 FK760-35 FDE536 FK760-40 FDE540 PMP (TPX), transparent FK763-22 FDE418 FK763-25 FDE426 FK763-30 FDE430 FK763-35 FDE436 Capacity ml 50 125 250 500 1000 50 125 250 500 Neck ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX

Tissue Culture
Erlenmeyer Flasks, Corning Polycarbonate with polypropylene screw cap which can be adjusted to provide gassing or a leak-proof seal. Transparent and graduated. Sterilised by gamma irradiation. Sealed individually in a sterile sleeve within outer packs as indicated. Ref. TP550-15 TP550-20 TP550-25 430421 430183 430422 Capacity ml 125 250 500 Cap size 26 31 43 Pack qty. 50 50 25 pk 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX

19/26 24/29 29/32 34/35 34/35 19/26 24/29 29/32 34/35

XX XX XX XX

Culture Flasks, baffled, Nalgene Tough polycarbonate flasks with indented baffles which increase mixing when trypsinizing and aerating in a variety of processes such as cell culture growth and fermentation. Supplied in packs as indicated. Ref. TP575-13 TP575-16 TP575-19 4110-0250 4110-0500 4110-1000 Capacity ml 250 500 1000 Pack qty. 4 4 2 pk 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX

Further ranges of these flasks can be found in the Tissue Culture section.

FK750

FK763

TP550

FK760

TP575

FK830

265

flasks, volumetric
Volumetric Flasks, MBL Class A. Borosilicate with polyethylene stopper. Blue enamel graduation and inscriptions. Ref. Capacity ml Stopper ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (qty+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 (5+) (5+) (5+) (5+) (5+) (5+) (5+) (2+)
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Glass, MBL
Volumetric Flasks, MBL Class B. Borosilicate with polyethylene stopper. Blue enamel graduation and inscriptions. Ref. Class B. Uncertified FL310-06 FRD300P FL310-08 FRD302P FL310-14 FRD022P FL310-16 FRD024P FL310-18 FRD025P FL310-20 FL310-22 FL310-24 FL310-28 FL310-30 FL310-35 FL310-40 FL310-45 FL310-52 FRD026P FRD028P FRD030P FRD032P FRD034P FRD036P FRD038P FRD040P FRD042P Capacity ml 1 2 5 10 20* 25 50 100 200 250 500 1000 2000 5000*

Stopper

ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

ea (qty+) (10+) (10+) (10+) (10+) (10+) (10+) (10+) (10+) (10+) (10+) (10+) (4+) (2+) (2+)
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

10/19 10/19 10/19 10/19 10/19 10/19 12/21 14/23 14/23 14/23 19/26 24/29 29/32 34/35

Class A. Conformity Certified FL345-14 FRD164 5 FL345-16 FRD166 10 FL345-18 FRD167 20* FL345-20 FRD168 25 FL345-22 FL345-24 FL345-28 FL345-30 FL345-35 FL345-40 FL345-45 FL345-52 FRD170 FRD172 FRD174 FRD176 FRD178 FRD180 FRD182 FRD184 50 100 200 250 500 1000 2000 5000*

10/19 10/19 10/19 10/19 12/21 14/23 14/23 14/23 19/26 24/29 29/32 34/35

0.00 (2+) 0.00 (2+)

* Supplementary to DIN 12664.

Stopper size not to DIN 12664.

* Supplementary to DIN 12664.

Stopper size not to DIN 12664.

Volumetric Flasks To ISO1042, DIN12664 and clear glass unless otherwise stated. Capacity ml 1 2 5 10 20 25 50 Class A ml 0.025 0.025 0.04 0.04 0.06 Tolerances Class B Capacity ml ml 0.03 0.03 0.05 0.05 0.08 0.08 0.12 100 200 250 500 1000 2000 5000 Class A ml 0.10 0.15 0.15 0.25 0.40 0.60 1.20 Class B ml 0.20 0.30 0.30 0.50 0.80 1.20 2.00

Volumetric Flasks, MBL Class A. Borosilicate with glass stopper. Blue enamel graduation and inscriptions. Ref. Capacity ml Stopper ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (qty+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 (5+) (5+) (5+) (5+) (5+) (5+) (5+) (2+)
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Class A. Conformity Certified FL349-14 FRD264 5 FL349-16 FRD266 10 FL349-18 FRD267 20* FL349-20 FRD268 25 FL349-22 FL349-24 FL349-28 FL349-30 FL349-35 FL349-40 FL349-45 FL349-52 FRD270 FRD272 FRD274 FRD276 FRD278 FRD280 FRD282 FRD284 50 100 200 250 500 1000 2000 5000*

10/19 10/19 10/19 10/19 12/21 14/23 14/23 14/23 19/26 24/29 29/32 34/35

Conformity Certified Indicated by the symbol H shows that the product has been manufactured under quality control procedures according to Eichordnung the German Federal Weights and Measures Regulations. Provided the instrument is used with the recommended accessories and in accordance with the supplied instructions the manufacturer certifies conformity with annex 12 of the Eichordnung.

0.00 (2+) 0.00 (2+)

* Supplementary to DIN 12664.

Stopper size not to DIN 12664.

Amber Staining of Borosilicate Glassware We will be pleased to quote against your specific enquiry. Spare Stoppers and Screwcaps see Stoppers section.

FL310

FL345

FL349

266

flasks, volumetric
Glass, E-MIL
Volumetric Flasks, E-MIL Class B. Borosilicate with polyethylene stopper. Wide neck. White enamel graduation and inscriptions. 3ml and 4ml sizes are supplementary to ISO 1042. Ref. Class B. Uncertified FL400-06 G7254 FL400-08 G7255 FL400-10 G7227 FL400-12 FL400-24 G7228 G7250 Capacity ml 1 2 3 4 100 Stopper ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (qty+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (5+)
XX XX XX XX XX

F
ea (qty+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (2+) 0.00 (2+) 0.00 (2+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (2+) 0.00 (2+) 0.00 (2+)
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Volumetric Flasks, E-MIL Class A. Borosilicate with polyethylene stopper. White enamel graduation and inscriptions. Ref. Capacity ml Stopper ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

10/13 10/13 10/13 10/13 19/17

Class A. Conformity and Works Certified FL417-14 G22300WC 5 10/19 FL417-16 G22301WC 10 10/19 FL417-18 G22311WC 20* 10/19 FL417-20 G22302WC 25 10/19 FL417-22 FL417-24 FL417-28 FL417-30 FL417-35 FL417-40 FL417-45 FL417-52 G22303WC G22304WC G22305WC G22306WC G22307WC G22308WC G22309WC G22310WC 50 100 200 250 500 1000 2000 5000* 12/21 14/23 14/23 14/23 19/26 24/29 29/32 34/35

Volumetric Flasks, E-MIL Class A. Borosilicate with polyethylene stopper. White enamel graduation and inscriptions. Ref. Capacity ml Stopper ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (qty+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (2+) 0.00 (2+) 0.00 (2+)
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Class A. Conformity Certified FL415-14 G22300 5 FL415-16 G22301 10 FL415-18 G22311 20* FL415-20 G22302 25 FL415-22 FL415-24 FL415-28 FL415-30 FL415-35 FL415-40 FL415-45 FL415-52 G22303 G22304 G22305 G22306 G22307 G22308 G22309 G22310 50 100 200 250 500 1000 2000* 5000*

10/19 10/19 10/19 10/19 12/21 14/23 14/23 14/23 19/26 24/29 29/32 34/35

Class A. Amber glass, Conformity Certified FL419-20 G22302A 25 10/19 FL419-22 G22303A 50 12/21 FL419-24 G22304A 100 14/23 FL419-28 G22305A 200 14/23 FL419-30 FL419-35 FL419-40 G22306A G22307A G22308A 250 500 1000

XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

14/23 19/26 24/29

* Supplementary to DIN 12664.

Stopper size not to DIN 12664.

Amber Staining of Borosilicate Glassware We will be pleased to quote against your specific enquiry. Spare Stoppers and Screwcaps see Stoppers section.

* Supplementary to DIN 12664.

Stopper size not to DIN 12664.

E-mil Volumetric Flasks To ISO1042, DIN12664 and clear glass unless otherwise stated. Tolerances* Capacity ml 1 2 5 10 20 25 50 Class A* ml 0.02 0.02 0.03 0.03 0.05 Class B ml 0.03 0.03 0.05 0.05 0.08 0.08 0.12 Capacity ml 100 200 250 500 1000 2000 5000 Class A* ml 0.08 0.10 0.12 0.15 0.30 0.50 1.00 Class B ml 0.20 0.30 0.30 0.50 0.80 1.20 2.00

Works Certified Each flask is individually tested for accuracy and engraved with a unique serial number. A certificate is supplied stating the number and details of the test pass.

*Note: Class A flasks are calibrated in accordance with U.S. Pharmacopoeia (USP) and Federal Drug Administration (FDA) tolerances.

Conformity Certified Indicated by the symbol H shows that the product has been manufactured under quality control procedures according to Eichordnung the German Federal Weights and Measures Regulations. Provided the instrument is used with the recommended accessories and in accordance with the supplied instructions the manufacturer certifies conformity with annex 12 of the Eichordnung.

FL415/FL417

FL400

FL419

267

flasks, volumetric
Kohlrausch, E-MIL
Kohlrausch Flasks, E-MIL To BS 615. Soda lime. For sugar and viscosity tests. White enamel graduation and inscriptions. Ref. Class A FL613-22 FL613-24 FL613-28 Capacity ml 50 100 200 Tolerance ml 0.04 0.06 0.10 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (24+) 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX

Glass, Pyrex
Volumetric Flasks, Pyrex Class A. Borosilicate with polyethylene stopper. White enamel graduation and inscriptions. Ref. Capacity ml Stopper ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (qty+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (2+) 0.00 (2+) 0.00 (2+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (2+) 0.00 (2+) 0.00 (2+)
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Class A. Conformity Certified FL500-14 3140/02MP 5 FL500-16 3140/04MP 10 FL500-18 3140/06MP 20* FL500-20 3140/08MP 25 FL500-22 FL500-24 FL500-28 FL500-30 FL500-35 FL500-40 FL500-45 FL500-52 3140/10MP 3140/12MP 3140/14MP 3140/16MP 3140/18MP 3140/20MP 3140/22MP 3140/24MP 50 100 200 250 500 1000 2000 5000*

10/19 10/19 10/19 10/19 12/21 14/23 14/23 14/23 19/26 24/29 29/32 34/35

G1693P G1692P G1691P

Florentine & Iodine Flasks see Quickfit section.

Class A. Conformity and Works Certified FL502-14 3140/42MWCP 5 10/19 FL502-16 3140/44MWCP 10 10/19 FL502-18 3140/46MWCP 20* 10/19 FL502-20 3140/48MCP 25 10/19 FL502-22 FL502-24 FL502-28 FL502-30 FL502-35 FL502-40 FL502-45 FL502-52 3140/50MWCP 3140/52MWCP 3140/54MWCP 3140/56MWCP 3140/58MWCP 3140/60MWCP 3140/62MWCP 3140/64MWCP 50 100 200 250 500 1000 2000 5000*

Conformity Certified Indicated by the symbol H shows that the product has been manufactured under quality control procedures according to Eichordnung the German Federal Weights and Measures Regulations. Provided the instrument is used with the recommended accessories and in accordance with the supplied instructions the manufacturer certifies conformity with annex 12 of the Eichordnung.

XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

12/21 14/23 14/23 14/23 19/26 24/29 29/32 34/35

* Supplementary to DIN 12664.

Stopper size not to DIN 12664.

Volumetric Flasks, Pyrex Class A. Borosilicate with SVL screwcap. White enamel graduation and inscriptions. Ref. Class A. Uncertified FL515-18 3145/06MP FL515-20 3145/08MP FL515-22 3145/10MP FL515-24 FL515-28 FL515-30 FL515-35 FL515-40 FL515-45 3145/12MP 3145/14MP 3145/16MP 3145/18MP 3145/20MP 3145/22MP Capacity ml 20 25 50 100 200 250 500 1000 2000 Cap size 13 13 15 15 18 18 20 22 25 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (qty+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (2+) 0.00 (2+) 0.00 (2+)
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

FL500/FL502

FL515

Spare Stoppers and Screwcaps see Stoppers section. Volumetric Flasks To ISO 1042, DIN12664 and clear glass unless otherwise stated. Tolerances Capacity ml 1 2 5 10 20 25 50 Class A* ml 0.025 0.025 0.04 0.04 0.06 Class B ml 0.03 0.03 0.05 0.05 0.08 0.08 0.12 Capacity ml 100 200 250 500 1000 2000 5000 Class A* ml 0.10 0.15 0.15 0.25 0.40 0.60 1.20 Class B ml 0.20 0.30 0.30 0.50 0.80 1.20 2.00 FL613

268

flasks, volumetric
Glass Blaubrand
Volumetric Flasks, Blaubrand Conformity Certified Class A. Duran borosilicate glass. With square grip, polyethylene stopper. Calibrated to contain. Ring mark and inscriptions in highly contrasting blue enamel. Capacity ml Tolerance ml Stopper ea ea (2+)

F
ea

Plastic

Volumetric Flasks, Azlon Class B. With stopper. Ref. Polypropylene (translucent) FL800-20 FDF012N FL800-22 FDF018N FL800-24 FDF024N Capacity ml 25 50 100 250 500 25 50 100 250 500 Neck

Class A. Conventional Shape To DIN12664 T1. FL560-20 10* 0.04 FL560-25 20* 0.04 FL560-30 25 0.04 FL560-35 50 0.06 FL560-38 50 0.08 FL560-43 FL560-46 FL560-50 FL560-55 FL560-60 FL560-65 FL560-70 FL560-75 100 100 200 250 500 1000 2000 5000 0.1 0.12 0.15 0.15 0.25 0.4 0.6 1.2

10/19 14/23 14/23 19/26 19/26 10/19 14/23 14/23 19/26 19/26

0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

XX XX XX XX XX

10/19 10/19 10/19 12/21 14/23 12/21 14/23 14/23 14/23 19/26 24/29 29/32 34/35

0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

FL800-30 FL800-35

FDF030N FDF036N

PMP (TPX) (transparent) FL810-20 FDF112N FL810-22 FDF118N FL810-24 FDF124N FL810-30 FL810-35 FDF130N FDF136N

XX XX XX XX XX

Florentine & Iodine Flasks see Quickfit section.

Class A. Trapezoidal shape, with wide flat bottom for extra stability. To DIN12664 T2. FL564-05 1* 0.025 7/16 0.00 FL564-10 2* 0.025 7/16 0.00 FL564-15 5 0.025 7/16 0.00 FL564-20 10 0.04 10/19 0.00 FL564-25 FL564-30 FL564-35 20* 25 50 0.04 0.04 0.06 10/19 10/19 12/21 0.00 0.00 0.00

XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

* Supplementary to DIN 12664.

Conformity Certified B shows that the product has been manufactured Indicated by the symbol H by Brand under quality control procedures according to Eichordnung the German Federal Weights and Measures Regulations. Provided the instrument is used with the recommended accessories and in accordance with the supplied instructions, Brand certify conformity with annex 12 of the Eichordnung.

FL560/FL564

FL800, FL810 are similar

269

flow
Flow Monitors

Flow Indicators
Flow Indicators Simple to install indicators which give you a visual guide of either gas or liquid in-line flow continuity. N Choice of materials Styrene acrylonitrile (SAN) Maximum operating temperature 90C Polymethylpentene (PMP) Maximum operating temperature 175C Comprising paddle wheel in a transparent plastic housing. Rotation of the vanes gives a visual indication of either gas or liquid flow. Can accommodate flow rates down to approximately 150ml/minute. With stepped side arms for 10 to 16mm bore flexible tubing. Overall 88 x 40 x 15mm. FR200-12 Styrene acrylonitrile 0.00 ea XX FR200-15 Polymethylpentene 0.00 ea XX Falling ball Viscometer see VC840. Liquid flow Consistometer see VC845.

Flow Monitors For protecting electrically operated equipment that requires a flow of aqueous liquid for safe use. If the aqueous flow reduces significantly for a period of approximately 10 seconds a red LED indicator will light and an audible alarm will sound. At the same time the electrical power to the equipment under control will be disconnected. N Senses low-flow N Visual and audible alarms and equipment switched off if low-flow for 10 seconds N Choice of models for flow rates from 0.1 to 15 litres/minute N Liquid contacts only PVDF, sapphire, ceramic, Viton N Sensor fits 8mm bore pipe N Solid state switching; 10 amps N Socket for switching an accessory remote audible alarm Housed in a cast aluminium box which can be free standing, wall mounted or clamped to a 12.7mm diameter support rod. Overall 80 x 120 x 100mm H x W x D. For 220-240V 50/60Hz single phase supplies. Model FR300-08 FR300-10 FM110/2 FM110 Flow rate 0.1 to 5 litres/minute 0.5 to 15 litres/minute ea 0.00 0.00
XX XX

FR300 FM110 FM110/2 5 15

FR200 .5 Alarm Level .25 5 2.5

.1 Flow Rate

.5 litres/minute

270

fluorimeter
Model 6200 Fluorimeter

Designed as a high quality, low cost microprocessor controlled instrument, providing a system with excellent sensitivity, low drift and high reliability. N Wide wavelength range by filter selection N Excellent sensitivity N High intensity xenon light source N Ozone free lamp installation N Full interfacing capability N HPLC sampling module accessory

Fluorimeter, Jenway 6200 As described. Supplied with 10mm cell holder, pack of 100 disposable plastic cuvettes 10 x 10mm and instructions. For 100/115/200/230V 50/60Hz single phase supplies. Requires, but does not include, two filters selected from accessories listed below. FR700-10 Model 6200 0.00 ea XX Accessories Filters Ref. Wavelength nm ea Cells 10mm x 10mm glass and supplied singly except where stated. Type
XX XX XX

Excitation and emission wavelengths are selected by means of easily interchangeable filters over the operating range of 200-600nm. The emission detector is a high sensitivity photomultiplier. The emission signals are processed by an on board microprocessor and are then displayed digitally. The instrument also has a Blank Subtract facility for operator convenience. The Model 6200 is ideal for use in analytical and quality control laboratories within a wide range of industries including: food processing environmental biochemical Excitation and Emission Wavelength Ranges Light Source Detector Sensitivity Sensitivity and Zero Controls Display Outputs Power Size W x D x H Weight clinical public health pharmaceutical petrochemical

Range ea/pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

XX XX XX XX XX

Bandpass FR706-10 BG28 FR706-13 VG9 FR706-16 UG1 Cut-off FR706-24 FR706-27 FR706-30 FR706-33 FR706-36 KO*29 IL*201 KO*8 KO*2B Glass

380-500 0.00 480-580 0.00 320-380 0.00 610 545 474 395 305 254 340 380 400 470 514 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

XX XX XX XX XX

200 to 600nm (by filter selection) 75W High Intensity Xenon Photomultiplier Better than 1gl-1 quinine sulphate in 0.1M H2SO4 Managed by internal software during calibration protocol 31/2 digit, 20mm LED Analogue, Centronics and RS232 100/115/200/230V a.c. 10% 50/60Hz 520 x 430 x 180 mm 20kg

FR708-12 Macro Vis FR708-14 Semi- Vis micro FR708-18 Macro UV FR708-20 Semi- UV micro FR708-25 Plastic cuvettes, 10mm. Capacity 3ml, pack of 100 FR708-35 Flowcell

XX

Interference FR706-43 FR706-46 FR706-49 FR706-52 FR706-55 FR706-58

XX XX XX XX XX XX

*KO: Kodak, IL: Ilford.

271

freeze drying
Accessories Shelf Chambers Glass cylindrical chamber, 200 x 250mm diameter x height, unheated shelves 160mm diameter and with 75mm working height between shelves. Available with or without manual vial stoppering device. FS504-08 Shelf chamber with stoppering device 0.00 ea XX FS504-10 Shelf chamber without stoppering device 0.00 ea XX Tube manifold Column manifold with 40 x flexible natural rubber tube nozzles for ampoules. Blanking plugs are provided for unused nozzles. FS504-20 Tube manifold 0.00 ea XX Freezing vessel For drying larger specimens including bones, flowers and fruit or ampoules and vials. Stainless steel with transparent acrylic cover 18mm diameter connector to fit standard drum manifold valves. Dimensions 160 x 110mm diameter x height. FS504-25 Freezing vessel 0.00 ea XX Jointed flasks see QFR-/4S in the Quickfit section.

Cryodos Freeze Dryers

Benchtop, laboratory scale freeze dryers for basic research applications. N Microprocessor control with digital temperature and vacuum display N Condenser ice capacity: 1.5kg in 24 hours, 4kg in total N Choice of models: Cryodos 50: single compressor, minimum condenser temperature <-50C Cryodos 80: twin compressors, minimum condenser temperature <-80C N Built-in two stage vacuum pump with gas ballast and oil mist filters N Stainless steel drum-type manifold with acrylic lid and 8 x 18mm diameter neoprene rubber valves to fit 29/32 jointed flasks, vials or to hold bulk loads N Quiet operation, noise level <55dBA Benchtop Freeze Dryer, Cryodos-50 As described. Supplied with drum manifold and 6m3/hour vacuum pump. Overall 620 x 700 x 660mm W x D x H. Weight 70kg. For 230V 50Hz single phase supplies, 1kW. FS500-50 Cryodos-50 0.00 ea XX Benchtop Freeze Dryer, Cryodos-80 As described. Supplied with drum manifold and 6m3/hour vacuum pump. Overall 620 x 700 x 660mm W x D x H. Weight 75kg. For 230V 50Hz single phase supplies, 1.5kW. FS500-80 Cryodos-80 0.00 ea XX

FS500

272

funnels
Conical, Glass
All dimensions are nominal. Funnels, Soda-lime Conical. Dimension given is the top diameter. Supplied singly. Top dia. mm Plain FT140-10 FT140-15 FT140-20 FT140-30 FT140-35 FT140-45 FT140-50 FT140-60 25 40 50 75 100 150 200 250 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (10+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

F
ea (qty+)

Funnels, Pyrex Conical. Supplied singly. Ref. Top dia. mm 35 45 70 80 105 125 150 200 70 80 105 65 80 110 Stem length mm 35 45 55 80 100 125 150 175 150 150 150 150 150 150 ea

Plain, short stem FT160-10 2140/01 FT160-15 2140/02 FT160-20 2140/03 FT160-30 2140/06 FT160-35 FT160-40 FT160-45 FT160-50 2140/10 2140/11 2140/12 2140/14

0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

0.00 (10+) 0.00 (10+) 0.00 (10+) 0.00 (10+) 0.00 (10+) 0.00 (10+) 0.00 (10+) 0.00 (10+) 0.00 (10+) 0.00 (10+) 0.00 (10+)

XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Choice of Filter Paper for use in conical funnels. The following is an approximate guide to the filter paper diameter required for some of the common sizes of conical filter funnel. Funnel mm 35 45 55 65 75 Filter paper cm 5.5 7.0 9.0 11.0 12.5 Funnel mm 100 150 180 200 Filter paper cm 18.5 24.0 32.0 40.0

Plain, long stem FT165-20 2145/03 FT165-30 2145/06 FT165-35 2145/10 Fluted, long stem FT170-25 2150/03 FT170-30 2150/06 FT170-40 2150/10

XX XX XX

XX XX XX

Filter Tubes, Pyrex With 6mm diameter side arm. For small scale filtration applications. Can be used with short stem funnels as FT160 series. Dimensions stated are tube length x diameter. Supplied singly. Ref. FT200-15 FT200-20 FT200-25 2110/04 2110/06 2110/08 Size mm 125 x 16 150 x 18 150 x 24 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (qty+) 0.00 (10+) 0.00 (10+) 0.00 (10+)
XX XX XX

see FB100 to FB380 in the Filtration section.

FT140

FT160

FT165

FT170

FT200 in use

273

funnels
Stainless and Powder
All dimensions are nominal. Funnels, stainless steel Conical. Dimension given is the top diameter. Supplied singly. FT380-40 100mm FT380-45 120mm FT380-60 245mm

Conical, Plastic
All dimensions are nominal. Funnels, polyethylene Conical. Dimension given is the top diameter. Supplied singly. FT250-12 38mm 0.00 ea 0.00 ea (100+) FT250-25 65mm 0.00 ea 0.00 ea (100+) FT250-32 90mm 0.00 ea 0.00 ea (100+) FT250-37 115mm 0.00 ea 0.00 ea (100+) FT250-43 FT250-47 FT250-50 140mm 165mm 200mm 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea (100+) 0.00 ea (100+) 0.00 ea (100+)

XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

XX XX XX

Powder Funnels Conical. Short wide parallel stem minimises bridging and aids transfer of powder. Supplied singly. Ref. Top dia. mm 80 65 80 100 120 150 290 420 Stem dia. mm 18 16 22 26 30 36 35 48 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (qty+) 0.00 (10+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 (5+) (5+) (5+) (5+)
XX

Funnels, Azlon Conical. Dimension given is the top diameter. Supplied singly. Ref. Polypropylene lightweight FT260-15 FWC056 FT260-20 FWC058 FT260-30 FWC060 FT260-35 FT260-40 FT260-45 FWC062 FWC064 FWC066 Dia. mm 40 50 75 100 120 150 35 65 90 115 140 165 200 80 100 120 140 180 230 245 290 360 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (qty+) 0.00 (10+) 0.00 (10+) 0.00 (10+) 0.00 (10+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 (10+) (10+) (10+) (5+)
XX XX XX XX XX XX

Pyrex glass FT450-30

2130/02

Polypropylene FT460-25 FWC202 FT460-30 FWC204 FT460-35 FWC206 FT460-40 FWC208 FT460-45 FT460-65 FT460-70 FWC210 FWC212 FWC214

XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

0.00 (5+)

Polypropylene general purpose FT265-12 FWC002 FT265-25 FWC004 FT265-32 FWC006 FT265-37 FWC008 FT265-43 FT265-47 FT265-50 FWC010 FWC012 FWC014

XX XX XX XX

Funnel Stands and Rings see SL202/SL215/SL800/SL815 in the Stands section. Funnel to flask adapter see FK364. Powder Funnels with cone on stem see Quickfit section.

0.00 (5+) 0.00 (10+) 0.00 (10+) 0.00 (10+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (5+)

XX XX XX

Polyethylene rigid FT280-30 FWC102 FT280-35 FWC104 FT280-40 FWC106 FT280-45 FT280-50 FT280-55 FT280-60 FT280-65 FT280-70 FWC108 FWC110 FWC112 FWC114 FWC116 FWC118

XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Funnels, Azlon Conical. Half round. Suitable for filling multi-neck flasks. Groove in stem to prevent airlock. Supplied singly. Ref. Polypropylene FT320-35 FWC304 FT320-45 FWC306 Height mm 100 140 Taper 19/26 29/32 ea 0.00 0.00 ea (qty+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (5+)
XX XX

FT320

FT380

FT250

FT260/FT265/FT280

FT450

FT460

274

funnels
Sintered Glass
All capacities and dimensions are nominal. All funnels are supplied singly. Buchner Funnels, Pyrex With flat sintered glass filter disc unless otherwise stated. Ref. 30mm disc FT650-10 FT650-11 FT650-12 FT650-13 FT650-14 FT650-15 40mm disc FT652-10 FT652-11 FT652-12 FT652-13 FT652-14 FT652-15 60mm disc FT654-10 FT654-11 FT654-12 FT654-13 FT654-14 FT654-15 95mm disc FT656-10 FT656-11 FT656-12 FT656-13 FT656-14 FT656-15 Capacity ml 35 35 35 35 35 35 80 80 80 80 80 80 125 125 125 125 125 125 500 500 500 500 500 500 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 Porosity grade 0 1 2 3 4 5 0 1 2 3 4 5 0 1 2 3 4 5 0 1 2 3 4 5 0 1 2 3 4 5 0 1 2 3 4 5 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (qty+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (2+) 0.00 (2+) 0.00 (2+) 0.00 (2+) 0.00 (2+) 0.00 (2+) 0.00 (2+) 0.00 (2+) 0.00 (2+) 0.00 (2+) 0.00 (2+) 0.00 (2+)
XX XX XX XX XX XX

F
ea (5+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX

Conical Funnels, Pyrex With flat 20mm diameter sintered glass disc. Ref. FT670-10 FT670-11 FT670-12 FT670-13 FT670-14 FT670-15 3730/01 3730/02 3730/04 3730/06 3730/08 3730/10 Capacity ml 25 25 25 25 25 25 Porosity grade 0 1 2 3 4 5 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

3620/01 3620/02 3620/04 3620/06 3620/08 3620/10 3630/01 3630/02 3630/04 3630/06 3630/08 3630/10 3700/01 3700/02 3700/04 3700/06 3700/08 3700/10 3710/01 3710/02 3710/04 3710/06 3710/08 3710/10

Cylindrical Funnels, Pyrex With flat sintered glass disc. Ref. 15mm disc FT690-11 FT690-12 FT690-13 FT690-14 30mm disc FT692-10 FT692-11 FT692-12 FT692-13 FT692-14 FT692-15 Capacity ml 8 8 8 8 130 130 130 130 130 130 Porosity grade 1 2 3 4 0 1 2 3 4 5 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (5+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX

XX XX XX XX XX XX

3780/02 3780/04 3780/06 3780/08 3760/01 3760/02 3760/04 3760/06 3760/08 3760/10

XX XX XX XX XX XX

XX XX XX XX XX XX

XX XX XX XX XX XX

120mm disc domed FT658-10 3720/01 FT658-11 3720/02 FT658-12 3720/04 FT658-13 3720/06 FT658-14 3720/08 FT658-15 3720/10 175mm disc domed FT660-10 3722/01 FT660-11 3722/02 FT660-12 3722/04 FT660-13 3722/06 FT660-14 3722/08 FT660-15 3722/10

XX XX XX XX XX XX

XX XX XX XX XX XX

FT654

FT690, FT692 are similar

FT650/FT652

FT670

275

funnels
Thistle
Three-piece Funnel, Whatman Borosilicate glass with acrylic support plate for filter paper. Can be dismantled quickly for cleaning. Dimension given is the filter paper size required. Cap. ml FT850-10 FT850-15 FT850-20 FT850-22 FT850-24 FT850-30 FT850-35 16 36 115 210 400 200 530 Paper cm 2.5 4.7 7.0 7.0 7.0 9.0 12.5 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Buchner and Hirsch Type

All capacities and dimensions are nominal. All funnels are supplied singly. Buchner Funnels Porcelain, with perforated support plate. Dimension given is the nominal filter paper size. Cap. ml FT804-12 FT804-18 FT804-26 FT804-34 FT804-40 FT804-45 25 85 150 265 510 800 Paper cm 4.0 5.5 7.0 9.0 11.0 12.5 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX

Thistle Funnels Glass with plain stem. Stem 6mm diameter. Stem length mm FT922-20 FT922-25 FT922-30 200 250 300 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (100+) 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX

Thistle Funnel, Azlon Polyethylene. With stub stem. Includes stem tubing 250mm long to fit inside stub. Top diameter 34mm. FT930-10 FWC220 0.00 ea 0.00 ea (10+) XX Tissue Culture bottle top filters see FD210 series.

Buchner Funnels Polypropylene. Robust, two-piece construction for easy cleaning. Autoclavable. Dimension given is the nominal filter paper size. Cap. ml FT815-12 FT815-18 FT815-26 FT815-34 FT815-40 FT815-48 FT815-56 40 70 180 390 810 2100 6000 Paper cm 4.25 5.5 7.0 9.0 11.0 15.0 24.0 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Hirsch Funnels Porcelain, with perforated support plate. Top dia. mm FT880-54 FT880-58 50 70 Plate dia. mm 18 27 ea 0.00 0.00
XX XX

Vacuum Ring Seal A neoprene rubber disc with a tapered raised boss and central hole which accepts the stem of a Buchner or similar filter funnel. Ring disc diameter 75mm. FK364-10 Vacuum ring seal 0.00 XX

FK364 in use

FT804

FT850

FT815

FT880

FT922

FT930

276

funnels, separating
Dropping and Separating Cylindrical Shape
To ISO 4800 where appropriate. All capacities and graduations are nominal. All funnels are supplied singly. Pyrex funnels are borosilicate glass with interchangeable glass stopcock and stopper. Dropping Funnels Cylindrical. Stoppered. Borosilicate glass. Ref. Pyrex, glass key, plain FU200-10 2170/02 FU200-15 2170/04 FU200-20 2170/06 FU200-25 2170/08 FU200-30 2170/10 Pyrex, glass key, graduated FU204-20 3590/02 FU204-25 3590/04 FU204-30 3590/06 FU204-35 3590/08 *Supplementary to ISO range. Capacity ml 25* 50 100 250 500 100 250 500 1000 Stopper ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (qty+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 (2+) (2+) (2+) (2+)
XX XX XX XX XX

MBL funnels are borosilicate glass with interchangeable PTFE stopcock and polyethylene stopper.

Ref. MBL, PTFE key, FU230-20 FU230-25 FU230-30 FU230-35 plain FST421 FST431 FST442 FST452

Capacity ml 100 250 500 1000 100 250 500 1000

Stopper

ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

XX XX XX XX

14/23 19/26 19/26 24/29 24/29 19/26 24/29 24/29 29/32

19/26 19/26 24/29 24/29 19/26 19/26 24/29 24/29

XX XX XX XX

MBL, PTFE key, graduated FU234-20 FST521 FU234-25 FST531 FU234-30 FST542 FU234-35 FST552

XX XX XX XX

continued on next page

FU200

FU204

FU230

FU234

277

funnels, separating
Pear Shape
All funnels are supplied singly. Separating Funnels Pear shape. Stoppered. Borosilicate glass. Stopper ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX

Conical Shape
All funnels are supplied singly. Separating Funnels Conical. Stoppered. Borosilicate glass. Ref. Pyrex, glass key, plain FU400-20 2190/02 FU400-25 2190/04 FU400-30 2190/06 FU400-35 FU400-40 2190/08 2190/10 Capacity ml 100 250 500 1000 2000 50 100 250 500 1000 2000

Ref. Pyrex, glass key, plain FU590-15 2180/02 FU590-20 2180/04 FU590-25 2180/06 FU590-30 2180/08 FU590-35 FU590-40 FU590-55 2180/10 2180/12 2180/14

Capacity ml 50 100 250 500 1000 2000 5000 100 250 500 1000 2000 4000 6000

Stopper

ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

19/26 24/29 24/29 29/32 34/35 19/26 19/26 19/26 24/29 24/29 34/35

19/26 19/26 24/29 24/29 29/32 34/35 34/35 19/26 19/26 24/29 24/29 34/35 34/35 34/35

MBL, PTFE key, plain FU440-15 FST311 FU440-20 FST321 FU440-25 FST331 FU440-30 FU440-35 FU440-40 FST342 FST352 FST374

XX XX XX XX XX XX

MBL, PTFE key, plain FU630-20 FST221 FU630-25 FST231 FU630-30 FST242 FU630-35 FST252 FU630-40 FU630-50 FU630-60 FST274 FST284 FST294

XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Separating Funnels, Azlon Conical, plastic. With PTFE-covered stopcock, polypropylene stopper and the main body in either PMP (TPX) or polypropylene. Approximate graduations are printed on the outside. Ref. Polypropylene FU500-25 PMP (TPX) FU504-25 Capacity ml 250 250 Stopper ea 0.00 0.00
XX

An additional range of separating funnels with capacities from 25 to 1000ml and choice of glass or Rotaflo stopcocks is also available see Quickfit Section. Spare Stopcocks and Stoppers for Dropping and Separating Funnels see Stopcock and Stoppers sections.

FWC630T FWC530T

24/29 24/29

XX

FU400

FU440

FU500/504

FU590

FU630

278

furnaces
Construction and Controllers Economy Furnaces 1100C

N Double skin construction in chamber furnaces reduces outer case temperature N Only high grade fibre, brick and slab insulation materials used N No asbestos used in construction N Automatic cut-out isolates the mains supply to the heating elements when chamber door is opened N Safety mesh guards or double skin casing fitted to tube furnaces N Counterweighted chamber doors open upwards with the hot face away from the operator (Models ELF have drop down door) N Outer cases finished in a durable stoved epoxy/polyester powder coating Eurotherm 201 PID Controller Economical, general purpose temperature controller with a 4-digit display indicating actual measured temperature. Ideal for applications where optimal control performance, product integrity and reliability are required. Eurotherm 2416CG Programmer Compact, microprocessor based programmer incorporating 8 control segments and dual 4-digit display showing set point and actual measured temperature in the furnace.

Catalogue No. Model Temperature Maximum Continuous Heating time Volume Controller Chimney Dimensions Internal (External) Weight Rating, maximum

FX150-28 ELF11/6 C C minutes litres 1100 1050

FX150-38 ELF11/14 1100 1050

12 (1000C) 13 (1000C) 6 14 201 PID digital both models No No 165 (580) 180 (410) 200 (410) 15 2 210 (630) 220 (450) 300 (520) 25 3

mm H W D kg kW

Chamber Furnaces, ELF Maximum temperature 1100C. With one-piece moulded ceramic fibre chamber with integral heating elements, built-in hearth, drop down door and vent. Fitted with Model 201 digital controller. For 220-240V 50Hz single phase supplies. FX150-28 Model ELF 11/6 201 PID 0.00 ea XX FX150-38 Model ELF 11/14 201 PID 0.00 ea XX

Safety Note Please check before ordering that the supply current is suitable for the power rating of the furnace.

FX150

279

furnaces
Maximum temperature 1100C

Chamber Furnaces 1100C, 1200C, 1300C

N Upward action parallel link door keeps hot face away from the operator N Heating elements are spirally wound nickel chrome wire, held in grooves within the insulated wall. These free radiating exposed heating elements provide a faster heat up rate than other conventional muffle furnaces N Door linked, power cut-off switch for total operator safety N Double skin, asbestos-free design provides natural air cooling for a cool outer case and the latest insulation materials ensure maximum thermal efficiency N Solid state power switching for smooth reliable control N Fitted chimney to remove fumes N Zinc coated sheet steel outer case with hard wearing finish Chamber Furnaces CWF As described. With controller and chimney. For 220-240V 50Hz single phase supplies. With 201PID controller FX165-09 CWF11/5, 201PID FX165-13 CWF11/13, 201PID FX165-19 CWF11/23, 201PID FX165-23 FX165-28 FX165-34 FX165-49 FX165-52 FX165-55 CWF12/5, 201PID CWF12/13, 201PID CWF12/23, 201PID CWF13/5, 201PID CWF13/13, 201PID CWF13/23, 201PID 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea Catalogue No. Model Temperature Maximum/Continuous C Heating time minutes Volume litres Dimensions mm H Internal W (External)* D Weight Rating, maximum kg kW FX165-09 FX167-06 CWF11/5 1100/1050 30 (1000C) 4.7 135 (585) 140 (375) 250 (485) 35 2.4 FX165-13 FX167-11 CWF11/13 1100/1050 55 (1000C) 13 200 (655) 200 (435) 325 (610) 55 3.1 FX165-19 FX167-16 CWF11/23 1100/1050 40 (1000C) 23 235 (705) 240 (505) 400 (675) 79 7.25

Maximum temperature 1200C Catalogue No. Model Temperature Maximum/Continuous C Heating time Volume Dimensions mm Internal (External)* Weight Rating, maximum minutes litres H W D kg kW FX165-23 FX167-21 CWF12/5 1200/1150 35 (1100C) 4.7 135 (585) 140 (375) 250 (485) 35 2.4 FX165-28 FX167-26 CWF12/13 1200/1150 65 (1100C) 13 200 (655) 200 (435) 325 (610) 55 3.1 FX165-34 FX167-33 CWF12/23 1200/1150 45 (1100C) 23 235 (705) 245 (505) 400 (675) 79 7.25

XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

With 2416CG Programmer FX167-06 CWF11/5, 2416CG FX167-11 CWF11/13, 2416CG FX167-16 CWF11/23, 2416CG FX167-21 FX167-26 FX167-33 FX167-41 FX167-46 FX167-51 CWF12/5, 2416CG CWF12/13, 2416CG CWF12/23, 2416CG CWF13/5, 2416CG CWF13/13, 2416CG CWF13/23, 2416CG

XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Maximum temperature 1300C Catalogue No. Model Temperature Maximum/Continuous C Heating time Volume Dimensions mm Internal (External)* Weight Rating, maximum minutes litres H W D kg kW FX165-49 FX167-41 CWF13/5 1300/1250 40 (1200C) 4.7 135 (585) 140 (375) 250 (485) 35 2.4 FX165-52 FX167-46 CWF13/13 1300/1250 80 (1200C) 13 200 (655) 200 (435) 325 (610) 55 3.1 FX165-55 FX167-51 CWF13/23 1300/1250 55 (1200C) 23 230 (705) 245 (505) 400 (675) 79 7.25

*External dimensions are with the door closed. Safety Note Please check before ordering that the supply current is suitable for the power rating of the furnace.

High Temperature Furnaces An extensive range of high temperature furnaces are available with maximum temperature capabilities of 1800C. Standard designs include chamber furnaces with a maximum capacity of 25 litres and tube furnaces with up to 150mm diameter work tubes details on request.

FX165, FX167 are similar

280

furnaces
Ashing Furnaces, 1100C
N Upward action parallel link door keeps hot face away from the operator N Preheated, high-rate airflow is held close over the samples by the low chamber roof to promote burning N Fitted chimney to remove fumes N FX358-14 complies with BS1016 part 4, ISO344, ISO1171, ASTM D2361, ASTM D2795 and ASTM D3174 Catalogue No. Model Temperature Max/Continuous Heating time Volume Controller Dimensions, mm Internal (External)* Weight Rating C minutes litres H W D kg kW FX358-09 AAF11/3 1100 both models 80 (1000C) 110 (1000C) 3.1 6.9 201PID both models 85 (580) 150 (370) 250 ( 485) 32 1.75 90 (650) 170 (430) 455 (740) 63 3.9 FX358-14 AAF11/7

Tube Furnaces, 1200C

N Choice of controller 201PID 2416CG 8-segment programmer N Outer mesh safety guard

N Energy efficient, utilising low thermal mass insulation N Fully protected thermocouple between the work tube exterior and heating element allows full use of the work tube internal diameter Catalogue No. Model Temperature Maximum Continuous Controller Work tube Bore x length Heated length Uniform zone* Overall Height Width Depth Weight Rating maximum FX520-12 FX525-12 MTF12/25/250 C 1200 1150 201PID or 2416CG mm mm mm mm mm mm kg kW 25 x 300 250 80 375 370 375 15 0.7 1200 1150 201PID or 2416CG 38 x 300 250 95 430 370 375 20 1 1200 1150 2416CG FX520-32 FX525-32 MTF12/38/250

FX527-27 CTF12/75/700

75 x 750 695 265 525 775 360 55 3

*External dimensions are with the door closed. Ashing Furnaces, AAF As described. Maximum temperature 1100C. With 201PID controller, chimney and preheated airflow through the chamber. Supplied with inconel sample tray with removable handle. For 220-240V 50Hz single phase supplies. FX358-09 AAF11/3, 201PID control 0.00 ea XX FX358-14 AAF11/7, 201PID control 0.00 ea XX Coal/Coke Test Products We are able to supply a full range of test furnaces and ovens for coal and coke evaluation to meet international standards and specifically national standards including DIN, ASTM and BS. These include ashing, volatile matter, moisture and ash fusibility details on request.

* Uniform zone is 5C. Tube Furnaces MTF/CTF As described. Maximum temperature 1200C. With horizontal fixed wound wire element and impervious ceramic tube mounted on a control module. For 220-240V 50Hz single phase supplies. With 201PID Controller FX520-12 MTF12/25/250, 201PID FX520-32 MTF12/38/250, 201PID With 2416CG Programmer FX525-12 MTF12/25/250, 2416CG FX525-32 MTF12/38/250, 2416CG FX527-27 CTF12/75/700, 2416CG 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

XX XX

XX XX XX

FX358-14

FX525-32, FX520/FX527 are similar

281

furniture
To assist us in meeting your requirements we need to know: 2. Special requirements such as: preferred bench system and work tops fume cupboards services available (gas, compressed air, water, electricity, drain, fume discharge)

We are pleased to offer the internationally-renowned, Kttermann range and can provide guidance on the selection of furniture to ensure the best design solution to meet your requirements. Within the UK installation can be arranged and visits by a specialist planning engineer are often necessary before a final quotation can be submitted. Outside the UK we can provide modular furniture, often flat packed, for assembly and installation by your local specialists.

1. The type of laboratory in question and the overall area to be furnished. An architects plan showing services and drain points is the ideal. However if this is not available we can base our initial offer on a scale drawing of the proposed laboratory and your provisional layout for furniture. The number of personnel to be working in the area is also a useful guide.

282

furniture
At-Source Extraction System
A portable self-contained system for removal of a wide range of solvents and particles and containment in a highly efficient two-part filter. N Easily assembled in minutes N Low powered, quiet running fan with thyristor speed control N Two-part replaceable filter cartridge N Adjustable extraction arm with hood N Bench clamp Filter A two-stage filter for removing both gases/vapours and particles. The gas filter is an activated carbon (1.3kg carbon) filter embedded in a filter blanket. The particle filter separates dust and small particles, the separation rating of the 0.3m DOP test, is 99.97%. As a general guide a filter will last 6/12 months depending upon use. Two or more filters can be mounted in series using the accessory adapter. Fan The fan has its own motor protector and manual reset and the enclosure is to IP44. A thyristor speed control is provided. Extraction Arm and Hood The extraction arm is polypropylene and can be pivoted about its foot and manoeuvred easily. The hood is anodised aluminium and has polypropylene side and top flaps. A bench-clamp is provided. Connection to the fan is by a PVC hose. Assembly The complete system can be assembled and dismantled in minutes using the screwdriver provided. Specification Filter unit Extraction arm Hood Hose Clamp grip Extraction capacity Weight 320 x 140 x 555mm with fan fitted 1100 x 70mm, maximum reach x diameter 272 x 385 x 113/175mm H x W x D adjustable 2500 x 75mm length x diameter 75mm maximum 300m3/h 9kg approximately

Fume Extraction Hoods

Low cost, easily installed fume extraction hoods for bench mounting. The hood with fittings has been designed to meet the requirements of DIN 12924 part 4, providing effective containment and protection against splashes and has been tested to BS7258 part 1. The unit without fittings provides an economical alternative for use over existing gas and/or water supply systems. N Epoxy coated, galvanised steel construction N Acrylic sliding sash front for easy access N Powerful, all PVC extraction fan Fume hood basic As described. For use over existing gas and water supplies. With fan. For 230V 50Hz a.c. single phase supplies. Requires, but does not include, accessory extraction fittings. Overall 1350 x 800 x 640mm H x W x D. FZ450-10 Basic fume hood 0.00 ea XX Fume hood with fittings As described. To DIN 12924 part 4 requirements and tested to BS7258 part 1. With fan, one each gas and water taps, drainage basin with outlet, two electricity supply sockets, airflow monitor and lighting. For 230V 50Hz a.c. single phase supplies. Requires, but does not include, accessory extraction fittings. Overall 1350 x 900 x 640mm H x W x D. FZ450-50 Fume hood with fittings 0.00 ea XX Accessories All accessories are 100mm diameter and for FZ450 fume hoods only. FZ454-16 Flexible hose, 1 metre length 0.00 ea FZ454-17 Rigid hose, 1 metre length 0.00 ea FZ454-35 Discharge piece (blow-out) 0.00 ea FZ454-42 FZ454-44 FZ454-49 FZ454-56 Bend, 90, rigid Bend, 45, rigid Pipe clamp (one required per joint) Rain cowl 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Extraction System Supplied complete for assembly by the user. For 220-240V 50Hz supply. FZ430-10 Extraction system FZ430-40 Replacement filter FZ430-44 Accessory adapter for mounting filters in series

single phase 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

XX XX XX

FZ430 in use

FZ450-50, FZ450-10 is similar

283

furniture
Accessory Safety Exhaust Filter Provides additional filtration and extraction for Standard model cupboards. Supplied singly. Please refer to the main table for individual cupboard requirements. (Note: Included with enhanced model G.P. main filter sets). FZ474-90 Accessory safety exhaust filter 0.00 ea XX Accessory Impregnated Carbon Main Exhaust Filters Designed primarily to absorb specific contaminants as indicated. PLEASE STATE THE CHEMICAL CONTAMINANTS TO BE EXTRACTED WHEN ORDERING SO THAT THE MOST APPROPRIATE FILTER CAN BE SPECIFIED FOR THE PURPOSE. Supplied singly. Please refer to the main table for individual cupboard requirements. Ref. FZ476-10 FZ476-14 FZ476-18 FZ476-22 FZ476-26 FZ476-30 FZ476-34 FZ476-38 FZ476-42 FZ476-46 FZ476-50 FZ476-54 ACR ACM AMM ACI SUL CYN FOR OAL OAC HEPA ETH MIL Contaminant Iodine, Methyl iodide Mercury vapour Ammonia, pyridines, low molecular weight amines Inorganic acid vapours, acid gases Hydrogen sulphide, low molecular weight mercaptans Hydrogen cyanide Formaldehyde Alkaline, animal waste odours Acidic, bacterial decay odours BS3928-High Efficiency Particulate Air filtration Diethyl Ether Multipurpose* ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Filtration Fume Cupboards

A range of three sizes of fume cupboards accommodating accessory replaceable, activated carbon filters providing filtration, absorption or neutralisation of airborne contaminants. Accessory impregnated carbon filters are available for use in a wide range of extraction applications. N Choice of specifications Standard with working level and polypropylene spillage tray, internal lighting, airflow sensor with digital display and low air flow alarm Enhanced as above, but with additional electronic internal monitoring and display of airflow, main filter contaminant saturation, and audio-visual alarms. Accessory filter sets also include additional safety exhaust filters for enhanced filtration and extraction N Airflow and containment are tested to BS7258 part 1, section 6 and BS7258 part 4 N Sliding sash gives easy access to full open front N All electrical components are totally isolated from the airstream N Even seal filter clamping mechanism is located on the clean side of the filter enabling a safe and easy filter change N Built-in centrifugal fan is quiet in operation Construction Grey epoxy coated mild steel frame and head unit with clear laminated glass windows to sides and rear and full width sliding sash to front. A removable front panel to the head unit allows easy access to the filter and clamping housings. Controls and indicators are conveniently positioned in the front right hand side pillar and 2 x 15W lamps give full illumination of the work area. Specification Model Airflow m3/hr Face velocity m/sec. Noise level dbA Filters* Dimensions, mm W D H Weight Service required kg SP75L/SP75E >300 >0.4 <52 1 750 720 1200 SP120L/SP120E >600 >0.4 <54 2 1200 720 1200 SP165L/SP165E >900 >0.4 <56 3 1650 720 1200

* Multi-impregnated filter to military specification for removal of solvent and acid fumes, hydrogen sulphide, cyanides and arsine at 99% efficiency. Note: Overall capacity is reduced in comparison to single parameter filters. Water Service Kit Comprising swan-neck tap, drip cup and bottle trap complete with 2 metre long water supply hose with quick release couplings and 2 metre long flexible waste hose. MUST BE ORDERED WITH THE CUPBOARD. FZ478-06 Water service kit for FZ472-series 0.00 ea XX COMMISSIONING A commissioning service for the filtration fume cupboards is available within the UK at additional cost details on request.

40 75 95 230V 50Hz a.c. single phase supply all models

* Indicates the number of main (and safety) exhaust filters required. Filtration Fume Cupboards As described. With specification as indicated. For 230V 50Hz single phase supplies. Require, but are not supplied with, main exhaust filters (or safety exhaust filters for -E models), as indicated in the table. FZ472-10 Model SP75L, Standard 0.00 ea XX FZ472-20 Model SP75E, Enhanced 0.00 ea XX FZ472-30 Model SP120L, Standard 0.00 ea XX FZ472-40 FZ472-50 FZ472-60 Model SP120E, Enhanced Model SP165L, Standard Model SP165E, Enhanced 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea
XX XX XX

General Purpose Main Filter Sets Comprising a complete set of general purpose activated carbon main exhaust filters (and safety filters for -E models) for cupboards as indicated. FZ474-15 G.P. filter set for SP75L, Standard 0.00 ea XX FZ474-25 G.P. filter set for SP75E, Enhanced 0.00 ea XX FZ474-35 FZ474-45 FZ474-55 FZ474-65 G.P. filter set for SP120L, Standard G.P. filter set for SP120E, Enhanced G.P. filter set for SP165L, Standard G.P. filter set for SP165E, Enhanced 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 pk
XX XX XX XX

Accessory Pre-Filters FZ474-85 Main filter pre-filters for fumes with high particulate loading. Extend the life of the main filters, pack of 10

XX

FZ472 with FZ478 on table

284

furniture
Taps, XL Series Brownall Labtap
Robust brass construction finished in Tektocote electrostatic epoxy paint and with colour coded controls. Gas cocks Spring loaded taper plug cocks with drop lever controls. Water taps Designed and manufactured to Water Research Centre requirements. Suitable for use with hot or cold water. Needle valve For metering applications and fitted with metering plug. For use with compressed air. Colour code to DIN 12920:1995-10 Carbon dioxide Blue with blue/black insert. Cold water Green with yellow/blue insert. Compressed air Blue with blue/yellow insert. Hot water Green with yellow/red insert. Nitrogen Blue with green insert. Oxygen Blue with blue insert.

Gas
Gas Cock, single For natural (methane) gas. BSP male thread for horizontal mounting. Light grey. Drop lever FZ600-55 BSP 14in 0.00 ea
XX

Water
Water Taps, swan neck BSP 12 in male thread inlet for vertical mounting flush to a benchtop. Grey with control wheel colour coded for cold water (The mixer taps have two inlets and one hot/one cold control wheel). Choice of fixed or moveable swan neck as indicated. Single swan neck FZ615-10 Fixed FZ615-15 Moveable 3-Way (swan neck plus 2 bibs) FZ615-45 Moveable 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea
XX XX

Gas Cocks For natural (methane) gas. BSP 1/4in male thread for vertical mounting flush to the bench top. Outlets on 2- and 4-way versions are 90 apart. With drop levers. Light grey. FZ603-05 1-way 0.00 ea XX FZ603-10 2-way 0.00 ea XX FZ603-15 4-way 0.00 ea XX Gas burner tubing see TY280. Bunsen burners see BY100/BY250.

XX

Mixer (swan neck plus two controls colour coded one hot/one cold) FZ615-75 Moveable 0.00 ea XX

Compressed Gas
Needle Valves, compressed gas BSP 12 in male thread inlet for horizontal mounting. With single outlet. Light grey with hand wheel colour coded for gases as indicated. Note: All gases must be dry. FZ645-10 1-way, compressed air 0.00 ea XX FZ645-13 1-way, nitrogen 0.00 ea XX FZ645-16 1-way, oxygen 0.00 ea XX FZ645-19 1-way, carbon dioxide 0.00 ea XX

FZ600-55

FZ603-05

FZ615-75

FZ615-10, FZ615-15 is similar

FZ615-45

FZ645-13

285

F
Stools

furniture
Chairs
Laboratory Chairs Robust steel frame with hygienic polyurethane seat for easy cleaning, adjustable backrest, gas-strut and reinforced, wide, stable base with five feet fitted with glides. Deluxe models have a contoured seat and wider backrest. Two ranges of height adjustment are available, as indicated. Lower height models are also available with castors, taller models have footrings. Standard models FZ524-10 430 to 560mm, glides 0.00 ea FZ524-15 430 to 560mm, castors 0.00 ea FZ524-30 550 to 800mm, footring 0.00 ea Deluxe models FZ524-60 430 to 560mm, glides 0.00 ea FZ524-70 430 to 560mm, castors 141.00 ea FZ524-85 550 to 800mm, footring 0.00 ea
XX XX XX

Presentation Boards
Dry Wipe Whiteboards Aluminium framed dry wipe white boards for wall mounting with kit supplied. Overall dimensions as indicated. Without marker pens. Size mm FZ650-10 FZ650-20 FZ650-30 FZ650-40 FZ650-50 FZ650-70 600 x 400 900 x 600 1200 x 900 1200 x 1200 1500 x 1200 1800 x 1200 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX

Stools Epoxy powder coated 20mm mild steel frame with solid beech seat. Stackable when not in use. Dimension given is overall height. FZ500-06 470mm 0.00 ea XX FZ500-09 520mm 0.00 ea XX FZ500-17 620mm 0.00 ea XX FZ500-22 670mm 0.00 ea XX Robust steel frame with hygienic, polyurethane seat for easy cleaning, gas-strut stem and reinforced, wide, stable base with five feet fitted with glides. Alternative models are available with height adjustment as indicated. FZ520-30 also has a footring. FZ520-10 430 to 560mm 0.00 ea XX FZ520-30 550 to 800mm 0.00 ea XX

XX FO XX

Black Laminate Chalkboards Aluminium framed chalkboards for wall mounting with kit supplied. Overall dimensions as indicated. Size mm ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Upholstered Laboratory Chairs Generally as FZ524 series but with foam padded, PVC covered seat and backrest. Available with red or black seat finishes. FZ527-10 430 to 560mm, red 0.00 ea XX FZ527-15 430 to 560mm, red, 0.00 ea XX castors FZ527-30 550 to 800mm, red, 0.00 ea XX footring FZ527-40 FZ527-45 FZ527-60 430 to 560mm, black 430 to 560mm, black, castors 550 to 800mm, black, footring 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea
XX XX XX

FZ665-10 FZ665-20 FZ665-30 FZ665-40 FZ665-50 FZ665-70 FZ670-06

600 x 400 900 x 600 1200 x 900 1200 x 1200 1500 x 1200 1800 x 1200 Board cleaner, manual spray bottle, 500ml

FZ500

FZ520-30

FZ524-15

FZ524-30

FZ524-70

FZ524-85

FZ527-15, FZ527-45 is similar

FZ527-30, FZ527-60 is similar

FZ650

FZ665

286

furniture
Mobile Steps/ Safety Shelving
Mobile Steps Rigid steel frame mounted on four spring-loaded castors and with four legs with rubber feet which stabilise the steps when stood upon. With ribbed aluminium treads. Height to top tread 480mm, overall 630 x 460 x 600mm L x W x H. FZ680-25 Mobile steps 0.00 ea XX Kick-Step Mobile kick-step with rubber-coated footpads, sprung roller support and rubber clad base rim which holds the base firmly in position when stood upon. Height 400mm, base diameter 470mm, top diameter 300mm. Aqua blue. FZ680-45 Kick-step 0.00 ea XX Safety shelving Ruggedly constructed all-plastic shelving unit designed for the storage of corrosive materials. With stable HDPE frame and five equally spaced shelf levels each with a removable PVC tray with 30mm high surround, giving approximately 12 litres retention capacity in case of spillage. Total shelving unit capacity is 120 litres and spillage capacity 60 litres. Overall 1880 x 910 x 450mm H x W x D. Weight 25kg. FZ685-10 Safety shelving 0.00 ea XX

Safety Enclosure, Solobox

A benchtop safety enclosure to protect the operator when handling or weighing powders. N Rigid anodised aluminium frame with clear acrylic glazing to the sides, top and cover N Hinged, fold-up front cover N Two speed fan air recirculation, 0.3metres/ second high speed setting, 0.15metres/second low speed setting N HEPA EU13 main filter (retains 99.997% of particles down to 0.2m) and EU3 pre-filter N Cable access port in back panel N Optional accessory stainless steel base tray As described. Internal dimensions 610 x 360 x 550mm W x D x H, overall 650 x 570 x 600mm W x D x H, normal working access 650 x 170mm W x H. The hinged front panel folds to allow full height access if required. With two-speed fan, pre- and main filters, and cable access port. For 240V 50Hz single phase supplies. FZ850-10 Solobox 0.00 ea XX Accessory base tray Stainless steel, 610 x 360mm W x D. FZ852-04 Tray for FZ850-10 FZ852-13 Spare pre-filters, pack of 10 FZ852-16 Spare HEPA main filter, supplied singly

Anti-Vibration Platform, Vibrasorb

For absorbing and damping vibrations down to 9Hz. Comprises a moulded terrazzo slab with polished surfaces supported on four absorbers with non-slip feet. Suitable for isolating sensitive analytical instruments such as balances and microscopes. Will support up to 16kg. Overall 450 x 560 x 76mm W x D x H. Weight 39kg. FZ990-10 Anti Vibration platform 0.00 ea XX Bench protection material see SA200. Fire extinguishers/blankets see SB215/SB270. Flammable liquids stores see SB875. Trolleys see TT710. Wall clocks see TM900.

0.00 ea 0.00 pk 0.00 ea

XX XX XX

FZ680-25

FZ680-45

FZ990-10

FZ685-10 in use

FZ850-10

287

gas analysis/detection
Gas and Vapour Detector System
For measuring pollutants in the atmosphere and flue gases etc. Incorporating a lightweight and portable aspirator pump sampler on which can be mounted a wide range of colour change detector tubes. The detector chemicals sealed in the tubes are ready for immediate use. A reading can be obtained in a few minutes and therefore many locations can be sampled in a short time. The pump is available on its own or supplied with carrying case, inlet filters, spare rubber inlet and plunger gasket, but without detector tubes. GD100-20 Aspirator pump only 0.00 ea XX GD100-25 Aspirator pump and case 0.00 ea XX Detector Tubes Glass with break-off tip. Supplied in packs of 10 (except GD115-35 which is supplied in pack of 5 tubes with 5 pre-filter tubes). Tubes Cat. No. GD105-30 GD105-47 GD105-55 GD106-60 GD107-30 GD107-90 GD109-28 GD110-37
XX XX

Orsat Gas Analyser

Gas Analyser, Orsat With burette and jacket, stopcock manifold and absorption vessels mounted in a carrying case. All absorption vessels are filled with glass tubes and the 3- and 4- vessel models additionally have one with copper wires included. Overall dimensions 520 x 350 x 150mm. Without chemicals. With 2-absorption vessels For the determination of CO2, and O2 in flue gases. GA500-20 50ml burette 0.00 ea XX With 3-absorption vessels For the determination of CO2, O2 and approximate CO in flue gases. GA502-30 100ml burette 0.00 ea XX With 4-absorption vessels For the determination of CO2, O2 and approximate CO in flue gases. GA504-30 100ml burette 0.00 ea XX Spares GA510-10 Absorption vessel, empty GA510-12 Absorption vessel, with glass tubes GA510-16 Absorption vessel, with glass tubes and copper wires GA510-23 Manifold, 3-stopcock for 2-vessel model GA510-28 Burette, 50ml GA512-23 Manifold, 4-stopcock for 3 vessel 100ml burette model GA512-25 Manifold, 5-stopcock for 4 vessel 100ml burette model GA512-28 Burette, 100ml GA510-30 Burette jacket only GA510-32 Burette jacket with rubber bungs GA510-36 U-tube AS100-06 Levelling bottle BP210-10 Bellows 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

Detector Tube Acetone Ammonia Ammonia Benzene Carbon dioxide Carbon dioxide Carbon monoxide Chlorine Total hydrocarbons Hydrogen chloride Hydrogen sulphide Hydrogen sulphide Hydrogen sulphide Mercaptans Methyl Ethyl Ketone (MEK) Nitrogen oxides* Sulphur dioxide Toluene Xylene

Measuring range 0.5 to 4% 2.5 to 240ppm 12 to 1000ppm 2.5 to 200ppm 0.12 to 6% 0.25 to 20% 2.5 to 200ppm 0.25 to 16ppm 25 to 2000ppm 0.5 to 40ppm 2.5 to 60ppm 50 to 4000ppm 0.05 to 4% 5 to 120ppm 0.01 to 1.8% 0.5 to 100ppm 1 to 60ppm 5 to 600ppm 5 to 400ppm

Colour Original Orange Purple Purple White White White White White Yellow Yellow White White Pale blue White Orange White Blue-green White White

Colour Change Black Beige Beige Pale brown Purple Purple Brown ring Yellow Green Pink Pale brown Black Black Yellow Black Yellow Yellow Brown Red-brown

pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

XX

GD113-22 GD113-45 GD114-29 GD114-32 GD114-34 GD114-74 GD115-20 GD115-35 GD117-20 GD118-25 GD119-60

XX XX XX

XX

XX XX XX XX XX XX

* Pack of 5 tubes with 5 pre-filter tubes.

Gas Absorption Towers and Tubes, straight and U-form, Arnold and Midvale patterns see AB050 to AB190 in the Absorption section.

288

gas analysis/detection
CO Meter, Model 315-2 CO2 Meter, Model 535

Combustible Gas Leak Detector, CD100B

Developed for pinpointing combustible gas leaks within a system. Operates by setting a background level for the gas. As concentration increases, a red LED indicator flashes faster and an audible tick-rate increases accordingly. Gases sensed Hydrogen; methane; natural gas; ammonia; propane; acetone; petrol; refrigerants; ethylene; halon; lacquer thinners; solvents; alcohol; jet fuel Solid-state, low power, semi-conductor

For carbon monoxide level testing in ambient air. N Range 0 to 2000ppm x 1ppm resolution N Accuracy 10ppm (0 to 100ppm), 10% of value (100 to 2000ppm) N Adjustable alarm levels at 50, 100 or 500ppm with audio-visual alarm N Infra-red print output port using accessory printer As described. Supplied with 9V PP3 battery and calibration protocol. Overall 215 x 68 x 47mm, L x W x D. Weight 400g. GD260-10 Testo 315-2 0.00 ea XX BL610-25 Spare battery 0.00 ea XX AN465-75 Thermal paper printer. 0.00 ea XX Supplied with 4 x AA batteries and 1 roll of paper AN465-79 Spare thermal paper 0.00 ea XX for AN465-75

Ideal instrument for measuring indoor air quality. N Range 0 to 9999ppm x 1ppm resolution N High accuracy N Hold, max./min. and mean functions N Infra-red output port using accessory printer N Stable, two channel infra-red sensor N Auto-off function after 10 minutes without use extends battery life As described. Supplied with permanently attached probe on 1.2 metre cable, 9V PP3 battery and calibration protocol. Overall 190 x 57 x 42mm (meter only). Weight 300g. GD264-20 Testo 535 0.00 ea XX BL610-25 Spare battery 0.00 ea XX AN465-75 Thermal paper printer. 0.00 ea XX Supplied with 4 x AA batteries and 1 roll of paper AN465-79 Spare thermal paper 12.40 ea RO for AN465-75

Sensor

Sensor mount Flexible goose neck 400mm long with LED illuminator in sensor head Overall mm Weight Power g 205 x 100 x 36 L x W x D (housing) 460 9V PP3 battery

As described. Supplied with 9V PP3 battery and instructions. GD267-15 CD100B 0.00 ea XX BL610-25 Spare battery 0.00 ea XX

GD260-10

GD264-20

GD267-15

289

gas collection/distribution
Gas Distribution
Wood Splints Bundles of approximately 1000. GE350-10 Splints 0.00 pk 0.00 pk(10+) Gas Distribution Tubes, Pyrex For dispersing gases in liquids. With sintered glass thimble on a tube stem. Thimble diameter 15mm. Overall length x tube diameter 300 x 8mm. Ref. GE700-10 GE700-11 GE700-12 GE700-13 3830/00D 3830/02D 3830/04D 3830/06D Thimble porosity 0 1 2 3 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (2+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX

Gas Collection
Gas Jars Heavy glass. Ground flange. Nominal dimensions are height x internal diameter in mm. Without cover. GE300-10 150 x 50 0.00 ea XX GE300-20 200 x 50 0.00 ea XX GE300-40 250 x 50 0.00 ea XX GE300-50 300 x 60 0.00 ea XX GE300-60 300 x 80 0.00 ea XX Gas Jar Covers GE302-08 for 50mm diameter jars GE302-12 for 60mm diameter jars GE302-16 for 80mm diameter jars 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

XX

Deflagrating Spoon Steel with flange cap. Overall length 400mm. Flange diameter 90mm. GE360-15 Spoon 0.00 ea 0.00 ea (10+) XX Gas Sampling Tubes Borosilicate glass to BS2069. Type 1, straight bore stopcocks. GE500-30 250ml Type 2, oblique bore stopcocks. GE502-28 250ml Gas Washbottle, Woulff Glass. With 2 necks, 14/23. GE515-30 250ml GE515-35 500ml

XX XX XX

0.00 ea 0.00 ea

XX

Pneumatic Troughs Cylindrical. Nominal dimensions stated are diameter x height in mm. Heavy glass GE310-15 200 x 100 GE310-25 250 x 125 GE310-35 300 x 125 GE310-45 360 x 150 Polyethylene GE315-15 200 x 100 GE315-22 250 x 100 GE315-33 300 x 150 0.00 ea XX 0.00 ea XX 0.00 ea XX 43.65 ea GO 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea
XX XX XX

XX

Pipeline Filter Tubes, Pyrex With sintered glass flat disc set in-line with inlet and outlet tubes. Pressure differential across disc must not exceed 1 bar. Ref. Disc porosity ea ea (2+)
XX XX XX XX

0.00 ea 0.00 ea

XX XX

Gas Washbottle Glass. With integral inlet and outlet tubes. Height x diameter. 125 x 25mm. GE520-20 40ml 0.00 ea 0.00 ea (10+) XX Absorption Tower see Absorption section. Filter Sticks with sintered glass flat plate see Filtration section. Gas Lighters, Flint and Piezo models see Burners section. Whatman In-Line filters for pipelines see Filtration section.

30mm disc, 10mm o.d. stem, 190mm long GE710-11 3800/02M 1 0.00 0.00 GE710-12 3800/12M 2 0.00 0.00 GE710-13 3800/22M 3 0.00 0.00 GE710-14 3800/32M 4 0.00 0.00 65mm disc, 12mm o.d. stem, 235mm long GE713-11 3800/08D 1 0.00 0.00 GE713-12 3800/18D 2 0.00 0.00 GE713-13 3800/28D 3 0.00 0.00 GE713-14 3800/38D 4 0.00 0.00 95mm disc, 14mm o.d. stem, 260mm long GE716-11 3800/10M 1 0.00 GE716-12 3800/20M 2 0.00 GE716-13 3800/30M 3 0.00 GE716-14 3800/40M 4 0.00

XX XX XX XX

Beehive Shelves Earthenware. Cylindrical. Nominal diameter stated. GE335-10 75mm 0.00 ea XX GE335-20 100mm 0.00 ea XX

XX XX XX XX

GE500 (bottom) GE310

GE502 (top)

GE515 GE300 with GE302 GE335

GE315

GE350

GE360 in use

GE520

GE700

GE710/713/716

290

gas cylinder/generator
Cylinder Supports and Trolleys
Gas Cylinder Trolleys For a single cylinder. Stoved enamel steel. With retaining straps and tyred wheels. Dimensions given are the nominal diameter and height of cylinder accommodated. GF400-18 180 x 1220mm 0.00 ea XX GF400-30 300 x 1220mm 0.00 ea XX Gas Cylinder Trolleys, shielded Single cylinder capacity. Stoved enamel steel frame finished in blue, incorporating side shield bars for added protection of the cylinder, galvanised retaining chain, wide, perforated base platform to aid condensation drainage and provide support, and tyred wheels. Maximum capacity 150kg and cylinder size 280 x 1220mm diameter x height. Available with, or without, dismountable rear arm with castors to aid manoeuvrability. GF402-10 Without castor arm 0.00 ea XX GF404-15 With castor arm 0.00 ea XX Oxygen Cylinder Trolleys In accordance with BS2718:1979. With buffers and antistatic wheels. For cylinder o.d. cap. mm litres GF407-14 GF407-18 GF407-23 140 175 230 1360 3400 6800 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX

Gas Generator
Gas Generator, Kipps Borosilicate glass with ground joint fittings. Central bulb 1000ml. With rubber separator, outlet tube with stopcock, upper safety bulb and stoppered outlet in lower reservoir. Without chemicals. GG100-20 Kipps 0.00 ea XX Spare parts GG103-06 Rubber separator GG103-12 Outlet stopcock, 29/32 GG103-18 Lower stopper, 29/32 GG103-24 Upper safety bulb 29/32 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

Gas Cylinder Stands For a single cylinder. Coated steel. Dimension given is the nominal diameter of cylinder accommodated. GF415-14 140mm 0.00 ea XX GF415-18 178mm 0.00 ea XX Gas Cylinder Support With bench clamp and webbing strap. For cylinder up to 230mm diameter. GF430-23 230mm 0.00 ea 0.00 ea (10+) XX GF430-27 Spare strap 0.00 ea XX Gas Cylinder Wall Brackets Wall mounting. Strong, stoved enamel steel frame finished in blue with galvanised steel retaining chain. To hold cylinders and with overall sizes as indicated. Maximum cylinder diameter accommodated 280mm. Supplied without wall fixings. Cylinders W x D x H, ea held mm GF440-20 GF440-35 2 3 650 x 155 x 40 965 x 155 x 40 0.00 0.00
XX XX

XX XX XX XX

Gas Preparation Kit 1GS Designed for educational use but can be used for the preparation of gases for a wide variety of chemical experiments see Q1GS in the Quickfit Section. Flowmeters for gases and liquids see FR200/FR300. Hazard Warning Labels including: Flammable Gas Non-Flammable Compressed Gas see SC300 in the Safety section.

GF400 in use with cylinder

GF404, GF402 is similar

GF407 in use

GG100

GF415 in use

GF430 in use

GF440

291

gas generators
Nitrogen/Air Generators

Hydrogen Generators

Produce >99.9999% purity gas to replace cylinder gas. Uses a specially designed membrane to produce a continuous supply of ultra high purity H2 for gas chromatography and many other laboratory applications. N Replace the need to store and replenish gas in pressurised cylinders N Microprocessor controlled production generates only the required amount of H2 needed N Dual redundancy safety systems including gas over-pressure and leak detection N Automatic water feeding gives a virtually endless supply of gas N Simple installation and maintenance N Requires only pure water (<1S/cm conductivity and >1M-cm resistance) and silica gel Technical data: N H2 purity >99.9999% at maximum flow and pressure N Choice of maximum flow rate according to model N Adjustable output pressure from 0 to 100psi g (0 to 7 bar g)* N Tank capacity 1 litre water generating 800 litres H2 N Output connection 3mm o.d. N Overall 350 x 390 x 385mm W x D x H N Weight, excluding water 22kg *If 100psi g pressure will be required, please specify at time of order. Hydrogen Generators As specified. For 230V 50Hz a.c. single phase supplies. GG150-15 Model CFH200, 200ml/minute GG150-45 Model CFH300, 300ml/minute GG150-85 Model CFH600, 600ml/minute Spare GG150-95 Silica gel, self indicating, pack of 500g. Provides one complete recharge Suitable deioniser for use with above generators see DB120-10.

Produce >99.9995% purity N2 and pure air to replace cylinder gas used for gas chromatography and many other laboratory applications. The generators utilise a nitrogen enrichment technique with a highly efficient proprietary carbon molecular sieve that ensures the highest purity of the generated gas. The nitrogen separation process relies on differential diffusion and, with no physical absorption taking place, the carbon sieve easily self regenerates and does not require replacement. This means that the purity of the nitrogen remains consistent with no fall off in performance. N Replace the need to store and replenish gas held in pressurised cylinders N Gas over-pressure safety system N Only small volumes at low pressure are stored N Continuous supply of gas Technical data: N Nitrogen purity >99.9995% N Output pressure 5 bar g N Output connection 3mm o.d. N Overall 430 x 410 x 880mm W x D x H (NG/ANG3000A are 1230mm high) N Weight 41kg (NG/ANG600A), 80kg (NG/ANG3000A) Nitrogen/Air Generators As specified. For 230V 50Hz a.c. single phase supplies. GG170-15 Model NG600A. Nitrogen only. 600ml/minute GG170-20 Model NG3000A. Nitrogen only. 3000ml/minute GG170-45 Model ANG600A. Nitrogen, 600ml/minute. Air, 1500ml/minute GG170-65 Model ANG3000A. Nitrogen, 3000ml/minute. Air, 3000ml/minute

0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

XX XX XX XX

0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

XX XX XX

0.00 pk

XX

GG150

GG170

292

gas meters
Gas Meters
Wet Type Gas Meters, for non-corrosive gases For the measurement of total gas volume flowing in a given time. With large dial, and coated stainless steel drum. The dial has two concentric rings of graduations; the outer one divided into 100 divisions and showing actual consumption; the inner one divided into 60 divisions and showing actual rate by one minutes observation. A six digit totalising counter is provided on the 0.5dm3 and 1dm3 models and three cumulative index dials on the 2dm3 model. With fitted spirit level and levelling feet, thermometer and connections for flexible tubing. Can be used under pressure conditions not exceeding 65 millibars. Not suitable for use with corrosive gases. Drum dm3 0.5 1.0 2.0 Overall H x W x D mm 240 x 230 x 190 240 x 230 x 220 320 x 330 x 280 Wt* kg 3.5 4 6

Wet Type Gas Meters, for corrosive gases All-plastic (PVC) construction allows use with most corrosive gases. Available in a choice of flow rate ranges and capacities. Incorporates a multi-chamber rotary measuring drum for precise measurement and providing a measuring accuracy of 0.2% or better at standard flow, and a high-visibility dial with pointer and 8-digit totalizing counter. Supplied with filling liquid level and adjustable feet, filling nozzle and drain tap. Maximum gas inlet pressure 50mbar. As described. Supplied unfilled. Model GG510-10 GG510-15 GG510-25 GG510-30 GG510-40 GG510-50 GG510-60 GG510-80 TG05 TG1 TG3 TG5 TG10 TG20 TG25 TG50 Flowrate range, Drum, Dial resolution, litres/hour litres litres 1 to 60 2 to 120 5 to 360 10 to 600 20 to 1200 100 to 2800 100 to 7000 200 to 18000 0.5 1.0 3.0 5.0 10.0 20.0 25.0 50.0 0.002 0.01 0.02 0.02 0.1 0.2 0.1 0.5 Overall H x W x D, mm 320 x 260 x 320 320 x 270 x 380 360 x 330 x 350 390 x 330 x 430 470 x 410 x 470 600 x 505 x 530 640 x 550 x 665 750 x 625 x 765 Wt*, kg 4 4.3 6.3 7.1 10.6 18.0 26.7 40.0 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

*Approximate weight empty. Dry Type Gas Meters Bellows-type gas meters operating on the displacement principle. These meters are especially suited to measuring the volume of flowing, inert and dry gases particularly at high gas flow rates. Measurement accuracy 2%. Available in six ranges from 40 l/h to 160,000 l/h. With twin-chamber measuring unit, large highly visible dial with pointer and integral 8-digit totalising counter. constructed in zinc or powdercoated steel (depending on the model) with fibre-reinforced perbunan bellows, polyamide and brass linkages and bakelite slides. Supplied with 1 BSP thread connections. Model GG530-05 GG530-15 GG530-25 GG530-35 GG530-45 GG530-55 BG4 BG6 BG10 BG16 BG40 BG100 Flowrate range, litres/hour 40 to 6000 60 to 10000 100 to 16000 160 to 25000 400 to 65000 1000 to 160000 Dial resolution, litres 0.1 0.2 0.5 0.4 0.4 0.4 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX

* Approx. weight empty. Drum, dm3 Dial / rev, dm3 GG500-10 GG500-15 GG500-20 0.5 1.0 2.0 0.25 1.0 1.0 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX

Note: Please note that using these dry-type gas meters with corrosive gases will reduce their working life. Please check with us should you be unsure of their suitability for your application.

GG500-10

GG510

GG530

293

gauges, gauzes, glasscutting, glass wool

Glasscutting
Tungsten Carbide Knives N For cutting soda-lime, borosilicate and silica glass tubing and rod N Long lasting tough reversible blade which can be sharpened on a silicon carbide stone (except GM225-10 which has a permanently soldered-on blade which is re-grindable) With moulded plastic handle GM218-10 Blade length 44mm With wood handle GM220-10 Blade length 65mm With solid brass handle GM225-10 Blade length 44mm Glass Cutting Diamond Mounted in wood handle. GM230-10 Diamond ea ea (100+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX

Gauges
Caliper Gauge, vernier With thumb lock, stainless steel. Range 140mm (5.5in), vernier scale 0.02mm (0.001in). For internal and external depth and step measurements. GK150-08 Vernier calipers 0.00 ea XX Micrometer Screw Gauge Graduated to read 0 to 25mm in 0.01mm, with ratchet and lock nut. Tungsten carbide tipped measuring faces. GK160-10 Micrometer 0.00 ea XX Rainfall gauge see WR400-15. Vacuum Gauges see Pumps section.

Glass Wool
Glass Wool, Pyrex Used for plugging tubes, and filtering. Made from Pyrex 9989 glass with fibres approximately 8 microns diameter. Supplied in the form of roving approximately 50mm diameter x 6.7 metres long. Packed weight approximately 460g. GM390-10 Pyrex wool 0.00 ea XX Glass Wool, silica Used for plugging tubes, filtering acids and as a thermal insulation. Fibres approximately 2 to 12 microns diameter. Supplied in pack of 10g. GM400-25 Silica wool 0.00 pk XX Cotton Wool see CW500/505. 0.00 ea
XX

0.00 ea 0.00 ea

XX

XX

Filter media see FB405.

Gauzes
Gauzes, iron wire, square W x D, cm Open mesh GK600-10 10 x 10 GK600-12 12.5 x 12.5 GK600-15 15 x 15 With ceramic centre GK605-10 10 x 10 GK605-12 12.5 x 12.5 GK605-15 15 x 15 GK605-20 20 x 20 Tripod Stands see Stands section.

0.00 ea

XX

Glass Marking Chinagraph pencils Diamonds and scribers Ink markers see LA520 to LA600 in the Labelling section.

XX XX XX XX

GM390, GM400 is similar

GM225

GK150

GK160

GM218

GM230

GM220

GK600

GK605

294

heating
EM Series Electromantles
Standard Models Incorporating heater cartridge, power on indicator lamp, earthed screen and internal fuse. Capacities 50ml to 1 litre have one support clamp, capacities 2 to 5 litre have three clamps, all accepting up to 12.7mm diameter rods. For 220-240V 50/60Hz a.c. single phase supplies. Without controls. It is essential that these mantles be used with an external controller. Ref. EMCap. ml Rating W ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

H
ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Cartridges
Replacements for all EM Series Mantles. For 220-240V 50/60Hz a.c. single phase supplies. Ref. For mantle ml 100 250 500 1000 2000 3000 5000

N Capacities from 100ml up to 5 litres N Polypropylene outer case N Replaceable flexible heater cartridge N One or more support rod clamps according to mantle capacity N Maximum element temperature 450C N Safety earth (ground) screen for operator safety N Models with integral energy regulator control N Flexible heater cartridge. The heating elements are suspended in a thermal insulating former making for quick and simple replacement N Safety screen. This earth (ground) screen is preformed in stainless steel and fitted above the heating element. It is earthed (grounded) directly to the supply cable N Standard fitments. All models incorporate the flexible heater cartridge plus a power on indicator lamp, earth screen and internal fuse. Capacities 50ml to 1 litre have one support clamp and capacities 2 to 5 litre have three clamps. All accept up to 12.7mm diameter rods

EX308-10 EX308-15 EX308-20 EX308-25 HE220-45 HE220-50 HE220-60

RE0100 RE0250 RE0500 RE1000 RE2000 RE3000 RE5000

Standard model with earthed screen HE204-20 0100/E 100 60 HE204-25 0250/E 250 150 HE204-30 0500/E 500 200 HE204-40 HE204-45 HE204-50 HE204-60 EE500-20 1000/E 2000/E 3000/E 5000/E 1000 2000 3000 5000 300 500 500 800

Support rods see SL400-series. Digital temperature controller Retort rod mounting. With accessory probes to control to +800C for details see EE500-75 in the Electrical section.

In-line power controller for loads up to 1200W

Controlled Models Generally as the standard models but with integral, arbitrary scaled, solid state controller. For 220-240V 50/60Hz a.c. single phase supplies. Ref. EMCap. ml Rating W ea

Solid state controller model with earthed screen HE215-20 0100/CE 100 60 HE215-25 0250/CE 250 150 HE215-30 0500/CE 500 200 HE215-40 HE215-45 HE215-50 HE215-60 1000/CE 2000/CE 3000/CE 5000/CE 1000 2000 3000 5000 300 500 500 800

0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

HE204

HE215

295

heating
Spillproof Mantles
N General construction as EM-Mantles N Heating element protected by a stainless steel liner preformed to accommodate a wide range of flasks and funnels N Liner is earthed (grounded) for added protection N Both models have dual heating elements which can be switched N Time proportional arbitrarily scaled controller HE250-45 EMV5000/CE Round: 2000 3000 5000 200 250 300 68 1 x 300 1 x 500 Yes Catalogue No. Model Capacities Round bottom flasks 60 funnels Wattage/Circuits HE270-15 EMX1000/ SCE HE270-30 EMX5000/ SCE

Multimantles
Multipurpose mantles for heating a variety of flasks and funnels. N General construction as EM-Mantles N Fitted as standard with: safety earth (ground) screen solid state controller N Capacities with two heating elements have a switch to enable upper circuit to be switched off when heating small vessels N Fitted with clamp for 12.7mm diameter rods (Model EMV5000/CE has three clamps) Catalogue No. Model Capacities Round flasks to BS2734 Diameters Common 60 filter funnels Bottom outlet diameters Wattage & Circuits Switched element ml HE250-15 EMV0050/CE Pear: 10,25,50 Round: 50 50 75 100 18 1 x 60 No HE250-20 EMV0250/CE Round: 100 150 250 75 100 18 1 x 50 1 x 100 Yes HE250-30 EMV1000/CE Round: 500 1000 100 150 200 33 1 x 100 1 x 200 Yes

mm

50-1000ml 50-150mm

500-5000ml 100-300mm 1 x 400W 1 x 200W 3

mm W

1 x 165W 1 x 80W Support rod clamps 1

Spillproof Mantles EMX Series As described. For 220-240V 50/60Hz a.c. single phase supplies. Without support rod. Ref. EMXHE270-15 HE270-30 1000/SCE 5000/SCE Cap. ml 50-1000 500-5000 ea 0.00 0.00
XX XX

Multimantles EMV Series As described. For 220-240V 50/60Hz a.c. single phase supplies. Without support rod. Ref. EMV HE250-15 HE250-20 HE250-30 HE250-45 0050/CE 0250/CE 1000/CE 5000/CE ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX

Replacement Heaters To fit mantles as indicated. For 220-240V 50/60Hz a.c. single phase supplies. Ref. REMVHE254-15 HE254-20 HE254-30 HE254-45 0050 0250 1000 5000 For mantle HE250-15 HE250-20 HE250-30 HE250-45 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX

Replacement Heaters For 220-240V 50/60Hz a.c. single phase supplies. Ref. REMXHE274-15 HE274-30 1000 5000 For mantle ml 50-1000 500-5000 ea 0.00 0.00
XX XX

Support rods see SL400-series

HE250

HE270

296

heating
Stirrer Mantles
N Stepless speed control up to approximately 520rpm with auto-reverse facility N Time proportional, arbitrarily-scaled heater control N Fitted with support rod clamp for 12.7mm rod (Model EMA2000/CE has three clamps) Stirrer Mantles EMA Series As described. For 220-240V 50/60Hz a.c. single phase supplies. Without support rod or magnetic stirrer bar. Ref. EMAHE300-15 HE300-20 HE300-25 HE300-30 HE300-40 HE300-45 0050/CE 0100/CE 0250/CE 0500/CE 1000/CE 2000/CE Capacity ml 50 100 250 500 1000 2000 Rating W 80 80 170 220 320 520 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX

Modular Mantles
N Maximum temperature 400C N Digital temperature set and read, keypad and display N Choice of heater cartridges for 250ml, 500ml or 1000ml flasks N Accessory temperature probe allows direct sample temperature monitoring and heat control Modular Mantles OM Series As described. Flexible modular system, comprising choice of ABS cased control units with digital set and read of mantle temperature to 1C resolution (2C accuracy) and built in retort rod, or additionally with magnetic stirring separately controllable between 100 and 800rpm. The control units are supplied fitted with a choice of flexible heating cartridges with safety earth screen for 250ml, 500ml, or 1000ml flasks. Overall 400 x 150mm diameter x height. For 230V 50/60Hz single phase supplies. Stirrer models are supplied without a magnetic stirrer bar. Ref. OMWith heating control only HE330-25 0250/OMC HE330-30 0500/OMC HE330-40 1000/OMC With heating and stirring control HE330-60 CA0250 HE330-65 CA0500 HE330-70 CA1000 Capacity ml 250 500 1000 250 500 1000 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX

Replacement Heaters, REMA Series For 220-240V 50/60Hz a.c. single phase supplies. For mantle, ml HE304-15 HE304-20 HE304-25 50 100 250 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 HE304-30 HE304-40 HE304-45 For mantle, ml 500 1000 2000 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX

XX XX XX

3-in-1 Mantle
N PTFE-coated, spun aluminium outer case N Maximum temperature 400C N Accommodates 250ml, 500ml or 1000ml capacity round bottom flasks N Solid-state external power control with arbitrary scale, Power-on and Heater-on indicator lamps N Dual circuit heating element which can be switched N Safety earth ground screen for greater safety As described. Supplied with solid state external power control, safety earth ground screen over the element and retort rod holder. For 230V 50/60Hz a.c. single phase supplies. HE310-40 Model CMUT1000/CE 0.00 ea XX Stirrer bars see Stirrers section. Support rods see SL400 series.

Accessory Temperature Probe For insertion directly into the fluid being heated, so that its temperature can be read and adjusted directly from the control unit. Pt100 temperature probe with lead and plug for connection into a socket at the rear of the control unit. Maximum operating temperature 250C. HE332-08 Probe AZ140940 0.00 ea XX Replacement Heater Cartridges For 230V 50/60Hz a.c. single phase supplies. For mantle, ml HE334-25 HE334-30 HE334-40 250 500 1000 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX

Control Modules only Without heater cartridges. For 230V 50/60Hz a.c. single phase supplies. HE338-05 OMC, Heat control only 0.00 ea HE338-10 OMCA, Heat/stirring control 0.00 ea

XX XX

HE300

HE310-40 in use

HE330 in use with HE332

297

heating

CM Series Heating Mantles

N Capacities from 50ml up to 22 litres N PTFE coated, spun aluminium outer case N Accessory exterior or built-in controller models N Safety screen. This earth (ground) screen is pre-formed in stainless steel and fitted above the element. It is earthed (grounded) directly to the supply cable Standard Models, Uncontrolled Maximum temperature 450C. Incorporating heater cartridge, earthed screen and internal fuses. 50ml to 1 litre sizes have a single support rod clamp for rods up to 12.7mm dia., 2 litre to 5 litres sizes have paired clamps to hold a single rod, 12 and 22 litre sizes have 3 clamps, equally spaced around the case. For 230V 50/60Hz a.c. single phase supplies. It is essential that these mantles are used with an external controller, EE500-35 or EE500-60. Ref. CMUHE400-15 HE400-20 HE400-25 HE400-30 HE400-40 HE400-45 HE400-50 HE400-60 HE400-65 HE400-70 HE400-72 HE400-75

N Maximum element temperature 450C (except high temperature models which are 650C) N Flexible heater cartridge. The heating elements are suspended in a thermal insulating former making for quick and simple replacement N Standard fitments. All models incorporate the flexible heater cartridge, earth screen, non-skid feet and are double fused Replacement Heater Element Cartridges. Maximum 450C. For 230V 50/60Hz single phase supplies. For Mantle, ml For uncontrolled HE400-series HE475-15 50 HE475-20 100 HE475-25 200-250 HE475-30 500 HE475-40 HE475-45 HE475-50 HE475-60 HE475-65 HE475-70 HE475-72 HE475-75

Rating, W 75 100 200 280 380 500 500 300 + 500 500 + 500 500 + 500 350 + 800 350 + 800

ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Capacity ml 50 100 200-250 500 1000 2000 3000 5000 10 litres 12 litres 20 litres 22 litres

Rating W 75 100 200 280 380 500 500 300 + 500 500 + 500 500 + 500 350 + 800 350 + 800

ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

0050/E 0100/E 200-250/E 0500/E 1000/E 2000/E 3000/E 5000/E 10/L 12/L 20/L 22/L

1000 2000 3000 5000 10 litre 12 litre 20 litre 22 litre

Dual circuit element.

Dual heating element model with upper element circuit switch. Controller MC242 A single circuit percentage on/off controller for circuit loads up to 1200W. With arbitrary scaled control, power-on and power output indicator lamps. For 230V 50/60Hz a.c. single phase supplies. EE500-60 MC242 0.00 ea XX

Controller MC223 For controlling up to 2kW on each of three circuits. With arbitrary scaled controls and an amber neon on the output of each circuit. For 200-250V a.c. single phase supplies. EE500-35 MC223 0.00 ea XX

HE400-25 with EE500-60

298

heating
CM Series Multi-task Heating Mantles
Multi-task Models, Uncontrolled Generally as HE400-series but with V-shaped heater cartridge for use with round bottom or pear-shaped flasks, or 60 filter funnels as indicated. For 230V 50/60Hz a.c. single phase supplies. It is essential that these mantles are used with an external controller, EE500-35 or EE500-60. Cat. No. Model CMUCapacities ml Round flasks to BS2734 Diameters mm Common 60 filter funnels Bottom mm outlet diameter Rating

HE450-15 V0050/E Pear: 10, 25, 50 Round: 50 50 75 100 18 75

HE450-25 V0250/E Round: 100 150 250 75 100 18 200

HE450-40 V1000/E Round: 500 1000

HE450-60 V5000/E Round: 2000 3000 5000 200 250 300 68 300 + 500 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea
XX XX XX XX

Multi-task Models, Large Capacity, Controlled Large capacity mantles with V-shaped heater cartridge for use with roundbottom or pear shaped flasks or 60 filter funnels, integral arbitrary scaled, solid state controller, power on and heater on indicator lamps and switchable multi-circuit heaters. Fitted with 3 retort rod clamps for rods up to 12.7mm diameter, equally spaced around case. For 230V 50/60Hz single phase supplies. Cat. No. Model Flask capacity Funnel type Outlet diameter Rating

CMVlitres mm W

100 150 200 33 380

HE460-70 12/CL 2 to 12 60 78 500 + 500

HE460-75 22/CL 5 to 22 60 78 2 x 350 + 800* 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

XX XX

Dual circuit element. *Triple circuit element. HE460-70 CMV12/CL HE460-75 CMV22/CL

Dual heating element model with upper element circuit switch. HE450-15 CMUV0050/E HE450-25 CMUV0250/E HE450-40 CMUV1000/E HE450-60 CMUV5000/E Replacement Heater Element Cartridges Maximum 450C. For HE450-series mantles only as indicated. For Mantle, ml HE452-15 HE452-25 HE452-40 HE452-60

Replacement Heater Element Cartridges Maximum 450C. For HE460-series mantles only as indicated and for 230V 50/60Hz single phase supplies. For Mantle, ml HE462-72 HE462-76

Ratings, W 500 + 500 2 x 350 + 800*

ea 0.00 0.00
XX XX

12 litre 22 litre

Dual circuit element.

*Triple circuit element.

Ratings, W 75 200 380 300 + 500

ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

XX XX XX XX

50 250 1000 5000

High Temperature Models, Uncontrolled Generally as HE400-series but with maximum temperature 650C. For 230V 50/60Hz a.c. single phase supplies. It is essential that these mantles are used with an external controller EE500-35 or EE500-60. Ref. CMUHE480-30 HE480-40 H0500/E H1000/E Capacity, ml 500 1000 Rating, W 409 522 ea 0.00 0.00
XX XX

Dual circuit element.

Controller MC223 For controlling up to 2kW on each of three circuits. With arbitrary scaled controls and an amber neon on the output of each circuit. For 200-250V a.c. single phase supplies. EE500-35 MC223 0.00 ea XX Controller MC242 A single circuit percentage on/off controller for circuit loads up to 1200W. With arbitrary scaled control, power-on and power output indicator lamps. For 230V 50/60Hz a.c. single phase supplies. EE500-60 MC242 0.00 ea XX

Replacement Heater Element Cartridges Maximum 650C. For HE480-series mantles only as indicated and for 230V 50/60Hz single phase supplies. For Mantle, ml HE487-30 HE487-40 500 1000 ea 0.00 0.00
XX XX

HE400, HE450/HE480 are similar

HE460

299

heating
Red-Rod Heaters
Immersion Heaters, Electrothermal RED ROD Series BD. Radiant heater encased in a quartz sheath 12mm diameter and earthed. Will withstand substantial thermal shock. Suitable for heating liquids in flasks, beakers, etc. For 230-250V a.c. single phase supplies. Rating W HE750-20 HE750-25 400 500 Length mm Heated Overall 160 200 300 350 ea 0.00 0.00
XX XX

Heating Mantles

Heating Tapes
N Maximum temperature 450C N Must be used with a suitable controller and in dry conditions N Unsuitable for use out of doors Heating Tapes, HT9, Electrothermal Earthed for additional safety. Surface loading 0.62W/cm2. Can be used on metal surfaces. With tie cord fixing. Tape width 25mm. For 230V a.c. single phase supplies. Ref. HE810-12 HE810-18 HT95502 HT95508 Length Rating cm W 60 244 100 400 ea 0.00 0.00
XX XX

A range of economically priced, general purpose heating mantles for heating round-bottom flasks. N Capacities 50ml to 1000ml N Maximum temperature 450C N Fire resistant, durable, lightweight plastic (polysulphide) casing N Flexible mantle support N Earthed heating element N Power regulator for controlled heating N Efficient insulation ensures low outer case temperatures Specifications Model HM50C HM100C HM250C HM500C HM1000C Cap. ml 50 100 250 500 1000 Rating W 70 105 155 240 360 Dia. x ht. mm 180 x 105 180 x 105 180 x 105 203 x 198 230 x 135

Electric Bunsen
Electric Bunsen, Electrothermal A versatile source of radiant heat for heating test tubes, crucibles and small flasks, irrespective of their shape. Comprising corrosion resistant metal housing and a spiralled nickel chromium wire element within a refractory casing. A top cowl deflects heat away from the hand. The cowl is removable for heating crucibles and the unit can be held at the base by hand. Maximum power rating 400W. Element temperature 800 to 1000C. Height 180mm. For 230-250V a.c. single phase supplies. Requires, but does not include, a controller. HE760-10 'Bunsen BA6101 0.00 ea XX HE762-06 Spare heater, 230-250V 0.00 ea XX EE500-20 In-line power 0.00 ea XX controller for HE760-10

As described. With flexible mantle support and earthed heating element, power regulator with off position and heater on lamp. For 230V 50/60Hz a.c. single phase supplies. HE700-15 HM50C 0.00 ea XX HE700-20 HM100C 0.00 ea XX HE700-25 HM250C 0.00 ea XX HE700-30 HM500C 0.00 ea XX HE700-40 HM1000C 0.00 ea XX

HE760

HE700

HE750

HE810 in use

300

heating
Kjeldahl Heater Units Hot Air Blower

Hot Air Blower, heavy duty Suitable for a wide range of uses where localised rapid heating is required. Micro Digestion Unit With 6-recesses at 72mm centres. For flasks 18 to 50ml capacity. Stainless steel case, 610mm wide x 203mm deep, fitted with adjustable clamps, fume tube supports and energy regulators. Maximum heater element temperature 550C. Total heater rating 600W. Without fume tube. For 220-240V a.c. single phase supplies. KJ250-15 Micro-digestion 0.00 ea XX KJ252-06 Fume tube, glass. With 6 holes and end tube for 0.00 ea XX connection to a water jet suction pump Water jet pumps see Pumps section. Macro Digestion/Distillation Units With choice of two or six recesses and flask capacities as table. Recesses are at 150mm centres. Aluminium case with energy regulators and brackets to accept 12.5mm diameter support rods or the flask rest supplied. The 6-recess models have also clamps at either end of the case to accept 15.8mm diameter support rods. Maximum heater element temperature 800C. For 220-240V a.c. single phase supplies. Recesses Flask capacity ml 100 to 300 500 to 800 100 to 300 500 to 800 Total rating W 600 1100 1800 3300 Dimensions WxD mm 305 x 203 305 x 203 914 x 203 914 x 203 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX

N Drying chromatography papers N Sterilising N Drying glassware N Concentrating solutions Ruggedly constructed, with glass fibre reinforced Nylon 66 body and satin chrome nozzle, guard and end baffle. Ceramic heating element ensures long operational life. Dual heat control providing airflow at approximately 75C and 150C. Will provide also unheated air at ambient temperature. Approximate air velocity at nozzle 650m/minute. Heater rating 400W. For 220-240V 50Hz single phase supplies. HE775-10 Blower 0.00 ea XX HE778-12 Bench stand 0.00 ea XX Impulse heat sealer for plastic film and laminates see TS400.

KJ300-12 KJ300-16 KJ305-12 KJ305-16

2 2 6 6

Spare heaters KJ307-09 For 2 place and 6-place mantles, 100 to 300ml, REMQ3822/66B/E KJ307-13 For 2 place and 6-place mantles, 500 to 800ml, REMQ3824/68B/E

0.00 ea 0.00 ea

XX XX

KJ250

KJ300

KJ305

HE775 with HE778

301

H
Bath

histology
Drying Bench Wax Dispenser

Paraffin Section Mounting Bath With DHSS ESCHLE approval. Comprising aluminium housing with PTFE coated matt black interior and polypropylene lid, built in controller and indicator lamps. Catalogue No. Model Control Range Bath volume depth diameter Rating Voltage HG300-25 MH8515 Thermostat Ambient to 70 2.5 70 220 240 For 220-240V 50Hz single phase supplies 0.00 ea
XX

Slide Drying Bench With DHSS ESCHLE approval. With built in energy regulator and indicator lamps. Maximum temperature 100C. Accepts up to fifty 76 x 25mm slides on removable drying bars. Overall 435 x 178 x 75mm W x D x H. For 220-240V a.c. single phase supplies, 150W. HG310-10 Ref. MH6616 0.00 ea XX

C litres mm mm W

Other Histology Items Staining Troughs/Jars, Microscope Slides see Microscopy section. Forceps/Scalpels see Dissecting section.

Paraffin Wax Dispenser With DHSS ESCHLE approval. Comprising anodised aluminium bath with black lid in a stoved enamel housing with a polypropylene base. Maximum temperature 75C. With built-in control thermostat, over-temperature cut-out set at 105C and thermal fuse. An independent heater and control maintains the wax molten within the drop lever tap. Bath capacity 4.5 litres. Overall 285 x 275mm height x diameter. For 220-240V a.c. single phase supplies, 170W. HG320-10 Ref. MH8523B 0.00 ea XX Tissue Embedding Wax, ParaPlast Purified paraffin and plastic polymer medium, allowing clean cuts to 4m, clear tissue specimens, and smooth sections with minimal wrinkling. Melts at 56-57C. Supplied in packs of 8 x 1kg cartons. HG400-08 ParaPlast 0.00 pk XX Tissue Embedding Wax, ParaPlast Plus Similar to HG400-08 but additionally with dimethyl sulphoxide which improves speed and penetration into tissue samples, allowing cuts to 1 or 2m and making difficult or brittle tissues easier to section. Supplied in packs of 8 x 1kg cartons. HG400-22 ParaPlast Plus 0.00 pk XX

HG300-25 Ref. MH8515

HG300

HG320

HG310

HG400

302

hotplates
Circular and Rectangular, Metal plate
Hotplates, 400C Energy regulator control. Metal top plate. For 220240V a.c. single phase supplies. HP180-15 150mm diameter, 0.00 ea XX 0.75kW HP180-20 200mm diameter, 0.00 ea XX 2kW Hotplate SB160, 325C Energy regulator control. Cast aluminium/silicon alloy plate 160 x 160mm. Overall 190 x 300 x 112mm W x D x H. With illuminated on/off switch, hotplate indicator light and arbitrarily scaled dial heat control. A retort rod can be mounted within the case top behind the top plate. For 230V a.c. single phase supplies, 700W. HP200-16 160 x 160mm 0.00 ea XX Accessories to fit top plate of HP200-16 Oil Bath 2 litre capacity. Aluminium with handles, pouring spout and securing feet . HP202-06 SB16/5 oil bath 0.00 ea XX Flask block Solid aluminium block with four bowl-shaped depressions to hold one each 25ml, 50ml, 100ml and 250ml round bottom flasks. Supplied with removable handle to move block even when hot. Provides even heating for each depression. HP202-09 SB16/6 flask block 0.00 ea XX Sand bath 1 litre capacity. Aluminium with securing feet to hold the bath firmly onto the top plate. HP202-12 SB16/7 sand bath 0.00 ea XX Hotplate, 500C Energy regulator control. Vitreous enamel plate 216 x 150mm set in metal top. For 220-240V a.c. single phase supplies, 2kW. HP300-22 216 x 150mm 0.00 ea XX Hotplates, 350C Energy regulator control. Solid aluminium plate. A bracket is provided to take threaded M10 retort rods. Overall height 160mm. With illuminated on/off switch and indicator lamp. For 230V a.c. 50/60Hz single phase supplies. Dimensions given are for the top plate. HP305-10 305 x 240mm, 1kW 0.00 ea XX HP330-10 457 x 305mm, 2kW 0.00 ea XX Sand bath conversion kits to fit HP305 and HP330 hotplates. Aluminium. Without sand. Dimensions given are for hotplate top plate. HP307-10 305 x 240mm 0.00 ea XX HP332-10 457 x 305mm 0.00 ea XX Hotplates, 300C, SB300/SB500, Stuart Maximum temperature 300C. Energy regulator control with cast aluminium/silicon alloy top plate and hot warning lamp which illuminates when the plate temperature exceeds 70C. The 300 x 300 top plate model has a retort rod mounting at the rear of the housing. Model Top plate mm Overall mm WxDxH Weight Power kg W SB300 SB500 300 x 300 500 x 300 300 x 365 x 105 520 x 360 x 130 6 600 12 1500

Hotplate, 320C Thermostat control. PTFE coated cast aluminium plate 455 x 255mm. Overall height 152mm. With illuminated on/off switch and indicator lamp. For 220-240V 50Hz single phase supplies, 2.3kW. HP325-10 455 x 255mm 0.00 ea XX Microscope slide drying hotplate see HG310. Hotplate, 350C Energy regulator control. Aluminium sprayed steel plate 686 x 305mm. Overall height 160mm. With illuminated on/off switch and indicator lamp. For 220-240V 50/60Hz single phase supplies, 3kW. HP330-25 686 x 305mm 0.00 ea XX

Hotplate Temperatures The maximum surface temperature achieved by a hotplate is influenced by the material being heated and the siting of the plate. Therefore the temperatures stated are nominal.

As described. For 230V 50/60Hz single phase supplies. HP320-65 SB300 0.00 ea XX HP320-85 SB500 0.00 ea XX

continued on next page

HP180, HP300 is similar but rectangular

HP202 in use

HP320-85

HP200 in use

HP305, HP330

HP325

303

hotplates
Ceramic plate
Hotplate, 450C, CB160, Stuart Maximum temperature 450C. Energy regulator control with glass ceramic top plate 160 x 160mm. Temperature control to 15C with independent temperature limiter to protect unit from overheating. Overall 190 x 300 x 110mm W x D x H. Weight 5kg. For 230V 50Hz single phase supplies, 500W. HP405-22 CB160 0.00 ea XX Accessories to fit top plate of HP405-22 see HP202 on the previous page. Hotplates, CB300/CB500, Stuart Maximum temperature as indicated. Energy regulator control with glass ceramic top plate and hot warning lamp which illuminates when the plate temperature exceeds 70C. The 300 x 300 top plate model has a retort rod mounting at the rear of the housing. Model Max. temp. C Top plate mm Overall W mm D mm H mm Weight Power kg W CB300 450 300 x 300 300 365 105 6 1200 CB500 375 500 x 300 520 360 130 12 2250 Hotplates, Cimarec Maximum temperature 540C. With microprocessor heat control, digital setting in 5C increments using control dial and readout via a bright red LED display, reflective white, moulded ceramic top which is acid and alkali resistant and flashing hot warning signal which remains illuminated whilst the plate temperature exceeds 50C. Top plate mm Overall W mm D mm H mm Weight Power 108 x 108 127 254 97 184 x 184 208 330 97 9.2 1200 260 x 260 287 411 101 15.2 1200

Digital reading
Hotplate, 325C, SD160, Stuart Maximum temperature 325C. Energy regulator control with highly visible fluorescent display of set and actual plate temperature with 0.1C resolution, aluminium/silicon alloy plate 160 x 160mm, hot warning lamp which illuminates when the plate temperature exceeds 70C and retort rod mounting at the rear of the housing. Overall 190 x 300 x 110mm W x D x H. Weight 2.5kg. For 230V 50Hz single phase supplies, 700W. HP345-40 SD160 0.00 ea XX Hotplates, 300C, SD300/SD500, Stuart Maximum temperature 300C. Digital setting and control of plate temperature with 0.1C resolution and cast aluminium/silicon alloy top plate. The 300 x 300 top plate model has a retort rod mounting at the rear of the housing. Model Top plate mm Overall W mm D mm H mm Weight Power kg W SD300 300 x 300 300 365 105 6 600 SD500 500 x 300 520 360 130 12 1500

kg 5.2 W 460

As described. For 220-240V 50/60Hz single phase supplies. HP414-30 108 x 108mm 0.00 ea XX HP414-50 184 x 184mm 0.00 ea XX HP414-70 260 x 260mm 0.00 ea XX

Infra-red
Hotplate, Infra-red, CR300, Stuart Nominal maximum temperature 400C. With black glass ceramic top plate 300 x 300mm (heated area 140mm diameter) and very efficient 900W infra-red heater which will boil 1 litre of water over 30% faster than a conventional 1200W hotplate. A safety hot warning illuminates when the plate temperature exceeds 70C. Overall 300 x 365 x 105mm W x D x H. Weight 4kg. For 230V 50/60Hz single phase supplies. HP420-35 CR300 0.00 ea XX

As described. For 230V 50/60Hz single phase supplies. HP347-70 SD300 0.00 ea XX HP347-85 SD500 0.00 ea XX Hotplate Temperatures The maximum surface temperature achieved by a hotplate is influenced by the material being heated and the siting of the plate. Therefore the temperatures stated are nominal.

As described. For 230V 50/60Hz single phase supplies. HP405-40 CB300 0.00 ea XX HP405-45 CB500 0.00 ea XX

HP345-40

HP405-22

HP414 in use

HP347-85 in use

HP405-40

HP420-35

304

hydrometers
General Purpose
Relative Density (Specific Gravity) Hydrometers Calibrated at 60/60F Wide range (200 range) Length 300mm. Subdivision 0.002. HT100-10 0.600 to 0.800 HT100-12 0.800 to 1.000 HT100-14 1.000 to 1.200 HT100-16 1.200 to 1.400 HT100-18 HT100-20 HT100-22 1.400 to 1.600 1.600 to 1.800 1.800 to 2.000

H
0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

BS718 Series
Density g/ml at 20C Ranges 0.6 to 1.0 are adjusted for liquids of low surface tension. Ranges 1.0 to 2.0 are adjusted for liquids of medium surface tension. 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea Series S50 (50 range) Length 190mm. Subdivision 0.002. HT250-10 0.600 to 0.650 HT250-12 0.650 to 0.700 HT250-14 0.700 to 0.750 HT250-16 0.750 to 0.800 HT250-18 HT250-20 HT250-22 HT250-24 HT250-26 HT250-28 HT250-30 HT250-32 HT250-34 HT250-36 HT250-38 HT250-40 HT250-42 HT250-44 HT250-46 HT250-48 HT250-50 HT250-52 HT250-54 HT250-56 HT250-58 HT250-60 HT250-62 HT250-64 0.800 to 0.850 0.850 to 0.900 0.900 to 0.950 0.950 to 1.000 1.000 to 1.050 1.050 to 1.100 1.100 to 1.150 1.150 to 1.200 1.200 to 1.250 1.250 to 1.300 1.300 to 1.350 1.350 to 1.400 1.400 to 1.450 1.450 to 1.500 1.500 to 1.550 1.550 to 1.600 1.600 to 1.650 1.650 to 1.700 1.700 to 1.750 1.750 to 1.800 1.800 to 1.850 1.850 to 1.900 1.900 to 1.950 1.950 to 2.000 Series M100 (100 range) Length 250mm. Subdivision 0.002. HT260-11 0.600 to 0.700 HT260-13 0.700 to 0.800 HT260-15 0.800 to 0.900 HT260-17 0.900 to 1.000 HT260-19 HT260-21 HT260-23 HT260-25 HT260-27 HT260-29 HT260-31 HT260-33 HT260-35 HT260-37 1.000 to 1.100 1.100 to 1.200 1.200 to 1.300 1.300 to 1.400 1.400 to 1.500 1.500 to 1.600 1.600 to 1.700 1.700 to 1.800 1.800 to 1.900 1.900 to 2.000

XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Extra wide range Length 300mm. Subdivision 0.005. HT110-13 0.700 to 1.000 HT110-15 1.000 to 1.300 HT110-17 1.000 to 1.500 HT110-19 1.300 to 1.600 HT110-21 1.500 to 2.000 Universal Length 300mm. Subdivision 0.010. HT120-25 0.700 to 2.000

0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

XX XX XX XX XX

0.00 ea

Battery Hydrometer see BL710-06. Density Meter see DC380 on page 202. Milk Hydrometer see DA210 in the Dairy section. Soil Hydrometer see SG640 in the Soil Testing section. Special IP/ASTM/API Petroleum Hydrometers Details on request. Urine Hydrometer see CM850 in the Clinical section.

XX

HT100

HT110

HT120

HT250

HT260

DC380

305

hydrometers
Plastic Hydrometer Jars
Glass, with spout and base Ht. x dia. mm Hydrometers, Nalgene 3630-series Plain form, break-resistant polycarbonate. Excellent alternative to glass, particularly in safety-critical areas such as food or beverage testing. Specific Gravity Subdivision 0.002. For liquids heavier than water. Range, s.g. HT374-14 HT374-16 HT374-18 1.000 to 1.220 1.200 to 1.420 1.400 to 1.620 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX

Special Purpose
Density Hydrometers calibrated at 15.6C (60F) Twaddels For liquids heavier than water. Subdivision 1.0 Tw. Length 160mm HT300-10 No. 1, 0 to 24 Tw HT300-14 No. 2, 24 to 48 Tw HT300-18 No. 3, 48 to 74 Tw HT300-22 HT300-26 HT300-30 No. 4, 74 to 102 Tw No. 5, 102 to 138 Tw No. 6, 138 to 170 Tw 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea
XX XX XX XX XX XX

ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

ea (10+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

HT400-20 HT404-20 HT404-25 HT404-30 HT406-20 HT406-25 HT408-25 HT408-30 HT408-35 HT410-30 HT412-25 HT412-30

150 x 38 200 x 38 200 x 50 200 x 63 250 x 38 250 x 50 300 x 50 300 x 63 300 x 75 350 x 63 400 x 50 400 x 63

Length 295mm HT310-11 No. 1, 0 to 24 Tw HT310-15 No. 2, 24 to 48 Tw HT310-19 No. 3, 48 to 74 Tw HT310-23 HT310-27 HT310-31 No. 4, 74 to 102 Tw No. 5, 102 to 138 Tw No. 6, 138 to 170 Tw

XX XX XX XX XX XX

% Salinity Subdivision 1%. HT374-80 0 to 100%

0.00 ea

XX

Baum, heavy For liquids heavier than water. Dimension given is the length. HT330-10 0 to 10 x 0.1 B, 280mm 0.00 ea XX HT330-32 0 to 30 x 0.5 B, 250mm 0.00 ea XX HT330-50 0 to 50 x 1.0 B ,250mm 0.00 ea XX HT330-70 0 to 70 x 1.0 B, 320mm 0.00 ea XX Latexometer For determination of the dry rubber content of latex. Calibration temperature 28.9C. Range 50 to 250 grams per litre. Length 240mm. HT370-08 Latexometer 0.00 ea XX

HT300

HT310

HT330

HT370

HT374

HT400/412 with Hydrometer in use

306

hygiene monitoring
Dipslides, Easicult
An easy-to-use system for monitoring microbes in industrial fluids. N For use in applications including: microbial control to extend working life of fluids, filters and pumps improving work area hygiene corrosion prevention in machines, tanks and pipes by minimising the amount of microbial metabolites optimising the use of biocides in fluids by monitoring microbial counts enhancing the microbial quality of final products N Available in three versions: Easicult TTC: for determination of total bacterial counts in industrial fluids. With TTC medium Easicult Combi: a two-medium dipslide for checking total bacterial counts as well as yeast and fungi. With TTC medium and Rose-Bengal medium Easicult S: For monitoring anaerobic sulphate reducing bacteria. Diagnostic gel test Principles Comprise plastic outer sample tube and snap-shut cap which is attached to an inner plastic sampling paddle. Agar medium slides are cast into the paddle (Easicult Combi has TTC and Rose-Bengal agar cast respectively on alternate sides). In use the paddle is removed from the outer tube and immersed in the liquid under test or exposed to liquid spray or mist then returned to the outer tube and incubated. Easicult S has a capillary tube instead of a paddle into which the fluid is drawn and the capillary tube then immersed in sulphaterich gel contained in the outer tube, before incubation. Any microbial growth appearing after incubation can be interpreted with the aid of a card giving approximate contamination levels in terms of colony numbers. Dipslides, Easicult As described. Supplied in packs of tests as indicated, with results interpretation card and instructions. HT800-20 Easicult TTC, 0.00 pk XX pack of 10 HT800-40 Easicult Combi, 0.00 pk XX pack of 10 HT800-60 Easicult S, pack of 9 0.00 pk XX

Dipslides, Hygicult
Designed to enable easy, reliable, economic monitoring of microbiological hygiene, particularly in the food industry. Raw materials, the production facilities and finished products can all be monitored using the same method. In principle and operation similar to HT800-series but with a flexible, hinged paddle allowing surface contact sampling, swabbing with an accessory sterile swab moistened with the sample under test, or dipping. N Available in four versions: Hygicult TPC: for Total Plate Count. With Plate Count Agar. This slide supports the growth of most common bacteria. The agar contains lecithin and Tween to neutralise residual biocide or cleaning agent traces from recently cleaned surfaces Hygicult E: for Enterobacteriaceae. With VRBG (Violet Red Bile Glucose) agar and lactose. This slide promotes the growth of most enteric bacteria Hygicult E/B-GUR: a two medium slide with VRBG and B-GUR agars for Enterobacteriaceae and -glucuronidase positive organisms (i.e. E-coli) respectively Hygicult Y & F: for yeasts and fungi. With malt agar. Promotes the growth of yeasts and moulds, and contains an antibiotic to inhibit bacterial growth Dipslides, Hygicult As described. Supplied in packs of 10 tests, with results interpretation card and instructions. HT805-15 Hygicult TPC 0.00 pk XX HT805-25 Hygicult E 0.00 pk XX HT805-35 Hygicult E/B-GUR 0.00 pk XX HT805-45 Hygicult Y & F 0.00 pk XX Disinfectants see CL860/CL869.

Swab Rinse Kits

For routine microbiological monitoring of bacteria and fungi contamination on equipment and surfaces. A valuable aid to hygiene control in critical areas within hospitals, pharmaceutical research and production, or food manufacturing. N Choice of kits to suit different sampling protocols N Suitable for sampling from smooth, rough, flexible, dry or wet surfaces. Dry surfaces are sampled using a swab pre-moistened in the rinse solution provided. Kits comprise a 16 x 100mm tube with push-fit cap containing 10ml of rinse solution (a general purpose medium for the maintenance of bacteria or fungi and to neutralise disinfectants or sanitising agents) and standard or large size plastic applicator swab with either a rayon or alginate tip. The alginate tip can be dissolved in the rinse solution provided, releasing all of the bacteria taken up by the swab which allows accurate total viable counts to be performed. A 10 x 10cm defined area template is also available to enable colonies per cm2 to be calculated. All kits are sterilised by gamma-irradiation. Ref. HT840-10 HT840-15 HT840-20 HT840-30 HT840-85 902C 903C 904C 905C T2905 Applicator/ Tip Pack qty pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX

Standard/ 25 Rayon Standard/ 25 Alginate Large/Rayon 25 Large + 10 template/Rayon Templates 50 10 x 10cm, wrapped in inner sleeves of 5

HT800

HT805

HT840

307

hygrometers
Wet/Dry Bulb
Hygrometer, Masons With wet and dry bulb thermometer mounted in a plastic case which has a hanging slot. Single scale 5 to +50C. With reservoir and wick. HY200-10 Masons hygrometer 0.00 ea XX HY202-06 Spare wicks, pack of 12 0.00 pk XX Hygrometer, whirling With 5 to +50C thermometers to BS2842. Thermometers are 100mm scale length, with lens fronts and subdivided 0.5C. Mounted in a plastic frame which can be whirled around the handle. With reservoir, fabric sleeve for wet bulb and simple slide rule to calculate RH from thermometer readings. HY217-15 Whirling hygrometer 0.00 ea XX HY219-06 Spare sleeves, pk of 100 0.00 pk XX HY219-14 Accessory carrying case 0.00 ea XX Hygrometric Conversion Tables For use with wet and dry bulb hygrometers and non-ventilated hygrometers with C thermometer e.g. Masons models. HY250-10 Non-vent tables 0.00 ea XX Additional meteorological equipment can be found in the following sections: Anemometers Barometers Measures Thermometers Water Testing

Hair and Fibre

Thermohygrometer, hair/bimetal Scaled 10 to 100% x 1% RH and with bimetallic thermometer, temperature scale 15 to +55C. Brass finish case 100mm diameter with hanging ring. HY160-25 Hair/bimetal hygrometer 0.00 ea XX Thermohygrometer, hair/bimetal Scaled 30 to 90% x 2% RH and with bimetallic thermometer, temperature scale 0 to 50C x 1C. Plastic case, 100mm diameter with keyhole at the rear for hanging. HY170-20 Thermohygrometer 0.00 ea XX Thermohygrometer, fibre/bimetal Scaled 15 to 90 x 1% RH with extensions 0 to 15% and 90 to 100% x 5% RH and separate thermometer scale 0 to +40C. Chrome finish case, 100mm diameter. With hanging ring. HY180-20 Fibre/bimetal 0.00 ea XX

HY160-25

HY180-20

HY200

HY170-20

HY217

308

hygrometers
Electronic Humidity Meters

Digital Memory Thermohygrometer Ranges -10 to +60C (-14 to 140F) and 25% to 95% RH resolution 0.1C/F, 1% RH. With built-in sensors and dual 12mm high LCD readout. The upper display shows temperature and the lower display relative humidity. A max./min. memory function is provided which allows the maximum and minimum recorded values for both parameters to be recalled and displayed, the user then has the option to reset. Overall 70 x 20 x 100mm W x D x H. Weight 70g. Wall or bench mounting. Requires, but is not supplied with 1.5V AAA battery. HY390-20 Digital memory 0.00 ea XX thermohygrometer BL610-08 Battery, 1.5V AAA 0.00 ea XX

Thermohygrometer, Vaisala HM34C Rugged, pocket-sized meter with integral combined RH/temperature probe extendible from the meter housing. Digital display and membrane keypad including HOLD button which freezes display. Automatic power off occurs 3 minutes after switch on unless HOLD is depressed. Model Range %RH (resolution) C Accuracy %RH (at +20C) C Overall mm HM34C 0 to 100 (0.1) -20 to +60 (0.1) better than 3% 0.3 160 x 47 x 27 L x W x H (meter housing only, the probe extends further by 90mm and is 12mm diameter) 180

Thermohygrometer, Testo 615 Low cost instrument providing precise measurement and simultaneous display of air humidity and temperature. Compact design with integral combined RH/temperature probe, membrane keypad and large dual display of %RH and C (F switchable). Model Ranges (resolution) %RH C F Accuracy (at 25C) %RH C F mm g Testo 615 5 to 95 (0.1) -20 to +70 (0.1) -4 to +158 (0.1) 3 0.4 0.7 190 x 57 x 42 300 9V PP3 battery

Weight

Overall L x W x D Weight Power

As described, supplied with 9V (PP3) battery, soft carrying case and instructions. HY405-10 HM34C 0.00 ea XX BL610-25 Spare battery, 9V 0.00 ea XX

As described. Supplied with probe, 9V battery and operation manual. HY470-25 Testo 615 0.00 ea XX Humidity calibration set, comprising plastic container and plug seal cap containing NaCl providing 75.3% RH atmosphere for single point calibration and adjustment. HY472-14 Humidity calibration set 0.00 ea XX BL610-25 Spare battery, 9V 0.00 ea XX

HY390

HY405

HY470

309

hygrometers
Thermohygrograph

Electronic Humidity Meters

Thermohygrometer, Hanna HI8564 For routine measurement of humidity and temperature. Water resistant membrane keypad. Ranges 10 to 95%RH and 0 to +60C, using a detachable combined RH /temperature probe with thin-film polymer sensor. The display is switchable between %RH, C and F. Model Ranges %RH C F %RH C F mm g HI8564 10 to 95 0 to +60 +32 to +140 0.1 (2) 0.1 (0.4) 1 (1) 185 x 82 x 45 (meter only) 315 9V PP3 battery

Thermohygrometer, Hanna HI9065 Heavy duty hygrometer with rugged, water resistant case, large LCD, sealed push-button keys and detachable probe. A hold key will freeze the reading. Ranges 5 to 95% RH and 0 to +60C using a combined RH/temperature probe. The display is switchable between %RH, C and F. Model Ranges %RH C F %RH C F mm g HI9065 5 to 95 0 to +60 +32 to +140 0.1 (2) 0.1 (0.4) 1 (1) 196 x 80 x 60 (meter only) 425 4 x 1.5V AA batteries

Resolution (accuracy) Dimensions LxWxD Weight Power

Resolution (accuracy) Dimensions LxWxD Weight Power

Thermohygrograph, hair/bimetal Weekly/daily recording. Battery powered, quartz clock movement. With rotating drum, hair and bimetal detecting elements and recording pen arms mounted within a metal case with enamel finish. Overall 350 x 160 x 150mm W x D x H. Weight 3.2kg. Supplied with fibre tipped pens. Ranges: Humidity: 20 to 80% RH, with accuracy 3% between 20 and 80%. Temperature: any 50C span between 10C and 50C (supplied calibrated 0 to 50C), with accuracy 1% of full scale, adjustable by a simple screw mechanism. Without charts or battery. HY565-40 Weekly/daily recording 893.00 ea EO Accessory Charts In packs of 200. We list below the most popular chart ranges. All charts have humidity range 0 to 100%RH. Other ranges are available to special order. HY570-22 10 to +40C daily 98.00 pk EO HY572-23 10 to +40C weekly 73.70 pk EO HY572-26 0 to +50C weekly 49.00 pk EO Spare Pens HY576-10 Humidity, pack of 2 HY576-13 Temperature, pack of 2 BL610-20 Spare battery, 1.5V (1 required) 0.00 pk 0.00 pk 0.00 ea

As described. With detachable, combined RH/ temperature probe with 2m cable and battery. HY525-45 HI8564 0.00 ea XX Spares HY528-10 BL610-25 RH/temp probe for HI8564 Spare battery, 9V 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

As described. With rugged carrying case, probe with 2m cable, batteries and instructions. HY530-15 HI9065 0.00 ea XX Spares HY532-14 BL610-15 RH/temp probe for HI9065 1.5V battery (4 required) 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

XX XX XX

XX XX

XX XX

HY565-20 CANCELLED HY572-13 CANCELLED HY570-12 CANCELLED HY572-16 CANCELLED

HY530-15

HY525-45

HY565-40

310

hygrometers
Humidity/Temperature Datalogger FH121
Desk, or wall-mounting, datalogger with large 102 x 63mm, dot matrix LCD readout which can display actual current humidity and temperature readings, or either parameter graphically, showing trends over selectable periods from 1 hour to 32 days. All control aspects, logging periods etc. can be programmed using the keypad controls on the fascia. Results can be displayed or downloaded to the users PC using accessory software. Ranges %RH (accuracy) C Readings logged Logging period range Overall mm Weight g 0 to 95 (2% at 22.7C) -17.7 to +37.7 (1) 31,744 10 seconds to 24 hours 178 x 127 x 51 W x H x D 350

Humidity/Dew Point/Temperature Recorder THDx

N User selectable ranges and recording periods N Digital display of current readings

N User selectable high and low audio and visual alarms N Cradle mounted removable probe/cable allows remote recording using accessory extension cables N Lockable cover protects both chart and selected range/recording period settings Model Ranges (Accuracy) %RH C F mm mm kg THDx 0 to 95 (2 between 10 and 90%RH) -20 to +50 or +5 to +40 (1) -20 to +120 or +40 to +110 (1.8) 1, 7 or 31 day 203 270 x 335 x 70 (H x W x D, meter), 150 x 24 (L x diameter, probe) 2.5 Accessory a.c. adapter and 4 x 1.5V type D batteries for back-up system

Recording periods Chart dia. Overall dimensions Weight Power

As described. Supplied with 9V PP3 back-up battery. Requires, but does not include, a.c. adapter and accessory software for downloading logged data to the users PC. Supplied without wall fixings. HY615-25 FH121 0.00 ea XX Accessories and Spares HY617-05 A.C. adapter, 9V. For 240V 50/60Hz supplies BL610-25 Spare battery, 9V 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

As described. Supplied with probe, one each red and blue pens, 100 charts and 4 x 1.5V type D batteries for the back-up system. Requires, but does not include, a 240V 50Hz a.c. adapter for operation. 0.00 ea XX HY650-10 THDx 0.00 ea XX HY650-85 Accessory a.c. adapter Accessory probe extension cables HY652-15 Extension cable 3m 0.00 ea HY652-17 Extension cable 30m 0.00 ea

XX

XX

XX XX

Download/logging software Enables data to be retrieved and viewed on any PC running Windows 95 or later. Secure software additionally allows password protection, data encryption, generates an audit trail of user activity and labels all charts with the user i.d. and logger serial number, in compliance with U.S. Food and Drug Administration regulation 21CFR11. Supplied with serial connector terminated cable. HY617-10 Standard download/ 0.00 ea XX logging software HY617-20 Secure download/ 0.00 ea XX logging software

Spare Charts 0 to 100% RH. Temperature scales packs of 60. HY654-14 -20 to +50C, 24 hour HY654-18 -20 to +50C, 7 day HY654-22 -20 to +50C, 31 day HY654-26 HY654-30 HY654-34 HY605-75 BL610-22 +5 to +40C, 24 hour +5 to +40C, 7 day +5 to +40C, 31 day Spare pens, pack of 6, 3 red (temperature), 3 blue (humidity) Spare battery, 1.5V

and time periods as indicated, 203mm diameter. Supplied in 0.00 pk 0.00 pk 0.00 pk 0.00 pk 0.00 pk 0.00 pk 0.00 pk 0.00 ea
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

HY654-45 HY654-49 HY654-53 HY654-57 HY654-61 HY654-65

-20 to +120F, 24 hour -20 to +120F, 7 day -20 to +120F, 31 day +40 to +110F, 24 hour +40 to +110F, 7 day +40 to +110F, 31 day

0.00 pk 0.00 pk 0.00 pk 0.00 pk 0.00 pk 0.00 pk

XX XX XX XX XX XX

XX

HY615

HY650

311

ice production and storage

Ice Cube Maker
A compact, floor standing, self contained unit needing no plumbing in for applications requiring the use of cubed ice, or in areas where water connections are not readily available. Integral 4 litre capacity water reservoir tank can be filled through the ice bin door. Produces up to 10kg of ice in 24 hours. The insulated storage bin has a capacity of 3.5kg or approximately 175 cubes and features a sliding door for convenient storage and removal of ice. Finished in enamel paint with reservoir level sight glass inset into front panel. Overall dimensions 640 x 380 x 380mm H x W x D. Weight 29kg. For 220-240V 50Hz single phase a.c., or 24V d.c. supplies. IC360-75 Ice cube maker 0.00 ea XX

Ice Flake Maker

Produces high purity ice suitable for a wide range of uses in hospitals, laboratories, analysis research stations, blood transportation with specific usage for ice bags, oxygen tents, surgery, cold therapies, blood transfusion, chemical reactions and a host of other applications. The ice produced is slow melting and sufficiently dry to prevent the flakes sticking together in lumps. Catalogue No. Model Output Storage capacity Condensing unit Compressor Overall H W D Weight Water Water inlet Water outlet IC360-12 AF100 85 32 Air 1 /5 1006 592 622 76 3.5 3 4 in gas 20mm o.d.

kg/day kg hp mm mm mm kg litres/hour

Ice Crusher
Ice Crusher, Waring Portable, compact unit, ideal for producing small to medium volumes of chipped ice (to 6mm) from ice cubes. The low speed, high torque motor driving the crusher assembly enables it to produce up to 600g of ice granules per minute. The feed chute opening is 38 x 57mm. The tall stand and adjustable height under the unit allows vessels up to 230mm high to be accommodated for direct filling from the dispensing chute. Rugged stainless steel construction ensures easy cleaning and durability. Dimensions 185 x 250 x 460mm W x D x H. Weight 9.6kg. For 220V 50Hz single phase supplies. IC425-10 Ice Crusher 0.00 ea XX Freezers see Refrigeration section. Dip coolers, refrigerated circulators see Baths section. Freeze Dryers see Freeze Drying section.

The outer case is stainless steel and there is an insulated plastic lined bin with sliding door on the upper front for the convenient storage and removal of flake ice. Electrical and water connections are at the rear and there are safety controls to protect against water supply failure. Ice Flake Maker, Scotsman As described. With stainless steel casing and insulated plastic lined bin. For 230V 50Hz single phase supplies, 3A. IC360-12 AF100 0.00 ea XX

IC425

IC360-12

IC360-75

312

ice production and storage

Dry Ice Makers
Produce CO2 Dry Ice direct from a CO2 syphon cylinder in one to two minutes. Dry Ice can maintain temperatures down to 70C and can be used whenever localised cooling or freezing is needed:In hospitals for blood, tissue and serum preservation. In research establishments to provide reference temperatures. In schools and laboratories as a cooling agent, and cold trap for gases. In factories for shrink fitting of small metal components and other localised cooling applications. Snowpack Pellet Makers Catalogue No. Pellet weight Pellet size No. of pellets* IC410-15 30 22 x 50 diameter 30 IC410-25 500 75 x 100 diameter 2

Dry Ice Storage Containers, Igloo

A range of simple, lightweight insulated containers for temporary transport and storage of specimens, ice, or solid carbon dioxide. Igloo Standard and Magna containers One piece vessel manufactured in flame retardant expanded polystyrene with separate plug type lid in the same material. Conveniently stackable due to tapering profile. Supplied singly. Model Capacity Dimensions (overall top L x W x overall height) Weight IC475-10 IC475-25 Standard 3.5 200 x 200 x 190 Magna 10 300 x 300 x 275

litres mm

g mm

* From a 6.35kg CO2 syphon cylinder. Pellet Makers, Snowpack As described. Supplied with gloves but without CO2 syphon cylinder. IC410-15 30g pellet 0.00 ea IC410-25 500g pellet 0.00 ea

114

307 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

XX XX

Igloo Standard Igloo Magna

XX XX

Cryo-Gloves Provide protection at low temperatures. Suitable for handling dry ice and materials in freezers. Overall length approximately 350mm. Supplied per pair. SA720-10 Small 0.00 pr XX SA720-13 Medium 0.00 pr XX SA720-16 Large 0.00 pr XX Liquid nitrogen storage see Dewars section. Freezers see Refrigeration section.

Igloo Extra Tuff, leakproof container Generally as the Igloo Standard but with a rigid polystyrene coating which increases the durability of the container thereby extending its usable life. The coating also renders the container leakproof to internal spillages during normal use. A polystyrene liner is provided to aid cleaning and improve hygiene. IC475-45 Igloo, Extra Tuff 0.00 ea XX Igloo Major, rugged container Comprises a rigid, clinically clean, impact resistant, manufactured in polypropylene (lid and body) and has a hinged lid with magnetic closure. Body and liner insulated with polystyrene foam sheeting. Lid is polyurethane foam insulated. With hinged carrying handle. Internal dimensions 390 x 290 x 360mm (L x W x H). IC475-55 Igloo Major 0.00 ea XX continued on next page

Safety Gloves

IC475-10, IC475-25 is similar

IC475-45

IC410-15 in use, IC410-25 is similar

IC475-55

313

ice production and storage

Dry Ice Storage Vessels
Ice Storage Pans, nICEr One piece moulded, lightweight containers manufactured in expanded PVC offering excellent insulation properties. Leakproof and unbreakable in normal use. Chemically and temperature resistant from 196C to +93C and therefore ideal for use with ice, dry ice or liquid nitrogen. Available as rectangular pans or a circular bucket which additionally has a drop-on cover moulded in the same material, all in a choice of four colours. Model Dimensions top base height wall mm mm mm mm Midipan 330 x 230 280 x 180 130 20 Maxipan 410 x 330 360 x 230 130 20 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Ice Trays, Igloo

Benchtop insulated trays designed to hold flaked ice, maintaining samples and reagents in optimal condition. Manufactured in chemically resistant, easy-toclean white polystyrene. Accessory racks are available to hold common sample tubes. Supplied singly. Model Capacity, racks Dimensions, mm H W D Mini 1 244 165 80 Midi 2 253 240 80 Maxi 4 424 253 80 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea
XX XX XX

IC477-30 IC477-40 IC477-50

Igloo Mini ice tray Igloo Midi ice tray Igloo Maxi ice tray

IC480-20 IC480-25 IC480-30 IC480-35 IC480-40 IC480-45 IC480-50 IC480-55

Midipan, Black, 4 litres Midipan, Green, 4 litres Midipan, Red, 4 litres Midipan, Yellow, 4 litres Maxipan, Black, 9 litres Maxipan, Green, 9 litres Maxipan, Red, 9 litres Maxipan, Yellow, 9 litres

Accessory Racks for Igloo Ice Trays Clear acrylic. Overall 40 x 160 x 80mm (H x W x D). To fit trays as indicated in the table. Supplied singly. IC477-72 15 x 15ml centrifuge tubes 0.00 ea XX IC477-74 8 x 50ml centrifuge tubes 0.00 ea XX IC477-78 16 x 1.5ml and 16 x 0.5ml microcentrifuge tubes 0.00 ea XX IC477-84 IC477-85 IC477-87 32 x 2ml cryogenic tubes 32 x 1.5ml microcentrifuge tubes 40 x 0.5ml microcentrifuge tubes 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea
XX XX XX

Igloo Cooler Ice Bucket Designed to provide a rugged, stable container for long term thermal storage of ice and dry ice on the bench. Leakproof white polystyrene body with 25mm thick double insulated wall filled with expanded polystyrene foam. Four pipettor support holes are provided for added convenience. Capacity 3.5 litres. Overall 280 x 300 x 200mm (H x W x D). Supplied singly. IC479-10 Igloo Cooler ice bucket 0.00 ea XX IC479-30 Insulated lid for IC479-10 0.00 ea XX

Ice Storage Buckets As described, capacity 4 litres. Overall dimensions 287 x 265mm o.d. x height. Supplied with drop-on cover. IC484-20 Ice storage bucket, Black 0.00 ea XX IC484-25 Ice storage bucket, Green 0.00 ea XX IC484-30 Ice storage bucket, Red 0.00 ea XX IC484-35 Ice storage bucket, Yellow 0.00 ea XX Ice Buckets with lid, Azlon Durable, rigid, polyurethane-skimmed foam with excellent insulation properties suitable for use with liquid nitrogen, dry-ice, water-ice and salt solutions (maintains ice for up to 36 hours at room temperature). With integral handles at the rim and flush fitting lid with recessed handle. Overall 185 x 330mm height x maximum width. Capacity 4.5 litres. Supplied singly in colours as indicated. IC485-08 IBB001P, black 0.00 ea XX IC485-11 IBB002P, blue 0.00 ea XX IC485-14 IBB003P, green 0.00 ea XX

IC479 in use

IC480 and IC484 in use

IC480 and IC484 in use

IC477 in use

IC485

314

incubators
Portable Incubators
Cultura Incubator Simple, portable incubator for small-scale or infrequent laboratory use. ABS double skinned casing with transparent styrolux door. Can be used horizontally or vertically for incubating dipslides, petri dishes, sample tubes, flasks or bottles. Capacity litres Range C Accuracy C Overall internal (external) W x D x H mm Weight kg Power rating W Shelves supplied 3.96 25 to 45 1 220 x 150 x 120 (310 x 168 x 155) 1.1 26 1 (for horizontal use)

Portable Incubator, Fieldmaster 2600, 15 litres Versatile, rugged, portable incubator, 15 litre capacity with dual mains a.c. and vehicle 12V d.c. operation capability. Temperature range ambient +5C to +45C, variation 0.5C (at 20C ambient). Copolymer case with hinged lid held by spring clamps and with a moulded-in locking hasp. An internal clear plastic lid is provided for easy sample viewing without exposure. Supplied with spirit thermometer, 12V d.c. power lead 1 metre long with plug for vehicle cigar lighter and mains adapter with lead for 220-240V a.c. single phase supplies. Overall 670 x 230 x 270mm L x W x H. Weight 6.5kg. IN090-15 Fieldmaster 2600 0.00 ea XX Personal Shaking Incubator, PHMT, Grant-bio Compact, versatile, shaking incubator for microcentrifuge tubes using accessory blocks. With twin-line, dot matrix LCD display and keypad setting of shaking speed, temperature and time with constant display of both set and actual values. A low voltage power supply enables safe cold room operation. Ranges x resolution temperature C shaking speed rpm time Shaking orbit Stability and uniformity Overall W x D x H Operating temperature range Power supply mm C mm C ambient +5 to +100 x 0.1 250 to 1400 x 10 1 minute to 96 hours x 1 minute with alarm and switch off at end of timed period 2 0.1 205 x 230 x 130 +4 to +45 12V d.c. adapter requiring a 220-240V 50/60Hz supply

As described. With adjustable thermostatic control, spirit-filled thermometer range +10 to +60C and shelf. For 230V 50Hz single phase supplies. IN060-10 Cultura 0.00 ea XX Portable Incubators, 6400 series Versatile, robust, rectangular portable incubators for small scale incubation of samples in the field or where use of a standard incubator is impractical. Temperature range ambient +5C to +45C, variation 5C (at 20C ambient). Capacity 5.2 litres. An overtemperature cut-out engages at +70C. Solid-state heating and control electronics are sealed in the case and a heat reservoir chassis ensures even heat distribution and rapid heat recovery to set temperature. A choice of models is available for mains or vehicle battery operation. With moulded copolymer case and transparent polycarbonate lid, spirit thermometer and either mains cable for operation on 220-240V a.c. single phase supplies or vehicle cigar lighter plug and cable for 12V d.c.operation in the field. The 12V d.c. model additionally has a built-in power supply for operation on 220-240V a.c. and therefore is also supplied with a mains cable. Usable internal dimensions 180 x 150 x 180mm W x D x H, overall 320 x 260 x 270mm W x D x H. Weight 1.9kg (220-240V model), 2.8kg (12V d.c. model). IN085-60 6400DM, 220-240V model 0.00 ea XX IN085-80 6400MV, 12V d.c. field model 0.00 ea XX Dipslides see HT800/HT805 and WS850.

As described. Supplied with power adapter but without blocks which are necessary for operation. IN104-10 PHMT 0.00 ea XX Accessory blocks To hold microcentrifuge tubes as indicated. IN104-65 PSC-20, 20 x 1.5/2ml IN104-80 PSC-18, 20 x 0.5ml, 12 x 1.5/2ml

0.00 ea 0.00 ea

XX XX

IN060-10 in use

IN090-15 in use

IN085-60 in use, IN085-80 is similar

IN104 in use with blocks

315

incubators

INC Range Genlab

N Wide bodied profile with controls to the side N Fluctuation 0.25C at 38C N Natural convection (except 150 and 200 litre sizes) N Choice of: Aluminium coated mild steel or stainless steel interiors Solid or dual (steel outer, transparent inner) doors Catalogue No. IN420 IN422 Usable volume External H W D litres mm mm mm mm mm mm W -10 -15 -10 -15 75 560 850 500 420 530 350 750 2 3 39 -20 -25 -20 -25 100 560 850 610 420 530 460 750 3 4 48 -45* -45* 150 660 850 690 550 490 540 750 3 5 66 -65* -65* 200 860 850 690 750 490 540 1000 4 7 85 N Hydraulic thermostat control and separate adjustable safety thermostat, both with locking devices and indicator lamps N Top vent with clip for thermometer N Fitted with fixed shelf runners and removable chrome-plated wire grid shelves N Steel outer case with stoved powder paint finish Incubators, wide bodied profile, INC 100C Maximum, solid door As described. With aluminium coated steel (CLAD) or stainless steel interior as indicated, shelves, control and safety thermostats, mains on/off switch and indicator lamps. For 220-240V 50Hz single phase supplies. IN420-10 75 litres, CLAD 0.00 ea XX IN420-15 75 litres, stainless steel 0.00 ea XX IN420-20 100 litres, CLAD 0.00 ea XX IN420-25 IN420-45 IN420-65 100 litres, stainless steel 150 litres, stainless steel, fan 200 litres, stainless steel, fan 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea
XX XX XX

Internal

H W D Power rating Shelves supplied Shelf positions Weight

kg

*Fan assisted models.

100C Maximum, dual door As IN420 series but with additional transparent plastic inner door. For 220-240V 50Hz single phase supplies. IN422-10 75 litres, CLAD 0.00 ea XX IN422-15 75 litres, stainless steel 0.00 ea XX IN422-20 100 litres, CLAD 0.00 ea XX IN422-25 IN422-45 IN422-65 100 litres, stainless steel 150 litres, stainless steel, fan 200 litres, stainless steel, fan 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea
XX XX XX

IN420, IN422 is similar

316

incubators
Mini Range Genlab
N Standard profile with controls at base N Choice of: Aluminium coated mild steel or stainless steel interiors Solid metal, with or without a large, inset viewing window, or dual (steel outer, transparent inner) doors N Hydraulic thermostat control and separate adjustable safety thermostat, both with locking devices and indicator lamps Catalogue No. IN425 IN427 IN429 litres mm mm mm mm mm mm W -10 -10 6 390 320 330 150 230 190 150 1 1 7 -20 -20 18 520 380 410 260 260 270 250 2 2 14 -30/-35 -30 -30/-35 30 500 480 490 240 360 350 500 2 2 20 N Natural convection (up to 75 litre size) N Fluctuation 0.25C at 38C N Top vent with clip for thermometer

N Fitted with fixed shelf runners and removable chrome-plated wire grid shelves N Steel outer case with stoved powder paint finish -45 -40 -40/-45 50 590 610 470 330 490 330 500 2 3 26 -55 -50 -55 75 590 610 600 330 490 450 750 2 3 34 -65* -65* 125 810 610 720 550 490 450 750 3 5 52 -75* -75* 150 810 610 800 550 490 530 750 3 5 60 -85* -85* 200 1010 610 800 750 490 530 1000 4 7 76

Usable volume External H W D Internal H W D Power rating Shelves supplied Shelf positions Weight *Fan assisted models.

kg

Incubators, standard profile, MINI 100C Maximum, solid door As described. With aluminium coated steel (CLAD) or stainless steel interior as indicated, shelves, control and safety thermostats, mains on/off switch and indicator lamps. For 220-240V 50Hz single phase supplies. IN425-10 6 litres, CLAD 0.00 ea XX IN425-20 18 litres, CLAD 0.00 ea XX IN425-30 30 litres, CLAD 0.00 ea XX IN425-35 IN425-45 IN425-55 IN425-65 IN425-75 IN425-85 30 litres, stainless steel 50 litres, stainless steel 75 litres, stainless steel 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea
XX XX XX XX XX XX

60C Maximum, transparent window door As IN425-series but with metal door with a large, inset viewing window. For 220-240V 50Hz single phase supplies. IN427-10 6 litres, CLAD 0.00 ea XX IN427-20 18 litres, CLAD 0.00 ea XX IN427-30 30 litres, CLAD 0.00 ea XX IN427-40 50 litres, CLAD 0.00 ea XX IN427-50 75 litres, CLAD 0.00 ea XX

100C Maximum, dual door As IN425-series but with additional transparent inner door. For 220-240V 50Hz single phase supplies. IN429-30 30 litres, CLAD 0.00 ea XX IN429-35 30 litres, stainless steel 0.00 ea XX IN429-40 50 litres, CLAD 0.00 ea XX IN429-45 50 litres, stainless steel 0.00 ea XX IN429-55 IN429-65 IN429-75 IN429-85 75 litres, stainless steel 125 litres, stainless steel 150 litres, stainless steel 200 litres, stainless steel 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea
XX XX XX XX

125 litres, stainless steel 0.00 ea 150 litres, stainless steel 0.00 ea 200 litres, stainless steel 0.00 ea

IN425, IN429 are similar

IN427

317

incubators

Series B Incubators

N Stainless steel interior and exterior N Temperature range +30 to +70C N Adjustable overtemperature control Model Volume Internal (external) H W D Shelves supplied (positions) Precision at 37C Uniformity at 37C Power rating Net weight litres mm mm mm C C W kg BE 200 32 320 (600) 400 (550) 250 (400) 1 (3) 0.1 0.4 440 28

N Digital display of temperature N Inner glass door N Natural convection BE 300 39 320 (600) 480 (630) 250 (400) 1 (3) 0.1 0.4 500 30 BE/BP 400 53 400 (680) 400 (550) 330 (480) 2 (4) 0.1 0.5 800 35 BE/BP 500 108 480 (760) 560 (710) 400 (500) 2 (5) 0.1 0.5 900 50

N Tilt proof stainless steel shelves N Multifunctional programmer models (Series BP) BE/BP 600* 256 640 (920) 800 (950) 500 (650) 2 (7) 0.1 0.5 1600 87 BE/BP 700* 416 800 (1080) 1040 (1190) 500 (650) 2 (9) 0.1 0.6 1800 121 BE/BP 800* 749 1200 (1605) 1040 (1190) 600 (750) 2 (14) 0.1 0.6 2000 164

*Double door models. BE/BP800 additionally are mounted on lockable castors. Incubators, Series BE Temperature range +30 to +70C. Electronic PID temperature controller with 1 minute to 999 hour digital timer, separately adjustable overheat protection, RS232 serial interface and Celsius 2000 remote control/datalogging software, power on, heater on, overheat fault indicators and adjustable fresh air slide mixer. Supplied with tilt proof stainless steel shelves. For 230V 50/60Hz single phase supplies. IN460-10 BE200, 32 litres 0.00 ea XX IN460-14 BE300, 39 litres 0.00 ea XX IN460-18 BE400, 53 litres 0.00 ea XX IN460-22 BE500, 108 litres 0.00 ea XX IN460-26 IN460-30 IN460-34 BE600, 256 litres BE700, 416 litres BE800, 749 litres 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea
XX XX XX

Incubators, Series BP Temperature range +30 to +70C. Generally as BE models but with additional fuzzy logic control programmer, RS232 serial interface, Celsius 2000 remote control/datalogging software, additional on-board chipcard memory storage, Centronics printer interface, fixed cut-out activated should the temperature exceed +70C and microprocessor adjustable overheat control with digital setting. For 230V 50/60Hz single phase supplies. IN460-39 BP400, 53 litres 0.00 ea XX IN460-43 BP500, 108 litres 0.00 ea XX IN460-47 BP600, 256 litres 0.00 ea XX IN460-51 BP700, 416 litres 0.00 ea XX IN460-55 BP800, 749 litres 0.00 ea XX

Accessory Shelves for IN460 models Perforated stainless steel. IN463-04 For BE200 0.00 ea IN463-06 For BE300 0.00 ea IN463-08 For BE/BP400 0.00 ea IN463-10 For BE/BP500 0.00 ea IN463-12 IN463-14 IN463-16 For BE/BP600 For BE/BP700 For BE/BP800 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Celsius 2000 control software Allows control/programming and downloading of operation records from Memmert Class E and Class P controller models by the users personal computer. Operates under Windows 95 or later.

IN460-10

IN460-39

318

incubators
Cooled Incubators, Series ICP

Automatic CO2/Humidity Incubators

N Temperature range 0 to +60C N Microprocessor controlled programmer N Temperature fluctuation 0.1C (at 37C) N Stainless steel interior and exterior Catalogue No. Model Capacity Internal (External) H W D IN505-10 ICP400 53 400 (967) 400 (558) 330 (486) 2 (4) W kg 450 68 N Fan circulation N Inner glass door* IN505-15 ICP500 108 480 (1047) 560 (718) 400 (556) 2 (5) 450 87 IN505-20 ICP600* 256 640 (1335) 800 (958) 500 (656) 2 (7) 650 144 IN505-25 ICP700* 416 800 (1495) 1040 (1198) 500 (656) 2 (9) 650 178

N Adjustable humidity control 88 to 97% N Microprocessor temperature control to 0.5C (chamber variation) N Stainless steel interior and exterior N Audible and visual alarms Catalogue No. Model Capacity litres Temperature range C CO2 range/accuracy % Internal H x W x D mm Overall H x W x D mm Shelves supplied (positions) Net weight kg N Automatic start-up N Digital electronic CO2 control IN670-20 IN670-40 INCO2/108 INCO2/246 108 246 Ambient +5 to +45 all models 0 to 20/ 0.1 all models 480 x 560 x 400 640 x 640 x 600 775 x 710 x 620 925 x 790 x 820 3 (5) 6* (6) 70 110

litres mm mm mm

Shelves supplied (positions) Power rating Net weight

*Models ICP600 and ICP700 have double inner and outer doors and are additionally mounted on lockable castors. Cooled Incubators, Series ICP Temperature range 0 to +60C. With fuzzy logic, microprocessor PID control, 9 segment programmer with integral 1 minute to 999 hour timer, RS232 serial interface, Celsius 2000 remote control/datalogging software, additional on-board chipcard memory storage, Centronics printer interface and separately adjustable, digitally controlled overheat protection with display. An additional fixed overtemperature cut-out activates if the internal temperature exceeds +60C. Supplied with inner glass door and tilt proof stainless steel shelves. For 230V 50/60Hz single phase supplies. IN505-10 ICP400, 53 litres 0.00 ea XX IN505-15 ICP500, 108 litres 0.00 ea XX IN505-20 ICP600, 256 litres 0.00 ea XX IN505-25 ICP700, 416 litres 0.00 ea XX Accessory Shelves Perforated stainless steel. IN463-08 For ICP400 IN463-10 For ICP500 IN463-12 For ICP600 IN463-14 For ICP700

*IN670-40 supplied with half width shelves only, positions stated are full width. CO2/Humidity Incubators, Memmert Digital readout of temperature, CO2 and humidity. RS232 serial interface, Celsius 2000 remote control/datalogging software, additional on-board chipcard memory storage and Centronics printer interface. Supplied with stainless steel water dishes and stainless steel shelves. IN670-40 additionally has removable 4 part gas baffle to reduce CO2 loss on opening. For 230V 50/60Hz single phase supplies. Requires pressure reducing valve IN670-74 for operation with CO2 cylinders. IN670-20 Model INCO2/108 0.00 ea XX IN670-40 Model INCO2/246 0.00 ea XX Accessories IN670-62 Stainless steel shelf, full width. For IN670-20 only IN670-64 Stainless steel shelf, half width. For IN670-40 only IN670-68 Base frame to increase working height of IN670-20 by 100mm IN670-69 Base frame to increase working height of IN670-40 by 100mm IN670-70 Stacking frame to enable 2 x IN670-20 incubators to be stacked IN670-72 Stacking frame to enable 2 x IN670-40 incubators to be stacked IN670-74 Pressure reducing valve for CO2 gas cylinder, with monitor 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

XX XX XX XX

IN505

IN670

319

incubators

Cooled Incubators Genlab

N Temperature range +2 to +50C N Fluctuation 0.2C at 20C N Choices of sizes: 100, 200 and 250 litres N Microprocessor controlled with digital display N Energy saver switch turns off the refrigeration compressor if the set temperature is higher than ambient N Safety overheat thermostat N Easy-clean, moulded ABS plastic interior with stainless steel back plate and white poly-coated wire shelves N Fan air circulation Catalogue No. Model Capacity litres Temperature range C Internal (External) H mm W mm D mm Shelves supplied (positions) Weight kg IN680-15 IN680-25 CI/100 CI/200 100 200 +2 to +50 all models 620 (940) 480 (560) 420 (600) 3 (5) 45 910 (1310) 480 (560) 420 (600) 4 (7) 60 IN680-35 CI/250 250 1300 (1640) 480 (560) 420 (600) 5 (9) 65 N Temperature range 0 to +50C N Control stability 0.1C N Spatial variation <0.5C at +5C N Independent overtemperature cut-out N Fan air circulation N Easy-clean, moulded ABS plastic interior with white poly-coated wire shelves N Glass door model available with interior lighting switched from the control panel N Lockable doors with self-sealing, magnetic gaskets Catalogue No. Model Capacity Door Internal (External) Shelves supplied Weight H W D IN685-10 RLSD01501 145 Solid 600 (820) 540 (600) 425 (650) 2 46 IN685-20 RLCH01501 145 Glass 600* (820) 540 (600) 425 (650) 2 44 IN685-30 RLCH0200 260 Solid 1047* (1260) 513 (602) 433 (600) 3 50

litres mm mm mm kg

*Nominal maximum, internal shaping reduces the height in some places. As described.With digital controller, white ABS interior, white ABS interior with stainless steel back plate, white stoved-enamel finished steel exterior and shelves as indicated. For 220-240V 50Hz a.c. single phase supplies. IN680-15 100 litres 0.00 ea XX IN680-25 200 litres 0.00 ea XX IN680-35 250 litres 0.00 ea XX As described. With digital controller, white ABS interior, white powder-coated steel exterior, locking door and shelves as indicated. For 230V 50/60Hz a.c. single phase supplies. IN685-10 RLSD01501 0.00 ea XX IN685-20 RLCH01501 0.00 ea XX IN685-30 RLCH0200 0.00 ea XX

IN685-20 in use

IN680

IN685-30 in use

320

incubators
NapCo CO2/Humidity Incubators, 5400 series
N Choice of: Single or dual chambers with individual controllers for temperature and CO2 Thermal conductivity or infra-red CO2 sensors* N Digital control and display of temperature and CO2 with audio visual alarms and set-point lock N Stainless steel crevice free interiors and removable shelves Specification Models Capacity TC sensor* IR sensor* litres C C C C % % % % 5420-1 5425-1 153.5 5440-1 5445-1 307 (2 x 153.5L chambers) N Water jacketed with low-water indicator and filling port N Heated outer door and separate glass inner door

N Internal air heater and fan give rapid recovery to set-point condition following door opening and maintain excellent chamber uniformity N Built in HEPA filters trap potential contaminants from the CO2 supply inlet N Chemically resistant powder coated steel exterior CO2 Humidity Incubators, NapCo 5400 series As described. Digital readout of temperature and CO2. Supplied with stainless steel shelves and water pan (one per chamber). For 230V 50/60Hz a.c. single phase supplies. Requires gas cylinder regulator IN700-94 for operation with CO2 cylinders. Single chamber models IN700-15 Model 5420-1, 153.5L, TC sensor IN700-35 Model 5425-1, 153.5L, IR sensor Dual chamber models IN700-40 Model 5440-1, 307L, TC sensor IN700-70 Model 5445-1, 307L, IR sensor Accessories IN700-92 Stainless steel shelf and brackets IN700-94 CO2 gas cylinder regulator IN700-96 Gas shuttle switch for automatic undisrupted CO2 intake from a secondary cylinder once the first is exhausted

Temperature range Control Readability Stability Uniformity CO2 range Control Readability Stability Uniformity

Ambient +5 to +50 all models 0.1 all models 0.1 all models 0.25 all models 0 to 20 all models 0.1 all models 0.1 all models 0.25 all models Ambient to 98 all models Water pan all models 5 (10) per chamber all models 635 x 445 x 439 per chamber all models 857 x 623 x 686 1700 x 623 x 686 80 168

0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

XX XX

XX XX

Humidity range %RH Humidity generator Shelves supplied (positions) Internal H x W x D mm Overall H x W x D mm Weight kg

XX XX XX

*The thermal conductivity sensor is recommended for applications where chamber parameters are kept relatively constant. The infra-red sensor is more suitable where temperature and humidity levels are often fluctuating due to frequent accessing of the inner chamber.

IN700-15/-35 in use

IN700-40/-70 in use

321

incubators
N Stainless steel crevice free interiors and removable shelves N Water jacketed with low-water indicator and filling port N Heated outer door and separate glass inner door N Internal air heater and fan give rapid recovery to set-point conditions following door opening and maintain excellent chamber uniformity N Built in HEPA filters trap potential contaminants from the CO2 supply inlet N Automatic gas shuttle valve switches to another cylinder if first is empty N Chemically resistant powder coated steel exterior CO2 Humidity Incubators, NapCo 6001 series As described. Supplied with stainless steel shelves and water pan (one per chamber) except -C models which have integral steam generator. For 230V 50/60Hz a.c. single phase supplies. Requires gas cylinder regulator IN700-94 for operation with CO2 cylinders. Single chamber models IN705-03 Model 6101, 153.5L,
XX

NapCo CO2/Humidity Incubators, 6001 series

CO2 Humidity Incubators, NapCo 6001 series N Choice of: Single or dual chambers with individual controllers for temperature and CO2 Thermal conductivity or infra-red CO2 sensors* Additional RH display (-H models) Additional RH display and control to 1%RH (-C models) N Microprocessor control with audio-visual alarms indicating deviation from set-point and password protection of parameters Single chamber models Models Capacity Temperature range Control Readability Stability Uniformity CO2 range Control Readability Stability Uniformity Humidity range display control Humidity generator Water jacket capacity litres Shelves supplied (positions) Internal H x W x D mm Overall H x W x D Net weight mm kg TC sensor IR sensor litres C C C C % % % % %RH %RH %RH 6101 6101F 6101H 6101FH 6101C 6101FC

Dual chamber models 6301 6301F 6301H 6301FH 6301C 6301FC

153.5 all models Ambient +5 to +50 all models 0.1 all models 0.1 all models 0.25 all models 0 to 20 all models 0.1 all models 0.1 all models 0.25 all models Ambient to 98 Water pan Ambient to 98 Ambient to 98 Water pan 65 to 98 65 to 98 65 to 98 Steam generator

307 (2 x 153.5L chambers) all models Ambient +5 to +50 all models 0.1 all models 0.1 all models 0.25 all models 0 to 20 all models 0.1 all models 0.1 all models 0.25 all models Ambient to 98 Water pan Ambient to 98 Ambient to 98 Water pan 65 to 98 65 to 98 65 to 98 Steam generator

0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

IN705-06 IN705-15

TC sensor Model 6101F, 153.5L,

XX

IR sensor Model 6101H, 153.5L,

XX

TC sensor, RH display IN705-18 IN705-21 IN705-24 Model 6101FH, 153.5L,

XX

0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

IR sensor, RH display Model 6101C, 153.5L,

XX

40 all models 5 (10) all models 635 x 445 x 439 all models 914 x 623 x 737 all models 85 all models

40 per chamber all models 5 (10) per chamber all models 635 x 445 x 439 per chamber all models 1816 x 623 x 737 all models 171 all models

TC sensor, RH control Model 6101FC, 153.5L,

XX

IR sensor, RH control Dual chamber models IN710-03 Model 6301, 307L,

XX

0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

*The thermal conductivity sensor is recommended for applications where chamber parameters are kept relatively constant. The infra-red sensor is more suitable where temperature and humidity levels are often fluctuating due to frequent accessing of the inner chamber.

IN710-06 IN710-15

TC sensor Model 6301F, 307L,

XX

IR sensor Model 6301H, 307L,

XX

TC sensor, RH display IN710-18 IN710-21 Model 6301FH, 307L,

XX

0.00 ea 0.00 ea

IR sensor, RH display Model 6301C, 307L,

XX

IN705 in use

322

incubators
Total Visibility Incubators, 60C Mixer Incubators

N Temperature range ambient +3C to 60C N Push button pre-set for 37C operation N Constructed in clear acrylic material N Hinged front and top panels for easy access N Side panels have two plugged service ports N Side mounted controls, heater and fan N Temperature fluctuation better than 0.1C N Safety cut-out, pre-set at 72C N Can be positioned over existing apparatus Capacity litres Internal H x W x D mm External H x W x D mm Temperature fluctuation C No. of shelves* Interval between shelves* mm Power rating W * With accessory shelf rack system fitted. Incubators, Stuart SI60 As described. Capacity 60 litres. Maximum temperature 60C. With hinged front and top panels, temperature control system with preset at 37C, safety temperature cut-out, air circulating fan and holes for gas or cable introduction. Supplied flat packed for assembly by the user. For 220-240V 50Hz single phase supplies. Without base plate or shelf rack system. IN800-10 SI60, 60 litres, dial control 0.00 ea XX IN800-20 SI60D, 60 litres, digital set and read control 0.00 ea XX Accessories IN802-08 Base plate IN802-13 Shelf rack system, plastic coated wire 76.50 ea 0.00 ea 60 380 x 450 x 380 390 x 600 x 390 0.1 at 37 3 90 250

N Temperature range ambient +5C to 60C N Choice of base unit movement: SI50: orbital shaker SI70: 3-dimensional shaker SI80: rocking shaker N Shaker mechanism isolated from the incubator circuit Model Temp range Temp accuracy Stirrer type Speed range Overall SI50 S170 S180 ambient +5C to +60C all models 0.5 all models Orbital Gyratory Rocking 20 to 250 10 to 70 10 to 70 450 436 500 28 450 436 606 28 450 436 606 28

C C rpm W mm D mm H mm kg

Weight

Incubator, Stuart SI50 A benchtop orbital shaker/incubator. Temperature range ambient +5C to +60C. Comprising orbital shaker with soft start, electronic feedback speed control, smoked acrylic side walls and top panel incorporating the temperature control unit and digital display, safety thermostat and forced air circulation. The shaker mechanism is isolated from the incubator. Fitted with safety door switch which halts the shaker when the door is opened. Circulator orbit 16mm. Four rubber covered securing bars adjust to hold most vessel sizes and shapes up to 290mm high. For 230V 50Hz single phase supplies, 350W. IN805-35 SI50, Orbital shaker incubator 0.00 ea XX Incubator, Stuart SI70 Generally as IN805-35 but with 3-dimensional, gyratory rocking base with throw adjustment 3 to 12, 335 x 335mm 2-tier platforms and non-slip mats. IN805-40 SI70, Gyratory shaker incubator 0.00 ea XX Incubator, Stuart SI80 Generally as IN805-35 but with 2-tier rocking platform base with non-slip mats on a central pivot, and throw adjustment from 1 to 7. Speed range 10 to 70rpm. Platform size 350 x 350mm. IN805-50 SI80, Rocking shaker incubator 0.00 ea XX Microplate incubators see Microtitration Section.

OS XX

IN800 in use with accessories

IN805-35 in use

IN805-40, IN805-50 is similar

323

J
JA300-20 JA300-23 JA300-40 JA300-43 JA300-50 JA300-56

jars, jugs
Jugs
Jars, Azlon, cylindrical Autoclavable polypropylene, Straight-sided wide neck jars with wadless screw cap. Supplied in packs as indicated. Ref. JWPJA322-25 JA322-32 JA322-42 JA322-49 JA322-54 JA322-56 JA322-59 0030P 0060P 0125P 0250P 0500P 0950P 1200P O.d. x ht. mm 43 x 43 53 x 47 70 x 60 89 x 66 89 x 97 120 x 100 120 x 132 Pack qty. 72 48 36 36 24 24 24 pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Specimen/Sample Jars
Jars, cylindrical, glass Without lid. Dimensions are diameter x height in mm. Dimensions, mm 100 x 100 100 x 150 150 x 150 150 x 200 200 x 200 200 x 300 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (10+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX

Jugs, Azlon Clear polypropylene. Tall form, beaker shape with handle. High clarity rigid polypropylene with choice of moulded or blue printed graduations, non-slide anti-suction bases and precision pouring spouts. Autoclavable to 121C. Supplied singly. Ref. Moulded Graduations MD749-08 JPM0050P MD749-10 JPM0100P MD749-15 JPM0250P MD749-20 JPM0500P MD749-25 MD749-30 MD749-40 MD749-45 JPM1000P JPM2000P JPM3000P JPM5000P Capacity ml 50 100 250 500 1000 2000 3000 5000 50 100 250 500 1000 2000 3000 5000 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Accessory Lids Loose outside fitting. For JA300 series. For jars dia. mm Glass JA304-20 JA304-40 100 150 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (10+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX

Jugs, Azlon High density polyethylene. Squat form. Graduated. MD770-35 JDG544 3 litre 0.00 ea XX MD770-45 JDG548 5 litre 0.00 ea XX Other Jugs: See Measures and Medical sections.
XX XX XX

Stainless steel JA306-20 100 JA306-40 150 JA306-50 200

Printed Graduations MD758-08 JBP0050P MD758-10 JBP0100P MD758-15 JBP0250P MD758-20 JBP0500P MD758-25 MD758-30 MD758-40 MD758-45 JBP1000P JBP2000P JBP3000P JBP5000P

XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Hydrometer Jars see Hydrometer section. Ointment Jars, Wide Mouth Jars, Specimen Jars see Bottles section. Specimen tubes see Tubes section.

JA300 with JA306

MD770

MD749

JA322

MD758

324

karl fischer
Karl Fischer Volumetric Titrator
For the rapid determination of moisture by the Karl Fischer method using a stream of dry nitrogen to stir the titration vessel. Karl Fischer Titrator, manual With 25ml burette, titration vessel with electrode, clip for reagent bottle and indicating meter. Mounted on white enamelled stand 310 x 250 x 950mm W x D x H. Battery operated. Requires but does not include reagents or a supply of dry nitrogen. KF100-10 Manual KF titrator 0.00 ea XX Dean and Stark apparatus for water determination see Quickfit section. Humidity meters see HY405/HY470.

Karl Fischer Coulometric Titrator, Cou-Lo Compact

Portable moisture titrator for the rapid and accurate determination of the low concentrations of water in a wide range of materials. Features include easy operation, ACE automatic error compensation, up to 10 user-programmable methods stored in the memory, built-in thermal printer and multi-lingual display/print out. Results are available in ppm, mg/kg, % and g water. Suitable for moisture analysis within standards ASTM D1533, D4928, D6304, IP386, APIMPMS chapter 10.9 and BS60814. Measuring ranges possible typical moisture Maximum sensitivity Sample analysis rate Maximum current Start or end delay Drift correction Precision 1g to 100mg water 1g to 10mg water 1ppm to 100% 0.1 g 2.0mg/minute 400mA 0 to 30 minutes (selectable) Automatic 3g (10 to 100g) 5g (100g to 1mg) 0.5% (>1mg) w/w, weight/dilution (all user-programmable) ratio, volume/density, v/v, with sample i.d. and time/date stamp Maximum, mean, minimum values 90 - 264V 47/63Hz a.c. 250 x 245 x 120mm 3kg Karl Fischer Coulometric Titrator, Cou-Lo Compact As described. Complete with titration vessel (single port), generator electrode with frit, detector electrode, drying tube, injection septa, 1ml syringe with needle and instructions. For 90-264V 47/63Hz a.c. single phase supplies. KF195-10 Cou-Lo Compact 0.00 ea XX Spares and accessories KF195-64 Generator electrode (with frit) KF195-65 Generator electrode (without frit) KF195-68 Detector electrode KF195-70 Titration vessel KF195-74 KF195-78 KF195-85 Reagents KF196-10 KF196-20 KF196-25 KF196-50 KF196-60 KF196-65 KF196-70 Teflon sleeves, pack 5 Injection septa, pack 10 Thermal printer paper, roll Coulomat A anolyte, pack of 500ml Coulomat C catholyte, pack of 25ml Water standard 1.00, pack of 40ml Coulomat AG anolyte, pack of 500ml Coulomat CG catholyte, pack of 25ml Water standard 0.10, pack of 40ml Water standard 10.0, pack of 80ml 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 pk 0.00 pk 0.00 ea
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

0.00 pk 0.00 pk 0.00 pk 0.00 pk 0.00 pk 0.00 pk 0.00 pk

XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Calculation modes

Statistics (up to 99 runs) Power supply Dimensions, H x W x D Weight

KF100-10

KF195-10 in use

325

kjeldahl
Kjeldahl Heater Units

Kjeldahl Assembly
For macro-scale nitrogen determinations using the Kjeldahl method. N Combined Kjeldahl digestion/distillation unit N 6-place, 500ml flask capacity N Supplied ready for self-assembly without extra tools N Self-standing frame Manual, combined digestion/distillation assembly comprising self-standing, open ended mounting frame with three mesh shelves, two 6-place heater banks for digestion and distillation respectively, 6-hole plastic vapour exhaust tube for removing digestion fumes with end caps (one with ferrule for connection to a water jet pump supplied) and glassware/connection set. Glassware/connection set Includes the following items. All glassware supplied is borosilicate. 12 x Kjeldahl flasks, 500ml 6 x Conical receiver flasks, 500ml 6 x Condensers 6 x Splash heads 6 x Drip tubes plus connecting tubing, stoppers, rods, bossheads and clamps necessary to provide a working system. Kjeldahl assembly As described. Overall assembled H x W x D 1560 x 1220 x 460mm. Weight 42kg. Each heater bank requires a 220-240V 50Hz single phase supply and is rated 3300W. Supplied without reagents. KJ120-15 Kjeldahl assembly 0.00 ea XX Kjeldahl flasks, Pyrex see Flask section. Fume hoods see Furniture section. Jointed Kjeldahl glassware see Quickfit section. Soxhlet extraction assemblies see Quickfit section.

With built-in energy regulator control for each recess. Micro Digestion Unit With 6-recesses at 72mm centres. For flasks 18 to 50ml capacity. Stainless steel case, 610mm wide x 203mm deep, fitted with adjustable clamps and fume tube supports and energy regulators. Maximum heater element temperature 550C. Total heater rating 600W. Without fume tube. For 220-240V a.c. single phase supplies. KJ250-15 Micro-digestion 0.00 ea XX KJ252-06 Fume tube, glass. With 6 holes and end tube for 0.00 ea XX connection to a water jet suction pump Water jet pumps see Pumps section. Macro Digestion/Distillation Units With choice of two or six recesses and flask capacities as table. Recesses are at 150mm centres. Aluminium case with energy regulators and brackets to accept 12.5mm diameter support rods or the flask rest supplied. The 6-recess models have also clamps at either end of the case to accept 15.8mm diameter support rods. Maximum heater element temperature 800C. For 220-240V a.c. single phase supplies. Recesses Flask capacity, ml KJ300-12 KJ300-16 KJ305-12 KJ305-16 2 2 6 6 100 to 300 500 to 800 100 to 300 500 to 800 Total rating, W 600 1100 1800 3300 Dimensions W x D, mm 305 x 203 305 x 203 914 x 203 914 x 203 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX

Spare heaters KJ307-09 For 2 place and 6-place mantles, 100 to 300ml, REMQ3822/66B/E KJ307-13 For 2 place and 6-place mantles, 500 to 800ml, REMQ3824/68B/E

0.00 ea 0.00 ea

XX XX

KJ250

KJ300

KJ120

KJ305

326

labelling
Blank labels
Blank Labels Self adhesive, white. Supplied in dispenser packs. All sizes and pack quantities are approximate. Label size, mm Rectangles LA200-10 LA200-15 LA200-20 LA200-25 LA200-30 LA200-34 LA200-40 LA200-45 LA200-50 LA200-55 LA200-60 Circles LA204-13 LA204-23 LA204-27 LA204-33 LA204-37 8 x 12 10 x 16 12 x 19 12 x 24 12 x 44 16 x 24 19 x 19 19 x 24 19 x 40 24 x 32 25 x 50 8 dia. 12 dia. 14 dia. 19 dia. 24 dia. Labels/ pack 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 645 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1750 900 1000 640 1000 pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Close-it
Control Seal Labels, Close-it, Brkle Quality control seal labels with aluminium backing allowing hermetic sealing of sacks pierced for sampling. Strong adhesive will adhere even to surfaces coated with powder (plaster, flour etc.). Supplied in colours, sizes and packs as indicated. Printed with ruled writing area for labelling by pen. Colour 95 x 95mm, roll of 500 LA290-04 Red LA290-08 Green LA290-12 Yellow LA290-16 Blue LA290-20 Black 150 x 150mm, roll of 250 LA290-50 Red LA290-54 Green LA290-58 Yellow LA290-62 Blue LA290-66 Black ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX

Identi-Tape
Elkay Identi-Tape Self adhesive. Colour coded labelling tape, width 19mm. Supplied in roll of 12 metres. All dimensions are approximate. LA302-10 Blue 0.00 ea XX LA302-15 Green 0.00 ea XX LA302-20 Orange 0.00 ea XX LA302-25 LA302-30 LA302-35 Red White Yellow 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea
XX XX XX

Labelling Systems
Labelmaker Produces embossed letters and numbers in white on self adhesive, 9mm wide coloured tape. With squeeze-handle grip and cut-off guillotine. Supplied with two rolls of 9mm wide tape, 2 metres long . LA450-17 Labelmaker 0.00 ea XX Tapes Self adhesive vinyl for use with labelmaker. Supplied in cassettes containing a reel of 2 metres in length. Colour as indicated. LA458-10 Black 0.00 ea XX LA458-15 Blue 0.00 ea XX LA458-35 Red 0.00 ea XX

XX XX XX XX XX

XX XX XX XX XX

Tubees Hi-Low Strips Self-adhesive, smear-resistant labels natural polypropylene products, microtubes and cryogenic tubes. temperatures from 85C to +100C. dispenser packs of 1000 labels. Label size, mm LA220-15 LA220-35 32.5 x 13 20 x 6 Colour Yellow Pink

for use on particularly Withstand Supplied in pk 0.00 0.00

XX XX

Safety Tapes Manufactured in hard wearing, self-adhesive vinyl. Most common titles are available, including OXIDISING AGENT, CORROSIVE, IRRITANT, TOXIC, HARMFUL, HIGHLY FLAMMABLE and POISON. Supplied in a continuous roll, 66 metres long. For full details see SC250 series in the Safety section.

Tubees Micryo Dots and Strips Self-adhesive, smear-resistant labels for use on natural polypropylene products, with a strong, permanent adhesive backing which enables use down to -196C, if applied at +5C or above. Supplied in dispenser packs as indicated, or in a pack of 20 x A4 sheets for use with thermal transfer or laser printers. White. Label size, mm LA225-10 LA225-20 LA225-30 LA225-40 33 x 13 20 x 6 9.5 dia. 9.5 dia. Labels/pack 1000 1000 1000 5000 pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

LA220

LA302

LA225-50 19 dia. 1000 0.00 LA225-60 19 dia. 5000 0.00 LA227-45 19 dia. 2160* 0.00 *20 x A4 sheets, each holding 108 labels.

LA225

LA450

LA200/LA204

LA290 in use

Safety tapes

327

labelling
Portable Label Printer, LabPal Hand-held, tape label printer specifically designed for use in the laboratory, but also ideal for field applications, providing clear identification. Printing facilities include, date/time stamp, serialisation with advanced (shift serialisation) mode, pre-programmed labelling sizes (0.6, 1.5 and 2ml vials, 23mm wide slides) and Greek symbol characters included. Battery operated (mains operation available using accessory a.c. adapter). Accessory labels are printed in a non-smear, non-fading ink which is chemical and solvent resistant and cover a variety of applications from 196C LN2 storage to autoclaving at 121C. An exposed tape backing edge ensures easy peeling when wearing gloves. Printing is available in 5 font sizes with multi-line and banner printing functions. A built-in tape cutter is also provided. Overall 229 x 115 x 64mm. Weight 550g. Supplied with one 9.6mm wide label tape cartridge and 6 x 1.5V AA batteries. LA475-30 LabPal 0.00 ea XX LA475-45 A.C. adapter for LA475-30 0.00 ea XX BL610-15 Spare battery, 1.5V (6 required) 0.00 ea XX Accessory tapes Supplied in drop-in cartridges containing a continuous 6.4metre length (except nylon cloth - 5.8 metres long), in widths as indicated. White gloss polyester Suitable for vial, microplate and general identification. For use in freezers (to 70C), liquid nitrogen (must be wrapped onto itself around vials), autoclavable (121C maximum) and can be used in water baths up to 100C. LA476-03 9.5mm wide 0.00 ea XX LA476-09 12.7mm wide 0.00 ea XX LA476-15 19.1mm wide 0.00 ea XX White matt polyester Suitable for microscope slides, microplate and general identification. Xylene resistant. For use in freezers (to 70C), and autoclavable (121C maximum). LA476-28 9.5mm wide 0.00 ea XX LA476-34 12.7mm wide 0.00 ea XX LA476-40 19.1mm wide 0.00 ea XX White nylon cloth Heavy duty material for vial, microplate and general identification within freezers (to 70C), liquid nitrogen and autoclavable (121C maximum). LA476-52 9.5mm wide 0.00 ea XX LA476-56 12.7mm wide 0.00 ea XX LA476-60 19.1mm wide 0.00 ea XX

Label Printers
Label Printer, TLS2200 Portable, single, thermal label printer ideal for labelling and recording samples in accordance with GLP (Good Laboratory Practice) protocols. Rapid thermal transfer technology and high quality accessory labels provide durability and excellent print quality in the harshest environments. Print facilities include text, bar coding, serialisation, banner printing and multiple material configurations, and frequently used label formats can be stored in the memory. Smart cell technology recognises the label loaded and adjusts the print scale accordingly and the patented back feed mechanism virtually eliminates waste. With 2-line LCD, 16 character display, alphanumeric keyboard, built-in rechargeable battery which allows over 500 labels to be printed between charges and a mains adapter requiring a 230V 50Hz single phase supply. Overall 305 x 95 x 114mm. Weight 1.3kg. Supplied with hard carrying case, manual and cleaning card. Requires, but is not supplied with, labels. LA470-50 Label Printer TLS2200 0.00 ea XX LA470-55 Spare ribbon cartridge, supplied singly 0.00 ea XX LA470-58 Soft carrying case for TLS2200 0.00 ea XX LA470-62 Spare cleaning cards, pack of 5 0.00 pk XX Accessory labels for LA470-50 White, self-adhesive polyester. Suitable for use in temperatures of 40C to +120C. Supplied in rolls as indicated. Format LA473-03 LA473-07 LA473-11 LA473-15 LA473-19 LA473-23 LA473-27 A B C C C C C Size, mm 25.4 x 9.53/9.53 9.53 diameter 22.86 x 22.86 38.1 x 19.05 25.4 x 112.7 38.1 x 31.8 48.26 x 25.4 For labelling 0.5 to 0.7ml vials, microtubes 0.5 to 1.5ml vials, microtubes microscope slides microplates 50ml conical flasks, petri dishes 50ml conical flasks, 15ml centrifuge tubes Flasks, bottles, beakers Labels per roll 500 500 250 100 250 500 500 roll 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Format codes: A: Rectangular/circular spot to side for top and side labelling B: Circular C: Rectangular

LA470-50

LA475-30

328

labelling
Tape Label Printers, Brother
Portable, thermal transfer tape label printers for simple, clear and efficient operation in marking, identification and inventory applications using accessory tape cartridges. Hand-held Tape Label Printer, PT220CC Lightweight, hand-held design, with 12-character x 2-line LCD, offset QWERTY keypad, 6 print sizes, 9 print styles, underlining, vertical printing, frame, 300 character memory and barcode printing to Code 39, 12/5, EAN8, EAN13, UPC-A or CODABAR standards. Print speed 10mm/second, and/or up to 4 lines printed (depending on tape width selected). Accommodates 6, 9, 12 or 18mm width tapes and incorporates a built-in manual tape cutter. Overall 109 x 190 x 68mm W x D x H. Weight 570g. Supplied in a rigid carrying case with one each 12mm black on white and 18mm black on yellow tapes, separating/smoothing tool, 6 x 1.5V AA batteries, operation manual and a.c. adapter requiring a 230V 50Hz single phase supply. LA484-10 PT220CC 0.00 ea XX BL610-15 AA battery, 1.5V (6 required) 0.00 ea XX Desktop Tape Label Printer PT1750 Budget-level labeller with 15-character x single line LCD, QWERTY keypad input, choice of 7 character sizes, 2 graphic functions, underline and box printing, Helsinki and Brussels fonts and prints up to 2 lines (depending on tape width selected). Accommodates 6, 9, 12 or 18mm width tapes and incorporates a built-in manual cutter. Overall 174 x 212 x 45mm W x D x H. Weight 450g. Supplied in a rigid carrying case with one each 12mm black on white and 18mm black on yellow tapes and 6 x 1.5V AA batteries. LA486-15 PT1750 0.00 ea XX BL610-15 AA battery, 1.5V (6 required) 0.00 ea XX LA486-40 A.C. adapter, 230V 50Hz 0.00 ea XX Desktop Tape Label Printer PT9600 Professional level labeller with easy-to-use functions and enhanced features. With backlit WYSIWYG display, 360dpi resolution, extended QWERTY keyboard, RS232 PC interface and software enabling custom graphic download, choice of 10 fonts up to 24mm high (depending on tape width selected), built-in symbols and graphics, 14 styles, vertical and mirror image printing, 11 barcode formats printing of up to 10 lines using tiling facility extending label width up to 107mm, automatic sequential numbering function, 20mm/second print speed and tape end sensor. Accommodates 6, 9, 12, 24 or 36mm width tapes and incorporates an automatic cutter. Overall 237 x 302 x 104mm W x D x H. Weight 2000g. Supplied in a rigid carrying case with one each 12mm black on white and 18mm black on yellow tapes, built-in a.c. adapter for 230V 50Hz single phase supplies and 6 x 1.5V AA batteries. LA488-20 PT9600 0.00 ea XX BL610-15 AA battery, 1.5V (6 required) 0.00 ea XX

L
ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX

Accessory tapes for LA484-10, LA486-15 and LA488-20 Gloss-laminated tape with self-adhesive backing. Withstand scratching, sunlight, moisture, oil and weathering. Colour and widths as indicated. Supplied in a cassette containing an 8 metre length. All tapes print text in black. Tape width mm 6 9 12 18 24* 36* Tape colour White LA495-02 LA495-04 LA495-06 LA495-08 LA495-10 LA495-12 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Tape colour Clear LA495-14 LA495-16 LA495-18 LA495-20 LA495-22 LA495-24

Tape width mm 6 9 12 18 24* 36*

Tape colour Red LA495-25 LA495-30 LA495-32 LA495-34 LA495-36

ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

Tape colour Yellow LA495-38 LA495-40 LA495-42 LA495-44 LA495-46 LA495-48

ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

XX XX XX XX XX XX

*24mm and 36mm tapes can only be used in the LA488-20.

LA484-10

LA486-15

LA488-20

329

L
LA520-30 LA520-35 LA520-40

labelling
Whiteboard Marker Pens For use on dry wipe white boards only. Supplied in pack of 4 containing one each black, red, blue and green pens. LA560-15 Whiteboard pens 0.00 pk XX Chalkboard Marker Pens For use on black or white chalkboards. Marking is removable using a damp cloth. Choice of nib width and colours as indicated. Supplied singly. Colour 6mm nib LA565-06 LA565-08 LA565-10 LA565-12 15mm nib LA565-26 LA565-28 Blue Green Yellow Orange Blue Green ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX

Pencils/Markers
Chinagraph Pencils For writing on polished surfaces including glass. Supplied in packs of 12. LA520-10 Black 0.00 pk XX LA520-15 Blue 0.00 pk XX Red White Yellow 0.00 pk 0.00 pk 0.00 pk 0.00 ea 0.00 ea
XX XX XX

Ink Markers 33-Series Fibre tip markers. Supplied in packs of 12. Types 33 RA for marking glass, metals and ceramics. 33 AUTO-C autoclavable ink. 33 PC designed for drafting prototype printed circuit boards directly on to copper-clad laminate. Type LA604-10 LA608-10 LA608-30 LA610-15 LA610-30 RA Auto-C Auto-C PC PC Colour Black Black Red Blue Red pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX

Glass Writing Diamonds LA530-10 Retractable point and pocket clip LA534-10 With protective cap

XX XX

Ink Markers, Pentel Fine point fibre tip. Waterproof ink for permanent marking on most surfaces. Supplied in pack of 12. LA542-10 Black 0.00 pk XX Ink Markers, Pentel With tough bullet tip. Waterproof ink for permanent marking on most surfaces. Supplied in packs of 12. LA545-10 Black 0.00 pk XX LA545-13 Blue 0.00 pk XX LA545-16 Green 0.00 pk XX LA545-19 Red 0.00 pk XX Ink Markers, Berol With hard wearing felt tip approximately 4mm square section. Waterproof ink for permanent writing on most surfaces. Supplied in packs of 12. The assorted pack contains six black and two of each blue, green and red. LA550-10 Black 0.00 pk XX LA550-15 Blue 0.00 pk XX LA550-30 Red 0.00 pk XX LA550-50 Assorted 0.00 pk XX

XX XX

Ink Markers, H-Series Ball-tip markers for glass, metals, ceramics, etc. Resistant and colour fast up to 1000C under ideal conditions. Supplied in packs of 6. LA600-10 Black 0.00 pk XX LA600-30 Red 0.00 pk XX LA600-40 Yellow 0.00 pk XX

LA560, LA565 are similar

LA520

LA542 top

LA545 bottom

LA600

LA534 top

LA530 bottom

LA550

LA604 to LA610

330

lamps, lighting
Desk Lamps
Desk Lamps, filament bulb-type With adjustable, spring balanced arm, table clamp base and shade. Maximum reach of arm 850mm. Accepts up to a 60W ES bulb, not supplied. Available in white or black, and accessory table bases are also offered. For 220-240V 50Hz single phase supplies. LM110-25 Desk lamp, white 0.00 ea XX LM110-30 Desk lamp, black 0.00 ea XX Accessory table bases Heavy (6kg) stable bases in white or black. Interchangeable with table clamp base normally supplied. LM110-34 Table base, white 0.00 ea XX LM110-37 Table base, black 0.00 ea XX Desk Lamp, high power, filament bulb-type With adjustable, spring balanced arm, louvre, table clamp base and shade fitted with 100W daylight wavelength bulb. Maximum reach of arm 1000mm. White. For 220-240V 50Hz single phase supplies. LM112-10 High power lamp 0.00 ea XX MB237-04 Table base 10kg, for LM112-10 0.00 ea XX Desk Lamps, fluorescent bulb-type With adjustable, spring balanced arm, clamp for horizontal surfaces up to 55mm thick, alternative heavy table base and shade that can be moved in three planes to provide height, swivel and tilt adjustment. Maximum reach of arm 850mm. Supplied with 11W daylight fluorescent tube with a shade length of 300mm. Available in white or black. For 220-240V 50Hz single phase supplies. LM115-60 Fluorescent lamp, white 0.00 ea XX LM115-65 Fluorescent lamp, black 0.00 ea XX Desk Lamp, twin fluorescent bulb-type With adjustable, spring balanced arm, clamp for horizontal surfaces up to 55mm thick and shade fitted with 2 x 15W daylight wavelength tubes that spread even light over a wide area. White. For 220-240V 50Hz single phase supplies. LM117-15 Twin fluorescent lamp 0.00 ea XX MB237-04 Table base 10kg, for LM117-15 0.00 ea XX

Digital Luxmeter 545

N Portable N Two resolution levels N Accuracy to DIN5032 part 6 N Infra-red print communication for use with accessory printer Catalogue No. Model Range Resolution range 0 to 32000 range 0 to 100000 Datalogging Display Overall Power LM170-50 545 0 to 100000 1 10 3000 measurements 4-line LCD 220 x 68 x 50 (meter) 9V battery MN1604 or equivalent

lux lux lux

mm

Digital Luxmeter, Testo 545 As described. Supplied with probe, operation and calibration manuals, and 9V battery. LM170-50 Testo 545 Luxmeter 0.00 ea XX LM170-57 Soft carrying case for LM170-50 0.00 ea XX BL610-25 Spare 9V battery 0.00 ea XX Thermal paper printer with infra-red cordless data communication. Supplied with 4 x AA batteries and paper roll. AN465-75 Thermal paper printer 0.00 ea XX AN465-79 Spare thermal paper for AN465-75 0.00 ea XX BL610-15 Spare 1.5V battery for AN465-75 (4 required) 0.00 ea XX

LM110-25, LM110-30 is similar

LM115-60, LM115-65 is similar

LM112

LM117

LM170 in use

331

lamps, lighting
Ultraviolet Eye Protection
Eye Protection Essential for anyone working with shortwave radiation which can cause a delayed reaction of sunburn to unprotected eyes and skin. Also eliminates the blue haze associated with long wave radiation. Spectacles UV Lightweight impact resistant clear polycarbonate, for occasional use. With side panels protecting against peripheral exposure. LM370-15 UV spectacles 0.00 ea XX Spectacles UV, lightweight Nylon frame with carbo-glass coated, orange tinted, polycarbonate lenses to BS-EN166-1F, and close-fitting, clear side shields. LM370-20 UV spectacles 0.00 ea XX Goggles UV Specially formulated, lightweight plastic construction gives optimum viewing contrast and reduced eye fatigue. Flexible rubber frame with air vents enable comfortable use over long periods, even over prescription spectacles. Provide full periphery protection. LM370-25 UV goggles 0.00 ea XX Faceshield UV Provides full protection over the face and neck area. With adjustable headbands. LM370-30 UV faceshield 0.00 ea XX

Ultraviolet Lamps
Ultraviolet Lamps Wavelength figures given are for approximate peak output. Hand held except LM232-14 which can also be benchstanding. For 220-240V 50Hz single phase supplies except LM197-10, LM198-13 and LM199-16 which require 4 x AA batteries not supplied and LM232-14 which requires 2 x PJ996 type batteries not supplied. Model Wavelength nm 254 365 254/365 365 254 254/365 365 254 254/365 254/365 Relative Intensity W/cm2 at 75mm 170 Battery operated 230 Battery operated 113/68 Battery operated 1000 1120 760/720 1350 2250 1350/1200 90/710 Battery operated Dimensions LxWxH mm 165 x 35 x 41 165 x 35 x 41 165 x 35 x 41 198 x 71 x 53 198 x 71 x 53 198 x 71 x 53 378 x 81 x 164 378 x 81 x 164 378 x 81 x 164 241 x 71 x 238 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

LM197-10 LM198-13 LM199-16 LM200-10 LM202-12 LM204-14 LM215-10 LM217-12 LM219-14 LM232-14

UVG4 UVL4 UVSL-14P UVL21 UVG11 UVGL25 UVL56 UVG54 UVGL58 UVGL48

Ultraviolet Protection Suitable eye protection must be worn when using shortwave emitting lamps. Shortwave can produce skin burns. Protective clothing or barrier creams should be worn on exposed skin areas. Avoid shining UV light on reflective surfaces. Longwave ultra-violet is considered generally harmless. However some people may be particularly sensitive and care must be exercised whenever UV light is used. Accessory batteries For LM197-10, LM198-13 and LM199-16 BL610-15 AA type battery (4 required for each lamp) For LM232-14 LM232-20 PJ996 (2 required)

0.00 ea 0.00 ea

XX

XX

LM370-20

LM197

LM198

LM199

Front: LM200/202/204 LM215/217/219 Rear: LM232-14

LM370-15, -25, -30 series

332

lamps, lighting
Ultraviolet Viewing Cabinets
Viewing Cabinet, UVP C-10 For examining samples under UV light. The viewing port incorporates a filter which eliminates blue haze. A recessed opening in the top accepts any one of the UV lamps detailed below. Large samples such as TLC plates can be accommodated by removing the base panel. Overall dimensions 229 x 267 x 305mm. Weight 1.6kg. Without UV lamp. LM400-10 C-10 0.00 ea XX Suitable lamps for use with above are:Longwave LM200-10 UVL21 LM215-10 UVL56 Shortwave LM202-12 UVG11 LM217-12 UVG54 Multiband LM204-14 UVGL25 LM219-14 UVGL58 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea
XX XX

Transilluminators
Transilluminators, UVP TFM High performance, mid-range (302nm) transilluminators for viewing fluorescent materials or fluorescent-dyed samples within electrophoresis gels. With 25W tubes for high intensity performance and uniform background UV illumination. Switchable High or Low intensity output allows either analytical documentation work or reduced photonicking or bleaching of gel samples during prep work, respectively. Robust sturdy construction with adjustable angle UV blocking cover to shield the operator from harmful UV radiation. Overall 486 x 337 x 143mm W x D x H. Weight 10kg. For 230V 50Hz a.c. single phase supplies. Model LM420-20 LM420-26 LM420-30 LM420-40 TFM-20 TFM-26 TFM-30 TFM-40 Filter size, cm 20 x 20 21 x 26 25 x 30 24 x 40 Tubes, W 25 25 25 25 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX

XX XX

XX XX

Note: Suitable eyewear must be worn when using these transilluminators see LM370. Electrophoresis tanks and equipment see EL230/EL340.

Viewing Cabinets, UVP, Large Format Model C-70G has two each 15W shortwave and longwave UV tubes mounted on one side of the cabinet. Control switches allow convenient selection of short or long wavelengths or an interior white light. Model C-71 has four 15W longwave UV tubes providing brilliant fluorescence for applications such as non-destructive testing. Model C-75 offers high intensity 15W shortwave and longwave tubes on two sides of the cabinet providing uniform illumination for fluorescence studies. With removable base panel so that the cabinet can be placed over large samples or a transilluminator. Each model includes built-in UV tubes as indicated, on/off and control switches and interior white light. for 230V 50Hz a.c. single phase supplies. Model LM410-15 LM410-25 LM410-35 C-70G C-71 C-75 Wavelength, nm 254/365 365 254/365 Tubes, W 15 15 15 Interior L x W x H, mm 432 x 356 x 127 432 x 356 x 127 533 x 330 x 400 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX

LM410-35

LM400 with lamp

LM410-15

LM420

333

lamps, lighting
Portable Lightboxes
N Colour corrected to 5000K (BS950 part 2) N Low profile, modern design N Lightweight aluminium frame with flush fitting screen N Consistent, reproducible illumination level across the whole screen N Opal acrylic screen diffuser with glass working surface ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Hollow Cathode Lamps

For use with atomic absorption spectrophotometers. N Sharp, narrow band width spectral lines N Quartz or Pyrex window depending on wavelength N Filled with neon General purpose lamps Element LM600-10 LM600-12 LM600-15 LM600-20 LM600-22 LM600-24 LM600-25 LM600-30 LM600-35 LM600-40 LM600-45 LM602-08 LM602-12 LM602-17 LM602-19 LM602-22 Aluminium Antimony Arsenic Barium Beryllium Bismuth Cadmium Calcium Chromium Cobalt Copper Gold Iron Lead Lithium Magnesium Element LM602-27 Manganese LM602-32 Mercury LM602-34 Molybdenum LM602-37 LM602-39 LM602-40 LM602-42 LM604-14 LM604-17 LM604-19 LM604-24 LM604-29 LM604-32 LM604-33 LM604-34 Nickel Phosphorus Platinum Potassium Selenium Silicon Silver Sodium Tin Titanium Tungsten Zinc ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX

N Available in A4, A3 and A2 screen sizes Catalogue No. Screen size Viewing area Fluorescent tubes Overall W x D x H Weight LM630-20 A4 209 x 305 1 x 8W 346 x 250 x 90 2 LM630-30 A3 254 x 459 1 x 15W 500 x 295 x 90 3.4 LM630-40 A2 439 x 605 2 x 18W 646 x 480 x 90 5.8

mm mm kg

XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Portable lightboxes As described. For 240V 50Hz single phase supplies. LM630-20 Light box, A4 LM630-30 Light box, A3 LM630-40 Light box, A2 Accessories and Spares LM632-17 Film clip, pressure type, for LM630-20 LM632-27 Film clip, pressure type, for LM630-30 LM632-37 Film clip, pressure type, for LM630-40 LM634-15 Spare tube, 8W for LM630-20 LM634-25 Spare tube, 15W for LM630-30 LM634-35 Spare tube, 18W for LM630-40

0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

XX XX XX

XX XX XX XX XX XX

With this range accessory connecting leads and adapters are required for use with Perkin-Elmer Spectrophotometers. Adapter for Perkin Elmer models LM615-12 0.00 ea XX Lead for Perkin Elmer models LM615-14 0.00 ea
XX

LM630

LM600 to LM6404

334

lubricants
Greases/Waxes/Oil
Silicone Grease Resistant to a wide range of chemicals and stable from approximately 40 to +200C. Normal for general lubricating of stopcocks. Should not be used with volumetric glassware. High vacuum for use at system pressures better than 106 mbar LT150-10 Normal/stopcock, 50g tube 0.00 ea XX LT150-15 High vacuum, 50g tube 0.00 ea XX Glisseal Greases Silicone-free for lubricating ground glass joints, stopcocks etc.

L
ea (qty+)

Apiezon Greases A wide range of silicone-free, organic based non-toxic materials widely used for sealing and lubricating moving parts in vacuum systems but suitable also for general lubricating applications. Grade Vapour Pressure at 20C <1010 mbar <108 mbar <109 mbar <108 mbar <1010 mbar <105 mbar Melt. point 47C 44C 43C 125C 47C * Tube qty. 50g 100g 25g 25g 50g 50g ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

LT200-15 LT200-20 LT200-25 LT200-30 LT200-40 LT200-50

L M N T AP100 AP101

0.00 (6+) 0.00 (6+) 0.00 (6+) 0.00 (10+)

XX XX XX XX XX XX

N Excellent thermal stability N No dripping point N Chemically stable against most acids, alkalis and gases N Insoluble in water and low molecular mono- and polyhydric alcohols such as ethanol, ethylene glycol, glycerine, etc. N Can be dispersed in low molecular ketones, esters, amines, hydrocarbons, benzene derivatives, higher fatty acids, fatty acid esters and ethers N Can be removed with laboratory detergent N Only a very thin layer of Glisseal is required for excellent lubrication Catalogue No Grade Working temperature range Dripping point Vapour pressure LT160-12 Normal 40 to 200 40 to 300 350 none 2 x 105 LT160-17 High vacuum 40 to 220 40 to 320 400 none 2 x 106

*AP101 has a softening point of 180C and is widely used as a general purpose stopcock lubricant. Apiezon Wax Mineral based. For sealing joints in high vacuum systems. Grade LT205-12 W Vapour Pressure at 20C <106 mbar Soft Point 80C Pack qty. 500g pk 0.00
XX

normal C air excluded C short term C C at 21C Torr

Machine Oil A light grade mineral oil containing a corrosion inhibitor. Useful for general lubricating and in helping free seized parts. In spouted can containing approximately 100ml. LT240-10 Machine oil 0.00 ea XX Aerosol Spray Silicone Oil A high quality silicone fluid releasing and lubricating agent. Will help overcome most of the troublesome sticking problems encountered in industry. Is chemically inert for most applications, colourless and non-toxic but must be used in a well ventilated area. Contains a flammable hydrocarbon propellent. In 400ml can. LT300-10 Aerosol Spray Silicone Oil 0.00 ea 0.00 ea (10+) XX Note: This item can be exported only as sea freight - deck cargo. Vacuum Pump Oils see Pumps section. PTFE Sleeves and rings for fitting over ground glass cones to provide greaseless lubrication see QZZ20/QZ227 series in the Quickfit section.

Glisseal Grease N, normal. As specified. For general purpose and low vacuum applications. In 60g tube. LT160-12 Normal grade 0.00 ea XX Glisseal Grease HV, high vacuum. As specified. For high vacuum applications. In 60g tube. LT160-17 High vacuum grade 0.00 ea XX Important Note Glisseal MUST NOT be used to lubricate oxygen cylinder valves.

LT160-12 and LT160-17

LT150, LT200/205 series

LT240-10

LT300-10

335

M magnets, magnifiers
Magnets
All dimensions are nominal. Bar Magnets, rectangular Aluminium/nickel base. Painted red/silver. Supplied in pairs with keeper. All 6mm thick. MA208-12 50 x 12mm 0.00 pr XX MA208-17 75 x 12mm 0.00 pr XX MA208-22 100 x 12mm 0.00 pr XX Horseshoe Magnets 6% Chrome steel, with keeper. Finished red/silver. Dimension stated is overall length. Supplied singly. MA220-20 75mm 0.00 ea XX MA220-25 100mm 0.00 ea XX Plotting Compasses In plastic case. 16mm size has one glass face. 19mm size has two glass faces. Supplied singly. MA250-15 16mm diameter 0.00 ea XX MA250-20 19mm diameter 0.00 ea XX

Magnifiers, Watchmakers, Folding and Reading

Watchmakers Eyeglasses Single bi-convex lens, diameter 20mm, in plastic mount. Magnification varies between approximately x2 for the 4in. model to x6 for the 112in. model. Dimension given is the focal length. Size MB100-15 4in. (100mm) MB100-19 3in. (76mm) MB100-25 112 in. (38mm) ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (10+) 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX

Folding Magnifiers Bench mounting. Bi-convex glass lens in folding plastic frame. MB135 series are Linen Testers. With aperture scales Linen tester, x8. Lens diameter 8.5mm. Dimension given is the scale length per square side. MB135-10 12in. 0.00 ea 0.00 ea (12+) XX MB135-12 10mm 0.00 ea 0.00 ea (12+) XX Reading Magnifiers Magnification approximately x2. Dimension given is lens diameter. Acrylic lens. Acrylic frame and handle. MB150-10 40mm 0.00 ea 0.00 ea (10+) MB150-15 80mm 0.00 ea 0.00 ea (10+) Glass lens. Metal mount, plastic handle. MB155-10 50mm 0.00 ea MB155-12 63mm 0.00 ea MB155-15 75mm 0.00 ea MB155-20 100mm 0.00 ea

Folding Magnifiers Hand held. Doublet plano-convex lens, diameter 17mm in plastic body. Magnification as indicated. MB115-16 x8 0.00 ea 0.00 ea (12+) XX MB115-20 x10 0.00 ea 0.00 ea (12+) XX Folding Magnifier Hand held. With two independent convex glass lenses, diameter 17mm, in plastic body. Magnifications x4 and x5 giving a combined magnification of x9. MB120-18 Double 0.00 ea 0.00 ea (12+) XX lens Watchmakers Forceps see Dissecting section. Watchmakers Screwdrivers see Tools section. Magnification Unless otherwise stated all magnifications quoted are linear and may be approximately converted to area by squaring, i.e. x2 linear equates approximately to x4 area taken at the point where optimum definition is obtained.

XX XX

XX XX XX XX

Hand Magnifier For general examination work. Acrylic lens, frame and handle. Magnification approximately x3.4. Dimension given is lens diameter. MB160-20 48mm 0.00 ea XX

MA250-15

MA250-20

MB100

MB115

MB150

MB155

MA220

MA208 MB120 MB135 MB160-20

336

magnifiers
Examination
Nature Viewer (Bug Jar) Ideal for examination of specimens in the field or classroom. Comprises clear acrylic sample pot 41mm diameter x 60mm high with push-in lid containing x4.8 magnification clear acrylic lens. MB164-10 Viewer 0.00 ea XX Stand Magnifier Designed for comfortable, hands-free, benchtop viewing particularly in close-work applications or for colony counting/examination. Rectangular acrylic 140 x 100mm lens, x1.7 magnification, with angle adjustment, mounted on coated metal wire stand. Overall 170 x 110 x 130mm W x D x H. MB165-30 Stand magnifier 0.00 ea XX Flexible Stand Magnifier Rectangular acrylic 140 x 100mm lens, x1.7 magnification, mounted on 250mm long flexible arm, and heavy base. MB165-60 Flexible magnifier 0.00 ea XX

Illuminated
Pocket Illuminated Magnifiers Compact lightweight magnifiers which can be comfortably carried in a pocket or briefcase. With low-distortion, 48mm diameter bi-aspheric lenses in acrylic with abrasion-resistant coating, and pre-focussed tungsten bulb providing an even pool of light. Powered by 2 x 1.5V AA batteries. Overall 130 x 55 x 30mm L x W x D. Magnifications as indicated. Supplied without batteries. MB210-08 x5 Magnification, 16.0 Dioptres 0.00 ea XX MB210-12 x7 Magnification, 24.0 Dioptres 0.00 ea XX MB210-16 x9 Magnification, 32.0 Dioptres 0.00 ea XX BL610-15 1.5V AA battery (2 required) 0.00 ea
XX

Hand-held Illuminated Magnifiers Professional level, hand-held illuminated magnifiers with low-distortion aspheric lenses in abrasion-resistant coated acrylic, and pre-focussed, tungstenhalogen bulb. Power by 2 x 1.5V C batteries. Overall 200 x 75 x 45mm L x W x D. Supplied without batteries. MB215-10 x8 Magnification, 31.0 Dioptres 0.00 ea XX MB215-20 x10.1 Magnification, 36.4 Dioptres 0.00 ea XX MB215-30 x12 Magnification, 44.0 Dioptres 0.00 ea XX MB215-40 x14.7 Magnification, 54.9 Dioptres 0.00 ea XX BL610-20 1.5V C battery (2 required) 0.00 ea
XX

Illuminated Magnifier Bench mounting. With large 127mm diameter lens surrounded by a 22W fluorescent lamp housed in opal translucent cover. The lamp and lens housing is held in a spring balanced mounting on a free standing heavy base. The lens provides x2 magnification. Binocular vision. Maximum reach 430mm. For 220-240V 50Hz single phase supplies. MB230-10 x2 illuminated 0.00 ea XX

continued on next page

MB164-10

MB165-30

MB210

MB215

MB165-60

MB230-10

337

M magnifiers, mats
Illuminated Magnifiers continued
Illuminated Magnifier, Ultra Slim With 175mm diameter 1.75X lens set in a slimline shade frame housing a circular, high output 28W daylight fluorescent tube and diffuser mounted on a concealed spring-balanced arm with maximum reach 1150mm. Supplied with table clamp bracket for fixing to horizontal surfaces up to 55mm thick. For 220-240V 50Hz single phase supplies. MB235-10 Magnifier, ultra slim 0.00 ea XX MB237-04 Table base for 0.00 ea XX MB235-10, 10kg MB237-08 Swing-arm lens, 4X, 0.00 ea XX fits above standard lens for close work magnification Illuminated Magnifier, Routine Ideal for a wide range of inspection and assembly applications which require high quality illumination with magnification. With 130mm diameter, 1.75X high powered lens, circular 22W daylight fluorescent tube housed in a lightweight ABS polymer head with diffuser and mounted on a concealed spring-balanced arm with maximum reach 1150mm. A separate 2.25X lens is also supplied for interchanging with the fitted lens for close work. Supplied with table clamp bracket for fixing to horizontal surfaces up to 55mm thick. For 220-240V 50Hz single phase supplies. MB242-60 Magnifier 0.00 ea XX Accessory bases and brackets for MB242-60 MB244-06 Table base, 7kg 0.00 ea XX MB244-09 Wall bracket 0.00 ea XX MB244-12 Bench bracket 0.00 ea XX Illuminated Magnifier, Professional N Professional level, low heat, wide field illuminated magnifier N Powerful 1.75X lens, 190 x 160mm L x W, focal length 730mm N Highly manoeuvrable and adjustable arm with concealed springs N Fluorescent daylight tubes, one either side of the lens With 190 x 160mm, 1.75X lens, twin 9W daylight fluorescent tubes, all housed in a lightweight ABS polymer head with diffuser and mounted on a concealed spring-balanced arm with maximum reach 1150mm. Supplied with table clamp bracket for fixing to horizontal surfaces up to 55mm thick. For 220-240V 50Hz single phase supplies. MB245-10 Professional magnifier 0.00 ea XX MB800-15 MB800-22 MB800-30

Mats
Mats, ceramic fibre Provide heat protection to benches. An alternative to asbestos bench mats. Approximately 5mm thick. Supplied singly. Size, mm 150 x 150 225 x 225 300 x 300 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (10+) 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX

Mat, PTFE 5mm thick, white PTFE. Operating temperature range -200 to +250C. Note: DO NOT EXPOSE TO DIRECT HEAT. Supplied singly. Size, mm MB810-25 300 x 300 pk 0.00
XX

Magnification Unless otherwise stated all magnifications quoted are linear and may be approximately converted to area by squaring, i.e. x2 linear equates approximately to x4 area taken at the point where optimum definition is obtained.

Mats, Ceran Ceran is a highly resistant glass ceramic material with a smooth, pore-free surface making it ideal for bench protection purposes where chemically aggressive materials may be spilled or hot vessels may be placed. Operating temperature range -200 to +700C allows the mat to be used as a heating surface in place of a wire gauze or fireclay triangle. Care should be taken to ensure that the maximum operating temperature is not exceeded when using with a Bunsen burner. Supplied in packs of 10. Size, mm MB820-10 MB820-20 MB820-30 135 x 135 155 x 155 175 x 175 pk 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX

Ceran is a registered trade mark of Schott Glaswerk. Bench Protection Sheets see Safety section.

MB800

MB235-10

MB245-10

MB810

MB242-60

MB820 in use

338

measures
Dispensing Measures, Graduated, Glass
N Government Stamped to BS1922 N Permanent markings and graduations N Conical and Cup Shapes N Metric and Imperial graduations N Special graduations available BS1922 Government Stamped Cap. ml Conical Shape MD100-10 5 MD100-15 10 MD100-17 10 MD100-25 25 MD100-27 25 MD100-32 MD100-34 MD100-36 MD100-42 MD100-44 MD100-55 MD100-57 MD100-62 MD100-66 Cup Shape MD300-62 MD300-67 MD300-75 50 50 50 100 100 250 250 500 500 500 500 1000 No. of grads. 5 6 10 5 9 6 10 18 6 10 6 10 6 10 6 10 10 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (10+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Unstamped Cap. ml Conical Shape MD140-10 5 MD140-15 10 MD140-22 20 MD140-25 25 MD140-27 MD140-32 MD140-34 MD140-42 MD140-50 MD140-55 MD140-62 Cup Shape MD340-62 MD340-75 MD340-80 25 50 50 100 200 250 500 500 1000 2000 No. of grads. 5 10 8 5 9 10 18 10 10 10 10 10 10 8 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (10+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Double Scale, Imperial/Metric Unstamped Capacity Conical Shape MD160-25 1oz/25ml MD160-32 2oz/50ml MD160-42 4oz/100ml MD160-55 10oz/250ml MD160-62 20oz/500ml Cup Shape MD360-67 40oz/1000ml ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (10+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX

XX

XX XX XX

Specials Measures with capacities and graduations other than those above, including Unstamped Imperial Measures are available to order. Please request a quotation giving full details of your requirements including the quantity.

XX XX XX

Supplementary to BS1922 Government Stamped. Cap. ml Conical Shape MD100-22 20 MD100-50 200 Cup Shape MD300-80 2000 No. of grads. 8 10 8 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (10+) 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX

XX

MD100/140

MD300/340

339

M measures/jugs
Measures
Conical Measures Polypropylene. Graduated. Capacity x grads ml MD700-10 MD700-15 MD700-20 MD700-25 100 x 2 250 x 2 500 x 10 1000 x 20 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX

Jugs
Jugs, Azlon Clear polypropylene. Tall form, beaker shape with handle. High clarity rigid polypropylene with choice of moulded or blue printed graduations, non-slide anti-suction bases and precision pouring spouts. Autoclavable to 121C. Ref. Moulded graduations MD749-08 JPM0050P MD749-10 JPM0100P MD749-15 JPM0250P MD749-20 JPM0500P MD749-25 MD749-30 MD749-40 MD749-45 JPM1000P JPM2000P JPM3000P JPM5000P Capacity ml 50 100 250 500 1000 2000 3000 5000 50 100 250 500 1000 2000 3000 5000 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Jugs, Azlon Heavy duty, high density polyethylene. Fast pouring action without surge. Graduated. Ref. MD790-20 MD790-25 MD790-45 JGJ636 JGJ641 JGJ648 Capacity ml 500 1500 5000 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX

Medicine Measures see ME810. Rain Measures For 5 inch funnels. Glass with flat base. Graduated directly in inches or millimetres of rainfall as specified. Subdivisions are 0.01 inches for inch sizes and 0.2mm for millimetre sizes. Reading scale ea ea (100+) 0.00 0.00
XX XX

Jugs, stainless steel Graduated. Capacity litres Tapered shape MD900-20 MD900-25 MD900-30 Straight sided MD902-18 MD902-23 MD902-32 0.5 1 2 0.5 1 2 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX

MD730-20 0.5 inch/12mm dual 0.00 MD730-30 10mm 0.00

Printed graduations MD758-08 JPB0050P MD758-10 JPB0100P MD758-15 JPB0250P MD758-20 JPB0500P MD758-25 MD758-30 MD758-40 MD758-45 JPB1000P JPB2000P JPB3000P JPB5000P

XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

XX XX XX

Jugs, Azlon Squat form. Graduated. Ref. Capacity litres ea 0.00 0.00
XX XX

Polyethylene, high density MD770-35 JDG544 3 MD770-45 JDG548 5

MD700

MD749

MD758

MD790

MD730-30

MD770

MD900

MD902

340

medical sundries
Ampoule Breakers to Vaginal Dilators
Ampoule Breakers, Azlon Disposable polyethylene. Supplied in pack of 1000. For ampoules, ml pk ME300-10 ME300-15 1 to 4 5 to 10 0.00 0.00 pk (qty+) 0.00 (20+) 0.00 (15+)
XX XX

Medicine Droppers Glass with teat. Straight Individually cartoned. Supplied in outer pack of 100. ME770-20 Droppers, straight 0.00 pk 0.00 pk (10+) XX Bent, ball ended Graduated 1ml x 0.2ml. Supplied in pack of 10. ME770-40 Droppers, bent 0.00 pk 0.00 pk(10+) Medicine Measures, Polypropylene Graduated. Supplied in packs of 1000. Cap. x grads. ml ME810-30 ME810-40 30 x 1 50 x 5 pk 0.00 0.00 pk (3+) 0.00
XX XX

Resusciade, Portex A portable mouth-to-mouth resuscitation device consisting of a nylon mouthpiece, incorporating a one-way valve, surrounded by a soft PVC sheet. Unfolded size 200 x 200mm. In pouch with instructions. ME884-10 Resusciade 0.00 ea XX Vaginal Dilators Soda-lime glass. Dimension given is o.d. of widest end. ME955-15 No.1 23/24mm 0.00 ea XX ME955-20 No.2 25/26mm 0.00 ea XX ME955-25 No.3 27/29mm 0.00 ea XX ME955-30 ME955-35 ME955-40 ME955-45 No.4 No.5 No.6 No.7 31/32mm 33/35mm 37/39mm 40/42mm 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea
XX XX XX XX

Eye Douches Undine type. Glass. Supplied singly. Size ME500-15 ME500-30 60ml (2oz) 120ml (4oz) ea 0.00 0.00 ea (100+) 0.00 0.00
XX XX

XX

Eye Droppers, glass With bent end and fitted teat. Individually cartoned (NHS specified). Supplied in outer pack of 100. Description ME520-20 Eye droppers pk 0.00 pk (100+) 0.00
XX

Eye Ointment Rod, glass Single ball end. Length 80mm. Supplied singly. ME530-10 Eye rod 0.00 ea 0.00 ea (1000+)

Nelson Inhalers Earthenware with glass mouthpiece and fitted cork. The 500ml capacity is the NHS pattern. 0.00 ea XX ME860-10 250ml (1/2 pint) ME860-13 500ml (1 pint) 0.00 ea XX Description Pack of 10 ME862-06 ME862-12 ME862-18 Mouthpiece with cork Mouthpiece Cork pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 pk (10+) 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX

XX

Ointment Slab For mixing ointments, creams and pastes. Plate glass 300 x 300mm W x D and 6mm thick. With rounded edges and bevelled corners. ME865-20 Ointment slab 0.00 ea XX

Additional Medical Sundries Will be found in other sections. Section Small autoclaves AUTOCLAVES Sterilising pouches Dispensing bottles BOTTLES Powder Bottles Tablet Bottles Spirit Burners BURNERS Medical Wipes CLEANING Lancets CLINICAL Stethoscope Swabs Scalpels DISSECTING Conical/Cup Measures MEASURES Disposable Gloves SAFETY Spatulas SPATULAS

ME300 in use

ME770-20, top

ME770-40, bottom

ME810 ME860

ME865 ME500 ME884

ME520

ME530

ME955

341

M medical sundries
Stainless Steel Holloware
All dimensions and capacities are nominal. Dressing Containers, with lids Cap. ml MF325-26 MF325-42 700 2500 Dia. x depth, mm 100 x 100 150 x 150 ea 0.00 0.00
XX XX

Jug, with handle Capacity, litres MF487-45 5 graduated at 1 litre intervals ea 0.00
XX

Kidney Dish, without lid L x W x D, mm MF500-25 Lotion Bowl 250 x 135 x 50 ea 0.00
XX

Jugs, stainless steel Graduated. Capacity litres ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX

Dia. x depth, mm MF540-18 160 x 70

Cap. ml 750

ea 0.00
XX

Instrument Boxes, with lid L x W x D, mm MF430-15 MF430-25 MF430-35 200 x 100 x 50 220 x 150 x 50 280 x 180 x 60 Cap. ml 1000 1400 3000 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX

Tapered shape MD900-20 MD900-25 MD900-30 Straight sided MD902-18 MD902-23 MD902-32

0.5 1 2 0.5 1 2

Instrument Trays With lip and radiused corners. L x W x D, mm Shallow MF445-15 MF445-25 MF445-30 MF445-40 MF445-45 Deep MF450-16 MF450-34 MF450-40 MF450-50 220 x 150 x 12 290 x 210 x 12 320 x 275 x 12 415 x 240 x 12 435 x 275 x 12 220 x 150 x 45 355 x 250 x 55 395 x 280 x 70 475 x 315 x 90 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX

XX XX XX

XX XX XX XX

MF325

MF430

MF450

MF445

MD900, MF487 is similar

MD902

MF500

342

melting point
Digital Melting Point Apparatus IA9000 Series
The IA9000 series operate from a low voltage source for safety and convenience. The viewing arm is adjustable in length and angle to ensure that the samples are easily seen and also to prevent operator fatigue. When not in use the viewing head folds flat for easy storage. A x6 magnifier with wide viewing angle and high intensity illumination allows good visibility of the three sample capillaries. The oven used to heat the samples is microprocessor controlled to provide the fastest warm up and the most accurate temperature control. Capillary tubes up to 2mm diameter can be used (76 x 26mm cavity slides on model IA9400) and the tube guide is removable for cleaning and insertion of the cold finger. N Maximum temperature 400C (except IA9400 which is 85C) N Adjustable viewing head N Low voltage operation N 40mm x6 magnification viewing lens with adjustable focus N Membrane keypad N Melt temperature storage N Fast warm-up N High intensity illumination N Optional printer N RS232-C port (IA9200/9300/9400 only) Model IA9100 Meets the requirement for basic sample testing. Up/ down keys are used to set ramp start temperature, then a standard ramp of 1C per minute is used to heat the sample. If the melt temperature is not known, a 10C per minute search ramp can be used to give coarse measurement of melt temperature. When watching the samples for the melt to occur a temperature storage button is pressed to record up to four discreet temperatures in the memory. These temperatures can be recalled later on the LCD display. Model IA9200 The IA9200 additionally has five different standard temperature ramps or it can be programmed by the operator to use any temperature increase rate from 0.2C to 10C per minute in 0.1C steps. An output connector allows interface with the PR2000 printer accessory or other peripheral devices. A real-time clock enables the printing of date and time. A batch memory allows the storage of up to 500 sets of results and conditions.

Model IA9300 Provides similar features to the IA9200 but allows in addition, two discreet melt temperatures to be recorded for each capillary tube. This feature enables, for example, the clear recording of a start of melt and full meniscus temperature for each of the three samples under test. A tube select key toggles between the sample tubes and LED indicators on a head up display behind the viewing lens show which tube is selected. Model IA9400 Low Temperature Designed for purity testing applications in the cosmetics, confectionery and health industries over the approximate temperature range 0 to 85C. The viewing head accepts samples mounted on a microscope slide with two cavities. Therefore larger samples can be examined in comparison to the capillary tube models. The length of the viewing arm is adjustable and the integral cool light illumination and magnifier assist in viewing the sample clearly. The general specification is similar to that of model IA9200.

continued on next page

MG050-10

MG055-10

343

M melting point
Digital Melting Point Apparatus IA9000 Series continued
Model Range Resolution Accuracy at Display Capillary tubes Memory Model IA9100: Model IA9200: Model IA9300: Outputs Power, Overall input output width x depth height extended closed mm mm mm kg IA9100/9200/9300 Ambient to 400C 0.1C 0.5C/1 digit 1C/1 digit IA9400 0 to 85C 0.1C 0.5C/1 digit Spares and Accessories Bulb 12V, AZ9005. Spare for all models. MG059-05 Bulb, AZ9005 0.00 ea
XX

20C 350C

12mm high 4 digit liquid crystal all models Capacity 3 up to 2mm diameter uses 76 x 26mm cavity slides 4 temperatures 4 temperatures Up to 500 batch 6 temperatures Up to 500 batch RS232-C and Printer sockets on models IA9200/9300/9400 100-120V or 220-240V 50/60Hz switchable all models 15V - all models 200 x 350 all models 450 all models 85 all models 2.5 all models Melting Point Apparatus IA9300 As described. Maximum temperature 400C. With 13 position membrane keypad, temperature and batch memory, printer socket and RS232 interface. Includes facility to record 2 melt temperatures for each capillary tube. Supplied with power supply for 100-120V or 220-240V 50/60Hz single phase input and storage capacity for 100 capillary tubes. MG055-35 IA9300 0.00 ea XX Melting Point Apparatus IA9400 As described. Maximum temperature 85C. With 16 position membrane keypad, temperature and batch memory, programmed ramp rate facility, printer socket and RS232 interface. Supplied with power supply for 100-120V or 220-240V 50/60Hz single phase input. Accepts 76 x 26mm cavity slides to hold the sample. MG055-80 IA9400 0.00 ea XX 4 temperatures Up to 200 batch

Cold finger for rapid cooling of heating block. Requires a source of cold water. Not required for model IA9400. MG059-08 Cold finger AZ9001 0.00 ea XX MG059-15 Dust cover AZ9002 0.00 ea
XX

Printer for MG055-10, MG055-35 and MG055-80 only. Provides print-out of test results date, time, sample batch number, start temperature, ramp rate and temperature of melts. MG060-10 Printer PR2000 0.00 ea XX Pack of 2 paper rolls and 1 ribbon. For printer MG060-10. MG060-17 Rolls/ribbon, AT4044 0.00 pk XX MG060-25 Calibration kit AZ6730 0.00 ea
XX

Weight

Melting point capillary tubes, neutral glass, 100mm long with nominal bore as indicated. (1mm bore tubes are 1.2 to 1.4mm o.d., 0.9 to 1.1mm i.d., 2mm bore tubes are 1.8 to 2.0mm o.d., 1.4 to 1.6mm i.d.) Supplied in packs of 1000. Not required for model IA9400. Bore, mm Sealed both ends MG140-10 1 MG145-10 2 Sealed one end MG140-20 1 MG145-20 2 Open both ends MG140-30 1 MG145-30 2 pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 pk (25+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX

Melting Point Apparatus IA9100 As described. Maximum temperature 400C. With 4 position membrane keypad, memory and 1C/10C ramp rates. Supplied with power supply for 100-120V or 220-240V 50/60Hz single phase input and storage capacity for 100 capillary tubes. MG050-10 IA9100 0.00 ea XX Melting Point Apparatus IA9200 As described. Maximum temperature 400C. With 16 position membrane keypad, temperature and batch memory, programmed ramp rate facility, printer socket and RS232 interface. Supplied with power supply for 100-120V or 220-240V 50/60Hz single phase input and storage capacity for 100 capillary tubes. MG055-10 IA9200 0.00 ea XX

XX XX

XX XX

Glass slides, 76 x 26mm with two cavities to accept sample. For model IA9400, box of 50. ML390-14 Glass slides 0.00 box XX

MG055-35

MG055-80

344

melting point
Melting Point Apparatus Stuart Model SMP10
A general purpose model designed for safe, easy operation. Does not require a mercury-in-glass thermometer making it ideal for educational use. N Maximum temperature 300C N Digital temperature setting and control with LED readout N Pt100 temperature sensor N Two heating ramp rates selectable: 20C/minute to plateau temperature 2C/minute to melt N Accepts up to 2 sample tubes N Built-in sample illumination N Extendible rear feet for optimal viewing angle Melting Point Apparatus, SMP10 As described. Maximum temperature 350C. Accuracy 1C at 20C, 2.5C at 300C. With Pt100 sensor, digital setting and control to 1C, and LED readout. Overall 160 x 220 x 170mm W x D x H. Weight 1.8kg. For 230V 50Hz single phase supplies, 75W. Supplied with calibration certificate and 100 melting point tubes, open both ends. MG158-10 SMP10 0.00 ea XX Melting point capillary tubes, neutral glass, 100mm long with nominal bore as indicated. (1mm bore tubes are 1.2 to 1.4mm o.d., 0.9 to 1.1mm i.d., 2mm bore tubes are 1.8 to 2.0mm o.d., 1.4 to 1.6mm i.d.) Supplied in packs of 1000. Bore, mm Sealed both ends MG140-10 1 MG145-10 2 Sealed one end MG140-20 1 MG145-20 2 Open both ends MG140-30 1 MG145-30 2 pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 pk (25+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX

Melting Point Apparatus Stuart Model SMP3

N Maximum temperature 360C N Accepts up to 3 sample tubes N Easy-to-use controls with digital display of temperature and operation status N Adjustable ramp start temperature and rate N Memory storage available to record up to 8 temperature event values from each sample N Rapid heating to ramp point with audible alarm at ramp start N Automatic cooling at end of melt to prepare unit for next set of tests N Adjustable inclined viewing tube and focusing gives clear, comfortable viewing Model Range Accuracy Ramp rate Memory Capillary tubes Overall W x D x H Weight SMP3 Ambient to 360C 0.5C at 20C 1.5C at 360C 0.5 to 10C per minute Up to 8 readings per sample Up to 3, 2mm i.d. maximum 180 x 260 x 190/300mm (viewing tube closed/raised) 3.2 kg

Melting Point Apparatus Stuart Model SMP11

A simple, manual model primarily for education. N Maximum temperature 250C N Horizontal thermometer, filled with low-toxic spirit N LED-illuminated magnifier N Accepts up to 3 sample tubes Melting Point Apparatus, SMP11 Horizontally mounted, low-toxic spirit filled thermometer. Maximum temperature 250C. With LED-illuminated magnifier which is removable for cleaning. Up to 3 sample tubes can be accommodated. Overall 370 x 140 x 110mm W x D x H. Weight 1.7kg. For 230V 50Hz single phase supplies, 50W. Supplied with thermometer and 100 melting point tubes, open both ends. MG175-20 SMP11 0.00 ea XX

Kofler Hot bench

Enables simple, rapid, melting point determinations from +50C to +260C. The substance is scattered across a heated surface, so additionally eutectic temperatures, behaviour of water of crystallisation, dissociation and volatility can be observed, leading to faster identification of organic compounds. With stainless steel plate 360 x 40mm L x W in which a linear temperature gradient is produced. A temperature scale with sliding pointer enables the temperature to be read at any point. The pointer can be adjusted to increase accuracy near the region of interest using calibration substances of known melting point. For 230V 50Hz single phase supplies, 100W. MG200-15 Kofler hot bench 0.00 ea XX

As described. Supplied with calibration certificate and 100 melting point tubes. For 230V 50Hz single phase supplies. MG170-30 SMP3 0.00 ea XX Melting Point Thermometers Mercury filled. Length 250mm. Immersion 30mm. Range C TG790-35 TG790-37 TG790-45 0 to 150 0 to 360 140 to 300 Grads. C 0.5 1.0 0.5 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX

XX XX

XX XX

MG175-20

MG158-10

MG170-30

MG200-15

345

M microscopes
Student and Teaching models
Purpose-built educational microscopes offering high optical quality, robust construction and anti-tamper safety features. T70-series, Zenith N Magnification 40X to 200X N Monocular head N Locked-on eyepiece, objectives and stage clips N Ingenious base design converts from vertical to inclined viewing mode N Choice of illumination: Plano-concave mirror (Model T70M) 6W Substage illuminator (Model T70L) Student Microscopes, T70-Series Magnification 40X to 200X. With monocular head, inclinable base, locked-on eyepiece and objectives, 92 x 92mm stage with locked-on clips, smooth action focusing movement with slip-clutch and focus-stop to prevent damage to microscope slides and objectives, and 5-aperture disc diaphragm. Eyepiece W10X (with pointer) Objectives 4X, 10X, 20XR Supplied complete with dust cover. Overall 120 x 160 x 290mm W x D x H. Weight 1.5kg. MJ180-20 requires a 230V 50Hz single phase supply for the illuminator. MJ180-10 T70M, with plano-concave mirror 0.00 ea XX MJ180-20 T70L, with 6W illuminator 0.00 ea XX MJ180-32 Spare bulb for MJ180-20 0.00 ea XX Eyepiece/Objectives Codes = Widefield = Phase Contrast = Retractable = DIN Standard = Huyghenian P-series, Zenith N Choice of model: P-3A Junior size with coarse focussing only P-6A Intermediate size with coarse and fine focussing, and stage condenser (N.A. 0.65) N Designed and built for heavy classroom use N Magnification 40X to 400X N Monocular head N Inclinable limb aids comfortable viewing N Triple nosepiece N Plano-concave mirror Student Microscope, P-3A Magnification 40X to 400X. With monocular head, smooth-action coarse focussing, locked-on eyepiece and stage clips, slip-clutch on the focussing movement, focus-stop to prevent damage to microscope slides and objectives, 6-aperture disc diaphragm, and illumination by plano-concave mirror. Eyepiece W10XD (with pointer) Objectives 4X, 10X, 40XR parfocal achromatic Supplied complete with dust cover. Overall 105 x 155 x 290mm W x D x H. Weight 1.2kg. MJ180-75 P-3A 0.00 ea XX Student Microscope, P-6A Generally as MJ180-75 but larger and additionally with fine focussing and stage condenser (N.A. 0.65). Supplied complete with dust cover. Overall 120 x 195 x 360mm W x D x H. Weight 2.3kg. MJ180-90 P-6A 0.00 ea XX

W Ph R D H

MJ180-10

MJ180-20

MJ180-75, MJ180-90 is similar

346

microscopes
Student and Teaching Models continued
ATM400-series, Zenith N Magnification 40X to 400X (640X with accessory eyepiece) N 45 inclined monocular head rotatable 360 N DIN standard parfocal objectives N Inclinable limb aids comfortable viewing N Choice of illumination: Plano-concave mirror (Model ATM400M) 15W Substage illuminator (Model ATM400L) Educational Microscope, ATM400M Magnification 40X to 400X. With 45 inclined monocular head rotatable 360, locked on eyepiece, inclinable limb, plain stage with locked on clips, separate coarse and fine focus controls, slip-clutch on the coarse focussing movement and focus-stop to prevent damage to microscope slides and objectives. Also features triple nosepiece with DIN standard parfocal objectives, stage condenser (N.A. 0.65), mirror and 5-aperture disc diaphragm. Eyepiece W10XD (with pointer) Objectives 4XD, 10XD, 40XRD Supplied complete with dust cover. Overall 120 x 220 x 305mm W x D x H. Weight 2.9kg. MJ184-14 ATM400M 0.00 ea XX Educational Microscope, ATM400L Generally as MJ184-14 but without mirror and supplied with 15W substage illuminator and dust cover. Overall 120 x 220 x 305mm W x D x H. Weight 3.2kg. A 230V 50Hz single phase supply is required for the illuminator. MJ184-18 ATM400L 0.00 ea XX Accessories and spares MJ184-25 Eyepiece, W16XD MJ184-29 Spare bulb for MJ184-18 0.00 ea 0.00 ea Ultra 400-series, Zenith

N Magnification 40X to 400X (1000X-Ultra 400LAX or by using Ultra 400LA model and accessories) N 45 inclined monocular head rotatable through 360 N Triple nosepiece with DIN standard objectives N Built-in 20W illumination Advanced Student Microscope, Ultra 400L Magnification 40X to 400X. With 45 inclined monocular head rotatable through 360, separate smooth action coarse and fine focussing controls with slip-clutch on the coarse focus movement and focus stop. Triple nosepiece with DIN standard objectives, 120 x 114mm non-tilting stage with locked-on clips, condenser (N.A. 0.65) and 5-aperture disc diaphragm. Built-in 20W illumination is colour corrected and supplied with a daylight blue filter. Eyepiece W10X (with pointer) Objectives 4XD, 10XD, 40XRD Supplied complete with dust cover. Overall 127 x 200 x 340mm W x D x H Weight 3.1kg. For 230V 50Hz single phase supplies. MJ187-20 Ultra 400L 0.00 ea XX Advanced Student Microscope, Ultra 400LA Generally as MJ187-20 but with stage condenser and disc diaphragm replaced by an ABBE condenser (N.A. 1.25) in a spiral focusing mount with iris diaphragm. This allows use of an accessory oil immersion objective to increase magnification to 1000X. For 230V 50Hz single phase supplies. MJ187-40 Ultra 400LA 0.00 ea XX Advanced Student Microscope, Ultra 400LAX Generally as MJ187-40 but with quadruple nosepiece and including 100XRD oil immersion objective. For 230V 50Hz single phase supplies. MJ187-60 Ultra 400LAX 0.00 ea XX Accessories MJ187-78 Eyepiece, W16XD MJ187-81 Oil immersion objective 100XRD. For use with MJ187-40 only MJ187-84 Mechanical stage MJ187-89 Spare bulb, 20W 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

XX XX

XX XX XX XX

MJ184-14

MJ187-20

347

M microscopes
Advanced and Research Models
Versatile high performance models designed to meet the demanding requirements of the medical and research laboratory or higher education establishments but at a reasonable cost. College Microscope, BM-100FL, Zenith N Magnification 40X to 1000X N 45 Inclined binocular head rotatable through 360 N Digital adjustment on both eyepiece tubes and interpupillary adjustment N Quadruple nosepiece with standard achromatic objectives N Coarse and fine focussing N Built-in 20W colour corrected illumination Magnification 40X to 1000X. With 45 inclined binocular head rotatable through 360, interpupillary adjustment and dioptric adjustment on both eyepiece tubes. Separate smooth action coarse and fine focussing, slip-clutch and adjustable focus-stop. Abbe condenser (N.A. 1.25) in spiral focussing mount with iris diaphragm. Built-in 20W illumination is colour corrected and supplied with a daylight blue filter. Eyepiece W10X Objectives 4XD, 10XD, 40RD, 100XRD (oil) achromatic Supplied complete with dust cover. Overall 130 x 175 x 350mm W x D x H. Weight 4kg. For 230V 50Hz single phase supplies. MJ205-20 BM-100FL 0.00 ea XX Accessories MJ187-78 Eyepiece, W16XD MJ187-84 Mechanical stage MJ187-89 Spare bulb, 20W 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea Biostar B3 series, Exacta & Optech N Magnification 40X to 1000X (1600X with accessory eyepieces) N Monocular, binocular or trinocular versions available N DIN standard, achromatic, parfocal objectives N Co-axial coarse and fine focussing controls with indexed scales N Smooth action x-y mechanical stage with drop controls and stable, metal platform, graduated slide holder with spring clip N Built-in 6V 20W halogen illumination with adjustable brightness control Biological Microscopes, Biostar B3 series, Monocular Magnification 40X to 1000X, with 45 inclined head, rotatable 360. Coaxial coarse and fine focussing with indexed scale, adjustable focus stop and minimum movement 2m. Reversed position quadruple nosepiece turret. Mechanical stage 130 x 140mm with x-y movement (max. 78mm x, 42mm y) and coaxial drop controls. Also features a height adjustable Abbe condenser (N.A. 1.25) with iris diaphragm and filter ring. Built-in 6V 20W halogen illumination with condenser, blue filter and adjustable brightness control. Eyepiece W10XD Objectives 4XD (N.A. 0.10), 10XD (N.A. 0.25), 40XRD (N.A. 0.65), 100XRD-oil (N.A. 1.25) Supplied with dust cover, spare 6V 20W bulb, fuse, bottle of immersion oil (5ml) and instructions. Overall 180 x 290 x 390mm W x D x H. Weight 6.2kg. For 230V 50Hz single phase supplies. MJ250-10 B3 monocular 0.00 ea XX MJ250-20 B3 monocular with vertical phototube 0.00 ea XX MJ250-30 B3 monocular with inclined secondary 0.00 ea XX eyepiece tube for teaching Biological Microscopes, Biostar B3 series, Binocular and Trinocular Generally as MJ250 but with 30 inclined binocular head, dioptric adjustment on the left eyepiece tube and interpupillary adjustment (55 to 75mm). MJ254-15 B3 Binocular 0.00 ea XX MJ254-25 B3 Trinocular with vertical third eyepiece tube 0.00 ea XX Accessories MJ256-03 Eyepiece, W16XD MJ256-06 2.5X Photographic eyepiece MJ256-09 SLR camera adapter for MJ250-20 (requires MJ256-06) MJ256-12 Adapter for Nikon Coolpix digital camera MJ256-21 Wooden cabinet for MJ250/MJ254 models 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

XX XX XX

XX XX XX XX XX

MJ205-20

MJ254-15

348

microscopes
Advanced and Research Models continued
Biostar B4 series, Exacta & Optech Ergonomically designed, biological microscopes for routine use, featuring high quality optics, robust and precise mechanics, and solid, stable construction ensuring reliability and long operating life at an economical price. N Binocular, trinocular, epifluorescence or incident light versions available N Choice of objective sets: achromatic, semi-planar or planar optics N Accessory polarised light, phase contrast sets and darkfield condensers available B4 Binocular Models Magnification 40X to 1000X, with 30 inclined head, rotatable 360 with adjustable interpupillary distance (55 to 75mm) and dioptric adjustment (5mm). Coaxial coarse and fine focussing with indexed scale, adjustable focus stop and minimum movement 2m. Quadruple (4-place) nosepiece turret. Stable mechanical stage 135 x 125mm with vernier, removable slide clip, x-y movement (max. 75mm x, 35mm y) and coaxial drop controls. Also features a height adjustable Abbe condenser (N.A. 1.25) with iris diaphragm and filter ring. Built-in 6V 20W halogen illumination with condenser, blue filter and adjustable brightness control. Eyepieces W10XD, 18mm field Objectives 4XD (N.A. 0.10), 10XD (N.A. 0.25), 40XRD (N.A. 0.65), 100XRD-oil (N.A. 1.25) Supplied with dust cover, blue filter, spare 6V 20W bulb, fuse, bottle of immersion oil (5ml) and instructions. Objective types as indicated. Overall 200 x 350 x 400mm W x D x H. Weight 7kg. For 230V 50Hz single phase supplies. MJ260-15 B4, achromatic objectives 0.00 ea XX MJ260-25 B4SP, semi-planar objectives 0.00 ea XX MJ260-35 B4P, planar objectives 0.00 ea XX B4 Trinocular Models Generally as MJ260 but with trinocular head, the vertical third tube accommodating accessory photographic mounts. MJ263-17 B4T, achromatic objectives 0.00 ea XX MJ263-27 B4TSP, semi-planar objectives 0.00 ea XX MJ263-37 B4TP, planar objectives 0.00 ea XX B4 Epifluorescence Models Generally as MJ263 but with additional external HBO 50W mercury lamp box, blue (480nm) filter for FITC applications, green (560nm) filter for TRITC, RB200 and Acid Fuchsin applications, and anti-UV screen. Note: the mercury lamp box is controlled separately and also requires a 230V 50Hz supply. MJ264-14 B4FLB, achromatic objectives 0.00 ea XX MJ264-24 B4TSPFL, semi-planar objectives 0.00 ea XX MJ264-34 B4PFL, planar objectives 0.00 ea XX B4 Incident Light Model Generally as MJ260 but with additional external lamp box with adjustable brightness, 6V 20W halogen illumination. Note: the lamp box is controlled separately and also requires a 230V 50Hz supply. MJ266-10 B4TRL, achromatic objectives* 0.00 ea XX *Planar objectives are available for this microscope details on request. Accessories

MF camera adapter 2.5X x 4X photographic eyepiece with T2 adapter suitable for most SLR cameras. With 10X focussable eyepiece and graticule. MJ268-03 MF adapter 0.00 ea XX MFM camera adapter 4X fixed magnification photographic eyepiece with T2 adapter suitable for most SLR cameras, focussing viewfinder and graticule. MJ268-06 MFM adapter 0.00 ea XX DIG digital camera adapter Opti-mechanical adapter for Nikon Coolpix digital cameras. MJ268-09 DIG adapter 0.00 ea XX VS video camera adapter C-pitch adapter for video connection; magnification factor F=0.4X. MJ268-12 VS adapter 0.00 ea XX POL2 Polarised light set Polariser and analyser filter set. MJ268-17 POL2 light set

0.00 ea

XX

Darkfield condensers For low-contrast or small specimens dispersed in a homogeneous substrate. MJ268-18 Dry type 0.00 ea XX (N.A. 0.1 to 0.25), max. 400X MJ268-20 Immersion type 0.00 ea XX (N.A. 1.22 to 1.43), max. 1000X Phase contrast sets Positive phase contrast sets with choice of achromatic or planachromatic objectives. Objective Achromatic set 10XD (N.A. 0.25) 20XD (N.A. 0.40) 40XD (N.A. 0.65) 100XRD (N.A. 1.25) Planachromatic set 10XD (N.A. 0.25) 20XD (N.A. 0.40) 40XD (N.A. 0.65) 100XRD (N.A. 1.25) MJ268-24 MJ268-26 Working distance, mm 6.61 1.85 0.64 0.19 8.05 0.44 0.32 0.20
XX XX

Phase contrast set, 0.00 ea achromatic objectives Phase contrast set, 0.00 ea planachromatic objectives

MJ260

MJ264

349

M microscopes
Advanced and Research Models continued
Biostar B5 series, Exacta & Optech Professional level microscopes suitable for use in numerous routine and research applications in medical, biological and industrial fields. Particular care has been taken in the design to ensure minimal operator fatigue in use and the solid, stable construction will provide a long, reliable operating life. N Binocular, trinocular, epifluorescence, incident light and high power versions available N Planachromatic parfocal objectives provide a crisp, clear image throughout the entire visual range N 6V 20W halogen Khler illumination with adjustable brightness control B5 Binocular and Trinocular Models Magnification 40X to 1000X, with 30 inclined head, rotatable 360 with adjustable interpupillary distance (55 to 75mm) and dioptric adjustment (5mm). Coaxial coarse and fine focussing with indexed scale, adjustable tension control and focus stop. Reverse position, quintuple (5-place) or quadruple (4-place) nosepiece turret versions as indicated. Smooth action, mechanical stage 160 x 140mm with vernier, removable slide clip, x-y movement (max. 75mm x, 35mm y) and coaxial drop controls. Also features a height adjustable Abbe condenser (N.A. 1.25) with iris diaphragm and bilateral centring mount. The highly stable base has a built-in 6V 20W halogen Khler illumination with adjustable brightness control. Trinocular models have a third, vertical tube accommodating accessory photographic mounts. Eyepieces W10XD, 18mm field Objectives 4XD (N.A. 0.10), 10XD (N.A. 0.25), 25XD (N.A. 0.40), 40XRD (N.A. 0.65), 100XRD-oil (N.A. 1.25) Supplied with planachromatic parfocal objectives, dust cover, blue filter, spare 6V 20W halogen bulb, fuse, bottle of immersion oil (5ml) and instructions. Overall 230 x 400 x 400mm W x D x H. Weight 7.5kg. For 230V 50Hz single phase supplies. B5 Binocular Models B5 Trinocular Models MJ280-20 B5, 5-place turret 0.00 ea XX MJ280-40 B5T, 5-place turret MJ280-30 B5 E, 4-place turret* 0.00 ea XX MJ280-50 B5T E, 4-place turret* *Note: 4-place turret versions are without the 25X objective. Accessories MF camera adapter 2.5X x 4X photographic eyepiece with T2 adapter suitable for most SLR cameras. With 10X focussable eyepiece and graticule. MJ268-03 MF adapter 0.00 ea XX MFM camera adapter 4X fixed magnification photographic eyepiece with T2 adapter suitable for most SLR cameras, focussing viewfinder and graticule. MJ268-06 MFM adapter 0.00 ea XX DIG digital camera adapter Opti-mechanical adapter for Nikon Coolpix digital cameras. MJ268-09 DIG adapter 0.00 ea XX VS video camera adapter C-pitch adapter for video connection; magnification factor F=0.4X. MJ268-12 VS adapter 0.00 ea XX POL2 Polarised light set Polariser and analyser filter set. MJ268-17 POL2 light set

0.00 ea 0.00 ea

XX XX

0.00 ea

XX

B5 Epifluorescence Model Generally as MJ280-40 but with additional external HBO 50W mercury lamp box, blue (480nm) filter for FITC applications, green (560nm) filter for TRITC applications, and anti-UV screen. Note: the mercury lamp box is controlled separately and also requires a 230V 50Hz supply. MJ282-35 B5T FL 0.00 ea XX B5 Incident Light Model Generally as MJ280-40 but with additional external lamp box with adjustable brightness, 6V 20W halogen illumination. Note: the lamp box is controlled separately and also requires a 230V 50Hz supply. MJ284-10 B5T LR 0.00 ea XX B5 High Power Models Generally as MJ280 with 5-place objective turrets, but the illuminator is replaced by a high-intensity, true Khler, adjustable brightness, 12V 50W halogen version. A spare 12V 50W bulb is also supplied. MJ287-15 B5 HP, binocular 0.00 ea XX MJ287-25 B5T HP, trinocular 0.00 ea XX

Darkfield condensers For low-contrast or small specimens dispersed in a homogeneous substrate. MJ268-18 Dry type 0.00 ea XX (N.A. 0.1 to 0.25), max. 400X MJ268-20 Immersion type 0.00 ea XX (N.A. 1.22 to 1.43), max. 1000X Phase contrast sets Positive phase contrast sets with choice of achromatic or planachromatic objectives. Objective Achromatic set 10XD (N.A. 0.25) 20XD (N.A. 0.40) 40XD (N.A. 0.65) 100XRD (N.A. 1.25) Planachromatic set 10XD (N.A. 0.25) 20XD (N.A. 0.40) 40XD (N.A. 0.65) 100XRD (N.A. 1.25) MJ268-24 MJ268-26 Working distance, mm 6.61 1.85 0.64 0.19 8.05 0.44 0.32 0.20
XX XX

Phase contrast set, 0.00 ea achromatic objectives Phase contrast set, 0.00 ea planachromatic objectives

Alternative eyepieces, achromatic, planar and semi-planar objectives for B5 microscopes are also available details on request.

MJ280

MJ284

350

microscopes
Advanced and Research Models
Ultra 500 series, Zenith N Magnification 40X to 1000X (1600X with accessory eyepieces) N Choice of monocular, binocular or trinocular head models N 30 inclined head rotatable through 360 N Quadruple nosepiece with DIN standard objectives N Co-axial coarse/fine focussing control with indexed scale N Built-in 20W halogen illumination N Smooth action x-y mechanical stage Laboratory Microscope, Ultra 500LM Magnification 40X to 1000X. With 30 inclined monocular head rotatable through 360. The co-axial coarse and fine focussing controls have an indexed scale, adjustable focus tension and focus stop. The smooth action x-y mechanical stage 125 x 130mm features co-axial drop controls and an adjustable slide spring arm. A brightfield Abbe condenser (N.A. 1.25) with iris diaphragm and filter carrier is mounted on a fully focussing rack and pinion substage. Built-in 6V 20W halogen illumination is adjustable using a continuously variable rotary brightness control. Eyepieces and objectives are DIN standard. Eyepieces W10XD Objectives 4XD, 10XD, 40XRD, 100XRD (oil) achromatic Supplied complete with dust cover. Overall 170 x 215 x 360mm W x D x H. Weight 6.5kg. For 230V 50Hz single phase supplies. MJ285-05 Ultra 500LM, monocular 0.00 ea XX Laboratory Microscope, Ultra 500LA Generally as MJ285-05 but with Seidentopf binocular head with interpupillary adjustment and W10XD paired eyepieces. For 230V 50Hz single phase supplies. MJ285-10 Ultra 500LA, binocular 0.00 ea XX Laboratory Microscope, Ultra 500LT Generally as MJ285-10 but with Seidentopf trinocular head, the vertical third tube being available for fitting an SLR camera using accessories. For 230V 50Hz single phase supplies. MJ285-20 Ultra 500LT, trinocular 0.00 ea XX Accessories MJ187-78 W16XD Eyepiece (2 required) 0.00 ea MJ288-25 Spare 6V 20W bulb for MJ285- series 0.00 ea MJ288-30 Trinocular attachment. Allows attachment of an 0.00 ea SLR camera to the third eyepiece tube of MJ285-20 Microlab 2000 series, Zenith N Magnification 40X to 1000X (1600X with accessory eyepieces) N Choice of binocular, trinocular, or phase contrast outfits N DIN standard planachromatic objectives N Co-axial coarse and fine focussing with indexed scale N Smooth action x-y mechanical stage

N Built-in 6V 20W halogen illumination with adjustable brightness control Research Microscope, Microlab 2000B Magnification 40X to 1000X. Seidentopf binocular head, inclined at 30, with adjustable interpupillary distance and rotatable 360. Coaxial coarse and fine focussing with indexed scale, adjustable tension control and focus-stop. Reversed position quadruple nosepiece turret. Mechanical stage 120 x 140mm with x-y movement and coaxial low-drive controls. Also features a bright Abbe condenser (N.A. 1.25) with iris diaphragm in centring mount. Built-in 6V 20W halogen illumination with adjustable brightness control. Eyepieces W10XD paired, high eyepoint, 18mm field Objectives 4XD, 10XD, 40XRD, 100XRD(oil), planachromatic Supplied with dust cover. Overall 190 x 240 x 390mm W x D x H. Weight 8kg. For 230V 50Hz single phase supplies. MJ295-20 Microlab 2000B, binocular 0.00 ea XX Research Microscope, Microlab 2000T Generally as MJ295-20 but with trinocular Seidentopf head, the vertical third eyepiece tube being available for mounting a camera using accessories. For 230V 50Hz single phase supplies. MJ295-40 Microlab 2000T, trinocular 0.00 ea XX Research Microscope, Microlab 2000TPH Generally as MJ295-40 but with triple nosepiece, phase contrast condenser with iris diaphragm in centring mount, phase centring telescope, W10XD eyepieces, and 10XD, 40XRD, 100XRD (oil) semi-planachromatic positive phase contrast objectives. For 230V 50Hz single phase supplies. MJ295-50 Microlab 2000TPH, trinocular phase 0.00 ea XX Accessories MJ187-78 W16XD Eyepiece (2 required) MJ297-08 SLR camera adapter for MJ295-40/MJ295-50 only MJ297-12 CCTV video adapter for MJ295-40/MJ295-50 only MJ297-16 Polariser and analyser kit MJ288-25 Spare 6V 20W bulb for MJ295-series 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

XX XX XX XX XX

XX XX XX

MJ285-10

MJ295-40

351

M stereomicroscopes
Zenith STM1
A basic, easy to use, robust stereomicroscope for routine inspection of samples in industry, field study and education. N Magnification 20X N Field of view 10mm N Working distance 70mm N Adjustable interpupillary distance N Dioptric adjustment on one ocular N Rack and pinion focussing N Locked on stage clips N Black/white reversible stage plate N Heavy, stable base Stereomicroscope STM1 As described. Magnification 20X. On plain stand with black/white stage plate and locked-on clips. With 2X objective and locked-on widefield 10X eyepieces with eyecups. Supplied with dust cover. Overall 117 x 190 x 300mm W x D x H. Weight 1.5kg. MJ580-10 STM1 0.00 ea XX

Zenith STM30, STM40

Versatile models with excellent optical performance and anti-tamper safety features, ideal for education and industry. N Magnification up to 40X N Inclined 45 binocular head for comfortable viewing N Rotating turret mounts have twin objective sets for rapid magnification change N Full interpupillary adjustment and dioptric adjustment on one ocular N Rack and pinion focussing N Locked on eyepieces and stage clips N Slip-clutch on focus movement N Built-in illumination Stereomicroscope STM30 As described. 10X/30X dual magnification. Working distance 50mm. Field of view 5-15mm. On plain stand with black/white stage plate and locked-on clips. With 1X and 3X objectives in a rotating turret and pair of X10 widefield eyepieces with eyecups. With 12V/10W incident illumination, and dust cover. Overall 115 x 170 x 300mm W x D x H. Weight 2.5kg. For 230V 50Hz single phase supplies. MJ590-20 STM30 0.00 ea XX Stereomicroscope STM40 As described. 20X/40X dual magnification. Working distance 45mm. Field of view 5-10mm. On illuminated base stand with black/white and frosted glass interchangeable stage plates and locked-on clips. With 2X and 4X objectives in a rotating turret and pair of 10X widefield eyepieces with eyecups. With 12V/10W incident and transmitted illumination, and dust cover. Overall 117 x 190 x 310mm W x D x H. Weight 2.8kg. For 230V 50Hz single phase supplies. MJ590-40 STM40 0.00 ea XX MJ595-12 Spare bulb 12V/10W for 0.00 ea XX MJ590-20 and MJ590-40

Zenith Long-arm STL80

Long arm stereomicroscope providing flexible movement and viewing angles making it ideal for use in dissection and fine assembly work. N Magnification 10X and 20X using interchangeable paired eyepieces N 1X achromatic objective pair N Working distance 231mm N Field of view 20mm N Inclined 45 binocular head N Full interpupillary adjustment and dioptric adjustment on one ocular N Rack and pinion focussing N 12V/10W halogen incident illumination Long-arm Stereomicroscope STL80 As described. 10X/20X magnification. With achromatic 1X paired objectives and paired 10X and 20X widefield eyepieces. Heavy stable base containing power adapter for 12V/10W halogen incident illumination and dust cover. Overall 130 x 390 x 390mm W x D x H. Weight 6kg. For 230V 50Hz single phase supplies. MJ610-10 Long arm STL80 0.00 ea XX MJ612-08 Spare bulb 12V/10W 0.00 ea XX halogen for MJ610-10

MJ580-10

MJ590-40

MJ590-20

MJ610-10

352

stereomicroscopes
STZ-series Zenith
High performance, advanced zoom stereomicroscopes. N Magnification 7X to 45X (35X to 180X using accessories) N Working distance 95mm N Field of view 4.4 to 28.6mm (with standard optics supplied) N Inclined 45 binocular head, rotatable 360 and height adjustable N Full interpupillary and dioptric adjustment N Smooth rack and pinion focussing Binocular Zoom Stereomicroscope STZ3500 As described. Magnification range 7X to 45X. With 45 inclined binocular head rotatable 360, paired widefield 10X eyepieces with interpupillary and dioptric adjustment and eyecups. Heavy stable base with built-in mains adapter for 6V/5W, fluorescent transmitted illumination and adjustable position 6V/20W halogen incident illumination. With dust cover. Overall 160 x 250 x 390mm W x D x H. Weight 6.5kg. For 230V 50Hz single phase supplies. MJ620-10 STZ3500 0.00 ea XX Trinocular Zoom Stereomicroscope STZ4500 Generally as MJ620-10 but with trinocular head. The third eyetube allows any CCD camera with C/CS lens mount to be fitted using an accessory adapter. Overall 160 x 250 x 410mm W x D x H. Weight 6.5kg. For 230V 50Hz single phase supplies. MJ620-40 STZ4500 0.00 ea XX Spares and Accessories for MJ620-series MJ623-04 Eyepiece WF15X (2 required) MJ623-08 Eyepiece WF20X (2 required) MJ623-11 Measuring eyepiece WF10X MJ623-15 MJ623-20 MJ623-25 MJ623-30 MJ623-55 MJ623-72 MJ288-25 Supplementary objective 0.5X Supplementary objective 0.75X Supplementary objective 1.5X Supplementary objective 2X CCTV camera adapter, C/CS mount, for MJ620-40 only, fits upright eyetube Spare bulb 6V/5W fluorescent for transmitted illumination Spare bulb 6V/20W halogen for incident illumination 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

FlexCams
Desktop colour CCD video cameras with flexible swan-neck on heavy base and built-in microphone, particularly suited to educational applications: Magnification and display of small objects, books, maps and photographs Guided classroom presentations and demonstrations Dissection display and demonstration of intricate operations Recording experiments, group discussions Display action in areas difficult to access Video microscopy Astronomy N Connect to VCRs, computers or any other device which accepts standard video input N Lens focuses from 6mm to infinity N Operate in lighting conditions down to 1.5 Lux minimum N PAL/NTSC compatible N S-Video/Composite compatible N Standard magnification 1X to 50X N Dual output microphone StudentCam As described. 400 vertical TV lines resolution. 8mm optics with electronic iris, C-mount lens, dual output microphone and 45cm flexible swan-neck. Supplied with 1.5m cable, 6m extension cable, three microscope adapters (28mm, 35mm and 10X eyepiece), instructions and power adapter for 230V 50Hz single phase supplies. MJ800-10 StudentCam 0.00 ea XX TeachCam As described. 400 vertical TV lines resolution. 8mm optics with electronic iris, C-mount lens, dual output microphone and 68cm flexible swan-neck. The base includes an illuminator with adjustable brightness control for presentation of 35mm photographic or microscope slides. Supplied with 1.5m cable, 6m extension cable, three microscope adapters (28mm, 35mm and 10X eyepiece), wooden storage case, instructions and power adapter for 230V 50Hz single phase supplies. MJ800-40 TeachCam 0.00 ea XX

XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

MJ620-40

MJ800-10 in use

MJ800-40

353

M microscopy
Cold light sources
For high-intensity incident illumination of microscopy specimens, photography and general examination. N Infinitely variable light intensity (PL3000B has additional mechanical brightness control) N Soft-start feature prolongs lamp life N Units can be stacked N Easy lamp exchange N Overheat protection

LED Illuminator Lamps

A novel form of incident illumination for stereomicroscopes and general examination of specimens. N Daylight illumination output, 5000K colour temperature N Non-flickering, ideal for video systems or image processing applications N Long LED life N Silent and vibration-free N Low-voltage operation using separate power supply and controller As described. Supplied as a single, or double, 34mm diameter spotlight lamp housing containing 19 x white LEDs, overall length 45mm, with 1 metre cable, controller with on/off switch, power adjustment to allow variable light intensity, power input socket and two spotlight output sockets, and 24V d.c. mains adapter requiring a 100-240V 50/60Hz a.c. single phase supply. Overall dimensions 96 x 64 x 29mm (control unit), 92 x 41 x 39mm (mains adapter). Without mains lead. MK716-10 Single spotlight set 0.00 ea XX MK716-20 Double spotlight set 0.00 ea XX Goose necks and base Semi-rigid metal guides, one end of which attaches to the spotlight lamphousing enabling it to be positioned precisely, the other to a separate heavy baseplate which provides support and can be screwed to the bench or wall. MK716-45 Goose neck, 200mm 0.00 ea XX MK716-55 Goose neck, 300mm 0.00 ea XX MK716-60 Baseplate for 0.00 ea XX goose-neck Accessory mains leads With IEC socket to fit chassis input of mains adapter, 2m cable (2.5m - Australian plug version) and mains plug as indicated. MK722-84 With UK 3-pin plug 0.00 ea XX MK722-86 With Schuko plug for 0.00 ea XX continental Europe MK722-88 With Australian 0.00 ea XX 3-pin plug

N Side filter insert slot allows insertion of accessory colour filters even when units are stacked Model Light intensity Rating Intensity control Colour temperature max. MLx W PL1000 8 30 electronic PL3000B 26 150 electronic and mechanical

max. setting, K with daylight filter, K Lamp life hours Supply requirements Overall, W x D x H mm Weight kg

3200 3250 5400 5400 200 to 2000 200 to 1500 230-240V 50/60Hz a.c. both models 168 x 268 x 120 both models 1.3 1.5 Ring lights With focussing attachment. Diameter 60mm. Available as 4-point or continuous light types. Type mm MK713-22 4-point MK713-25 4-point Guide length, 800 1200 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX

As described. With side filter insert slot, carrying handle and stacking indents moulded into the case, light intensity controls, IEC socket for accessory mains lead and light guide mount. For 230-240V 50/60Hz single phase supplies. Require, but not supplied with, light guide and mains lead. MK710-30 PL1000 0.00 ea XX MK710-40 PL3000B 0.00 ea XX Spares MK712-30 Spare lamp, 30W, for MK710-30 MK712-40 Spare lamp, 150W, for MK710-40 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

XX XX

MK713-28 Continuous 800 MK713-31 Continuous 1200 MK713-34 Universal adapter for 38mm to 58mm dia. objectives*

Goose neck light guides With light intensifier which also eliminates the dark spot in the centre of the light cone. Length 500mm, diameter 4mm. MK713-04 Single branch 0.00 ea XX MK713-08 Double branch 0.00 ea XX Accessory mains leads With IEC socket to fit chassis input of light source, 2m cable (2.5m - Australian plug version) and mains plug as indicated. MK722-84 With UK 3-pin plug 0.00 ea XX MK722-86 With Schuko plug for 0.00 ea XX continental Europe MK722-88 With Australian 0.00 ea XX 3-pin plug

*Specific adapters for Olympus and Nikon microscopes are available details on request. Filters Slide-in filters with holder for use with MK710- cold light sources. Colour MK713-45 MK713-47 MK713-49 MK713-51 MK713-53 MK713-56 Blue Green Yellow Red Daylight Grey ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX

MK710-40 with MK713-08

MK716-10 in use with MK716-55/MK716-60

354

microscopy
Measuring Microscopes
Measuring Microscopes With eyepiece graticule scale. Can be used handheld or on the bench. A knurled sleeve provides focusing adjustment of 20mm. Readings can be made in daylight but for difficult subjects a battery powered adjustable light source is fitted. The image provided is inverted and reversed. Scale details given are range/subdivisions. Overall height 200mm. Weight 0.35kg. Mag. MK600-15 40X MK600-25 100X Field mm 2.5 1.3 Scale mm/m 2 / 10 1 / 10 ea 0.00 0.00
XX XX

Eyepiece Graticules
For use with light microscopes. Surface type where the pattern is formed in a layer bonded to the surface of the glass disc 1mm thick. In this type the pattern reads correctly when viewed through the glass. When the microscope is focussed the image of the specimen and graticule will be seen together. Horizontal Calibration 10mm x 0.1mm. ML200-15 19mm diameter ML200-20 21mm diameter Crossed Calibration 10mm x 0.1mm. ML205-15 19mm diameter ML205-20 21mm diameter

Stage Micrometers
Used to calibrate eyepiece graticules. Horizontal Scale Mounted on 76 x 26mm glass slide and with protective cover glass. For use with transmitted light. ML250-15 0.1 x 0.002mm 0.00 ea XX ML250-20 1.0 x 0.01mm 0.00 ea XX ML250-25 10 x 0.1mm 0.00 ea XX Vacuum deposited, chrome image on a square of glass with a coverglass cemented on top and mounted on a stainless steel slide mount. Also available with UKAS certificate of calibration. For use with transmitted light. ML250-37 20 x 0.01mm 0.00 ea XX ML250-42 20 x 0.01mm, 0.00 ea XX UKAS certified Lightboxes see LM630. Illuminated magnifiers see MB235/MB245. Magnifiers with aperture scales see MB135 in the Magnifiers section.

0.00 ea 0.00 ea

XX XX

0.00 ea 0.00 ea

XX XX

Indexed Squares 1mm grid squares with each square numbered. ML215-15 19mm diameter 0.00 ea ML215-20 21mm diameter 0.00 ea Particle Size Counting To BS3625. Range 150m to 0.38m. ML220-15 19mm diameter ML220-20 21mm diameter

XX XX

0.00 ea 0.00 ea

XX XX

ML200

ML220

ML205

ML250

MK600

ML215

355

M microscopy
Microscope Slides
Schools Grade Nominal size 76 x 26mm. Nominal thickness 1mm. Supplied in a box of 50. Grade type ML300-08 Schools box 0.00
XX

Coloured Slides
Adhesive, Histobond Half-white glass slides with silane-treated, positively-charged surfaces for effective adhesion of specimens. Particularly suitable for immunohistological staining procedures where multiple wash phases occur, or in-situ hybridization. Nominal size 76 x 26mm, 1mm thick, with ground edges and twin-frosted. Supplied in a box of 50. ML375-94 Adhesive slides 0.00 box XX Superior, cavity Size 75 x 25mm. Thickness 1.2/1.5mm. Each cavity 15/16mm diameter. Supplied in boxes of 50. No. of cavities
XX XX

Microscope Slides Superfrost/Colorfrost. With coloured end which can be marked with most types of pen or pencil. Size 76 x 26 x 1mm thick. Edges square ground. Supplied in packs of 100. Colour ML400-10 ML400-13 ML400-16 ML400-19 ML400-22 White Blue Green Pink Yellow pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX

Superior, cut edges Nominal size 76 x 26mm, precleaned, cut edges half-white glass. Supplied in boxes of 50. Thickness mm Plain ML375-10 ML375-14 Twin-frosted ML375-18 1 1/1.2 1 box 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

box 0.00 0.00 0.00

XX XX XX

ML390-12 ML390-14 ML390-16

1 2 3

Slide Forceps With spatulate ends for manipulating slides and cover slips. Nickel plated. ML460-10 Forceps 0.00 ea XX Slide drying bench see HG310. Slide staining and storage see page 358.

XX

Single-frosted ML375-30 1

XX

Superior, ground edges Nominal size 76 x 26mm, precleaned ground edges half-white glass, Supplied in boxes of 50. Thickness mm Plain ML375-42 ML375-45 Twin-frosted ML375-48 ML375-52 1 1/1.2 1 1/1.2 box 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX

Frosting Facility Single-frosted slides have a frosted writing surface on one face of the slide at one end. Twin frosted slides have a frosted writing surface on both faces of the slide at one end.

XX XX

Single-frosted ML375-62 1

XX

ML400

ML460 in use

356

microscopy
Cover Slips
Thicknesses No. 0 0.085 0.130mm No. 1 0.130 0.160mm No. 112 0.155 0.185mm No. 2 0.190 0.250mm Most microscope objectives are corrected for a cover glass thickness of 0.170mm and No. 112 slips are designed to be most effective in this respect. Square Cover Slips, Superior Supplied in packs and thickness numbers as indicated. No. ML515-10 ML515-15 ML515-20 ML515-25 ML517-10 ML517-15 ML517-20 ML517-25 ML519-10 ML519-15 ML519-20 ML519-25 ML522-10 ML522-15 ML522-20 ML522-25 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 112 112 112 112 2 2 2 2 LxW mm 18 x 18 20 x 20 22 x 22 24 x 24 18 x 18 20 x 20 22 x 22 24 x 24 18 x 18 20 x 20 22 x 22 24 x 24 18 x 18 20 x 20 22 x 22 24 x 24 Pack qty. 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 100 100 100 100 pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

M
pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Rectangular Cover Slips, Superior Supplied in packs and thickness numbers as indicated. No. ML525-12 ML525-17 ML525-22 ML525-27 ML525-32 ML525-37 ML525-42 ML525-47 ML527-12 ML527-17 ML527-22 ML527-27 ML527-32 ML527-37 ML527-42 ML527-47 ML529-12 ML529-17 ML529-22 ML529-27 ML529-32 ML529-37 ML529-42 ML529-47 ML532-42 ML532-47 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 2 2 LxW mm 21 x 26 22 x 32 22 x 40 22 x 50 22 x 60 24 x 32 24 x 40 24 x 50 21 x 26 22 x 32 22 x 40 22 x 50 22 x 60 24 x 32 24 x 40 24 x 50 21 x 26 22 x 32 22 x 40 22 x 50 22 x 60 24 x 32 24 x 40 24 x 50 24 x 40 24 x 50 Pack qty. 200 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 200 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 200 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 50 50 pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Circular Cover Slips, Superior Supplied in packs and thickness numbers as indicated. No. ML534-13 ML534-18 ML534-23 ML534-28 ML535-13 ML535-18 ML535-23 ML535-28 ML536-13 ML536-18 ML536-23 ML536-28 ML537-13 ML537-18 ML538-13 ML538-18 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 2 112 112 112 2 2 3 3
1

LxW mm 13 16 19 22 13 16 19 22 13 16 19 22 13 16 13 16

Pack qty. 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100

357

M microscopy
Slide Staining
Staining Block Clear polished glass with flat glass cover. Cavity 6mm deep. ML700-10 40 x 40mm 0.00 ea XX ML700-15 60 x 60mm 0.00 ea XX Staining Jars For holding 10 slides 76 x 26mm back to back. Complete with lid. Coplin pattern ML720-10 Glass 0.00 ea 0.00 ea (10+)
XX

Staining Kit, Azlon Comprising three components which can either be used in combination as a complete kit or used separately as desired. The trough and rack are in polyacetal which is resistant to xylene and alcohol but is not suitable for use with phenol. Trough, black polyacetal with push fit lid. Overall 100 x 85 x 55mm deep. ML750-10 Trough, SWM016 0.00 ea XX Rack, black polyacetal with folding handle. Slotted and numbered for 25 slides 76 x 26mm. Fits trough ML750-10. ML750-20 Rack, SWM018 0.00 ea XX Storage box, black polystyrene with push-fit lid. Accommodates four racks. Overall 190 x 170 x 38mm deep. ML750-30 Storage box, SWM020 0.00 ea XX Slide rack ends For suspending microscope slides over laboratory sinks using glass rod rails. Each end has two 7.5mm diameter holes with screw clamps to accommodate the glass rods, and two levelling screw feet. Supplied in pairs. ML754-10 Staining rack ends 17.85 pr RJ Glass rod see RS100-22/1.

Slide Dispenser, Kartell ABS plastic. Holds approximately 50 slides 76 x 26mm. Slides are ejected one at a time by turning either side knob. ML798-15 Slide dispenser 0.00 ea XX Electrothermal Slide Drying Bench, MH6616 With built in energy regulator and indicator lamps. Maximum temperature 100C. Accepts up to fifty 76 x 26mm slides on removable drying bars. Overall 435 x 178 x 75mm W x D x H. For 220-240V a.c. single phase supplies, 150W. HG310-10 MH6616 0.00 ea XX Histology equipment Paraffin Section Mounting Bath see HG300. Paraffin Wax Dispenser see HG320.

Square pattern ML720-50 Polypropylene, SWM012 0.00 ea

XX

Staining Trough Glass with loose flat lid. Grooved internally to hold 20 slides 76 x 26mm back to back. ML730-10 Trough 0.00 ea 0.00 ea (10+) XX Staining Trough Glass with loose flat lid. Accepts one accessory tray. Overall 103 x 83 x 70mm W x D x H. ML735-10 Trough 0.00 ea 0.00 ea (10+) XX Accessory tray, glass. With inner grooves to accept 20 slides 76 x 26mm back to back. ML737-08 Tray 0.00 ea 0.00 ea (10+) XX

ML720-50

ML720-10, ML700, ML735, ML737, ML730

ML798 in use

ML750

ML754 in use

HG310

358

microscopy
Slide Storage
Slide tray boxes Cloth covered card boxes, with fall front, containing wood pulp trays each capable of holding up to nine 76 x 26mm slides. Number of trays supplied, as indicated. No. of trays ML805-40 ML805-45 ML805-50 ML805-55 ML805-65 6 8 9 12 16 ea ea (10+) Slide storage boxes High impact styrene, compact storage boxes capable of holding up to 100 individual 76 x 26mm microscope slides or 200 stored back-to-back. The base has moulded-in slots to hold the slides vertically and are individually numbered 1 to 100 in four rows. A matching index card is also provided. Each base also has drainage holes for wet applications in preparative techniques. The transparent hinged lid assists slide selection and has moulded locating grooves to aid stacking. Overall 133 x 133 x 86mm W x D x H. Supplied singly with a choice of base colours as indicated. Base colour Slide trays, spare For use with ML805. Woodpulp tray with gate folding side flaps. Capacity nine 76 x 26mm slides. Supplied in pack of 10. ML807-10 Slide trays 0.00 pk XX Slide Boxes Wood, black paper covered with imitation leather finish and hinged lid. XX ML840-25 50 slides 0.00 ea 0.0015 ea (10+) XX ML840-30 100 slides 0.00 ea XX 0.0038 ea (10+) XX ML855-10 ML855-20 ML855-30 ML855-40 ML855-50 Blue Green Orange Red Yellow ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX

0.00 10.00 XX 0.00120.0033 XX 14.20 13.02 GO 0.00 150.00 XX 0.00190.0018 XX

Paraffin Wax Dispenser With DHSS ESCHLE approval. Comprising anodised aluminium bath with black lid in a stoved enamel housing with a polypropylene base. Maximum temperature 75C. With built-in control thermostat, over-temperature cut-out set at 105C and thermal fuse. An independent heater and control maintains the wax molten within the drop lever tap. Bath capacity 4.5 litres. Overall 285 x 275mm height x diameter. For 220-240V a.c. single phase supplies, 170W. HG320-10 Ref. MH8523B 0.00 ea XX Tissue Embedding Wax, ParaPlast Purified paraffin and plastic polymer medium, allowing clean cuts to 4m, clear tissue specimens, and smooth sections with minimal wrinkling. Melts at 56-57C. Supplied in packs of 8 x 1kg cartons. HG400-08 ParaPlast 0.00 pk XX Tissue Embedding Wax, ParaPlast Plus Similar to HG400-08 but additionally with dimethyl sulphoxide which improves speed and penetration into tissue samples, allowing cuts to 1 or 2m and making difficult or brittle tissues easier to section. Supplied in packs of 8 x 1kg cartons. HG400-22 ParaPlast Plus 0.00 pk XX

ML805 with ML807

ML840

HG320

ML855

HG400

359

M microtitration
Sero-Wel Plates Deep Well Microplates
N Frosted finish to plates N Hanging well design N Each well has a rim N Uniform wall thickness N Alpha-numeric well identification N Rim around periphery of plate N Deep lids with condensation rings N Rigid polystyrene construction Developed for a wide range of applications including ELISA and PCR, DNA sequencing, robotic sample processing, centrifugation and long-term storage in blood transfusion. N Choice of material Polystyrene, for optical clarity Polypropylene, for high solvent and temperature resistance N 96-well format, each with 1ml capacity (1.2ml capacity when used without accessory cover) N U-well profile 0.00 pk 0.00 pk 0.00 pk 0.00 pk 0.00 pk 0.00 pk 0.00 pk 0.00 pk 0.00 pk
XX XX

Plates, Sterilin Disposable rigid polystyrene with 96 wells. Plate dimensions at base 127 x 86mm (W x D). Supplied in packs of 50. U-well MN350-10 Non sterile, 611U96 MN350-15 Sterile, 612U96 V-well MN352-12 Non sterile, 611V96 MN352-17 Sterile, 612V96 Flat well MN354-13 Non sterile, 611F96 MN354-18 Sterile, 612F96 Flat well, coloured MN356-14 Black, non-sterile, 611F96BK MN356-19 White, non-sterile, 611F96WT Accessory Lids MN359-08 Lid 642000. Polystyrene for above plates,

N Rigid construction N Accessory sealing cover available

N Stackable design

XX XX

Deep Well Microplates, Elkay As described. Supplied non-sterile in packs of 20. MN377-10 Deep well microplates, polystyrene MN377-20 Deep well microplates, polypropylene

0.00 pk 0.00 pk

XX XX XX

XX XX

MN377-45 Covers for deep well plates, non-sterile, pack of 100 0.00 pk

XX XX

Microplate Cap Mats, Bugstopper

XX

Dropping Pipettes, Sterilin Cellulose acetate/polyethylene. Volume stated is the drop size. Where indicated the products have been ethylene oxide sterilised. Supplied in packs of 200. MN375-12 25l non sterile, 631025 0.00 pk XX MN375-17 25l sterile, 632025 0.00 pk XX N Flasks N Roller bottles N Petri Dishes N Tubes N Plates N Vials

for Tissue culture applications see TP180/TP825 in the Tissue Culture section. Multichannel pipettors see PR160/PR164.

Provides a simple, reliable method for venting cultures growing within a microplate. Features a reusable, sterile closure in biosafe silicone rubber incorporating a hydrophobic filter. Restricts micro-organisms with 99.9% efficiency whilst allowing air, water and CO2 to pass through the membrane. A 24-position alphanumeric grid is moulded into the top surface to match an accessory 24 x 10ml, polypropylene, deep well microplate available separately. Autoclavable repeatedly. the silicone rubber membrane is pierceable by needle and reseals afterwards keeping all cultures sterile during inoculation or aspiration. MN379-15 Bugstopper mats, pack of 5 0.00 pk XX MN379-22 24-well microplates for MN379-15, pack of 25 0.00 pk XX

U-well

V-well

Flat-well

MN377

MN350/MN352/MN354/MN356

MN375

MN379

360

microtitration
Sealplate Adhesive Film Manual Microplate Washers Mikura
Designed for the sealing of 6-well to 96-well microplates. N Bioinert, compatible with virtually all microplate assays N Self-adhesive N Withstands temperatures from 40 to +125C N Very thin, easily penetrated by probe or pipette tip N Available sterile or non-sterile Sealplate Adhesive Film, Elkay Bioinert, polyester or polypropylene film with acro-olefin adhesive compatible with virtually all microplate assays. Sealing area 121 x 80mm with additional 10mm wide end-tabs along the shorter side which allow precise positioning and are perforated for easy removal. Supplied in packs of 100 seals, non-sterile or sterile, in thicknesses as indicated. Material Non-sterile MN380-25 MN380-40 Sterile MN385-20 MN385-25 MN385-40 * 1mil = 25.4 m. Adhesive Sealing Foil Pre-cut, DMSO resistant, aluminium foil with adhesive lower surface for sealing 96-well or 384-well microplates. Withstands temperatures from 80C to +120C. Pierceable by robot or pipette tip. Supplied in packs of 100. MN387-10 Sealing foil 0.00 pk XX Roller Rubber roller for manual sealing of film or foil onto microplates. MN390-05 Roller 0.00 ea Thickness mil* 2 2 1 2 2 pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX

Microplate Washers, Mikura Manual microplate washers comprising manifold, microplate workstation, 2 litre capacity wash and waste reservoirs with inlet/outlet tubing and vacuum/ pressure module. N Choice of models with 8-port or 12-port manifolds N Autoclavable fluid pathways N Low residual volumes with accurate dispensing N Workstation incorporates a manifold priming tray N Quiet, reliable and easy operation As described, supplied with manifold as indicated, and power adapter with plug as indicated requiring a 220-240V 50/60Hz single phase supply. MN615-20 Microplate washer, with 8-port manifold and 0.00 ea XX UK plug MN615-22 Microplate washer, with 8-port manifold and 0.00 ea XX European plug MN615-40 Microplate washer, with 12-port manifold and 0.00 ea XX UK plug MN615-42 Microplate washer, with 12-port manifold and 0.00 ea XX European plug Spares and Accessories MN617-08 8-port manifold only for MN615 series MN617-12 12-port manifold only for MN615 series 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

Polyester Polypropylene Polyester Polyester Polypropylene

XX XX XX

XX XX

Manifold and Reservoir kits Comprising manifold as indicated, 2 litre capacity wash and waste reservoirs, and inlet/outlet tubing. MN617-30 Kit with 8-port manifold 0.00 ea XX MN617-40 Kit with 12-port manifold 0.00 ea XX

XX

MN380, MN385 in use

MN615-20 in use

361

M microtitration
Automatic Microplate Washers Mikura
For fully automated, washing and filling of microplates, achieving fast, reliable processing with high precision and repeatability. N Low residual volumes N Open construction and RS232 interface allows easy integration with robotic systems N Up to 25 user-programmable wash protocols N Accommodates most variants of 96 and 384-well microplates N Available with 8, 12, 16, 24 and 48 concentric tip configurations N Back-lit alphanumeric display and easy to use, keypad control N Separate dispense and aspirate channels minimise the possibility of cross-contamination Dispensing volume Precision Reservoir capacities Stability (at 37C) Dimensions, H x W x D Weight Power l C.V. % litres C mm kg 25 to 1500 in 25l increments 3 at 300l 2 0.1 350 x 350 x 650 9.2 12V d.c. adapter requiring a 100-240V 50/60Hz a.c. supply

Microplate Reader, Optica Mikura

8-channel ELISA photometer for 96-well microplates. N 8-channel, mono or bichromatic reading N Two optical filters built-in (450nm and 630nm) N Memory storage of up to 10 different assays with plates containing up to 12 standards and 12 controls N Qualitative or quantitative assay with qualitative interpretation displayed graphically N Result curves: direct plotting point to point, linear regression and 4 parameters (log-logit) N Results calculation modes: OD, direct or calculated cut-off, single calibrator, programmable curves from 2 to 12 points N Operated via the membrane keypad and dot matrix LCD or from the users PC using the RS232 interface (Windows 98 or later required) N Timed linear plate shaking function Range Accuracy Optical system Filter wavelengths Reading time nm secs. OD % 0.000 to 3.000 1 from 0.000 to 1.500 OD 2 from 1.500 to 3.000 OD 8 x separate tungsten bulbs sources and silicon photodiode detectors 450 and 630 16 - monochromatic 32 - bichromatic Centronics printer port and RS232 interface 240 x 200 x 577 8.2 100-240V 50/60Hz a.c.

As described. Comprising manifold as indicated, 2 litre capacity wash and waste reservoirs, inlet/outlet tubing and power adapter with plug as indicated requiring a 100-240V 50/60Hz single phase supply. With UK plug MN620-10 8-port manifold for 96-well plates MN620-20 12-port manifold for 96-well plates MN620-30 16-port manifold for 96-well plates MN620-40 24-port manifold for 96-well plates MN620-52 48-port manifold for 384-well plates With European plug MN620-55 8-port manifold for 96-well plates MN620-65 12-port manifold for 96-well plates MN620-75 16-port manifold for 96-well plates MN620-85 24-port manifold for 96-well plates MN620-95 48-port manifold for 384-well plates MN620-97 Aerosol protection cover for MN620-series

0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

XX XX XX XX XX

Outputs Dimensions, H x W x D mm Weight kg Supply requirements

As described. With plug as indicated. For 100-240V 50/60Hz single phase supply. MN625-25 Microplate reader, Optica, with UK plug 0.00 ea XX MN625-30 Microplate reader, Optica, with European plug 0.00 ea XX

XX XX XX XX XX XX

MN620 in use

MN625 in use

362

microtitration
Microplate Heater, QBTP Microplate Thermoshaker, PHMP

N Range ambient +5C to +130C N Accommodates most commonly used microtubes and 96-well plate types N Digital setting using 2-key and dial rotor, with bright LED display N Reaction timer from 1 to 4320 minutes N Adjustable high temperature alarm and fault indication display Catalogue No. Model Temperature range Stability (at 37C) Uniformity (at 37C) within block across similar blocks MN660-25 QBDM Ambient +5 to +130 0.1 0.1 0.2 20 0.1 200 x 280 x 100 5.5 100-230V 50/60Hz single phase supplies

N Accommodates 2 x 96-well or 384-well microplates N Applications: Bacterial cultivation and DNA analysis In-situ cytochemical reactions Enzyme and protein analysis Matrix analyses in molecular chemistry Immunochemistry Molecular diagnostics Elisas N Temperature range: ambient +5C to +60C, stability 0.1C N Heated cover prevents condensation N Shaking speed range 250 to 1200rpm x 10rpm resolution N 2mm orbit N Timer adjustable from 1 minute to 96 hours x 1 minute, with alarm and automatic switch off at end of timed period N Low voltage power supply N Operates in ambient temperatures of +4C to +45C As described. With twin-line dot matrix LCD readout, membrane key switching, heated cover and 12V d.c. power adapter. Overall 265 x 250 x 125mm W x D x H. A 220-240V 50/60Hz supply is required for the adapter. MN670-10 PHMP 0.00 ea XX Accessory Microcentrifuge Tube Blocks IN104-65 PSC-20, 20 x 1.5/2ml microcentrifuge tubes IN104-80 PSC-18, 20 x 0.5ml, 12 x 1.5/2ml microcentrifuge tubes 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

C C C C

Heat up from ambient to 100C, minutes Display resolution C Dimensions, W x D x H mm Weight kg Voltage requirements

Compact, convenient single microplate heater designed to accommodate most commonly used microtubes and 96-well plate types using accessory interchangeable blocks. With recessed controls, digital setting and display with clear, 4 digit LED, 1 to 4320 minute reaction timer, offset adjustment, delayed start/stop function, external Pt1000 probe socket for accessory probe and thermal fuse over-temperature protection. For 100-230V 50/60Hz single phase supplies. Without blocks. MN660-25 QBDM 0.00 ea XX Accessory Microcentrifuge Tube Blocks MN663-04 QBM-E0, 24 x 0.5ml microcentrifuge tubes MN663-08 QBM-E1, 24 x 1.5ml microcentrifuge tubes MN663-14 QBP-FL, undrilled block for 96-well microtitration plates, with double layer, insulating, hinged lid MN663-18 QBP-H, 96 x 0.2ml tubes in 8-well or 12- tube strips, or 1 x 96-(0.2ml) well plate 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

XX XX

XX XX XX XX

External Probe UBEP Allows in-block temperature of QBDM to be monitored and controlled directly. BK206-97 Remote probe for MN660-25 0.00 ea XX

MN660-25 in use

MN670-10

363

M microtitration, mills
Microplate Incubator Grinding Mill Ball Mill

IKA
N Temperature range ambient +8 to +80C N Dry or humid incubation N Capacity up to 48 x 96-well microplates N Forced air circulation N Upward opening door Model Temperature range C Working capacity litres Temperature variation* C Temperature fluctuation* C Shelves supplied Dimensions, W x D x H internal, mm external, mm Weight kg Power rating W Voltage requirements *At +37C. A dedicated microtitration plate incubator. Up to 48 x 96-well plates can be accommodated in total, evenly distributed onto four pull-out stainless steel shelves, one or two layers deep. Close, even temperature control is maintained throughout the chamber by forced circulation of preheated air from one side to the other across the plates. It is then ducted back between the chamber and outer case and returned to the fan. When filled with 24 x 96-well plates evenly distributed and at a temperature setting of +37C, variation of temperature between shelves is maintained to within 0.5C and fluctuation to within 0.5C. A removable stainless steel tray in the chamber base may be filled with water to increase humidity. The 10mm thick, clear acrylic door opens upwards. For 230V 50Hz single phase supplies. MN720-40 SI19 0.00 ea XX MP300-20 with MP305-16 SI19 Amb. +8 to +80 20 0.5 0.5 4 250 x 230 x 200 380 x 380 x 425 24 280 230V 50Hz single phase supplies Grinding Mill A11 basic For small scale, high speed grinding of hard, brittle, or soft, fibrous materials. Comprises drive module with stainless steel beater and shroud which mounts onto a screw-fitting, plastic grinding chamber, volume 80ml. Grinding speed 28000rpm. Maximum running time 5 minutes. With electronic overload protection and overheat safety switch. Overall 85 x 85 x 240mm high. Weight 1.5kg. For 230V 50/60Hz single phase supplies. 300W. MP300-20 A11 basic 0.00 ea XX Accessories and spares for MP300-20 only MP305-09 Coated, hard steel 0.00 ea beater for grinding hard, brittle materials with grain size 6 to 7mm MP305-11 Cutter knife for 0.00 ea grinding soft, fibrous materials MP305-16 250ml grinding 0.00 ea container MP305-47 Spare beater, stainless 0.00 ea steel For dry or wet grinding of a wide range of material including: ceramics, chemicals, cosmetics, powders, minerals, paints, printing inks, pharmaceuticals, plastics, etc. Model No. 9 For grinding small quantities of material. Variable speed 0 to 400rpm. Accepts either 1 x 0.5 litre or 1 x 1 litre pots. The rubber covered rollers are 48mm diameter and have a usable length of 206mm. The rolling mechanism and ball pots are totally enclosed behind a transparent safety shield. Bench space required 495 x 235mm. Weight 8.4kg. For 200-250V 50Hz single phase supplies. Without pot or ball charge. MR102-10 No. 9 variable speed 0.00 ea XX Ball Pots Acid resistant porcelain with flat covers and sealing gaskets. Capacity given is nominal. Without ball charge. MR150-10 0.5 litre 0.00 ea XX MR150-15 1 litre 0.00 ea XX Ball Charges Fused magnesium silicate (steatite). Selection of different diameters most appropriate for efficient grinding. MR153-12 For 0.5 litre pot 0.00 ea XX MR153-17 For 1 litre pot 0.00 ea XX

XX

XX

XX XX

MN720-40 in use

MR102 with pot MR150

364

mixers
Waring Blenders 1 litre
Rugged high speed mixer blenders designed for frequent use in the laboratory to liquify, homogenise, emulsify, chop, cut and grate a wide range of materials. N High speed blending up to 22000rpm (without load) N Exclusive clover-leaf design dimpled containers promote high turbulence mixing N High speed, profiled cutter blade provides substantial shear and produces effective homogenisation N Container capacities up to 4 litres N Fixed and variable speed models Spare Containers MS160-07 1 litre heat resistant glass with blending assembly, without lid MS160-09 Lid, plastic for above MS160-15 1 litre stainless steel with blending assembly and stainless steel lid MS160-40 Spare blending assembly only with stainless steel blade MS160-45 Spare stainless steel blade unit only

M
0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea
XX XX XX XX XX

Junior Models Container capacities up to a nominal 1 litre. Single speed (approx. 20000rpm). Overall 180 x 210 x 350mm W x D x H. For 230V 50Hz single phase supplies. MS132-10 With 1 litre heat resistant glass container 0.00 ea XX MS132-20 With 1 litre stainless steel container 0.00 ea XX General Purpose Models Container capacity nominal 1 litre, complete with cover. Solid state, two speed controller, set by positive push button action. Low speed approx. 18000rpm, high speed approx. 22000rpm (without load). Overall dimensions 180 x 210 x 350mm W x D x H . For 230V 50Hz single phase supplies. Ref. MS153-10 MS153-15 MS153-22 MS153-27 8011EG 8011ES 8010EG 8010ES Control 2 speed 2 speed 2 speed 2 speed Container Glass Stainless steel Glass Stainless steel Timer sec. 1 to 60 1 to 60 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX

Accessories for all 1 litre models Mini containers. Stainless steel with blending assembly and opaque plastic snap-fit lid. Replace the standard container on 1 litre Waring blenders. MS162-30 Capacity 12 to 37ml 0.00 ea XX MS162-31 Spare lid for MS162-30 0.00 ea XX MS162-33 Capacity 37 to 110ml MS162-34 Spare lid for MS162-33 MS162-36 Capacity 50 to 250ml MS162-37 Spare lid for MS162-36 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea
XX XX XX XX

Mini Pulveriser For rapid dry grinding of tablets and other friable materials to a fine powder. Stainless steel container and pulveriser blade. Transparent snap-fit lid allows grinding to be viewed. Replaces the standard container on 1 litre Waring blenders. Capacity 75g. MS162-80 Mini pulveriser 0.00 ea XX Dry Blending Container Stainless steel container and lid. Chromium plated base with specific blending assembly for dry homogenising and pulverising. Working capacity approximately 500ml. Replaces the standard container on 1 litre Waring blenders. MS162-86 Dry blending container 0.00 ea XX Please Note 1) Capacities given for containers are nominal 2) The working capacities of the containers are approximately: Maximum 70% of nominal Minimum 10% of nominal continued on next page

Variable Speed Models Container capacity nominal 1 litre, complete with cover. With variable speed control allowing adjustment from 0 to 20000rpm (without load) and on/off switch. Overall dimensions 180 x 210 x 350mm W x D x H. For 230V 50Hz single phase supplies. Ref. MS154-10 MS154-15 LB20EG LB20ES Control Variable Variable Container Glass Stainless steel Timer ea 0.00 0.00
XX XX

MS160-15, MS162-86 is similar

MS132-20

MS153-22

MS154-10

MS162-36, MS162-30, MS162-33 and MS162-80 are similar

365

M mixers
Waring Blender 2 litre
N Powerful 2-speed blender N With exclusive clover-leaf design container and stainless steel blending assembly Two-speed, 2 litre Model Container capacity 2 litres. Stainless steel base with 2-speed control and neoprene coated steel drive coupling to motor giving reduced wear. Low speed approx. 19000rpm, high speed approx. 23000rpm (without load). Overall 165mm diameter x 480mm high. For 230V 50Hz single phase supplies. Ref. Container Nominal capacity litres 2 ea 0.00
XX

Waring Blender 4 litre

N Heavy duty 3-speed blender with pulse facility N Twin-handled, stainless steel container with blending assembly in exclusive clover-leaf design N See-through polycarbonate lid secured with toggle clamps Three speed, 4 litre Model Container capacity 4 litres. Stainless steel container with polycarbonate lid which is secured by toggle clamps against a gasket. A centre rubber plug in the lid provides access without removing the lid. Two handles are provided on the container for ease of carrying. The blending assembly features a sealed, precision ball-bearing system for extended life. With powerful 2.24kW motor and 3-speed control with additional pulse facility. Low speed approx. 15500rpm, medium speed approx. 18300rpm, high speed approx. 22000rpm (without load). Overall 300 x 260 x 600mm W x D x H. Weight 18kg. For 240V 50Hz single phase supplies. MS280-30 Ref. 24CB9E 0.00 ea XX Spare Parts MS284-40 Blending assembly, stainless steel MS284-45 Stainless steel blade unit only 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

MS220-37

HGB55E

Stainless steel

Spares and accessories MS224-40 Blending assembly only, stainless steel MS224-45 Stainless steel blade unit only MS225-20 Adapter. Enables 1 litre glass and stainless steel containers, stainless steel and some polycarbonate mini containers, in the MS160 and MS162 series to be used on the 2-litre motor base

0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

XX XX XX

XX XX

Accessory Adapter. Enables 1 litre glass and stainless steel containers and mini containers listed under MS160 and MS162 series to be used on the 4-litre motor base. MS285-20 Adapter 0.00 ea XX Dry Blending Container Stainless steel container and lid. Chromium plated base with specific blending assembly for dry homogenising and pulverising. Working capacity approximately 500ml. Fits in place of the standard container. Requires, but does not include, adapter MS285-20. MS162-86 Dry blending container 0.00 ea XX Other Mixers/Blenders see Clinical and Shakers sections.

MS220-37

MS280-30

366

mixers
High Speed Vortex Mixers
For the rapid mixing of liquids in test tubes, small flasks, etc. Mixing commences when the flexible top cup is depressed except where stated. Mini-Vortex, SA3 For tubes up to 16mm diameter. Fixed speed operates from push and hold switch on front panel. Overall 80 x 140 x 80mm W x D x H. For 220-240V 50Hz single phase supplies. MS495-10 Fixed speed SA3 0.00 ea XX Rotamixer, 9130 For tubes up to 40mm diameter. With electronic speed control. Continuous or intermittent operation can be selected by a front panel switch. A moulded rubber top cup minimises the risk of spillage entering the mixer. Overall 160 x 160 x 130mm W x D x H. For 220-240V 50Hz single phase supplies. MS500-15 Variable speed 9130 0.00 ea XX Vortex Mixer, PV-1 For gentle to vigorous mixing of 0.5ml, 1.5ml or 15ml tubes. Variable speed from 250 to 3000rpm, with 2mm orbit and switchable continuous or touch operation modes where mixing starts when pressure is applied to the top cup. A 12V d.c. power supply allows use in a cold room or incubator. Overall 82 x 145 x 75 mm W x D x H. For 220-240V 50/60Hz single phase supplies. MS510-10 Variable speed PV-1 0.00 ea XX Vortex Mixer, REAX Top A heavy duty, quiet running mixer with die-cast housing giving a stable base. Adjustable speed range 0 to 2500rpm with 5mm orbit. Continuous or intermittent operation. The top cup can accommodate test tubes up to 20mm diameter. Overall 105 x 134 x 172mm W x D x H. Weight 3.3kg. For 230V 50Hz single phase supplies. MS525-20 Variable speed 0.00 ea XX REAX Top Vortex Mixer, MultiREAX Large capacity mixer with electronic feedback control and digital setting with LED display. Adjustable speed range 150 to 2000rpm with 3mm orbit, 0 to 999 minute timer with audible alarm at end of timed period or continuous operation. Supplied with two tube carousels to hold 26 tubes x 10-16mm diameter, maximum length 160mm and 12 tubes x 16-32mm diameter, maximum length 120mm, respectively (only one carousel can be mounted at a time). Overall 270 x 410 x 172mm W x D x H. Weight 3.3kg. For 230/240V 50Hz single phase supplies. MS525-45 MultiREAX 0.00 ea XX Vortex Mixer, SA7 For the rapid mixing of liquids in test tubes, small flasks etc. With fixed speed rotation of 2500rpm, low-profile, robust, die-cast body and integral retort rod fixing. Mixing commences when the flexible cup is depressed. Overall 135 x 215 x 78mm W x D x H. Weight 2.3kg. For 90-240V 50/60Hz single phase supplies. MS530-60 Fixed speed SA7 0.00 ea XX Vortex Mixer, SA8 Generally as MS530-60 but with variable speed from 250 to 2500rpm, touch start or continuous operation modes and flexible cup head which also accommodates interchangeable accessory attachments comprising 1 x microplate holder, a foam insert for use with beakers or flasks up to 500ml, drilled foam block for 8 x 0.2ml, 8 x 0.5ml and 16 x 1.5ml microcentrifuge tubes and a plain foam block for the user to drill. Overall 135 x 215 x 78mm W x D x H. Weight 3.2kg. For 90-240V 50/60Hz single phase supplies. MS530-65 Variable speed SA8 0.00 ea XX Accessory attachments for MS530-65 only MS532-20 Attachments, SA8/1 0.00 ea Centrifuge-vortexers see CD125. MS600-15 in use

M
MS600-20 10 rollers 54 27 320 100 460 410 9.5

Spiramix Mixers
For mixing blood bottles, Bijous, Universals, etc. The plastic covered rollers with built-in spirals simulate gentle hand mixing. Roller speed 50 rev/min. A removable drip tray beneath the rollers will contain accidental spillages. Catalogue No. Model Capacity Bijous Universals Roller length Overall H L W Weight mm mm mm mm kg MS600-15 5 rollers 24 12 320 100 460 225 6

Spiramix Mixers Roller speed 50rpm. Roller length 320mm. For 220250V 50Hz single phase supplies. MS600-15 5 rollers 0.00 ea XX MS600-20 10 rollers 0.00 ea XX Tube rotators see CM470.

XX

MS495-10

MS510-10

MS525-45 in use

MS500-15

MS525-20

MS530-65, MS530-60 is similar

367

M mixers
Stomacher Lab-Blenders
N Unique reciprocating paddles blending action N No contact between sample and blending paddles N Time settings plus continuous running N Rapid gentle blending N Microprocessor control N Safety door lock

Blender Bags
Precision-made, polyethylene bags for use with all proprietary makes of laboratory bag blenders. Sterilised by gamma irradiation and supplied sealed in sachets within outer cases as indicated. Wall thickness 70m except MS850-60 which are 75m thick. Standard 80 Overall size 100 x 150mm W x D. Supplied in sachets of 50 bags within a case of 2000. MS850-10 Standard 80 0.00 pk XX Standard 400 Overall size 180 x 300mm W x D. Supplied in sachets of 10 bags within a case of 500. MS850-20 Standard 400 0.00 pk XX Curved 400 Similar to MS850-20 but with curved seam at the base. Supplied in sachets of 10 bags within a case of 500. MS850-22 Curved 400 0.00 pk XX Separator 400 Generally as MS850-20 but with removable inner nylon mesh filter. Supplied in sachets of 10 bags within a case of 200. MS850-35 Separator 400 0.00 pk XX Standard 3500 Overall size 380 x 500mm W x D. Supplied in sachets of 50 bags within a case of 250. MS850-60 Standard 3500 0.00 pk XX

Stomacher Lab-Blenders A unique blender using a sealed plastic bag to contain the sample and two reciprocating paddles which apply controlled pressure on the bag. There is no contact between the sample and the machinery. Blending is rapid and takes approximately 30 seconds/sample. The blending action minimises any damage to microbial cells and is very quiet in operation. The 400 Circulator model additionally has an enhanced paddle design and utilises round bottom bags giving improved processing efficiency. With microprocessor control, timer and safety door lock. For 220-240V 50Hz single phase supplies. Catalogue No. Model Capacity Overall H x W x D Weight MS800-10 80 5 to 80ml 180 x 150 x 290 10 MS800-25 400 Circulator 80 to 400ml 330 x 240 x 460 20 MS800-30 3500 1 to 3.5 litres 410 x 460 x 480 32 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea
XX XX XX

mm kg

MS800-10 Model 80 MS800-25 Model 400 Circulator MS800-30 Model 3500 Bags, polyethylene Sterilised by irradiation. Supplied in sealed sachets within bulk carton packs. For model MS805-10 MS805-20 MS805-22 MS805-30 MS807-20 MS807-25 (Closure*) MS807-28 (Closure*) 80 400 400 Circulator 3500 400 400 400 Circulator

Size, mm 150 x 100 180 x 300 180 x 300 380 x 510 180 x 300 180 x 300 180 x 300

Sachet qty. 50 50 50 50 5 10 10

Pack qty. 2000 500 500 250 500 250 250

pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

*With flexible closure band.

Bags remain available for the superseded Model 400. 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea
XX XX XX

MS807-40 Bag rack for model 80 size bags. Holds 10 bags MS807-60 Bag rack for all model 400 size bags. Holds 10 bags MS807-80 Bag rack for model 3500 size bags. Holds 3 bags

Strainer Bags Polyethylene with removable inner nylon mesh filter. Size 180 x 300mm, thickness 65 m (250 gauge). Irradiated sachets of 10 within a bulk carton packs of 200. MS808-15 Strainer bags, for superseded model 400 only 0.00 pk XX MS805-24 Strainer bags, for model 400 Circulator only 0.00 pk XX MS850

MS800-30

MS800-10 (inset)

MS800-25

368

mixers
Ultra Turrax T8 Hand-Held Homogeniser Ultra Turrax T18 basic Homogeniser

IKA
For small-scale processing tasks, particularly in clinical and medical diagnostics and re-suspension of centrifuged pellets. N For processing quantities of material up to 50ml N Low voltage transformer unit N Choice of dispersing heads N Speed adjustable between 5000 and 25000rpm N Particle reduction down to 1m N Maximum material viscosity 5000 mPas Drive Module, Ultra Turrax T8 Hand held, low voltage unit. Comprising a 100W/12V motor mounted in a durable housing plus a bench mounting low voltage transformer. Speed is adjustable between 5000 and 25000rpm off load. Overall 42 x 44 x 250mm W x D x H (drive unit). Weight 0.4kg. Requires, but does not include, one or more accessory dispersing heads plus a 230V 50/60Hz single phase supply for the transformer. MT435-10 Drive Module T8 0.00 ea XX Accessories Interchangeable dispersing heads. Materials in contact with sample are stainless steel and PTFE. Autoclavable. MT435-40 0.5 to 5ml range, o.d. 5mm, S8N-5G 0.00 ea XX MT435-45 1 to 50ml range, o.d. 8mm, S8N-8G 0.00 ea XX MT435-50 Workstation for drive module and 0.00 ea XX accessory head, T8-10

IKA
For high speed shredding, homogenising and dispersing a wide range of free-flowing materials. N Comprises drive module and choice of accessory dispersing heads N Speed adjustable between 6000 and 24000rpm N Capacity 1 to 1500ml depending on dispersing head chosen N Can be used as a hand-held unit or on an accessory stand N Particle reduction down to 1m (emulsions), 10m (suspensions) Ultra Turrax T18 basic As described. Supplied with stepless speed control, range 6000 to 24000rpm. For 230V 50/60Hz single phase supplies. 300W. Overall 78 x 220mm diameter x length. Weight 1.2kg. Requires, but does not include, one or more accessory dispersing heads for operation. MT440-25 T18 basic 0.00 ea XX Accessories Interchangeable dispersing heads. Materials in contact with sample are stainless steel and PTFE. Autoclavable. MT440-65 1 to 100ml range, o.d. 10mm, immersion 0.00 ea XX 25 to 70mm, S18N-10G MT440-80 10 to 1500ml range, o.d. 19mm, immersion 0.00 ea XX 35 to 170mm, S18N-19G Stand Base plate 200 x 316mm and 16mm diameter stainless steel rod, 800mm high. Maximum loading capacity 5kg. MT468-22 Stand R1826 0.00 ea XX SR753-09 Bosshead R182 for mounting MT440-25 to stand 0.00 ea XX

MT435 in use

MT440-25 on stand

369

M mixers, moisture
Ultra Turrax T25basic Homogeniser

Halogen Moisture Analyser HB43

IKA
For high speed shredding, homogenising and dispersing a wide range of free-flowing materials. N Integral variable electronic speed control from 11000 to 24000rpm N Particle reduction down to 1m N Operating range up to 2 litres N Can be hand-held or mounted on an accessory stand N Set rotor speed maintained irrespective of viscosity changes during dispersion Drive Module T25basic As described. With integral variable electronic speed control. Maximum speed 24000rpm. Overall 65 x 80 x 240mm W x D x H. Weight 1.6kg. For 230V 50/60Hz single phase supplies. Requires one or more accessory dispersing shafts (MT465-) as selected, for operation. MT450-14 Drive module T25basic 0.00 ea XX Accessories for Drive Module T25basic Dispersing Shafts, Interchangeable Materials in contact with product are stainless steel and PTFE. Autoclavable. Range*, ml MT465-10 (S25N-8G) MT465-20 (S25N-10G) MT465-30 (S25N-18G) 1 to 50 1 to 100 10 to 1500 Shaft/ Stator dia. mm 8 10 18 Rotor dia. mm 6.1 7.5 12.7 Max. depth mm 85 85 165 Ultimate fineness m (approx.) dispersions emulsions 10 to 50 10 to 50 10 to 50 1 to 10 1 to 10 5 to 20 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX

N Simple operation N Automatic stop (five settings) N Choice of two temperature profiles N Rapid, precise, halogen heating element N RS232 output port Weighing range Readability Display modes g 0.5 to 41 0.1% or 1mg % moisture, % dry content, weight 50 to 200C in 5C steps 190 x 350 x 160 6.5

Temperature range Overall W x D x H mm Weight kg

Moisture Analyser, HB43 As described. For 240V 50/60Hz single phase supplies. MW124-10 HB43 0.00 ea XX BD790-10 Aluminium foil sample 0.00 pk XX dishes, pack of 80 BD912-52 Calibration weight, 0.00 ea XX Class F1, 20g Dot matrix Printer, LC-P45 24h/line at 1 line/sec. Prints results of statistical data and weighing results plus a record of regular calibration and adjustment. Supplied with LocalCAN and RS232 interfaces, connecting cables, two paper rolls and batteries. Overall 150 x 190 x 80mm W x D x H. Weight 2kg. For 115/230V 50/60Hz a.c. single phase supplies. BC540-10 Dot matrix Printer 0.00 ea XX LC-P45

*Range given is for material viscosities up to 200mPas. Stand Base Plate 200 x 316mm and 16mm diameter stainless steel rod, 800mm high. Maximum loading capacity 5kg. MT468-22 Stand R1826 0.00 ea XX SR753-09 Bosshead R182 for mounting MT450-14 on stand MT468-33 Strap clamp RH3 for securing/stabilising sample vessels to stand Stainless steel stirrer see SR875-40. 0.00 ea 0.00 ea
XX XX

MW124 in use

MT450-14 with dispersing shaft on stand

BD790

370

moisture
Infra-Red Moisture Analyser MA45 Halogen Moisture Analysers MB Series

N Compact, space saving design N Optimised, ceramic, infra-red heat source N Choice of three modes for end-point determination N Backlit, graphics display, modes: % moisture, % dry weight (solids), % Ratio, g residue, g/kg residue Weighing range g Readability mg Temperature range C Timer minutes Data interface 0 to 45 1 40 to 230 0.1 to 99 RS232 printer/PC port with GLP-compliant output capability 217 x 283 x 165 5.5

Choice of two models with routine (MB-35) or sophisticated (MB-45) features for laboratory or industrial applications in the chemical, pharmaceutical, food and beverage, and environmental fields. N 35g (MB-35) or 45g (MB-45) capacities N Rapid, precise, halogen element heating N RS232 output port with adjustable baud rate, and GLP compliant format when printed results are required N MB-45 has a built-in, statistical function mode for process analysis and output Model Ranges x readability MB-35 0 to 35 x 0.001 0 to 100 x 0.01 50 to 160 x 5 1 to 120 x 0.5 min.(up to 60 min.) x 1 min. (rest of range) Moisture content, time, temperature, weight N/A MB-45 0 to 45 x 0.001 0 to 100* x 0.01 50 to 200 x 1 1 to 120 x 0.1 % Moisture content, % Dry weight % Regain, grams or custom Manual, timed, Auto 30, Auto 60, Auto 90 and Auto user shut off modes Standard, fast, gentle, step (user defined) 50 named procedures stored 20 100 and 160 190 x 350 x 150 6.4 N 0.001g and 0.01% readability

weighing g moisture % temperature C time minutes %

Results display

Overall W x D x H Weight

mm kg

Shut off modes

Moisture Analyser, MA45 With rapid infra-red heating and automatic end-point detection, and a.c. adapter for 115, 230V 50/60Hz single phase supplies. MW170-20 MA45 0.00 ea XX BD166-44 Printer, YDP03-OCE 0.00 ea XX BD166-48 Paper rolls, pack of 5 0.00 pk XX BD790-10 Aluminium foil sample 0.00 pk XX dishes, pack of 80 Moisture Testing:Dean & Stark see Quickfit section. Drying Ovens see Ovens section. Humidity meters see Humidity section. Karl Fischer see Karl Fischer section.

Temperature profiles Memory Calibration

Standard only 20 100 and 160 190 x 350 x 160 6.4

weight g temperatures C Overall, W x D x H mm Weight kg *0 to 999% in regain mode.

Moisture Analysers MB-series As described. With halogen heating, sample pan handler, bi-directional RS232 interface, aluminium foil sample dishes, levelling feet and bubble, and instruction manual. For 100-120V, 220-240V 50/60Hz single phase supplies. MW180-05 MB-35 0.00 ea
XX

MW180-10 MB-45 BB586-46 BB586-49 Paper rolls for impact printer, MW183-30, pack of 5 Ink ribbon for impact printer, MW183-30, supplied singly

0.00 ea 0.00 pk 0.00 ea

XX

Accessories and spares for both models MW183-06 TempCal temperature 0.00 ea calibration kit BD790-06 Disposable aluminium 0.00 pk foil dishes 90 x 8mm, pack 80 MW183-30 Impact printer SF42-GB, 0.00 ea for 220-240V 50/60Hz supplies

XX XX

XX

XX

XX

MW170-20

MW180-10, MW180-05 is similar

371

M molecular biology
Nucleic acid processing media, FTA
FTA products from Whatman Biosciences provide users with an established range of effective tools and innovative solutions for the collection, purification and transportation of nucleic acids. FTA is a chemical treatment that allows for the rapid isolation of pure DNA. When samples are applied to FTA-treated paper or card, cell lysis occurs and high molecular weight DNA is immobilised within the matrix. Amplification or restriction enzyme digestion can be performed directly on the treated paper without the need for extensive extraction procedures. Features N Rapid isolation of pure DNA N Designed to kill pathogens and prevent future colonisation by bacteria of fungi N Protects DNA from microbial and environmental degradation N Archive samples at room temperature N Reduces potential for cross-contamination between samples N Eliminates shearing forces associated with conventional extraction methods FTA Classic and Micro cards FTA treated, 75 x 75mm cards designed for collection and transport of biological materials. N All cells are lysed, even from solid tissue N Bacteria and viruses are inactivated, providing non-hazardous samples N Biological samples can be collected, transported and stored at room temperature N Cards can be punched to provide clean DNA samples for easy transfer to PCR reaction vessels N Amplifications possible on biological samples stored on cards at room temperature for ten years N FTA Micro card is one quarter of the size of the FTA Classic card

Benefits N Capture and store nucleic acids in one step N Reduces handling, saving time and money N Stabilises genomic DNA at room temperature for over eleven years

CloneSaver cards Capture BAC and Plasmid DNA for long term storage and downstream applications in one easy step. N Simply apply 5l bacterial culture, resuspended colony or glycerol stock to a CloneSaver card. The plasmid or BAC DNA is captured and stabilised for long-term storage or immediate processing N Captured DNA is easily accessible for downstream applications N Store up to 96 samples on each CloneSaver card N CloneSaver cards include a pink indicator that turns white upon sample application to aid identification and location N Plasmid DNA held on CloneSaver cards are stable at room temperature for at least two and a half years CloneSaver cards provide a convenient and accessible format for downstream applications involving frequently used, plasmid and BAC clones. Washed, punched discs from the card are ready for transformation of bacteria by stored, immobilised, plasmid DNA using electroporation or heat-shock methods. An immobilised plasmid DNA punch can also be used directly as a template for PCR. The plasmid DNA template remains bound to the punch and can be re-used in another reaction. The PCR products remain in solution, do not bind to the punch, and are easily recoverable. Supplied in a pack of 5. MW200-85 WB120028 CloneSaver cards 0.00 pk XX

As described. Supplied in packs of 100. MW200-10 WB120205 FTA Classic cards MW200-25 WB120210 FTA Micro cards

0.00 pk 0.00 pk

XX XX

FTA Gene cards Similar to the FTA Classic cards but prepared for automation. Contains three circles without paper cover, each to hold approximately 50l of whole blood (more if spotting is outside the circle). Supplied in a pack of 100. MW200-60 WB120208 FTA Gene cards 0.00 pk XX

MW200-10

MW200-60

MW200-85

372

molecular biology
Nucleic acid processing media, FTA

Harris micro punches Designed for rapid, easy sampling from FTA and CloneSaver cards. N Sharp cutting edge guarantees fast, precise punching and ejection, uniform sampling and no carry-over from punch to punch N Precision-tooled tips: polished steel, heat treated, rust resistant and case hardened N Self-healing, inert cutting mat ensures clean sample cuts, protects and extends the life of the micro punch N Available in two sizes: 1.2mm and 2mm N 2mm Punch is recommended for use with CloneSaver cards As described. Supplied singly. MW202-05 WB100005, with 1.2mm tip and mat MW202-07 WB100006, spare 1.2mm tip for above MW202-15 WB100007, with 2mm tip and mat MW202-17 WB100008, spare 2mm tip for above 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea
XX XX XX XX

Sample collection products Applicator swabs Foam tipped, sterile swabs for the non-abrasive collection of buccal cells and simple transfer to FTA media for DNA typing applications. Supplied in a pack of 100. MW205-37 WB100032 Applicator swabs 0.00 pk XX Omni swabs With ejectable head for easy transfer of samples into tubes and multiwell plates for DNA analysis applications. Individually wrapped within a pack of 100. MW205-44 WB100035 Omni swabs 0.00 pk XX Desiccant For controlling moisture in specimen packages. Supplied in a pack of 1000 x 1g sachets. MW205-60 WB100003 Desiccant sachets 0.00 pk XX Multi-barrier pouches Multi-layer pouches for use with FTA or CloneSaver cards as indicated. Ref. MW205-73 MW205-76 MW205-79 WB100010 WB100011 WB100024 For cards FTA Classic FTA Gene/Micro FTA CloneSaver Pack qty. 500 500 50 pk 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX

FTA purification reagent A non-toxic, hypoallergenic solution used for the rapid purification of DNA from a wide range of biological specimens stored on FTA-treated matrix. N Provides superior quality DNA for PCR or RFLP analysis N Simple washing procedure ensures complete removal of all heme, PCR inhibitors and other contaminants N Prepares DNA from a wide variety of specimens: whole blood, epithelial cells, cell cultures, solid tissues - even yeast and bacteria As described. Supplied in a bottle of 500ml. MW205-10 WB120204 FTA Purification reagent 0.00 ea
XX

Triple Trio paternity kit Designed for the collection of buccal cells from alleged father, mother and child for paternity testing using DNA analysis. MW205-90 WB100013 Triple Trio Kit 0.00 ea XX continued on next page

MW202

MW205-37

MW205-60

MW205-10

MW205-44

MW205-73 to MW205-79

373

M molecular biology
Nucleic acid processing media, FTA, continued Cooling/Heating Blocks, PCH Series
GenSpin Genomic DNA purification kit A manual, rapid purification kit for single-stranded, genomic DNA from 5 to 50l of fresh or heparinised blood. N Spin tube containing unique FTA filter paper N Simple procedure takes <20 minutes N Yields up to 670ng of DNA which is highly suitable for PCR amplification As described. Supplied in a kit enabling 50 purifications. MW210-20 WB120005 GenSpin kit 0.00 ea
XX

Suitable for cooling and heating applications including nick translation, ligation reactions, restriction digests, tube hybridisation, enzyme reactions and deactivations. N Range -10 to +100C N Choice of microtube blocks: PCH-1: 12 x 1.5ml/20 x 0.5ml PCH-2: 20 x 1.5ml N 0 to 96 hours x 1 minute timer with audible alarm at end of timed period Specifications - both models Range x resolution C Stability C Uniformity @ 10C C Heat up time minutes (ambient to +100C) Cool down times, minutes +100C to ambient ambient to -10C WxDxH mm Weight kg -10 to +100 x 0.1 0.2 0.5 <10

GenFast Genomic DNA purification systems A simple nucleic acid purification system designed to isolate pure genomic, double-stranded DNA from up to 10ml of whole blood within 20 minutes. N >90% recovery rate N Purified DNA can be eluted in TE buffer N Available in two sizes, for 50l to 1ml or 1ml to 10ml samples Supplied as a kit containing four solutions, 50 isolation vessels, 2 vacuum pumps, 2 vacuum manifolds, one heating block and necessary accessories for performing the DNA purification protocol. Requires, but is not supplied with, reagent packs for operation. MW215-30 WB120003 for 50l to 1ml samples 0.00 ea XX MW215-34 WB120015 50l to 1ml reagent pack for 50 tests* 0.00 pk XX MW215-38 WB120016 50l to 1ml reagent pack for 250 tests* 0.00 pk XX MW215-60 WB120020 for 1ml to 10ml samples MW215-64 WB120012 1ml to 10ml reagent pack for 50 tests* MW215-68 WB120013 1ml to 10ml reagent pack for 250 tests* 0.00 ea 0.00 pk 0.00 pk
XX XX XX

<12 <11 225 x 195 x 161 3.5

*Note: Due to the temperature-sensitive nature of these reagents UK shipments are made direct from the factory via refrigerated transport/packaging. Overseas shipments will be subject to suitable transport/storage facilities being available please contact us with your requirements.

As described. With insulating cover and fitted with block as indicated. For 220-240V 50/60Hz single phase supplies. MW340-10 PCH-1, 12 x 1.5ml/ 0.00 ea XX 20 x 0.5ml MW340-20 PCH-2, 20 x 1.5ml 0.00 ea XX

MW210-20

MW340

MW215

374

molecular biology
Micro-array Hybridisation Incubator

Micro-array Hybridisation Chamber

A low-cost, reliable and consistently reproducible system for hybridising micro-arrays printed onto 75 x 25mm slides. In use, the slide is placed into an individual inert plastic chamber with clamping lid and slide clips which seal the chamber throughout incubation. Wells at either end of the chamber enable a small volume of hybridisation buffer (600m per well) to be added to humidify the chamber and an absorbent paper pad is supplied to humidify the chamber at high temperatures. A recess at one end of the chamber allows easy removal of the slide even when wearing gloves or using slide forceps. The chambers can be used in forced air incubators and waterbaths, are stackable to save space and have been tested at hybridisation temperatures up to +65C. The semi-disposable chambers are autoclavable and can be re-used several times if necessary, but are not permanently reusable. Suitable for other slidebased in-situ protocols such as fluorescent in-site hybridisation. Supplied in a sealed pack of 2 with absorbent papers, instructions and technical notes. MW364-20 HC2 hybridisation chambers, pack of 2 0.00 pk XX MW364-28 Spare absorbent papers, pack of 50 0.00 pk XX

A simple, effective, microscope slide incubator designed to enhance productivity in micro-array processing. In use the slides are laid out on a stainless steel rack and placed in an autoclavable aluminium tray which is itself then sealed and clamped into a carrier within the incubator chamber. An accessory plastic rack is also available for use in procedures requiring chemical washing. Excellent humidity is maintained in the chamber merely by adding a small amount of hybridisation buffer solution to the tray. N Forced air circulation N PID temperature control N Applications include micro-array hybridisation, in-situ hybridisation single temperature microscope slide incubation immunohistochemistry procedures slide warming and drying Model Range x resolution Stability (@ 37C) Uniformity (@ 37C) Heat up time to +50C Maximum humidity Capacity, ISO20 ambient +10 to +75 x 0.1 0.2 0.3 20 (chamber) 25 (tray) 80 20 ea. 75 x 25mm slides* 18 ea. 75 x 25mm slides* 150 x 460 x 435

C C C mins.

%RH with s/s rack with plastic rack Overall H x W x D mm *Also accommodates other sizes.

A described. Supplied with stainless steel slide rack, aluminium tray 20 x 190 x 300mm H x W x D and instructions. For 230V 50/60Hz single phase supplies. MW345-10 ISO20 0.00 ea XX Accessory slide rack MW345-75 PSH, plastic slide rack 0.00 ea

XX

MW345-10 with door open

MW345-10 with door closed

MW364-20 in use

375

M molecular biology
Hybridisation Oven/Shaker PCR Cabinets Bigneat
N Digital set and read temperature control N Fan circulation N Temperature ambient +8C to 80C N Variable speed rotisserie and shaker N Designed for 20cm wide membrane N Rotisserie acts as a bottle stand on the bench A combined oven/shaker. The 7-bottle rotisserie rotates on rollers. Speed is variable between 2 and 10rpm. A platform fitted in the back drops forward to form a rocking shaker with variable speed of 5 to 70 oscillations per minute. The counterbalanced door opens to allow for full access into the incubator. The front is double glazed of acrylic and polycarbonate to withstand temperatures up to 80C and to act as a radio-isotope shield. Catalogue No. Model Type Capacity Max. temperature Fluctuation at 37C Dimensions, H x W x D MW400-15 SI30H Oven/shaker 20 80 0.5 200 x 250 x 250 435 x 380 x 380 N Stainless steel interior N Safety thermostat N Choice of models: UV sterilisation cabinet; with powerful UV tube lights and reflectors controlled by a 5 to 30 minute timer. Aluminium frame with 10mm thick acrylic side panels and hinged door flap at the front face including a safety sensor which switches off the UV lamps when the door is opened, PVC base tray, externally controlled white light illumination and corner shelves. Cable ports are provided in the side panels PCR workstation; as above but additionally with fan and class 100 filtration system which maintains positive air pressure out of the cabinet reducing contamination risk. Pre-filter is 90% efficient to EFV grade EU7, the main HEPA filter is 99.997% efficient for particulates as small as 0.3m. An electronic filter saturation indicator illuminates when the filters require replacing Catalogue No. Cabinet Dimensions, internal (external) Weight MW520-10 UV sterilisation 730 (802) 489 (549) 699 (863) 58 MW520-20 PCR workstation 730 (802) 489 (549) 699 (998) 58

N Up-and-over door with double glazed front panel

H mm W mm D mm kg

litres C C internal mm external mm

PCR cabinets, Bigneat As described. For 230V 50Hz single phase supplies. MW520-10 UV sterilising cabinet MW520-20 PCR workstation

0.00 ea 0.00 ea

XX XX

Hybridisation Oven-Shaker, Stuart As described. With variable speed, 7-bottle rotisserie, and linear shaker. For 230V 50Hz single phase supplies. Without hybridisation bottles. MW400-15 Oven Shaker, SI30H 0.00 ea XX Spares and Accessories MW400-30 Rotisserie, spare for 7 x 35mm i.d. bottles MW400-33 Rotisserie, for 2 x 75mm bottles MW400-36 Rotisserie, for 24 x 50ml centrifuge tubes Hybridisation bottles Heavy wall borosilicate glass. Suitable for autoclaving up to 140C. H x dia., mm MW413-18 MW413-22 MW413-34 170 x 40 260 x 40* 260 x 75 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX

COMMISSIONING A commissioning service for the PCR cabinets is available within the UK at additional cost details on request

0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

XX XX XX

*The 260 x 40mm bottles accept the 20cm wide membranes.

MW400-15 in use

MW520-20, MW520-10 is similar

376

molecular biology
Personal Thermal Cyclers
Techne Thermal Cyclers Comprehensive range of models for personal, high throughput, and gradient thermal cycling. N Choice of models: TC-312: small-scale personal cycler TC-412: large scale, high performance thermal cycler TC-512: high performance gradient thermal cycler with precise block temperature control, touch screen user-interface and graphical display capability N Heated lid with temperature regulator (and adjustable sealing pressure TC-412 and TC-512 models) N RS232 (and RS485 TC-512) data output/ control ports (require accessory software and cable for connection to users personal computer N Interchangeable block systems for various sample holder formats TC-412 4 to 99 0.1 <0.3 80 built in Yes 100 to 115 Yes Yes Yes Yes 2.6 x 0.1 1 sec./18 hours 8 RS232 420 x 220 x 260 11 TC512 4 to 99 (20 to 70) 0.1 <0.3 30 (16 to 384 well block) 50 built in 500 with memory card Yes 100 to 115 Yes Yes Yes Yes 3 x 0.1 1 sec./99 hours 8 RS232/RS485 420 x 220 x 260 11.5

Model Temperature range (Gradient range) Temperature set-point precision Block uniformity (at +50C)* Maximum gradient

C C C C

TC-312 4 to 99 0.1 0.1 80 built-in Yes 100 to 115 Yes Yes Yes Yes 3.6 x 0.1 1 sec./18 hours 4 RS232 330 x 170 x 190 6

TC-312 Thermal Cyclers Affordable, self-contained, rapid, personal thermal cyclers with numerous applications in molecular biology and diagnostics laboratories. A choice of models are available with fitted interchangeable blocks either for 0.5ml microtubes or 0.2ml microtubes/5 x 5 multiwell plates and RS232 interface. Up to 80 x 3-segment programmes can be selected with incremental/decremental timing and temperature programming. Programme naming and password protection are available and the four-line alphanumeric display provides clear indication of programme status and easy operation. A heated lid is also provided with temperature adjustment (100 to 115C) and heat on/off switch. For 120, 230V 50/60Hz single phase supplies. MW605-30 TC-312 with 20 x 0.5ml 0.00 ea XX microtube block MW605-35 TC-312 with 25 x 0.2ml 0.00 ea XX microtube/5 x 5 multiwell block Spares and accessories for MW605 series MW607-24 Block only for 0.00 ea 20 x 0.5ml microtubes MW607-28 Block only for 0.00 ea 25 x 0.2ml microtubes MW607-50 Cable and software 0.00 ea to connect one cycler only to the users PC

Maximum number of programmes 3 segment Run end time calculation Selectable heated lid temperature# C End of programme alarm Manual pause and stop facility Incremental/decremental temperature control Incremental/decremental timing and hold control Programme ramp rate, up to C per second* Min./Max. hold time Peltier elements per block Data/network interface Dimensions D x W x H mm Weight, net kg

XX XX XX

continued on next page

* Typical values using 0.2ml block at 20C ambient stated. The maximum number of programmes available depends on the number of segments required per programme. # Heated lid will only come on if block temperature is set above 35C.

MW605

MW630

377

M molecular biology
Programmable Thermal Cyclers cont.
TC-412 Thermal Cyclers, Techne Affordable, high performance thermal cyclers designed for laboratories requiring a large sample throughput. The on-board microprocessor and thermistor temperature sensor ensure that the block temperatures remain stable and uniform. Up to 80 user-selectable programmes are provided for time, temperature and ramp-rate. 8 Peltier modules per block provide rapid cooling and heating over the range +4C to +99C with a precision of 0.1C. An easy to use, interchangeable block system allows rapid format changes by the user without the use of tools. A heated lid is provided with adjustable sealing pressure, and an RS232 interface allows data output and remote programming/networking using accessory connection kits. Supplied fitted with block as indicated. For 120V, 230V 50/60Hz single phase supplies. MW630-25 TC-412 for 60 x 0.5ml microtubes 0.00 ea XX MW630-30 TC-412 for 96 x 0.2ml microtubes 0.00 ea XX Spares and accessories for MW630 series MW633-05 Accessory block for 60 x 0.5ml microtubes MW633-08 Accessory block for 96 x 0.2ml microtubes or 96-well unskirted plate MW633-16 Accessory block for 384-well microplates MW633-20 Accessory flat block plate MW607-50 Cable and software to connect one cycler only to the users PC 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

Microtubes and Plates

Thin-walled Microtubes, Elkay Thin-walled, polypropylene conical tubes for use in thermal cycler blocks. Manufactured under stringent cleanroom conditions and certified DNase and RNase free. With integral, snap-shut, domed or flat cap as indicated. Non-sterile. Capacity, ml MW710-10 MW710-40 0.2 0.5 Cap type Domed Flat Pack qty. 1000 1000 pk 0.00 0.00
XX XX

Microtube strips, Elkay Strips of 8 x 0.2ml thin-walled, polypropylene conical tubes ideal for use with 96 well, V-bottom, thermal cycler blocks. Strips can be easily cut to separate individual tubes. Supplied in shelf packs of 2 x 125 strips (250 strips total) within outer packs as indicated. Non-sterile. Capacity, ml MW730-20 MW730-30 MW732-10 Cap Pack qty. 2000 2000 2000 pk 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX

XX XX XX XX XX

0.2 No 0.2 Yes Accessory microtube caps only

TC-512 Thermal Cyclers, Techne High performance thermal cyclers with interchangeable block system each containing 8 peltier units and controlled by 4 independent thermistor sensors, giving accurate control of temperature across the columns of tubes and allowing a temperature gradient of 30C to be set up, optimising protocols in a single experiment. With 115 x 90mm, touch-sensitive, backlit display screen offering micro-processor controller programming, real-time graphical representation of the sample temperature profile, upper and lower gradient limits and gradient calculation function which displays the temperature of each column of tubes, ensuring replication of the experimental conditions. Up to 150 programme segments can be stored in the internal memory and a plug-in memory expansion card allows 1500 programme segments to be stored. Also includes a heated lid with adjustable sealing pressure and RS232/RS485 interface for use with an accessory connection kit which provides networking and PC control facilities. Supplied with one plug-in memory card and fitted with block as indicated. For 120V, 230V 50/60Hz single phase supplies. MW635-22 TC-512 for 60 x 0.5ml microtubes 0.00 ea XX MW635-40 TC-512 for 96 x 0.2ml microtubes 0.00 ea XX Spares and accessories for MW635 series MW637-05 Accessory block for 60 x 0.5ml microtubes MW637-08 Accessory block for 96 x 0.2ml microtubes or 96-well unskirted plate MW637-16 Accessory block for 384-well microplates MW637-20 Accessory flat block plate (non gradient) MW607-50 Cable and software to connect one cycler only to the users PC 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

Microtube plates, Elkay Thermo-Fast Precision moulded, 96 x 0.2ml thin-walled microtube matrix in microplate format, unskirted or skirted, to fit similar format, V-bottom, thermal cycler blocks. Supplied in packs of 25 (except MW745-36 which is supplied in a pack of 50). MW745-30 Thermo-Fast 0.2ml unskirted plates, non-sterile 0.00 pk XX MW745-36 Thermo-Fast 0.2ml half-skirted plates, non-sterile 0.00 pk XX MW745-45 Thermo-Fast 0.2ml skirted plates, sterile 0.00 pk XX Accessories for MW745 series MN380-25 Sealplate adhesive plate sealing films, pack of 100 0.00 pk

XX

XX XX XX XX XX

MW710

MW730

MW635

MW745-30

378

molecular biology
Reaction Vessels, Thermowell GOLD

M
pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX

A wide range of precision moulded, thin walled, polypropylene, reaction vessels specifically designed for use in PCR applications. A variety of formats ensure compatibility with thermocycling and sequencing instrumentation application requirements and user preferences. Certified RNase- and DNasefree. Ref. Colour Sleeve qty. 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 125 125 Pack . qty. 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 pk

Sealing tapes and mats for PCR microplates. Ref. MW767-08 MW767-12 3087 6569 6570 3699 6555 6524 Description Silicone rubber septa mat, ABI-compatible for 96-well microplates Aluminium sealing tape for 384-well microplates Aluminium sealing tape for 96-well microplates Silicone rubber sealing mat for 384-well microplates Silicone rubber sealing mat for 96-well microplates PE sealing tape strips for 96-well microplates Sleeve Pack qty. qty. 5 100 100 1 1 1 50 100 100 25 25 25

XX XX XX XX XX

PCR microplates, 384-well MW760-05 3757 Clear MW760-10 3756 Black PCR microplates, 96-well, full skirt MW760-15 3752 Clear MW760-20 3751 Black PCR microplates, 96-well, half skirt MW760-25 3753 Clear MW760-30 3755 Black PCR microplates, 96-well, elevated skirt MW760-35 3754 Clear 8 x 0.2ml PCR tube strips MW760-44 3741 MW760-48 3740 Clear Assorted

0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

XX XX

MW767-16 MW767-20 MW767-24 MW767-28

XX XX

XX XX

XX

XX XX

Sealing caps and tape strips for Real-time PCR Designed for use with 8 x 0.2ml PCR tube strips and 96-well microplates, respectively. MW767-80 Ref. 4742 3742. Optically clear flat caps, 8-strip, 0.00 pk XX in sleeve of 125 strips within a pack of 1250 MW767-85 Ref. 6575 3742. Universal optical sealing tape 0.00 pk XX strips, pack of 100

8 x 0.2ml PCR tube cap strips for above MW760-54 3743 Clear 125 MW760-58 3748 Assorted 125 MW760-60 3742 Optically clear*125 0.2ml PCR tubes, individual, flat cap MW764-06 3745 Clear MW764-12 3744 Assorted 0.2ml PCR tubes, individual, domed cap MW764-16 3747 Clear MW764-22 3746 Assorted 0.5ml PCR tubes, individual, flat cap MW764-26 3750 Clear MW764-32 3749 Assorted *For Real-time PCR (RT-PCR). 500 500 500 500 500 500

XX XX XX

XX XX

XX XX

XX XX

MW760-15/MW760-35

MW760-05/MW760-10

MW760-44/MW760-60

MW764-06/MW764-32

MW767

379

M mortars and pestles

Mortars and Pestles
Glass Mortars and Pestles Mortars are glazed internally, pestles have frosted grinding surface at the tip. Dimension given is mortar outside diameter and is nominal. Dia. mm MX100-15 MX100-25 MX100-40 Spare Mortars Dia. mm MX103-07 MX103-17 MX103-32 Spare Pestles For mortar dia. mm MX104-06 MX104-16 MX104-30 85 100 150 ea 60.00 80.00 140.00 ea (10+) 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX

Porcelain Mortars and Pestles Unglazed. Dimension given is mortar outside diameter and is nominal. Dia. mm MX150-15 MX150-20 MX150-25 MX150-30 MX150-35 MX150-40 MX150-45 MX150-50 MX150-55 75 90 100 115 135 150 165 185 200 Size No. 0000 00 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (10+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

ea 0.00 0.00 0.00

ea (10+) 0.00 0.00 0.00

XX XX XX

85 100 150

Agate Mortars and Pestles Polished natural stone with working surfaces as free as possible from blemishes. Dimension given is mortar outside diameter and is nominal. MX200-12 50mm 0.00 ea XX MX200-19 75mm 0.00 ea XX MX200-26 100mm 0.00 ea XX Mortar and Pestle Mill RM100 For dry or wet grinding of a wide range of materials including ceramics, chemicals, cosmetics, pharmaceuticals, mineral paints, plastics etc. Depending on suitability, samples from 10ml to 150ml can be milled, pulverised and homogenised to an ultimate fineness of approximately 10m. A choice of accessory porcelain or agate mortars and pestles are available. Sample can be fed into the mortar during operation, maximum feed size 8mm. Pestle pressure is adjustable and reproducible via the scale included. Includes automatic overload cut-out and quick-stop motor. Overall 400 x 370 x 450mm W x D x H. Weight 24kg. For 230V 50Hz single phase supplies. Supplied without mortar and pestle which are required for operation. MX300-25 RM100 0.00 ea XX MX303-04 Mortar for RM100, porcelain MX303-06 Mortar for RM100, agate MX303-14 Pestle for RM100, porcelain MX303-16 Pestle for RM100, agate 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea
XX XX

ea 40.0020 0.0065 90.00

ea (10+) 30.0085 50.00 8.65

XX XX XX

85 100 150

Spare Mortars Dia. mm MX153-07 MX153-12 MX153-17 MX153-22 MX153-27 MX153-32 MX153-37 MX153-42 MX153-47 Spare Pestles For mortar dia. mm MX154-08 MX154-13 MX154-18 MX154-23 MX154-28 MX154-33 MX154-38 MX154-43 MX154-48 75 90 100 115 135 150 165 185 200 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (10+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

ea (10+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

75 90 100 115 135 150 165 185 200

Porcelain Mortars and Pestles Glazed but unglazed grinding surfaces. Dimension given is mortar outside diameter and is nominal. Dia. mm MX160-15 MX160-20 MX160-30 MX160-35 MX160-40 70 90 110 125 140 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (10+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX

XX XX

MX100

MX160

MX150

MX200

MX300 in use

380

ovens
Drying Cabinets
For general warming and drying purposes including drying of drained glassware. N Maximum temperature is approximately ambient +50C N Choice of: Sliding toughened glass door Hinged toughened glass door (2 on 1000 litre model) Sliding door models Catalogue No. Capacity Internal H x W x D Overall H x W x D Weight Shelves Power rating Voltage OV100-14 OV100-25 125 250 420 x 730 x 355 515 x 995 x 385 600 x 750 x 360 660 x 1000 x 400 40 55 3 supplied with both units. Adjustable for height 500 1000 For 220-240V 50Hz single phase supplies 0.00 ea 0.00 ea
XX XX

N Stoved enamel paint interior and exterior N Chromium plated wire mesh shelves N Simmerstat heat control N Hinged door models have fan circulation Hinged door models Catalogue No. Capacity Internal H x W x D Overall H x W x D Weight Shelves Power rating Voltage OV105-12 OV105-17 500 1000 1410 x 600 x 610 1410 x 1170 x 610 1680 x 600 x 630 1680 x 1180 x 620 75 130 3 supplied with both units. Adjustable for height 1000 1750 For 220-240V 50Hz single phase supplies 0.00 ea 0.00 ea
XX XX

litres mm mm kg

litres mm mm kg

OV100-14 125 litres, sliding door OV100-25 250 litres, sliding door Glassware Dryer

OV105-12 500 litres, hinged door OV105-17 1000 litres, hinged door

For drying flasks, cylinders by hot air blowing see DY150 in the Drying section.

OV100

OV105

381

ovens
N Adjustable safety thermostat with indicator lamp and locking device N Top vent with clip for thermometer N Fan mounted at side N Fitted with fixed shelf runners and removable chrome-plated wire grid shelves N Steel outer case with stoved powder paint finish

Genlab OV Range 250C

N Wide bodied profile with controls to the side N Temperature range 40 to 250C N Fluctuation 0.75C N Choice of: Aluminium coated mild steel or stainless steel interiors Natural or fan convection N Hydraulic thermostat with locking device OV Models, wide-bodied profile Catalogue No. OV155 OV158* Usable volume External H* W* D Internal H W D Power rating Shelves supplied Shelf positions Weight litres mm mm mm mm mm mm W -10 -12 -10 -12 75 550 850 460 420 530 350 1250 2 3 39 -15 -17 -15 -17 100 550 850 570 420 530 460 1250 3 4 48 -22 -22 125 650 850 570 520 530 460 1500 3 5 57 -27 -27 150 650 850 650 520 530 540 1750 3 5 66 -32 200 850 850 650 720 530 540 2000 4 7 85 Ovens, wide-bodied profile, OV, 250C As described. With aluminium coated steel (CLAD) or stainless steel interior as indicated, shelves, control and safety thermostats, mains on/off switch and indicator lamps. For 220-240V 50Hz single phase supplies. Natural convection OV155-10 75 litres, CLAD OV155-12 75 litres, stainless steel OV155-15 100 litres, CLAD OV155-17 100 litres, stainless steel OV155-22 125 litres, stainless steel OV155-27 150 litres, stainless steel Fan convection OV158-10 75 litres, CLAD OV158-12 75 litres, stainless steel OV158-15 100 litres, CLAD OV158-17 OV158-22 OV158-27 OV158-32 100 litres, stainless steel 125 litres, stainless steel 150 litres, stainless steel 200 litres, stainless steel

0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

XX XX XX XX XX XX

XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

kg

*Fan convection models have internal chamber height increased by 30mm and width reduced by 40mm.

OV155/OV158

382

ovens
Genlab Mino Range 250C
N Standard profile with controls at base N Temperature range 40 to 250C N Fluctuation 0.75C N Choice of: Aluminium coated mild steel or stainless steel interiors Natural or fan convection (30 litre models and above) N Hydraulic thermostat with locking device MINO range, standard profile Catalogue No. OV160 OV164* Usable volume External H W D Internal H W D Power rating Shelves supplied Shelf positions Weight litres mm mm mm mm mm mm W -05 6 390 320 320 150 230 180 300 1 1 7 -07 18 500 360 400 260 260 270 500 2 2 14 -20 -22 -20 -22 30 490 450 470 240 360 350 750 2 2 20 -30 -32 -30 -32 50 580 610 450 330 490 330 1000 2 3 26 -40 -42 -40 -42 75 580 610 580 330 490 460 1250 2 3 34 -52 -52 125 800 610 580 550 490 460 1500 3 5 52 -62 -62 150 800 610 660 550 490 540 1750 3 5 60

N Adjustable safety thermostat with indicator lamp and locking device N Top vent with clip for thermometer N Fan mounted at rear N Fitted with fixed shelf runners and removable chrome-plated wire grid shelves N Steel outer case with stoved powder paint finish

-72 200 1000 610 660 750 490 540 2000 4 7 76

kg

*Fan convection models are an additional 120mm deep externally. Ovens, standard profile, MINO 250C As described. With aluminium coated steel (CLAD) or stainless steel interior as indicated, shelves, control and safety thermostats, mains on/off switch and indicator lamps. For 220-240V 50Hz single phase supplies. Natural convection OV160-05 6 litres, CLAD OV160-07 18 litres, CLAD OV160-20 30 litres, CLAD OV160-22 30 litres, stainless steel OV160-30 OV160-32 OV160-40 OV160-42 50 litres, CLAD 50 litres, stainless steel 75 litres, CLAD 75 litres, stainless steel 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Fan convection OV164-20 30 litres, CLAD OV164-22 30 litres, stainless steel OV164-30 50 litres, CLAD OV164-32 50 litres, stainless steel OV164-40 75 litres, CLAD OV164-42 75 litres, stainless steel OV164-52 125 litres, stainless steel OV164-62 150 litres, stainless steel OV164-72 200 litres, stainless steel

0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

OV160-52 125 litres, stainless steel OV160-62 150 litres, stainless steel

OV160/OV164

383

ovens
Peak Series, 300C

Apex Series, 250C

N Choice of capacities, 30 litres or 60 litres N Digital PID temperature controller using Pt100 sensor N Maximum temperature 250C N Fan assisted air circulation N Stainless steel interior N Thermally efficient insulation N Adjustable chamber ventilation and exhaust vent Model Capacity litres Temp. uniformity C @ 200C Temp. stability* C at all temperatures Shelves supplied (positions) Internal H mm W mm D mm External H mm W mm D mm *With vent fully closed. Apex Series Ovens 250C With stainless steel interior and nickel wire-plated shelves as indicated. For 220-240V 50Hz single phase supplies. OV185-10 30 litres 0.00 ea XX OV185-20 60 litres 0.00 ea XX AX30 30 1.9 0.2 2 (4) 295 300 320 440 590 465 AX60 60 2.1 0.2 2 (6) 396 400 420 540 690 565

N Capacities up to 230 litres N Natural or forced air circulation models N Choice of controllers Digital on/off, stability to <1.5C PID, stability to <0.5C

N Maximum temperature 300C N Stainless steel interior N Efficient insulation using totally encased, low thermal mass fibre material N Chamber ventilation and exhaust vent adjustable from the front control panel PN/PF60 58/66 350/400 392 420 570 765 620 2 (5) 1.0/1.5 PN/PF120 115/128 450/500 492 520 670 865 720 2 (9) 1.5/2.0 PN/PF200 215/230 700/750 592 520 920 965 720 2 (15) 2.5/2.7

litres H mm W mm D mm External H mm W mm D mm Shelves supplied (positions) Power kW

Model Capacity Internal

PN/PF30 27/28 250/300 330/292 320 470 665 520 2 (3) 0.75/1.0

Peak Series Ovens 300C With stainless steel interior and adjustable ventilation. For 220-240V 50Hz single phase supplies. Controller and air circulation as indicated. With digital on/off controller OV190-10 PN30, 27 litres, natural OV190-14 PF30, 28 litres, forced air OV190-20 PN60, 58 litres, natural OV190-24 PF60, 66 litres, forced air OV190-30 PN120, 115 litres, natural OV190-34 PF120, 128 litres, forced air OV190-40 PN200, 215 litres, natural OV190-44 PF200, 230 litres, forced air 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea
XX XX XX XX

With PID controller OV195-10 PN30, 27 litres, natural OV195-14 PF30, 28 litres, forced air OV195-20 PN60, 58 litres, natural OV195-24 PF60, 66 litres, forced air OV195-30 PN120, 115 litres, natural OV195-34 PF120, 128 litres, forced air OV195-40 PN200, 215 litres, natural OV195-44 PF200, 230 litres, forced air

0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

XX XX XX XX

XX XX XX XX

XX XX XX XX

OV185

OV190/OV195 in use

384

ovens
UE/ULE Series 220C
Model Volume N Wide range of capacities up to 256 litres N Temperature range 30 to 220C N Choice of Natural or forced air convection N Electronic PID control N Stainless steel interior and exterior N Over-temperature safety facility N Digital temperature display with 1C resolution N Chamber ventilation adjustable from the control panel N Heaters located in ribs on all four sides provide uniform gentle heating N Eye-level control panel N Tilt-proof stainless steel perforated shelves N RS232 interface and remote control/ datalogging software Class E controller Electronic, microprocessor PID controller with digital set-and-read of temperature, 1 minute to 999 hour timer allowing delay of either switch-on or switch-off, repeat and temperature dependent dwell functions, RS232 serial interface Celsius 2000 remote control/datalogging software. An adjustable over-temperature controller is also provided, together with on/off switch, power, alarm, heat-on indicators and chamber ventilation slide adjustment. Internal H W D Shelves supplied Positions Overall H W D Precision (at 100C) Uniformity Power loading Weight litres mm mm mm UE200 32 320 400 250 1 3 UE300 39 320 480 250 1 3 UE400 ULE400 53 400 400 330 2 4 680 550 480 UE500 ULE500 108 480 560 400 2 5 760 710 550

O
UE600* 256 640 800 500 2 7 920 950 650

mm mm mm

kW kg

600 600 550 630 400 400 1.0C all models 4.4C all models 1.1 1.2 28 30

1.4 35

2.0 50

2.4 87

*Size 600 models have double doors. Models UE Models UE as described. With natural convection, class E controller and microprocessor PID controller, separately adjustable over-temperature controller, RS232 serial interface, Celsius 2000 remote control/datalogging software and perforated stainless steel shelves. For 230V 50/60Hz single phase supplies. OV260-60 UE200, 32 litres 0.00 ea XX OV260-65 UE300, 39 litres 0.00 ea XX OV260-70 UE400, 53 litres 0.00 ea XX OV260-75 UE500, 108 litres 0.00 ea XX OV260-80 UE600, 256 litres 0.00 ea XX Models ULE Models ULE as described. With forced air convection, class E controller and microprocessor PID controller, separately adjustable overtemperature controller, fan and perforated stainless steel shelves. For 230V 50/60Hz single phase supplies. OV290-70 ULE400, 53 litres 0.00 ea XX OV290-75 ULE500, 108 litres 0.00 ea XX Accessories Glass panelled door With triple insulating glass panel. Replaces standard stainless steel door. OV295-21 For UE200 0.00 ea XX OV295-23 For UE300 0.00 ea XX OV295-25 For UE/ULE400 0.00 ea XX OV295-27 For UE/ULE500 0.00 ea XX OV295-29 For UE600 0.00 ea XX Interior lighting Incorporating 15W lamp. OV295-42 For UE200 OV295-44 For UE300 OV295-46 For UE/ULE400 OV295-48 For UE/ULE500 OV295-50 For UE600 Shelves Perforated stainless steel. IN463-04 For size 200 ovens IN463-06 For size 300 ovens IN463-08 For size 400 ovens IN463-10 For size 500 ovens IN463-12 For size 600 ovens

0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

XX XX XX XX XX

Celsius 2000 control software Allows control/programming and downloading of operation records from Memmert Class E and Class P controller models by the users personal computer. Operates under Windows 95 or later.

0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

XX XX XX XX XX

OV260, OV290 is similar

385

ovens
Vacuum Ovens T&M

Sterilising Ovens SM Series

For rapid hot air sterilising of glassware, instruments and media. N Temperature range 30 to 220C N Stainless steel interior and exterior N Heaters located in ribs on all four sides provide uniform heating N Digital display with 1C resolution N Fixed over-temperature safety cut-out N Temperature uniformity 4.4C N Fitted with 0 to 24 hour mechanical timer (0 to 20 hour on 60Hz supplies) Model Volume Internal (external) SM100 14 240 (520) 320 (470) 175 (325) 1 2 0.6 20 SM200 32 320 (600) 400 (550) 250 (400) 1 3 1.1 28 SM300 39 320 (600) 480 (630) 250 (400) 1 3 1.2 30 SM400 53 400 (680) 400 (550) 330 (480) 2 4 1.4 35

N Cylindrical aluminium chamber, capacity 17 litres N Maximum temperature 200C N Bimetal thermostat control N Large door window allows unobstructed viewing of the chamber N Pressure gauge and two vacuum taps included N Countersprung door with silicone rubber sealing ring Catalogue No. Usable volume Internal Overall H x W x D Shelf size Shelves supplied Shelf spacing Power loading Weight, net OV930 17 270 dia. x 305 deep 530 x 410 x 480 240 x 280 2 90 0.75 33

H W D

litres mm mm mm

Shelves supplied Shelf positions Power loading Net weight

litres mm mm mm mm kW kg

kW kg

Sterilising Ovens, SM Series, Memmert As described. Supplied with mechanical thermostat controller, resettable over-temperature cut-out which activates should the maximum temperature be exceeded, 0 to 24 hour timer, on/off switch, power, alarm, heat-on indicator lamps and chamber ventilation slide adjustment. For 230V 50/60Hz single phase supplies. OV320-55 SM100, 14 litres 0.00 ea XX OV320-60 SM200, 32 litres 0.00 ea XX OV320-65 SM300, 39 litres 0.00 ea XX OV320-70 SM400, 53 litres 0.00 ea XX

Accessory Shelves Perforated stainless steel. OV297-02 For SM100 IN463-04 For SM200 IN463-06 For SM300 IN463-08 For SM400

0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

XX XX XX XX

Vacuum Ovens, 200C As described. With cylindrical aluminium chamber, thermostat, vacuum taps and gauge. For 220-240V 50Hz single phase supplies. OV930-15 Capacity 17 litres 0.00 ea XX OV930-17 Capacity 17 litres, 0.00 ea XX with fitted excess temperature cut-out Vacuum pumps for drying aqueous samples in vacuum ovens see PX245-52 et seq.

OV930

OV320

386

petri dishes
Plastic
Polystyrene Disposable, Eco 90 x 12mm diameter x depth. Supplied in packs of 500. PD050-40 Single vent PD050-45 Triple vent 0.00 pk 0.00 pk

P
XX

Glass
Resistance glass Base diameter x depth 95 x 15mm. Cover diameter x depth 100 x 12mm. PD250-40 Petri dish, glass 0.00 ea 0.00 ea (72+) Pyrex glass. 1480 series Base and cover dimensions stated are diameter x depth. Ref. 1480PD270-20 PD270-30 PD270-40 PD270-50 PD270-60 /02 /06 /08 /10 /12 Size, mm 60 x 20 80 x 20 100 x 20 120 x 20 150 x 30 Base, mm 54.5 x 20 74 x 20 94 x 20 114 x 20 143 x 30 Cover, mm 55 x 15 75 x 15 95 x 15 115 x 15 145 x 18 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (10+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX

XX XX

Polystyrene Disposable, Sterilin Produced under sterile aseptic conditions. The 90mm dishes comply with BS611 Part 2 and are CE-marked in compliance with the In-vitro Directive 97/79/EC. Supplied in sleeves within partitioned cases as indicated for added protection during transit. Ref. Dia. x depth mm 30 x 10 50 x 10 50 x 18 55 x 14 55 x 14 60 x 13 90 x 12 90 x 12 90 x 12 90 x 12 90 x 12 90 x 12 90 x 12 140 x 17 55 dia. Triple vent Single vent Single vent No vent Four vents Single vent Single vent Triple vent Triple vent, amber Triple vent, blue Triple vent, red 2 compartment, vented 3 compartment, vented Triple vent Contact plate with alphanumeric grid No vent Repli-dish with 25 compartments 18 x 18mm Pack qty. pk

Circular PD100-10 PD100-15 PD100-20 PD100-23 PD100-27 PD100-30 PD100-40 PD100-45 PD100-48 PD100-50 PD100-52 PD100-60 PD100-65 PD100-80 PD100-90

121V 122 124 PF55 PF55V 123 101 R20 101V R20 101V AMB 101V BLUE 101V RED 502V 503V 501V 504

800 700 500 1620 1620 540 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 80 300

0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Petri dish accessories see next page. Petri dish shakers see SE420/SE630. Tissue culture dishes see TP475/TP477.

XX XX XX XX XX

Square PD105-20 PD105-40

109 103

100 x 18 100 x 18

120 120

0.00 0.00

XX XX

Petri Dishes For Tissue Culture see Tissue Culture section.

PD250

PD270

PD100/PD105

387

petri dish accessories

Sterilising Boxes For Petri dishes up to 100mm diameter. With close fitting removable lid. Overall 255 x 115mm height x diameter. PD440-10 Aluminium box 0.00 ea XX PD440-15 Stainless steel box 0.00 ea XX Manual Petri dish Turntable Manually operated petri dish turntable aids uniform inoculation of media. With high mass for long running. Ingenious design allows use with either 100mm or 150mm diameter petri dishes simply by inverting. Overall 160 mm diameter x 45mm high. Weight 2.3kg. PD475-10 Manual turntable 0.00 ea XX Electrically Driven Petri Dish Turntable For continuous use or intermittent operation using an accessory footswitch. With adjustable speed range 10 to 80rpm. Accommodates 100mm diameter petri dishes only. Overall 150 x 220 x 55mm W x D x H. Weight 1.1kg. For 230V 50/60Hz single phase supplies. PD475-40 Electrical turntable 0.00 ea XX PD475-48 Footswitch accessory for PD475-40 0.00 ea XX

Petri Dish Accessories

Petri Dish Stands Nylon - 90 coated steel. Capacity 6 dishes, 90mm diameter. Autoclavable. PD426-15 Petri dish stand, white 0.00 ea PD426-24 Petri dish stand, black 0.00 ea
XX XX

Petri Dish Stands, Azlon Epoxy coated steel. Capacity 6 dishes, 90mm diameter. In a choice of colours. Ref. PD428-15 PD428-18 PD428-21 PD428-24 SWP062 SWP063 SWP064 SWP065 Colour White Red Blue Black ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX

Petri Dish Holder, Kingston Pattern With three compartments each holding 10 disposable Petri dishes 90 to 100mm diameter. Folding handle allows units to be stacked. Overall 325 x 110 x 170mm W x D x H. PD430-10 Holder 0.00 ea XX

PD426 in use

PD430-10

PD475-10 in use

PD428 in use

PD440 with pipette boxes

PD475-40 in use

388

petroleum
Method Index
ASTM METHODS ASTM D5 ASTM D56 ASTM D86 ASTM D91 ASTM D92 ASTM D93 ASTM D96 ASTM D216 ASTM D217 ASTM D447 ASTM D893 ASTM D937 ASTM D1078 ASTM D1290 ASTM D1321 ASTM D1403 ASTM D1500 ASTM D1533 ASTM D1544 ASTM D1796 ASTM D1831 ASTM D1966 ASTM D2273 ASTM D2709 ASTM D2711 ASTM D2884 Page 395 394 391 396 392/394 392/394 396 391 395 391 396 395 391 396 395 395 390 389 390 396 395 396 396 396 396 395 Page ASTM D3278 393/394 ASTM D3934 394 ASTM D3941 394 ASTM D3828 393/394 ASTM D4007 396 ASTM D4928 389 ASTM D5188 396 ASTM D5191 396 ASTM D6304 389 ASTM E133 391 ASTM E502 392 to 394 IP METHODS IP 34 IP 35 IP 36 IP 49 IP 50 IP 75 IP 123 IP 170 IP 179 IP 195 IP 196 IP 303 IP 304 Parts 1 & 2 394 IP 310 395 IP 359 396 IP 376 395 IP 386 389 IP 394 396 IP 404 392/394 IP 409 396 IP 491 394 IP 492 394 Page 392/394 392 394 395 395 396 391 394 395 391 390 393/394 BS METHODS Page BS 658 391 BS 1377 395 BS 2000 Part 34 394 Part 35 392 Part 36 392/394 Part 49 395 Part 50 395 Part 123 391 Part 170 394 Part 179 395 Part 191 391 Part 195 391 Part 403 392/394 Part 404 392/394 BS 2049 390 BS 2499 Part 3 395 BS 2882 396 BS 3900 Parts A8 & A9 394 Part A13 393/394 BS 5859 390 BS 6664 Parts 1 & 2 394 Part 3 393/394 Part 4 393/394 BS 7392 391

Karl Fischer Coulometric Titrator, Cou-Lo Select

ASTM D1533, ASTM D4928, ASTM D6304, IP386, API MPMS chapter 10.9. Designed specifically for water content determination tests in the crude oil and petrochemical industries. Pre-programmed for ease of use. Compact and portable, with low drift cell, built-in printer and power options: mains, internal battery or vehicle cigar lighter. Measuring ranges: 1g to 10mg water 1ppm to 100% moisture Maximum sensitivity: 0.1g As described. Complete with titration vessel (twin port), generator electrode with frit, detector electrode, drying tube, printer paper roll, injection septa, 1ml syringe with needle and instructions. Overall 250 x 245 x 120mm high. Weight 3kg. For 90-264V 47/63Hz a.c. single phase supplies or 12V d.c. PE220-20 Cou-Lo Select 0.00 ea XX Spares and accessories PE223-04 Generator electrode (with frit) PE223-08 Detector electrode PE223-12 Titration vessel (twin port) PE223-16 Generator electrode (without frit) PE223-90 Carrying case for PE220-20 Reagents see KF196-series. 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

ISO METHODS ISO 198 ISO 374 ISO 374 ISO 1516 ISO 1523 ISO2049 ISO 2592 ISO 2719 ISO 3679 ISO 3680 ISO 4630 ISO 9030 ISO 13736 Page 391 396 396 394 394 390 392 to 394 392/394 393/394 393/394 390 396 394

XX XX XX XX XX

PE220-20 with PE223-90

389

petroleum
Electronic Tintometers PFX 195 Series
Low cost spectrophotometric colorimeters for consistent, reliable, automatic, electronic measurement of colour for specific dedicated applications involving liquids or transparent solids. Ideal for routine analysis and quality control. N Choice of instrument versions with international colour scales: Pt-Co/Hazen/APHA, Gardner, Iodine Saybolt, ASTM colour, Pt-Co/Hazen/APHA FAC, Gardner EBC (CIE and 430nm), ASBC (CIE and 430nm) Series 52 (Brown) Ph. Eu., USP, Pt-Co/Hazen/APHA Klett colour (KS-42 blue filter), Honey colour (Pfund equivalents), Series 52 (Brown) ADMI (spectral and tristimulus filter methods), Pt-Co/Hazen/APHA CIE values (stand selection), L*C*h colour space, Hunter lab colour space, Judd rgb Technical Specification Spectral response Band width nm nm 420 to 710 20 0.0004 0.5% Single key press 5V, 10W tungsten halogen lamp CIE illuminant A, C, D65 (B for PFX195/4) 0.1 to 50 path length cells RS232, Centronics ports Up to 32 sets 120, 240V 50/60Hz single phase supplies 435 x 195 x 170 6.8

ASTM Colour of Petroleum Products

ASTM D1500 IP 196; BS2049; BS5859; ISO 2049; FIMS 791C 102; NF T60-104; JIS K2580. For the visual determination of the colour of a wide variety of petroleum products such as lubricating oils, heating oils, diesel fuel oils and petroleum waxes. Lovibond AF650 Colour Comparator Operates on the 3-field principle, whereby the sample can be viewed between two adjacent steps on the colour scale. Front mounted control knobs operate the two discs each containing eight coloured glass standards. These standards can be set at the two limiting values of a specification, making it easy to see if a sample falls within the limits. The colour-corrected quartz-halogen light source closely corresponds to illuminant C of the CIE system. Supplied with three sample/reference glass containers and plastic cover, plus a calibration certificate confirming that the glass colour standards conform to the required colorimetric co-ordinates of ASTM D1500. Overall 300 x 240 x 110mm W x D x H. Weight 6kg. For 120V, 240V 50/60Hz single phase supplies. PE230-10 Comparator AF650 0.00 ea XX PE232-08 Spare sample/reference container 0.00 ea XX ASTM D1544-68 (74); A.O.C.S Td1A-64 and Ka3-63; DIN/ISO 4630. Lovibond Gardner 3000 Comparator Developed for the colour grading of natural and synthetic drying oils, varnishes, shellacs, lacquers, resins and similar products. Colour grading is carried out quickly and accurately between two steps in the scale. The two discs containing the glass primary colour standards are illuminated by a standardised light source which gives a controlled illumination according to the specification. Supplied with one glass sample tube. Overall 300 x 240 x 110mm W x D x H. Weight 4kg. For 120, 240V 50/60Hz single phase supplies. PE240-50 Comparator, Gardner 3000 0.00 ea XX Colour Comparator For routine colour grading of a wide range of liquids see CS100 et. seq. in the Colorimeter section.

Repeatability: Chromaticity (x,y): Transmittance: Calibration Light source Illuminant Sample chamber mm Outputs Data storage Power requirement Overall W x D x H mm Weight kg

Tintometer PFX195/1 For liquid chemicals and industrial oils analysis. Scales: Pt-Co/Hazen/APHA, Gardner, Iodine Cells supplied: 2 x 10mm, 1 x 50mm path length. CS725-10 PFX195/1 Tintometer PFX195/2 For liquid chemicals and industrial oils analysis. Scales: Saybolt, ASTM colour, Pt-Co/Hazen/APHA Cells supplied: 1 x 33mm, 1 x 50mm path length. CS725-20 PFX195/2 Tintometer PFX195/3 For liquid chemicals and industrial oils analysis. Scales: FAC, Gardner Cells supplied: 3 x 10mm path length. CS725-30 PFX195/3

0.00 ea

XX

0.00 ea

XX

0.00 ea

XX

PE230

Further details on the full range of these models can be found on page 170.

PE240

CS725

390

petroleum
Distillation of Petroleum Products
ASTM D86; D216 (Obsolete); D447 (Obsolete); D1078; E133; IP123; IP195; EN3405; BS2000 Pts. 123, 199 195; BS658; BS7392; ISO198; FTMS791b Method 1001; NFM07-002; JIS K2254. For determining the distillation characteristics of petroleum products (Distillation Groups 0 to 4). Distillation Unit Electrically heated. Comprising shield, with toughened glass viewing window, ring support, 1kW heater with variable control and condenser tank with stand. Requires, but does not include, accessory flask boards for operation. Suitable for left or right hand operation. Overall 600 x 200 x 470mm W x D x H. Weight 6.1kg. For 110-240V 50/60Hz a.c. single phase supplies. Without glassware, support boards or thermometers. PE290-10 Distillation unit 0.00 ea XX Front-View Setastills Electrically heated. With shield, condenser unit, double glazed safety viewing window, heater with controller and indicator. The thermally lagged condenser bath is fitted with connections for an external heater/chiller fluid circulator. Overall 365 x 250 x 465mm W x D x H. Weight 12kg. Requires, but does not include, accessory flask boards for operation. For 110-240V 50/60Hz single phase supplies. Without glassware, support boards or thermometers. PE295-12 Setastill for left hand operation 0.00 ea XX PE295-14 Setastill for right hand operation 0.00 ea XX PE295-30 Back lighting unit for left hand receiver 0.00 ea XX compartment. Accessory for PE295-12 PE295-32 Back lighting unit for right hand receiver 0.00 ea XX compartment. Accessory for PE295-14 TH414-72 Thermometer IP75C. Required for Setastill 0.00 ea XX condenser Flask support boards, glass ceramic, for PE290/295 series 152 x 152mm. Dimension stated is hole diameter. PE297-10 25mm PE297-16 32mm PE297-22 38mm PE297-26 50mm PE297-32 70mm

P
XX XX XX

Typical equipment required for various test methods All methods require a distillation unit either PE290-10 or PE295-12 or PE295-14 plus the following items: ASTM D86 - IP123 - BS 2000 Part 123; DIN 51 751; ISO 3405: FK527-26 Distillation flask 125ml 0.00 ea 0.00 ea (5+) CY750-10 Receiver 100ml, 3400/04 0.00 ea 0.00 ea (2+) PE297-22 Heat resistant board, 38mm hole 0.00 ea Thermometers ASTM7C/IP5C, ASTM7F, ASTM8C/IP6C or ASTM8F. ASTM D216 - IP 191 - BS 2000 Part 191: FK527-24 Distillation flask 100ml 0.00 ea CY750-10 Receiver 100ml, 3400/04 0.00 ea PE297-16 Heat resistant board, 32mm hole
0.00

0.00 ea (5+) 0.00 ea (2+) 0.00 ea

XX XX

Thermometers ASTM7C/IP5C or ASTM7F. ASTM D447: FK527-26 Distillation flask 125ml CY750-10 Receiver 100ml, 3400/04 Thermometer ASTM8F. ASTM E133: FK527-24 Distillation flask 100ml FK527-26 Distillation flask 125ml FK527-30 Distillation flask 250ml CY750-10 PE297-22 PE297-32

0.00 ea 0.00 ea

0.00 ea 0.00 ea

(5+) (2+)

XX XX

0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

(5+) (5+) (5+)

XX XX XX XX XX XX

Receiver 100ml, 3400/04 0.00 ea Heat resistant board, 38mm hole Heat resistant board, 70mm hole

0.00 ea (2+) 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

Thermometers ASTM2C, 7C, 8C, 8F, 37C, 38C, 39C, 40C, 41C, 42C, 102C, 104C, 106C or 107C.
XX XX XX XX XX

Distillation Flasks see Flasks section. Distillation Receivers see Cylinders section. Thermometers ASTM/IP see Thermometers section. Multi-Test verification and calibration materials for ASTM D86 and IP123 are available details on request.

PE290 with glassware

PE295 left and right hand units with glassware

391

petroleum
Flash/Fire Points Cleveland
ASTM D92-IP 36; EN2592; BS2000 Pts. 36 and 403; ISO2592; NF T60-118; FTMS 791b 1103.7; JIS K2265; AASHTO T48. Semi-Automatic Tester Cleveland Flash Tester, Open Cup A semi-automatic electrically heated tester. With button operated, electrically driven sweep arm for test flame application. Stainless steel case. The test flame is fuelled from an LPG cylinder via the accessory gas valve, or it can be connected to a mains gas supply. Overall 310 x 290 x 330mm W x D x H. Weight 6.3kg. For 220-240V 50/60Hz single phase supplies. PE360-10 Cleveland open, semi automatic 0.00 ea XX Portable gas tank With on/off regulator, ignitor, stand and tubing. Requires charging with LPG from accessory (cigarette lighter) containers. PE394-33 Portable gas tank 0.00 ea XX PE394-14 LPG containers, pack of 10 0.00 pk XX Note: Gas containers PE394-14 can be exported only as seafreight deck cargo. Local purchase is recommended. Setaramp controller For automated temperature control. Allows the user to define the heating ramp rate within the limits of the main unit. Overall 335 x 315 x 60mm W x D x H. Weight 3kg. For 220-240V 50/60Hz single phase supplies. Requires probe assembly PE353-17 for operation. PE353-14 Setaramp controller 0.00 ea XX PE353-17 Probe assembly, for use with PE353-14 0.00 ea XX Thermometers ASTM11C/IP28C; ASTM11F/IP28F Fume cupboards see FZ472. Thermometers ASTM/IP see Thermometers section.

Flash Point Pensky-Martens

Closed cup method to: ASTM D93 IP 34; E502; IP35; IP404; EN22719; BS2000 Pts. 35 and 404; ISO2719; AASHTO T73-811; NF M07-019; JIS K2265; FTMS 791b 1102. Manual Tester Pensky-Martens Flash Tester, Closed Cup Comprising a stainless steel case with heater, bath with cup, lid and shutter assembly. The main power switch and heater controller are mounted on the front panel. The test flame is fuelled from an LPG cylinder via the accessory gas valve, or it can be connected to a mains gas supply. The stirrer motor incorporates a choice of two drive outputs for the flexible drive connection providing the option of stirrer speed for either Method A or Method B of the Test Procedure. Overall 310 x 290 x 320mm W x D x H. Weight 7.1kg. For 220-240V 50/60Hz single phase supplies. Without LPG cylinder. PE350-10 Pensky-Martens closed 0.00 ea XX PE353-08 Ferrule/adapter to mount cup thermometer, 0.00 pk XX pack of 2 Portable gas tank With on/off regulator, ignitor, stand and tubing. Requires charging with LPG from accessory (cigarette lighter) containers. PE394-33 Portable gas tank 0.00 ea XX PE394-14 LPG containers, pack of 10 0.00 pk XX Note: Gas containers PE394-14 can be exported only as seafreight deck cargo. Local purchase is recommended. Setaramp controller For automated temperature control. Allows the user to define the heating ramp rate within the limits of the main unit. Overall 335 x 315 x 60mm W x D x H. Weight 3kg. For 220-240V 50/60Hz single phase supplies. Requires probe assembly PE353-17 for operation. PE353-14 Setaramp controller 0.00 ea XX PE353-17 Probe assembly, for use with PE353-14 0.00 ea XX

PE350-10 with PE353-14 and PE353-17

PE360-10 with PE353-14 and PE353-17

392

petroleum
Setaflash Series 3 Flash Point Testers
ASTM D3278; ASTM D3828-IP303; ISO3679; EN456; ISO3680; BS3900 Part A13; UN Class 3 non-viscous flammable liquids. Setaflash Series 3 Closed Cup Flash Point Tester For closed cup testing. Portable, low cost instrument providing rapid test results over the range ambient to 300C (sub-ambient using accessory coolant module). Features digital setting of test parameters, automatic flash detection and digital readout of temperature and time. A 2ml sample is required for flash points up to 100C and 4ml sample for flash points between 100C and 300C. Test time is adjustable from 1 to 99 minutes. The test flame is fuelled via a rechargeable gas tank with on/off switch and fine adjustment. Fuelling is by accessory LPG (cigarette lighter) cartridges. Available fitted with standard aluminium or corrosion resistant stainless steel cup and supplied with 2ml sample syringe and ignitor. Without gas charge. For 115-220V 50/60Hz single phase supplies or 12V d.c. using optional power adapter. Overall 280 x 256 x 256mm W x D x H. Weight 4kg. PE380-20 Setaflash 3, closed aluminium cup 0.00 ea XX PE380-27 Setaflash 3, closed stainless steel cup 0.00 ea XX ASTM D4206; BS3900 Part A11; ISO DIS (TR) 9038; UN Class 3 Test L.3; CFR 49173-120; IATA DANGEROUS GOODS REGS. SECTION 3.3.5; H.S.C. Carriage of Dangerous Goods by Road & Rail App B. Setaflash Series 3 Open Cup Flash Point Tester For open cup testing. Similar construction and specification to PE380-20 but with an aluminium, open cup for flash/no flash, finite determinations or sustained combustion tests. A manually operated sweeping arm is fitted to the cup. The flash or sustained combustion characteristics of the sample are observed visually by passing the test flame over the sample. Supplied with 2ml sample syringe. For 115-220V 50/60Hz single phase supplies or 12V d.c. using optional power adapter. Overall 280 x 256 x 256mm W x D x H. Weight 4kg. PE390-20 Setaflash 3, open aluminium cup 0.00 ea XX Accessories for PE380-20, PE380-27 and PE390-20 PE394-10 Power adapter for operation from 12V d.c. vehicle systems, with vehicle cigar lighter plug PE394-14 LPG containers, pack of 10 PE394-19 Carrying case for PE380-20, PE380-27 and PE390-20 PE394-24 Metal cooling block to reduce block temperature after test PE394-28 Coolant module for performing sub ambient tests. Requires, but does not include a supply of dry-ice 0.00 ea 0.00 pk 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

Setaflash Series 7 Flash Point Testers

ASTM D3278; ASTM D3828 - IP303 Pts. 1 and 2; ASTM E502; ISO DIN3679; BS6664 Pts. 3 and 4; BS EN456; ISO3680; BS3900 Pt. A13; UN Class 3 non-viscous flammable liquids. Setaflash Series 7, Closed Cup Ranges ambient to 300C (Series 7) or 30 to 100C (Series 7+). Similar in concept to the original Setaflash series incorporating small sample size and 1 to 2 minutes test time, but with additional automated features to improve performance and ease of use. Rapid Equilibrium or Ramp Mode may be selected; time, temperature and ramp values are digitally set, controlled and displayed. The user also has full override facilities and can program the instrument to perform a wide range of non-standard tests. Shutter operation, flame dipping and flash detection are all automatic. The integral processor and printer provide a print out of flash point, automatically corrected for barometric pressure, together with sample identification number. An RS232C interface is provided for users requiring connection to their own data processing facilities. The test cup is provided with water cooling to minimise the time between tests. Overall 310 x 250 x 190mm W x D x H. Weight 6.1kg. For 110-240V 50/60Hz single phase supplies. Without accessories. PE400-10 Setaflash Series 7 closed, ambient to 300C 0.00 ea XX Setaflash Series 7+, Closed Cup Generally as PE400-10 but with additional built-in peltier cooling for sub-ambient testing down to 30C. Overall 490 x 300 x 210mm W x D x H. Weight 11.2kg. For 110-240V 50/60Hz single phase supplies. Without accessories. PE400-30 Setaflash Series 7+ closed, 30 to 100C 0.00 ea XX Accessories Metal cooling block to reduce cup temperature after test. PE394-24 Metal cooling block 0.00 ea
XX

Coolant module for performing sub-ambient tests. Requires but does not include a supply of dry-ice. PE394-28 Coolant module 0.00 ea XX Portable gas tank With on/off regulator, ignitor, stand and tubing. Requires charging with LPG from accessory (cigarette lighter) containers. PE394-33 Portable gas tank 0.00 ea XX PE394-14 LPG containers, pack of 10 0.00 pk XX Note: Gas containers PE394-14 can be exported only as seafreight deck cargo. Local purchase is recommended. Verification and Certified Reference Materials for flash point testers are available details on request.

XX XX XX XX XX

Note: Gas containers PE394-14 can be exported only as seafreight deck cargo. Local purchase is recommended.

PE380, PE390 is similar

PE400-10, PE400-30 is similar

393

petroleum
Multiflash Cleveland (Open cup) ASTM D92; IP36; ISO2592; EN22592; BS2000 Parts 36 and 403; DIN 51376; T60-118; JIS K2265; AASHTO T48. Range: Ambient to +400C. Overall (complete) 350 x 470 x 340mm H x W x D. Weight 11kg. For 115V, 230V 50/60Hz single phase supplies, 600W. PE420-30 Cleveland, complete tester 0.00 ea XX PE420-35 Cleveland, module only 0.00 ea XX Multiflash Tag (Closed cup) ASTM D56; D3941; D3934; E502; IP304 Parts 1 and 2; IP491; IP492; ISO1516; ISO1523; FTNMS 791b 1101; JIS K2265. Range: Ambient to +93C (-18C minimum with accessory cooling). Overall (complete) 410 x 470 x 340mm H x W x D. Weight 12kg. For 115V, 230V 50/60Hz single phase supplies, 600W. PE420-40 Tag, complete tester 0.00 ea XX PE420-45 Tag, module only 0.00 ea XX Multiflash Small Scale (Setaflash) ASTM D3278; ASTM3828; IP303 Parts 1 and 2; ISO3679; ISO3680; BS6664 Parts 3 and 4; BS3900 Part A13; BS EN456; ASTM E502; UN Class 3 Non-viscous Flammable Liquids; CHIPS Regulations; Classification of Dangerous Goods for Carriage; Viscous and non-viscous liquids; EPA1020 A and B; IP/ASTM Automatic Small Scale draft method. Range: Ambient to +300C (-30C minimum with accessory cooling). Overall (complete) 370 x 470 x 340mm H x W x D. Weight 11kg. For 115V, 230V 50/60Hz single phase supplies, 600W. PE420-50 Small scale, complete tester 0.00 ea XX PE420-55 Small scale, module only 0.00 ea XX Accessories PE394-14 LPG containers, pack of 10 0.00 pk

Multiflash Testers, Seta

A fully automated modular system designed for testing the flash point of fuels, lubricating oils, solvents, chemicals, waste materials and many other substances. Comprises a universal base unit that incorporates a backlit, dot matrix LCD readout, control and data acquisition functions with a series of interchangeable test modules which faithfully conform to the requirements of the appropriate test method. N Gas or electric ignition N Test modules include rechargeable LPG tank N Automatic flash detection N Auto recognition of test modules by the base unit control which automatically sets up relevant test parameters and calibration data N Precise test results N Easy operation with menu/graphics interface, two buttons and rotational control switch N Integral draught screen maximises result consistency and accuracy N RS232 interface allows downloading of key test parameters to an external printer or users PC N Reliable operation with low maintenance Multiflash testers As described. Supplied complete with base unit, mains lead, instructions and test module as indicated. Accessory test modules are also available. Multiflash Pensky-Martens (A and B closed cup) ASTM D93; IP34; IP404; ASTM E502; BS2000 Parts 34 and 404; ISO2719; EN22719; JIS K2265; NF M07-19; DIN 51758; FTMS 791b 1102; EPA1010. Range: Ambient to +400C. Overall (complete) 380 x 470 x 340mm H x W x D. Weight 12kg. For 115V, 230V 50/60Hz single phase supplies, 1000W. PE420-10 Pensky-Martens, complete tester 0.00 ea XX PE420-15 Pensky-Martens, module only 0.00 ea XX Multiflash Abel (Closed cup and Equilibrium) IP170; ISO13736; EN13736; BS 2000 Part 170; IP304 Parts 1 and 2; IP491; IP492; ISO1516; ISO1523; BS3900 Parts A8 and A9; BS6664 Parts 1 and 2. Range: Ambient to +93C (-30C minimum with accessory cooling). Overall (complete) 470 x 470 x 340mm H x W x D. Weight 13kg. For 115V, 230V 50/60Hz single phase supplies, 600W. PE420-20 Abel, complete tester 0.00 ea XX PE420-25 Abel, module only 0.00 ea XX

XX

Note: Gas containers PE394-14 can be exported only as seafreight deck cargo. Local purchase is recommended. An accessory mains gas adapter assembly is available, please indicate the gas type to be used and we will provide further information. Cryostats see CL120.

PE420-25 in use

PE420-45 in use

PE420-10

PE420-35 in use

PE420-55 in use

394

petroleum
Penetrometers
ASTM D937 - IP 179; ASTM D1403-IP310; ASTM D5; D217;D1321; D1831; D2884; IP49; IP50; IP376; BS1377; BS2499 Pt. 3; BS2000 Pts. 49, 50 and 179; EN1426; ISO2137; DIN 51579; DIN 51 580; NFT60-119; NFT60-132; NF T60-140; NFT T66-004; JIS K2220. Universal Automatic Penetrometer A semi-automatic penetrometer with an electromagnetic head which provides automatic plunger release and retention. The head is controlled by a solid state module built into the base, providing 5, 8, 10, 12, 30 or 60 second penetrations. Also fitted with a two speed head elevating mechanism engaging in gear cut track for quick and precise tip positioning, aided by a built-in adjustable illuminator. With machined cast aluminium base, inset spirit level, vertical pillar and depth indicator. A slipping clutch on the pointer makes resetting easy. The 150mm diameter dial is graduated in 0 to 400Pen (0 to 40mm x 0.1mm). Supplied with 47.5g plunger and one each 50g and 100g weights. Overall 300 x 330 x 670mm W x D x H. Weight 9kg. For 100-120V and 220-240V 50/60Hz single phase supplies. Without needles or cones. PE460-25 Universal, automatic 0.00 ea XX Accessory Mirror and clamp. To assist positioning of penetration device over the sample surface. To fit penetrometer PE460-25. PE468-08 Mirror 0.00 ea XX Universal Manual Penetrometer Generally as PE460-25 but without the electromagnetic head and controller module, a manual plunger release is provided instead. Supplied with 47.5g plunger and one each 50g and 100g weights. Overall 300 x 330 x 670mm W x D x H. Weight 7kg. For 100-120V and 220-240V 50/60Hz single phase supplies. Without needles or cones. PE460-40 Universal, manual 0.00 ea XX Digital Penetrometer, Setamatic Measures penetration of substances from light creams to heavy waxes and bitumen. Time setting, control and display are digital from 1 to 9999 seconds and results may be given in millimetres of penetration or in Pen units. Range 0 to 700 Pen (0 to 70mm). An RS232C interface is provided for connecting to the users own computer. Machined cast aluminium base with inset spirit level, illuminator on flexible stem to aid sample viewing, two-speed raising and lowering mechanism for the counterbalanced head and automatic plunger release and retention. Supplied complete with 47.5g standard plunger, 50g and 100g plunger weights. Overall 300 x 330 x 590mm H x W x D. Weight 12.5kg. For 110-120V and 220-240V 50/60Hz single phase supplies. Without needles or cones. PE485-10 Digital Setamatic 0.00 ea XX Accessory Contact sensing plunger. Allows accurate positioning of the penetration tip when testing a wax or bitumen sample immersed in water. PE485-60 Contact sensing 0.00 ea XX plunger

P
XX

Accessories
Needles To ASTM D5 IP 49. Needles, mass 2.5g. Supplied in a pack of 3. PE486-08 Needles 0.00 pk

Wax penetration needle To ASTM D1321; IP376; DIN 51 579. Needle, mass 2.5g, supplied singly. PE486-11 Wax needle 0.00 ea XX Cones To ASTM D217 IP 50. Acetal with hardened steel tip. Mass 102.5g. PE486-18 Standard cone 0.00 ea

XX

Optional cone. Brass with hardened steel tip. Mass 102.5g. PE486-20 Brass cone 0.00 ea XX Special full scale cone. Aluminium with hardened steel tip. Mass 29.8g. PE486-25 Aluminium cone 0.00 ea XX Sample Containers To ASTM D5 IP 49; BS 2000 Part 49. PE490-15 55 x 35mm, pack of 50 0.00 pk PE490-20 55 x 57mm, pack of 50 0.00 pk PE490-25 70 x 45mm, pack of 50 0.00 pk

XX XX XX

Calibration Kit For all penetrometers. With UKAS calibration certificate. PE492-10 Calibration kit 0.00 ea XX Seta Grease Worker ASTM D217 IP 50, BS 2000 Part 50. Greaseworkers, manual For use with stiff greases. With central operating rod, handle, lip-seal, worker pot and large bore stopcock with thermometer hole. PE495-10 Basic model 0.00 ea XX Basic model plus slave unit for working heavy greases. PE495-15 Slave model 0.00 ea XX

PE460-25 with accessories, PE460-40 is similar

PE485-10 with accessories

395

petroleum
Oil Test Centrifuge
Oil Test Centrifuge, Seta-Hermle ASTM, D91; D96; D893, D1290; D1796; D1966; D2273; D2709; D2711; D4007; IP75 (Obsolete); IP359; BS2882 (Obsolete); ISO374; ISO9030; DIN 51 793; NF M07020; FTMS 791b Methods 3000, 3003, 3004, 3101, 3121, 5661; API2542; API2548; API MPMS Chapter 10.3. With four place swing out rotor/bucket assembly and microprocessor controller with keypad operation and display of speed or rcf, temperature and time. Up to 9 run profiles can be stored within the on-board memory. Ranges settable include speed 0 to 3000 x 10rpm, rcf 0 to 2254 x 10xg, Temperature +30 to +70C x 1C and timer 1 to 60 x 1 minute intervals or continuous. There is also a 1 to 99 second Quick-run mode. Braking is adjustable from 110 seconds to 30 seconds down to a full stop. Chamber pre-heating and vertical bucket position at rest after the run respectively improve the speed and accuracy of results. Meets BS4402, DIN58970 parts 1, 2 and 4 and UVV VBG7z requirements. Overall dimensions 610 x 730 x 445mm W x D x H. Weight 86kg. For 230V 50/60Hz single phase supplies. PE810-30 Oil centrifuge 0.00 ea XX Accessories Adapters. Supplied in a packs of 4. PE814-14 For 100ml 8 conical shaped tubes PE814-16 For 100ml 8 pear shaped tubes PE814-18 For 100ml 6 conical shaped tubes CF380-10 CF380-14 PE814-24 PE814-40 PE814-64 PE814-68 100ml 6 pear shaped tube 0.00 ea 100ml 8 conical shaped tube 0.00 ea 100ml 6 conical shaped tubes, pack of 6 Transformer for operating PE810-30 on 120V 60Hz supplies Trolley for PE810-30, 235mm high with lockable castors Trolley for PE810-30, 545mm high with lockable castors

Vapour Pressure
Vapour Pressure ASTM D5188; D5191; IP394; EN13016-1; EN13016-2. Vapour Pressure is important in both automobile and aviation gasolines; affecting start up, warm up, and tendency to vapour lock. It also gives an indirect measure of the potential for hydrocarbon emissions under controlled conditions. Vapour Pressure Analyser, SetaVap Test pressure range 0 to 600kPa. Temperature range from 25C below ambient to +100C. The operator can select single or multiple tests on a sample at static, ramping or stepped temperatures. Vapour-Liquid Mode enables determination of the temperature which produces a pre-set pressure. Digital setting and display, with electronically controlled cooling and heating. Septum change, sample drain and print-out of temperature/pressure calibration is automatic. Calibration and test prints include time, date and sample identity. Reid correction, RS232C interface and pre-programmed sequences are provided. Overall 450 x 370 x 350mm W x D x H. Weight 23kg. For 110-120V and 220-240V 50/60 Hz single phase supplies. PE645-10 SetaVap 0.00 ea XX Spares and Accessories PE645-25 Paper/ink pack spare. With 2 x paper rolls and 1 x inker PE645-40 Gas tight syringe 1ml PE645-43 Gas tight syringe 5ml PE645-45 Pressure calibrator 0.00 pk 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

XX XX XX XX

0.00 pk 0.00 pk 0.00 pk 0.00 ea (2+) 0.00 ea (2+) 0.00 pk 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Water Estimation
Dean and Stark Method N Receivers to BS756, Boiling flasks and Condensers see Quickfit section. N Heating mantles see Heating section.

Viscometry
N Glass Kinematic Viscometers ASTM D445-IP71 see Viscometer section. CF380-10 PE814-24 N Flow Cups see Viscometer section.

PE645-10

PE810-30

396

pH meters
pH Tester, twinpH Horiba
Compact, hand-held pH meter with replaceable flat sensor for convenient laboratory or field use. N Waterproof casing N Sliding sensor cover allows dip sampling or droplet testing whilst providing protection for the sensor when carried N Clear LCD readout indicates measurement, battery level, stability, temperature range warning and calibration reference N Two point calibration N Replaceable sensor requires minimal maintenance N Automatic temperature compensation between +5 and +40C Catalogue No. Model Range Resolution Repeatability Temp comp. range Calibration Power PH245-20 twinpH 2 to 12 0.1 0.1 +5 to +40 2-point (pH4 and pH7 buffers recognised) 2 x 3V CR2032 batteries with auto shut-off after 60 minutes of non-use 165 x 29 x 19 53

Chekmite pH Testers

Advanced, easy to use, low cost testers for basic pH measurements (Chekmite pH-20 additionally also measures temperature). N Waterproof casing which protects the electronics and also allows the tester to float if dropped into water N Push-button calibration with buffer recognition at pH4, pH7 and pH10.01 N Replaceable electrodes extend the potential operational life of the testers Catalogue No. Model Range x resolution pH Accuracy pH Temperature compensation Auto calibration Measurement pH sensor Power Overall L x W x H mm Weight g N Digital display N Chekmite pH-25 has a built-in BNC connector allowing use with standard electrodes with the same connection N Chekmite pH-20 includes temperature sensing and automatic temperature compensation of pH measurement PH280-60 Chekmite pH-20 0.04 PH280-70 Chekmite pH-25 0.04

PH280-40 PH280-50 Chekmite pH-10 Chekmite pH-15 0 to 14.00 x 0.01 all models 0.2 0.04

Fixed Fixed Automatic Fixed at 25C at 25C 0 to 50C at 25C Any 2 of 3 points, pH4, pH7 and pH 10.01 buffers recognised Direct with manual hold Combination Auto endpoint Combination Auto endpoint Combination with ATC Auto endpoint *

pH pH pH C

2 x 3V CR2032 batteries all models 230 x 44 x 30 all models 115 all models

*Chekmite pH-25 has a BNC socket for use with accessory electrodes having similar connections. Chekmite pH Testers, Corning As described. Supplied with gel-filled electrode (except PH280-70) and batteries PH280-40 Chekmite pH-10 0.00 ea XX PH280-50 Chekmite pH-15 0.00 ea XX PH280-60 Chekmite pH-20 0.00 ea XX PH280-70 Chekmite pH-25 0.00 ea XX Accessories and Spares PH282-06 Spare pH electrode for PH280-40 PH282-07 Spare pH electrode for PH280-50 PH282-09 Spare pH/C electrode for PH280-60 PH397-12 Accessory combination electrode for PH280-70 BL590-25 Spare battery 3V (2 required) 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 3.08 ea
XX XX XX XX XX

Overall L x W x D mm Weight g

Compact pH meter, twinpH, Horiba As described. Supplied with pH4 and pH7 buffer standards, sample dropper, instruction manual, storage case and batteries. PH245-20 twinpH 0.00 ea XX Spares PH247-06 BL590-25 Spare sensor for PH245-20 Spare battery, 3V (two required) 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

XX XX

Buffer solutions and powders see PH750/PH755.

PH245-20

PH280 in use

397

pH meters

Hand-Held Modular Meter, Checkmate II

A highly flexible and convenient hand-held instrument comprising meter module and separate plug-in sensors allowing the user to measure up to 8 parameters including pH, mV, ORP, ion, conductivity, TDS, temperature and dissolved oxygen. N Waterproof casing to IP67 protects the electronics and allows the instrument to float in water N Datalogging facility with RS232 output stores up to 199 measurements for each parameter for subsequent downloading to a personal computer N BNC/ATC adapter allows any BNC connected electrode to be used, including I.S.Es Range pH mV Temp. compensation Ion concentration* mV* Power Overall Weight mm g 0 to 14 0 to 1999.9 0 to 100 Resolution 0.1/0.01/0.001 0.1 0.1 Accuracy 0.01 0.2 0.5 Meter Module, Checkmate II As specified. Complete with RS232 interface, wrist strap, test plug, BNC adapter allowing use with any BNC connected pH or ion selective electrode, 2 x 1.5V batteries and soft carrying case. Without sensor. PH300-20 Meter module 0.00 ea XX Accessories pH/C Sensors Attach to the meter module to provide a complete hand-held pH meter. Range 0 to 14pH, 0 to 600mV. With ATC. PH305-12 Refillable pH/C 0.00 ea XX sensor only PH305-20 Gel-filled pH/C 0.00 ea XX sensor only pH/C set Comprising meter module PH300-20, refillable pH/C sensor PH305-12, calibration and filling solutions, 2 x 1.5V AA batteries, soft carrying case, wrist strap and instructions. PH305-33 pH/C set 0.00 ea XX Redox sensor Platinum ring sensor for evaluation of oxidation reduction potential within the broad absolute mV range of the Checkmate II meter module. PH305-50 Redox sensor 0.00 ea XX Redox set Comprising meter module PH300-20, redox sensor PH305-50, filling solution, 2 x 1.5V AA batteries, soft carrying case, wrist strap and instructions. PH305-55 Redox set 0.00 ea XX Filling solution 3MKCL for PH305-12. Supplied in a pack of 125ml. PH454-37 Filling solution 0.00 pk XX Other Checkmate sensor modules can be found in the Conductivity, Dissolved Oxygen and Water Testing sections:CU725-12 Conductivity sensor 0.00 ea XX CU725-62 Conductivity/pH Duo 0.00 ea XX DT245-12 Dissolved Oxygen 0.00 ea XX Field system comprising Checkmate II meter module and three sensors in a carrying case. WR650-14 Field system 0.00 ea XX 6-parameter probe which measures temperature, pH/mV, conductivity/TDS and dissolved oxygen simultaneously. WR650-25 6-parameter probe 0.00 ea XX

0 to 19999 1 sig. last digit 0.5% 0 to 1999.9 0.1 0.2% 2 x 1.5V AA batteries Meter Module 145 x 59 x 49 Sensor 186 x 59 x 49 400

*Using accessory ISE electrode with BNC connection. The meter module has an ultrasonically sealed, chemically resistant case with elastomeric control keypad. It incorporates a microprocessor allowing automatic recognition of pH4, 7 and 10.01 buffers, conductivity and dissolved oxygen standards, automatic end-point sensing, simultaneous temperature measurement display and compensation between 0 and +100C for pH, 0 and +50C for conductivity and dissolved oxygen. Probe performance is also monitored with warning indication if the probe requires replacement. A built-in datalogger stores up to 99 measurements of each parameter for subsequent downloading via an RS232 interface.

398

pH meters
Portable Waterproof pH Meters
Sophisticated portable pH meters ruggedly built to withstand harsh environmental conditions. N Waterproof casing and probe system to IP67* N Automatic calibration and endpoint N Multiparameter LCD of pH or mV (or conc. - Model 315 only) and temperature with function icons N Manual or automatic temperature compensation N Probe condition indicator and slope efficiency readout

N Models 314 and 315 incorporate last calibration recall, calibration reminder, date and time stamp and RS232 output in line with GLP (Good Laboratory Practice) procedures

N Model 314i is used with Ion Sensitive Field Effect (ISFET) pH/temperature probe

Model Ranges (resolution) Auto temp. comp. pH(ISE) calibration points Datalogging memories Inputs Outputs Power Overall W x D x H Weight pH mV Conc. C

313

314

315 2 to 19.999 (0.001) 1999.9 (0.1) 0.001 to 19999 (1 digit) 5 to 130 (0.1) 3 of 12 (5 of 5) 50 BNC, ATC, Ref Recorder, RS232

314i 0.00 to 14.00 (0.01) 1999 to 1999 (1) 0.0 to 60.0 (0.1) 3 of 12 () 50 DIN (ISFET) RS232

mm g

0 to 14.00 (0.01) 2 to 16.00 (0.01) 1999 (1) 1999 (1) 0 to 100 (0.1) 5 to 105 (0.1) 2 of 12 () 3 of 12 () 10 50 BNC, ATC BNC, ATC Recorder, RS232 4 x 1.5V AA alkaline batteries all models 85 x 200 x 45 all models 450 all models

*Note:- All models are waterproof to IP67 only when used in conjunction with their relevant IP67-rated electrode. Portable Waterproof pH Meters, Corning As described. Available as a complete kit with IP67-rated 3-in-1 (pH/ref/C) gel filled electrode (or ISFET pH/temp. electrode - model 314i only), 1 metre cable, buffer sachets, wrist strap, batteries and instructions. PH390-05 Model 313 0.00 ea XX PH392-14 Model 314 0.00 ea XX PH394-22 Model 315 0.00 ea XX PH396-10 Model 314i ISFET pH/temperature meter 0.00 ea XX Accessories and Spares PH397-10 Spare 3-in-1 electrode, IP67-rated PH397-12 Accessory combination pH electrode only, BNC connection PH396-65 Spare ISFET pH/temp. immersion probe, IP67-rated CU609-16 Rubber carry holster and neck strap for field use BL610-15 Battery, 1.5V (4 required) 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea RS232 Interface Kit Comprises data acquisition software and interface cable for use with IBM compatible computers with 9 pin D serial port connector. CU609-30 RS232 Interface kit 0.00 ea XX Buffer solution sachets PH397-80 pH 4.00, pack of 10 PH397-83 pH 7.00, pack of 10 PH397-85 pH 10.01, pack of 10 0.00 pk 0.00 pk 0.00 pk

XX XX XX

XX XX XX XX XX

PH394 in use with accessories, PH390 and PH392 are similar

PH396-10

399

pH meters
Bench pH Meters

A comprehensive range of 5 instruments covering basic, routine and research applications in education and industry. Model 530 pH Meter Basic level, low cost pH meter ideal for education or routine laboratory applications. With sealed keypad and large, twin-line LCD with choice of pH, mV and C readout, % slope readout to monitor electrode performance and meter status with analogue scale for added confidence when studying electrochemical theory and acid-base titrations. Additionally features automatic one or two point calibration to pH4, 7 or 10 buffers, 10 reading memory, self diagnosis test check when switched on and recorder output. Model 540 pH Meter An all-purpose, high accuracy pH meter with fully automatic performance. With twin-line display of pH or mV and temperature along with graphic icons showing meter status and % slope values for monitoring electrode performance. Also features up to three pre-programmed or userprogrammable autocalibration points, 20 reading memory, automatic temperature compensation, read, endpoint sensing and self-diagnosis test checks when switched on. The non-volatile memory retains calibration data during power loss. Recorder and RS232 outputs are also provided. Model 545 pH Meter A sophisticated, multifunction pH meter with several unique features streamlining applications in quality control or R & D laboratories where the control of result reporting and calibration records is paramount. With basic specifications similar to Model 540 but also featuring selectable pH display resolution (0.001, 0.01, 0.1), 0.001 pH accuracy, automatic and manual temperature compensation, a real time clock with date stamp and 10 day battery backup, 10 second to 10 hour timer, 20 reading memory, selectable High/Low alarm points, automatic read and endpoint sensing, recorder and RS232 outputs. Model 555 pH/Ion Analyser A research grade accuracy pH/Ion meter with expanded ranges and menu programming including GLP (Good Laboratory Practice) routines for regulatory compliance. Features two independent channels with split display and dual electrode, ATC, and reference sockets offering the capabilities of two meters. Non-volatile memory of up to 100 readings individually accessible by scrolling the display. Automatic functions include recognition and calibration of up to five pre-programmed or user selectable buffer points, temperature compensation via standard or Pt1000 accessory ATC probes, read and endpoint sensing. The multi parameter graphics LCD indicates pH, mV or concentration readings, user prompts, help messages and temperature. A % slope value readout aids monitoring of electrode performance. Also features a real time clock, 10 second to 10 hour timer, date stamp, High/Low alarms, adjustable isopotential point, last calibration data and time recall. Recorder, RS232 and Karl Fischer outputs are also provided. Additional features include expanded measurement ranges, known addition/subtraction and sample addition/ subtraction for ion selective analyses required in sophisticated research and industrial applications. Additional memory storage of up to 10 application routines and 29 specific or generic ion selective electrodes by name, adjustable contrast back-lit display, adjustable slope and mV offset, timed automatic read and self-diagnosis test checks on switch on or selectable from the menu. Model 543i, ISFET pH Meter General purpose, high accuracy bench pH meter, with fully automatic performance and able to use standard or Ion Sensitive Field Effect Transistor (ISFET) electrodes. With dual display of pH or mV and temperature and graphic icons showing meter status and % slope values for monitoring electrode performance. Features up to three, user-programmable autocalibration points and automatic temperature compensation, 10 reading memory, read, endpoint sensing and self-diagnosis test checks when switched on. A non-volatile memory retains calibration data during power loss.

Model 530

Model 545

Model 540, model 543i is similar

Model 555

400

pH meters
Bench pH Meters, continued
Bench pH Meters, Models 530, 540 and 545 As described. Supplied complete with 3-in-1 pH/reference/temperature electrode, electrode stand with arm, 3M KCL filling solution, electrode storage bottle and instruction manual but without buffer sachets. Alternatively, the meter can be supplied on its own with electrode arm only. Requires, but is not supplied with, a.c. adapter for 230V 50Hz supplies. PH450-11 Model 530, complete 0.00 ea XX PH450-13 Model 530, meter/arm only 0.00 ea XX PH450-21 PH450-23 PH450-26 PH450-29 Model 540, complete Model 540, meter/arm only Model 545, complete Model 545, meter/arm only 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea
XX XX XX XX

P
0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea
XX XX XX

Electrodes PH452-15 3-in-1 pH/reference/temperature electrode, plastic bodied PH452-20 High performance combination electrode, pH/reference only, glass bodied PH452-22 Spare ISFET pH/temperature electrode, for use with PH450-65 or PH450-67 only Automatic temperature compensation (ATC) probes For use with PH452-20 or any other BNC connection electrode. PH452-24 Standard ATC PH452-26 Pt1000 ATC PH452-33 Electrode stand with arm, for Corning 500-series meters CU677-90 CU677-92 PH454-12 PH454-14 PH454-16 PH454-18 PH454-37 Power adapter with UK plug for Corning 500-series meters. Requires a 230V 50Hz supply Power adapter with European plug for Corning 500-series meters. Requires a 230V 50Hz supply pH 4.00 Buffer, 500ml, pack of 2 pH 7.00 Buffer, 500ml, pack of 2 pH 10.01 Buffer, 500ml, pack of 2 Rainbow Buffer, 500ml, pack of 6 (2 each pH4.00, pH7.00, pH10.01) Filling solution, 3M KCL for PH452-15 and PH452-20, pack of 125ml

0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 pk 0.00 pk 0.00 pk 0.00 pk 0.00 pk

XX XX XX

Bench pH Meters, Model 555 As described. Supplied complete with high performance combination electrode, one electrode stand with arm, standard automatic temperature compensation probe, 3M KCL filling solution, electrode storage bottle and instruction manual but without buffer sachets. Alternatively the meter can be supplied on its own with electrode arm only. Requires, but is not supplied with, a.c. adapter for 230V 50Hz supplies. PH450-46 Model 555, complete 0.00 ea XX PH450-48 Model 555, meter/arm only 0.00 ea XX Bench pH Meter Model 543i As described. Supplied with ISFET electrode, electrode stand with arm, electrode storage bottle and instruction manual but without buffer sachets. Alternatively the meter can be supplied on its own with electrode arm only. Requires, but is not supplied with, a.c. adapter for 230V 50Hz supplies. PH450-65 Model 543i, complete 0.00 ea XX PH450-67 Model 543i, meter/arm only 0.00 ea XX Model Range Resolution Accuracy Range Resolution Accuracy Range Resolution Accuracy Range Resolution Accuracy Auto temp. comp. Manual temp. comp. Auto pH Calibration ISE Calibration Inputs 530 0 to 14.00 0.01 0.01 1999 1 1 0 to 100 1 0.5   2 point BNC ATC Ref Recorder 540 1.99 to 16.00 0.01 0.01 1999 1 1 5 to 105 0.1 0.2   3 point BNC ATC Ref Recorder RS232

XX XX

XX XX XX XX XX

Corning conductivity/pH meter see CU675. NIST (NBS) traceable buffer solution see PH750.

pH pH pH mV mV mV C C C Conc. Conc. Conc.

545 1.999 to 19.99 0.001/0.01/0.1 0.001 1999.9 0.1 0.1 5 to 105 0.1 0.2   3 point BNC ATC Ref Recorder RS232

555 1.999 to 19.999 0.001/0.01/0.1 0.001 1999.9 0.1 0.1 30 to 130 0.1 0.5 (0.2*)

Outputs

Memories

Isopotential point Display Impedance Power Overall W x D x H Weight

mm kg

1.00E-9 to 9.99E9 0.5% 0.5%   5 point 5 point BNC (2) ATC(2) Ref (2) Recorder RS232 Karl Fischer 10 readings 20 readings 20 readings 100 readings 10 methods 29 electrode ID.s pH7.00 pH7.00 pH7.00 Adjustable LCD LCD LCD Graphics LCD >1012 >1012 >1012 >1012 Accessory a.c. adapter requiring a 230V 50Hz single phase supply all models 265 x 190 x 65 265 x 190 x 65 270 x 200 x 60 265 x 190 x 65 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8

543i 1.99 to 16.00, 0.00 to 14 ( ISFET) 0.01 0.01 1999 to 1999, 600 to +600 (ISFET) 1 1 5 to 105, 0 to 60 (ISFET) 0.1 0.5 (0 to 50C) 1% (50 to 105C)   3 point BNC, DIN (ISFET) ATC Ref Recorder RS232 10 readings

pH7.00 LCD >1012 265 x 190 x 65 0.8

*Using accessory Pt1000 ATC probe PH452-26.

1 x last significant digit.

401

P
Cat. No.

pH meters

pH Electrodes

High performance electrodes providing reliability over a wide range of applications. All electrodes are supplied with 1 metre lead and end connector as indicated. Temp. range C Connector Type Body Length x diameter, mm ea

pH combination PH605-11 PH605-15 PH605-16 PH605-17 PH605-19 PH605-23 PH605-27 PH605-31 PH605-33 PH605-39 PH605-41 pH reference PH607-11 PH607-14 PH607-16 PH607-19 PH607-22 0 to 60 0 to 40 0 to 80 0 to 100 0 to 100 BNC 2mm pin 2mm pin 2mm pin 2mm pin pH half cell G.P. Ag/AgCL G.P. calomel Reverse sleeve Double junction Plastic Glass Plastic Glass Plastic 120 x 12 120 x 12 120 x 12 120 x 12 120 x 12 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX

0 to 60 0 to 80 0 to 100 0 to 60 0 to 60 0 to 60 0 to 100 0 to 60 0 to 60 0 to 80 0 to 100

BNC BNC + ATC BNC + ATC BNC BNC BNC BNC BNC BNC BNC BNC

Refillable, spear tip Sealed, 3-in-1 Refillable, 3-in-1 Refillable, for biological samples Sealed, deep vessel Sealed, surface measurement Refillable, for viscous/semi-solid samples Sealed, for biological samples, Tris buffers, proteins Refillable, semi-micro Sealed, semi-micro Refillable, micro

Glass Plastic Plastic Glass Plastic Plastic Plastic Plastic Glass Plastic Glass

120 x 12 body, 6mm tip 150 x 12 150 x 12 120 x 12 250 x 12 120 x 12 120 x 12 120 x 12 150 x 7 150 x 6 180 x 3.7

0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

PH605-11

PH605-15

PH605-17

PH605-19

PH605-23

PH605-27

PH605-31

PH605-33

PH605-39

PH605-41

PH607-11

PH607-14

402

pH meters
pH Meter, Analogue Model C18 Consumables

N pH and mV ranges N Battery operated N Temperature compensation Model Range Readability Temp. compensation Slope Input resistance Electrode connection Recorder output Power Overall L x W x H Weight

N Rugged construction N Large, analogue scale N Recorder output C18 0 to 14 0 to 2800 0.1 10 Manual 0 to 90 85 to 105 >1011 BNC/4mm pair 1.4V for f.s.d, pH/mV as input 9V PP3 alkaline battery 180 x 125 x 90 1.5

Buffer solutions, colour coded Values stated at 20C. Temperature data printed on container label. Values are traceable to NIST (NBS) standard reference material. Supplied in standard, plastic, easy-pour containers or in convenient twin-neck bottles which dispense the correct volume of solution for calibration into the secondary neck chamber minimising both waste and the possibility of contamination. Shelf life approximately 2 years. Accuracy 0.01 pH units. Easy-pour container PH750-14 pH4, 1 litre PH750-19 pH7, 1 litre PH750-24 pH10, 1 litre Twin-neck container PH752-14 pH4, 1 litre PH752-19 pH7, 1 litre PH752-24 pH10, 1 litre 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea
XX XX XX

pH mV pH mV C %

XX XX XX

mm kg

Buffer powders In sachets each containing enough to make up 200ml of the pH buffer value as indicated. Supplied in packs of 25 sachets. PH755-13 pH4 0.00 pk XX PH755-17 pH7 0.00 pk XX PH755-23 pH9 0.00 pk XX Buffer capsules Capsule contents dissolve rapidly. Colour coded. Shelf life indefinite if stored under normal conditions. Accuracy 0.02 pH units. PH758-40 pH4, pack of 50 0.00 pk XX PH758-44 pH7, pack of 50 0.00 pk XX PH758-48 pH9, pack of 50 0.00 pk XX PH758-52 pH10, pack of 50 0.00 pk XX Filling solutions PH760-10 4M KCL, 100ml PH760-13 Saturated KCL, 100ml PH760-15 4M KCL/AgCL, 100ml PH765-20 PH765-30 Electrode cleaning solution, 500ml pH electrode storage solution, 500ml 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

Analogue pH Meters, WPA As described. With manual temperature compensation and slope adjustment. Supplied either as the meter only with manual and PP3 battery or additionally with combination electrode, buffer capsules and sturdy carrying case. PH625-20 C18, meter only 0.00 ea XX PH630-20 C18C, meter with electrode 0.00 ea XX PH630-75 BL610-25 Combination electrode for PH625/630 series Battery, spare, 9V PP3 0.00 ea 0.00 ea
XX XX

XX XX XX XX XX

PH630-20 in use

403

pH meters

pH Electrodes

High quality, competitively priced electrodes manufactured under quality controlled conditions as specified under ISO 9002, providing: N Enhanced sensitivity N Low noise and drift N Fast response N Reliable performance

All electrodes supplied fitted with one metre cable and BNC plug (except reference electrodes which have a 2mm pin and PJ100-14 which has both BNC and phono ATC connectors). A Quality Control Certificate is also supplied. Cat. No. Temp. range C Ref. type Junction type Body Length x o.d., mm Stem L x o.d., mm Type Equivalents ea

Combination Electrodes, pH 0 to 14 PJ100-12 PJ100-14 PJ100-17 PJ100-22 PJ100-27 PJ100-32 PJ100-42 PJ100-47 PJ100-49 PJ100-55 0-60 0-100 0-80 0-80 0-80 0-80 0-50 0-50 0-80 0-80 AgCl AgCl AgCl AgCl AgCl AgCl HgCl HgCl AgCl AgCl Porous teflon Porous teflon Annular ceramic Frit ceramic Frit ceramic Annular ceramic Annular ceramic Frit ceramic Porous teflon Annular ceramic Epoxy Epoxy Glass Glass Glass Glass Glass Glass Epoxy Glass 120 x 12 120 x 12 120 x 12 120 x 12 120 x 12 120 x 12 120 x 12 150 x 6 90 x 4.5 90 x 6 General purpose, gel filled General purpose, built-in ATC, gel filled General purpose, refillable Thin stem, refillable Micro stem, refillable General purpose, robust tip, refillable Low ionic strength samples (water), refillable Tris buffer based biological solutions, refillable Flat surface, refillable Slurry testing, refillable Corning 476086 Orion 9206BN Corning 476436 Orion 9207BN Corning 476296 Orion 9102BN Corning 476156 Orion 9103BN Orion 9104BN Orion 71-10 Orion 9162BN 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX

XX

XX

XX

XX XX

XX

XX

XX XX

Glass Electrode, pH 0 to 14 PJ105-16 0-80 Glass 120 x 12 General purpose half cell Corning 476026 Orion 9101BN 0.00
XX

Reference Electrodes PJ108-19 PJ108-29 0-50 0-50 HgCl AgCl Frit ceramic Frit ceramic Glass 120 x 12 (Calomel) Glass 120 x 12 General purpose, refillable General purpose, double junction, refillable Corning 476406 Corning 476416 0.00 0.00
XX

XX

Left to right: PJ100, PJ105, PJ108 series

404

pH meters
pH Electrodes, pH Plus
High performance electrodes with non-metallic reference system offering many advantages over conventional electrodes: Greater accuracy Very fast response Greater stability Less long-term drift More reproducible results Excellent temperature performance over the range -0 to 100C Compatibility with Tris buffers

Ion Selective Electrodes

N Combination, no reference electrode needed N Solid state sensors N Extended working life Combination ion selective electrodes with solid state sensors and rugged epoxy bodies. Can be used with any conventional pH meter with a millivolt mode. Overall 120 x 12mm L x o.d. Supplied with 1 metre cable and BNC connector. For ions as indicated. PJ200-10 Ammonium 299.00 ea XX PJ200-25 Cadmium 299.00 ea RI PJ200-30 Calcium 299.00 ea RI PJ200-35 PJ200-50 PJ200-55 PJ200-65 PJ200-70 PJ200-75 Chloride Fluoride Lead Nitrate Potassium Sodium 299.00 ea 299.00 ea 299.00 ea 299.00 ea 299.00 ea 299.00 ea
RI RI RI RI RI RI

All electrodes supplied fitted with one metre cable and BNC plug (except PJ156-19 which has a 2mm pin). Cat. No. Junction type Body Length x o.d., mm Stem L x o.d., mm Type ea

Combination Electrodes, pH 0 to 14 PJ145-17 PJ145-22 PJ145-27 PJ145-32 Frit ceramic Frit ceramic Frit ceramic Annular ceramic Glass Glass Glass Glass 120 x 12 120 x 12 150 x 6 90 x 4.5 General purpose, refillable Thin stem, refillable Micro stem, refillable General purpose, robust tip, refillable Low ionic strength samples (water), refillable Flat surface, refillable Slurry testing, refillable 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX

XX

XX

XX

PJ145-42

Annular ceramic*

Glass

120 x 12

0.00

XX

PJ145-49 PJ145-55

Porous teflon Annular ceramic

Epoxy Glass

120 x 12 120 x 12

0.00 0.00

XX

XX

Glass Electrode, pH 0 to 14 PJ152-16 Glass 120 x 12 General purpose, half cell 0.00
XX

Reference Electrode PJ156-19 Annular ceramic Glass 120 x 12 General purpose, refillable 0.00
XX

*Temperature range 0 to 50C. Temperature range 0 to 90C.

PJ145/PJ156

PJ200

405

pH meters
Pocket Salt Meter, Cardy SALT Horiba
Ultra-slim, pocket meter for convenient salt testing with applications in the food, industrial and healthcare sectors. N Flat sensor requires minimal maintenance and is replaceable, only a drop of sample is required for measurement N Clear LCD readout gives direct NaCl reading N Does not require pH adjustment or manual conversion from sodium ion measurement N Excellent correlation with flame photometric method Catalogue No. Model Range Resolution PJ285-40 Cardy SALT 0.1 to 25 0.01 (0.1 to 0.99) 0.1 (1.0 to 9.9) 1.0 (10 to 25) 2-point using standard calibration solutions (0.5% and 5% NaCl) and STD/SLOPE adjustment trimmers +5 to +35 2 x 3V CR2025 batteries 95 x 55 x 9 40

Pocket Ion Meters, Cardy Horiba

Ultra-slim, pocket ion meters provide convenient, rapid measurement of Sodium, Potassium or Nitrate ion levels, requiring only a droplet of sample. N Replaceable flat sensor technology requires minimal maintenance and is easily replaced if required N Automatic range switching N LCD readout gives direct concentration reading - no conversion calculation required Catalogue No. Model Measurement PJ280-10 PJ280-20 PJ280-30 Cardy Na+ Cardy K+ Cardy NO32.3 to 2300 39 to 3900 62 to 6200 (10-3 to 10-1 mol/l all models) 0 to 9900 x 100 all models 1 (0 to 99) 10 (100 to 990) 100 (1000 to 9900) 2-point using standard calibration solutions (2000ppm and 150ppm) and STD/SLOPE adjustment trimmers all models 20% of display value all models +5 to +35 all models 2 x 3V CR2025 batteries all models 95 x 55 x 9 all models 40 all models

ppm

Display range ppm Resolution (all models) ppm

%NaCl (w/w) %NaCl (w/w)

Calibration

Calibration

Repeatability Sample temp. range Power Overall L x W x D Weight

C mm g

Sample temperature range Power Overall L x W x D Weight

C mm g

Pocket Ion Meters, Cardy, Horiba As described. Supplied with calibration solutions (2000ppm and 150ppm), sample dropper, deionised water and sampling soak tape, instructions and batteries. PJ280-10 Cardy Na+ 0.00 ea XX PJ280-20 Cardy K+ 0.00 ea XX PJ280-30 Cardy NO30.00 ea XX Spares PJ284-03 PJ284-06 PJ284-09 BL590-20 Spare sensor for PJ280-10 Spare sensor for PJ280-20 Spare sensor for PJ280-30 Spare battery, 3V (two required) 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 2.86 ea
XX XX XX GO

Pocket Salt Meter, Cardy SALT, Horiba As described. Supplied with calibration solutions (0.5% and 5% NaCl), sample dropper, deionised water and sampling soak tape, instructions and batteries. PJ285-40 Cardy SALT 0.00 ea XX Spares PJ284-03 BL590-20 Spare sensor for PJ285-40 Spare battery, 3V (two required) 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

XX XX

PJ280

PJ285

406

pH meters
Portable pH Meter EASY
N Contemporary, ergonomic design N Touchscreen LCD operation N Simultaneous pH and temperature display N Auto Read function (measurement commences when the electrode contacts the sample N Clock/timer function with audible alarm N Replaceable pH/C sensor Catalogue No. Range Accuracy Temperature range Accuracy Calibration PJ294-20 0 to 14.00 0.02 -5.0 to 100.0 0.1 2 or 3-point automatic (pH4, pH7, pH10 buffers recognised) Overall, H x W x D mm 185 x 85 x 30 Power 1 x 1.5V AA battery with auto switch off after 10 minutes pH pH C C pH Meter, Easy As described. Supplied with battery and instructions. PJ294-20 pH meter, touchscreen 0.00 ea XX PJ294-27 Spare pH/temp. sensor 0.00 ea XX for PJ294-20 BL610-15 1.5V battery 0.00 ea XX N Water resistant casing to IP67 N Backlit LCD simultaneously shows temperature compensated pH readings (or electrode potential - Model 370) and temperature (manually set Model 350) Catalogue No. Model Ranges x resolution

Portable pH Meters 350, 370

N 1 or 2 point calibration with auto buffer recognition and manual override N Stored value recall function N Battery operated

Accuracy

Temperature compensation

Manual Automatic

pH mV C F pH mV C F C F C F

Calibration Overall H x W x D Weight mm g

PJ360-20 PJ360-30 350 370 -2 to 16.00 x 0.01 -2 to 16.00 x 0.01 1999 x 1 10 to 105 x 0.05 14 to 221 x 1 0.02 0.02 1 0.5 1 0 to 100 0 to 100 32 to 212 32 to 212 0 to 100 32 to 212 Automatic with manual override, pH4.00, 7.00, 9.22 and 10.00 buffers recognised both models 175 x 75 x 35 both models 250 both models

pH Meters, 350, 370, Jenway As described. With gel filled combination electrode, 1 metre cable and BNC connector, 1 each pH4, 7 and 10 buffer solution sachets and 2 x 1.5V AA batteries. Model 370 is also supplied with a temperature measurement/compensation probe. PJ360-20 Model 350 0.00 ea XX PJ360-30 Model 370 0.00 ea XX Spares and accessories PJ364-08 Combination electrode, spare PJ364-50 Hard carrying case for PJ360-20 PJ364-55 Hard carrying case for PJ360-30 BL610-15 1.5V battery (2 required) 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

XX XX XX XX

PJ294-20

PJ360-20

PJ360-30

407

pH meters
Portable Ion Meter Model 3205

pH Meter 3150

N Water resistant casing to IP67 N pH, mV and temperature ranges (C or F selectable) N Utilises combined pH/temperature probe N Datalogging facility stores up to 100 results for recall/display N Menu driven operation N User selectable automatic shutdown Catalogue No. Model Range PJ370-10 3150 2 to +16 1999 to +1999 10 to +105 +14 to +221 0.01 1 0.1 1 Automatic pH4, 7 and 10 values recognised Automatic 0 to 100 3 x 1.5V AA alkaline batteries, MN1500 or equivalent 200 x 80 x 60 370

N Pre-programmed configurations to enable analysis of the following ions Ammonium Calcium Chloride Fluoride Nitrate N Direct reading N Additional pH, mV, temperature and concentration modes using accessory combination pH/temperature probe N Water resistant casing to IP67 N 57 x 64mm LCD with graphical user prompting Ion Meter, 3205 Hand-held pH meter similar to PJ370-10 but with alphanumeric display and additionally pre-programmed for ion analysis as indicated. Supplied with temperature probe, detachable S7 screw fitting electrode lead, 3 x 1.5V batteries and instructions. Without electrodes. PJ377-15 Model 3205 0.00 ea XX Ion Selective Electrode Kits For use with PJ377-15. Comprise maintenance free ISE electrode with detachable S7 screw fitting, one 500ml bottle of 1000ppm calibration standard, one 500ml bottle of ionic strength adjustment buffer and S7 screw fitting to BNC lead. For the determination of ions as indicated. PJ379-05 Ammonium 0.00 ea XX PJ379-09 Calcium 0.00 ea XX PJ379-13 Chloride 0.00 ea XX PJ379-17 Fluoride 0.00 ea XX PJ379-21 Nitrate 0.00 ea XX Accessories and Spares PJ372-20 Combined pH/temperature probe CU622-45 Infra-red receiver cradle with RS232 interface BL610-15 1.5V battery (3 required) 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

Resolution

pH mV C F pH mV C F

Calibration Temp comp. Power C

Overall L x W x D meter only mm Weight g

pH Meter 3150, Jenway As described. With combination pH electrode/ temperature probe with 1 metre cable and 3 x 1.5V batteries. PJ370-10 Model 3150 0.00 ea XX Accessories and Spares PJ372-20 Combined pH/temperature probe PJ372-33 Carrying case for PJ370-10 only BL610-15 1.5V battery (3 required) 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

XX XX XX

XX XX XX

PJ370-10

PJ377 with electrode and accessories

408

pH meters
Bench Meters 3500 series

A range of three, easy to use, bench meters covering basic, routine or research laboratory requirements. Model Range 3505 3510 2 to +16.00 2 to +19.999 1999 to +1999 1999 to +1999 10 to +105 () 10 to +105 (+14 to +221) 0.01 0.001/0.01/0.1 1 0.1 0.1() 0.1 (1) 0.02 0.003 1 0.2 0.5 () 0.5 (1) 0 to 100C, manual or automatic all models >1012 >1012 Manual 1 or 2 point Manual or ATC buffers to DIN19266, JIS Z8802 and NIST Analogue recorder Analogue recorder buffered electrode buffered electrode output output Bi-directional RS232 25mm LCD 9V PP3 battery 9V a.c. adapter 55 x 210 x 250 0.85 32 readings Custom back-lit LCD 9V a.c. adapter 55 x 210 x 250 0.85 3520 2 to +20.000 1999 to +1999 10 to +105 (+14 to +221) 0.001/0.01/0.1 0.1/1 0.1 (1) 0.003 0.2 0.5 (1) >1012 1, 2 or 3 point Manual or ATC buffers to DIN19266, JIS Z8802 and NIST Analogue recorder buffered electrode output Bi-directional RS232 Infra-red data link (IrDA) 2.000 to +20.000 500 readings Back-lit graphics LCD 9V a.c. adapter 55 x 210 x 250 0.85

pH mV C (F) Resolution pH mV C (F) Accuracy pH mV C (F) Temperature comp. Input impedance ohms Calibration

pH Meter, bench, Model 3505 As described. Basic model with front panel rotary controls. Supplied with epoxy bodied combination pH electrode, separate ATC probe, analogue output, electrode holder, instruction manual, pH4, pH7 and pH10 buffers and battery. PJ500-16 Model 3505 0.00 ea XX pH Meter, bench, Model 3510 As described. Routine model with push-button controls, simultaneous pH or mV and temperature readout and 1, 2 or 3 point calibration. Supplied with glass bodied pH combination electrode, separate ATC probe, swing arm electrode holder, RS232 interface, instruction manual, pH4, pH7 and pH10 buffers and an a.c. adapter requiring a 230V 50/60Hz supply. PJ500-22 Model 3510 0.00 ea XX pH Meter, bench, Model 3520 As described. Research model with push-button controls, simultaneous pH or mV and temperature readout, real time clock, GLP support functions, alarm outputs, multi-language operation and 1, 2 or 3 point calibration. Supplied with glass bodied combination pH electrode, separate ATC probe, swing-arm electrode holder, RS232 interface, infrared data link (IrDA), instruction manual, pH4, pH7 and pH10 buffers and an a.c. adapter requiring a 230V 50/60Hz supply. PJ550-40 Model 3520 0.00 ea XX Spares and Accessories Combination electrodes PJ364-08 Epoxy bodied PJ554-08 Glass bodied PJ554-19 ATC probe, for all models PJ554-70 9V a.c. adapter with UK connector. Requires a 230V mains supply BL610-25 Spare battery, 9V, for PJ500-16 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea
XX XX XX XX

Outputs

Alarm Points Memories Display Power Overall H x W x D Weight

mm kg

Accessory (PJ554-70). PJ500-16 in use

XX

IrDA or serial connection printer. Supplied with one roll of thermal paper, serial connection lead, power supply and power connection lead.* CU656-25 Printer 0.00 ea XX CU656-27 Thermal paper roll, 0.00 pk XX pack of 1 Serial interface connection kit for connecting meters to the users PC.* CU656-50 Connection kit 0.00 ea XX Serial communication software for downloading data from meters onto the users PC. Requires CU656-50. CU656-52 Software 0.00 ea XX * Not suitable for use with Model 3505.

PJ550-40 in use, PJ500-22 is similar

409

pH meters

pH/Ion Meter

Research level pH/Ion bench meter designed for ease of use with ion-selective electrodes. N pH, mV, concentration and temperature ranges N Menu driven, twin channel graphics display with real time clock and user prompting N Full numerical keypad with separate menu navigation, print and channel selection keys N Two temperature inputs (C/F switchable) and two electrode inputs selectable N Pre-programmed with 26 common ion characteristics and allowing user customisation N Data logging of up to 100 readings N GLP (Good Laboratory Practice) features Calibration reminder Calibration recall Detailed result documentation output N Analogue, bi-directional RS232, alarm and Karl Fischer outputs N Multi-lingual operation selectable pH/Ion Meter, Jenway As described. Supplied with glass bodied combination pH electrode, ATC probe, swing-arm electrode holder, instruction manual and 9V a.c. power adapter. A 230V supply is required for the adapter. PJ560-25 Model 3345 0.00 ea XX Accessories PJ554-08 Combination electrode PJ554-18 ATC probe CU654-25 Swing-arm electrode holder 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea
XX XX XX

Model Range (resolution)

Accuracy

pH mV conc. C pH mV conc. C C pH conc.

Additional modes Temp. compensation Auto calibration Auto buffer Outputs Datalogger Power Overall L x W x H Weight

mm kg

3345 -2 to 19.999 (0.001) 1999.9 to +1999.9 (0.1) 1 x 10-9 to 9.99 x 109 (3 sig digits) 10 to +105 (0.1) 0.003 0.2 0.003p(ion) for monovalent ions 0.5 Known sample addition/subtraction and sample addition/subtraction Manual or automatic, 0 to 100 1, 2 or 3 point 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 point pH4, 7, 9.2 and 10 (with manual override) Analogue, Bi-directional RS232, Karl Fischer, Hi/Lo alarm outputs open collector, 0.5A 50V maximum Up to 100 result memory, non-volatile 9V a.c. adapter 275 x 240 x 150 1.2 Miscellaneous pH Testing Colorimetric methods using the Lovibond Comparator and colour standard discs see the Colorimeter section. Test Papers. Colour change consumable strips in book and reel form see the Test Paper section. Soil Measurement Kits including simple chemical tests and a probe meter see the Soil Testing section. Water Analysis. Portable kit for checking pH conductivity and dissolved oxygen see the Water Testing section.

Impact Printer 40 column printer. Allows meter to print out results with time/date stamp, along with details of last calibration performed when a printout is initiated in compliance with good laboratory practice (GLP). Powered by internal rechargeable batteries. Supplied with connecting cable fitted with serial terminal and 110, 230V 50/60Hz charger. CU656-20 Impact printer 0.00 ea XX CU656-22 Paper roll, 0.00 ea XX supplied singly

PJ560-25

410

pH meters
Dip pH Sensors Hand-Held pH/Ion Meter

Simple to use dip sensors for routine pH measurements. N Digital display N Waterproof and float readily in water N Automatic 1 or 2 point push button calibration N Replaceable electrode with non-clogging fibre reference junction N Automatic temperature compensation Model Ranges x resolution Accuracy Calibration Temp. comp. Power Overall L x W x H HI98127 HI98128 0 to 14 x 0.1 0 to 14 x 0.01 0 to 60 x 0.1 0 to 60 x 0.1 0.1 0.02 Automatic 1 or 2 point, (pH4.01, 6.86, 7.01, 9.18, 10.01 buffers recognised) both models Automatic, 0 to 60 both models 4 x 1.4V cells (Duracell MP675H or equivalent) 163 x 40 x 26 both models

High performance, hand-held meter for pH, mV or C measurement. N Microprocessor controlled N Automatic or manual temperature compensation N Automatic calibration with buffer recognition N Membrane keypad N 0.1mV resolution in ISE mode Model Range, (resolution) HI8424 0.00 to 14.00 (0.01) 0.0 to 399.9 (0.1) 400 to 1999 (1) 0.0 to 100 (0.1) 0.01 0.2 (ISE), 1 (ORP) 0.4 Automatic 2 point, pH4.01, 7.01, 10.01 buffers recognised Automatic or manual 0 to 100 1012 1 x 9V PP3 alkaline battery 185 x 82 x 45 (meter only)

pH C pH

Accuracy

C mm

pH mV (ISE) mV (ORP) C pH mV C

Calibration Temp. compensation Input impedance Power Overall L x W x D C mm

Dip pH Sensors As described. With electrode and batteries. PJ820-14 HI98127 PJ820-18 HI98128 BL610-04 Spare battery 1.4V (4 required)

0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

XX XX XX

Dip pH Tester, Checker 1 A low cost, advanced pH tester with replaceable electrode. Range pH0.00 to 14.00 with 0.01pH resolution and 0.2pH accuracy. Two point calibration at pH4/10 and pH7 using offset and slope screw trimmers. Powered by 2 x 1.4V (Duracell MP675H or equivalent) batteries giving up to 3000 hours operation. Supplied with screw-in general purpose combination electrode and batteries. PJ820-75 Checker 1 0.00 ea XX Spares PJ822-25 BL610-04 Electrode, for use with PJ820-75, screw in type Spare battery 1.4V (4 required) 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

Hand-Held pH/Ion Meter HI8424 As described, with plastic bodied, gel filled, double junction pH electrode and temperature probe, both with 1 metre cables and 9V battery. PJ840-10 HI8424 0.00 ea XX Spares and accessories PJ843-12 Temperature probe PJ857-05 pH electrode PJ857-25 ORP electrode PJ857-27 Storage solution for ORP electrode, pack of 460ml BL610-25 9V battery 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 pk 0.00 ea

XX XX XX XX XX

XX XX

PJ820-14 to PJ820-18

PJ820-75 in use

PJ840-10

411

pH meters
Bench Meter PH213

Bench Meters PH210, PH211

N Microprocessor controlled N Automatic or manual temperature compensation N Automatic 2 point calibration with buffer recognition N Simultaneous display of pH (or mV PH211) and temperature N Large LCD readout N Result memory with recall Model Range (resolution) PH210 PH211 0.00 to 14.00 (0.01) 0.00 to 14.00 (0.01) 399.9 (0.1) 1999 (1) 0.0 to 100.0 (0.1) 0.0 to 100.0 (0.1) 0.01 0.01 0.2 1 0.5 0.5 Automatic 1 or 2 point, pH4.01, 6.86, 7.01, 9.18, 10.01 buffers recognised both models Automatic or manual, 0 to 100 both models 1012 both models 12V d.c. mains adapter both models 240 x 182 x 74 both models

N pH, temperature (C) and mV ranges N Simultaneous display of pH/mV and temperature N Two pH resolution levels selectable, 0.01 and 0.001 N Automatic 1 or 2 point calibration with buffer recognition of up to 5 pH values N Manual or automatic temperature compensation Model Range (resolution) Accuracy PH213 0 to 16 (0.01 or 0.001 selectable) 999.9 (0.1) 0.0 to 100.0 (0.1) 0.01 (or 0.002 with 0.001 resolution selected) 0.05% of full scale 0.5 Automatic 1 or 2 point, pH4.01, 6.86, 7.01, 9.18, 10.01 buffers recognised Automatic or manual, 0 to 100 1012 RS232 12V d.c. mains adapter 240 x 182 x 74

Accuracy

pH mV (ISE) mV (ORP) C pH mV (ISE) mV (ORP) C

pH mV C pH mV C

Calibration Temp. compensation C Input impedance Output Power Overall L x W x D mm

Calibration Temp. compensation C Input impedance Power Overall L x W x D mm

Bench meters, PH210, PH211 As described. Supplied with glass bodied, combination pH electrode and temperature probe, both with 1 metre cables, electrode holder, pH4 and 7 buffer solutions in 20ml bottles, electrode filling solution, instructions and 12V d.c. mains adapter. A 220-240V 50/60Hz supply is required for the adapter. PJ860-44 PH210 0.00 ea XX PJ860-49 PH211 0.00 ea XX Spares and accessories PJ862-08 Glass bodied electrode PJ862-22 Temperature probe PJ857-25 ORP electrode 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

Bench meter, PH213 As described. Supplied with glass bodied, combination pH electrode and temperature probe, both with 1 metre cables, electrode holder, pH4 and 7 buffer solutions in 20ml bottles, electrode filling solution, instructions and 12V d.c. mains adapter. A 220-240V 50/60Hz supply is required for the adapter. PJ865-44 PH213 0.00 ea XX Spares and accessories PJ862-08 Glass bodied electrode PJ862-22 Temperature probe PJ857-34 Data transfer software PJ866-07 RS232 cable for connecting meter to IBM-compatible personal computers 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

XX XX XX XX

XX XX XX

PJ860-44, PJ860-49 is similar

PJ865-44 in use

412

pipettes, one-mark
Glass, One-Mark to BS1583, ISO648 & DIN12690
N Colour coded to BS3996 N Calibrated for delivery N 1ml and 2ml sizes are straight pattern without bulb N 3ml, 4ml and 15ml sizes are supplementary to the DIN12690, BS1583 and ISO648 ranges

P
ea (qty+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 (5+) (5+) (5+) (5+) (5+) (5+) (5+) (5+)
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

MBL

E-MIL

One-Mark Pipettes, MBL Soda-lime glass. Blue enamel graduation and inscriptions. Ref. Cap. ml ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (qty+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (2+) 0.00 (2+) 0.00 (2+) 0.00 (2+) 0.00 (2+) 0.00 (2+)
XX XX XX XX XX XX

One-Mark Pipettes, E-MIL Soda-lime glass. Amber stain graduation and inscriptions. Ref. Class B PM120-10 PM120-13 PM120-16 PM120-19 PM120-22 PM120-25 PM120-30 PM120-35 Cap. ml 1 2 3 4 5 10 15 20 25 50 100 1 2 3 4 5 10 15 20 25 50 100 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

Class B PM100-10 PRA058P 1 PM100-13 PRA060P 2 PM100-22 PRA066P 5 PM100-25 PRA068P 10 PM100-40 PRA074P 25 PM100-45 PRA076P 50 Class A PM104-10 PRA080P 1 PM104-13 PRA082P 2 PM104-22 PRA088P 5 PM104-25 PRA090P 10 PM104-40 PRA096P 25 PM104-45 PRA098P 50

G905P G904P G903P G902P G901P G898P G896P G895P

Colour code 1ml Blue 2ml Orange 3ml Black 4ml 2 Red 5ml White 10ml Red Tolerances Cap. ml 1 2 3 4 5 10 15 20 25 50 100 Class B ml 0.015 0.020 0.030 0.030 0.030 0.040 0.050 0.060 0.060 0.100 0.150

15ml 20ml 25ml 50ml 100ml

Green Yellow Blue Red Yellow

XX XX XX XX XX XX

PM120-40 G894P PM120-45 G890P PM120-50 G884P Class A PM124-10 PM124-13 PM124-16 PM124-19 PM124-22 PM124-25 PM124-30 PM124-35 G905AP G904AP G903AP G902AP G901AP G898AP G896AP G895AP

0.00 (5+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (2+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 (2+) (2+) (2+) (2+) (2+) (2+) (2+) (2+)

XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Class A ml 0.008 0.010 0.015 0.020 0.025 0.030 0.030 0.050 0.080

PM124-40 G894AP PM124-45 G890AP PM124-50 G884AP

0.00 (2+) 0.00 (2+) 0.00 (2+)

Class A Works Certified With works certificate stating actual volume delivered. PM126-10 G905WCP 1 0.00 0.00 (2+) XX PM126-13 G904WCP 2 0.00 0.00 (2+) XX PM126-16 G903WCP 3 0.00 0.00 (2+) XX PM126-19 G902WCP 4 0.00 0.00 (2+) XX PM126-22 PM126-25 PM126-30 PM126-35 G901WCP G898WCP G896WCP G895WCP 5 10 15 20 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 (2+) (2+) (2+) (2+)
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

PM126-40 G894WCP 25 PM126-45 G890WCP 50 PM126-50 G884WCP 100

0.00 (2+) 0.00 (2+) 0.00 (2+)

PM100

PM104

PM120/124/126

413

pipettes, one-mark
Plastic
One-Mark Pipettes Soda-lime glass. Ring mark and inscriptions in highly contrasting blue enamel. Class AS where the S signifies fast delivery. Ref. Cap. ml ea ea (qty+) One-Mark Pipettes Polypropylene. Bulb. With blue-printed graduation and inscriptions. Cap. ml PM230-10 PM230-13 PM230-22
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Blaubrand Class AS
N Colour coded to DIN 12691 N Conformity Certified N Calibrated for delivery with a waiting time of 15 seconds N Manufactured from AR-Glas soda-lime glass N Pipettes up to 2ml capacity are straight pattern without bulb Available as: N Blaubrand where the graduation and inscriptions are in a highly contrasting blue enamel

ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

ea (qty+) 0.00 (12+) 0.00 (12+) 0.00 (12+)

XX XX XX XX XX XX

Blaubrand Class AS Blue enamel graduation. PM170-07 297 01 0.5 PM170-10 297 02 1 PM170-13 297 03 2 PM170-15 297 04 2.5* PM170-18 PM170-20 PM170-23 PM170-26 PM170-29 PM170-32 PM170-35 PM170-40 PM170-43 PM170-46 PM170-50 PM170-53 297 05 297 06 297 07 297 08 297 09 297 10 297 11 297 12 297 13 297 14 297 15 297 16 3* 4* 5 6* 7* 8* 9* 10 15* 20 25 30* 40* 50 100

1 2 5 10 25 50

0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

(6+) (6+) (6+) (6+) (6+) (6+) (6+) (6+) (6+) (6+) (6+) (6+) (6+) (6+) (6+) (6+)

PM230-25 PM230-40 PM230-45

N Blaubrand ETERNA where the graduation and inscriptions are in an amber diffusion stain which forms an integral part of the glass surface. This form of marking is particularly suited to pipettes which have to be subjected to aggressive cleaning solutions Capacity ml 0.5 1 2 2.5 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 100 Colour coded 2 x Black Blue Orange Black 2 x Red White 2 x Orange 2 x Green Blue Black Red Green Yellow Blue Black White Red Yellow Tolerances ml 0.005 0.007 0.010 0.015 0.015 0.015 0.015 0.020 0.020 0.020 0.020 0.020 0.030 0.030 0.030 0.050 0.050 0.050 0.080

PM170-56 297 17 PM170-60 297 18 PM170-65 297 19

0.00 (6+) 0.00 (6+) 0.00 (6+)

Blaubrand Eterna Class AS Amber stain graduation. PM174-10 305 02 1 0.00 PM174-13 305 03 2 0.00 PM174-23 305 07 5 0.00 PM174-40 305 12 10 0.00 PM174-46 305 14 PM174-50 305 15 PM174-60 305 18 20 25 50 0.00 0.00 0.00

0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

(6+) (6+) (6+) (6+)

XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

0.00 (6+) 0.00 (6+) 0.00 (6+)

* Supplementary to DIN 12691 range.

Conformity Certified B Indicated by the symbol H shows that the product has been manufactured by Brand under quality control procedures according to Eichordnung the German Federal Weights and Measures Regulations. Provided the instrument is used with the recommended accessories and in accordance with the supplied instructions, Brand certify conformity with annex 12 of the Eichordnung.

PM230

414

pipettes, graduated
Glass, Graduated to BS700, ISO835
N Type 1 is calibrated for delivery (EX) from zero at top to any graduation line down to the shoulder N Type 2 is calibrated for delivery (EX) from any graduation line down to zero at the jet N Type 3 is calibrated for delivery (EX) from zero at the top to any graduation line down to the jet N Type 4 is calibrated to deliver from any graduation line down to zero at the jet with the last drop expelled by blowing

P
ea ea (5+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (2+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

MBL Type 1
Graduated Pipettes, MBL Soda-lime glass. Type 1. Blue enamel graduations and inscriptions. Ref. Class B PM400-10 PM400-15 PM400-22 PM400-30 PM400-35 Cap. Grad. ml ml 1 2 5 10 25 0.01 0.02 0.05 0.10 0.20 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (5+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (2+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

E-MIL Type 1
Graduated Pipettes, E-MIL Soda-lime glass. Type 1. Amber stain graduations and inscriptions. Ref. Class B PM420-10 PM420-15 PM420-22 PM420-30 PM420-35 Cap. Grad. ml ml 1 2 5 10 25 0.01 0.02 0.05 0.10 0.20

PRA200P PRA202P PRA204P PRA206P PRA207P Ref.

G500P G502P G504P G505P G506P Ref.

0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

Cap. Grad. ml ml 1 2 5 10 25 0.01 0.02 0.05 0.10 0.20

Cap. Grad. ml ml 1 2 5 10 25 0.01 0.02 0.05 0.10 0.20

Tolerances and Colour code Cap. ml Class B 1 2 5 10 25 Class A 1 2 5 10 25 Grad. ml 0.01 0.02 0.05 0.10 0.20 0.01 0.02 0.05 0.10 0.20 Tol. ml 0.01 0.02 0.05 0.10 0.20 0.006 0.010 0.030 0.050 0.100 Colour Code Yellow Black Red Orange Green Yellow Black Red Orange Green

Class A PM403-10 PM403-15 PM403-22 PM403-30 PM403-35

PRA216P PRA218P PRA220P PRA222P PRA223P

Class A PM422-10 PM422-15 PM422-22 PM422-30 PM422-35

G500AP G502AP G504AP G505AP G506AP

Class A Works Certified Tested at 5 individual capacities. PM425-10 G500WCP 1 0.01 PM425-15 G502WCP 2 0.02 PM425-22 G504WCP 5 0.05 PM425-30 G505WCP 10 0.10 PM425-35 G506WCP 25 0.20

0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

XX XX XX XX XX

continued on next page

PM400

PM403

PM420/PM422/PM425

415

P
Class B PM500-10 PM500-15 PM500-22 PM500-30 PM500-35

pipettes, graduated
E-MIL Types 2, 3 and 4
Graduated Pipettes, E-MIL Soda-lime glass. Type 2. Amber stain graduations and inscriptions. Ref. Class B PM520-10 PM520-15 PM520-22 PM520-30 PM520-35 Cap. Grad. ml ml 1 2 5 10 25 0.01 0.02 0.05 0.10 0.20 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (5+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (2+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

MBL Types 2, 3 and 4

Graduated Pipettes, MBL Soda-lime glass. Type 2. Blue enamel graduations and inscriptions. Ref. Cap. Grad. ml ml 1 2 5 10 25 0.01 0.02 0.05 0.10 0.20 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (5+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (2+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Graduated Pipettes, E-MIL Soda-lime glass. Type 3. Amber stain graduations and inscriptions. Ref. Class B PM585-10 PM585-15 PM585-22 PM585-30 PM585-35 Cap. Grad. ml ml 1 2 5 10 25 0.01 0.02 0.05 0.10 0.20 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (5+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX

PRA208P PRA210P PRA212P PRA214P PRA215P Ref.

G507P G509P G511P G512P G513P Ref.

G514P G516P G518P G519P G520P

Cap. Grad. ml ml 1 2 5 10 25 0.01 0.02 0.05 0.10 0.20

Cap. Grad. ml ml 1 2 5 10 25 0.01 0.02 0.05 0.10 0.20

Class A PM503-10 PM503-15 PM503-22 PM503-30 PM503-35

PRA224P PRA226P PRA228P PRA230P PRA231P

Class A PM522-10 PM522-15 PM522-22 PM522-30 PM522-35

Graduated Pipettes, E-MIL Soda-lime glass. Type 4. Amber stain graduations and inscriptions. Ref. Class B PM600-10 PM600-15 PM600-22 PM600-30 Cap. Grad. ml ml 1 2 5 10 0.01 0.02 0.05 0.10 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (5+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX

G507AP G509AP G511AP G512AP G513AP

Graduated Pipettes, MBL Soda-lime glass. Type 3. Blue enamel graduations and inscriptions. Ref. Class B PM580-10 PM580-15 PM580-22 PM580-30 PM580-35 Cap. Grad. ml ml 1 2 5 10 25 0.01 0.02 0.05 0.10 0.20 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (5+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX

Class A Works Certified Tested at 5 individual capacities. PM525-10 G507WCP 1 0.01 PM525-15 G509WCP 2 0.02 PM525-22 G511WCP 5 0.05 PM525-30 G512WCP 10 0.10 PM525-35 G513WCP 25 0.20

G522P G523P G524P G525P

0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

XX XX XX XX XX

Plastic
Graduated Pipettes Polypropylene. With blue-printed graduations and inscriptions. Cap. ml Class B PM750-10 PM750-15 PM750-20 PM750-25 1 2 5 10 Grad. ml 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (qty+) (12+) (12+) (12+) (12+)
XX XX XX XX

PRA174P PRA176P PRA178P PRA180P PRA182P

Graduated Pipettes, MBL Soda-lime glass. Type 4. Blue enamel graduations and inscriptions. Ref. Class B PM584-10 PM584-15 PM584-22 PM584-30 PM584-35 Cap. Grad. ml ml 1 2 5 10 25 0.01 0.02 0.05 0.10 0.20 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (5+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX

PRA164P PRA166P PRA168P PRA170P PRA172P

PM500

PM503

PM520 PM522 PM525

PM580

PM584 PM585

PM600 PM750

416

pipettes, graduated
Blaubrand Class AS
N To DIN 12697 N Conformity Certified N Calibrated to jet N Colour coded N Manufactured from AR-Glas soda-lime glass Available as: N Blaubrand where the graduations and inscriptions are in a highly contrasting blue enamel N Blaubrand ETERNA where the graduations and inscriptions are in an amber diffusion stain which forms an integral part of the glass surface. This form of marking is particularly suited to pipettes which have to be subjected to aggressive cleaning solutions

P
ea (qty+)

Graduated Pipettes, Blaubrand Soda-lime glass. Calibrated to jet. Graduations and inscriptions in highly contrasting blue enamel. Calibrated to deliver (EX) except 0.1 and 0.2ml capacities which are calibrated to contain (In). Ref. 277Class AS PM850-05 PM850-09 PM850-14 PM850-17 PM850-20 PM850-24 PM850-27 PM850-30 PM850-35 PM850-38 PM850-45 PM850-50 PM850-55 PM850-60 02 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Cap. ml 0.1 0.2 0.5 1 1* 2* 2 2* 5 5* 10 20* 25 50* Grad. ml 0.001 0.002 0.01 0.01 0.1 0.01 0.02 0.1 0.05 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.5 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

(12+) (12+) (12+) (12+) (12+) (12+) (12+) (12+) (12+) (12+) (12+) (6+) (6+) (6+)

XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Cap. ml 0.1 0.5 1 1 2 2 2 5 5 10 20 25 50

Grad. ml 0.001 0.01 0.01 0.1 0.01 0.02 0.1 0.05 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.5

Colour coded 2 x Green 2 x Yellow Yellow Red 2 x White Black Green Red Blue Orange 2 x Yellow White

Calibration to Contain Deliver Deliver Deliver Deliver Deliver Deliver Deliver Deliver Deliver Deliver Deliver Deliver

Tol. ml 0.001 0.005 0.007 0.007 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.03 0.03 0.05 0.1 0.1 0.2

*Supplementary to DIN range. Not conformity certified. Graduated Pipettes, Blaubrand Eterna As PM850 but graduations and inscriptions in resistant amber stain. Calibrated to deliver (EX). Ref. 284Class AS PM854-14 PM854-17 PM854-27 PM854-35 PM854-45 PM854-55 05 06 09 11 13 15 Cap. ml 0.5 1 2 5 10 25 Grad. ml 0.01 0.01 0.02 0.05 0.1 0.1 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (qty+) (12+) (12+) (12+) (12+) (6+) (6+)
XX XX XX XX XX XX

Graduated Pipettes, Blaubrand Schellbach As PM850 but Schellbach. Accuracy corresponding to Class AS. Blue graduations. Ref. 278PM856-17 PM856-27 PM856-35 PM856-45 PM856-55 06 09 11 13 15 Cap. ml 1 2 5 10 25 Grad. ml 0.01 0.02 0.05 0.1 0.1 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (qty+) (12+) (12+) (12+) (12+) (6+)
XX XX XX XX XX

Conformity Certified B Indicated by the symbol H shows that the product has been manufactured by Brand under quality control procedures according to Eichordnung the German Federal Weights and Measures Regulations. Provided the instrument is used with the recommended accessories and in accordance with the supplied instructions, Brand certify conformity with annex 12 of the Eichordnung.

PM850

PM854

PM856

417

pipettes, serological

Disposable Glass, Serological

Disposable Serological Pipettes, Corning Borosilicate glass. Calibrated to deliver. Cap. x grad. ml Length mm Pack qty. pk

Disposable Serological Pipettes, Volac Soda-lime glass. Cap. x grad. ml Length mm Pack qty. 500 500 500 500 500 500 250 pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Sterile, plugged and individually wrapped 7077 Series PP200-25 1 x 0.01 290 PP200-30 2 x 0.01 290 PP200-35 PP200-40 5 x 0.1 10 x 0.1 290 290

800 720 720 600

0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

XX XX XX XX

Sterile, plugged and bulk wrapped PP234-10 1 x 0.01 230 PP234-13 1 x 0.1 230 PP234-16 1 x 0.01 270 PP234-25 PP234-30 PP234-40 PP234-50 2 x 0.02 2 x 0.02 5 x 0.05 10 x 0.1 260 270 310 310

Sterile, plugged and bulk wrapped 7078 Series PP204-20 0.5 x 0.01 215 PP204-25 1 x 0.01 290 PP204-30 2 x 0.01 290 PP204-35 PP204-40 5 x 0.1 10 x 0.1 290 290

500 1000 700 960 720

0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

XX XX XX XX XX

Cotton wool see CW500 Series in the Cotton Wool section. Pasteur pipettes see PP450/PP520. Pi-pumps see PP880. Pipette fillers see PP850/PP895.

Non-Sterile, non-plugged, bulk wrapped 7079 Series PP208-20 0.5 x 0.01 215 PP208-25 1 x 0.01 290 PP208-30 2 x 0.01 290 PP208-35 PP208-40 5 x 0.1 10 x 0.1 290 290

500 1000 700 960 720

0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

XX XX XX XX XX

Reusable glass serological pipettes see PM585.

PP200/PP204 PP208

PP234

418

pipettes, disposable
Disposable Plastic, Stripette Disposable Plastic

Disposable Plastic Pipettes, Stripette Polystyrene, sterile pipettes, available in a variety of wrapping formats for most applications: Type A. Plastic wrap: clear plastic individual wrap with colour coded stripe, gives full view of pipette and provides easy aseptic opening and pipette removal. Type B. Paper/Plastic wrap: individual wrap with one colour coded paper side and one clear plastic side. Allows easy opening by either pop-through or peel apart techniques. Reduces static cling making opening easier when wearing latex gloves in sterile applications. Type C. Bulk pack: pipettes are bagged in inner sleeves as indicated. Ideal for large scale sterile and non-sterile liquid handling. Ref. PP240-15 PP240-18 PP240-21 PP240-24 PP240-27 PP240-30 PP240-33 PP240-36 PP240-39 PP240-41 PP240-44 PP240-47 PP240-50 PP240-53 PP240-56 PP240-59 PP240-62 PP240-65 PP240-68 PP240-71 PP240-74 PP240-77 4010 4485 4012 4011 4020 4486 4021 4050 4487 4051 4100 4488 4101 4492 4250 4489 4251 4500 4490 4501 4491 4484 Description 1ml x 0.01ml 1ml x 0.01ml 1ml x 0.01ml 1ml x 0.01ml 2ml x 0.01ml 2ml x 0.01ml 2ml x 0.01ml 5ml x 0.1ml 5ml x 0.1ml 5ml x 0.1ml 10ml x 0.1ml 10ml x 0.1ml 10ml x 0.1ml 10ml x 0.1ml* 25ml x 0.2ml 25ml x 0.2ml 25ml x 0.2ml 50ml x 0.5ml 50ml x 0.5ml 50ml x 0.5ml 100ml x 1ml 100ml x 1ml Wrap type C B A A C B A C B A C B A A C B A C B A B A Inner Pack sleeve qty. 50 50 100 100 50 50 100 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 25 25 50 25 25 25 10 10 1000 1000 200 1000 1000 1000 1000 500 200 200 500 200 200 200 200 200 200 100 100 100 100 100 pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Disposable Plastic Pipettes, Sterilin Polystyrene. Non-pyrogenic. Accuracy 1%. Gamma irradiated sterile. Issued with batch certificate indicating lot number, expiry date, sterility method and radiation indicator spot. Ref. PP280-10 PP280-13 PP280-16 PP280-20 PP280-23 PP280-26 PP280-30 PP280-33 PP280-36 PP280-40 PP280-43 PP280-46 PP280-50 PP280-53 PP280-56 PP280-60 PP280-63 PP280-66 PP280-70 PP280-76 40301 40101 41301 40302 40102 41302 40305 40105 47305 47105 41305 42105 40310 40110 47310 47110 41310 42110 40125 47150 Description 1ml 1ml single wrap 1ml with open end 2ml 2ml single wrap 2ml with open end 5ml 5ml single wrap 5ml with suction adapter 5ml with suction adapter single wrap 5ml with open end 5ml short-form with suction adapter, single wrap 10ml 10ml single wrap 10ml with suction adapter 10ml with suction adapter single wrap 10ml with open end 10ml short-form, with suction adapter, single wrap 25ml with suction adapter single wrap 50ml with suction adapter single wrap Inner Pack sleeve qty. 25 1 25 25 1 25 25 1 25 1 25 1 25 1 25 1 25 1 1 1 500 500 500 500 500 500 200 200 200 200 200 200 500 500 500 500 500 200 200 50 pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

XX XX XX XX XX XX

XX XX

Pipette controller, Bibbyjet see listing on page 426.

*Open-ended pipette for use with viscous solutions.

PP240

PP280

419

pipettes, capillary
Disposable Micropipettes Blaubrand intraMARK
N Calibrated to contain (in) N Accuracy 0.25% (size: 5l 0.3%) N Precision 0.5% (size: 5l 0.6%) N Conformity-certified from 5l upwards N Length: 127mm (size: 200l, 140mm) N Colour code according to DIN/ISO N Supplied in packs of 250 pipettes Ref. Marks at l 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5 10 20 25 20 and 40 40 50 50 and 100 100 200 Colour code White Orange Black 2 x White 2 x Red 2 x Red Green Blue Blue Red pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 pk (4+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Disposable Plastic, Straws

Disposable Plastic Simplettes, Seward Polypropylene, ungraduated. Length 177mm, bore 3mm. Approximate capacity 1ml. Supplied in gamma irradiated sleeve of 50 within an outer pack of 2000. PP313-10 Simplettes 0.00 pk XX Disposable Plastic Straws Polypropylene, ungraduated, with open, untapered ends. Length 180mm, bore approximately 3mm. Approximate capacity 1ml. Supplied in a gamma irradiated sleeve of 50 within an outer pack of 2000. PP314-10 Straws 0.00 pk XX Dairy testing see Dairy Testing section. Pipette controllers see PP820/PP895. Sample containers see BS224/BS235. Sampling equipment see Sampling section. Stomacher blenders see MS800.

PP420-10 PP420-16 PP420-20 PP420-23 PP420-27 PP420-30 PP420-50 PP420-53 PP420-56 PP420-62

7087 07 7087 09 7087 18 7087 22 7087 28 7087 27 7087 33 7087 45 7087 44 7087 57

Suitable micropipette controller for use with above see PP815-10.

PP313

PP314

PP420 series

420

pipettes, pasteur
Plastic Pasteur Pipettes
Pasteur Pipettes, Sterilin Polyethylene. Disposable. With integral bulb. Graduated sizes are subdivided every 0.5ml. Ref. Non-sterile PP450-17 PP450-22 PP450-27 Length mm 155 155 155 Feature Pack qty. 3000 3000 3000 500 500 500 500 pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX

P
pk

Liquipettes
Pasteur Liquipettes, Elkay Polyethylene. Disposable. With integral bulb which can be used to withdraw up to 3.5ml in one squeeze (except PP470-15 and PP478-15 which have a withdraw volume of 1.5ml). Graduated sizes are subdivided every 0.5ml. Length Drop mm size, l Non-Sterile, bulk wrapped PP470-15 140 40 PP470-20 152 40 PP470-25 152 40 PP470-28 150 20 PP470-30 229 40 PP470-35 152 45.5 Sterile, sachets of 10 PP474-25 152 40 PP474-35 152 45.5 Sterile, sachets of 20 PP474-42 152 40 PP474-47 152 45.5 Drops Feature per ml 25 25 25 50 25 22 25 22 25 22 1ml graduated Thin stem 1ml graduated Microtip Plain 3ml graduated 1ml graduated 3ml graduated 1ml graduated 3ml graduated 1ml graduated Thin stem 1ml graduated 3ml graduated Pack qty.

202C 201C 200C

Ungraduated 1ml graduated 3ml graduated

Sterile, bulk wrapped, in sleeves of 10 PP454-22 PP88SA 155 1ml graduated PP454-27 PP89SA 155 3ml graduated Sterile, individually wrapped PP458-20 PP88SB 155 PP458-25 PP89SB 155 1ml graduated 3ml graduated

XX XX

500 500 500 500 500 500 1000 1000 1000 1000 250 250 250 250

0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

XX XX SC SC XX XX

XX XX

XX XX

XX XX

Sterile, individually wrapped PP478-15 140 40 25 PP478-20 152 40 25 PP478-25 152 40 25 PP478-35 152 45.5 22

XX XX XX XX

PP450-17

PP450-22 PP454-22 PP458-20

PP450-27 PP454-27 PP458-25

PP470-30

PP470-15 PP478-15

PP470-20 PP478-20

PP470-35 PP474-35 PP474-47 PP478-35

PP470-25 PP474-25 PP474-42 PP478-25

PP470-28

421

pipettes, pasteur
Micro-Haematocrit Tubes
Pasteur Pipettes, Volac Glass. Non-sterile pipettes are supplied with two PVC teats in each pack. Supplied in shelf packs of 250 within the outer pack as indicated (except PP520 series which are in sleeves of 25 within the outer pack as indicated). Ref. 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX

Glass Pasteur Pipettes Comet

Pasteur Pipettes, Comet Glass. Non-sterile. Unplugged but with constriction to accept a cotton plug. Without teat. Supplied in shelf packs of 250 within the outer pack as indicated. Length Pack mm qty. Soda-lime unplugged PP490-13 146 1000 PP490-33 230 1000 Borosilicate unplugged PP490-53 146 1000 PP490-73 230 1000 pk pk (10+)

Micro-Haematocrit Tubes Length 75mm, o.d. 1.5 to 1.6mm, 75l capacity. Supplied in dispenser tube packs of 100. PP670-20 Plain 0.00 pk XX PP670-25 Heparinised 0.00 pk XX

Length Pack mm qty. 150 230 270 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000

pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

XX XX XX

XX XX

Non-sterile PP500-20 D810 PP500-30 D812 PP500-35 D814

Pasteur Pipettes, Comet Glass. Non-sterile. Cotton plugged. Without teat. Length Pack mm qty. Soda-lime plugged PP493-14 146 PP493-17 230 1000 1000 pk 0.00 0.00 pk (10+) 0.00 0.00
XX XX

Non-sterile, cotton plugged PP504-20 D810/PP 150 PP504-30 D812/PP 230 PP504-35 D814/PP 270

XX XX XX

Sterile, cotton plugged Inner sleeve of 25. Without teats. PP520-23 D810/VA 150 250 PP520-33 D812/VA 230 250

0.00 0.00

XX XX

Spare/Accessory Teats Teats, ribbed PVC. For use with Pasteur pipettes. Supplied in pack of 100. PP530-10 Teats 0.00 pk XX

PP500/PP504/PP520 series

PP670

PP490/PP493

PP500

422

pipettes
Dispensing
Tilt Measures The tilt measures can be fitted to any vessel having a 24/29 socket (e.g. QFE 250/3) and consist of an outer body with internal measure. Tilt measure bodies are supplied complete with plastic screwcaps QQC 28/13, silicone rubber ring QQR 28/11 and PTFE washer QQW 28/11. Thread size 28 cone 24/29. For measure, ml Body QTM28/23 QTM28/23 QTM28/43 QTM28/43 Inner QTM11/5 QTM11/10 QTM11/20 QTM11/25 5 10 20 25 5 10 20 25 pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (2+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX

P
pk (qty+)
XX XX XX

Dropping
Tilt Pipettes, MBL Borosilicate glass. Kipps pattern. Complete with 500ml reservoir bottle and screw cap fixing. Tolerance 5% of capacity. Ref. PP735-10 PP735-15 PP735-20 PP735-25 PP735-30 PP735-35 PP735-40 PRA500 PRA502 PRA504 PRA506 PRA508 PRA510 PRA512 Cap. ml 1 2 5 10 20 25 50 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (10+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Dropping Pipettes, Plain Glass. Length approximately 75mm. Supplied in packs of 10. Ref. PP765-15 PP765-20 PP767-08 pk

Droppers 0.00 Droppers with 0.00 teats Spare teats 0.00

0.00 (100+) 0.00 (10+) 0.00 (10+)

Dropping Pipettes, Azlon Polyethylene. One piece with integral bellows. Stem 7.5mm diameter. Supplied singly. Ref. Vol. Stem PDH- ml length Total mm /stem PP785-15 404 PP785-20 406 2.5 /1.5 4 /2.5 75 125 ea ea (10+)

XX XX XX XX

Spare glass Tilt Pipette Measure PP737-10 PRA256 1 0.00 PP737-15 PRA258 2 0.00 PP737-20 PRA260 5 0.00 PP737-25 PRA262 10 0.00 PP737-30 PP737-35 PP737-40 PRA264 PRA266 PRA268 20 25 50 0.00 0.00 0.00

XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

0.00 0.00

0.00 0.00

XX XX

Reservoir bottles, polyethylene see BW602.

QTM11, QTM28 with QFE250/3

PP735

PP765-20

PP785-15

PP785-20

423

pipette fillers
Macropipette Controllers, Bibbette

Micropipette Controller

For disposable micropipettes with ring mark and other small glass pipettes including: blood, Folin, Crecelius-Seifert, Sahli, blood-sugar and constriction pipettes within the volume range of 1l to 1ml When used correctly the liquid comes into contact only with the glass pipette. Vapours may penetrate into the suction bellows where they could contact silicone rubber and Noryl. N Lightweight plastic case designed for comfortable one-handed operation N Thumbwheel controlled silicone rubber bellows to fill and discharge N Bellows visible through observation window N Push button to eject micropipettes up to 100l without handling N Air admittance button for discharging To deliver (EX) pipettes N Complete controller can be steam sterilised at 121C for 20 minutes without dismantling Micropipette Controller, Brand As described. For use with disposable micropipettes with ring mark and most other small pipettes within the volume range 1l to 1ml. PP815-10 Micropipette controller 0.00 ea XX Blaubrand intraMARK disposable micropipettes see PP420 series.

A simple to use, hand held controller for one-mark and graduated pipettes from 0.1 to 100ml. N The single operating lever controls: filling precise setting of the meniscus adjustment of volume discharging

N Suction bellows sufficient to draw in 50ml with one squeeze N An integral pipette adapter has a built-in hydrophobic membrane filter to stop penetration of liquid into the controller body N The adapter filter unit can be unscrewed for cleaning and steam sterilising at 121C for 20 minutes N The centrally positioned rubber blowball is used to discharge the last drop from blow-out pipettes N Vapours from the liquids being pipetted may come into contact with polyethylene, PTFE, silicone rubber and polystyrene N Available in a choice of colours Macropipette Controllers, Bibby Sterilin Bibbette As described. For use with one-mark and graduated pipettes from 0.1 to 100ml. Includes filter adapter and membrane filter unit. Available in a choice of colours as indicated. PP820-17 Plain 0.0076 ea XX PP820-23 Mint 0.00 ea XX PP820-19 Blue 0.00 ea XX PP820-25 Pink 0.00 ea XX PP820-21 Green 0.00 ea XX PP820-28 Yellow 0.00 ea XX Spares PP820-30 PP820-34 PP820-38 PP820-44 Membrane filters, pack of 10 Suction bulb Valve assembly Silicone pipette adapter, for PP820-17 0.00 pk 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

XX XX XX XX

PP815 in use

PP820

424

pipette fillers
Macropipette Controllers, Bibbette

Micropipette Controller

For disposable micropipettes with ring mark and other small glass pipettes including: blood, Folin, Crecelius-Seifert, Sahli, blood-sugar and constriction pipettes within the volume range of 1l to 1ml When used correctly the liquid comes into contact only with the glass pipette. Vapours may penetrate into the suction bellows where they could contact silicone rubber and Noryl. N Lightweight plastic case designed for comfortable one-handed operation N Thumbwheel controlled silicone rubber bellows to fill and discharge N Bellows visible through observation window N Push button to eject micropipettes up to 100l without handling N Air admittance button for discharging To deliver (EX) pipettes N Complete controller can be steam sterilised at 121C for 20 minutes without dismantling Micropipette Controller, Brand As described. For use with disposable micropipettes with ring mark and most other small pipettes within the volume range 1l to 1ml. PP815-10 Micropipette controller 0.00 ea XX Blaubrand intraMARK disposable micropipettes see PP420 series.

A simple to use, hand held controller for one-mark and graduated pipettes from 0.1 to 100ml. N The single operating lever controls: filling precise setting of the meniscus adjustment of volume discharging

N Suction bellows sufficient to draw in 50ml with one squeeze N An integral pipette adapter has a built-in hydrophobic membrane filter to stop penetration of liquid into the controller body N The adapter filter unit can be unscrewed for cleaning and steam sterilising at 121C for 20 minutes N The centrally positioned rubber blowball is used to discharge the last drop from blow-out pipettes N Vapours from the liquids being pipetted may come into contact with polyethylene, PTFE, silicone rubber and polystyrene N Available in a choice of colours Macropipette Controllers, Bibby Sterilin Bibbette As described. For use with one-mark and graduated pipettes from 0.1 to 100ml. Includes filter adapter and membrane filter unit. Available in a choice of colours as indicated. PP820-17 Plain 0.0076 ea XX PP820-23 Mint 0.00 ea XX PP820-19 Blue 0.00 ea XX PP820-25 Pink 0.00 ea XX PP820-21 Green 0.00 ea XX PP820-28 Yellow 0.00 ea XX Spares PP820-30 PP820-34 PP820-38 PP820-44 Membrane filters, pack of 10 Suction bulb Valve assembly Silicone pipette adapter, for PP820-17 0.00 pk 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

XX XX XX XX

PP815 in use

PP820

424

pipette fillers/pipette accessories

Pipette Boxes
For holding pipettes for autoclaving or dry heat sterilising up to 180C. With lid.

Pipette Controller, Bibbyjet

N Ergonomic, lightweight design for fatigue-free use N Suitable for pipettes from 0.1 to 100ml N Continuously adjustable power with simple, two-button, fingertip control N Cordless operation with rechargeable NiCd battery N Pipetted media fumes vented at front of pipettor reducing the possibility of internal corrosion N Choice of pipettor/charger sets available to suit most international power supply configurations As described. With fully autoclavable pipette connector, disposable 0.2m membrane filter and one way safety valve. The standard 0.2m or accessory 3m membrane filters allow class B or class A volume tolerances respectively to be achieved when used with suitable pipettes. Supplied with wall support, two spare 0.2m membrane filters and charger for the rechargeable battery. Weight 205g. Charger power supply requirements as specified. PP895-15 Ref. PC1000. Bibbyjet with charger for U.K./ 0.00 ea XX Ireland, 230V 50Hz single phase supplies PP895-25 Ref. PC1001. Bibbyjet with charger for U.S. 0.00 ea XX 120V 60Hz single phase supplies PP895-35 Ref. PC1002. Bibbyjet with charger for continental 0.00 ea XX Europe, 230V 50Hz single phase supplies PP895-45 Ref. PC1003. Bibbyjet with charger for Australia, 0.00 ea XX 240V 50Hz single phase supplies Accessories and Spares for PP895 series PP897-05 Ref. PC1011. Silicone pipette adapter with non return valve, supplied singly PP897-09 Ref. PC1012. 0.2m membrane filter. sterile, supplied singly PP897-10 Ref. PC1013. 0.2m membrane filter. non-sterile, pack of 10 PP897-14 Ref. PC1014. 3m membrane filter. sterile, supplied singly PP897-16 Ref. PC1015. 3m membrane filter. non-sterile, pack of 10 PP897-24 PP897-28 PP897-32 PP897-36 PP897-52 Ref. PC1050. Charger for U.K./Ireland. 230V 50Hz single phase supplies Ref. PC1051. Charger for U.S. 120V 60Hz single phase supplies Ref. PC1052. Charger for continental Europe. 230V 50Hz single phase supplies Ref. PC1053. Charger for Australia. 240V 50Hz single phase supplies Ref. PC1016. Wall support 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 pk 0.00 ea 0.00 pk 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

Cylindrical pattern Length x dia. mm PP970-15 PP970-30 PP970-35 PP970-50 PP970-55 280/500* x 65 407 x 64 407 x 64 457 x 64 457 x 64 Material Polypropylene Aluminium Stainless steel Aluminium Stainless steel ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX

*The polypropylene box has a thread closure which enables length to vary from 280 to 500mm and is autoclavable at maximum 121C. Square section pattern The lid and base have a built-in silicone pad. The square section is 70 x 70mm. Length, mm Int. x Ext. PP975-15 PP975-20 PP975-25 PP975-30 PP975-35 180 x 215 255 x 295 305 x 345 410 x 450 458 x 495 Material Aluminium Aluminium Aluminium Aluminium Aluminium ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX

Pipette rinser see WB600. Pipette stands see SM200/SM254.

XX XX XX XX XX

XX XX XX XX XX

PP970-15 in use

PP895

PP970-30 to PP970-55, PP975 plus Petri dish holder

426

pipettors
Repeating Pipettor, BibbyStep

P
50ml PD-tip 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 0.3 0.4 to 0.15

PD-Tips According to DIN 12560. Precision moulded, PP barrels with HDPE piston plungers. Additive and lubricant free. Positive displacement, stepping pipettor system comprising separate hand-held control unit and series of accessory reservoir tips allowing single volumes from 10l to 5000l to be repeatedly and accurately dispensed up to 49 times. N Ergonomic design gives comfortable handling N Five separate volume settings N Smooth action dispensing lever N Piston lock ensures only complete step volumes are dispensed N Greatly reduced risk of pipettor contamination, or sample carry-over N Factory calibrated N Maintenance free BibbyStep Control Unit As described. Supplied with wall support and instructions. Requires, but is not supplied with, PD-tips for operation. PR060-50 PR1000 BibbyStep 0.00 ea XX Control Unit setting 1 2 3 4 5 Accuracy (A) % Variance (V) % Max. no. of steps 49 23 15 11 9 Dispensing volume per step, l 0.5ml PD-tip 10 20 30 40 50 0.8 1.4 to 0.6 1.25ml PD-tip 25 50 75 100 125 0.8 0.8 to 0.3 2.5ml PD-tip 50 100 150 200 250 0.7 0.8 to 0.2 5ml PD-tip 100 200 300 400 500 0.5 0.6 to 0.2 12.5ml PD-tip 200 500 750 1000 1250 0.3 0.4 to 0.2 25ml PD-tip 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 0.3 0.4 to 0.2

PD-Tips, non sterile As described. Supplied loose in packs as indicated. The 25ml and 50ml sizes require, and are supplied with, an autoclavable adapter. Size ml PR064-10 PR064-14 PR064-18 PR064-22 PR064-26 PR064-30 PR064-34 0.5 1.25 2.5 5 12.5 25 50 Pack qty. 100 100 100 100 100 50 25 pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

PD-Tips, sterile As described. Endotoxin free and Beta-irradiated in accordance with ISO 11137. The sterility meets USP XXIII requirements. Individually wrapped within outer packs as indicated. The 25ml and 50ml sizes require, and are supplied with, an autoclavable adapter. Size ml PR067-10 PR067-14 PR067-18 PR067-22 PR067-26 PR067-30 PR067-34 0.5 1.25 2.5 5 12.5 25 50 Pack qty. 100 100 100 100 100 25 25 pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Spare adapters For use with 25ml and 50ml tips only PR068-50 Non-sterile, pack of 10 0.00 pk PR068-90 Sterile, pack of 5 0.00 pk

XX XX

PR060 in use

427

pipettors
Performance data HandyStep Electronic with PD-Tips PD-Tip Size Volume range 5.0l 12.5l 25.0l 50.0l 125l 250l 500l to 500l to 1250l to 2500l to 5000l to 12.5ml to 25ml to 50ml A* (%) at indicated % of nominal capacity 100% 50% 10% 1% 0.9 0.9 0.9 9 0.6 0.6 0.9 8 0.5 0.5 0.8 8 0.5 0.5 0.8 8 0.4 0.4 0.5 5 0.3 0.3 0.3 3 0.3 0.3 0.3 3 CV* (%) at indicated % of nominal capacity 100% 50% 10% 1% 0.25 0.50 1.00 6.00 0.15 0.30 0.60 3.50 0.10 0.20 0.40 2.50 0.08 0.15 0.30 1.50 0.08 0.15 0.25 1.25 0.08 0.15 0.25 1.25 0.08 0.15 0.25 1.25

Repeating Pipettor, HandyStep Electronic

Repeating Pipettor, HandyStep Electronic Microprocessor controlled, motor driven, positive displacement, stepping pipettor system. Comprising hand-held pump unit with rechargeable battery, digital display and keypress operation and a series of accessory reservoir tips allowing single volumes from 1l to 50ml (depending on the tip selected) to be repeatedly and accurately dispensed.

N Continuous step volume adjustment (within the parameters of the tip) N Dispensing, automatic (repeat) dispensing or pipetting modes N Automatic tip recognition (of PD-tips only) N Independently adjustable aspiration and dispensing speeds N Compatibility with other common stepper pipette tips (but without tip recognition, tip volume must be manually entered) N Factory calibrated N Clear LCD menu readout shows function, step volume and number, speed and battery status, or tip details N The rechargeable NiMH battery is quickly charged using the dock supplied, and is easily exchanged for a spare battery, if required, saving interruption of work whilst waiting for charging

0.50ml 1.25ml 2.50ml 5.00ml 12.5ml 25ml 50ml

*A = Accuracy, CV = Coefficient of variation. Tolerances are within ISO 8655 requirements. HandyStep Electronic Control units As described. Supplied with rechargeable NiMH battery and charging dock requiring power supplies as specified. PR070-10 With charger for UK/ 0.00 ea XX Ireland, 230V 50Hz single phase supplies PR070-20 With charger for U.S/ 0.00 ea XX Japan, 110V 50/60Hz single phase supplies PR070-30 With charger for 0.00 ea XX continental Europe, 230V 50Hz single phase supplies PR070-40 With charger for 0.00 ea XX Australia, 240V 50Hz single phase supplies PD-Tips According to DIN 12560. Precision moulded, polypropylene barrels with HDPE piston plungers. Additive and lubricant free. PD-Tips, non sterile As described. Supplied loose in packs as indicated. The 25ml and 50ml sizes require, and are supplied with, an autoclavable adapter. Size ml PR064-10 PR064-14 PR064-18 PR064-22 PR064-26 PR064-30 PR064-34 0.5 1.25 2.5 5 12.5 25 50 Pack qty. 100 100 100 100 100 50 25 pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

PD-Tips, sterile As described. Endotoxin free and Beta-irradiated in accordance with ISO 11137. The sterility meets USP XXIII requirements. Individually wrapped within outer packs as indicated. The 25ml and 50ml sizes require, and are supplied with, an autoclavable adapter. Size ml PR067-10 PR067-14 PR067-18 PR067-22 PR067-26 PR067-30 PR067-34 Spares Adapters. For use with 25ml and 50ml tips only PR068-50 Non-sterile, pack of 10 0.00 pk XX PR068-90 Sterile, pack of 5 0.00 pk XX PR070-95 Spare NiMH rechargeable battery 0.00 ea
XX

Pack qty. 100 100 100 100 100 25 25

pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

0.5 1.25 2.5 5 12.5 25 50

428

pipettors
Positive Displacement Transferpettor

N Choice of models digital adjustable volumes 2.5l to 10ml fixed volumes 1l to 200l Transferpettor, variable volume models. Digital reading Range l PR100-15 PR100-20 PR100-25 PR100-30 PR100-35 PR100-40 PR100-45 PR100-50 2.5 to 10 5 to 25 10 to 50 20 to 100 Steps l 0.01 0.1 0.1 0.1 A% 1.0 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 V% 0.8 0.5 0.4 0.4 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 Colour code Orange 2 x white Green Blue Green Yellow Red Orange ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

N Colour coded pipette and caps/tips for easy identification N Caps and tips can be re-used repeatedly Accessories/Spares* Caps/ Tips PR109-15 PR109-22 PR109-25 PR109-28 PR109-40 PR109-43 PR109-46 PR109-50 Seal PR109-60 PR109-63 PR109-66 PR109-69 PR109-72 PR109-75 PR109-78 Piston rod PR110-16 PR110-19 PR110-22 PR110-25 Maintenance kit PR112-07 PR112-10 PR112-13 PR112-16

100 to 500 1.0 200 to 1000 1.0 1 to 5ml 0.01ml 2 to 10ml 0.01ml

Transferpettor, fixed volume models Volume l PR104-10 PR104-13 PR104-16 PR104-22 PR104-25 PR104-32 PR104-35 PR104-38 PR104-42 1 2 3 5 10 25 50 100 200 A% 4.0 2.5 1.7 1.0 1.0 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5

Accessories/Spares* Colour code White White White White Orange 2 x white Green Blue Red ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

V% 3.0 2.0 1.3 0.8 0.8 0.5 0.4 0.4 0.4

Caps/ Tips PR109-12 PR109-12 PR109-12 PR109-12 PR109-15 PR109-22 PR109-25 PR109-28 PR109-28

Seal PR109-60 PR109-63 PR109-66 PR109-66

Piston rod PR110-13 PR110-13 PR110-13 PR110-13 PR110-16 PR110-19 PR110-22 PR110-25 PR110-28

Maintenance kit PR112-04 PR112-04 PR112-04 PR112-04 PR112-07 PR112-10 PR112-13 PR112-16 PR112-16

A% = Accuracy V% = Reproducibility

Figures quoted are based on the maximum volume and distilled water at 20C.

*Full listings of accessories and spares can be found on the next page. continued on next page

PR100, PR104 is similar

429

pipettors
Transferpettor seals Suitable for use with Transferpettor capacities as indicated in the table on the previous page. Conformity Certified. For Transferpettors PR109-60 PR109-63 PR109-66 PR109-69 PR109-72 PR109-75 PR109-78 PR100-20, PR104-32 PR100-25, PR104-35 PR100-30, PR104-38, -42 PR100-35 PR100-40 PR100-45 PR100-50 Material PTFE PTFE PTFE PE PE PE PE Pack qty. 3 3 3 10 10 10 10 pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Positive Displacement Transferpettor continued

With a positive displacement pipette the piston draws in the liquid directly, and displaces it directly. Consequently the piston and the sample are in direct contact there is no air interface. The piston wipes the walls of the capillaries and tips thoroughly clean. The minimal liquid remaining is normally negligible as regards the result. If, however, no carry-over is permitted, we recommend to use the air displacement pipette with disposable tips as shown on the next page. Equally suited for liquids of any density, vapour pressure, or viscosity. There is no need to replace the piston when capillaries or tips are replaced. Transferpettor caps Glass capillaries which can be re-used. Suitable for use with Transferpettor capacities as indicated in the table on the previous page. Conformity Certified. For Transferpettors PR109-12 PR109-15 PR109-22 PR109-25 PR109-28 PR104-10, -13, -16, -22 PR100-15, PR104-25 PR100-20, PR104-32 PR100-25, PR104-35 PR100-30, PR104-38, -42 Colour code White Orange 2 x white Green Blue/red Pack qty. 100 100 100 100 50 pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX

Piston rods Stainless steel. Suitable for use with Transferpettor capacities as indicated in the table on the previous page. Conformity Certified. PR110-19 to PR110-28 are supplied complete with PTFE seal. For Transferpettors PR110-13 PR110-16 PR110-19 PR110-22 PR110-25 PR110-28 PR104-10, -13, -16, -22 PR100-15, PR104-25 PR100-20, PR104-32 PR100-25, PR104-35 PR100-30, PR104-38 PR104-42 Pack qty. 3 3 3 3 3 3 pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX

Transferpettor tips Polypropylene. Can be re-used. Suitable for use with Transferpettor capacities as indicated in the table on the previous page. Conformity Certified. For Transferpettors PR109-40 PR109-43 PR109-46 PR109-50 PR100-35 PR100-40 PR100-45 PR100-50 Colour code Green Yellow Red Orange Pack qty. 10 10 10 10 pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX

Conformity Certified B Indicated by the symbol H shows that the product has been manufactured by Brand under quality control procedures according to Eichordnung the German Federal Weights and Measures Regulations. Provided the instrument is used with the recommended accessories and in accordance with the supplied instructions, Brand certify conformity with annex 12 of the Eichordnung.

Maintenance Kits Suitable for use with Transferpettor capacities as indicated in the table on the previous page. Conformity Certified. Each kit comprises: 1 allen key, 1 piston rod with fitted PTFE Transferpettor-seal (from instrument sizes 20 l upward), 1 calibrating gauge, 1 screw driver, 3 clamping discs, 1 screw, 3 PTFE Transferpettor seals, and 1 mounting block (from sizes of 20 l upward). For Transferpettors PR112-04 PR112-07 PR112-10 PR112-13 PR112-16 PR104-10, -13, -16, -22 PR100-15, PR104-25 PR100-20, PR104-32 PR100-25, PR104-35 PR100-30, PR104-38, -42 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX

Transferpettor stations For storing instruments and accessories. Instruments, capacity PR112-50 PR112-55 4, up to 200 l 2, of 0.5 to 10ml ea 0.00 0.00
XX XX

PR112-50, PR112-55 with instruments

430

pipettors
Microlitre Transferpette
Accessory Racks PR142-08 Bench mounting for up to six Transferpettes. Divides in half for use against an upright surface PR142-10 Wall mounting for up to three Transferpettes N Ergonomically designed N Insulating jacket for increased precision N Choice of models N Integral tip ejector digital variable volumes 0.1l to 5000l fixed volumes 5l to 2000l The lightweight construction and ergonomic design make it possible to hold your hand quite naturally when pipetting. This helps to overcome the fatigue and strain of repetitive pipetting. The insulating jacket largely protects the measuring unit against external temperature effects, such as the warmth of the hand. The controls are arranged so that they cannot be confused, even when working at speed. The tip ejection key is different from the pipetting key in both position and appearance. The compact casing has neither sharp edges nor a rough surface. Working with the Transferpette is comfortable, even when wearing gloves. Transferpette , variable volume models Digital reading.

P
0.00 ea 0.00 ea
XX XX

N Conformity certified

Plastibrand Tips High quality polypropylene tips which are Conformity Certified when used with Transferpette pipettors. Cadmium free. Also suitable for use with Eppendorf and Gilson pipettors. Tip Sets Supplied as a steam sterilisable plastic box with sliding transparent cover containing a filled tip rack, plus additional tip racks as indicated. Refill tip racks are available. Bulk Packs Supplied loose in a carton in the quantities indicated. Nano-Cap, for PR134-06 only PR142-11 Tip set 5 racks x 96 tips PR142-12 Refill pack for PR142-11, 10 racks x 96 tips PR142-13 Loose pack of 2000 Yellow, for volumes up to 200l PR142-16 Tip set 5 racks x 96 tips PR142-18 Refill pack for PR142-16, 10 racks x 96 tips PR142-23 Loose pack of 1000
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

0.00 set 0.00 pk 0.00 pk 0.00 set 0.00 pk 0.00 pk 0.00 set 0.00 pk 0.00 pk 0.00 set 0.00 pk 0.00 pk 0.00 pk

XX XX XX

XX XX XX

Range l PR134-06 PR134-08 PR134-12 PR134-17 PR134-25 PR134-30 PR134-32 PR134-35 PR134-40 PR134-45 0.1 to 1.0 0.5 to 10 2 to 20 2 to 20 5 to 50

Subdiv. l 0.005 0.05 0.10 0.10 0.1

A% 2.0 1.0 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5

V% 1.2 0.8 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2

Tips reqd. Nano-cap Crystal Crystal Yellow Yellow Yellow Yellow Blue Blue Natural

ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

Blue, for volumes 50 to 1000l PR142-26 Tip set 7 racks x 60 tips PR142-28 Refill pack for PR142-26, 16 racks x 60 tips PR142-30 Loose pack of 1000 Crystal, for use with PR134-08 and -12 only PR142-36 Tip set 5 racks x 96 tips PR142-38 Refill pack for PR142-36, 10 racks x 96 tips PR142-40 Loose pack of 2000 Natural, for use with PR134-45 and PR138-56 only PR142-80 Loose pack of 200

XX XX XX

10 to 100 0.1 20 to 200 1.0 25 to 250 1.0 100 to 1000 1.0 500 to 5000 10.0

XX XX XX

XX

Transferpette, fixed volume models Volume l PR138-22 PR138-25 PR138-28 PR138-32 PR138-35 PR138-38 PR138-40 PR138-42 PR138-45 PR138-48 PR138-52 PR138-56 5 10 20 25 50 100 200* 200* 250 500 1000 2000 A% 1.0 1.0 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 V% 0.8 0.8 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 Tips reqd. Yellow Yellow Yellow Yellow Yellow Yellow Yellow Blue Blue Blue Blue Natural ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Conformity Certified B Indicated by the symbol H shows that the product has been manufactured by Brand under quality control procedures according to Eichordnung the German Federal Weights and Measures Regulations. Provided the instrument is used with the recommended accessories and in accordance with the supplied instructions, Brand certify conformity with annex 12 of the Eichordnung.

*Two variants of the popular 200l volume models are available depending on the tip style preferred. A% = Accuracy Figures quoted are based on the maximum V% = Reproducibility volume and distilled water at 20C.

Plastibrand Tip set

PR134, PR138 is similar with fixed volume

PR142-08 and PR142-10 with instruments

431

pipettors
Transferpette 8 8-channel pipettor. Supplied complete with storage rack, nose cone tool, a pack of pipette tips in racks, a set of Viton shaft seals and reagent reservoir.

Multichannel Transferpette -8/-12

N Conformity certified N For pipetting either 8 or 12 identical volumes into titration plates N Designed for operator comfort over long term repetitive pipetting N Viton ring sealing provides tight fitting of tips N Digital volume setting N All controls clearly separated to avoid errors N Pipetting manifold part can be removed and autoclaved at 121C N Manifold can be rotated for ease of use when pipetting a titration plate The Transferpette 8 and 12 weigh only 143g and 166g respectively and this in conjunction with the comfortable ergonomic design helps to overcome the fatigue and strain of repetitive pipetting. Each channel has its own piston. The air interface is consequently kept comparatively small to avoid errors. All controls are arranged so that they cannot be confused. When the volume is set by the control knob the number wheels click into place so that the volume cannot be changed by mistake when pipetting. The pipette tips are ejected by a separate key on the handle. Each Multichannel Transferpette is supplied complete with storage rack which holds the instrument upright when not in use , nose cone tool, a pack of pipette tips in racks, a set of Viton shaft seals and reagent reservoir. Conformity Certified B Indicated by the symbol H shows that the product has been manufactured by Brand under quality control procedures according to Eichordnung the German Federal Weights and Measures Regulations. Provided the instrument is used with the recommended accessories and in accordance with the supplied instructions, Brand certify conformity with annex 12 of the Eichordnung. PR160-50 PR160-60 PR160-65 PR160-70 PR160-75 PR160-80

Range l

Subdiv. l

A% 2.0 1.5 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0

V% 1.2 0.7 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5

Tips reqd. Crystal Yellow Yellow Yellow Yellow Natural

ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

XX XX XX XX XX XX

0.5 to 10 0.05 2.5 to 25 0.1 5 to 50 0.1 10 to 100 0.1 20 to 200 1.0 30 to 300 1.0

Transferpette 12 12-channel pipettor. Supplied complete with storage rack, nose cone tool, a pack of pipette tips in racks, a set of Viton shaft seals and reagent reservoir. Range l PR164-39 PR164-48 PR164-53 PR164-57 PR164-62 PR164-68 Subdiv. l A% 2.0 1.5 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 V% 1.5 1.0 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 Tips reqd. Crystal Yellow Yellow Yellow Yellow Natural ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX

0.5 to 10 0.05 2.5 to 25 0.1 5 to 50 0.1 10 to 100 0.1 20 to 200 1.0 30 to 300 1.0

A% = Accuracy V% = Reproducibility

Figures quoted are based on the maximum volume and distilled water at 20C.

Plastibrand Tips, racked Polypropylene. Cadmium free. Conformity certified when used with Transferpette pipettors. Supplied in packs containing 10 racks of 96 tips each. PR142-18 Yellow tips 0.00 pk XX PR142-38 Crystal tips 0.00 pk XX PR166-32 Natural tips 0.00 pk XX Plastibrand Tips, bulk Supplied in loose packs as indicated. PR142-23 Yellow, pack of 1000 PR142-40 Crystal, pack of 2000 PR166-34 Natural, pack of 1000

0.00 pk 0.00 pk 0.00 pk

XX XX XX

PR160 in use

PR164, PR160 on stands

432

pipettors
Transferpette Electronic

Ergonomically designed, high performance, electronic pipettors especially suited for undertaking repetitive liquid handling operations over long periods. N Conformity certified N Choice of models with capacities up to 1000l N Four operating modes for maximum convenience: standard pipetting mixing reverse pipetting gel loading, for electrophoresis N Adjustable pipetting speed Range l 2 to 20 20 to 200 100 to 1000 Subdiv. l 0.02 0.2 1.0

N Fully autoclavable pipette tip manifold N Innovative, 2-component tip cone and 3 alternative ejector clips allow use with most commonly available tips N Adjustable finger rest allows optional hand positioning for comfortable operation N Fully charged, the rechargeable battery provides approximately 8 hours use Accessory tips PR142-16 Yellow, for volumes up to 200l, tip set of 5 racks x 96 tips PR142-23 Yellow, for volumes up to 200l, pack 1000 PR142-26 Blue, for volumes from 25l to 1000l, tip set of 7 racks x 60 tips PR142-30 Blue, for volumes from 25l to 1000l, pack 1000 0.00 set 0.00 pk 0.00 set 0.00 pk
XX XX XX XX

A% Max. vol. Min. vol. 1.0 0.8 0.6 5.0 4.0 3.0

V% Max. vol. Min. vol. 0.4 0.2 0.2 2.5 0.6 0.6

A% = Accuracy V% = Reproducibility

Figures quoted are based on pipetting distilled water at 20C.

As described. Available supplied with or without a.c. adapter/charger, as indicated. The adapter requires a 230V 50Hz supply. With a.c. adapter and UK plug PR175-10 2 to 20l PR175-20 20 to 200l PR175-30 100 to 1000l With a.c. adapter and European plug PR175-40 2 to 20l PR175-50 20 to 200l PR175-60 100 to 1000l With a.c. adapter and Australian plug PR175-64 2 to 20l PR175-66 20 to 200l PR175-68 100 to 1000l Without a.c. adapter* PR175-70 2 to 20l PR175-80 20 to 200l PR175-90 100 to 1000l *An a.c. adapter/charger is required. 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea
XX XX XX

Accessory rack Holds three PR175-series pipettors. Supplied with a.c. adapter/charger for 230V 50Hz single phase supplies with plug as indicated. PR176-02 Charger/rack, with UK plug 0.00 ea XX PR176-04 Charger/rack, with continental European plug 0.00 ea XX PR176-06 Charger/rack, with Australian plug 0.00 ea XX

XX XX XX

XX XX XX

XX XX XX

PR175

433

pipettors
Variable volume models, UNI Range l Subdiv. Accuracy l % 1 1 1 10 100 100 2.0 to 0.7 2.0 to 0.8 1.5 to 0.8 0.6 to 0.5 0.8 to 0.6 0.8 to 0.6 Precision % 0.5 to 0.3 0.3 to 0.2 0.3 to 0.2 0.3 to 0.2 0.2 0.2 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX

ECO and UNI Series Micropipettors

A range of high accuracy, low cost, fixed and variable volume micropipettors with many beneficial features. N Normal working accuracies: fixed volume models better than 2.5% variable volume models better than 1.75% N Slimline profile, comfortable in use N Easily serviced, all pipettors are supplied with spare piston O-ring and lubricant N Tip ejector swivels to most comfortable position and is suitable for left or right handed use Variable volume models, ECO Range l PR190-32 PR190-42 PR190-52 100 to 1000 500 to 5000 1000 to 10000 Colour code Blue Pink Turquoise Accuracy % 1.75 1.75 1.75 Precision % 0.4 0.4 0.4 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX

PR194-30 PR194-40 PR194-50 PR194-70 PR194-80 PR194-90

5 to 50 20 to 100 40 to 200 200 to 1000 1000 to 5000 2000 to 10000

Fixed volume models, UNI Volume l PR197-05 PR197-10 PR197-15 PR197-20 PR197-25 PR197-30 PR197-35 PR197-40 PR197-45 PR197-50 PR197-55 PR197-60 5 10 20 25 50 100 200 250 500 1000 5000 10000 Accuracy % 2.5 1.5 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.4 0.4 0.4 Precision % 2.5 1.0 0.6 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Accessory pipettor racks Single position wall racks with self-adhesive pad for individual PR190 pipettors. Supplied in pack of 4. PR192-10 Wall racks for PR190 pipettors only 10.60 pk RG

Bench rack Perspex, for holding up to five PR190, PR194 or PR197 pipettors. PR250-30 Bench rack 0.00 ea Pipette tips Polypropylene, non-sterile, in bulk packs as indicated. Range l PR255-10 PR255-30 PR255-50 PR255-55 1 to 200 100 to 1000 500 to 5000 1000 to 10000 Colour Yellow Blue White Blue Pack qty. 1000 1000 500 400 pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

XX

XX XX XX XX

PR190

PR197, PR194 are similar

434

pipettors
Ultra Series Micropipettors

P
ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

N Choice of fixed or digital variable volume models N Ergonomic design fits comfortably in the hand N Designed for easy user re-calibration N Thumb-press tip ejector (except 10ml) N Easily defined aspiration and blow-out positions N Positive click-stop adjustment on digital models N Colour coded for easy identification N Each pipettor is individually tested and serially numbered Digital variable volume models Range l PR210-20 PR210-30 PR210-40 PR210-50 PR210-60 PR210-70 PR210-80 PR210-90 1 to 10 5 to 50 10 to 100 20 to 200 50 to 500 100 to 1000 500 to 5000 1000 to 10000 Colour code Grey Yellow Aqua Orange Blue Purple Lime Black Accuracy % 5.0 to 1.0 2.0 to 0.5 1.5 to 0.4 1.0 to 0.3 1.5 to 0.4 0.8 to 0.4 0.8 to 0.4 0.6 to 0.5 Precision % 5 to 1.0 1.5 to 0.3 1.0 to 0.3 0.7 to 0.3 0.8 to 0.3 0.8 to 0.4 0.8 to 0.4 0.6 to 0.4 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Fixed volume models Range l PR230-04 PR230-08 PR230-12 PR230-16 PR230-20 PR230-24 PR230-28 PR230-32 PR230-36 PR230-40 PR230-42 PR230-44 PR230-46 PR230-48 PR230-50 PR230-55 5 10 20 25 50 75 100 200 250 500 600 700 750 1000 5000 10000 Colour code Purple Grey Lime Blue Yellow Black Aqua Orange Grey Blue Aqua Orange Blue Purple Lime Black Accuracy % 1.0 1.0 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.4 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 Precision % 1.5 0.75 0.5 0.5 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3

Accessory Rack PR250-30 For up to five PR210 or PR230 pipettors Pipette Tips PR255-10 Yellow, 1-200l, pack of 1000 PR255-30 Blue, 100-1000l, pack of 1000 PR255-50 White, 500-5000l, pack of 500 PR255-55 Blue, 1000-10000l, pack of 400

0.00 ea 0.00 pk 0.00 pk 0.00 pk 0.00 pk

XX

XX XX XX XX

PR210/PR230 on PR250-30

435

pipettors
Step volumes (aliquots) Tip code (capacity) No. of steps 74 49 37 29 24 20 17 15 14 12 11 10 9 9 8 7 7 6 6 Yellow (0.75ml) 10l 15l 20l 25l 30l 35l 40l 45l 50l 55l 60l 65l 70l 75l 80l 85l 90l 95l 100l Blue (3.75ml) 50l 75l 100l 125l 150l 175l 200l 225l 250l 275l 300l 325l 350l 375l 400l 425l 450l 475l 500l Red (37.5ml) 500l 750l 1000l 1250l 1500l 1750l 2000l 2250l 2500l 2750l 3000l 3250l 3500l 3750l 4000l 4250l 4500l 4750l 5000l

Stepper Pipette Model 411

Easy to use, adjustable repeater pipette comprising hand-held control unit and accessory Ecostep dispensing syringe tips. N Volume range 10l to 5000l N 53 different sample volume settings N Unique finger tip trigger action gives fast pipetting with minimal effort and without using the thumb N Comfortable, ergonomic design N Three syringe tip step ranges 10 to 100l, 50 to 500l and 500 to 5000l N Interchangeable steps x volume selector dials, colour-coded to relevant syringe tip N Self-locking mechanism halts dispensing at last full step volume Performance Range l 10 to 100 50 to 500 500 to 5000 Syringe ml 0.75 3.75 37.5 Colour code Yellow Blue Red Accuracy % 2.0 to 1.0 1.0 to 0.7 0.7 to 0.5 Precision % <2.0 to <1.0 <1.0 to <0.8 <0.8 to <0.5

Stepper Pipette Model 411 As described. Supplied with two each yellow, blue and red code steps x volume selector dials, one each Ecostep syringe tips 0.75ml, 3.75ml and 37.5ml, syringe adapter to hold 37.5ml tip and PVC workstation. PR490-10 Model 411 0.00 ea XX

Ecostep Syringe Tips Polypropylene with HDPE plunger. Available non-sterile loose-packed, or sterile individually-wrapped. Supplied in boxes of 100. Step range l Non-sterile PR493-06 PR493-09 PR493-12 Sterile PR496-06 PR496-09 PR496-12 10 to 100 50 to 500 500 to 5000 10 to 100 50 to 500 500 to 5000 Capacity ml 0.75 3.75 37.5 0.75 3.75 37.5 Colour code Yellow Blue Red Yellow Blue Red box 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX

XX XX XX

PR490-10

436

pipettors
Micropipettors Calibra Model 822
N Digital reading N Fully autoclavable at 121C maximum for 20 minutes N Solid cam provides factory calibrated step for each volume increment N No re-calibration necessary N Each pipette is numbered and supplied with calibration certificate N The nozzle of PR530-10 and PR530-15 is stainless steel and can be flamed Accuracy at: 0.4l 4% 1, 2l 2% 10, 20l 1% 100l 0.8% 1000l 0.6%

Acura Models 815/825/835

N Comfortable ergonomic design N Digital reading (adjustable volume models) N Fully autoclavable at 121C maximum for 20 minutes N Adjustable tip ejector length accommodates various tip positions N Each pipette is numbered and supplied with a calibration certificate Fixed volume 815 series Volume l PR552-10 PR552-50 PR556-10 PR556-50
XX XX XX XX XX

Accuracy % <1.4 <0.7 <0.7 <0.7 <0.6 <0.7 <0.5

ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Digital adjustable 822 series Range l PR530-10 PR530-15 PR530-20 PR530-25 PR530-30 Tips for 822 series For pipettor PR532-12 PR532-20 PR532-25 PR530-10 (gel loading tip) PR530-15 PR530-15 Qty. 204 (rack) 100 (rack) 1000 (bulk) pk 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX

5 10 100 500 1000 5000 10000

Steps l 0.1 0.05 0.5 1 5

ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

0.2 to 2 1 to 10.0 10 to 100 20 to 200 100 to 1000

PR559-10 PR559-50 PR559-90

Other volumes are available details on request. Digital adjustable volume 825 series Range, l PR577-05 PR577-10 PR577-15 PR577-20 PR577-25 1 to 10 5 to 50 10 to 100 20 to 200 100 to 1000 Division, l 0.01 0.1 0.1 0.2 1.0 Accuracy, % <2.0 <1.4 <1.0 <1.0 <0.7 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX

Tips, polypropylene Max. cap. PR580-17 PR580-22 PR587-40 PR587-55 200l 1000l 5ml 10ml For Socorex Models 815, 822, 825 815, 822, 825 835 835 Colour Yellow Blue Natural Natural Pack qty. 500 250 250 100 pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX

Macropipettors 835 series Air displacement pipettors with ranges covering 0.5 to 10ml. Digital setting. With integral nozzle protection filters. Accepts polypropylene macrotips or glass pasteur pipettes (5ml model using adapter). Volume, l PR585-40 PR585-50 PR587-09 0.5 to 5 1 to 10 Division, l 0.01 0.01 Accuracy, % <1.0 <0.8 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea
XX XX

Adapter, pasteur pipette, for PR585-40 only

XX

continued on next page

PR530

PR552 to PR559

PR577

PR585

437

pipettors
Micropipettors continued Calibra 8-Channel Model 852
N For use with 96-well plates N Tip ejector button N Choice of volume adjustment Solid cam, fixed step with digital readout N Simultaneous delivery of 8 samples N Fully autoclavable at 121C maximum for 20 minutes 8-Channel Pipettors, 852 series Fully autoclavable. Accuracy at: 10l <1%, 100l <0.7%. Range l PR670-60 PR670-65 10 to 100 20 to 200 Divisions l 0.5 1.0 ea 0.00 0.00
XX XX

Calibra Model 832

N Digital reading N Fully autoclavable at 121C maximum for 20 minutes N Solid cam provides factory calibrated step for each volume increment N No re-calibration necessary N Each pipette is numbered and supplied with calibration certificate N PR600-25 will accept Pasteur pipettes N Integral tip ejector Adjustable volume 832 series Two models are available. The first covers range 0.2 to 2ml accepting polypropylene tips or pasteur pipettes (using adapter included). The second covers range 1 to 10ml using polypropylene tips only. Range ml PR600-25 PR600-30 0.2 to 2 1 to 10 Steps ml 0.01 0.1 ea 0.00 0.00
XX XX

Acura 8-Channel Model 855

N For use with 96-well plates N Fully autoclavable N 360 pipette manifold rotation N Digital readout N Easy sequential tip ejection

Pipette Tips Polypropylene, autoclavable. PR605-20 Tips 2ml, pack of 250 PR605-25 Tips 10ml, pack of 100

0.00 pk 0.00 pk

XX XX

Range l PR670-17 PR670-22 5 to 50 40 to 350

Divisions l 0.1 0.4

Accuracy Min. vol. Max. vol. <1.0 <1.0 <0.8 <0.7

ea 0.00 0.00
XX XX

Pipettor Racks Easily assembled, polyacrylamide, bench-mounting racks for holding up to 7 single-channel micropipettors, Socorex series 815, 825, 832 and 835. Available in a choice of pastel colours as indicated. PR640-40 Pipettor rack, light grey 0.00 ea XX PR640-42 Pipettor rack, vanilla yellow 0.00 ea XX PR640-44 Pipettor rack, ice blue 0.00 ea XX PR640-46 Pipettor rack, mint green 0.00 ea XX

Accessories PR672-12 Work station for up to 3 pipettors PR670-series Tips, polypropylene. Supplied in packs or racks as indicated. Max. cap. l PR580-17 PR672-19 PR672-24 PR672-28 PR580-22 PR672-30 200 200 200 300 1000 1000 Colour Yellow Yellow Natural Natural Blue Blue Pack/rack qty. pack 500 rack 96* rack 96* rack 96* pack 250 rack 60*

0.00 ea

XX

pk/rack 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

XX XX XX XX XX XX

*Supplied in autoclavable racks.

PR600-30

PR600-25

PR640-44 in use

PR670-22

PR670-60

438

pipettors
Electronic Micropipettors Acura Electro 925

Lightweight, ergonomic, electronic pipettors with microprocessor control and motor driven to provide fatigue free, high performance pipetting even over prolonged use. N A choice of variable volume models up to 1000l N Five programmable functions: Pipetting Reverse pipetting Step-by-step pipetting Dilution Mixing As described. Supplied as a basic starter pack including pipettor, Q.C./calibration certificate, charging stand, a.c. adapter/charger and additional rechargeable battery, pipette tips and instructions. Range l PR690-10 PR690-25 PR690-30 PR690-60 0.5 to 10 2.5 to 50 10 to 200 50 to 1000 Divisions l 0.05 0.25 1.00 5.00 Accuracy % (at l) <2.5 (1) <2.5 (5) <1.5 (20) <1.5 (100) <1.0 (10) <0.7 (50) <0.6 (200) <0.5 (1000) ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX

N Reversible display for left or right-handed use N Three position pipetting speed selection N Autoclavable and interchangeable pipette tip manifolds N Adjustable tip ejector length accommodates various tip positions N Easy user calibration mode

Accessories Pipettors only. With Q.C./calibration certificate, spare battery and instructions. PR693-10 0.5 to 10l 0.00 ea XX PR693-25 2.5 to 50l 0.00 ea XX PR693-30 10 to 200l 0.00 ea XX PR693-60 50 to 1000l 0.00 ea XX PR694-15 PR694-40 PR694-45 Charging stand, 3-position (requires charger/a.c. adapter) Charger/a.c. adapter 220V, with UK plug Charger/a.c. adapter 220V, with European plug 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea
XX XX XX

Tips, polypropylene. Supplied in packs as indicated. Max. cap. l PR580-17 PR580-22 200 1000 Colour Yellow Blue Pack qty. 500 250 pk 0.00 0.00
XX XX

PR690

PR690 with PR694-15 and battery pack

439

pipette tips
Filter Pipette Tips

Disposable Pipette Tips

Compatibility key:B: to fit Bibby, Biohit, Finnpipette, Gilson, Brand pipettors E: to fit Eppendorf, Brand and Finnpipette pipettors G: to fit Gilson, Brand pipettors M: to fit MLA pipettors only O: to fit Oxford standard pipettors only OS: to fit Oxford slimline pipettors only U: Universal, to fit Bibby, Biohit, Brand, Finnpipette, Eppendorf, Gilson, Socorex or Volac pipettors subject to capacity limitations Non-sterile Polypropylene. Supplied loose in bench pack dispensers. Ref. PR820-04 PR820-07 PR820-10 PR820-15 PR820-17 PR820-25 PR820-35 PR820-40 PR820-45 PR820-47 PR820-50 PR820-55 PR820-75 PR820-80 BCT10 BCT20 BCT25 BCT30 BCB30 BCT40 BCT50 BCT60 BCT70 BCB70 BCT90 BCT80 BCT100 BCT110 Type G E G U U OS M B U U M O G B Capacity l 0.5 to 10 0.5 to 10 2 to 200 5 to 200 5 to 200 5 to 200 10 to 200 5 to 300 100 to 1000 100 to 1000 50 to 1000 100 to 1000 1000 to 5000 1000 to 5000 Colour Crystal Crystal Yellow Yellow Yellow Natural Natural Natural Blue Blue Natural Natural Blue Natural Pack qty. 2000 2000 2000 2000 25000 2000 2000 2000 1000 10000 1000 1000 1000 1000 pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Provide aerosol protection to the pipettor, reducing the risk of crosscontamination and sample carry-over in radioassay, PCR and other applications. N High-purity, clear polypropylene with hydrophobic, inert filter N Sterilised tips are to ISO11137 by -irradiation N Autoclavable N DNA-, RNase-, ATP- and endotoxin-free N Supplied in sterilised racks of 96 with one sterile tip box holder (except 50 to 80l tips which are supplied in racks of 60, alternatively non-sterile in bulk packs of 960 Capacity l 0.5 to 10 2 to 20 5 to 100 5 to 200 50 to 800 For pipettors Gilson P2, P10, Finnpipette, Biohit, Brand Gilson P20, Eppendorf, Finnpipette, Biohit, Brand, Socorex Gilson P100, Eppendorf, Finnpipette, Biohit, Brand, Socorex Gilson P200, Finnpipette, Biohit, Brand, Socorex Gilson P1000, Eppendorf, Finnpipette, Biohit, Brand, Socorex Capacity l PR844-20 PR844-23 PR844-27 PR844-29 PR844-32 PR844-35 PR844-38 PR844-40 PR844-42 PR844-45 0.5 to 10 0.5 to 10 2 to 20 2 to 20 5 to 100 5 to 100 5 to 200 5 to 200 50 to 800 50 to 800 Sterile      Rack/pack qty. 5 x rack 96* (480) pack 960 5 x rack 96* (480) pack 960 5 x rack 96* (480) pack 960 5 x rack 96* (480) pack 960 8 x rack 60* (480) pack 960 pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Sterile Polypropylene. Supplied in envelopes of 5 tips sterilised by gamma irradiation within the bulk pack quantity. Ref. PR825-45 BCT70S Type U Capacity l 100 to 1000 Colour Blue Pack qty. 1000 pk 0.00
XX

*Includes sterile tip box filled with one rack.

PR844

440

pipette tips
Disposable Pipette Tips

Selection chart Capacity ml Colour 1-200 2-200 Natural Yellow For use with Oxford slimline Biohit, Brand, Eppendorf, Finnpipette, Gilson, MLA, Oxford, Socorex, Volac Biohit, Eppendorf, Finnpipette, Gilson, MLA, Oxford, Socorex, Volac Biohit, Eppendorf, Finnpipette, Gilson, MLA, Socorex, Volac Biohit, Gilson, Oxford Biohit, Brand, Eppendorf, Finnpipette, Gilson, Oxford, Socorex, Volac Finnpipette, Oxford, Volac Diagram No. 3

Sterile, Wrapped Each tip individually wrapped in a peel apart envelope. Polypropylene. Sterilised by gamma radiation. Capacity l PR860-20 PR860-30 2 to 200 101 to 1000 Colour Lemon Blue Pack qty. 1000 1000 Diagram No. 6 1 pk 0.00 0.00
XX XX

2 6

2-200 2-200

Lemon Natural

7 4

Non-Sterile, TrueTip Supplied in racks each containing polypropylene tips as indicated within an outer pack of 10 racks. Each rack includes a base and cover and the complete assembly can be autoclaved. Capacity l PR870-63 PR870-74 2 to 200 101 to 1000 Colour Lemon Blue Rack qty. 96 100 Diagram No. 6 1 pk 0.00 0.00
XX XX

101-1000 101-1000

Natural Blue

1 5

1001-5000

Natural

Accessory insert trays, TrueTip Interchangeable clip-in insert trays, pre-loaded with tips for PR870 racks. Supplied in packs of 10 trays containing tips as indicated. Autoclavable. Capacity l Colour Lemon Blue Rack qty. 96 100 Diagram No. 6 1 pk 0.00 0.00
XX XX

Non-sterile Supplied loose in bags. Polypropylene. Capacity l PR850-10 PR850-30 PR850-40 PR850-50 PR850-60 PR854-35 PR854-55 101 to 1000 2 to 200 1 to 200 101 to 1000 1001 to 5000 2 to 200 2 to 200 Colour Blue Yellow Natural Natural Natural Lemon Natural Pack qty. 1000 1000 1000 1000 250 1000 1000 Diagram No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

PR874-63 PR874-74

2 to 200 101 to 1000

Trifill Reservoir
Multichannel pipette reservoir, Trifill Innovative, multi-purpose reagent reservoir for use with multi-channel pipettors. Autoclavable polypropylene. Combines a graduated, single reagent reservoir, capacity 50ml with marks at 10, 25, 40 and 50ml, and when reversed 8 and 12 compartment reservoirs each compartment holding 5ml and individually numbered for reagent identity. Supplied in pack of 10. PR940-30 Trifill reservoir 0.00 pk XX

Blue

Natural

Natural

Natural

Yellow

Natural

Lemon

PR850-10 PR860-30 PR870-74

PR850-40

PR850-60

PR854-55

PR850-30

PR850-50

PR854-35 PR860-20 PR870-63 PR940-30 in use

441

polarimeters
Polarimeter Model ADP220

Polarimeter Model D

Manually operated, low cost instrument for measuring the rotation of optically active samples using the variable half wave plate effect. A pair of polarisers are aligned with one rotatable in respect to the other, rotation being measured upon a divided circle. Scale 0 to 360 in 1 increments and International Sugar Scale (ISS) -30 to +130Z in 1Z increments. A micrometer drum gives further direct reading to 0.05 and sugar scale 0.1Z ISS. Accepts polarimeter tubes up to 220mm in length. Overall without lamp 343 x 197 x 560mm H x W x D. Weight 12kg. Supplied with one 200mm long sample tube and dust cover. Requires, but is not supplied with, accessory sodium lamp. PT500-10 Model D 0.00 ea XX Accessory sodium lamps Available either free standing on transformer base or for mounting directly onto PT500-10 only. For 210-250V 50/60Hz single phase supplies. PT504-15 Free standing sodium lamp 0.00 ea XX PT504-18 Bracket mounting sodium lamp 0.00 ea XX PT504-25 Spare lamp for PT504-15 and PT504-18 0.00 ea XX Polarimeter tubes and accessories see PT600/618.

General purpose, fully automatic polarimeter suitable for measuring the rotation of optically active samples across a wide range of applications. With membrane keypad control of automatic read, print, scale change and zero setting. Scales -355 to +355 angular in 0.01 and -225 to +225Z in 0.01Z ISS. Accuracy better than 0.02 angular, 0.05Z ISS. The built-in 589nm LED light source and exterior power supply reduce heat generation within the instrument, allowing rapid stabilisation. A fixed temperature probe monitors sample chamber temperature and a second probe is provided for monitoring sample temperature directly. Accepts polarimeter tubes up to 220mm long. Results are displayed digitally or can be printed or downloaded to a computer via the Centronics parallel or RS232 serial ports provided. Overall 150 x 550 x 280mm H x W x D. Weight 14.5kg. Supplied with one 200mm long sample tube, instruction manual and external power supply for 90-120V, 210-250V 50/60Hz single phase supplies. PT550-40 Model ADP220 0.00 ea XX Polarimeter tubes Nominal 8mm i.d. glass tubes in lengths of 100 or 200mm. With screw-on nylon end-caps and 15.5mm diameter cover glasses. Standard tube with bulb to clear bubble from field of view. PT600-10 100mm long 0.00 ea XX PT600-20 200mm long 0.00 ea XX Centre filling tube with straight arm. PT605-10 100mm long PT605-20 200mm long Centre filling tube with cup-shape arm. PT610-10 100mm long PT610-20 200mm long Spares PT618-06 PT618-10 PT618-17 Cover glasses 15.5mm diameter, pack of 12 Rubber washers, pack of 12 End caps, nylon, pack of 2 0.00 ea 117.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 pk 0.00 pk 0.00 pk
XX RD

XX XX

XX XX XX

PT500-10 with PT504-18

PT550-40

442

polarimeters
Polarimeter Model Polax-2L Polarimeter Model AP-100

Fully functional, digital polarimeter for measuring the rotation of optically active samples across a wide range of applications in education, industry and research. The optical system light source comprises an LED with 589nm interference filter giving rapid response and a long working life in comparison to traditional sodium lamps. The analyser is rotated automatically using push-button controls and a digital LED display can be toggled between angle of rotation, International Sugar Scale (ISS) and temperature. Ranges x resolution Angle ISS Z Temp. C Measurement wavelength nm Overall W x D x H mm Weight kg Power -179.5 to +180 x 0.05 -130 to +130 x 0.1 +5 to +40 x 0.1 589 interference filter, LED light source 430 x 220 x 300 11.5 100-240V 50/60Hz a.c.

Compact, automatic polarimeter which enables measurement of the optical rotation or the concentration of optically active substances. N Measurement ranges: rotation angle, International Sugar Scale (ISS - with and without temperature compensation), specific optical rotation, concentration and purity N Easy operation with keypad and backlit dot matrix display N Manual calibration facility allows compensation for variation to standard solutions or other instruments N Built-in, 30 measurement memory Ranges x resolution Angle ISS Z Temp. C Accuracy Angle ISS Z Temp. C Measurement wavelength nm Memory Output Overall W x D x H mm Weight kg Power -89.99 to +89.99 x 0.01 -130 to +130 x 0.01 +18.0 to +30 x 0.1 0.01 0.03 0.5 589 (D-line), halogen lamp light source Last 30 readings Bidirectional RS232C 485 x 285 x 175 11.5 100-240V 50/60Hz a.c.

As described. Supplied with one each 100mm and 200mm sample tubes. For 100-240V 50/60Hz single phase supplies. PT665-20 Model Polax-2L 0.00 ea XX Spares and accessories PT669-08 Sample tube 100mm PT669-12 Sample tube 200mm PT669-40 PT669-45 PT669-50 Quartz calibration plate, 34 Quartz calibration plate, 17 Quartz calibration plate, 8.5 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

XX XX XX XX XX

As described. Supplied with one each 100mm and 200mm sample tubes. For 100-240V 50/60Hz single phase supplies. PT680-10 Model AP-100 0.00 ea XX Spares and accessories PT669-08 Sample tube 100mm PT669-12 Sample tube 200mm PT669-40 PT669-45 PT669-50 Quartz calibration plate, 34 Quartz calibration plate, 17 Quartz calibration plate, 8.5 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

XX XX XX XX XX

PT665-20

PT680-10

443

presses

Manual and Automatic Hydraulic Presses

CARVER
Versatile 2 and 4-column presses suitable for a wide range of applications including:oil extraction from mineral and vegetable products briquetting and pelleting laminating moulding of rubber and plastic composites compression and flow testing within the laboratory, small scale production plant and quality control departments Filter Pads and Stainless Steel Pan Used with the unheated test cylinder outfits for oil extraction applications. The filter pads keep the material being compressed from escaping during compression and the pan captures the extracted oil or fluid. Swivel Bearing Plate The major use for this accessory is in crushing and breaking tests particularly with 50 x 50mm cement/concrete cubes and 50 x 100mm test cylinders. Pellet Die and Buffer Plate The 13mm evacuable die is used primarily in the preparation of KBr discs for IR spectrography. The die assembly is hardened stainless steel and the construction ensures high performance, economy and ease of maintenance. The buffer plate is used with the 13mm die. It is 88mm diameter and mounts to the top head of the press where it prevents the plunger of the KBr die from damaging the press head. AutoPak Power Units Self-contained, electrically operated automatic power units are available for retrofit to existing manual presses. Pellet Presses Purpose built manual and automatic models for producing KBr pellets see page 446 for details.

N All models supplied with safety shield Safety Shields The shields fitted to Carver presses have heavy gauge, sheet steel sides and rear with a hinged, transparent, tough plastic front to allow access to the press area. Hotplates/Cooling Plates These are used for laminating, moulding and other applications requiring heat and pressure applied simultaneously. Unheated and Heated Test Cylinders These are used for a variety of applications including: moulding test specimens or production items pressing out extracts, fats or fluids tabletting and pelleting compression strength test for ceramics, plastics, etc. powder metallurgy flow tests extrusion tests

Plate/Cloth and Cage Equipment Used for the pressing of oils and liquids from fibrous and other materials and separating crystals from liquors.

PW100-30

PW110-12

444

presses
Manual Hydraulic Presses
Catalogue No. Model Clamping force (max. applied load) Columns Plates Ram stroke Daylight opening Hydraulic fluid capacity Dimensions, W x D x H Weight, net PW100-10 basic Mini C 12 24000 2 150 x 150 130 0 to 177 560 260 x 205 x 560 45 PW100-30 basic PW100-37 heated Model C 12 24000 2 150 x 150 130 19 to 457 560 410 x 380 x 915 64 PW100-60 basic PW100-67 heated Model M 25 50000 2 228 x 228 165 19 to 406 1120 485 x 485 x 1070 121 PW110-12 basic Model 25-12 25 50000 4 300 x 300 165 25 to 355 1120 460 x 460 x 940 223

PW110-32 heated Model 25-12H 25 50000 4 300 x 300 165 0 to 240 1120 460 x 635 x 940 291

tons* lbs mm mm mm ml mm kg

*US ton equivalent to 0.893 Imperial ton. For the basic machines only see Accessories entries also. Two-Column, Manually Operated All models supplied with pressure gauge, hydraulic fluid, instruction manual and safety shield. Manual Hydraulic Press, Mini C basic Maximum applied load 12 ton. Square unheated plates, 150 x 150mm. PW100-10 Mini C basic, ref. 3850 0.00 ea XX Manual Hydraulic Press, Model C basic Maximum applied load 12 ton. Square unheated plates, 150 x 150mm. PW100-30 Model C basic, 0.00 ea XX ref. 3851 Manual Hydraulic Press, Model CH heated Maximum applied load 12 ton. Square heated plates, 150 x 150mm. With digital temperature indicating controls, range ambient to 340C. For 220V 50/60Hz single phase supplies. PW100-37 Model CH heated, 0.00 ea XX ref. 4386CE Safety Eyeshields see SA930-10. Manual Hydraulic Press, Model M basic Maximum applied load 25 ton. Square unheated plates, 228 x 228mm. PW100-60 Model M basic, 0.00 ea XX ref. 3853 Manual Hydraulic Press, Model MH heated Maximum applied load 25 ton. Square heated plates, 228 x 228mm. With digital temperature indicating controls, range ambient to 340C. For 220V 50/60Hz single phase supplies. PW100-67 Model MH heated, 0.00 ea XX ref. 4389CE Spares PW125-05 Hydraulic fluid for all 0.00 ea presses, 560ml PW125-10 Repair Kit for Mini C 0.00 ea and Models C hydraulic units PW125-13 Repair Kit for 0.00 ea Models M, Model 25-12 and Model 25-12H hydraulic units PW125-35 Hydraulic unit for Mini 0.00 ea C and Model C presses, weight 12.5kg PW125-40 Hydraulic unit for 0.00 ea Models M, Model 25-12 and Model 25-12H presses, weight 23kg

Four-Column, Manually Operated All models supplied with pressure gauge, hydraulic fluid, instruction manual and safety shield. Manual Hydraulic Press, Model 25-12 basic Maximum applied load 25 ton. Square unheated plates, 300 x 300mm. PW110-12 Model 25-12 basic, 0.00 ea XX ref. 3855 Manual Hydraulic Press, Model 25-12H heated Maximum applied load 25 ton. Square heated plates, 300 x 300mm. With digital temperature indicating controls, range ambient to 340C. For 220V 50/60Hz single phase supplies. PW110-32 Model 25-12H heated, 0.00 ea XX ref. 3856

XX XX XX

XX

XX

PW100-10

PW100-37

PW110-32

445

presses
Pellet Presses

Major Accessories for Hydraulic Presses

Digital AutoPaks Self-contained power units for converting manually operated presses to automatic operation. Comprising d.c. motor, two-stage pump, externally adjustable pressure control, pressure gauge and automatic cycle control. Two-hand anti-tie down controls protect the operator. The pre-selected pressure is maintained automatically. Overall 590 x 330 x 610mm W x D x H. Weight 50kg. For 220V 50/60Hz single phase supplies. PW130-13 AutoPak 12. For Mini C, Models C 0.00 ea XX PW130-15 AutoPak 25. For Models M, Model 25-12 0.00 ea XX Hot Plates/Cooling Plates Steel, with digital thermostatic control over the range ambient to 340C. For 220V 50/60Hz single phase supplies. Supplied per pair. Type PW130-28 PW130-29 PW130-34 PW130-35 Heating Heating/cooling Heating Heating/cooling For Models Mini C, C Mini C, C M M Size, mm 150 x 150 150 x 150 228 x 228 228 x 228 Weight, kg 12 15 26 30 pr 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX

CARVER
Manual Pellet Press, Model 4350CE Compact, two-column, fully enclosed, manual hydraulic press designed primarily for Kbr pellet pressing. Maximum applied load 12 US tons. Circular unheated plates, 100mm diameter. Supplied complete with 13mm evacuable die, safety shield and high-visibility pressure gauge. Ram stroke 130mm; daylight opening 0 to 146mm. Overall 267 x 605 x 572mm W x D x H. Weight net 55kg. PW190-20 Manual pellet press, 0.00 ea XX ref. 4350CE Automatic Pellet Press, Model 3887CE-SD Maximum applied load 25 US tons. Two-column, automatic press primarily for Kbr pellet pressing. Allows control of pressure setting, speed, dwell time and displays press status in digital format. N Ten recipe storage of pressure and time settings N Digital timer 0.01sec to 99.9 hours N Automatic platen opening on cycle completion N Adjustable end of cycle alarm N Units of measurement setting for kg, lbs or tons N Integral safety enclosure with transparent door With circular unheated plates,125mm diameter. Supplied complete with 13mm die. Ram stroke 25mm; daylight opening 38 to 184mm. Overall 605 x 250 x 600mm W x D x H. Weight net 120kg. For 220V 50/60Hz single phase supplies. PW190-60 Pellet press, 0.00 ea XX ref. 3887CE-SD

Plate and Cloth Equipment For pressing soft or wet materials or splitting chilled oils and similar materials. Not suitable for use with Mini C presses. PW130-40 Plate and cloth, tray, 0.00 ea XX forming frame and rolled screens Cage Equipment For extracting oils and liquids from fibrous materials. Minimum daylight opening of 410mm required. Includes felt discs, steel discs, tray, bulb type syringe and mounting hardware. For use with Model C unheated presses only. PW130-44 Cage equipment 0.00 ea XX This accessory cannot be used with the Model C press fitted with heated plates.

Test Cylinders and Pellet Die For moulding, briquetting and pressing fluids from plants and animal tissues. For Mini C, Models C, M and 25-12 only PW130-50 Test cylinder outfit, 0.00 ea XX stainless steel, 1.125 i.d. (28.6mm). Weight 1.5kg PW130-52 Set of 12 filter pads for 0.00 set XX above PW130-54 Test cylinder outfit, 0.00 ea XX stainless steel, 2.25 i.d. (57.2mm). Weight 4kg PW130-57 Set of 12 filter pads for 0.00 set XX above PW130-60 Stainless steel pan for 0.00 ea XX use with PW130-50 or -54 PW130-68 Heated test cylinder 0.00 ea XX outfit, 1.125 i.d. (28.6mm). Weight 3kg. 220V 50/60Hz PW130-70 Heated test cylinder 0.00 ea XX outfit, 2.25 i.d. (57.2mm). Weight 6kg. 220V 50/60Hz For Mini C, Models C & M only PW130-80 Swivel bearing plate. PW130-85 13mm pellet die for KBr pellets. Requires PW130-87 PW130-87 KBr buffer plate. Please state for which press when ordered 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea
XX XX

XX

Plate and Cloth Equipment

PW190-20

PW190-60

446

pressure gauges, projector, pulleys

Pressure Gauges/Meters Overhead Projector
N A4 (210 x 297mm) format

N Smooth friction drive focussing N Wide angle lens

N Fringe eliminator prevents colour distortion at picture edge Electronic Pressure Gauges, 506-Series Compact, electronic differential gas/air pressure gauges with high accuracy. With compact casing, LCD readout and 0.03hPa (<1hPa) or 1.5% of scale (>1hPa). Available in a choice of two unit ranges. Testo 506 - 10hPa Testo 506 - 10/200hPa Ranges: 0 to 10hPa/mbar Ranges: 0 to 10/200hPa/mbar N Quiet running, high efficiency cooling fan

N Choice of units selectable: hPa/mbar, mm H2O, mm Hg, in H2O Supplied with 4 to 6mm i.d. tubing connection ferrules, magnetic clip allowing attachment to a metal surface, and 2 x 3V button cell batteries. PW210-15 Testo 506-10hPa 0.00 ea XX PW210-25 Testo 506-10/200hPa 0.00 ea XX BL590-25 Spare battery, 3V (2 required) 0.00 ea XX Electronic Pressure Meters, 511-Series N Suitable for gas or air N Choice of ranges: Differential meter: 0 to 10/200hPa/mbar Absolute meter: 0 to 1100hPa/mbar N Choice of units selectable: hPa/mbar, mm H2O, mm Hg, in H2O, psi Testo 511-Differential As described. Ranges: 0 to 10/200hPa/mbar. Accuracy 0.03hPa (<1hPa), 1.5% of scale (1 to 10hPa), 1hPa + 1% of scale (>10hPa). With 13mm high LCD, membrane keypad with one touch zero. Supplied with 9V PP3 battery and 4 to 6mm i.d. tubing connection ferrules. Overall 190 x 57 x 42mm L x W x D. PW215-10 Testo 511-Differential 0.00 ea XX Testo 511-Absolute Generally as PW215-10, but for measuring barometric pressure and to determine air density. Range 0 to 1100hPa/mbar. Accuracy 4hPa. PW215-20 Testo 511-Absolute 0.00 ea XX BL610-25 Spare battery, 9V (1 required) 0.00 ea XX

Overhead Projector With base which houses two 24V 250W tungsten halogen lamps, lamp changer and cooling fan. With 294mm, single element lens and friction drive focussing. Provides a picture approximately 0.9 metres wide at 1.1 metre distance and 4.5 meters wide at 4.3 metre distance. Platform image size 297mm x 210mm. Overall 365 x 370 x 690mm W x D x H. Weight 14kg. For 230-250V 50Hz single phase supplies. PW240-30 Overhead projector 0.00 ea XX PW245-12 Spare 24V 250W lamp 0.00 ea XX Accessories for PW240-30 All dimensions given are nominal. Acetate sheets Interleaved with tissue paper. Supplied in pack of 100. PW246-26 297 x 210mm Acetate roll scrolling attachment Supplied without roll. Accepts roll PW246-44. PW246-40 Scrolling attachments Acetate roll 297mm wide x 15 metres long. Supplied singly. PW246-44 Acetate roll

0.00 pk

XX

0.00 ea

XX

0.00 ea

XX

Screen, matt white For slide and overhead projectors. Tripod mounting. With extension bracket to provide forward tilt which reduces the keystone effect and provides a square picture. Dimensions given are the approximate screen size. PW260-25 1500 x 1500mm 0.00 ea XX

Pulleys
Pulleys With plastic wheels, 50mm diameter in metal frame which has a suspension hook either end. Overall length 70mm. PW600-10 Single 0.00 ea 0.00 ea (10+) XX PW600-15 Double 0.00 ea 0.00 ea (10+) XX

PW210 in use

PW600

PW215 in use

PW240

PW260

447

pumps, carboy/drum
Otal Pumps/Siphons Polypropylene with PVC stopper. With squeeze bulb and release button to interrupt the flow. The down tube is extendible and this enables the pump to be used with various sizes of bottles. Liquid is forced into the collecting vessel by squeezing the bulb and the flow can be instantly interrupted by pressing the release button. Excess liquid can be sucked back by pumping and operating the release button. For use as a siphon additional tubing must be attached to the outlet tube and after pumping the liquid will flow continuously. Mounted on a 3-part stopper to fit openings as indicared. Not suitable for pumping highly flammable liquids. Flow rate litres/minute PX125-13 PX125-20 PX125-23 14 20 26 Stopper size min./max. o.d. mm 30/70 30/70 30/70 Outlet diameter mm 12 15 18 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX

Carboy Pumps and Siphons

Siphons, polyethylene With siphon tube connected to a squeeze bottle fitted with a stopcock. Any container, including an autoclave, may be emptied by inserting the end of the tube in the liquid and, with the stopcock in the closed position, squeezing the bottle. Liquid will flow into the bottle and once the flow is established, the stopcock is opened and the liquid will flow until the stopcock is closed. Ref. PX100-10 PX100-15 SWY120 SWY122 Tube bore mm 6 12 Flow rate litres/minute 3.5 9 ea 0.00 0.00
XX XX

Hand Pump, Azlon Polypropylene with PVC outlet tube. Hand operated and will transfer 5 litres of liquid in approximately 15 seconds. Will fit into a 50mm diameter aperture to an immersion depth of 640mm. Overall length 800mm, extended length 1320mm. Not suitable for pumping highly flammable liquids. PX110-12 Hand pump PWJ002 0.00 ea XX Hand Pumps, Brkle Polypropylene. Robust pumps which are suitable for emptying a wide range of liquid containers. All parts in contact with the liquid are either polypropylene, Viton or PTFE so providing excellent chemical resistance against a wide range of liquids in common use. Supplied with a discharge pipe which can be screwed in firmly and turned upwards to prevent dripping. An accessory flexible discharge hose is available. These pumps are not suitable for handling highly flammable liquids. Immersion tube length x diameter mm PX115-10 PX115-14 500 x 32 650 x 32 ea Immersion tube length x diameter mm PX115-18 PX115-22 800 x 32 1000 x 32 ea

0.00 0.00

0.00 0.00

XX XX

Accessory PX115-60 Flexible discharge hose, PVC. For filling containers some distance away or at a higher level than the discharge vessel. With screw connection and shut-off valve

0.00 ea

XX

PX115-10 and PX115-60 in use

PX100

PX110

PX127

448

pumps, carboy/drum
Manual Drum Pumps
Robust, polypropylene-bodied, manually operated piston drum pumps offering a choice of three seal options enabling use with a wide variety of fluids. In use the pump is positioned in the neck of the container using a tapered bung, a screwthreaded handwheel is tightened to form an airtight, evaporationproof seal. Hand pumping pressurises the container forcing liquid up through the polypropylene sectional feeder pipe. The pump body has a built-in safety pressure relief valve. A dual action stainless steel sprung tap lever can be operated to dispense a measured volume or deliver continuous flow up to 20 litres/minute, and a snap-on flow restrictor enables small volumes to be dispensed. N Colour codes* Blue With Nitrile valve and piston seals. Suitable for food, and oil-based fluids Red With EPDM valve and piston seals. Suitable for non-food, aqueous solutions Green With Viton valve and piston seals. Suitable for non-food, specialist applications *Specific chemical compatibility data details on request. Manual Drum Pumps As described. Supplied with four section feeder pipe, 1 metre long, three tapered bungs to fit sealed containers with internally or externally threaded neck openings of 49.5mm to 60.0mm diameter and outlet flow restrictor. PX130-20 Manual drum pump, code blue 0.00 ea XX PX130-30 Manual drum pump, code red 0.00 ea XX PX130-40 Manual drum pump, code green 0.00 ea XX Accessory Extension Delivery Hose Kits For liquid transfer, remote dispensing and siphoning. Flexible hose, 2 metres long, dual action tap lever, grip handle and nozzle guard all in materials suitable for handling fluids compatible with the corresponding pump. PX132-20 Extension hose, code blue, for PX130-20 only 0.00 ea XX PX132-30 Extension hose, code red, for PX130-30 only 0.00 ea XX PX132-40 Extension hose, code green, for PX130-40 only 0.00 ea XX Static Electricity Hazards Attention is drawn to the need to use correct procedures to prevent any potential ignition hazards due to the accumulation of static electricity charges during pumping. Correct procedures are described in BS5958 Control of Undesirable Static Electricity: Part 1 General Considerations and Part 2 Recommendations for Particular Industrial Situations. In general there is a need to earth-clamp all metal parts of the pumping system, e.g. drum, pump tube and receiving vessel, using an earth conductor having a resistance to earth of not more than 10 Ohm. The use of plastic drums or vessels may increase the potential risks and their use in hazardous areas or with hazardous liquids should be carefully considered in the light of the recommendations of BS5958.

Mechanical Drum Pumps, AkkuPump

Simple to use, precise, liquid transfer pumps for laboratory and general industrial use in handling a wide range of liquids. N Steplessly adjustable pumping speed from 1 to 18 litres/minute N Suitable for most liquids* up to 500mPas viscosity N Constructed in polypropylene and stainless steel (Hastelloy C) N Built-in rechargeable battery can be interchanged with accessory for continuous use N Motor and pump mechanism can be separated for cleaning N Lightweight motor drive does not overbalance drums when in use N Choice of pump tube sets: Rigid polypropylene feeder tubing, 650mm or 1000mm long Rigid polypropylene discharge tube, 19mm dia. x 200mm long with angled nozzle, or flexible PVC delivery tubing, 19mm dia. x 1200mm long with stopcock *Specific chemical compatibility data details on request. Mechanical Drum Pumps, AkkuPump As described. Supplied with pump tube sets as indicated, rechargeable battery and 12V d.c. charger requiring a 220V 50/60Hz single phase supply. Feeder tubing dia. x length, mm PX140-15 PX140-25 PX140-35 PX140-45 25 x 650 25 x 1000 25 x 650 25 x 1000 Output tube set, length Rigid PP, 200mm Rigid PP, 200mm Flexible PVC, 1200mm Flexible PVC, 1200mm ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX

Accessories and spares for PX140 series PX143-08 Spare rechargeable battery PX143-20 PVC barrel plug for 40 to 70mm i.d. openings PX143-22 PP barrel screw closure, R2 internal thread PX143-24 PP barrel screw closure, Mauser 2 internal thread PX143-26 PP barrel screw closure, Tri-sure internal thread

0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

XX XX XX XX XX

PX130 in use

PX140 in use with accessories

449

P
Material

pumps, filter

Water Jet Filter Pumps

Single pumps providing a rough vacuum suitable for many filtration, distillation and aeration applications. With integral non-return valve to prevent suck-back and flooding. Catalogue No. PX172-10 Borosilicate glass 65 10mm bore PX174-10 Corrosion resistant plastic 18 10mm bore PX176-10 PX176-15 Polypropylene 25 10 to 12mm bore PX180-10 Polypropylene 16 10 to 12mm bore Sleeve nut R 3/4" Reduction adapter R 1/2" 6 to 9mm bore can be unscrewed 3 to 6 200

Approx. vacuum Water inlet connection: 1) Flexible tubing 2) Other supplied Vacuum connection: flexible tubing Recommended water pressure Approx. water consumption

mbar

7mm bore

7mm bore

7 to 12mm bore

bar l/h

1 700

1.4 600

0.4 to 2.8 800

Water Jet Filter Pumps As described. Without connecting tubing. Ref. PX172-10 PX174-10 PX176-10 PX176-15 PX180-10 MBL FRF442 Edwards No. 10 Azlon PWD002 Azlon PWD004 with integral dial gauge Brand ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (qty+) 0.00 (10+)
XX XX XX XX XX

Non Return Valves, Azlon Polypropylene with neoprene disc. For insertion in vacuum lines and fluid handling systems. Useful for preventing back pressure in filter flasks. With tapered ridged side-arm to take a range of flexible tubing sizes. Can be dismantled for cleaning. An arrow printed on the body indicates direction of flow. Ref. PX185-10 PX185-15 PX185-20 NWH902 NWH904 NWH906 Arms o.d. mm 4 to 7 7 to 12 11 to 15 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (5+) 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX

PX176-10, PX176-15

PX172

PX174

PX185

PX180

450

pumps, air/gas/vacuum
Portable Vacuum Pump/Compressor Dry Piston Pumps

Simple, compact, portable, oil-free, piston pump housed in a lightweight plastic casing with handle for general duty applications requiring only a rough vacuum and moderate pressure. Ideal water jet or aspirator replacement. Not suitable for use with organic, basic or acidic vapours and gases. Catalogue No. Model No. Vacuum mbar Pressure bar Free air litres/minute displacement Hose connections, i.d. mm Overall H x W x D mm Weight kg PX240-20 2511C 292 2.3 9.2 7 191 x 114 x 194 2.3

Oil-free, vacuum/pressure piston pumps ideal for air sampling, pressure or vacuum filtration, water aeration or for use with vacuum ovens or flame photometers. Not suitable for use with organic, basic or acidic vapours and gases. N Built for continuous-duty operation N All parts in contact with air are aluminium or stainless steel and corrosion-protected from moisture

N All pumps supplied with thermally protected motor, carrying handle and suction cup feet for stability Catalogue No. Model No. Stages Free air displacement litres/minute Ultimate vacuum mbar Pressure bar Hose connections, i.d. mm Overall H mm W mm D mm Weight kg Catalogue No. Model No. Stages Free air displacement litres/minute Ultimate vacuum mbar Pressure bar Hose connections, i.d. mm Overall H mm W mm D mm Weight kg PX245-15 2522C-02 1 18 133 1 7 254 224 206 5.3 PX245-67 2565C-50 1 73 80 0.5 10 254 154 381 4.3 PX245-20 2534C-02 1 28 95 0.5 7 254 224 206 5.3 PX245-78 2581C-50 2 83 12 0.6 10 305 191 432 10.9 PX245-52 2562C-50 2 38 10 0.5 10 267 165 439 9.7 PX245-83 2585C-50 2 168 80 0.5 10 305 191 432 10.9

As described. Supplied with 1.8 metre power supply cable. For 230V 50Hz single phase supplies. PX240-20 Model 2511C 0.00 ea XX

As described. Supplied with mains lead. For 230V 50Hz single phase supplies. PX245-15 Model 2522C-02, complete with vacuum and pressure gauges, regulators, silencer and water trap PX245-20 Model 2534C-02, complete with vacuum and pressure gauges, regulators, silencer and water trap PX245-52 Model 2562C-50, complete with vacuum gauge, inlet trap and regulator PX245-67 Model 2565C-50, complete with vacuum gauge, inlet trap and regulator PX245-78 Model 2581C-50, complete with vacuum gauge, inlet trap and regulator PX245-83 Model 2585C-50, complete with vacuum gauge, inlet trap and regulator PX240-20

0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

XX XX XX XX XX XX

PX245-15/PX245-20

PX245-52, PX245-67, PX245-78 and PX245-83 are similar

451

pumps, air/gas/vacuum
Self-Cleaning Vacuum Pumps

Diaphragm Pumps

Portable, oil-free, quiet running, diaphragm vacuum pump/compressors with gas ballasting, corrosion resistant PTFE pump head and diaphragm and Kalrez valves. Suitable for handling aggressive vapours and gases in applications including distillation, filtration, drying, degassing, concentration, solvent stripping and desiccator evacuation. Catalogue No. Model No. Stages Free air displacement litres/minute Ultimate vacuum mbar Pressure bar Hose connections, i.d. mm Overall H mm W mm D mm Weight kg PX250-10 2010C-02 1 10.6 133 0.5 7 188 140 152 2.4 PX250-30 2022C-02 2 18 10 0.5 7 175 254 254 6.4 PX250-45 2031C-02 2 27 2 0.5 7 175 254 254 9

Portable, integrated, self-cleaning dry vacuum systems for solvents and volatiles with boiling points less than 100C. Applications include distillation and evaporation, gel drying, vacuum concentration and sample drying. N Oil-free vacuum to 12mbar and free air displacement of 34 litres/minute N Two-stage diaphragm pump with PTFE pump heads and Kalrez valves N Glass inlet separator helps protect the pump from ingesting liquids or particulates N Choice of digital or analogue gauge models N Gas ballast switch minimises vapour condensation when pumping heavy vapour loads N Adjustable vacuum regulator allows easy setting of pressure to avoid sample bumping or foaming N Self-cleaning purge automatically operates for 2 minutes after turning off pump. This dries the diaphragm and expels liquid or particulates in the pump head into an exhaust separator, increasing the operational life of the diaphragm by as much as 100% As described. Supplied in a case with clearly indicated controls and carrying handle, analogue or digital vacuum gauge as indicated, inlet and exhaust separators, adjustable vacuum regulator, gas ballast switch, inlet/outlet nozzles for 7mm i.d. tubing and mains lead. Overall 292 x 203 x 298mm H x W x D. Weight 12.7kg. For 220V 50Hz single phase supplies. PX260-20 Model 2023-03, analogue gauge 0.00 ea XX PX260-40 Model 2027-03, digital gauge 0.00 ea XX

As described. Supplied with mains lead. For 220V 50Hz single phase supplies. PX250-10 Model 2010C-02 0.00 ea XX PX250-30 Model 2022C-02 0.00 ea XX PX250-45 Model 2031C-02 0.00 ea XX

PX250-10

PX260-40

PX250-45, PX250-30 is similar

452

pumps, air/gas/vacuum
Diaphragm Vacuum Pump/Compressors
Oil-free diaphragm pump/compressors that provide a quiet and compact vacuum or pressure source for air, gas and vapour applications. They are ideal for the majority of laboratory duties requiring low vacuum, especially assisted filtration. They are an ideal replacement for water jet pumps. All pumps conform to IEC 1010 safety requirements for electrical equipment for laboratory use. General purpose pumps Housed in robust, splashproof polycarbonate cases. Each unit has a built-in inlet filter and silencer for quiet operation and is supplied with a long IEC mains lead. They are simple to use and are ideal for light general purpose duties, aeration and assisted filtration requirements. Model PX305-10 is particularly suitable for school and college laboratories. Cat. No. PX305 PX345 Vac mbar 500 280 Pressure Flow Bar l/min 0.8 1.8 5 14 Inlet/ Outlet 4mm 8mm Continuous use pumps Housed in robust splashproof metal cases (except PX330 and PX365) complete with carrying handle. Each unit has a built-in inlet filter, silencer and is supplied with a long IEC mains lead. They can be run continuously making them ideal for circulating systems and long term experiments. Cat. No. PX330* PX332 PX365* PX367 PX368 Vac mbar 550 280 80 80 80 Pressure Flow Bar l/min 2.0 2.0 2.5 2.5 2.5 7.5 8.0 18 18 35 Inlet/ Outlet 8mm 8mm 8mm 8mm 8mm

Chemically resistant vacuum pumps, Innovac Oil-free, corrosion resistant, alloy-cased vacuum pumps incorporating flush-folding carrying handle. With dual PTFE pumpheads, PTFE diaphragm, Kalrez valves and PVDF outlet connectors. Ideal for continuous pumping of corrosive gases and vapours. Cat. No. PX380 PX383 Vac mbar 8 8 Pressure Flow Bar l/min 1.0 1.0 20 38 Inlet/ Outlet 8mm 8mm

*These pumps are uncased for building into equipment. Continuous Use Pumps As specified. In metal splashproof case where indicated. For 230V 50Hz single phase supplies. Dimensions given are overall H x W x L. PX330-10 Uncased, 0.00 ea XX 140 x 88 x 158mm PX332-20 Cased, 0.00 ea XX 212 x 136 x 265mm PX365-10 Uncased, 0.00 ea XX 178 x 132 x 202mm PX367-10 Cased, 0.00 ea XX 216 x 210 x 283mm PX368-10 Cased, 0.00 ea XX 235 x 230 x 230mm

Chemically Resistant Pumps, Innovac As specified. With carrying handle and mains lead. For 230V 50/60Hz single phase supplies. Dimensions given are overall H x W x L. PX380-10 Innovac 20 0.00 ea XX 214 x 136 x 331mm PX383-10 Innovac 40 0.00 ea XX 214 x 136 x 393mm

General Purpose Pumps As specified. In polycarbonate splashproof case. For 230V 50Hz single phase supplies. Dimensions given are overall H x W x L. PX305-10 Cased, 0.00 ea XX 120 x 205 x 140mm PX345-10 Cased, 0.00 ea XX 120 x 205 x 140mm

Hand Vacuum Pumps

Hand Operated Vacuum Pumps Plastic bodied, portable, hand operated pumps suitable for many simple vacuum applications including aiding filtration and evacuating desiccators. Can attain a vacuum of approximately 170mbar. Nozzle accepts 6mm bore tubing. Available with or without vacuum gauge. Pumping rate PX220-10 PX220-12 PX220-16 PX220-18 16ml/stroke 16ml/stroke 36ml/stroke 36ml/stroke Gauge No Yes No Yes ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX

PX305, PX345 is similar

PX332, PX367, PX368 are similar

PX330

PX383

PX380

PX220 in use

453

pumps, air/gas/vacuum

Diaphragm Pumps

A range of double and single stage oil free diaphragm pumps. N Suitable for pumping corrosive gases and vapours vacuum filtration evacuating desiccators and rotary evaporators Available in two forms: 1) For general applications with pumped material in contact with aluminium and Viton. 2) For chemical applications with pumped material in contact with PTFE, ETFE and similar materials. General Application Models Diaphragm Pumps, Vacuubrand As described. With Viton diaphragm. For 230V 50/60Hz single phase supplies. PX440-10 Model ME2 0.00 ea XX PX440-22 Model ME4R complete with vacuum and 0.00 ea XX pressure gauges PX440-30 Model MZ2 0.00 ea XX Chemical Application Models Diaphragm Pumps, Vacuubrand As described. With gas/vapour path of PTFE and similar materials. Valves are made of Kalrez. For 230V 50/60Hz single phase supplies. PX443-10 Model ME2C 0.00 ea XX PX443-20 Model ME4C 0.00 ea XX PX443-30 Model MZ2C 0.00 ea XX

Catalogue No. Model Stages Flow rate Ultimate vacuum Inlet/outlet nozzles Overall H W D Weight

m3/h mbar mm mm mm mm kg

PX440-10 ME2 1 1.9 <80 10* 188 164 275 8

PX440-22 ME4R 1 3.6 100/4 10 274 269 290 10.8

PX440-30 MZ2 2 1.9 9 10* 171 241 269 6

* The outlet nozzle is fitted with a silencer. Catalogue No. Model Stages Flow rate m3/h Ultimate vacuum mbar Inlet/outlet nozzles mm Overall H mm W mm D mm Weight kg PX443-10 ME2C 1 1.7 <80 10 191 164 258 7.1 PX443-20 ME4C 1 3.6 <80 10 177 241 267 10.5 PX443-30 MZ2C 2 1.7 9 10 177 241 267 10.5

PX440-10

PX443-10

PX440-22

PX443-30, PX440-30 and PX443-20 are similar

454

pumps, air/gas/vacuum
Vacuum Pumping Units, Vario

Compact, high performance pumping units comprising chemistry diaphragm vacuum pump, adaptive sensor and digital controller to maximise solvent recovery and reduce process times. N Automatically seeks optimum vacuum for process parameters Distillation, drying etc.) N Virtually 100% solvent recovery N Bidirectional RS232 interface allows automatic process setting/control via the users PC, if required N Fuzzy logic and PID control offers easy, efficient and safe processing N Incorporate high performance diaphragm pump offering higher pumping speed, lower ultimate vacuum, low vibration and longer diaphragm life N All parts in contact with gases and vapours are made of highly resistant plastics Vacuum Pumping units, Vario As described. With gas/vapour path of PTFE and similar materials, vacuum sensor and controller with gauge head, inlet and outlet catchpots and exhaust separator. For 230V 50/60Hz single phase supplies. PX447-15 Model PC2001 0.00 ea XX PX447-25 Model PC2002 0.00 ea XX PX447-35 Model PC2003 0.00 ea XX PX447-45 Model PC2004 0.00 ea XX PX447-55 Model PC2010 0.00 ea XX

Catalogue No. Model Pump Flow rate Ultimate vacuum Inlet nozzle Overall H W D Weight

m3/h mbar mm mm mm mm kg

PX447-15 PX447-25 PC2001 PC2002 MD1C MZ2C 1.6 2.5 2 9 10 all models 472 530 295 385 316 265 10.1 18.5

PX447-35 PC2003 MV2C 2.5 0.6 530 385 265 24.1

Catalogue No. Model Pump Flow rate Ultimate vacuum Inlet nozzle Overall H W D Weight

m3/h mbar mm mm mm mm kg

PX447-45 PC2004 MD4C 3.8 2 10 all models 530 385 265 24.2

PX447-55 PC2010 MV10C 8.2 0.6 610 370 650 36.8

PX447-15

PX447-55

455

P
KNF

pumps, air/gas/vacuum
Air Generators Jun-Air
Quiet running pumps which deliver instrument quality air and can replace the use of pressurised gas cylinder air. N Air quality No particles >0.01 microns No suspended liquids Non-methane hydrocarbons <0.003ppm Catalogue No. Model Flow, approx. litres/minute at 8 bar at atmospheric pressure Max. pressure bar Air tank litres Outlet mm Dimensions H mm W mm D mm Weight kg PX485-14 PX485-16 3-4 6-25 11 17 8 4 6.35 334 300 382 14 34 50 8 25 6.35 550 380 380 29

Diaphragm Vacuum Pumps/Compressors

A range of portable oil-free pumps which are quiet running and require the minimum of maintenance. Models available for pumping non-corrosive and corrosive air, gases and vapours. Maximum permissible gas and air temperature is 40C. Catalogue No. Max. flow* litres/min Ult. vacuum mbar Max. pressure bar Hose connection o.d. mm Motor protection Overall H mm W mm D mm Weight, approx. * At atmospheric pressure. For non-corrosive pumping N Aluminium pump head and Neoprene gasket N All models supplied with on/off switch and hose connections Diaphragm Pump, 15 litres/minute As specified. For 240V 50Hz single phase supplies, 80W. PX470-10 Pump, N022AN18 0.00 ea XX Diaphragm Pump, 28 litres/minute As specified. For 240V 50Hz single phase supplies, 150W. PX470-30 Pump, N035AN18 0.00 ea XX Accessories PX470-70 Filter/silencer for PX470-10. Vacuum or pressure outlet PX470-73 Filter/silencer for PX470-30. Vacuum or pressure outlet 0.00 ea 0.00 ea For corrosive pumping N PTFE pump head and valve bodies N PTFE coated diaphragm N All other parts in contact with gas are corrosion resistant PTFE/PVDF and similar materials N All models supplied with on/off switch and hose connections Diaphragm Pump, 10 litres/minute As specified. Vacuum only. For 230V 50Hz single phase supplies. 90W. PX474-18 Pump, N810.3FT18 0.00 ea XX Diaphragm Pump, 20 litres/minute As specified. Vacuum only. For 230V 50Hz single phase supplies. 120W. PX474-33 Pump, N820.3FT18 0.00 ea XX Diaphragm Pump, 34 litres/minute As specified. Vacuum only. For 230V 50Hz single phase supplies. 200W. PX474-75 Pump, N840.3FT18 0.00 ea XX Flow indicators see FR200. Pump tubing see Tubing section. Personal protection see Safety section. kg PX470-10 15 100 4 6 IP20 194 203 103 4 PX470-30 28 100 4 9 IP44 222 294 250 8.3 PX474-18 10 <8 10 IP44 187 281 140 6.9 PX474-33 20 <8 10 IP44 207 312 154 9.3 PX474-75 34 <8 10 IP44 226 341 166 12.6

Air Generators As specified. Quiet running producing high quality air. Supplied with integral filtration system. For 230V 50/60Hz single phase supplies. PX485-14 Model 3-4 0.00 ea XX PX485-16 Model 6-25 0.00 ea XX

XX

XX

PX485-14

PX470-10

PX470-30

PX474-18 to -75

PX485-16

456

pumps, peristaltic
Peristaltic Pumps
Model 323 series

Model 520 series N Choice of models: 520S/R Manual control of speed adjustment and stop/start, with forward, Max., reverse modes, key for rapid priming and purging, keypad lock to prevent unauthorised changes, auto-restart in the event of mains failure, MemoDose single shot dosing and selectable display of either flow rate or pump speed. 520U/R Same features as 520S/R but additionally can be controlled remotely by contact closure, 5V TTL or 24V industrial logic units, with analogue input control of speed (0 to 10V or 4 to 20mA) and pump status analogue output (0 to 10V or 0 to 1258Hz). N Flow range 0.004 to 2400ml/minute N High visibility, dot matrix LCD N Controllable over 2200:1 range N Speed range 0.1 to 220rpm N Brushless d.c. motor and high performance gearbox Performance Tube bore, mm 0.5 0.8 1.6 3.2 4.8 6.4 8.0 Flow rate, ml/minute Marprene II Silicone 0.004 to 0.01 to 0.04 to 0.17 to 0.38 to 0.67 to 1.10 to 9.0 23.0 92.0 370 830 1500 2300 0.004 to 0.01 to 0.04 to 0.18 to 0.40 to 0.70 to 1.10 to 9.5 24.0 97.0 390 870 1500 2400

N Choice of models: 323E/D Digital speed control adjustable, 15 to 400rpm in 5 rpm increments 323S/D High performance digital speed control, 3 to 400rpm in 1 rpm increments N Manually operated N Instantly reversible N Fitted with 313D, three-roller compact pumphead, offering easy and rapid tube loading and low rates up to 2000ml/min. N Accept 7 tube sizes N Brushless d.c. motors give zero maintenance and precision control N Chemically resistant housing Catalogue No. PX705-60 Speed range rpm 15 to 400 Tube bore, mm 0.5 0.8 1.6 3.2 4.8 6.4 8.0 0.5 0.8 1.6 3.2 4.8 6.4 8.0 Flow rate ml/minute 0.45 1.1 4.1 15 33 54 75 0.09 0.21 0.8 3.0 6.6 11 15 to to to to to to to to to to to to to to 12 28 110 400 800 1400 000 12 28 110 400 880 1400 2000

PX705-80

3 to 400

Peristaltic Pumps, 520 series As described. Overall 385 x 276 x 158mm L x W x H. Weight 9.6kg. For 100, 230V 50/60Hz single phase supplies. PX700-60 520S/R 0.00 ea XX PX700-65 520U/R 0.00 ea XX

Peristaltic Pumps, 323 series As described. Overall 225 x 230 x 132mm L x W x H. Weight 4.7kg. For 100, 230V 50/60Hz single phase supplies. PX705-60 323E/D, 15 to 400rpm 0.00 ea XX PX705-80 323S/D, 3 to 400rpm 0.00 ea XX

Peristaltic Pump Tubing

For PX700 and PX705 series pumps Marprene II has the longest tube life, widest chemical compatibility, USP Class VI approval and meets FDA criteria for direct contact with food (21 CFR 177.2600). It is also autoclavable. We recommend the use of Marprene II wherever it is suitable, except in dispensing applications where the use of silicone tubing is required to provide the highest available precision. All tubing is 1.6mm wall thickness and supplied in packs of 15 metres. Marprene II tubing Bore PX700 PX820-12 PX820-16 PX820-22 PX820-26 PX820-32 PX820-36 PX820-42 0.5mm 0.8mm 1.6mm 3.2mm 4.8mm 6.4mm 8.0mm pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Silicone tubing Bore PX825-12 PX825-16 PX825-22 PX825-26 PX825-32 PX825-36 PX825-42 0.5mm 0.8mm 1.6mm 3.2mm 4.8mm 6.4mm 8.0mm pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Perimatic dispenser see DK310.

PX705 in use

457

pumps, peristaltic, syringe

Syringe Pumps Razel
For precise infusing of liquids, utilising standard glass or plastic syringes from 5ml to 50ml, and microlitre to 5ml syringes using the accessory adapter. 99 delivery speeds are selectable and can be adjusted during operation if required. A built in manual flow-rate calculator indicates the speed setting necessary to achieve specific flow rates when using 5, 10, 20, 30 or 50ml syringes. A separate flow rate chart is also provided for other sizes and indicates variation factors for different makes of syringe. An acoustic alarm activates when the syringe is empty, and halts infusion. Lifetime lubricated bronze bearings and critical parts constructed in stainless steel ensure dependable long-term service. Model Flow rates, (using 50ml syringe) Accuracy Repeatability Power Dimensions W x D x H Weight A99 A99J A99M 143 427 143 1.45 1.45 0.143 2 2 2 0.5 0.5 0.5 230V 50Hz single phase supply all models 250 x 150 x 150 all models 3.4 all models

Peristaltic Pumps

Comprise drive motor units with pumphead accommodating an easily exchanged, disposable tubing cartridge. Only the cartridge requires changing when the tubing is worn out, saving cost and time in preparing replacement lengths of tubing in the traditional manner. N Flow range 1 to 300ml/minute N Bi-directional speed control (reversible motor) from 20 to 200rpm, with Max button N Choice of precision tubing cartridges fitted with silicone, Santoprene, PVC or Viton tubing N Model 3200 additionally has a high-visibility, LED display of speed Peristaltic Pumps, Welch As described. Supplied with 2 each 1.6mm, 3.2mm and 4.8mm bore silicone tubing cartridges, 7 metres of 4.8mm bore PVC tubing and tubing clamps for connection. Overall 178 x 190 x 140mm L x W x H. Weight 2.7kg. For 90-230V 50/60Hz a.c. supplies. PX870-25 Model 3100 0.00 ea XX PX870-45 Model 3200 0.00 ea XX Tubing cartridges for PX870 pump drives Interchangeable, with tubing materials and bore as indicated and fitted with ferrules to fit 4.8mm bore tubing. Supplied in packs of 5. Material 1.6mm bore PX874-05 PX874-09 PX874-13 PX874-18 3.2mm bore PX874-20 PX874-24 PX874-28 PX874-32 4.8mm bore PX874-43 PX874-47 PX874-51 PX874-55 Silicone Santoprene PVC Viton Silicone Santoprene PVC Viton Silicone Santoprene PVC Viton Flow rate ml/min. 1 to 30 1 to 40 1 to 30 1 to 30 10 to 135 10 to 140 15 to 120 10 to 140 30 to 290 30 to 290 30 to 250 30 to 270 pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 125.00
XX XX XX XX

max. ml/h min. ml/h % %

mm kg

Syringe Pumps, Razel As described. Supplied with acoustic alarm. For 230V 50Hz single phase supplies. Without syringes. PX890-10 Model A99 0.00 ea XX PX890-30 Model A99J 0.00 ea XX PX890-60 Model A99M 0.00 ea XX Micro syringe adapter Enables PX890-series syringe pumps to be used with microlitre volume to 5ml capacity syringes. PX890-85 Micro syringe adapter 0.00 ea XX Syringe pipettors see SY700 to SY720. Syringes see SY210 to SY638.

XX XX XX XX

XX XX XX MP

PX870-45, PX870-25 is similar

PX890-series

458

pumps, vacuum
Scroll Pumps

Innovative, portable, dry pumps designed to provide vacuum totally free of lubricants. N Ultimate vacuum 0.07mbar N No oils or greases of any kind required, ideal for clean processes N Meshing scroll mechanism N 3-position gas ballast selector N Patented bearing shield isolates bearings from exposure to the vacuum environment N Low noise and vibration levels N Very low maintenance Catalogue No. PY250-10 PY250-30 Model No. XDS5 XDS10 Ultimate vacuum mbar 0.07 0.07 (total pressure) 5.7 11.3 Displacement at 50Hz, m3/h at 60Hz, m3/h 6.7 13.4 Maximum water vapour pumping rate kg/h Gas ballast flow setting low 0.07 0.07 high >0.2 >0.2 Inlet/outlet connection NW25 NW25 Noise level (at 1 metre) db(A) 55 55 Vibration mm/sec.(rms) <1.5 <1.5 Overall, H x W x D mm 288 x 249 x 427 both models Weight kg 23 24.5

Scroll Pumps, XDS series As described. With direct drive motor. For 110-120V and 220-240V 50/60Hz single phase supplies. Supplied without mains lead. PY250-10 XDS5 0.00 ea XX PY250-30 XDS10 0.00 ea XX Accessories and Spares PY252-06 Tip seal replacement kit PY334-12 Mains lead without plug 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

XX XX

Clamping Ring Stainless steel. For connecting gauges, adapters and pipe flanges. Requires PY787-06 centring ring seal. PY785-06 NW25 0.00 ea XX Centring Ring Seal Polymer, with nitrile O-ring. For use with PY785-06 clamping ring. PY787-06 NW25 0.00 ea Adapters Aluminium. NW25 connection. PY789-10 Radiused elbow, 90 PY789-15 T-Piece, 3-way PY789-20 Cross, 4-way, 90 between limbs PY789-40 Nozzle, for 12mm i.d. tubing Adapters and clamping rings/seals see PY785/PY789.

XX

0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

XX XX XX XX

PY250

459

pumps, vacuum

Vacuum Pumps

Vacuum Pump, Speedivac 2 Single stage, direct drive, rotary vacuum pump. Ultimate vacuums attainable: 0.13mbar without gas ballast, 6mbar with gas ballast. Displacement 2.7m3/hour. Vacuum outlet connection 12mm diameter. Supplied with non-return valve nozzles and Ultragrade 19 oil charge. Overall H x W x L 212 x 376 x 147mm. Weight 12.5kg. For 220-240V 50Hz single phase supplies. PY300-10 Speedivac 2 0.00 ea XX Vacuum Pump, E2M1.5 Two stage, direct drive, rotary vacuum pump. Ultimate vacuums attainable: 5 x 10-4mbar without gas ballast, 2.5 x 10-2mbar with gas ballast. Displacement 1.8m3/hour. Vacuum outlet connection 11mm diameter. Supplied with nozzles, spare seals and Ultragrade 15 oil charge. Overall H x W x L 219 x 321 x 110mm. Weight 10kg. For 220-240V 50Hz single phase supplies. PY310-10 E2M1.5 0.00 ea XX Spares and accessories for Speedivac 2 and E2M1.5 see opposite page.

Vacuum Pumps, RV Series A series of two-stage, direct drive rotary vane pumps which are dual mode. Adjustment of a single control allows the pumps to be set for: High vacuum mode with ultimate vacuum up to 1x104mbar High throughput mode to handle inlet pressures up to 50mbar Other features include: N Two levels of gas ballast N Improved water vapour handling capability N Suck back protection Catalogue No. Model High vacuum mode Ultimate vacuum High throughput mode Ultimate vacuum Displacement, 50Hz 60Hz Max. water vapour inlet pressure Max. water vapour pumping rate Inlet/Outlet connection Oil capacity Recommended oil Overall H x W x D Weight PY330-10 RV3 mbar mbar m3/h m3/h mbar kg/h litres mm kg 2x103 3x102 3.7 4.5 80 N Quiet running N Sight-glass to check oil level N Dual voltage and frequency PY330-20 RV5 2x103 3x102 5.8 7.0 50 PY330-30 RV8 2x103 3x102 9.7 11.7 38 PY330-40 RV12 2x103 3x102 14.2 17.0 32 0.29 NW25 1.0 261 x 158 x 489 29

0.22 0.22 0.22 NW25 NW25 NW25 0.7 0.7 0.75 Edwards Ultragrade 19 all models 225 x 158 x 429 225 x 158 x 429 261 x 158 x 471 22 22 27

Note: 1mbar = 0.75 torr = 0.75 Hg. Vacuum Pumps, RV series As described. With direct drive motor. For 110-120V and 220-240V 50/60Hz single phase supplies. Supplied with Ultragrade 19 oil charge but without mains lead. PY330-10 RV3 0.00 ea XX PY330-20 RV5 0.00 ea XX PY330-30 RV8 0.00 ea XX PY330-40 RV12 0.00 ea XX Accessories PY334-12 Mains lead without plug 0.00 ea Ultragrade 19 oil see opposite page.

XX

PY300

PY310

PY330 series

460

pumps, vacuum
Vacuum Pump Accessories and Spares

Oil Mist Filters For fitting directly to the pump outlet. Flange connection sizes as indicated. PY400-20 EMF3 for Speedivac 2 0.00 ea XX and E2M1.5 pumps. NW10 flange PY400-30 EMF10 for RV3 and 0.00 ea XX RV5 pumps. NW25 flange PY400-40 EMF20 for RV8 and 0.00 ea XX RV12 pumps. NW25 flange Pump Oils Supplied in packs of 4 litres. Grade/Type PY417-60 PY417-63 PY417-67 PY417-72 TW. A distilled hydrocarbon without additives Ultragrade 15. A straight mineral oil for cold start applications Ultragrade 19. A low viscosity mineral oil Ultragrade 20. A medium viscosity mineral oil pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX

Vacustat Mcleod Gauges Free standing. Head rotates through 90. With SC5 vacuum connection plus a nozzle adapter for 7mm bore flexible vacuum tubing. Fascia 105 x 180mm; overall height 220mm. Without mercury. Model 1 requires approximately 97g and Model 2 140g. PY750-10 Model 1, 10 to 0.00 ea XX 102mbar PY750-15 Model 2, 1 to 0.00 ea XX 103mbar Vacustat Mcleod Gauge System mounting. Head can be rotated through 90. With 14/23 cone connection and supplied with 14/23 socket adapter and retaining clip. Fascia 87 x 159mm. Without mercury. Requires approximately 140g. PY753-15 Model 2G, 0.00 ea XX 1 to 103 mbar Dial Gauges Capsule type, barometrically compensated. Accuracy 5% fsd. In a metal case with 90mm dia dial. With NW16 flange vacuum connection. For panel or pipeline mounting. PY760-20 0 to 50mbar 0.00 ea XX PY760-25 0 to 125mbar 0.00 ea XX

Clamping Rings Stainless steel. For connecting gauges, adapters and pipe flanges. Require centring ring seals (PY787) of the same size. PY785-04 NW10/16 0.00 ea XX PY785-06 NW25 0.00 ea XX Centring Ring Seals Polymer, with nitrile O-ring. For use with PY785clamping rings of the same size. PY787-04 NW10/16 0.00 ea XX PY787-06 NW25 0.00 ea XX Adapters Aluminium. NW25 connection. PY789-10 Radiused elbow, 90 PY789-15 T-Piece, 3-way PY789-20 Cross, 4-way, 90 between limbs PY789-40 Nozzle, for 12mm i.d. tubing

0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

XX XX XX XX

QA XX

Graduated jugs for charging pumps with oil see MD790.

PY400-30, PY400-20 and -40 are similar

PY750

PY417

PY760

461

pumps, vacuum
Vacuum Pumps, W-Series

Rotary Vacuum Pumps

Rotary Vacuum Pump, 8890 Gem Simple, two-stage rotary vacuum pump for general laboratory use, ideal for rotary evaporation and filtration manifolds. Ultimate vacuum 0.13 mbar. Free air displacement 1.56 m3/hour. Vacuum inlet connection for 9.5mm i.d. tubing. Supplied with oil charge, vacuum regulator, vacuum gauge, exhaust oil mist filter and mains lead. Overall 213 x 130 x 368mm H x W x D. Weight 11.8kg. For 230V 50Hz single phase supplies. PY810-20 Model 8890 Gem 0.00 ea XX Rotary Vacuum Pump, 8905 Directorr Medium duty, two-stage rotary vacuum pump. Ultimate vacuum 2.6 x 10-3 mbar. Free air displacement 2.58 m3/hour. Vacuum inlet connection NW16. Supplied with oil charge and mains lead. Overall 213 x 130 x 359mm H x W x D. Weight 11.8kg. For 230V 50Hz single phase supplies. PY810-40 Model 8905 Directorr 0.00 ea XX Pump oil see PY417 series.

N High performance, two-stage, rotary vane vacuum pumps with advanced design for convenience and reliability N Three stage gas ballast adjustment to maximise vacuum or throughput as required N Thermal sentry light gives visual indication of adverse operating conditions causing motor overheat N Easy oil change with drain tap and 9mm o.d. nozzle outlet N Sight-glass to check oil level Catalogue No. Model Ultimate vacuum, gas ballast closed mbar fully open mbar Free air displacement at 50Hz, m3/h at 60Hz, m3/h Water vapour tolerance* mbar Inlet connection Outlet connection Oil capacity litres Overall H x W x D mm Weight kg

N Dual voltage and frequency PY812-05 8907 1.3 x 10-4 80 PY812-15 8912 1.3 x 10-4 60 PY812-25 8917 1.3 x 10-4 40 8.63 10.82 12 NW25 1.38 24

3.68 5.37 4.60 6.74 19 12 NW25 NW25 25mm i.d. screwthread all models 1.15 1.08 243 x 165 x 471 all models 21 21

*With gas ballast fully open (setting III). Pumps are also supplied with a hose adapter, NW25: 20mm i.d. tubing.

Vacuum Pumps, W-series, Welch-Vacuum As described. With direct drive motor. Supplied with oil charge and IEC socket for accessory mains lead. For 100-120V and 200-230V 50/60Hz single phase supplies (pumps supplied in 200-230V 50/60Hz configuration). PY812-05 Model 8907 0.00 ea XX PY812-15 Model 8912 0.00 ea XX PY812-25 Model 8917 0.00 ea XX Accessories PY812-75 Mains lead with UK plug PY814-40 Exhaust connector, 25mm screwthread: NW16, for PY812-05 only PY814-50 Exhaust connector, 25mm screwthread: NW25, for PY812-15 and PY812-25 Adapters and clamps for NW- flanges see PY785/PY789. Pump oil see PY417 series. 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

XX XX XX

PY810-20, PY810-40 is similar

PY812

462

pumps, vacuum
Vacuum Pumps

P
0.00 ea 0.00 ea
XX XX

A range of high performance quiet running rotary vane pumps. N Simple maintenance and servicing including oil draining N Integral gas ballast valve N Gas tight with O-ring sealing and double shaft seal Catalogue No. Model Stages Ultimate vacuum, without gas ballast mbar with gas ballast mbar Max. tolerable water vapour intake pressure mbar Displacement m3/h Inlet flange Outlet nozzle mm Oil capacity litres Overall height mm width mm depth mm Weight kg PY850-15 RE2.5 1 PY850-40 RE6 1 PY850-55 RZ2.5 2 PY850-80 RZ6 2

Oil Mist Filter With pressure relief valve and disposable filter element. PY856-40 Oil mist filter for all models PY856-42 Disposable filter element for PY856-40 Condensate Catch-Pots For removing condensate in the suction line. With drain. PY856-60 For RE2.5 and RZ2.5 pumps PY856-64 For RE6 and RZ6 pumps Inlet/Outlet Components PY858-12 Clamping ring DN10/16 PY858-14 Centring ring DN10/16 PY858-26 Nozzle adapter for DN16 flange. Accepts 10mm bore vacuum hose Pump oil see PY417 series.

0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

XX XX

XX XX XX

3 x 10

1 x 10

2 x 10

2 x 10

8 x 101

6 x 101

1 x 102

1 x 102

40 2.2 NW16 10 0.53 190 125 308 10.2

40 5.6 NW16 10 0.95 215 142 370 15.3

40 2.2 NW16 10 0.3 190 125 308 11.4

40 5.6 NW16 10 0.75 215 142 370 16.4

Digital Vacuum Gauges

Vacuum Gauge, Piezo Resistive Ranges 1 to 1080mbar (hPa), 1 to 810 torr. Accuracy 1mbar (0.75 torr) 1 digit. Analogue and digital display, with trend indication and selectable readout in either mbar, hPa or torr. With integrated pressure transducer for long term stability and corrosion resistance, NW16 vacuum connection and screw in, stepped nozzle for 6 to 10mm i.d. vacuum tubing. Overall 115 x 115 x 66mm L x W x H. Weight 0.4kg. Powered by 1 x 9V lithium battery, supplied. PY940-20 Digital Vacuum Gauge, DVR2 0.00 ea XX Vacuum Gauge, Pirani Range 1000 to 103mbar, 760 to 103 torr; accuracy 10% of displayed value within 100 to 102 mbar range. Analogue and digital display with trend indication. Overall 132 x 87 x 197mm H x W x D. Weight 1.3kg. Supplied with 8mm vacuum hose connection and separate gauge head on a 2 metre lead. For 230V 50/60Hz single phase supplies. PY940-50 Vacuum gauge, VAP5 0.00 ea XX

Vacuum Pumps, Vacuubrand As described. With direct drive motor, overload cut-out inlet, centring and clamping rings. For 230V 50/60Hz single phase supplies. PY850-15 Model RE2.5 0.00 ea XX PY850-40 Model RE6 0.00 ea XX PY850-55 Model RZ2.5 0.00 ea XX PY850-80 Model RZ6 0.00 ea XX

PY940-20

PY850

PY940-50

463

Quickfit

Quickfit Jointed and SVL Glassware

Jointed Glassware
The comprehensive range of Quickfit jointed glassware is manufactured from chemical and heat resistant Pyrex borosilicate glass. Quickfit is a registered trademark of Bibby-Sterilin.

SVL Glassware
A greaseless screwthreaded interchangeable jointed system: N Made with Pyrex borosilicate glassware for maximum strength and thermal shock resistance N Allows glass of dissimilar or equal diameters to be joined together to form leak-free, pressure-tight and vacuum-tight assemblies

464

Quickfit
Quickfit No. Page No. Quickfit No. CF5/3 CF5/4 CF5/5 CNB5 CNB7 CNB7UB CNB10 CNB10UB CNB12 CNB14 CNB14UB CNB19 CNB19UB CNB24 CNB24UB CNB29 CNB29UB CNB34 CNB34UB CNB40 CNB40UB CNB45 CNB45UB CNB50 CNB50UB CNB55 CNB55UB CNB60 CND3/95 CND4/100 CND5/150 CR1/535 CR2/11 CR3T/23 CR10/10 CR10/20 CR10/30 CR10/40 CR12/10 CR20/10 CR20/20 CR20/30 CR20/40 CR20/50 CR30/30 CR30/40 CR30/50 CR32/20 CR32/30 CR32/40 CR40/30 CR40/40 CR40/50 CR41/42 CR43/53 CR60/40 CR60/50 CT2/33 CT3/33 CT13/250 CT13/500 CX3/05/SC CX3/06/SC CX3/23/SC CX3/35/SC CX5/23/SC CX5/25/SC CX6/05/SC CX6/22/SC Page No. 480 480 480 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 474 474 474 474 474 474 474 474 474 474 474 474 474 474 474 474 474 474 474 474 474 474 474 474 474 474 489 489 489 489 475 475 475 475 476 476 476 476 Quickfit No. CX6/33/SC CX6/44/SC CX7/02/SC CX7/03/SC CX7/04/SC CX7/05/SC CX7/06/SC CX7/08/SC CX7/33/SC Page No. 476 476 476 476 476 476 476 476 476 Quickfit No. D52/100 D52/250 D52/500 D53/500 D62/50GP D91/50 D91/100 D92/100 D93/250 D93/500 DA1/22 DA4/100 DA5/75 DA5/100 DA01 DA12 DA13 DA14 DA23 DA24 DA25 DA26 DA27 DA34 DA35 DA36 DA37 DA38 DA39 DA45 DA47 DA56 DA57 DA58 DE100/22 DE100/32 DE250/32 DE250/33 DE250/44 DE250/55 DEC500/32 DEC500/33 Page No. 495 495 495 495 496 495 495 495 495 495 477 486 486 486 469 469 469 469 469 469 469 469 469 469 469 469 469 469 469 469 469 469 469 469 496 496 496 496 496 496 496 496 Quickfit No. EX10/23 EX10/53 EX10/95 EX12/35S EX12/59S EX13/12 EX13/23 EX13/24 EX13/25 EX13/26

Q
Page No. 479 479 479 479 479 488 488 488 488 488

A
AD3 472

B
BC15P BC15/150 BC24/C14T BC24/C24R 472 472 505 505

D
D1/00 D1/00GP D1/01 D1/01GP D1/11 D1/11GP D1/21 D1/21GP D1/22 D1/22GP D1/32 D1/32GP D1/42 D1/42GP D1/62 D1/62GP D2/01 D2/01GP D2/11 D2/11GP D2/12 D2/12GP D2/21 D2/21GP D2/22 D2/22GP D2/31 D2/31GP D2/32 D2/32GP D2/42 D2/42GP D2/43 D2/43GP D2/62 D2/62GP D3/12 D3/22 D3/32 D22/1L D24/1L D31/1/25 D31/1/50 D31/1/100 D31/2/100 D31/2/250 D31/2/500 D31/2/1L D38/3/1L D41/25 D41/50 D42/100 D42/250 D42/500 D52/50 495 495 495 495 495 495 495 495 495 495 495 495 495 495 495 495 496 496 496 496 496 496 496 496 496 496 496 496 496 496 496 496 496 496 496 496 496 496 496 495 495 495 495 495 495 495 495 495 495 495 495 495 495 495 495

C
C1/00 C1/11/SC C1/12/SC C1/12/25/SC C1/13/SC C1/14/25/SC C1/22/SC C1/23/SC C1/44/SC C2/00 C2/1 C2/3 C2/6 C2/11 C2/12 C2/22 C3/12/SC C3/13/SC C3/14/SC C3/22/SC C3/23/SC C3/24/SC C4/12/SC C4/13/SC C5/11/SC C5/12/SC C5/13/SC C5/22/SC C5/23/SC C5/24/SC C6/12/SC C6/13/SC C11/23/SC C13/55 C13/55/2 CBB7 CBB10 CBB14 CBB19 CBB24 CBB29 CBB34 CBB40 CBB45 CBB55 CBD1/55 CBD2/60 CBD3/95 CBD4/125 CC3/35 CF5/1 CF5/2 475 475 475 475 475 475 475 475 475 475 505 505 505 475 475 475 475 475 475 475 475 475 476 476 476 476 476 476 476 476 476 476 477 476 476 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 469 480 480

F
FB1L/3 FB1L/3/SC FB1L/4 FB1L/4/SC FB100/2 FB100/2/SC FB100/3 FB100/3/SC FB250/3 FB250/3/SC FB250/4 FB250/4/SC FB500/3 FB500/3/SC FB500/4 FB500/4/SC FC1/12 FC1/22 FC2/13 FC2/23 FC3/13 FC3/14 487 487 487 487 487 487 487 487 487 487 487 487 487 487 487 487 488 488 488 488 488 488

E
EF6T/33 EF6T/55 EX5/21 EX5/32 EX5/43 EX5/53 EX5/55 EX5/55/100 EX5/63 EX5/83 EX5/105 EX7/10 EX7/13 EX7/20 EX7/23 EX7/30 EX7/33 EX8/20S EX8/25 EX9/30S EX9/33 EX10/20 470 470 477 477 477 477 477 477 477 477 477 478 478 478 478 478 478 479 479 479 479 479

465

Quickfit
Quickfit No. FP10/1 FP25/0AP FP25/1 FP50/1 FP50/1/1A FP50/2 FP100/1 FP100/2 FP100/3 FR1LF FR1L/2S FR1L/3S FR1L/3S/1A FR1L/3S/2A FR1L/3S/11A FR1L/3S/22A FR1L/3S/22P FR1L/3UM FR1L/4S FR1L/4S/22A FR1L/4S/22P FR1L/4S/44A FR1L/5S FR1L/5S/22A FR1L/5S/22P FR1L/5S/33P FR1L/7S FR1L/9S FR2LF FR2L/3S FR2L/3US FR2L/3US/22A FR2L/3US/22P FR2L/4S FR2L/4S/22P FR2L/5S FR2L/5S/2A FR2L/5S/22A FR2L/5S/22P FR2L/5UM FR3LF FR3L/3S FR3L/5S FR3L/5S/22A FR3L/5S/22P FR3L/5S/33P FR4L/7S FR4L/7S/44P FR5/0S FR5/1S FR5LF FR5L/4S FR5L/5US FR5L/5US/33P FR6L/7S/44P FR6LF FR10/0S FR10/1S FR10/1S/SEP FR10LF FR10L/5S FR20LF FR25/1S FR25/1S/1A FR25/1S/11A FR25/1S/SEP FR25/2S FR25/2S/11A Page No. 484 484 484 484 484 484 484 484 484 486 481 481 482 482 483 483 483 481 481 483 483 483 481 483 483 483 481 481 486 481 481 483 483 481 483 481 482 483 483 481 486 481 481 483 483 483 481 483 481 481 486 481 481 483 483 486 481 481 482 486 481 486 481 482 483 482 481 483 Quickfit No. FR25/3S FR50/1S FR50/1S/1A FR50/1S/11A FR50/2S/11A FR50/2S FR50/2S/22A FR50/3M FR50/3S FR50/5S FR100/1S FR100/2S FR100/2S/11A FR100/3M FR100/3S FR100/3S/1A FR100/3S/2A FR100/3S/11A FR100/3S/22A FR100/4S FR100/5S FR150/2S FR150/3M FR150/3S FR150/4S FR150/5S FR250F FR250/1S FR250/2S FR250/2S/22A FR250/3M FR250/3S FR250/3S/1A FR250/3S/2A FR250/3S/11A FR250/3S/22A FR250/3S/22P FR250/4S FR250/4S/11A FR250/4S/11P FR250/4S/22A FR250/5S FR500F FR500/2S FR500/3M FR500/3S FR500/3S/1A FR500/3S/2A FR500/3S/11A FR500/3S/22A FR500/3S/22P FR500/3U FR500/4S FR500/4S/11A FR500/4S/11P FR500/4S/22A FR500/4S/22P FR500/5S FR500/7S FR700F FS13 FS13C FS13CUB FS13UB FS19 FS19UB FS29 FS29UB Page No. 481 481 482 483 483 481 483 481 481 481 481 481 483 481 481 482 482 483 483 481 481 481 481 481 481 481 486 481 481 483 481 481 482 482 483 483 483 481 483 483 483 481 486 481 481 481 482 482 483 483 483 481 481 483 483 483 483 481 481 486 492 492 492 492 492 492 492 492 Quickfit No. FS35 FS35UB FS41 FS41UB FS51 FS51UB FV1L FV2L FV5L FV10L FV20L FV500 Page No. 492 492 492 492 492 492 487 487 487 487 487 487

Quickfit No.

Page No.

Quickfit No. FE250/4 FE250/5 FE500/2 FE500/3 FE500/4 FE500/5 FEH250/3 FF1L/3M FF1L/3US FF1L/4S FF1L/5S FF2L/3S FF2L/4S FF2L/5S FF50/2S FF50/3S FF100/2S FF100/3M FF100/3S FF100/4S FF100/5S FF150/2S FF150/3M FF150/3S FF150/4S FF150/5S FF250/2S FF250/3M FF250/3S FF250/4S FF250/5S FF500/2S FF500/3S FF500/3UM FF500/4S FF500/5S FG10 FG25 FG35 FG50 FG75 FG100 FIB250/3 FIB250/4 FIB500/3 FIB500/4 FK100/3L FK300/3L FK500/3L FK800/3L FP5/1

Page No. 485 485 485 485 485 485 485 482 482 482 482 482 482 482 482 482 482 482 482 482 482 482 482 482 482 482 482 482 482 482 482 482 482 482 482 482 492 492 492 492 492 492 485 485 485 485 485 485 485 485 484

G
GC10 GC12 GC14 GC19 GC24 GC29 GC34 GC40 GC45 GP3BU/5B GP3K GP3RA/5 GP3ST/5 GP6K GP6RA/7 GP6ST/7 GP10K GP10RA/10 GP10ST/10 GS6/24 GS13 GS19 GS29 GS35 GS41 GS51 507 507 507 507 507 507 507 507 507 503 503 503 503 503 503 503 503 503 503 504 507 507 507 507 507 507

FC3/23 FC6/00 FC6/10 FC6/23A FC7/23 FC7/43 FC7/44 FC7/53 FC8/06 FC8/09 FC8/4S FC8/23 FC8/43 FC14/00/SC FC15/2 FC15/32 FD1L/3 FD1L/4RE FD2L/4RE FD50/4RE FD100/3 FD100/4RE FD250/3 FD250/4RE FD500/3 FD500/4RE FE1L/3 FE1L/4 FE1L/5 FE2L/4 FE2L/5 FE10/0 FE10/1 FE25/0 FE25/1 FE25/2 FE50/1 FE50/2 FE50/3 FE100/1 FE100/2 FE100/3 FE100/4 FE150/2 FE150/3 FE150/4 FE250/2 FE250/3

CONTINUED

488 488 488 488 488 488 488 488 488 488 488 488 488 489 489 489 485 485 485 485 485 485 485 485 485 485 485 485 485 485 485 485 485 485 485 485 485 485 485 485 485 485 485 485 485 485 485 485

H
HP3K HP3RA/5 HP3RA/7 HP3ST/5 HP3ST/7 HP3ST/C HP3TW/5 HP6K HP6RA/7 HP6RA/10 HP6ST/7 HP6ST/10 HP6TW/7 HP10K HP10RA/10 HP10RA/15 HP10ST/10 HP10ST/15 503 503 503 503 503 503 503 503 503 503 503 503 503 503 503 503 503 503

466

Quickfit
Quickfit No. Page No. Quickfit No. MAF5/2 MC22/50 MC22/100 MD2/25 MD2/50 MD3/0/25 MD3/25 MD3/50 MD3/100 MD4/25 MD4/50 MD4/100 MD60 MD61 MD62 MF1/D MF5 MF10/1B/SC MF10/2B/SC MF10/3B/SC MF10/4B/SC MF10/5B/SC MF11/1/SC MF11/1B/SC MF11/2/SC MF11/2B/SC MF11/3/SC MF11/3B/SC MF11/4/SC MF11/5B/SC MF13/2/SC MF13/3/SC MF13/4/SC MF14/1/SC MF14/2/SC MF14/3/SC MF15/0 MF15/0B/SC MF15/1 MF15/1B/SC MF15/2 MF15/2B/SC MF15/3 MF15/3B/SC MF15/4 MF17/1/SC MF17/2/SC MF17/3/SC MF18/2/SC MF18/3/SC MF18/33/SC MF18/44/SC MF21/1 MF21/2 MF23/1 MF23/2 MF23/3 MF24/0 MF24/0/4 MF24/1 MF24/1/5 MF24/1/6 MF24/2 MF24/2/6 MF24/3 Page No. 486 485 485 484 484 484 484 484 484 484 484 484 480 480 480 480 504 469 469 469 469 469 470 470 470 470 470 470 470 470 469 469 469 470 470 470 504 504 504 504 504 504 504 504 504 469 469 469 469 469 469 469 505 505 505 505 505 505 505 505 505 505 505 505 505 Quickfit No. MF24/3/8 MF24/5 MF24/12/4 MF25/3 MF25/3L MF27/3/13 MF28/3/125/SC MF28/3/250/SC MF28/3/500/SC MF28/52 MF29/3/125 MF29/3/250 MF29/3/500 MF31/0/110 MF31/0/250 MF31/0/360 MF31/1 MF31/1S MF31/2 MF31/2S MF31/3 MF48/03/125 MF48/03/250 MF48/03/500 MF48/13/125 MF48/13/250 MF48/13/500 MF48/23/250 MF48/23/500 MF48/33/250 MS13 MS13C MS13CUB MS13UB MS19 MS19UB MS29 MS29UB MS35 MS35UB MS41 MS41UB MS51 MS51UB MU/WN MU8/0 MU23/0 MU39/10/0 Page No. 505 505 505 473 473 473 473 473 473 489 473 473 473 504 504 504 504 504 504 504 504 473 473 473 473 473 473 473 473 473 492 492 492 492 492 492 492 492 492 492 492 492 492 492 480 502 505 480 Quickfit No. QR28/18 QW13/6 QW18/7 QW24/6 QW24/9 QW24/11 QW28/6 QW28/11 QW28/18 Page No. 493 493 493 493 493 493 493 493 493 Quickfit No. RA9/22 RA9/23 RA9/33 RA9/44 RA9/55 RC13 RC19 RC29 RC35 RC41 RC64 RF13 RF19 RF29 RF35 RF41 RF64 RM13 RM19 RM29 RM35 RM41 RM64 RO13 RO19 RO29 RO35 RO41 RO64

Q
Page No. 471 471 471 471 471 491 491 491 491 491 491 491 491 491 491 491 491 491 491 491 491 491 491 491 491 491 491 491 491

J
JC13 JC19 JC29 JC35 JC41 JC50F JC51 JC75F JC100F JRV1L JRV2L 492 492 492 492 492 492 492 492 492 487 487

R
RA1/01 RA1/02 RA1/03 RA1/04 RA1/10 RA1/11 RA1/12 RA1/13 RA1/14 RA1/22 RA1/23 RA2/00 RA2/21 RA2/22 RA2/23 RA3/11/SC RA3/22/SC RA3/23/SC RA3/33/SC RA3/44/SC RA4/11 RA4/22 RA4/23 RA5/11/SC RA5/21/SC RA6/11/SC RA6/22/SC RA6/23/SC RA6/33/SC RA9/11 471 471 471 471 471 471 471 471 471 471 471 471 471 471 471 471 471 471 471 471 471 471 471 471 471 471 471 471 471 471

K
KC10 KC12 KC14 KC19 KC24 KC29 KC34 KC40 KC45 KS13 KS19 KS29 KS35 KT4.5 KT6 KT10 KT14 507 507 507 507 507 507 507 507 507 507 507 507 507 164 164 164 164

L
LR3 LR6 LR10 503 503 503

M
MA1/2 MA1/3 MA1/5 MA1/11 MA1/33 MA1/44 MA2/2 MA2/3 MA4/23 MA6/11 MA6/22 MA6/23 MA6/33 MAF1/75 MAF2/2 MAF2/32 MAF2/41 MAF2/52 MAF3/52 MAF4/41 469 469 469 469 469 469 469 469 469 469 469 469 469 486 486 486 486 486 486 486

Q
QC13/7 QC18/11 QC24/12 QC28/9 QC28/13 QC28/21 QR13/6 QR18/7 QR24/6 QR24/9 QR24/11 QR28/6 QR28/11 493 493 493 493 493 493 493 493 493 493 493 493 493

467

Q
Quickfit No.

Quickfit
Page No. Quickfit No. SQ4/28 SQ13 SQ13UB SQ18 SQ18UB SQ24 SQ24UB SQ28 SQ28UB SRB7 SRB7UB SRB10 SRB10UB SRB12 SRB12UB SRB14 SRB14UB SRB19 SRB19UB SRB24 SRB24UB SRB29 SRB29UB SRB34 SRB34UB SRB40 SRB40UB SRB45 SRB45UB SRB50 SRB50UB SRB55 SRB55UB SRB60 SRD1/85 SRD2/85 SRD3/145 SRD4/75 SRD5/100 ST1/1 ST1/2 ST1/4 ST1/5 ST1/6 ST1/8 ST1/24 ST2/2/SC ST2/33C/SC ST2/44C/SC ST3/2F ST4R ST4W ST4/2 ST4/2F ST6/7 ST7/2 ST7/3 ST7/3L ST11/2 ST11/5 ST14R ST14W ST14/4F ST20/2 ST20/3 Page No. 470 493 493 493 493 493 493 493 493 491 491 491 491 491 491 491 491 491 491 491 491 491 491 491 491 491 491 491 491 491 491 491 491 491 491 491 491 491 491 502 502 502 502 502 502 502 502 502 502 502 502 502 502 502 502 502 502 502 502 502 502 502 502 502 502 Quickfit No. ST20/4 ST51/13 ST51/18 ST52/13 ST52/18 ST52/24 ST53/13 ST53/18 ST53/24 ST54/13 ST54/18 ST54/24 ST54/28 ST55/13 ST55/18 ST55/24 ST55/28 STQ Page No. 502 470 470 470 470 470 470 470 470 470 470 470 470 470 470 470 470 506 Quickfit No. Page No. Quickfit No. Page No.

S
SB3/35 SB7 SB10 SB12 SB14 SB19 SB24 SB29 SB34 SB40 SC14 SC24 SF3A32 SF3A33 SF3A34 SF3B33 SF4T30 SF4T31 SF42/2 SH1/11 SH1/22 SH1/23 SH1/33 SH1/44 SH2/11 SH2/22 SH2/23 SH2/33 SH4A SH4/0 SH4/1 SH4/2 SH4/22 SH4/23 SH4/33 SH4/35 SH4/44 SH4/55 SH6/1 SH6/22 SH6/23 SH6/33 SH6/44 SH7/0/44 SH7/0/55 SH7/02 SH7/03 SH7/12 SH7/13 SH7/23/SC SH7/43 SH7/53 SH17/23 SH30/42/SC SIB24 SIB29 SQ1/13 SQ1/18 SQ1/24 SQ1/28 SQ4/13 SQ4/18 SQ4/24 469 504 504 504 504 504 504 504 504 504 504 504 480 480 480 480 480 480 480 501 501 501 501 501 501 501 501 501 504 501 501 501 501 501 501 501 501 501 501 501 501 501 501 501 501 501 501 501 501 501 501 501 501 489 485 485 470 470 470 470 470 470 470

V
VT24/8 480

Sets
472 473 473 473 473 473 473 472 472 472 472 472 472 1AD/1 1CR 1GS 2LRCSX 7CR 10BU 17BU 17MU 23BU/M 27BU 27X/M 29BU/M 29X/M 42BU 46BU 46X 60RASX 100RASX 200RASX 280MC 600RDSX 472 474 500 478 474 498 498 480 499 499 499 499 499 500 500 500 478 478 478 494 478

W
WB1/0 WB10 WB11 WB40 WB43 WB50B WB50L WE6/23/2 WE6/23/7 WE6/23/10T WE6/23/25 WE7/23/3 WE7/23/12

T
TF6/24/2 TF6/24/2VR TJ15/16/1 TJ75/26/3 TJ100/26/3 TJ250/42/6 TK75/26 TK75/26G TK100/26 TK100/26G TK250/42 TK250/42G TM11/5 TM11/10 TM11/20 TM11/25 TM28/23 TM28/43 TS75/26 TS100/26G TS250/42 TT75/26 TT100/26 TT250/42 470 470 505 505 505 505 505 505 505 505 505 505 494 494 494 494 494 494 505 505 505 505 505 505

X
XA10 XA21 XA31 XA32 XA41 XA42 XA43 XA52 XA53 XA54 XA64 XA74 469 469 469 469 469 469 469 469 469 469 469 469

SVL
295 series 296 series 588 series 701 series 703 series 508 508 508 508 508

Z
ZZ20 ZZ25 ZZ30 ZZ35 506 506 506 506

468

Quickfit
Adapters
Socket size Reduction QDA01 10/19 QDA12 14/23 QDA13 14/23 QDA14 14/23 QDA23 19/26 QDA24 QDA25 QDA26 QDA27 QDA34 QDA35 QDA36 QDA37 QDA38 QDA39 QDA45 QDA47 QDA56 QDA57 QDA58 19/26 19/26 19/26 19/26 24/29 24/29 24/29 24/29 24/29 24/29 29/32 29/32 34/35 34/35 34/35 Cone size 14/23 19/26 24/29 29/32 24/29 29/32 34/35 40/38 45/40 29/32 34/35 40/38 45/40 50/42 55/44 34/35 45/40 40/38 45/40 50/42 10/19 14/23 14/23 19/26 14/23 19/26 24/29 19/26 24/29 29/32 29/32 29/32 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (qty+) 0.00 (10+) 0.00 (10+) 0.00 (10+) 0.00 (10+) 0.00 (10+) 0.00 (10+) 0.00 (10+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (10+) 0.00 (10+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (10+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (10+) 0.00 (10+) 0.00 (10+) 0.00 (10+) 0.00 (10+) 0.00 (10+) 0.00 (10+) 0.00 (10+) 0.00 (10+) 0.00 (10+)
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Q
ea (5+) 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX

Socket size Multiple, two necks Parallel. QMA1/11 14/23 QMA1/2 19/26 QMA1/3 19/26 QMA1/5 QMA1/33 QMA1/44 19/26 24/29 29/32

Cone size

ea

Socket/flexible tubing Straight connection. With screwthread tubing connector which has a 9mm o.d. nozzle. Socket size Screwthread connector QMF13/2/SC 19/26 QMF13/3/SC 24/29 QMF13/4/SC 29/32 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00

14/23 19/26 24/29 34/35 24/29 29/32

0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

XX XX XX XX XX XX

Multiple, two necks One vertical and one at 45. QMA2/2 19/26 19/26 QMA2/3 19/26 24/29 Multiple, three necks Two parallel and one at 45. QMA4/23 19/26 24/29

Socket/cone 'T' connection. With screwthread tubing connector which has a 9mm o.d. nozzle. Socket Cone size size Screwthread connector QMF17/1/SC 14/23 14/23 QMF17/2/SC 14/23 19/26 QMF17/3/SC 14/23 24/29 QMF18/2/SC 19/26 19/26 QMF18/3/SC 19/26 24/29 QMF18/33/SC 24/29 24/29 QMF18/44/SC 29/32 29/32 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (qty+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (2+)
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

0.00 0.00

XX XX

0.00

XX

Expansion QXA10 14/23 QXA21 19/26 QXA31 24/29 QXA32 24/29 QXA41 QXA42 QXA43 QXA52 QXA53 QXA54 QXA64 QXA74 29/32 29/32 29/32 34/35 34/35 34/35 40/38 45/40

XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Swan neck For use with thermometer or air leak tube. Thread size 13mm. QMA6/11 14/23 14/23 0.00 XX QMA6/22 19/26 19/26 0.00 XX QMA6/23 19/26 24/29 0.00 XX QMA6/33 24/29 24/29 0.00 XX Spare screwcaps see QQC series. Clips for joints see QKC series. Cone/flexible tubing Right angle connection. With screwthread tubing connector which has a 9mm o.d. nozzle. Cone size Screwthread connector QMF10/1B/SC 14/23 QMF10/2B/SC 19/26 QMF10/3B/SC 24/29 QMF10/4B/SC 29/32 QMF10/5B/SC 34/35 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (5+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX

Spare screwthread tubing connector 4510/02 for above. AD255-10 Spare 0.00 ea 0.00 ea (10+) XX Spare silicone sleeve 4511/02 AD256-06 Spare 0.00 ea 0.00 ea (10+)
XX

Fine control distillate Cone/cup, angled connection, GP Rotaflo key, bore 3mm. Cone size QFC15/2 19/26 Cup size S13 ea 0.00
XX

Spare GP Rotaflo stopcock keys see QGP series. Conical/spherical With conical socket at the top and spherical ball joint at the base. Socket size QSB3/35 24/29 Ball size S35 ea 0.00 ea (2+) 0.00
XX

Ref. SWNReduction, PTFE QZZ35-02 902 QZZ35-04 904 QZZ35-07 907 QZZ35-08 908 QZZ35-09 QZZ35-10 QZZ35-11 909 910 911

Socket size 10/19 14/23 19/26 19/26 24/29 24/29 29/32

Cone size 14/23 19/26 29/32 34/35 29/32 34/35 34/35

ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Spherical/conical With spherical cup socket at the top and cone at the base. Cup size QCC3/35 S35 Cone size 24/29 ea 0.00 ea (2+) 0.00
XX

QDA

QMA1

QMA4/23

QMF10B/SC

QMF17/SC

QSB3/35

QXA

QMA2

QMA6

QMF13/SC

QFC15/2

QCC3/35

469

Quickfit
Stopcock Adapters
ea ea (2+) Cone/flexible tubing GP Rotaflo key, bore 3mm. Supplied complete with screwthread connector which has a 9mm o.d. nozzle for tubing attachment.
XX XX XX XX

Screwthread Adapters
Thread size 'T Connectors QSQ1/13 QSQ1/18 QSQ1/24 QSQ1/28 Approx. length of limbs, mm 35 35 40 50 85 85 100 230 120 Acceptable dia. through screwcap, mm 6.0 to 7.0 7.0 to 8.5 10.5 to 11.5 18.0 to 19.0 6.0 to 7.0 7.0 to 8.5 10.5 to 11.5 6.0 to 7.0 18.0 to 19.0

13 18 24 28

0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

Cone size Screwthread connector QMF11/1/SC 14/23 QMF11/2/SC 19/26 QMF11/3/SC 24/29 QMF11/4/SC 29/32 Right angle screwthread connector QMF11/1B/SC 14/23 QMF11/2B/SC 19/26 QMF11/3B/SC 24/29 QMF11/5B/SC 34/35 AD255-10 Spare screwthread tubing 0.00 ea connector, polypropylene, 4510/02 AD256-06 Spare silicone sleeve, 4511/02 0.00 ea

ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

ea (2+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

XX XX XX XX

Straight Connectors QSQ4/13 13 QSQ4/18 18 QSQ4/24 24 QGS6/24 24 QSQ4/28 28

XX XX XX XX XX

XX XX XX XX XX XX

T, Y and straight connectors with plain ends see Adapters section. Cone/Screwthread Straight. Suitable for locating plain stem thermometers. Thread size QST51/13 QST52/13 QST53/13 QST54/13 QST55/13 QST51/18 QST52/18 QST53/18 QST54/18 QST55/18 QST52/24 QST53/24 QST54/24 QST55/24 QST54/28 QST55/28 13 13 13 13 13 18 18 18 18 18 24 24 24 24 28 28 Cone size 14/23 19/26 24/29 29/32 34/35 14/23 19/26 24/29 29/32 34/35 19/26 24/29 29/32 34/35 29/32 34/35 Acceptable dia. through screwcap, mm 6.0 to 7.0 6.0 to 7.0 6.0 to 7.0 6.0 to 7.0 6.0 to 7.0 7.0 to 8.5 7.0 to 8.5 7.0 to 8.5 7.0 to 8.5 7.0 to 8.5 10.5 to 11.5 10.5 to 11.5 10.5 to 11.5 10.5 to 11.5 18.0 to 19.0 18.0 to 19.0 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (qty+) (10+) (10+) (10+) (10+) (10+) (10+) (10+) (10+)
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

0.00 ea (10+) 0.00 ea (10+)

Socket/flexible tubing GP Rotaflo key, bore 3mm. Supplied complete with screwthread connector which has a 9mm o.d. nozzle for tubing attachment. Socket size Straight screwthread connector QMF14/1/SC 14/23 QMF14/2/SC 19/26 QMF14/3/SC 24/29 Spare keys and safety locks see QGP series. Cone/socket GP Rotaflo key, bore 10mm. Cone size QEF6T/33 QEF6T/55 24/29 34/35 Socket size 24/29 34/35 ea 0.00 0.00
XX XX

ea 0.00 0.00 0.00

ea (2+) 0.00 0.00 0.00

XX XX XX

0.00 (10+) 0.00 (10+) 0.00 (10+)

This range may also be used as simple stirrer guides provided the silicone ring seal within the screwcap is lubricated.

Vacuum release and control stopcocks HP Rotaflo key, bore 10mm. Type Cone size 19/26 19/26 ea 0.00 0.00
XX XX

QSQ1

QTF6/24/2VR QTF6/24/2

Release Control

Spare GP and HP Rotaflo keys see QGP and QHP series.

QMF11: /SC QST51 QST52 QST53 QST54 QST55 QSQ4 QGS6/24 QEF6T

QMF11: B/SC

QMF14: /SC

QTF6/24/2VR

QTF6/24/2

470

Quickfit
Receiver Adapters
Plain bends, short Socket size QRA1/01 QRA1/02 QRA1/03 QRA1/04 Plain bends, long Socket size QRA1/10 QRA1/11 QRA1/12 QRA1/13 QRA1/14 Straight delivery Socket size QRA1/22 QRA1/23 Bends Socket size With vent QRA2/00 QRA2/11 QRA2/22 QRA2/23 Cone size Approx. overall height, mm 75 80 100 120 ea ea (2+) QRA6/11/SC QRA6/22/SC QRA6/23/SC QRA6/33/SC 19/26 24/29 Approx. length, mm 180 180 ea 0.00 0.00 ea (2+) 0.00 0.00
XX XX

Q
ea (2+) 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX

Approx. length, 'a mm 65 65 65 65

ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

ea (2+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

XX XX XX XX

Bends, socket to cone With vertical socket. Socket size QRA4/11 QRA4/22 QRA4/23 14/23 19/26 19/26 Cone size 14/23 19/26 24/29 Approx. overall height, mm 120 120 120 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00

14/23 19/26 24/29 29/32

Approx. length, 'b mm 120 190 200 200 200

ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

ea (2+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

XX XX XX XX XX

10/19 14/23 19/26 24/29 29/32

Bends, socket to cone With multiple connection (pig) and screwthread vent connection. Supplied complete with screwthread connector which has a nozzle for tubing attachment. Socket size QRA5/11/SC QRA5/21/SC 14/23 19/26 Cone size 14/23 14/23 Approx. overall height, mm 110 110 ea 0.00 0.00
XX XX

Intermediate (Perkin) receivers With GP Rotaflo stopcocks and screwthread vacuum connection. For vacuum distillation work. It permits receiver flasks to be changed without disturbing the vacuum within the system. The adapter features a screwcap system for the release of vacuum. Socket size 14/23 19/26 19/26 24/29 Cone size 14/23 19/26 24/29 24/29 Minimum capacity, ml 10 32 32 32 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX

10/11 14/23 19/26 19/26

10/11 14/23 19/26 24/29

0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

XX XX XX XX

Spare keys see QGP series. Plain bends, socket to cone Socket size QRA9/11 QRA9/22 QRA9/23 QRA9/33 QRA9/44 QRA9/55 14/23 19/26 19/26 24/29 29/32 34/35 Cone size 14/23 19/26 24/29 24/29 29/32 34/35 Approx. overall height, mm 90 100 110 125 140 155 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (2+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX

With screwthread vent vacuum connection Supplied complete with screwthread connector which has a nozzle for tubing attachment. QRA3/11/SC 14/23 14/23 110 0.00 0.00 XX QRA3/22/SC 19/26 19/26 140 0.00 0.00 XX QRA3/23/SC 19/26 24/29 140 0.00 0.00 XX QRA3/33/SC 24/29 24/29 150 0.00 0.00 XX QRA3/44/SC 29/32 29/32 165 0.00 0.00 XX

QRA1/0

QRA2

QRA4

QRA9

QRA1/1 QRA1/2

QRA3

QRA5 QRA6

471

Quickfit
Homogeniser Length mm QBC15P QBC15/150 Plunger Tube 150 Dia. mm 15 15 ea 0.00 0.00
XX XX

Analytical Apparatus
Arsenic determination For the estimation of arsenic by the method which uses the formation of a complex between arsine and silver diethydithiocarbamate with subsequent measurement at 538 nanometers. Also suitable for the estimation of antimony. Reference: Elliot, S. C. and Loper, B. R. Analytical Chemistry, 1974, 46, 2256. Socket size Complete assembly. Q1AD/1 Absorption tube. QAD3 Erlenmeyer flask*. QFE100/3 24/29 Cone size 24/29 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (5+) 0.00
XX

Water Estimation Dean and Stark apparatus. Receivers for light entrainers Complies with BS 756. Receivers have 19/26 socket and 24/29 cone. Cap. ml Grad. ml 0.05 0.10 0.10 0.20 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX

Lunge Rey weighing pipette Complies with BS 2058. All joints are 10/19. Max. Cap. wt., g ml QWB1/0 Pipette 18 QMF24/0 Cover tube 12 QFE25/0 Cover flask 16 4 4 25 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (5+) 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX

QWE6/23/2 QWE6/23/7 QWE6/23/10T QWE6/23/25

2.0 7.5 10.0* 25.0

* With GP Rotaflo stopcock. Receivers for heavy entrainers Complies with BS 756. Receivers have a 19/26 socket and 24/29 cone. Cap. ml QWE7/23/3 QWE7/23/12 3.0 12.5 Grad. ml 0.05 0.1 ea 0.00 0.00
XX XX

XX

XX

Nitrogen determination (Kjeldahl) see Q280MC on page 494.

* Nominal capacity 100ml.

Boiling flasks see QFR series. Liebig condensers see QC1 series. Heating mantles for heating the boiling flasks see Heating section.

QWB1/0

QAD3

QFE25/0

QWE7

QFE100/3

Q1AD/1

QBC15

QWE6

QWE6/23/10T

472

Quickfit
Bottles
Wash bottle heads Cone size Approx. stem length* mm 160 195 To fit flask ea ea (2+) Dreschel bottle heads, sintered Comply with BS 2461. Cone 24/29. With 8mm diameter side arms. Porosity
XX XX

Q
ea (2+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Stem length* mm 132 165 217 132 165 215 165 217 165

To fit bottle MF 29/3/125 MF 29/3/250 MF 29/3/500 MF 29/3/125 MF 29/3/250 MF 29/3/500 MF 29/3/250 MF 29/3/500 MF 29/3/250

ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

QMF25/3 QMF25/3L

24/29 24/29

FF 500/3UM FF 1L/3M

0.00 0.00

0.00 0.00

* Stem length is measured from the wide end of the cone. Dreschel bottle head, adjustable With 7mm diameter side arms. Cone size QMF27/3/13 24/29 Thread size 13 To fit bottle MF 29/3/125 MF 29/3/250 ea 0.00 ea (2+) 0.00
XX

QMF48/03/125 QMF48/03/250 QMF48/03/500 QMF48/13/125 QMF48/13/250 QMF48/13/500 QMF48/23/250 QMF48/23/500 QMF48/33/250

0 0 0 1 1 1 2 2 3

* Stem length is measured from the wide end of the cone. Dreschel bottle heads, plain Comply with BS 2461. With screwthread tubing ferrules. Cone size Approx. stem length* mm 130 175 215 To fit bottle ea ea (2+) QMF29/3/125 QMF29/3/250 QMF29/3/500 Dreschel gas washing bottles Capacity ml 125 250 500 Socket size 24/29 24/29 24/29 Overall height mm 155 190 245 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (2+) 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX

QMF28/3/125/SC QMF28/3/250/SC QMF28/3/500/SC

24/29 24/29 24/29

MF 29/3/125 MF 29/3/250 MF 29/3/500

0.00 0.00 0.00

0.00 0.00 0.00

XX XX XX

* Stem length is measured from the wide end of the cone.

Weighing bottles Description Joint size 24/10 24/10 40/13 40/13 50/14 50/14 Maximum Minimum weight capacity g ml 5 15 10 22 25 30 16 24 58 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (5+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX

QWB10 QWB11 QWB50L, QWB50B QWB40 QWB43 QWB50L QWB50B

Lid Base Lid Base Lid Base

QMF28 QMF25

QMF27/3/13

QMF48

QFF

QMF29/3

QMF29/3

QMF29/3

473

Q
Q1CR

Quickfit
Columns With sintered disc porosity 0 and GP Rotaflo stopcock. ea (qty+)
XX

Chromatography
Assembly Column size 100mm x 10mm, maximum overall height 515mm. Description Complete assembly Reservoir, 50 ml Column with sinter porosity 0 and tap Tamping rod Flask, 100ml Cone adapter Socket size Cone size ea 0.00 Dia. mm QCR10/10 QCR10/20 QCR10/30 QCR10/40 QCR20/10 QCR20/20 QCR20/30 QCR20/40 QCR20/50 QCR30/30 QCR30/40 QCR30/50 QCR40/30 QCR40/40 QCR40/50
XX

Effective length mm 100 200 300 400 100 200 300 400 500 300 400 500 300 400 500 400 500

Socket size 14/23 14/23 14/23 14/23 19/26 19/26 19/26 19/26 19/26 24/29 24/29 24/29 29/32 29/32 29/32 40/38 40/38

GP Rotaflo stopcock bore, mm 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 6 6 6 6 6

ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Components: QCR2/11 QCR12/10 QCR41/42 QFB100/2 QMF10/1B/SC

14/23 14/23 19/26

14/23 19/26 14/23

0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

0.00 (2+) 0.00 (5+)

XX XX

10 10 10 10 20 20 20 20 20 25 25 25 30 30 30 40 40

XX XX XX

Five litre reservoir With GP Rotaflo stopcock, bore 10mm. Socket size QCR1/535 34/35 Height mm 560 Cone size 24/29 ea 0.00

Reservoir With GP Rotaflo stopcock, bore 3mm. Nominal capacity, ml QCR2/11 50 Height mm 180 Socket size 14/23 ea 0.00
XX

QCR60/40 QCR60/50

With porosity 0 sinter. Nominal bore 18mm. Socket 24/29, Cone 19/26. Effective x overall lengths, mm QCR32/20 QCR32/30 QCR32/40 Tamping Rod
XX

ea 0.00 0.00 0.00

XX XX XX

Adapter With GP Rotaflo stopcock, bore 6mm. Socket size QCR3T/23 19/26 Cone size 24/29 Height mm 190 ea 0.00

200 x 310 300 x 415 400 x 515

Approx. length mm QCR43/53 530

For use with columns CR 32/20, CR 32/30, CR 32/40

ea 0.00
XX

Spray Adjustable pattern spray operated from a low pressure air source. Reagents in contact with glass and PTFE only. Flask capacity 100ml. Q7CR Spray, complete 0.00 ea 0.00 ea (2+) XX Pyrex chromatography column see CK700.

Spare Rotaflo keys see QGP series.

QCR2/11 QCR1/535

Q1CR QCR10:-60:

QCR32:

QCR3T/23

QCR4: Q7CR

474

Quickfit
Condensers
With screwthread connections (except air condensers). All condensers with the screwthread connections are supplied complete with screwthread connectors (4510/02). Liebig A condenser designed to give turbulent flow in the water jacket with a comparatively slow rate of flow of coolant water by use of a small annular space. Approx. surface area x 102m2 QC1/00 QC1/11/SC QC1/12/SC QC1/12/25/SC QC1/13/SC QC1/14/25/SC QC1/22/SC QC1/23/SC QC1/44/SC 0.15 0.60 1.00 1.30 1.00 1.30 2.00 2.00 2.90 Socket size Cone size Approx. effective x overall lengths, mm 60 x 135 155 x 260 208 x 340 250 x 380 250 x 390 250 x 400 398 x 530 395 x 535 400 x 550 0.00 ea 0.00 ea ea Air For use with block heater glassware. Approx. Cone surface size 2 2 area x 10 m QC2/1 QC2/3 QC2/6 0.6 1.5 3.5 14/23 24/29 40/38 Approx. overall length, mm 150 510 740 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00

Q
ea (2+) 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX

10/19 14/23 19/26 19/26 24/29 29/32 19/26 24/29 29/32

10/19 14/23 19/26 19/26 24/29 29/32 19/26 24/29 29/32

0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Coil, Graham The surface area is considerably greater than the corresponding Liebig condenser of similar dimensions. The coil condenser is extremely efficient in the reflux mode where counter-current cooling is possible. Approx. surface area x 102m2 QC3/12/SC QC3/13/SC QC3/14/SC QC3/22/SC QC3/23/SC QC3/24/SC QCX3/05/SC QCX3/06/SC Coil, reversible Approx. surface area x 102m2 Cone sizes Approx. effective x overall lengths, mm 160 x 315 160 x 335 ea 2.0 2.0 2.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 2.0 3.5 Socket size Cone size Approx. effective x overall lengths, mm 165 x 305 165 x 310 165 x 315 320 x 460 320 x 465 320 x 470 160 x 320 207 x 380 ea

19/26 24/29 29/32 19/26 24/29 29/32

19/26 24/29 29/32 19/26 24/29 29/32 34/35 40/38

0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

AD255-10 Spare screwthread tubing connector 4510/02 for above AD256-06 Spare silicone sleeve 4511/02

0.00 ea (10+) 0.00 ea (10+)

Air Condensation of materials with boiling points above 150C can be carried out with this type of simple condenser. Approx. Socket surface size area x 102m2 QC2/00 QC2/11 QC2/12 QFC7/23 QC2/22 QFC7/43 QFC7/44 QFC7/53 0.3 1.0 1.0 2.0 2.5 4.0 5.0 6.0 10/19 14/23 19/26 24/29 19/26 24/29 29/32 24/29 Cone size Approx. effective x overall lengths, mm 100 x 140 200 x 260 150 x 210 250 x 365 400 x 470 500 x 615 500 x 620 750 x 865 ea ea (2+)

10/19 14/23 19/26 24/29 19/26 24/29 29/32 24/29

0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

QCX3/23/SC QCX3/35/SC

2.0 2.0

19/26 and 24/29 24/29 and 34/35

0.00 0.00

XX XX

continued on next page

QC1:

QC2:

QC2/: QFC7:

QC3:

QCX3/0:

QCX3:

475

Quickfit
Inland Revenue Used for standard Inland Revenue test and control methods by brewers etc, the Inland Revenue condenser employs the use of coolant flow outside the coil. This condenser is very efficient but must not be used for fast rates of distillation. It is particularly useful for removing condensable vapours from non-condensable gases. Approx. surface area x 102m2
XX XX XX XX

Condensers continued
Multi-coil A condenser having very large surface area over a relatively short effective length by employing more than one coil. Two types are available: QC4: two coils which are independent of each other. If desired they can be fed from separate water supplies. QC13: double coil design having common water inlet. Approx. surface area x 102m2 QC4/12/SC QC4/13/SC QC13/55 QC13/55/2 5.5 5.5 9.0 18.0 Socket size Cone size Approx. effective x overall lengths, mm 207 x 395 207 x 390 230 x 440 420 x 660 ea QC6/12/SC QC6/13/SC

Socket size

Cone size

Approx. effective x overall lengths, mm 205 x 340 205 x 340

ea

19/26 24/29 34/35 34/35

19/26 24/29 34/35 34/35

0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

2.5 2.5

19/26 24/29

19/26 24/29

0.00 0.00

XX XX

Double surface, Davies With increased surface area and effectiveness compared with a corresponding Liebig condenser. Approx. surface area x 102m2 QC5/11/SC QC5/12/SC QC5/13/SC QC5/22/SC QC5/23/SC QC5/24/SC QCX5/23/SC QCX5/25/SC 1.7 1.7 2.3 2.3 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 Socket size Cone size Approx. effective x overall lengths, mm 160 x 275 160 x 295 160 x 300 205 x 340 205 x 345 205 x 365 205 x 350 205 x 360 ea

Jacketed coil A double surface condenser having a coil as an inner cooling surface. This type has approximately twice the surface of a plain double surface condenser of the same effective length. Approx. surface area x 102m2 QCX6/22/SC QCX6/33/SC QCX6/44/SC QCX6/05/SC 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 Socket size Cone size Approx. effective x overall lengths, mm 160 x 360 160 x 365 160 x 370 160 x 380 ea

14/23 19/26 24/29 19/26 24/29 29/32

14/23 19/26 24/29 19/26 24/29 29/32 24/29 34/35

0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

19/26 24/29 29/32

19/26 24/29 29/32 34/35

0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

XX XX XX XX

Allihn An inexpensive condenser, giving greater surface area than the corresponding Liebig type due to the bulb sections. This type is normally used under reflux. Approx. surface area x 102m2 QCX7/02/SC QCX7/03/SC QCX7/04/SC QCX7/05/SC QCX7/06/SC QCX7/08/SC QCX7/33/SC 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.5 1.8 Socket size Cone size Approx. effective x overall lengths, mm 250 x 400 250 x 405 250 x 415 250 x 335 250 x 365 250 x 365 400 x 545 ea

24/29

19/26 24/29 29/32 34/35 40/38 50/42 24/29

0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

QC4:

QC5:

QC6:

QCX6/05

QCX7/05

QC13:

QCX5:

QCX6:

QCX7/02

QCX7/33

476

Quickfit
Condensers
Ether Suitable for condensing very volatile liquids such as ether. Approx. surface area x 102m2 QC11/23/SC 6.5 Socket size Cone size Approx. effective x overall lengths mm 165 x 315 Approx. length of side tube mm 205 ea

Q
ea

Extraction Liquid-Solid
Soxhlet extractors To BS2071 where applicable. Designed primarily for use with proprietary makes of paper thimble and suitable sizes are listed on page 478. Large samples may be placed directly in the extractor body. Nominal capacity (siphoning volume) ml QEX5/21 QEX5/32 QEX5/43 QEX5/53 QEX5/55 QEX5/55/100 QEX5/63 QEX5/83 QEX5/105 6 20 40 60 60 100 100 200 2000 Socket or flange size 19/26 24/29 29/32 34/35 34/35 34/35 40/38 50/42 100mm Cone size Approx overall height* mm 150 175 200 205 205 240 220 250 535

19/26

24/29

0.00

XX

Immersion A general purpose cold finger condenser which can also be used as a dephlegmator to control reflux ratios in a rough fractional distillation. Approx. surface area x 102m2 QFC14/00/SC 0.35 Cone size Approx. effective x overall lengths, mm 100 x 185 ea

14/23 19/26 24/29 24/29 34/35 34/35 24/29 24/29 34/35

0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

19/26

0.00

XX

Distillation Apparatus 1-piece apparatus incorporating plain stillhead, leibig condenser and receiver adapter with vent. Reduces set-up time, air leakage, joint seizure, use of clips or clamps and grease contamination. Cone sizes QDA1/22 Socket Approx. eff. size condenser length, mm 155 Dimensions L x W x D, mm 330 x 210 x 30 ea 0.00
XX

*Approximate height is measured from the wide end of the cone. Adapters and clips below.

Adapter and clip QEX5/105 is designed to accommodate large samples and utilises a 100mm flat flange joint requiring the flat flange/ socket adapter and clip listed below. Description To fit Socket size 34/35 Flange size mm 100 100 ea 0.00 0.00 ea (2+) 0.00
XX XX

19/26 14/23

QDA5/100 QJC100F

Adapter Clip

QEX 5/105 QEX 5/105

Extraction Thimbles and Mantles see Extraction section.

continued on next page

QDA1/22

QFC14/00/SC

QC11/23/SC

QEX5/:

477

Quickfit
Complete standard assemblies Nom. cap. ml Q60RASX Q100RASX Q200RASX Q600RDSX Q2LRCSX 60 100 200 600 2000 Extractor etc. EX5/53 EX5/63 EX5/83 EX5/75 DA5/75 JC75F EX5/105 DA5/100 JC100F Components Flask Condenser FR150/3S FR250/3S FR500/3S FR2L/5S FR5L/5US CX7/05/SC CX7/06/SC CX7/08/SC CX5/25/SC C13/55 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX

Extraction Liquid-Solid continued

Jacketed Soxhlets This range comprises removable loop siphons in plain bodies. Each siphon has an integral support which stabilises it at the lower end of the jacket, ensuring that refluxing solvent is directed into the liner and maintaining the solvent return tube in the vertical position. The nominal capacity stated is the siphoning volume. Nom. cap. ml QEX7/13 QEX7/10 QEX7/23 QEX7/20 QEX7/33 QEX7/30 Body Liner Body Liner Body Liner 20 20 50 50 100 100 Socket size Cone size Approx. overall height mm 200 230 250 ea

34/35 45/40 55/44

24/29 24/29 24/29

0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

XX XX XX XX XX XX

XX

Plain body extractors Quickfit plain body extractors are designed so that the vapour permeates directly through the material to be extracted, partially condenses and washes back into the flask, a process accompanied by the usual solvent reflux. A glass spiral supports the sample either directly or in a paper or glass thimble. Nom. cap. ml QEX7/13 QEX13/25 QEX7/23 QEX13/26 QFC8/23 QEX13/25 QEX7/33 QEX13/26 Body Support Body Support Body Support Body Support 60 60 100 100 190 190 200 200 Socket size Cone size Approx. overall height* mm 200 230 350 250 ea ea (5+)

Pressure equalising funnels These funnels may be used with Soxhlets to facilitate recovery at the end of an extraction. Fitted between the extractor and the condenser the funnel stopcock is left open until extraction is completed. The stopcock is then closed so as to collect the solvent for future use. Full details see QDE and QDEC series. Paper thimbles Recommended sizes for use with Quickfit extractors. Extractor number EX5/21 EX5/32 EX5/43 EX5/53 EX5/55 EX5/55/100 EX5/63 Recommended thimble size mm 10 x 50 18 x 65 22 x 80 28 x 80 28 x 80 28 x 120 33 x 100 Extractor number EX5/75 EX5/83 EX7/10 EX7/13 EX7/20 EX7/23 EX7/30 Recommended thimble size mm 60 x 160 41 x 123 19 x 90 27 x 100 27 x 100 33 x 100 33 x 100

34/35 45/40 34/35 55/44

24/29 24/29 24/29 24/29

0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Note: The dimensions are internal and are given for single thickness thimbles only. If double thickness thimbles are used, the internal diameter should be 2mm less to allow for greater wall thickness. Paper thimbles see EX100/EX110.

* Approximate height is measured from the wide end of the cone.

QEX7/30

QEX7/33

QEX13/25

QEX7/13 Q60RASX Q600RDSX

478

Quickfit
Extraction Liquid-Liquid
Downward Displacement. The heavy phase solvent is discharged from a condenser into the top of the solution to be extracted. The solvent in this instance sinks through the solution and both solvent and extract then returned to the flask via a tube from the bottom of the extractor body. Extractors, for downward displacement. Distributor QEX10/20 is a baffle type. Other distributors have a sintered disc porosity 0. Nom. cap. ml QEX10/23 QEX10/20 QEX10/53 QEX12/35S QEX10/95 QEX12/59S Extractor Distributor Extractor Distributor Extractor Distributor 60 60 400 400 1000 1000 Socket size Cone size Approx. overall height mm 250 890 650 ea QEX8/25 QEX8/20S QEX9/33 QEX9/30S Extractor Distributor Extractor Distributor

Upward Displacement. Carried out by allowing light phase solvent to enter the bottom of the solution containing the extract. On emerging from the distributor it ascends through the heavy phase extracting the dissolved component and both the solvent and extract then flow back into the flask. Extractors, for upward displacement. The distributors have a sintered disc, porosity 0. Nom. cap. ml 100 100 200 200 Socket size Cone size Approx. overall height mm 585 770 ea

34/35 34/35 55/44

24/29 24/29 34/35

0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

XX XX XX XX XX XX

34/35 34/35

34/35 24/29

0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

XX XX XX XX

Complete Standard Assemblies Extraction assemblies may be made up from standard components as follows:Capacity ml 100 200 Extractor EX8/25 EX9/33 Distributor EX8/20S EX9/30S Flask FR150/5S FR250/3S Condenser CX5/25/SC CX5/25/SC

QEX8/20S QEX10/23

QEX12/59S QEX10/95 QEX10/20 QEX8/25 in assembly

479

Q
QSF3A32 QSF3A33 QSF3A34 QSF3B33

Quickfit
Conical filter funnel With perforated plate, 24mm diameter which is sealed into this filter funnel to allow use with standard laboratory filter papers. Cone size
XX XX XX XX

Funnels
Bchner filter funnels With sintered disc porosity 3. Cone size 19/26 24/29 29/32 24/29 Disc dia. mm 55 55 55 95 Funnel dia. mm 71 71 71 106 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

Disc dia. mm 24

Funnel dia. mm 55

ea 0.00
XX

QSF42/2

19/26

Water Jet Pumps see Pumps section. Willsttter filter All joints 10/19. Q17MU Complete assembly QMU39/10/0 Filter funnel QMU/WN Nail QMD60 Receiver tube Powder Funnels Cone size QCF5/1 QCF5/2 QCF5/3 QCF5/4 QCF5/5 14/23 19/26 24/29 29/32 34/35 Approx. funnel dia. mm 105 105 105 105 105 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX

Conical filter funnels With sintered disc porosity 3. Semi-micro. Small scale for use with receivers with vents MD60, MD61, MD62 and VT24/8. Cone size QSF4T30 QSF4T31 10/19 14/23 Disc dia. mm 10 10 Funnel dia. mm 30 30 ea 0.00 0.00
XX XX

0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

(2+) (5+) (2+) (2+)

XX XX XX XX

Jointed receivers. With vent Capacity ml QMD60 QMD61 QMD62 5 10 25 Socket size 10/19 14/23 14/23 Height mm 95 130 70 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (2+) 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX

Screwthread receiver With vent, supplied complete with melamine cap, QC24/12, silicone rubber rings, QR24/6 and QR24/9 and PTFE washers QW24/6 and QW24/9 which allow fittings of 6.0 to 9.5mm diameter to be inserted. Overall height 200mm. QVT24/8 Receiver 0.00 ea 0.00 ea (2+) XX Components: QFB100/2 Flask, 100ml, 19/26 socket QMF1/D Ground disc 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea (2+) 0.00 ea (2+)
XX XX

QCF5

QSF3

QMD60

QMD62

QSF42/2

QSF4/QSF4T

QMD61

QVT24/8

Q17MU

480

Quickfit
Flasks
Round bottom, short neck Nom. cap. ml QFR5/0S QFR5/1S QFR10/0S QFR10/1S QFR25/1S QFR25/2S QFR25/3S QFR50/1S QFR50/2S QFR50/3S QFR50/5S QFR100/1S QFR100/2S QFR100/3S QFR100/4S QFR100/5S QFR150/2S QFR150/3S QFR150/4S QFR150/5S QFR250/1S QFR250/2S QFR250/3S QFR250/4S QFR250/5S QFR500/2S QFR500/3S QFR500/4S QFR500/5S QFR500/7S QFR1L/2S QFR1L/3S QFR1L/4S QFR1L/5S QFR1L/7S QFR1L/9S 5 5 10 10 25 25 25 50 50 50 50 100 100 100 100 100 150 150 150 150 250 250 250 250 250 500 500 500 500 500 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 Socket size Approx. overall height mm 50 65 65 68 74 80 80 89 90 95 95 105 108 110 114 112 114 115 120 118 126 129 130 135 138 147 150 153 166 171 177 180 183 196 201 205 Approx. neck length mm 5 15 15 15 10 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 10 10 15 10 10 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 25 25 15 15 10 20 25 25 ea ea (qty+) Round bottom, short neck, continued Nom. cap. ml
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Q
ea (qty+)
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Socket size

Approx. overall height mm 208 215 220 228 236 249 270 270 280 350

Approx. neck length mm 10 20 15 20 15 20 20 15 20 25

ea

10/19 14/23 10/19 14/23 14/23 19/26 24/29 14/23 19/26 24/29 34/35 14/23 19/26 24/29 29/32 34/35 19/26 24/29 29/32 34/35 14/23 19/26 24/29 29/32 34/35 19/26 24/29 29/32 34/35 45/40 19/26 24/29 29/32 34/35 45/40 55/44

0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

0.00 (5+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (2+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (2+) 0.00 (2+) 0.00 (2+) 0.00 (2+) 0.00 (2+) 0.00 (2+) 0.00 (2+)

QFR2L/3US QFR2L/3S QFR2L/4S QFR2L/5S QFR3L/3S QFR3L/5S QFR4L/7S QFR5L/4S QFR5L/5US QFR10L/5S

2000 2000 2000 2000 3000 3000 4000 5000 5000 10000

24/29 24/29 29/32 34/35 24/29 34/35 45/40 29/32 34/35 34/35

0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

Round bottom, medium neck QFR50/3M 50 24/29 QFR100/3M 100 24/29 QFR150/3M 150 24/29 QFR250/3M 250 24/29 QFR500/3M QFR500/3U QFR1L/3UM QFR2L/5UM 500 500 1000 2000 24/29 24/29 24/29 34/35

130 145 150 165 180 205 205 275

45 45 45 45 45 70 40 70

0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

0.00 (5+) 0.00 (2+) 0.00 (2+) 0.00 (2+) 0.00 (2+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (2+)

XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Round bottom, uniform overall height These flasks are suitable where interchangeability of stirring equipment, gas inlet tubes etc. is required in flasks of differing capacities. QFR500/3U QFR1L/3UM QFR2L/3US QFR2L/5UM QFR5L/5US 500 1000 2000 2000 5000 24/29 24/29 24/29 34/35 34/35 205 205 205 280 275 70 40 10 70 20 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (2+)
XX XX XX XX XX

QFR:S

QFR:M

QFR:U

481

Q
QFF50/2S QFF50/3S QFF100/2S QFF100/3S QFF100/4S QFF100/5S QFF150/2S QFF150/3S QFF150/4S QFF150/5S QFF250/2S QFF250/3S QFF250/4S QFF250/5S QFF500/2S QFF500/3S QFF500/4S QFF500/5S QFF1L/3US QFF1L/4S QFF1L/5S QFF2L/3S QFF2L/4S QFF2L/5S

Quickfit
Flat bottom, medium neck These flasks are not suitable for use under vacuum or pressure. ea (qty+) Nom. cap. ml
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Flasks
Flat bottom, short neck These flasks are not suitable for use under vacuum or pressure. Nom. cap. ml 50 50 100 100 100 100 150 150 150 150 250 250 250 250 500 500 500 500 1000 1000 1000 2000 2000 2000 Socket size Approx. overall height mm 80 85 95 100 100 105 105 110 110 115 115 120 125 125 135 140 145 155 170 165 175 205 210 215 Approx. neck length mm 10 10 10 15 15 15 10 15 10 10 10 10 10 10 15 15 15 20 25 20 20 25 25 20 ea

Socket size

Approx. overall height mm 130 140 150 170 190

Approx. neck length mm 35 35 35 35 35

ea

ea (qty+)

19/26 24/29 19/26 24/29 29/32 34/35 19/26 24/29 29/32 34/35 19/26 24/29 29/32 34/35 19/26 24/29 29/32 34/35 24/29 29/32 34/35 24/29 29/32 34/35

0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

0.00 (5+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (2+) 0.00 (2+) 0.00 (2+)

QFF100/3M QFF150/3M QFF250/3M QFF500/3UM QFF1L/3M

100 150 250 500 1000

24/29 24/29 24/29 24/29 24/29

0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

0.00 (2+) 0.00 (2+) 0.00 (2+) 0.00 (2+) 0.00 (2+)

XX XX XX XX XX

Round bottom, two necks Centre neck and one angled side neck. The axis of the side neck meets the axis of the centre neck at the bottom of the flask. The 'septum' side necks have a parallel o.d. of 19mm and i.d. of 15.4mm and are designed for use with subaseals SW500-40 allowing safe liquid introduction by syringe. Nom. cap. ml QFR10/1S/SEP QFR25/1S/SEP QFR25/1S/1A QFR50/1S/1A QFR100/3S/1A QFR100/3S/2A QFR250/3S/1A QFR250/3S/2A QFR500/3S/1A QFR500/3S/2A QFR1L/3S/1A QFR1L/3S/2A QFR2L/5S/2A 10 25 25 50 100 100 250 250 500 500 1000 1000 2000 Centre socket Side socket Approx. overall height mm 60 77 77 89 110 110 130 130 150 150 180 180 225 ea ea (qty+)

14/23 14/23 14/23 14/23 24/29 24/29 24/29 24/29 24/29 24/29 24/29 24/29 34/35

Septum Septum 14/23 14/23 14/23 19/26 14/23 19/26 14/23 19/26 14/23 19/26 19/26

0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

0.00 (2+) 0.00 (2+) 0.00 (2+) 0.00 (2+) 0.00 (2+) 0.00 (2+) 0.00 (2+) 0.00 (2+)

XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Suba-seals see SW500 series.

QFR:SEP in use

QFF:S

QFF:M

QFR:1A

482

Quickfit
Flasks
Round bottom, three necks Centre neck and two angled side necks. The axes of the side necks meet the axis of the centre neck at the bottom of the flask. Nom. cap. ml QFR25/1S/11A QFR25/2S/11A QFR50/1S/11A QFR50/2S/11A QFR50/2S/22A QFR100/2S/11A QFR100/3S/11A QFR100/3S/22A QFR250/2S/22A QFR250/3S/11A QFR250/3S/22A QFR250/4S/11A QFR250/4S/22A QFR500/3S/11A QFR500/3S/22A QFR500/4S/11A QFR500/4S/22A QFR1L/3S/11A QFR1L/3S/22A QFR1L/4S/22A QFR1L/4S/44A QFR1L/5S/22A QFR2L/3US/22A QFR2L/5S/22A QFR3L/5S/22A 25 25 50 50 50 100 100 100 250 250 250 250 250 500 500 500 500 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 2000 2000 3000 Centre x side sockets 14/23 x 14/23 19/26 x 14/23 14/23 x 14/23 19/26 x 14/23 19/26 x 19/26 19/26 x 14/23 24/29 x 14/23 24/29 x 19/26 19/26 x 19/26 24/29 x 14/23 24/29 x 19/26 29/32 x 14/23 29/32 x 19/26 24/29 x 14/23 24/29 x 19/26 29/32 x 14/23 29/32 x 19/26 24/29 x 14/23 24/29 x 19/26 29/32 x 19/26 29/32 x 29/32 34/35 x 19/26 24/29 x 19/26 34/35 x 19/26 34/35 x 19/26 Approx. overall height mm 77 80 89 92 92 108 110 110 128 130 130 135 135 150 150 153 153 180 180 183 183 195 205 228 249 ea ea (2+) QFR250/3S/22P QFR250/4S/11P QFR500/3S/22P QFR500/4S/11P QFR500/4S/22P QFR1L/3S/22P QFR1L/4S/22P QFR1L/5S/22P QFR1L/5S/33P QFR2L/3US/22P QFR2L/4S/22P QFR2L/5S/22P QFR3L/5S/22P QFR3L/5S/33P QFR4L/7S/44P QFR5L/5US/33P QFR6L/7S/44P Round bottom, three necks All parallel. Nom. cap. ml 250 250 500 500 500 1000 1000 1000 1000 2000 2000 2000 3000 3000 4000 5000 6000 Centre x side sockets 24/29 x 19/26 29/32 x 14/23 24/29 x 19/26 29/32 x 14/23 29/32 x 19/26 24/29 x 19/26 29/32 x 19/26 34/35 x 19/26 34/35 x 24/29 24/29 x 19/26 29/32 x 19/26 34/35 x 19/26 34/35 x 19/26 34/35 x 24/29 45/40 x 29/32 34/35 x 24/29 45/40 x 29/32 Approx. overall height mm 130 135 150 153 153 180 185 195 195 210 220 228 249 249 270 275 300 Nom. dist. 'x mm 35 35 40 40 40 46 50 50 50 62 56 56 65 65 75 75 75 ea

Q
ea (2+) 0.00 0.00

0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

QFR:A

QFR:22P

483

Q
QFP5/1 QFP10/1 QFP25/1 QFP50/1 QFP50/2 QFP100/1 QFP100/2 QFP100/3

Quickfit
Pear shape, distillation Approx. overall height mm 67 85 100 115 125 135 140 150 Approx. neck length mm 23 28 38 48 48 58 58 58 ea ea (2+) Nom. cap. ml
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Flasks
Pear shape, single neck Nom. cap. ml 5 10 25 50 50 100 100 100 Socket size Socket size Approx. overall height mm 14/23 14/23 Approx. neck length mm 132 147 ea ea (2+)

14/23 14/23 14/23 14/23 19/26 14/23 19/26 24/29

0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

QMD2/25 QMD2/50

25 50

14/23 14/23

0.00 0.00

0.00 0.00

XX XX

Pear shape, Claisen Nom. cap. ml QMD3/0/25 QMD3/25 QMD3/50 QMD3/100 25 25 50 100 Socket size 10/19 14/23 14/23 14/23 Cone size 10/19 14/23 14/23 14/23 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (2+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX

Pear shape, two necks Centre neck and one angled side neck. Nom. cap. ml QFP50/1/1A 50 Socket size Approx. overall height mm 14/23 Approx. neck length mm 115 ea ea (2+)

Pear shape, Claisen-Vigreux Nom. cap. ml

XX

Socket size 14/23 14/23 14/23

Cone size 14/23 14/23 14/23

ea 0.00 0.00 0.00

ea (2+) 0.00 0.00 0.00

XX XX XX

14/23

0.00

0.00

QMD4/25 QMD4/50 QMD4/100

25 50 100

Pear shape, three necks Centre neck with one parallel side neck and one angled side neck. The minimum distance between the axes of the parallel necks is 15mm. Nom. cap. ml QFP25/0AP 25 Socket size Approx. overall height mm 10/19 Approx. neck length mm 112 ea ea (2+)

10/19

0.00

0.00

XX

QFP50/1/A QFP: QMD2:

QMD3: QFP25/OAP

QMD4:

484

Quickfit
Flasks
Florentine For use with rotary evaporators. Nominal capacity ml QFD50/4RE QFD100/3 QFD100/4RE QFD250/3 QFD250/4RE QFD500/3 QFD500/4RE QFD1L/3 QFD1L/4RE QFD2L/4RE Kjeldahl Nominal capacity ml QFK100/3L QFK300/3L QFK500/3L QFK800/3L QMC22/50 QMC22/100 100 300 500 800 50* 100* Socket size 24/29 24/29 24/29 24/29 19/26 19/26 Overall height mm 260 295 305 325 162 165 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (qty+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 (2+) (2+) (2+) (2+)
XX XX XX XX XX XX

Q
ea (qty+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 (5+) (5+) (5+) (5+) (5+) (5+) (5+) (5+) (5+) (5+) (5+) (5+) (5+) (5+) (5+)
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Socket size 29/32 24/29 29/32 24/29 29/32 24/29 29/32 24/29 29/32 29/32

Overall height mm 94 108 107 148 151 165 160 204 198 245

ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

ea (qty+) 0.00 (2+) 0.00 (2+) 0.00 (2+) 0.00 (2+) 0.00 (2+) 0.00 (2+) 0.00 (2+) 0.00 (2+) 0.00 (2+)
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Conical, Erlenmeyer Standard wall. These flasks are intended for general purpose use. A heavier wall flask (FEH) suitable for vacuum work is detailed below. Nominal Socket capacity size ml QFE10/0 QFE10/1 QFE25/0 QFE25/1 QFE25/2 QFE50/1 QFE50/2 QFE50/3 QFE100/1 QFE100/2 QFE100/3 QFE100/4 QFE150/2 QFE150/3 QFE150/4 QFE250/2 QFE250/3 QFE250/4 QFE250/5 QFE500/2 QFE500/3 QFE500/4 QFE500/5 QFE1L/3 QFE1L/4 QFE1L/5 QFE2L/4 QFE2L/5 10 10 25 25 25 50 50 50 100 100 100 100 150 150 150 250 250 250 250 500 500 500 500 1000 1000 1000 2000 2000 10/19 14/23 10/19 14/23 19/26 14/23 19/26 24/29 14/23 19/26 24/29 29/32 19/26 24/29 29/32 19/26 24/29 29/32 34/35 19/26 24/29 29/32 34/35 24/29 29/32 34/35 29/32 34/35 Overall height mm 60 60 64 72 77 85 85 90 107 103 107 110 118 118 116 134 130 128 130 167 167 167 165 213 205 205 275 260 Approx. dia. mm 33 34 40 42 42 51 51 51 64 64 64 64 74 74 74 85 85 85 85 101 101 101 101 130 130 130 166 166 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

50 100 100 250 250 500 500 1000 1000 2000

0.00 (5+) 0.00 (5+)

0.00 (10+) 0.00 (10+) 0.00 (10+) 0.00 (10+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 (5+) (5+) (5+) (2+)

*QMC22/- are round bottom shape. Iodine Items FIB 250/3 and FIB 500/3 comply with BS 2735. Stoppers supplied separately. Nominal capacity ml QFIB250/3 Flask QSIB24 Stopper QFIB250/4 Flask QSIB29 Stopper QFIB500/3 Flask QSIB24 Stopper QFIB500/4 Flask QSIB29 Stopper 250 250 500 500 Joint size 24/29 24/29 29/32 29/32 24/29 24/29 29/32 29/32 Min. cup capacity ml 20 20 20 20 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (qty+) 0.00 (2+) 0.00 (2+) 0.00 (2+) 0.00 (2+) 0.00 (2+) 0.00 (2+) 0.00 (2+) 0.00 (2+)
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

0.00 (2+) 0.00 (2+)

Conical, heavy wall Suitable for use under vacuum. Nominal capacity ml QFEH250/3 250 Socket size 24/29 Approx. height mm 140 Approx. dia. mm 90 ea 0.00
XX

QFD:

QFK:

QFIB:, QSIB:

QFE:, QFEH:

485

Quickfit
Multi-socket/flat flange lids A series of multi-socket lids for use with the Quickfit range of wide neck reaction flasks and culture vessels. They allow introduction of a great variety of standard Quickfit equipment for stirring, temperature measurement, aeration and general distillation procedures. The parallel side neck can be fitted with a multiple adapter so that larger dropping funnels can be used. Lids with a single socket neck are of use where simple extraction, refluxing or mixing only are required. Flange bore mm QMAF1/75 QDA5/75 QMAF2/2 QMAF2/32 QMAF2/41 QMAF2/52 QMAF3/52 QDA4/100
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Reaction Flasks and Lids

Wide neck reaction flasks A range of spherical* flasks from semi-micro to pilot plant scale fitted with large diameter flat flange joints. This design has several advantages over conventional conical jointed flasks. N Lids can be easily detached N Large stirrers can be accommodated N Vessels can be easily cleaned N Quick and easy addition and removal of solids or resinous material N Flasks and lids using the same size joints are fully interchangeable Nom. Flange Overall cap. bore height ml mm mm QFR250F QFR500F QFR700F QFR1LF QFR2LF QFR3LF QFR5LF QFR6LF QFR10LF QFR20LF 250 500 700* 1000 2000 3000 5000 6000 10000 20000 75 75 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 90 115 135 155 185 210 245 260 320 400 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (2+) 0.00

Centre socket 19/26 34/35 19/26 19/26 19/26 19/26 24/29 29/32 29/32 34/35 34/35

Parallel socket 14/23 19/26 19/26 14/23 19/26 19/26 14/23 19/26

5 19/26 2 x 19/26 24/29 14/23 19/26 19/26 14/23

Side sockets 10 19/26 19/26 19/26 14/23 19/26 19/26 14/23 2 x 19/26

15 19/26 29/32 34/35 34/35 29/32

ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

ea (2+) 0.00 0.00 0.00

XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

75 75 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100

QMAF4/41 QDA5/100 QMAF5/2

Clips for flanged flasks and lids To fit vessels with flange bores as indicated. QJC75F For 75mm bore flanges 0.00 ea QJC100F For 100mm bore flanges 0.00 ea

XX XX

*QFR700F is cylindrical shaped and fits a 500ml heating mantle. QFR:LF

Gaskets, PTFE For placing between two ground glass surfaces. Suitable for use with wide neck reaction vessels, desiccators, etc. Approximately 0.5mm thick. Dimensions given are outside x inside diameters. QZZ30-10 85 x 50mm 0.00 ea XX QZZ30-15 120 x 75mm 0.00 ea XX QZZ30-20 150 x 100mm 0.00 ea XX QZZ30

QFR250F

QMAF1/75

QMAF2/32

QMAF2/41, QMAF3/52 QMAF2/52, QMAF4/41

QFR700F

QMAF2/2

QMAF5/2

QJC:F

486

Quickfit
Cylindrical Culture Flasks
Culture vessels A range of cylindrical, flat bottom vessels suitable for fermentation and certain culture work. When fitted with flat flange/multi-socket lids they will accommodate large stirrers and thermometers. The lids also permit the addition of solutions and gases and facilitate sampling. Culture vessels are not suitable for use under vacuum or pressure. Nom. cap. ml QFV500 QFV1L QFV2L QFV5L QFV10L QFV20L 500 1000 2000 5000 10000 20000 Flange bore mm 75 100 100 100 100 100 Approx. overall height mm 130 160 225 290 375 465 Approx. dia. of body mm 80 105 133 181 227 288 ea

Q
ea (2+)

Filter Flasks
Bchner Filter Flasks With choice of side arm connection, either a traditional all-glass ferrule or screwthread tubing connection with chemically resistant PTFE ferrule which can be used up to 100C for added safety when attaching flexible tubing. Nom. cap. ml Socket size Approx. height mm 105 105 140 145 172 172 220 220 105 107 145 145 172 172 227 227 Approx. dia. mm 70 70 85 85 105 105 135 135 70 64 85 85 105 105 136 136 ea

0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

XX XX XX XX XX XX

Screwthread side-arm connector QFB100/2/SC 100 19/26 QFB100/3/SC 100 24/29 QFB250/3/SC 250 24/29 QFB250/4/SC 250 29/32 QFB500/3/SC QFB500/4/SC QFB1L/3/SC QFB1L/4/SC 500 500 1000 1000 24/29 29/32 24/29 29/32 19/26 24/29 24/29 29/32 24/29 29/32 24/29 29/32

0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Jacketed reaction vessels The vessels are provided with a standard Quickfit 100mm flat flange to which can be clamped any of the wide range of 100mm flange lids. Nom. cap. ml QJRV1L QJRV2L 1000 2000 Overall height mm 228 312 External dia. mm 140 165 ea 0.00 0.00
XX XX

Glass side-arm QFB100/2 100 QFB100/3 100 QFB250/3 250 QFB250/4 250 QFB500/3 QFB500/4 QFB1L/3 QFB1L/4 500 500 1000 1000

XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Flat flange lids and flange clips see previous page. Pyrex Bchner Flasks see FK350/FK352.

QFB:SC

QFV:

QFB

487

Quickfit
Plain columns Designed for use with the various types of column packing which are available. Socket size Cone size Approx. effective length mm 250 500 500 750 272 522 Approx. overall height mm 365 615 620 865 395 645 ea ea (2+)

Fractionation
Dufton columns These columns have an accurately fitted Dufton glass spiral which can be removed for cleaning purposes etc. This type of column has proved exceedingly successful in gas analysis. Socket size Cone size Approx. effective length mm 150 300 150 300 Approx. overall height mm 270 425 290 435 ea QFC7/23 QFC7/43 QFC7/44 QFC7/53 QFC8/23 QFC8/43 24/29 24/29 29/32 24/29 34/35 34/35 24/29 24/29 29/32 24/29 24/29 24/29

QFC1/12 QFC1/22 QFC2/13 QFC2/23

19/26 19/26 24/29 24/29

19/26 19/26 24/29 24/29

0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

XX XX XX XX

0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

XX XX XX XX XX XX

Vigreux columns For ease of operation, relative efficiency and throughput, the Vigreux is probably the most practical and commonly used fractionating column. The shape of the indentations, which project towards the centre of the column, ensures intimate contact between the vapour and the liquid adhering to and running from them and has exceptional efficiency for such a simple unit. Socket size QFC3/13 QFC3/23 QFC3/14 24/29 24/29 29/32 Cone size 24/29 24/29 29/32 Approx. effective length, mm 360 600 360 Sets of points 7 12 7 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX

Packing for plain columns Raschig rings are short lengths of glass tubing, usually having the same length as the diameter. The properties are similar to those mentioned below for the Fenske helices but with less separating power. Fenske packing consists of single-turn borosilicate glass helices which afford a closely-spaced packing. This causes continuous change in direction of flow of liquids and vapour to give maximum contact and good throughput. Packing Approx. diameter mm 6 9 4 Approx. length mm 6 9 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX

Pear bulb column (with or without bubbles) This type of column comprises precision bore tubing and accurately fitted removable pear bulbs. The close fit of the bulbs, each of which is a separate unit, forms a liquid seal between the bulbs and the wall of the column. The castellations allow surplus liquid to flow from the top of each bulb down to the next. Back pressure and hold-up are thus reduced to a minimum. Column FC6/23A is designed to take 12 bulbs and bubbles. Socket size Cone size Max. effective length mm 225 Approx. overall height mm 365 ea ea (5+)

QFC8/06 QFC8/09 QFC8/4S

Raschig rings Raschig rings Fenske helices

Note: The above column packings are supplied in minimum quantities of 1 litre. Packing support These packing supports will hold the smallest column packing normally used, namely 4mm diameter single-turn Fenske helices. To fit socket size Diameter mm 16 21 25 29 35 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (5+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX

QFC6/23A Column 34/35 QFC6/00 Bubble QFC6/10 Bulb

24/29

0.00 0.00 0.00

0.00 0.00

XX XX XX

QEX13/12 QEX13/23 QEX13/24 QEX13/25 QEX13/26

19/26 24/29 29/32 34/35 40/38

QFC6/00

QFC8/06 QFC8/09

QFC8/4S

QFC6/10

QFC1: QFC2:

QFC3:

QFC6/23A

QEX13:

QFC7:, QFC8:

488

Quickfit
Fractionation continued
Liquid dividing fractional distillation head A sluice type reflux ratio head combined with a jacketed coil condenser having an approximate surface area of 4.0 x 102m2. A run-off lip at the bottom of the condenser directs condensed vapour to a weir from which it is either returned to the column or collected. The proportion of liquid returning to the column is adjusted using a GP Rotaflo stopcock. The head is fitted with a pressure equalising tube with vacuum connection, making it an ideal unit for reduced pressure distillations. A size 13 screw-cap is also provided for the insertion of a thermometer (not included). Supplied with screwthread outlets and plastic screwthread connectors. Description Cone size to fit column Cone size to fit receiver 19/26 ea 0.00
XX

Freeze Drying Cold Traps

Cold traps For use in vacuum systems. The cold traps can be attached to vacuum pumps or incorporated at some stage in a vacuum system, and they may be used singly or connected in series. Entrainment of volatile materials into pumps is thus eliminated and condensates may be recovered if required. The ancillary glassware enables assemblies to be readily drained, dismantled, cleaned and re-assembled. Description Refrigerant Socket capacity size ml 250 500 24/29 24/29 Cone size 24/29 24/29 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX

QSH30/42/SC

Fractional 29/32 distillation head

QCT13/250 QCT13/500 QCT2/33 QCT3/33

Cold trap Cold trap 90 bend U-bend with GP Rotaflo stopcock

Cold finger Used in conjunction with a QMA1: or QMA2: multiple adapter, this cold finger forms a simple type of stillhead to regulate reflux by water or air flow. Suitable for fractionations not requiring strict control of the reflux ratio. With screwthread outlets and supplied with polypropylene safety tubing connectors. Cone size Approx. effective length mm 100 Approx. overall length mm 185 0.00 ea 0.00 ea Approx. finger dia. mm 12 ea

Spare Rotaflo keys see QGP series. Cold trap/absorption trap A general purpose trap which can function as a cold trap by immersing it in a Dewar flask or similar vessel containing refrigerant. The unit may also be used as an absorption trap during Kjeldahl digestions. Description QMF24/5 Socket size Cone size 34/35 & 19/26 ea 0.00 0.00 ea (qty+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (2+)
XX

QFC14/00/SC

19/26

0.00 0.00 ea (10+) 0.00 ea (10+)

XX XX

AD255-10 Spare screwthread tubing connector, polypropylene, 4510/02 AD256-06 Spare Viton 'O'-ring 4511/02

QMF28/52

Trap body, 34/35 250mm overall length Trap head 19/26

XX

XX

Sluice type reflux ratio head Allows the reflux to be set or varied by operation of a GP Rotaflo stopcock which controls the amount of distillate removed from the system. A distillate condenser should be attached to the Rotaflo adapter, as the liquid taken off will be at a temperature near its boiling point. Description Socket or cup size 19/26 & 14/23 S13 Cone or ball size 24/29 & S13 19/26 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (5+) 0.00
XX XX XX

QFC15/32 QFC15/2 QJC13

Sluice type head Distillate adapter with GP Rotaflo stopcock Clip for spherical joint

Spare Rotaflo keys see QGP series.

QCT13/250

QCT13/250 QCT2/33

QFC14/00/SC QMF28/52

QFC15/32 QFC15/2 QSH30/42/SC

QCT3/33 QMF24/5

489

Quickfit
Cone size Min. shank length mm Max. Min. shank bore o.d. mm mm 1.5 2.5 5.0 6.5 8.5 12.0 16.5 21.0 26.0 29.5 35.0 39.0 43.5 47.5 2.5 5.0 8.5 12.0 16.5 21.0 26.0 29.5 35.0 39.0 43.5 16.5 21.0 26.0 Min. wall ea thickness mm 0.7 1.0 1.0 1.25 1.25 1.5 1.75 1.75 1.75 2.5 2.0 2.0 2.25 3.0 1.0 1.0 1.25 1.5 1.75 1.75 1.75 2.5 2.0 2.0 2.25 1.75 1.75 1.75 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (qty+) Cone size Min. shank length mm Max. Min. shank bore o.d. mm mm 7.0 9.0 14.0 18.0 23.0 28.0 33.5 38.0 42.0 52.0 14.0 18.0 23.0 28.0 2.0 3.0 6.0 8.0 14.0 19.0 22.0 27.0 31.0 40.0 6.0 8.0 14.0 19.0 Min. wall ea thickness mm 1.0 1.0 1.25 1.50 1.75 1.75 1.75 2.0 2.5 2.75 1.0 1.5 1.75 1.75 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (qty+)

Cone Joints

Plain end, single, Quickfit badged QCNB5 5/13 100 4.5 QCNB7 7/16 100 7.0 QCNB10 10/19 100 9.0 QCNB12 12/21 100 12.0 QCNB14 14/23 100 14.0 QCNB19 QCNB24 QCNB29 QCNB34 QCNB40 QCNB45 QCNB50 QCNB55 QCNB60 19/26 24/29 29/32 34/35 40/38 45/40 50/42 55/44 60/46 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 18.0 23.0 28.0 33.5 39.0 43.0 49.0 53.0 57.0

(10+) (10+) (10+) (10+) (10+) (10+) (10+) (10+) (10+) (10+) (10+) (10+) (10+) (10+)

XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

With long tip, single QCBB7 7/16 90 QCBB10 10/19 90 QCBB14 14/23 90 QCBB19 19/26 90 QCBB24 24/29 90 QCBB29 QCBB34 QCBB40 QCBB45 QCBB55 29/32 34/35 40/38 45/40 55/44 90 90 90 90 90

(10+) (10+) (10+) (10+) (10+) (10+) (10+) (10+) (10+) (10+) (10+) (10+) (10+) (10+)

XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Plain end, single, unbadged QCNB7UB 7/16 100 7.0 QCNB10UB 10/19 100 9.0 QCNB14UB 14/23 100 14.0 QCNB19UB QCNB24UB QCNB29UB QCNB34UB QCNB40UB QCNB45UB QCNB50UB QCNB55UB 19/26 24/29 29/32 34/35 40/38 45/40 50/42 55/44 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 95 100 150 18.0 23.0 28.0 33.5 39.0 43.0 49.0 53.0 23.0 28.0 33.5

With long tip, double QCBD1/55 14/23 55 QCBD2/60 19/26 60 QCBD3/95 24/29 95 QCBD4/125 29/32 125

XX XX XX XX

0.00 (10+) 0.00 (10+) 0.00 (10+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 (10+) (10+) (10+) (10+) (10+)

XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

With stem, reduced shank, single Stem length 150mm except QMF15/0 which is 100mm. QMF15/0 10/19 45 9.0 1.8 1.0 QMF15/1 14/23 45 7.4 4.4 0.9 QMF15/2 19/26 60 10.4 6.2 1.3 QMF15/3 24/29 70 9.6 6.2 1.3 QMF15/4 29/32 70 9.6 6.2 1.3

0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

(5+) (5+) (5+) (5+) (5+)

XX XX XX XX XX

0.00 (10+) 0.00 (10+) 0.00 (10+) 0.00 (10+) 0.00 (10+) 0.00 (10+)

PTFE Sleeves, Azlon For fitting over ground glass cones to provide greaseless lubrication. Wall thickness 0.07mm, taper 1:10. Supplied in packs of 10. Ref. For cone 10/19 14/23 19/26 24/29 29/32 34/35 40/38 50/42 55/44 60/46 pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Plain end, double QCND3/95 24/29 QCND4/100 29/32 QCND5/150 34/35

XX XX XX

QZZ20/10 QZZ20/14 QZZ20/19 QZZ20/24 QZZ20/29 QZZ20/34 QZZ20/40 QZZ20/50 QZZ20/55 QZZ20/60

SWN959 SWN961 SWN962 SWN963 SWN964 SWN965 SWN966 SWN968 SWN969 SWN970

QCNB

QCBB

QZZ20

QCND

QCBD

QMF15

490

Quickfit
Socket Joints
Rolled shoulder, single Socket Min. size shank length mm Quickfit badged QSRB7 7/16 QSRB10 10/19 QSRB12 12/21 QSRB14 14/23 QSRB19 QSRB24 QSRB29 QSRB34 QSRB40 QSRB45 QSRB50 QSRB55 QSRB60 Unbadged QSRB7UB QSRB10UB QSRB12UB QSRB14UB QSRB19UB QSRB24UB QSRB29UB QSRB34UB QSRB40UB QSRB45UB QSRB50UB QSRB55UB 19/26 24/29 29/32 34/35 40/38 45/40 50/42 55/44 60/46 7/16 10/19 12/21 14/23 19/26 24/29 29/32 34/35 40/38 45/40 50/42 55/44 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 Max. shank o.d. mm 11.4 14.0 16.4 18.4 23.0 28.5 33.5 40.0 46.0 53.0 57.0 66.5 71.5 11.4 14.0 16.4 18.4 23.0 28.5 33.5 40.0 46.0 53.0 57.0 66.5 Min. bore mm Min. wall thickness mm 1.3 1.25 1.6 1.6 1.75 1.8 1.75 1.75 2.0 2.2 2.2 2.8 2.8 1.3 1.25 1.6 1.6 1.75 1.8 1.75 1.75 2.0 2.2 2.2 2.8 ea ea (10+)

Q
ea (5+)

Rotulex Joints
Rotulex glass/PTFE spherical A grease-free alternative to conventional ground glass spherical joints. Maximum working temperature 200C and may be used under vacuum. The pathway is glass and PTFE. The complete connection is made up of one each male and female joints, O-ring and clip all of equivalent sizes.
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

5.5 8.0 10.0 12.0 16.0 21.0 26.0 31.0 36.0 41.0 45.5 50.0 55.0 5.5 8.0 10.0 12.0 16.0 21.0 26.0 31.0 36.0 41.0 45.5 50.0

0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

Joint size

Min. shank length mm 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150

Max. shank o.d. mm 8.3 12.4 18.4 24.5 28.5 45 8.3 12.4 18.4 24.5 28.5 45

Approx. Sphebore rical mm dia. mm 5 9 15 20 25 40 5 9 15 20 25 40 13 19 29 35 41 64 13 19 29 35 41 64

ea

Male joint QRM13 13/5 QRM19 19/9 QRM29 29/15 QRM35 QRM41 QRM64 35/20 41/25 64/40

0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

XX XX XX XX XX XX

Female joint QRF13 13/5 QRF19 19/9 QRF29 29/15 QRF35 QRF41 QRF64 35/20 41/25 64/40

XX XX XX XX XX XX

XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

For joint size Clips for Rotulex joints QRC13 13/5 QRC19 19/9 QRC29 29/15 QRC35 QRC41 QRC64 35/20 41/25 64/40*

ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

ea (qty+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (2+)
XX XX XX XX XX XX

Rolled shoulder, double Socket Min. size shank length mm QSRD1/85 QSRD2/85 QSRD3/145 QSRD4/75 QSRD5/100 14/23 19/26 24/29 29/32 34/35 85 85 140 70 100 Max. shank o.d. mm 18.4 23.0 28.5 33.5 41.0 Min. bore mm 12.0 16.0 21.0 26.0 31.0 Min. wall thickness mm 1.6 1.75 1.8 1.75 1.75 ea ea (10+)

O-rings for Rotulex joints QRO13 13/5 QRO19 19/9 QRO29 29/15
XX XX XX XX XX

XX XX XX XX XX XX

0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

QRO35 QRO41 QRO64

35/20 41/25 64/40

* QRC64 clip has 3 equidistant fasteners to provide uniform clamping.

QSRB

QSRD

QRM, QRF, QRO, QRC

491

Quickfit
Spherical Joints
Spherical, ball and cup Spherical joints are intended to give flexibility to complicated assemblies of glassware and facilitate erection of such glassware. In vacuum systems, they relieve stress which may otherwise cause leakage at joints. Joint Min. size shank length mm Max. Approx. Spheshank bore rical o.d. mm dia. mm mm 12.700 12.700 19.050 28.575 34.925 41.275 50.800 12.700 12.700 19.050 28.575 34.925 41.275 50.800 12.700 12.700 19.050 28.575 34.925 41.275 50.800 12.700 12.700 19.050 28.575 34.925 41.275 50.800 ea ea (qty+)

Flat Flange Joints

Flat flange Joints Can be used at high temperatures without risk of seizure. The mating surfaces of the flanges are fine ground. Nom. bore mm QFG10 QFG25 QFG35 QFG50 QFG75 QFG100 10 25 35 50 75 100 Min. shank length mm 110 110 110 110 110 110 Max. shank o.d. mm 15.2 30.8 43.0 57.0 86.8 116.0 Flange o.d. mm 30 55 70 85 120 150 Min. wall thickness mm 2.35 1.8 2.0 2.2 4.4 4.0 ea ea (2+)

0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

XX XX XX XX XX XX

Clips for flat flange joints To fit joints with bore diameters as indicated. Supplied singly. For joint bore, mm QJC29 QJC41 QJC51 QJC50F QJC75F QJC100F 10 25 35 50 75 100 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (qty+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (2+) 0.00 (2+)
XX XX XX XX XX XX

Ball joint (male), Quickfit badged QMS13C S13 100 8.6 2 QMS13 S13 100 8.3 5 QMS19 S19 100 13.0 9 QMS29 S29 100 20.5 15 QMS35 S35 100 24.5 19 QMS41 S41 100 32.8 27 QMS51 S51 120 38.8 32 Cup joint (female), Quickfit badged QFS13C S13 100 8.6 2 QFS13 S13 100 8.3 5 QFS19 S19 100 13.0 9 QFS29 S29 100 20.5 15 QFS35 S35 100 24.5 19 QFS41 S41 100 32.8 27 QFS51 S51 120 38.8 32 Ball joint (male), unbadged QMS13CUB S13 100 8.6 QMS13UB S13 100 8.3 QMS19UB S19 100 13.0 QMS29UB S29 100 20.5 QMS35UB S35 100 24.5 QMS41UB S41 100 32.8 QMS51UB S51 120 38.8 Cup joint (female), unbadged QFS13CUB S13 100 8.6 QFS13UB S13 100 8.3 QFS19UB S19 100 13.0 QFS29UB S29 100 20.5 QFS35UB S35 100 24.5 QFS41UB S41 100 32.8 QFS51UB S51 120 38.8 2 5 9 15 19 27 32 2 5 9 15 19 27 32

0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

0.00 (10+) 0.00 (10+) 0.00 (10+) 0.00 (10+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (10+) 0.00 (10+) 0.00 (10+) 0.00 (10+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (10+) 0.00 (10+) 0.00 (10+) 0.00 (10+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (10+) 0.00 (10+) 0.00 (10+) 0.00 (10+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (5+)

XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Clips for spherical joints To fit joint sizes as indicated. Supplied singly. For joint size QJC13 QJC19 QJC29 QJC35 QJC41 QJC51 QFG QFG fitted with QJC clip S13 S19 S29 S35 S41 S51 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (qty+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (2+) 0.00 (2+) 0.00 (2+)
XX XX XX XX XX XX

QJC:F

QFS

QMS

492

Quickfit
Screwthread Joints
A versatile system of couplings with standard glass screwthreads to which heat and chemically resistant melamine caps are fitted. An aperture in the top of each cap allows the fitting to pass through and be held in position by compression of a silicone rubber ring inside the cap. A PTFE washer protects the rubber ring and plastic cap from contact with the contents of the glass apparatus. All fittings are readily adjustable and depth of immersion can be altered quickly by slackening the screwcap. Use under vacuum Quickfit screwthread joints give excellent results under vacuum with no appreciable variation in performance between the available cap sizes. However, vacuum holding does tend to vary slightly, relative to the diameter of the insert, but the range 10-3 to 10-4 torr is typical of performance. Use at temperature Quickfit screwcaps, rings and washers can be safely used with apparatus operating up to 300C providing excessive heat is not applied directly to the screwthread union. Direct heat application above 140C will result in some discolouration and shrinkage of the screwcap although the rings and washers will be unaffected at this temperature. Screwcap assembly When using apparatus which incorporates screwthreads it is important that the PTFE washer is fitted carefully and correctly. This is best achieved by opening out the washer to the correct diameter using a tapered former. This should be carried out with the silicone rubber ring and PTFE washer in position in the plastic cap as shown in figure 1. Withdraw the tapered former and remove the rubber ring and washer from the cap. Fit each component separately to the fitting which is to be held, as shown in figure 2, and screw the cap on to the thread. It is advisable that the ends of all fittings should be slightly tapered or fired in a Bunsen flame to remove sharp edges and produce a slight taper. Glass screwthreads Thread size Min. shank length mm 160 160 140 110 160 160 140 110 Shank o.d. mm Min. bore mm ea

Q
ea (10+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX

Quickfit badged QSQ13 13 QSQ18 18 QSQ24 24 QSQ28 28 Unbadged QSQ13UB QSQ18UB QSQ24UB QSQ28UB 13 18 24 28

11.1 15.4 22.5 24.5 11.1 15.4 22.5 24.5

7.5 10.5 15.5 19.7 7.5 10.5 15.5 19.7

0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

XX XX XX XX

Plastic screwcaps, silicone rubber rings and PTFE washers To fit the QSQ range of screwthread joints. Thread size Plastic screwcap QQC13/7 13 QQC18/11 18 QQC24/12 24* 24* 24* 28* 28* 28* Acceptable diameter through screwcap, mm 6.0 to 7.0 7.0 to 8.5 6.0 to 7.0 8.5 to 9.5 10.5 to 11.5 6.0 to 7.0 10.5 to 11.5 18.0 to 19.0 ea ea (10+)

0.00 0.00 0.00

0.00 0.00 0.00

XX XX XX

QQC28/9 QQC28/13 QQC28/21

0.00 0.00 0.00

0.00 0.00 0.00

XX XX XX

Rings and washers for screwcaps For cap thread size QQC Rubber ring QQR13/6 QQR18/7 QQR24/6 QQR24/9 QQR24/11 QQR28/6 QQR28/11 QQR28/18 QQW Figure 1 Figure 2 PTFE washer QQW13/6 QQW18/7 QQW24/6 QQW24/9 QQW24/11 QQW28/6 QQW28/11 QQW28/18 13 18 24* 24* 24* 28* 28* 28* 13 18 24* 24* 24* 28* 28* 28* To accept tube diameters, mm 6.0 to 7.0 7.0 to 8.5 6.0 to 7.0 8.5 to 9.5 10.5 to 11.5 6.0 to 7.0 10.5 to 11.5 18.0 to 19.0 6.0 to 7.0 7.0 to 8.5 6.0 to 7.0 8.5 to 9.5 10.5 to 11.5 6.0 to 7.0 10.5 to 11.5 18.0 to 19.0 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (10+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

QQR

XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

*Size 24 screwcaps allow different tube sizes to be inserted by using the appropriate rubber rings and PTFE washers. Size 28 screwcaps also accept different tube diameters but screwcaps must be changed to fit each size together with rings and washers.

QSQ

493

Quickfit
Nitrogen (Kjeldahl)
Macro Kjeldahl distillation assembly This assembly uses the same flask for distillation as for the digestion stage and conversion from one stage to the other can be done very quickly. Socket size Q280MC Complete assembly 19/26 10/19 24/29 19/26 19/26 19/26 Cone size 19/26 19/26 24/29 19/26 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (qty+) 0.00 (2+) 0.00 (2+) 0.00 (2+)
XX

Measures
Tilt Measures The tilt measures can be fitted to any vessel having a 24/29 socket (e.g. QFE250/3) and comprise an outer body with separate internal measure. Tilt measure bodies are supplied complete with plastic screwcaps QQC28/13, silicone rubber ring QQR28/11 and PTFE washer QQW28/11. Thread size 28; cone 24/29. Measure capacity ml Body QTM28/23 QTM28/23 QTM28/43 QTM28/43 Inner QTM11/5 QTM11/10 QTM11/20 QTM11/25 5 10 20 25 5 10 20 25 ea ea (2+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX

0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

Components: QC1/12/SC Condenser QD62/50GP Dropping funnel, 50ml QFK500/3L Kjeldahl flask, 500ml QMA1/3 Multiple adapter QRA1/22 Delivery adapter QSH7/12 Splash head Kjeldahl heaters see KJ300/KJ305.

XX XX XX XX XX XX

XX XX XX XX

Tilt Pipettes, MBL Borosilicate glass. Kipps pattern. Complete with 500ml reservoir bottle and screw cap fixing. Ref. PP735-10 PP735-15 PP735-20 PP735-25 PP735-30 PP735-35 PP735-40 PRA500 PRA502 PRA504 PRA506 PRA508 PRA510 PRA512 Capacity ml 1 2 5 10 20 25 50 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (10+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Reservoir bottles, polyethylene see BW602. Spare glass tilt pipette heads for PP735 see PP737 on page 423.

QFE250/3, QTM11, QTM28

PP735

Q280MC

494

Quickfit
Separating and Dropping Funnels
Nominal capacity ml Socket size ea

Q
ea

Dropping Cylindrical, stem in line with cone, glass stopcock or GP Rotaflo stopcock. Nominal capacity ml Cone and socket size 10/19 14/23 14/23 14/23 19/26 19/26 19/26 19/26 10/19 14/23 14/23 14/23 19/26 19/26 19/26 19/26

Dropping Cylindrical, plain stem, GP Rotaflo stopcock. QD41/25 25 14/23 QD41/50 50 14/23 QD42/100 100 19/26 QD42/250 250 19/26 QD42/500 500 19/26 Separating Pear shape, plain stem, GP Rotaflo stopcock. QD52/50 50 19/26 QD52/100 100 19/26 QD52/250 250 19/26 QD52/500 500 19/26 QD53/500 QD22/1L QD24/1L 500 1000 1000 24/29 19/26 29/32

0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

XX XX XX XX XX

Glass stopcock QD1/00 QD1/01 QD1/11 QD1/21 QD1/22 QD1/32 QD1/42 QD1/62 GP Rotaflo stopcock QD1/00GP QD1/01GP QD1/11GP QD1/21GP QD1/22GP QD1/32GP QD1/42GP QD1/62GP

20 25 50 100 100 250 500 1000 20 25 50 100 100 250 500 1000

0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Separating Conical, plain stem, GP Rotaflo stopcock. QD91/50 50 14/23 QD91/100 100 14/23 QD92/100 100 19/26 QD93/250 QD93/500 QD38/3/1L 250 500 1000 24/29 24/29 24/29

0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

XX XX XX XX XX XX

GP Rotaflo stopcock, stem in line with cone QD31/1/25 25 14/23 QD31/1/50 50 14/23 QD31/1/100 100 14/23 QD31/2/100 100 19/26 QD31/2/250 QD31/2/500 QD31/2/1L 250 500 1000 19/26 19/26 19/26

XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Dropping and separating funnels, MBL and Pyrex see FU200/FU630.

continued on next page QD52 QD53 QD22 QD24

QD41 QD42

QD91 QD92 QD93 QD38 QD1 QD1-GP QD31

495

Quickfit
Equalising and Open Top Funnels
Pressure equalising GP Rotaflo stopcock, for use when liquids have to be introduced into vessels under vacuum or slight positive pressure. This range is recommended for use with obnoxious or corrosive liquids. The funnels can also be used with Soxhlets as solvent traps to facilitate recovery at the end of an extraction. Nominal capacity ml QDE100/22 QDE100/32 QDE250/32 QDE250/33 QDE250/44 QDE250/55 QDEC500/32 QDEC500/33 100 100 250 250 250 250 500 500 Socket size 19/26 24/29 24/29 24/29 29/32 34/35 24/29 24/29 Cone size 19/26 19/26 19/26 24/29 29/32 34/35 19/26 24/29 Body form Pear shape Pear shape Pear shape Pear shape Pear shape Pear shape Cylindrical Cylindrical ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Separating and Dropping Funnels

Separating Pear shape, glass or GP Rotaflo stopcock. Nominal capacity ml Glass stopcock QD2/01 QD2/11 QD2/12 QD2/21 QD2/22 QD2/31 QD2/32 QD2/42 QD2/43 QD2/62 25 50 50 100 100 250 250 500 500 1000 Cone and socket size 14/23 14/23 19/26 14/23 19/26 14/23 19/26 19/26 24/29 19/26 14/23 14/23 19/26 14/23 19/26 14/23 19/26 19/26 24/29 19/26 ea

0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

GP Rotaflo stopcock QD2/01GP 25 QD2/11GP 50 QD2/12GP 50 QD2/21GP 100 QD2/22GP 100 QD2/31GP QD2/32GP QD2/42GP QD2/43GP QD2/62GP 250 250 500 500 1000

Spare keys and safety locks see QGP and QSL series.
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Open top Stem with cone, GP Rotaflo stopcock. Nominal capacity ml QD62/50GP 50 Cone size 19/26 ea 0.00
XX

Reservoir
Five litre reservoir With 10mm bore GP Rotaflo stopcock. Cone size Socket size 34/35 ea 0.00
XX

Dropping Open top stem with cone, GP Rotaflo stopcock. Nominal capacity, ml QD3/12 QD3/22 QD3/32 50 100 250 Cone size 19/26 19/26 19/26 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX

QCR1/535

24/29

Spare keys and safety locks see QGP and QSL series.

Spare keys for GP Rotaflo stopcocks see QGP3 and QGP6.

QDE

QD3

QDEC

QD2

QD2/GP

QD62/50GP QCR1/535

496

Quickfit
One Joint Sets
A comprehensive range of Quickfit jointed glassware sets and extension kits covering the practical chemistry requirements of teachers, students, researchers and industrial laboratories. N Suitable for both inorganic and organic chemistry N Single joint size fitting throughout each set scale level: 17BU, 10BU: 10/19 29BU/M, 27BU, 23BU/M: 14/23 46BU, 42BU: 19/26 N Semi-micro scale with flask capacities from 5ml to 250ml N Extension kits for most sets increase versatility N Most sets are supplied in boxes which fit into a normal laboratory bench drawer and have compartments to both safely protect the contents and to utilise the least amount of storage space Summary of Sets No. of components 17BU 10BU 29BU/M 27BU 23BU/M 46BU 42BU 7 23 5 9 17 11 22 Scale up to 15g up to 15g up to 30g up to 30g up to 30g up to 150g up to 150g Typical use Students Teaching/Industry

Students Teaching Teaching/Research/Industry Students Teaching/Industry

The progression of these Sets and Extension Kits is as follows:

+29 X/M (1 box) +27X/M (1 box)

29BU/M 29BU/M

27BU 29BU/M 29X/M

23BU/M 27BU 27X/M

One-joint sets
+46X (1 box)

46BU 46BU

42BU 46BU 46X

497

Q
Ref. No. C1/00 D1/00 FP25/0 FP25/OAP FR5/OS MF15/0 MF31/0/250 MU33 MF33C RA2/00 SB10 SH4/0 C2/00 MU39/10/0 MD60 MU/WN MU9/00 MU23/0 MU8/0 STQ RA1/10

Quickfit
Set 17BU A 7-part set suitable for carrying out most of the simple processes of preparative organic chemistry including: reflux, reflux with addition, distillation, preparation, steam distillation and separation. An ideal set for introducing students to the first principles of preparative chemistry. Supplied in a cardboard box and complete with instructions. Q17BU Set 17BU 0.00 ea XX Set 10BU A 23-part comprehensive semi-micro set which includes a self-contained turbine driven stirrer unit. Components are provided to produce assemblies covering all the principal techniques of preparative organic chemistry. An ideal set for industrial use or for teaching at widely varying levels up to post graduate standard. Supplied in wood storage box complete with drawing stencil and instruction booklet which includes practical details of experiments and preparations. The storage box can be used as a stand to support the various assemblies. Q10BU Set 10BU 0.00 ea XX Stencil, STQ Plastic. 150mm diameter. Enables scale drawings to be made of semi-micro assemblies. QSTQ Stencil STQ 0.00 ea 0.00 ea (5+) XX

One-Joint Sets
17BU and 10BU Joint size 10/19. For quantities up to 15g. Components: Item No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 Components Liebig condenser Tap funnel, 20ml Flask, pear shape, 25ml Flask, three necks, 25ml Flask, round bottom, 5ml Air leak/steam inlet Thermometer 10 to 250C Dropping pipette Rubber teat Receiver adapter Stopper Still head Air condenser Filter funnel Receiver tube Willsttter nail Gas inlet tube Drying tube Stirrer Drawing stencil Receiver adapter 17 BU 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Sets 10 BU 1 1 1 1 3 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

QSTQ Steam Distillation Preparation or recovery Distillation

Reaction with gas evolution

Q17 BU

Simple reflux

Reflux with addition and absorption Q10 BU Reflux with addition Fractional distillation Q10 BU Typical Assembly

498

Quickfit
One-Joint Sets
One-Joint Sets 29BU/M, 27BU and 23BU/M With extension kits. Joint size 14/23. For quantities up to 30g. Components: Ref. No. FP50/1 SH4/1 C1/11/SC ST51/13 RA1/11 MF5 D31/1/50 SB14 TRF593 FR25/1S C2/11 3730/04 MF23/1 FP50/1/1A MF5 MF17/1/SC ST51/18 Item No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 Components Pear shaped flask, 50ml Stillhead Liebig condenser Screwcap adapter Receiver adapter Air leak/steam inlet tube Dropping funnel, 50ml with GP Rotaflo tap Glass stopper Plastic stopper Thermometer Round bottom flask, 25ml Air condenser/drying tube Sintered glass funnel Drying tube Pear shaped flask, 50ml, with angled side neck Air leak/steam inlet tube Adapter with T connection Screwcap adapter 29BU/M 1 1 1 1 1 29X/M 1 1 1 1 Sets 27BU 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 27X/M 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

23BU/M 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Set 29BU/M A 5-part introductory set to the principle techniques of preparative organic chemistry. An ideal set for students. Supplied in a box with instruction booklet which contains notes on practical techniques and details of various experiments and preparations. Q29BU/M Set 29BU/M 0.00 ea XX Extension Kit 29X/M Comprising 4 components which convert set 29BU/M into the more comprehensive 27BU. Supplied in recessed tray which will accommodate the items contained in set 29BU/M. Q29X/M Extension kit 29X/M 0.00 ea XX

Set 27BU A 10-part set of great versatility and purposely designed to cover the essential requirements for the teaching of organic chemistry. A highly popular set for use in schools, colleges and universities. Supplied in a box with foam storage tray, Cd of clip-art images for illustrations and instructions which include practical details of a students course of experiments and preparations, including safety and maintenance of the glassware. Q27BU Set 27BU 0.00 ea XX

Extension Kit 27X/M Comprising 8 components which convert set 27BU to the comprehensive set 23BU/M. Supplied in storage tray with instructions booklet. Q27X/M Extension kit 27X/M 0.00 ea XX Set 23BU/M A 17-part set comprising all the components of set 27BU and those of extension kit 27X/M. This comprehensive set covers the requirements for preparative organic chemistry up to graduate standard and is also suitable for postgraduate and industrial research. Supplied in two boxes. Q23BU/M Set 23BU/M 0.00 ea XX continued on next page

Q29BU/M Preparation

Steam distillation

Q27BU

Q29X/M

Reflux

Q27X/M

Recovery

Reflux with addition

499

Quickfit
Gas Preparation Kit 1GS
Designed for educational use but can be used for the preparation of gases for a wide variety of chemical experiments. The gases and vapours that can be prepared with the kit include: Ammonia Hydrogen chloride Nitrogen Bromine Hydrogen iodide Nitrogen dioxide Carbon dioxide Hydrogen peroxide Nitrous oxide Carbon monoxide Hydrogen sulphide Oxygen Chlorine Iodine Sulphur dioxide Hydrogen Nitric oxide Sulphur trioxide Hydrogen bromide Gas Preparation Kit 1GS Comprising items 1 to 24 on components list. Supplied in two boxes, with integral storage trays, as two component kits 1GS/1 and 1GS/2. With illustrated instructions for carrying out 19 gas preparations. Q1GS Kit 1GS 0.00 ea XX Components Item Components SH1/33 MF27/3/13 MF24/3/8 MF18/33/SC GS6/24 D60/50 VT24/8 ST53/13 MF27/3/13 ST53/13 ST12/133 RA1/23 D62/0 MF29/3/125 FR250/3M MF29/3/125 FR150/3M 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 Recovery bend Bent tube Adjustable wash bottle head Test tube 'T' adapter Combustion tube Dropping funnel, 50ml Test tube with side-arm Cone/screwcap adapter Adjustable wash bottle head Cone/screwcap adapter Gas mixing tube Delivery adapter 2 x gas jar covers, 75mm dia. Dropping funnel plug Dreschel bottle, 125ml Beehive shelf, 75mm dia. Flask, R.B., 250ml Dreschel bottle, 125ml Flask, R.B., 150ml 5 x glass tubes, 7mm o.d. Plastic trough Gas jar, 200mm x 50mm Gas jar, 200mm x 50mm Joint 24/29 24/29 24/29 24/29 10/19 24/29 24/29 24/29 24/29 24/29 24/29 24/29 24/29 24/29 Thread 13 24 24 13 13 13 13

One-Joint Sets continued

One-Joint Sets 46BU and 42BU With extension kit. Joint size 19/26. For quantities up to 150g. Components Set 46BU (items 1 to 11) Extension 46X (items 12 to 22) Set 42BU (items 1 to 22) Item No. D1/22 MF5 C1/12/SC RA1/12 SB19 FR250/2S ST52/13 SH4/2 FP100/2 SF42/2 FB100/2 C1/12/SC ST6/7 ST7/2 MF5 RA3/22 C2/12 MF23/2 MF23/2 SB19 FR250/2S/22A ST52/13 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22

Components Dropping funnel, 100ml with interchangeable key Air leak/steam inlet tube Liebig condenser Receiver adapter Stopper Round bottom flask, 250ml Cone/screwcap adapter Stillhead Pear shaped flask, 100ml Filter funnel, 24mm diameter perforated plate Bchner flask, 100ml Liebig condenser Stirrer shaft, 450mm long PTFE stirrer blade to fit ST 6/7 Air leak/steam inlet tube Receiver bend with vacuum connection Plain column Drying tube Drying tube Stopper Round bottom flask, 250ml, three necks Cone/screwcap adapter

Set 46BU An 11-part set similar in use to set 27 BU/M but for quantities up to 150g. Contains components for filtration. Supplied in box with storage tray. Q46BU Set 46BU 0.00 ea XX Extension Kit 46X Kit comprises 11-components which converts set 46 BU to set 42 BU. Supplied in box with storage tray. Q46X Extension kit 46X 0.00 ea XX Set 42BU A 22-part comprehensive set comprising components of set 46 BU and extension kit 46X. Supplied in two boxes with storage trays. Q42BU Set 42BU 0.00 ea XX

Q46BU

Q46X

Q1GS Comprising Component Kits 1GS/1 and 1GS/2

500

Quickfit
Stillheads
Flask Recovery bends, sloping QSH1/11 14/23 QSH1/22 19/26 QSH1/23 24/29 QSH1/33 24/29 QSH1/44 29/32 Recovery bends, vertical QSH2/11 14/23 QSH2/22 19/26 QSH2/23 24/29 QSH2/33 24/29 Plain With thermometer sockets. Cone size Flask Condenser QSH4/0 QSH4/1 QSH4/22 QSH4/2 QSH4/23 QSH4/33 QSH4/44 QSH4/35 QSH4/55 10/19 14/23 19/26 19/26 24/29 24/29 29/32 34/35 34/35 10/19 14/23 19/26 19/26 19/26 24/29 29/32 24/29 34/35 Socket size 10/19 14/23 14/23 19/26 14/23 14/23 14/23 14/23 14/23 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (2+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Q
ea 0.00
XX

Cone size

Condenser 14/23 19/26 19/26 24/29 29/32 14/23 19/26 19/26 24/29

ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

ea (2+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

XX XX XX XX XX

Splash head adapter Socket size QSH17/23 19/26 Cone size 24/29

Flask Splash heads, sloping QSH7/02 19/26 QSH7/03 24/29 QSH7/43 24/29 QSH7/0/44 29/32 QSH7/0/55 34/35 Splash heads, vertical QSH7/12 19/26 QSH7/13 24/29 QSH7/53 24/29

Cone size

Condenser 19/26 19/26 24/29 29/32 34/35 19/26 19/26 24/29

ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

ea (2+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

XX XX XX XX XX

XX XX XX XX

XX XX XX

Steam distillation head, sloping Supplied complete with screwthread safety connector (AD255-10). Flask QSH7/23/SC 24/29 Cone size Condenser 19/26 0.00 ea 0.00 ea ea 0.00 ea (2+) 0.00
XX XX XX

AD255-10 Spare screwthread tubing connector 4510/02 for above AD256-06 Spare silicone sleeve 4511/02

0.00 ea (10+) 0.00 ea (10+)

Claisen heads, sloping QSH6/1 QSH6/22 QSH6/23 QSH6/33 QSH6/44 14/23 19/26 24/29 24/29 29/32 14/23 19/26 19/26 24/29 29/32 14/23 14/23 14/23 14/23 14/23 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX

QSH1

QSH7/1, QSH7/5 QSH6

QSH2

QSH4

QSH17/23

QSH7/0, QSH7/4

QSH7/23/SC

501

Q
Link QST1/1 QST1/24

Quickfit
Guides Smallest neck through which stirrer will pass 24/29 Socket 24/29 Socket 24/29 Socket 55/44 Socket 100mm Flat Flange 100mm Flat Flange 100mm Flat Flange 100mm Flat Flange Blade width mm 75 75 70 50 80 95 140 140 ea QST2/2/SC QST2/33C/SC QST2/44C/SC To fit stirrer shaft mm 6 11 11 Socket size Cone size Approx. stem length mm 200 300 300 ea

Stirring Accessories
Rotors For low speed applications. Approx. shaft dia. x length, mm 6 x 450 6 x 600

0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

XX XX

19/26 24/29 29/32

19/26 24/29 29/32

0.00 0.00 0.00

XX XX XX

Pivoted paddle QST1/4 6 x 450 Fixed paddle QST1/2 6 x 610 QST11/2 11 x 750 Anchor QST1/5 QST1/6 QST1/8 6 x 450 6 x 600 11 x 750

XX

XX XX

Simple screwcap glands Screwcap adapters may be used as simple glands for basic stirring operations providing they are not used at high speeds or under vacuum. The silicone rubber ring inside the cap should be suitably lubricated. Size 13 thread adapters are suitable for 6mm stirrer shafts and size 24 for 11mm shafts. See QST51 to ST55 on page 470. Ground sleeve glands With lubricant reservoir. For use up to 700rpm and at pressures down to 0.1 torr (13.3 Pa). Rotation of the stirrer is achieved by coupling to a geared motor. To fit stirrer shaft mm Cone size Thread size ea

XX XX XX

PTFE blade, removable glass shaft Approx. Smallest neck shaft dia. through which x length, mm stirrer will pass QST7/2 QST6/7 QST7/3 QST6/7 QST7/3L QST11/5 Blade Shaft Blade Shaft Blade Shaft 6 x 450 6 x 450 11 x 750 19/26 Socket 19/26 Socket 24/29 Socket 24/29 Socket 24/29 Socket 24/29 Socket Blade width mm 52 76 76 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (5+) 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX

QST20/2 QST20/3 QST20/4

Screwcap sleeve Screwcap sleeve Screwcap sleeve

6 11 11

19/26 24/29 29/32

13 24 24

0.00 0.00 0.00

XX XX XX

Stuffing box glands With integral drive pulley except ST3/2F which requires coupling to a geared motor via a flexible connection. Material To fit Pulley Cone (cone stirrer dia. size portion) shaft mm mm QST4/2 QST4/2F Gland with pulley Gland with pulley Gland only Spare 'O' ring Felt washer Brass PTFE PTFE 6 6 6 6 6 11 11 11 35.7, 23.8 35.7, 23.8 19/26 19/26 19/26 ea ea (qty+)
XX XX

Semi-micro, turbine driven Can be operated by water or air pressure (upper connection) or by air flow induced by a vacuum pump (lower connection). Cone QMU8/0 10/19 Approx. shaft dia. x length, mm 2 x 90 from cone ea 0.00
XX

0.00 0.00

Air-powered stirrers see SR940 on page 591. Alternative stirrer bearings see SR946.

QST3/2F QST4R QST4W

XX 0.00 0.00 0.00 (10+) XX 0.00 0.00 (10+) XX

QST14/4F Gland with PTFE pulley QST14R Spare 'O' ring QST14W Felt washer

48.4, 29/32 38.9

0.00

XX

0.00 0.00 (5+) XX 0.00 0.00 (5+) XX

QST51/52/ 53/54/55

QST3/2F

QMU8/0 QST1/2 QST1/5

QST1/1

QST1/4

QST7 on shaft

QST2/2/SC

QST4

QST20/2

502

Quickfit
Rotaflo Stopcocks
With safety locking device which prevents complete unscrewing of the key. N All glass/PTFE pathway N No lubrication required Choice of two ranges: General purpose (GP) fitted with blue control cap for easy identification. N Vacuum operation to 10-4 torr N Temperature range 20 to 200C N Bore sizes 3, 6 and 10mm N Straight, right angle, burette configurations High performance (HP) fitted with red control cap for easy identification. N Vacuum operation to 10 torr
-6

Q
ea (qty+)

N Excellent flow control N Interchangeable keys

High Performance Rotaflo Stopcocks Borosilicate glass with PTFE screw-in key, safety locking ring, and individual performance test certificate. Bore Type mm Approx. overall length mm Side arms bore mm 2 5 5 5 7 7 7 7 7 10 10 10 10 15 15 ea

QHP3ST/C QHP3ST/5 QHP3RA/5 QHP3TW/5 QHP3ST/7 QHP3RA/7 QHP6ST/7 QHP6RA/7 QHP6TW/7 QHP6ST/10 QHP6RA/10 QHP10ST/10 QHP10RA/10 QHP10ST/15 QHP10RA/15 Spare keys

3 3 3 3 3 3 6 6 6 6 6 10 10 10 10

Straight 210 2 capillary bores Straight 210 2 plain bores Right angle 165 2 plain bores 3-way 215 Straight 210 Right angle 165 Straight Right angle 3-way Straight Right angle Straight Right angle Straight Right angle 210 165 215 210 165 210 175 210 175

0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

0.00 (2+) 0.00 (2+) 0.00 (2+) 0.00 (2+) 0.00 (2+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 (2+) (2+) (2+) (2+)

XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

N Temperature range 20 to 200C N Keys can be degassed at 130C for high vacuum work N Each stopcock mass spectrometer tested with individual performance certificate supplied N Self lubricating silicone vacuum seal Rotaflo is a registered trade mark. Bibby Sterilin Ltd. - registered user. General Purpose Rotaflo Stopcocks Borosilicate glass with PTFE screw-in key and safety locking ring. Bore mm Type Approx. overall length mm Side arms bore mm 5 5 5 7 7 10 10 ea ea (qty+)

Bore, mm For GP Rotaflo stopcocks QGP3K 3 QGP6K 6 QGP10K 10 For HP Rotaflo stopcocks QHP3K 3 QHP6K 6 QHP10K 10 Spare safety locks For GP and HP Rotaflo stopcocks. Bore, mm QLR3 QLR6 QLR10 3 6 10

ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

ea (qty+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (2+) 0.00 (2+)
XX XX XX

QGP3ST/5 QGP3RA/5 QGP3BU/5B QGP6ST/7 QGP6RA/7

3 3 3 6 6

Straight 210 Right angle 150 Burette 175 borosilicate Straight 210 Right angle 165 Straight 225 Right angle 175

0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

0.00 (5+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (2+) 0.00 (2+)

XX XX XX

XX XX XX

XX XX XX XX

QGP10ST/10 10 QGP10RA/10 10

Spare glass bodies For GP and HP Rotaflo stopcocks are available and can be ordered by adding prefix RB to the appropriate Quickfit number eg, RB3ST/5, RB3RA/5, RB10RA/15.

ea 0.00 0.00 0.00

ea (5+) 0.00 0.00 0.00

XX XX XX

QGP3ST/5 QGP6ST/7 QGP10ST/10

QGP3RA/5 QGP6RA/7 QGP10RA/10

QHP3ST/C

QHP3TW/5 QHP6TW/7

QHP3RA/5 QHP3RA/7 QHP6RA/7 QHP6RA/10 QHP10RA/10 QHP10RA/15

QGP3K QGP6K QGP10K QGP3BU/5B

QLR3 QLR6 QLR10

QHP3ST/5 QHP3ST/7 QHP6ST/7 QHP6ST/10 QHP10ST/10 QHP10ST/15

QHP3K QHP6K QHP10K

503

Q
QSB7 QSB10 QSB12 QSC14 QSB14 QSB19 QSC24 QSB24 QSB29 QSB34 QSB40

Quickfit
Tubes
Air/steam inlet, plain Plain air/steam inlet tube for use with size 13 screwcap adapter. Because the adapter allows variation in depth of immersion, the tube can be used with flasks of various capacities. This item has a jet drawn on one end and is included in the range for the benefit of customers who do not have the correct size of tubing available. Approx. dia. mm QMF5 Air/steam inlet Straight with cone. Cone size Approx. stem length mm 100 150 150 150 150 ea ea (5+) 6.5 Approx. length mm 325 ea 0.00 ea (5+) 0.00
XX

Stoppers and Thermometers

Stoppers Hollow blown to reduce weight and closed at the lower end. Cone size 7/16 10/19 12/21 14/15 14/23 19/26 24/20 24/29 29/32 34/35 40/38 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (qty+) (5+) (10+) (10+) (10+) (10+) (10+) (10+) (10+)
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

0.00 (10+) 0.00 (10+) 0.00 (2+)

Long Handle Stoppers For iodine flasks Cone size QSIB24 QSIB29 24/29 29/32 ea 0.00 0.00 ea (2+) 0.00 0.00
XX XX

QMF15/0 QMF15/1 QMF15/2 QMF15/3 QMF15/4

10/19 14/23 19/26 24/29 29/32

0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

XX XX XX XX XX

Air/steam inlet Bent with cone and screwthread safety connector. Cone size Approx. stem length mm 100 150 150 150 ea ea (qty+)

Enclosed scale thermometers With integral cone. Mercury filled unless indicated. Cone size QMF31/0/110 QMF31/0/250 QMF31/0/360 QMF31/1 QMF31/1S QMF31/2 QMF31/2S QMF31/3 *Spirit filled. Fixed immersion thermometer pocket Closed end, made to fit Quickfit stillheads. It will take a normal unjointed laboratory thermometer. Cone size QSH4A 14/23 Approx. stem length, mm 45 ea 0.00 ea (2+) 0.00
XX

Range, C 10 to 110 10 to 250 10 to 360 10 to 110 10 to 110* 10 to 250 10 to 250* 10 to 360

ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

10/19 10/19 10/19 14/23 14/23 14/23 14/23 14/23

QMF15/0B/SC QMF15/1B/SC QMF15/2B/SC QMF15/3B/SC

10/19 14/23 19/26 24/29

0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

(5+) (5+) (5+) (5+)

XX XX XX XX

Combustion Designed specifically as a combustion tube for the inorganic gas preparation set. It can also be used as a screwthread connector. Thread size QGS6/24 24 To hold insert dia. mm 6 to 7 Overall length mm 230 ea 0.00
XX

Thermometer adapters see QST51 to QST55 series on page 470.

QSB, QSC series

QMF31

QSH4A

QMF5

QMF15

QMF15-B

QGS6/24

504

Quickfit
Tubes
All dimensions and capacities are approximate. Test Tubes Socket size QMF24/0 QMF24/0/4 QMF24/12/4 QMF24/1 QMF24/1/5 QMF24/1/6 QMF24/2 QMF24/2/6 QMF24/3 QMF24/3/8 QMF24/5 10/19 10/19 12/21 14/23 14/23 14/23 19/26 19/26 24/29 24/29 34/35 Overall mm 65 100 100 100 125 150 100 150 150 200 250 Dia. mm 14 14 17 19 19 19 23 23 29 29 41 Cap. ml 2 5 10 11 15 19 19 31 54 75 195 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (5+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Q
ea (5+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX

Digestion Tubes Cap. ml With joint QTJ15/16/1 QTJ75/26/3 QTJ100/26/3 QTJ250/42/6 Plain QTT75/26 QTT100/26 QTT250/42 15 75 100 250 75 100 250 Dia. mm 16 26 26 42 26 26 42 Overall mm 145 255 300 300 255 300 300 Joint size 14/23 24/29 24/29 40/38 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

XX XX XX

Digestion Tubes With constriction Kjeldahl style with or without calibration mark. Cap. ml Not graduated QTK75/26 QTK100/26 QTK250/42 Graduated QTK75/26G QTK100/26G QTK250/42G Dia. mm Length mm Grad. mark ml 75 100 250 75 100 250 ea ea (5+)

Stoppers see QSB- on page 504. Centrifuge Tubes Each tube is marked with its weight to the nearest 0.1g to enable tubes of similar weight to be selected from any batch. Socket size QBC24/C14T QBC24/C24R 14/15 24/20 Overall mm 17 to 17.3 28 to 29 Dia. mm 115 115 Cap. ml 10 30 ea 0.00 0.00 ea (10+) 0.00 0.00
XX XX

75 100 250 75 100 250

26 26 42 26 26 42

255 300 300 255 300 300

0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

XX XX XX

XX XX XX

Stoppers see QSC- on page 504. Tubes Socket size U-tubes, with sockets QMF21/1 14/23 QMF21/2 19/26 Drying, straight QMU23/0 10/19 Cone size Drying, angled QMF23/1 QMF23/2 QMF23/3 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (2+) 0.00 ea (5+) 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX

Graduated With spherical female joint QTS75/26 75 26 QTS100/26G 100 26 QTS250/42 250 42 Air condenser For use with jointed digestion tubes. Cone size QC2/1 QC2/3 QC2/6 14/23 24/29 40/38

250 300 280

100

0.00 0.00 0.00

0.00 0.00 0.00

XX XX XX

XX

Condenser dia. max. mm 13 13 20

Overall mm 150 510 740

ea 0.00 0.00 0.00

ea (2+) 0.00 0.00 0.00

XX XX XX

14/23 19/26 24/29

QMF21 QMF24/3

QMU23/0

QTJ QMF23 QTT

QTK

QC2/1 QC2/3

QBC24/C24R

QBC24/C14T

QTS

QC2/6

505

Q
QZZ20/10 QZZ20/14 QZZ20/19 QZZ20/24 QZZ20/29 QZZ20/34 QZZ20/40 QZZ20/50 QZZ20/55 QZZ20/60

Quickfit
PTFE Sealing rings, reusable Fine (0.7mm wide, 0.07mm thick) PTFE sealing rings for ground glass cones. In use the ring is carefully stretched onto the cone, becoming elastic and producing a tighter seal than conventional full sized sleeves (solvent leak rate <0.2mg/day). Operating temperature range -20 to +300C. Supplied in packs of 50, mounted on an applicator tube. Ref. QZZ27/14 QZZ27/19 QZZ27/24 QZZ27/29 QZZ27/34 QZZ27/45 N14 N19 N24 N29 N34 N45 For cone 14/23 19/26 24/29 29/32 34/35 45/25 pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX

Ancillary Items for use with Quickfit Glassware

PTFE Sleeves, Azlon disposable For fitting over ground glass cones to provide greaseless lubrication. Wall thickness 0.07mm, taper 1:10. Supplied in packs of 10. Ref. SWN959 SWN961 SWN962 SWN963 SWN964 SWN965 SWN966 SWN968 SWN969 SWN970 For cone 10/19 14/23 19/26 24/29 29/32 34/35 40/38 50/42 55/44 60/46 pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

PTFE Sleeves, Azlon reusable With knurled shoulder for ease of handling. Supplied singly. Ref. QZZ25/10 QZZ25/14 QZZ25/19 QZZ25/24 QZZ25/29 QZZ25/34 SWN802 SWN804 SWN806 SWN808 SWN810 SWN812 For cone 10/19 14/23 19/26 24/29 29/32 34/35 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX

Gaskets, PTFE For placing between two ground glass surfaces. Suitable for use with wide neck reaction vessels, desiccators, etc. Approximately 0.5mm thick. Dimensions given are outside x inside diameters. Supplied singly. QZZ30-10 85 x 50mm 0.00 ea XX QZZ30-15 120 x 75mm 0.00 ea XX QZZ30-20 150 x 100mm 0.00 ea XX Reduction adapters, PTFE, Azlon Supplied singly. Ref. QZZ35-02 QZZ35-04 QZZ35-07 QZZ35-08 QZZ35-09 QZZ35-10 QZZ35-11 SWN902 SWN904 SWN907 SWN908 SWN909 SWN910 SWN911 Socket 10/19 14/23 19/26 19/26 24/29 24/29 29/32 Cone 14/23 19/26 29/32 34/35 29/32 34/35 34/35 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Stencil, STQ Plastic, 150mm diameter. Enables scale drawings to be made of semi-micro assemblies. QSTQ Stencil STQ 0.00 ea 0.00 ea (5+) XX

QZZ27 in use

QZZ20 in use

QZZ35

QZZ25

QZZ30

QSTQ

506

Quickfit
Ancillary items for use with Quickfit Glassware continued
Powder Funnels Cone size QCF5/1 QCF5/2 QCF5/3 QCF5/4 QCF5/5 14/23 19/26 24/29 29/32 34/35 Approx. funnel dia. mm 105 105 105 105 105 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX

Q
ea (5+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Joint Clips For securing conical and spherical glass joints. QGC and QGS clips have PTFE-encapsulated steel springs, are highly resistant to chemical attack and can be used up to 250C. QKC and QKS clips are Delrin polyacetal, suitable for use up to 80C and with most chemicals except halogen gases and acids. Joint size Colour code PTFE ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (5+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Delrin ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

For conical glass joints 10/19 Mint 12/21 Violet 14/23 Yellow 19/26 24/29 29/32 34/35 40/38 45/40 Blue Green Red Orange Ochre Brown

QGC10 QGC12 QGC14 QGC19 QGC24 QGC29 QGC34 QGC40 QGC45 QGS13 QGS19 QGS29 QGS35 QGS41 QGS51

QKC10 QKC12 QKC14 QKC19 QKC24 QKC29 QKC34 QKC40 QKC45 QKS13 QKS19 QKS29 QKS35

For spherical glass joints S13 Violet S19 Blue S29 Red S35 S41 S51 Orange Ochre Brown

XX XX XX XX XX XX

Delrin is a registered trademark of DuPont Ltd.

QCF5

QGS in use

QGC in use

QKC, QKS

507

Q
QZ295-00 QZ296-01 QZ296-03 QZ296-54 QZ296-60 QZ296-90 QZ296-91 QZ296-92 QZ296-93 QZ296-94 QZ588-00 QZ588-03 QZ588-04 QZ588-07 QZ588-32 QZ588-33 QZ588-34 QZ588-90 QZ588-91 QZ588-92 QZ588-95 QZ588-98 QZ588-99 QZ701-01 QZ701-02 QZ701-03 QZ701-04 QZ701-11 QZ701-12 QZ701-13 QZ701-14 QZ701-19 QZ701-20 QZ701-21 QZ701-22 QZ701-23 QZ701-24 QZ701-25 QZ701-26 QZ701-27 QZ701-28 QZ701-29 QZ701-31 QZ701-32 QZ701-33

Quickfit
N Allows the forming of rigid, flexible and rotating joints N Allows glass of dissimilar or equal diameters to be joined together to form leak-free, pressure-tight and vacuum-tight assemblies
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Greaseless, Screw Threaded, Interchangeable Jointed System

N Made with Pyrex borosilicate glassware N SVL can be used at temperatures up to 200C and under vacuum to a maximum of 104 torr PTFE stem Multi-joint lid Multi-joint lid Reaction flask 500ml Reaction flask 1000ml Sealing ring Collar for 100mm flange Support rods, pack of 2 SVL clamps, pack of 6 Milled screws, pack of 2 Glass body for stirrer Stirrer bearing Stirrer bearing Stirrer bearing Stirrer shaft Stirrer shaft Stirrer shaft Flexible drive Spare sealing ring Gland set (complete) Anchor paddle Stirrer paddles anchor Spare bearings, pack of 10 Sealing ring for butt joint, SVL15 Sealing ring for butt joint, SVL22 Sealing ring for butt joint, SVL30 Sealing ring for butt joint, SVL42 Coupling for butt joint, SVL15 Coupling for butt joint, SVL22 Coupling for butt joint, SVL30 Coupling for butt joint, SVL42 Sealing ring for sliding joint Sealing ring for sliding joint Sealing ring for sliding joint Sealing ring for sliding joint Sealing ring for sliding joint Sealing ring for sliding joint Sealing ring for sliding joint Sealing ring for sliding joint Sealing ring for sliding joint Sealing ring for sliding joint Sealing ring for sliding joint Sealing ring, flexible, for sliding joint Sealing ring, flexible, for sliding joint Sealing ring, flexible, for sliding joint 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 pk 0.00 pk 0.00 pk 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea (2+) 0.00 ea (2+) 0.00 ea (2+) 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea (2+) 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 pk 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

QZ701-41 QZ701-42 QZ701-43 QZ701-44 QZ701-51 QZ701-52 QZ701-56 QZ703-01 QZ703-02 QZ703-03 QZ703-04

Screw cap with hole SVL15 Screw cap with hole SVL22 Screw cap with hole SVL30 Screw cap with hole SVL42 Sealing ring for screwcap SVL22 Sealing ring for screwcap SVL22 Sealing ring for screwcap SVL30 Junction tube SVL15 Junction tube SVL22 Junction tube SVL30 Junction tube SVL42

0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

SVL screwcap stoppers A black phenolic cap with an ethylene propylene sealing disc faced with PTFE. Can be dry heat and steam sterilised to 121C. Ref. SVL cap size mm 13 15 18 20 22 25 30 42 60 External dia. x height mm 17 x 16 20 x 21 23 x 21 25 x 21 27 x 21 31 x 26 36 x 26 52 x 30 70 x 42 ea ea (qty+) 0.00 (100+) 0.00 (100+) 0.00 (100+) 0.00 (100+) 0.00 (100+) 0.00 (100+) 0.00 (100+) 0.00 (10+) 0.00 (5+)
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

0.00 ea

SW460-13 SW460-15 SW460-18 SW460-20 SW460-22 SW460-25 SW460-30 SW460-42 SW460-60

4503/13 4503/15 4503/18 4503/20 4503/22 4503/25 4503/30 4503/42 4503/60

0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

508

radiation monitoring
Radiation Survey Meter Monitor 4
General purpose, low cost, analogue meter for detecting Alpha, Beta, Gamma and X-rays in medical, educational and industrial applications. N Compact design N Dual milliRad (mR) per hour or counts per minute (CPM) analogue scale display with three selectable ranges and separate, user selectable count bleeper N Battery powered Ranges mR/hour 0 to 0.5, 0 to 5, 0 to 50 CPM 0 to 500, 0 to 5000, 0 to 50,000 Sensitivity Alpha Down to 2.5MeV; detection efficiency typically >80% at 3.6MeV Beta Typically 35% at 50KeV or 75% at 150KeV Gamma Down to 10KeV typically through the end and X-rays window, 40KeV minimum through the case Detector Halogen-quenched, uncompensated G-M tube with mica end window 1.5 to 2mg/cm2 thick Display Analogue with dual scale and red LED count light Audio indicator User selectable count bleeper Power 9V battery (IEC 6F22) Overall L x W x D mm 145 x 72 x 38 Weight g 178 Radiation Survey Meter As described. Supplied with soft carrying case and wrist strap. Without battery. RA250-10 Monitor 4 0.00 ea XX BL610-25 9V battery 0.00 ea XX

Digital Radiation Monitor, Digilert 50

N Monitors Alpha, Beta, Gamma and X-rays N Accumulated counts or counts per minute (CPM) or mR/hr N Halogen-quenched, uncompensated GeigerMller tube detector N Digital display and audio-visual count bleeper with mute N Adjustable audio alert level on mR/hr and counts per minute readings N Dual outputs for CMOS-compatible datalogging or warning devices mR/hour CPM total counts Sensitivity Alpha Ranges 0.001 to 50 (Cs-137) 0 to 50,000 0 to 9,999,000 Down to 2.5MeV; detection efficiency typically >80% at 3.6MeV Beta Typically 35% at 50KeV or 75% at 150KeV Gamma Down to 10KeV typically through the end and X-rays window, 40KeV minimum through the case Gamma sensitivity 1000CPM or mR/hour Display Digital with red LED count light Output Dual mini jack drives Power 9V battery (IEC 6F22) Overall L x W x D mm 150 x 80 x 30 Weight g 225 Digilert 50 Monitor As described. Supplied with soft carrying case and wrist strap. Without battery. RA275-20 Digilert 50 0.00 ea XX BL610-25 9V battery 0.00 ea XX

Digital Radiation Monitor, Inspector

Handheld digital meter with excellent sensitivity to low levels of Alpha, Beta, Gamma and X-rays. N Accumulated counts, counts per minute, counts per second, timed period counts, mR/hr or Sv/hr selectable N Halogen-quenched, uncompensated GeigerMller tube detector N Dual outputs for CMOS-compatible datalogging or TTL devices 0.001 to 100 0.01 to 1000 0 to 300,000 0 to 5000 0 to 9,999,000 Timer 1 to 10 x 1 minute 10 to 60 x 10 minutes 1 to 24 x 1 hour Display Digital with red LED count light Output Dual mini jack drives Power 9V battery (IEC 6F22) Overall L x W x D mm 150 x 80 x 30 Weight g 301 Sensitivity to common isotopes Isotope Alpha 241AM Beta 14C 210Bi 90 Sr(Y) 32P Gamma Energy 5.5MeV 49keV average 156keV max. 39keV average 1.2MeV max. 546keV and 2.3MeV 693keV average 1.7MeV max. Efficiency 18% 5.3% 32% 38% 33% Ranges mR/hour Sv/hr CPM CPS total counts

3500CPM or mR/hr referenced to Cs-137 Smallest detectable level for I-125 is 0.02Ci at contact Inspector Monitor As described. Supplied with soft carrying case and wrist strap. Without battery. RA280-40 Inspector 0.00 ea XX BL610-25 9V battery 0.00 ea XX

RA250

RA275

RA280

509

radiation shielding

Radiation Shielding

Designed to provide maximum shielding during procedures which require the handling of -emitting isotopes, such as 32P, 90Y and 35S. N Manufactured in transparent acrylic N Label showing radiation symbol and legend Caution "Radioactive Material" supplied with each shield Benchtop Beta Shields Free standing stable shields in transparent acrylic 9.5mm thick. With angled top and 300mm deep base which provides a flat working surface and minimises the risk of "hot spots" on the laboratory bench. Ref. 6700 RA400-10 RA400-15 -1812 -2418 HxWxD mm 457 x 305 x 305 610 x 457 x 305 ea 0.00 0.00
XX XX

Beta Waste Containers Transparent acrylic 9.5mm thick. Supplied with polyethylene screw cap bottle to contain aqueous waste solutions such as buffers. The shield encases the waste bottle without obstructing access to the bottle cap. Ref. 6710 RA405-12 RA405-17 -1000 -2000 Dia. mm 114 140 Cap. litre 1 2 ea 0.00 0.00
XX XX

Beta Waste Shield Transparent acrylic 9.5mm thick. Accommodates large containers. A large hinged door in the cover allows easy access to the waste receptacle and a tray sits within the shield to contain spillage. Hinged corners allow removal of the container and the shield can be collapsed for storage. Ref. 6745 RA416-16 -9024 HxWxD mm 737 x 457 x 457 ea 0.00
XX

Beta Storage Box Transparent acrylic 12mm thick. Provides shielded storage for stock isotope solutions and radiolabelled samples. With hinged top and two disposable foam inserts for positioning isotope bottles. Will withstand prolonged use at temperatures down to 70C. Ref. 6740 LxWxH mm 279 x 203 x 102 ea 0.00
XX

SAFETY NOTES 1) These shields are unsuitable for use against secondary x-rays (Bremsstrahlung) or gamma radiation. 2) Radioactive waste must never be stored on the benchtop for long periods and must be disposed of properly. Proper handling and storage of isotopes minimises unnecessary exposure to radiation.

RA414-13

-1108

Beta Test Tube Rack Comprising a solid block of transparent acrylic with drilled wells. Provides maximum protection when handling high specific activity solutions. A minimum of 9.5mm of acrylic shields bottom and sides of tubes to recommended fill level. Wells are generously spaced to eliminate interference of snap caps with adjacent tubes, provide easy handling and minimise risk of contamination. Convenient 4 x 6 array is useful for sequencing reactions. Supplied with acrylic cover. Dimensions given are overall with cover. Ref. 6720 For L x W x H tubes mm ml ea
XX

RA420-14 -9150 1.5

181 x 124 x 73 0.00

Benchkote bench protection to contain radioactive spillage see SA200 in the Safety section.

RA400 in use

RA405 in use

RA416 in use

RA414 in use

RA420-14 in use

510

radiation shielding
Beta and Gamma Radiation Shielding
N Choice of construction/shielding types clear optical acrylic, minimum 10mm thick, for shielding against beta particles clear lead acrylic*, minimum 12mm thick, for shielding against gamma particles *Note: Lead acrylic has a slight yellowish tint. Safety shields Fixed angle pattern with stable, curved base and single face angled at 15. Dimensions stated are H x W x D. For beta radiation RA600-20 450 x 300 x 150mm RA600-30 530 x 350 x 150mm For gamma radiation RA604-20 450 x 300 x 150mm RA604-30 530 x 350 x 150mm 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea Accessory racks To fit storage boxes and hold tubes as indicated. For Mini-boxes RA623-15 16 x 1.5ml Eppendorf tubes RA624-15 20 x 0.5ml Eppendorf tubes For Midi-boxes RA626-25 32 x 1.5ml Eppendorf tubes RA627-25 40 x 0.5ml Eppendorf tubes RA628-25 16 x 0.5ml and 1.5ml Eppendorf tubes RA629-25 32 x 2ml cryotubes For Maxi-boxes RA632-35 15 x 15ml centrifuge tubes RA633-35 8 x 50ml centrifuge tubes RA634-35 3 x Falcon tubes, 8 x 1.5ml tubes RA635-35 8 x 20ml scintillation vials RA636-35 15 x 5ml scintillation vials RA637-35 8 x 30ml universals 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

R
XX XX XX XX

Disposal bins With hinged lid and anti-slip feet. Capacities and dimensions (H x W x D) in mm as indicated. Accessory heavy duty plastic bin bags are available. For beta radiation RA650-20 3.3L, 170 x 180 x 170 0.00 ea RA650-40 10L, 270 x 220 x 220 0.00 ea RA650-60 47L*, 600 x 305 x 290 0.00 ea RA650-80 50L, 420 x 510 x 290 0.00 ea *Mounted on castors for easy manoeuvrability. For gamma radiation RA657-20 3.3L, 174 x 174 x 174 0.00 ea RA657-40 10L, 274 x 224 x 224 0.00 ea RA657-60 50L, 424 x 514 x 294 3534.00 ea

XX XX

0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

XX XX XX XX

XX XX FO

XX XX

XX XX

XX XX XX XX XX XX

Hourglass and dual angled patterns are also available on request. Storage boxes A range of benchtop storage boxes with hinged lids to accept accessory inserts as indicated. Dimensions stated are H x W x D. For beta radiation RA612-15 Mini-box, 75 x 105 x 105mm RA612-25 Midi-box, 80 x 185 x 105mm RA612-35 Maxi-box, 160 x 300 x 185mm For gamma radiation RA615-25 Midi-box, 84 x 189 x 109mm RA615-35 Maxi-box, 164 x 304 x 189mm 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

Accessory disposal bags With biohazard label. To fit RA650/RA657 bins with capacities as indicated. Supplied in packs of 25. RA662-05 For 3.3 litre bin 0.00 pk XX RA662-40 For 10 litre bin 0.00 pk XX RA662-60 For 47 litre bin 0.00 pk XX RA662-65 For 50 litre bin 0.00 pk XX SAFETY NOTES 1) Beta radiation shields are unsuitable for use against secondary x-rays (Bremsstrahlung) or gamma radiation. 2) Gamma radiation shields will block emissions effectively from 125I and any low energy gamma emitters. They are not suitable for more energetic isotopes of iodine. Heavierwalled shields are available for use with these isotopes - details on request. Gamma shields must not be used with beta isotopes since Bremsstrahlung will be produced. 3) Radioactive waste must never be stored on the benchtop for long periods and must be disposed of properly. Proper handling and storage of isotopes minimises unnecessary exposure to radiation.

XX XX XX

0.00 ea 0.00 ea

XX XX

Tip boxes With hinged lid and pipette tip port which is itself covered by a small hinged lid. For single channel pipettors. Overall 150 x 150 x 150mm H x W x D, capacity 2 litres. Accessory heavy duty plastic liner bags are also available. RA640-10 For beta radiation 0.00 ea XX shielding RA645-20 For gamma radiation 0.00 ea XX shielding RA662-05 Accessory liner bags for 0.00 pk XX RA640-10 and RA645-20, pack of 25

RA600, RA604 are similar

RA612-25 with accessories, RA615-25 is similar

RA640 with RA662-05

RA612-15 in use with accessories

RA612-35 with accessories, RA615-35 is similar

RA650, RA657 are similar

511

R
N Portable

recorders
Specification Catalogue No. Model Preamplifier Chart width Number of channels Input Sensitivity (full scale deflection 250mm) Filter Span vernier Infinite resolution Input Calibration Repeatability Accuracy at f.s.d Response time (typical) Overshoot Common mode rejection ratio Dead band (max) Zero setting Zero check Back Off Input Impedance Input mode Input Terminals Typical writing speed Circuit description Electrically controlled chart speeds Chart advance Chart drive Event marker Pen lift External control (via 3.5mm jack socket) Overall H x W x D RD250-10 RD250-50 Graphic 450X Graphic1000 Standard all models 250mm all models 1 1 1,10, 100mV, 1,10V 5 precalibrated all models 50Hz switchable filter all models x 1 to x10 within each range Max input 150V all models RD250-55 Graphic 1002

Graphic Range Y/t Recorders

A range of high quality, value for money Y/t recorders which are simple to use and provide versatile, reliable operation for industrial, medical and educational applications. N Lightweight but rugged construction N 12V d.c. or mains operation N Use 250mm graph width paper The recorders use Pulse Width Modulated (PWM) servodrive for power efficiency and linear conductive tracks for outstanding repeatability. By the careful use of a sealed power supply, line power is removed from the recorder chassis making the range safe for educational and medical applications. Additionally, the rugged construction permits industrial and field applications from the same unit.

Precision internal voltage reference source enables vernier calibration to be checked precisely at a touch of a switch all models 0.1% all models 0.3% 0.25% all other models <0.5 seconds all models <1mm on 200mm square wave all models 100dB min at d.c. 90dB at 50/60Hz all models 0.5mm all models Left or right hand zero-switch selectable all models Disconnects input so pen position can be set for true zero all models 100% with Span vernier all models 1M all models Fully floating all models 4mm all models 500mm/second all models Pulse width modulated d.c. servo all models 10, 5, 2, 1, 0.5mm/second 10, 5, 2, 1, 0.2, 0.1mm/minute in 0.05mm steps all models 10mm/second switch all models Forward, stop, reverse all models 5mm mark in negative direction all models Mechanical Electric control for each pen all other models Event marker; pen lift; chart start/stop; chart stepper motor control all models 105 x 375 x 245mm all models

RD250 Series

512

recorders
Graphic Range Y/t Recorders, continued
Recorder Y/t, Graphic 450X Single channel. As described. 5 sensitivities 1mV to 10V. Maximum input 150V. Accuracy 0.3%. Response time less than 0.5 sec. Span control for intermediate sensitivities to 150V, 11 chart speeds 0.1mm/min to 10mm/sec. Mechanical pen lift. With pen, one roll of chart paper, mains lead and transformer for 240V 50Hz single phase supplies. With permanently fitted preamplifier. RD250-10 G450X, single channel 0.00 ea XX Recorder Y/t, Graphic 1000 Single channel. As described. 5 sensitivities 1mV to 10V. Accuracy 0.25%. Response time less than 0.5 sec. Span control for intermediate sensitivities to 150V. 11 chart speeds, 0.1mm/min to 10mm/sec. Electric pen lift, stop/start and event marker. With pen, one roll of chart paper, mains lead and transformer for 240V 50Hz single phase supplies. Fitted with one interchangeable preamplifier. RD250-50 G1000, single channel 0.00 ea XX Recorder Y/t, Graphic 1002 Two channel. As described. 5 sensitivities per channel 1mV to 10V. Accuracy 0.25%, Response time less than 0.5 sec, Span controls for intermediate sensitivities to 150V. 11 chart speeds, 0.1mm/min to 10mm/sec. Electric pen lifts, stop/start and independent event markers. With two pens, one roll of chart paper, mains lead and transformer for 240V 50Hz single phase supplies. Fitted with two interchangeable preamplifiers. RD250-55 G1002, two channel 0.00 ea XX Spares RD263-10 RD263-16 RD263-18 Pens, black. For RD250-10 only, pack of 5 Pens, black. For RD250-50/-55 models, pack of 5 Pens, red. For RD250-55 only, pack of 5 0.00 pk 0.00 pk 0.00 pk

XY & Y/t Recorder

A flatbed plotter covering a wide range of applications. N XY or Y/t operation N Single pen N A3 Format Catalogue No. Model Writing Format Writing speed X Axis Writing speed Y Axis X Time Base speeds Linearity Repeatability Accuracy Pre-calibrated ranges Overall H x W x D * Will accept A4 size also. Recorder XY & Y/t, PL3 Single channel. As described, A3 format. Linearity 0.1%. With 8 x sweep time bases 2.5s/250mm to 50min/250mm, local/remote pen lift, magnetic paper hold down. Vertical or horizontal operation. Supplied with pen and one pad of A3 paper. For 240V 50Hz single phase supplies. Requires but does not include two preamplifier modules RD315-18. RD300-10 PL3 single channel 0.00 ea XX Spares RD300-50 RD300-55 Pens, black, pack of 5 Chart paper pad. Marked at 1mm intervals (highlighted at 5 and 10mm intervals), pack of 5 pads 0.00 pk 0.00 pk N Incorporates 8 speed time base N Vertical or horizontal operation N Accessory input module RD300-10 PL3 A3* >400mm/sec >500mm/sec 2.5, 5, 10, 20, 75s/250mm 5, 25, 50min/250mm 0.1% f.s.d 0.1% f.s.d 0.5% f.s.d Down to 5mV/100mm 125 x 560 x 400mm

XX XX XX

Chart rolls Linear scale. 250mm graph width. Y axis marked at 0.5% intervals (5% and 10% intervals highlighted). Time (t) axis marked at 1mm intervals (cm intervals highlighted). Markings are in non reproducible blue. Standard DIN perforations. Roll length 35 metres, supplied in a pack of 10 rolls RD263-25 Chart rolls 0.00 pk XX

XX XX

Preamplifier Module For PL3 (RD300-10) only. Two preamplifiers are required; one for the x-axis and one for the y-axis. RD315-18 d.c. voltage. 18 sensitivities, 50V/mm to 1V/mm, 0.00 ea XX span control for intermediate sensitivities, accuracy 0.5%, switchable 50Hz filter

RD300

513

refractometers
Automatic RFM340

Portable Analogue

B&S Portable Refractometers, Eclipse For the rapid quality control checking of solutions and semi-solids with applications in a wide range of industries. Eclipse range Robust metal casing with focusing eyepiece, zero adjustment for sample temperature and sealed prism with transparent flap allowing easy cleaning. Range Sugar scale* RE106-17 0 to 15% x 0.1% RE106-32 0 to 30% x 0.2% RE106-52 0 to 50% x 0.5% RE106-62 RE106-68 RE106-72 28 to 65% x 0.2% 45 to 80% x 0.2% 72 to 95% x 0.2% ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX

Simple to use instrument providing fast, accurate and reliable performance. N Solid state measuring system N Choice of Refractive Index, % Sugar Solids (temperature compensated or uncompensated), and 3 user defined scales N Extended sugar compensation N Artificial sapphire prism Model Scales Accuracy Resolution Other Scales Temperature compensation Circulation temp. Ambient temp. Sample Press Reading update Prism Sample illumination Displays Power supply Overall W x D x H Weight N Printer port (RS232C) N Large digit twin displays N External power supply N Easy wipe prism in stainless steel sample dish N Touch button controls

Starch scale RE106-85 0 to 30% x 0.2% Salinity scale RE106-93 0 to 28% x 0.1%

XX

XX

* All sugar scales are based on % w/w sucrose in water.

RFM340 0 to 95% sugar, 1.33 to 1.54 Refractive Index Better than 0.03% sugar, 0.00004 Refractive Index 0.01% or 0.1% sugar, 0.00001 or 0.0001 R.I. 3 User defined scales available by push button entry. Assistance can be given with product value tests details on request Sugar compensation: ICUMSA 10C to 40C, B+S data 5C to 10C and 40C to 60C 5C to 60C 5C to 45C Supplied with temperature sensor and circulation ferrules 6.5 seconds Artificial sapphire Light emitting diode 6 digit, 7 segment 12mm LCD, 2 x 24 dot matrix LCD 110, 230V 50/60Hz single phase adapter supplied 290 x 210 x 160mm 6.2kg Accessories RE284-05 Micro flowthrough cell, 24-82 RE284-10 Macro flowthrough cell, 24-86 RE284-15 Funnel flow cell, 24-83 RE284-30 Printer, 55-02

Automatic Digital Refractometer RFM 340 Supplied with spare desiccator, 50 disposable pipettes, instruction manual and external power adapter for 110, 230V 50/60Hz single phase supplies. RE280-40 Model RFM340 0.00 ea XX

0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

XX XX XX XX

RE106

RE280-40

514

refractometers
Abbe B&S 60 Series Automatic RFM700 Series

For refractive index measurements on a wide variety of materials including sugars, confectionery, pharmaceuticals, fats and oils. N Enclosed glass scale calibrated to 0.001 R.I. with estimation to 0.0001 N Externally mounted LED light source with wavelength compensation device is used to achromatise to 589.3nm N Hinged prism box with water jacket and built-in temperature probe N Built-in digital temperature readout with LCD N LED scale illuminator N Low voltage external power supply N Flow cell accessory Abbe Refractometers, 60 series As described. Scale illumination by long-life LED light source. Prism temperature is monitored by a temperature probe mounted in the prism block and displayed by a built-in digital readout. A water jacket around the prism block with inlet and outlet parts allows temperature control using accessory external thermostatic circulators. An externally mounted LED light source illuminates the sample and a wavelength compensation device is used to achromatise to the mean sodium wavelength (589.3nm) required for readings. Both models have an additional sugar scale. Overall 180 x 250 x 280mm W x D x H. Weight 5kg. Supplied with a 12V external power supply requiring a 110, 230V 50/60Hz single phase supply. R.I. RE200-22 RE200-25 Scales Sugar (Brix) 0 to 95% x 0.5% 0 to 50% x 0.2% and 50 to 95% x 0.1% ea 0.00 0.00
XX XX

Low cost, fully automatic, digital refractometers designed for quality control in the food and beverage industries, but also useful in a variety of research and monitoring applications. N Choice of Brix ranges: 0 to 50% x 0.1% sugar 0 to 95% x 0.1% sugar 0 to 80% x 0.01% sugar N Easy to use, four button operation N Bright, LED display is clearly visible in all ambient light conditions N Moisture-resistant, sealed casing N RS232 interface N External, low voltage power supply Model Range % sugar (Brix) Resolution % sugar (Brix) Accuracy % sugar (Brix) ATC Reading time sec Power supply Overall L x W x H mm Weight kg RFM710 RFM730 RFM740 0 to 50 0 to 95 0 to 80 0.1 both models 0.01 0.1 both models 0.05 all readings compensated to +20C 3.5 6.5 6.5 110/240V 50/60Hz a.c. single phase 187 x 337 x 211 all models 3 all models

1.3 to 1.74 1.3 to 1.535

Accessory Flow cell, stainless steel. For repetitive sampling or continuous flow requirements. RE204-12 Flow cell 0.00 ea XX

As described. Supplied with instruction manual and external power adapter for 110 to 240V 50/60Hz a.c. single phase supply. RE285-20 Model RFM710 0.00 ea XX RE285-40 Model RFM730 0.00 ea XX RE285-60 Model RFM740 0.00 ea XX Thermostatic baths and cooling systems see BJ184/BJ240.

RE200-20

RE285

515

refractometers

Automatic Digital RFM800 Series

High performance instruments providing fast, accurate and reliable measurements. Choice of Refractive index (R.I.), % sugar (Brix) or user-defined ranges and resolution. N Built in temperature regulation via peltier heating/cooling modules and precise, electronic control by Intelligent Thermal Management N Separate, multiple probe, temperature monitoring and compensation of the optical and detector systems N Highly stable optical system N Powerful microprocessor controller with user friendly interface, high-contrast graphics display and alphanumeric key setting N Sample and calibration data storage is provided for compliance with GLP and other quality system requirements N Artificial sapphire prism with Kalrez seal set in 316 stainless steel and PEEK dish N Parallel printer and dual RS232 interface for connection to the users PC or another instrument N Modern design N Software features include: Multiple product configuration presets Single/continuous read modes Reading log Reading tolerance limits Result verification Calibration log Calibration check/report PIN password control Batch/operator i.d. Data export to PC On-line help Automatic Digital Refractometers RFM 800 series As described. Supplied with instruction manual and external power adapter for 100 to 240V 50/60Hz single phase supplies. RE290-10 Model RFM830 0.00 ea XX RE290-20 Model RFM840 0.00 ea XX RE290-30 Model RFM870 0.00 ea RD Accessories RE284-05 Micro flowthrough cell, 24-82 RE284-10 Macro flowthrough cell, 24-86 RE284-15 Funnel flow cell, 24-83 RE284-30 Printer, 55-02 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

Catalogue No. Model Ranges

Resolution Accuracy Auto. temp compensation all models Reading time

R.I. % sugar (Brix) User-defined* R.I. % sugar (Brix) R.I. % sugar (Brix) % sugar (Brix) User-defined* ATC ref. temp. seconds C C C

Temperature measuring range Temperature accuracy Sample temperature stability Interfaces Sample illumination Overall W x D x H Weight

mm kg

RE290-10 RE290-20 RE290-30 RFM830 RFM840 RFM870 1.32 to 1.58 1.32 to 1.58 1.30 to 1.70 0 to 100 0 to 100 0 to 100 Yes Yes Yes 0.0001 0.00001 0.00001 0.1 0.01 0.01 0.0001 0.00002 0.00002 0.1 0.02 0.02 50 to 80C Simple coefficient (units/C) or polynomial function Selectable Adjustable for accuracy (typically 3 to 10 seconds all models Ambient less 10 to 100 all models 0.03 all models 0.1 all models 1 x Parallel, 2 x RS232 (serial) all models Light emitting diode all models 187 x 337 x 211 all models 4.6 all models

*User-defined scales: available from the Bellingham and Stanley library of existing scales (at extra charge) or created by the user from experimental data.

XX XX XX XX

RE290

516

refractometers
Portable Analogue Portable Digital, PAL Series

Lightweight, hand-held, analogue refractometers for routine testing and quality control of solutions or semi-solid samples including food, drinks, cleaning solutions and oils. All feature robust metal casing, focussing eyepiece and sealed prism. N Choice of model. N-series: standard models covering a wide range of Brix scales, for samples up to +40C. Overall 40 x 40 x 200mm H x W x D. Weight 200g ATC-series: generally as N-series models but with built-in automatic temperature compensation from +10 to +30C H-series: generally as N-series models but for high temperature samples up to +100C such as soup, jam or marmalade Model RE400-10 RE400-20 RE400-30 RE400-40 RE400-50 RE400-60 RE405-10 RE405-20 RE405-60 RE410-15 RE410-25 RE410-35 N-1a N-2E N-3E N-4E N-10E N-20E ATC-1E ATC-2E ATC-20E H-50 H-80 H-93 % sugar (Brix) Range 0.0 to 32.0 28.0 to 62.0 58.0 to 90.0 45.0 to 82.0 0.0 to 10.0 0.0 to 20.0 0.0 to 32.0 28.0 to 62.0 0.0 to 20.0 0.0 to 50.0 30.0 to 80.0 50.0 to 93.0 % sugar (Brix) Resolution 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.1 0.1 0.2 0.2 0.1 0.5 0.5 0.5 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Lightweight, compact, robust, digital refractometers providing accurate measurements and convenient use. N Only 0.3ml of sample required N Rapid reading, within 3 seconds from activating the start key N IP65 class casing and sealed prism allow easy cleaning under running water N LCD readout with battery level indicator N Automatic temperature compensation N Measure high temperature samples (reading stabilises after multiple repeated measurements) N Zero key allows easy zero reset using water, no standard solutions required Model Range % sugar (Brix) Resolution % sugar (Brix) Accuracy % sugar (Brix) ATC range C Power Overall, W x D x H mm Weight g PAL-1 PAL-2 0.0 to 53.0 45.0 to 93.0 0.1 0.1 0.2 0.2 10 to 60 both models 2 x 1.5V AAA batteries both models 55 x 31 x 109 both models 100 both models

As described. Supplied with storage case and batteries. RE440-30 PAL-1 RE440-60 PAL-2 BL610-08 1.5V battery, spare (2 required)

0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

XX XX XX

Custom scales are available. Please contact us with your requirements.

RE405-10

RE440-60, RE440-30 is similar

517

refractometers
Automatic, Smart-1

Portable Digital, PR- Series

Functionally-designed, reliable digital refractometers covering a total range of 0.0 to 90.0% sugar (Brix) using a minimum sample volume of 0.1ml. N Built-in, automatic temperature compensation N Separate temperature display function N User scale function - sample concentrations with up to 3 separate scales N IP64 class splashproof casing Catalogue No. Model Range Resolution Accuracy RE450-05 RE450-10 RE450-15 RE450-20 PR-32 PR-101 PR-201 PR-301 0.0 to 32.0 0.0 to 45.0 0.0 to 60.0 45.0 to 90.0 0.1 all models 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 (+5 to +40C) (+5 to +40C) (+10 to +40C) (+10 to +30C) +5 to +40 +5 to +40 +10 to +40 +10 to +40 3 all models 9V alkaline battery MN1604 or equivalent all models 170 x 90 x 40 all models 300 all models

Fully automatic, digital refractometer designed for a variety of applications. N Simple, three key operation N Choice of four scales selectable: Brix, Inverted Sugar Concentration, HFCS-55 (High Fructose Corn Syrup) and HFCS-42 N Bright, highly visible LED display N Automatic temperature compensation N Zero key allows easy zero reset using water N Stable reading display mode provides measurement value without requirement to note temperature Model Range x resolution Accuracy (all scales) Temperature (ATC) range x resolution Temperature accuracy Output Power supply Smart-1 0.00 to 95.00 x 0.01 0.05 +5 to +40 x 0.1 0.10 RS232C a.c. adapter requiring a 100, 240V 50/60Hz single phase supply 120 x 270 x 90 3

% sugar (Brix) % sugar (Brix) % sugar (Brix)

Temperature (ATC) range C Reading time seconds Power Overall, W x D x H mm Weight g

% % C C

As described. Supplied with 9V battery and operating instructions. RE450-05 PR-32 RE450-10 PR-101 RE450-15 PR-201 RE450-20 PR-301 BL610-25 9V battery, spare

0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

XX XX XX XX XX

Overall, W x D x H Weight

mm kg

As described. Supplied with a.c. adapter for 100, 240V 50/60Hz single phase supplies and instructions. RE475-30 Smart-1 0.00 ea XX

RE450

RE475

518

refractometers
Automatic RX-5000 Automatic RX- Series

Fully automatic, high accuracy, digital refractometer with Brix and Refractive Index (R.I.) scales, allowing use in a wide range of industrial applications. N Ranges 0.00 to 95.00% sugar (Brix) and R.I. 1.32700 to 1.58000 N Backlit, dot matrix LCD readout of reading, temperature, date and time N Connection ferrules allow thermostatic control of sample chamber temperature using accessory external heating/cooling source and liquid N RS232C output N External power supply Model Ranges RX-5000 0.00 to 95.00 1.32700 to 1.58000 0.01 0.00001 0.03 0.00004 +5.0 to +60.0 x 0.1

High accuracy, automatic, digital refractometers with thermostatically controlled sample chamber. N Choice of % sugar (Brix) or Refractive index (R.I.) ranges N Adjustable thermostatic control of sample chamber temperature with built-in, heating/cooling Peltier thermo-module N Manual calibration facility allows compensation to known standards or other control instruments N 30-reading memory and 30 custom user scales memorised (with optional unit display: %, g/100g, g/100ml, mol/l, %mas, % vol, none) Model Ranges RX-5000 RX-7000 0.00 to 95.00 0.0 to 95.0 1.32700 to 1.58000 1.3250 to 1.7000 Ambient -10.00 to + 60.00 Ambient -10.00 to +70.00 0.01 0.1/0.01 (selectable) 0.00001 0.0001/0.00001 (selectable) 0.01 0.01 0.03 0.1 0.00004 0.0001 0.05 0.05 RS232C both models Backlit dot matrix LCD with readout of result, temperature, date, time, mode, and sample range bar (if set) both models Artificial sapphire prism with 316 stainless steel surround and LED illumination (D line) both models 100, 240V 50/60Hz single phase supply both models 370 x 260 x 140 both models 9 both models

Resolution

% sugar (Brix) R.I. (nD) Resolution % sugar (Brix) R.I. (nD) Accuracy % sugar (Brix) with clear liquid R.I. (nD) Temperature (ATC) C range x resolution Reading time seconds 4 Output RS232C Power supply a.c. adapter requiring a 100, 240V 50/60Hz single phase supply Overall, W x D x H mm 370 x 200 x 120 Weight kg 5 As described. Supplied with a.c. adapter for 100, 240V 50/60Hz single phase supplies and instructions. RE490-20 RX-5000 0.00 ea XX Thermostatic baths and cooling systems see Baths and Circulators sections.

Accuracy

% sugar (Brix) R.I. (nD) C % sugar (Brix) R.I. (nD) C % sugar (Brix) R.I. (nD) C

Output Display Sample chamber/ illumination Power supply Overall, W x D x H Weight

mm kg

As described. For 100, 240V 50/60Hz single phase supplies. Supplied with instructions. RE500-15 RX-5000 RE500-35 RX-7000

0.00 ea 0.00 ea

XX XX

RE490-20

RE500-35, RE500-15 is similar

519

refrigeration
Laboratory Refrigerator/Freezers
Combined refrigerator/freezers for storage of temperature sensitive samples, volatile liquids, chemicals and poisons. The refrigerator compartment maintains its internal air temperature between +2C and +8C, the freezer compartment below 18C (below 12C on RG205-30). N Internally "spark-free with all electrical components removed from the working space N Integral door lock N Adjustable shelf levels N CFC-free refrigerants (R600a) and insulation used Laboratory Refrigerator/Freezers* As described. With "spark-free" interior, door lock, shelves and base storage bin for the refrigerator compartment. For 220-240V 50Hz single phase supplies. Capacity, litres HxWxD Refrigerator Freezer mm
XX XX XX

Laboratory Refrigerators
Designed for the safe storage of chemicals, volatile liquids and specimens. Maintain internal air temperature between +2C and +10C. N Internally "spark-free" with all electrical components removed from the working space N Automatic defrost N Integral door lock N Adjustable shelf levels N CFC-free refrigerants (R134a) and insulation used Laboratory Refrigerators As described. With "spark-free" interior, automatic defrost and door lock. The thermostat is adjustable to maintain internal air temperature between +2C and +10C. All models are supplied with shelves and a base storage bin. Capacity litres (cu. ft.) RG200-20 RG200-40 RG200-60 82 142 277 (2.9) (5.0) (9.8) HxWxD mm 636 x 500 x 515 850 x 500 x 590 1486 x 530 x 630 Shelves supplied 2 2 5 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00

Shelves supplied 2 2

ea 0.00 0.00
XX XX

RG205-30 RG205-45

110 99

9 110

850 x 500 x 540 1486 x 530 x 630

*Please note that RG205-series refrigerator/freezers cannot be transported by airfreight due to their hazardous refrigerant. They can only be exported by overland or seafreight therefore. Tropicalised units are available for use in ambient temperatures greater than +30C details on request. Inset: RG200-20 Note: Due to the large size and weight of these units the user must ensure that suitable space area, floor loading and access for installation is available prior to ordering. They are installable by the user and delivery therefore will only be made to the customers unloading area.

RG200-60 in use

RG205 in use

520

refrigeration
Pharmacy Refrigerators
Specifically designed for the storage of vaccines, insulin, temperaturesensitive samples and pharmaceuticals. Maintain internal air temperature between +2C and +8C. N External digital temperature display with max./min. memory N Forced air cooling for temperature stability and rapid temperature recovery after door opening N Audio-visual alarm signal if internal temperature exceeds operating range and remote alarm terminals providing mains failure alarm signal (except 28 litre models) N Choice of solid or glass door models (glass door models additionally have built-in internal fluorescent illumination) N Integral door lock N Adjustable shelf levels N Automatic defrost N CFC-free refrigerants and insulation used Pharmacy Refrigerators As described. With automatic defrost, solid or glass door as indicated, door lock, adjustable shelves and base storage bin (except RG230-52/-95). RG230-52/-95 additionally have stainless steel interiors and are mounted on lockable castors for easy positioning. For 220-240V 50Hz single phase supplies. Capacity litres (cu. ft.) Solid door models RG230-15 28 RG230-25 82 RG230-35 142 RG230-45 277 RG230-49 355 RG230-52 441 Glass door models RG230-57 28 RG230-65 82 RG230-75 142 RG230-85 277 RG230-89 327 RG230-95 441 (1.0) (2.9) (5.0) (9.8) (12.7) (15.6) (1.0) (2.9) (5.0) (9.8) (11.7) (15.6) H x W x D, mm 702 x 379 x 500 660 x 502 x 508 860 x 502 x 584 1508 x 533 x 610 1890 x 600 x 630 1688 x 685 x 910 702 x 379 x 500 660 x 502 x 508 860 x 502 x 584 1508 x 533 x 610 1890 x 600 x 630 1688 x 685 x 910 Shelves supplied 2 2 3 5 7 5 2 2 3 5 7 5 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX

Drug Refrigerators
Specifically designed for the storage of vaccines, insulin, temperaturesensitive samples and pharmaceuticals. Maintain internal air temperature between +2C and +8C. N External, battery-powered digital display module with simultaneous max./min. (since last reset) and actual temperature display for continous monitoring. This module has a 1 metre connection cable to the sensor and can be removed for placing near the refrigerator at an easier-to-view position N Excellent temperature uniformity and rapid recovery following door opening N Audio-visual alarm signal if internal temperature exceeds operating range, with mute and reset N Comply with National Pharmaceutical Association requirements N Integral door lock N Fully automatic defrosting N Smooth ABS interior with adjustable shelf levels and stable, easily cleaned, toughened glass shelves (except RG250-60 which has 5 wire mesh shelves) N CFC-free refrigerants and insulation used As described. With automatic defrost, lockable door, temperature monitor (battery powered, 2 x AAA batteries supplied) and ABS interior with adjustable shelves as indicated. For 230V 50/60Hz a.c. single phase supplies. Capacity litres RG250-10 RG250-20 RG250-40 RG250-60 35 55 140 285 H x W x D, mm 510 x 380 x 445 515 x 500 x 500 850 x 550 x 620 1440 x 600 x 575 Shelves supplied 2 2 3 5 Weight, kg 20 24 40 77 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX

XX XX XX XX XX XX

Inset: RG250 display module

RG230-35 in use

RG250 in use

521

refrigeration
Ultra-low Freezers, NapCo As described. For 220-240V 50Hz single phase supplies. For use in ambients up to +30C. RG400-20 UF400 0.00 ea XX RG400-40 UF500 0.00 ea XX RG400-60 UF600 0.00 ea XX Accessory Chart Recorder A 7-day circular chart recorder for monitoring cabinet temperature. Supplied with 100 charts and pen. RG404-10 Chart recorder 0.00 ea XX Accessory Drawer Boxes Designed to maximise the available storage space on the freezer shelf. Shelf capacities as indicated. Supplied singly. For Model Single drawer boxes RG406-04 UF400 RG406-06 UF500 RG406-08 UF600 Double drawer boxes RG407-04 UF400 RG407-06 UF500 RG407-08 UF600 Triple drawer boxes RG408-04 UF400 RG408-06 UF500 RG408-08 UF600 Drawer internal dimensions, mm 287 x 132 x 405 287 x 132 x 543 287 x 132 x 681 139 x 260 x 390 139 x 260 x 528 139 x 260 x 666 91 x 260 x 390 91 x 260 x 528 91 x 260 x 666 No. boxes per shelf 4 2 2 4 2 2 4 2 2 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX

NapCo Ultra-low Freezers

N Upright profile N Minimum temperature range 65C to 85C N Unique NapCoil cooling system with cooling coil in each individual shelf N Door mounted, digital controller with LED set and read temperature display at a comfortable viewing height N Stainless steel interior and epoxy painted steel exterior N Dual cascade refrigeration system N Additional internal doors to minimise temperature fluctuations N CFC-free insulation and refrigerant N Alarm systems include: audio-visual for over-temperature, power failure and temperature probe fault 24 hour battery back-up for alarms and control panel remote alarm socket N Easy-to-use single-handle door latch with key lock Catalogue No. Model Capacity RG400-20 UF400 380 13.4 4 3 2000 x 800 x 800 1230 x 550 x 430 200 RG400-40 UF500 470 17.3 4 3 2000 x 800 x 940 1230 x 550 x 570 240 RG400-60 UF600 570 20.1 4 3 2000 x 800 x 1080 1230 x 550 x 720 270

litres cu. ft.

XX XX XX

Shelves Inner doors Dimensions, H x W x D External mm Internal mm Weight kg

XX XX XX

Accessory Pull-out Racks To hold cryogenic vial boxes as indicated. All freezer models hold four racks per shelf. Without boxes. Supplied singly. For Model RG409-14 RG409-16 RG409-18 RG409-24 RG409-26 RG409-28 RG409-34 RG409-36 RG409-38 UF400 UF500 UF600 UF400 UF500 UF600 UF400 UF500 UF600 To hold cryoboxes, mm 135 x 135 x 50 135 x 135 x 50 135 x 135 x 50 135 x 135 x 70 135 x 135 x 70 135 x 135 x 70 135 x 135 x 75 135 x 135 x 75 135 x 135 x 75 Boxes held per rack 15 20 25 12 16 20 9 12 15 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Cryogenic vial boxes see TP453.

Note: Due to the large size and weight of these units the user must ensure that suitable space area, floor loading and access for installation is available prior to ordering. They are installable by the user and delivery therefore will only be made to the customers unloading area.

RG400

522

refrigeration
Ultra-low Temperature Chest Freezers
N Choice of ranges and capacities 78, 296 or 383 litres 50C or 80C minimum temperatures N 5C sample temperature stability N Unique and exclusive refrigeration system with single stage compressor and patented EP88 CFC-free refrigerant N Recessed control panel with keypad setting and bright LED temperature display N Low loading height Temperature range* Capacity, maximum -30 to -50C -60 to -80C litres 2ml cryotubes 3.5ml cryotubes 5ml cryotubes External, mm Internal, mm kg RG415-30 RG415-35 78 1944 1296 972 885 x 550 x 695 445 x 380 x 380 53 RG415-45 RG415-55 296 17496 11421 8019 885 x 1260 x 695 610 x 890 x 442 82 N Built-in overtemperature safety system with audible alarm and external alarm contacts for remote monitoring N PVC laminated, galvanised steel interior with steel lid and 80mm polyurethane insulation (blown using cyclopentane) N Double seal lid gaskets and sublids N Counterbalanced lid with locking handle N Defrost water drain hole provided

N Pt100 probe output for external thermometer, recorder or logger N Gas inlet port for CO2 if emergency back-up required N Audible and visual alarms of all errors N Battery back-up maintains settings and alarms N Password protection of controller settings N -80C models are factory preset and password protected at the lowest temperature

Dimensions, H x W x D Weight

RG415-70 RG415-75 383 22842 14283 10449 885 x 1560 x 695 610 x 1190 x 442 95

*At ambient temperatures up to +30C and voltage fluctuation less than 10%. -80C models are supplied factory preset at the lowest temperature with password protection. This must be overridden if higher temperatures are required. Ultra-low Temperature Chest Freezers As described. For 230V 50/60Hz a.c. single phase supplies, 2.3kW. For use in ambients up to +30C. 296 litre and 383 litre models are mounted on heavy-duty castors. RG415-30 -50C, 78 litres 0.00 ea XX RG415-35 -80C, 78 litres 0.00 ea XX RG415-45 -50C, 296 litres 0.00 ea XX RG415-55 RG415-70 RG415-75 -80C, 296 litres -50C, 383 litres -80C, 383 litres 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea
XX XX XX

Accessory Chest Freezer Racks Stainless steel. For use particularly with cryogenic boxes up to maximum dimensions 140 x 140 x 55mm L x W x H. With handle and retaining bar (to secure boxes during transportation). Dimensions stated are overall W x D x H. Supplied singly and empty. Dimensions, mm TP466-10 TP466-40 147 x 154 x 404 147 x 154 x 732 Shelves 6 11 ea 0.00 0.00
XX XX

Note: Maximum rack capacities for chest freezers are as follows#: 78 litre freezers will hold 4 x TP466-10 only 296 litre freezers will hold 18 x TP466-40 plus 3 x TP466-10 383 litre freezers will hold 24 x TP466-40 plus 3 x TP466-10
# Other configurations are possible, please check the dimensions of your preferred rack against the internal dimensions of the freezer to ensure compatibility.

Factory-fitted, CO2 back-up system or built-in strip chart recorder options are available and must be ordered with the freezer details on request.

523

rod
Stirring Rods
Glass One end flat paddle, other plain. Length, mm pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Glass Rod
Dimension given is the outside diameter. All pack quantities stated are nominal. Soda lime glass 1.5 metre lengths. Supplied in packs as indicated. Diameter mm RS100-13 RS100-13/1 RS100-15 RS100-15/1 RS100-19 RS100-19/1 RS100-22 RS100-22/1 RS100-25 RS100-25/1 RS100-28 RS100-28/1 RS100-31 RS100-31/1 RS100-34 RS100-34/1 RS100-37 RS100-37/1 RS100-42 RS100-42/1 RS100-47 RS100-47/1 RS100-57 RS100-57/1 4 4 5 5 6 6 7 7 8 8 9 9 10 10 12 12 14 14 16 16 20 20 25 25 Pack qty. 308 1 217 1 142 1 104 1 80 1 60 1 49 1 33 1 24 1 20 1 16 1 9 1

ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

ea (100+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

XX XX XX XX

RS200-15 RS200-20 RS200-25 RS200-30

150 200 250 300

Polypropylene coated metal, Azlon Length, mm Both ends paddle shape. RS210-17 170 RS210-35 350 Both ends plain. RS215-15 RS215-30 PTFE coated metal Both ends plain. Length, mm RS218-25 250 ea 0.00
XX

Ref.

ea

SWY094 SWY096 SWY090 SWY092

0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

XX XX

150 300

XX XX

Policemen Latex tube, one end closed. For fixing over plain end stirring rods. Length 40mm. Dimension given is approximate internal diameter. Diameter, mm RS260-15 RS260-18 RS260-22 RS260-25 3 4.5 6 8 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (25+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX

Retort Stands and Rods see Stands section.

RS100

RS200

RS210

RS215, RS218

RS260 on rod

524

rules
Rules
White polystyrene printed in black. Width 25mm, thickness 6mm. Length Horizontal reading RX100-10 1 metre RX105-10 1 metre Vertical reading RX120-10 1 metre

Eyepiece Graticules
Subdivisions Edge 1 Edge 2 cm cm/mm cm/mm inch/tenths

ea 0.00 0.00

ea (10+) 0.00 0.00

XX XX

For use with light microscopes. Surface type where the pattern is formed in a layer bonded to the surface of the glass disc 1mm thick. In this type the pattern reads correctly when viewed through the glass. When the microscope is focussed the image of the specimen and graticule will be seen together. Horizontal Calibration 10mm x 0.1mm. ML200-15 19mm diameter ML200-20 21mm diameter Crossed Calibration 10mm x 0.1mm. ML205-15 19mm diameter ML205-20 21mm diameter Indexed Squares 1mm grid squares with each square numbered. ML215-15 19mm diameter ML215-20 21mm diameter Particle Size Counting To BS3625. Range 150m to 0.38m. ML220-15 19mm diameter ML220-20 21mm diameter Stage micrometers see ML250.

0.00 ea 0.00 ea

XX XX

cm/mm

cm/mm

0.00

0.00

XX

Scales read from bottom to top with centre figuring.

Caliper and micrometer gauges see GK150/GK160. Measuring microscopes see MK600.

0.00 ea 0.00 ea

XX XX

0.00 ea 0.00 ea

XX XX

0.00 ea 0.00 ea

XX XX

ML200

ML215

ML205

ML220 RX100 RX105 RX120

525

safety
Mats, Ceran Ceran is a highly resistant glass ceramic material with a smooth, pore-free surface making it ideal for bench protection purposes where chemically aggressive materials may be spilled or hot vessels may be placed. Operating temperature range 200 to +700C allows the mat to be used as a heating surface in place of a wire gauze or fireclay triangle. Care should be taken to ensure that the maximum operating temperature is not exceeded when using with a Bunsen burner. Supplied in packs of 10. MB820-10 135 x 135mm 0.00 pk XX MB820-20 155 x 155mm 0.00 pk XX MB820-30 175 x 175mm 0.00 pk XX Ceran is a registered trade mark of Schott Glaswerk. Ceramic Fibre and PTFE Mats for bench protection see Mats section.

Bench Protection
Benchkote, Whatman Used for protecting laboratory benches and drawers. The smooth, highly absorbent paper top surface is laminated to a strong layer of impermeable polyethylene. A contaminated sheet can be discarded easily and incinerated if necessary. SA200-20 Pack of 50 sheets, 46 x 57cm 0.00 pk XX SA200-30 Pad of 50 sheets, 46 x 57cm 0.00 ea XX SA204-15 Reel 50 metres x 46cm wide 0.00 ea XX SA204-25 Reel 50 metres x 92cm wide 0.00 ea XX Benchkote Plus, Whatman Similar to the standard Benchkote SA200/204 series but with a greater thickness and more open structure to provide greater absorbency. With impermeable polyethylene backing. SA205-12 Pack of 50 sheets. 50 x 60cm 0.00 pk XX SA205-18 Reel 50 metres x 60cm wide 0.00 ea XX BenchGuard, Bibby For protecting work surfaces. A highly absorbent white paper with a polycoated underside to prevent seepage through to the bench. Suitable for the majority of applications. SA215-10 Wallet of 50 sheets, 60 x 49cm 0.00 ea XX SA215-15 Dispenser pack of 50 metres x 49cm wide 0.00 pk XX SA215-20 Dispenser pack of 50 metres x 92cm wide 0.00 pk XX BenchGuard Extra, Bibby Has extra absorbency to soak up heavy spillages. SA215-50 Wallet of 50 sheets, 60 x 49cm SA215-55 Dispenser pack of 50 metres x 49cm wide

0.00 ea 0.00 pk

XX XX

SA205 in use SA200 in use

MB820 in use

SA204 in use

SA215

526

safety
Spill Containment
Spillage Binder/Absorbent, Uni-Safe A polymer/kieselguhr based pale green, odourless powder which is capable of binding and absorbing liquid spillage from a wide range of common chemicals including oils. It will bind/absorb up to 75 times its own weight of water. No dangerous reactions occur during the process. The subsequent gels produced can be disposed of safely. Non aqueous liquids are absorbed by capillary action but with aqueous solutions a binding reaction takes place. Polyethylene glycol is included in the powder to assist the absorption of higher viscosity liquids. The powder does not neutralise the liquids but indicators in the powder colour yellow with acid solutions and red with alkalis. It is recommended that a dust mask be worn when applying the powder. If the powder comes into contact with the eyes flush thoroughly with clean water. SA225-12 1kg pack 0.00 pk XX SA225-25 5kg pack 0.00 pk XX Mercury Collector, Azlon Polyethylene. Comprising shallow screw cap jar which includes a perforated inner table and a foam pad mounted in the cap. Mercury is collected in the foam pad by hand pressure and then deposited in the jar by screwing the cap on to the base. SB900-10 MWY850 0.00 ea XX SB904-08 Spare foam pad, MWY851 0.00 ea XX Mercury Collector, Quicksolver Operates by repeated squeezing of the hand vacuum pump which draws the spilt mercury into the borosilicate collection chamber via a glass collection head with nickel cannula end and flexible feed tube. The retrieved mercury can then be returned to storage by simply opening the tap at the base of the collection chamber. SB905-10 Quicksolver 0.00 ea XX

Spill Response Pads Highly absorbent pads to contain spillages of most types of chemical fluids. N Easy to deploy and collect N Pack quantity will absorb up to 21 litres of fluid N Non-linting, bonded absorbent material N Non-toxic, non-reactive and inert N Available in single or double weight versions N Constructed to prevent shredding and tearing during clean-up N Supplied in dispenser packs N Unlimited shelf life As described. Supplied in dispenser packs as indicated. SA227-10 Single weight, 42 x 50cm, pack of 50 SA227-20 Double weight, 42 x 50cm, pack of 25 0.00 pk 0.00 pk
XX XX

Spill Response Roll Manufactured using the same absorbent material as SA227 but in rolls offering a wider coverage by cutting to length if required. Supplied in pack of 2 rolls. SA228-40 Single weight, 48cm wide x 44 metre rolls 0.00 pk XX Tissues, wipes and cloths see CL700/CL760.

continued on next page

SA225

SA227/SA228

SB900

SB905

527

safety
Spares for Lab-Pack SA237-13 Absorbent sock booms 60 x 8cm, pack of 20 SA237-19 Absorbent cushions 35 x 30 x 2.5cm, pack of 20 Spares for Chem-Pack SA237-22 Absorbent sock booms 60 x 8cm, pack of 20 SA237-29 Absorbent cushions 35 x 30 x 2.5cm, pack of 20 SA237-80 Disposable bags and ties, pack of 10 SA450-30 PVC gloves, size 912, pair Body fluid disposal kit see SB390-06.

Spill Containment continued

Spill Response Packs Comprising highly absorbent sock booms and cushions to contain spillages of many chemical solutions and solvents. N Choice of absorbent grades: Lab-Pack, for non-aggressive liquids, chemical solutions, solvents and oils Chem-Pack, additionally for use with aggressive liquids, acids, caustics and lyes N Will absorb substantial volumes of liquid without dripping N Absorb spillage very rapidly N Unlimited shelf life N Non-toxic and can be disposed of by incineration (see note below) N Supplied in flexible zipped case N Contains no products that are COSHH regulated 0.00 pk 0.00 pk
XX XX

0.00 pk 0.00 pk 0.00 pk 0.00 pr

XX XX

XX XX

The absorbent material is based upon cellulose fibre and expanded soft wood pulp and is contained in socks or pads of spun polyester resin. Even at high loading the polyester resin remains damp only which allows for safe disposal without dripping. Chem-Pak material is treated to resist chemical attack more effectively and aid absorbence. Spill Response Packs, regular Will absorb approximately 25 litres of liquid. Comprising: 5 sock booms 60cm long x 8cm diameter to contain the spillage 5 cushions 35 x 30 x 2.5cm thick for fast pick up of the spilt liquid 1 pair tough PVC gloves size 912 which can be removed easily 1 disposable bag and tie Supplied in flexible zipped cube case, overall 280 x 450 x 330mm H x W x D, with carrying straps. SA235-10 Lab-Pack, regular 0.00 ea SA235-14 Chem-Pack, regular 0.00 ea Spill Response Packs, large Will absorb approximately 50 litres of liquid. Comprising: 10 sock booms 60cm long x 8cm diameter to contain the spillage 10 cushions 35 x 30 x 2.5cm thick for fast pick up of the spilt liquid 1 pair tough PVC gloves size 912 which can be removed easily 1 disposable bag and tie Supplied in flexible zipped case, overall 490 x 620 x 170mm H x W x D, suitable for shoulder carrying. SA235-25 Lab-Pack, large 0.00 ea SA235-32 Chem-Pack, large 0.00 ea
XX XX XX XX

Trays
White PVC. With end handles. Ref. TWRTT200-20 TT200-30 TT200-40 TT200-50 048 046 050 052 LxWxD mm 410 x 321 x 25 422 x 231 x 24 524 x 236 x 27 555 x 406 x 24 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX

Mercury spill tray with plugged outlet. TT204-22 056 400 x 310 x 20 0.00

XX

TT200

SA235

TT204

528

safety
Aprons and Coats
Aprons Disposable, polyethylene. Bib fronted. Length, mm Loose packs of 100 SA250-10 1000 SA250-15 1200 Roll packs of 200 SA252-11 1170 SA252-16 1350 SA253-06 pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX

Cryo-Aprons Provide protection when working in cold environments and with liquid nitrogen atmospheres. Waterproof and washable. Are lint free and contain no asbestos. Reversible with adjustable straps. Must not be immersed in liquid nitrogen or used near an open flame or in areas where ignition could occur. Lengths given are approximate. Size SA260-12 SA260-14 SA260-16 Small Medium Large Length, mm 910 1060 1220 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX

XX XX XX

Laboratory Coats, disposable, Kleenguard EP Manufactured from a three-layer non-woven polypropylene to produce a tough, anti-static, soft fabric which provides a high degree of protection and is comfortable to wear. With collar, press-stud fastening which allows open or closed neck position, two thigh pockets and a left breast pocket. Length is approximately to the knee. Can be water washed up to 70C but washing will adversely affect the anti-static properties. Size SA293-20 SA293-25

Wall dispenser for 0.00 ea aprons on roll, SA252. Supplied complete with fixings

Approx. chest, cm 96 104

ea 0.00 0.00

ea (10+) 0.00 0.00

XX XX

It is recommended that these aprons be used with Cryo-Gloves SA720 series. Laboratory Coats White polyester/cotton. Front fastening with two side patch pockets and one breast pocket. Mens coats additionally have side vents to access trouser pockets and a pen division in the breast pocket. Length approximately 105cm. Size Chest/Bust, cm 86-92 96-102 106-112 116-122 86-92 96-102 106-112 116-122 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX

Medium Large

Aprons Reusable, PVC, white. Supplied singly. Length, mm SA254-12 SA254-17 1000 1200 ea 0.00 0.00
XX XX

Kleenguard is a Registered Trademark of the Kimberly-Clark Corporation. TYVEK coats and coveralls are listed on the next page.

Aprons Rubber. Bib fronted. Supplied singly. Length, mm SA258-13 SA258-18 1000 1200 ea 0.00 0.00
XX XX

For men SA275-25 SA275-45 SA275-65 SA275-85

Small Medium Large X-large

For women SA280-14 Small SA280-34 Medium SA280-54 Large SA280-64 X-large

XX XX XX XX

SA250/SA252

SA258

SA275

SA280

SA254

SA260 with gloves SA270 in use

SA293

529

safety
Face Masks, Clean Room
Low lint, cellulose face masks produced in nonwoven material, with ties. Supplied in packs of 50. SA300-85 Face masks, non-sterile 0.00 pk XX SA300-90 Face masks, sterile 0.00 pk XX

Semi-durable Protective Clothing

Limited life garments manufactured in DuPont TYVEK, a 100% polyethylene, spun-bonded, filament sheet material having characteristics making it ideal for clean room and controlled area applications or where hazard containment renders the use of semi-disposable clothing preferable. N Chemically and biologically inert N Strong and durable, withstands laundering/ re-use several times N Low porosity Laboratory Coats, TYVEK White, unisex, with press-stud front. Without pockets. Supplied in packs of 10. SA300-12 Small 0.00 pk XX SA300-16 Medium 0.00 pk XX SA300-20 Large 0.00 pk XX Laboratory Coats, Howie' style, TYVEK White, unisex, side fastening coats offering greater protection than the traditional style. Press stud closure. Without pockets. Supplied in packs of 10. SA300-24 Small 0.00 pk XX SA300-28 Medium 0.00 pk XX SA300-32 Large 0.00 pk XX Coveralls, TYVEK White, unisex, with elasticated cuffs and ankles, zip-fronted. Without pockets. Where included, the hood is integral. Supplied in packs of 5. Coveralls with hood SA300-36 Small SA300-40 Medium SA300-44 Large Coveralls without hood SA300-48 Small SA300-52 Medium SA300-56 Large 0.00 pk 0.00 pk 0.00 pk 0.00 pk 0.00 pk 0.00 pk
XX XX XX

N Excellent barrier characteristics N Antistatic N Low linting Hoods TYVEK White, one-size, pull over the head for fitting. Cover head and shoulders. Supplied in pack of 10. SA300-60 Hoods 0.00 pk XX Foot Protection TYVEK White with elasticated ankle grip and PVC sole. Supplied in pack of 20 (10 pairs). SA300-67 Shoe covers 0.00 pk XX SA300-71 Boot covers 0.00 pk XX Sleeves, TYVEK White, one-size, elasticated at both ends providing additional forearm protection. Supplied in pack of 20 (10 pairs). SA300-76 Sleeves 0.00 pk XX

Overshoes
Overshoes Disposable PVC. With elasticated top. Size 360mm. Supplied in pack of 2000. SA330-20 Overshoes 0.00 pk XX Tyvek overshoes and overboots see SA300-67 and SA300-71.

Note: TYVEK may not be suitable for use in some environments and with certain reagents. Suitability should be verified for the intended use. Avoid naked flame or intense heat when wearing these products. TYVEK garments are also available with an outer coating of polyethylene for liquid splash protection details on request.

XX XX XX

Garment Sizing Chest sizes for TYVEK coats and coveralls are: Small 90cm Medium 100cm Large 110cm

SA300-60 in use with SA300-85

SA300-76 in use

SA300-12 to -20 with SA300-71

SA300-24 to -32 with SA300-67

SA300-36 to -44 SA300-48 to -56 are similar

SA330

530

safety
General Purpose Gloves
Gloves, polyethylene Disposable. Loose fitting shape allows glove to be worn on either hand. Suitable for use as a temporary hand covering. Supplied in packs of 100 gloves. SA350-15 Small/medium 0.00 pk XX SA350-20 Medium/large 0.00 pk XX Gloves, PVC Disposable. Non-slip with good finger sensitivity. Glove fits either hand. Supplied in dispenser packs of 100 gloves. SA384-15 6/7 (small) 0.00 pk XX SA384-20 7/8 (medium) 0.00 pk XX SA384-25 8/9 (large) 0.00 pk XX Kimguard range SA390-15 6/7 (small) SA390-20 7/8 (medium) SA390-25 8/9 (large) 0.00 pk 0.00 pk 0.00 pk Gloves, Marigold Featherweight latex rubber with neoprene. Thin, flexible unlined gloves with good finger sensitivity. Nominal length 300mm. Supplied in packs of 12 pairs. SA420-15 612 (small) 0.00 pk XX SA420-20 712 (medium) 0.00 pk XX SA420-25 812 (large) 0.00 pk XX SA420-30 912 (extra large) 0.00 pk XX Gloves, Marigold Medium weight acrylonitrile rubber. Strong flexible floc lined gloves with finger and palm gripping surface. Nominal length 315mm. Please note size comment below. Supplied in packs of 12 pairs. SA435-15 612 (small) 0.00 pk XX SA435-20 712 (medium) 0.00 pk XX SA435-25 812 (large) 0.00 pk XX SA435-30 912 (extra large) 0.00 pk XX Note: Due to additional shrinkage which takes place in synthetic rubbers it is advisable to choose a nitrile glove one size larger than normal. Gloves Medium weight red PVC. Nominal length 270mm. Supplied in single pairs. SA450-15 612 (small) 0.00 pr XX SA450-20 712 (medium) 0.00 pr XX SA450-25 812 (large) 0.00 pr XX SA450-30 912 (extra large) 0.00 pr XX

Gloves, Marigold Black heavyweight rubber. Floc lined and with finger and palm gripping surface. Nominal length 300mm. Supplied in packs of 12 pairs. SA465-15 Small 0.00 pk XX SA465-20 Medium 0.00 pk XX SA465-25 Large 0.00 pk XX SA465-30 Extra large 0.00 pk XX Gloves, Marigold Suregrip heavyweight rubber. Floc lined. With raised surface pattern on palms and fingers to provide excellent grip even on wet surfaces. Nominal length 300mm. Supplied in packs of 12 pairs. SA480-15 Small 0.00 pk XX SA480-20 Medium 0.00 pk XX SA480-25 Large 0.00 pk XX SA480-30 Extra large 0.00 pk XX Hand Protectors, Azlon Silicone rubber, with multi-studded grip for safe handling of hot beakers, flasks etc. Will withstand 57 to +250C temperatures. Supplied singly. Ref. SA500-09 SA500-14 SA500-19 PGR406 PGR404 PGR402 Size Finger Small hand Medium hand ea 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX

XX XX XX

Marigold is a trademark of LRC Products Ltd. Kimguard is a Registered Trademark of the Kimberly-Clark Corporation.

SA350

SA420

SA435

SA450

SA384

SA500

SA390

SA465

SA480

531

safety
Vinyl Gloves, Tru-Touch Lightweight, disposable, stretch vinyl with improved finger sensitivity. Lightly powdered. Supplied in packs of 100 gloves. Size Non-Sterile SA590-15 SA590-20 SA590-25 Small Medium Large pk 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX

Medical Examination Gloves

Latex Gloves Lightweight, disposable, hypoallergenic latex rubber gloves. Close fitting and with high finger sensitivity. Nominal length 270mm. Non-Sterile Supplied in dispenser cartons of 100 gloves. Size Powder free SA537-14 SA537-19 SA537-24 pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 pk (10+) 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX

Marigold Pre-powdered. Supplied in packs of 50 pairs. Size Non-Sterile SA550-10 SA550-15 SA550-18 SA550-20 SA550-23 Sterile SA560-11 SA560-16 SA560-19 SA560-21 SA560-24 6 612 7 712 8 6 612 7 712 8 pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX

Small Medium Large

Micro-Touch Non-Sterile Pre-powdered. Supplied in packs of 100 gloves. Size SA570-15 SA570-20 SA570-25 Small Medium Large pk 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX

XX XX XX XX XX

Nitrile Gloves, blue Lightweight, disposable. High chemical and puncture resistance. Low-modulus material considerably reduces hand fatigue. Non-sterile. Supplied in packs of 100 gloves. Size Powder free SA642-10 SA642-20 SA642-30 SA642-40 Small, 5 to 612 Medium, 7 to 8 Large, 812 to 912 X-Large, 912 to 1012 pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX

Marigold is a trademark of LRC Products Ltd. Micro-Touch is a trademark of Johnson & Johnson Ltd.

Nitrile Gloves, purple Lightweight, disposable. Excellent chemical and puncture resistance, low odour, latex and powder free. Non-sterile. Supplied in packs of 100 gloves. Size SA646-15 SA646-20 SA646-30 Small Medium Large pk 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX

Tru-Touch is a trademark of Maxxim Medical Inc.

SA537

SA570

SA642

SA550/SA560

SA590

SA646

532

safety
Special Gloves
Gloves, Leather With heat resisting leather palm and fingers. Fleece lined. Overall length 290mm. Nominally sized 8/9. Supplied in single pairs. SA700-25 Leather 0.00 pr XX Gloves, Autoclave Heat resistant to 121C. Soft, supple gloves made from washable terry cloth knit. With gauntlet cuffs for wrist protection. White. Supplied in single pairs. Length, mm SA704-10 320 pr 0.00
XX

Barrier Hand Cream

Cryo-Gloves, Waterproof Provide protection at low temperatures down to 160C and high temperatures up to +150C. Suitable for retrieving articles from liquid nitrogen vapours and handling materials in freezers and ovens. Must not be immersed in liquid nitrogen, used near an open flame or in areas where ignition could occur. Lengths given are approximate. Supplied in single pairs. Size pr
XX XX XX

An extra strength non greasy hand cream specially formulated to provide maximum protection from hazardous work environments in the laboratory which cause dry cracked hands and skin irritation. N Contains Nonoxynol-9 which is effective in inactivating the AIDS virus (HIV1) and Hepatitis Types 1 and 2 N Contains lanolin to moisturise the skin and a silicone to seal in the moisture and seal out the environment N Particularly effective at relieving the irritation caused by frequent wearing of rubber gloves N Economical in use, only a small amount of cream is required at each application CL910-70 CL910-75 12 x 85g tubes 4 x 450g pump-top dispensers 0.00 pk 0.00 pk
XX XX

Mid-arm length. Approximately 350mm. SA720-10 Small 0.00 SA720-13 Medium 0.00 SA720-16 Large 0.00 Wrist length. Approximately 300mm. SA720-22 Small SA720-25 Medium SA720-28 Large 0.00 0.00 0.00

Gloves, High Temperature Heat resistant to 232C. Heavyweight, soft, washable terry cloth knit construction with cotton lining. Brown. Supplied in single pairs. Length, mm SA706-14 SA706-18 270 320 Cuff Short Gauntlet pr 0.00 0.00
XX XX

XX XX XX

Gloves, Clavies Heat resistant to 230C. Soft, pliable, easy-to-wear gloves fabricated from washable terry cloth knit. Supplied in single pairs. Length, mm SA710-12 SA710-15 330 470 pr 0.00 0.00
XX XX

Gloves, Kevlar String-type, ambidextrous gloves manufactured from DuPont Kevlar giving durability and extended working life in comparison to leather or cotton gloves. Ideal for retrieving broken glass or handling objects with sharp edges but are not puncture-resistant. Yellow, with soft PVC dots on the palm and finger surfaces for enhanced grip. Supplied in single pairs. Size SA730-20 SA730-40 7 9 pr 0.00 0.00
XX XX

SA700

SA720

SA706

CL910

SA704

SA710

SA730

533

safety
Respirators, 3M 9000 series Lightweight, comfortable, colour coded respirators giving particulate protection up to 4 x OEL* (meet EN149:2001 FFP1). Also offer relief against low levels (below OEL*) of gases and vapours as indicated. The respirator should be disposed of immediately the substance can be detected by the user through smell or taste. Acid Gas Respirator, 9915 For relief against low levels (below OEL*) of acid gases and some organic vapours including Hydrogen Fluoride, Sulphur Dioxide and Chlorine. Dark blue. SA835-10 9915, pack of 20 0.00 pk XX Nuisance Odour Respirator, 9913 For relief against low levels (below OEL*) of organic vapours. Not suitable for use with Formaldehyde. Dark grey. SA835-25 9913, pack of 20 0.00 pk XX Warning on the use of Masks and Respirators. Masks and respirators should be used in well ventilated areas, minimum 19.5% oxygen (manufacturers definition of minimum oxygen requirements). They should not be used for escape purposes and are not suitable for use by operatives with facial hair that restricts direct contact between the face and the mask/ respirator edge. The wearer should immediately leave the work area and remove the respirator if: (a) difficulty with breathing occurs (b) they become dizzy or distressed (c) the respirator is damaged in any way

3M Masks and Respirators

Nuisance Dust Mask, 3M 8500 Moulded shape. Provides temporary relief only against large, particulate non-toxic dusts and pollens. SA800-12 8500, pack of 50 0.00 pk XX Dust Respirator, 3M 8812 Complies with EN149:2001 FFP1. 78% efficient against fine particulates down to 0.5 micron. Maximum usage level 4 x OEL*. Fitted with an exhale valve. SA805-14 8812, pack of 10 0.00 pk XX Dust/Mist Respirators, 3M 8810 and 8822 Comply with EN149:2001 FFP2. Maintenance free. 92% efficient against fine particulates and waterbased aerosols down to 0.5 micron. Maximum usage level 12 x OEL*. In addition, 8822 is fitted with an exhale valve. SA810-17 8810, pack of 20 0.00 pk XX SA810-19 8822, pack of 10 0.00 pk XX Dust/Mist Respirator, 3M 8825 Complies with EN149:2001 FFP2D. Similar to SA810-19 but shaped to further lower breathing resistance and increase comfort. Maximum usage level 12 x OEL* (particulates), 6 x OEL* (metal fume). SA815-14 8825, pack of 5 0.00 pk XX

*OEL: Occupational Exposure Limit of contaminant as specified in relevant Guidance Notes from the Health and Safety Executive (HSE).

Safety note These respirators should only be used where the gas/vapour has good warning properties i.e. strong smell or taste. They are not suitable for use in atmospheres immediately dangerous to health or life.

SA800-12

SA810-17

SA835-10

SA810-19, SA805-14 is similar

SA815-14

SA835-25

534

safety
3M Masks and Respirators continued
Respirators, 3M 9300 series Advanced, 3-panel design offers greater comfort, easy communication and improved wearer acceptance. Lightweight and foldable for easy storage. A soft cover web is provided on the inner panel ensuring enhanced comfort against the skin. All masks are individually bagged within the outer pack. Premium Dust Respirator, 3M 9310 Complies with EN149:2001 FFP1, giving particulate protection up to 4 x OEL*. SA842-20 9310, pack of 20 0.00 pk XX Premium Dust/Mist Respirator, 3M 9320 Complies with EN149:2001 FFP2, giving protection against fine particulates up to 10 x OEL* and water based aerosols. SA842-25 9320, pack of 20 0.00 pk XX Premium Dust Respirator, 3M 9312 Complies with EN149:2001 FFP1, giving particulate protection up to 4 x OEL*. With fitted exhale valve to reduce heat build-up behind the mask and to make breathing easier. SA842-30 9312, pack of 10 0.00 pk XX *OEL: Occupational Exposure Limit of contaminant as specified in relevant Guidance Notes from the Health and Safety Executive (HSE). Premium Dust/Mist Respirator, 3M 9322 Complies with EN149:2001 FFP2, giving protection against fine particulates up to 10 x OEL* and water-based aerosols. With fitted exhale valve to reduce heat build-up behind the mask and to make breathing easier. SA842-35 9322, pack of 10 0.00 pk XX Premium Dust/Mist/Metal Fume Respirator, 3M 9332 Complies with EN149:2001 FFP3, giving protection against fine particulates up to 20 x OEL*, metal fumes and water-based aerosols. With fitted exhale valve to reduce heat build-up behind the mask and to make breathing easier. SA842-40 9332, pack of 10 0.00 pk XX

Respirators, 3M 4000 series Single piece construction which provides protection against particulates and specific gases/vapours. With twin inhalation valves, a parabolic exhalation valve which reduces breathing resistance, four point strap adjustment, adjustable head cradle and non-allergenic facepiece. Minimum 78% efficiency against particulates to 0.5 micron up to 4 x OEL* (4277 offers up to 20 x OEL*). Additional protection against gases/vapours as indicated up to 10 x OEL* or 1000 ppm, whichever is lower. The respirator should be discarded immediately the gas/vapour is detected by smell or taste. Supplied singly in a resealable foil bag. Organic Vapour/Particulate Respirator, 4251 To EN405:2002 (FFA1P2D) Approved Standard. Protects against organic vapours (boiling above +65C) Colour code brown/white. SA850-10 4251 0.00 ea XX Organic Vapours and Inorganic/Acid Gases Respirator, 4277 To EN405:2002 (FFABE1P31D) Approved Standard. Protects against organic vapours (boiling above +65C), inorganic and acid gases. Colour code brown/grey/yellow/white. SA850-30 4277 0.00 ea XX

Safety note These respirators should only be used where the gas/vapour has good warning properties i.e. strong smell or taste. They are not suitable for use in atmospheres immediately dangerous to health or life.

SA842-20

SA842-30

SA842-40

SA842-25

SA842-35

SA850-10, SA850-30 is similar

535

safety
Digital Sound Level Meters

Ear Protection
Ear Plugs, disposable Soft, slow expanding, polyurethane foam plugs which are pliable and tapered for easy insertion. Meet the requirements of EN352-2. The foam gives an evenly distributed pressure, optimising comfort and sealing. Plugs are brightly coloured (neon yellow) and long (25mm) aiding removal. The Simplified Noise-level Reduction (SNR) achieved is in the order of 36db. Supplied in pack of 250. SA858-20 Ear plugs 0.00 pk XX Hearing Protector A lightweight protector suitable for short term use. Tested to BS5108 and conforming to the quality requirements of BS6344. With adjustable headband and soft ear cushions. Can be folded for easy storage when not in use. Weight 180g. SA860-10 Folding protector 0.00 ea XX

According to DIN 60651. Portable instruments suitable for measuring industrial and civil noise levels. Model DIN 60651 class Range Resolution Accuracy Response time slow mode fast mode Power Overall L x W x H Weight 815 3L 30 to 130 both models 0.1 both models 1 digit 1.5dB (A) 816 2L

dB (A) dB

1 digit 1.0dB (A)

sec sec mm g

1 1 0.125 0.125 9V PP3 battery both models 168 x 72 x 27 (meter only) both models 170 both models

Digital Sound Level Meters, Testo As described. With LCD display, robust ABS casing, membrane keypad, 13.2mm diameter microphone with wind shield, battery and instruction manual. SA884-20 Testo 815 0.00 ea XX SA884-40 Testo 816 0.00 ea XX Accessory calibrator for SA884 meters Two point calibrator, with quartz controlled oscillator switchable between 94 or 104 dB (A). 1000Hz sound pressure frequency allows calibration without correction factors irrespective of weightings A, B, C and D. With 9V PP3 battery. SA884-90 Sound level calibrator 0.00 ea XX BL610-25 Spare battery for SA884-20, SA884-40 or SA884-90 0.00 ea
XX

SA858

SA860

SA884-20 in use, SA884-40 is similar

536

safety
Safety Eyeware
Spectacles, adjustable Propionate plastics frame with fitted side shields, brow and cheek guards and adjustable side arms. Scratch resistant, clear carbo-glass coated polycarbonate lenses and side shields to BS EN166/172 1F. A raised, padded nosebridge allows the spectacles to be placed face down without damage to the lenses. Weight 36g. SA907-10 Spectacles 0.00 ea XX Spectacles Transparent, flexible acetate frame with built-in side shields and brow guard, adjustable side arm angles and soft ear hooks for a comfortable and close fit. Fitted with clear carbo-glass coated polycarbonate lenses to BS EN166/172 1F. Weight 36g. SA908-15 Spectacles, clear lens 0.00 ea XX Eyeshield Polycarbonate, 1-piece frame/nosebridge/browguard with PVC nosepads and wrap-around extended lenses in carbo-glass coated polycarbonate offering side protection. Lenses comply to BS EN166/172 1F. With adjustable side arm angles and soft ear hooks for a comfortable, close fit. Weight 28g. SA912-30 Eyeshield 0.00 ea XX Eyeshields Single wide vision lens incorporating side shields and built-in brow-guard in scratch resistant, carboglass coated polycarbonate to BS EN166/172 1F, and with adjustable side arms in a choice of colours as indicated. Weight 28g. SA922-04 Blue side arms 0.00 ea XX SA922-12 Red side arms 0.00 ea XX Eyeshield Single wide vision lens in scratch-resistant, carboglass coated polycarbonate to BS EN166F-2F with adjustable side arms. Weight 28g. SA922-20 Eyeshield 0.00 ea XX

Carbo-glass mentioned in the specifications is a high impact but scratch resistant material based on polycarbonate but sprayed with a quartz crystal coating. Standard spectacles and goggles shown here are Kitemarked and CE approved. Laser goggles are DIN and ANSI approved. Spectacles, lightweight Ultra lightweight flexible nylon/zytel frame with polycarbonate side shields. Scratch resistant, clear carbo-glass coated polycarbonate lenses to BS EN166/172 1F. Weight 24g. SA895-10 Spectacles 0.00 ea XX Spectacles, lightweight Strong, close fitting, optically perfect lenses in carbo-glass coated polycarbonate to BS EN166/172 1F, in lightweight stylish nylon frame. Also available with spectra blue, anti-glare tint to lens for outdoor use. Weight 24g. SA903-10 Spectacles, clear lens 0.00 ea XX SA903-20 Spectacles, spectra 0.00 ea XX blue lens Spectacles Robust, all-polycarbonate, 1-piece frame/ nosebridge and clear, panoramic vision, carbo-glass coated lenses to BS EN166/172 1F and side shields integrated into the side arms. Weight 31g. SA904-25 Spectacles 0.00 ea XX

Eyeshield Nylon frame with single panoramic carbo-glass coated polycarbonate lens to BS EN166F-1F, giving uninterrupted vision. With adjustable side arm angles and soft ear hooks for a comfortable and close fit. Weight 33g. SA927-25 Eyeshield 0.00 ea XX Eyeshield Clear polycarbonate side shields, brow guard and lenses to BS EN166/172 1F. Can be worn over prescription spectacles. Weight 36g. SA930-10 Eyeshield 0.00 ea XX Goggles, single lens Highly comfortable, compliant, soft PVC frame giving all the benefits of a foam surround whilst retaining the cleanliness and longevity of PVC. With adjustable elastic headband and clear, wide angle polycarbonate lens to BS EN166 1B 3459. Weight 95g. SA953-10 Goggles 0.00 ea XX Goggles, double lens Soft PVC frame with adjustable headband, polycarbonate front lens and non-misting acetate rear lens. Designed to be worn over prescription spectacles and providing a minimum clearance of 6mm between the rear lens and the spectacle lenses. Lenses comply to BS EN166 2B349, Chemical, Dust and Molten Metal. Weight 65g. SA962-10 Goggles 0.00 ea XX

Laser Goggles
If you have a requirement for laser goggles let us have full details of the laser type and output and we will quote. UV protective eyeware see LM370 on page 332.

SA895

SA908

SA927

SA903

SA912

SA930

SA904

SA922-04

SA953-10

SA907

SA922-20

SA962

537

safety
Eyeware Sundries
Goggle Box Dispensers Wall mounting boxes in heavy duty smoked finish acrylic for storing and dispensing eyeshields of the SA930 type. Size 1 accepts up to 5 eyeshields and is overall 170 x 90 x 190mm W x D x H. Size 2 accepts up to 10 eyeshields and is overall 170 x 90 x 320mm W x D x H. Both boxes are supplied with a safety sticker plus screws and plugs for wall mounting. SA990-05 Size 1 0.00 ea XX SA990-07 Size 1 with 0.00 ea XX 5 eyeshields SA990-10 SA990-15 Size 2 Size 2 with 10 eyeshields 0.00 ea 0.00 ea
XX XX

Safety Eyeware
Eyeshield, Novaspec High quality, low cost clear polycarbonate eyeshield with polycarbonate lenses to EN166 1F (BS2092.2). Lightweight but robust design with wide angle vision and excellent browguard protection. Ideal for use by site visitors or contractors, or where temporary protection is required. SA975-20 Eyeshield 0.00ea 1.40ea (10+) XX Goggles, Interceptor General purpose goggle with clear frame and polycarbonate lens to EN166 1 349B (BS2092.1, dust, chemical splash and molten metal resistance). Indirect ventilation, a soft nosepiece and easily adjustable strap mechanism allows comfortable wearing. SA975-30 Goggles 0.00ea 1.63ea (10+) XX

Fire Extinguishers
Portable Fire Extinguisher Suitable for small fires involving flammable liquids and electrical appliances. Stored pressure controlled discharge powder extinguisher. Complies with the European Aerosol Directive. Supplied with mounting bracket. SB215-10 FM20, 0.6kg capacity 0.00 ea XX Dry Powder Fire Extinguishers Suitable for use on wood, paper, flammable liquids and electrical fires. Stored pressure powder extinguishers to BS-EN3: 1996. Supplied with fitted pressure gauge and mounting bracket. SB220-10 1000PR, 1kg capacity 0.00 ea XX SB220-20 PSP2000, 2kg capacity 0.00 ea XX SB220-30 PSP4000, 4kg capacity 0.00 ea XX Carbon Dioxide Fire Extinguisher For fires involving flammable liquids and electrical appliances. Conforming to BS-EN3: 1996. Supplied with wall mounting bracket. SB225-08 CD2, 2kg capacity 0.00 ea XX Fire Blankets Light duty, two-ply glass fibre with fire retardant material interleaving. Manufactured to BS-EN1869: 1997 and kitemarked. Supplied in a PVC wallet with reinforced eyelet for wall mounting. SB270-20 Fire blanket 1100 x 0.00 ea XX 1100mm SB270-25 Fire blanket 1800 x 0.00 ea XX 1200mm Supply of Fire Extinguishers Please note that the fire extinguishers on this page can only be exported as SEA FREIGHTDECK CARGO.

Face Shield
Face Shield A modular system comprising lightweight browguard with adjustable head harness, elasticated nape strap and a choice of accessory snap-fit visors in clear acetate or polycarbonate, with or without chinguard. SA980-25 Brow-guard only, 0.00 ea XX without visor Clear acetate visors, 150mm deep SA982-10 without chinguard 0.00 ea Clear acetate visors, 200mm deep SA982-16 without chinguard 0.00 ea SA982-19 with chinguard 0.00 ea Clear polycarbonate visors, 200mm deep SA982-22 without chinguard 0.00 ea SA982-25 with chinguard 0.00 ea
XX

Lens Cleaning Station, disposable Comprising a hand operated pump dispenser containing approximately 500ml of anti-static cleaning fluid, and 1200 tissues mounted in a unit for wall or bench mounting. Suitable for cleaning glass or plastic lenses. Intended to be discarded when cleaning materials exhausted. SA995-10 Lens station 0.00 ea XX Cleaning concentrates see CL400/CL640. Lens cleaning tissues see CL760. UV protective eyeware see LM370 on page 332.

XX XX

XX XX

SA975-20

SA990-07 in use SA975-30

SB215

SB225

SA980/SA982

SA995 in use

SB220

SB270

538

safety
First Aid
First Aid Boxes, workplace All components shown in the Contents list comply with the Revised Approved Code of Practice (ACOP97) with Health & Safety First Aid Regulations 1981. Contents For employees 1-10 11-50 Standard Medium ACOP 1 ACOP 2 1 21 4 2 6 2 1 1 6 1 10 1 63 6 4 8 4 1 2 12 1 10 First Aid Boxes, workplace, standard Green polypropylene box with hinged lid printed with white cross on the outside. Contents as Standard list. Overall 260 x 170 x 90mm W x D x H. Weight 0.7kg. Also available with wall mounting. SB350-05 Standard 0.00 ea XX SB350-20 Standard, with wall 0.00 ea XX mounting SB354-12 Refill. Complete 0.00 ea XX Standard contents First Aid Boxes, workplace, medium Green polypropylene box with hinged lid printed with white cross on the outside. Contents as Medium list. Overall 360 x 250 x 100mm W x D x H. Weight 1.5kg. Also available with wall mounting. SB370-05 Medium 0.00 ea XX SB370-20 Medium, with wall 0.00 ea XX mounting SB374-12 Refill. Complete 0.00 ea XX Medium contents First Aid Box, Medium/Eyewash Generally as SB370-20 but with 2 x 500ml bottles of sterile eyewash.Overall 360 x 250 x 100mm W x D x H. Weight 3kg. SB380-25 Medium/eyewash 0.00 ea XX SB384-12 Refill. Complete 0.00 ea XX Medium contents plus 2 x 500ml bottles of sterile eyewash

Advice leaflet on first aid Assorted plasters Triangular bandage Eye dressing Medium dressing 12 x 12cm Large dressing 18 x 18cm Faceshield Gloves, pair Safety pins Security seal Wipes, alcohol-free

Body fluid disposal kit For the safe cleaning up and removal of potentially hazardous spillages of all body fluids. Single application kit comprises disinfectant spray effective against bacteria, viruses (including HIV, Herpes, Hepatitis) and fungi, together with absorbent granules that congeal and deodorise aqueous fluids. The spillage may then be removed using a disposal pack provided, which contains gloves, apron, scoop, spatula, paper towels, disinfectant wipes and biohazard bag. Supplied in a grip-seal pouch containing 1 each disinfectant spray and disposal pack, with 10g of absorbent granules. Overall 260 x 170 x 50mm W x D x H. Weight 0.6kg. SB390-06 Body fluid disposal kit 0.00 ea XX

SB350

SB370, SB380 is similar

SB390-06

539

safety
Eye Droppers, glass With bent end and fitted teat. Supplied in pack of 100. Type ME520-20 Individually cartoned pk 0.00 pk (10+) 0.00
XX

Eye Washing
Eye Wash Bottles, Azlon White translucent polyethylene squeeze bottle overprinted green and showing the international eye symbol. With contoured eye-cup having a fine spray and fitted with a dust cap. Available in two versions: Economy with eye-cup fitted on a short vertical stem Standard with eye-cup on a curved stem and with an overflow tube to take waste liquid from the eye-cup to waste Bottle capacity 500ml. Supplied empty. SB610-15 EGR236 Economy 0.00 ea SB610-20 EGR136 Standard 0.00 ea
XX XX

Eye Wash Station, Bel-Art For wall mounting. With 2 x 1000ml eye-wash bottles with cups and dust covers on a tough support, coloured green. The support includes a mirror and is printed with instructions for use. Overall 460 x 360mm. Bottles supplied empty. SB675-20 Eye-wash station 0.00 ea XX Eye Wash Board Wall mounting. Complete with three 500ml bottles of sterile eyewash solution. Overall 300 x 400mm. SB690-15 Eye-wash board 0.00 ea XX Spare sterile eyewash solution, 500ml SB694-08 Pack of 2 0.00 pk

Eye Wash Post, Azlon For wall mounting. With economy eye wash bottle SB610-15 and eye-dropper bottle on a white polystyrene mount. Bottles supplied empty. SB625-15 PGR118, economy 0.00 ea XX Eye Wash Post, Azlon For wall mounting, with standard eye-wash bottle SB610-20, and eye dropper bottle mounted on a polystyrene support. Overall 275 x 400 x 85mm deep. Bottles supplied empty. SB630-20 PGR114, standard 0.00 ea XX Eye Wash Posts, Azlon For wall mounting, with standard eye-wash bottle SB610-20, refill bottle and eye-dropper bottle mounted on a polystyrene support. The support includes a mirror and small shelf. Overall 400 x 400 x 85mm deep. Bottles supplied empty. SB645-12 PGR112 0.00 ea XX With transparent hinged cover. SB645-17 PGR110 0.00 ea
XX

XX

Eye-Dropper Bottles Polyethylene with detachable cap. Capacity 15ml. Ref. BS800-10 BGE510 BS800-20 EGR336 Colour Natural Amber ea 0.00 0.00 ea (10+) 0.00 0.00
XX XX

First Aid Wash Bottles, Azlon A cylindrical squeeze bottle fitted with a fine jet. Suitable for containing anti-burn, anti-acid and similar solutions. Supplied empty in packs of 5. Green WB850-25 250ml WB850-30 500ml Red WB852-25 250ml WB852-30 500ml 0.00 pk 0.00 pk 0.00 pk 0.00 pk
XX XX

XX XX

SB675

SB610-15

SB610-20 SB630

SB690

SB625

SB645

540

safety
Laboratory Drench Hoses and Eyewashes
Drench Hose SE920 For the rapid flushing of spillages and splashes from the body. Comprises 3/8" NPTF self-closing valve activated by a squeeze handle. The valve head incorporates the aerated hose nozzle providing efficient wetting and improved water cling to contoured areas such as the eyes, nose, chin or cheeks. The valve/nozzle is connected to a 1.5m flexible reinforced PVC supply hose with valve hanger and 1/2" NPTM inlet connector. A nozzle dustcap is also supplied. Requires connection to a suitable water supply. SB720-15 Drench hose SE920 0.00 ea XX Drench Hose SE921 Similar to SB720-15 but with an integral mounting flange which allows fixing to benchtops up to 37mm thick. The valve/nozzle is connected to a 1.8m flexible reinforced PVC supply hose with 1/2" NPTM inlet connector. In use the valve/nozzle is removed and the hose is drawn through the benchtop and flange. Requires connection to a suitable water supply. SB720-25 Drench hose SE921 0.00 ea XX Drench Hose SE927 Similar to SB720-25 but with 3/8 NPTF stay-open ball valve and twin aerated hose nozzles. The valve/nozzle is connected to a 1.8m flexible reinforced PVC supply hose with 1/2" NPTF inlet connector. Requires connection to a suitable water supply. SB720-30 Drench hose SE927 0.00 ea XX

Eyewash SE505 Wall mounting with aerated single nozzle sprayheads at either side of a 338 x 220mm stainless steel bowl with 11/2" threaded male drain outlet and wall bracket. The nozzles give improved wetting and water cling to areas such as the eyes, nose, chin or cheeks. and have individual flow adjustment. The side mounted supply stem has a 1/2" NPTF stay-open ball valve activated by a trigger bar. Inlet connector 1/2 NPTF. Requires connection to a suitable water supply. SB730-20 Eyewash SE505 0.00 ea XX Eye/Face Wash SE400 Wall mounting with three shrouded aerated sprayheads mounted at either side of a 465mm x 325mm stainless steel bowl with 11/2" threaded male drain outlet and wall bracket. Flow controls in each sprayhead ensure a consistent spray pattern whilst the shrouds create converging 'bands of water'. The sprayheads are supplied by an offset 1/2" NPTF, stay-open ball valve. The valve is activated by a large push plate. Inlet connector 1/2" NPTF. Requires connection to a suitable water supply. SB740-10 Eye/Face wash SE400 0.00 ea XX Installation notes: The drench hoses and eyewashes listed here are supplied ready to fit with inlet connectors for attachment to a suitable water supply. The user/installer must ensure that: a) A potable water supply is used. b) The units are securely mounted and permanently installed in an accessible and identifiable location. c) All connection joint threads are sealed using PTFE plumbing tape. d) The supply pressure is adequate (minimum 20psi, maximum 125psi static). e) The units are periodically checked and tested (we suggest weekly). f) Fitting abbreviations: NPT = U.S. National Pipe Thread NPS = U.S. National Pipe Standard M = Male F = Female

Safety Note: Some chemical spillages must not be flushed or treated with water. Please refer to your safety officer or supervisor for advice on alternative procedures.

SB720-15

SB730-20

SB720-25

SB720-30

SB740-10

541

safety
Acid and Alkali Storage Cabinets Conform to the Highly Flammable Liquid and Liquefied Petroleum Gases Regulations 1972 Section 5 part D, HSE guide HS(G) S.I. 1990, Factory Inspectorate Certificate of Approval no.1 parts 3 and 4 and HSE guidance notes CS19. White powder coated steel carcass labelled in accordance with BS5378, with welded seams, removable spillage tray and reinforced door with lockable handle. Shelves provided are height adjustable, perforated and finished in a polyester powder coating. Catalogue No. Overall H mm W mm D mm SB847-10 700 350 300 Single 1 700 x 350 x 300mm 700 x 900 x 460mm 900 x 900 x 460mm 1800 x 900 x 460mm SB847-20 700 900 460 Double 1 SB847-30 900 900 460 Double 1 SB847-40 1800 900 460 Double 3 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea
XX XX XX XX

Safe Storage
Hazardous Substances Cabinets Designed to provide safe storage of small quantities of flammable liquids, chemicals, pesticides, paints and other hazardous substances. Meet the requirements of the Highly Flammable Liquid and Liquefied Petroleum Gases Regulations 1972 Section 5, part D, HSE guide HS (G) S.I. 1990 and the Factory Inspectorate Certificate of Approval No.1 parts 3 and 4. Manufactured in sheet steel with welded seams. N Choice of chest bin with sloping lid, hasp and staple for padlocking upright cabinets with three-point locking handle, adjustable height shelves and removable spillage trays N Finished in powder coated safety yellow and labelled to BS5378 Chest bin As described. Supplied with hasp and staple for use with a padlock (not supplied). Dimensions stated are overall width x depth x height. SB840-15 Chest bin, 1170 x 460 x 610mm 0.00 ea XX Upright cabinets As described. With three-point locking handle and removable spillage tray. Catalogue No. Overall SB845-20 SB845-30 SB845-40 SB845-45 SB845-50 900 460 460 Single 1 700 900 460 Double 1 900 900 460 Double 1 1800 900 460 Double 3 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea
XX XX XX XX XX

Doors Shelves SB847-10 SB847-20 SB847-30 SB847-40

Accessory additional shelves for SB847-series For cabinet sizes as indicated. W x D, mm SB847-73 SB847-77 350 x 300 900 x 460 ea 0.00 0.00
XX XX

Doors Shelves SB845-20 SB845-30 SB845-40 SB845-45 SB845-50

H mm 700 W mm 350 D mm 300 Single 1

700 x 350 x 300mm 900 x 460 x 460mm 700 x 900 x 460mm 900 x 900 x 460mm 1800 x 900 x 460mm

Accessory Floor Stands Increase the height of the cabinets by 535mm. SB847-84 Floor stand for SB847-10 only SB847-88 Floor stand for SB847-20 and SB847-30 only

0.00 ea 0.00 ea

XX XX

Accessory additional shelves for SB845-series For cabinet sizes as indicated. W x D, mm SB845-82 SB845-84 SB845-86 350 x 300 460 x 460 900 x 460 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX

Safety Note: SB847 Acid and Alkali Storage cabinets are used primarily for secure storage of reagents. They may be susceptible to attack by corrosive vapours. If greater corrosion resistance is required please refer to SB860/SB864 HDPE storage cabinets.

Stainless steel hazardous substances cabinets are also available details on request.

Accessory Floor Stand For SB845-30 only. Increases the height of the cabinet by 535mm. SB845-95 Floor stand for SB845-30 0.00 ea

XX

SB840, SB845 showing additional shelves

SB847

542

safety
Flammable Storage Cabinets to EN14470-1 Exacta & Optech
High quality safety cabinets for the storage of inflammables, certified fireresistant for 90 minutes, certified by BVQI (Bureau Veritas Quality International) to EN14470-1. Construction Electro-welded, rigid, monolithic frame in electrostatically galvanised sheet steel with external sheet steel panels finished in grey, thermo-set (minimum 90m thick) epoxy resin, with Sandwich construction thermal insulation, 90-minute fire resistant according to EN14470-1 regulations. Removable internal panels allow replacement if damaged or temporary withdrawal of the thermal insulation to reduce weight, allowing easier re-siting of the cabinet. Supplied with height adjustable, AISI 304 stainless steel, tray-type shelves (see table) which can contain small leaks and spillages. Maximum loading per shelf 100kg. Cabinets are designed without a central rib allowing easy shelf removal/replacement. Vent outlets are built-in for connection to existing extraction systems (50mm diameter outlet: EF-B models, 100mm diameter outlet: EF- models) and a separate base outlet provides venting of heavierthan-air fumes. All cabinets have lockable doors (see table) with automatic, oil-damped, hydraulic piston closure, are labelled in accordance with DIN V4844-1 and are supplied with instructions to DIN V8418. Safety features All cabinets feature self-sealing ventilation ports with maintenance-free, automatic closure mechanisms which engage when the ambient temperature exceeds +70C. Doors exert a pressure of no more than 100N when closing to prevent injury and have full height, non-sparking hinges. Both door edges and frames have 30mm wide, mineral fibre reinforced, graphite-based, intumescent strip seals which automatically expand when the ambient temperature exceeds a safe level. A cabinet earthing plate is also provided for grounding to dissipate static charge. Catalogue No. Model Capacity* litres Doors Shelves x spill capacity* Base trough litres Overall H W D mm mm mm kg SB855-10 EF06B 95 1 1 x 3 litres 7.5 700 590 500 100 SB855-15 EF012B 180 2 1 x 7 litres 16 700 1100 500 150 SB855-25 EF06 360 1 3 x 4 litres 10 1950 600 590 250

S
SB855-35 EF012 800 2 3 x 9 litres 25 1950 1190 600 380

Weight

*Approximate capacities. Where height restrictions apply underbench the base plinth can be removed, reducing the overall height by 80mm. As described. With adjustable tray shelves as indicated and instructions. SB855-10 Model EF06B, 95 litres 0.00 ea SB855-15 Model EF012B, 180 litres 0.00 ea SB855-25 Model EF06, 360 litres 0.00 ea SB855-35 Model EF012, 800 litres 0.00 ea Accessories and Spares Foot pedal latch Holds the doors open allowing both hands to be used during loading/ unloading. The doors are then closed by depressing the pedal using the foot. A pedal override automatically closes the doors should the ambient temperature exceed 50C. SB857-05 Foot pedal latch for SB855 series 0.00 ea XX Extraction fan With IP44-rated motor to DIN40050, flow rate 260m3/h. Housed in a glass-fibre reinforced polyamide resin case which is antistatic and corrosion resistant. Includes sliding drawer for accessory activated carbon filters. For 220-230V 50Hz single phase supplies. Without filter. SB857-12 Extraction fan for SB855 series 0.00 ea XX SB857-14 SB857-19 Carbon filter for organic solvents Carbon filter for acids and organic solvents 0.00 ea 0.00 ea
XX XX

XX XX XX XX

Additional tray shelves For cabinet SB857-43 SB857-47 SB857-51 SB857-54 EF06B EF012B EF06 EF012 H x W x D, mm 25 x 390 x 300 25 x 895 x 300 25 x 390 x 390 25 x 995 x 390 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX

SB855-10

SB855-15

SB855-35

SB855-25

543

safety
Flammable Liquid Cabinets Safe-Stor
Safe-Stor Flammable Liquid Storage Cabinets Manufactured from Durasteel, a steel faced incombustible laminated material with a two hour fire rating to BS476. These cabinets are fully welded and have flame baffled ventilation. Exterior finish is white stoved enamel and they are labelled to comply with Highly Flammable Liquids Regulations 1972 (HFL) requirements. Capacity figure given is for 2.5 litre Winchester type bottles sitting on the base of the cabinet. SB875 Model Capacity Shelf Spillage tray Doors Door lock Mounting -20 25 4 No 1 Double Yes Bench or shelf -30 18 8 Yes* 2 Single Yes Floor Has adjustable feet 730 480 510 -40 36 16 Yes* 2 Double Yes Floor Mounted on castors 730 920 510

Acid and Alkali Storage Cabinets, Plastic

Acid and Alkali Storage Cabinets N Corrosion resistant, ribbed HDPE construction N Front opening full width doors with keylock, which retract into roof of cabinet compartments for unhindered access N Removable spillage tray, 8 litres capacity in each compartment N SB860-15 to SB860-25 and SB864-15 to SB864-25 have compartments to allow separation of incompatible materials N Available with (SB860), or without (SB864), vent connection SB860 SB864 Model Overall H mm W mm D mm Compartments -10 -10 RB1 480 920 410 1 -15 -15 RB2 900 920 410 2 -20 -20 RB3 1320 620 410 3 -25 -25 RB4 1740 920 410 4

Compartment internal dimensions mm 330 x 830 x 340 H x W x D all models SB860-10 SB860-15 SB860-20 SB860-25 SB864-10 SB864-15 SB864-20 SB864-25 RB1, unvented RB2, unvented RB3, unvented RB4, unvented RB1, vented RB2, vented RB3, vented RB4, vented 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Overall

H mm W mm D mm

405 635 205

*Allows smaller containers to be stored and acts as a spillage tray. This shelf is removable but is not adjustable for height. SB875-20 Model 25 0.00 ea XX SB875-30 Model 18 0.00 ea XX SB875-40 Model 36 0.00 ea XX

Safety storage shelving, plastic see FZ685.

SB860, SB864

SB875

544

safety
Safety Cans
For carrying, dispensing and disposing of flammable liquids. N U.S. Underwriters Laboratories (UL) listed and/or Factory Mutual (FM) approved N Leakproof closures with spring mounted positive pressure relief valve which vents at 5 psig to prevent explosion in the event of fire N Double mesh flame arrester in spout to guard against flashback ignition N All capacities and dimensions are approximate Safety Cans Type 1, metal Heavy duty terne plate construction which protects against corrosion. With leakproof closure, relief valve and flame arrester. UL listed and FM approved. The 1 and 3.8 litre models have a fixed handle with trigger release for the cap. The 19 litre model has a swing handle designed for the heavier load. Cap. litres SB880-10 SB880-20 SB880-35 1 3.8 19 Overall o.d. x H, mm 120 x 210 185 x 295 295 x 435 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX

Safety Cans Type 1, polyethylene Generally as SB880 series but high density polyethylene with metal fittings. FM approved. The 1.9 and 3.8 litre models have a fixed handle with trigger release for the cap. The 9.5 litre model has a swing handle. Cap. litres SB882-10 SB882-15 SB882-20 1.9* 3.8* 9.5 Overall W x L x H, mm 120 x 195 x 245 120 x 195 x 325 275 x 365 (o.d. x H) ea 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX

Waste Disposal Cans, polyethylene For containment and disposal of flammable or corrosive liquids. High density polyethylene with metal fittings. With leakproof closure, pressure relief valve, flame arrester and handle latch which holds the cap open for easier pouring during disposal. FM approved. Cap. litres Flammable liquids SB890-10 7.6 SB890-20 19 Corrosive liquids SB890-30 7.6 SB890-40 19 Overall o.d. x H, mm 305 x 375 305 x 510 305 x 375 305 x 510 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX

* These sizes are oval shape. Safety Can with Tap Terne plate construction as SB880 series. With self closing tap mounted approximately 50mm from the base. With leakproof closure, relief valve and flame arrester. FM approved. Cap. litres SB885-25 19 Overall o.d. x H, mm 295 x 435 ea 0.00
XX

XX XX

Self Closing Containers, polyethylene Translucent high density polyethylene containers with moulded in graduations designed to resist acids and caustic solutions. With sprung, self closing, leakproof closure and handle. Cap. litres Overall o.d. x H, mm ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX

Sharps Containers, to BS7320 see CM905 and CM910 in the Clinical section. Specimen Carrier, Carrisafe see Clinical section. Waste bins see WD215/WD370.

Safety Can with Tap High density polyethylene construction with metal fittings as SB882 series. With self closing brass tap mounted approximately 50mm from the base. Leakproof closure, pressure relief valve, flame arrester and swing handle. FM approved. Cap. litres SB887-25 19 Overall o.d. x H, mm 320 x 400 ea 0.00
XX

Zinc plated fittings SB895-25 19 305 x 510 Stainless steel fittings SB895-45 3.8* 120 x 195 x 325 (W x L x H) SB895-55 7.6 305 x 375 SB895-65 8.5 305 x 395 SB895-75 19 305 x 510 * This size is oval shape.

XX XX XX XX

SB880-35

SB882-20

SB887-25

SB890

SB882-15, SB882-10 is similar

SB885-25

SB895

545

safety
Safety Cans Stainless steel construction with leakproof closure, stainless steel flame arrester, carrying handle and neoprene bumper guard. Capacity litres SB897-30 SB897-40 SB897-50 5 10 20 Overall L x D x H, mm 340 x 240 x 115 340 x 240 x 220 340 x 240 x 385 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX

Stainless Steel Safety Cans

For carrying, dispensing and storage of corrosive, flammable or contaminationsensitive liquids. N Tv/GS* approved N Argon-arc welded, DIN 1.403 stainless steel construction N Leakproof closure with Teflon gasket N Spring-operated pressure/vacuum relief valve N Perforated stainless steel flame arrester in spout resists flashback ignition N Base formed in one-piece N Neoprene bumper guard N Fitted with carrying handle Safety Cans, Self Closing Stainless steel construction with self-closing, leakproof dispenser cap and nozzle which can be removed to allow filling. Supplied with stainless steel flame arrester, carrying handle and neoprene bumper guard. Capacity litres SB896-10 SB896-20 SB896-30 1 2 5 Overall dia. x H, mm 110 x 210 135 x 260 160 x 390 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX

Dispensing Cans Generally as SB897 series but with self closing, leakproof tap mounted just above the base to allow dispensing from a shelf or an accessory dispensing station. Capacity litres SB898-40 SB898-50 10 20 Overall L x D x H, mm 340 x 240 x 220 340 x 240 x 385 ea 0.00 0.00
XX XX

Accessory Dispensing Station For use with up to two SB898 series dispensing cans. Free standing or wall mounting steel frame with removable stainless steel drip tray. Overall dimensions 555 x 405 x 600mm (W x D x H). Without cans. SB898-95 Dispensing station 0.00 ea XX

*Tv/GS approval Indicates that products have been independently tested under the German Product Safety Act by the Technischer berwachungs Verein e.V. (Tv). The GS (Geprfte Sicherheit) trademark indicates that a seal of approval has been awarded.

SB898 cans with station

SB896

SB897

546

safety
Safe Storage
Mercury Collector, Azlon Polyethylene. Comprising shallow screw cap jar which includes a perforated inner table and a foam pad mounted in the cap. Mercury is collected in the foam pad by hand pressure and then deposited in the jar by screwing the cap on to the base. SB900-10 MWY850 0.00 ea XX SB904-08 Spare foam pad, 0.00 ea XX MWY851 Mercury Collector, Quicksolver Operates by repeated squeezing of the hand vacuum pump which draws the spilt mercury into the borosilicate collection chamber via a glass collection head with nickel cannula end and flexible feed tube. The retrieved mercury can then be returned to storage by simply opening the tap at the base of the collection chamber. SB905-10 Quicksolver 0.00 ea XX Gas Monitors see GD100 and GD260 series. Sharps collectors see CM905/CM926. Waste Disposal products see Waste section.

Shields
Safety Shields, Azlon Transparent polycarbonate. Supplied as three panels joined by polypropylene hinges and with a pair of heavy white plastic coated metal feet on the two side panels to provide a stable base. The feet can be clamped to a bench with a G-clamp or drilled for bolting directly to a bench. Ref. SB970-20 SB970-30 SB970-40 SGT002 SGT004 SGT006 Total W x H, mm 590 x 380 590 x 610 750 x 610 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX

Radiation Shields
N Choice of construction/shielding types clear optical acrylic, minimum 10mm thick, for shielding against beta particles clear lead acrylic*, minimum 12mm thick, for shielding against gamma particles *Note: Lead acrylic has a slight yellowish tint. Safety shields Fixed angle pattern with stable, curved base and single face angled at 15. Dimensions stated are H x W x D. For beta radiation RA600-20 450 x 300 x 150mm RA600-30 530 x 350 x 150mm For gamma radiation RA604-20 450 x 300 x 150mm RA604-30 530 x 350 x 150mm

Safety Shield, Azlon Similar to SB970 but manufactured from a shaped single sheet of 4mm thick transparent polycarbonate giving increased strength. Overall dimensions 590 x 608mm (W x H) with centre face 230mm wide and angled side faces 178mm wide. Supplied with a pair of plastic coated metal feet. SB972-30 SGT102 0.00 ea XX Safety Shield Transparent, rigid Makrolon panels 6mm thick, mounted within a metal frame with stable feet. The sliding centre panel 660 x 700mm W x H is adjustable to four heights and the 220mm wide, angled side panels are hinged so that they can be folded away for storage. Overall (fully opened) 950 x 700mm W x H. Weight 9.9kg. An accessory additional top panel is also available. SB973-10 Safety shield 0.00 ea XX SB973-14 Accessory top panel, 0.00 ea XX 660 x 250mm W x H

0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

XX XX

XX XX

Hourglass and dual angled patterns are also available on request. Further products offering protection against radiation see Radiation Shielding section.

SB900

SB970

SB973

SB905

SB972

RA600/RA604

547

safety

Signs & Labels

In accordance with Safety Sign Regulations 1980, BS5378 and EEC Regulations. Hazard Warning Tapes In hard wearing, self-adhesive vinyl. Supplied singly in a continuous roll of 66 metres long x 25mm wide on a 75mm core (except STERILE which is 12mm wide). Dimensions and pattern repeats are nominal. Text and symbols in black unless otherwise stated. Title SC250-10 SC250-14 SC250-18 SC250-22 SC250-26 SC250-30 SC250-34 SC250-38 Oxidising agent Corrosive Harmful Irritant Toxic Explosive Highly Flammable CAUTION RADIOACTIVE MATERIAL Pattern Repeat 70mm 70mm 60mm 55mm 50mm 70mm 70mm 70mm Colour Orange Yellow Orange Yellow Orange Yellow Orange Yellow Orange Yellow Orange Yellow Orange Yellow Orange Yellow ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Title
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

SC250-54

BURN WITHOUT OPENING (With Biohazard symbol) CARCINOGEN POISON PATHOLOGICAL SPECIMEN FRAGILE WITH CARE

Pattern Repeat 185mm

Colour Orange Yellow

ea 0.00

XX

SC250-58 SC250-62 SC250-66

35mm 35mm 130mm

Pink White Blue and Red text on white White

0.00 0.00 0.00

XX XX XX

SC250-70

RETURN TO 80mm PHARMACY IF SEAL IS BROKEN STERILE 70mm

0.00

XX

SC250-42 SC250-46 SC250-50

BIOHAZARD 30mm HEPATITIS RISK 100mm (With Biohazard symbol) DANGER OF 165mm INFECTION (With Biohazard symbol)

Orange Yellow Orange Yellow Orange Yellow

0.00 0.00 0.00

XX XX

SC250-74 SC250-95

Red text on white

0.00 0.00 ea

XX

XX

Tape dispenser for 25mm wide tapes

XX

continued on next page

SC250 Series

Inset: Tape shown actual size

548

safety
Signs and Labels continued
Hazard Warning Labels In hard wearing, self-adhesive vinyl rolls. Each roll is on a 75mm core and comprises 330 labels per roll. The 50 x 50mm sizes are individualiy cut labels on a backing paper. The 100 x 100mm labels are laminated for extra protection and perforated for easy tear off. Text and symbols in black unless otherwise stated. Size, mm SC300-10 SC300-15 SC300-20 SC300-25 SC300-30 SC300-35 SC300-40 SC300-45 SC300-52 SC300-58 SC300-60 SC300-65 SC300-80 SC300-85 SC304-12 SC304-17 SC304-22 SC304-27 SC304-32 SC304-37 SC304-42 SC304-47 SC304-52 SC304-57 SC304-62 SC304-67 50 x 50 100 x 100 50 x 50 100 x 100 50 x 50 100 x 100 50 x 50 100 x 100 50 x 50 100 x 100 50 x 50 100 x 100 50 x 50 100 x 100 50 x 50 100 x 100 50 x 50 100 x 100 50 x 50 100 x 100 50 x 50 100 x 100 50 x 50 100 x 100 50 x 50 100 x 100 Title CORROSIVE EXPLOSIVE FLAMMABLE GAS NON-FLAMMABLE COMPRESSED GAS FLAMMABLE LIQUID OXIDISING AGENT TOXIC RADIOACTIVE BIOHAZARD LASER BEAM DO NOT SWITCH OFF RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK NOT DRINKING WATER Colour Black/White with white text Orange Red Green Red Yellow White Yellow Yellow Yellow Red circle with bar Yellow Red circle with bar ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

S
ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Warning Signs
Warning Safety Signs Individual self adhesive vinyl signs with yellow background, black text and symbol. Supplied singly. All signs incorporate the word DANGER in the title. Size, mm SC360-13 SC360-18 SC360-23 SC360-28 SC360-33 SC360-38 SC360-43 SC360-48 SC360-53 SC360-58 SC360-73 SC360-83 SC360-93 200 x 150 400 x 300 200 x 150 400 x 300 200 x 150 400 x 300 200 x 150 400 x 300 200 x 150 400 x 300 200 x 150 200 x 150 200 x 150 Title Biological hazard Corrosion risk Electric shock risk Explosive material Fire risk Laser beam Radiation risk Toxic hazard

SC300-20 shown lifesize

SC300

SC304

SC360

549

safety
Transport Packs

Warning Tags and Seals

Tamper-evident Safety Tag System Provides a maintenance record and safety message system for tagging larger instruments and equipment. A highly visible 150 x 50mm tag holder accommodates a variety of accessory message tags. The holder has a secure slide cover which can be sealed in the upper or lower position revealing an operation or maintenance status message. Accessory over-laminated labels can be affixed to the slide cover to provide further information using an accessory permanent marker. Supplied in a pack of 10. SC650-10 Blank Tag holders 0.00 pk XX Accessories Message tags. Supplied in packs of 10. SC652-04 Safe to Use/Do not Use SC652-07 Safe to Operate/Do not Operate SC652-10 Valve Open/Valve Closed SC652-13 Equipment Inspection Record

N Designed as custom combination packaging systems for the transport of dangerous materials N UN tested and certified to comply with the requirements for carrying Packing Group 1 substances N Choice of bottle sizes, 250ml, 500ml or 1 litre with narrow neck for carriage of liquids or wide neck for carriage of powders or solids

0.00 pk 0.00 pk 0.00 pk 0.00 pk

XX XX XX XX

N Single or four bottle pack options N Multi-lingual instructions and regulations guide included Transport Packs As described. Comprise HDPE bottles with leakproof screw closures, polyethylene bag oversleeves with cable ties, custom-designed fibreboard outer carton and internal partitioning. Pack options, bottle sizes and neck styles as indicated. Supplied in cases of 4 packs. Ref. Single bottle packs SC985-15 UN1/250N SC985-25 UN1/500N SC985-35 UN1/1000N SC985-50 SC985-65 SC985-80 UN1/250W UN1/500W UN1/1000W Bottle capacity, ml 250 500 1000 250 500 1000 250 500 1000 250 500 1000 Neck style Narrow Narrow Narrow Wide Wide Wide Narrow Narrow Narrow Wide Wide Wide case 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX

Labels. For fixing to tag holder slide cover. With warning message as indicated and additional blank writing areas. Supplied in packs of 20. SC654-05 Do not use equipment - fault 0.00 pk XX SC654-08 Do not switch power on 0.00 pk XX SC654-11 Caution - machinery locked out 0.00 pk XX Tamper-evident colour-coded seals and ties. Seals lock the tag holder slide. Ties allow fixed attachment to equipment. Supplied in packs as indicated. SC656-03 Pull-tite seals, red, pack of 1000 0.00 pk XX SC656-06 Pull-tite seals, green, pack of 1000 0.00 pk XX SC656-09 Ties 200 x 4mm L x W, red, pack of 100 0.00 pk XX SC656-12 Ties 200 x 4mm L x W, yellow, pack of 100 0.00 pk XX SC656-15 Ties 200 x 4mm L x W, black, pack of 100 0.00 pk XX Power Protection Seals Unique socket protection device that acts as a temporary barrier to ensure that a supply plug is not removed inadvertently or power is switched off. Ideal for protecting permanently operating critical equipment such as refrigerators, freezers, medical or environmental instruments. A self-adhesive back plate is fixed to the power socket behind the plug. A separate cover shrouds the plug and switches, locking into the back plate. If removed, the cover is damaged, thereby easily indicating any unauthorised tampering. However removal is easy, allowing rapid access to the plug and socket in the event of an emergency. Manufactured in fire retardant ABS plastic. Accessory labels stating Do not remove are also available. Suitable for use with UK 13A plugs/sockets only. Supplied in packs of 10. SC670-25 Power protection seals 0.00 pk XX SC670-30 Spare covers only 0.00 pk XX SC670-35 Labels, Do not remove 0.00 pk XX

Four bottle packs SC987-15 UN4/250N SC987-25 UN4/500N SC987-35 UN4/1000N SC987-50 SC987-65 SC987-80 UN4/250W UN4/500W UN4/1000W

XX XX XX XX XX XX

SC670 in use

SC650/SC656 in use

SC670 fitment

SC985/SC987

550

sampling/preparation
Samplers

Liquid Samplers Stainless steel. For single, one-handed operation with thumb-operated valve. Available in two sizes as indicated. Length, mm SD050-10 SD050-20 400 400 Diameter, mm 33 40 Capacity, ml 50 100 ea 0.00 0.00
XX XX

TeleScoop Sample Dippers Modular system featuring telescopic sampling rods in corrugated aluminium for lightness with rigidity, with snap-on fitment at the end for attaching accessory PP angular or pendulum beakers in a choice of volumes. Angular beakers can be adjusted to a wide variety of positions and pendulum beakers swing to an upright position. SD065-10 Sampling rod, 0.65 to 1.2 metres 0.00 ea XX SD065-20 Sampling rod, 0.95 to 2.8 metres 0.00 ea XX SD065-30 Sampling rod, 1.25 to 2.5 metres 0.00 ea XX SD065-40 Sampling rod, 1.65 to 4.5 metres 0.00 ea XX SD065-50 Sampling rod, 1.74 to 6 metres 0.00 ea XX SD065-53 SD065-56 SD065-59 SD065-72 SD065-75 SD065-78 Angular beaker, PP, 600ml Angular beaker, PP, 100ml Angular beaker, PP, 2000ml Pendulum beaker, PP, 600ml Pendulum beaker, PP, 1000ml Pendulum beaker, PP, 2000ml 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea
XX XX XX XX XX XX

MiniSampler General Portable kit for routine sampling of liquids. Comprises manual vacuum pump, 10 x 100ml PE sample bottles, 10 metres of PE sampling tubing, cutter, stainless steel sinker weight for tubing and 24 x labels. Supplied in a rigid transport case. SD057-15 MiniSampler General 0.00 ea XX SD057-22 Spare sample bottle, PE, 100ml 0.00 ea XX SD057-24 Spare sample tubing, PE, coil of 100 metres 0.00 ea XX SD057-29 Spare sample labels, pack of 24 0.00 pk XX MiniSampler Ultrapure Portable kit for ultrapure sampling of liquids. Comprises manual vacuum pump, 1 x 180ml PFA sample bottle, 5 metres of PFA sampling tubing, cutter, stainless steel sinker weight for tubing and 24 x labels. Supplied in a rigid transport case. SD058-20 MiniSampler Ultrapure 0.00 ea XX SD058-32 Spare sample bottle, PFA, 180ml 0.00 ea XX SD058-35 Spare sample tubing, PFA, coil of 5 metres 0.00 ea XX SD057-29 Spare sample labels, pack of 24 0.00 pk XX

Metal cup and bottle holder attachments are also available details on request.

continued on next page

SD057-15, SD058-20 is similar

SD050

SD065-53 to SD065-59

SD065-72 to SD065-78

SD065-10 to SD065-50

551

sampling/preparation
Zone Samplers For cross-section sampling of bulk powders and granules. Available in 4 lengths, 55cm for sacks, 85cm for drums and barrels, 150cm and 250cm for sacks, silos and tanks, and incorporating one to seven sample chambers. In use the sampler is inserted to the required depth with the chamber shutters closed. The shutters are then opened, allowing sampling, then reclosed before withdrawal. The sampling chambers can then be emptied onto accessory sample paper (Quali-Paper) for analysis. Diameter mm Aluminium zone samplers SD075-15 25 SD075-20 25 SD075-25 25 SD075-30 SD075-35 SD075-40 SD075-45 SD075-50 SD075-55 25 25 25 50 50 50 Sampling depth, mm 430 710 1355 430 710 1355 710 1355 2355 Chambers x volume 3 x 14ml 3 x 17ml 5 x 17ml 3 x 70ml 3 x 130ml 5 x 260ml 3 x 880ml 5 x 1700ml 7 x 2900ml 3 x 14ml 3 x 17ml 5 x 17ml 1 x 17ml 1 x 17ml 1 x 17ml ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Samplers continued

Silo Drill Manufactured in aluminium. Designed to sample powders, granules and semi-solid, caked materials from tanker vehicles and silos. In use the drill is screwed into the media with the scraping sample chamber shutter closed. The shutter is opened at the required depth and the sample taken by twisting the drill. The scraper edge to the shutter will ensure more dense materials are sampled. The shutter is then closed and the drill withdrawn for sample analysis. Total length x diameter 1500 x 40mm, screw spirals 80mm diameter. Depths up to 3 metres can be reached by using accessory extension rods. SD068-15 Silo drill 0.00 ea XX SD068-20 Extension rod, 1000mm 0.00 ea XX StickProof Manufactured in electropolished 316 stainless steel. Developed for use in the Pharmaceutical industry when sampling powders and granules from sacks. Smooth, crevice-free construction for easy cleaning. The sample is directed straight into the sample bag which is clamped to the handle. Overall 400 x 25mm L x dia. Supplied with clamp and 100 sampling bags. SD072-15 StickProof 0.00 ea XX Spare bags see BA055-20. Control Seal Labels, Close-it, Brkle Quality control seal labels with aluminium backing allowing hermetic sealing of sacks pierced for sampling. Strong adhesive will adhere even to surfaces coated with powder (plaster, flour etc.). Supplied in colours, sizes and packs as indicated. Printed with ruled writing area for labelling by pen. Colour Red Green Yellow Blue Black 95 x 95mm, roll of 500 LA290-04 LA290-08 LA290-12 LA290-16 LA290-20 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 150 x 150mm, roll of 250 LA290-50 LA290-54 LA290-58 LA290-62 LA290-66 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX

Stainless steel zone samplers SD077-15 25 430 SD077-20 25 710 SD077-25 25 1355 SD079-10 SD079-12 SD079-14 25 25 25 430 710 1355

XX XX XX XX XX XX

Accessories Cleaning brushes for SD075/SD079 samplers. SD079-65 600 x 25mm length x diameter SD079-67 1000 x 50mm length x diameter SD079-75 Quali-Paper, lint-free, 1000 x 250mm length x width, pack of 50 sheets

0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 pk

XX XX XX

SD072

LA290

SD068

SD075/SD079

552

sampling/preparation
Samplers
Water Samplers, Azlon For water sampling up to 60 metres deep. Polypropylene with nylon coated handle. With inlet and outlet ports fitted with adjustable nylon cord. Will accept a BOD bottle. Can be autoclaved. Ref. SD110-30 SD110-35
XX XX XX

S
ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX

Sample Preparation
Riffle Boxes Gravity operated. To BS812 and BS1377. Designed to provide rapid separation of bulk powdered and granular materials into two equal representative samples. The open top has twelve slots and three sample receiver boxes are supplied. Aperture size, mm SD160-10 SD160-14 SD162-12 SD162-16 7 15 6.35 12.7 Material Mild steel Mild steel Stainless steel Stainless steel

Sampling Dippers, Azlon Polypropylene container on a 1 metre long polypropylene coated steel handle. Ref. SD100-20 SD100-25 SD100-30 BWX016 BWX018 BWX020 Capacity ml 250 500 1000 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00

Capacity o.d. ml mm 93 120

ea 0.00 0.00
XX XX

WWW010 1000* WWW002 1400

* Designed for use in a standard 4in borehole. Accessories Ropes pre-stretched nylon/terylene which resist kinking. With swivel clip at one end. Ref. SD114-10 SD114-15 WWW016 WWW018 Length metres 15 60 ea 0.00 0.00
XX XX

Modular Sampling Dippers, Azlon Similar to SD100 series but supplied as separate units. The polypropylene container incorporates a screwfit mounting boss which accepts the handle section. The metre long handle section is screwthreaded at both ends and may either be attached to further handle sections by using the handle connector, or completed using the finishing connector. All parts are autoclavable. Containers with connection boss Ref. SD105-15 SD105-20 SD105-25 SD105-30 BWX224 BWX230 BWX236 BWX240 Capacity ml 100 250 500 1000 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX

Grinding Mills see Mills section. Repro sample divider see SF200-10. Sieves and Sieve Shakers see Sieves section.

Dispensing Reel with side handle. Accepts the 15 and 60 metre ropes above. SD114-40 WWW024 Reel 0.00 ea XX

Handle section, 1 metre long SD105-55 BWX200

XX

Connectors, to extend or finish handle section SD105-70 BWX201 handle 0.00 SD105-75 BWX202 finishing 0.00

XX XX

Starter kit, Comprising 1 each SD105-15, SD105-20, SD105-25, SD105-30, SD105-70, SD105-75 and 2 x SD105-55. SD105-95 BWX501P Starter kit 0.00 ea XX

SD105

SD114

SD100

SD110

SD162, SD160 are similar

553

sampling/preparation

Sample Concentrators

Patent No. 1484356 N Choice of models: 25 to 100C, 25 to 200C N Rapid concentration of up to 90 samples simultaneously Widely used in the preparation of samples for analytical techniques including drug screening, hormone assay, chromatographic analysis and scintillation counting. Each concentrator comprises an adjustable gas reservoir mounted on a block heater which will accept three insert blocks. As the samples are being heated gas is passed via the unique patented gas reservoir through hypodermic needles on the surface of the test solution, so providing the environment for rapid evaporation and sample concentration. The hypodermic needles are set in a silicone rubber matrix enabling their positions to be changed to accommodate different tube configurations. The concentrators can be placed in a fume cupboard when toxic vapours are being evaporated. Sample Concentrators, Techne As described. With gas reservoirs, block heater and instructions. Requires a gas supply and for use on 220-240V 50/60Hz single phase supplies. Without insert blocks (three required) or needles. SD300-12 Concentrator with DB3 Dri-Block 0.00 ea XX SD300-17 Concentrator with DB3A Dri-Block 0.00 ea XX SD300-19 Concentrator with DB3D Dri-Block 0.00 ea XX SD300-31 Gas reservoir and stand, spare. Requires block 0.00 ea XX heater, needles and blocks Needles, plain SD304-08 76mm long, pack of 90 SD304-12 127mm long, pack of 90 Needles PTFE coated SD304-16 76mm long, pack of 90 SD304-20 127mm long, pack of 90 Aluminium Insert blocks Overall 95 x 76 x 51mm, hole depth 48mm, mass 0.7kg. BK360-04 For 30 x 6mm tubes BK360-08 For 20 x 10mm tubes BK360-12 For 20 x 12mm tubes BK360-16 For 20 x 13mm tubes BK360-20 BK360-24 BK360-28 BK360-32 BK360-36 BK360-40 BK362-04 BK364-04 BK364-06 BK366-04 BK368-04 For 12 x 15mm tubes For 12 x 16mm tubes For 8 x 19mm tubes For 6 x 24mm tubes For 6 x 25mm tubes For 6 x 26mm tubes For 2 x 10mm cuvettes For 20 x 1.5ml Eppendorf tubes For 30 x 0.5ml Eppendorf tubes Solid for user to drill Solid but with thermometer hole 0.00 pk 0.00 pk 0.00 pk 0.00 pk

Catalogue No. Dri-Block supplied Temperature range Temperature stability Nominal heater power at 240V Electrical supply Gas supply Overall L x W x H Concentrator stand mm Dri-Block mm C C W

SD300-12 DB-3 25 to 100

SD300-17 DB-3A 25 to 200

SD300-19 DB-3D 25 to 200 Digital

0.15 at 100 all models 650 all models 220-240V 50/60Hz all models Suitable for most common gases. Pressure not to exceed 14kN/m2 (2psi) all models 295 x 240 x 530 279 x 260 x 105

XX XX

XX XX

0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Fume cupboards see FZ472.

554

scintillation and sealants

Scintillation
Scintillation Vials With urea formaldehyde screw cap. Non-sterile. Glass SD700-10 Pack of 500 0.00 pk 0.00 pk
XX

Novix II Sealing Film

Nylon Sealing Film

N Autoclavable at 136C N High strength and elasticity characteristics N Resistant to bacterial contamination, heat, oils and greases N Maintains sterility of wrapped item for long periods after autoclaving N Non-toxic, odourless and tasteless A non-toxic, elastic nylon film which is ideal for most packaging applications. Working temperature range 70 to +180C. Permeable to steam allowing use as a wrapping for autoclaving. Resistant to bacterial contamination, heat, oils and greases and maintains sterility under adverse conditions for long periods. Available in a variety of layflat widths to accommodate various item shapes and sizes. Thickness 0.05mm (Gauge C). Supplied in rolls of 30 metres. Approx. width, mm SE162-16 SE162-19 SE162-21 SE162-24 SE162-27 SE162-30 SE162-33 SE162-36 SE162-39 SE162-42 50 75 100 125 150 200 250 300 400 500 Ref. 810/032/050 810/032/075 810/032/100 810/032/125 810/032/150 810/032/200 810/032/250 810/032/300 810/032/400 810/032/500 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Polypropylene SD700-50 Pack of 1000

XX

Insert Vial For glass or plastic scintillation vials. Polypropylene body with polyethylene push-fit cap. Non-sterile. Supplied in pack of 1000. SD720-10 Sterilin 505 0.00 pk XX Scintillation Bottle Polypropylene body with polyethylene screw cap. Non-sterile. Supplied in pack of 1000. SD735-10 Sterilin S31 0.00 pk XX

Novix II Sealing Film, Bibby A semi-transparent thermoplastic material with two-way stretch properties. Resistant to water, alcohols and medium concentrations of acids and alkalis. Soluble in ether, carbon tetrachloride and chloroform. Suitable for sealing beakers, tubes etc and around irregular shapes over the temperature range 20 to +60C. In roll 10cm wide x 40 metres long interleaved with paper. Supplied in dispenser box. Description SE150-20 Novix II LF10 ea 0.00 ea (12+) 0.00
XX

SD700-10

SD700-50

SD720-10

SD735-10

SE150

SE162

555

sealants
Miscellaneous Sealants
Cutter/Dispenser for Parafilm M Accepts one roll of either 50mm wide (SE165-15) or 100mm wide (SE165-20, SE165-25) Parafilm-M. With hinged top, side handwheels and protected blade. Overall 190 x 203 x 159mm W x D x H. SE168-10 Cutter/Dispenser 0.00 ea XX SE168-25 Spare blade 0.00 ea XX Cutter/Dispenser for Parafilm M A transparent acrylic box which accepts one roll of Parafilm M SE165-20 or SE165-25. With stainless steel serrated cutting edge and lid. Allows the user to see how much Parafilm M remains on the roll. Overall 130 x 162 x 146mm W x D x H. SE170-20 Cutter/Dispenser, 0.00 ea XX transparent Microplate sealing film see MN380/MN385. Scissors see DS500. Cling Film Transparent PVC for wrapping and sealing containers. Supplied in rolls, dimensions are roll length x film width. SE175-16 20 metres x 350mm 0.00 ea XX Plasticine Soft moulding compound. Supplied in packs of 500g. Colour SE180-15 SE180-25 SE180-30 SE180-35 SE180-40 SE180-45 Blue Grey Orange Red Terracotta White pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 pk (10+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX

Parafilm M Sealing Film

The two-way stretch sealing film which is free from plasticisers and resistant to polar substances such as saline solutions, inorganic acid and alkaline solutions for up to 48 hours. Resistant to most of the lower alcohols but is unstable in many common solvents such as diethyl ether and carbon tetrachloride. N Non-toxic N Melting temperature 60C N Stretches up to 200% N Clings around irregular shapes and surfaces N Conforms to the general requirements of the FDA (Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act, USA) if used below 55C Parafilm M is a Registered Trade Mark of the American National Can Company, USA. Parafilm M Sealing Film Two-way stretch. Supplied in rolls interleaved with paper in dispenser box. Width mm SE165-15 SE165-20 SE165-25 SE165-32 50 100 100 500 Roll Length metres 76 38 76 15 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX

Steristoppers see SW536.

Aluminium Foil Suitable for a wide variety of laboratory applications including sealing of tubes, wrapping of columns, shaping into weighing boats, etc. Supplied in roll, dimensions are roll length x foil width. AL200-12 75 metres x 150mm 0.00 ea XX AL200-14 75 metres x 450mm 0.00 ea XX

SE175 SE170

SE180

SE165 in use showing SE168

AL200

556

shakers
Reciprocating Shakers
Reciprocating Shaker, IKA HS260 basic Quiet running and very stable in operation. Provides a reciprocal motion of 20mm amplitude. The shaking speed can be adjusted between 20 and 300 cycles/minute and a timer from 5 to 50 minutes using LED analogue display. A continuous run facility is also provided. Overall 420 x 360 x 100mm high. Overall height may vary depending upon the accessories fitted. Weight 8.1kg. Maximum loading 7.5kg. For 230V 50/60Hz single phase supplies. Requires, but does not include, accessories for operation. SE420-15 Reciprocating Shaker 0.00 ea XX HS260 basic Reciprocating Shaker, IKA HS260 control Generally as SE420-15 but with digital displays of speed from 10 to 300rpm and timer from 1 minute to 9 hours 59 minutes. Analogue and RS232 interfaces. are also provided. For 230V 50/60Hz single phase supplies. Requires, but does not include, accessories for operation. SE420-20 Reciprocating Shaker 0.00 ea MB HS260 control Accessories for SE420 models only Universal attachment comprising basic holding device, 4 tension rollers and 8 clamping pieces to hold flasks, beakers etc. Overall 425 x 335 x 135mm high. SE420-27 Universal attachment 0.00 ea XX Base attachment which accepts accessory clips to hold conical and volumetric flasks. Overall 330 x 330 x 24mm high. SE420-29 Base attachment 0.00 ea XX Accessory Spring Clips for base SE420-29. The clips are supplied singly. For flasks, ml SE420-40 SE420-42 SE420-44 SE420-46 SE420-48 25 50 100 200/250 500 Max. no. of units 28 22 16 8 8 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX

Reciprocating Shaker IKA HS501 Generally as SE420-15 but with digital display of speed 0 to 300 cycles/minute and shaking amplitude 30mm. Weight 24kg. Overall dimensions 505 x 585 x 120mm high. Overall height will vary according to the accessories fitted. Maximum loading 15kg. For 230V 50/60 Hz single phase supplies. Requires, but does not include, accessories for operation. SE440-10 Reciprocating Shaker 0.00 ea XX HS501 Accessories for SE440 only Universal attachment comprising basic holding device, 6 tension rollers and 12 clamping pieces to hold flasks, beakers etc. Overall 480 x 500 x 120mm high. SE440-30 Universal attachment 0.00 ea XX Base attachment which accepts accessory clips to hold conical and volumetric flasks. Overall 475 x 460 x 95mm high. SE440-32 Base attachment 0.00 ea XX Accessory Spring Clips for base SE440-32. The clips are supplied singly. For flasks, ml SE420-40 SE420-42 SE420-44 SE420-46 SE420-48 25 50 100 200/250 500 Maximum no. of units 50 48 25 16 12 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX

Reciprocating Shaker, Stuart SSL2 N Speed range 25 to 250 oscillations/minute N Stroke length 20mm N 1 to 999 minute timer or continuous operation N Maximum loading 10kg With soft start electronic feedback control giving smooth acceleration/deceleration, digital speed and time setting from 25 to 250 oscillations/ minute and 1 to 999 minutes or continuous operation respectively. Complete with cradle-type platform 375 x 335mm (L x W) with non-slip rubber mat and four horizontal securing bars covered in soft rubber, accommodating a wide variety of vessels, dishes, slides or plates, including 8 x 500ml or 6 x 1L or 2 x 2L bottles or flasks. Overall 360 x 420 x 270mm high. Weight 11kg. For 230V 50Hz single phase supplies, 50W. SE450-20 Reciprocating Shaker 0.00 ea XX SSL2

Attachment to hold 12 x 50ml, 10 x 100ml or 6 x 250ml separating funnels. SE440-35 Attachment 0.00 ea XX Attachment to hold 4 x 500ml, 3 x 1000ml or 2 x 2000ml separating funnels. SE440-37 Attachment 0.00 ea XX Attachment for petri dishes and culture flasks, 450 x 450mm (L x W). SE440-50 Attachment 0.00 ea XX

Attachment for 6 x 50ml, 5 x 100ml , 3 x 250ml or 3 x 500ml separating funnels. Overall 334 x 425 x 145mm high. SE420-67 Separating funnel 0.00 ea XX attachment Attachment for petri dishes and culture flasks, surface 320 x 320mm. SE420-72 Petri dish/flask 0.00 ea XX attachment

SE420-20, SE420-15 is similar

SE440-10 with SE440-37 in use

SE450-20

557

shakers
Flask/Bottle/Tube Rotator
Rotator Drive Unit, Stuart STR4 For use with STR4/1 Drum. STR4/2 Flask/Bottle Rotator Drum, STR4/3 Figure 8 Drum, STR4/4 Bottle Holder or STR4/5 Eppendorf rack holder. Fitted with mains on/off illuminated switch. Has variable speed with electronic speed control, range 6 to 60rpm, fitted with 10 to 60 minute timer with off and manual override position. Fitted with panel mounted fuse. For use on 230V 50Hz single phase supplies. Overall dimensions 650 x 250 x 250mm W x D x H. Net weight 6kg. SE580-10 Drive STR4 0.00 ea XX Drum STR4/1 Square drum which accepts one plate of clips on each side. The plates plug into the drum which is fitted with a push button release/lock mechanism. Without accessory plates. SE590-10 Drum STR4/1 0.00 ea XX Accessory plates for SE590 Fitted with clips to accept tubes vertically. Supplied in pairs. Tubes, no. x dia. SE604-10 SE604-15 SE604-20 SE604-25 12 x 12mm 10 x 16mm 8 x 19mm 7 x 24mm pr 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX

Flask Shaker
Flask Shaker, Stuart SF1 Simulates a vigorous wrist-shaking action. With clamps to accept 8 flasks up to 500ml capacity. With stepless variable speed control and 10 to 60 minute timer with off and continuous run settings. Electronic feedback control ensures a constant speed irrespective of the load. Overall 780 x 270 x 240mm W x D x H. Weight 11kg. For 230V 50Hz single phase supplies. SE530-10 Shaker SF1 0.00 ea XX SE534-08 Spare clamp 0.00 ea XX Accessory side arms. For converting SE530 to shake up to 12 flasks. Maximum loading 3 litres. Each side arm accepts six clamps. Supplied with 4 clamps. SE534-18 Side arms 0.00 ea XX

Drum with two platforms, STR4/2 Accepts two 500ml conical flasks or reagent bottles. The support columns can be detached to give two platforms 10.5 x 17.5cm each for separating funnels, jars or test tube racks. SE605-10 Drum STR4/2 0.00 ea XX Drum, Figure 8, STR4/3 The drum has a platform which can be adjusted within the drum from horizontal to 45. In this way the sample container can be rolled and turned end over end at the same time. N Suitable for extractions N Paint mixing N Powder, and granular samples The sample container is held by an adjustable velcro strap. SE610-10 Drum STR4/3 0.00 ea XX Bottle Holder, STR4/4 Perspex four segment cradle with velcro straps. Holds 2 to 4 bottles each up to 1000ml capacity. SE610-40 Holder STR4/4 0.00 ea XX Rack cradle, STR4/5 Holds four acrylic racks for end over end mixing of stoppered Eppendorf tubes. The racks fit under the cradle plates and are held by clips ensuring that tube lids are firmly pressed against the plate and thus remain sealed. Supplied with four racks each with a capacity of 60 Eppendorf tubes. SE610-55 Rack cradle STR4/5 0.00 ea XX SE610-57 Spare rack for SE610-55. 0.00 ea XX Accepts up to 60 Eppendorf tubes

SE530 in use

SE580/SE590/SE604

SE605-10 in use

SE610-10 in use

SE610-40 in use

SE610-55 in use with SE610-57

558

shakers
Orbital Shakers
Orbital Shaker, IKA Lab Dancer Fixed speed (2800rpm) personal orbital shaker with vortexing action for use with 0.5ml to 50ml test tubes and small bottles and flasks. 4.5mm orbit. Shaking commences when the flexible top cup is depressed. and continues until the vessel is removed. Inert plastic upper casing and cup with stable, die-cast zinc base. 12V d.c. low voltage operation using the mains adapter supplied. Overall 100 x 67 D x H. Weight 0.6kg. A 230V 50/60Hz single phase supply is required for the adapter. SE620-50 Lab Dancer 0.00 ea XX Orbital Shaker, IKA Vibrax VXR basic Opto-electrically controlled, orbital shaker with 4mm orbit. With stepless speed setting from 0 to 2200rpm. Screw clamps secure accessory attachments to the shaker platform frame. Maximum loading 2kg subject to attachment used. Overall 157 x 247 x 130mm W x D x H. Weight 6kg. For 230V 50/60Hz single phase supplies. Requires, but does not include, accessory attachments. SE630-14 Vibrax VXR basic 0.00 ea XX Accessory attachments Ref. SE632-15 SE632-20 VX1 VX2 Type Single vessel up to 250ml held by hand Test tubes 36 x 16mm vertical. Max. loading 2kg Eppendorf tubes. 64 capped Petri dishes. Platform 200 x 400mm Conical flasks, 2 x up to 500ml ea 0.00 0.00
XX

Microplate Shakers, Mikura Orbis Economical microplate shakers designed for shaking a single microtitre plate. Shaking speed range 950 to 1300rpm with analogue adjustment and a 1mm orbit. With counterbalanced movement ensuring stability and long operating life, and 15V d.c. low voltage operation using the mains adapter supplied. Open construction and a recessed carrying platform edge allows easy integration with robotic systems. Model Orbis Plus additionally has a 1 to 180 minute timer with analogue setting and continuous run mode, and a clear styrene cover. Overall 93 x 133 x 87mm W x D x H. Weight 0.72kg. A 230V 50/60Hz single phase supply is required for the adapter. SE634-10 Orbis 0.00 ea XX SE634-20 Orbis Plus 0.00 ea XX Microplate Shaker, IKA MTS2/4 Specially designed for shaking two or four microtitre plates. Electronic feedback control maintains the set speed accurately, from 0 to 1100rpm. Orbiting movement 3mm. With digital 1 to 99 minute timer and analogue dial speed setting. Overall 185 x 320 x 105mm high. Weight 2.7kg. For 230V 50Hz single phase supplies. SE635-40 MTS2/4 0.00 ea XX Microplate Shaker, Grant-bio PMS-1000 Speed range 300 to 1000rpm with 2mm orbit. With 1 minute to 24 hour x 10 second timer and LED display of remaining time, screw clamp platform to hold two 96- or 384-well microplates and 12V d.c. power adapter. Overall 175 x 185 x 90 mm high. A 220-240V 50/60Hz single phase supply is required for the adapter. SE640-10 PMS-1000 0.00 ea XX Accessory rack To hold 4 x microplates. SE643-07 Rack MPP-4

Orbital Shaker, IKA KS260 basic Quiet running and very stable in operation. Provides a circular motion of 10mm diameter. The shaking speed can be adjusted between 10 and 500rpm and a timer from 5 to 50 minutes using LED display. A continuous run facility is also provided. Overall 420 x 360 x 98mm high (unloaded). Weight 8.1kg. Maximum loading 7.5kg. For 230V 50/60Hz single phase supplies. Requires accessories for operation. SE745-15 Orbital Shaker, KS260 0.00 ea XX basic Accessories for SE745-15 only Universal attachment comprising basic holding device, 4 tension rollers and 8 clamping pieces to hold flasks, beakers etc. Overall 355 x 355 x 115mm high. SE420-27 Universal attachment 0.00 ea XX Base attachment which accepts accessory clips to hold conical and volumetric flasks. Overall 330 x 335 x 25mm high. SE420-29 Base attachment 0.00 ea XX Accessory Spring Clips for base SE420-29. The clips are supplied singly. For flasks, ml SE420-40 SE420-42 SE420-44 SE420-46 SE420-48 25 50 100 200/250 500 Max. no. of units 28 22 16 8 8 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX

XX

SE632-25 SE632-30 SE632-32

VX2E VX7 VX8

0.00 0.00 0.00

XX XX

XX

Attachment for 6 x 500ml, 5 x 100ml, 3 x 250ml or 3 x 500ml separating funnels. Overall 334 x 425 x 145mm high. SE420-67 Separating funnel 0.00 ea XX attachment Attachment for petri dishes and culture flasks, surface 320 x 320mm. Overall 410 x 370 x 33mm high. SE420-72 Petri dish/flask 0.00 ea XX attachment continued on next page

0.00 ea

XX

SE620-50

SE634-20 in use, SE634-10 is similar

SE640-10 in use with SE643-07

SE630-14 in use with SE632-32

SE635-40

SE632-15

SE632-20

SE632-25

SE632-30

SE745 in use

559

shakers
Mini Orbital Shaker, Stuart SSM1 N Speed range 30 to 300rpm N 1 to 999 minute timer or continuous operation N Maximum loading 3kg Compact mini orbital shaker with smooth, uniform circular motion, 16mm orbit, digital speed and time setting from 30 to 300rpm and 1 to 999 minutes or continuous operation, respectively. Supplied with tray-type platform 220 x 220mm W x D and non-slip mat to hold up to four microtitration plates or diagnostic cards, or nine 50/60mm diameter petri dishes. An accessory platform is available which accommodates 4 x 250ml, 2 x 500ml or 1 x 1000ml conical flasks or reagent bottles. Overall 240 x 300 x 140mm high. Weight 5kg. For 230V 50Hz single phase supplies, 50W. SE775-20 Mini orbital shaker 0.00 ea XX SSM1 Accessories Cradle Platform 320 x 320mm. With non-slip mat. Supplied with four soft rubber covered retaining bars. SE776-06 Cradle platform SSM1/1 0.00 ea XX Large Platform 320 x 320mm. With non-slip mat. SE776-09 Large platform SSM1/2 Plastic Cover SE776-11 Plastic cover SSM1/3 Blood tube rotators see CM470. Roller mixers see MS600. Shaking water baths see BJ404/BJ875. Vortex mixers see MS495/MS530. Orbital Shaker, Stuart SSL1 N Speed range 30 to 300rpm N 16mm orbit N 1 to 999 minute timer or continuous operation N Maximum loading 10kg Electronic feedback control provides soft start with smooth acceleration/deceleration, digital speed and time setting from 30 to 300rpm and 1 to 999 minutes or continuous operation, respectively. Complete with cradle-type platform 335 x 335mm (W x D) with non-slip rubber mat and four horizontal securing bars covered in soft rubber, accommodating a wide variety of vessels, dishes, slides or plates, including 8 x 500ml or 6 x 1L or 2 x 2L bottles or flasks. Overall 360 x 420 x 270mm high. Weight 11kg. For 230V 50Hz single phase supplies, 50W. SE780-15 Orbital Shaker SSL1 0.00 ea XX Accessory Large Cradle Platform 510 x 510mm. Supplied with twelve soft rubber covered retaining bars. SE782-14 Cradle platform 0.00 ea XX Orbital Shaker, Stuart SSM5 Vibrational mixing action, ideal for microplates. With digital setting and display of speed and time, from 250 to 1200rpm and 1 to 999 minutes or continuous operation, respectively. Orbit: 4mm. Maximum loading 3kg. Fitted with aluminium tray 220 x 220mm (W x D) and non-slip rubber mat which holds up to four microplates. Accessory tube holders are also available. Overall 240 x 300 x 160mm high. Weight 5kg. For 230V 50Hz single phase supplies, 50W. SE785-15 Orbital Shaker SSM5 0.00 ea XX Accessory Holders SE788-04 SSM5/1 for 1.5ml microtubes SE788-07 SSM5/2 for 0.5ml microtubes 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

Orbital Shakers continued

Orbital Shaker IKA KS501 Similar to SE745-15 but with digital display of speed 0 to 300rpm and circular motion of 30mm. Overall dimensions 505 x 575 x 120mm W x D x H. Overall height will vary according to the accessories fitted. Weight 24kg. Maximum loading 15kg. For 230V 50/60Hz single phase supplies. Requires, but does not include, accessories as selected to become operational. SE770-10 Orbital Shaker KS501 0.00 ea XX Accessories Universal attachment comprising basic holding device, 6 tension rollers and 12 clamping pieces to hold flasks, beakers etc. SE440-30 Universal attachment 0.00 ea XX Base attachment which accepts accessory clips to hold conical and volumetric flasks. SE440-32 Base attachment 0.00 ea XX Accessory Spring Clips for Base SE440-32. The clips are supplied singly. For flasks, ml SE420-40 SE420-42 SE420-44 SE420-46 SE420-48 25 50 100 200/250 500 Max. no. of units 50 48 25 16 12 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX

0.00 ea 0.00 ea

XX

Attachment to hold 12 x 50ml, 10 x 100ml or 6 x 250ml separating funnels. SE440-35 Attachment 0.00 ea XX Attachment to hold 4 x 500ml, 3 x 1000ml or 2 x 2000ml separating funnels. SE440-37 Attachment 0.00 ea XX Attachment to hold petri dishes. Platform 450 x 450mm (L x W). SE440-50 Attachment 0.00 ea XX

XX

XX XX

SE780-15 in use

SE770 in use with SE440-30

SE775-20 in use

SE785-15 in use

560

shakers
Orbital Shakers continued
Orbital Shakers, MaxQ 2000 Quiet running, stable platform shakers with triple-eccentric drive which enables continuous 24-hour operation with heavy loads up to 16kg whether balanced or unbalanced. Provides a circular motion of 19mm. With choice of analogue dial setting model, speed range 40 to 400rpm with tachometer and 1 to 60 minute timer with continuous run mode, or digital control model with simultaneous LED displays of speed from 15 to 500rpm and timer from 0.1 to 999.9 hours or 0.1 minute to 999 minutes. Additionally the digital model has audible/visual alarms for speed deviation and load imbalance, and an RS232 interface for remote monitoring by the users PC. Overall 343 x 442 x 165mm W x D x H. Weight 21kg. For 240V 50Hz single phase supplies. Require, but do not include, accessories as selected to become operational. SE790-15 MaxQ 2000 analogue 0.00 ea XX SE790-25 MaxQ 2000 digital 0.00 ea XX Accessories Universal Platform Attachments Accept accessory clips as indicated. SE793-12 Platform size 1, 279 x 330mm SE793-14 Platform size 2, 457 x 457mm SE793-16 Platform size 3, 457 x 609mm

Rocking/Gyratory Shakers
Rocking Shaker, Stuart SSM4 The platform rocks on a central pivot with a fixed 7 throw. With digital setting and readout of speed and time, from 5 to 70rpm and 1 to 999 minutes. Platform size 235 x 235mm. Supplied with a non-slip mat. An accessory tier system is available giving two further platforms with 110mm between tiers. Maximum loading 3kg. Overall 240 x 300 x 150mm. Weight 5kg. For 230V 50Hz single phase supplies, 50W. SE800-15 Shaker SSM4 0.00 ea XX SE802-07 Accessory tier system SSM3/1, for SE800-15 only 0.00 ea XX Rocking Shaker, Stuart SSL4 Generally as SE800-15 but with 335 x 335mm platform. Maximum loading 10kg. Overall 240 x 300 x 150mm. Weight 5kg. For 230V 50Hz single phase supplies, 50W. SE800-25 Shaker SSL4 0.00 ea XX SE802-09 Accessory tier system SSL3/1, for SE800-25 only 0.00 ea XX Rocking Shaker, Grant-bio PMR-30 Compact shaker with platform rocking around a central pivot with fixed 7 throw. Speed is variable from 7.5 to 30rpm, with LED digital display of speed and timer from 1 minute to 24 hours. Platform size 215 x 215mm, maximum loading 0.5kg. Supplied with non-slip mat and a.c. adapter for low voltage operation. Overall 238 x 238 x 110mm W x D x H. Weight 3.2kg. A 220-240V 50/60Hz single phase supply is required for the adapter. SE808-10 PMR-30 0.00 ea XX SE808-55 PDM Dimpled mat for supporting sealed tubes 0.00 ea XX Gyratory Shaker, Stuart SSM3 With three-dimensional gyratory shaking motion on a central pivot. Platform angle can be adjusted between 3 and 12. Digital setting and readout of speed and time, from 5 to 70rpm and 1 to 999 minutes respectively. Platform size 235 x 235mm. Supplied with a non-slip mat. An accessory tier system is available giving two further platforms with 110mm between tiers. Maximum loading 3kg. Overall 240 x 300 x 150mm W x D x H. Weight 10kg. For 230V 50Hz single phase supplies, 50W. SE850-16 Shaker SSM3 0.00 ea XX SE802-07 Accessory tier system SSM3/1, for SE850-16 only 0.00 ea XX Gyratory Shaker, Stuart SSL3 Generally as SE850-16 but with 335 x 335mm platform. Maximum loading 10kg. Overall 240 x 300 x 150mm. Weight 5kg. For 230V 50Hz single phase supplies, 50W. SE850-21 Shaker SSL3 0.00 ea XX SE802-09 Accessory tier system SSL3/1, for SE850-21 only 0.00 ea XX

0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

XX XX XX

Accessory Spring Clips for SE793 platform attachments. The clips are supplied singly. Description SE794-02 Microplate Max. clips for platform size 1 2 3 5 60 30 6 6 4 10 64 32 16 16 5 15 80 40 23 20 10 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 24.00
XX

For flasks, capacity SE794-05 25ml SE794-09 50ml SE794-13 250ml SE794-17 500ml SE794-20 1000ml

XX XX XX XX XX

Accessory test tube racks for SE793 platform attachments. Supplied singly. Description For test tubes, diameter SE794-33 60 x 10 to 13mm SE794-35 48 x 14 to 16mm SE794-37 44 x 18 to 20mm SE794-39 24 x 22 to 25mm SE794-41 24 x 50ml centrifuge tubes Max. racks for platform size 1 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 4 4 4 4 4 5 5 5 5 5 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX

Larger MaxQ shakers and further vessel clips and racks are available details on request.

SE808-10 in use

SE790-25 in use

SE800-15 in use, SE800-25 is similar

SE850-21 in use, SE850-16 is similar

561

sieves
Sieve Sets
Sieve Set Brass/phosphor bronze mesh mounted in an aluminium frame. Diameter 100mm, depth 45mm. Set of nine, mesh numbers 10, 30, 40, 60, 80, 90, 100, 160 and 250. Supplied with one aluminium cover and one receiver pan. SF300-45 Sieve Set 0.00 set XX

Sample Divider, repro

High precision sample divider for powders and granules capable of handling samples less than 1g with reproducible results. N Divides samples into six, equal, homogeneous portions N Minimal standard deviation, typically <0.5% N Time-controlled cleaning function N Quick clamping system for sample tubes N Stainless steel housing with PTFE-coated, aluminium sample divider cone and vibratory feed channel N Adjustable vibratory feed intensity N Accommodates a variety of sample tubes which are clamped to the base of the divider cone (sample tubes must be identical sizes) As described. With vibratory feed chute and hopper, conical divider cone which spins at 100rpm, sample tube clamping system and separate control module. Sample tube diameters x heights accepted: min. 4 x 5mm, max. 32 x 82mm. Overall 160 x 475 x 600mm W x D x H (divider head and vibratory feeder module) 160 x 360 x 155mm W x D x H (control module). Weight 42kg. For 230V 50Hz single phase supplies. Without sample tubes. SF200-10 repro 0.00 ea XX Accessories SF202-05 Sample tubes with cap, 5ml, 19 x 40mm Dia. x H, pack of 24 SF202-05 Sample tubes with cap, 10ml, 22 x 44mm Dia. x H, pack of 24 Alternative sample tubes see TW150/TW166. Scoops see SH200/SH215. 0.00 pk 0.00 pk

Riffle Boxes
Riffle Boxes Gravity operated. To BS812 and BS1377. Designed to provide rapid separation of bulk powdered and granular materials into two equal representative samples. The open top has twelve slots and three sample receiver boxes are supplied. Aperture size mm SD162-12 SD162-16 6.35 12.7 Material Stainless steel Stainless steel ea 0.00 0.00
XX XX

XX XX

SF300-45

SF200 in use

SD162

562

sieving
Test Sieves, Metal ENDECOTTS
Test Sieves, Endecotts Diameter 200mm. Full height. In nesting frame. To BS410/ISO3310:2000 pt.1. All Brass and Stainless Steel frame sieves are supplied with stainless steel mesh. N Precisely manufactured, seamless frames with structured rims N Crevice-free construction designed to give optimum performance N Evenly tensioned mesh with precisely measured apertures N Supplied with certificate of conformity and individually serial numbered Nominal aperture mm 16.0 13.2 11.2 9.50 8.00 6.70 5.60 4.75 4.00 3.35 2.80 2.36 2.00 1.70 1.40 1.18 1.00 Brass frame SF500-20 SF500-23 SF500-26 SF500-29 SF500-32 SF500-35 SF500-38 SF500-41 SF500-44 SF500-47 SF500-50 SF500-53 SF500-56 SF500-59 SF500-62 SF500-65 SF500-68 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Stainless steel frame SF520-20 SF520-23 SF520-26 SF520-29 SF520-32 SF520-35 SF520-38 SF520-41 SF520-44 SF520-47 SF520-50 SF520-53 SF520-56 SF520-59 SF520-62 SF520-65 SF520-68 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

S
ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Test Sieves, Endecotts, continued Nominal aperture microns 850 710 600 500 425 355 300 250 212 180 150 125 106 90 75 63 53 45 38 Brass frame SF504-12 SF504-15 SF504-18 SF504-21 SF504-24 SF504-27 SF504-30 SF504-33 SF504-36 SF504-39 SF504-42 SF504-45 SF504-48 SF504-51 SF504-54 SF504-57 SF504-60 SF504-63 SF504-66 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Stainless steel frame SF524-12 SF524-15 SF524-18 SF524-21 SF524-24 SF524-27 SF524-30 SF524-33 SF524-36 SF524-39 SF524-42 SF524-45 SF524-48 SF524-51 SF524-54 SF524-57 SF524-60 SF524-63 SF524-66

Cover/receiver sets Diameter 200mm. SF508-08 Brass SF528-08 Stainless steel Sieve brush Double ended for use with both fine and coarse sieves. SF512-10 Sieve brush

0.00 ea 0.00 ea

XX XX

0.00 ea

XX

continued on next page

SF500/SF504 Series, SF520/SF524 are similar

563

sieving
Test Sieves, Plastic
Test Sieves, Plastic For non-abrasive, low-density or metal-sensitive samples. Applications can be found in the food, cosmetic, pharmaceutical and mineral industries, agriculture, drinking and waste water treatment and filtration. 190mm diameter x 44.5mm high. Nylon mesh in nesting PVC frame. Nominal aperture microns 40 45 50 53 56 63 71 75 80 90 100 112 125 140 150 160 180 200 SF575-02 SF575-04 SF575-06 SF575-08 SF575-10 SF575-12 SF575-14 SF575-16 SF575-18 SF575-20 SF575-22 SF575-24 SF575-26 SF575-28 SF575-30 SF575-32 SF575-34 SF575-36 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Nominal aperture microns 212 224 250 280 300 315 355 400 425 450 500 560 630 710 800 850 900 1000 SF575-38 SF575-40 SF575-42 SF575-44 SF575-46 SF575-48 SF575-50 SF575-52 SF575-54 SF575-56 SF575-58 SF575-60 SF575-62 SF575-64 SF575-66 SF575-68 SF575-70 SF575-72 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Test Sieves, Metal, continued

A competitively priced range of high quality test sieves suitable for all relevant applications requiring precise particle analysis. N Stainless steel seamless frames N Certificate of conformity issued with each sieve and individually serial numbered N Traceable mesh specifications Test Sieves Diameter 200mm. Full height. Stainless steel woven wire mesh in nesting stainless steel frame. BS410/ISO3310:2000 pt.1. Nominal aperture mm 16.0 13.2 11.2 9.50 8.00 6.70 5.60 4.75 4.00 3.35 2.80 2.36 2.00 1.70 1.40 1.18 1.00 SF545-20 SF545-23 SF545-26 SF545-29 SF545-32 SF545-35 SF545-38 SF545-41 SF545-44 SF545-47 SF545-50 SF545-53 SF545-56 SF545-59 SF545-62 SF545-65 SF545-68 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Nominal aperture microns 850 710 600 500 425 355 300 250 212 180 150 125 106 90 75 63 53 45 38 SF548-12 SF548-15 SF548-18 SF548-21 SF548-24 SF548-27 SF548-30 SF548-33 SF548-36 SF548-39 SF548-42 SF548-45 SF548-48 SF548-51 SF548-54 SF548-57 SF548-60 SF548-63 SF548-66 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Cover and Receiver set PVC, diameter 190mm. SF575-92 Cover and receiver set, PVC Receiver PVC, diameter 190mm. SF575-95 Receiver, PVC

0.00 ea

XX

0.00 ea

XX

Covers and receivers Diameter 200mm. SF560-14 Cover stainless steel SF560-18 Receiver stainless steel Sieve brush Double ended for use with both fine and coarse sieves. SF512-10 Sieve brush

0.00 ea 0.00 ea

XX XX

0.00 ea

XX

SF545/SF548

SF575

564

sieving
Endecotts Sieve Shakers
N Ruggedly constructed for reliable long-term operation N Choice of electromechanical or electromagnetic drive N Non-metallic, laminated leaf springs N 0 to 60 minute timer with continuous run mode N Quick release clamping system for easy sieve mounting and removal (EFL- and Octagon models only) Catalogue No. Model Maximum sieve capacity, full height (half height) 100mm diameter sieves 200mm diameter sieves 300mm diameter sieves Drive Intermittent vibration Timer minutes Overall mm Weight, net Power kg SF725-10 Minor SF750-10 EFL2000/1 SF752-10 EFL2000/2 Digital SF790-10 Octagon

Sieve Shaker, Minor For dry sieving. Compact low cost sieve shaker, ideal for intermittent use or where portability is a major requirement. With electromagnetic drive which has no parts to wear. Vibratory action. With 0 to 60 minute timer, on/off switch and strap clamping system. For 230V 50Hz single phase supplies. Without sieves. SF725-10 Minor 0.00 ea XX Sieve Shakers, EFL series For dry sieving. Dual slow circular and rapid vertical action. With 0 to 60 minute timer, on/off switch and quick release clamping device for sieves. For 220-240V 50Hz single phase supplies. Without sieves. SF750-10 EFL2000/1 0.00 ea XX SF752-10 EFL2000/2 0.00 ea XX Sieve Shaker, Octagon Digital For dry sieving. With electromagnetic drive which has no rotating parts to wear. Vertical and horizontal, quiet vibrating action. With digital control of 0 to 60 minute timer and vibration amplitude, separate intermittent or continuous vibration selection, on/off switch and quick release clamping device for sieves. For 220-240V 50Hz single phase supplies. Without sieves. SF790-10 Octagon Digital 0.00 ea XX

8 (16) 12 (24) 16 (32) 8 (16) 8 (18) 12 (24) 6 (12) ElectroElectroElectromagnetic mechanical mechanical No No No 0 to 60 all models 250 dia. x 180 H 580 x 580 x 850 W x D x H (without sieves) both models 106 106 106 230V 50Hz all models

12 (24) 8 (18) Electromagnetic Yes 480 x 480 x 730 WxDxH 65

SF725

SF750/SF752

SF790

565

soil testing
Soil Hydrometer For quantitative determination of particle size distribution in soils according to ASTM D422. Range 5 to +60g/litre, subdivision 1g/litre. Adjusted for use at 20C. Length 280mm. SG640-15 Soil hydrometer, ASTM D422 0.00 ea XX Soil Hydrometer For determination of size distribution in soils according to BS1377. Range 0.995 to 1.030g/ml, subdivision 0.001g/ml. Adjusted for use at 20C. Length 345mm. SG640-25 Soil hydrometer, BS1377 0.00 ea XX Thermometer A spirit in glass thermometer, range 0 to 110C mounted in an aluminium tube 225mm long with probe end for inserting into soil or compost and a cut-out front for reading the temperature. The top of the tube is marked with a large red sphere for ease of identification in the field. SG680-10 Insert thermometer 0.00 ea XX Other equipment suitable for use in soil testing will be found under the following section headings: Mills Mixers Moisture Sampling Sieves. Hydrometer jars see HT400/HT412.

Soil Testing Kit and Meters

Basic Soil Test Kit Comprising test solutions and equipment to perform simple tests to determine nitrogen, phosphorus, potash and pH of soils. Sufficient for approximately 80 tests. In moulded case with instructions. SG500-20 Basic soil test kit 0.00 ea XX Field Portable pH/NPK Soil Test Kit Contains test solutions and accessory equipment approximately 50 tests each of pH, nitrate, phosphorus and potash (200 in total). Supplied in moulded case with handle and foam insert storage rack, instructions and recommendations for soil treatment to enhance plant growth. SG500-25 Field portable soil test kit 0.00 ea XX Soil pH Meter A compact instrument ideal for horticulture and all soil studies in the field. It does not require batteries or calibration and uses a rugged bi-metallic probe in place of a conventional pH electrode. The strong plastic case and simple operation make it ideal for pupil use. Cannot be used in liquids. Complete with operation booklet detailing optimum pH levels for many plants. Scale pH 3.5 to pH 9.0. Probe 160mm overall. SG615-15 Soil pH meter 0.00 ea XX Soil Light/Moisture Meter A simple dual range instrument suitable for field work and horticulture, housed in a rugged plastic case and not requiring batteries. Comparative readings are obtained using a built-in light sensor and robust bi-metallic probe which generates an e.m.f. in damp soil. Complete with operation booklet showing requirements for growth of many plants. Scales: Moisture: 1-10. Light: A-H. Probe: 160mm overall. SG630-15 Soil Light/moisture meter 0.00 ea XX

Sample containers see SX300, TW220/TW244. Sample bags see BA050/BA105.

SG500-20

SG615

SG500-25

SG630

SG640

SG680

566

spatulas
Scoops
All dimensions are nominal. Scoops, Azlon Supplied in packs of 5. Ref. Cap. approx. ml 2 5 10 Overall length mm 60 82 102 pk

S
ea (10+) 0.00 0.00
XX XX

Spatulas
Spatulas, Azlon Polypropylene. Flat and tapered with chamfered ends. Can be autoclaved. Dimension given is the overall length. Length, mm SH240-10 SH240-20
XX XX XX

ea 0.00 0.00

ea (10+) 0.00 0.00 SH240-30 SH240-40

Length, mm 200 250

ea 0.00 0.00

100 150

Polypropylene SH200-10 SH200-15 SH200-20 Scoops, Azlon Ref.

SWL002 SWL006 SWL008

0.00 0.00 0.00

Spatulas Flat with rounded ends. Dimension given is overall length. Length, mm Type ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (10+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX

Cap. approx. ml 25 50 100 250 500 1000

Overall length mm 137 160 198 259 315 385

ea

ea (5+)

Polypropylene SH200-25 SWL012 SH200-30 SWL018 SH200-35 SWL024 SH200-40 SH200-45 SH200-50 SH200-90 SH200-95 Polyethylene SH204-35 SH204-45 SH204-50 SH204-55 SWL030 SWL036 SWL140 SWL2792 SWL100

Natural horn SH255-13 150 SH255-18 150 SH255-43 150

XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Single ended Double ended Spoon one end Tapered Tapered Tapered

0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

Stainless steel SH265-10 90 SH265-15 120 SH265-20 150

XX XX XX

Set of 1 each 250, 500 and 1000ml Set of 1 each 25 to 1000ml 150 1000* 1500* 2000 250 350 405 400

Spatulas, Chattaway pattern Dimension given is overall length. Length, ea mm ea (10+) Nickel SH280-10 SH280-15 SH280-20 100 150 200 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX

Length, mm ea Stainless Steel SH285-10 100 SH285-15 150 SH285-20 200 0.00 0.00 0.00

ea (10+) 0.00 0.00 0.00

XX XX XX

SWL028 SWL033 SWL040 SWL042

0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

0.00 0.00

XX XX XX XX

*Brimful capacities. Scoops Stainless steel. Dia. x scoop length mm SH215-20 SH215-30 SH215-40 SH215-50 50 x 100 75 x 150 100 x 200 115 x 230 Capacity approx. ml 100 250 500 1000 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX

Spatulas As Chattaway shape but thin blade for microchemical applications. Dimension given is overall length. Length, mm Nickel SH300-10 SH300-15 100 150 ea 0.00 0.00
XX XX

Length, mm Stainless Steel SH305-10 100 SH305-15 150

ea 0.00 0.00
XX XX

continued on next page

SH200/SH204

SH240, SH255 is similar

SH215

SH265

SH280/SH285

SH300/SH305

567

spatulas and palette knives

Spatulas, Disposable, Corning Antistatic, modified polystyrene. Certified non-pyrogenic and RNase- and DNase-free. Single-use disposable spatulas designed to reduce time in repetitive, contamination-free, sampling applications in quality assurance and research labs, eliminating the need for sterilisation of, or the risk of contamination from, reusable spatulas. With spoon one end and choice of styles at the other. Supplied sealed individually in a sterile sleeve within outer packs of 100. Ref. Style Tapered blade/spoon Small spoon/spoon Round end/spoon V-scoop/spoon Flat-end/spoon pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX

Spatulas continued
Spatula Stainless steel. With double flat square end. Length 150mm. SH335-15 Spatula, 150mm 0.00 ea 0.00 ea (10+) Spatula, Nuffield pattern Stainless steel. Length 140mm. SH350-10 Nuffield Spatula, Trulla Stainless steel. Length 175mm. SH360-10 Trulla Spatulas Stainless steel. Spoon one end. Length, mm Straight spoon SH400-15 150 SH400-20 210 ea 0.00 0.00 ea (10+) 0.00 0.00 Length, mm Offset spoon SH405-20 190 ea 0.00 ea (10+) 0.00
XX XX

XX

0.00 ea

0.00 ea (10+)

XX

0.00 ea

0.00 ea (10+)

XX

TP493-06 TP493-09 TP493-12 TP493-15 TP493-18

3003 3004 3005 3006 3007

Palette Knives
Palette Knives Stainless steel on wooden handle. Dimension given is length of blade. Length, mm Parallel sided blade SH600-10 100 SH600-15 150 SH600-20 200 SH600-25 250 SH600-30 300 Tapered blade SH610-08 SH610-10 SH610-13 75 100 150 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (10+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX

Spatulas Stainless steel. As SH400 but with thin stem and small spoon for microchemical applications. Dimension given is overall length. Length, mm SH410-10 SH410-15 100 150 ea 0.00 0.00 ea (10+) 0.00 0.00
XX XX

Spatula, Single ended Stainless steel. DS590-20 Blade 55mm Scalpels see DS325/DS330. Tiles see TJ998.

XX XX XX

0.00 ea

0.00 ea (10+)

XX

Filling Knife Carbon steel blade 50mm wide on wooden handle. Blade length 125mm. SH620-13 Filling knife 0.00 ea

XX

SH335 SH350

TP493

SH360

SH405

SH400 (top)

SH410 (bottom)

SH600 (top)

SH610 (centre)

SH620 (bottom)

568

spectrophotometers
Models S104 and S104D Model S2000 Lightwave

Single beam spectrophotometers with choice of analogue or digital display. N Range 380 to 900nm N Colour coded scale gives highly visible wavelength selection N Easy operation, ideal for teaching applications Catalogue No. Model Wavelength range nm Bandwidth nm Wavelength accuracy nm Operating modes SJ130-10 S104 380 to 900 5 <3 Absorbance: 0 to 2A Transmission: 0 to 100% T log SJ130-15 S104D 380 to 900 5 <3 Absorbance 0 to 1.99A

Single beam, scanning UV/Vis spectrophotometer with microprocessor control and programming of up to 99 methods. N Range 200 to 800nm N Simultaneous dual wavelength comparison N Accepts 10 to 40mm pathlength cells and 16mm diameter test tubes N Graphics display allows readout in a variety of formats N Modern design Catalogue No. Model Wavelength range Bandwidth Operating modes SJ140-10 S2000 200 to 800 5 Absorbance: 0 to 1.999A Transmission: 0 to 199.9%T Scanning, Ratio (A260/280), Multi-wavelength, Concentration (linear or curved), Kinetics, Programming 1.5 <0.01 (at 1A) Standard, semi-micro, micro and ultra-micro cuvettes (50l min.) up to 40mm pathlength or 16mm dia. test tubes 15 Pulsed deuterium and tungsten lamps Bi-directional RS232 Graphics LCD 140 x 275 x 380 4.5

nm nm

Sample capability Light source Outputs Monochromator Display Dimensions H x W x D mm Weight kg

Dual holder for 10mm cuvettes both models Prefocussed tungsten both models Chart recorder NIL or printer Blazed holographic grating both models Analogue Digital 13mm LCD 140 x 330 x 250 both models 3 both models

Wavelength accuracy nm Photometric accuracy nm Sample capability

Spectrophotometer S104 As described. Analogue reading. Zero absorbance by rotary control. For 220-240V 50/60Hz single phase supplies. Supplied with pack of 100 x 10mm cuvettes and instructions. SJ130-10 Model S104 0.00 ea XX Spectrophotometer S104D As described. Digital reading. Automatic zero absorbance. For 220-240V 50/60Hz single phase supplies. Supplied with pack of 100 x 10mm cuvettes and instructions. SJ130-15 Model S104D 0.00 ea XX SJ130-25 Spare tungsten bulb 6V,1A 0.00 ea XX CT102-10 Spare cuvettes, 10mm, pack of 500 0.00 pk XX

Cell centre height mm Light source Output Display Dimensions H x W x D mm Weight kg

Spectrophotometer S2000 Lightwave As described. Supplied with built-in cuvette tray, removable sample holder and instructions. For 90-250V 50/60Hz single phase supplies. SJ140-10 Model S2000 0.00 ea XX SJ140-35 Spare lamp assembly, with deuterium 0.00 ea XX and tungsten lamps

SJ130

SJ140 in use

569

spectrophotometers

Models 6300/6305

N Choice of ranges: Model 6300 Visible, range 320 to 1000nm Model 6305 UV/Visible, range 198 to 1000nm N Microprocessor controlled, menu driven operation Catalogue No. Model Wavelength range Bandwidth Wavelength accuracy Photometric accuracy Straylight Operating modes SJ360-10 6300 320 to 1000 8

N High resolution, graphics liquid crystal display N Dual display mode gives continuous readout of selected wavelength and results N Sealed optical system is protected from degradation by harsh environments SJ360-40 6305 198 to 1000 6 (range 198 to 319nm) 8 (range 320 to 1000nm) 2 1 <0.5

Spectrophotometers 6300/6305, Jenway As described. Supplied with single 10mm cell holder, 100 x 10mm disposable cuvettes and instructions. For 115, 230V 50Hz single phase supplies. SJ360-10 6300 Visible 0.00 ea XX SJ360-40 6305 UV/Visible 0.00 ea XX Spares SJ364-05 SJ364-06 SJ364-09 CT102-10 Tungsten-halogen lamp for SJ360-10 Xenon lamp module for SJ360-40 Cell holder for 10mm cells Cuvettes, 10mm, pack of 500 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 pk

XX XX XX XX

nm nm nm % %T

Photometric noise levels Photometric stability Outputs Light source Display Dimensions H x W x D Weight

mm kg

2 1 <0.5 0 to 199.9% T (transmission) 0.300 to 1.999 Abs (absorption units) 300 to 1999 C (concentration) 0 to 999.9, 1000 to 9999 Factor both models <1 <0.001A at 0A and 400nm 1% per hour after <0.002A/hour after 20 min. warm up 30 min. warm up Analogue 0 to 1999mV, RS232 serial port both models Tungsten-halogen Xenon Custom liquid crystal both models 160 x 365 x 272 160 x 365 x 272 6 6

Accessories SJ364-18 Cell holder, adjustable, 0.00 ea XX for 20 to 100mm cells SJ364-30 Cell holder for 13mm 0.00 ea XX diameter test tubes SJ364-32 Cell holder for 16mm 0.00 ea XX diameter test tubes SJ364-34 Cell holder for 25mm 0.00 ea XX diameter test tubes Impact printer, 40 column, with connecting cable, rechargeable batteries and charger. A 220-240V 50Hz supply is required for the charger. CU656-20 Impact printer 0.00 ea XX CU656-22 Paper roll for CU656-20 0.00 ea
XX

SJ360-10 in use, SJ360-40 is similar

570

spectrophotometers
Scanning Models 6400/6405

N Microprocessor controlled, menu driven operation with 7 language options N Choice of ranges: Model 6400 Visible, range 320 to 1100nm Model 6405 UV/Visible, range 190 to 1100nm N 5nm bandwidth Catalogue No. Model Wavelength range nm Wavelength accuracy nm Bandwidth nm Straylight (at 340nm) %T Drift A/hour Photometric Linearity (at 1.0A) A Operating modes

N Self test on start up N Adjustable scan speeds and intervals N High resolution, graphics liquid crystal display N Wide range of accessories

Scanning Spectrophotometers 6400/6405, Jenway As described. Supplied with single 10mm cell holder, 100 x 10mm disposable cuvettes and instructions. For 115, 230V 50Hz single phase supplies. SJ370-15 6400 Visible scanning 0.00 ea XX SJ370-20 6405 UV/Visible 0.00 ea XX scanning Spares SJ364-05 SJ373-07 CT102-10 Tungsten-halogen lamp Deuterium lamp for SJ370-20 only Cuvettes, 10mm, pack of 500 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 pk

Units selection Scanning interval, increments nm x scan speed nm/minute Display Outputs Light sources Dimensions H x W x D Weight mm kg

SJ370-15 SJ370-20 6400 6405 320 to 1100 190 to 1100 1 1 5 5 <0.05 <0.05 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0 to 199.9% T (transmission) 0.300 to 3.000 Abs (absorption units) 300 to 9999 C (concentration) 0.000 to 9999.99 Factor Kinetics with adjustable lag time and measurement time selection, factor input rate calculation and graphical or statistical display both models ppb, ppm, g/l, mg/l, g/l, M, %, blank both models 5 x 1200, 1 x 400, 0.2 x 166 both models Graphics LCD both models Analogue, bi-directional RS232 Baud rate 1200 bits/sec both models Tungsten-halogen Tungsten-halogen and Deuterium 180 x 520 x 330 both models 15 15

XX XX XX

Accessories Cell holder, adjustable, for 20 to 100mm pathlength cells. SJ364-18 Cell holder 0.00 ea XX Heated cell system for Kinetics studies, comprising heated cell block, range +20C to +50C, and external power supply module requiring a 230V 50Hz single phase supply. Mounts directly into the spectrophotometer. SJ373-40 Heated cell system 0.00 ea XX Test tube holder for 12 to 24mm diameter tubes up to 150mm high. SJ373-42 Test tube holder 0.00 ea XX 8 position motorised cell changer. Controlled from the instrument keypad. With user selectable sample position which is indicated on the main display. Mounts directly into the spectrophotometer and is powered via the instruments own supply. SJ373-44 Cell changer 0.00 ea XX Sipper pump for rapid sampling. Mounts directly into the spectrophotometer and is powered via the instruments own supply. SJ373-48 Sipper pump 0.00 ea XX Dot matrix printer giving calibration data readings and pictorial indication of curve. Mounts directly into the spectrophotometer and is powered via the instruments own supply. SJ373-70 Dot matrix printer 0.00 ea XX CU656-22 Paper roll for SJ373-70 0.00 ea XX Serial interface set-up card. Allows the users PC to download results from 6400 and 6500 series spectrophotometers. SJ373-83 Serial interface set-up 0.00 ea XX card

SJ370-20 with SJ373-70, SJ370-15 is similar

571

spectrophotometers
Scanning Spectrophotometers 6500/6505, Jenway As described. Supplied with 8-cell autochanger, 100 x 10mm disposable cuvettes, 2-button mouse, mouse pad and instructions. For 115, 230V 50Hz single phase supplies. SJ375-10 6500 Visible scanning 0.00 ea XX SJ375-30 6505 UV/Visible 0.00 ea XX scanning Spares SJ364-05 SJ373-07 CT102-10 Tungsten-halogen lamp Deuterium lamp for SJ375-30 only Cuvettes, 10mm, pack of 500 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 pk

Scanning Models 6500/6505

N Choice of ranges: Model 6500 Visible, range 320 to 1100nm Model 6505 UV/Visible, range 190 to 1100nm N 1.8nm bandwidth N Mouse controlled wavelength input and scanning optimisation with graphical user interface for ease of operation Catalogue No. Model Wavelength range nm Wavelength accuracy nm Bandwidth nm Straylight (at 340nm) %T Drift A/hour Photometric Linearity (at 1.0A) A Operating modes both models N Split beam optics N PCMCIA card storage of methods or spectra with download output via RS232 N Method storage by customer-defined method name N Supplied with 8-cell autochanger

XX XX XX

Units selection Scanning, internal increments nm x scan speed nm/minute Display Output Light sources Dimensions H x W x D Weight mm kg

SJ375-10 SJ375-30 6500 6505 320 to 1100 190 to 1100 0.1 0.1 1.8 1.8 <0.05 <0.05 <0.001 <0.001 0.005 0.005 0 to 199.9% T (transmission) 0.3 to 3 Abs (absorption) Ratio mode of 4 individual selectable wavelengths, Kinetics programming, Quantitation and Spectral Processing ppb, ppm, g/l, mg/l, g/l, M, %, blank both models 5 x 1200, 1 x 400, 0.2 x 166 both models /4 VGA backlit LCD both models RS232 both models Tungsten-halogen Tungsten-halogen and Deuterium 180 x 520 x 330 both models 15 15

Accessories Heated cell system for Kinetics studies, comprising heated cell block, range +20C to +50C, and external power supply module requiring a 230V 50Hz single phase supply. Mounts directly into the spectrophotometer. SJ373-40 Heated cell system 0.00 ea XX Test tube holder for 12 to 24mm diameter tubes up to 150mm high. SJ373-42 Test tube holder 0.00 ea XX Sipper pump for rapid sampling. Mounts directly into the spectrophotometer and is powered via the instruments own supply. SJ373-48 Sipper pump 0.00 ea XX Dot matrix printer giving calibration data readings and pictorial indication of curve. Mounts directly into the spectrophotometer and is powered via the instruments own supply. SJ373-70 Dot matrix printer 0.00 ea XX CU656-22 Paper roll for SJ373-70 0.00 ea XX Serial interface set-up card. Allows the users PC to download results from 6400 and 6500 series spectrophotometers. SJ373-83 Serial interface set-up 0.00 ea XX card

SJ375-30 with SJ373-70, SJ375-10 is similar

572

spectrophotometers
Series 1000

Microprocessor controlled, high performance, low cost visible and UV spectrophotometers. Easy to use, with rapid wavelength selection, they are ideally suited to routine, clinical, educational and quality control applications. Choice of models: CE1011 Visible 325 to 1000nm CE1021 UV/Visible 200 to 1000nm N Digital display of readout to 3A N Large cell compartment N Error free operation by internal system programming N Spectra plotted with peak tables N Digital wavelength readout to 0.1nm N Manual cell changer standard on CE1021 N Fast wavelength selection from keyboard N Accessory SIP flowcell system Wavelength Range Wavelength Accuracy Straylight Bandwidth Photometric Ranges Photometric Accuracy Autozero Monochromator Detector Filter and Lamp Selection Peak Seek Self Test and Calibration Computer Interface Cell Compartment mm Overall W x D x H mm Weight kg nm nm nm 325 to 1000 Model CE1011 200 to 1000 Model CE1021 Within 1 Less than 0.05% at 220nm and 340nm 8 0.3 to 3.0A/0 to 200%T/0 to 9999C 1% of value or 0.005A whichever is greater 0A and 100%T set automatically by press button Littrow holographic grating and coated optics Vacuum phototube Automatic coupled to wavelength Automatic with baseline flattening Automatic at switch on Bi-directional RS232C 196 x 105 x 107 480 x 340 x 200 15 CE1011, 18 CE1021

Spectrophotometer, CE1011 Visible. With single cell holder for a 10mm cell, instruction manual and operating instructions. For 110-250V 50/60Hz single phase supplies. Without cells. SJ382-10 Model CE1011 0.00 ea XX Spectrophotometer, CE1021 UV/Visible. With manual 4 cell changer and holder for 10mm cells, instruction manual and operating instructions. For 110-250V 50/60Hz single phase supplies. Without cells. SJ382-15 Model CE1021 0.00 ea XX SIP Flowcell System, Option F This is factory fitted only and must be ordered with the spectrophotometer. Allows samples to be measured without the inconvenience of cell handling or danger of cell breakage. Samples are drawn into the cell by depressing the sample key on the control panel to displace the previous sample. The pump unit is mounted within the cell compartment. Cells of up to 40mm pathlength are available and samples as small as 300l may be measured in a 10mm pathlength cell. Without cell or holder. SJ380-75 SIP Flowcell, Option F 0.00 ea XX Spares/Accessories SJ383-10 Heated sample compartment lid. Requires a source of temperature controlled water SJ383-12 Heated cell holder for single 10mm cells. Requires a source of temperature controlled water SJ383-14 Heated cell holder for 4 x 100mm cells. Requires a source of temperature controlled water SJ383-16 Deuterium lamp SJ383-18 Tungsten-halogen lamps, pack of 2 SJ383-22 RS232 interface , 9-pole cable with software protocol manual SJ383-23 RS232 interface, 25-pole cable with software protocol manual SJ383-24 Dust cover SJ383-26 10mm pathlength silica cell and holder for SIP system Cells see CA420/CA624 series. Thermostatic water circulators see CL150 series. 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 pk 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

573

spectrophotometers

Series 2000 Aurius

Microprocessor controlled, high specification, high stability, visible and UV spectrophotometers for both routine and research applications. Choice of models: CE2011 CE2031 CE2021 CE2041 325 to 1000nm 325 to 1000nm with printer and clock 190 to 1000nm 190 to 1000nm with printer and clock

Wavelength Range Wavelength Accuracy Wavelength Reproducibility Display Wavelength Selection Straylight Bandwidth Photometric Ranges Photometric Accuracy Photometric Noise Absorbance Zero Stability Autozero Monochromator Detector Filter and Lamp Selection Peak Seek Self Test and Calibration Computer Interface Absorbance Ratioing Sample Temperature Next Sample Cell Compartment Overall W x D x H Weight

nm nm nm

nm

N High resolution backlit LCD with contrast control N Models with printer provide time and updated reports of results N Digital display of readout to 3A N Digital wavelength readout reproducible to 0.1nm N Cell temperature keyboard set and read N Full autozero facilities N GO TO wavelength selection N Automatic self test and calibration N Automatic peak seek N Accessory software modules Quant-M module; multi-wavelength assays at 2 or 3 wavelengths Kinetics module; kinetic measurements with or without plots, data reprocessing Scan module; wavelength scans with peak labelling and peak tables, time course plots, data editing and curve and line fitting

mm mm kg kg

325 to 1000 Models CE2011/2031 190 to 1000 Models CE2021/2041 Within 1 Better than 0.1 High resolution, backlit LCD Keyboard entry with GO TO key Less than 0.01% at 220nm and 340nm 4 0.3 to 3.0A/0 to 200%T/0 to 9999C 1% of value or 0.005A whichever is greater Less than 0.00004A at 500nm Better than 0.001A per hour at 500nm 0A and 100%T set automatically by press button Littrow holographic grating and coated optics Vacuum phototube Automatic-coupled to wavelength Automatic with baseline flattening Automatic at switch on Bi-directional RS232C and parallel ports 260/280nm or user selectable wavelengths Displayed and set from Keyboard Automatic selection from Keyboard 196 x 96 x 107 480 x 340 x 205 16.8 CE2011 17.7 CE2031 18.6 CE2021 19.5 CE2041

574

spectrophotometers
Series 2000 Aurius continued

Spectrophotometer, CE2011 Near UV/Visible. With single cell holder for a 10mm cell, instruction manual and operating instructions. For 110-250V 50/60Hz single phase supplies. Without cells. SJ390-12 Model CE2011 0.00 ea XX Spectrophotometer, CE2031 Near UV/Visible. As SJ390-12 but with real time clock and integral printer. For 110-250V 50/60Hz single phase supplies. Without cells. SJ390-17 Model CE2031 printer/clock 0.00 ea XX Spectrophotometer, CE2021 UV/Visible. With single cell holder for a 10mm cell, instruction manual and operating instructions. For 110-250V 50/60Hz single phase supplies. Without cells. SJ390-22 Model CE2021 0.00 ea XX Spectrophotometer, CE2041 UV/Visible. As SJ390-22 but with real time clock and integral printer. For 110-250V 50/60Hz single phase supplies. Without cells. SJ390-27 Model CE2041 printer/clock 0.00 ea XX Spares/Accessories SJ383-10 Heated sample compartment lid. Requires a source of temperature controlled water SJ383-12 Heated cell holder for single 10mm cells. Requires a source of temperature controlled water SJ383-14 Heated cell holder for 4 x 100mm cells. Requires a source of temperature controlled water SJ383-16 Deuterium lamp SJ383-18 Tungsten halogen lamps, pack of 2 SJ383-22 RS232 interface, 9-pole cable with software protocol manual SJ383-23 RS232 interface, 25-pole cable with software protocol manual SJ383-24 Dust cover SJ383-26 10mm pathlength silica cell with holder for SIP system SJ383-47 DataStream PC data transfer software. Gives enhanced data transfer/communication between Cecil spectrophotometers and Windows-based IBM-compatible PCs SJ392-10 Automatic cell changer and holder for 4 x 10mm cells SJ392-15 Return micro-sipette system with cell holder and 10mm silica flowcell SJ392-17 Pack of 5 printer rolls and ribbon cassette for integral printers 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 pk 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

Accessory Software Modules for Series 2000 Models Can be ordered at any time after purchase via E-sef, Encoded Software Enhancement Facility. Pre-programmed, encrypted software extensions can be enabled using a factory issued keycode. (Note: this facility is chargeable over and above the cost of the original instrument. The original instrument serial number must be quoted if the module is ordered subsequently). Quant-M Module Quantitative method selection providing a range of assays at either 2 or 3 wavelengths, including Warburg and Christian. SJ394-04 Quant-M module for 2000 series 0.00 ea XX Kinetics Module Allows kinetic measurements to be made with or without a reaction plot displayed on the screen. Printout of reaction curves and data can be obtained directly on those models with integral printer or via an accessory RS232C interface to a personal computer. SJ394-08 Kinetics module for 2000 series 0.00 ea XX Scan Module Allows high quality wavelength scans to be made at up to 4000nm/minutes and displayed on the screen labelled with wavelength and absorption values at peaks, along with tabulation of all peaks and troughs. Scans can also be reprocessed to any required format and plots made directly on those models with integral printer or via an accessory RS232C interface to a personal computer. Time course plots can also be stored. SJ394-12 Scan module for 2000 series 0.00 ea XX Cells see CA420/CA624 series. Thermostatic water circulators see CL150 series.

XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 pk

XX XX XX

575

spectrophotometers

Scanning Series 3000 Super Aurius

Wavelength Range nm Wavelength Accuracy nm Scanning rate nm/minutes Wavelength Reproducibility nm Wavelength Display Wavelength Resolution nm Straylight Bandwidth nm Photometric Display Photometric Accuracy Photometric Noise Absorbance Zero Stability Autozero Monochromator Detector Filter and Lamp Selection Peak Seek Self Test and Calibration Computer Interface Absorbance Ratioing Curve and Line Fitting

Editing of Curves Method Storage Sample Temperature Next Sample Cell Compartment Overall W x D x H Weight

mm mm kg kg

190 to 1000 Better than 1 1 to 4000 0.1 High resolution, backlit LCD 0.1 Less than 0.01% at 220nm and 340nm 1.8 0.3 to 3.0A/0 to 200%T/0 to 9999C 1% of value or 0.005A whichever is greater Less than 0.0002A Better than 0.001A per hour 0A and 100%T set automatically by press button Littrow holographic grating and coated optics Vacuum phototube Automatic-coupled to wavelength Automatic with baseline flattening Automatic at switch on Bi-directional RS232C and parallel ports 260/280nm or user selectable wavelengths Linear, quadratic or cubic, with or without intercept, for up to 30 standards with printout of curve Delete/replace standards fit new curve Storage of up to 30 curve or line fits Displayed and set from Keyboard Automatic selection from Keyboard 196 x 96 x 107 480 x 340 x 205 18.6 CE3021 19.5 CE3041

Spectrophotometer, CE3021 scanning UV/Visible. With single cell holder for a 10mm cell, instruction manual and operating instructions. For 110-250V 50/60Hz single phase supplies. Without cells. SJ415-12 Model CE3021 0.00 ea XX Spectrophotometer, CE3041 scanning UV/Visible. As SJ415-12 but with real time clock and integral printer to provide spectra or curve plots, statistical data and analytical results. For 110-250V 50/60Hz single phase supplies. Without cells. SJ415-17 Model CE3041 printer/clock 0.00 ea XX Spares/Accessories SJ383-10 Heated sample compartment lid. Requires source of temperature controlled water SJ383-12 Heated cell holder for single 10mm cells. Requires a source of temperature controlled water SJ383-14 Heated cell holder for 4 x 100mm cells. Requires a source of temperature controlled water SJ383-16 Deuterium lamp SJ383-18 Tungsten halogen lamps, pack of 2 SJ383-22 RS232 interface cable, 9-pole with software protocol manual SJ383-23 RS232 interface, 25-pole cable with software protocol manual SJ383-24 Dust cover SJ383-26 SJ383-47 10mm pathlength silica cell for SIP system DataStream PC data transfer software. Gives enhanced data transfer/communication between Cecil spectrophotometers and Windows-based IBM-compatible PCs Automatic cell changer and holder for 4 x 10mm cells Return micro-sipette system with cell holder and 10mm silica flowcell Pack of 5 printer rolls and ribbon cassette for integral printers 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 pk 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

SJ392-10 SJ392-15 SJ392-17

0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 pk

XX XX XX

Accessory E-sef* Software Modules for Series 3000 Models Pre-programmed, encrypted software extensions, factory enabled by keycode issued against further order. (Note: this facility is chargeable over and above the cost of the original instrument. The original instrument serial number must be quoted if the module is ordered subsequently). Quant-M Module Quantitative method selection providing assays at either 2 or 3 wavelengths. SJ417-04 Quant-M module for 3000 series 0.00 ea XX Kinetics Module Allows kinetic measurements and result data handling with printout on integral printer models or via accessory RS232C. SJ417-08 Kinetics module for 3000 series 0.00 ea XX *E-sef: Encoded Software Enhancement Facility.

576

spectrophotometers
Spectrophotometer Calibration Standards
Allow the performance and accuracy of spectrophotometers to be confirmed at regular intervals in compliance with Good Laboratory Practice (GLP) or ISO9000 to ISO9004 specifications. N Accuracy can be checked with respect to: Absorbance in the Visible range at 440nm, 465nm, 546nm, 590nm and 635nm wavelengths Wavelength in the UV and visible range at 279.3nm, 360.9nm, 453.5nm, 536.3nm and 637.6nm The set comprises four secondary calibration standard filters, housed in precision aluminium mounts designed for use with standard 10mm path length cell holders supplied with most spectrophotometers. An empty mount is also supplied. Three filters are grey glass, specially selected for homogeneity, stability and their generally uniform transmission values within the visible spectrum range. The fourth filter is made of silica doped with holmium oxide which exhibits a number of sharp absorption peaks throughout the UV, visible and NIR spectral ranges. The exact positions of these peaks vary slightly from production batch to batch therefore each filter is individually calibrated. Spectrophotometer Calibration Standards As described. Supplied in a wooden box with certificate traceable to a primary standards set ratified by NIST, USA (National Institute of Standards and Technology). Each filter has dimensions 45 x 12.5 x 12.5mm H x W x D. SJ700-90 Spectrophotometer standards set 0.00 set XX Individual filters and filter re-calibration are available details on request.

S
ea 0.00
XX XX

Precision Cells
Transmissions: Optical glass Special optical glass Silica UV 360 to 2500nm 320 to 2500nm 200 to 2500nm Material Ref. code yellow (y) code green (g) code blue (b)

Path Type length mm CA425-14 CA427-14 10 10 Micro with lid Micro with lid. Self masking with black frames Micro with stopper Semi micro with lid Semi micro with lid Semi micro with lid. Self masking with black frames

silica (b) silica (b)

104-002-QG

104-002B-QG 0.00

CA429-12 CA429-14 CA430-12 CA430-14 CA430-16 CA430-42 CA430-44 CA430-46 CA432-14 CA432-44 CA436-14 CA436-44 CA450-14 CA450-16 CA450-18 CA450-44 CA450-46 CA450-48 CA452-14 CA452-44 CA454-14 CA454-44 CA458-44

5 10 5 10 20 5 10 20 10 10 10 10 10 20 40 10 20 40 10 10 10 10 10

silica (b) glass (y)

115-QG 104-TG

0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

silica (b)

104-QG

glass (g) silica (b)

104B-OS 104B-QG 114B-OS 114B-QS 100-TG

Semi micro with glass (g) stopper. Self masking silica (b) with black frames Macro with lid glass (y)

XX XX

XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Macro with lid

silica (b)

100-QG

Macro with stopper Macro fluorescence with lid Macro fluorescence with stopper

glass (y) silica (b) glass (g) silica (b) silica (b)

110-TG 110-QG 101-OS 101-QG 111-QG

Matched pairs. Supplied as a matched pair of precision cells. Path Type length mm CA470-44 CA490-44 CA492-44 CA494-44 10 10 10 10 Semi micro with lid Macro with lid Macro with stopper Macro fluorescence with lid Material Ref. pr 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX

silica (b) silica (b) silica (b) silica (b)

104-QG/M 100-QG/M 110-QG/M 101-QG/M

CA499-10 CA499-20 CA499-40 SJ700-90

Spare lid, PTFE, for 10mm cells Spare lid, PTFE, for 20mm cells Spare lid, PTFE, for 40mm cells

0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

XX XX XX

Full details can be found on page 124.

CA425

CA427 CA432

CA429

CA430

CA436

CA450

CA452 CA458 CA492

CA454 CA494

CA470

577

stands and racks

Metal Retort Bases and Rods
Rectangular Retort Stand Bases Steel with rod hole tapped 10mm x 1.5mm in the short side and rubber feet. Details given are dimensions of base and the alternative base finishes. Supplied singly. Without rod. Size mm 115 x 75 160 x 100 200 x 125 250 x 160 315 x 200 Weight Blue kg acrylic paint 0.30 0.75 1.25 2.00 3.00 SL250-10 SL250-16 SL250-20 SL250-25 SL250-30 ea ea (10+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 White epoxide resin SL260-10 SL260-16 SL260-20 SL260-25 SL260-30 ea White ea (10+) vitreous enamel 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 SL270-10 SL270-16 SL270-20 SL270-25 SL270-30 ea ea (10+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX

Wooden and Plastic Stands

Hardwood Stands With plastic clamping screws. Rods approximately 460mm high x 16mm diameter. Single base 200 x 110mm, double base 290 x 110mm. Description For burettes SL200-10 Single end SL200-20 Double end For conical funnels Holders with front cut-out. SL202-10 Single end SL202-20 Double end ea 0.00 0.00 ea (10+) 0.00 0.00
XX XX

0.00 0.00

0.00 0.00

XX XX

Retort Rods With screw end 10mm x 1.5mm. Supplied singly. Length x dia. mm 500 x 10 600 x 12.5 760 x 12.5 1000 x 12.5 Length x dia. mm 500 x 10* 600 x 12.5 760 x 12.5 1000 x 12.5 Mild steel SL350-10 SL350-15 SL350-20 SL350-25 Aluminium* SL370-12 SL370-15 SL370-20 SL370-25 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (10+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (10+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Zinc steel SL360-10 SL360-15 SL360-20 SL360-25 Stainless steel SL380-10 SL380-15 SL380-20 SL380-25 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (10+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (10+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Funnel Stand, Azlon Comprising white polyethylene base 300 x 230mm, PVC rod 600 x 12mm and acrylic support for two conical funnels. SL215-10 SWP020 0.00 ea XX SL216-08 Funnel support only, 0.00 ea XX SWP018 Retort Stand, Azlon Comprising weighted white polyethylene base and polyethylene coated metal rod. Base 248 x 171 x 52mm. Weight 2.5kg. Rod 760 x 12.5mm, mounted as indicated. SL480-16 SWP014, short edge 0.00 ea XX SL480-24 SWP012, centre 0.00 ea XX

* All aluminium rods are 12.5mm diameter.

Tripod Retort Stand Bases Cast iron finished in blue acrylic paint. With rod hole tapped 10mm x 1.5mm and rubber feet. Dimension given is approximate spread from rod to foot. Without rod. Supplied singly. Size mm SL290-10 SL290-15 SL290-20 SL290-25 85 110 135 175 Weight kg 1 1.5 1.75 3.25 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (10+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX

Nesting Retort Stand Base Cast iron finished in blue acrylic paint. A-shape. Length of side 200mm. Weight 2.5kg. Rod fitting hole has both locking screw to hold SL400 rods, and tapped hole to accept screw end rods SL350 to SL380. Without rod. Supplied singly. SL310-30 Nesting 0.00 ea 0.00 ea (10+) XX base SL200-10 SL200-20 Retort Rods Zinc plated steel. Domed both ends. 12.5mm diameter. Supplied singly. Length mm SL400-10 SL400-15 SL400-20 SL400-25 500 600 750 1000 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (10+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX

SL215 in use

SL480-24

SL310 SL250 SL270 SL260 SL202-10 SL202-20 SL290

578

stands and racks

Bossheads and Clamps
Bosshead, straight Natural finish alloy. With blue plastic headed, nickel plated screws. For rods up to 16mm diameter. SL600-10 Bosshead, 0.00 ea 0.00 ea (10+) XX straight Bosshead, angled Alloy finished in blue acrylic paint. With blue plastic headed nickel plated screws. For rods up to 13mm diameter. SL610-10 Bosshead, 0.00 ea 0.00 ea (10+) XX angled Clamp Natural finish. With cork/rubber lined interlocking jaws. Accepts articles up to 80mm diameter. Rod 8mm diameter. SL660-10 Clamp, 0.00 ea 0.00 ea (10+) XX cork/rubber jaw Clamps Natural finish alloy or stainless steel. With three prong rubber covered jaws. Accepts articles up to 70mm. Rod 8mm diameter. SL685-10 Clamp, 0.00 ea 0.00 ea (10+) XX alloy SL700-10 Clamp, 0.00 ea 0.00 ea (10+) XX stainless Clamp Alloy and stainless steel. With three prongs fitted with heat resistant sleeves. One prong is pivoted for accurate alignment. Accepts articles up to 125mm diameter. Rod 8mm diameter. SL710-10 Clamp, 0.00 ea 0.00 ea (10+) XX pivoted Clamp For beakers. Alloy and stainless steel. With heat resistant covered jaws. Accepts beakers up to 175mm diameter. Rod 9mm diameter. SL720-10 Clamp, 0.00 ea 0.00 ea (10+) XX beaker Clamp For reaction vessels. Alloy and cadmium plated steel with heat resistant covered jaws and supplied with two extension rods 9mm diameter to allow reaction vessels up to 20 litre capacity to be held. SL725-10 Clamp, 0.00 ea 0.00 ea (10+) XX vessels Chain Clamp For supporting articles up to 150mm diameter. The object is aligned into cork lined inner jaws and a rubber sleeved chain is passed around it, then back to a fixing stub on the nickel plated tensioner mounted on the clamp rod. The chain is tightened by a plastic headed, nickel plated screw. Rod 10mm diameter. SL726-14 Chain clamp 0.00 ea XX

Clamps For burettes which are held in a three-point grip between two formed stainless steel stops and an eccentric cam, all rubber covered. With universal bosshead which allows the clamp to be mounted to either vertical or horizontal rods up to 13mm diameter. Type SL740-10 SL740-15 Single Double ea 0.00 0.00 ea (10+) 0.00 0.00
XX XX

Clamps, Azlon For burettes. Polypropylene, springloaded, with rubber grips on the arms and a central boss to allow mounting on rods from 11 to 14mm diameter. Ref. SL745-10 SL745-15 CWH002 CWH004 Type Single Double ea 0.00 0.00
XX XX

Clamp For 50ml burettes. A one piece sprung plastic clamp which holds one 50ml burette securely. With mounting hole to accept a 13mm support rod. For burette SL755-12 50ml ea 0.00 ea (10+) 0.00
XX

SL710 SL610 SL600

SL720 SL660 SL745-15 SL745-10

SL685

SL725

SL700

SL755 in use

SL726-14

SL740-15 in use

SL745-10 in use

579

S
Size 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 11 12 14 15 17

stands and racks

Retort Ring, utility With angled bosshead which can be screwed 50mm along the stem rod and locked in position. Bosshead accepts rods up to 13mm diameter. Ring diameter 100mm. Supplied singly. SL815-10 Ring, 0.00 ea 0.00 ea (10+) XX utility Plates Mild steel. Supplied singly. Plate dia. mm ea ea (10+) 0.00 0.00
XX

Rings, Plates and Jacks

Retort Rings Mild steel. Plain form has a stem 8mm diameter x 135mm long. Bosshead form has stem length producing various centre to centre dimensions when on the same vertical. Supplied singly. Diameter i.d. x o.d. mm 38 x 50 50 x 62 56 x 68 62 x 74 69 x 81 75 x 87 82 x 98 100 x 116 106 x 122 125 x 141 131 x 147 150 x 166 Plain stem SL800-10 SL800-15 SL800-20 SL800-25 SL800-30 SL800-35 SL800-40 SL800-45 SL800-50 SL800-55 SL800-60 SL800-65 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (10+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 With bosshead SL804-10 SL804-15 SL804-20 SL804-25 SL804-30 SL804-35 SL804-40 SL804-45 SL804-50 SL804-55 SL804-60 SL804-65 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (10+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Plain, stem 135 x 8mm diameter SL850-20 100 0.00 With bosshead SL854-20 100 0.00

XX

Plate, utility With angled bosshead which can be screwed 50mm along the stem rod and locked in position. Bosshead accepts rods up to 13mm diameter. Plate diameter 100mm. Supplied singly. SL860-20 Plate, 0.00 ea 0.00 ea (10+) XX utility Laboratory Jacks Stainless steel with aluminium plates providing a rigid support platform. The scissor action movement is activated by a large control knob. SL950-15, SL950-20 and SL950-25 have a tapped hole with locking nut in the top plate which accepts an M10 threaded retort rod. Plate mm SL950-10 SL950-15 SL950-20 SL950-25 100 x 100 150 x 150 200 x 200 200 x 230 Max. height mm 140 275 275 275 Max. load kg 30 60 80 80 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX

SL800

SL850 Extension plates set, 300 x 300mm. Aluminium. With fixing screws. SL954-30 Extension plates 0.00 set XX SL804

SL854

SL815

SL860

SL950

580

stands and racks

Wooden and Plastic Pipette Stands
Pipette Stand, hardwood For holding up to 12 pipettes horizontally. Description SM200-15 Hardwood ea 0.00 ea (10+) 0.00
XX

Wooden Test Tube Racks

Test Tube Racks Hardwood with polypropylene end supports. Supplied as kit for easy assembly by the user. Holes For test tubes* SM300-10 6 SM300-30 12 SM300-13 6 SM300-33 12 For boiling tubes** SM304-10 6 SM304-13 6 Pegs ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (10+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX

Plastic Test Tube Racks

Test Tube Rack, Azlon Polyethylene. Simple pattern for student use. With six 25mm diameter holes and six pegs. Supplied as a kit for easy user assembly. SM315-10 RWK030 0.00 ea XX Micro-Tube Rack, Azlon Polypropylene. Autoclavable. Will hold maximum of 20 tubes. Overall 210 x 70 x 35mm L x W x H. With 20 x 10mm diameter, numbered holes. SM575-15 RWK058 0.00 ea XX

Pipette Stand, Azlon White polyethylene. Supplied as a kit for easy assembly by the user. SM200-30 SWP038 0.00 ea XX Pipette Stand, Azlon Plastic. For holding 44 pipettes vertically. Comprises removable pipette support mounted on base and rod. SM250-30 SWP034 0.00 ea XX Pipette Support, plastic With holes for 44 pipettes. Spare for SM250-30. SM254-30 SWP032 0.00 ea

6 12

XX XX

*Holes 20mm diameter except two end holes which are 32mm. **Holes 32mm diameter.

XX

SM250 in use SM200-15 in use SM200-30

SM254

SM300-13, SM300-33 is similar

SM304-13

SM315

SM300-10, SM300-30 is similar

SM304-10

SM575

581

stands and racks

Plastic Test Tube Racks

Test Tube Peg Stands, Azlon Polypropylene. Comprising pegs which grip test tubes and vials securely. Tubes can be inverted over the pegs for draining. Supplied singly. Ref. RWKSM330-15 SM330-40 SM330-45 SM330-50 SM330-55 SM330-60 034 044 046 048 050 052 Pegs 36 102 66 55 44 36 Holes 25 80 50 40 30 24 Overall mm 80 x 80 x 50 228 x 86 x 65 180 x 100 x 67 228 x 104 x 71 277 x 97 x 74 290 x 127 x 75 For tube dia. mm 10-12.5 10-13 14-17 17-20 22-25 25-32 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX

Tube Racks, Brand Versatile, polypropylene racks, autoclavable to 121C. With square holes to accept tubes with diameters as indicated, alphanumeric marking and choice of colour coding. Sink readily in a water bath and are stackable when not in use. Operating range 20 to +90C. Overall 265 x 126 x 88mm W x D x H. Supplied in flat pack of 5 racks for easy assembly by the user. Holes x tube diameter, mm SM350-10 SM350-24 SM350-38 SM350-52 SM350-12 SM350-26 SM350-40 SM350-54 SM350-14 SM350-28 SM350-42 SM350-56 SM350-16 SM350-30 SM350-44 SM350-58 SM350-18 SM350-32 SM350-46 SM350-60 84 x 13 84 x 13 84 x 13 84 x 13 55 x 18 55 x 18 55 x 18 55 x 18 40 x 21 40 x 21 40 x 21 40 x 21 32 x 26 32 x 26 32 x 26 32 x 26 21 x 31 21 x 31 21 x 31 21 x 31 Colour White Blue Red Yellow White Blue Red Yellow White Blue Red Yellow White Blue Red Yellow White Blue Red Yellow pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Microcentrifuge Tube Racks, Azlon Polypropylene. To hold up to 128 x 1.5ml microcentrifuge tubes, (maximum 11mm o.d.). Autoclavable to 121C. With alphanumeric references and colour coding as indicated. The racks sink readily in a water bath and can be stacked when not in use. Operating range 20 to +90C. Overall 265 x 126 x 38mm W x D x H. Supplied in flat pack of 5 racks for easy assembly by the user. Ref. SM340-25 SM340-35 SM340-45 SM340-55 RPW001P RPB001P RPR001P RPY001P Colour White Blue Red Yellow pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX

SM330

SM350 background, SM340 foreground

SM350-40 in use

582

stands and racks

Metal Racks and Trays
Test Tube Racks Stainless steel. 3-tier. Supplied flat for assembly by the user. For tubes SM390-12 SM390-16 SM390-19 SM390-25 36 x 13 mm 26 x 17mm 18 x 19 mm 16 x 26 mm ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX

S
ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX

Coated Racks
Folding Rack Aluminium, with 22 x 13mm, 18 x 18mm, 6 x 29mm and 4 x 42mm holes to accept commonly used blood tubes, bijou bottles, universal containers, sputum cups, cryogenic vials etc. Supplied flat for folding easily into shape by the user when required. In use the rack is simply positioned to the hole arrangement required. SM450-15 Folding Rack 0.00 ea XX Trays, Square Section Aluminium. Overall 156 x 156 x 34mm W x D x H. Sections No. Dimensions SM470-15 SM470-25 SM470-35 SM470-45 SM470-55 SM470-65 169 100 81 64 36 25 10mm square 14mm square 16mm square 18mm square 24mm square 30mm square ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX

Vial Racks Nylon coated wire, height 60mm. For vials SM495-10 SM495-15 SM495-20 SM495-25 SM495-30 12 x 22mm 36 x 22mm 48 x 22mm 12 x 25mm 24 x 25mm

Test Tube Rack Aluminium. With holes arranged in 3 rows; 5 x 28mm, 6 x 19mm and 8 x 13mm. SM395-14 Z-rack 0.00 ea XX

Vials see BS150 series. Test Tube Racks Nylon coated wire. For tubes SM500-10 SM500-15 SM500-20 SM502-12 SM502-17 SM502-22 SM504-13 SM504-18 SM506-10 SM506-15 24 x 13 mm 36 x 13 mm 80 x 13 mm 12 x 16 mm 24 x 16 mm 36 x 16 mm 18 x 20 mm 36 x 20 mm 6 x 25 mm 12 x 25 mm ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

SM390 in use

SM450

SM470 in use

SM395 in use

SM450 in use

SM500 in use, SM502, SM504, SM506 and SM495 are similar

583

stands and racks

Unwire

Test Tube Racks

Test Tube Racks, 5970 series Polyketone. Three-tier grid design moulded in one piece, with alphanumeric references moulded into the top tier. Can be autoclaved and suitable for use in water baths up to 121C. Tube size Array Overall L W H For tubes, Colour code White Orange Yellow Blue Green Red mm 13 6 x 12 200 102 57 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 16mm SM580-12 SM580-26 SM580-40 SM580-54 SM580-68 SM580-82 16 6 x 12 248 127 70 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 20mm SM580-14 SM580-28 SM580-42 SM580-56 SM580-70 SM580-84 20 4 x 10 250 102 83 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 25mm SM580-16 SM580-30 SM580-44 SM580-58 SM580-72 SM580-86 25 4 x 10 300 121 92 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 30mm SM580-18 SM580-32 SM580-46 SM580-60 SM580-74 SM580-88 30 3x8 283 108 83 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX

mm mm mm

13mm SM580-10 SM580-24 SM580-38 SM580-52 SM580-66 SM580-80

Test Tube Retainers, 5979 series Snap onto racks SM580-10 to SM580-82 as indicated and hold tubes securely in the rack. Prevents tube movement on orbital shakers. With retainer in position, the rack can be inverted to empty the tube contents. Made from acetal and have alphanumeric references moulded into the upper surface for tube identification. Can be autoclaved. For tube dia. mm SM582-10 SM582-13 10 to 13 14 to 17 For rack L x W, mm 200 x 102 248 x 127 ea 0.00 0.00 ea (4+) 0.00 0.00
XX XX

SM580 in use

SM582 in use

584

stands and racks

Test Tube Racks Multipurpose Racks

Microtube Racks, 5973 series Polyketone. For 1.5ml conical microtubes. Two-tiered design increases visibility of tube base. With stacking end-plates and alphanumeric references moulded into the top tier. Can be autoclaved. Supplied singly. Colour SM586-11 SM586-40 SM586-44 SM586-48 White White Blue Red Array 4x6 8 x 12 8 x 12 8 x 12 L x W x D, mm 143 x 90 x 52 201 x 131 x 54 201 x 131 x 54 201 x 131 x 54 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX

Versatile polypropylene racks, suitable for freezer storage. Reversible format accommodating 0.5ml microcentrifuge tubes on one side and 1.5 to 2ml microcentrifuge tubes, cryovials or sample tubes up to 12mm o.d. on the reverse side. The larger apertures are 12mm o.d. to a depth of 10mm where they narrow to 10.8mm for a further depth of 15mm. All apertures are widely spaced apart to accommodate screw cap vials and for ease of use when inserting or removing tubes. Both sides of the rack have moulded-in alphanumeric references and the racks are available in a choice of colours. Autoclavable at 121C for 15 minutes. Supplied singly. 48-position Racks As described. Overall dimensions 215 x 69 x 27mm L x W x H. Weight 180g. Colour as indicated. SM595-05 48-position reversible rack, natural 0.00 ea XX SM595-10 48-position reversible rack, red 0.00 ea XX SM595-15 48-position reversible rack, yellow 0.00 ea XX SM595-20 48-position reversible rack, blue 0.00 ea XX SM595-25 48-position reversible rack, green 0.00 ea XX 96-position Racks As described. Overall dimensions 215 x 131 x 27mm L x W x H. Weight 330g. Colour as indicated. SM597-08 96-position reversible rack, natural 0.00 ea XX SM597-13 96-position reversible rack, red 0.00 ea XX SM597-18 96-position reversible rack, yellow 0.00 ea XX SM597-23 96-position reversible rack, blue 0.00 ea XX SM597-28 96-position reversible rack, green 0.00 ea XX

Floating Microtube Racks, 5974 series Polypropylene. Racks will float in water with a full load of filled tubes. Legs prevent the bottom of the tubes touching the bench surface. With moulded handle for easy removal of the rack from the water bath. Can be autoclaved. Supplied in packs of 4. Colour Square shape Overall 103 x 103 x 65mm. SM588-14 Black SM588-17 White Tube size Array pk

0.5ml 1/1.2/1.5/2ml

4x4 4x4

0.00 0.00

XX XX

Round shape Diameters 66 and 96mm respectively. SM588-22 White 1/1.2/1.5/2ml SM588-25 White 1/1.2/1.5/2ml

8 20

0.00 0.00

XX XX

SM586

SM588 in use

SM595, SM597 in use

585

S
Tube size Array Overall

stands and racks

Test Tube Racks Kartell

Polypropylene. Three-tier grid design. Alphanumeric references moulded into top tier. Can be autoclaved and used in water baths up to 110C. Supplied packed flat as one piece which can be folded to shape by the user without the use of tools. mm L W H mm mm mm For tubes, mm SM805-10 SM805-12 SM805-14 SM805-16 SM805-18 SM805-24 SM805-26 SM805-28 SM805-30 SM805-32 13 16 20 25 30 13 16 20 25 30 13 6 x 15 247 104 60 Colour Code White White White White White Blue Blue Blue Blue Blue ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 SM805-38 SM805-40 SM805-42 SM805-44 SM805-46 SM805-60 SM805-62 SM805-64 SM805-66 SM805-68 16 5 x 12 247 104 70 20 4 x 10 247 104 70 25 4 x 10 247 124 85 For tubes, mm 13 16 20 25 30 13 16 20 25 30 Colour Code Red Red Red Red Red Yellow Yellow Yellow Yellow Yellow 30 3x8 300 110 85 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

SM805 in use

586

stands and racks, steamer

Tripods
Tripod Stands Height 200mm. Length of side, mm Iron rod, triangular top SM900-12 125 Cast iron, triangular top SM904-12 125 SM904-15 150 SM904-20 200 Cast iron, circular top SM914-15 150 Gauzes, iron wire Size cm Open mesh GK600-10 GK600-12 GK600-15 10 x 10 12.5 x 12.5 15 x 15 ea ea (100+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX

Mats
Mats, ceramic fibre Provide heat protection to benches. An alternative to asbestos bench mats. Approximately 5mm thick. Supplied singly. Size, mm 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX

Steamer
A stainless steel insulated boiler with removable lid and 1.5kW immersion heater with cut-out facility which operates if the tank boils dry. With two removable shelves, lifting handles, water filling trough and 25mm tube in the lid for mounting a thermometer. Internal 300 x 300 x 500mm deep and overall 430 x 450 x 680mm W x D x H. For 220240V 50/60Hz a.c. single phase supplies. SP715-10 Koch Steamer 0.00 ea XX Autoclaves see AU100/AU180.

ea

ea (10+)

ea 0.00 0.00 0.00

ea (10+) 0.00 0.00 0.00

XX XX XX

XX XX XX

MB800-15 MB800-22 MB800-30

150 x 150 225 x 225 300 x 300

XX

Mats, Ceran Ceran is a highly resistant, glass ceramic material. Operating temperature range -200 to +700C, allowing the mat to be used as a heating surface in place of a wire gauze or fireclay triangle. Care should be taken to ensure that the maximum operating temperature is not exceeded when using with a Bunsen burner. Supplied in packs of 10. Size, mm MB820-10 MB820-20 MB820-30 135 x 135 155 x 155 175 x 175 pk 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX

Boiling water baths see BH105/BH120.

Ceramic centre GK605-10 10 x 10 GK605-12 12.5 x 12.5 GK605-15 15 x 15 GK605-20 20 x 20

XX XX XX XX

Ceran is a registered trade mark of Schott Glaswerk. Bench Protection Sheets see Safety section.

GK600

GK605

SM900

MB800

SP715

SM904

SM914

MB820 in use

587

stirrers, overhead
Stirrers, Heidolph 2000 control series N Cool running N General purpose 50W model N High torque 100W model N Maximum speed 2000rpm N Push switch speed change (except RZR2051) N Overload indication by LED display

Overhead Stirrers
Stirrer, Heidolph RZR1 For general purpose, low viscosity stirring up to 10 litres. Dual speed ranges 35 to 250 and 280 to 2200rpm. Mechanical stepless speed control. Overall W x D x H 71 x 172 x 250mm. Weight 2.7kg. With 8.5mm chuck and retort stand mounting rod. Without rotor. For 230V 50Hz single phase supplies. SR550-10 RZR1 0.00 ea XX Stirrer, Heidolph RGL100 A heavy duty, powerful stirrer for very viscous liquids. Variable speed range 60 to 1250rpm. Overall W x D x H 100 x 177 x 210mm. Weight 3.9kg. With 10.5mm chuck and retort stand mounting rod with sleeve which fits over the vertical rod of accessory stand SR640-10. For 230V 50Hz single phase supplies. Without rotor. SR554-10 RGL100 0.00 ea XX Analogue Tachometer Fits directly onto the drive shaft head of SR554-10. SR557-09 Tachometer for 0.00 ea XX SR554-10 Stirrers, Heidolph RZR2020, RZR2021 For medium duty stirring up to 25 litres of low viscosity liquids. Variable speed range 40 to 2000rpm. Overall W x D x H 82 x 176 x 206mm. Weight 3kg. With 10.5mm chuck, overload warning light, dial control and retort stand mounting rod. SR560-18 additionally has a digital rpm display. Without rotor. For 230V 50Hz single phase supplies. SR560-14 RZR2020 0.00 ea XX SR560-18 RZR2021 0.00 ea XX

Powerful, high torque, electronic stirrers mounted in an impact and chemical resistant casing. Automatic, smooth, two-range speed control over the range 40 to 2000rpm (RZR2051 has a single-range, stepless speed control). Overall W x D x H 82 x 176 x 211mm. Weight 3.5kg. With 10.5mm chuck, overload warning light, control panel and retort stand mounting rod. Without rotor. For 230V 50Hz single phase supplies. Model SR575-15 SR575-60 RZR2051 control RZR2102 control Output W 50 100 Features Basic general purpose model with digital speed display, analogue and RS232 interfaces Basic high torque heavy duty model with digital display of speed and torque, analogue and RS232 interfaces ea 0.00 0.00
XX XX

Accessories Stand, S2 Stable, H-shape, plastic laminated base 430 x 420mm and stainless steel rod 25 x 700mm diameter x length. Weight 5.8kg. SR640-10 Stand S2 0.00 ea XX SR642-15 Clamp 57022 for mounting stirrers on stand SR640-10 0.00 ea XX Rotors, Stainless Steel On a shaft of 7mm diameter. Ref. SR644-10 SR644-20 SR644-30 SR644-40 BR13 TR21 PR30 PR31 Impeller Blade 70 x 70mm Radial turbine 50mm diameter Propellor 3-blade 58mm diameter Propellor 3-blade 33mm diameter Shaft Length 450mm 400mm 400mm 400mm ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX

SR550 with accessories

SR554, SR557 with accessories

SR575-15 with accessories, SR560 are similar

588

stirrers, overhead
Overhead Stirrers
Stirrer, IKA Eurostar digital An economically priced stirrer suitable for up to 20 litres of low to medium viscosity liquids up to 10000 mPas. Continuously variable, microprocessor controlled speed range 50 to 2000rpm with digital speed display. With 0.5 to 10mm i.d. hollow shafted chuck and 13mm diameter clamping rod for mounting on a stand. Overall W x D x H 80 x 190 x 175mm. Weight 2.8kg. For 230V 50/60Hz single phase supplies. Without rotor. SR730-25 Eurostar digital 0.00 ea OL Stirrer, IKA Eurostar power control visc Powerful digital stirrer suitable for up to 40 litres of medium to high viscosity liquids up to 50000 mPas. Continuously variable, microprocessor controlled speed, range 50 to 2000rpm with digital set/actual speed display, alternative torque trend display for viscosity control, analogue and RS232 interfaces. With 0.5 to 10mm i.d. hollow shafted chuck and 16mm diameter clamping rod for mounting on a stand. Overall W x D x H 80 x 190 x 205mm. Weight 3.8kg. For 230V 50/60Hz single phase supplies. Without rotor. SR730-40 Eurostar power 0.00 ea XX control visc Stirrer, IKA RW20 series A robust stirrer for processing up to 20 litres of medium viscosity liquids up to 10000 mPas. With adjustable two-speed ranges 60 to 500 and 240 to 2000rpm and 1 to 10mm i.d., hollow shafted chuck. With electronic temperature safety cut-out on the motor and 13mm diameter clamping rod for mounting on a stand. Overall dimensions as indicated. Weight 3kg. For 230V 50/60Hz single phase supplies. Without rotor. SR750-10 RW20.n. 0.00 ea XX Overall W x D x H 88 x 188 x 292mm SR750-20 RW20DZM.n 0.00 ea XX with integral digital display. Overall W x D x H 88 x 210 x 292mm Accessories for Eurostar and RW20 series stirrers Stand Base Plate 200 x 316mm and 16mm diameter stainless steel rod, 800mm high. Maximum loading capacity 5kg. MT468-22 Stand R1826 0.00 ea XX Bosshead R182 For clamping Eurostar and RW20 stirrer rods to stands. With quick release screws. Accepts rod diameters from 6 to 16mm. SR753-09 Bosshead R182 0.00 ea XX

Stirrer, IKA RW28basic A heavy duty stirrer for processing up to 80 litres of medium viscosity liquids. With two reversible speed ranges 60 to 400 and 240 to 1400rpm. Provides high torque at the lower speeds. With 1 to 10mm chuck and an infinitely variable mechanical speed control. Overall W x D x H 123 x 252 x 348mm. Weight 7.4kg. For 230V 50/60Hz single phase supplies. Without rotor. SR765-20 RW28basic 0.00 ea XX Accessories for RW28basic stirrer Heavy duty H-stand 2722 With stainless steel rod, 1010mm high. MT492-08 Stand 2722 0.00 ea Bosshead R271 For clamping stirrer rod to stand. SR768-14 Bosshead R271

XX

0.00 ea

XX

Rotors, stainless steel Suitable for all models. On 8mm diameter shaft. Ref. SR753-14 R1375 SR753-17 R1345 SR753-19 R1300 SR753-23 R1312 Impellor length Shaft ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX

Blade 550mm 70 x 70mm Propellor 550mm 4-blade 100mm dia. Dissolving 350mm 80mm dia. Turbine 350mm 50mm dia.

XX XX

SR750-10 with accessories

SR730-40, SR730-25 is similar

SR753-09

SR750-20 with accessories

SR765-20 with accessories

589

stirrers, overhead
Stirrer, Stainless Steel N Bench mounting, with stainless steel stand N Stainless steel exterior and rotor allows easy cleaning SS20, up to 25 litres SS30, up to 40 litres N Fixed speed, 15000rpm (off load) N Supplied with 750ml stainless steel mixing beaker N Automatic switch-on when mixing beaker is placed in position As described. Stainless steel exterior and rotor with 25mm diameter paddle. Fixed speed 15000rpm (off load). Supplied with 750ml capacity stainless steel beaker with mixing baffles, approximate graduations and handle. The stirrer is automatically switched on when the beaker is placed in position for mixing. Overall 154 x 154 x 540mm W x D x H. Weight 5.5kg. For 240V 50Hz single phase supplies. SR875-40 Stainless steel stirrer 0.00 ea XX Homogenisers see MT435/MT450.

Overhead Stirrers, continued

N Choice of stirring capacities SS10, up to 15 litres

N Sophisticated speed control with feedback monitoring and soft-start N Keyless chuck allows fast and easy rotor fitting N Overload protection facility N Power lead is fed through the stirrer support arm keeping it away from moving parts Model Speed range Max. viscosity range Max. torque at chuck Dual torque Hollow spindle Overall W x D x H SS10 100 to 2000 10000 15 No No 85 x 175 x 230 SS20 100 to 2000 20000 27 No Yes 85 x 195 x 230 SS30 50 to 500/100 to 2000 50000 27/90 Yes Yes 85 x 195 x 230

rpm mPas Ncm

mm

General Purpose Stirrer, SS10, Stuart As described. With electronic speed control, keyless chuck for rotors with stem diameters of 1.5 to 13mm o.d. and support arm for mounting in a retort stand bosshead. For 230V 50/60Hz single phase supplies, 50W. Without rotor. SR800-20 SS10 0.00 ea XX High Performance Stirrer, SS20, Stuart As described. With electronic speed control, keyless chuck for rotors with stem diameters of 1.5 to 13mm o.d., hollow spindle allowing longer rotors to be fed through the stirrer and adjusted without removal from the chuck, and support arm for mounting in a retort stand bosshead. For 230V 50/60Hz single phase supplies, 80W. Without rotor. SR800-30 SS20 0.00 ea XX Dual Torque Stirrer, SS30, Stuart Generally as SR800-30 but with dual torque range offering high or low settings with low or high speed ranges respectively. For 230V 50/60Hz single phase supplies, 50W. Without rotor. SR800-40 SS30 0.00 ea XX

Rotors Stainless steel. Supplied as separate 8mm diameter shaft with tapped screwthread end onto which can be attached a choice of paddle types. Shafts Overall, mm SR852-20 SR852-30 Paddles Type SR852-60 SR852-65 SR852-70 SR852-75 SR852-90 Small Large 4-blade propeller 2-blade propeller Anchor Width, mm 60 94 50 80 60 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX

continued on next page

ea 0.00 0.00
XX XX

350 550

Bossheads, rods and stands see Stands and Racks section.

SR875-40

SR800-30, SR800-20 is similar

SR800-40 with accessories

SR852- paddles on shafts, SR852-60 and -65 (top), SR852-70, -75 and -90 (bottom)

590

stirrers, overhead
Compressed Air Stirrers, PLR Series
High torque, air-powered, continuous running overhead stirrers which are ideal for a variety of laboratory stirring tasks. N Spark-free operation N Excellent power:weight ratio N Can be run whilst overloaded to a standstill without damage N Can operate from 0 to 6 bar pressure compressed air supplies N Air consumption 260 litres/minute at 6 bar pressure Catalogue No. Model Tachometer Speed (no load) Torque Gears Sample viscosity capability Drive shaft, L x diameter Overall height Overall diameter Weight N Stainless steel housing resists corrosion N Maximum stirrer volume 25 litres N Continuously adjustable speed control using valve supplied N Models available with, or without, analogue tachometer N Clockwise rotation Accessories

Stirrer chuck Enables connection of SR940 series stirrers to rotors with shaft diameters between 0.5 and 8mm. With key. SR943-04 Stirrer chuck 0.00 ea FO Connection couplings Available in rigid or flexible formats. Rigid couplings minimise rotor whip. Flexible couplings allow slight shaft-to-rotor misalignment without impairing operation. Dimensions given are the rotor shaft diameters accepted. Rigid couplings SR943-06 6mm SR943-08 8mm SR943-10 10mm Flexible couplings SR943-12 Rubber bellows, 10mm SR943-14 Rubber bellows, 13mm SR943-19 Steel spring, 10mm SR943-21 Steel spring, 13mm 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

rpm Nm

mm mm mm kg

SR940-20/-60 SR940-25/-65 PLR10/10T PLR11/11T / / 15000 1750 0.3 2.3 0 1 Low Medium 24 x 10 all models 124/220 160/258 38 all models 0.9/1.2 1.1/1.7

SR940-30/-70 PLR12/12T / 1000 3.5 2 High 195/290 1.4/1.7

SR940-40/-80 PLR13/13T / 80 2.5 3 Very high 228/325 1.6/1.9

FO FO FO

FO FO FO FO

As described. Stainless steel housing. With valve for continuously adjustable speed control, integral exhaust air venting and 13mm diameter clamping tube for mounting on a stand incorporating a 9mm o.d. riffled nozzle for connection to compressed air supply tubing. Require a (preferably dry) compressed air source for operation. Stirrer only SR940-20 PLR10 SR940-25 PLR11 SR940-30 PLR12 SR940-40 PLR13 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea
FO FO FO FO

Service unit Recommended for use where the compressed air supply is wet or dirty. With filter, vapour condenser and oiler. SR943-35 Service unit 0.00 ea FO SR943-37 Machine oil, acid and 0.00 pk FO wax-free, pack of 500ml Air compressors see PX485. Bases and rods see SL250-30 and SL350-25. Bosshead see SL600. Clips see CP130/CP135. Reinforced tubing see TY410-22.

Stirrer with analogue gauge tachometer SR940-60 PLR10T 0.00 ea SR940-65 PLR11T 0.00 ea SR940-70 PLR12T 0.00 ea SR940-80 PLR13T 0.00 ea

FO FO FO FO

SR940-20 to SR940-40 with accessories

SR940-60 to SR940-80 with accessories

591

stirrers, overhead
Drive Bearings
Drive Bearings, Stainless Steel For use with conical ground joints, providing a leak-free, gas and vacuum seal. With permanent, magnetically coupled drive incorporating low-friction bearings. Constructed in corrosion resistant stainless steel to DIN 1.4435 X2. Sealed using Viton O-rings inset into the cone body. Maximum speed 2500rpm and temperature 240C. Square-profiled input shaft 6 x 6mm, circular output shaft diameter 7mm. Model MRKFor joint Torque Nm Maximum sample viscosity mPas Maximum sample volume litres Overall length x diameter mm Weight kg 1/20 29/32 0.2 1500 2 143 x 50 0.6 1/60 29/32 0.4 3500 6 177 x 50 0.8 1/90 29/32 0.6 4000 10 199 x 50 1 2/40 45/40 0.4 2500 4 169 x 50 1.1 2/90 45/40 0.9 4000 10 213 x 50 1.4

Stirrer Rotors
Stirrer Rotors, PTFE With PTFE-encased stainless steel shaft and all-PTFE paddle blades. Operating temperature range -200 to +250C. All rotors have a 10mm diameter shaft with an 8mm diameter exposed steel length to fit appropriate chucks. A choice of 3 paddle styles are offered: Anchor blade that pivots in line with the shaft into a slotted mount so that the stirrer can be inserted through narrow apertures. Blade width 90mm Mini-propeller with 3-blades, overall diameter 75mm Maxi-propeller with 3-blades, overall diameter 140mm Paddle type SR900-10 SR900-22 SR900-30 SR900-40 SR904-22 SR904-40 SR904-60 SR906-10 SR906-22 SR906-30 SR906-40 Anchor Anchor Anchor Anchor Mini-prop Mini-prop Mini-prop Maxi-prop Maxi-prop Maxi-prop Maxi-prop Overall length 350mm 450mm 510mm 600mm 450mm 600mm 800mm 350mm 450mm 600mm 800mm ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

As described. Supplied with 8mm diameter input drive adapter with 6 x 6mm square profiled sockets for connection to suitable drives. Require coupling SR943-08 for connection to SR940 stirrers. SR946-10 SR946-20 SR946-30 MRK1/20 MRK1/60 MRK1/90 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea
FO FO FO

SR946-40 SR946-75

MRK2/40 MRK2/90

0.00 ea 0.00 ea

FO FO

Drive Bearings, PEEK Similar to SR946 bearings but with the exposed head and output shaft constructed in PEEK (Polyetheretherketone), offering enhanced chemical and thermal resistance. Maximum speed 1200rpm and temperature 250C. With screw-in adapter for conical joint sizes as indicated. The output shaft incorporates a clamp to hold glass or metal rotors with diameters of 8mm and is magnetically coupled to the drive mechanism. Cannot be used in pressurised vessels. Model PMRKFor joint Torque Max. sample viscosity Max. sample volume Overall length x diameter Weight 8-100 8-100 29/32 45/40 0.1 0.1 800 800 1 1 130 x 25 - all models 0.65 - all models 8-200 29/32 0.2 1500 2 8-200 45/40 0.2 1500 2

Nm mPas litres mm kg

As described. Require coupling SR943-08 for connection to SR940 stirrers. SR946-80 PMRK-8-100-NS29/32 0.00 ea FO SR946-85 PMRK-8-200-NS29/32 SR946-82 PMRK-8-100-NS45/40 0.00 ea FO SR946-87 PMRK-8-200-NS45/40

0.00 ea 0.00 ea

FO FO

Alternative screwthread or flat-flange jointed models, or bearings to hold 10mm diameter rotors are also available details on request.

SR900

SR904

SR906

SR946-10 to SR946-75

SR946-80 to SR946-87

592

stirrers, magnetic
Magnetic Stirrers - Unheated
Mini-Magnetic Stirrer, IKA Lab Disc Ultra-flat, IP65 encased, magnetic stirrer incorporating toroidal coil technology with no moving parts. Speed range 15 to 1500rpm. Maximum volume stirred 800ml (water). Polyester top plate with 90mm diameter white circle denoting stirring area. With membrane keypad control without indicator and reversing function button which reverses the stirring direction every 30 seconds. Overall 114 x 161 x 12mm W x D x H. Weight 0.3kg. For 230V 50/60Hz single phase supplies. SS240-10 Lab Disc 0.00 ea XX Mini-Magnetic Stirrers, Hanna HI190M/HI200M Maximum speed 1000rpm. Maximum volume stirred 1 litre (water). Variable speed control with 'off' position. Choice of models with ABS plastic or stainless steel top plate 120 x 120mm and moulded ABS outer case. Overall 120 x 120 x 45mm L x W x H. Supplied with 25mm PTFE coated follower. For 220-240V 50/60Hz single phase supplies. SS307-10 HI190M, ABS top plate 0.00 ea XX SS307-20 HI200M, stainless steel top plate 0.00 ea XX Portable Magnetic Stirrer, Stuart SM27 For use in the field or inside incubators or gloveboxes where external power supply is impractical. Maximum speed 1300rpm. Maximum volume stirred 1.5 litres (water). Variable speed control with battery status indicator. ABS top plate and casing 70mm high. Maximum operating conditions +60C and 80%RH. Overall 150 x 180 x 70mm high. Weight 1.3kg. Supplied with 4 x 1.5V size D alkaline batteries giving up to 600 hours operation, and a 25mm PTFE coated follower. Accessory adapters are available for use on 230V 50Hz mains or 12V vehicle supply using the cigar lighter socket. SS320-40 SM27 0.00 ea XX Accessories SS322-10 Mains adapter, SM27/1, for UK/Ireland. 230V 50Hz single phase supplies SS322-20 Mains adapter, SM27/2, for continental Europe. 230V 50Hz single phase supplies SS322-45 Vehicle battery adapter, SM27/3, with cigar lighter plug BL610-22 Spare 1.5V battery (4 required) 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea
XX XX XX XX

Magnetic Stirrer, IKA Mini-MR standard Maximum speed 1500rpm. Top plate 115 x 115mm. With variable speed control. Suitable for light stirring tasks. The top plate has a white polypropylene 100mm diameter disc ideally suited to titration applications. Recommended stirring bar length is 30mm. Overall 115 x 130 x 40mm W x D x H. For 100-240V 50/60Hz single phase supplies. SS330-15 Ikamag Mini-MR standard 0.00 ea XX Magnetic Stirrers, Cimarec Speed range 50 to 1200rpm. Microprocessor-controlled stirring with feedback monitoring, soft-start and compensation for changing viscosity. Low-profile design, with moulded, white ceramic top plate with dimension as indicated. A mounting is provided for an accessory retort rod. For 220-240V 50/60Hz single phase supplies. Top plate, mm SS340-20 SS340-40 SS340-60 108 x 108 184 x 184 260 x 260 Overall W x D x H, mm 127 x 254 x 97 208 x 330 x 97 287 x 411 x 97 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX

Magnetic Stirrer, Stuart SB161 Speed range 100 to 1500rpm. Maximum volume stirred 15 litres. Stainless steel top plate 160 x 160mm. Overall 190 x 300 x 100mm W x D x H. Electronic variable speed control with off position. With facility for mounting a 12.5mm diameter retort rod at the rear of the case. For 230V 50Hz single phase supplies. SS345-40 SB161 0.00 ea XX

continued on next page

SS240-10 in use

SS320-40 in use with accessories

SS340-40 in use

SS307-10 in use

SS307-20 in use

SS330-15

SS345-40

593

stirrers, magnetic
Magnetic Stirrers, Corning Maximum speed 1100rpm. Microprocessor-controlled stirring with soft-start and compensation for changing viscosity. Low profile design and Pyroceram, moulded ceramic top plate with dimensions as indicated. A mounting is provided for an accessory 12.5mm diameter retort rod. For 230V 50Hz single phase supplies. Ref. SS540-10 SS540-20 SS540-30 PC210 PC410 PC610 Top plate, mm 100 x 125 125 x 175 250 x 250 Overall W x D x H, mm 150 x 185 x 115 200 x 245 x 115 270 x 365 x 125 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX

Magnetic Stirrers Unheated continued

Magnetic Stirrer, Stuart CB161 Speed range 100 to 1500rpm. Maximum volume stirred 15 litres. Glass ceramic top plate 160 x 160mm. Overall 190 x 300 x 100mm W x D x H. Variable speed control with off position. With facility for mounting a 12.5mm diameter retort rod at the rear of the case. For 230V 50Hz single phase supplies. SS365-20 CB161 0.00 ea XX Magnetic Stirrer, 3-position, Stuart SB161-3 Maximum speed 1500rpm. Maximum volume stirred 15 litres per position (in a 20 litre flask). With stainless steel top plate 550 x 210mm, separate speed controls, fittings for retort rods at the rear of the case and 3 x 25mm PTFE coated followers. Overall 600 x 270 x 110mm W x D x H. Weight 7kg. For 230V 50Hz single phase supplies. SS400-20 3-position, SB161-3 0.00 ea XX Magnetic Stirrer, large, Stuart SB301 Speed range 100 to 600rpm. Top plate 300 x 300mm. For stirring aqueous solutions up to 30 litres. Variable speed with electronic feedback control for accurate speed maintenance. In metal case with stainless steel top. Overall 300 x 365 x 105mm W x D x H. Weight 5kg. Supplied with one PTFE-coated follower bar 100 x 12mm. For 230V 50/60Hz single phase supplies, 50W. SS425-20 Large plate, SB301 0.00 ea XX

Bossheads and clamps see page 579. Magnetic stirrer followers see ST500/ST634. Retort rods see SL350/SL380. Stirrer follower retrievers see ST800/ST804.

SS365-20 in use

SS425 in use

SS400 in use

SS540

594

stirrers, magnetic
Magnetic Stirrer/Hotplates
Magnetic Stirrer/Hotplate, Stuart SB162 Maximum speed 1500rpm, volume stirred 15 litres, and temperature 325C. Cast aluminium/silicon alloy hotplate 160 x 160mm, accommodating beakers up to 5 litres capacity. With microprocessor speed and temperature control, separate safety circuit, arbitrary scaled dial setting, stirrer on and heater on warning indicators (the heater lamp flashes when set temperature is reached) and facility for mounting a 12.5mm retort rod at the rear of the case. Overall 190 x 300 x 112mm W x D x H. For 230V 50Hz single phase supplies. Hotplate rating 750W. SS600-20 SB162 0.00 ea XX Magnetic Stirrer/Hotplate, Stuart SD162 Maximum speed 1300rpm, volume stirred 15 litres (based on water contained in a 20 litre flat bottom flask) and temperature 325C. Cast aluminium/silicon alloy hotplate 160 x 160mm, accommodating beakers up to 5 litres capacity. With digital setting and control, via a bright, fluorescent display which also simultaneously displays set and actual temperature to 1C and speed to 10rpm, separate safety circuit, dial setting, stirrer on and heater on warning indicators (the heater lamp flashes whilst plate temperature remains above 70C). A PTFE-coated, remote temperature probe which allows control of liquid temperature to 1C and up to 200C is also provided and a facility for mounting a 12.5mm retort rod at the rear of the case. Overall 190 x 300 x 102mm W x D x H. Weight 3.4kg. For 230V 50Hz single phase supplies. Hotplate rating 750W. SS600-40 SD162 0.00 ea XX Accessories for SS600- and SS705- series Oil Bath 2 litre capacity. Aluminium with handles, pouring spout and securing feet to hold the bath onto the top plate. HP202-06 SB16/5 oil bath 0.00 ea XX Flask block Solid aluminium, with four depressions to hold one each 25ml, 50ml, 100ml and 250ml round bottom flasks. Supplied with removable handle to move block even when hot. Provides even heating (and stirring) for each depression. HP202-09 SB16/6 flask block 0.00 ea XX Sand bath 1 litre capacity. Aluminium with securing feet to hold the bath firmly onto the top plate. HP202-12 SB16/7 sand bath 0.00 ea XX

Magnetic Stirrer/Hotplate, Heidolph MR3001 Maximum speed 1250rpm. Maximum temperature 350C. Hotplate diameter 145mm. With variable speed control, capillary thermostat temperature control and bimetallic overheat protection mechanism. In metal case with chemical resistant, plastic coating and aluminium alloy hotplate. Overall 155 x 240 x 120mm W x D x H. For 230V 50Hz single phase supplies. Hotplate rating 625W. SS620-08 MR3001 0.00 ea XX Magnetic Stirrer/Hotplate, Heidolph MR3002S Maximum speed 1250rpm. Maximum temperature 350C. Hotplate diameter 145mm. With variable speed control and electronic temperature control having overheat protection using a Pt100 sensor. In metal case with chemical resistant, plastic coating and aluminium alloy hotplate. Supplied with DIN 12878 connection for a contact thermometer. Overall 155 x 240 x 120mm L x W x H. For 230V 50Hz single phase supplies. Hotplate rating 625W. SS620-12 MR3002S 0.00 ea XX Magnetic Stirrer/Hotplate, IKA RCT basic Maximum speed 1100rpm. Maximum temperature 300C. Suitable for stirring up to 20 litres of water. Aluminium/silicon alloy heating plate, diameter 135mm. With variable speed and temperature controls. Supplied with plastic splash protection cover for the case and controls and facility for mounting a 12.5mm diameter retort rod at the rear of the case. Overall 160 x 280 x 90mm W x D x H. Weight 2.4kg. For 230V 50/60Hz single phase supplies. Hotplate rating 600W. SS625-30 RCT basic 0.00 ea XX Magnetic Stirrer/Hotplates, IKA RET basic and basic C Maximum speed 1500rpm. Maximum temperature 340C. For stirring up to 20 litres of water. Corrosion resistant, closed housing with heating and stirring setting dials and choice of stainless steel or white, chemically-resistant coated steel hotplates, diameter 135mm. Microprocessor controlled stirring speed and heating, with soft-start and self-optimising temperature control, adjustable safety over temperature cut-out from 50 to 380C, DIN socket for connecting an external contact thermometer, and separate power switch and heating/stirring standby on/off are provided. Supplied with plastic splash protection cover for the case and controls and facility for mounting a 12.5mm diameter retort rod at the rear of the case. Overall 160 x 280 x 85mm W x D x H. For 230V 50/60Hz single phase supplies. Hotplate rating 600W. SS635-47 RET basic, stainless steel plate 0.00 ea XX SS635-49 RET basic C, white coated plate 0.00 ea XX continued on next page

SS620-12, SS620-08 is similar

SS625-30

SS600-40 in use, SS600-20 is similar

HP202 in use

SS635-47

595

stirrers, magnetic
Magnetic Stirrer/Hotplate, Stuart CB162 Maximum speed 1500rpm and volume stirred 15 litres. Maximum temperature 450C. With glass ceramic top plate 160 x 160mm, microprocessor controlled heating with separate safety circuit to prevent overheating, variable speed control with off position, stirrer on and heater on warning lamps (the heater lamp flashes when set temperature is reached). With facility for mounting a 12.5mm diameter retort rod at the rear of the case. Overall 190 x 300 x 110mm W x D x H. Weight 3.4kg. For 230V 50Hz single phase supplies. 550W. SS705-38 CB162 0.00 ea XX Magnetic Stirrer/Hotplate, Stuart CD162 Maximum speed 1300rpm. Volume stirred 15 litres (based on water contained in a 20 litre flat bottom flask) and temperature 450C. With glass ceramic top plate 160 x 160mm, accommodating beakers up to 5 litres capacity. With digital setting and control, via a bright, fluorescent display which also simultaneously indicates set and actual temperature to 1C and speed to 10rpm, separate safety circuit, dial setting and stirrer on and heater on warning indicators (the heater lamp flashes whilst plate temperature remains above 70C). A PTFEcoated remote temperature probe which allows control of liquids temperature to 1C and up to 200C is also provided and a facility for mounting a 12.5mm diameter retort rod at the rear of the case. Overall 190 x 300 x 110mm W x D x H. Weight 3.4kg. For 230V 50/60Hz single phase supplies. 550W. SS705-42 CD162 0.00 ea XX Accessories for SS705-38 and SS705-42 see HP202 on page 595. Magnetic Stirrer/Hotplate, Large, Stuart CB302 Maximum speed 1500rpm. Maximum temperature 450C. With glass ceramic top plate 300 x 300mm, precise electronic speed and temperature controls, hot warning lamp which illuminates when the plate temperature exceeds 70C, and independent overheat cut-out. A retort rod can be mounted at the rear of the housing. Supplied with 2 x 25mm stirrer followers. Overall 300 x 365 x 105mm W x D x H. Weight 7kg. For 230V 50Hz single phase supplies, 1200W. SS708-20 CB302 0.00 ea XX Magnetic Stirrer/Hotplate, Large, Stuart SB302 Generally as SS708-20 but with maximum temperature 300C and cast aluminium/silicon alloy top plate 300 x 300mm. For 230V 50Hz single phase supplies, 600W. SS708-65 SB302 0.00 ea XX

Magnetic Stirrer/Hotplates continued

Magnetic Stirrer/Hotplate, IKA RH digital KT/C Maximum speed 2000rpm. Maximum temperature 340C. Suitable for stirring up to 10 litres of water. With square, white, chemically-resistant coated, stainless steel hotplate 130 x 130mm. Corrosion resistant housing incorporates separate heating and stirring setting dials and LED displays, adjustable safety overtemperature cut-out from 100 to 400C, DIN socket for connecting an external contact thermometer, 'heating on' lamp and power switch. Overall 168 x 220 x 105mm W x D x H. For 230V 50/60Hz single phase supplies. Hotplate rating 500W. SS640-20 RH digital KT/C 0.00 ea XX Magnetic Stirrer/Hotplates, Corning Catalogue No. Model Top plate Overall W D H Weight SS690-20 PC220 100 x 125 150 185 115 2.3 SS690-30 PC420 125 x 175 200 245 115 3.2 SS690-40 PC620 250 x 250 270 365 125 5.2

mm mm mm mm kg

Maximum speed 1100rpm. Maximum temperature 550C. Microprocessor-controlled heat and stirring with independent over-temperature cut-out and 'soft-start' stirring with compensation for changing viscosity. Low profile design with ergonomic controls and 'hot top' indicator LED which flashes whilst the top plate temperature remains above 60C. With Pyroceram, moulded ceramic top plate. A mounting is provided for an accessory retort rod. For 230V 50Hz single phase supplies. SS690-20 PC220, 100 x 125mm, 325W 0.00 ea XX SS690-30 PC420, 125 x 175mm, 700W 0.00 ea XX SS690-40 PC620, 250 x 250mm, 1100W 0.00 ea XX

SS640-20

SS705-38 in use, SS705-42 is similar

SS690-20

SS708-20, SS708-65 is similar

596

stirrers, magnetic
Magnetic Stirrer/Hotplates continued
Magnetic Stirrer/Hotplate, Infra-red, Stuart CR302 Maximum speed 1500rpm. Nominal maximum temperature 400C. With black glass ceramic top 300 x 300mm (heated area 140mm diameter), 900W infra-red heater which will boil 1 litre of water over 30% faster than a conventional 1200W hotplate and powerful, rare-earth, magnetic stirring of up to 15 litres of water. A safety hot warning illuminates when the plate temperature exceeds 70C. Overall 300 x 365 x 105mm W x D x H. Weight 4kg. For 230V 50/60Hz single phase supplies. SS730-40 Infra-red, CR302 0.00 ea XX Magnetic Stirrer/Hotplates, Cimarec Speed range 50 to 1200rpm. Maximum temperature 540C. With microprocessorcontrolled heat and stirring, soft-start and compensation for changing viscosity, LED readout of temperature with hot warning indicator which illuminates when plate temperature exceeds 50C and remains on, even when heating is switched off (unit must remain connected to the mains supply) until the plate cools below 50C. Low-profile design with arbitrarily scaled, dial controls and moulded, white ceramic top plate with dimensions as indicated. A mounting is provided for an accessory retort rod. For 220-240V 50/60Hz single phase supplies. Top plate, mm SS765-20 SS765-40 SS765-60 108 x 108 184 x 184 260 x 260 Overall W x D x H, mm 127 x 254 x 97 208 x 330 x 97 287 x 411 x 97 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX

Magnetic Stirrer/Hotplate, 3-position, Stuart Maximum speed 1500rpm. Maximum temperature 325C. Maximum volume stirred 15 litres per plate (in a 20 litre flask). With three aluminium/silicon alloy hotplates, 160 x 160mm, individually controlled for temperature and speed, separate safety circuit to prevent overheating and hot warning lamps which flash when the plate temperature exceeds 70C. Supplied with fittings for mounting 12.5mm diameter retort rods and 3 x 25mm PTFE coated followers. Overall 600 x 270 x 130mm W x D x H. Weight 11kg. For 230V 50Hz single phase supplies, 2250W. SS780-20 3-position, SB162-3 0.00 ea XX Bossheads and clamps see page 579. Magnetic stirrer followers see ST500/ST634. Retort rods see SL350/SL380. Stirrer follower retrievers see ST800/ST804.

SS730-40 in use

SS765-40 in use

SS780-20 in use

597

S
Length, mm 6 12 20 25 30 35 45 60 Length, mm 12 25 35 40 45 60

stirrer followers, magnetic

Follower Bars PTFE coated. Supplied singly or in packs as indicated. pk (10+) 0.00 0.00 pk (10+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Magnetic Stirrer Follower Bars

Follower Bars Cylindrical shape, encased in the materials specified. Supplied singly or in packs as indicated. Glass plain ST500-06 ST500-12 ST500-20 ST500-25 ST500-30 ST500-35 ST500-45 ST500-60 Polypropylene centre rim ST506-12 ST506-25 ST506-35 ST506-40 ST506-45 ST506-60 Qty. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Qty. 1 1 1 1 1 1 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Length, mm 6 8 12 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 60 80 Length, mm 8 12 20 25 30 35 45 50 60 70

PTFE plain ST512-06 ST512-08 ST512-12 ST512-15 ST512-20 ST512-25 ST512-30 ST512-35 ST512-40 ST512-45 ST512-50 ST512-60 ST512-80 PTFE centre rim ST515-08 ST515-12 ST515-20 ST515-25 ST515-30 ST515-35 ST515-45 ST515-50 ST515-60 ST515-70

Pack qty. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 Pack qty. 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

Length x dia. mm Large size ST530-11 ST530-16 Micro-flea size ST540-14 ST540-19 ST540-25 ST540-30 ST540-35 ST540-40 ST540-45 106 x 27 159 x 27 2x2 3x3 5x2 7x2 8 x 1.5 10 x 3 13 x 3

Pack qty. 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2

pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

XX XX

XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

1.04 GO 1.30 XX 0.00 XX

Follower Bar Set Comprising one each cylindrical sizes 12, 25 and 45mm. Glass, polypropylene (centre rim) and PTFE (centre rim) from the ST500/506/515 series. ST590-10 Follower set 0.00 set XX Follower Bar Set, Azlon Set of 22 stirrer bars all PTFE, supplied in a polypropylene, compartmented case with opaque lid and integral clip. Comprising two each 12mm, 25mm, 45mm and 60mm long octagonal, two each 20mm, 25mm, 35mm and 50mm long oval and three each 7mm and 10mm long micro follower bars. ST592-12 Follower set, SWN515 0.00 set XX

ST500, ST530, ST512

ST540, ST515, ST506

ST592

ST590

598

stirrer followers, magnetic

Magnetic Stirrer Follower Bars continued
Follower Bars PTFE encased. Supplied in packs of 2. Dia. mm Crosshead ST620-10 Disc ST622-10 ST622-20 ST622-30 10 10 20 30 pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX

S
ea 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX

fish-clip

Follower Retrievers
Follower Retrievers PTFE or polypropylene encased magnet on semirigid handle in the same material. Supplied singly.

XX XX XX

Follower Bars PTFE encased. Supplied in packs of 2. Length x dia. mm Octagonal ST630-12 ST630-25 ST630-35 ST630-50 ST630-75 Oval ST634-20 ST634-25 ST634-30 ST634-35 ST634-40 ST634-50 13 x 8 30 x 8 38 x 8 50 x 10 75 x 12 20 x 10 25 x 12 30 x 16 35 x 16 40 x 20 50 x 20 pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX

Innovative suspension system for magnetic stirrer follower bars which solves problems associated with mechanical abrasion of materials against the base of the vessel by the spinning bar, particularly in biochemical or tissue culture applications. Comprises 250 x 15mm L x diameter PVDF rod with U-shaped stirrer bar clip fixed to a rotating hub at one end. In use the rod is fixed at the neck of the flask using accessory stoppers, compression screw fittings or a retort clamp so that the bar is suspended at a suitable height above the flask base. Maximum operating temperature 160C, and autoclavable. A choice of clip sizes is available for 6mm diameter cylindrical bars up to 30mm long, or 8mm bars up to 50mm long. Supplied with stirrer bar as indicated. ST700-06 fish-clip, 6mm bar 0.00 ea XX ST700-08 fish-clip, 8mm bar 0.00 ea XX Accessory flask holders for ST700 Silicone stoppers with hole ST704-10 For 19/26 conical neck ST704-15 For 29/32 conical neck 0.00 ea 0.00 ea
XX XX

Material ST800-30 ST804-25 ST804-35 Polypropylene PTFE PTFE

Length, mm 300 250 350

Magnets see MA208/MA220. Tongs see TR500/TR550.

XX XX XX XX XX XX

Screw cap compression fittings with hole ST704-30 GL25 0.00 ea ST704-35 GL32 0.00 ea Conical glass stoppers, 19/26 cone, with screw cap compression fittings with hole ST704-40 GL25 0.00 ea ST704-45 GL32 0.00 ea Spare Stirrer Follower Bars Plain, cylindrical, PTFE. Dimensions length x diameter. Supplied singly. ST706-10 10 x 6mm ST706-15 15 x 6mm ST706-20 20 x 6mm ST706-25 25 x 6mm ST706-30 ST706-40 ST706-50 30 x 6mm 40 x 8mm 50 x 8mm

XX XX

XX XX

stated are 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

ST620

ST622

ST630

ST634 ST700 in use with accessories ST800, ST804 in use

599

stopcocks
T-bore Stopcocks With 3-way plain arms. All with 1.5mm wall thickness. Ref. Key x stem bore o.d., mm 1.5 x 5 2.5 x 6 4x7 ea 0.00 0.0055 0.00 ea (5+) 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX

Pyrex Glass Key

A range of Pyrex borosilicate glass stopcocks which meet DIN 12541 specification. With interchangeable keys. Keys and barrels have 1:10 taper. Supplied with plastic screwthread key retainer (bore sizes 1.5mm to 4mm) or rubber O-ring key retainer (bore sizes 6 to 10mm). All side arms are 100mm long except where indicated. Burette Stopcock Single bore. With 100mm plain arm and 70mm capillary arm drawn to a jet. Key bore 1.5mm. Ref. Plain arm o.d. x wall, mm 8 x 1.5 ea 0.00 ea (5+) 0.00
XX

Spare key SV310-10 SV310-20 SV310-30

SV273-10 SV273-20 SV273-30

SSD302 SSD303 SSD304

Spare key SV305-10

SV210-10

SSD502

Spare Keys For Pyrex glass key stopcocks to DIN 12541 specification only. Supplied with plastic screwthread key retainer (bore sizes 1.5mm to 4mm) or rubber O-ring key retainer (bore sizes 6 to 10mm). Ref. SV305-10 SV305-15 SV305-20 SV305-30 SV305-40 SV305-50 SV307-10 SV307-20 SV310-10 SV310-20 SV310-30 SSD102K SSD103K SSD104K SSD106K SSD108K SSD110K SSD202K SSD203K SSD302K SSD303K SSD304K Bore, mm 1.5 2.5 4 6 8 10 1.5 2.5 1.5 2.5 4 Type Straight bore ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Double 0.00 oblique bore 0.00 T-bore 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (qty+) 0.00 (10+) 0.00 (10+) 0.00 (10+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (5+)
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Funnel Stopcocks With flared end for repairing separating and dropping funnels. Ref. Key x stem bore o.d. x wall, mm 1.5 x 6 x 1.5 2.5 x 6 x 1.5 4 x 5.6 x 2.2 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (5+) 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX

Spare key SV305-10 SV305-15 SV305-20

SV219-10 SV219-15 SV219-20

SSD702 SSD703 SSD704

Straight Stopcocks Plain arms. All with 1.5mm wall thickness except SSD110 (SV260-50) which is 2.5mm. Ref. Key x stem bore o.d. mm 1.5 x 5 2.5 x 6 4x7 6 x 10 8 x 10 10 x 13 1.5 x 5 2.5 x 6 ea ea (5+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX

Spare key

Single bore SV260-10 SV260-15 SV260-20 SV260-30 SV260-40 SV260-50

SSD102 SSD103 SSD104 SSD106 SSD108 SSD110

0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

SV305-10 SV305-15 SV305-20 SV305-30 SV305-40 SV305-50 SV307-10 SV307-20

Note: Components from Pyrex DIN 12541 glass key stopcocks are incompatible with the previous Interkey range. Please contact us for advice.

Double oblique bore SV265-15 SSD202 SV265-20 SSD203

XX XX

SV260

SV273

SV210

SV219

SV265

SV305, SV307 and SV310 are similar

600

stopcocks
Interflon PTFE Key
With PTFE keys in polished glass barrels. Side arms are 100mm long unless otherwise stated. Interflon keys use two types of retaining device. Bore sizes 1 to 4mm Nylon nut, PTFE washer and nitrile rubber O-ring. Bore sizes 6 to 10mm Nylon nut, nylon washer and tension spring. Burette Stopcocks Glass with PTFE key. With 100mm plain arm and 70mm capillary arm (two in double bore models). Capillary arms 7 x 2.7mm o.d. x bore. Key bore 2mm. Glass code: S = Soda-lime, B = Borosilicate. Ref. Glass Plain arm o.d. x wall, mm 7 x 1.1 8 x 1.5 7 x 1.1 8 x 1.5 ea ea (10+) 0.00 0.00
XX XX

S
Spare key

Straight Stopcocks Borosilicate, plain arms. All 1.5mm wall thickness except SSF110 (SV430-40) which is 1.8mm. Ref. Key x stem bore o.d. mm 2x8 3 x 10 4 x 10 6 x 12 8 x 14 10 x 15 2x8 3x9 ea ea (qty+) 0.00 (10+) 0.00 (10+) 0.00 (10+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (10+) 0.00 (10+)
XX XX XX XX XX XX

Single bore SV430-15 SV430-20 SV430-25 SV430-30 SV430-35 SV430-40

SSF102 SSF103 SSF104 SSF106 SSF108 SSF110

0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

SV505-12 SV505-14 SV505-16 SV505-18 SV505-20 SV505-22 SV505-32 SV505-34

Spare key

Single bore SV400-10 SSF562 SV400-30 SSF502 Double oblique bore SV405-10 SSF662 SV405-30 SSF602

S B S B

0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

SV505-12 SV505-12 SV505-32 SV505-32

Double oblique bore SV440-15 SSF202 SV440-20 SSF203 Straight Stopcocks Borosilicate. Capillary arms. Ref.

XX XX

XX XX

Funnel Stopcocks Borosilicate body. For repairing separating and dropping funnels. Nominal wall thickness 2.2mm. Ref. Key x stem bore o.d., mm 2 x 10 3 x 12 4 x 12 6 x 14 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (qty+) (10+) (10+) (10+) (5+)
XX XX XX XX

Key bore, mm 1 2 3 2 3

Side arms o.d. x bore, mm 7 x 1.7 7 x 2.7 9x3 7 x 2.7 9x3

ea

ea (10+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

XX XX XX

Spare key

Spare key SV505-12 SV505-14 SV505-16 SV505-18

Single bore SV450-10 SSF151 SV450-15 SSF152 SV450-20 SSF153 Double oblique bore SV454-15 SSF252 SV454-20 SSF253

0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

SV505-10 SV505-12 SV505-14 SV505-32 SV505-34

SV418-10 SV418-15 SV418-20 SV418-25

SSF702 SSF703 SSF704 SSF706

XX XX

continued on next page

SV400

SV405

SV418

SV430, SV450 are similar

SV440, SV454 are similar

601

stopcocks
Spare PTFE Keys For Interflon stopcocks. Key bore, mm 2 3 4 2 3 Side arms o.d. x bore, mm 8 x 1.5 9 x 1.5 10 x 1.5 7 x 2.7 9x3 ea ea (5+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX

Interflon PTFE Key continued

T-bore Stopcocks Borosilicate, 3-way. Ref. Spare key SV505-12 SV505-14 SV505-16 SV505-18 SV505-20 SV505-22 SV505-32 SV505-34 SV505-42 SV505-44 SV505-46 ea ea (5+) 0.00 0.00
XX XX

Ref. SSP102 SSP103 SSP104 SSP106 SSP108 SSP110 SSP202 SSP203 SSP302 SSP303 SSP304 SSP402 SSP403

Bore, mm 2 3 4 6 8 10 2 3 2 3 4 2 3

Type Straight bore

ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

ea (qty+) 0.00 (10+) 0.00 (10+) 0.00 (10+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (10+) 0.00 (10+) 0.00 (10+) 0.00 (10+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (10+) 0.00 (10+)
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Plain arms SV470-15 SSF302 SV470-20 SSF303 SV470-25 SSF304 Capillary arms SV474-15 SSF352 SV474-20 SSF353

0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

SV505-42 SV505-44 SV505-46 SV505-42 SV505-44

XX XX

Double oblique bore T-bore

0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

Y-Shape Stopcocks Borosilicate, V-bore. Wall thickness 1.5mm. Ref. Key x stem bore o.d., mm 2x8 3x9 Spare key

SV505-62 SV505-64

V-bore

Plain arms SV480-15 SSF402 SV480-20 SSF403

0.00 0.00

SV505-62 SV505-64

Ref.

Key bore, mm 2 3

Side arms o.d. x bore, mm 7 x 2.7 8x3

ea

ea (5+) 0.00 0.00

XX XX

Spare key

Capillary arms SV484-15 SSF452 SV484-20 SSF453

0.00 0.00

SV505-62 SV505-64

SV470, SV474 are similar

SV480, SV484 is similar

SV505 large sizes, straight, in use

602

stopcocks
High Vacuum
Borosilicate glass. Both key and barrel are individually coded with the same number to ensure that they are always matched. Side arms 100mm long unless otherwise stated. Straight Stopcocks Plain arms, plain key. Ref. Key bore, mm 1 2 3 4 6 8 10 2 3 4 Side arms o.d. x wall, mm 8 x 1.5 8 x 1.5 9 x 1.5 10 x 1.5 11 x 1.5 13 x 1.5 15 x 1.8 8 x 1.5 9 x 1.5 10 x 1.5 ea

Rotaflo
With safety locking device which prevents complete unscrewing of the key. N All glass/PTFE pathway N No lubrication required N Excellent flow control N Interchangeable keys

General purpose (GP) fitted with blue control cap for easy identification. N Vacuum operation to 104 torr N Bore sizes 3, 6 and 10mm
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

N Temperature range 20 to 200C

N Straight, right angle, burette configurations

Single bore SV600-10 SV600-15 SV600-20 SV600-25 SV600-30 SV600-35 SV600-40

Rotaflo is a registered trade mark. Bibby Sterilin Ltd. registered user. SSV101 SSV102 SSV103 SSV104 SSV106 SSV108 SSV110 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 General Purpose Rotaflo Stopcocks Borosilicate glass with PTFE screw-in key and safety locking ring. Bore, mm Type Approx. overall length, mm 210 150 175 210 165 165 175 Side arms o.d. mm 5 5 5 7 7 10 10 ea ea (qty+)

Double oblique bore SV604-15 SSV202 SV604-20 SSV203 SV604-25 SSV204 T-Bore Stopcocks Plain arms, 3-way. Ref.

XX XX XX

QGP3ST/5 QGP3RA/5 QGP3BU/5B QGP6ST/7 QGP6RA/7 QGP10ST/10 QGP10RA/10

3 3 3 6 6 10 10

Straight Right angle Burette borosilicate Straight Right angle Straight Right angle

0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

0.00 (5+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (5+) 0.00 (2+) 0.00 (2+)

XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Key bore, mm 2 3 4 6 8 10

Side arms o.d. x wall, mm 8 x 1.5 9 x 1.5 10 x 1.5 12 x 1.5 13 x 1.5 15 x 1.8

ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

XX XX XX XX XX XX

Spare keys. For GP Rotaflo stopcocks. Bore, mm QGP3K QGP6K QGP10K 3 6 10 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (5+) 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX

SV650-15 SV650-20 SV650-25 SV650-30 SV650-35 SV650-40

SSV302 SSV303 SSV304 SSV306 SSV308 SSV310

Spare safety locks. For GP Rotaflo stopcocks. Bore, mm QLR3 QLR6 QLR10 3 6 10 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (5+) 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX

Full details of both GP and HP Rotaflo stopcocks can be found in the Quickfit section.

SV650

QLR-

SV600

SV604

QGP -RA/-

QGP -ST/-

QGP3BU/5B

QGP -K

603

stopcocks
Right Angled Stopcock, Azlon Ball valve. Polyethylene. With 3/4inch BSP inlet and outlet which tapers to 9mm. Key bore 12mm. SV935-10 SWQ018 0.00 ea XX
XX XX XX

Plastic Stopcocks
Straight Stopcocks For tubing connection. 2-way. For tubing i.d. mm Polyethylene SV880-15 SV880-20 SV880-25 5 to 7 7 to 9 9 to 11 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00

Regulating Tap, Azlon Threaded inlet. Polypropylene. Ref. SV940-15 SWQ036 BSP thread
3

ea 0.00
XX

8inch

Straight Stopcocks, Azlon With 1/2in BSP thread inlet. Polyethylene. Ref. SV900-20 SV900-30 SWQ012 SWQ014 Key bore, mm 12 12 Outlet
1

ea 0.00 0.00
XX XX

/2inch BSP 90 curved

Right Angled Stopcock, Laboplast, Brkle Polypropylene/Polyethylene with PTFE seals. Smooth-action dispensing stopcock with scaled lever to allow reproducible flow regulation, tapered, rotatable outlet spout to prevent dripping and allow use within narrow neck vessels (6mm minimum diameter) or tubing and R3/4inch, inner threaded cap nut, inlet connection. Withstands pressures up to 2bar at 20C ambient. SV944-20 Laboplast stopcock 0.00 ea XX

T-bore Stopcock For tubing connections. 3-way. For tubing i.d. mm Polyethylene SV920-15 SV920-20 SV920-25 5 to 7 7 to 9 9 to 11 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX

Polyvinylidene Fluoride* SV924-15 5 to 7 SV924-20 7 to 9 SV924-25 9 to 11

XX XX XX

* Polyvinylidene fluoride can be used up to 150C and has a chemical resistance level approaching PTFE.

SV880

SV920, SV924 are similar

SV935

SV944 in use

SV900

SV940

604

stoppers
Glass/Plastic
Stoppers, Pyrex Interchangeable. Hollow blown. Ref. SW400-10 SW400-12 SW400-14 SW400-19 SW400-24 SW400-29 SW400-45 2595/01 2595/02 2595/03 2595/05 2595/06 2595/07 2595/12 Cone size 10/13 12/14 14/15 19/17 24/20 29/32 45/25 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (qty+) (20+) (20+) (20+) (20+)
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

S
ea (qty+)

Plastic Screw Cap

Stoppers, SVL screwcap A black phenolic cap with an ethylene propylene sealing disc faced with PTFE. Can be dry heat and steam sterilised to 121C. Ref. SVL External cap size, dia. x height, mm mm 13 15 18 20 22 25 30 42 60 17 x 16 20 x 21 23 x 21 25 x 21 27 x 21 31 x 26 36 x 26 52 x 30 70 x 42 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

SW460-13 SW460-15 SW460-18 SW460-20 SW460-22 SW460-25 SW460-30 SW460-42 SW460-60

4503/13 4503/15 4503/18 4503/20 4503/22 4503/25 4503/30 4503/42 4503/60

0.00 (20+) 0.00 (20+) 0.00 (20+) 0.00 (20+) 0.00 (20+) 0.00 (20+) 0.00 (20+) 0.00 (10+) 0.00 (5+)

XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

0.00 (20+) 0.00 (20+) 0.00 (2+)

Stoppers, MBL glass Interchangeable, hollow-blown borosilicate glass with drip-tip on lower surface of cone to ensure any fluid adhering is directed into the flask. Ref. SW402-19 SW402-21 SW402-23 SW402-26 SW402-29 SW402-32 SW402-35 SW402-40 TRF691 TRF692 TRF693 TRF695 TRF696 TRF697 TRF698 TRF699 Cone size 10/19 12/21 14/23 19/26 24/29 29/32 34/35 45/40 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (qty+) (10+) (10+) (10+) (10+) (10+) (10+) (5+) (5+)
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Spare inserts PTFE coated ethylene propylene. Ref. SW464-13 SW464-15 SW464-18 SW464-20 SW464-22 SW464-25 SW464-30 SW464-42 SW464-60 4513/13 4513/15 4513/18 4513/20 4513/22 4513/25 4513/30 4513/42 4513/60 Cap size, mm 13 15 18 20 22 25 30 42 60 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (qty+) 0.00 (20+) 0.00 (20+) 0.00 (20+) 0.00 (20+) 0.00 (20+) 0.00 (20+) 0.00 (20+) 0.00 (10+) 0.00 (5+)
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Stoppers, plastic Ref. Polyethylene, white SW432-10 TRF591 SW432-12 TRF592 SW432-14 TRF593 SW432-19 TRF595 SW432-24 SW432-29 SW432-35 SW432-40 TRF596 TRF597 TRF598 TRF599 Cone size 10/19 12/21 14/23 19/26 24/29 29/32 34/35 45/40 10/13 12/14 14/15 24/20 29/22 10/19 14/23 19/26 24/29 29/32 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (10+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

continued on next page

Polyethylene, red SW438-10 TRF491 SW438-12 TRF492 SW438-14 TRF493 SW438-24 TRF496 SW438-29 TRF497 PTFE, natural SW442-10 SW442-14 SW442-19 SW442-24 SW442-29

XX XX XX XX XX

XX XX XX XX XX

SW432

SW442

SW400

SW402

SW438

SW460

605

stoppers
Bugstopper, Whatman Reusable hollow stopper in biosafe silicone incorporating a stainless steel supported, glass microfibre filter which retains 99.97% of particles 0.3m or greater in size. Air can freely pass through the filter, allowing stoppered culture flasks to be vented, but bacteria or viruses are withheld from entry or exit. Can be autoclaved repeatedly at 121C/ 15 minutes up to 50 times and whilst fitted to the vessel. The stopper wall is easily pierced by needle for insertion of a sample port or for gas infusion. Stopper dimensions: 30mm base diameter, 43mm top diameter, height 35mm. Supplied in packs as indicated. SW525-20 Bugstopper, 0.00 pk XX pack of 10 SW525-30 Bugstopper, 0.00 pk XX pack of 100 Stoppers, Steristoppers Preformed cellulose plugs for sealing culture tubes and flasks. They are permeable to air and can be hot air sterilised up to 200C. All stoppers are tapered and the cellulose material will depress slightly to ensure a tight fit into the tube or neck. Length varies from approximately 30 to 60mm according to size. Supplied in packs as indicated. To fit tube i.d., mm SW536-22 SW536-27 SW536-40 SW536-50 SW536-58 SW536-80 10 12 15 17 20 32 Pack qty. 2000 1000 1000 1000 400 800 pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX

Special Purpose
Stoppers, Suba-Seal Rubber. With turnover flange and serrations to grip the inside of narrow neck containers. Supplied in packs of 10. Ref. SW500-10 SW500-15 SW500-20 SW500-25 SW500-30 SW500-35 SW500-40 SW500-45 SW500-50 SW500-55 SW500-60 SW500-65 SW500-70 3A3-9 3A3-13 3A3-17 3A3-21 3A3-25 3A3-29 3A3-33 3A3-37 3A3-41 3A3-45 3A3-49 3A3-53 3A3-57 Plug dia. mm 6.5 8 9.5 11 12.5 14 16 17.5 19 20.5 22 24 25.5 pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Closures, Cap-O-Test Anodised aluminium with internal wire spring which grips the inside of the tube. Supplied in packs of 100 of one colour as specified. For tube o.d., mm Silver TE850-12 TE850-14 TE850-16 TE850-18 TE850-20 TE850-22 Gold TE852-12 TE852-16 TE852-18 TE852-20 Blue TE854-12 TE854-16 TE854-18 TE854-20 TE854-22 Red TE856-12 TE856-16 TE856-18 TE856-20 TE856-22 12 to 13 13.5 to 14.5 15 to 16 16 to 17 17 to 18 19 to 20 12 to 13 15 to 16 16 to 17 17 to 18 12 to 13 15 to 16 16 to 17 17 to 18 19 to 20 12 to 13 15 to 16 16 to 17 17 to 18 19 to 20 pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX

XX XX XX XX

XX XX XX XX XX

XX XX XX XX XX

Corks see CW300 series. Parafilm sealing film see SE165. Plasticine see SE180.

SW500 in use

SW525 in use

TE850/TE852/TE854/TE856

SW536 in use

CW300

606

stoppers
Rubber General Purpose
Rubber Stoppers to BS2775 Each stopper has a moulded-in number, corresponding to the bottom diameter in millimetres. All forms supplied in pack quantities specified. Stopper Bottom x top No. diameters x length, mm 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41 43 45 49 53 57 62 67 71 75 79 86 92 99 105 3 x 4.5 x 12 4 x 5.8 x 14 5 x 7 x 16 6 x 8 x 16 7 x 9 x 16 8 x 10.5 x 20 9 x 11.5 x 20 10 x 12.5 x 20 11 x 14 x 24 13 x 16 x 24 15 x 18 x 24 17 x 20.5 x 26 19 x 22.5 x 28 21 x 24.5 x 28 23 x 26.5 x 28 25 x 28.5 x 28 27 x 31 x 32 29 x 33 x 32 31 x 36 x 35 33 x 38.5 x 38.5 35 x 40.5 x 38.5 37 x 42.5 x 38.5 39 x 44.5 x 38.5 41 x 47 x 42 43 x 49 x 42 45 x 51 x 42 49 x 55 x 42 53 x 59.5 x 45.5 57 x 64 x 49 62 x 69 x 49 67 x 74 x 49 71 x 78 x 49 75 x 85 x 54 79 x 89 x 54 86 x 96 x 54 92 x 102 x 54 99 x 108 x 54 105 x 117 x 63.5 Pack qty. 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Natural Solid SW600-10 SW600-14 SW600-18 SW600-22 SW600-26 SW600-30 SW600-34 SW600-38 SW600-42 SW600-46 SW600-50 SW600-54 SW600-58 SW602-12 SW602-16 SW602-20 SW602-24 SW602-28 SW602-32 SW602-36 SW602-40 SW602-44 SW602-48 SW602-52 SW602-56 SW602-60 SW604-13 SW604-17 SW604-21 SW604-25 SW604-29 SW604-33 SW604-37 SW604-41 SW604-45 SW604-49 SW604-53 SW604-57 pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Natural 1-hole SW615-18 SW615-22 SW615-26 SW615-30 SW615-34 SW615-38 SW615-42 SW615-46 SW615-50 SW615-54 SW615-58 SW617-12 SW617-16 SW617-20 SW617-24 SW617-28 SW617-32 SW617-36 SW617-40 SW617-44 SW617-48 SW617-52 SW617-56 SW617-60 SW619-13 SW619-17 SW619-21 SW619-25 SW619-29 SW619-33 SW619-37 SW619-41 SW619-45 SW619-49 SW619-53 SW619-57 pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Natural 2-holes SW626-50 SW626-54 SW626-58 SW628-12 SW628-16 SW628-20 SW628-24 SW628-28 SW628-32 SW628-36 SW628-40 SW628-44 SW628-48 SW628-52 SW628-56 SW628-60 SW630-13 SW630-17 SW630-21 SW630-25 SW630-29 SW630-33 SW630-37 SW630-41 SW630-45 SW630-49 SW630-53 SW630-57 pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Neoprene Solid SW655-10 SW655-14 SW655-18 SW655-22 SW655-26 SW655-30 SW655-34 SW655-38 SW655-42 SW655-46 SW655-50 SW655-54 SW655-58 SW657-12 SW657-16 SW657-20 SW657-24 SW657-28 SW657-32 SW657-36 SW657-40 SW657-44 SW657-48 SW657-52 SW657-56 SW657-60 SW659-13 SW659-17 SW659-21 SW659-25 SW659-29 SW659-33 pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Silicone Solid SW680-10 SW680-14 SW680-18 SW680-22 SW680-26 SW680-30 SW680-34 SW680-38 SW680-42 SW680-46 SW680-50 SW680-54 SW680-58 SW682-12 SW682-16 SW682-20 SW682-24 SW682-28 SW682-32 SW682-36 SW682-40 SW682-44 SW682-48 SW682-52 SW682-56 SW682-60 SW684-12 SW684-17 SW684-21 SW684-25 SW684-29 SW684-33

S
pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Stoppers, assorted packs Natural rubber. Comprising five each Nos. 7, 8, 9 10, 11, 13, 15, 17, 19, 21, 23. Two each Nos. 25, 27, 29, 31, 33, and 35. SW640-20 Solid stopper pack 0.00 pk XX SW640-30 1-hole stopper pack 0.00 pk XX

SW600 to SW604

SW655 to SW659

Hole drilling Natural rubber stoppers are available predrilled. Where specified the hole diameter will be sizes: 3 and 4 supplied solid only 5 to 8 1 hole of 3mm 9 to 105 1 hole of 5mm 15 to 105 2 holes of 5mm Neoprene rubber stoppers are available pre-drilled to special order. Hole diameters are as given for natural rubber stoppers. SW615 to SW619 SW626 to SW630 SW680 to SW684

607

storage
Storage Bin Panels
Storage Bin Panels Flat, wall-mounting steel panels finished in colours as indicated, with louvred cut-outs to hold hanging storage bins in the following sizes: Bin size 1 2 3 L x W x H, mm 90 x 100 x 50 165 x 100 x 75 240 x 150 x 125

Containers/Racks
Storage Containers White acrylic with transparent front panels. Designed to provide visible storage of small laboratory items. Hinged lids provide rapid filling and dispensing. These bench mounting units provide simple, convenient and visible storage for small items such as pipette tips septa etc. Dimensions stated are overall W x D x H, mm. Supplied singly. SX200-35 160 x 150 x 355 0.00 ea XX SX200-60 165 x 150 x 178 0.00 ea XX Storage Rack Polypropylene open tiered rack, bench mounting, for storing small laboratory items such as corks, bungs, pipettor tips, small bottles etc. Stops prevent the bins falling off the ends and to improve visibility the bins can be angled down by approximately 7. Overall dimensions of each assembly 380 x 500 x 305mm H x W x D. Tiers Bins of H x W x D, mm SX210-14 4 8 of 50 x 125 x 130 4 of 75 x 125 x 170 4 of 100 x 125 x 225 ea 0.00
XX

Cabinets
Storage Cabinets With transparent tough plastic drawers mounted in a strong steel frame. Allow clean storage of small laboratory items, components, spares etc. Units can be wall or bench mounted. A retaining lip at the rear prevents the drawers from falling out of the cabinet. Overall dimensions of each cabinet 420 x 307 x 150mm H x W x D. Drawers of H x W x D, mm SX225-10 SX225-14 SX225-18 SX225-22 36 of 35 x 64 x 135 18 of 57 x 87 x 135 6 of 57 x 275 x 135 24 of 35 x 64 x 135 3 of 57 x 87 x 135 1 of 57 x 275 x 135 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX

Supplied without wall fixings. Red panel 320 x 300 x 1.2mm W x H x D, with 6 each size 1 and size 2 bins in blue. SX215-20 0.00 ea XX Blue panel 320 x 300 x 1.2mm W x H x D, with 6 each size 1 and size 2 bins in red. SX215-25 0.00 ea XX Red panel 457 x 300 x 1.2mm W x H x D, with 6 size 3 bins in blue. SX215-32 0.00 ea XX Blue panel 457 x 300 x 1.2mm W x H x D, with 6 size 3 bins in red. SX215-36 0.00 ea XX Grey panel 457 x 438 x 1.2mm W x H x D, with 8 each size 2 bins in red and blue. SX215-43 0.00 ea XX Grey panel 457 x 946 x 1.2mm W x H x D, with 9 each size 3 bins in red and blue. SX215-47 0.00 ea XX Grey panel 457 x 641 x 1.2mm W x H x D, with 24 size 2 bins in red. SX215-51 0.00 ea XX

Storage Cabinet, large depth General construction and uses as SX225 series but with transparent tough plastic drawers 240mm deep. Overall 440 x 360 x 250mm. Can be wall or bench mounted. With 8 drawers each 85 x 160 x 240mm H x W x D. SX230-10 Cabinet, large depth 0.00 ea XX Security cabinets see FZ540/FZ542.

SX200

SX215-20

SX225-22

SX210-14

SX215-36

SX230

608

storage
Service Cases
Service Case Copolymer case with hinged snap shut polypropylene lid and carrying handle. With 17 removable full depth inserts. Overall 340 x 265 x 57mm high. SX240-10 Service case 0.00 ea XX Carry-Lite 80 Robust, polypropylene case with clear polycarbonate, hinged cover. The floor of the case and lid are gridded to hold 14, removable full depth inserts, in place. The case is equipped with strong, sliding catches and hinged, carrying handle. Overall 415 x 330 x 80mm high. SX240-35 Carry-Lite 80 0.00 ea XX Other Storage Containers for Chemicals see Bottles section. Flammable liquids see Bottle Accessories and Safety sections. Microscope slides see Microscopy section. Specimen see Bottles, Boxes, Jars and Tubes sections.

Storage/Mixing Containers
Containers, Azlon Translucent HDPE. Lightweight, tapered containers with snap-on lid, ideal for storing powders and granules. Supplied in pack quantities as indicated. Ref. JWHSX290-15 SX290-20 SX290-25 SX290-30 SX290-35 SX290-40 SX290-45 0125P 0250P 0500P 01000P 2000P 2500P 5000P Capacity, ml 125 250 400 1000 2000 2500 5000 Pack qty. 250 250 100 100 50 25 25 pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Storage Bins White, food-grade HDPE. With ribbed walls for rigidity and to aid stacking. Wide, turn-over lip edges ensure comfortable gripping. Side handles in the lip enable easy carrying. All bins are 660 x 450mm L x W overall, 600 x 400mm L x W internally. External/internal heights as indicated. Supplied singly. Capacity, litres SX330-25 SX330-50 SX330-70 SX332-09 29 48 94 Height ext./int., mm 130/120 220/210 410/400 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea
XX XX XX XX

Containers, polyethylene For storage and transportation of samples. With press-on lid. Capacities are approximate. Supplied in pack quantities as indicated. Capacity, litres Without handle SX300-15 0.5 SX300-20 0.9 SX300-25 1.8 SX300-30 4.8 Pack qty. 100 100 50 25 pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX

Lid for SX330 bins, polystyrene

With hinged metal handle SX310-20 1.0 1 SX310-25 2.5 1 SX310-30 5 1 SX310-35 SX310-40 SX310-55 10 15 25 1 1 1

XX XX XX XX XX XX

SX330-25 in use

SX240-10 in use

SX290

SX330-50 in use

SX240-35

SX310, SX300 is similar

SX330-70 in use

609

storage, surface tension

Surface Tension
Surface Tension Balance For measuring surface and interfacial tension of liquids. With large dial dual scaled 0 to 0.12N/ metre, in 240 equal subdivisions, and 0 to 1g in 2mg subdivisions. Accuracy 0.4%. The balance has hardened steel pivots, and eddy current damping brings the beam to rest quickly. With beam release and lock facility, zero adjuster, spirit level and levelling feet. Supplied in fitted case with instructions, platinum ring, glass test plate, extension hook and selection of glass dishes. SX950-10 S.T. balance 0.00 ea XX Spares SX952-14 SX952-17 SX952-19 SX952-23 SX952-27 100 x 155 130 x 175 175 x 240 200 x 285 220 x 280 350 x 390 380 x 390 380 x 460 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Storage/Mixing Containers continued

Cylindrical Containers Stainless steel with loose lid. Vessels up to 10 litres have a swing handle, those over 10 litres have two side handles. Not suitable for use as pressure vessels. Alternatively, available fitted with three toggle clamps which hold the lid firmly in place. Capacity, litres Without lid clamps SX400-13 1 SX400-16 2 SX400-25 5 SX400-31 8 SX400-34 SX400-37 SX400-40 SX400-43 10 20 25 30 Dia. x height mm 100 x 155 130 x 175 175 x 240 200 x 285 220 x 280 350 x 390 380 x 390 380 x 460 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Kegs, HDPE White. With extra-wide mouth for easy filling. Ideal for waste disposal or storage of liquids, powders or granules. With red, leakproof PE cap, suitable for tag sealing. UN-approved to schedule X cat. I, II and III. Supplied singly. Cap. Dia. x ht. litres mm BR928-30 BR928-35 BR928-43 BR928-50 10 26 33 270 x 240 316 x 424 338 x 450 Neck i.d. mm 200 204 295 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 pk
XX XX XX XX

Security tags for kegs, pack of 10

Platinum ring Thin extension hook Thick extension hook Glass test plate Concave glass dish, 90mm dia Small glass dish, 40mm dia Large glass dish, 60mm dia

0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

With three lid clamps SX402-13 1 SX402-16 2 SX402-25 5 SX402-31 8 SX402-34 SX402-37 SX402-40 SX402-43 10 20 25 30

SX952-30 SX952-34

BR928 in use

SX950-10

SX400, SX402 are similar

610

syringes
Disposable and Glass Syringes
Syringes, disposable Polypropylene with Luer nozzle. Without needle. Supplied sterile in individually sealed envelopes, within boxes as indicated. Capacity, ml With two-piece plunger SY210-10 1TB SY210-20 2 SY210-30 5 SY210-40 SY210-55 SY210-70 10 20 50 Box qty. 100 100 100 100 120 60 box 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX

S
box 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX

Syringes, borosilicate glass Without needle. Supplied singly. Capacity, ml Central Luer tip SY352-16 Tuberculin 0.5* SY352-18 Tuberculin 1* SY354-10 1 SY354-20 2 SY354-30 5 SY354-40 SY354-50 SY354-60 SY354-70 SY354-80 10 20 30 50 100 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Needles, Luer fitting Corrosion resistant steel. Supplied in boxes of 12. Gauge SY365-30 SY365-35 SY365-95 17G x 2 8in (Serum 0) 19G x 2in (Serum 11) 30G x 12in (TB)
3

Connector, Y-pattern Polypropylene. With female Luer lock upper terminations and male Luer lower termination. Supplied sterile in a pack of 50. SY390-10 Y-connector 0.00 pk XX

Needles, disposable Stainless steel. With Luer push fitting for use with disposable syringes. Supplied sterile in individually sealed envelopes, within boxes of 100. Colour coded. Gauge Nominal dia. x length, mm 1.2 x 40 1.1 x 40 0.9 x 25 0.8 x 40 0.6 x 25 0.5 x 16 box

Sharps Bins
Sharps Bins, to BS7320:1990 A comprehensive range of puncture resistant, rigid polypropylene bins with snap-tight lids for the safe containment and disposal of sharp objects and infectious waste. Manufactured to BS7320:1990 and designed to be incinerated with minimum environmental impact. Supplied in pack quantities as indicated. Capacity litres CM915-20 CM915-25 CM915-30 CM915-35 CM915-45 0.6 1.0* 2.5 5.0 22.0 Pack qty. 24 30 48 48 10 pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX

Central Luer lock SY356-17 Tuberculin 1* SY358-12 1 SY358-22 2 SY358-32 5 SY358-42 10 SY358-52 SY358-62 SY358-72 SY358-82 20 30 50 100

XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

SY217-15 SY217-25 SY217-35 SY217-55 SY217-75 SY217-85

18G x 112in 19G x 112in 20G x 1in 21G x 112in 23G x 1in 25G x 58in

0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

XX XX XX XX XX XX

*These syringes have nickel-plated brass tips.

Note: SY217-15 is a thin-wall needle with short bevel. SY217-35 and SY217-55 are intravenous thin-wall needles. Sharps collectors see CM905, CM910.

*Rectangular shape. Full details of these and other sharps collectors are given on page 162.

SY210/217 CM915-25

SY354, SY352/356/358 are similar

SY365

SY390

CM915-45

611

syringes
Syringe Pumps Razel
For precise infusing of liquids, utilising standard glass or plastic syringes from 5ml to 50ml, and microlitre to 5ml syringes using the accessory adapter. 99 delivery speeds are selectable and can be adjusted during operation if required. A built-in, manual, flow-rate calculator indicates the speed setting necessary to achieve specific flow rates when using 5, 10, 20, 30 or 50ml syringes. A separate flow rate chart is also provided for other sizes and indicates variation factors for different makes of syringe. An acoustic alarm activates when the syringe is empty, and halts infusion. Lifetime lubricated, bronze bearings and critical parts constructed in stainless steel, ensure dependable long-term service. Syringe Pumps, Razel As described. Supplied with acoustic alarm. For 230V 50Hz single phase supplies. Without syringes. PX890-10 Model A99, 1.45 to 0.00 ea XX 143ml/hr* PX890-30 Model A99J 1.45 to 0.00 ea XX 427ml/hr* PX890-60 Model A99M 0.143 to 0.00 ea XX 143ml/hr* *Using 50ml syringe. Micro syringe adapter Enables PX890-series syringe pumps to be used with microlitre volume to 5ml capacity syringes. PX890-85 Micro syringe adapter 0.00 ea XX Full details of these items can be found on page 458.
XX XX

Microlitre Syringes Hamilton 700/1000/1700 Series

Precision glass barrel syringes and stainless steel needles. Microlitre Syringes, Hamilton General purpose 700 series. Liquid tight for precision dispensing. Suitable for sample injection in gas, liquid and thin layer chromatography. Ref. With fixed needle (N) 12 bevel, 51mm long. SY600-15 75N SY600-20 701N SY600-24 702N SY600-30 705N SY600-40 SY600-45 SY600-50 710N 725N 750N Capacity l ea Microlitre Syringes, Hamilton Gas tight and liquid tight. 1000/1700 series. With Teflon plunger. Wide range of applications including sample injection in chromatography. Ref. With fixed needle (N) 12 bevel, 51mm long. SY625-30 1705N SY625-35 1710N SY625-60 1001LTN Capacity l ea

5 10 25 50 100 250 500

0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

50 100 1000

0.00 0.00 0.00

XX XX XX

With removable needle (RN) 12 bevel, 51mm long. SY604-15 75RN 5 SY604-20 701RN 10 SY604-24 702RN 25 SY604-30 705RN 50 SY604-40 710RN 100 Microlitre pipettors see PR100/PR164. Syringe filters see FC800/FC812.

With removable needle (RN) 12 bevel, 51mm long. SY629-30 1705RN 50 SY629-35 1710RN 100 SY629-60 1001RN 1000 With Luer tip (LT) Without needle. SY632-30 1705LT SY632-35 1710LT SY632-45 1750LT SY632-60 1001LT

0.00 0.00 0.00

XX XX XX

0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

XX XX XX XX XX

50 100 500 1000

0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

XX XX XX XX

Needles, stainless steel Length 51mm, 12 bevel. Supplied in packs as indicated. Gauge Diameter o.d. x i.d. mm For SY604 and SY629 Series SY636-20 22S 0.72 x 0.15 SY636-30 26S 0.47 x 0.12 For SY632 Series SY638-30 22S SY638-40 26S 0.72 x 0.15 0.47 x 0.12 Pack qty. pk 6 6 6 6 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

XX XX

SY600

SY604

PX890-series SY632-45

SY632-60

612

syringes
Self-Refilling Syringes, Dosys Series 174/173

S
ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX

Designed for rapid, repetitive dispensing of a wide range of liquids. N Range of models from 0.5 to 20ml capacities and suitable for corrosive or non-corrosive liquids N Volume setting by micrometer screw with locking nut N Precision glass barrel gives reliable repeatability N Ergonomically designed handle and plunger bar give comfortable operation when used over long periods N Fully autoclavable up to 121C N Luer-lock outlet fitting enables use with a wide range of needles and cannulae N All syringes supplied with 3-way charging/dispensing valve, silicone filling tube, 1 metre long with sinker for use with most reservoirs, aspirating and vent cannulae and valve spares kit N Easy to disassemble and clean N Well balanced for comfortable holding

Dosys 174 Self-refilling Syringes As specified. Suitable for use with corrosive liquids and recommended for research or medical applications. All metal parts in contact with liquid are stainless steel (the plunger is nickel-plated). The valve can easily be dismantled for cleaning. Precision and reproducibility is better than 1%. Range ml SY700-10 SY700-20 SY700-30 SY700-40 0.1 to 1 0.3 to 2 0.5 to 5 1 to 10 Increments ml 0.05 0.1 0.5 1

Dosys 173 Self-refilling Syringes As specified. Suitable for general dispensing of non-corrosive liquids. With chrome-plated, fixed valve, 1 metre of silicone feed tubing and stainless steel plunger. Range ml SY720-15 SY720-25 SY720-35 SY720-45 SY720-55 SY720-65 SY720-85 0.05 to 0.3 0.1 to 0.5 0.1 to 1 0.3 to 2 0.5 to 5 1 to 10 5 to 20 Increments ml 0.025 0.1 0.05 0.1 0.5 1 1 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Accessory Stand Convenient bench mounting stand for holding SY700 or SY720 syringes. SY724-06 Bench stand 0.00 ea Needles see SY365.

XX

SY700 on SY724, SY720 are similar

613

tachometers, tanks
Tanks
N Choice of specification levels N Accuracy 0.01% 1 digit A2102 3 to 99999 0.01 metres/minute A2103 3 to 99999 0.001 metres,feet or yards/minute or seconds Optical/contact User selectable Yes Yes 1 Yes Glass Tanks Rectangular. Suitable for use as aquaria. Dimensions and capacities are nominal. Cap. litres TB350-15 TB350-20 TB350-25 TB350-30 2 3 6 9 LxWxD mm 180 x 130 x 130 200 x 150 x 150 250 x 180 x 180 300 x 200 x 200 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX

Tachometers
N Compact, hand-held design N Vertical LCD readout, inverting on some models Model Speed range Resolution Linear speed mode A2101 60 to 19999 1

rpm rpm

Measurement systems Autoranging Max./min. /average Mode memory Light source Optical range Inverting display Power Overall H x W x D Weight

mm g

Optical only Optical/contact Single fixed Auto Minilamp all models 0.5 1 No Yes 4 x 1.5V AAA batteries all models 210 x 50 x 55 all models 350 all models

Aquaria see AQ100, AQ115. Aspirator bottles see AS100, AS500. Storage containers see SX300/SX402. Thermoregulators see BJ180.

Tachometer Model A2101 Basic model with non-inverting display, fixed range and optical measurement only. Supplied with batteries and reflective tape. TA870-65 A2101 0.00 ea XX Tachometer Model A2102 General purpose model with user-selectable inverting display, autorange and optical or contact measurement. Supplied in carrying case with contact adapter, batteries, reflective tape and calibration certificate. TA870-74 A2102 0.00 ea XX

Tachometer Model A2103 Professional level model with all the functions of TA870-74 but additionally with non-volatile mode memory, user-selectable ranges, higher resolution, max./min. and average functions. Supplied in carrying case with contact adapter, batteries, reflective tape and calibration certificate. TA870-78 A2103 0.00 ea XX BL610-15 Spare battery, 1.5V (4 required) 0.00 ea
XX

TB350

TA870

614

test papers
Test Papers
Test Paper Books, Whatman Supplied in packs of 100 books. Each book containing 20 leaves. TD150-20 pH 1 to 11 TD158-12 Litmus blue TD158-18 Litmus red TD158-45 Starch iodide 0.00 pk 0.00 pk 0.00 pk 0.00 pk

XX XX XX XX

Test Paper Strips, Whatman CF Supplied in packs of 100 strips 6 x 80mm. Dyes chemically bonded to ensure no leaching. TD200-20 pH 0 to 14, bonded 0.00 pk XX TD200-30 pH 4.5 to 10, bonded 0.00 pk XX Test Paper Strips, Whatman CS Supplied in packs of 200 strips 11 x 100mm. With blank central segment. Suitable for coloured solutions. TD205-20 pH 1 to 12 0.00 pk XX TD209-10 pH 1.8 to 3.8 0.00 pk XX TD209-13 pH 3.8 to 5.5 0.00 pk XX TD209-16 TD209-19 TD209-22 pH 5.2 to 6.8 pH 6.0 to 8.1 pH 8.0 to 9.7 0.00 pk 0.00 pk 0.00 pk
XX XX XX

Test Paper Reels, Whatman Each reel contains a paper strip 5 metres long x 7mm wide. Supplied singly. TD170-22 pH 1 to 14 0.00 ea XX TD174-12 pH 0.5 to 5.5 0.00 ea XX TD174-15 pH 4 to 7 0.00 ea XX TD174-18 pH 6.4 to 8 0.00 ea XX TD174-21 pH 8 to 10 0.00 ea XX TD178-14 TD178-20 TD178-24 TD178-32 TD178-47 Litmus blue Litmus red Congo red Phenolphthalein Potassium iodide 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea
XX XX XX XX XX

Test Paper Wide Reel, Whatman Range pH1-11. Reel 5 metres long x 10mm wide. With three separate colour bands on each strip. TD185-20 pH 1 to 11 0.00 ea XX

Test Paper Books, Johnsons Supplied in packs of 10 books. Each book containing 20 leaves. TD300-20 pH 1 to 11 universal 0.00 pk 0.00 pk (15+) TD308-12 Litmus blue 0.00 pk 0.00 pk (15+) TD308-15 Litmus neutral 0.00 pk 0.00 pk (15+) TD308-18 Litmus red 0.00 pk 0.00 pk (15+) TD308-45 Starch iodide 0.00 pk 0.00 pk (15+)

XX XX XX XX XX

Test Paper Reels, Johnsons Each reel contains a paper strip 5 metres long x 7mm wide. Supplied singly. TD312-10 pH 1 to 14 universal 0.00 ea XX TD312-15 Litmus blue 0.00 ea XX TD312-20 Litmus red 0.00 ea XX

TD312

615

T
Size mm 50 x 6 50 x 6 50 x 10 75 x 10 75 x 12* 100 x 12 100 x 16 125 x 12 125 x 16 125 x 18 150 x 16 150 x 18 150 x 24

test tubes
Test Tubes, disposable Borosilicate glass. Rimless. Without cap. Supplied in packs of 1000. Size mm TP160-13 TP160-18 TP160-28 TP160-33 TP160-38 TP160-43 75 x 10 75 x 12 100 x 13 100 x 16 125 x 16 150 x 16 pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 pk (10+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX

Glass Test Tubes, Round Bottom

Sizes are nominal length x o.d. Pack quantities are nominal. Test Tubes Soda-lime glass. To BS3218. The medium wall range TE154 series are bacteriological grade. Supplied in packs as indicated. Pack qty. 150 300 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 75 Light wall rimmed TE150-10 TE150-12 TE150-20 TE150-22 TE150-30 TE150-32 TE150-36 TE150-38 TE150-40 TE150-46 TE150-48 TE150-50 pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 pk (10+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Medium wall rimless TE154-10 TE154-12 TE154-20 TE154-22 TE154-30 TE154-32 TE154-36 TE154-38 TE154-40 TE154-46 TE154-48 TE154-50 pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 pk (10+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Stoppers, Steristoppers Preformed cellulose plugs for sealing culture tubes and flasks. They are permeable to air and can be hot air sterilised up to 200C. All stoppers are tapered and the cellulose material will depress slightly to ensure a tight fit into the tube or neck. Length varies from approximately 30 to 60mm according to size. Supplied in packs as indicated. To fit tube i.d. mm SW536-22 SW536-27 SW536-40 10 12 15 17 20 32 Pack qty. 2000 1000 1000 1000 400 800 pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX

* TE154-22 is suitable for Kahn tests. Test Tubes Borosilicate glass. To BS3218. Supplied in packs as indicated. Size mm 75 x 10 75 x 12* 100 x 12* 100 x 16 125 x 16 150 x 16 150 x 18 150 x 24 180 x 18 Pack qty. 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 Light wall rimmed TE200-20 TE200-22 TE200-30 TE200-32 TE200-38 TE200-46 TE200-48 TE200-50 TE200-68 pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 pk (10+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Light wall rimless TE204-20 TE204-22 TE204-30 TE204-32 TE204-38 TE204-46 TE204-48 TE204-50 TE204-68 pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 pk (10+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

SW536-50 SW536-58 SW536-80

* TE204-22 and TE204-30 are suitable for the Wasserman test.

TE150/TE200

TE154/TE204/TP160

SW536 in use

616

test tubes
Glass Test Tubes, Round Bottom and Special Purpose
Sizes are nominal length x o.d. Pack quantities are nominal. Test Tubes, Pyrex Borosilicate glass. Medium wall. Conform to ISO4142. Supplied singly. Size mm 75 x 10 75 x 12 100 x 12 100 x 16 125 x 16 150 x 16 150 x 18 150 x 24 160 x 16 180 x 18 200 x 24 Rimmed 1620 series ea ea (qty+) Rimless 1622 series ea ea (qty+)
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

T
ea (10+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX

Test Tubes, Pyrex stoppered Borosilicate glass with polyethylene stopper. Supplied singly. Size mm Plain 1630 series TE300-32 100 x 14 TE300-40 125 x 18 TE300-50 150 x 22 TE300-80 200 x 26 Graduated 1628 series TE310-32 100 x 14 TE310-40 125 x 18 TE310-50 150 x 22 TE310-80 200 x 26 Stopper Capacity x subdivisions, ml 5 x 0.1 10 x 0.2 25 x 0.5 50 x 1.0 ea

TE250-20 0.00 0.00 (100+) TE250-22 0.00 0.00 (100+) TE250-30 0.00 0.00 (100+) TE250-32 TE250-38 TE250-46 TE250-48 TE250-50 TE250-56 TE250-68 TE250-80 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 (100+) 0.00 (100+) 0.00 (100+) 0.00 (100+) 0.00 (100+) 0.00 (100+) 0.00 (100+) 0.00 (50+)

TE254-20 0.00 0.00 (100+) TE254-22 0.00 0.00 (100+) TE254-30 0.00 0.00 (100+) TE254-32 TE254-38 TE254-46 TE254-48 TE254-50 TE254-56 TE254-68 TE254-80 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 (100+) 0.00 (100+) 0.00 (100+) 0.00 (100+) 0.00 (100+) 0.00 (100+) 0.00 (100+) 0.00 (50+)

10/13 14/15 19/17 24/20 10/13 14/15 19/17 24/20

0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

XX XX XX XX

Test Tubes, Pyrex Borosilicate glass. Heavy wall. Conform to ISO4142. Supplied singly. Size mm 75 x 10 75 x 12 100 x 12 125 x 16 150 x 16 150 x 18 150 x 24 Rimmed 1624 series TE270-20 TE270-22 TE270-30 TE270-38 TE270-46 TE270-48 TE270-50 ea ea (100+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Rimless 1626 series TE274-20 TE274-22 TE274-30 TE274-38 TE274-46 TE274-48 TE274-50 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (100+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Dreyer Tubes For agglutination tests. To BS625. Size 60 x 7mm. With conical base and rimmed funnel top. Supplied in packs as indicated. TE400-15 Soda-lime glass, pack 300 0.00 pk 0.00 pk (10+) XX TE404-15 Neutral resistance glass, pack 100 0.00 pk 0.00 pk (10+) XX Durham Tubes For fermentation tests. To BS625. Supplied in packs as indicated. Size mm Soda-lime glass TE420-13 TE420-17 TE420-23 TE420-27 Neutral glass TE424-13 TE424-17 TE424-23 TE424-27 25 x 6 30 x 6 35 x 8 50 x 7.5 25 x 6 30 x 6 35 x 8 50 x 7.5 Pack qty. 300 300 300 250 250 250 250 250 pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 pk (10+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX

XX XX XX XX

TE250 TE270

TE254 TE274

TE300

TE310 TE400/TE404 TE420/TE424

617

test tubes
Test Tube Accessories
Test Tube Caps, Elkay Polyethylene. Supplied in packs of 1000. Type TE765-15 TE765-35 TE765-55 TE765-60 Press-over Snap-over Plug Plug For tubes, mm 100 x 13 100 x 17 75 x 12 125 x 16 pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX

Plastic Test Tubes

All dimensions, capacities and pack quantities are nominal. Test Tubes, Sterilin Disposable polystyrene. All cylindrical with rounded base except tubes 144B and 144AS which have a conical base. Supplied in packs as indicated. Ref. Non-Sterile TE600-10 TE600-25 TE600-30 TE600-40 TE600-65 TE600-70 RT15 RT20 RT25 RT30 142B 144B Size, mm 40 x 6 50 x 6 65 x 10 75 x 12 100 x 16 100 x 16* Pack qty. 10000 10000 6000 3500 1200 1200 450 450 pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX

Closures, Cap-O-Test Anodised aluminium with internal wire spring which grips the inside of the tube. Supplied in packs of 100 of one colour as specified. For tube o.d. mm 12 to 13 13.5 to 14.5 15 to 16 16 to 17 17 to 18 19 to 20 12 to 13 15 to 16 16 to 17 17 to 18 19 to 20 Colour Silver TE850-12 TE850-14 TE850-16 TE850-18 TE850-20 TE850-22 Blue TE854-12 TE854-16 TE854-18 TE854-20 TE854-22 pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Colour Gold TE852-12 TE852-16 TE852-18 TE852-20 Red TE856-12 TE856-16 TE856-18 TE856-20 TE856-22 pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX

Sterile with polyethylene screw cap TE604-65 142AS 100 x 16 TE604-70 144AS 100 x 16* * With conical base.

XX XX

Accessories TE620-25 Caps C2A for tube TE600-40, pack 3500 TE622-15 Caps 147A for tubes TE600-65 and TE600-70, pack of 1200

0.00 pk 0.00 pk

XX XX

Test Tubes, Sterilin Flat bottom. Disposable polystyrene with polyethylene stopper. Non-sterile. Supplied in packs as indicated. Ref. TE650-15 TE650-20 NA2 NA2L* Capacity ml 2 2 Pack qty. 1500 1500 pk 0.00 0.00
XX XX

XX XX XX XX XX

* With printed label. Test Tubes, Elkay Disposable. Cylindrical with rounded base. Non-sterile. Dimensions are nominal. Supplied in packs of 1000 (except TE730-17 which is supplied in a pack of 2000. Size, mm 65 x 10* 75 x 12 100 x 13 100 x 17 125 x 16 *Pack of 2000. Polystyrene TE730-17 TE730-25 TE730-30 TE730-35 TE730-40 pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Polypropylene TE738-25 TE738-30 TE738-35 TE738-40 pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX

Test Tube Holders Dimension given is the maximum diameter of tube which can be held. Supplied in packs as indicated. Dia. mm TE920-20 TE920-30 TE920-45 19 30 45 Material Hardwood/ steel spring Spring steel nickel plated Brass/wooden handle Pack qty. 10 1 1 pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 pk (10+) 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX

TE850/TE852/TE854/TE856

TE600-10 to -65 TE730/TE738

TE600-70

TE604-65

TE604-70

TE650

TE620

TE622

TE765-15

TE765-35

TE765-55 TE920-20 (top), TE920-30, TE920-45

618

thermometers
General Purpose Series
Nominal diameter 7mm. Mercury filled unless otherwise stated. Ranges and graduations as indicated. Supplied singly. T = Total immersion P = Partial immersion (76mm) Thermometers, general purpose Nominal length 300mm unless otherwise stated. Ref. White back TG150-20 TG150-25 TG150-30 TG150-35 TG150-40 TG150-45 TG150-50 TG150-55 TG150-65 TG150-70 TG154-35 TG154-40 Range, C 50 to 50* 10 to 60 10 to 110 10 to 110 10 to 150 10 to 200 10 to 250 10 to 300 10 to 360 10 to 400 10 to 110* 10 to 150* Grad. C 1.0 0.5 0.5 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 0.5 1.0 0.5 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 0.5 1.0 1.0 Imm. ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (10+) 0.00 11.85 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

T
ea (10+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX

Ref.

Range, C

Grad. C 0.5 1.0 1.0 1.0 2.0

Imm.

ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

Yellow Back E-MIL range TG240-30 P10009 20 to 110 TG240-45 P10046 10 to 200 TG240-55 P10118 10 to 300 TG240-60 P10010 10 to 360 TG240-70 P10116 10 to 400

T T T T T T T T T T

T P P P P P P P P P P P T T T T T T T T P P P

Yellow Back E-MIL Stirrer. With reinforced bulb. TG250-25 P10693 10 to 50 1.0 TG250-35 P10691 20 to 110 1.0 TG250-40 P10695 20 to 150 1.0 TG250-50 P10697 10 to 250 1.0 TG250-65 P10699 10 to 360 2.0 Thermometers, general purpose Range, C Grad. C

XX XX XX XX XX

Imm.

ea 0.00 0.00 0.00

XX XX

Nominal length 200mm. White back. TG300-35 10 to 110 1.0 TG304-35 10 to 110* 1.0 Nominal length 150mm. Yellow back. TG350-35 10 to 110 1.0 * Red spirit filled. Bee-Ka Stirrer Range, E-MIL With reinforced bulb, 150mm. Yellow back. Ref. TG360-25 TG360-35 TG360-40 TG360-50 TG360-65 P10683 P10681 P10685 P10687 P10689 Range, C 10 to 50 10 to 110 10 to 150 10 to 250 10 to 360 Grad. C 0.5 1.0 1.0 2.0 5.0

P P T

White Back E-MIL range TG170-15 11062 100 to 30 TG170-20 11105 40 to 40 TG170-25 10052 10 to 50 TG170-30 10009 10 to 110 TG170-35 TG170-40 TG170-45 TG170-50 10001 10042 10046 10043 10 to 110 0 to 150 0 to 200 0 to 250 10 to 50 10 to 110 10 to 250

XX

XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Imm. T T T T T

ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

ea (10+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

XX XX XX XX XX

Yellow Back TG220-25 TG220-35 TG220-50

XX XX XX

Yellow Back, Blue Spirit filled, PTFE encapsulated PTFE encapsulation retains glass and filling should the thermometer be broken. TG225-30 50 to 110 1.0 P 0.00 XX TG225-35 10 to 110 1.0 P 0.00 XX TG225-40 10 to 150 1.0 P 0.00 XX TG225-50 10 to 250# 1.0 P 0.00 XX *Red spirit filled. This thermometer has etched graduations and is filled with a non-fading coloured spirit. # 405mm long.

Precision E-MIL, total immersion With anti-roll top cap. Yellow back. Ref. TG550-25 TG550-27 TG550-30 G10129 G10094 G10993 Range, C 1 to 51 1 to 51 1 to 101 Grad. C 0.1 0.2 0.2 Length, mm 350 350 455 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (10+) 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX

TG150/TG154/TG170 TG220/TG225/TG240/TG250/TG550 TG300/TG304 TG350/TG360

619

thermometers
Certified Thermometers
Length, mm 350 300 300 300 300 300 350 300 400 300 300 300 300 300 350 300 400 305 305 305 305 305 305 305 305 305 305 305 350 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

General Purpose, BS1704

White backed. Mercury filled except TG500-15* which is spirit filled. Schedule Range, C Grad. C 1.0 0.5 1.0 0.5 1.0 1.0 1.0 2.0 2.0

UKAS Certified BS1704:1985 (ISO1770:1981) Thermometers The certificate issued provides observed correction at 7 points on the thermometer scale. 75mm immersion. Schedule TG525-30 TG525-35 TG525-40 D/75 UKAS E/75 UKAS F/75 UKAS Range, C 0 to 100 0 to 160 0 to 250 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX

Total Immersion to BS1704:1951 (obsolete) TG500-15 GP35C/Total 120 to 35* TG500-20 GP50C/Total 35 to 50 TG500-25 GP105C/1.0/Total 5 to 105 TG500-30 GP105C/0.5/Total 5 to 105 TG500-35 GP150C/Total 5 to 150 TG500-40 TG500-45 TG500-50 TG500-55 GP250C/Total GP360C/Total GP400C/Total GP510C/Total 5 to 250 5 to 360 10 to 400 10 to 510

100mm Immersion to BS1704:1951 (obsolete) TG505-20 GP50C/100 35 to 50 0.5 TG505-25 GP105C/1.0/100 5 to 105 1.0 TG505-30 GP105C/0.5/100 5 to 105 0.5 TG505-35 GP150C/100 5 to 150 1.0 TG505-40 TG505-45 TG505-50 TG505-55 GP250C/100 GP360C/100 GP400C/100 GP510C/100 5 to 250 5 to 360 10 to 400 10 to 510 1.0 1.0 2.0 2.0

XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Certification of Thermometers Most types of standard thermometer including BS1704, BS593, IP and ASTM can be certified either as:a) A certificate of conformity. or b) The manufacturers test which provides observed corrections at 5 points on the scale. or c) A UKAS (BCS/NPL) test which provides observed corrections at 7 points on the scale. If you require prices for Certified Thermometers please contact our Sales Department for a quotation. UKAS United Kingdom Accreditation Service, formerly NAMAS.

Total Immersion to BS1704:1985 (ISO1770:1981) TG507-20 B/Total 35 to 30 0.5 TG507-25 C/Total 0 to 60 0.5 TG507-30 D/Total 0 to 100 1.0 TG507-35 E/Total 0 to 160 1.0 TG507-40 F/Total 0 to 250 1.0 75mm Immersion to BS1704:1985 (ISO1770:1981) TG510-20 B/75 35 to 30 0.5 TG510-25 C/75 0 to 60 0.5 TG510-30 D/75 0 to 100 1.0 TG510-35 E/75 0 to 160 1.0 TG510-40 TG510-45 TG510-50

XX XX XX XX XX

XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

F/75 G/75 H/75

0 to 250 0 to 360 0 to 500

1.0 2.0 5.0

BS1704:1951 thermometers remain available whilst stocks last.

TG500/TG505, TG507/TG510

620

thermometers
Standard, BS593
Mercury filled. Nominal diameter 7mm. White back. Nominal length: 400mm. Schedule A-Series Total Immersion TG600-15 A10C/Total TG600-25 A40C/Total TG600-30 A70C/Total TG600-35 A100C/Total A-Series 100mm Immersion TG604-15 A10C/100 TG604-25 A40C/100 TG604-30 A70C/100 TG604-35 A100C/100 B-Series Total Immersion TG610-15 B60C/Total TG610-20 B110C/Total TG610-25 B160C/Total B-Series 100mm Immersion TG614-15 B60C/100 TG614-20 B110C/100 TG614-25 B160C/100 F-Series 100mm Immersion TG620-15 F50C/100 TG620-20 F75C/100 TG620-25 F100C/100 Range C 30 to 10 0 to 40 40 to 70 70 to 100 30 to 10 0 to 40 40 to 70 70 to 100 20 to 60 50 to 110 100 to 160 20 to 60 50 to 110 100 to 160 2 to 52 24 to 78 48 to 102 Grad. C 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX

T
0.00 ea 0.00 ea
XX XX

Clinical Thermometers
Clinical Thermometers Stubby bulb and lens front. Length 100mm. In plastic case. TG700-15 35 to 42C TG700-30 94 to 108F

XX XX XX XX

Digital Clinical Thermometer Range 32 to 42C with LCD temperature indication to 0.1C Symbols L (low) and H (high) indicate when the temperature is outside the normal limits and the C symbol flashes until the temperature has stabilised. Accuracy 0.1C between 35 and 38C and 0.2C outside this range. Powered by one 1.5V silver oxide battery type SR41 which has a life equivalent to about 4000 temperature measurements in normal use. Overall 110 x 14 x 8mm. Weight 7g. With battery. TG715-10 Digital clinical 0.00 ea XX

XX XX XX

XX XX XX

XX XX XX

TG700

TG715

621

thermometers
Maximum/Minimum Thermometers Sixs pattern. Dual scaled 30 to 50C and 20 to 120F and with two resettable cursors. In wall mounting, white plastic case with sloping weather shield. Resetting system TG775-12 TG775-17 Separate magnet Push button ea 0.00 0.00
XX XX

Special Purpose Thermometers

Probe Dial Thermometer Stainless steel spiked stem 4mm o.d. x 200mm long and 51mm dial. Range 10 to 110C and 20 to 220F. TG730-15 Probe 0.00 ea XX Dipping Thermometer Spirit filled glass thermometer in a stainless steel case. Range 10 to 110C. Overall length 320mm. TG745-15 Dipping 0.00 ea XX Maximum Thermometer Constricted bore type. Mercury filled. Range 10 to 110C in 1C steps. Overall 300mm x 7mm. Immersion 76mm. TG760-15 Maximum 0.00 ea XX Soil Thermometer A spirit-in-glass thermometer, range 0 to 110C mounted in an aluminium tube 225mm long with probe end for inserting into soil or compost and a cut-out front for reading the temperature. The top of the tube is marked with a large red sphere for ease of identification in the field. SG680-10 Soil 0.00 ea XX Standard Joint Thermometers see Quickfit section. Wall Thermometers Dual scaled 10 to 50C and 20 to 120F. White plastic frame for wall mounting. TG835-15 General purpose 0.00 ea XX TG835-20 Factory Act model 0.00 ea XX Wall Thermometer, dial Dual scaled 10 to 50C and 14 to 120F. Wall mounting. TG850-20 Dial wall 0.00 ea XX Thermometer Cases For mercury and spirit filled thermometers from 5 to 7mm diameter. Brass case with front cut out, screw top and hanging ring. Thermometer length, mm TG950-30 TG950-35 300/305 350/355 ea 0.00 0.00
XX XX

Maximum/Minimum Thermometer, Dial With large, easy-to-read dual scale 40 to 50C and 40 to 120F. Simple twist dial resetting. With keyhole attachment hook for wall mounting. TG780-10 Dial 0.00 ea XX Melting Point Thermometers Mercury filled. Length 250mm. Immersion 30mm. Range C TG790-35 TG790-37 TG790-45 0 to 150 0 to 360 140 to 300 Grad.C 0.5 1.0 0.5 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX

Digital Max./Min. thermometer see TJ365-10.

Pocket Thermometer Red spirit filled. Range 10 to 110C. Length 150mm. Mounted in opaque case which has a pocket clip. TG805-15 Pocket 0.00 ea XX

TG730

TG775

TG780

TG850

TG745

TG760/790

SG680

TG805

TG835-15

TG835-20

TG950

622

thermometers
ASTM and IP Petroleum Test Thermometers ASTM Series
Where a reference number appears in both ASTM and IP columns this designates that the thermometer has been agreed by ASTM and IP as direct equivalents. Lengths given are nominal. Other references and titles are available to special order only. Reference TH300-10 TH300-13 TH300-17 TH300-20 TH300-23 TH300-30 TH300-33 TH300-37 TH300-44 TH300-50 TH300-57 TH300-60 TH300-63 TH300-70 TH300-77 TH300-80 TH300-84 TH300-94 TH300-97 TH304-10 TH304-17 TH304-24 TH304-30 TH304-36 TH304-42 TH304-49 TH304-56 TH304-72 TH304-74 TH304-76 TH304-77 TH304-80 TH308-10 TH308-16 TH308-22 TH308-29 TH308-32 TH308-35 TH308-38 TH308-42 TH308-45 TH308-58 TH308-72 TH308-75 TH308-78 TH308-80 TH308-82 TH312-22 TH312-25 TH312-29 TH312-32 TH312-38 TH312-39 TH312-40 TH316-22 ASTM 1C 1F 2C 2F 3C 5C 5F 6C 7C 8C 9C 9F 10C 11C 12C 12F 13C 15C 15F 16C 17C 18C 19C 20C 21C 22C 23C 28C 28F 29C 29F 30F 33C 34C 35C 36C 37C 38C 39C 40C 41C 44C 46C 47C 47F 48C 48F 56C 56F 57C 57F 59C 59F 60C 64C IP Title Partial Immersion Partial Immersion Partial Immersion Partial Immersion Partial Immersion Cloud and Pour Cloud and Pour Low Cloud and Pour Low Distillation High Distillation Low Pensky-Martens Low Pensky-Martens High Pensky-Martens Cleveland Open Flash Density-Wide Range Density-Wide Range Loss on Heat Low Softening Point Low Softening Point High Softening Point Saybolt Viscosity Reid Vapour Pressure Saybolt Viscosity Saybolt Viscosity Saybolt Viscosity Oxidation Stability Engler Viscosity Kinematic Viscosity Kinematic Viscosity Kinematic Viscosity Kinematic Viscosity Kinematic Viscosity Low Aniline Point Medium Aniline Point High Aniline Point Titre Test Solvents Distillation Solvents Distillation Solvents Distillation Solvents Distillation Solvents Distillation Kinematic Viscosity Kinematic Viscosity Kinematic Viscosity Kinematic Viscosity Kinematic Viscosity Kinematic Viscosity Bomb Calorimeter Bomb Calorimeter Tag Tester Low Range Tag Tester Low Range Tank Tank Tank Precision Range 20 to +150C 0 to 302F 5 to +300C 20 to 580F 5 to +400C 38 to +50C 36 to +120F 80 to +20C 2 to +300C 2 to +400C 5 to +110C 20 to 230F 90 to 370C 6 to +400C 20 to +102C 5 to +215F 155 to 170C 2 to +80C 30 to 180F 30 to 200C 19 to 27C 34 to 42C 49 to 57C 57 to 65C 79 to 87C 95 to 103C 18 to 28C 36.6 to 39.4C 97.5 to 102.5F 52.6 to 55.4C 127.5 to 132.5F 207.5 to 212.5F 38 to +42C 25 to 105C 90 to 170C 2 to +68C 2 to +52C 24 to 78C 48 to 102C 72 to 126C 98 to 152C 18.6 to 21.4C 48.6 to 51.4C 58.6 to 61.4C 137.5 to 142.5F 80.6 to 83.4C 177.5 to 182.5F 19 to 35C 66 to 95F 20 to +50C 4 to +122F 18 0 77 25 to to to to +82C 180F 260C 55C Grad. 1C 2F 1C 2F 1C 1C 2F 1C 1C 1C 0.5C 1F 2C 2C 0.2C 0.5F 0.5C 0.2C 0.5F 0.5C 0.1C 0.1C 0.1C 0.1C 0.1C 0.1C 0.2C 0.05C 0.1F 0.05C 0.1F 0.1F 0.2C 0.2C 0.2C 0.2C 0.2C 0.2C 0.2C 0.2C 0.2C 0.05C 0.05C 0.05C 0.1F 0.05C 0.1F 0.02C 0.05F 0.5C 1F 0.5C 1F 1C 0.1C Imm. x length, mm 76 x 327 76 x 327 76 x 395 76 x 395 76 x 420 108 x 235 108 x 235 76 x 235 total x 390 total x 390 57 x 295 57 x 295 57 x 295 25 x 315 total x 425 total x 425 total x 160 total x 400 total x 400 total x 400 total x 280 total x 280 total x 280 total x 280 total x 280 total x 280 90 x 217 total x 310 total x 310 total x 305 total x 310 total x 310 50 x 425 50 x 425 50 x 425 45 x 410 100 x 400 100 x 400 100 x 400 100 x 400 100 x 400 total x 310 total x 310 total x 310 total x 310 total x 310 total x 310 total x 600 total x 600 57 x 292 57 x 292 total x 305 total x 305 total x 305 total x 384 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

62C 62F 73C 1C 1F 2C 5C 6C 15C 15F 16C 28C 64C 64F 47C 60C 61C 23C

24C 31C 34C 32F 20C 21C 59C 77C 78C 79C 80C 81C 29C 66C 35C 35F 90C 90F

continued on next page

623

thermometers
Reference TH320-54 TH320-57 TH320-62 TH320-65 TH320-82 TH320-85 TH324-32 TH324-35 TH324-38 TH324-42 TH324-43 TH324-45 TH324-47 TH328-18 TH328-22 TH328-26 TH328-30 TH328-33 TH328-52 TH328-55 TH328-59 TH328-62 TH328-65 TH328-68 TH330-14 TH330-18 TH330-22 TH330-26 TH330-30 TH330-34 TH330-38 ASTM 82C 82F 83C 83F 86C 86F 94C 95C 96C 97F 97C 98F 98C 113C 113F 114C 116C 117C 120C 121C 122C 123C 124C 125C 126C 126F 127C 128C 128F 129C 129F 89C 89F 14C IP Title Fuel Rating Engine Fuel Rating Engine Fuel Rating Air Fuel Rating Air Fuel Rating Mix Fuel Rating Mix Solidification Point Solidification Point Solidification Point Tank Tank Tank Tank Softening Point Wide Range Softening Point Wide Range Aviation Fuel Freezing Point Bomb Calorimeter Bomb Calorimeter Kinematic Viscosity Kinematic Viscosity Brookfield Viscosity Brookfield Viscosity Brookfield Viscosity Brookfield Viscosity Kinematic Viscosity Kinematic Viscosity Kinematic Viscosity Kinematic Viscosity Kinematic Viscosity Kinematic Viscosity Kinematic Viscosity Range 15 to +105C 0 to 220F 15 to 70C 60 to 160F 95 to 175C 200 to 350F 80 to 110C 100 to 130C 120 to 150C 0 18 60 16 to to to to 120F +49C 180F 82C Grad. 1C 2F 1C 1F 1C 2F 0.1C 0.1C 0.1C 1F 0.5C 1F 0.5C 0.5C 1F 0.5C 0.01C 0.01C 0.05C 0.05C 0.1C 0.1C 0.1C 0.1C 0.05C 0.1F 0.05C 0.05C 0.1F 0.05C 0.1F Imm. x length, mm 30 x 165 30 x 165 40 x 174 40 x 174 35 x 170 35 x 170 76 x 375 76 x 375 76 x 375 total x 305 total x 305 total x 305 total x 305 total x 410 total x 410 total x 305 total x 614 total x 614 total x 310 total x 310 total x 305 total x 305 total x 305 total x 305 total x 310 total x 310 total x 310 total x 310 total x 310 total x 310 total x 310 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

ASTM Series continued

1 to +175C 30 to 350F 80 to +20C 18.9 23.9 38.6 98.6 45 35 25 15 27.4 17.5 21.4 1.4 to to to to to to to to to to to to 25.1C 30.1C 41.4C 101.4C 35C 25C 15C 5C 24.6C 12.5F 18.6C +1.4C

92C 32C 94C 95C 96C 97C 71C 71F 99C 33C 33F 36C 36F

29.5 to 34.5F 91.6 to 94.4C 197.5 to 202.5F

IP Series
Lengths given are nominal. Other references and titles are available to special order only. Reference TH300-33 TH300-30 TH300-37 TH400-32 TH300-44 TH300-50 TH400-42 TH400-49 TH328-26 TH300-60 TH300-57 TH300-63 TH308-10 TH308-16 TH304-49 TH304-24 TH300-70 TH308-58 TH304-72 TH304-80 IP 1F 1C 2C 4C 5C 6C 8C 10C 14C 15F 15C 16C 20C 21C 24C 23C 28C 29C 31C 32F ASTM 5F 5C 6C 7C 8C Title Cloud and Pour Cloud and Pour Low Cloud and Pour Crude Oil Distillation Low Distillation High Distillation Flushing Case Low Redwood High Aviation Fuel Freezing Point Low Pensky-Martens Low Pensky-Martens High Pensky-Martens Low Aniline Point Medium Aniline Point Oxidation Stability Reid Vapour Pressure Cleveland Open Flash Kinematic Viscosity Kinematic Viscosity Kinematic Viscosity Range 36 38 80 4 2 2 0 76 to to to to to to to to +120F +50C +20C +360C +300C +400C 45C 122C Grad. 2F 1C 1C 2C 1C 1C 0.2C 0.2C 0.5C 1F 0.5C 2C 0.2C 0.2C 0.1C 0.1C 2C 0.05C 0.05C 0.1F Imm. x length, mm 108 x 235 108 x 235 76 x 235 total x 320 total x 390 total x 390 65 x 350 65 x 340 total x 305 57 x 295 57 x 295 57 x 295 50 x 425 50 x 425 total x 280 total x 280 25 x 315 total x 310 total x 310 total x 310 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

114C 9F 9C 10C 33C 34C 22C 18C 11C 44C 28C 30F

80 to +20C 20 to 230F 5 to +110C 90 to 370C 38 25 95 34 6 18.6 36.6 207.5 to to to to to to to to +42C 105C 103C 42C +400C 21.4C 39.4C 212.5F

624

thermometers
IP Series continued
Reference TH328-55 TH330-30 TH330-26 TH304-76 TH308-78 TH308-75 TH330-38 TH330-34 TH406-66 TH406-74 TH406-78 TH406-82 TH410-13 TH300-84 TH410-38 TH410-42 TH410-45 TH410-48 TH410-52 TH410-55 TH308-22 TH300-94 TH304-10 TH300-20 TH300-17 TH300-80 TH300-77 TH308-72 TH330-18 TH330-14 TH300-23 TH414-65 TH414-72 TH308-32 TH308-35 TH308-38 TH308-42 TH308-45 TH328-22 TH328-18 TH308-82 TH308-80 TH328-52 TH328-59 TH328-62 TH328-65 TH328-68 TH330-22 IP 32C 33F 33C 34C 35F 35C 36F 36C 38C 39C 40C 41C 43C 47C 48C 49C 50C 51C 52C 53C 59C 60C 61C 62F 62C 64F 64C 66C 71F 71C 73C 74C 75C 77C 78C 79C 80C 81C 89F 89C 90F 90C 92C 94C 95C 96C 97C 99C 35C 15C 16C 2F 2C 12F 12C 46C 126F 126C 3C 13C ASTM 121C 128F 128C 29C 47F 47C 129F 129C Title Kinematic Viscosity Kinematic Viscosity Kinematic Viscosity Kinematic Viscosity Kinematic Viscosity Kinematic Viscosity Kinematic Viscosity Kinematic Viscosity Pen Density Drop Point Low Drop Point High FP Cut-Back (Int) Loss on Heat Tank Low Tank Medium Tank High Tank Heated Fuel Tank Bitumen Tank Cargo High Aniline Point Low Softening Point High Softening Point Partial Immersion Partial Immersion Density-Wide Range Density-Wide Range Kinematic Viscosity Kinematic Viscosity Kinematic Viscosity Partial Immersion Abel Oil Cup Wide Range Abel Water Bath Wide Range Solvents Distillation Solvents Distillation Solvents Distillation Solvents Distillation Solvents Distillation Softening Point Wide Range Softening Point Wide Range Kinematic Viscosity Kinematic Viscosity Kinematic Viscosity Brookfield Viscosity Brookfield Viscosity Brookfield Viscosity Brookfield Viscosity Kinematic Viscosity Range 98.6 29.5 1.4 52.6 137.5 58.6 197.5 91.6 23 1 20 100 10 155 38 15 10 35 90 0 90 2 30 20 5 5 20 48.6 17.5 27.4 5 35 30 2 24 48 72 98 30 1 177.5 80.6 38.6 45 35 25 15 21.4 to to to to to to to to to to to to to to to to to to to to to to to to to to to to to to to to to to to to to to to to to to to to to to to to 101.4C 34.5F +1.4C 56.5C 142.5F 61.4C 202.5F 94.4C 27C +38C 120C 230C 110C 170C +30C +40C 65C 120C 260C 80C 170C +80C 200C 580F +300C +215F +102C 51.4C 12.5F 24.6C +400C +70C +80C +52C 78C 102C 126C 152C 350F +175C 182.5F 83.4C 41.4C 35C 25C 15C 5C 18.6C Grad. 0.05C 0.1F 0.05C 0.05C 0.1F 0.05C 0.1F 0.05C 0.1C 0.1C 1C 1C 0.5C 0.5C 0.5C 0.5C 0.5C 0.5C 1C 0.5C 0.2C 0.2C 0.5C 2F 1C 0.5F 0.2C 0.05C 0.1F 0.05C 1C 0.5C 0.5C 0.2C 0.2C 0.2C 0.2C 0.2C 1F 0.5C 0.1F 0.05C 0.05C 0.1C 0.1C 0.1C 0.1C 0.05C Imm. x length, mm total x 310 total x 310 total x 310 total x 305 total x 310 total x 310 total x 310 total x 310 total x 270 total x 450 100 x 260 100 x 260 61 x 315 total x 160 total x 315 total x 315 total x 315 total x 315 total x 315 total x 315 50 x 425 total x 400 total x 400 76 x 395 76 x 395 total x 425 total x 425 total x 310 total x 310 total x 310 76 x 420 61 x 320 89 x 320 100 x 400 100 x 400 100 x 400 100 x 400 100 x 400 total x 410 total x 410 total x 310 total x 310 total x 310 total x 305 total x 305 total x 305 total x 305 total x 310 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

37C 38C 39C 40C 41C 113F 113C 48F 48C 120C 122C 123C 124C 125C 127C

625

thermometers
Reversible Liquid Crystals
Liquid Crystal Thermometers Comprising a self-adhesive liquid crystal strip measuring 137 x 27mm. The liquid crystal changes from black through a spectrum of colours as the temperature changes. Supplied singly. TH730-10 14 to 34C, 57 to 93F 0.00 ea XX TH775-10 0 to 12C 0.00 ea XX Liquid Crystal Strips Self adhesive. The liquid crystal changes from black through a spectrum of colours as the temperature changes. Supplied in packs of 10 strips. Range, C 7-step (5C steps) 44 x 12mm. TH782-14 30/0 TH782-18 0/30 TH782-22 30/60 TH782-26 60/90 8-step (1C steps) 63 x 12mm. TH784-12 3/+4 TH784-16 6/13 TH784-20 14/22 TH784-24 TH784-28 TH784-32 23/31 33/40 41/49 Range, F pk

Irreversible Strips and Checkers

N Simple to use, self adhesive strips and liquid crystals for monitoring surface temperatures Temperature Strips, 5-step Each strip measures 35 x 15mm, is self-adhesive and printed with a temperature range in 5 steps, both in C and F. The temperature sensitive strip is encapsulated to resist oil, water and steam. When subjected to heat, an irreversible colour change from silver white to black occurs along the strip in stages thereby recording the maximum temperature reached. Supplied in packs of 10 strips. Range, C TH700-10 TH700-13 TH700-16 TH700-19 TH700-22 TH700-26 TH700-30 TH700-34 TH700-38 TH700-42 29/40 37/46 49/71 77/99 104/127 132/154 160/182 188/210 216/249 249/290 Range, F 84/105 100/115 120/160 170/210 220/260 270/310 320/360 370/410 420/480 480/554 pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Temperature Strips, 8-step Comprising irreversible self-adhesive strips generally as TH700 series but with dual C/F temperature range printed in 8-stages. Each strip measures 51 x 18mm. Supplied in packs of 10 strips. Range, C TH704-12 TH704-15 TH704-18 TH704-21 TH704-24 37/65 71/110 116/154 160/199 204/260 Range, F 99/149 160/230 241/309 320/390 399/500 pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX

Laboratory Pack Comprising irreversible self-adhesive strips generally as TH704 series. Each strip measures 51 x 18mm. Supplied in packs comprising 5 each strips covering the temperature ranges: 37/65C (99/149F) 71/110C (160/230F) 116/154C (241/309F) 160/199C (320/390F) 204/260C (399/500F) TH710-10 Laboratory pack 0.00 pk XX

22/+32 32/86 86/140 140/194

0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

XX XX XX XX

26/40 42/56 58/72 74/88 90/104 106/120

0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

XX XX XX XX XX XX

TH700 (top)

TH704, TH710

TH730

TH775

TH782 (top)

TH784

626

thermometers
Digital Thermometers, C2000 Series

A range of compact, high accuracy, microprocessor controlled digital thermometers offering enhanced specifications at a competitive price. N Choice of Pt100 or thermocouple sensor input models N Waterproof, rugged ABS casing to IP67 standard N Very wide ambient temperature operating range, 30 to +50C N High contrast LCD and user-friendly keypad operation N Secondary display feature on Models C2010, C2020 and C2050 N Thermocouple sensor models feature user selection of probe type input via the keypad (types K, J, E, T, R or N thermocouples selectable) N Dual input thermocouple model available with differential display (Model C2020) N Open circuit sensor detection and low battery warning featured on all models Range Specifications Sensor input Thermocouples Range C 200 to +1372 200 to +1200 200 to +1000 200 to +400 50 to 200 >+200 to +1767 200 to +1200 200 to +850 Accuracy C (at ambient 23C) 0.2 0.15% of reading 0.2 0.15% of reading 0.2 0.15% of reading 0.2 0.15% of reading 0.8 0.6% of reading 0.8 0.3% of reading 0.2 0.15% of reading 0.2 0.1% of reading

Digital Thermometer, Model C2000 Budget level, general purpose instrument for use with thermocouple sensor probes. C or F display selectable. Supplied with rubber surround, 9V battery and instructions. Without sensor probe. TJ105-10 C2000 0.00 ea XX Digital Thermometer, Model C2010 Generally as TJ105-10 but with additional A display selection and max./min./hold feature on a secondary display whilst real-time measurement continues on the primary display. Without sensor probe. TJ105-20 C2010 0.00 ea XX Digital Thermometer, Model C2020 For direct or differential measurement applications. Generally as TJ105-20 but with dual thermocouple inputs. Simultaneous display of both inputs or differential measurement reading on the primary display, whilst input 1 readings continue on the secondary display (thermocouple inputs must be of the same type). A hold facility is also provided. Without sensor probes. TJ105-30 C2020 0.00 ea XX Digital Thermometer, Model C2050 High accuracy Pt100 thermometer with long-term stability, four wire system, C, F, A display selection, max./min./hold feature with secondary display. Without sensor probe. TJ107-25 C2050 0.00 ea XX BL610-25 Spare 9V battery 0.00 ea
XX

K J E T R N

Pt100 General Specifications Model Sensor inputs Temperature scales Resolution C, F, A Additional features Power Dimensions W x D x H mm

C2000 C2010 C2020 K, J, E, T, R, N K, J, E, T, R, N K, J, E, T, R, N C, F C, F, A C, F, A 0.1 (range 1000), 1 (range >1000) all models Max./min. Twin inputs, Hold Difference, Hold 9V PP3 Alkaline battery all models 70 x 130 x 33 all models (meter only)

C2050 Pt100 C, F, A Max./min. Hold

Accessory sensor probes see following page.

627

thermometers
Accessory Probes for C2000 Series Thermometers and Model C2030
Platinum Resistance (Pt100) Probes for TJ107-25 only With encapsulated handle, 2 metre coiled cable and connector.

Thermocouple Simulator C2030

A highly accurate and versatile instrument which can simulate a known temperature to cross check calibration accuracy of other type K, J, E, T, R or N thermocouple thermometers or alternatively be used itself as a measuring instrument. Model Ranges* Type K Type J Type E Type T Type R Type N Accuracy (at 23C ambient) Scales Resolution C, F, A Power Dimensions WxDxH C2030 0 to +1372 200 to +1200 200 to +1000 200 to +400 50 to +1767 200 to +1200 0.2 0.15% of reading (0.8 0.6% max. with Type R sensor) C, F, A 0.1 (range 1000), 1 (range >1000) 9V PP3 Alkaline battery 70 x 130 x 33

Temp. range C Immersion* TJ114-01 50 to +200

ea 0.00 0.00 0.00

XX

Shape, dimensions

Penetration* TJ114-08 50 to +200 Moving air TJ114-14 * Waterproof. 50 to +200

XX

C C C C C C C

XX

Thermocouple Probes for TJ105-10 to TJ105-30 and TJ109-05 Mineral insulated. Types K or T thermocouples with encapsulated handle, 2 metre coiled cable and connector with heavy duty, food safe, polyurethane sleeving and miniplug. Type Temp. range C Still air TJ115-30 TJ117-30 K T 50 to +250 50 to +250 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX

Shape, dimensions

mm

* Measure or simulate modes. Thermocouple Simulator C2030 As described. Supplied with 9V battery and instructions. Without sensor probe or thermometer connector. TJ109-05 C2030 0.00 ea XX BL610-25 Spare 9V battery 0.00 ea XX Thermometer connector Enables TJ109-05 to be connected to another thermocouple input thermometer. With 1 metre long coiled cable and miniplugs at each terminal. TJ109-40 Thermometer connector 0.00 ea XX

General purpose TJ115-33 K 50 to +1100 TJ117-33 T 50 to +400 General purpose* TJ115-36 K 50 to +1100 TJ117-36 T 50 to +400 Needle* TJ115-39 TJ117-39 K T 100 to +600 100 to +400 50 to +600

XX XX

XX XX

XX XX

Spring-loaded TJ115-42 K * Waterproof.

XX

Fine Wire Thermocouple Sensors for TJ105-10 to TJ105-30 and TJ109-05 Low mass, small bead thermocouples, 0.2mm diameter, giving fast response and excellent repeatability in air, liquid or surface applications. Supplied 1 metre long with miniplug. Type Temp. range C PTFE insulation TJ115-65 K TJ117-65 T 100 to +250 100 to +250 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX

Style

Glass fibre insulation TJ115-67 K 100 to +650 TJ117-67 T 100 to +400

XX XX

Alternative Thermocouples A wide variety of thermocouple types and styles can be offered on receipt of detailed specifications please contact us with your requirements.

TJ109-05

628

thermometers
Digital Thermometers
Indoor/Outdoor Thermometer Ranges -50C to +70C (-58F to +158F) indoor or outdoor, resolution 0.1C (0.1F) accuracy 1C (1.5F). With 12mm high, dual LCD readout. The upper display shows the temperature measured by the built-in sensor. The lower display shows the temperature measured by the water-resistant remote probe which is fitted to a 3 metre cable. A max./min. memory function is provided which allows the maximum and minimum recorded value for each sensor to be recalled and displayed; the user then has the option to reset. Requires, but is not supplied with, 1.5V AAA battery for operation. TJ355-15 Indoor/outdoor thermometer 0.00 ea XX BL610-08 Battery, 1.5V AAA 0.00 ea XX Digital Memory Thermohygrometer Ranges -10 to +60C (-14 to 140F) and 25% to 95% RH resolution 0.1C/F, 1% RH. With built-in sensors and dual 12mm high LCD readout. The upper display shows temperature and the lower display relative humidity. A max./min. memory function is provided which allows the maximum and minimum recorded values for both parameters to be recalled and displayed, the user then has the option to reset. Overall 70 x 20 x 100mm W x D x H. Weight 70g. Wall or bench mounting. Requires, but is not supplied with, 1.5V AAA battery for operation. HY390-20 Digital memory thermohygrometer 0.00 ea XX BL610-08 Battery, 1.5V AAA 0.00 ea XX

Digital Maximum/Minimum Thermometer For indoor or outdoor use. Range -50C to +70C switchable to -58F to +158F with reset. Displays current temperature and maximum and minimum temperatures since the last reset. With splash-resistant casing, overall 75 x 44 x 115mm W x D x H, with keyhole for hanging and battery. TJ365-10 Digital max./min. thermometer 0.00 ea XX BL610-15 Battery, 1.5V AA 0.00 ea XX Infra-red Thermometer Mini infra-red thermometer for non-contact temperature measurement. Range: -18C to 200C x 0.5C, accuracy 2.5C. Emissivity: Fixed (E=0.95). Response time: 0.5 seconds Distance to spot size ratio: 3:1 With ergonomically designed casing, LCD readout, lanyard and battery. Overall 46 x 18 x 100mm W x D x H. Weight 80g. TJ380-20 Infra-red thermometer 0.00 ea XX BL610-15 Battery, 1.5V AA 0.00 ea XX

TJ355-15

TJ365-10

HY390-20

TJ380-20

629

thermometers

Digital Thermometers Series 200

N Type K thermocouple or Pt100 sensor models available N Dual input thermocouple model available with differential display (Model 230) N Large, backlit LCD readout N Rugged, robust casing, water resistant to IP67 N Max. and min. temperature record N Reading Hold function Model Input Range Resolution (accuracy) C F 220 230 250 Type K Type K (dual) Pt100 thermocouple thermocouple -199 to +1370 -199 to +1370 -50 to +199.9 -327 to +2498 -327 to +2498 -58 to +392 0.1C - up to +199.9 (0.2% 0.5C) 0.1C/F 1C - rest of range (0.2% 1C) (0.3% 0.1C/F) 1F - whole range (0.2% 1F) both models 175 x 75 x 35 L x W x D all models 250 all models 2 x 1.5V AA alkaline batteries all models

Accessory Probes Supplied with a 1 metre flexible lead and a miniature plug. Ref. 027Max. temp. C Length x dia. mm Type ea

NiCr/NiAl Thermocouples type K TJ460-18 709 850 90 x 6.5 TJ460-25 715 500 150 x 3.2 TJ460-32 716 500 90 x 5 TJ460-37 717 500 106 x 3 Pt100 Platinum resistance TJ465-36 722 200 90 x 3

Surface General purpose Air Insertion Insertion

0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

XX XX XX XX

XX

Overall Weight Power

mm g

As described. Supplied with 2 x AA batteries. Without sensor probe. TJ410-40 Model 220 0.00 ea TJ410-60 Model 230 0.00 ea TJ435-30 Model 250 0.00 ea

XX XX XX

TJ460-18

TJ460-25

TJ460-32

TJ410, TJ435 is similar

TJ460-37

TJ465-36

630

thermometers
Digital Thermometers
Digital Thermometer, dual range, HI9043 Digital Thermometers, Checktemp Alternative models: C: 50 to +150C. Resolution 0.1C F: 58 to +302F. Resolution 0.1F to 199.9F 1.0F to 302F Accuracy: 0.3C (20 to 90C), 0.5C (rest of range) 0.5F (-4 to +194F), 1F (rest of range) All-in-one unit with thermometer housing mounted on a stainless steel cased thermistor probe, on/off switch, LCD readout, calibration test switch and 1.4V battery. Overall 106 x 58 x 18mm L x W x H. Probe 105 x 3mm L x dia. Weight 50g. TJ702-10 Checktemp C 0.00 ea XX TJ702-15 Checktemp F 0.00 ea XX BL610-04 Spare battery, 1.4V 0.00 ea XX Digital Thermometers, Checktemp 1 Ranges, resolutions and features as TJ702 but with stainless steel cased thermistor probe on 1 metre flexible lead for remote operation. Overall 106 x 58 x 19mm L x W x H. Probe 106 x 3mm L x dia. Weight 80g. TJ705-12 Checktemp 1C 0.00 ea XX TJ705-17 Checktemp 1F 0.00 ea XX Digital Thermometer, Checktemp 4C Temperature range: 50 to +220C Resolution: 0.1C (-50 to 199.9C), 1C (rest of range) Accuracy: 0.4C (-20 to +90C), 1%fsd (rest of range) With hinged, stainless steel thermistor probe 117 x 3.5mm L x dia., folding into case when not in use. Automatic calibration check at switch-on. With 1 x 1.5V AA battery and wrist strap. Overall 165 x 50 x 20mm L x W x H (probe folded). Weight 100g. TJ710-17 Checktemp 4C 0.00 ea XX Dual range: +200 to +1350C. Resolution 1C 50 to +199.9C. Resolution 0.1C +400 to +2462F. Resolution 1F 58 to +399.9F. Resolution 0.1F Accuracy: 0.5% of full scale Microprocessor based, with splashproof keypad. Includes temperature hold facility and maximum/ minimum temperature memory with twin-line LCD display featuring actual, min and max (since switch-on) temperatures. Readings can be userselected in C or F. For use with Type K thermocouple probes. Overall 180 x 83 x 40mm L x W x H. Weight 350g. Without probe but with battery. TJ720-15 HI9043 0.00 ea XX TJ722-15 Accessory rubber 0.00 ea XX holster, yellow BL610-25 Spare battery, 9V 0.00 ea XX Digital Thermometer, dual range, HI9044 Ranges, resolutions and features as TJ720-15 but fitted with fixed Type K thermocouple immersion probe 220 x 5mm length x diameter. Supplied with battery. TJ720-80 HI9044 0.00 ea XX TJ722-15 Accessory rubber 0.00 ea XX holster, yellow BL610-25 Spare battery, 9V 0.00 ea XX Digital Clinical Thermometer see TG715. Digital Hygrometers see HY390/HY530. TJ733-18 900 153 x 3

Digital Thermometers Ergonomically designed, high accuracy Type K thermocouple thermometers. Dual range: 200 to +1370C 300 to +2500F Resolution: 0.1C/0.1F <1000C/1000F 1.0C/1.0F >1000C/1000F Accuracy: 0.2% of full scale Microprocessor controlled, with splashproof rubber keypad. Includes on/off switch, display hold key, C/F mode key, wrist strap and 9V battery. In addition TJ725-20 has a memory to register both highest and lowest values and separate recall keys. Overall dimensions 143 x 80 x 38mm L x W x H. Weight 320g. Requires, but does not include, type K thermocouple probe. TJ725-10 HI93530 0.00 ea XX TJ725-20 HI93531, 0.00 ea XX with memory BL610-25 Spare battery, 9V 0.00 ea XX Thermocouple Probes Type K For TJ720-15, TJ725-10 and TJ725-20. With handle and 1 metre of flexible cable. Max. Length temp. x dia. C mm TJ733-12 900 TJ733-15 300 154 x 3 250 x 3 Type ea 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX

TJ733-22 650

205 x 5

Immersion. Air/ liquid Air probe. Fast response Hypodermic insertion for most semi-solids Surface

XX

XX

0.00

XX

TJ710 in use

TJ720-80

TJ702

TJ705

TJ720-15 with TJ722

TJ725-10 in use, TJ725-20 is similar

631

thermometers
Digital Thermometers

Temperature Sticks

Temperature Sticks, Testo 905 series Pocket temperature measurement sticks with choice of immersion or surface contact type K thermocouple probes. Range 50 to +300C (switchable to F) x 0.1C resolution, accuracy 1C 1%. With swivelling display head, LCD readout, membrane key operation, and 3V button cell. An auto-off function after 10 minutes without use extends battery life which is approximately 150 hours. Dimensions stated are probe length x diameter. TJ780-10 Testo 905-T1, immersion, 0.00 ea XX 200 x 3mm TJ780-15 Testo 905-T2, surface, 0.00 ea XX 150 x 12mm BL590-25 Spare battery 0.00 ea XX Penetration Thermometers, Testo 106-T1 For rapid, spot checking of temperature in a variety of applications. Range 50 to +230C x 0.1C. With robust ABS casing LCD display, push button operation including hold function, fixed stainless steel probe with protection sleeve and battery. Also available as a set supplied with protective outer casing, giving IP67 level protection, and belt holster. Overall 215 x 34 x 19mm, L x W x H. Weight 80g. TJ785-20 Testo 106-T1 0.00 ea XX TJ785-22 Testo 106-T1 set 0.00 ea XX BL590-25 Spare battery 0.00 ea XX

A range of compact, easy-to-use digital thermometers for a variety of applications requiring rapid temperature measurement. Model Input Meas. range F selectable Accuracy Resolution Display Overall L x W x H Power supply C C C 110 NTC sensor 50 to 275 720 4 wire Pt100 sensor 100 to +800 925 thermocouple NiCr-NiAl (type K) 50 to +1000 1 (40 to +900) 0.1 (199.9) 1.0 (200)

mm

0.2 (25 to +75) 0.2 (100 to +199.9) 0.4 (rest of range) all models 0.1 0.1 (199.9) 1.0 (200) 13mm LCD, with hold facility all models 190 x 57 x 42 all models 9V PP3 battery with auto shut off all models

Digital Thermometers, Testo As described. With carrying case, instruction manual and 9V battery. Without probe. TJ800-15 Testo 110 0.00 ea XX TJ810-20 Testo 720 0.00 ea XX TJ820-25 Testo 925 0.00 ea XX

Spares and accessories for all models AN465-54 Rechargeable battery, 9V 0.00 ea AN465-56 Battery charger, 0.00 ea 220-240V 50Hz BL610-25 9V PP3 battery 0.00 ea TJ825-05 Water-resistant holster 0.00 ea for all models. Provides splash protection to IP68

XX XX XX XX

Accessory probes Stainless steel, with water-tight handles and 1.2 metre leads (except laboratory probes which are glass sheathed, have non water-tight handles and 1.5 metre leads). Dimensions are length x diameter of probe. For meter Size mm TJ800-15 TJ810-20 TJ820-25 Immersion/ Penetration 110 x 4 TJ802-13 TJ812-11 TJ822-09 Air ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 110 x 4 TJ802-16 TJ812-14 ea 0.00 0.00 Surface* 110 x 4* TJ802-18 TJ812-17 TJ822-12 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 Laboratory 200 x 6 TJ802-20 TJ812-19 ea 0.00 0.00

XX XX XX

* These probes have a 6mm diameter flat tip.

TJ785

TJ780-10

TJ780-15

TJ800-15 in use

TJ820 with probe, TJ810 is similar

632

thermometers
Infra-Red Thermometers SC3 series
N ChoIce of models 830-T1: 1-point laser sighting, 10:1 distance: spot diameter ratio 830-T2: 2-point laser sighting at top/ bottom of measuring spot and 12:1 distance: spot diameter ratio, type K thermocouple input socket N Ergonomic, pistol-grip, hand-held design N Adjustable emissivity factor: 0.2 to 1.0 N Over/under temperature audiovisual alarms N Backlit LCD display Model Range* Resolution* Accuracy* 830-T1 830-T2 30 to +400C both models 0.5C both models Better than 2C or 2% of maximum value, whichever is the greater both models N Choice of units offering: Temperature ranges 25 to 0C 15 to +10C +10 to +35C +25 to +50C N Accuracy 1C N Rugged case and mechanics ensure long operation life N 75mm diameter chart size N Battery powered Self contained, battery powered, compact temperature recorders with built-in sensor for use in refrigerators, freezers, incubators, transporters and quality control applications. Free standing with wall-mounting slots. Chart diameter 75mm. Overall 93 x 93 x 53mm (H x W x D). Weight 227g. Supplied with pen, five charts, instruction manual and 1.5V AA battery. Temp. range, C 7 day recording 25 to 0 15 to +10 +10 to +35 +25 to +50 Cat. No. TJ850-40 TJ850-42 TJ850-45 TJ850-47 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX

Portable Temperature Recorders KT series

N User-selectable C or F ranges and 24 hour or 7 day time periods N Choice of models with or without LCD N Battery back-up if power interrupted N 152mm diameter chart size Model Ranges C/F KT609 KT610 100 to 0, 50 to 0, 50 to 50, 0 to 50, 50 to 100, 0 to 100, 0 to 250, 0 to 500 both models 24 hour or 7 day both models LCD 192 x 192 x 83 H x W x D both models 240V 50Hz with 9V PP3 battery for back-up both models

time Display Overall Power mm

Response time 0.5 secs. both models Range distance: spot dia. ratio 10:1 12:1 Overall 190 x 38 x 75mm H x W x D both models Weight 200g both models Power 1 x 9V PP3 battery both models *Model 830-T2 has range 50 to +500C, resolution 0.1C and accuracy 0.5C or 5% of maximum value (whichever greater) when used with accessory thermocouple probe. As described. Supplied with battery. TJ845-37 Testo 830-T1 TJ845-48 Testo 830-T2 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

Spare Charts 75mm diameter. Supplied in packs of 60. Temp. range, C 7 day recording 25 to 0 15 to +10 +10 to +35 +25 to +50 TJ852-95 BL610-15 Cat. No. TJ852-40 TJ852-42 TJ852-45 TJ852-47 pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 pk 0.00 ea
XX XX XX XX XX XX

As described. With 1 metre long bead wire Type K thermocouple probe, pen, 60 each 0 to 100C/F charts, a.c. adapter requiring a 240V 50Hz single phase supply and instructions. Without battery. TJ865-20 KT609 Recorder 0.00 ea XX TJ865-40 KT610 Recorder 0.00 ea XX with display BL610-25 9V PP3 battery for 0.00 ea XX back-up system Spare Charts 150mm diameter. Supplied in packs of 60. Temp. range, C/F Cat. No. pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 pk
XX XX

XX XX

Spares and Accessories BL610-25 Spare battery, 9V 0.00 ea TJ848-10 Soft carrying case with 0.00 ea belt clip for both models TJ822-09 Thermocouple probe 0.00 ea for TJ845-48 only

Spare pens, red, pack of 6 Spare battery, 1.5V

24 hour recording 50 to +50 TJ867-02 0 to 100 TJ867-05 7 day recording 50 to +50 0 to 100 TJ852-95 TJ867-30 TJ867-34

XX XX XX

XX XX XX

Spare pens, red, pack of 6

Charts with alternative temperature ranges are available details on request.

TJ845

TJ850 in use

TJ865 in use

633

thermometers
Dataloggers, 175, 177 Series

Mini Datalogger 174

Compact, economical, single channel datalogger for temperature monitoring in various applications. N Non-volatile memory, even when battery exhausted N Internal NTC thermistor sensor N Large LCD display with selectable outputs: current value, max./min. values, alarm limit values and remaining battery life in days N Rapid data transfer, the whole memory can be downloaded to the users PC within 10 seconds N Press-button start N IP65 protection class casing N Battery powered, with easy replacement Measuring range C x resolution Accuracy C 30 to +70 x 0.1 0.8 (30 to 20.1C), 0.5 (20 to +40C), 0.8 (+40 to +170C) 3900 readings Adjustable 1 minute to 4 hourly 55 x 35 x 14 20 CR2032 lithium battery giving approximately 500 days operation

Long term, reliable temperature loggers with robust ABS casing offering IP68 protection, push-button start, wireless data transmission and flexible data handling options. Model 175-T1 Single channel, with internal NTC sensor and LCD display Model 175-T2 Two channel, with internal NTC sensor, external NTC probe socket for use with accessory probes and LCD display Model 177-T1 Single channel, expanded memory version, with internal sensor, but without display N Accessory rapid printer or data collector for convenient on-site use N Measuring time cycle adjustable from 3 seconds to 24 hours Model Ranges 175-T1 175-T2 35 to +70 35 to +70 40 to +120 0.1 (-20 to +70), 0.3 (rest of range) both models 7800 16000 82 x 52 x 30 82 x 52 x 30 90 90 >2.5 >2.5 177-T1 40 to +70 0.1 48000 103 x 64 x 33 111 >5

internal sensor C external sensor C Resolution C Memory readings Overall, L x W x H mm Weight g Battery life (average) years

Maximum storage Measuring time cycle Overall, L x W x H mm Weight g Power supply

As described. Supplied with wall holder, infra-red data transfer/control port, battery and calibration protocol. TJ847-50 Testo 175-T1 0.00 ea XX TJ847-70 Testo 177-T1 0.00 ea XX TJ847-55 Testo 175-T2 0.00 ea XX Accessories Rapid printer and logger control, Testo 575 24 character/line thermal printer with infra-red communication port which can be used to download readings and/or stop or start Testo 175 or 177 loggers. Provides graphical or tabular output of readings. Supplied with one roll of thermal paper and 6 x 1.5V AA batteries. TJ847-90 Testo 575 0.00 ea XX TJ847-92 Spare paper rolls for 0.00 pk XX TJ847-90, pack of 6 Accessory probes for TJ847-55 With 1.5m lead. Dimensions are probe length x diameter. TJ802-13 Immersion, 110 x 4mm 0.00 ea XX TJ802-16 Air, 110 x 4mm 0.00 ea XX TJ802-20 Laboratory, glass 0.00 ea XX sheathed, 200 x 6mm Compact data collector, Testo 580 Enables on-site transfer of readings from up to 25 full 175-series or 10 full 177-series loggers and resetting, if required, using the built-in IR transfer port. Supplied with RS232 output loading dock to ensure correct orientation of the collector on a logger and 3 x 1.5V AAA batteries. Requires accessory PC connection cable and Comsoft 3 Professional software for downloading to the users PC. TJ847-95 Testo 580 0.00 ea XX TJ847-97 Connection cable for 0.00 ea XX Testo 175/177 loggers Comsoft 3 Professional software With data handling, database, graphical and trend analysis functions. TJ847-99 Comsoft 3 0.00 ea XX

As described. With wall holder, download interface port with PC connection cable and RS232 D-plug, battery and Comsoft 3 Basic software providing read, display, print and programming functions for the datalogger via the users PC. Results can be displayed in tabular or graphical form. TJ847-10 Testo 174 set 0.00 ea XX TJ847-14 Accessory Testo 174 0.00 ea XX logger only TJ847-18 Accessory interface only 0.00 ea XX (without software) BL590-25 Spare battery 0.00 ea XX

TJ847-10 in use

TJ847-50 with TJ847-90

TJ847-50 with TJ847-95

634

thermometers, tiles
Remote Sensing Temperature Recorder KTx
N Records and displays temperature in either C or F with selectable 24 hour, 7 day, or 31 day recording periods N Remote sensing capability with accessories and with any K type thermocouple and miniature plug N User-selectable high and low level audio-visual alarms N Battery back-up if power interrupted Model Ranges N Bench or wall-mounting N Lockable cover

Tiles
Cavity Tile/Plate, plastic White polypropylene. With 12 cavities. Suitable for spotting applications. 115 x 95mm. Supplied singly. TJ995-10 Cavity 0.00 ea 0.00 ea (10+) XX tile, plastic Cavity Tile/Plate, ceramic White glazed ceramic with 12 cavities. Suitable for spotting applications. 115 x 90mm. Supplied singly. TJ995-25 Cavity tile, ceramic 0.00 ea XX Flat Tile/Plate, ceramic White ceramic glazed top 150 x 150mm. Supplied in a pack of 5. TJ998-30 Flat tile, ceramic 0.00 pk XX Ceramic Plates for bench protection see Mats section. Microtest and Multiwell Plates see Tissue Culture and Microtitration sections. Support Plates for use with retort stands see Stands section.

Temperature accuracy Sensor Recording periods Display resolution Chart diameter Overall H x W x D Weight Power

C/F mm mm kg

KTx C F 50 to +50 50 to +50 0 to 100 0 to 100 0 to 250 0 to 250 0.3% of reading 1.0C (1.8F) Bead wire Type K thermocouple probe, 1m long 24 hour, 7 day, or 31 day 1 203 270 x 335 x 70 3.2 Accessory a.c. adapter, with 4 x 1.5V type D batteries for back-up Accessories and Spares HY650-85 Accessory a.c. adapter, 240V 50Hz TJ852-95 Pens, red, pack of 6 TJ875-90 Sensor cable extension, 3m TJ875-95 Sensor cable extension, 30 m TJ877-85 Bead wire type K probe BL610-22 Spare battery, 1.5V (4 required)

Remote Sensing Recorder KTx As described. Supplied with internal bead wire Type K thermocouple probe, pen, 100 each 0 to 100C/F 7 day charts and 4 x 1.5V type D batteries for the back-up system. Without a.c. adapter. TJ875-10 KTx sensing recorder 0.00 ea XX

0.00 ea 0.00 pk 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

XX XX XX XX XX XX

Type K remote sensor probes see TJ733 series. Spare Charts Dual temperature range, 203mm diameter. Supplied in packs of 60. Temp. range, C/F 50 to +50 0 to +100 0 to +250 24 hour TJ877-13 TJ877-25 TJ877-37 pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 Recording period 7 day pk TJ877-17 TJ877-29 TJ877-41 0.00 0.00 0.00 31 day TJ877-21 TJ877-33 TJ877-45 pk 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX

TJ995-10

TJ995-25

TJ875 in use

TJ998-30

635

timers
Multifunction Timer, Countup Digital reading with large 12mm digit LCD inclined for easy viewing on the bench. High accuracy countup timer from 0.01 seconds to 9 hours 59 minutes 59.99 seconds. Split and lap timing facilities selectable. Also available with 4mm sockets for external triggering. Supplied with 1.5V battery. TL648-15 Multifunction timer 0.00 ea XX TL648-22 Multifunction timer/ 0.00 ea XX sockets BL610-15 Spare battery 1.5V 0.00 ea XX Timer/Clock, Countdown/Countup Digital reading. Counts up or down from 1 second to 23 hours 59 minutes 59 seconds and can be used as a 12 hour clock. Quartz battery operated clock with setting keys and audible and visual alarms. With pocket clip, bench stand, magnetic attachment and battery. TL660-60 Countdown/Countup 0.00 ea XX BL610-04 Spare battery 1.4V 0.00 ea XX Programmable Timer, Countdown/Countup Digital reading. Counts up or down from 1 second to 99 hours 59 minutes 59 seconds. Digit height: 18mm (hours and minutes), 10mm (seconds). Has four programmable timing channels with alarms at the end of the counting period. With pocket clip/bench stand and magnetic attachment, instructions and batteries. TL662-19 Programmable timer 0.00 ea XX BL610-08 Spare battery 1.5V 0.00 ea XX (2 required) Timer, Countdown/Countup with memory Rotary design, with large 32mm digit display, rapid setting using twist mechanism and memory function. Times up or down from 1 second to 99 minutes 59 seconds. Supplied with magnetic clip for attaching to a metal surface and battery. TL662-40 Countdown/Countup 0.00 ea XX BL610-08 Spare battery 1.5V 0.00 ea XX Triple Timer, Countdown/Countup Digital reading, 3 separate timing units with countup or countdown displays from 1 second to 20 hours. Each unit has a different audible alarm at the end of its counting period. The case incorporates a combined bench stand/hanging clip with magnetic attachment. Supplied with 1.4V battery. TL665-20 Triple timer 0.00 ea XX BL610-04 Spare battery 1.4V 0.00 ea XX Stopclock with Countdown/Countup facility see TL678/TL680.

Countdown/Countup Timers
Timer, Countdown, with memory Digital reading. Measures lapsed time up to 99 minutes 59 seconds. With end-of-period, audible alarm. The memory function allows the set time period to be repeated as often as desired by simple manipulation of the Start/Stop switch. A magnet attached to the back can be used to place the timer on a metal surface. Supplied with button cell battery. TL645-17 Countdown with 0.00 ea XX memory BL610-04 Spare battery 1.4V 0.00 ea XX Timer, Countdown, with memory Digital reading count down from 19 hours 59 minutes 59 seconds to 1 second with audible alarm at the end of period. The memory function allows the set time period to be repeated as often as desired. With back clip which incorporates a magnet allowing the timer to be attached to a metal surface. Supplied with 1.5V AAA battery. TL645-27 18mm display 0.00 ea XX BL610-08 Spare battery 1.5V 0.00 ea XX

TL645-17

TL648-22 in use

TL662-19

TL645-27

TL660-60

TL662-40

TL665-20

636

timers
Interval Timers, Stopclocks and Time Switches
Timer, 1-hour Spring driven clock movement activated by setting the easy to read dial. With audible alarm. TL675-15 1-hour, 50mm dial 0.00 ea XX Timer, 1-hour Quartz driven movement with analogue dial setting, flashing LED countdown indicator and alarm at end of period. Supplied with hanging hook and 1.5V AA battery. TL675-40 1-hour, 50mm dial 0.00 ea XX BL610-15 Spare battery 1.5V 0.00 ea XX Timer/Stopclock, 1-hour Spring driven, 20 hour, clock movement. With 100mm dial scaled 0 to 60 minutes in 1 minute and 1 second intervals. The hands and dial spots are luminous. With start, stop and reset buttons. TL677-15 1-hour, 100mm dial 0.00 ea XX Timer/Stopclock, Countdown/Countup Digital reading with 18mm high LCD and 10 key setting. Counts up to or down from 10 hours to 1 second with an audible alarm at the end of the timed period. A 12/24 hour clock display is selectable and a magnet attached to the back of the timer allows fixing to a metal surface. Supplied with 1.5V AAA battery. TL678-10 Timer/stopclock 0.00 ea XX BL610-08 Spare battery 1.5V 0.00 ea XX Timer/Stopclock, Countdown/Countup Digital reading with 17mm high LCD. Counts up to or down from 24 hours to 1 second with an audible alarm at the end of the timed period and display backlight which can also be activated at any time by push button. Memory function allows easy repeat operations and a clock function is also selectable. With hanging clip incorporating a magnetic attachment and 2 x 1.5V AAA batteries. TL678-20 Timer/stopclock 0.00 ea XX BL610-08 Spare battery 1.5V 0.00 ea XX Timer/Stopclock, Countdown/Countup Digital reading, compact timer with large 27mm main digit and 20mm high secondary digit display. Counts up or down from 99 minutes and 59 seconds with audible alarm at the end of the timed period. Supplied with pocket clip/bench stand and magnetic attachment, instructions and battery. TL680-09 Timer/stopclock 0.00 ea XX BL610-08 Spare battery 1.5V 0.00 ea XX Timer/Stopclock, Countdown/Countup Digital reading with large 30mm main digit and 25mm high secondary digit display. Counts up or down from 23 hours, 59 minutes and 59 seconds to 1 second, alternatively counts up from 0.01 seconds to 59 minutes 59 seconds or 9999.9 seconds or 0.01 minute to 19999.99 minutes. A loud audible alarm is emitted at the end of the timed period. Lap facility available on countup feature. 12/24 hour clock, day and month displays and a daily alarm are also selectable. Supplied with 1.5V C battery. TL680-15 Timer/stopclock 0.00 ea XX BL610-20 Spare battery 1.5V 0.00 ea XX

Wall Clocks
Time Switches With integral 13A 3-pin plug and socket fitting for connecting respectively directly to the mains supply and to equipment being controlled. Large dial with simple time setting by switch pins. Overall 70 x 70 x 33mm deep. Minimum setting interval 15 minutes on 24 hour model 2 hours on 7 day model Minimum time period 30 minutes on 24 hour model 4 hours on 7 day model For 210-250V 50Hz single phase supplies. Maximum rating 13A. TM850-20 24 hour 0.00 ea XX TM850-50 7 day 0.00 ea XX Wall Clock, analogue Quartz mechanism, battery operated. White moulded plastic case with 254mm diameter, 12 hour dial with sweep second hand. Overall diameter 270mm. With battery and integral wall mounting bracket. TM900-12 Wall clock, analogue 0.00 ea XX BL610-15 Spare battery 1.5V 0.00 ea XX Wall Clock, with thermometer Generally as TM900-12 but with additional LCD showing room temperature in C, inset into the clock face at the base. TM900-50 Wall clock, analogue 0.00 ea XX with thermometer BL610-15 Spare battery 1.5V 0.00 ea XX

TL675-15

TL678-10

TL680-15

TL675-40

TL678-20

TM850

TL677-15

TL680-09

TM900-50, TM900-12 is similar

637

timers
TM400-10 Mechanical Standard lever 16 60 0.2  TM480-10 Electronic 23 59 59   TM480-16 Electronic 23 59 59   TM480-17 Electronic 23 59 59   TM482-14 Electronic 9 59 59.99    TM485-30 Electronic 23 59 59.99  

Stopwatches
Cat. No. Type Movement Jewels Hours Minutes Seconds Side flyback Split Day/Date/Time Dual Scale Countdown

Mechanical Stopwatch As described. 16 jewel standard lever mechanism. Metal case with centre crown stop/start and side flyback. TM400-10 Mechanical stopwatch, 60 minutes x 0.2 seconds 0.00 ea XX Stopwatch Holder, Seta Suitable for use with metal cased stopwatches operated by a central crown push button. A bench-mounting which holds the stopwatch at a convenient viewing angle and has a push button at the front which actuates the start/stop/reset of the stopwatch. Supplied without stopwatch. (Suitable model TM400-10). TM460-10 Holder 0.00 ea XX Electronic Stopwatches As described. Quartz controlled movement, 24 hour models with liquid crystal display in robust plastic cases. Split time facility count to 0.01 seconds for first 30 minutes and then in 1 second increments to 24 hours. Include time/calendar display mode and alarm. With battery. TM480-10 With 7mm high display 0.00 ea XX TM480-17 With 12.5mm high display 0.00 ea XX

Electronic Stopwatch Generally as TM480-10 but with more robust case incorporating a finger tab to aid viewing when the timer is resting on the bench, and waterproofing, allowing immersion to a depth of 30 metres. With battery. TM480-16 With 9mm high display 0.00 ea XX Electronic Stopwatch As described. Battery operated. 8mm high liquid crystal display. With stopwatch function to 1/100th of a second. The stopwatch function has a split lap time facility recording 100 laps and 30 lap memories. Also features clock, alarm and calendar display modes. With battery. TM482-14 Electronic stopwatch 0.00 ea XX Water Resistant, Electronic Stopwatch As described. Battery operated, water resistant stopwatch. 8mm high liquid crystal display with selectable backlighting. Stopwatch incorporates 24 hour timer to 1/100th of a second with lap facility holding up to 100 laps, clock, alarm and calendar display modes. With battery. TM485-30 Water resistant, electronic stopwatch 0.00 ea XX

TM400-10

TM480-10

TM480-17

TM485-30

TM460 with stopwatch

TM480-16

TM482-14

638

tissue culture
Culture Tubes, Glass
Dimensions are approximate length x o.d. Culture Tubes, Comet, Disposable Borosilicate glass. Round bottom, rimless. Without cap. Supplied in packs as indicated. Size, mm TP160-13 TP160-18 TP160-28 TP160-33 TP160-38 TP160-43 75 x 10 75 x 12 100 x 13 100 x 16 125 x 16 150 x 16 Pack qty. 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 pk (10+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX

T
ea (40+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Culture Tubes, Pyrex Borosilicate glass. With SVL phenolic screw-cap, having an inert PTFE-lined, rubber disc insert, resistant to repeated dry heat and steam sterilisation cycles (121C for two hours). Supplied singly. Ref. TP250-25 TP250-30 TP250-35 TP250-40 TP250-45 TP250-55 TP250-65 TP250-70 TP250-75 TP250-80 TP250-85 1636/24 1636/26 1636/32 1636/36 1636/42 1636/04 1636/30 1636/34 1636/38 1636/10 1636/44 Size, mm 100 x 14 100 x 16 100 x 18 100 x 20 100 x 26 125 x 16 160 x 16 180 x 18 200 x 20 200 x 22 200 x 26 Cap size 13 15 18 20 25 15 15 18 20 22 25 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

Culture Tubes, Corning, Disposable Borosilicate glass. Without caps. Supplied in packs as indicated. Ref. Round bottom, rimless TP180-15 99445-10 TP180-20 99445-12 TP180-25 99445-15 TP180-30 TP180-35 TP180-40 TP180-45 TP180-50 TP180-55 99445-13 99445-16 99445-16X 99445-16XX 99445-18 99445-20 Size, mm 75 x 10 75 x 12 85 x 15 100 x 13 100 x 16 125 x 16 150 x 16 150 x 18 150 x 20 100 x 13 100 x 16 125 x 16 125 x 20 150 x 16 150 x 20 125 x 16 145 x 20 Pack qty. 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 500 500 1000 1000 1000 500 1000 500 1000 500 pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Spare caps and inserts for TP250-series Supplied singly. Cap size SVL Caps SW460-13 SW460-15 SW460-18 SW460-20 SW460-22 SW460-25 13 15 18 20 22 25 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (qty+) 0.00 (100+) 0.00 (100+) 0.00 (100+) 0.00 (100+) 0.00 (100+) 0.00 (100+) 0.00 (20+) 0.00 (20+) 0.00 (20+) 0.00 (20+) 0.00 (20+) 0.00 (20+)
XX XX XX XX XX XX

Round bottomed, screw neck TP190-25 99449-13 TP190-35 99449-16 TP190-40 99449-16X TP190-45 TP190-50 TP190-55 99449-20 99449-16XX 99449-20X

XX XX XX XX XX XX

Inserts for Caps SW464-13 13 SW464-15 15 SW464-18 18 SW464-20 SW464-22 SW464-25 20 22 25

XX XX XX XX XX XX

Flat bottomed, screw neck TP215-40 99448-16 TP215-55 99448-19

XX XX

Accessory Screw Caps for TP190/TP215 Supplied in packs as indicated. Ref. Disposable with rubber liner TP220-13 99999-13 TP220-16 99999-15 TP220-20 99999-18 To fit tube diameter 13mm 16mm 20mm Pack qty. 1000 1000 1000 288 288 192 pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX

Autoclavable with PTFE faced rubber liner TP224-13 9998-13 13mm TP224-16 9998-15 16mm TP224-20 9998-18 20mm

XX XX XX

TP160 TP180

TP190 with cap

TP215 with cap

TP250

639

tissue culture
Cryogenics
Cryogenic Vials, Corning Polypropylene with cap, permanent marking spot and graduations. Withstand temperatures down to 196C. Sterilised by gamma irradiation. Supplied in sterile packs of 50 within the outer packs of 500. Self-standing vials have an integral skirt. Ref. With external cap TP445-11 430658 TP445-12 430289 TP445-14 430659 TP445-15 TP445-17 TP445-18 430661 430662 430663 Cap fitting Screw Plug Screw Screw Screw Screw Capacity 1.2ml self standing 2ml 2ml self standing 2ml 4ml self standing 5ml self standing 1.2ml self standing 2ml self standing 2ml 4ml 4ml self standing 5ml 5ml self standing pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX

Culture Tubes, Plastic

Dimensions are approximate length x o.d. Culture Tubes, Corning Available in polystyrene (PS) or treated polystyrene (TPS) for anchorage dependent cells. Sterilised by gamma irradiation. TP320-37 has a screw cap and is supplied loose in bags of 25, TP320-40 is supplied with screw cap in 50-tube polyfoam racks, both within outer packs as indicated. Ref. TP320-37 TP320-40 430157 430172 Material PS TPS Size, mm 125 x 16 125 x 16 Pack qty. 500 500 pk 0.00 0.00
XX XX

Culture Tubes, Bibby Available in polystyrene (PS) or polypropylene (PP), with 2-position push-on polyethylene caps for gassing or gas-tight use. Sterilised by gamma irradiation. Supplied in bags of 25 within outer packs as indicated. Ref. TP365-30 TP365-35 TP365-40 TP365-45 75CTS 75CTP 100CTS 100CTP Material PS PP PS PP Size, mm 75 x 12 75 x 12 100 x 17 100 x 17 Pack qty. 500 500 500 500 pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX

With internal plug seal cap TP445-20 430487 Screw TP445-24 430488 Screw TP445-27 430489 Screw TP445-32 430490 Screw TP445-35 TP445-40 TP445-43 430491 430492 430656 Screw Screw Screw

XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Safety Notes Do not use cryogenic vials for storage in the liquid phase of liquid nitrogen. It is recommended that insulated gloves and face protection be worn when inserting or removing cryovials from cryogenic storage. Incubators see Incubators section. Slow speed mixer see CM470. Orbital shaker see SE745.

Accessories for TP445 Vial rack. Polypropylene. Holds 50 cryogenic vials. Supplied in a pack of 2. TP447-08 431131 0.00 pk

XX

Cryogenic Workstation ABS plastic. Includes an ice bath, self-locking vial rack, an open area for odd size tubes and alphanumeric identification markings. Holds 30 cryogenic vials. TP447-30 430525 0.00 ea XX Coloured inserts for Cryogenic Vials These inserts are unsuitable for TP445-10 and TP445-12. Supplied in an inner pack of 50, containing 10 each white, blue, red, green and yellow inserts, within an outer pack of 500. TP447-52 430499 0.00 pk XX Cryogenic Boxes ABS plastic. To hold 81 x cryogenic vials TP445 with capacities as indicated. With clear, drop-on lid, with printed numeric grid to aid sample identification. Supplied in packs of 10. Ref. TP447-60 TP447-65 431119 431120 For vials, ml 1 to 2 4 to 5 pk 0.00 0.00
XX XX

TP320, TP365 are similar

TP445 series with TP447

640

tissue culture
Cryoware

Cryovials Polypropylene with polyethylene closure. Skirted and self-standing. With marking area and fill line. Sterilised by irradiation. Supplied in dispenser packs of 25 within outer packs as indicated. Ref. TP453-10 TP453-13 TP453-15 5000-0012 5000-0020 5000-0050 Cap. ml 1.2 2 5 Pack qty. 500 500 250 pk 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX

CryoBoxes Polycarbonate. For ultra-low temperature storage of vials. Identification numbers on box and lid are keyed so that grid numbers match. Overall: TP453-40 76 x 76 x 51mm high TP453-45 133 x 133 x 51mm high TP453-47 133 x 133 x 95mm high Ref. TP453-40 TP453-45 TP453-47 5025-0505 5026-0909 5027-0909 Array 5 x 5* 9 x 9* 9 x 9** ** For 5ml vials ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (qty+) 0.00 (8+) 0.00 (4+) 0.00 (4+)
XX XX XX

Cryovial Holder Polycarbonate. Accommodates fifty TP453 vials in 5 x 10 array. With identification letters and numbers moulded in the upper surface. Can be autoclaved. Overall 197 x 102 x 28mm high. TP453-20 5030-0510 0.00 ea XX Cryo Freezing Container Polycarbonate outer container with HDPE closure and cryovial holder. When used as instructed with isopropyl alcohol and a mechanical freezer it will provide the 1C critical cooling rate required for successful cell cryopreservation and recovery. The rigid vial holder, which accepts up to 18 x 1.2ml or 2ml cryovials (TP453-10 and TP453-13) prevents vials contacting the alcohol. Moulded numbers provide quick vial identification. The vial holder floats in a water bath for thawing. Overall 86 x 117mm H x D. TP453-37 5100-0001 0.00 ea XX

* For 1.2 and 2ml vials

Microcentrifuge Tube Boxes Polycarbonate. Provides safe storage of filled microcentrifuge tubes. The transparent lid allows viewing of the tubes. Can be autoclaved. Must not be immersed in liquid nitrogen. Overall 51 x 133 x 133mm H x W x D. Ref. TP453-54 TP453-56 5055-5005 5055-5015 For tubes 81 x 0.5ml 64 x 1.5ml ea 0.00 0.00 ea (4+) 0.00 0.00
XX XX

Safety Note It is recommended that insulated gloves and face protection be worn when inserting or removing cryovials from freezer storage. Extreme care must be exercised when using any screw cap vials with liquid nitrogen. continued on next page

TP453-20 with vials TP453

CryoBoxes

TP453-37 with vials TP453

TP453-54

641

tissue culture
CryoBox Racks, vertical Stainless steel. With top handle. For use in chest freezers. For CryoBox TP453-40 Cat. No. Shelves Overall, mm TP455-50 4 83 84 225 TP455-53 9 83 84 502 0.00 ea 0.00 ea
XX XX

Cryoware continued
CryoCane Aluminium. Holds five x 1, 1.2, 1.5 or 2ml cryovials for storage in Dewar-type liquid nitrogen freezers. Overall length 290mm. It is recommended that the cane be enclosed in a sleeve TP453-65 for extra security. Supplied singly. TP453-60 5015-0001 0.00 ea 0.00 ea (12+) XX CryoSleeve Transparent PVC. For enclosing cane to provide extra security during handling and storage. Overall 273mm. Supplied singly. TP453-65 5016-0001 0.00 ea 0.00 ea (100+) XX Cryoware Labels Plain cloth labels 25 x 50mm which adhere to plastic or cardboard storage boxes. Designed for use at ultra-low temperatures. Supplied in pack of 10 sheets of labels with each sheet containing 20 labels. TP455-25 5040-0002 0.00 pk XX Cryoware Marker Set For marking labels. Will not fade at ultra-low temperatures. Supplied in pack containing one each fine point pens in black, blue, green and red. TP455-30 6313-0010 0.00 pk XX Cryo-aprons and Gloves see SA260 and SA720 series in the Safety section. Dewar Storage see DE710 to DE760 in the Dewars section. Dry Ice Makers see IC410. Goggles and Shields see SA952 to SA980 and SB970/SB973 in the Safety section. Liquid nitrogen refrigerators see CX800/CX810. Minus 80C Freezers see RG400/RG415 in the Refrigeration section. TP455-70 TP455-73 TP455-76

W D H 5035-0004 5035-0009

TP455-50 TP455-53

For CryoBox TP453-45 Cat. No. Shelves Overall, mm TP455-60 4 140 143 225 TP455-63 9 140 143 502 0.00 ea 0.00 ea
XX XX

W D H 5036-0004 5036-0009

TP455-60 TP455-63

For CryoBox TP453-47 Cat. No. Shelves Overall, mm TP455-70 2 140 143 206 TP455-73 4 140 143 406 TP455-76 7 140 143 705 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea
XX XX XX

W D H 5037-0002 5037-0004 5037-0007

CryoBox Racks, horizontal Stainless steel. With side handles. For use in upright freezers. For CryoBox TP453-45. Cat. No. Shelves Overall, mm TP456-10 12 (4 x 3) 143 445 225 TP456-13 16 (4 x 4) 143 590 225 0.00 ea 0.00 ea
XX XX

Safety Note It is recommended that insulated gloves and face protection be worn when inserting or removing cryovials from freezer storage. Extreme care must be exercised when using any screw cap vials with liquid nitrogen.

W D H 5038-4322 5038-4422

TP456-10 TP456-13

CryoCanes and Sleeves

TP456 in use

CryoBox Racks, vertical

642

tissue culture
Storage Boxes
Storage Boxes Translucent, polypropylene sectioned boxes, autoclavable at 121C for 15 minutes and suitable for use at temperatures down to 85C. Bases and lids have raised rims to enable boxes to be securely stacked. Rectangular boxes, 50-section As described, with drop-on lid. Accommodate up to 50 x 0.5 to 2ml microcentrifuge tubes or cryovials with maximum height 55mm. Overall 144 x 75 x 55mm L x W x H maximum. Colour coded as indicated. Supplied in packs of 4. Box colour TP460-10 TP460-13 TP460-16 TP460-19 TP460-21 Natural Pink Green Blue Yellow pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX

Rack Inserts Polypropylene. For use with square 100 section boxes TP462-series or as standalone racks. Available in two capacities to hold up to 64 x 0.5ml or 1.5ml microcentrifuge tubes in 8 x 8 configuration. Autoclavable at 121C for 15 minutes and suitable for use at temperatures down to 85C. With locating rings on the top surface to allow stacking, moulded-in alphanumeric references for easy sample identification and available in a choice of colours. Supplied singly. Colour For 0.5ml microtubes TP464-12 Natural TP464-15 Red TP464-18 Green TP464-21 Blue TP464-24 Yellow For 1.5ml microtubes TP464-62 Natural TP464-65 Red TP464-68 Green TP464-72 Blue TP464-75 Yellow ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX

Rectangular box, 100-section Natural polypropylene. Extended version of TP460-10, accommodates 100 x 0.5 to 2ml microcentrifuge tubes or cryovials with maximum height 55mm. The lid has embossed alphanumeric references to aid sample identification. Overall 288 x 75 x 55mm L x W x H. Supplied singly. Box colour TP460-40 Natural ea 0.00
XX

XX XX XX XX XX

Square boxes, 100-section As described, with hinged lid. Accommodate up to 100 x 2ml microcentrifuge tubes or cryovials with maximum height 53.5mm. An all black version is available for light sensitive samples or for easy batch identification. Overall 140 x 140 x 60mm L x W x H. Supplied singly. Base colour TP462-04 TP462-09 TP462-14 TP462-19 TP462-23 TP462-47 Natural Natural Natural Natural Natural Black Lid colour Natural Red Green Blue Yellow Black ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX

Cryogenic vial boxes Polycarbonate. For ultra-low temperature storage of most types of 1 to 2ml capacity cryogenic vials in 9 x 9 standard array. Suitable for use between 196C and 121C (autoclavable at 121C for 20 minutes). With clear lid printed with numeric identification key and choice of coloured base. Overall 133 x 133 x 52mm W x D x H. Supplied in packs of 5. Base colour TP465-20 TP465-25 TP465-30 TP465-35 TP465-40 Blue Green Orange White Yellow ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX

Freezer racks suitable for use with TP460/TP462/TP465 boxes can be found overleaf.

TP460-10 in use

TP462 in use

TP464 in use with TP462

TP460-40 in use

TP462-47 in use

TP465 in use

643

tissue culture
Inventory Systems, Lab Tower
Flexible, multi-deck storage rack/inventory tower systems to hold 1.5ml conical micro tubes, cryogenic vials and other tubes up to 12mm o.d. with maximum height 55mm, in removable racks of 81 (9 x 9 format). Ideal for benchtop transport, or freezer storage, and wet/dry incubation. Polycarbonate construction with very wide operating temperature range, 196C to +121C. The small 16 x 16cm footprint minimises valuable space requirements. The internal dimensions of each deck are 142 x 142mm and the standard rack can be replaced by any storage rack, tray or box up to these dimensions and maximum 60mm high. Each deck platform has a front lip to secure the rack or box and the top deck has a carry-grip* mounted on it to aid portability. Available as standard tower systems comprising 5, 8 or 10 decks with or without standard racks, or alternatively as components for self assembly by the user. Inventory Systems, Lab Tower, assembled As described. The dimension stated is overall assembled height. All systems are 160 x 160mm W x D. Supplied singly. Decks TP468-05 TP468-07 TP468-16 TP468-18 TP468-27 TP468-29 5 5 8* 8* 10* 10* With racks  x  x  x Height, mm 340 340 660 660 820 820 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX

Freezer Racks
Stainless steel. Designed to offer a broad range of racking systems compatible with most chest and upright freezers and for use particularly with cryogenic boxes up to maximum dimensions 140 x 140 x 55mm L x W x H. Chest Freezer Racks As described. With handle and retaining bar (to secure boxes during transportation). Dimensions stated are overall W x D x H. Supplied singly and empty. Dimensions, mm TP466-10 TP466-20 TP466-30 TP466-35 TP466-40 TP466-50 147 x 154 x 404 147 x 154 x 470 147 x 154 x 527 147 x 154 x 555 147 x 154 x 732 147 x 154 x 785 Shelves 6 7 8 8 11 12 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX

Upright Freezer Rack As described. 8-shelves in two columns of 4, each with retaining bar (to secure boxes during transportation). Overall 310 x 150 x 280mm W x D x H. Supplied singly and empty. TP467-06 Upright freezer rack 0.00 ea XX Upright Freezer Drawer Racks Stainless steel frame. With six pull-out shelves allowing easy access to samples without removing the frame. Dimensions stated are overall W x D x H. Supplied singly and empty. Without retaining bar. Dimensions, mm TP467-15 TP467-25 150 x 460 x 400 150 x 612 x 400 ea 0.00 0.00
XX XX

*The 8 and 10-deck systems are supplied with 2 carry-grips to allow splitting of the towers. Inventory System components TP468-72 Lab Tower decks (supplied with two carry-grips), pack of 16 TP468-76 81-place polycarbonate tube racks, pack of 10 TP468-78 Carry-grips, pack of 5 Dry-ice makers see IC410.

0.00 pk 0.00 pk 0.00 pk

XX XX XX

Note These racks are not freezer-specific and therefore we suggest that dimensions are checked before ordering.

Igloo ice containers and trays see IC475/IC479. Storage boxes see TP460/TP462. Ultralow freezers see RG400/RG415.

TP467

TP466

TP468 in use

644

tissue culture
Dishes
Dishes, Corning Polystyrene. Treated to ensure reproducible growth and adhesion. Optically clear. All dishes are triple vented, except where indicated and have stacking rims. Supplied in packs as indicated. Ref. TP475-17 TP475-30 TP475-33 TP475-48 TP475-50 TP475-65 TP475-80 430165 430166 430196 gridded 430293* 430167 430599 431110

T
pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Flasks
Flasks, Corning Polystyrene. Treated surface for optimum cell adhesion and growth. With wide locating rims and graduated volume markings. Sterilised by gamma irradiation. With screw cap. Pe = polyethylene with plug seal; Ph = Phenolic. The vented cap includes a hydrophobic acrylic copolymer membrane; pore size 0.22m. Supplied in packs as indicated. Ref. Canted neck TP525-10 430372 TP525-15 430168 TP525-22 430725 TP525-25 TP525-48 TP525-50 TP526-12 TP526-27 TP526-47 430720 430824 430823 430639 430641 430825 Culture area 25cm2 25cm2 75cm2 75cm2 150cm2 150cm2 25cm2 75cm2 150cm2 75cm2 75cm2 75cm2 175cm2 175cm2 175cm2 225cm2 225cm2 Cap Pack qty. 500 500 100 100 50 50 200 100 50 100 100 100 50 50 50 25 25

Size, mm 35 x 10 60 x 15 60 x 15 100 x 20 100 x 20 150 x 25 245 x 25

Pack qty. 500 500 500 480 500 60 16

pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Ph Pe Ph Pe Ph Pe Pe Vented Pe Vented Pe Vented Ph Pe Pe Vented Pe Ph Pe Vented Pe Pe Vented

* With 6 pack carrier 6 vents

Square dish 245 x 245mm

Dishes, Corning Polystyrene, untreated for non-anchorage dependent cell culture. Triple vented, except where indicated. Supplied in packs as indicated. Ref. TP477-15 TP477-28 TP477-31 TP477-34 TP477-47 TP477-64 TP477-79

Size, mm 35 x 10 60 x 15 60 x 15 100 x 15 100 x 20 150 x 25 245 x 25

Pack qty. 500 500 20 20 500 60 16

pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

430588 430589 3261** 3262** 430591 430597 431111

Straight neck TP527-23 430199 TP527-25 430198 TP527-29 430816 Angled neck TP527-50 431079 TP527-52 431085 TP527-54 431080 TP527-62 431081 TP527-70 431082

XX XX XX

XX XX XX XX XX

6 vents.

Square dish 245 x 245mm. **With ultra-low attachment surface.

Spatulas, Corning Antistatic, modified polystyrene. Single-use, disposable spatulas designed to reduce time in repetitive, contamination-free, sampling applications in quality assurance and research labs, eliminating the need for sterilisation of, or the risk of contamination from, reusable spatulas. With spoon one end and choice of styles at the other. Supplied sealed individually in a sterile sleeve within outer packs of 100, certified non-pyrogenic and RNase- and DNase-free. Ref. TP493-06 TP493-09 TP493-12 TP493-15 TP493-18 3003 3004 3005 3006 3007 Style Tapered blade/spoon Small spoon/spoon Round end/spoon V-scoop/spoon Flat-end/spoon pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX

flasks continued on next page Cell Scrapers, Corning For aseptic harvesting of tissue culture cells from flat surface flasks and dishes. A flat blade is pivoted on the offset stem head to facilitate ease of use, maximise harvest volumes and minimise cell damage. Sealed individually in a sterile sleeve within outer packs of 100. Ref. TP535-20 TP535-40 3010 3011 Blade length, mm 18 30 Handle length, mm 250 390 pk 0.00 0.00
XX XX

TP475/TP477 series

TP525/TP527 series

TP535 series TP493

645

tissue culture
Multiwell Plates
EIA/RIA Multiwell Plates, Corning Medical grade polystyrene. Flat bottom, round bottom and Easy Wash designs. With coated surfaces to provide uniform high or medium protein binding. Each well is individually identified. Compatible with all current microplate washers, dispensers and readers. Non-sterile. Supplied without lid in inner sleeves of 25 within outer packs of 100. Ref. 430421 430183 430422 431146 431143 431144 431145 431147 125 250 500 1000 125 250 500 1000 26 31 43 43 26 31 43 43 50 50 25 25 50 50 25 25 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX

Flasks continued
Erlenmeyer Flasks, Corning Polycarbonate with polypropylene adjustable screw cap which can provide a gassing or a leak-proof seal. Transparent and graduated. Sterilised by gamma irradiation. Sealed singly in a sterile sleeve within outer packs as indicated. Ref. Plug Seal TP550-15 TP550-20 TP550-25 TP550-30 Vented cap TP552-15 TP552-20 TP552-25 TP552-30 Capacity ml Neck size, mm Pack qty. pk

No. of Wells 96 96 96 96 96 96

Bottom

pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

XX XX XX

High binding TP650-12 C9018 TP650-17 3366 TP650-22 3369 Medium binding TP650-42 C9017 TP650-47 C3797 TP650-52 3368 TP650-59 3098 3095

Flat Round Easy Wash Flat Round Easy Wash

XX XX XX XX

XX XX XX XX XX

Culture Flasks, disposable, Corning Polycarbonate with wide mouth and flat screw caps in polypropylene. Available in Erlenmeyer or Fernbach styles. With or without baffles moulded into the base. Supplied singly in a sterile sleeve within outer packs as indicated. Ref. Erlenmeyer TP554-40 TP554-42 Fernbach TP554-80 TP554-85 Capacity ml 2000 2000 3000 3000 Neck Baffled size, mm 50 50 60 60   Pack qty. 6 6 4 4 pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX

TP650-62

Sterile lid for above plates, pack of 100 PET sealing tapes for all above plates, non-sterile, pack of 100

Tissue Culture Filters

4, 13 and 25mm Syringe Disc Filters see FC370 to FC390. Complete Membrane Filter Units see FD244. Full details of these products will be found in the Filtration section.

431255 431256 431252 431253

XX XX

Microplate Block Heaters and Coolers see MW340 and MN660-20. Microplate Incubators see MN670-10 and MN720-40. Microplate Washers and Reader see MN615/MN625. Multichannel Pipettors see PR160/PR164 series.

Culture Flasks, baffled, Nalgene Tough polycarbonate flasks with indented baffles which increase mixing when trypsinizing and aerating in a variety of processes such as cell culture growth and fermentation. Supplied in packs as indicated. Ref. TP575-13 TP575-16 TP575-19 4110-0250 4110-0500 4110-1000 Capacity ml 250 500 1000 Pack qty. 4 4 2 pk 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX

TP650 series

TP550, TP552 are similar

TP554

TP575

FD244

646

tissue culture
Multiwell Plates continued
Multiwell Plates, Corning Optically clear polystyrene, treated for optimal cell attachment (except where indicated). Optically flat. Sterilised by gamma irradiation. Each well individually numbered. A raised rim on each cell reduces the risk of accidental contamination. Supplied with non-reversible lids (except TP680-26) which have condensation rings to reduce evaporation. Sealed individually in a sterile sleeve within a pack of 50 (except TP676-14 which are in packs of 100). TP676-20 has an inner sleeve of 10 plates. Ref. Flat bottom well TP676-05 C3516 TP676-06 3471** TP676-07 C3513 TP676-11 C3526 TP676-13 3473** TP676-14 TP676-18 TP676-20 TP676-25 TP676-27 C3548 C3595 C3997 C3696* 3474** No. of wells 6 6 12 24 24 48 96 96 96 96 96 Pack qty. 50 24 50 50 24 100 50 50 50 24 50 pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Roller Bottles
Plastic Roller Bottles, Corning Polystyrene heavy wall with screw cap and printed graduations (except TP825-10 which is ungraduated). Surfaces are specially treated to optimise cell attachment and each batch of bottles is rigorously tested to ensure sterility and lack of toxicity. Individually printed with batch numbers to aid traceability. The ESRB (extended surface area roller bottle) has a corrugated wall increasing the growth area from 850cm2 in the standard form to 1700cm2. ESRB bottles have a viewing window for microscopic observation and cell recovery. Sterilised by gamma irradiation. Supplied in sleeves within outer packs as indicated. Ref. Standard form TP825-10 430195 TP825-27 430849 TP825-28 431198 TP825-32 431302 TP825-40 430699 ESRB form TP825-75

Growth area, cm2 490 850 850 900 1750 1700

Sleeve qty. 2 2 2 20 5 2

Pack qty. 40 36 36 20 20 36

pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

XX XX XX XX XX

430852

XX

With vent cap.

U-bottom well TP677-26 C3799

Culture Flasks, Roux see FK500.

XX

U-bottom well without lid. Untreated polystyrene TP680-26 3795 96 100 V-bottom well. Untreated polystyrene TP682-18 C3894 96 Lid only for 96-well plates TP650-59 3098

Fermentation/Culture Flasks see QFV in the Quickfit section.

XX

Proculture spinner flasks see next page.

50

XX

100

0.00

XX

Supplied with low-evaporation lid. * This is a 96 half-well plate. **With ultra-low attachment surface. Microplate sealing film see MN380/MN385.

TP676

TP825

647

tissue culture
Culture Vessels
Culture Vessel, Polycarbonate, Nalgene One litre capacity, with polypropylene caps and polypropylene/TFE stirring assembly. Autoclavable up to 121C. TR270-40 2605-0001 0.00 ea XX Spinner Flasks, Proculture, Corning Borosilicate glass. With extended design, vortex impellor which maximises cell growth and viability by ensuring gentle, constant, liquid motion from top to bottom, eradicating dead spots, and agitation of the gas:liquid interface to promote better aeration. N Wide centre neck opening N Angled side arms that easily accommodate 50ml pipettes N Unique dual-bearing impellor and shaft securing mechanism N Constant flask height to width ratios for greater predictability in scale up across the range N Baffled sides enhance liquid agitation N All materials used in construction are FDA-approved As described. Supplied with two angle side-arms and centre neck with diameters as indicated, screw cap assemblies and a polysulphone shaft with vortex impellor paddle. Supplied singly. Ref. Cap. 4500- litres TR285-10 -125 TR285-20 -250 TR285-30 -500 TR285-40 -1L TR285-50 -3L TR285-60 -6L TR285-70 -8L TR285-80 -15L TR285-90 -36L Centre Side neck, arm, mm mm 32 32 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Biological Stirrers

Suitable for microcarrier and suspension cell culture. Uniform suspension of the microcarrier beads in the medium is achieved by a gentle stirring action which aids attachment and promotes circulation of the medium around the cells on each microcarrier bead to encourage a high rate of growth.

N Stainless steel stirrer platform N Siliconised borosilicate glass culture vessels and stirrer rods N Negligible heat input to culture vessels N Can be operated inside an incubator N Speed range 0 to 80rpm

Stirrer Units, MCS Model Vessels/system Max. vessel size Overall, H W D Weight Culture Vessels Size Working volume min./max. Overall height x depth mm Side necks 250ml 100/350ml 170 x 80 2 500ml 200/700ml 205 x 100 2 1 litre 0.5/1.5 litre 280 x 135 2 3 litre 1.5/3.5 litre 265 x 185 2 5 litre 2/7 litre 450 x 230 5 101L 1 3 to 5 90 395 460 6.5 102L 2 1 90 180 415 3.5 104S 4 0.5 90 300 380 4.5 104L 4 1 90 395 460 6 104XL 4 5 90 530 545 11.5

litres mm mm mm kg

Biological Stirrers, Techne For 220-240V 50/60Hz single phase supplies. Without culture vessel or stirring rod. TR150-15 MCS101L 0.00 ea XX TR150-30 MCS102L 0.00 ea XX TR150-45 MCS104S 0.00 ea XX TR154-25 MCS104L 0.00 ea XX TR154-50 MCS104XL 0.00 ea XX Culture Vessels As described. Siliconised borosilicate glass. Complete with caps and stirrer rod. TR170-20 250ml 0.00 ea XX TR170-30 500ml 0.00 ea XX TR170-40 1 litre 0.00 ea XX TR170-50 3 litres 0.00 ea XX TR174-25 5 litres 0.00 ea XX

Water Bath For use with MCS101L and MCS104L only. Clear acrylic plastic with 1kW heater. Temperature control to 1C from 20 to 50C. Fitted with overtemperature and low liquid cut-outs. Sits on top platform of MCS104L. Overall 440 x 390 x 150mm W x D x H. Weight 4kg. For 220-240V 50/60Hz single phase supplies. TR190-12 Bath MWB-12L 0.00 ea XX Incubator see IN800-10.

0.125 70 0.250 70 0.500 100 1 3 6 8 15 36 100 100 100 100 100 100

TR154-25 with TR190-12 in use

TR270-40 in use

TR285

648

tongs
Crucible Tongs
Crucible Tongs, Straight Flat hinge. Dimension given is overall length. Mild steel* TR500-15 150mm TR500-20 200mm Stainless steel TR504-15 150mm TR504-20 200mm 0.00 ea 0.00 ea (10+) 0.00 ea 0.00 ea (10+) 0.00 ea 0.00 ea (10+) 0.00 ea 0.00 ea (10+)
XX XX

Fisher Tongs
Fisher Pattern Tongs Stainless steel. With handles that extend into the palm of the hand for extra support and thumb and forefinger position for added grip and single hand operation. Dimension given is the overall length. For Beakers 100 to 1500ml. With glass fibre fabric sleeved jaws. TR600-20 325mm 0.00 ea XX For Conical Flasks 100 to 2000ml or necked bottles. TR600-30 235mm 0.00 ea XX For Furnace use TR600-50 460mm 0.00 ea
XX

Heat Resistant Gloves

Gloves, Leather With heat resisting leather palm and fingers. Fleece lined. Overall length 290mm. Nominally sized 8/9. Supplied in single pairs. SA700-25 Leather 0.00 pr XX Gloves, Autoclave Heat resistant to 121C. Soft, supple gloves made from washable terry cloth knit. White. Supplied in single pairs. Length, mm SA704-10 320 pr 0.00
XX

XX XX

Platinum tipped Tip 10mm long. Weight 1.7g. TR510-20 200mm

0.00 ea

XX

Crucible Tongs, Bowed Flat hinge. Dimension given is overall length. Mild steel* TR540-15 150mm TR540-20 200mm Stainless steel TR544-15 150mm TR544-20 200mm 0.00 ea 0.00 ea (10+) 0.00 ea 0.00 ea (10+) 0.00 ea 0.00 ea (10+) 0.00 ea 0.00 ea (10+)
XX XX

Ward Tongs
Ward Pattern Tongs Stainless steel. One handed operation using thumb action to open the jaws. Fitted with wooden handle and circular heat shield for the hand. Dimensions given are overall length x length to the heat shield. TR620-10 590 x 410mm 0.00 ea XX TR620-25 740 x 560mm 0.00 ea XX

Gloves, High Temperature Heat resistant to 232C. Heavyweight, soft, washable terry cloth knit construction with cotton lining. Brown. Supplied in single pairs. Length, mm SA706-14 SA706-18 270 320 Cuff Short Gauntlet pr 0.00 0.00
XX XX

XX XX

Platinum tipped Tip 10mm long. Weight 1.7g. TR550-20 200mm

0.00 ea

XX

* Mild steel tongs are supplied chemically blackened.

Gloves, Clavies Heat resistant to 230C. Soft, pliable, easy-to-wear gloves fabricated from washable terry cloth knit. Supplied in single pairs. Length, mm SA710-12 SA710-15 330 470 pr 0.00 0.00
XX XX

TR500/504, TR510 is similar

TR540/544, TR550 is similar TR620

TR600-50

TR600-20

TR600-30

SA710 in use

649

T
Files

tools
Glass Cutting
Tungsten Carbide Knives N For cutting soda-lime, borosilicate and silica glass tubing and rod N Long lasting tough reversible blade which can be sharpened on a silicon carbide stone With moulded plastic handle GM218-10 Blade length 44mm With wood handle GM220-10 Blade length 65mm 0.00 ea 0.00 ea
XX

Scissors
Scissors, heavy duty Side bent with polished steel blades. Blade length 125mm. Overall 225mm. TS285-12 Scissors 0.00 ea XX Scissors, general purpose Stainless steel. Straight, closed shanks. Dimension given is overall length. DS500-20 125mm 0.00 ea XX DS500-25 150mm 0.00 ea XX DS500-30 175mm 0.00 ea XX

Needle File Set Set of six No. 2 cut files. Shapes are flat parallel and tapered, square, 3-square, round and half round. Length 160mm. In plastic wallet. TS150-10 File set 0.00 set XX

Knives
Trimming Knife With retractable blade. The blade can be used in three positions and is fully retractable by using a slide button. Supplied with five standard blades stored inside the body. TS170-10 Trimming knife 0.00 ea XX Spare blades TS174-08 Standard, pk of 10 TS174-12 Hooked, pk of 5 0.00 pk 0.00 pk

XX

Pliers
Combination Pliers Tool steel with cushion grip handles. Length 160mm. TS200-10 With slip guards 0.00 ea TS200-12 Without slip guards 0.00 ea

XX XX

XX XX

Scalpel/Tool Set, Swann-Morton Comprising slotted plastic handle with clamping screw and one each No. 1 straight edge and No. 2 convex curved edge blades. DS260-10 Tool Set 0.00 ea XX

Note: These pliers are not suitable for use on live power circuits. Watchmakers Pliers Chrome vanadium hardened steel with cushion grip handles. The flat-wide jaws have smooth gripping surfaces. Overall length 125mm. TS215-10 Flat-wide 0.00 ea XX

GM218-10

TS150

GM220-10

TS200

TS215

TS170

DS500

TS285

650

tools
Screwdrivers
Screwdrivers Chrome vanadium steel blade and transparent plastic handle. For plain slot screws except where stated. Blade Electricians TS350-13 150 x 5mm Instrument TS350-25 75 x 3mm Chubby TS350-30 38 x 6mm ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX

Sealers
Impulse Heat Sealers For heat sealing polyethylene film and other low melting point plastics, metallised film laminates etc. With hand operated hinged sealing bar and automatic control for adjusting the weld time. Will seal film up to 250 microns thick (1000 gauge). For 220-240V 50Hz single phase supplies. Single timer model TS400-20 Seal length 230mm 0.00 ea
XX

Set
Tool Set 25-piece tool set contained in a lightweight case incorporating a torch. Contents: 2 each plain slot and cross slot precision screwdrivers 150mm adjustable wrench 117mm side cutters 120mm long nose pliers Trimming knife Roll of insulation tape 1/4 hexagon holder screwdriver Adapter 1/2 (M) x 1/4 square drive 2 each plain slot bits 5 and 6mm, cross slot bits nos. 1 and 2, Posidriv-type bits nos. 1 and 2 3 x TX-Star bits T10, T15 and T20 4 x 1/4 square drive sockets, sizes 5, 6, 8 and 10mm 3/8 square drive extension bar, length 75mm Torch (requires 4 x 1.5V AA batteries for operation) TS420-10 Tool set 0.00 ea XX Accessory BL610-15 1.5V battery (4 required) 0.00 ea
XX

XX

XX

Engineers TS350-40 150 x 8mm Engineers Cross Slot TS350-50 100 x 6mm (Tip No. 2) TS350-55 250 x 6mm (Tip No. 2) Chubby Cross Slot TS350-60 38 x 6mm (Tip No. 2)

XX

Dual timer model Provides additional control of the cooling part of the weld cycle. Includes also a cutter for layflat tubing. TS400-30 Seal length 300mm 0.00 ea XX Hot Air Blower see HE775.

XX

Safety Equipment see Safety section.

XX

Sealing film see SE165/SE175. 0.00

XX

Sealing Labels see LA290.

Watchmakers/Jewellers Screwdriver Set Comprising six screwdrivers with hardened steel blades and plated brass bodies in a plastic wallet. Blade widths from 0.8 to 3.8mm. TS370-10 Screwdriver set 0.00 set XX

TS350

TS420

TS370

TS400-30, TS400-20 is similar

651

tools
Storage Containers White acrylic with transparent front panels.These bench mounting units provide simple, convenient and visible storage for small items such as pipette tips, septa etc. Hinged lids provide rapid filling and dispensing. Dimensions stated are overall W x D x H. Supplied singly. SX200-35 160 x 150 x 355mm 0.00 ea XX SX200-60 165 x 150 x 178mm 0.00 ea XX Storage Rack Polypropylene open tiered rack, bench mounting, for storing small laboratory items such as corks, bungs, pipettor tips, small bottles etc. Stops prevent the bins falling off the ends and to improve visibility the bins can be angled down by approximately 7. Overall dimensions of each assembly 380 x 500 x 305mm H x W x D. Tiers Bins of H x W x D, mm SX210-14 4 8 of 50 x 125 x 130 4 of 75 x 125 x 170 4 of 100 x 125 x 225 ea 0.00
XX

Soldering to Storage
Soldering Kit Comprising 30W iron and 100W soldering gun, both with 1.2 metre cable and UK plug, soldering tip, tube of solder, flux, solder sucker, tweezers, wire holder/pointer and workpiece clamp with magnifier. For 230V 50/60Hz single phase supplies. Supplied in a rigid carrying case. TS480-15 Soldering kit 0.00 ea XX Multi-purpose Torch Versatile, hand-held, gas powered torch with adjustable temperature range from approximately 400C to 1200C. With piezo-electric ignition, rechargeable reservoir and interchangeable deflector, soldering, hot air blower and hot knife tips. The reservoir is recharged using proprietary butane gas lighter refill cartridges (not supplied). With safety cap, stand, storage trays, cleaning sponge, heavy duty case and operating instructions. TS495-10 Multi-purpose torch 0.00 ea XX Butane cartridges - local purchase is recommended. Tool Roll Heavy duty PVC with fabric bound edges and securing tapes. With eight pockets. Overall length when opened 400mm. TS550-10 Tool roll 0.00 ea XX Storage Cabinets With transparent tough plastic drawers mounted in a strong steel frame. Allow clean storage of small laboratory items, components, spares etc. Units can be wall or bench mounted. A retaining lip at the rear prevents the drawers from falling out of the cabinet. Overall dimensions of each cabinet 420 x 307 x 150mm H x W x D. Drawers of H x W x D, mm SX225-10 SX225-14 SX225-18 SX225-22 36 of 35 x 64 x 135 18 of 57 x 87 x 135 6 of 57 x 275 x 135 24 of 35 x 64 x 135 3 of 57 x 87 x 135 1 of 57 x 275 x 135 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX

Wall mounting Storage Bin panels see SX215.

Storage Cabinet, large depth General construction and uses as SX225 series but with transparent, tough plastic drawers 240mm deep. Overall 440 x 360 x 250mm. Can be wall or bench mounted. With 8 drawers each 85 x 160 x 240mm H x W x D. SX230-10 Cabinet, large depth 0.00 ea XX

TS480-15

SX200

SX210

TS495

TS550

SX225-22

SX230

652

trays, triangles
Plastic Trays
Trays White PVC. With end handles. Ref. TWRTT200-20 TT200-30 TT200-40 TT200-50 048 046 050 052 L x W x D, mm 410 x 321 x 25 422 x 231 x 24 524 x 236 x 27 555 x 406 x 24 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX

T
ea ea (4+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX

Glass/Silica Trays
Trays, deep White polypropylene. Ref. TWRTT215-20 TT215-30 202 204 L x W x D, mm 210 x 122 x 78 390 x 290 x 110 ea 0.00 0.00
XX XX

Trays, Pyrex glass Autoclavable. Ref. L x W x D, 1490/- mm TT350-17 TT350-22 TT350-27 TT350-34 02 04 06 08 300 x 200 x 60 210 x 210 x 60 350 x 230 x 60 400 x 270 x 60

Mercury spill tray with plugged outlet. TT204-22 056 400 x 310 x 20 0.00

XX

Accessory lids White polystyrene. TT217-22 TWR203 for TT215-20 TT217-32 TWR205 for TT215-30

0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

0.00 ea 0.00 ea

XX XX

Silica Furnace Trays Unglazed on the outside. L x W x D, mm With one short side open TT402-20 114 x 67 x 25 TT402-30 175 x 117 x 25 TT402-40 248 x 152 x 35 Closed all sides TT405-32 155 x 94 x 24 TT405-42 324 x 152 x 35 ea ea (10+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX

Trays, multipurpose White polypropylene, deep, tough trays which resist flexing and have a strong rounded edge. Resistant to most common acids, alkalis and solvents. Will withstand temperatures from 20 to +135C and can be autoclaved. The polished surface makes them easy to clean. Empty trays can be stacked one inside the other to save space. Dimensions given are nominal. Widely used for: collecting aggressive materials storing instruments collecting medical samples holding photographic chemicals Cap. litres TT210-12 TT210-15 TT210-18 TT210-24 TT210-28 TT210-32 0.5 1.5 3 10 21 39 External L x W x D, mm 180 x 230 x 42 250 x 310 x 65 310 x 370 x 75 420 x 520 x 120 534 x 634 x 140 648 x 846 x 160 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX

Trays, instrument Polypropylene. With vertical sides. Can be autoclaved. Ref. TWRTT230-20 TT230-30 TT230-40 018 020 022 L x W x D, mm 350 x 200 x 22 350 x 250 x 22 610 x 350 x 22 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX

XX XX

Tidy Trays White polystyrene. Designed for use inside a drawer to store pipettes, thermometers and other small items. Can be used for light or occasional carrying but will not support heavy loads. Ref. TWR55mm deep TT250-15 013 TT250-25 014 Compartments of L x W, mm 2 of 100 x 400 1 of 140 x 400 12 of 95 x 95 2 of 90 x 190 1 of 95 x 400 2 of 120 x 190 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX

Triangles
Dimension given is the length of side. Length, mm ea ea (qty+) 0.00 (100+) 0.00 (100+) 0.00 (100+) 0.00 (100+) 0.00 (100+)
XX XX XX XX XX

65mm deep TT250-35 015

XX

Pipeclay tubes on iron wire TT600-20 40 0.00 TT600-25 50 0.00 TT600-32 65 0.00 TT600-38 75 0.00 TT600-45 90 0.00

Silica tubes on nickel/chromium wire TT620-19 38 0.00 0.00 (10+) TT620-25 50 0.00 0.00 (10+) TT620-32 63 0.00 0.00 (10+) Silica TT630-32 65 0.00 0.00 (10+)

XX XX XX

XX

TT200

TT215 TT350

TT600

TT204

TT230

TT620

TT210

TT250

TT402/TT405

TT630

653

trolleys
Tray Trolleys Metal construction with metal trays (TT810/TT813 have welded-in flat plates) and four 100mm diameter swivel castor tyred wheels. Number of trays supplied match tiers stated. Dimensions and weights are nominal. Tray size, mm Mild Steel TT800-12 810 x 440 TT800-16 810 x 440 Stainless steel TT810-20 875 x 465 TT810-25 875 x 465 TT810-30 875 x 465 TT810-35 875 x 465 TT810-40 1090 x 545 Tiers Max. Overall loading, height, kg mm 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 890 890 900 900 1100 1400 900 Weight kg ea

Platform Trolleys
Trolleys, self assembly N Manufactured in tough ABS plastic N Supplied flat packed for easy assembly by the user N Non conducting N Easily cleaned N Easily manoeuvred on large quiet wheels, two with brakes Catalogue no. Platforms Size Spacings: Top/Middle Middle/Base Wheel diameter Overall H x W x D TT710-20 TT710-30 3 3 610 x 460 610 x 460 160 300 450 300 100 100 860 x 610 x 460 both sizes

2 3 2 3 4 5 3

19 20 14 18 24 28 24

0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

XX XX

mm mm mm mm mm

XX XX XX XX XX

Supplied in one carton for self assembly by the user. ABS plastic with three platforms each 610 x 460mm and large quiet wheels; two with brakes. Overall 860 x 610 x 460mm H x W x D. TT710-20 Upper/lower platform spacing 160/450mm 0.00 ea XX TT710-30 Upper/lower platform spacing 300/300mm 0.00 ea XX

Flatpack Trolleys As TT810 series but supplied flat-packed for easy assembly by the user. Tray size 875 x 465mm. TT813-22 2-Tier 0.00 ea XX TT813-27 3-Tier 0.00 ea XX Gas cylinder trolleys see GF400/GF407 on page 291.

TT710

TT800-16

GF400 with cylinder

TT800-12

TT810, TT813 is similar

GF404, GF402 is similar

654

tubes
Glass Specimen Tubes
Glass Specimen Tubes Clear soda glass or Type 1 neutral glass. Flat bottom. Dimensions are nominal height x diameter. TW157 and TW163 ranges are supplied without closure. Supplied in packs as indicated. Size, mm Capacity, ml Pack qty. pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 pk (10+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

T
pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Plastic Specimen Tubes

Polystyrene Specimen Tubes, Azlon Transparent. With snap-on polyethylene cap. Flat bottom. Dimensions are nominal height x diameter. Supplied in packs as indicated. Ref. TW225-10 TW225-15 TW225-20 TW225-25 TW225-30 TW225-35 TW225-40 TW225-45 TW225-50 TW225-55 BGG440P BGG442P BGG444P BGG446P BGG448P BGG450P BGG452P BGG454P BGG456P BGG458P Size, mm 26 x 26 33 x 32 34 x 38 54 x 38 42 x 51 60 x 51 53 x 65 68 x 65 87 x 65 100 x 100 Pack qty. 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 5 5

Soda glass. Supplied with push-in plastic closure TW150-13 50 x 12 4 300 TW150-19 50 x 18 12 150 TW150-23 50 x 24 20 100 TW150-25 75 x 9 5 150 TW150-26 TW150-29 TW150-36 TW150-46 75 x 12 75 x 18 75 x 24 100 x 24 7 15 30 40 150 150 100 100

Neutral glass. Without closure, requires TW159-09 snap-on closure TW157-13 34 x 23 7 190 0.00 TW157-21 48 x 25 15 150 0.00 TW157-29 72 x 27 30 100 0.00 Neutral glass. Without closure, requires TW166 series screw cap TW163-10 36 x 11 2 882 0.00 TW163-15 46 x 12 3.5 627 0.00 TW163-20 58 x 16 7 399 0.00 TW163-30 72 x 20 15 264 0.00 TW163-40 96 x 23 30 180 0.00

XX XX XX

Polyethylene Specimen Tubes, Azlon With captive hinged cap. Flat bottom. Dimensions are nominal height x diameter. Supplied in packs of 10. Ref. Squat form TW240-20 TW240-25 Tall form TW244-20 TW244-25 TW244-30 TW244-35 BGG308 BGG311 BGG302 BGG304 BGG306 BGG312 Size, mm 32 x 28 36 x 32 38 x 8 40 x 12 49 x 15 78 x 25 pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX

XX XX XX XX XX

XX XX XX XX

Accessory Caps
Snap-on cap, opaque polyethylene. For use with all sizes of tubes TW157series. Supplied in a pack of 100. TW159-09 Snap-on caps 0.00 pk XX Screw caps, black urea For use with TW163- series tubes. Foil lined wad thread R3/34. Supplied in packs of 1000. For tubes TW166-08 TW166-12 TW166-16 TW166-20 TW163-10 and TW163-15 TW163-20 TW163-30 TW163-40 pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX

Other Tubes can be found by reference to the main index at the back of the catalogue.

TW225

TW150

TW157 with TW159

TW163 with TW166

TW240/TW244

655

T
4 x 0.9 5 x 0.9 6 x 0.9 7 x 0.9 8 x 0.9 9 x 0.9 10 x 1.0 11 x 1.0 12 x 1.0 13 x 1.0 14 x 1.2 15 x 1.2 16 x 1.2 18 x 1.2 19 x 1.0 20 x 1.2 21 x 1.0 22 x 1.2 24 x 1.2 26 x 1.5 28 x 1.5 30 x 1.5 32 x 1.5 36 x 1.5 38 x 1.5 40 x 1.5

tubing, glass
Glasscutting
Tungsten Carbide Knives N For cutting soda-lime, borosilicate and silica glass tubing and rod N Long lasting tough reversible blade which can be sharpened on a silicon carbide stone (except GM225-10 which has a permanently soldered-on blade which is re-grindable)
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Soda-Lime Glass
Tubing Soda-lime glass. In packs or single lengths of 1.5 metres as indicated. All pack quantities stated are nominal. Dia. x wall, Pack mm qty. 548 391 278 186 146 256 208 170 154 134 111 97 86 67 61 56 93 82 65 32 26 42 36 25 25 20 Cat. no. pack TX600-10 TX600-16 TX600-20 TX600-25 TX600-29 TX600-36 TX602-12 TX602-17 TX602-22 TX602-26 TX602-32 TX602-34 TX602-42 TX602-52 TX602-57 TX604-13 TX604-17 TX604-23 TX604-33 TX604-43 TX604-48 TX606-15 TX606-20 TX606-29 TX606-34 TX608-10 pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Cat. no. length TX600-10/1 TX600-16/1 TX600-20/1 TX600-25/1 TX600-29/1 TX600-36/1 TX602-12/1 TX602-17/1 TX602-22/1 TX602-26/1 TX602-32/1 TX602-34/1 TX602-42/1 TX602-52/1 TX602-57/1 TX604-13/1 TX604-17/1 TX604-23/1 * * * * * * * * ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

With moulded plastic handle GM218-10 Blade length 44mm With wood handle GM220-10 Blade length 65mm With solid brass handle GM225-10 Blade length 44mm Glass Cutting Diamond Mounted in wood handle. GM230-10 Diamond Glass Marking Chinagraph pencils Diamonds and scribers Ink markers see LA520 to LA610 in the Labelling section. Blowlamp see BY620-10. Cut resistant gloves see SA730. Goggles see SA953/SA962.

0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

XX

XX

XX

0.00 ea

XX

* Not available in individual lengths.

GM225

GM218

GM230

GM220

656

tubing
Rubber
Tubing, Normal Wall, to BS2775 Supplied in coils of 10 metres. Size N3 N5 N6.5 N8 N10 N12.5 N16 N20 N25 Bore x wall, mm 3 x 0.75 5 x 1.5 6.5 x 1.5 8x2 10 x 2 12.5 x 2.25 16 x 3.25 20 x 3.25 25 x 3.25 Natural red TY200-10 TY200-15 TY200-20 TY200-25 TY200-30 TY200-35 TY200-40 TY200-45 TY200-50 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Neoprene grey TY204-10 TY204-15 TY204-20 TY204-25 TY204-30 TY204-35 TY204-40 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Silicone translucent TY215-10 TY215-15 TY215-20 TY215-25 TY215-30 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

T
ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Tubing, Normal Wall, Metric Red rubber. In European metric sizes as indicated. Supplied in coils of 10 metres. Bore x wall, mm TY240-14 TY240-19 TY240-24 TY240-29 TY240-34 TY240-39 TY240-44 TY240-49 TY240-54 4 x 1.5 5 x 1.5 6 x 1.5 6x2 7x2 8x2 9x2 10 x 2 12 x 2.5

Tubing, Heavy Wall, to BS2775 Supplied in coils of 10 metres. Size H3 H5 H6.5 H8 H10 H12.5 Bore x wall, mm 3x3 5x4 6.5 x 5 8x6 10 x 7 12.5 x 8.5 Natural red TY230-12 TY230-17 TY230-22 TY230-27 TY230-32 TY230-37 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Neoprene grey TY234-12 TY234-17 TY234-22 TY234-27 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX

Tubing, Heavy Wall, Metric Red rubber. In European metric sizes as indicated. Supplied in coils of 10 metres. Bore x wall, mm TY260-13 TY260-18 TY260-23 TY260-28 TY260-32 TY260-38 4x4 5x5 6x5 8x5 10 x 6.5 12 x 8 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX

Tubing, for gas burners Neoprene rubber with reinforced ends. Supplied singly. Length, mm TY280-15 450 ea 0.00 TY280-20 Length, mm 600 ea 0.00 TY280-25 Length, mm 900 ea 0.00
XX

TY280 in use

TY240/TY260 Natural, Neoprene and Silicone rubber tubing to BS2775. The illustrations below show the approximate full size diameters.

Normal Wall

Heavy Wall

N3

N5

N6.5

N8

N10

N12.5

H3

H5

H6.5

H8

TY200 to TY215

TY230 to TY234

N16

N20

N25

H10

H12.5

657

tubing
Tubing, translucent PVC, thin wall British Standard Softness (BSS) No.52 to BS2782. In coils of 30 metres. Tubing, coloured PVC British Standard Softness (BSS) No.75 to BS2782. In coils of 30 metres. Ref. 800/021/XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Plastic

Tubing, clear PVC British Standard Softness (BSS) No.52 to BS2782. In coils of 30 metres. Ref. 800/000/TY470-10 TY470-13 TY470-15 TY470-22 TY470-25 TY470-28 TY470-31 TY470-34 TY470-37 TY470-43 TY470-45 TY470-49 125/800 150/800 180/800 225/800 255/800 280/800 325/800 355/800 375/800 450/800 500/800 510/800 Bore x o.d. mm 1 x 1.6 1.5 x 2.1 2x3 3 x 4.2 3.5 x 6.5 4 x 6.8 4 x 5.5 4.5 x 6.3 5x7 6.35 x 9 6.6 x 9.5 8 x 11.5 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Ref. 800/010/TY506-07 TY506-09 TY506-13 TY506-17 TY506-22 TY506-24 TY506-27 TY506-31 TY506-35 TY506-38 TY506-40 100/800 125/800 150/800 180/800 225/800 250/800 300/800 375/800 430/800 455/800 480/800

Bore x o.d. mm 0.63 x 1.4 1x2 2x3 3 x 4.25 3.5 x 5 4x6 5x7 6 x 7.6 7 x 9.5 8 x11 9 x 12.2

ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

Colour

ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX

4.75mm bore x 8mm o.d. TY528-14 250/709 Black TY528-17 250/702 Blue TY528-20 250/701 Green TY528-23 250/705 Red TY528-26 250/706 Yellow 6.35mm bore x 12.7mm o.d. TY530-14 300/709 Black TY530-17 300/702 Blue TY530-20 300/701 Green TY530-23 300/705 Red TY530-26 300/706 Yellow 8mm bore x 11mm o.d. TY534-14 350/709 TY534-17 350/702 TY534-20 350/701 TY534-23 350/705 TY534-26 350/706 Black Blue Green Red Yellow

XX XX XX XX XX

Tubing, low density polyethylene Flexible, non-toxic. In coils of 30 metres. Ref. 800/100/TY560-04 TY560-07 TY560-08 TY560-10 TY560-15 TY560-25 TY560-27 TY560-30 TY560-34 TY560-40 TY560-46 TY560-53 TY560-58 TY560-65 TY560-70 TY564-31 100/100 120/100 140/100 160/100 200/100 240/100 260/100 280/100 300/100 340/100 380/100 460/100 500/100 540/100 605/100 680/100 Bore x o.d. mm 0.28 x 0.61 0.38 x 1.09 0.40 x 0.80 0.5 x 1 0.58 x 0.96 0.76 x 1.22 0.86 x 1.27 0.86 x 1.52 1.02 x 1.98 1.19 x 1.7 1.5 x 2.7 1.67 x 2.42 2x3 2.45 x 3.7 3 x 3.88 4x6 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

XX XX XX XX XX

Tubing, translucent PVC, thick wall British Standard Softness (BSS) No.52 to BS2782. In coils of 30 metres. Ref. 800/012/TY500-20 TY500-23 TY500-27 TY500-29 TY500-33 TY500-36 TY500-39 TY500-42 TY500-46 TY500-53 200/800 250/800 300/800 325/800 375/800 425/800 450/800 475/800 525/800 575/800 Bore x o.d. mm 3x5 4x7 5x8 5 x 10 6x9 7 x 10.5 8 x 12 9 x 13.5 10 x15 12.5 x 19 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Tubing, Nylon 11 Flexible, non-toxic and autoclavable. In coils of 30 metres. Ref. 800/200/TY567-05 TY567-17 TY567-21 TY567-25 TY567-29 TY567-33 100/200 175/200 200/200 225/200 250/200 275/200 Bore x o.d. mm 0.5 x 0.63 0.75 x 0.94 1.00 x 1.34 1.00 x 1.78 1.50 x 2.10 1.88 x 2.77 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX

Non-return valves see PX185. Tubing adapters see AD100/AD220 series. Tubing cutter see TY915.

658

tubing
Silicone Plastic
Tubing, PVC Flexible transparent non-toxic general purpose tubing in coils as indicated. Tubing, Silicone Translucent flexible pure silicone tubing ideal for most medical and laboratory applications, especially in use with peristaltic pumps. Peroxide cured. Operating temperature range 17 to +250C. Withstands repeated autoclaving. Non-toxic and biologically inert. In coils of 15 metres. Ref. 800/500/TY570-11 TY570-14 TY570-15 TY570-18 TY570-20 TY570-23 TY570-26 TY570-32 TY570-33 TY570-36 150 200 250 300 325 375 450 525 550 575 Bore x o.d., mm 2x3 3x5 4x6 5x7 5x8 6 x 10 8 x 12 10 x 15 11 x 16 12.7 x 19.1 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Bore x o.d. mm TY403-15 TY403-20 TY403-30 TY403-35 TY403-40 TY403-45 TY403-50 TY403-55 TY403-60 3x5 5x8 8 x 11 10 x 13 12 x 15 12 x 17 15 x 21 19 x 24 25 x 31

Coil length metres 100 50 50 50 50 25 25 25 25

ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Tubing, PFA Flexible, highly inert, perfluoroalkoxy (PFA) copolymer tubing which is mainly corrugated for strength under vacuum use, dampening vibrations and compensating thermal expansion. Transparent and non-porous. Available in lengths of 0.5 or 1 metre. The last 40mm of each end is uncorrugated for easy fitting onto connectors or barbs. Bore x o.d. mm TY600-05 TY600-07 TY600-10 TY600-12 TY600-15 TY600-17 TY600-20 TY600-22 TY600-25 TY600-27 TY600-30 TY600-32 TY600-35 TY600-37 6x8 6x8 8 x 10 8 x 10 10 x 12 10 x 12 12 x 14 12 x 14 14 x 16 14 x 16 16 x 18 16 x 18 18 x 20 18 x 20 Coil length metres 0.5 1.0 0.5 1.0 0.5 1.0 0.5 1.0 0.5 1.0 0.5 1.0 0.5 1.0 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Tubing, reinforced PVC Transparent and flexible but with terylene mesh reinforced thick wall for increased strength and to resist kinking. Can be used for low pressure and vacuum. Coil of 30 metres. Dimensions given are nominal. Bore x wall, mm TY410-14 TY410-18 TY410-22 TY410-26 TY410-30 TY410-34 TY410-38 5 x 2.5 6.5 x 2.8 8x3 10 x 3 12.5 x 3.2 16 x 3 19 x 3 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Peristaltic pumps see Pumps section.

TY570

TY410

TY600

659

tubing accessories
Clips/Clamps Providing shut-off or flow control for flexible tubing. Type CP100-11 CP100-15 CP100-19
XX XX XX XX

Tubing Accessories
Clamps, Bibby With non-slip serrated wheel and sloped floor which allow variable flow regulation. Plastic. Can be autoclaved up to 134C. Ref. Max. tubing o.d. mm 4.5 6 10 14 ea ea (5+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

Max. tubing dia. mm 8 10 12 10 8 10 10 15 20 12 25 30 40 40 20 25 30 14

Material Nickel plated alloy Polypropylene Stainless steel and acetal PVDF and zinc plated steel Nickel plated brass Nickel plated brass

ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

ea (qty+) 0.00 (10+) 0.00 (10+) 0.00 (10+) 0.00 (100+) 0.00 (100+) 0.00 (100+) 0.00 (10+) 0.00 (10+) 0.00 (10+) 0.00 (10+) 0.00 (10+) 0.00 (10+) 0.00 (10+) 0.00 (10+) 0.00 (100+)
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Mohr

TY900-20 TY900-25 TY900-30 TY900-40

KT4.5 KT6 KT10 KT14

0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

CP103-10 CP106-08 CP106-10 CP109-10 CP109-15 CP109-20 CP110-12 CP114-25 CP114-30 CP114-40 CP115-40 CP118-20 CP118-25 CP118-30 CP120-14

Ratchet Centre hinged, spring Stop-it, bottom hinged

Tubing Cutter For normal wall rubber and plastic flexible tubing up to 19mm o.d. With spring loaded hardened steel blade which is covered when the cutter is not in use. TY915-20 Cutter 0.00 ea XX TY917-18 Spare blade 0.00 ea XX Non-return valve see PX185. Tubing adapters see AD100/AD220.

Open sided Hoffman, bottom hinged, light Hoffman, bottom hinged Hoffman, side hinged

Nickel plated brass Zinc plated alloy

Hoffman, side hinged

Acetal

TY900 in use

CP103

CP106

CP120

CP109

CP114

CP118

TY915 in use

CP100

CP110

CP115

660

ultrasonic cleaners
Ultrasonic Cleaning Baths Sonomatic
N Tank and outside case all stainless steel N Integral heater with separate on/off switch (except models T80 and 175) N Integral timer (models 1000 and above also have continuous run position) Specification. All dimensions are nominal. All tanks have radiused corners. Catalogue No. Model Capacity Peak output Heater Heater power Timer Bath dimensions Internal D (Overall) L W Weight Empty UL100-15 UL100-20 UL100-30 UL100-35 T80 175 375H 475H 0.6 1.6 2.3 3.6 80 100 150 300 N/A N/A Set to operate at 60C 200 300 15 minutes fixed preset with cancel switch 65 (135) 151 (175) 83 (110) 1.4 100 (175) 151 (175) 137 (165) 2.4 100 (200) 240 (310) 135 (162) 2.7 150 (250) 240 (310) 135 (162) 3.5 UL100-40 575H 4.9 300 300 N Integral side handles allow bath to be moved easily and safely N Electrical circuit protected for safety to BS4266 and IEC 127 N Models 1000 and above have built-in tank drain

litres W W

UL100-50 UL100-60 UL100-70 UL100-80 1000 1400 1800 2800 9 12 18 26 300 300 450 900 With variable thermostat, maximum 75C 600 600 900 1200 0 to 60 minutes plus run position 150 (290) 300 (390) 240 (290) 8 200 (340) 300 (390) 240 (290) 8.5 200 (340) 325 (425) 298 (340) 10 200 (340) 503 (590) 298 (360) 12

mm mm mm kg

150 (250) 300 (370) 150 (175) 4.1

Ultrasonic Baths, Sonomatic With stainless steel tank and outer case, integral timer and integral heater where stated. For 220-240V 50/60Hz single phase supplies. Without accessories. UL100-15 Model T80, 0.6 litres, timer 0.00 ea XX UL100-20 Model 175, 1.6 litres, timer 0.00 ea XX UL100-30 Model 375H, 2.3 litres, heater/timer 0.00 ea XX UL100-35 UL100-40 UL100-50 UL100-60 UL100-70 UL100-80 Model 475H, 3.6 litres, heater/timer Model 575H, 4.9 litres, heater/timer Model 1000, 9 litres, heater/timer Model 1400, 12 litres, heater/timer Model 1800, 18 litres, heater/timer Model 2800, 26 litres, heater/timer 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea
XX XX XX XX XX XX

Accessory Lids One-piece moulded ABS plastic, or pressed stainless steel as indicated, with extensions to fit over basket handles. For Models ABS plastic UL103-14 T80 UL103-17 175 UL103-23 375H/475H UL103-27 575H ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 For Models Stainless Steel UL103-31 1000/1400 UL103-37 1800 UL103-42 2800 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX

Accessory Baskets Stainless steel mesh. With cranked handles to fit over the ends of the tank. For Models UL103-55 UL103-60 UL103-64 UL103-68 UL103-72 T80 175 375H 475H 575H ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 UL103-76 UL103-80 UL103-84 UL103-90 For Models 1000 1400 1800 2800 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX

Borer Chemie cleaning concentrates see CL400.

Note: Items to be cleaned should not be allowed to rest on the bottom of the tank during operation. The use of an accessory basket is recommended to avoid this.

661

ultrasonic cleaners

Digital Ultrasonic Cleaning Baths

N Tank and outside case all stainless steel N Tank capacities 1.50 to 25.00 litres N Digital setting and readout of timer (and heating, Models U300HD to U2800D only) Specification:Catalogue No. Model Capacity, Peak power, Heater Heater power, Timer Bath dimensions* Internal (External) Weight empty UL320-10 UL320-25 U100D U300D 1.50 2.50 130 200 N/A N/A 0 to 99 minutes all models 100 (175) 150 (177) 140 (170) 3.2 100 (200) 240 (310) 140 (170) 4.2

N Electrical circuit conforms to BS EN ISO 61010, low voltage and EMC Directives N Last setting parameters are retained in memory for repeated operations N Models U500D to U2800D have integral tank drain

litres W W mm D L W kg

UL320-30 UL320-40 U300HD U400D 2.50 3.75 200 250 30 to 70C all models 150 150

UL320-45 U500D 4.40 280 300

UL320-60 U1250D 12.50 400 300

UL320-70 U1750D 17.50 600 450

UL320-80 U2800D 25.00 800 600

100 (200) 240 (310) 140 (170) 4.5

150 (200) 240 (310) 140 (170) 5.2

150 (250) 300 (370) 150 (175) 5.6

250 (340) 295 (390) 245 (305) 10.3

200 (340) 330 (430) 300 (340) 14.5

200 (340) 500 (590) 300 (360) 18.5

*All dimensions are nominal. All tanks have radiused corners. Digital Ultrasonic Baths, Ultrawave With stainless steel tank and outer case, integral heater and timer where stated, and digital set and read. For 220-240V 50/60Hz single phase supplies. Without accessories. UL320-10 Model U100D, 0.00 ea XX 1.50 litres, timer UL320-25 Model U300D, 0.00 ea XX 2.50 litres, timer UL320-30 Model U300HD, 0.00 ea XX 2.50 litres, heater/timer UL320-40 Model U400D, 0.00 ea XX 3.75 litres, heater/timer UL320-45 Model U500D, 0.00 ea XX 4.40 litres, heater/timer UL320-60 Model U1250D, 0.00 ea XX 12.50 litres, heater/timer UL320-70 Model U1750D, 0.00 ea XX 17.50 litres, heater/timer UL320-80 Model U2800D, 0.00 ea XX 25.00 litres, heater/timer Accessory lids Choice of one-piece moulded in black ABS plastic, or stainless steel with foam gasket. For Models ABS plastic UL323-11 UL323-14 UL323-17 UL323-20 Stainless steel UL323-72 UL323-75 UL323-78 UL323-81 UL323-84 UL323-87 UL323-90 U100D U300D/U300HD U400D U500D U100D U300D/U300HD U400D U500D U1250D U1750D U2800D ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX

Accessory Baskets Stainless steel mesh with lifting handles that extend over the ends of the tank. For Models UL324-12 UL324-15 UL324-18 UL324-21 UL324-24 UL324-27 UL324-30 U100D U300D/U300HD U400D U500D U1250D U1750D U2800D ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Note: Items to be cleaned should not be allowed to rest on the bottom of the tank during operation. The use of an accessory basket is recommended to avoid this.

662

viscosity
Flow Cups
Simple to use flow cups for the approximate measurement of apparent viscosity in a wide range of materials including paints, varnishes, lacquers, inks and other viscous products. BS-ISO Flow Cups, Seta To BS3900; ASTM D5125; EN535 - ISO2431; DIN 53224. Aluminium with stainless steel jet. The cup number is the orifice diameter in mm. VC100-15 No. 3 0.00 ea XX VC100-20 No. 4 0.00 ea XX VC100-25 No. 5 0.00 ea XX VC100-30 No. 6 0.00 ea XX VC100-40 No. 8* 0.00 ea XX *Note: This cup is not in the current BS-ISO series but is offered for use with high viscosity samples. B-Type Flow Cups, Seta Brass. As specified in former BS3900 Section A6. Viscosity range stated is approximate. Jet Orifice diameter inches 0.093 0.125 0.156 0.187 0.281 Viscosity range stokes 0 to 0.5 0.4 to 1.2 0.8 to 2.5 1.5 to 10 10 to 50 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX

V
ea 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX

Ford-Type Flow Cups, Seta With detachable brass jet. To ASTM D1200. Viscosity range stated is approximate. Jet Orifice diameter inches 0.099 0.134 0.162 Viscosity range stokes 0.2 to 0.8 0.4 to 2.2 0.75 to 3.6

VC140-10 VC140-15 VC140-20

Ford 2 Ford 3 Ford 4

Accessories for Flow Cups VC148-12 Protective collar for B-type and Ford type cups VC148-18 Stand, with levelling feet VC148-24 Spirit level

0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

XX XX XX

Zahn Flow Cups, Seta Stainless steel with 300mm looped handle with ring which allows cup to be held vertically. Cup capacity 44ml. To ASTM D816 and ASTM D1084. No. Orifice diameter inches 0.078 0.108 0.148 0.168 0.208 Viscosity range centipoise 20 to 85 30 to 170 170 to 550 200 to 900 250 to 1200 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX

VC120-10 VC120-15 VC120-20 VC120-25 VC120-30

B2 B3 B4 B5 B6

VC170-10 VC170-20 VC170-30 VC170-40 VC170-50

1 2 3 4 5

Note To convert readings in centistokes (cSt) into centipoise (cP) the value should be multiplied by the sample liquids specific gravity.

Accessory for Zahn Cups VC172-10 Thermometer, bimetal dial, range 30 to +60C Stopwatches see Timers section. ASTM/IP Thermometers see Thermometers section.

0.00 ea

XX

VC100 with stand, spirit level and beaker Flow cups VC120 and VC140 are similar

VC170 with VC172

663

viscosity
Size Reverse flow, calibrated VC534-10 1 VC534-15 2 VC534-20 3 VC534-25 4 VC534-30 VC534-35 VC534-40 VC534-45
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Calibrated, Glass Capillary, Kinematic Viscometers

To ASTM D445-IP71, BS188, ASTM D446; 51 562, BS2000 Part 71, ISO3104, ISO3105. N All viscometers are supplied calibrated in accordance with ASTM D445IP71, BS188 and IS03105 and are supplied with a UKAS-traceable certificate N Calibration certificate supplied includes the calculated constant (C) N All viscometers can be used with transparent liquids and in addition the reverse flow models VC534 series can be used with opaque liquids Size U-Tube, calibrated VC504-10 O VC504-15 A VC504-20 B VC504-25 VC504-30 VC504-35 VC504-40 VC504-45 VC504-50 C D E F G H Nominal constant 0.001 0.003 0.01 0.03 0.1 0.3 1.0 3.0 10.0 Viscosity range cSt. 0.3 to 1 0.9 to 3 2.0 to 10 6 to 30 20 to 100 60 to 300 200 to 1,000 600 to 3,000 2,000 to 10,000 3.5 to 10 6 to 30 20 to 100 60 to 300 200 to 1,000 600 to 3,000 2,000 to 10,000 6,000 to 30,000 20,000 to 100,000 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Nominal constant 0.003 0.01 0.03 0.1 0.3 1.0 3.0 10.0 30.0 100.0 300.0 Viscosity range cSt. 0.6 to 3 2 to 10 6 to 30 20 to 100 60 to 300 200 to 1,000 600 to 3,000 2,000 to 10,000 6,000 to 30,000 20,000 to 100,000 60,000 to 300,000 0.4 to 2 0.8 to 4 1.6 to 8 3 to 15 7 to 35 20 to 100 50 to 250 100 to 500 240 to 1,200 500 to 2,500 1,600 to 8,000 4,000 to 20,000 0.3 to 1 0.6 to 3 1 to 5 2 to 10 6 to 30 10 to 50 20 to 100 60 to 300 100 to 500 200 to 1,000 600 to 3,000 1,000 to 5,000 2,000 to 10,000 6,000 to 30,000 10,000 to 50,000 20,000 to 100,000 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

5 6 7 8 9 10 11

VC534-50 VC534-55 VC534-60

Cannon-Fenske Routine, calibrated VC549-10 25 0.002 VC549-15 50 0.004 VC549-20 75 0.008 VC549-25 100 0.015 VC549-30 VC549-35 VC549-40 VC549-45 VC549-50 VC549-55 VC549-60 VC549-65 150 200 300 350 400 450 500 600 0.035 0.1 0.25 0.5 1.2 2.5 8.0 20.0 0.001 0.003 0.005 0.01 0.03 0.05 0.1 0.3 0.5 1.0 3.0 5.0 10.0 30.0 50.0 100.0

XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Suspended level, calibrated VC519-10 1 0.01 VC519-15 1A 0.03 VC519-20 2 0.1 VC519-25 VC519-30 VC519-35 VC519-40 VC519-45 VC519-50 2A 3 3A 4 4A 5 0.3 1.0 3.0 10.0 30.0 100.0

XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Ubbelohde, calibrated VC564-10 0 VC564-15 0C VC564-20 0B VC564-25 1 VC564-30 VC564-35 VC564-40 VC564-45 VC564-50 VC564-55 VC564-60 VC564-65 VC564-70 VC564-75 VC564-80 VC564-85 1C 1B 2 2C 2B 3 3C 3B 4 4C 4B 5

XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Dimensions and sample size The approximate length of the viscometer and sample size required by the viscometers is: Sample ml U-tube Suspended level Reverse flow Cannon Fenske Ubbelohde 13 to 40 22 to 40 12 to 25 7 18 Length mm 300 330 275 250 283

Standard Reference Oils Calibrated to UKAS requirements at either 25 or 40C are available. Details on request. Please specify your requirements.

VC504

VC519

VC534

VC549

VC564

664

viscosity
Viscometer Bath, E270 T&M
For the determination of kinematic viscosity to ASTM D445-IP71, BS188, DIN51500 and DIN51562 using capillary viscometers. The tank is bright annealed finish stainless steel with armoured glass windows back and front, sealed with silicone gaskets. The working space of the bath is completely clear due to the circulation and control equipment being contained at one end. Temperature is electronically controlled and an over-temperature safety cut-out is provided. Range Control Heaters W C Ambient minus 10 to +120 depending on coolant available Better than 0.01 Boost 2000. Permanent load 420. Thermostat 600 390 x 225 x 390 660 x 320 x 610 38 220-240V 50/60Hz single phase

Viscometer Bath, KV-8 Seta

For the determination of kinematic viscosity to ASTM D445-IP71, BS188, DIN51500 and DIN51562 using capillary viscometers. Accommodates up to 8 standard viscometer tubes using accessory holders. Digital temperature control and setting with readout. Integral cooling coil allows cooling to near and sub ambient temperatures using a suitable supply of chilled water. Toughened glass windows are provided front and rear for ease of viewing. Capacity Range Accuracy Overall L x W x H Weight, empty Power Supply requirement litres C C mm kg kW 50 Ambient to +150 0.01 (below +100C) 0.03 (+100 to +150C) 790 x 350 x 480 44 3.1 220-240V 50/60Hz single phase

Working space L x W x D mm Overall L x W x H mm Weight, empty kg Supply requirement

Viscometer Bath, T & M E270 As described. For 8 glass capillary viscometers. For 220-240V 50/60Hz single phase supplies. Maximum rating 3.1kW. Without lid or accessories. VC800-10 Viscometer Bath, E270 0.00 ea XX Accessories VC804-12 Lid with 8 holes for viscometer holders VC804-16 Universal viscometer holder VC804-24 Plastic cover for vacant holes in lid VC804-12 VC804-30 Cooling coil for use with a supply of cold water. Required for operating bath near or just below ambient temperature VC804-36 Stand for supporting and draining viscometer tubes VC804-42 Plain metal solid lid 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

Viscometer Bath, Seta KV-8 As described. For 220-240V 50/60Hz single phase supplies. Maximum rating 3.1kW. Without top plate or accessories. VC810-15 Viscometer bath, KV-8 0.00 ea XX Accessories VC812-12 Top plate with 8 holes for viscometer holders VC804-16 Universal viscometer holder VC812-15 Covers for unused holes in top plate VC812-12 pack of 2 VC812-20 Universal thermometer holder Refrigerated circulators see CL120/CL125. 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 pk 0.00 ea

XX XX XX XX

XX XX XX XX

XX

Stopwatches for viscometry measurements see Timers section.

XX

Filling Liquids It is recommended that before any additive or inhibitor is mixed with your bath liquid, or any proprietary fluid is used in place of mains tap water, the tank content should be checked regularly and if necessary buffered to pH7. Acidic liquids, over very long periods of time can cause damage to the bath due to electrolysis.

VC800 with accessories in use

VC810 with accessories in use

665

viscosity
Rational Viscometers As described. Supplied with a set of standard spindles, levelling stand and spindle protector. Visco Star models are additionally supplied with carrying case and datalogging software for operation on a personal computer (not supplied). For 100-240V 50/60Hz single phase supplies. VC820-15 Visco Basic Plus L 0.00 ea XX VC820-20 Visco Basic Plus R 2760.00 ea RO VC820-35 Visco Basic Plus H 0.00 ea XX VC820-45 VC820-55 VC820-65 Visco Star Plus L Visco Star Plus R Visco Star Plus H 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea
XX XX XX

Rotational Viscometers
For rapid, precise, relative or absolute, viscosity measurements in Newtonian and non-Newtonian fluids. Comprises drive module and set of spindles for measuring ranges as indicated. N Choice of model: Visco Basic Plus: with backlit, alphanumeric LCD, indicating speed, spindle selected, viscosity in cP (mPas) and % of scale. Spindle speed range 0.3 to 100rpm in 18 steps Visco Star Plus: as above, but additionally with alternative display of viscosity in cSt, sample temperature (using built-in Pt100 sensor) in C or F, shear rate and shear stress (using accessory, coaxial spindles) and density in g/cm3. Also features 10 programme memory, datalogging/ downloading software and RS232 and recorder interfaces. Spindle speed range 0.3 to 200rpm in 19 steps. Temperature range 0 to 100C x 0.1C N Auto-test function checks the instrument whenever it is switched on. Audio-visual alarms indicate any malfunction N Choice of units: SI or CGS N Calibration function allows recalibration by the user N Choice of display languages:- English, French, German, Spanish, Portuguese, Italian, Japanese Model Measuring range Resolution Repeatability Overall Weight Visco Basic Plus L Visco Basic Plus R Visco Basic Plus H Visco Star Plus L Visco Star Plus R Visco Star Plus H 20 to 2,000,000cP 100 to 13,000,000cP 3.2 to 1,060,000 Poise 0.01*/0.1 (viscosities <10,000cP), 1 (viscosities 10,000cP) all models 0.2% of full scale all models 590 x 440 x 300mm L x W x H all models 13kg all models

Spare and Accessory Spindles Interchangeable spindles in AISI 316 stainless steel. VC822-03 Spare spindle set 0.00 ea XX for -L models VC822-06 Spare spindle set 0.00 ea XX for -R and -H models VC822-10 LCP adapter 0.00 ea XX (Low viscosity adapter) and spindle

*Using low viscosity adapter and spindle.

VC820-15 to VC820-35 in use

VC820-45 to VC820-65 in use

666

viscosity
Torsional Viscometer
A simple to use comparative viscometer for quality control applications, particularly suited for use in the ceramics industry but can be used with other viscous materials with viscosities up to approximately 10,000cp. N Simple manual operation - no electrical connections required N Results can be obtained in minutes N Can be located on the factory or workshop floor The instrument comprises a torsion wire attached to a flywheel, suspended above an engraved 360C scale and a bob for immersing in the sample. Applying a torsion allows the fly-wheel to overswing. This is a measure of the sample viscosity. Results obtained are usually expressed in overswing degrees. Torsional Viscometer As described. Overall 150 x 240 x 730mm high. With flywheel, engraved scale and stand. Supplied with one each 30swg wire, 11/16 inch bob, sample cup and instructions. VC830-10 Torsional viscometer 0.00 ea XX Accessories and Spares VC832-08 Wire, 30swg VC832-12 Wire, 36swg VC832-20 VC832-23 VC832-26 VC832-29 VC832-32 VC832-50 VC832-53 Bob, 1/4 inch Bob, 1/2 inch Bob, 11/16 inch Bob, 11/8 inches Bob, 15/8 inches Sample cup, 69 x 62mm diameter x height Stirrer to provide manual stirring 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

Falling Ball Viscometer

For precise and easy measurement of the dynamic viscosity of transparent Newtonian liquids. In use the relative viscosity is obtained by timing the fall of a sphere in the sample under test over a fixed distance within a column at an angle of 80 (Hppler principle). Test results are given as dynamic viscosity in the internationally standardised units of milliPascals. This method is particularly suited for measuring low viscosities and applications can be found in the petroleum, paper, chemical, paint, detergent, cosmetic and food industries. N Meets the requirements of DIN53015 and ISO12018 N Reproducibility better than 0.5% N Comparability better than 1% N Precision bore, 40ml capacity, measuring cylinder with 3 graduations, each 50mm apart N Water jacket with -1 to +26C thermometer and ferrules for connection to an accessory thermostatic circulator Measuring ranges Ball number 1 2 3 4 5 6 Range, mPas 0.6 to 10 7 to 130 30 to 700 200 to 4800 1500 to 45000 >7500

Consistometer
A simple, low cost, easy-to-use device for accurately checking laboratory or production samples against consistency, viscosity or flow rate standards. Widely used in the chemical, paint, cosmetic and food processing industries. N Robust, stainless steel construction allows easy cleaning after test N Low sample requirement (75ml) N Engraved graduations every 0.5cm give accuracy and ensure long operational life N Supplied with built-in spirit level and adjustment screws Consistometer As described. Supplied with spirit level and levelling screws. Overall 355 x 88 x 104mm L x W x H. VC845-10 Consistometer 0.00 ea XX Circulators see CL120/CL125. Stopwatches see TM480.

XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

XX

Falling ball viscometer As described. Supplied with 6 balls (2 each borosilicate glass, nickel-plated iron and stainless steel) 11mm to 15.81mm diameter and -1 to +26C x 0.1C enclosed stem thermometer, calibration and instruction manuals, and cleaning tools. Overall 270 x 370 x 270mm H x W x D. Weight 7kg. VC840-20 Falling ball viscometer 0.00 ea XX

VC830

VC840

VC845

667

W washing
Cub Laboratory Glassware Washing Machines
Underbench machines offering a choice of: Washer only Washer/Hot Air Dryer N Compact size N 7 standard programmes covering most chemical or biological washing applications N Microprocessor controlled programming N Membrane keypad and digital display of programme or machine status N Drop-down door for easy loading N Hot and cold water filling N No special plumbing required N Dispenser for liquid detergent N Wash and rinse temperatures up to 95C N Built-in water softener N Acid rinse and distilled/deionised water rinse facilities N Front opening easy access door Additional Features for Dryer Model N Drying by hot air N Drying time/temperature selection N Programme cycle times can be extended by up to 30 minutes each

Facilities
Seven standard programmes are provided by the microprocessor controller, all individually designed and tested for specific chemical or biological washing applications. In addition a further 23 custom programmes may be defined by the operator, if required. Detergent. detergent. Built-in dispensers for liquid

Installation and Services

Hot and cold water supplies are through flexible hoses. A separate distilled /deionised water inlet is provided. The emptying hose requires a discharge drain tube with inlet set from the floor minimum 320mm, maximum 800mm. Water pressure: 0.5 to 10 bar for hot, cold and pressurised distilled. 0 to 0.5 bar for unpressurised distilled. Power requirements: 220-240V 50Hz single phase, 30A. Dimensions Washing chamber Overall Washer model Washer/Dryer model Weight empty H x W x D, mm 620 x 480 x 530 860 x 600 x 630* 860 x 900 x 630* 75kg (100kg Dryer model)

Distilled/Deionised Water Rinse. Alternative models are listed for using either a pressurised or non-pressurised (e.g. storage aspirator) distilled/ deionised water rinse. Neutralization/Acid rinsing. Built-in pump automatically injects required amount of solution directly into washing machine chamber. Water softener: Regeneration takes places automatically, only needs periodic addition of salt. Hot Air Drying. The integral, compact unit directs hot air either into the individual spigots of the jet rack used, or into the wash chamber when using baskets, trays and special purpose racks. Borer Chemie cleaning concentrates for use in washing machines see CL450/CL455.

*The door extends a further 610mm when open. Effective washing heights With basket trays on two levels bottom level = 280mm, top level = 190mm With Jet racks on two levels bottom level = 240mm, top level = 205mm With Jet rack on bottom level only = 460mm Standard Fittings The washing machine is supplied with two spray arms and one each basket trays for the upper and lower washing levels. This combination is suitable for washing wide mouth vessels, beakers, petri dishes, evaporating basins etc. and for test tubes held vertically in accessory baskets. Accessory Jet Racks Provide thorough internal washing of narrow necked vessels, volumetric flasks, medical flats, small cylinders etc.

WB200/WB205

WB210/WB215

668

washing
Cub Washing Machines continued
Glassware Washer, Cub As described. With one each upper and lower level basket trays and standard spray arms. For 220-240V 50Hz single phase supplies, 30A. With valve for pressurised, distilled water supply. WB200-40 Washer with valve 0.00 ea XX With pump for unpressurised, distilled water supply. WB205-45 Washer with pump 0.00 ea XX Glassware Washer/Dryer, Cub As described. With integral hot air drying unit and one each upper and lower level basket trays and standard spray arms. For 220-240V 50Hz single phase supplies, 30A. With integral hot air drying unit and valve for pressurised, distilled water supply. WB210-38 Washer/Dryer 0.00 ea XX with valve With integral hot air drying unit and pump for unpressurised, distilled water supply. WB215-43 Washer/Dryer 0.00 ea XX with pump Accessory Jet Racks Hollow spigots WB220-15 WB220-20 WB220-25 40 34 34 each For level Lower Upper Upper/lower ea 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX

Bottle/Tube Washers
Bottle Washer For rinsing the interior of bottles and other containers with neck diameters between 9.5 and 100mm and approximately 75mm minimum height. The spring loaded nozzle, when depressed by an inverted bottle, ejects jets of water. Waste water is dispersed through channels in the sloping distributor. The water flow ceases when the bottle is removed from the nozzle. Supplied with centre vertical nozzle, four-arm horizontal distributor, heavy base and 1 metre of hose. WB450-10 Bottle washer 0.00 ea XX Accessory Nozzle for cleaning syringe barrels and test tubes. With one vertical and four horizontal plastic coated arms. WB454-18 Syringe nozzle 0.00 ea XX Brushing Washer For cleaning the inside of small bottles, test tubes and similar glassware using an electrically driven brush. Comprising a quiet running motor with quick release chuck within an enamel painted aluminium housing. A transparent plastic shield extends over the rotating brush and stainless steel drip tray. Overall 270 x 630 x 255mm W x D x H. Weight 14kg. For 220-240V 50Hz single phase supplies. Without brushes. WB500-10 Brushing washer 0.00 ea XX Accessory Brushes For bottles and similar containers. Approximate capacity ml WB504-20 WB504-30 For test tubes Approximate diameter mm WB506-10 WB506-20 WB506-30 WB506-40 WB506-45 WB506-55 6 10 13 16 19 25 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX

Pipette/Burette Rinsers
Azlon Pipette/Burette Rinsers Heavy duty polyethylene. The complete system comprises a basket which holds the items to be cleaned and fits inside the soaking jar. After soaking the basket is transferred to the siphoning rinser which is connected to a mains water supply. The fill /drain siphoning cycle repeats automatically for as long as the rinsing water flows at the correct rate. Require a source of mains water and a suitable waste water drain. For pipettes up to 460mm long. Height 630mm. Ref. RDRWB600-10 WB600-20 WB600-30 202 204 206 Item Int. dia. mm 100 100 90 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX

Rinser Jar Basket

For burettes up to 560mm long. Height 710mm. Ref. RDRWB610-12 WB610-22 WB610-32 102 104 106 Item Int. dia. mm 175 175 145 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX

Rinser Jar Basket

Burette Brushes etc. see Brushes section. Cleaning Baths see Ultrasonics section.

ea 0.00 0.00

ea (10+) 0.00 0.00

XX XX

Baskets, Stainless steel mesh, wedge shape For test tubes. For use on lower basket tray. WB224-20 105mm high 0.00 ea XX WB224-26 165mm high 0.00 ea XX WB224-32 200mm high 0.00 ea XX Petri Dish Rack Plastic coated stainless steel. For use on lower level only. For 31 dishes, 100mm diameter. WB230-20 Petri dish rack 0.00 ea XX Beaker/Bottle Support Supports up to 28 items. Two supports can be used on each of the upper and lower basket trays. WB232-10 Beaker/Bottle support 0.00 ea XX

100/125 200/250

WB500 in use

WB450

WB600 series

669

W washing
Colour Coded Washbottles, Narrow Neck
Washbottles, Azlon sloping shoulder Round, sloping shoulder bottle with swan neck jet and screw closure. Natural polyethylene with alternative colour coded closure. Supplied in packs of 5. Ref. WGFBlue closure WB710-15 WB710-25 WB710-30 WB710-35 WB710-40 Green closure WB722-15 WB722-25 WB722-30 WB722-35 WB722-40 Red closure WB724-15 WB724-25 WB724-30 WB724-35 WB724-40 White closure WB726-15 WB726-25 WB726-30 WB726-35 WB726-40 Yellow closure WB728-15 WB728-25 WB728-30 WB728-35 WB728-40 325P 334P 335P 442P 244P 329P 333P 339P 441P 243P 327P 331P 337P 439P 241P 326P 330P 336P 438P 240P 328P 332P 338P 440P 242P Cap. ml 125 250 500 750 1000 125 250 500 750 1000 125 250 500 750 1000 125 250 500 750 1000 125 250 500 750 1000 pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX

Washbottles, Azlon oval Oval bottle. With swan neck jet and screw closure. Natural polyethylene with alternative colour coded closure. Supplied in packs of 5. Ref. WGFBlue closure WB730-25 WB730-30 034P 040P Cap. ml 250 500 250 500 250 500 250 500 250 500 pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX

Washbottles, Azlon traditional Round, square shouldered bottle with swan neck jet and screw closure. Natural polyethylene with alternative colour coded closure. Supplied in packs of 5. Ref. WGFBlue closure WB700-10 WB700-20 WB700-25 WB700-30 Green closure WB702-10 WB702-20 WB702-25 WB702-30 Red closure WB704-10 WB704-20 WB704-25 WB704-30 White closure WB706-10 WB706-20 WB706-25 WB706-30 Yellow closure WB708-10 WB708-20 WB708-25 WB708-30 224P 225P 234P 235P 223P 229P 233P 239P 221P 227P 231P 237P 220P 228P 230P 236P 222P 226P 232P 238P Cap. ml 60 150 250 500 60 150 250 500 60 150 250 500 60 150 250 500 60 150 250 500 pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX

Green closure WB732-25 033P WB732-30 039P Red closure WB734-25 WB734-30 031P 037P

XX XX

XX XX XX XX XX

XX XX

XX XX XX XX

White closure WB736-25 030P WB736-30 036P Yellow closure WB738-25 032P WB738-30 038P

XX XX

XX XX XX XX XX

XX XX

XX XX XX XX

XX XX XX XX XX

XX XX XX XX

XX XX XX XX

XX XX XX XX XX

WB700/WB708

WB710/WB728

WB730/WB738

670

washing
Colour Coded and Printed Washbottles, Narrow Neck
Washbottles, Azlon, printed Round, sloping shoulder bottle with swan neck jet and screw closure. Natural polyethylene with colour coded printing and cap. Supplied in packs of 5. Ref. WGFCap. ml Colour code White White White White White White Red Red Green Green Blue Blue Yellow Yellow pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX

Safety Washbottles and Washbottle Carriers

Washbottles, Azlon safety Round, square shouldered bottle with swan neck jet and screw closure. Polyethylene completely coloured for easy identification. Supplied in packs of 5. Ref. WGRBlue WB848-25 WB848-30 Green WB850-25 WB850-30 Red WB852-25 WB852-30 Yellow WB854-25 WB854-30 137P 138P 030P 036P 037P 038P 130P 136P Cap. ml 250 500 250 500 250 500 250 500 pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX

Washbottles, Azlon integral jet Squared oval bottle with integrally moulded tube and removable jet tip. Polyethylene with bottle colour coded as indicated. With plain white cap. Registered design 974610. Supplied in packs of 5. Ref. BGFBlue bottle WB748-25 WB748-30 131P 137P Cap. ml 250 500 250 500 250 500 250 500 250 500 pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX

Printed "Deionised Water WB816-25 602P 250 WB816-30 603P 500 Printed "Distilled Water WB818-25 600P 250 WB818-30 601P 500 Printed "Water WB820-25 530P WB820-30 536P Printed "Acetone WB822-25 531P WB822-30 537P 250 500 250 500

XX XX

XX XX

Natural bottle WB750-25 130P WB750-30 136P Green bottle WB752-25 WB752-30 Red bottle WB754-25 WB754-30 135P 140P 134P 138P

XX XX

XX XX

XX XX

XX XX

XX XX

XX XX

XX XX

Printed "Methanol WB824-25 532P 250 WB824-30 538P 500 Printed "Isopropanol WB826-25 533P 250 WB826-30 539P 500 Printed "IMS WB828-25 534P WB828-30 540P Printed "Ethanol WB830-25 535P WB830-30 541P 250 500 250 500

XX XX

Bottle carriers, Azlon wire Epoxy coated steel wire for carrying up to six bottles or washbottles. Ref. BGSBT512-10 BT512-20 040 042 For bottles max. dia. mm 60 74 ea 0.00 0.00
XX XX

Yellow bottle WB758-25 132P WB758-30 139P

XX XX

XX XX

Washbottles, Azlon sealed As WB750 series but with sealed outlet tube for transporting when filled. Natural polyethylene with plain white cap. Supplied in packs of 5. Ref. BGFNatural bottle WB770-25 133 WB770-30 143 Cap. ml 250 500 pk 0.00 0.00
XX XX

XX XX

Drip trays see BT595. Orange 0.00 Orange 0.00

XX XX

Quickfit Washbottles see Quickfit section.

BT512

WB748/WB770

WB816/WB830

WB848/WB854

671

W washing
Colour Coded and Printed Washbottles, Wide Neck
Washbottles for flammable liquids and solvents, wide neck Azlon, printed Round shape in flexible natural polyethylene (LDPE). With integral valve mechanism which automatically vents any volatile vapour, depressurising the bottle and eliminating potentially hazardous liquid "drip". Printed with a variety of solvent labels including a blank for customer use. The printing has been tested for solvent resistance and each label contains a selection of international hazard identification codes including black and orange pictorial symbols and CAS numbers, NFPA diamonds and HSC guideline statements. All bottles are marked with SPI recycling codes on the base. Printing and closure colours as indicated. Supplied in packs of 5. Ref. WGWPrinted Acetone WB950-10 531VT WB950-12 537VT Printed Isopropanol WB950-20 533VT WB950-22 539VT Printed Methanol WB950-30 532VT WB950-32 538VT Printed Ethanol WB950-40 535VT WB950-42 541VT Printed IMS WB950-50 WB950-52 Printed MEK WB950-60 WB950-62 Blank WB950-90 WB950-92 534VT 540VT 536VT 543VT 001VT 002VT Capacity ml 250 500 250 500 250 500 250 500 250 500 250 500 250 500 Colour code Red Red Blue Blue Green Green Orange Orange Yellow Yellow Yellow Yellow White White pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX

N Wide neck for easy spill free filling N Leakproof closure with swan-neck spout Washbottles, wide neck Azlon Round shape in flexible natural polyethylene (LDPE) with leak-proof colour coded closure and spout. Labelled versions also available as indicated. All bottles marked with SPI recycling codes on the base. Supplied in packs of 5. Ref. WGWBlue closure WB875-10 WB875-12 WB875-14 Green closure WB875-26 WB875-28 WB875-30 Red closure WB875-40 WB875-42 WB875-44 White closure WB875-56 WB875-58 WB875-60 Yellow closure WB875-70 WB875-72 WB875-74 234P 235P 446P 233P 239P 447P 231P 237P 445P 230P 236P 443P 232P 238P 444P Capacity ml 250 500 1000 250 500 1000 250 500 1000 250 500 1000 250 500 1000 pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX

XX XX

XX XX XX

XX XX

XX XX XX

XX XX

XX XX XX

XX XX

XX XX

XX XX XX

XX XX

Printed Deionised Water, white closure WB890-10 602P 250 WB890-12 603P 500 Printed Distilled Water, white closure WB890-20 600P 250 WB890-22 601P 500 Printed Water, white closure WB890-30 530P WB890-32 536P 250 500

XX XX

XX XX

XX XX

WB950 Venting system

WB875

WB950, WB890 are similar

672

waste
Waste Bins
Waste Bins Polyethylene. Dimensions and capacities stated are approximate*. Capacity, H x W x D, litres mm Swing top, removable hood WD215-15 9 400 x 200 x 200 WD215-25 45 700 x 350 x 350 Capacity, H x dia. litres mm Loose lid, carrying handles WD220-35 90 700 x 500 ea 0.00 0.00 ea 0.00
XX XX XX

Safety Bins
Clinical Waste Bins Single use polypropylene containers for safe disposal and incineration of all types of clinical waste as defined in the Safe Disposal of Clinical Waste report issued by the H.S.A.C. With non-reversible locking lid giving an air and water tight seal once closed and moulded-in carrying handles. Supplied singly. WD380-12 Clinical waste bin, 0.00 ea XX 30 litres, 355 x 400 x 315mm high WD380-22 Clinical waste bin, 0.00 ea XX 60 litres, 336 x 406 x 619mm high Incineration Bins, Azlon Self-assembled, rigid cardboard boxes with strong, leak-proof LDPE liner and integral waste flap in the lid which can be sealed when the bin is full. A choice of floor-standing or benchtop versions are available. Printed with biohazard symbol and instructions for use. Supplied in packs of 6. WD400-10 DBH001P, floor 0.00 pk XX standing, 300 x 300 x 700mm high WD400-20 DBH002P, bench top, 0.00 pk XX 200 x 200 x 250mm high Disposal Bins, Azlon Self-assembled, rigid cardboard boxes with strong, leakproof LDPE liner and integral waste flap in the lid, for disposal of broken glass. The lid flap can be sealed when the bin is full. A choice of floorstanding or benchtop versions are available. Printed with safety hazard symbol and instructions for use. Supplied in a pack of 6. WD405-15 DBG001P, floor 0.00 pk XX standing, 300 x 300 x 700mm high WD405-25 DBG002P, bench top, 0.00 pk XX 200 x 200 x 250mm high

* Please Note. These bins are subject to regular design and dimensional changes and may be supplied in a variety of colours. Waste Sacks Black plastic. Dimensions 535 x 710 x 990mm. Supplied in a pack of 200. WD300-20 Waste sacks 0.00 pk XX Waste Bins Polyethylene. With loose fitting lid. Capacity, H x dia. litres mm WD370-12 WD370-22 WD370-44 WD370-47 15 20 70 120 185 x 425 390 x 350 585 x 510 650 x 575 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX

WD215

WD370

WD380

WD400

WD220

WD300

WD405

673

W waste, watch glasses

Beta and Gamma Radiation Shielding, Boxes
A range of benchtop storage boxes with hinged lids to accept accessory inserts as indicated. Dimensions stated are H x W x D. For beta radiation RA612-15 Mini-box, 75 x 105 x 105mm RA612-25 Midi-box, 80 x 185 x 105mm RA612-35 Maxi-box, 160 x 300 x 185mm For gamma radiation RA615-25 Midi-box, 784 x 189 x 109mm RA615-35 Maxi-box, 164 x 304 x 189mm Full details can be found on page 511. SAFETY NOTES 1) Beta radiation shields are unsuitable for use against secondary x-rays (Bremsstrahlung) or gamma radiation. 2) Gamma radiation shields will block emissions effectively from 125I and any low energy gamma emitters. They are not suitable for more energetic isotopes of iodine. Heavierwalled shields are available for use with these isotopes - details on request. Gamma shields must not be used with beta isotopes since Bremsstrahlung will be produced. 3) Radioactive waste must never be stored on the benchtop for long periods and must be disposed of properly. Proper handling and storage of isotopes minimises unnecessary exposure to radiation. WG100-10 WG100-15 WG100-20 WG100-25 WG100-30 WG100-35 WG100-40 WG100-45 WG100-50 WG100-55 WG100-60

Watch Glasses
Watch Glasses Clear glass with ground edges. Diameters are nominal. Supplied singly. Dia. mm 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 130 150 200 ea ea (100+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Watch Glasses, Pyrex Borosilicate glass. Diameters are nominal. Supplied singly. Ref. 1060WG130-13 WG130-18 WG130-23 WG130-38 WG130-48 WG130-52 WG130-58 WG130-63 WG130-70 /04D /06D /09D /10D /14D /18D /20D /21D /24D Dia. mm 40 50 60 80 100 125 150 200 250 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (10+) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

XX XX XX

0.00 ea 0.00 ea

XX XX

Gas jar covers see GE302. Weighing boats see BD750/BD757.

Covers, PMP (TPX) Transparent with ribs. Suitable for use up to 180C. Can be used as watch glasses where the rib feet provide stability. Supplied singly. Dia. mm BN450-10 BN450-20 BN450-30 60 80 100 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea (10+) 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX

RA612-15 in use with accessories

WG100

WG130

RA612-35 with accessories, RA615-35 is similar

BN450

674

water stills
Aquatron Automatic Water Stills
Construction All Aquatron stills incorporate the unique PYREX double coil vertical condenser and boiler system. This combined with a silica sheathed heating element provides an exceptionally high quality output ready for immediate use. Raw water carry over is prevented by an extra long baffled tube between the boiler and condenser. Screwthread connectors on the internal glassware enable safe easy connection of flexible tubing. Cleaning of the boiler can be carried out without dismantling the glassware. The still is contained in a robust metal cabinet with tinted plastic front screen and simple illuminated push-button switches. The cabinet roof and front screen are easily removed for access to all glassware and components. Models A4000 and A8000 can be wall or bench mounted. Model A4000D is for bench mounting only. WL100-15 A4000 4 single distilled WL102-15 A8000 8 single distilled

N Comply with EN61010 N Operate from virtually any water supply N Integral filter and flow control system allows use with low quality or low pressure water supply N Accessory filter unit available for handling heavily contaminated supply water N Accessory deioniser available to remove inorganics from the water supply N Can be linked to most types of deioniser or reverse osmosis units

Safety Features A flow control safety cut-out prevents the still from boiling dry if the water flow is interrupted. It is not dependent on water pressure which means the still can be operated from header tanks or other low pressure sources. The flow control safety cut-out is backed by a resettable thermostat to ensure protection against coolant or water feed failure. A built-in filter which is accessible from outside the cabinet removes particulate matter from the input water before it enters the still. All stills are supplied with a distillate level control system which fits to any collection reservoir. This automatically switches off the still when the reservoir is filled and back on again when the distillate level falls.

Catalogue No. Model Output Quality of distillate: pH Conductivity Resistivity Pyrogen free* Temperature Services required: Cold water input Supply pressure Electricity supply Cabinet dimensions W x D x H

litres/hour

WL105-15 A4000D 4 double distilled 5.0 - 6.5 1.0 - 1.5 0.7 - 1.0

S/cm megohm-cm C

5.0 - 6.5 5.0 - 6.5 1.0 - 2.0 1.0 - 2.0 0.5 - 1.0 0.5 - 1.0 A pyrogen free distillate is possible on all models 25 to 35 all models 1 litre/minute 2 litres/minute 0.3 x 105Nm2(5lb/in2) minimum all models 240V 240V 50/60Hz single phase 13A fused 50/60Hz single phase 30A fused 550 x 240 x 410 550 x 240 x 410

2 litres/minute 240V 50/60Hz single phase 30A fused 550 x 410 x 410

mm

* Care is needed to obtain Pyrogen-free water and the distillate must be tested before use. pH, conductivity and resistivity are similarly affected by temperature and the presence of absorbed carbon dioxide. The basis of the tests is 20C on distilled water free of carbon dioxide. Ordering data and accessories - see next page

675

W water stills
Aquatron Stills continued
Aquatron Water Stills As described. With Pyrex glass condenser and boiler system and silica sheathed heating element in a totally enclosed cabinet. Supplied with reservoir level control. For 240V 50/60Hz single phase fused supplies rated as specified. WL100-15 Model A4000, 4 litres/hour* single 0.00 ea XX WL102-15 Model A8000, 8 litres/hour* single 0.00 ea XX WL105-15 Model A4000D, 4 litres/hour* double 0.00 ea XX * Maximum outputs stated will only be achieved at the stated voltage. 220V versions are available on request. Spare parts WL114-12 Heater W48H. For all models. 240V 50/60Hz single phase supplies WL114-18 Condenser WC48/M2. For all models WL114-30 Boiler WB4. For models A4000 and A4000D WL114-34 Boiler WB8. For model A8000 Accessories Reservoir Assembly WR20 Comprising 20 litre Pyrex glass bottle complete with Rotaflo stopcock, lid, feed pipe and bacteriological filter. WL120-10 Ref. WR20 0.00 ea XX WL124-08 Spare bacteriological filter WR20/01 0.00 ea XX Reservoir Stand WS20 Height 430mm. For mounting reservoir assembly WR20. WL130-10 Ref. WS20

Aquatron Accessories
Deioniser Unit ADH For removing inorganics quickly from the feed water supply to produce high quality water with a conductivity better than 15S/cm. Comprising free-standing clear ABS plastic housing, 130mm diameter x 315mm high. Maximum flow rate 50 litres/hour. Operating pressure 2 to 100lb/in2. Supplied with hose fitting for connecting to a normal water supply tap. Can be wall mounted with accessory bracket AFD and linked to Filter Unit AFH with coupling ALC. Requires but does not include WL164-08 for operation. WL160-10 Deioniser ADH 0.00 ea XX Disposable Deioniser Cartridges ADI Each cartridge produces up to 110 litres of deionised water with feed water of average hardness. For use with WL160-10 only. Supplied in a pack of 3. WL164-08 Disposable cartridges ADI 0.00 pk XX Filter Unit AFH For removing coarse particulates such as rust from the feed water supply. Comprising a free standing ABS plastic housing, disposable polypropylene 10 micron filter cartridge, water flow outlet with 12mm hose nozzle and hose fitting for connecting to a normal water supply tap. Overall 130mm diameter x 315mm high. Maximum flowrate 25 litres/minute Maximum working pressure 100lb/in2 Maximum working temperature 40C Can be wall mounted with accessory bracket AFD and linked to Deioniser Unit ADH with coupling ALC. WL180-10 Filter AFH 0.00 ea XX WL184-08 Filter cartridges AFI, pack of 3 0.00 pk XX Mountings/Couplings For Deioniser/Filter units. WL200-12 Wall bracket AFD. For attaching deioniser unit ADH or filter unit AFH to the wall WL200-16 Plastic coupling ALC. Allows deioniser ADH and filter units AFH to be linked in series

0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

XX XX XX XX

0.00 ea

XX

Water Feed Kit WCK/N For converting stills A4000, A8000 and A4000D to accept a feed from deionisers and other pre-treated water supplies. WL140-15 Ref. WCK/N 0.00 ea XX

0.00 ea 0.00 ea

XX XX

WL120 with WL130

WL160 with WL164

WL180

676

water stills
Merit Water Still Distinction Water Still

N Output 4 litres/hour* single distilled N Long life metal sheathed heater N Safety thermostat protects still in the event of water supply failure N Pyrex glass boiler and double coil condenser N Plumbing connections via screwthread connectors N Can be descaled without dismantling N Bench or wall mounting N Water consumption 60 litres/hour N Distillate quality: Conductivity 3 to 4S/cm pH 5 to 6.5 Pyrogen free (output must be tested) Water Still, Merit W4000 As described. Output 4 litres/hour* single distilled. With bench/wall mounting stand. Overall 500 x 150 x 450mm high. For 240V 50/60Hz single phase supplies. Rating 3kW. WL420-10 Merit W4000 0.00 ea XX * Maximum outputs stated will only be achieved at the stated voltage. A 220V version is available on request. Spare parts WL114-18 Condenser, ref. WC48/M2 WL424-08 Boiler, ref. W4000/B WL437-08 Heating element, 3kW. With safety thermostat. 240V, ref. A6/6 WL437-18 Set of heater fittings (flange gaskets etc), ref. W4000/GK

N All glass still with silica sheathed heater N Output 4 litres/hour* single distilled N Complies with IEC1010-1/EN61010-1:1993 N Distillate to European Pharmacopoeia for purified water and ASTM type 4 N Pyrex glass boiler and double coil condenser N Independent safety cut-outs for coolant water failure or low boiler water level N Wall or bench mounting N Reservoir level control device switches off heater when reservoir is full N Boiler can be drained and cleaned without dismantling glassware N Plumbing connections via screwthread connectors N Water consumption 60 litres/hour N Distillate quality: Conductivity 3 to 4S/cm pH 5 to 6.5 Pyrogen free (output must be tested) Water Still, Distinction D4000 As described. Output 4 litres/hour* single distilled. With brackets for wall or bench mounting and reservoir level control device. Overall 540 x 160 x 410mm high. For 240V 50/60Hz single phase supplies. Rating 3kW. Without reservoir. WL460-10 Distinction D4000 0.00 ea XX * Maximum outputs stated will only be achieved at the stated voltage. A 220V version is available on request. Spare parts WL114-18 Condenser, ref WC48/M2 WL464-15 Heater, 240V 50/60Hz single phase supplies, ref. D240H WL464-20 Boiler, ref. D4000/B

0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

XX XX XX XX

0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

XX XX XX

WL420

WL460

677

W water stills
Water Stills, GP3 and GP6
Stainless steel boiler, with borosilicate glass condenser, constant level device and thermostatically protected nickel-plated metal heaters. Catalogue No. Model Output Distillate quality: Pyrogens WL570-10 GP3 3.5 WL570-20 GP6 6

L4 Diamond Water Still Manesty

Output up to 4.5 litres per hour. With stainless steel boiling chamber, 6.8 litre capacity, condenser weir and inner baffles, stainless steel outer lid and borosilicate glass inner baffle cup. Electrically heated by 2 x 1.5kW elements fitted with automatic protective cut-outs. The still is contained within a steel outer cabinet which is wall mounting and has a lockable front panel, water inlet regulator and pressure gauge. Overall height 760mm. Weight empty 14kg. For 220-240V 50/60Hz single phase supplies. WL600-20 L4 Diamond, 4.5l/h 0.00 ea XX WL604-08 Spare heating element, 0.00 ea XX 1.5kW

litres/hour

Conductivity * S/cm Supply Requirements: Min. water supply pressure kg/cm2 Electrical Heaters kW Dimensions height x diameter mm Weight empty kg

Capable of producing pyrogen free water but the output must be tested before use < 2.4 < 2.4 0.3 0.3 220-240V 50/60Hz single phase supplies 1 x 2.4 2 x 2.4 580 x 180 610 x 230 2 3.6

* Includes the effect of dissolved atmospheric CO2 on distillate conductivity. With CO2 removed and at +25C, output conductivity is 0.3S/cm. Water Stills GP3 and GP6 As described. For 220-240V 50/60Hz single phase supplies. WL570-10 GP3 0.00 ea XX WL570-20 GP6 0.00 ea XX Accessories WL572-15 Wall bracket, for both models 0.00 ea Spares WL575-10 Boiler, spare for WL570-10 WL575-80 Boiler, spare for WL570-20 WL575-15 Condenser, spare for WL570-10 WL575-85 Condenser, spare for WL570-20 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea Important Note The Manesty Still WL600-20 is fitted with 2 x 1.5kW heating elements. Catalogue Number WL604-08 is for one (1) heating element only. Please check your requirements before ordering.

XX XX XX XX

XX

Reservoir trolley. Stove-enamelled steel, mounted on lockable rubber-tyred castors. Suitable for reservoirs up to 350mm diameter. With undershelf. For both models. WL572-25 Trolley 0.00 ea XX Suitable reservoirs see AS400.

Heater, spare, 220-240V 50/60Hz single phase supplies. Rated 2.4kW, for both models. WL575-90 Heater 0.00 ea XX

WL572-25 in use

WL570-10

WL570-20

WL600

678

water testing
Imhoff Cone
For determining the amount of sediment in sewage. Imhoff Cone, Azlon Transparent and tough styrene acrylonitrile with moulded graduations. Graduation intervals: 0.1ml up to 2ml 0.5ml 2 to 10ml 1.0ml 10 to 40ml 2.0ml 40 to 100ml 50.0ml 100 to 1000ml The lower end of the cone is stoppered to allow for removal of sample and cleaning. WR150-10 Ref SWX008 0.00 ea XX Stands, Azlon Acrylic for mounting Imhoff cone. The single stand is cylindrical and the multiple stands are rectangular and hold cones in line. All stands have a locating recess on the base plate. Ref. WR160-12 WR160-18 WR160-24 SWX002 SWX004 SWX006 No. of holes 1 2 3 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX

Flocculators

Secchi Disk
Water depth and clarity measurement disk, diameter 190mm. Supplied with 15 metre cord marked every 50cm (every 5cm on first 2 metres) and handle/board spool. WR239-20 Secchi Disk 0.00 ea XX

For flocculation tests on water and sewage. N 2-bank or 6-bank models available N Digital speed indication N Include two adjustable speed presets N Electronic feedback control achieves precise and reproducible speeds N Diffused base illumination with black background N Accepts beakers up to 1000ml Flocculators As described. Variable speed 12 to 240 rpm. Overall 460 x 320 x 220mm H x W x D (2-bank model), 460 x 320 x 220mm H x W x D (6-bank model). For 230V 50Hz single phase supplies. Supplied with rotor blades but without sample beakers. WR230-05 Flocculator, 2-bank 0.00 ea XX WR230-20 Flocculator, 6-bank 0.00 ea XX Accessories BN120-60 Sample beaker, 1000ml. Borosilicate glass 0.00 ea

BOD Testing
BOD Bottles BS900-42 250ml BS900-50 500ml 0.00 ea 0.00 ea
XX XX

For full details see entry in the Bottles section. BOD Incubators With temperature ranges from 0 to +60C and sizes from 53 to 416 litres capacity see IN505/IN685 in the Incubators section. Disposable filter units see FD250. continued on next page

XX

Coagulant injector for WR230-20 only. Allows simultaneous addition of coagulant or reagent into the six sample beakers. WR230-50 Coagulant injector 0.00 ea XX

WR239

WR150 with WR160-12

WR160-18 in use WR160-24 is similar

WR230-05

IN685-30

WR230-20

679

W water testing
BOD System, Oxidirect Samplers
A 6-sample, mercury-free, precision BOD measurement system based on the manometric principle. N Direct display of BOD values ranging from 0 to 4000mg/l N User-selectable measuring period from 1 to 28 days N Applications: BOD5, BOD7, OECD 301F N Non-wearing, inductive, magnetic stirring system for the sample vessels N User-selectable, automatic start function when used in an incubator, readings commence when sample temperature matches the cabinet internal temperature Ranges mg/l O2 0 to 40, 0 to 80, 0 to 200, 0 to 400, 0 to 800, 0 to 2000, 0 to 4000 1 to 28 days up to 28 results, depending on measurement period selected 1 (1 day measurement period) 2 (2 day measurement period) 24 (3 to 28 day measurement period) 3 x 1.5V type C batteries - sensor 220-240V 50/60Hz - stirrer system 195 x 375 x 230 9.5 TeleScoop Sample Dippers Modular system featuring telescopic sampling rods in corrugated aluminium for lightness with rigidity, with snap-on fitment at the end for attaching accessory PP angular or pendulum beakers in a choice of volumes. Angular beakers can be adjusted to a wide variety of positions; pendulum beakers swing to an upright position. SD065-10 Sampling rod, 0.65 to 1.2 metres 0.00 ea XX SD065-20 Sampling rod, 0.95 to 2.8 metres 0.00 ea XX SD065-30 Sampling rod, 1.25 to 2.5 metres 0.00 ea XX SD065-40 Sampling rod, 1.65 to 4.5 metres 0.00 ea XX SD065-50 Sampling rod, 1.74 to 6 metres 0.00 ea XX SD065-53 SD065-56 SD065-59 SD065-72 SD065-75 SD065-78 Angular beaker, PP, 600ml Angular beaker, PP, 100ml Angular beaker, PP, 2000ml Pendulum beaker, PP, 600ml Pendulum beaker, PP, 1000ml Pendulum beaker, PP, 2000ml 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea
XX XX XX XX XX XX

Measurement period Result memory Sampling interval hours

Power Overall, W x D x H Weight mm kg

Metal cup and bottle holder attachments are also available details on request.

Supplied with 6 sensor heads, control unit with 3 x 1.5V batteries, inductive stirring unit with a.c. adapter for 220-240V 50/60Hz single phase supplies, 6 sample bottles with seals and stirring bars, 1 each 157ml and 428ml overflow measures (0 to 400mg/l and 0 to 40mg/l BOD ranges), one each bottles of potassium hydroxide (CO2 absorbent) and nitrification inhibitor solutions, and instructions. 0.00 ea XX WR245-10 Oxidirect, 6-sample Spares and accessories WR247-05 Spare BOD sample bottle BL610-20 Spare 1.5V battery (3 required) Overflow Measures Volume, ml WR247-20 WR247-22 WR247-24 WR247-26 WR247-28 WR247-31 WR247-33 428 360 244 157 94 56 21.7 BOD range, mg/litre O2 0 to 40 0 to 80 0 to 200 0 to 400 0 to 800 0 to 2000 0 to 4000 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

0.00 ea 0.00 ea

XX XX

SD065-53 to SD065-59

WR245

SD065-72 to SD065-78

SD065-10 to SD065-50

680

water testing
Samplers continued
Modular Sampling Dippers, Azlon Supplied as separate components. The polypropylene container incorporates a screwfit mounting boss which accepts the handle section. The metre long handle section is screwthreaded at both ends and may either be attached to further handle sections by using the handle connector, or ended using the finishing connector. All parts are autoclavable. Containers with connection boss Ref. SD105-15 SD105-20 SD105-25 SD105-30 BWX224 BWX230 BWX236 BWX240 Capacity ml 100 250 500 1000 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX

Sample Bottles
Water Samplers, Azlon For water sampling up to 60 metres deep. Polypropylene with nylon coated handle. With inlet and outlet ports fitted with adjustable nylon cord. Will accept a BOD bottle. Can be autoclaved. Ref. SD110-30 SD110-35 Capacity o.d. ml mm 93 120 ea 0.00 0.00
XX XX

WWW010 1000* WWW002 1400

Water Sample Bottles, Sterilin Clear PET, with choice of 250ml or 500ml capacities and stable, octagonal shape. With leakproof, tamper-evident caps. Dosed with sodium thiosulphate (120mg/l) to neutralise any chlorine in the sample. Undosed versions also available. Both versions are labelled with batch details and expiry date. Sterilised by gamma irradiation. Supplied in packs as indicated. Dosed WR284-15 250PETG, 250ml, pack of 152 WR284-30 500PETG, 500ml, pack of 80 Undosed WR284-55 250PETGNT, 250ml, pack of 152 WR284-70 500PETGNT, 500ml, pack of 80 0.00 pk 0.00 pk

* Designed for use in a standard 4in borehole. Accessories Ropes pre-stretched nylon/terylene which resist kinking. With swivel clip at one end. Ref. Length metres 15 60 ea 0.00 0.00
XX XX

XX XX

0.00 pk 0.00 pk

XX XX

Handle section, 1 metre long SD105-55 BWX200

XX

Connectors, to extend or finish handle section SD105-70 BWX201 handle 0.00 SD105-75 BWX202 finishing 0.00

SD114-10 SD114-15

WWW016 WWW018

XX XX

Dispensing Reel with side handle. Accepts the 15 and 60 metre ropes above. SD114-40 WWW024 Reel 0.00 ea XX

Starter kit Comprising 1 each SD105-15, SD105-20, SD105-25, SD105-30, SD105-70, SD105-75 and 2 x SD105-55. SD105-95 BWX501P Starter kit 0.00 ea XX

Rainfall Gauge Wall mounting, electronic meter, with 3-line LCD readout. Displays 1 and 2 can be independently set to measure cumulative rainfall over a week or month, whilst display 3 indicates the amount of rain last deposited. With collector, 10 metre connection cable and batteries. Overall 115 x 92 x 70mm H x W x D (meter), 140 x 137 x 70mm H x W x D (collector). WR400-15 Electronic rain gauge 0.00 ea XX BL610-15 Spare battery, 1.5V 0.00 ea XX (2 required)

SD105 container

SD110

WR284

SD114

WR400-15

681

W water testing
Checkmate II Field Systems
Field Systems, Checkmate II Comprising meter module PH300-20 and one each sensors for pH (refillable electrode), conductivity and dissolved oxygen. In hard carrying case which includes filling and calibration solutions, wrist strap, test plug, sample container, instructions and batteries. Also available with additional 1m extension cable allowing probes to be used remotely. WR650-14 Field system 475632 0.00 ea XX WR650-16 Field system with 0.00 ea XX extension cable 475631 Field System, six parameter probe Comprising meter module PH300-20, a six-parameter probe, hard carrying case containing filling and calibration solutions, wrist strap, test plug, sample container, instructions and batteries. WR650-18 Field system, 0.00 ea XX 6-parameter probe 475645 Accessories and spares PH300-20 Meter module 475646 0.00 ea Portable field kits based around the Checkmate II meter module and choice of plug-in sensors to allow measurement of up to 8 parameters including pH, mV, ORP, conductivity/TDS, temperature and dissolved oxygen. N Choice of system Meter module with separate pH, conductivity and dissolved oxygen sensors Meter module with six parameter probe which simultaneously measures temperature, pH/mV, conductivity/TDS and dissolved oxygen N Dual display of parameter reading and temperature N Automatic temperature compensation N Waterproof casing to IP67 protects the electronics and allows the instrument to float in water N Datalogging facility with RS232 output stores up to 199 measurements for each parameter for subsequent downloading to a personal computer Range 0 to 14 0 to 1999.9 0 to 100 (pH) 0 to 50 (Cond./TDS) 0 to 40 (DO2) 0 to 1999 2 to 199.9 0 to 999 1 to 99.9 0 to 200 0 to 20 2 x 1.5V AA batteries Resolution 0.1/0.01/0.001 (selectable) 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.01/0.1/1 0.01/0.1 (auto ranging) 0.01/0.1/1 0.01/0.1 (auto ranging) 0.1 0.01 Accuracy 0.01 0.2 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5%* 0.5%* 0.5%* 0.5%* 1 0.1

pH mV Temperature compensation Conductivity

XX

S mS mg/l g/l

pH/C set Comprising meter module PH300-20, refillable pH/C sensor PH305-12, calibration and filling solutions, 2 x 1.5V AA batteries, soft carrying case, wrist strap and instructions. PH305-33 pH/C set 0.00 ea XX Redox sensor Platinum ring sensor for evaluation of oxidation reduction potential within the broad absolute mV range of the Checkmate II meter module. PH305-50 Redox Sensor 0.00 ea XX Redox set Comprising meter module PH300-20, redox sensor PH305-50, filling solution, 2 x 1.5V AA batteries, soft carrying case, wrist strap and instructions. PH305-55 Redox Set 0.00 ea XX PH454-37 BL610-15 Sensors CU725-12 Filling solution, 3MKCL, 0.00 pk pack of 125m,l for PH305-12 Battery, 1.5V 0.00 ea (2 required) 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea
XX XX

TDS

%O2 mg/l O2 Power supply

* Accuracy stated is % of maximum range value, applying within each range. The meter module has an ultrasonically sealed, chemically resistant case with elastomeric control key-pad. It incorporates a microprocessor allowing automatic recognition of pH4, 7, and 10.01 buffers, conductivity and dissolved oxygen standards, automatic end-point sensing, simultaneous temperature measurement display and compensation. Probe performance is also monitored with warning indication if the probe requires replacement.

Conductivity/TDS 473091 CU725-62 Conductivity/pH Duo 473025 DT245-12 Dissolved oxygen 473020 PH305-12 Refillable pH/C 473017 WR650-25 6-parameter 473028

XX XX XX XX XX

Conductivity/TDS and pH Duo set Comprising meter module PH300-20, sensor CU725-62, shorting plug, calibration and filling solutions, 2 x 1.5V AA batteries, soft carrying case, wrist strap and instructions. CU725-68 Cond./TDS and pH 0.00 ea XX Duo set 475642 Calibration solutions: Conductivity see CU596. pH buffer see PH397. Zero oxygen see DT309. WR650

682

water testing
Conductivity/pH Meter Model M542 Hach Portable Turbidimeter

High accuracy bench meter with dual display. The primary display indicates conductivity or TDS and temperature, the secondary indicates pH or mV and temperature. Ranges Resolution Accuracy* 0 to 10/100/1000 0.01/0.1/1 0.5% of 0 to 10/100/1000 0.01/0.1/1 0.5% full 0 to 100/1000 0.01/0.1 0.5% scale 0.00 to 14.00 0.01 0.01 1999 to 1999 1.00 1 5 to 105 0.1 0.4 5 to 105 pH (0 to 80.0 at 0 to 10% per C coefficient conductivity only) 2 of 5 points selectable points 3 of 12 points selectable 10 RS232 with 2400 bits/second baud rate Dual LCD with graphic icon error codes 265 x 190 x 65 0.8

Direct reading, portable turbidimeter offering laboratory level performance in the field. N Two-detector optical system N Pre-programmed calibration procedure N Selectable signal averaging mode compensates for fluctuations caused by large particles drifting through the light path N Electronic zero adjustment with automatic straylight compensation N Built-in diagnostic mode gives the operator information on instrument performance parameters Model Ranges 2100P 0 to 1000 auto ranging mode or 0 to 9.99, 10 to 99.9 and 100 to 1000 manual range selection mode 2% of reading or 1 last significant digit (whichever is greater) 3% of reading 1% of reading or 0.01NTU (whichever is greater)) <0.02 4 x 1.5V AA batteries 89 x 95 x 222 450

Conductivity S (autoranging) mS TDS (autoranging) g/l pH mV Temperature C Auto. temp. comp. C Conductivity pH Datalogger memories Output Display Overall W x D x H mm Weight kg *1 x last significant digit. Auto. cal.

NTU

Accuracy

0 to 499NTU 500 to 1000NTU

Repeatability Straylight Power supply Overall H x W x D Weight NTU mm g

Conductivity/pH Meter Model M542, Corning As described. Supplied with combined conductivity/ATC probe, 3-in-1 pH/ reference/temperature probe both with 1 metre cables, two electrode arms, calibration sachets, RS232 output and instruction manual. Without power adapter which is required for operation. CU675-60 Model M542 1388.77 ea RZ Accessories and spares for CU675-series CU677-04 Spare conductivity/ATC carbon probe (0 to 1000mS) CU677-08 Accessory conductivity/ATC glass probe for extremely low range (0 to 500S) measurements CU677-12 Accessory conductivity/ATC glass probe for high range (0 to 500mS) measurements. Greater resistance to aggressive solvents than standard carbon probe CU677-90 Power adapter with UK plug for CU675-60. Requires a 230V 50Hz supply CU677-92 Power adapter with european plug for CU675-60. Requires a 230V 50Hz supply PH452-15 Spare 3-in-1 pH/ref./temp. electrode, plastic bodied Calibration solutions: Conductivity see CU596. pH buffer see PH397-82 and -86. 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

XX XX XX

Turbidimeter, Hach 2100P As described. Supplied with nine sample cells, 100ml bottle of 4000NTU formazin primary standard, secondary standards set, silicone oil and cloth, manual, 4 x 1.5V batteries and carrying case. WR795-10 2100P 0.00 ea XX WR796-04 Battery eliminator, 230V 50/60Hz a.c. 0.00 ea XX BL610-15 Spare 1.5V battery (4 required) 0.00 ea XX

0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea

XX XX XX

CU675-60

WR795

683

W water testing
Hach Laboratory Turbidimeters
Sophisticated, direct reading nephelometers for measuring suspended particles in liquids. Model Ranges NTU, ratio on (ratio off) 2100N 2100AN

Hach Spectrophotometer, Odyssey

Innovative water analysis instrument designed to help meet regulatory requirements for drinking water, wastewater and boiler or cooling water. N Backlit touch screen menu interface gives rapid operation N Over 130 tests are stored internally including all popular Hach methods, USEPA and user-programmable custom modes N Data storage, RS232 and parallel ports allow downloading and output of results to the users computer or printer N Multipurpose cell-holder assembly accommodates and aligns a wide variety of cells and holders N Patented, concentric polychrometer, optical system with no moving parts and incorporating solid state LEDs for visible range light. Scanning mode, or up to 4 simultaneous single wavelength tests, can be selected with accuracy and precision N pH electrode input (using accessory electrode) allows pH to be measured without use of a separate instrument Specification Wavelength range nm Bandwidth nm Accuracy nm Scanning speed Straylight @ 400nm Wavelength selection Photometric calibration Readout modes Data storage Cell chamber Overall H x W x D Weight mm kg 365 to 880 x 1 No greater than 4 1 (400 to 700nm) 200nm/minute >2.5A, <0.3%T Automatic, based on method selected Automatic at start up Concentration, transmittance, absorption, pH (using accessory probe) 1000 points (date, time, results, sample I.D., user I.D., graph-stored data, user calibrations Accommodates round cells 9 to 25.4 mm dia. and rectangular cells 10mm wide and 10 to 50mm deep 190 x 380 x 135 1.95

Absorbance A Transmittance %T Colour (at 455nm) CU Repeatability Sample size Integral printer Outputs Overall H x W x D Weight ml

mm kg

0 to 0.999 (0 to 40.0) 0 to 0.999 (0 to 40.0) 0 to 9.99 0 to 9.99 0 to 99.9 0 to 99.9 0 to 4000 0 to 10000 0 to 30 0 to 200 0 to 500 1% of reading or 0.01NTU whichever is greater both models 30 30 No Yes RS232 and 0 to 1V d.c. 142 x 400 x 305 142 x 400 x 305 5.6 6.2

Turbidimeter, Hach 2100N As specified. For measuring fluid turbidity only. Digital reading. With optical cell sample air purge system. Supplied with primary and secondary calibration standards, straylight standard, sample cells, operating instructions, dust cover and power cord. For 115-230V 50/60Hz single phase supplies. WR800-12 2100N 0.00 ea XX Turbidimeter, Hach 2100AN As specified. For measuring fluid turbidity, colour, absorbance and transmittance. Digital reading. With 0 to 1V recorder output, RS232 serial interface, integral clock, graphics thermal printer and optical cell sample air purge system. Supplied with primary and secondary calibration standards, straylight standard, 455nm interference filter for colour measurements, sample cells, operating instructions, dust cover and power cord. For 115-230V 50/60Hz single phase supplies. WR810-15 2100AN 0.00 ea XX Accessories WR812-08 Spare sample cells for WR800-12 and WR810-15, pack of 6 WR812-15 Spare thermal printer rolls for WR810-15, pack of 5 0.00 pk 0.00 pk

XX XX

Spectrophotometer, Hach DR/2500 Odyssey As specified. Supplied with 2 only 1 inch (25.4mm) round sample cells, round cell adapter, square and rectangular cell adapter, operating manuals and a.c. adapter requiring a 95 to 240V 50/60Hz single phase supply. WR830-20 DR/2500 Odyssey 0.00 ea XX WR832-08 Sample cells, 10mm square, matched pair 0.00 pr XX WR832-15 Sample cells, 1 inch round, matched pair 0.00 pr XX WR832-20 SensION pH probe 0.00 ea XX WR832-24 Data acquisition software for retrieval of new 0.00 ea XX and logged results from WR830-20. Requires an IBM compatible PC running MS-Windows software

WR810-15 in use, WR800-12 is similar

WR830-20 in use

684

water testing
Portable Laboratories DREL/2400
Complete systems with reagents and apparatus for 23 common water quality tests. N Choice of 3 systems: Basic Complete Industrial N Digital Titrator N Reagents for tests as indicated N Apparatus Tests included:

W
x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x

Portable Laboratory Basic Complete Industrial

The systems comprise: N DR/2400 Spectrophotometer operating from 3 x 1.5V D batteries or 95 to 240V 50/60Hz mains supplies N Procedures and Instrument Manual Spectrophotometer DR/2400 specifications Wavelength range x resolution Bandwidth Accuracy Photometric range Straylight Wavelength selection Display Data storage Output Measurement modes Cell chamber Programmes Power nm nm nm A

400 to 880 x 1 4 1 -2 to +2 >2.5A, <0.3% T at 430nm Automatic with calibration at start up Graphics touch screen with multilingual operation (English, French, German, Spanish, Portuguese, Polish or Italian) 1000 data points, date, time, result, sample I.D., user I.D. RS232 serial interface Transmittance, Absorbance, Concentration Accommodates round cells 9 to 25.4mm dia. and rectangular cells 10mm wide x 10 to 50mm deep 100+ stored water Hach analysis methods and 50 user definable methods 3 x 1.5V D batteries or 95 to 240V 50/60Hz a.c. adapter Portable Spectrophotometer, DR/2400 As described. Overall 178 x 320 x 187mm W x D x H. Weight 2.2kg. Supplied with six 1 (25.4mm) cells, 16mm diameter vial adapter, instrument and procedures manuals, 3 x 1.5V D batteries and a.c. adapter for 95 to 240V 50/60Hz a.c. single phase supplies. Without reagents. WR840-70 DREL/2400 0.00 ea XX Spectrophotometer

Acidity Alkalinity, (CaCO3) Ammonia (Nitrogen) Bromine Calcium Chloride Chlorine, free Chlorine, total Chromium Colour Copper Dissolved oxygen Hardness, (CaCO3) Iodide Iron, Total Manganese Molybdate Nitrate, (N) Nitrite, (N) Oxygen, binders Phosphate Silica Sulphate Sulphite

x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x

x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x

Portable Laboratories, DREL2400 Comprising instruments, apparatus, reagents and instructions for the common water quality tests as specified. Supplied in two robust carrying cases: instrument module 530 x 290 x 250mm reagents/apparatus module 490 x 290 x 250mm Combined weight: 30kg. WR840-20 DREL/2400 Basic 0.00 ea XX WR840-30 DREL/2400 Complete 0.00 ea XX WR840-40 DREL/2400 Industrial 0.00 ea XX

Portable Turbidimeter, 2100P Provides turbidity measurement in the range 0 to 1000NTU. Full details of this instrument are shown on page 683. Fits into the instrument module of portable laboratories WR840-series. Supplied with nine sample cells, 100ml bottle of 4000NTU formazin primary standard, secondary standards set, silicone oil and cloth, manual, 4 x 1.5V batteries and case. WR795-10 2100P Turbidimeter 0.00 ea XX BL610-22 Spare 1.5V D battery 0.00 ea XX (4 required) Portable conductivity and pH meters see Conductivity and pH sections.

WR840-20/WR840-40

WR840-70

685

W water testing
Hach Water test Kits
A range of simple water test kits for the most commonly required parameters. Alkalinity Test Kit AL-AP Determines both phenolphthalein (P) and total (M) alkalinity using Drop Count titrations. Range: 0.4 to 8 or 1 to 20gpg Smallest increment: 0.4 or 1gpg as calcium carbonate With reagents for approximately 100 tests each P and M alkalinity. WS400-10 Alkalinity Kit 0.00 ea XX Note: gpg = grains/U.S.gallon. 1gpg = 17ppm. Chlorine Test Kit CN-70 Determines free or total chlorine using the DPD/ Colour disc method. Ranges: 0 to 0.7 or 0 to 3.5mg/l Smallest increment: 0.02 or 0.1mg/l With reagents for approximately 100 tests. WS410-15 Chlorine Kit 0.00 ea XX Hardness Test Kit 5-B A simple Drop Count/EDTA test using a measuring spoon to dispense reagent. Range: 1 to 30gpg Smallest increment: 1gpg With reagents for approximately 100 tests. WS420-12 Hardness Kit 0.00 ea XX Note: gpg = grains/U.S.gallon. 1gpg = 17ppm. Iron Test Kit IR-18A (low) Uses Colour Disc method on a 25ml sample. Range: 0 to 1mg/l Smallest increment: 0.02mg/l as Iron With reagents for approximately 100 tests. WS430-10 Iron Kit Low 0.00 ea Iron Test Kit IR-18B (high) Uses Colour Disc method on a 5ml sample. Range: 0 to 10mg/l Smallest increment: 0.2mg/l as Iron With reagents for approximately 100 tests. WS430-13 Iron Kit High 0.00 ea Dissolved Oxygen Test Kit OX-2P A simple Drop Count method to produce a colour change. Each drop of titrant used equals 1mg/l of dissolved oxygen. Range: 0.2 to 4 or 1 to 20mg/l Smallest increment: 0.2 or 1mg/l as dissolved oxygen With reagents for approximately 100 tests. WS455-10 Dissolved Oxygen Kit 0.00 ea XX pH Test Kit 17-N Uses a Colour Disc method with a wide range of pH reagents on a 5ml sample. Range: 4 to 10pH units Smallest increment: 0.5pH unit With reagents for approximately 300 tests. WS460-12 pH Kit 0.00 ea XX Phosphate Test Kit PO-19A Includes filtration equipment to allow testing of turbid samples or samples that have suspended particulate matter. Uses a Colour Disc method on 0.5ml or 5ml samples. Range: 0 to 5 or 0 to 50mg/l Smallest increment: 0.1 or 1.0mg/l as phosphate With reagents for approximately 100 tests. WS470-25 Phosphate Kit 0.00 ea XX
XX

XX

Ammonia Test Kit A simple test requiring 25ml of sample and utilising the Test Cube method. Ideal for field use by students. Range: 0 to 2.5mg/l Smallest increment: 0.5mg/l as ammonia nitrogen With reagents for approximately 60 tests. WS440-15 Ammonia Cube Kit 0.00 ea XX Nitrite Test Kit A simple test requiring 5ml of sample and utilising the Test Cube method. Range: 0 to 1mg/l Smallest increment: 0.2mg/l as nitrite nitrogen With reagents for approximately 50 tests. WS440-25 Nitrite Cube Kit 0.00 ea XX

WS440-25

WS400-10

WS430-10

WS455-10

WS410-15

WS430-13 WS460-12

WS420-12

WS440-15

WS470-25

686

water testing
Portable Water Laboratory, Potalab 1
Portable testing laboratory designed to assess the suitability of drinking water on-site, even in remote areas. N Meets WHO and EU standards requirements N Provides bacteriological and physico-chemical testing facilities Bacteriological Testing Uses the accepted method of membrane filtration and incubation of faecal and total coliforms as an indicator of the presence of other harmful bacteria and viruses. A manual vacuum filtration unit allows a measured sample to be drawn through a sterile membrane filter. The membrane is then placed on a growth pad soaked in media within a reusable, 55mm diameter, aluminium petri dish and incubated in a portable incubator compartment. Up to 50 dishes can be incubated simultaneously in two compartments. Membrane pads and media, sufficient to carry out 200 tests, are provided. Instructions for field sterilisation of both filter and petri dishes are included. Physico-Chemical Testing Instruments and apparatus are provided enabling measurement of pH, ORP, temperature, conductivity, TDS, turbidity and colorimetric testing of chlorine (DPD), nitrate, nitrite, ammonia and fluoride. A separate arsenic testing meter is also provided. Portable Water Testing Laboratory, Potalab 1 Comprising manual filtration unit, twin-chamber portable incubator with switchable +37C or +44C setting per chamber and LCD display (chamber accuracy 0.1C). Also included are pH/mV/C, conductivity/TDS, and turbidity meters, photometer with reagents for testing chlorine, nitrate, nitrite, ammonia and fluoride levels, Arsenator digital arsenic tester and necessary equipment and reagents to conduct up to 50 bacteriological tests simultaneously (200 total), all contained in a rugged aluminium case. Overall 600 x 400 x 300mm W x D x H. Weight 20kg. The incubator requires a 110-220V 50/60Hz single phase supply or can be run from a 12V vehicle battery using the cigar lighter plug or crocodile clip attachments provided. A rechargeable battery is also included for temporary field use. WS520-25 Potalab 1 0.00 ea XX Spares and accessories WS523-04 Lauryl sulphate broth, pack of 200 tests WS523-08 Absorbent pads and membranes, pack of 200 WS523-15 Coliform starter, pack of 200 tests WS523-20 Faecal streptococci starter, pack of 200 tests 0.00 pk 0.00 pk 0.00 pk 0.00 pk

Test Strips
Single or multiple parameter test strips especially formulated for water quality measurement. The unique design incorporates an aperture within the test strip that holds an indicator-treated membrane ensuring complete immersion in the test sample. Colour intensity is directly proportional to concentration of the test parameter in the sample. N Rapid response N Safe to use and transport N Low cost per test N Excellent reproducibility

As described. Supplied in bottle packs of strips with ranges as indicated and colour comparison key label. Parameters Range/increments, Pack mg/l (except pH) qty. pk Single parameter WS550-10 Free chlorine WS550-15 High free chlorine WS550-20 Total chlorine WS550-25 Iodine WS550-32 Iron (Fe2/Fe3) WS550-35 Copper (Cu/Cu2) WS550-40 Peroxide (H2O2) WS550-60 Total Hardness (Ca) Multiple parameter WS560-15 Free chlorine Total chlorine WS560-25 Nitrate/Nitrite WS560-30 pH Total alkalinity 0, 0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.4, 0.5, 0.8, 1, 2, 5 1, 5, 10, 20, 40, 80, 120 0, 0.05, 0.1, 0.15,0.2, 0.5, 0.8, 1, 4, 10 0, 0.02, 0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 0, 0.02, 0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.5, 0.75, 1, 2, 5 0, 0.5, 1, 2, 5 0, 0.5, 2, 5, 10, 25, 50, 100 0, 40, 80, 120, 180, 250, 425, 1000 0, 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2.5, 5 0, 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2.5, 5 0, 0.5, 2, 5, 10, 20, 50 6, 6.5, 7, 7.5, 8.0, 8.5, 9 0, 80, 120, 180, 240, 360 6, 6.5, 7, 7.5, 8, 8.5, 9 0, 40, 80, 120, 240, 360 0, 50, 120, 180, 250, 425 0, 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2.5, 5 50 50 50 50 30 25 50 50 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX

XX XX XX XX

30 50 50 30

0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

XX

XX XX

XX XX XX XX

WS560-42 pH Total Alkalinity Total Hardness (Ca) Free & Total chlorine

XX

WS520-25

WS550, WS560

687

W water testing
Comparator Test Kits Pocket Kits

Palintest
Simple accurate and reliable comparator based water testing kits. Applications include: N Raw water analysis N Drinking water monitoring N Boiler and cooling water testing N Effluent control

Palintest
An inexpensive range of water test kits providing a simple check for evaluating individual parameters using tablet count, turbidity or colour matching methods. Applications include domestic or industrial water monitoring, water assessment and education. Each kit comprises sufficient reagents for 50 tests of the specified method, test vessels, colour cards where appropriate and instructions. Ref. Method PKWS755-10 152 Ammonia Range, mg/litre ea
XX

Standard Comparator kit, PT220 Contains comparator, four 10ml square plastic test tubes with lid and dilution tube in a moulded plastic case. Space provided for up to four CM-series reagent starter packs, which should be ordered separately, subject to parameter requirement. WS740-10 Standard comparator kit, PT220 0.00 ea XX Reagent Starter Packs, CM-series Contain the appropriate colour comparator disc and sufficient reagent for 50 tests of the specified method. The packs are designed to fit into cut-outs provided in the kit case. Ref. WS745-10 WS745-15 WS745-20 WS745-25 WS745-30 WS745-35 WS745-40 WS745-45 WS745-50 CM152 CM031/1 CM031/2 CM031/5 CM162/50 CM162/250 CM163 CM109 CM131 Method Ammonia Chlorine DPD Chlorine DPD Chlorine DPD Chlorine, low range Chlorine, high range Nitrate Nitrite pH Range, mg/litre 0 to 1.0 (N) 0 to 5 0 to 5 0 to 5 0 to 50 0 to 250 0 to 2 (N) 0 to 0.5 (N) 6.8 to 8.4 Spare parts and accessories ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

WS755-20 077 Calcium hardness (as CaCO3) WS755-30 079 Chloride WS755-40 011 Chlorine (DPD) WS755-50 101 Hardness Yes/No WS755-60 184 Nitrate

0 to 2.0 0.00 (NH4) 0 to 1.6 (N) 0 to 500 0.00 0 to 1000 0.00 0 to 2.0 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

XX

XX XX XX XX

4, 8 or 20 0 to 75 (NO3) 0 to 17 (N) WS755-62 114 Phosphate 0 to 100 WS755-67 154 Sulphate 0 to 200 WS755-70 136 Universal 4 to 10 pH

XX XX XX

Spare reagents (250 tests) To replenish WS745 starter packs. Ref. WS747-13 WS747-18 WS747-23 WS747-28 WS747-37 WS747-43 WS747-49 WS747-54 AK152 AK011 AK021 AK031 AK162 AK163 AK109 AK131 Method Ammonia Chlorine DPD 0 to 5 Chlorine DPD 0 to 5 Chlorine DPD 0 to 5 Chlorine DPD 0 to 250 Nitrate Nitrite pH (phenol red)

Test tubes Square plastic with lid, 10ml. Supplied in pack of 5. WS748-15 Test tubes, PT521/5 0.00 pk XX Lighting unit Portable comparator lighting unit, supplied with rechargeable batteries and separate charger. LED indicator in the housing indicates satisfactory light output. For 240V 50Hz single phase supplies. WS748-25 Lighting unit, PT522 0.00 ea XX

Comparator Test Kit

Pocket Kits

688

water testing
COD Tube Test System Dipslides

Palintest
A scaled down version of the traditional digestion test, greatly reducing the hazards associated with contact between the technician and the reagents, the necessary volumes of which are supplied predispensed into borosilicate screw top test tubes for sample addition and digestion. Only a 2ml sample is required. This is digested for 2 hours at 150C using a tube block heater which can accommodate up to 12 tubes at one time. After cooling, the colour of the sample/reagent is measured using the accessory photometer. Tube Test System, PT591 Includes 12-tube block heater, thermometer, safety screen, tube rack, tube adapter for photometer, photometer calibration cards and workplace mat. A 220-240V 50Hz single phase supply is required for the block heater. Requires but does not include COD reagent tubes and photometer. WS800-10 Tube Test System, PT591 0.00 ea XX Accessories COD Reagent tubes Borosilicate glass, screw top, test tubes dosed with a choice of COD reagents with, or without mercury for ranges as specified. Supplied in packs of 24 tubes. Range, mg/litre 5 to 150 20 to 400 50 to 2000 500 to 20000 Mercury free WS800-30 WS800-40 WS800-50 WS800-70 pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 With mercury WS800-37 WS800-47 WS800-57 WS800-77 pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX

N Convenient microbiological sampling method N Format enhances test repeatability Easy to use sampling device for assessing microbial contamination in fluids whenever the potential may exceed 103 organisms per ml of fluid sample, or for hygiene investigations on work surfaces. Comprises outer sample tube and snap-shut cap with integral tongue handle which is permanently attached to an inner sampling paddle. Separate TTC agar and Malt agar slides are respectively cast into the alternate sides of the paddle. In use the paddle is removed from the outer tube and immersed in the liquid or wiped for a set distance across the surface to be tested. It is then replaced into the outer tube and incubated at a constant temperature between 20C and 30C. The slide can be assessed for bacteria within 24 to 48 hours, and up to 5 days for yeast and fungi. The approximate number of colonies can be determined using a comparison chart provided. Supplied in pack of 10. WS850-25 Dipslides 0.00 pk XX TTC/Malt agar Alternative dip slides see next page. Autoclaves see pages 15-21. Incubators see pages 315-323. Tally counters see page 184.

Photometer 5000 Portable, battery operated photometer. Displays reading as a digital transmittance report. Supplied with six glass test tubes, dilution tube, batteries and operating instructions. WS800-75 Photometer 5000, PT250 0.00 ea XX BL610-25 Spare battery, 9V 0.00 ea XX Photometer 7000se Advanced, portable, pre-programmed single beam colorimeter gives direct reading of COD result. Datalogging facility stores up to 500 results including time, date, and sample number for subsequent downloading to a computer via the integral RS232 serial interface. Supplied with 8 glass test tubes and dilution tube, batteries, operating instructions and robust carrying case. WS800-90 Photometer 7000se, PT270 0.00 ea XX

continued on next page

WS800-10

WS850-25

689

W water testing
Dipslides, Easicult
An easy-to-use system for monitoring microbes in industrial fluids. N For use in applications including: microbial control to extend working life of fluids, filters and pumps improving work area hygiene corrosion prevention in machines, tanks and pipes by minimising the amount of microbial metabolites optimising the use of biocides in fluids by monitoring microbial counts enhancing the microbial quality of final products N Available in three versions: Easicult TTC: for determination of total bacterial counts in industrial fluids. With TTC medium Easicult Combi: a two-medium dipslide for checking total bacterial counts as well as yeast and fungi. With TTC medium and Rose-Bengal medium Easicult S: For monitoring anaerobic sulphate reducing bacteria. Diagnostic gel test Principles Comprise plastic outer sample tube and snap-shut cap which is attached to an inner plastic sampling paddle. Agar medium slides are cast into the paddle (Easicult Combi has TTC and Rose-Bengal agar cast respectively on alternate sides). In use, the paddle is removed from the outer tube and immersed in the liquid under test or exposed to liquid spray or mist then returned to the outer tube and incubated. Easicult S has a capillary tube instead of a paddle into which the fluid is drawn and the capillary tube then immersed in sulphaterich gel contained in the outer tube, before incubation. Any microbial growth appearing after incubation can be interpreted with the aid of a card giving approximate contamination levels in terms of colony numbers. Dipslides, Easicult As described. Supplied in packs of tests as indicated, with results interpretation card and instructions. HT800-20 Easicult TTC, pack 10 0.00 pk XX HT800-40 Easicult Combi, pack 10 0.00 pk XX HT800-60 Easicult S, pack 9 0.00 pk XX

Dipslides, Hygicult
Designed to enable easy, reliable, economic monitoring of microbiological hygiene, particularly in the food industry. Raw materials, the production facilities and finished products can all be monitored using the same method. In principle and operation similar to HT800-series but with a flexible, hinged paddle allowing surface contact sampling, swabbing with an accessory sterile swab moistened with the sample under test, or dipping. N Available in four versions: Hygicult TPC: for Total Plate Count. With Plate Count Agar. This slide supports the growth of most common bacteria. The agar contains lecithin and Tween to neutralise residual biocide or cleaning agent traces from recently cleaned surfaces Hygicult E: for Enterobacteriaceae. With VRBG (Violet Red Bile Glucose) agar and lactose. This slide promotes the growth of most enteric bacteria Hygicult E/B-GUR: a two medium slide with VRBG and -GUR agars for Enterobacteriaceae and B-glucuronidase positive organisms (i.e. E-coli) respectively Hygicult Y & F: for yeasts and fungi. With malt agar. Promotes the growth of yeasts and moulds, and contains an antibiotic to inhibit bacterial growth Dipslides, Hygicult As described. Supplied in packs of 10 tests, with results interpretation card and instructions. HT805-15 Hygicult TPC 0.00 pk XX HT805-25 Hygicult E 0.00 pk XX HT805-35 Hygicult E/B-GUR 0.00 pk XX HT805-45 Hygicult Y & F 0.00 pk XX Disinfectants see CL860/CL869.

Portable Incubators
Portable Incubators, 6400 series Versatile, robust, rectangular portable incubators for small scale incubation of samples in the field or where use of a standard incubator is impractical. Temperature range ambient +5C to +45C, variation 5C (at 20C ambient). Capacity 5.2 litres. An overtemperature cut-out engages at +70C. Solid-state heating and control electronics are sealed in the case and a heat reservoir chassis ensures even heat distribution and rapid heat recovery to the set temperature. A choice of models is available for mains or vehicle battery operation. With moulded copolymer case and transparent polycarbonate lid, spirit thermometer and either mains cable for operation on 220-240V a.c. single phase supplies or vehicle cigar lighter plug and cable for 12V d.c. operation in the field. The 12V d.c. model additionally has a built-in power supply for operation on 220-240V a.c. and therefore is also supplied with a mains cable. Usable internal dimensions 180 x 150 x 180mm W x D x H, overall 320 x 260 x 270mm W x D x H. Weight 1.9kg (220-240V model), 2.8kg (12V d.c. model). IN085-60 6400DM, 220-240V 0.00 ea XX model IN085-80 6400MV, 12V d.c. 0.00 ea XX field model

HT800

HT805

IN085-60 in use, IN085-80 is similar

690

water testing
Single Parameter Meters Arsenator

Portable, low-cost system for laboratory or field determination of arsenic in water within safe limits (WHO guidelines: 10g/l). Dedicated, ion-specific colorimeters offering rapid and accurate determinations in a convenient portable instrument. Ideal for use in water treatment analysis, testing drinking water and quality control. N Direct reading LCD N LED light source operating at 470nm with working life as long as the instrument N Silicon photocell detector N Battery-powered, with automatic shutdown after 10 minutes of non-use N Simple, safe and easy to operate N Provides accurate results between 2 and 100g/l N Environmentally friendly Range g/l (ppb) Timer Readout Overall, W x D x H mm Weight kg Power 2 to 100 Up to 40 minutes LCD 400 x 280 x 130 (kit) 1.8 (kit) 9V PP3 battery

Single Parameter Meters Supplied with two sample cuvettes, 9V PP3 battery giving up to 40 hours operation and instruction manual. Overall 180 x 83 x 46mm H x W x D. Weight 290g. Require, but are not supplied with, related accessory reagent kits. Ref. WS890-10 WS890-15 WS890-20 WS890-25 WS890-30 WS890-35 WS890-40 WS890-45 WS890-50 WS890-55 WS890-60 WS890-70 HI93712 HI93715 HI93716 HI93711 HI93702 HI93721 HI93728 HI93707 HI93708 HI93713 HI93717 HI93731 Parameter Aluminium Ammonia Bromine Free chlorine Total chlorine Copper Iron Nitrate Nitrite, low Nitrite, high Phosphate, low Phosphate, high Zinc Range (resolution) mg/l 0.00 to 1.00 (0.01) 0.00 to 9.99 (0.01) 0.00 to 8.00 (0.01) 0.00 to 2.50 (0.01) 0.00 to 3.50 (0.01) 0.00 to 5.00 (0.01) 0.00 to 5.00 (0.01) 0.0 to 30.0 (0.1) 0.00 to 0.35 (0.01) 0.0 to 150.0 (0.1) 0.00 to 2.50 (0.01) 0.0 to 30.0 (0.1) 0.00 to 3.00 (0.01) ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX

Reagent kit WS894-10 WS894-15 WS894-20 WS894-25 WS894-27 WS894-30 WS894-35 WS894-40 WS894-45 WS894-50 WS894-55 WS894-60 WS894-70

XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

As described. Supplied with reagents and consumables to enable over 400 tests to be undertaken, waste disposal bags, gloves, battery and instructions, all conveniently stored in a rigid carrying case. WS897-65 Arsenator 0.00 ea XX Multiple Arsenic Generator, Multi-Pack Mobile workstation that can be used in conjunction with WS897-65 to enable 5 tests to be conducted simultaneously. Supplied in a rigid carrying case that also provides a stable working area. WS897-78 Multi-Pack 0.00 ea XX WS897-82 Refill pack, 200 tests BL610-25 Spare battery 9V 0.00 pk 0.00 ea
XX XX

Reagent Kits for 100 tests For use only with meters as indicated in the main table. Parameter WS894-10 WS894-15 WS894-20 WS894-25 WS894-27 WS894-30 WS894-35 DT369-12 Aluminium Ammonia Bromine Free chlorine Total chlorine Copper Iron Spare cuvettes, pack of 4 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 pk
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Parameter WS894-40 WS894-45 WS894-50 WS894-55 WS894-60 WS894-70 BL610-25 Nitrate Nitrite, low Nitrite, high Phosphate, low Phosphate, high Zinc 9V PP3 battery

ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 ea

XX XX XX XX XX XX

Visual Arsenic Detection kit, VCDK A low cost, portable arsenic detection kit, allowing visual analysis of arsenic in drinking water from <10g/l to 500g/l. Supplied with reagents, consumables and apparatus to enable up to 200 tests to be undertaken. WS899-10 VCDK 0.00 ea XX WS897-82 Refill pack, 200 tests 0.00 pk
XX

XX

WS890

WS897-65

691

W water testing
Turbidity Meter HI93703-C Turbidity Meter Model 6035
N Microprocessor controlled N LED light source N Automatic range selection N Two line LCD with error codes, messages and self diagnosis N Battery saving auto shut-off after 5 minutes of non-use N Supplied with non-toxic calibration standards N Non-volatile memory of last calibration data Ranges (resolution) Calibration Light source Display Power Overall L x W x D Weight FTU* FTU* 0.00 to 50.00 (0.01) 50 to 1000 (1) Automatic at 0 and 10 LED Two line LCD 4 x 1.5V AA batteries 220 x 83 x 66 510 Ranges Resolution NTU NTU NTU NTU 0.00 to 19.99 0.0 to 199.9 0.01 0.1 0.5% or 0.05 whichever is greater 312 digit LCD Turbidity cell (capped) RS232 (Model CT070-17 only) 5V 230mA tungsten lamp Silicon photodiode with enhanced blue response 6 x AA rechargeable batteries 210 x 205 x 110 2

Accuracy Readout Sample system Output Light source Photodetector Power Overall W x D x H mm Weight kg

mm g

* FTU (Formazine Turbidity Unit). 1FTU = 1NTU. Turbidity Meter, Hanna HI93703-C As described. Supplied with non-toxic 0 FTU and 10 FTU calibration solutions in packs of 30ml, two cuvettes, batteries, instruction manual and carrying case. WT095-10 HI93703-C 0.00 ea XX Accessories and Spares DT369-12 Spare measurement cuvettes, pack of 4 WT097-12 Calibration solution, 0FTU, pack of 30ml WT097-16 Calibration solution, 10FTU, pack of 30ml BL610-15 Battery, 1.5V (4 required) 0.00 pk 0.00 pk 0.00 pk 0.00 ea

Portable Turbidimeter, model 6035 With sample cells, a standardisation pack, rechargeable batteries, charger and instructions. Requires 220-240V single phase supply for the recharger. CT070-12 Model 6035 0.00 ea XX CT070-17 Model 6035/RS232 datalogging. Enables up to 0.00 ea XX 240 results to be stored for subsequent downloading via the RS232 link for printing or analysis, or recall onto the unit display Accessories Colour correction filters for model 6035. CT072-13 Red CT072-15 Blue CT072-17 Green CT072-23 Set of 1 each red, blue and green CT072-30 CT072-34 Turbidity cells, capped, pack of 12 Carrying case

XX XX XX XX

0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 set 0.00 pk 0.00 ea 0.00 ea 0.00 pk

XX XX XX XX XX XX

Spares for model 6035 CT063-25 Battery charger 220-240V single phase supplies CT063-29 Rechargeable batteries, pack of 6

XX XX

WT095 in use

CT070

692

water testing
Minikits and Checkits PCcheckit Photometer

Lovibond Minikits Titrimetric test kits supplied in compact box containing step-by-step instructions and all equipment and reagents for an average of 40 tests. Ref. WT150-30 WT154-10 WT160-10 WT180-30 AF 413 AF 416 AF 418 AF 424 Test Alkalinity, Total Calcium Hardness Chloride Hardness, Total Hardness, Yes/No Sulphate, (Turbidity) Sulphite, high range Range mg/l 0 to 500 0 to 500 0 to 5000 0 to 500 4.8 or 20 0 to 3000 0 to 500 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

Easy to use, portable, microprocessor-controlled, compact photometer and tablet reagent system for monitoring Chlorine, pH and Cyanuric acid concentrations. Cat. No. Model Ranges (resolution) pH Chlorine mg/l Cyanuric acid mg/l Measuring time secs Optics Display Power Overall, H x W x D Weight WT470-16 PCcheckit 6.5 to 8.4 (0.01) 0.05 to 6.0 (0.01) 1 to 160 (1) 3 Temperature compensating LED 528nm filter and photodiode 7 digit LCD 9V PP3 battery 55 x 190 x 110 0.4

WT180-40 AF 423 WT204-20 AF 431 WT208-20 AF 435

Lovibond Checkits Single parameter kits designed for easy, accurate analysis. The compact unit doubles as sample container and comparator. With tablet reagents for approximately 30 tests and step-by-step instructions. Ref. WT300-10 WT304-10 WT310-10 WT310-20 AF 520 AF 521 AF 530 AF 536 Test Aluminium Ammonia Chlorine (DPD) Chlorine (KI) Copper (Free) Iron Nitrite Zinc Range, mg/l 0 to 0.5 0- to 0.8 N 0.2 to 8.0 10 to 160 0 to 4.0 0 to 10 0.05 to 0.5 N or 0.15 to 1.6 NO2 0 to 4.0 ea 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

mm kg

PCcheckit Photometer As described. Supplied in a robust carrying case with 9V battery, three 10ml sample vials, reagent tablets for approximately 50 tests, calibrated glass conformance filter and instructions. WT470-16 PCcheckit 346.00 ea FO Spares CS210-15 Cells, square,10ml. Pack of 5 BL610-25 9V Battery WT470-23 10ml sample vials. Pack of 12 Reagent tables Supplied in packs of 100. CS181-10 DPD No. 1 CS181-14 DPD No. 3 WT964-41 Cyanuric acid WT972-55 Phenol red 0.00 pk 0.00 ea 0.00 pk

WT316-10 AF 522 WT334-10 AF 524 WT344-10 AF 526 WT366-10 AF 535

XX XX XX

0.00 pk 0.00 pk 0.00 pk 0.00 pk

XX XX XX XX

Minikits

WT470-16

Checkits

693

W water testing
Drinking Water Kits Replacement Reagents
Drinking Water Kit For the analysis of: Free and Combined Chlorine, pH, Fluoride, Hardness and Colour. Ranges: Chlorine 0.05 to 4.0mg/l as CI2 pH 6.0 to 8.4 Hardness 0 to 600mg/l as CaCO3 Fluoride 0 to 1.6mg/l as F Hazen 10 to 90 units (A.P.H.A.) WT500-10 Kit AF357 0.00 ea XX Free & Combined Chlorine Kits For analysing the free residual and combined chlorine level in water using DPD reagent tablets. Range: 0.1 to 1.0mg/l Chlorine (CI2) WT510-10 Kit AF112A 0.00 ea XX pH and Chlorine Kits For Free, Combined and Total Chlorine, as well as pH analysis. Ranges: Free, Combined and Total Chlorine: 0.1 to 1.0mg/l as CI2. pH: 6.8 to 8.4 WT516-12 Kit AF116A 0.00 ea Title WT960-15 WT960-25 WT960-30 WT960-35 WT960-40 CS180-10 CS180-12 WT962-12 WT962-15 WT962-17 WT962-22 WT964-10 WT964-35 WT964-38 WT964-41 CS181-10 CS181-14
XX

Code 51548 51532 51510 51546 51547 51258 51259 45177 45178 45167 45168 51300 51355 51356 51132 51106 51108 51122 51123 51125 51131 50269 50130 502171 51239 51141 51537 51538 51311 51312 51281 51231 51237 51177 51175 51121 51545

Quantity 250 tablets 250 tablets 250 tablets 250 tablets 250 tablets 100 tablets 100 tablets 25ml 25ml 25ml 25ml 250 tablets 250 tablets 250 tablets 100 tablets 100 tablets 100 tablets 100 tablets 100 tablets 100 tablets 250 tablets 250 tablets 250 tablets 100 tablets 250 tablets 250 tablets 250 tablets 250 tablets 250 tablets 250 tablets 100 tablets 250 tablets 250 tablets 100 tablets 100 tablets 100 tablets 250 tablets

pk 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX

CS181-16 CS181-30 CS181-34 WT966-55 WT966-58 WT966-61 WT966-64 WT966-80 WT968-12 WT970-50 WT970-55 WT972-10 WT972-13 WT972-35 WT972-40 WT972-45 WT972-55 CS184-22 CS181-50 WT976-18

Aluminium Kit For control of aluminium levels following coagulation and filter backwash operations in treatment plants. Range: 0 to 0.5mg/l AI WT530-10 Kit AF157 0.00 ea XX Nitrate Kit For monitoring nitrate levels in drinking water supplies. Range: 0.1 to 1.0mg/l as N or up to 20mg/l with simple dilution procedure. WT550-10 Kit AF150 0.00 ea

XX

Sodium Hypochlorite Kit Provides a rapid and accurate means of analysing the strength of sodium hypochlorite solutions. Range: 2% to 16% w/w. WT560-10 Kit AF139 0.00 ea XX

Acidifying General Purpose Alkalinity M Alkalinity P Aluminium No. 1 Aluminium No. 2 Ammonia No. 1 Ammonia No. 2 BDH Universal BDH 4080 BDH 4460 BDH 8610 Chlorine (High Range) Copper No. 1 Copper No. 2 Cyanuric acid DPD No. 1 (Comparator) DPD No. 3 (Comparator) DPD No. 4 (Comparator) DPD No. 1 (Nessleriser) DPD No. 3 (Nessleriser) DPD No. 1 (Rapid Dissolving) DPD Nitrite DPD Neutralising DPD Glycine EDTA Excess Aluminium Iron LR Iron HR Nitrate No.1 Nitrate No. 2 Nitrate test Nitrite Low range Nitrite Acidifying Phenol Red pH Phenol Red Potassium Iodide Sulphate (Turbidity)

WT500

WT510

WT516

Foil Packed tablets

694